Today's Hours: 8:00am - 6:00pm

Books

all 1503 "A" titles
  • Digital
    Ron Cody.
    Summary: Point and click your way to performing statistics! Many people are intimidated by learning statistics, but A Gentle Introduction to Statistics Using SAS Studio in the Cloud is here to help. Whether you need to perform statistical analysis for a project or, perhaps, for a course in education, psychology, sociology, economics, or any other field that requires basic statistical skills, this book teaches the fundamentals of statistics, from designing your experiment through calculating logistic regressions. Serving as an introduction to many common statistical tests and principles, it explains concepts in an intuitive way with little math and very few formulas. The book is full of examples demonstrating the use of SAS Studio's easy point-and-click interface accessed with SAS OnDemand for Academics, an online delivery platform for teaching and learning statistical analysis that provides free access to SAS software via the cloud. Topics included in this book are: How to access SAS OnDemand for Academics Descriptive statistics One-sample tests T tests (for independent or paired samples) One-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) N-way ANOVA Correlation analysis Simple and multiple linear regression Binary logistic regression Categorical data, including two-way tables and chi-square Power and sample size calculations Questions are provided to test your knowledge and practice your skills.

    Contents:
    Descriptive and inferential statistics
    Study designs
    What is SAS OnDemand for academics?
    SAS Studio tasks
    Importing data into SAS
    Descriptive statistics : univariate analysis
    One-sample tests
    Two-sample tests
    Comparing more than two means (ANOVA)
    N-Way ANOVA
    Correlation
    Simple and multiple regression
    Binary logistic regression
    Analyzing categorical data
    Computing power and sample size
    Solutions to the Odd-Numbered exercises
    Digital Access 2021
  • Digital
    Margaret C. Slota, DNP, RN, FAAN, editor.
    Contents:
    Caring for critically ill children and their families
    Pulmonary system
    Cardiovascular system
    Neurologic system
    Renal system
    Endocrine system
    Gastrointestinal system
    Hematology and immunology systems
    Multisystem issues
    Professional issues: quality, safety, work environment, and wellness.
    Digital Access R2Library 2019
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital/Print
    [edited by] Suzanne M. Burns, Sarah A. Delgado.
    Summary: "Succinct, complete guidance on how to safely and competently care for adult, critically ill patients and their families written by top clinical experts. Endorsed by the American Association of Critical-Care Nurses (AACN), this acclaimed textbook sets the standard for critical care nursing education. Recognizing the learner's need to assimilate foundational knowledge before attempting to master more complex critical care nursing concepts, the book features a practical building-block organization that starts with the basics and logically progresses to advanced topics. Bolstered by helpful tables and essential content cases, AACN Essentials of Critical Care Nursing is an essential tool for clinicians at the point of care, and those preparing for CCRN® certification in critical care nursing. AACN Essentials of Critical Care Nursing, Fourth Edition is presented in four sections: The Essentials presents core information that new clinicians must understand to provide safe, competent nursing care to all critically ill patients, regardless of their underlying medical diagnoses. Pathologic Conditions covers pathologic conditions and management strategies commonly encountered among adult critical care patients. Advanced Concepts in Caring for the Critically Ill Patient moves beyond the essentials and includes information about specific pathologic conditions that require specialized critical care management. Key Reference Information features normal laboratory and diagnostic values, troubleshooting guides for hemodynamic monitoring, summary tables of critical care drugs, and cardiac rhythms and treatment guides. Learning aids include Knowledge Competencies that can be used to gauge progress, Principles of Management to summarize key concepts and "Essential Content" case studies with questions and answers to further reinforce the learners' knowledge"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Section I: The essentials. Assessment of critically ill patients and their families / Mary Fran Tracy
    Planning care for critically ill patients and their families / Mary Fran Tracy
    Interpretation and management of basic cardiac rhythm / Carol Jacobson
    Hemodynamic monitoring / Leanna R. Miller
    Airway and ventilatory management / Robert E. St. John and Maureen A. Seckel
    Pain, sedation, and neuromuscular blockade management / Yvonne D'Arcy and Sara Knippa
    Pharmacology / Earnest Alexander
    Ethical and legal considerations / Sarah A. Delgado. Section II: Pathologic conditions. Cardiovascular system / Barbara Leeper
    Respiratory system / Maureen A. Seckel
    Multisystem problems / Julie Grishaw
    Neurologic system / John C. Bazil and Daiwai Olson
    Hematologic and immune systems / Diane K. Dressler
    Gastrointestinal system / Beth Quatrara
    Renal system / Jie Chen
    Endocrine system / Mary E. Lough
    Trauma / Alan C. Wolfe Jr. and Benjamin W. Hughes. Section III: Advanced concepts. Advanced ECG concepts / Carol Jacobson
    Advanced cardiovascular concepts / Barbara Leeper
    Advanced respiratory concepts: modes of ventilation / John J. Gallagher
    Advanced neurologic concepts / John C. Bazil and Daiwai Olson. Section IV: Key reference information. Normal laboratory reference values / Suzanne M. Burns and Sarah A. Delgado
    Pharmacology tables / Earnest Alexander
    Hemodynamic monitoring troubleshooting guide / Leanna R. Miller
    Cardiac rhythms, ECG characteristics, and treatment guide / Carol Jacobson.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessAPN
    AccessAPN
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RT120.I5 A165 2019
    1
  • Digital
    Suzanne M. Burns, Sarah A. Delgado.
    Summary: "Succinct, complete guidance on how to safely and competently care for adult progressive care patients and their families written by top clinical experts Endorsed by the American Association of Critical-Care Nurses (AACN), this acclaimed textbook sets the standard for progressive care nursing education. Recognizing the learner's need to assimilate foundational knowledge before attempting to master more complex progressive care nursing concepts, the book features a practical building-block organization that starts with the basics and logically moves on to advanced topics. Bolstered by helpful tables and Essential Content cases, AACN Essentials of Progressive Care Nursing, Fourth Edition is an essential tool for clinicians at the point of care, and those preparing for PCCN® certification in progressive care nursing. AACN Essentials of Progressive Care Nursing is divided into four sections: The Essentials presents essential information that clinicians must understand to provide safe, competent nursing care to progressive care patients, regardless of their underlying medical diagnoses. Pathologic Conditions covers pathologic conditions and management strategies commonly encountered among adult, progressive care patients. Advanced Concepts in Caring for the Progressive Care Patient presents advanced progressive care concepts or pathologic conditions that are less common or require more specialized management. Key Reference Information features normal laboratory and diagnostic values; pharmacology tables; and summary tables of cardiac rhythms, ECG characteristics, and treatment guides. Learning aids include Knowledge Competencies to gauge progress, Principles of Management to summarize key concepts, and "Essential Content" case studies with questions and answers to further reinforce the learners' knowledge"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Assessment of progressive care patients and their families
    Planning care for progressive care patients and their families
    Interpretation and management of basic cardiac rhythms
    Hemodynamic monitoring
    Airway and ventilatory management
    Pain and sedation management
    Pharmacology
    Ethical and legal considerations
    Cardiovascular system
    Respiratory system
    Multisystem problems
    Neurological system
    Hematologic and immune systems
    Gastrointestinal system
    Renal system
    Endocrine system
    Trauma
    Advanced ECG concepts
    Advanced cardiovascular concepts
    Advanced neurologic concepts
    Normal laboratory reference values
    Pharmacology tables
    Cardiac rhythms, ECG characteristics, and treatment guide.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessAPN
    AccessAPN
  • Digital
    edited by Debra Lynn-McHale Wiegand.
    Summary: The AACN Procedure Manual for High Acuity, Progressive, and Critical Care, 7th Edition, authored by the American Association of Critical-Care Nurses, is the authoritative reference to procedures performed in high acuity, progressive, and critical care settings. It visually guides you through procedures unique to the adult critical care environment, including those performed by advanced practice nurses, in an illustrated, step-by-step format. This edition features 17 new procedures, new illustrations, and updated content throughout, reflecting the latest evidence-based guidelines and national and international protocols.

    Contents:
    Unit I: Pulmonary system
    Sect. One: Airway management
    Sect. Two: Special pulmonary procedures
    Sect. Three: Thoracic cavity management
    Sect. Four: Ventilatory management
    Unit II: Cardiovascular system
    Sect. Five: Cardiac emergencies
    Sect. Six: Cardiac pacemakers
    Sect. Seven: Circulatory assist devices
    Sect. Eight: Electrocardiographic leads and cardiac monitoring
    Sect. Nine: Hemodynamic monitoring
    Sect. Ten: Special cardiac procedures
    Sect. Eleven: Vascular access
    Unit III: Neurologic system
    Sect. Twelve: Neurologic monitoring
    Sect. Thirteen: Special neurologic procedures
    Sect. Fourteen: Traction management
    Sect. Fifteen: Pain management
    Unit IV: Gastrointestinal system
    Sect. Sixteen: Special gastrointestinal procedures
    Unit V: Renal system
    Sect. Seventeen: Renal replacement
    Unit. VI: Hematologic system
    Sect. Eighteen: Fluid management
    Sect. Nineteen: Special hematologic procedures
    Unit VII: Integumentary system
    Sect. Twenty: Burn wound management
    Sect. Twenty-one: Special integumentary procedures
    Sect. Twenty-two: Wound management
    Unit VIII: Nutrition
    Unit IX: Calculating medication doses. Unit I: Pulmonary System. Section one: Airway Management / Michael W. Day
    Combitube insertion and removal / Kyle Gibson ; Endotracheal intubation (perform) / Cindy Goodrich ; Endotracheal intubation (assist) / Cindy Goodrich ; Endotracheal tube and oral care practices for ventilated and non-ventilated patients / Kathleen Vollman, Mary Lou Sole, Barbara Quinn ; Extubation/decannulation (perform) / Lisa Koser ; Extubation/decannulation (assist) / Lisa Koser ; King Airway insertion and removal / Kyle Gibson ; Laryngeal mask airway / Stephen Both ; Nasopharyngeal and oral airway insertion / Kimberly Wright ; Suctioning: endotracheal or tracheostomy tube / Maureen A. Seckel ; Surgical cricothyrotomy (perform) / Roger Casey ; Surgical cricothyrotomy (assist) / Roger Casey ; Tracheostomy cuff and tube care / Renee Johnson
    Section two: special pulmonary procedures / Michael W. Day
    Continuous end-tidal carbon dioxide monitoring / Paul Luehrs ; Continuous lateral rotation therapy / Jamie St. Clair, Jennifer Macdermott ; Continuous venous oxygen saturation monitoring / Joni L. Dirks ; Extracorporeal life support (ECLS) and extracorporeal membrane oxygenation (ECMO) / Thomas Lawson, Marcia Belcher ; Oxygen saturation monitoring with pulse oximetry / Donna Barge Lee ; Pronation therapy / Kathleen Vollman, Sharon Dickinson, Jan Powers
    Section three: thoracic cavity management / Michael W. Day
    Autotransfusion / Kelly McGinty ; Chest tube placement (perform) / Julie Waters ; Chest tube placement (assist) / Julie Waters ; Chest tube removal (perform) / Peggy Kirkwood ; Chest tube removal (assist) / Peggy Kirkwood ; Closed chest drainage system / Joya D. Pickett ; Needle thoracostomy (perform) / Cindy Goodrich ; Thoracentesis (perform) / Susan Yeager ; Thoracentesis (assist) / Susan Yeager
    Section four: ventilatory management / Michael W. Day
    Invasive mechanical ventilation (through an artificial airway): volume and pressure modes / John Gallagher ; Noninvasive positive pressure ventilation: continuous positive airway pressure (CPAP) and bilevel positive airway pressure (BiPAP) / Susan K. Frazier ; Manual self-inflating resuscitation bag-valve device / Thomas Levins ; Peripheral nerve stimulators / Nathan W. Howard ; Weaning mechanical ventilation / Susan K. Frazier
    Unit II: cardiovascular system. Section five: cardiac emergencies / Debra L. Wiegand
    Automated external defibrillation / Kiersten Henry ; Cardioversion / Cynthia Hambach ; Defibrillation (external) / Cynthia Hambach ; Defibrillation (internal) perform / Marion E. McRae ; Defibrillation (internal) assist / Marion E. McRae ; Emergent open sternotomy (perform) / Alice Chan ; Emergent open sternotomy (assist) / Alice Chan ; External wearable cardioverter defibrillator / Kiersten Henry ; Pericardiocentesis (perform) Kathleen M. Cox ; Pericardiocentesis (assist) / Kathleen M. Cox
    Section six: cardiac pacemakers / Debra L. Wiegand
    Atrial electrogram / Marion E. McRae ; Atrial overdrive pacing (perform) / Jillian Hamel ; Epicardial pacing wire removal / Marion E. McRae ; Implantable cardioverter-defibrillator / Kiersten Henry ; Permanent pacemaker (assessing function) / Valerie Spotts ; Temporary transcutanous (external) pacing / Valerie Spotts ; Temporary transvenous pacemaker insertion (perform) / Nikki Taylor ; Temporary transvenous and epicardial pacing / Valerie Spotts
    Section seven: circulatory assist devices / Debra L. Wiegand
    Intraaortic balloon pump management / John P. Harper ; Ventricular assist devices / Mark Puhlman, Angela Bingham – Section eight: electrocardiographic leads and cardiac monitoring / Debra L. Wiegand
    Cardiac monitoring and electrocardiographic leads / Michele M. Pelter, Teri M. Kozik, Mary G. Carey ; Extra electrocardiographic leads: right precordial and left posterior leads / Shu-Fen Wung ; ST-segment monitoring (continuous) / Mary G. Carey, Michele M. Pelter ; Twelve-lead electrocardiogram / Shu-Fen Wung
    Section nine: hemodynamic monitoring / Debra L. Wiegand
    Arterial catheter insertion (perform) / Hillary Crumlett, Alex Johnson ; Arterial catheter insertion (assist), care, and removal / Hillary Crumlett, Alex Johnson ; Arterial pressure-based cardiac output monitoring / Susan Scott ; Blood sampling from an arterial catheter / Hillary Crumlett, Alex Johnson ; Blood sampling from a central venous catheter / Kathleen M. Cox ; Blood sampling from a pulmonary artery catheter / Kathleen M. Cox ; Cardiac output measurement techniques (invasive) / Susan Scott ; Central venous catheter removal / Jillian Hamel ; Central venous catheter site care / Jillian Hamel ; Central venous/right atrial pressure monitoring / Reba McVay ; Esophageal cardiac output monitoring: perform / Alexander Johnson, Hillary Crumlett ; Esophageal cardiac output monitoring: assist / Alexander Johnson, Hillary Crumlett ; Non-invasive cardiac output monitoring / Susan Scott ; Pulmonary artery catheter insertion (perform) / Nikki Taylor ; Pulmonary artery catheter insertion (assist) and pressure monitoring / Reba McVay ; Pulmonary artery catheter removal / Nikki Taylor ; Pulmonary artery catheter and pressure lines, troubleshooting / Reba McVay ; Single-pressure and multiple-pressure transducer systems / Reba McVay
    Section ten: special cardiac procedures / Debra L. Wiegand
    Femoral arterial and venous sheath removal / Rose B. Shaffer ; Radial arterial sheath removal / Rose B. Shaffer ; Pericardial catheter management / Kathleen M. Cox ; Thenar tissue oxygen saturation monitoring / Kathleen Berns ; Transesophageal echocardiography (assist) / Janice Y. Dawson, Linda Hoke
    Section eleven: vascular access / Debra L. Wiegand
    Arterial puncture / Joel M. Brown II ; Central venous catheter insertion (Perform) / Susan Yeager ; Central venous catheter insertion (Assist) / Susan Yeager ; Implantable venous access device: access, deaccess, and care / Anne Delengowski ; Intraosseus devices / Michael W. Day ; Midline catheters / Debra L. Wiegand ; Peripherally inserted central catheter / Debra L. Wiegand
    Unit III: neurologic system. Section twelve: neurologic monitoring / Mary Beth Flynn Makic
    Bispectral index monitoring / Richard B. Arbour ; Brain tissue oxygenation monitoring: insertion (assist), care, and troubleshooting / Megan T. Moyer, Eileen Maloney Wilensky ; Cerebral blood flow monitoring / Tracey M. Berlin ; Cerebral micodialysis / Sandy Cecil ; Intracranial bolt and fiberoptic catheter insertion (assist), intracranial pressure monitoring, care, troubleshooting, and removal / Tess Slazinski ; Intraventricular/fiberoptic catheter insertion (assist), monitoring, nursing care, troubleshooting, and removal / Tess Slazinski ; Intraventricular catheter with external transducer for cerebrospinal fluid drainage and intracranial pressure monitoring / Stephanie Cox ; Lumbar subarachnoid catheter insertion (assist) for cerebrospinal fluid drainage and pressure monitoring / Nicolle Schraeder
    Section thirteen: special neurologic procedures / Mary Beth Flynn Makic
    Lumbar puncture (perform) / Susan Chioffi ; Lumbar puncture (assist) / Susan Chioffi ; Pupillometer / DaiWai M. Olson, John C. Bazil ; Rotorest lateral rotation surface / Theresa Nino, Mary Beth Flynn Makic ; Thermoregulation: external and intravascular warming & cooling Devices / Karen A. Lovett
    Section fourteen: traction management / Mary Beth Flynn Makic
    Cervical tongs or halo ring: application for use in cervical traction (assist) / Jennifer Massetti ; Cervical traction maintenance / Jennifer Massetti ; Halo ring and vest care / Cara Diaz ; Pin site care: cervical tongs and halo pins / Cara Diaz
    Section fifteen: pain management / Eleanor Fitzpatrick
    Epidural catheters: assisting with insertion and pain management / Kimberly Williams ; Patient-controlled analgesia / Lorie Ann Meek ; Peripheral nerve blocks: assisting with insertion and pain management / Kimberly Williams
    Unit IV: gastrointestinal system. Section sixteen: special gastrointestinal procedures / Eleanor Fitzpatrick
    Esophagogastric tamponade tube / Rosemary Lee ; Focused assessment with sonography in trauma / Cynthia Blank-Reid, Thomas A. Santora ; Gastric lavage in hemorrhage and overdose / Ann Will Poteet ; Endoscopic therapy / Eleanor Fitzpatrick ; Intraabdominal pressure monitoring / Rosemary Lee ; Nasogastric and orogastric tube insertion, care, and removal / Carol McGinnis ; Molecular adsorbents recirculation system (MARS) / Mary D. Still ; Paracentesis (perform) / Eleanor Fitzpatrick ; Paracentesis (assist) / Eleanor Fitzpatrick ; Peritoneal lavage (perform) / Kate Deis ; Peritoneal lavage (assist) / Kate Deis
    Unit V: renal system. Section seventeen: renal replacement / Eleanor Fitzpatrick
    Continuous renal replacement therapies / Sonia M. Astle ; Hemodialysis / Sonia M. Astle ; Peritoneal dialysis / Sonia M. Astle
    Unit VI: hematologic system. Section eighteen: fluid management / Eleanor Fitzpatrick
    Use of a massive infusion device and a pressure infuser bag / Coleen Dever
    Section nineteen: special hematologic procedures / Eleanor Fitzpatrick
    Apheresis and therapeutic plasma exchange (assist) / Sonia M. Astle ; Bone marrow biopsy and aspiration (perform) / Glen Peterson, Carrie Marvill ; Bone marrow biopsy and aspiration (assist) / Glen Peterson, Carrie Marvill
    Unit VII: integumentary system. Section twenty: burn wound management / Mary Beth Flynn Makic
    Burn wound care / Cameron Bell ; Donor-site care / Cameron Bell ; Skin graft care / Dawn Sculco
    Section twenty-one: special integumentary procedures / Mary Beth Flynn Makic
    Intracompartmental pressure monitoring / Julia E. Dunning ; Suture and staple removal / Brian D. Schaad ; Wound closure / Joanna C. Eillis
    Section twenty-two: wound management / Mary Beth Flynn Makic
    Cleaning, irrigating, culturing, and dressing an open wound / Marylou V. Robinson ; Débridement: pressure ulcers, burns, and wounds / Julie Lynn Henderson ; Drain removal / Brian D. Schaad, Mary Beth Flynn Makic ; Fecal containment devices and bowel management system / Jane V. Arndt ; Negative-pressure wound therapy / Lisa Woods ; Wound management with excessive drainage / Justin Burleson
    Unit VIII: nutrition / Eleanor Fitzpatrick. Percutaneous endoscopic gastrostomy (PEG), gastrostomy, and jejunostomy tube care / Margaret M. Ecklund ; Small-bore feeding tube insertion and care / Margaret M. Ecklund ; Small-bore feeding tube insertion using an electromagnetic guidance system (CORTRAK 2 Eternal Access System EAS) / Karen A. Gilbert, Patricia H. Worthington
    Unit IX: calculating medication doses / Eleanor Fitzpatrick. Calculating doses, flow rates, and administration of continuous intravenous infusions / Shelley Burcat, Maribeth Kelly.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2017
  • Print
    edited by AACN.
    Summary: "Edited by the American Association of Critical-Care Nurses and written by more than 100 critical care experts under the direction of Karen L. Johnson, PhD, RN, FAAN, this definitive reference represents the gold standard of care for procedures performed in progressive and critical care settings. It guides you through procedures common to the adult critical care environment, including those performed by advanced practice nurses, in an illustrated, step-by-step format. This edition — now in in full color — features new procedures, new and updated illustrations, and updated content throughout, reflecting the latest evidence-based guidelines and national and international protocols. Quick-reference tabs make it easier than ever to locate content quickly. This new edition integrates key AACN initiatives, such as Practice Alerts, and coordinates closely with the AACN Core Curriculum for Progressive and Critical Care Nursing, 8th Edition. Chapter-specific quick-links employ QR codes for instant access to high-quality online references."--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    American Association Of Critical Care Nurses ; [editors, Linda J. Bell and Laura J. McNamara].
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2014
  • Digital
    American Association of Clinical Care Nurses ; editor, Linda Bell.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2017
  • Digital
    American Association of Clinical Care Nurses ; editors Cindy Cain and Julie Miller.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2019
  • Digital
    American Association of Clinical Care Nurses ; editors, Julie Miller, BSN, RN, CCRN-K and Mary Stahl, MSN, RN, CCNS, CCRN-K.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2018
  • Print
    includes all documents developed under the auspices of the AAMI Sterilization Standards Committee.
    Summary: Vol. 1 Contains standards for equipment, decontamination of medica by steam, ethylene oxide, gamma radiation, and electron beam radiation. -- Vol. 2 Contains standards for biomedical equipment. -- Vol. 3 Contains all documents developed under the auspices of the Renal Disease and Detoxification Committee and Hemodialyzer Reuse Submittee.

    Contents:
    v. 1. Sterilization
    v. 2. Biomedical equipment
    v. 3. Dialysis.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    R856.6 .A112
    3
  • Digital
    editor, Jay R. Lieberman.
    Summary: "AAOS Comprehensive Orthopaedic Review, 3rd edition offers sweeping coverage of the core of orthopaedic knowledge that spans the spectrum of the orthopaedic specialties. This convenient, comprehensive and user-friendly text combines the specific information you need to prepare for your examination. Study to prepare for your Board Exam! This 3-volume study set is designed to prepare orthopaedic residents for the Orthopaedic In Training Exam (OITE), and the American Board of Orthopaedic Surgery (ABOS) Board Certification examination. Dr. Lieberman and his editorial team of Board-certified orthopaedic surgeons edited and present this thorough text in a concise outline format, giving you ready access to the important facts as a quick bulleted review of the concepts you need to know. Study to retain knowledge! With relevant content developed and updated by over 400 physician contributors and editors, this third edition reinforces what you've learned on your daily rounds and skills labs. Organized by specialty, each of the 149 chapters is loaded with color images, illustrations, tables, and charts to support the material and help you retain the information. Study to achieve proficiency! Pinpoint areas for further study by self-testing with nearly 500 multiple-choice companion study questions. Each question includes the preferred response with additional discussion and explanation of the topics. This set is your ideal exam study prep program"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Digital
    American Academy of Pediatrics.
    Summary: The AAP Healthy Development and Well-Child Support Chart provides pediatric health professionals with a quick and easy-to-use reference on some of the most important areas covered in the pediatric well-child visit.

    Contents:
    Intro
    What Children Need to Thrive
    Promoting Early Brain and Child Development
    Developmental Milestones: 1-12 Months
    Developmental Milestones: 13-33 Months
    Developmental Milestones: 3-6 Years
    Social-Emotional Milestones
    Social-Emotional Development
    Adolescent Development
    Behavioral Concerns
    Mental Health
    Gender Care
    Obesity Care
    Physical Activity
    Sleep
    Toxic Stress and Resilience
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2020
  • Print
    Richard B. Berry; Claude L. Albertario, Susan M. Harding, Robin M. Lloyd, David T. Plante, Stuart F. Quan, Matthew M. Troester, Bradley V. Vaughn.
    Contents:
    I. User Guide
    II. Parameters to be reported for polysomnography
    III. Technical and digital specificatioins
    IV. Sleep staging rules
    Part 1. Rules for adults
    Part 2. Rules for children
    Part 3. Rules for infants
    V. Arousal rule
    VI. Cardiac rules
    VII. Movement rules
    VIII. Respiratory rules
    Part 1. Rules for adults
    Part 2. Rules for children
    IX. Home sleep apnea testing (HSAT) rules for adults
    Part 1: HAST utilizing repiratory flow and/or effort parameters
    Part 2: HSAT utilizing peripheral arterial tonometry (PAT)
    X. Development process
    XI. Procedural notes
    XII. Glossary ot terms.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC547 .I24 2017
    1
  • Digital
    [edited by] Christopher E. Comstock, Christiane K. Kuhl.
    Contents:
    Introduction to abbreviated breast magnetic resonance imaging / Christopher E. Comstock
    History of MRI in breast cancer screening / Janice S. Sung and Elizabeth A. Morris
    Current clinical evidence on abbreviated breast MRI / Christiane Kuhl
    Technical aspects of abbreviated breast MRI : the original approach / Christiane Kuhl
    Techniques for performing abbreviated breast MRI / R. Edward Hendrick
    Abbreviated breast MR imaging protocols and clinical implementation / Gillian M. Newstead
    Interpretation guidelines / Janice S. Sung and Constance D. Lehman
    MRI-guided biopsy techniques / Carol H. Lee.
  • Print
    Susan Michie, Robert West, Rona Campbell, Jamie Brown, Heather Gainforth.
    Summary: This book describes 83 theories of behaviour change, identified by an expert panel of psychologists, sociologists, anthropologists and economists as relevant to designing interventions. For each theory, the book provides a brief summary, a list of its component constructs, a more extended description and a network analysis to show its links with other theories in the book. It considers the role of theory in understanding behaviour change and its application to designing and evaluating interventions.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    BF637.B4 M534 2014
    1
  • Digital
    edited by John D. Schuetz, Toshihisa Ishikawa.
    Summary: ABC Transporters and Cancer provides invaluable information on the exciting and fast-moving field of cancer research. Here, outstanding and original reviews are presented on a variety of topics. This volume covers ABC transporters and cancer, and is suitable for researchers and students alike.

    Contents:
    Apical ABC transporters and cancer chemotherapeutic drug disposition / Selvi Durmus, Jeroen J.M.A. Hendrikx and Alfred H. Schinkel
    Regulation of ABC transporters blood-brain barrier: the good, the bad, and the ugly / David S. Miller
    Molecular basis of the polyspecificity of p-glycoprotein (ABCB1):recent biochemical and structural studies / Eduardo E. Chufan, Hong-May Sim, and Suresh V. Ambudkar
    Lipid regulation of the ABCB1 and ABCG2 multidrug transporters / Csilla Hegedüs, Ágnes Telbisz, Tamás Hegedüs, Balázs Sarkadi and Csilla Özvegy-Laczka
    ABC transporters and neuroblastoma / Denise M.T. Yu, Tony Huynh, Alan M. Truong, Michelle Haber and Murray D. Norris
    Leukemia and ABC transporters / Yu Fukuda, Shangli Lian and John D. Schuetz
    Critical role of ABCG2 in ALA-photodynamic diagnosis and therapy of human brain tumor / Toshihisa Ishikawa, Yoshinaga Kajimoto, Yutaka Inoue, Yoji Ikegami and Toshihiko Kuroiwa
    Role of ABC transporters in fluoropyrimidine-based chemotherapy response / Anne T. Nies, Tarek Magdy, Matthias Schwab and Ulrich M. Zanger.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    Dominic W.S. Wong.
    Summary: Clear and concise, this easy-to-use book offers an introductory course on the language of gene cloning, covering microbial, plant, and mammalian systems. It presents the nuts and bolts of gene cloning in a well-organized and accessible manner. Part I of this book outlines the essentials of biology and genetics relevant to the concept of gene cloning. Part II describes common techniques and approaches of gene cloning, ranging from the basic mechanics of DNA manipulation, vector systems, process transformation, to gene analysis. Part III & IV present application technologies of major impact in agriculture, biomedicine, and related areas. The ABCs of Gene Cloning, Third Edition contains updates including a tutorial chapter on gene-vector construction, methodologies on exome sequencing in finding disease genes, revised topics on gene therapy and whole genome sequencing, new developments for gene targeting and genome editing, as well as the current state of next generation sequencing. With more than 140 illustrations, this new edition provides an invaluable text for students and anyone who have interest in gaining proficiency in reading and speaking the language of gene cloning.

    Contents:
    Fundamentals of Genetic Processes
    Introductory Concepts
    Structures of Nucleic Acids
    Structures of Proteins
    The Genetic Process
    Organization of Genes
    Reading The Nucleotide Sequence of a Gene
    Techniques and Strategies of Gene Cloning
    Enzymes Used in Cloning
    Techniques Used in Cloning
    Cloning Vectors for Introducing Genes into Host Cells
    Transformation
    Isolating Genes for Cloning
    Impact of Gene Cloning
    Improving Tomato Quality by Antisense Rna
    Transgenic Crops Engineered with Insecticidal Activity
    Transgenic Crops Conferred with Herbicide Resistance
    Growth Enhancement in Transgenic Fish
    Impact of Gene Cloning
    Microbial Production of Recombinant Human Insulin
    Finding Disease-Causing Genes
    Human Gene Therapy
    Gene Targeting
    DNA Typing
    Transpharmers
    Bioreactors for Pharmaceutical Products
    Animal Cloning
    Human Genome Sequencing
    Manipulating Gene Vector Constructs.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Ayman S. El-Baz, Luca Saba, Jasjit Suri, editors.
    Summary: Covers novel, state-of-the-art strategies in engineering and clinical analysis. Explores approaches for analyzing abdominal imaging, including lung, mediastinum, pleura, liver, kidney and gallbladder. Offers present and future applications as applied to the abdomen and thoracic imaging with the most world-renowned scientists in these fields.

    Contents:
    1. Computer-Aided Diagnosis Systems for Acute Renal Transplant Rejection: Challenges and Methodologies / Mahmoud Mostapha, Fahmi Khalifa, Amir Alansary, Ahmed Soliman, Jasjit Suri, and Ayman S. El-Baz
    2. Kidney Detection and Segmentation in Contrast-Enhanced Ultrasound 3D Images / Raphael Prevost, Benoit Mory, Remi Cuingnet, Jean-Michel Correas, Laurent D. Cohen, and Roberto Ardon
    3. Renal Cortex Segmentation on Computed Tomography / Xinjian Chen, Dehui Xiang, Wei Ju, Heming Zhao, and Jianhua Yao
    4. Diffuse Fatty Liver Disease: From Diagnosis to Quantification / Luís Curvo-Semedo, Daniel Ramos Andrade, Catarina Ruivo, Cláudia Paulino, and Filipe Caseiro-Alves
    5. Multimodality Approach to Detection and Characterization of Hepatic Hemangiomas / Rajan T. Gupta and Daniele Marin
    6. Ultrasound Liver Surface and Textural Characterization for the Detection of Liver Cirrhosis / Ricardo Ribeiro, Rui T. Marinho, Jasjit Suri, and J. Miguel Sanches
    7. MR Imaging of Hepatocellular Carcinoma / Dong Ho Lee and Jeong Min Lee
    8. Magnetic Resonance Imaging of Adenocarcinoma of the Pancreas / Richard C. Semelka, Luz Adriana Escobar, Najwa Al Ansari, and Charles Thomas Alexander Semelka
    9. Quantitative Evaluation of Liver Function Within MR Imaging / Akira Yamada
    10. Diffusion-Weighted Imaging of the Liver / Ali Muhi, Tomoaki Ichikawa, and Utaroh Motosugi
    11. Shape-Based Liver Segmentation Without Prior Statistical Models / Ahmed Afifi and Toshiya Nakaguchi
    12. CT Imaging Characteristics of Hepatocellular Carcinoma / Masahiro Okada and Takamichi Murakami
    13. Clinical Applications of Hepatobiliary MR Contrast Agents / Antoine Wadih and Sebastian Feuerlein
    14. Fast Object Detection Using Color Features for Colonoscopy Quality Measurements / Jayantha Muthukudage, JungHwan Oh, Ruwan Nawarathna, Wallapak Tavanapong, Johnny Wong, and Piet C. de Groen
    15. Colon Surface Registration Using Ricci Flow / Wei Zeng, Rui Shi, Zhengyu Su, and David Xianfeng Gu
    16. Efficient Topological Cleaning for Visual Colon Surface Flattening / Wei Zeng, Rui Shi, Zhengyu Su, and David Xianfeng Gu
    17. Towards Self-Parameterized Active Contours for Medical Image Segmentation with Emphasis on Abdomen / Eleftheria A. Mylona, Michalis A. Savelonas, and Dimitris Maroulis
    18. Bridging the Gap Between Modeling of Tumor Growth and Clinical Imaging / Behnaz Abdollahi, Neal Dunlap, and Hermann B. Frieboes
    19. Evaluation of Medical Image Registration by Using High-Accuracy Image Matching Techniques / Zisheng Li and Tsuneya Kurihara
    20. Preclinical Visualization of Hypoxia, Proliferation and Glucose Metabolism in Non-small Cell Lung Cancer and Its Metastasis / Xiao-Feng Li and Yuanyuan Ma
    21. Thermoacoustic Imaging with VHF Signal Generation: A New Contrast Mechanism for Cancer Imaging Over Large Fields of View / Michael Roggenbuck, Jared Catenacci, Ryan Walker, Eric Hanson, Jiang Hsieh, and S.K. Patch
    22. Automated Prostate Cancer Localization with Multiparametric Magnetic Resonance Imaging / Yusuf Artan, Imam Samil Yetik, and Masoom A. Haider
    23. Ultrasound-Fluoroscopy Registration for Intraoperative Dynamic Dosimetry in Prostate Brachytherapy / Ehsan Dehghan, Nathanael Kuo, Anton Deguet, Yi Le, Elwood Armour, E. Clif Burdette, Danny Y. Song, Gabor Fichtinger, Jerry L. Prince, and Junghoon Lee
    24. Multi-Atlas-Based Segmentation of Pelvic Structures from CT Scans for Planning in Prostate Cancer Radiotherapy / Oscar Acosta, Jason Dowling, Gael Drean, Antoine Simon, Renaud de Crevoisier, and Pascal Haigron
    25. Propagating Segmentation of a Single Example to Similar Images: Differential Segmentation of the Prostate in 3-D MRI / Emmanouil Moschidis and James Graham
    26. 3D Registration of Whole-Mount Prostate Histology Images to Ex Vivo Magnetic Resonance Images Using Strand-Shaped Fiducials / E. Gibson, M. Gaed, J.A. Gómez, M. Moussa, C. Romagnoli, S. Pautler, J.L. Chin, C. Crukley, G.S. Bauman, A. Fenster, and A.D. Ward
    27. Anatomical Landmark Detection / David Liu and S. Kevin Zhou.
    Digital Access Springer 2013
  • Digital
    [edited by] Dushyant V. Sahani, Anthony E. Samir.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Joseph R. Grajo, Dushyant V. Sahani, and Anthony E. Samir.
    Contents:
    Abdominal radiography
    Gastrointestinal fluoroscopy
    Gastric wall thickening/masses
    Hollow viscus perforation
    Small bowel obstruction
    Bowel wall thickening
    Imaging of the postoperative bowel
    Mesenteric ischemia
    Colorectal cancer and screening
    Right upper quadrant pain
    Right lower quadrant pain
    Pancreatitis
    Solid pancreatic masses
    Cystic pancreatic lesions
    Chronic liver disease
    Imaging of the cirrhotic liver
    Benign focal liver lesions
    Cholecystitis
    Jaundice
    Splenomegaly/splenic lesions
    Lymphadenopathy
    Urolithiasis
    Cystic renal masses
    Solid renal lesions
    Diffuse renal parenchymal disorders
    Urinary tract obstruction
    Urothelial lesions
    Adrenal gland enlargement and nodules
    Prostate imaging
    Testicular lesions
    Endometrial/junctional zone thickening
    Focal uterine lesions
    Cystic adnexal lesions
    Solid adnexal lesions
    Müllerian abnormalities
    Pelvic floor disease
    Postoperative imaging
    Abdominal/pelvic trauma
    Pitfalls.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    edited by lead editor, Richard C. Semelka ; associate editors, Michele A. Brown, Ersan Altun.
    Contents:
    Diagnostic approach to protocoling and interpreting MR studies of the abdomen and pelvis
    Liver
    Gallbladder and biliary system
    Pancreas
    Spleen
    Gastrointestinal tract
    Peritoneal cavity
    Adrenal glands
    Kidneys
    Retroperitoneum and body wall
    Bladder and nongender pelvis
    Male pelvis
    Female urethra and vagina
    Uterus and cervix
    Adnexa
    Maternal conditions in pregnancy
    Fetus
    Chest
    Contrast agents
    Magnetic resonance-positron emission tomography (MR-PET).
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    Massimo Sartelli, Matteo Bassetti, Ignacio Martin-Loeches, editors.
    Contents:
    Classification and principals of treatment
    Inflammatory mediators in Intra-abdominal sepsis
    Intra-abdominal sepsis and imaging considerations
    High-risk patients and prognostic factors for abdominal sepsis
    Acute appendicitis: what is the best strategy to treat acute appendicites (both complicated and uncomplicated)?
    Acute cholecystitis
    Acute cholangitis
    Pyogenic liver abscess
    Gastroduodenal perforations
    Small bowel perforations
    Acute colonic diverticulitis
    Postoperative peritonitis: etiology, diagnosis, and treatment
    Damage control surgery in managing abdominal sepsis (Fausto Catena, Italy)
    Ongoing peritonitis
    Evolving treatment strategies for severe Clostridium difficile colitis: defining the therapeutic window
    Complicated intra-dominal infections: principles of antimicrobial therapy
    Antimicrobial armamentarium
    Antimicrobial resistance in intra-abdominal infections
    The role of Candida in abdominal sepsis
    The value and interpretation of microbial specimens in the management of cIAI
    Appropriate antimicrobial therapy in critically ill patients
    Hemodynamic support
    Adjunctive therapies in abdominal sepsis
    Impact and management of abdominal compartment syndrome in patients with abdominal sepsis
    Thromboprophylaxis in patiens with abdominal sepsis
    Nutritional support for abdominal sepsis.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Antonio Daniele Pinna, Giorgio Ercolani, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Immunosuppression in solid organ transplantation
    2. Infection Complications after Abdominal Organ Transplantation
    3. National Transplant Network. Donor selection and evaluation criteria
    4. The safety of donor
    5. Medical disease after abdominal solid organ transplantation and the risk of solid and hematologic malignant tumor after transplantation)
    6 Indication and timing
    7. The donor procurement
    8. Orthotopic liver transplantation
    9. Anesthetic and perioperative management for liver transplantation
    10 Living donor liver transplantation
    11. Hepatic Acute and chronic rejection
    12. Postoperative technical complications
    13. Percutaneous management of biliary and vascular complications
    14. Re-transplantation (Causes, Outcome)
    15. Indication and timing
    16. The donor procurement: Standard technique for procurement in cadaveric donors
    17. Live donor evaluation
    18. Living donor nephrectomy
    19. Renal Transplantation: Surgical technique
    20. The intraoperative and perioperative management of Kidney transplantation
    21. Kidney acute and chronic rejection
    22. Kidney Transplantation: Post-Operative Technical Complications
    23. Indications and timing
    24. The donor procurement
    25 Transplantation
    26 Abdominal wall transplantation and technique
    27. Anesthetic and perioperative management for Intestinal transplantation
    28. Segmental Living-related Small Bowel Transplantation
    29. Intestinal Acute and Chronic rejection
    30. Combined Kidney-Liver Transplantation
    31. Kidney-pancreas Transplantation.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Berthold Block.
    Contents:
    General
    Basic physical and technical principles
    Blood vessels : the aorta and its branches, the vena cava and its tributaries
    Liver
    Porta hepatis
    Gallbladder
    Pancreas
    Stomach, duodenum, and diaphragm
    Spleen
    Kidneys
    Adrenal glands
    Bladder, prostate, and uterus
    Quick guide
    The sono consultant
    Documentation.
  • Digital
    Ellen J. Hagopian, Junji Machi, editors.
    Summary: Abdominal Ultrasound for Surgeons provides a comprehensive guide to the use of ultrasonography in surgical practice of abdominal diseases. The content is divided into three major sections focusing on basic principles of ultrasound, ultrasound anatomy and pathology of the abdomen, and employment of ultrasound of the abdomen in surgical practice. A final section is dedicated to the logistics of incorporating ultrasound into a surgical practice. The first section provides an introduction to the principles of ultrasonography focusing on ultrasound physics, equipment, and instrumentation. A detailed approach to the various scanning methods and image interpretation is demonstrated with illustrations, images, and video. The second section focuses on ultrasound anatomy of the abdomen. Each chapter demonstrates the normal and abnormal ultrasound anatomy of specific abdominal organ or organ systems (abdominal wall, liver, pancreas, biliary, stomach, anorectum, retroperitoneum, vascular) with illustrations and images. The current status and technique of endoscopic ultrasound of the upper and lower gastrointestinal tracks is addressed in this section. The third section provides a state-of-the-art review of the status of each major application of abdominal ultrasound in surgery. Topics range from trauma ultrasound and laparoscopic staging to techniques in ultrasound guidance and three-dimensional targeting. This section provides a comprehensive review of the employment of interventional, intraoperative, laparoscopic, transabdominal and endoscopic ultrasound. The fourth and last section addresses the practice aspects of incorporation of ultrasound into a surgical practice. Abdominal Ultrasound for Surgeons will serve as a very useful resource and guide for surgeons and students with little to some experience in ultrasound, including practicing surgeons, surgical fellows, and surgical residents.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Dalila Patrizia Greco, Elio Borgonovi, editors.
    Summary: This book presents different patient-oriented perspectives from surgeons, economic evaluation and management researchers, and business companies active in the healthcare sector, striking a balance between the appropriateness/effectiveness of treatment and efficiency/cost. It does not include technical surgical details, but instead provides the necessary knowledge regarding different groups of patients to help economic and management researchers make accurate evaluations. Although partially based on the specific case of abdominal wall surgery in the Italian health system, the book defines a model that can, with the necessary adaptations, be applied in other national contexts. It also analyzes different reimbursement systems and methods of data collection. This approach supports the evolution form evidence-based medicine (EBM) to the future of real-world data (big data analysis). Further, it highlights the critical issue of "silos" reimbursement, which is the pillar of DRG, and proposes methodology to evaluate the direct and indirect benefit and costs of surgery (for example quality of care, costs incurred in cases of surgical complications due to the use of inappropriate, low-cost material or due to surgical procedure. It is a valuable resource for clinicians, surgeons, policymakers and managers in the field.

    Contents:
    PART I: Abdominal wall.- 1 Epidemiology.- 2 Anatomy.- 3 Clusters of patology & interventions.- 4 Unit of wall surgery.- 5 Organization and certification of abdominal wall surgery: the German example, the easter Europe example, the Sweden example, the Spain example.- 6 Organization and certification of abdominal wall surgery: the Eastern Europe example.- 7 Organization and certification of abdominal wall surgery: the Swedish example.- 8 Organization and certification of abdominal wall surgery: the Spanish example.- 9 Devices and biomaterials: from chemistry to certification.- 10 Assistential settings.- 11 Preventing incisional hernias: closure of abdominal wall, follow-up in abdominal surgery.- PART II: Economics.- 12 Economic Evaluation and Health Technology Assessment of Healthcare Programmes.- 13 Comparative Effectiveness in Health Technology Assessment for Medical Devices.- 14 Economic evaluation of abdominal Wall Surgery (cost benefit analysis, cost effectiveness, cost-quality analysis).- 15 Cost Containement: abdominal surgery unit.- 16 The Shouldice experience.- 17 Presurgical hidden costs: imaging, assessment clinic.- 18 Postsurgical hidden costs: neuralgia.- 19 Postsurgical hidden costs: infection.- 20 Reimbursement strategies for medical devices: the case of Abdominal Wall Surgery in Italy.- 21 Economic modelling and Budget Impact Analysis in Abdominal Surgery: the case of mesh.- PART III: Outcome.- 22 How to measure outcome in surgery.- 23 Present and future of EBM.- 24 Registries: monitoring clinical ourcomes.- 25 Registries as a source of information for the purchase of devices.- PART IV: Future perspectives.- 26 Stakeholders opinions.- 27 Evolution of abdominal wall surgery in non developed countries.- 28 How social patterns affect the development of science.- 29 Ferrying to the future.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] John E. Niederhuber, James O. Armitage, James H. Doroshow, Michael B. Kastan, Joel E. Tepper.
    Summary: "Easily accessible and clinically focused, Abeloff's Clinical Oncology, 6th Edition, covers recent advances in our understanding of the pathophysiology of cancer, cellular and molecular causes of cancer initiation and progression, new and emerging therapies, current trials, and much more. Masterfully authored by an international team of leading cancer experts, it offers clear, practical coverage of everything from basic science to multidisciplinary collaboration on diagnosis, staging, treatment and follow up"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Part I: Science and clincial oncology. Section A: Biology and cancer. Molecular tools in cancer research
    Intracellular signaling
    The cellular microenvironment and metastases
    Control of the cell cycle
    The pathophysiology of cancer cell death
    Cancer immunology
    Stem cells, cell differentiation, and cancer
    Vascular and interstitial biology of tumors
    Cancer metabolism
    Section B: Genesis of cancer. Environmental factors
    DNA damage response pathways and cancer
    Viruses and human cancer
    Genetic factors: hereditary cancer predisposition syndromes
    Genetic and epigenetic changes in cancer
    Section C: Diagnosis of cancer. Pathology, biomarkers, and molecular diagnostics
    Imaging
    Section D: Clinical trials. Biostatistics and bioinformatics in clinical trials
    Trial design
    Structures supporting cancer clinical trials
    Oncology and health care policy
    Section E: Prevention and early detection. Discovery and characterization of cancer genetic susceptibility alleles
    Lifestyle and cancer prevention
    Cancer screening and early detection
    Nicotine dependence: current treatments and future directions
    Section F: Treatment. Cancer pharmacology
    Therapeutic targeting of cancer cells: era of molecularly targeted agents
    Basics of radiation therapy
    Hematopoietic stem cell transplantation
    Gene therapy in oncology
    Therapeutic antibodies and immunologic conjugates
    Complementary and alternative medicine
    Part II: Problems common to cancer and therapy
    Section A: Hematologic problems and infections. Disorders of blood cell production in clinical oncology
    Diagnosis, treatment, and prevention of cancer-related venous thrombosis
    Infection in the patient with cancer
    Section B: Symptom management. Hypercalcemia
    Tumor lysis syndrome
    Cancer-related pain
    Cancer cachexia
    Nausea and vomiting
    Section C: Treatment complications. Oral complications
    Dermatologic toxicities of anticancer therapy
    Cardiovascular effects of cancer therapy
    Reproductive complications
    Paraneoplastic neurologic syndromes
    Neurologic complications
    Endocrine complications
    Pulmonary complications of anticancer treatment
    Section D: post treatment considerations. Rehabilitation of individuals with cancer
    Survivorship
    Second malignant neoplasms
    Caring for patients at the end of life
    Section E: Local effects of cancer and its metastasis. Acute abdomen, bowel obstruction, and fistula
    Superior vena cava syndrome
    Spinal cord compression
    Brain metastases and neoplastic meningitis
    Bone metastases
    Lung metastases
    Liver metastases
    Malignancy-related effusions
    Section F: Special populations. Cancer in the elderly: biology, prevention, and treatment
    Special issues in pregnancy
    Human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infection and cancer
    Part III: Specific malignancies. Section A: Central nervous system. Cancer of the central nervous system
    Section B: Head, neck, and eye. Ocular tumors
    Cancer of the head and neck
    Section C: Skin. Melanoma
    Nonmelanoma skin cancers: basal cell and squamous cell carcinomas
    Section D: Endocrine. Cancer of the endocrine system
    Section E: Thoracic. Cancer of the lung: non-small cell lung cancer and small cell lung cancer
    Diseases of the pleura and mediastinum
    Cancer of the esophagus and gastroesophageal junction
    Section F: Gastrointestinal. Cancer of the stomach and gastroesophageal junction
    Cancer of the small bowel
    Colon cancer
    Cancer of the rectum
    Cancer of the anal canal
    Liver and bile duct cancer
    Carcinoma of the pancreas
    Section G: Genitourinary. Cancer of the kidney
    Carcinoma of the bladder
    Prostate cancer
    Cancer of the penis
    Testicular cancer
    Section H: Gynecological. Cancers of the cervix, vulva, and vagina
    Cancer of the endometrium
    Ovaries and fallopian tubes
    Gestational trophoblastic disease
    Cancer of the breast
    Section I: Sarcomas. Sarcomas of bone
    Sarcomas of soft tissue
    Section J: Cancer of undefined site of origin. Carcinoma of Unknown Primary
    Section K: Pediatrics. Pediatric solid tumors
    Childhood leukemia
    Childhood lymphoma
    Section L: Hematological. Acute leukemias in adults
    Myelodysplastic syndromes
    Myeloproliferative disorders
    Chronic myeloid leukemia
    Chronic lymphoid leukemias
    Hairy cell leukemia
    Multiple myeloma and related disorders
    Hodgkin's Lymphoma
    Non-Hodgkin lymphoma
    Cutaneous T-cell lymphoma and cutaneous B-cell lymphoma
    Adult T-cell leukemia-lymphoma.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Print
    [edited by] John E. Niederhuber [and others].
    Contents:
    pt. I. Science of clinical oncology
    sect. A. Biology and cancer
    sect. B. Genesis of cancer
    sect. C. Diagnosing cancer
    sect. D. Preventing and treating cancer
    pt. II. Problems common to cancer and its therapy
    sect. A. Hematologic problems and infections
    sect. B. Metabolic and paraneoplastic syndromes
    sect. C. Local effects of cancer and its metastasis
    sect. D. Complications of therapy
    sect. E. Special populations
    pt. III. Specific malignancies.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    [edited by] Alden H. Harken, Ernest E. Moore.
    Contents:
    I. General topics
    Are you ready for your surgical rotation?
    Cardiopulmonary resuscitation
    How to treat all cardiac dysrhythmias
    How to think about shock
    Congestive heart failure (CHF) and pulmonary insufficiency
    Mechanical ventilation
    Why get arterial blood gases?
    Fluids, electrolytes, Gatorade, and sweat
    Nutritional assessment, parenteral, and enteral nutrition
    What does postoperative fever mean?
    Surgical wound infection
    Priorities in evaluation of the acute abdomen
    Surgical infectious disease
    Risks of blood-borne disease
    Sepsis
    Frailty
    II. Trauma. Initial assessment
    Posttraumatic hemorrhagic shock
    Traumatic brain injury
    Spinal cord injuries
    Penetrating neck trauma
    Blunt thoracic trauma
    Penetrating thoracic trauma
    Blunt abdominal trauma
    Penetrating abdominal trauma
    Hepatic and biliary trauma
    Splenic trauma
    Pancreatic and duodenal injury
    Trauma to the colon and rectum
    Pelvic fractures
    Upper urinary tract injuries
    Lower urinary tract injury and pelvic trauma
    Extremity vascular injuries
    Facial lacerations
    Maxillofacial trauma
    Basic care of hand injuries
    Burns
    Pediatric trauma
    III. Abdominal surgery. Appendicitis
    Gallbladder disease
    Pancreatic cancer
    Acute pancreatitis
    Diagnosis and therapy of chronic pancreatitis
    Portal hypertension and esophageal varices
    Gastroesophageal reflux disease
    Esophageal cancer
    Acid-peptic ulcer disease
    Small bowel obstruction
    Intestinal ischemia
    Diverticular disease of the colon
    Acute large bowel obstruction
    Inflammatory bowel disease
    Upper gastrointestinal bleeding
    Lower gastrointestinal bleeding
    Colorectal polyps
    Colorectal carcinoma
    Anorectal disease
    Inguinal hernia
    Bariatric surgery
    IV. Endocrine surgery. Hyperparathyroidism
    Hyperthyroidism
    Thyroid nodules and cancer
    Surgical hypertension
    Adrenal laparoscopic adrenalectomy incidentaloma
    V. Breast surgery. Breast masses
    Primary therapy for breast cancer
    VI. Other cancers. What is cancer?
    Melanoma
    Non-melanoma skin cancer
    Parotid tumors
    Neck masses
    VII. Vascular surgery. What is atherosclerosis?
    Arterial insufficiency
    Carotid disease
    Abdominal aortic aneurysm
    Venous disease
    Noninvasive vascular diagnostic laboratory
    VIII. Cardiothoracic surgery. Coronary artery disease
    Mitral stenosis
    Mitral regurgitation
    Aortic valvular disease
    Thoracic surgery for non-neoplastic disease
    Lung cancer
    Solitary pulmonary nodule
    Dissecting aortic aneurysm
    IX. Pediatric surgery. Hypertrophic pyloric stenosis
    Intestinal obstruction of neonates and infants
    Tracheoesophageal malformations
    Tracheoesophageal malformations
    Congenital diaphragmatic hernia
    Abdominal tumors
    Congenital cysts and sinuses of the neck
    X. Transplantation. Liver transplantation
    Kidney and pancreas transplantation
    Heart transplantation
    Mechanical circulatory support
    Lung transplantation
    Penile and scrotal urologic emergencies
    Urolithiasis
    XI. Urology. Renal cell carcinoma
    Bladder cancer
    Prostate cancer
    Urodynamics and voiding dysfunction
    Pediatric urology
    XII. Health care. Can health care be reformed?
    Ethics in the surgical intensive care unit
    Professionalism
    Required reading.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    Sajad Majeed Zargar, Mohammad Yousuf Zargar, editors.
    Summary: The natural environment for plants is composed of a complex set of abiotic and biotic stresses; plant responses to these stresses are equally complex. Systems biology allows us to identify regulatory hubs in complex networks. It also examines the molecular "parts" (transcripts, proteins and metabolites) of an organism and attempts to combine them into functional networks or models that effectively describe and predict the dynamic activities of that organism in different environments. This book focuses on research advances regarding plant responses to abiotic stresses, from the physiological level to the molecular level. It highlights new insights gained from the integration of omics datasets and identifies remaining gaps in our knowledge, outlining additional focus areas for future crop improvement research. Plants have evolved a wide range of mechanisms for coping with various abiotic stresses. In many crop plants, the molecular mechanisms involved in a single type of stress tolerance have since been identified; however, in order to arrive at a holistic understanding of major and common events concerning abiotic stresses, the signaling pathways involved must also be elucidated. To date several molecules, like transcription factors and kinases, have been identified as promising candidates that are involved in crosstalk between stress signalling pathways. However, there is a need to better understand the tolerance mechanisms for different abiotic stresses by thoroughly grasping the signalling and sensing mechanisms involved. Accordingly, this book covers a range of topics, including the impacts of different abiotic stresses on plants, the molecular mechanisms leading to tolerance for different abiotic stresses, signaling cascades revealing cross-talk among various abiotic stresses, and elucidation of major candidate molecules that may provide abiotic stress tolerance in plants.

    Contents:
    "Omics" : a gateway towards abiotic stress tolerance
    Second messengers : central regulators in plant abiotic stress response
    Signaling peptides : hidden molecular messengers of abiotic stress perception and response in plants
    Reactive oxygen species (ROS) : a way to stress survival in plants
    Role of cuticular wax in adaptation to abiotic stress : a molecular perspective
    Abiotic stress response in plants : a cis-regulatory perspective
    Multifarious role of ROS in halophytes : signaling and defense
    Enhancing cold tolerance in horticultural plants using in vitro approaches
    Omics-based strategies for improving salt tolerance in Maize (Zea mays L.)
    Drought stress tolerance in wheat : omics approaches in understanding and enhancing antioxidant defense
    Signalling during cold stress and its interplay with transcriptional regulation
    Cross talk between phytohormone signaling pathways under abiotic stress conditions and their metabolic engineering for conferring abiotic stress tolerance.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Yi Wang, editor.
    Summary: This book introduces the clinical application of ABO-incompatible transplantation. In the first part, it starts with the history, blood group antigen, antibody associated with ABO blood type, pathophysiology and pathology and related knowledge. In the second part, it covers clinical experience sharing of ABO-incompatible of heart, liver, lung and kidney transplantation. It provides a systematic methodologies and protocols. .
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Peter H. Abrahams, Jonathan D. Spratt, Marios Loukas, Albert-Neels van Schoor.
    Summary: "Abrahams' and McMinn's Clinical Atlas of Human Anatomy, 8th Edition delivers the straightforward visual guidance you need to perform confidently in all examinations and understand spatial relationships required during your medical training, while also acquiring the practical anatomical knowledge needed for your future clinical career. Respected authority Prof. Peter Abrahams and his team of leading international anatomists and radiologists link a vast collection of clinical images to help you master all the essential correlations between the basic science of anatomy and its clinical practice"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Head, neck and brain
    Vertebral column and spinal cord
    Upper limb
    Thorax
    Abdomen and pelvis
    Lower limb
    Lymphatics.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital/Print
    editors, Jean-Franc̜ois H. Geschwind, Michael D. Dake.
    Summary: "The 'Interventional Radiology' volume of the landmark reference "Abrams' Angiography" has now been expanded and thoroughly revised to reflect dynamic advances in interventional radiology. More than 60 contributors representing a "Who's Who" of the specialty provide comprehensive, step-by-step coverage of all contemporary vascular and nonvascular interventional procedures. Major sections discuss today's equipment and describe interventions for specific disorders of each organ system, as well as for trauma, pediatric diseases, abscess drainage, and miscellaneous disorders. More than 1,100 illustrations complement the text. This edition incorporates an extensive new section on interventional oncologic procedures. The section covers all organ-specific cancers for which interventional therapies are used. Other sections include artervenous malformations, liver diseases, arterial occlusive disease, aneurysms, traumatic arterial injuries, hemorrhage, and venous diseases. It also has full color and an accompanying online site to access the content anytime"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access eBook Comp Acad 2014
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC691 .A161 2014
    1
  • Print
    edited by Marcus Drake, Hashim Hashim, Andrew Gammie.
    Summary: "Urodynamics has two basic aims: To reproduce the patient's symptomatic complaints while making key observations. To provide a pathophysiological explanation by correlating the patient's symptoms with the urodynamic findings. These two basic aims are crucial to the purpose of urodynamics - essentially it is a diagnostic test that will aid in the management of patients. The need to make urodynamic observations reflects the fact that the patient's symptoms are important, but they might be somewhat misleading. Most patients with lower urinary tract dysfunction (LUTD) present to their doctor with symptoms. However, lower urinary tract symptoms (LUTS - Table 1) should not simply be taken at face value, since a range of differing mechanisms may result in rather similar symptomatic presentations. The statement "the bladder is an unreliable witness" (1) reflects how symptoms are the starting point, but do not actually identify the ultimate explanation. Since treatment should correct the underlying cause, it is necessary to identify mechanisms, avoiding assumption or prejudice coming from taking symptoms at face value. An excellent example of this is voiding LUTS in men, where the cause on urodynamic testing may prove to be bladder outlet obstruction (BOO) and/or detrusor underactivity (DUA); BOO should respond fully to surgery to relieve obstruction such as transurethral resection of prostate (TURP), while such surgery is potentially not helpful in the second (2). Voiding LUTS in males are of unreliable diagnostic value, and only slow stream and hesitancy show any correlation with the urodynamic findings of BOO (3-5). Even with flow rate assessment, one cannot be sure whether BOO is present [Figure 1.1]. The difficulty of assessing LUTD by symptoms alone is the uncertainty about establishing truly what is going on in the individual describing them"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Basic urodynamics and fundamental issues / Marcus Drake, Andrew Gammie, Laura Thomas, Arturo Garcia, Hashim Hashim
    Applied Anatomy and Physiology / Chendrimada Madhu and Marcus Drake
    The Physics of Urodynamic Measurements / Andrew Gammie
    Patient Assessment / Musaab Yassin, Alan Uren, Nikki Cotterill
    Treatments for Lower Urinary Tract Dysfunction / Sharon Yeo, Hashim Hashim
    Uroflowmetry / Amit Mevcha, Richard Napier-Hemy
    Cystometry and pressure-flow studies / Marcus Drake, Rachel Tindle, Su-Min Lee
    Videourodynamics / Marcus Drake, Michelle Ong, Devang Desai, Michel Wyndaele, Mark Woodward, Hashim Hashim
    Ambulatory Urodynamics / Julie Ellis-Jones, Wendy Bevan, Dharmesh Kapoor, Marcus Drake
    Studies assessing urethral pressures / Dharmesh Kapoor and Marcus Drake
    Non-invasive urodynamics / Alison Bray, Christopher Blake, Christopher Harding
    Urodynamics in Children / Jonathan S. Ellison, Guy Nicholls, and Mark Woodward
    Urodynamics in Women / Wael Agur, Ruben Trochez, Antonin Prouza, George Kasyan, Abdelmageed Abdelrahman
    Urodynamics in Men / Arturo García-Mora, Connie Chew, Marcus Drake
    Structural changes of the bladder outlet / Michelle Ong, Marcus Drake and Devang Desai
    Neurological disease and LUTS / Marcus Drake, Jeremy Nettleton, Mo Belal
    Urodynamics in older people / Su-Min Lee, Emily Henderson
    Troubleshooting during urodynamics / Laura Thomas, Rachel Tindle, Andrew Gammie
    Artefacts in urodynamics / Andrew Gammie
    Anorectal Physiology / Laura Thomas and Kathryn McCarthy
    Organisation of the Urodynamic Unit / Laura Thomas, Alexandra Bacon, Joanne Sheen and Andrew Gammie
    Equipment / Andrew Gammie
    Working with limited resources / Andrew Gammie, Laura Thomas, Marcus Drake, Eskinder Solomon
    Research evidence on the clinical role of urodynamics / Andrew Gammie, Marcus Drake and Hashim Hashim.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Print
    Kimitaka Kaga, editor.
    Summary: For more than 40 years, Auditory Brainstem Responses (ABRs) have been used as a diagnostic tool for hearing disorders and brainstem disorders in the pediatric audiology and neurotology and child neurology. While there are many publications in this field, this new volume will review hearing problems and neurological disorders in babies, infants and children, and discuss important new advances such as ABR figure and threshold changes with infant development. The book will also cover auditory neuropathy, its numerous and new sub-classifications. Readers will be thoroughly briefed on all the new perspectives in interpreting data. Researchers and clinicians will find the text to be a valuable tool in the correct diagnosis of hearing problems and neurological diseases among babies and infants.

    Contents:
    Part 1 Introduction
    1 History of ABR and EABR
    Part 2 ABRs
    2 Origins of ABR
    3 Gestational development of the human auditory system including the cochlea and the central auditory pathways
    4 ABR recording technique and the evaluation of peripheral hearing loss
    5 Auditory neuropathy spectrum disorders
    6 Normalization and deterioration of ABR configuration in child neurology
    7 Hypoxic and Anoxic Brain Damage
    8 Only wave I, II of the ABR with residual hearing acuity
    9 Auditory agnosia and later cortical deafness in a child over 29 years follow-up
    Part 3 Electrically Evoked ABRs (EABRs)
    10 Electrically evoked Auditory Brainstem Responses (EABRs), Recording Techniques, Normal (Control) and Abnormal Waveforms of the EABR
    11 Inner ear malformation and cochlear nerve deficiency
    12 Auditory neuropathy
    Part 4 Particular Topics
    13 Common Cavity Deformity
    14 Galvanic VEMP.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Print
    editors, Sydney Keen Vitale, Kim J. Davis.
    Digital Access AccessSurgery c2023
  • Digital
    editors, Dale A. Dangleben, Firas Madbak.
    Summary: "High yield review for the American Board of Surgery In-Training Exam"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access AccessSurgery 2021
  • Digital
    Carla Marienfeld, editor.
    Summary: This book serves as a tool for general psychiatrists, medical students, residents, and fellows looking for a clinically relevant and high-yield overview of addiction psychiatry in preparation for their board exams - or for everyday clinical practice. Written by expert educators in addiction psychiatry, the text is organized by substances misused and populations affected. This book serves as both a primary learning tool for those new to the field, as well as a reference for those working in addiction treatment. Each chapter begins with summaries of high yield clinical pearls, followed by general information including treatment, and then ends with accompanying board-style review questions. The scope includes understanding substances of misuse and substance use disorders (SUDs), how to evaluate, diagnose, and monitor SUDs, how to treat SUDs both pharmacologically and behaviorally, and critical information for specific populations of patients. Absolute Addiction Psychiatry for Clinical Practice and Review is an excellent resource for all medical students, residents, fellows, and professionals taking certification exams in addiction, including those in psychiatry, addiction medicine, emergency medicine, internal medicine, pain medicine, and others. The chapter "Laboratory Testing for Substance Use Disorders" is available open access under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License via link.springer.com.

    Contents:
    Part I: Introduction, Evaluation, Treatment
    Health Services for Addiction Treatment and Levels of Care
    Laboratory Testing for Substance Use Disorders
    Epidemiology, genetics, and neurobiology of substance use and disorders
    Screening, Evaluation and Diagnosis of Substance Use Disorder
    Psychosocial Treatment of Substance Use Disorders
    Recovery from Addiction: Maintenance and Preventing Relapse
    Part II: Addictions and their Treatments
    Nicotine
    Alcohol
    Benzodiazepines and other Sedatives, Hypnotics, and Anxiolytics
    Cannabinoids
    OPIOIDS
    Stimulants: Caffeine, Cocaine, Amphetamine and Other Stimulants
    Steroids, Dissociatives, Club Drugs, Inhalants, and Hallucinogens
    Behavioral Addiction
    Part III: Populations
    Adolescents and Students
    Women and Pregnancy
    Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender, Queer or Questioning, Intersex, Asexual or Allied
    Underserved Populations
    Older Adults
    Professionals
    Part IV: Other Topics
    Co-occurring Medical Disorders
    Co-occurring Psychiatric Disorders
    Prevention, Public Health, and Public Policy
    Ethical and Legal Considerations.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    Massoud Mahmoudi, editor.
    Summary: This book offers a comprehensive review of allergy and immunology, specifically dedicated as a board review preparation. The book is a collective effort and participation of over 90 well known allergists, immunologists, and rheumatologist who are academician and or practitioners. Chapters are presented in a " Case-Based" format. Each chapter presents 2 cases; each case is followed by multiple choice questions/ answers and discussions. Each chapter also offers a list of specific references used in the text, that will enhance the readers' portfolio of resources. Allergy and Immunology Board Review is a must-have resource for allergy & immunology fellows-in-training and all allergy practitioners as well as any medical provider including residents, medical students and allied health who rotate in allergy divisions.

    Contents:
    Innate and Adaptive Immunity
    Immune Cells and Functions
    HistocompatIbility Antigens (HLA) and Transplantation
    Allergic Diseases of the Eye
    Allergic Rhinitis
    Otitis Media
    Asthma
    Cough and Allergic Diseases
    Hypersensitivity Pneumonitis
    Allergic Bronchopulmonary Aspergillosis
    Food Allergy
    Eosinophilic Disorders
    A Case-Based Board Review of Angioedema and Urticaria
    Atopic Dermatitis
    Allergic Contact Dermatitis
    Insect Allergy
    Latex Allergy
    Drug Allergy
    Autoimmunity
    Vasculitis
    B Cell Deficiency
    T Cell Deficiency
    Combined Immunodeficiency Disorders
    Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV) Infection and AIDS
    Anaphylaxis
    Diagnostic Testing in Allergic Diseases
    Antihistamines and Corticosteroids
    Bronchodilators
    New Asthma Therapeutics
    Vaccination
    Allergen Immunotherapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Lucy Chow, Bo Li, editors.
    Summary: This book presents over 500 breast imaging questions with detailed answers to prepare readers for the Radiology Core Exam. Radiology residents looking for preparation materials to use for the Core Exam are often frustrated with the lack of resources available. This book addresses that lack by providing an informative and invaluable high-yield breast imaging case review book for board review and lifelong learning purposes. Editors and authors have collected numerous high quality breast imaging cases that directly align with each diagnosis the Core Exam has included in their study guide. Cases include modalities from mammogram, ultrasound, and MRI. High quality images are included for each case. The book is structured to follow the layout and topics of the ABR Study Guide, making all material boards-relevant. Within each section, cases are presented with boards-style multiple choice questions and detailed explanations, giving the reader over 500 breast imaging questions to learn from. Cases will include diagnosis, etiology, imaging characteristics, and management. Additional topics related to boards preparation and clinical practice are also addressed, including indications for screening, regulations, physics, and quality/safety. This is an ideal guide for radiology residents preparing for the breast imaging portion of their Radiology Core Examination, and for continued practice and learning for practicing radiologists.

    Contents:
    Regulations and Standard of Care
    BI-RADS Terminology
    Screening Mammogram
    Diagnostic Mammogram & US
    MRI
    Interventional Procedures
    Pathology
    Male Breast
    Implants
    Breast Cancer Work up and Surgical Planning
    Post surgical Breast
    Physics. .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Doris Kung, Thy Nguyen, Ritu Das.
    Summary: This concise review book provides a set of evidence-based and up-to-date study questions that demonstrate knowledge of common neurological diseases. Presented in a case-based format, each chapter includes several questions that are intended for medical students, residents rotating through neurology, and neurologists looking for study sources. Filling a need for a supplemental resource to use when studying for board exams, particularly the NBME and RITE, Absolute Case-Based Neurology serves as an invaluable guide to neurology rotations, tests and daily practice.

    Contents:
    Neuroanatomy
    Headache
    Demyelinating Diseases
    Epilepsy
    Dementia
    Vertigo
    Pediatric Neurology
    Movement Disorders
    Neuromuscular Disorders
    Spinal Cord/Cauda Equina
    Ischemic Stroke and Hemorrhagic Stroke
    Increased Intracranial Pressure (ICP)
    Head Trauma
    Meningitis and Encephalitis
    Toxic and Metabolic encephalopathy
    .
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Daniel M. Trifiletti, Nicholas G. Zaorsky, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Mona Sazgar, Michael G. Young.
    Summary: This book contains the most essential information needed for an epilepsy/ EEG rotation. Chapters are formatted with bullet points and feature clinical pearls. Concise and easy-to-read, this quick reference provides neurology residents, clinical neurophysiology and epilepsy fellows, and other clinicians with the most critical information in epilepsy and EEG in a simplified, yet comprehensive format. Divided into two sections, the book first covers the diagnosis, characteristics, and treatment of epilepsy. The second section focuses on EEG placement, procedures, and patterns in various neurological disorders.

    Contents:
    What is not a Seizure?
    Seizures and Epilepsy
    Treatment of Seizures
    Catamenial Epilepsy
    Electrode Placement and Montages
    Normal EEG
    Normal EEG Variants
    EEG Artifacts
    Activation Procedures
    Interictal Abnormal EEG Patterns
    Ictal EEG Patterns
    Encephalopathies and EEG
    Brain Death and EEG.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Rajesh Tampi, Deena Tampi, Juan Young, Rakin Hoq, Kyle Resnick, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive yet concise review of geriatric psychiatry in preparation for the board exam, or for reference during practice. Written by experts in the field, this text thoroughly reviews over 500 developmental, biological, diagnostic, and treatment questions for board certification. Unlike any other text on the market, this book takes a broader approach to the subject, making it accessible for physicians as well as other clinicians, including nurses, therapists, and social workers. Absolute Geriatric Psychiatry Review is an excellent resource for all clinicians who will care for the mental health of aging patients, including psychiatrists, neurologists, psychologists, therapists, nurses, social workers, nursing home administrators, and all others.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: Developmental, Psychological and Social Aspects of Aging
    Chapter 1: Life Course: Developmental and Transitional Events
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 2: Demography and Epidemiology
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 3: Culture and Gender
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 4: Family and Community
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 5: Ethics and Forensics
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 6: Economics and Health Policy
    Questions Answers
    Further Reading
    Part II: Biological Aspects of Aging
    Chapter 7: Neuroanatomy and Neuropathology
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 8: Biochemistry and Neuropharmacology
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 9: Anatomy and Physiology
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Part III: Psychiatric Diagnosis
    Chapter 10: Neurocognitive Disorders
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 11: Depressive Disorders and Bipolar and Related Disorders
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 12: Sleep-Wake Disorders Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 13: Schizophrenia and Other Psychotic Disorders
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 14: Substance-Related and Addictive Disorders
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 15: Anxiety Disorders and Obsessive Compulsive and Related Disorders
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 16: Sexuality, Gender Dysphoria, and Paraphilic Disorders
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Part IV: Diagnostic Methods
    Chapter 17: Interviewing and History Taking
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading Chapter 18: Mental Status Examination
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 19: Functional Assessment
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 20: Psychological and Neuropsychological Testing
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 21: The Neurological Examination
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 22: Clinical Laboratory Testing
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 23: Structural and Functional Imaging
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Part V: Treatments
    Chapter 24: Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 25: Cytochrome P450
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 26: Antidepressants
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 27: Mood Stabilizers
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 28: Antipsychotics
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 29: Anxiolytics
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 30: Hypnotics
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 31: Cognitive Enhancers
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 32: Stimulants
    Questions
    Answers
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Kevin Conrad, editor.
    Summary: This concise guide covers the evolution and expanding scope of hospital medicine and the variety of clinical, ethical and administrative situations a Hospitalist encounters. 500 questions on inpatient care, co-management of patients and hospital system management are provided with the goal of assessing clinical and academic competency. Questions feature actual cases with evidence-based solutions. Useful to physicians, house staff and advanced nurse practitioners, this up-to-date referenced learning text encompasses all aspects of hospital care.

    Contents:
    Inpatient Care
    Consultative and Co-Management
    Hospital Systems Management.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Alluru S. Reddi.
    Summary: Written in a succinct question and answer format, this comprehensive resource covers all areas of nephrology and common clinical scenarios. Nearly 1000 questions with detailed answers provide nephrology fellows, practicing nephrologists and clinicians a better understanding of nephrology and aid preparations for nephrology and internal medicine boards. Absolute Nephrology Review features the latest evidence and guidelines while fulfilling a critical need within the nephrology community.

    Contents:
    1. Fluids, Electrolytes, and Acid-Base Disorders
    2. Disorders of Mineral Metabolism and Nephrolithiasis
    3. Acute Kidney Injury
    4. Chronic Kidney Disease
    5. Glomerular, Tubulointerstitial, and Vascular Diseases
    6. Genetic Diseases and Pregnancy
    7. Hypertension
    8. Renal Pharmacology
    9. Hemodialysis
    10. Peritoneal Dialysis
    11. Transplantation.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Alluru S. Reddi.
    Summary: Written in a succinct question and answer format, this comprehensive book is a resource on all areas of nephrology and common clinical scenarios. The updated volume covers the basic physiology of fluids, electrolytes and acid-base problems, renal disorders and management, chronic kidney disease, hypertension, and other essential subjects. The nearly 1000 detailed questions and answers prepare readers for nephrology and internal medicine boards and provide a better understanding of nephrology as a whole. This new edition of Absolute Nephrology Review features the latest evidence and guidelines needed by nephrology fellows, practicing nephrologists, and clinicians.

    Contents:
    Intro
    New Nomenclature for Kidney Function and Disease
    Preface
    Contents
    Chapter 1: Fluids, Electrolytes, and Acid-Base Disorders
    Sodium and Water Abnormalities
    Potassium and Acid-Base Disorders
    Chapter 2: Glomerular, Tubulointerstitial, and Vascular Diseases
    Chapter 3: Calcium, Phosphorus, and Magnesium Disorders and Kidney Stones
    Chapter 4: Chronic Kidney Disease
    Chapter 5: Acute Kidney Injury and Critical Care Nephrology
    Chapter 6: Hypertension
    Chapter 7: Renal Pharmacology
    Chapter 8: Genetic Diseases and Pregnancy
    Chapter 9: Hemodialysis
    Chapter 10: Peritoneal Dialysis
    Chapter 11: Transplantation
    Index
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Zachary David Levy, editor.
    Summary: This practical question and answer book covers topics within the field of neurocritical care, including aspects of neurology, neurosurgery, general critical care, and emergency medicine. Each chapter serves as a standalone test, comprised of approximately 100 questions, and closely mimics the tone and scope of the United Council for Neurologic Subspecialties (UCNS) certification exam in neurocritical care. Rationale and discussion are provided in the answers section at the end of each exam. This practical study guide will help prepare critical care fellows and residents from a variety of backgrounds (including internal medicine, neurology, anesthesiology, and emergency medicine) for the UCNS exam.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    by Yasser M. Awaad.
    Summary: This practical book features more than 1000 questions and answers with illustrations for pediatric neurologists, adult neurologists, general pediatricians and students taking their initial board examination and maintenance of certification. All questions are in multiple choice format and followed by the correct answer with a full explanation and appropriate references. Chapters are sectioned by different topics in pediatric neurology, including Epilepsy, Metabolic Disorders and Movement Disorders and other topics. Timely and thorough, this is a handy and succinct resource.

    Contents:
    Autism
    Behavior Disorders
    Congenital & Genetic Disorders
    Demyelinating Disorders
    Eating Disorders
    Epilepsy
    Ethics and Professionalism
    Neurodegenerative Disorders
    Neuro-metabolic Disorders
    Headache
    Developmental Disorders
    Infections
    Mental Retardation
    Movement Disorders
    Neurological complications of Systemic Diseases
    Neuromuscular Disorders
    Neuro-Oncology
    Neuro-Ophthalmology
    Neurophysiology
    Sleep Disorders
    Spinal Cord Disorders
    Static encephalopathy/cerebral palsy/rehabilitation
    Toxic Encephalopathy
    Traumatic Brain Injury
    Vascular.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Petros Efthimiou, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a concise and up-to-date review of key rheumatology topics along with extensive practice questions to assist in preparing for the American Board of Internal Medicine (ABIM) Rheumatology Certification Exam. Each chapter focuses on a single disease and starts with a short review (primarily tables and figures) to highlight the main points and key issues. The review is followed by 10-20 board-style multiple choice questions with detailed explanations for each topic. The chapters and associated preparation questions are written by established experts from top institutions in the United States. The book concludes with a 50-question practice test reflecting the format used by the ABIM Board Certification Exam. Absolute Rheumatology Review is an essential resource for not only graduate students, residents, and fellows in rheumatology and internal medicine studying for board exams but also rheumatologists, physicians, and related professionals preparing for recertification.

    Contents:
    Introduction.-Immunological Basis of Inflammatory Arthritides
    Clinical Epidemiology for Rheumatologists
    Osteoarthritis
    Regional Musculoskeletal Syndromes and the use of MSK Ultrasound
    Infectious Arthritis
    Rheumatoid Arthritis.-Psoriatic Arthritis
    Axial Spondyloarthritis
    Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
    Sjogren's Syndrome
    Systemic Sclerosis (Scleroderma)
    Vasculitis
    Inflammatory Myopathies
    Osteoporosis
    Crystal Arthritis.-Autoinflammatory Diseases
    Pediatric Rheumatology for Adult Rheumatologists.-Musculoskeletal Manifestations of Systemic Diseases
    Clinical Genetics in Rheumatology.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    Contents:
    1990. Forging the future, health objectives for the year 2000
    1991. Public health and a national health program
    1994. Building healthy environments
    1995. Decision making in public health
    1996. Empowering the disadvantaged, social justice in public health
    1997. Communicating public health
    1998. Public health and managed care
    1999. Celebrating a century of progress in public health
    2000. Eliminating health disparities.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA422 .A671
    9
  • Print
    Contents:
    1. [Symposia I-III]
    2. [Symposia IV-VII]
    3. Colloquia I-XIV
    4. General sessions A-F
    5. General sessions G-J
    [6] Author index
    [7] Supplement I-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    F501 .I61a 1967
    6
  • Print
    Conrad Berens and L. Benjamin Sheppard.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L781 .A16
    5
  • Digital
    Association of Medical Colleges.
    Summary: "The seventh biennial Harrison Survey, jointly sponsored by the Association of American Medical Colleges (AAMC) and the Society for Academic Continuing Medical Education (SACME), documents an academic enterprise that displays three major characteristics, somewhat in opposition to its traditional image as an isolated, passive educational entity. First, continuing medical education/ continuing professional development (CME/CPD) is increasingly integrated into the functions and missions of academic medical centers, academic health systems, and medical schools of the United States and Canada. Second, it demonstrates numerous examples of innovation and scholarship in educational design and operation. Finally, possibly as a result of the first two elements, there is an increased focus on assessing the impact of CME/CPD activities on learner competence, performance, and health care outcomes. The purpose of the survey is to help identify and understand the placement and alignment of the CME/CPD unit within the academic medical center (AMC). Survey findings will benefit those in the CME/CPD field who can use the data to assess and enhance the shape and scope of CME/CPD and who will share the information with AMC leaders, including deans, CEOs, and others. The survey generates broad but important findings for discussion and analysis in three areas: CME/CPD's structure, its function relative to relationships and educational methods, and its scope, reach, and impact. Throughout this report, data from the last Harrison Survey in 2013 are used for comparative purposes"--Executive summary.

    Contents:
    Executive summary
    Background and methods
    Section 1: Survey response rate and responder characteristics
    Section 2: Structural elements of CME/CPD in the academic medical center
    Section 3: Function of academic CME/CPD in the health care system
    Section 4: Reach, scope, and impact of CME/CPD programming
    Section 5: Discussion: structure, function, impact, and direction of academic CME.
    Digital Access R2Library 2016
  • Digital
    Mamta Swaroop, Sanjay Krishnaswami, editors.
    Contents:
    Part 1. General Considerations
    1. Global Burden of Surgical Disease and the Role of Academia
    2. Promoting, Developing, and Sustaining Academic Global Surgery Programs.-3. Ethics in Global Surgery
    Part 2. Career
    4. Preparing and Sustaining Your Career in Academic Global Surgery
    5. Balancing Global Surgery with Traditional Career and Life Demands
    Part 3. Clinical
    6. Guidelines and Parameters for Ideal Short-Term Interactions: Disaster Relief
    7. How to Set Up for an Ideal Long Term Clinical Interaction
    Part 4. Research
    8. Current Research Needs and Priorities
    9. Research Methods Appropriate and Applicable to Global Surgery
    10. Funding for Global Surgical Programs
    Part 5. Education
    11. Developing Educational Opportunities for Trainees on Both Sides
    12. The Role of Educational Research in the Global Setting
    Part 6. Resources
    13. Tools Useful for the Academic Global Surgeon.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Julia Miller Vick, Jennifer S. Furlong, Rosanne Lurie.
    Contents:
    Part I. What You Should Know Before You Start
    1. The Structure of Academic Careers
    2. Hiring from the Institution's Point of View
    Part II. Planning and Timing Your Search
    3. Becoming a Job Candidate: The Timetable for Your Search
    4. Deciding Where and When to Apply
    5. Building an Academic Network
    6. Letters of Recommendation
    7. Learning About Openings
    Part III. Written Materials for the Job Search: Suggestions and Samples
    8. Responding to Position Announcements
    9. CVs
    10. Additional Application Materials
    11. Online Presence
    12. Job Hunting Correspondence
    IV. Conducting the Search
    13. Interviewing
    14. Preliminary Interviews
    15. The Campus Visit
    16. Job Offers, Negotiations, Acceptances, and Rejections
    Part V. After You Take the Job
    17. Starting the Job
    18. Knowing About and Getting Tenure
    19. Changing Jobs
    Part VI. Additional Considerations
    20. Dual-Career Couples and Pregnant on the Job Market
    21. International Job Search
    22. Cultural and Experiential Diversity
    Part VII. Beyond Faculty Careers
    23. Exploring the Expanded Job Market
    Appendices
    Appendix 1: National Job Listing Sources and Scholarly and Professional Associations
    Appendix 2: Additional Resources
    Appendix 3: Sample Application Package
    Index
    Comments.
  • Digital
    Yury Khelemsky, Anuj Malhotra, Karina Gritsenko, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive text is the definitive academic pain medicine resource for medical students, residents and fellows. Acting as both an introduction and continued reference for various levels of training, this guide provides practitioners with up-to-date academic standards. In order to comprehensively meet the need for such a contemporary text--treatment options, types of pain management, and variables affecting specific conditions are thoroughly examined across 48 chapters. Categories of pain conditions include orofacial, neuropathic, visceral, neck, acute, muscle and myofascial, chronic urogenital and pelvic, acute, and regional. Written by renowned experts in the field, each chapter is supplemented with high-quality color figures, tables and images that provide the reader with a fully immersive educational experience. Academic Pain Medicine: A Practical Guide to Rotations, Fellowship, and Beyond is an unprecedented contribution to the literature that addresses the wide-spread requisite for a practical guide to pain medicine within the academic environment.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Linda Deer Richardson ; Benjamin Goldberg, editor.
    Summary: This volume deals with philosophically grounded theories of animal generation as found in two different traditions: one, deriving primarily from Aristotelian natural philosophy and specifically from his Generation of Animals; and another, deriving from two related medical traditions, the Hippocratic and the Galenic. The book contains a classification and critique of works that touch on the history of embryology and animal generation written before 1980. It also contains translations of key sections of the works on which it is focused. It looks at two different scholarly communities: the physicians (medici) and philosophers (philosophi), that share a set of textual resources and philosophical lineages, as well as a shared problem (explaining animal generation), but that nevertheless have different concerns and commitments. The book demonstrates how those working in these two traditions not only shared a common philosophical background in the arts curricula of the universities, but were in constant intercourse with each other.0This book presents a test case of how scholarly communities differentiate themselves from each other through methods of argument, empirical investigation, and textual interpretations. It is all the more interesting because the two communities under investigation have so much in common and yet, in the end, are distinct in a number of important ways.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Josep Bassaganya-Riera, editor.
    Summary: Accelerated Path to Cures provides a transformative perspective on the power of combining advanced computational technologies, modeling, bioinformatics and machine learning approaches with nonclinical and clinical experimentation to accelerate drug development. This book discusses the application of advanced modeling technologies, from target identification and validation to nonclinical studies in animals to Phase 1-3 human clinical trials and post-approval monitoring, as alternative models of drug development. As a case of successful integration of computational modeling and drug development, we discuss the development of oral small molecule therapeutics for inflammatory bowel disease, from the application of docking studies to screening new chemical entities to the development of next-generation in silico human clinical trials from large-scale clinical data. Additionally, this book illustrates how modeling techniques, machine learning, and informatics can be utilized effectively at each stage of drug development to advance the progress towards predictive, preventive, personalized, precision medicine, and thus provide a successful framework for Path to Cures.

    Contents:
    Intro; Contents; Contributors
    Chapter 1: Introduction to Accelerated Path to Cures and Precision Medicine in Inflammatory Bowel Disease; Overview; LANCL2 Drug Development Use Case; Network Modeling for PD Biomarker Analyses Use Case; References
    Chapter 2: Computer-Aided Drug Discovery; Overview; Structure-Based Versus Ligand-Based Modeling; Ligand-Based Modeling Approaches; Similarity Searching; Ligand-Based Pharmacophore Modeling; Quantitative-Structure Activity Relationship Modeling (QSAR); Structure-Based Modeling Approaches; Molecular Docking; Structure-Based Pharmacophore Modeling. Accelerating the Path to Precision MedicineComputational Models Used for Precision Medicine Discovery Measures Endpoints of Immune Mediated and Inflammatory Diseases; Concluding Remarks; References
    Chapter 5: Development of Synthetic Patient Populations and In Silico Clinical Trials; Overview; Clinical Research and Clinical Trials; Design Strategies; Data Sources; Predictive Modeling for Precision Medicine; Data-Driven Models; Mechanistic Models; Rule-Based Models; Human Avatars: Virtual Patient Populations; Treatment Design; Data-Driven Design; Mechanistic Modeling-Based Design. Citrobacter rodentium Infection Model of Colitis MDR1a -/- Model of Colitis; Pig as Model of Colitis; Cell-Specific Knockout Mice; Animal Models Used in Drug Development for IBD; Utilization of Computational Models in Preclinical Studies; Concluding Remarks; References; Chapter 4: From Nutritional Immunology to Drug Development; Overview; Nutritional Modulation of Immune-Mediated Diseases; Important Immunometabolic Pathways; Nutrition-Based Therapeutics Used to Treat Gastrointestinal Diseases; Computational Approaches to Discover New Therapeutics: A Precision Medicine Initiative Molecular Docking and Virtual Screening Molecular Docking; Virtual Screening; Application of Molecular Dynamics Simulations in Drug Discovery; General Considerations; Applications of Molecular Dynamics in Generating Conformational Ensembles; MD and Scoring; MD to Discover Novel Binding Sites; Success Stories in Computational Drug Discovery; Concluding Remarks; References
    Chapter 3: Preclinical Studies: Efficacy and Safety; Preclinical Studies: Safety; Preclinical Studies: Efficacy; Animal Models of IBD to Test Therapeutic Efficacy; DSS-Induced Colitis; Adoptive Transfer Model of Colitis. Statistical Analysis Dimensionality Reduction; Analysis of Variance; Concluding Remarks; References; Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Fenghe Qiu, Garry Scrivens.
    Contents:
    1. Accelerated predictive stability: an introduction
    2. Regulatory expectations and industry practice on stability testing
    3. Theory and fundamentals of accelerated predictive stability (APS) studies
    4. Practical considerations
    5. The humidity exposure of packaged products
    6. Data evaluation and statistical methods
    7. Strategies for improving the reliability of accelerated predictive stability (APS) studies
    8. Integration of APS into a rapid, early clinical drug product development paradigm
    9. Accelerated predictive stability (APS) regulatory strategies
    10. Embedding APS within business
    11. Implementing an accelerated predictive stability program
    12. Accelerated stability assessment program (ASAP) applications in a postapproval environment
    13. ASAP application: unstable drug candidate in early development
    14. ASAP application in suspension, liquid, lyophilized, and controlled-release drug products
    15. Applications of ASAP to generic drugs
    16. ASAP application: nicotine lozenges
    17. ASAP applications in clinical development: prediction of degradation and dissolution performance
    18. Accelerated predictive stability (APS) applications: packaging strategies for controlling dissolution performance
    19. Accelerated stability modeling: investigation of disintegration time of a drug product with sodium bicarbonate
    20. Accelerated stability modeling: an ionic liquid drug product
    21. Accelerated stability modeling: assay loss of nicotine lozenges
    22. Accelerated stability modeling: desolvation of a solvate drug product.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Jung W. Suh, Youngmin Kim.
    Summary: "Beyond simulation and algorithm development, many developers increasingly use MATLAB even for product deployment in computationally heavy fields. This often demands that MATLAB codes run faster by leveraging the distributed parallelism of Graphics Processing Units (GPUs). While MATLAB successfully provides high-level functions as a simulation tool for rapid prototyping, the underlying details and knowledge needed for utilizing GPUs make MATLAB users hesitate to step into it. Accelerating MATLAB with GPUs offers a primer on bridging this gap. Starting with the basics, setting up MATLAB for CUDA (in Windows, Linux and Mac OS X) and profiling, it then guides users through advanced topics such as CUDA libraries. The authors share their experience developing algorithms using MATLAB, C++ and GPUs for huge datasets, modifying MATLAB codes to better utilize the computational power of GPUs, and integrating them into commercial software products. Throughout the book, they demonstrate many example codes that can be used as templates of C-MEX and CUDA codes for readers' projects. Download example codes from the publisher's website: http://booksite.elsevier.com/9780124080805/ Shows how to accelerate MATLAB codes through the GPU for parallel processing, with minimal hardware knowledge -- Explains the related background on hardware, architecture and programming for ease of use -- Provides simple worked examples of MATLAB and CUDA C codes as well as templates that can be reused in real-world projects."--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Accelerating MATLAB without GPU
    Configurations for MATLAB and CUDA
    Optimization planning through profiling
    CUDA coding with c-mex
    MATLAB and parallel computing toolbox
    Using CUDA-accelerated libraries
    Example in computer graphics
    CUDA conversion example : 3D image processing.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Lauren Mizock and Zlatka Russinova.
    Contents:
    The history of the treatment of mental illness
    Acceptance and the recovery paradigm in mental health care
    The multiple dimensions of the acceptance of mental illness
    Barriers and facilitators to acceptance of mental illness
    The process of acceptance of mental illness
    Acceptance of mental illness among women : intersectional stigma
    Acceptance of mental illness among men : exploring masculinities and mental health
    Racial-ethnic cultural factors in the process of acceptance of mental illness
    LGBT factors in the process of acceptance of mental illness
    Clinical applications and investigation of the acceptance of mental illness.
    Digital Access Oxford [2016]
  • Digital
    edited by Dawn Camp-Sorrell, RN, MSN, FNP, AOCN, Laurl Matey, MSN, RN, CHPN.
    Summary: "The use of venous access devices (VADs) is central to the care that nurses provide to patients with cancer. Oncology nurses must base their practice on evidence-based research when available, but a lack of evidence has been a professional challenge for decades. With limited research to guide practice, ongoing controversies remain regarding optimal device management. Since 1989, the Oncology Nursing Society (ONS) has provided guidelines to establish a foundation for access device management. With this new text, ONS has identified practice standards, developed from a synthesis of evidence, critical review, and analysis of aspects of access device management for which nursing is accountable. Access Device Standards of Practice for Oncology Nursing reviews the controversies in access device care, explores the range of devices currently available, details the advantages and disadvantages of each device to ensure optimal selection based on patient needs, and discusses the key legal ramifications concerning access devices and their management. With access device technology becoming more complex, this text is an essential resource for nurses practicing in a wide range of settings to ensure safe, effective care of patients with VADs."--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Access device standards, recommendations, and controversies
    Short-term peripheral intravenous catheters
    Midline catheters
    Nontunneled central venous lines
    Peripherally inserted central catheters
    Tunneled central venous catheters
    Implanted venous ports
    Apheresis catheters
    Complications of long-term venous access devices
    Subcutaneous infusion devices
    Arterial access devices
    Intraventricular access devices
    Epidural and intrathecal access devices
    Intraperitoneal catheters
    Pleural catheters
    Ambulatory infusion pumps
    Education, documentation, and legal issues for access devices.
    Digital Access R2Library 2017
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    edited by Aldo Rosano.
    Summary: This salient volume surveys the state of access to primary care and preventive health services by migrants, refugees, and asylum seekers across Europe. Experts in public health and allied fields identify obstacles to healthcare interventions for migrants, including costs, legal status, health-related behaviors and beliefs, and cultural and language barriers. The book includes the latest data concerning access to specific preventive services (e.g., vaccinations, colorectal screenings), specific issues of women and sexual minorities, and the potential for health promotion in prevention. Best practices for improving access are outlined as a basis for public health and policy directives toward reducing health disparities between migrant and native populations. Among the topics covered: Access to medical examination for prevention among migrants Access and barriers to infant vaccinations, female cancer screening and colorectal screening among migrant populations Provision and policy gap between the primary and preventive care required by and the care provided to LGBTQ+ migrants, refugees, and asylum seekers. Health related lifestyles and intermediate health conditions of migrants. Quality of primary healthcare and preventive health services provided to migrants Adaptations of primary health care for migrants Access to primary health care and policies on migration and health at a time of economic crisis Dedicated to bridging research and policy gaps in this vital area, Primary Care Access and Preventive Health Services of Migrants is intended for an international audience of academics, researchers, policymakers, and practitioners in public health and related disciplines. -- Publisher description.

    Contents:
    1. Foreword
    2. Rights to primary care access and health prevention of non-nationals and migrants in the European Union Countries (Nadia Mignolli, Alessandra Fasano, Roberta Pace)
    3. Access and barriers to childhood immunization among migrant populations (Pierluigi Lopalco)
    4. Access to medical examination for primary prevention among migrants (Alessio Petrelli, Anteo Di Napoli, Alessandra Rossi)
    5. Avoidable hospitalization among migrants and ethnic minorities in western countries (Laura Cacciani, Nera Agabiti, Teresa Dalla Zuanna, Cristina Canova)
    6. Female migrants' attitudes and access to cervical and breast cancer screening in Europe (Sandra Buttigieg)
    7. Access to colorectal screening (Aldo Rosano)
    8. Health-related lifestyles among migrants (Teresa Spadea, Raffaella Rusciani, Luisa Mondo, Giuseppe Costa)
    9. Adaptation of primary health care for migrants: recommendations and best practices (Marie Dauvrin, Bernadett Varga)
    10. Health policies, patterns, and barriers to migrants' access to primary health care (Sonia Dias, Inés Fronteira , Ana Gama, J Coloma, Jorge Simões, Henrique Barros)
    11. Access to primary care and preventive health services of LGBTQ+ migrants, refugees, and asylum seekers (J Namer, O Razum)
    12. Concluding Remarks.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Summary: "AccessDermatologyDxRx is a comprehensive resource for all physicians and other healthcare providers including medical students, dermatology residents, internists, oncologists, and infectious disease specialists. With thousands of images that include all of the essential information to help you with clinical decision-making, this resource covers the full scope of dermatologic conditions."--Website.
  • Digital
    Toy, Eugene C.
    Summary: Clinical cases selected from the LANGE Case Files series, edited by Eugene C. Toy, MD.

    Contents:
    Basic science:
    Anatomy
    Biochemistry
    Microbiology
    Neuroscience
    Pathology
    Pharmacology
    Physiology. Clinical medicine:
    Anesthesiology
    Emergency Medicine
    Family Medicine
    Internal Medicine
    Neurology
    Ob/Gyn
    Pediatrics
    Psychiatry
    Surgery.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine Website
  • Digital
    Summary: "AccessPediatrics from McGraw-Hill Medical covers the entire span of pediatric practice, from neonatology through adolescent medicine. Updated regularly and optimized for viewing on any device, this comprehensive online pediatric resource provides instant access to information essential for completing evaluation, diagnosis, and case management decisions, as well as for pursuing research or self-assessment and board review -- all in one place."--Website.
  • Digital
    Summary: "AccessPediatrics from McGraw-Hill Medical covers the entire span of pediatric practice, from neonatology through adolescent medicine. Updated regularly and optimized for viewing on any device, this comprehensive online pediatric resource provides instant access to information essential for completing evaluation, diagnosis, and case management decisions, as well as for pursuing research or self-assessment and board review -- all in one place."--Website.
  • Digital
    Summary: Interactive self-assessment section of AccessSurgery website. Allows users to create and take custom tests based on standard review texts.
    Digital Access AccessSurgery 2014
    Users must register and sign in to take a test
  • Digital
    Nigel Raby, Laurence Berman, Simon Morley, Gerald de Lacey.
    Summary: Since it was first published, Accident and Emergency Radiology: A Survival Guide has become the classic in-my-pocket-reference and an indispensable aid to all those who work in the Emergency Department. The core and substantial value lies in the step-by-step analytical approaches which help you to answer this question: "These images look normal to me, but . . . how can I be sure that I am not missing a subtle but important abnormality?" Ensure accuracy in reading and interpretation of any given image. Common sources of error and diagnostic difficulty are highlighted. Prevent mistakes. Pitfalls and associated abnormalities are emphasized throughout. Avoid misdiagnoses. Normal anatomy is outlined alongside schemes for detecting variants of the norm. Each chapter concludes with a summary of key points. Will provide a useful overview of the most important features in diagnosis and interpretation.Easily grasp difficult anatomical concepts. Radiographs accompanied by clear, explanatory line-drawings.

    Contents:
    1. Key principles
    2. Particular paediatric points
    3. Paediatric skull-suspected NAI
    4. Adult skull
    5. Face
    6. Shoulder
    7. Paediatric elbow
    8. Adult elbow
    9. Wrist & distal forearm
    10. Hand & fingers
    11. Cervical spine
    12. Thoracic & lumbar spine
    13. Pelvis
    14. Hip & proximal femur
    15. Knee
    16. Ankle & hindfoot
    17. Midfoot & forefoot
    18. Chest
    19. Abdominal pain & abdominal trauma
    20. Penetrating foreign bodies
    21. Swallowed foreign bodies
    22. Test yourself
    Test Yourself-answers.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2015
  • Digital
    Narayan Yoganandan, Alan M. Nahum, John W. Melvin, The Medical College of Wisconsin Inc on behalf of Narayan Yoganandan, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a state-of-the-art look at the applied biomechanics of accidental injury and prevention. The editors, Drs. Narayan Yoganandan, Alan M. Nahum and John W. Melvin are recognized international leaders and researchers in injury biomechanics, prevention and trauma medicine. They have assembled renowned researchers as authors for 29 chapters to cover individual aspects of human injury assessment and prevention. This third edition is thoroughly revised and expanded with new chapters in different fields. Topics covered address automotive, aviation, military and other environments. Field data collection; injury coding/scaling; injury epidemiology; mechanisms of injury; human tolerance to injury; simulations using experimental, complex computational models (finite element modeling) and statistical processes; anthropomorphic test device design, development and validation for crashworthiness applications in topics cited above; and current regulations are covered. Risk functions and injury criteria for various body regions are included. Adult and pediatric populations are addressed. The exhaustive list of references in many areas along with the latest developments is valuable to all those involved or intend to pursue this important topic on human injury biomechanics and prevention. The expanded edition will interest a variety of scholars and professionals including physicians, biomedical researchers in many disciplines, basic scientists, attorneys and jurists involved in accidental injury cases, and governmental bodies. It is hoped that this book will foster multidisciplinary collaborations by medical and engineering researchers, and academicians and practicing physicians for injury assessment and prevention and stimulate more applied research, education and training in the field of accidental-injury causation and prevention.

    Contents:
    Introduction to and applications of injury biomechanics
    Automotive field data in injury biomechanics
    Medical imaging and injury scaling in trauma biomechanics
    Anthropomorphic test devices and injury risk assessments
    Restraint system biomechanics
    Computational modeling in injury biomechanics
    Computational analysis of bone fracture
    Skull and facial bone injury biomechanics
    Biomechanics of brain injury: a historical perspective
    Biomechanics of brain injury: looking to the future
    Neck injury biomechanics
    Upper extremity biomechanics
    Thorax injury biomechanics
    Impact and injury response of the abdomen
    Thoracic spine injury biomechanics
    Lumbar spine injury biomechanics
    Knee, thigh, and hip injury biomechanics
    Leg, foot, and ankle injury biomechanics
    Pain biomechanics
    Thoracolumbar pain: neural mechanisms and biomechanics
    Role of muscles in accidental injury
    Pediatric biomechanics
    Best practice recommendations for protecting child occupants
    Pedestrian injury biomechanics and protection
    Design and testing of sports helmets: biomechanical practical considerations
    Normalization and scaling for human response corridors and development of injury risk curves
    Injury criteria and motor vehicle regulations
    Civil aviation crash injury protection
    Ballistic injury biomechanics.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Pasquale Perrone Filardi, editor.
    Summary: This book summarizes how the renin angiotensin system is implicated in the progression of atherosclerotic disease as well as of left ventricular dysfunction and reviews the action of angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors and AT1 receptor antagonists on reducing morbidity and mortality in patients with left ventricular dysfunction or in those at high cardiovascular risk with preserved ventricular function. ACEi and ARBS in Hypertension and Heart Failure is a highly practical reference reviewing the evidence and providing a rationale for the appropriate use of RAS antagonists in cardiovascular diseases. It is written in an easy-to-follow format and with many illustrations to aid clarity and the assimilation of information. Each chapter is written by established authorities in their fields who are also experienced in explaining often complex concepts. The result is a unique book which is not only comprehensive but also clear and useful for the busy medical practitioner.

    Contents:
    Pathogenetic mechanisms of RAS involvement in cardiovascular diseases
    Antiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors and at1 antagonists for treatment of hypertension.- Renin angiotensin system antagonism in heart failure
    Impact of co-morbidities on RAS inhibitors choice in hypertensive and heart failure patients
    Target organ damage and RAS blockade.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    Axel Gänsslen, Michael Müller, Michael Nerlich, Jan Lindahl.
    Contents:
    Surgical anatomy / Norbert Peter Tesch, Axel Gänsslen, Friedrich Anderhuber, Wolfgang Grechenig, and Stephan Grechenig
    Biomechanics / Axel Gänsslen, Michael Nerlich, and Stephan Grechenig
    Radiological diagnostics / Axel Gänsslen and Stephan Grechenig
    Classification of acetabulum fractures / Axel Gänsslen, Stephan Grechenig, and Michael Nerlich
    Epidemiology / Paul Schmitz, Axel Gänsslen, and Florian Baumann
    Indications and planning / Michael Müller, Daniel Popp, Axel Gänsslen, and Matej Cimerman
    Approaches / Axel Gänsslen, Stephan Grechenig, Norbert Peter Tesch, Friedrich Anderhuber, Wolfgang Grechenig, Hans-Gunther Clement, and Jan Lindahl
    Posterior wall fractures / Axel Gänsslen, Arne Berner, Michael Nerlich, and Mario Staresinic
    Posterior column fractures / Axel Gänsslen, Stephan Grechenig, Michael Nerlich, and Bore Bakota
    Associated posterior column and posterior wall fractures / Veronika Matzi, Axel Gänsslen, and Michael Nerlich
    Anterior wall fractures / Gloria Hohenberger, Axel Gänsslen, Paul Schmitz, Daniel Popp, and Jan Lindahl
    Anterior column fractures / Axel Gänsslen, Paul Schmitz, and Michael Nerlich
    Associated anterior column plus posterior hemitransverse fractures / Michael Müller, Axel Gänsslen, and Michael Nerlich
    Pure transverse fractures / Axel Gänsslen, Michael Mueller, and Michael Nerlich
    Transverse plus posterior wall fractures / Michael Müller, Axel Gänsslen, and Michael Nerlich
    T-type fractures / Axel Gänsslen, Michael Müller, and Michael Nerlich
    Both-column fractures / Axel Gänsslen, Thomas Dienstknecht, Michael Nerlich, and Jan Lindahl
    Fractures in the elderly / Florian Baumann, Paul Schmitz, Michael Müller, and Axel Gänsslen
    Acetabular fractures in children / Axel Gänsslen and Florian Baumann
    Heterotopic ossifications / Axel Gänsslen, Johannes Weber, and Michael Müller
    Thromboembolic complications / Axel Gänsslen, Johannes Weber, and Michael Müller
    Special screws and views / Axel Gänsslen, Frank Hildebrand, Markus Klebingat, Michael Nerlich, and Jan Lindahl
    Outcome scoring / Christian G. Pfeifer, Arne Berner, Michael Müller, and Axel Gänsslen
    Femoral head fractures : Pipkin IV / Axel Gänsslen and Stephan Grechenig
    Periprosthetic acetabular fractures / Axel Gänsslen, Paul Schmitz, and Frank Hildebrand.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2018
  • Digital
    P. Marco Fisichella, Fernando A.M. Herbella, Marco G. Patti, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Gillian Leng, Val Moore, Sasha Abraham.
    Contents:
    Practical actions for healthcare providers / Val Moore
    Identifying a high quality evidence base / Paul Chrisp and Sara Twaddle
    Key challenges to implementation and effective interventions / Elaine Whitby and Julie Royce
    Using financial systems to support improved care / Jennifer Field
    Using measurement to support change and improvements in healthcare / Nick Baillie
    Conclusion and reflections / Danny Keenan and Sasha Abraham.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Ellen Nolte, Sherry Merkur, Anders Anell.
    Summary: "The idea of person-centred health systems is widely advocated in political and policy declarations to better address health system challenges. A person-centred approach is advocated on political, ethical and instrumental grounds and believed to benefit service users, health professionals and the health system more broadly. However, there is continuing debate about the strategies that are available and effective to promote and implement 'personcentred' approaches. This book brings together the world's leading experts in the field to present the evidence base and analyse current challenges and issues. It examines 'person-centredness' from the different roles people take in health systems, as individual service users, care managers, taxpayers or active citizens. The evidence presented will not only provide invaluable policy advice to practitioners and policymakers working on the design and implementation of person-centred health systems but will also be an excellent resource for academics and graduate students researching health systems in Europe"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The person at the centre of health systems : an introduction
    Person-centredness : exploring its evolution and meaning in the health system context
    Person-centred health systems : strategies, drivers and impacts
    Achieving person-centred health systems : levers and strategies
    Community participation in health systems development
    Patient and public involvement in research
    Listening to People : measuring views, experiences and perceptions
    Choosing providers
    Choosing payers : can insurance competition strengthen person-centred care?
    The service user as manager of care : the role of direct payments and personal budgets
    Choosing treatments and the role of shared decision-making
    The person at the centre? : the role of self-management and self-management support
    Patients' rights : from recognition to implementation.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    Riccardo Valentini, John L. Sievenpiper, Marta Antonelli, Katarzyna Dembska, editors.
    Summary: This publication offers a systemic analysis of sustainability in the food system, taking as its framework the Sustainable Development Goals of the 2030 Agenda of the United Nations. Targeted chapters from experts in the field cover main challenges in the food system and propose methods for achieving long term sustainability. Authors focus on how sustainability can be achieved along the whole food chain and in different contexts. Timely issues such as food security, climate change and migration and sustainable agriculture are discussed in depth. The volume is unique in its multidisciplinary and multi-stakeholder approach. Chapter authors come from a variety of backgrounds, and authors include academic professors, members of CSO and other international organizations, and policy makers. This plurality allows for a nuanced analysis of sustainability goals and practices from a variety of perspectives, making the book useful to a wide range of readers working in different areas related to sustainability and food production. The book is targeted towards the academic community and practitioners in the policy, international cooperation, nutrition, geography, and social sciences fields. Professors teaching in nutrition, food technology, food sociology, geography, global economics, food systems, agriculture and agronomy, and political science and international cooperation may find this to be a useful supplemental text in their courses.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; Part I: Current Issues; Understanding the Global Food System; 1 Introduction; 2 Nutrition Challenges; 2.1 Nutritional Challenges in the SDGs; 3 Food and the Environment; 3.1 Food and the Environment in the SDGs; 4 Food Loss and Waste; 4.1 Food Loss and Waste in the SDGs; 5 The Pathway Towards Sustainable and Healthy Food Systems; References; Climate Change, Sustainable Agriculture and Food Systems: The World After the Paris Agreement; 1 Introduction; 1.1 Climate Change and Agriculture 1.2 The Paris Agreement: Implications for the Agriculture Sector2 A Paradigm Shift in Agriculture: From Carbon Source to Sink; 2.1 Demand-Side Drivers of a Sustainable Food System; 2.2 Solutions and Tools; 3 Conclusions; References; Drivers of Migration in the Trans-Mediterranean Region: The Likely Role of Climate Change and Resource Security in the Geopolitical Context; 1 Introduction; 2 Climate Change Assessments: An Overview; 3 The Trans-Mediterranean Migration Routes; 4 Data and Methods; 4.1 Geographical Context; 4.2 Methods and Data for the Historical and Future Analysis; 4.2.1 Climate 2 The Roles of the Eco-Agri-Food System in Disease Incidence2.1 Hunger-Related Morbidity, Obesity, Diabetes Mellitus and Metabolic Disorders; 2.1.1 Extent; 2.1.2 Some Societal Costs; 2.1.3 The Role of Diets; 2.1.4 The Role of Food Quality; 2.1.5 The Role of the Agri-Environment; 2.2 Cardiovascular Diseases; 2.2.1 Extent; 2.2.2 Some Societal Costs; 2.2.3 The Role of Diets; 2.2.4 The Role of Food Quality; 2.2.5 The Role of the Agri-Environment; 2.3 Infectious Diseases: Food-Borne and Zoonotic Diseases; 2.3.1 Extent; 2.3.2 Societal Costs; 2.3.3 The Role of Diets; 2.3.4 The Role of Food Quality 3.1 The Mediterranean Diet for Prevention of Cardiovascular Disease, Diabetes and Cancer3.2 Characteristics of the Mediterranean Diet; 3.3 Mediterranean Diet and Chronic Degenerative Diseases: Insights on Potential Mechanisms; 3.3.1 Dietary Fat; 3.3.2 Carbohydrate Rich Foods; 3.4 Towards a Comprehensive Nutritional Approach to Prevent Chronic Non Communicable Diseases: The Role of the Traditional Mediterranean Diet; 4 Possible Role of Nutrition to Prevent Chronic Degenerative Diseases and Improve Health Span; 5 Conclusion; References; Eco-Agri-Food Ecology and Human Health; 1 Introduction 4.2.2 Water Resources4.2.3 Agriculture; 5 Results; 5.1 Climate; 5.2 Water Resources; 5.3 Agriculture; 6 Conclusions and Recommendations; References; Nutrition, Health and Dietary Trends; 1 Nutrition and Global Non-communicable Diseases; 2 Evolution of Nutrition Guidelines: A Shift from Nutrients to Dietary Patterns; 2.1 Nutrient-Disease Risk Model; 2.2 Dietary Pattern-Based Clinical Practice Guidelines; 3 The Relationship Between Dietary Patterns and Chronic Non-communicable Diseases: The Mediterranean Diet
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Karl Heinz Burmeister.
    Contents:
    v. 1. Biographie
    v. 2. Bibliographie
    v. 3. Briefwechsel
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    R509 .B96
    3
  • Digital
    Hajo Thermann, Christoph Becher, Michael R. Carmont, Jón Karlsson, Nicola Maffulli, James Calder, C. Niek van Dijk, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    Richard A. Preston.
    Summary: "A brief, highly readable book providing the clinician with a straightforward approach to solving even the most complex acid-base, fluids, and electrolyte problems. Begins with the basic physiology that is key to understanding clinical water, electrolyte, and acid-base disorders. Useful for medical students, interns and residents, nurses responsible for IV fluid therapy, physician assistants, and first year nephrology fellows. Numerous case examples." -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Chapter 1. The Basics
    Chapter 2. IV Solutions and IV Orders
    Chapter 3. Hyponatremia
    Chapter 4. Hypernatremia
    Chapter 5. Hypokalemia
    Chapter 6. Hyperkalemia
    Chapter 7. Metabolic Acidosis
    Chapter 8. Metabolic Alkalosis
    Chapter 9. Three-Step Diagnosis of Acid-Base Disorders
    Chapter 10. Case examples
    Index.
    Digital Access R2Library 2018
  • Digital
    by Alluru S. Reddi.
    Summary: This book provides a concise yet comprehensive overview of acid-base disorders. Each chapter reviews an acid-base disorder, covering pathophysiology, evaluation, and management of the disorder. The chapters include clinical cases and a Q & A section, based on scenarios and questions that clinicians regularly encounter when treating patients with these disorders. The book concludes with two chapters on acid-based disorders in special patient populations, including critically ill patients, pregnant patients, and surgical patients. Written by an expert in the field, Acid-Base Disorders: Clinical Evaluation and Management is a state-of-the-art resource that should assist clinicians and practitioners in managing patients with acid-base disorders.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Acid-Base
    Basic Acid-Base Chemistry and Physiology
    Methods to Assess Acid-Base Disorders
    Acid-Base Disorders: General Considerations and Evaluation
    Lactic Acidosis
    Ketoacidosis
    Toxin-Induced Acid-Base Disorders
    Renal Tubular Acidosis
    Acid-Base Disorders in Gastrointestinal Diseases
    Acid-Base Disorders in Kidney Disease
    Metabolic Alkalosis
    Respiratory Acidosis
    Respiratory Alkalosis
    Mixed Acid-Base Disorders
    Drug-Induced Acid-Base Disorders
    Acid-Base Disorders in Critically Ill Patients
    Acid-Base Disorders in Liver Disease
    Acid-Base Disorders in Total Parenteral Nutrition
    Acid-Base Disorders in Pregnancy
    Acid-Base Disorders in Surgical Patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    A. Bernard Ackerman, Brigitta M. Cavegn, Mary Jo Robinson, Maria Flordeliz A. Abad-Casintahan.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RL71 .A182
    2
  • Digital
    Frank R. Noyes, Sue Barber-Westin, editors.
    Summary: This book examines the short- and long-term impact of ACL injuries, covering training programs shown to reduce the rate of injuries in female athletes, and post-surgical rehabilitation for reducing the risk of future injury. Includes many color illustrations.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Mitsuo Ochi, Konsei Shino, Kazunori Yasuda, Masahiro Kurosaka, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. Anatomy and Histology of the ACL
    Chapter 1. Functional Anatomy of the ACL Fibers on the Femoral Attachment
    Chapter 2. The Anatomical Features of ACL Insertion Sites and Their Implications for Multi-Bundle Reconstruction
    Chapter 3. Discrepancy Between Macroscopic and Histological Observations
    Chapter 4. Tibial Insertion of the ACL: 3D-CT Images, Macroscopic, and Microscopic Findings
    Chapter 5. Mechanoreceptors in the ACL
    Part II. Biomechanics of the ACL
    Chapter 6. Mechanical Properties and Biomechanical Function of the ACL
    Chapter 7. Biomechanics of the Knee with Isolated One Bundle Tear of the Anterior Cruciate Ligament
    Chapter 8. Function and Biomechanics of ACL Remnant
    Chapter 9. Biomechanics of Single- and Double-Bundle ACL Reconstruction
    Chapter 10. ACL Injury Mechanisms
    Part III. Diagnostics of ACL Injury
    Chapter 11. Physical Examinations and Device Measurements for ACL Deficiency
    Chapter 12. Diagnostics of ACL Injury Using Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI)
    Chapter 13. Diagnosis of Injured ACL Using Three-Dimensional Computed Tomography: Usefulness for Preoperative Decision Making
    Part IV. Basic Knowledge of ACL Reconstruction
    Chapter 14. Graft Selection
    Chapter 15. Portal Placement
    Chapter 16. Femoral Bone Tunnel Placement
    Chapter 17. Tibial Bone Tunnel Placement in Double-Bundle Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction Using Hamstring Tendons
    Chapter 18. Tensioning and Fixation of the Graft
    Chapter 19. Tendon Regeneration after Harvest for ACL Reconstruction
    Chapter 20. Second-Look Arthroscopic Evaluation after ACL Reconstruction
    Chapter 21. Bone Tunnel Changes After ACL Reconstruction
    Chapter 22. Graft I impingement
    Chapter 23. Fixation Procedure
    Part V Multiple bundle ACL Reconstruction
    Chapter 24. Single- vs. Double-Bundle ACL Reconstruction
    Chapter 25. Anatomic Double-Bundle Reconstruction Procedure
    Chapter 26. Triple-Bundle ACL Reconstruction with the Semitendinosus Tendon Graft
    Part VI. ACL Augmentation
    Chapter 27. History and Advantages of ACL Augmentation
    Chapter 28. Surgical Technique of ACL Augmentation
    Part VII. ACL Reconstruction Using Bone-Patella Tendon-Bone
    Chapter 29. An Overview
    Chapter 30. Anatomical Rectangular Tunnel ACL Reconstruction with a Bone-Patellar Tendon-Bone Graft
    Chapter 31. Rectangular vs. Round Tunnel
    Part VIII. Computer-Assisted Navigation in ACL Reconstruction
    Chapter 32. Intraoperative Biomechanical Evaluation Using a Navigation System
    Chapter 33. Application of Computer-Assisted Navigation
    Part IV. ACL Injury in Patients with Open Physes
    Chapter 34. ACL Reconstruction with Open Physes
    Chapter 35. Avulsion Fracture of the ACL
    Part V. Revision ACL Reconstruction
    Chapter 36. Double-Bundle Technique
    Chapter 37. Bone-Patellar Tendon-Bone Graft via Round Tunnel
    Chapter 38. Anatomical Revision ACL Reconstruction with Rectangular Tunnel Technique
    Chapter 39. One- vs. Two-Stage Revision Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction
    Part VI. Complications of ACL Reconstruction
    Chapter 40. Complications of ACL Reconstruction
    Part VII. Future of ACL Reconstruction
    Chapter 41. Future Challenges of Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction: Biological Modulation Using a Growth Factor Application for Enhancement of Graft Healing
    Chapter 42. Strategies to Enhance Biological Tendon-Bobe Healing in Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction
    Chapter 43. Tissue engineering approach for ACL healing.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    editors, Elizabeth Sinz, MD, senior science editor ; Kenneth Navarro, content consultant.
    Digital Access AHA 2017
  • Digital
    American Heart Association.
    Contents:
    Part 1: Overview of ACLS. Introduction ; Systems of care ; Systematic approach
    Part 2: Preventing arrest. Recognition: signs of clinical deterioration ; Acute coronary syndromes ; Acute stroke ; Bradycardia ; Tachycardia: stable and unstable
    Part 3: High-performance teams. High-performance team roles and dynamics ; Respiratory arrest ; Cardiac arrest: VF/pVT ; Cardiac arrest: PEA and asystole ; Cardiac arrest: selected special situations ; Post-cardiac arrest care
    Appendices: Testing checklists and learning station checklists ; ACLS pharmacology summary table ; Science summary table ; Glossary.
    Digital Access AHA 2020
  • Digital
    Dae Hun Suh, editor.
    Summary: This book brings together world-famous acne researchers and specialists to compile a source of comprehensive, state-of-the-art information for management of acne. It examines acne as a chronic skin disease from pathogenesis to treatment. The book covers the clinical aspects of acne, topical treatments, light therapies, environmental factors and more alongside real patient photos from around the world. Treatments that chapters explore include photodynamic therapy and topical retinoids. In addition to genetic and hormonal causes of acne, chapters also include discussions on the connections between acne and diet, and acne and environmental factors. International contributors make this text unique in that it can focus solely on acne but also include international factors. Throughout the text, authors present the most up-to-date knowledge of acne pathophysiology, clinical features, differential diagnosis, treatment, and more. Pathophysiology, in particular, includes information on bacteria, immunity, endocrinologic factors, various deteriorating factors and environmental factors. As for clinical features, adult acne, differences in clinical patterns by region and race, and acne fulminans are covered. Regarding treatment, the latest knowledge on existing treatments or treatment methods, new drugs, and core outcome measures are mentioned. Acne: Current Concepts and Management is written for the dermatologist community from resident to researcher to privately practicing clinician.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Update on Cutibacterium acnes
    Chapter 2: Updates in Isotretinoin
    Chapter 3: Developing a Core Outcome Set for Acne Clinical Trials: Towards Standardization and Harmonization
    Chapter 4: Adult Acne Vulgaris
    Chapter 5: Topical Retinoids and Acne.-Chapter 6: New Drug Developments in Acne
    Chapter 7: Scientific Connection between Acne and Diet
    Chapter 8: Photodynamic Therapy for Acne Vulgaris: Mechanism and Clinical Practice
    Chapter 9: Insulin Resistance Associated Acne
    Chapter 10: Acne fulminans
    Chapter 11: Acne and Environmental Factors
    Chapter 12: Acne on Pigmented Skin
    Chapter 13: Up-to-date Therapeutic Approaches for Acne Scars in a Korean Dermatology Clinic
    Chapter 14: Innate and Adaptive Immunity in Acne vulgaris
    Chapter 15: Clinical Features and Differential Diagnosis of Acne Vulgaris
    Chapter 16: Epidemiology of Acne in Latin America and Research News from Brazil
    Chapter 17: Androgens and Acne.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Joshua A. Zeichner, editor.
    Summary: Dermatologists commonly treat acne, which affects 40 to 50 million Americans each year and about 85 percent of all patients at some point in their lives. Dermatologists, primary care doctors, and pediatricians see these patients every day in practice. It is important to treat the skin effectively not only to reduce the risk of physical scarring, but also to address the negative psychosocial impact this disease carries. Improving the skin can improve self-confidence, interpersonal relationships, and performance in school or at work. Acneiform Eruptions in Dermatology is a practical, full-color guide to the differential diagnosis of acne vulgaris and the treatment of acne-like conditions. It is organized into sections by subtype of condition (e.g., infections, genetic syndromes, medication-caused) and includes a section of variants of acne that may be misdiagnosed. Within the sections, individual chapters discuss each variant of the condition and begin with a helpful bulleted summary of its defining clinical features. Extensive color clinical images appear throughout the book.

    Contents:
    Section 1. Acne Vulgaris
    1. Acne Pathophysiology
    2. Clinical Presentation of Acne
    3. Topical Therapies for Acne
    4. Systemic Therapies for Acne
    5. Laser and Light Based Therapies for Acne
    Section 2. Infectious Diseases Mimicking Acne Vulgaris
    6. Bacterial Folliculitis
    7. Gram Negative Folliculitis
    8. Hot Tub Folliculitis
    9. Pityrosporum Folliculitis
    10. Tinea Barbae
    11. Flat Warts
    12. Molluscum Contagiosum
    13. Herpes Simplex Virus
    14. Varicella Zoster Virus
    Section 3. Variants of Acne Vulgaris
    15. Acne Conglobata
    16. Acne Excoriee
    17. Acne Fulminans
    18. Acne Mechanica
    19. Cushing Syndrome
    20. PAPA Syndrome
    21. Polycystic Ovary Syndrome
    22. Pomade Acne
    23. Post-Adolescent Female Acne
    24. SAPHO Syndrome
    Section 4. Genetic Syndromes Mimicking Acne Vulgaris
    25. Apert Syndrome
    26. Birt Hogg Dube Syndrome
    27. Brooke Spiegler Syndrome
    28. Cowden Syndrome
    29. Gardner Syndrome
    30. Gorlin Syndrome
    31. Muir Torre Syndrome
    32. Reed Syndrome
    33. Tuberous Sclerosis
    Section 5. Other Mimickers of Acne Vulgaris
    34. Acne Scarring
    35. Eosinophilic Pustular Folliculitis
    36. Favre Racouchot
    37. Hidradenitis Suppurativa
    38. Perioral Dermatitis
    39. Photocontact Dermatitis
    40. Postinflammatory Pigmetnation
    41. Pseudofolliculitis Barbae
    42. Pustular Psoriasis
    43. Rosacea
    44. Rosacea Fulminans
    45. Sarcoidosis
    46. Seborrheic Dermatitis
    47. Steatocystoma Multiplex
    48. Xanthomas
    Section 6. Pediatric Dermatoses Mimicking Acne
    49. Periorifical Granulomatous Dermatitis
    50. Keratosis Pilaris Atrophicans
    51. Neonatal and Infantile Acne
    52. Papular Granuloma Annulare
    53. Precocious Puberty
    Section 7. Drug Induced Acneiform Eruptions
    54. Drug Induced Acneiform Eruptions.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Corrado Angelini, editor.
    Contents:
    Foreword
    Introduction
    Part I Diagnosis of acquired myopathies
    Auto-Antibodies in Neuromuscular Disorders
    Electromyography
    Imaging of the Muscle
    Peripheral Nerve Ultrasound
    Magnetic Resonance Imaging of the Peripheral Nerve
    Part II Clinical Entities
    The Spectrum of Inflammatory Myopathies: Dermatomyositis, Polymyositis, Necrotizing Myositis and Inclusion Body Myositis
    Necrotising Myopathy
    Statin Myopathy
    Myasthenia Gravis
    Acquired Autoimmune Rippling Muscles with Myasthenia Gravis
    Endocrinological Myopathies
    Vitamin D deficiency in Muscle
    Intensive Care Unit Acquired Weakness
    Part III Neurogenic disorders
    Idiopathic Chronic Immune-Mediated Neuropathies: Chronic Inflammatory Demyelinating Polyradiculoneuropathy and Multifocal Motor Neuropathy
    GBS Immune Neuropathies
    Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis
    Epidemiology and Risk Factors
    Paraneoplastic Diseases of the Peripheral Nervous System
    Diabetic Neuropathy
    Infectious Neuropathies
    Toxic Neuropathies.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Corrado Angelini, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a state-of-the-art overview of the pathogenesis, diagnosis, and treatment of a range of inflammatory, autoimmune, and idiopathic disorders. The opening section covers clinical tools with a particular focus on the role of electromyography and MRI imaging. The second section then presents the differential diagnosis of acquired myopathies based on clinical, electrophysiological, muscle biopsy, and serological criteria, discussing in detail relevant clinical conditions such as including myasthenia gravis, polymyositis, and statin myopathies. The third section examines acute and chronic immune-mediated neuropathies, multifocal motor neuropathies, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, paraneoplastic diseases, and diabetic polyneuropathy, offering clear guidance on available treatments and descriptions of the latest advances in immunotheraphy, drug therapy, and physiotherapy. This clinically oriented book also includes numerous illustrative figures and contributions by international authors from leading centers.

    Contents:
    Part I Diagnostic Tools
    Autoantibodies in neuromuscular Disorders
    Electromyography
    Imaging of the Muscle
    Peripheral of the Muscle
    Magnetic Resonance Imaging of the Peripheral Nerve
    Part II Clinical Myology Entities
    The Spectrum of Inflammatory Myopathies: Dermatomyositis, Polymyositis and Inclusion-Body
    Necrotizing Autoimmune myopathy
    Statin Myopathy
    Myasthenia Gravis
    Endocrinological Myopathies
    Vitamin D Deficiency in Muscle
    Intensive Care Unit-Acquired Weakness
    Experimental pharmacological interventions
    Part III Neurogenic Disorders
    Idiopathic Chronic Immune-Mediated Neuropathies: Chronic Inflammatory Demyelinating Polyradiculoneuropathy
    Immune Neuropathies
    Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis: Epidemiology and Risk
    Paraneoplastic Diseases of the Peripheral Nervous System
    Diabetic Neuropathy
    Infectious Neuropathies
    Toxic neuropathies.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by David C. Geary, Daniel B. Berch, Robert J. Ochsendorf, Kathleen Mann Koepke.
    Summary: Acquisition of Complex Arithmetic Skills and Higher-Order Mathematics Concepts focuses on typical and atypical learning of complex arithmetic skills and higher-order math concepts. As part of the series Mathematical Cognition and Learning, this volume covers recent advances in the understanding of children's developing competencies with whole-number arithmetic, fractions, and rational numbers. Each chapter covers these topics from multiple perspectives, including genetic disorders, cognition, instruction, and neural networks. Covers innovative measures and recent methodological advances in mathematical thinking and learning Contains contributions that improve instruction and education in these domains Informs policy aimed at increasing the level of mathematical proficiency in the general public.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Pooya Khan Mohammad Beigi, Emanual Maverakis.
    Contents:
    1. History of Acrodermatitis Enteropathica
    2. Epidemiology and Etiology
    2.1. Epidemiology
    2.2. Etiology
    2.2.1. Molecular Etiology of AE
    2.2.2. Hypothetical Etiology 1: the Alteration of Zinc Bioavailability
    2.2.3. Hypothetical Etiology 2: a Defective Zinc Transporter
    2.2.4. Alternative Forms of AE-like Zinc Deficiencies
    3. Analysis of Disorder
    3.1. Clinical Forms of AE
    3.2. Nomenclature of Zinc Deficiencies
    3.3. Acquired Non-hereditary Zinc Deficiency
    3.3.1. Zinc Deficient Maternal Breast Milk
    3.3.2. Zinc Deficient Caused by Metabolism Disorders
    4. Clinical Symptoms
    5. Diagnosis
    5.1. Laboratory Diagnosis of Zinc Deficiency
    5.2. Histopathology
    5.3. Biological Diagnosis of AE
    5.4. Clinical Diagnosis
    5.5. Molecular Diagnosis
    5.6. Differential Diagnosis
    6. Disease Course and Treatment
    6.1. Treatment
    7. The Role of Zinc in Different Body Systems
    7.1. Biochemistry of Zinc Metabolism
    7.2. Skin and Hair Physiology
    7.3. Gastrointestinal System and Other Organs
    7.4. Neurological Development, Growth, and Mental Status
    7.5. Enzymes
    7.6. Endocrine System
    7.7. Metabolism of Nucleic Acids
    7.8. Mitosis and Meiosis Cycles
    7.9. Cell Membranes
    7.10. Synthesis of Proteins and Collagen
    7.11. Immune System
    8. History of AE in Adults
    9. Iranian Hospital Cases in Literature
    9.1. Patient One
    9.2. Patient Two
    9.3. Patient Three
    9.4. Patient Four
    9.5. Zinc Deficiency Similarities to AE in Infants (Fifth Patient)
    10. Clinical Research
    10.1. Abstract
    10.2. Synopsis of Study
    10.3. Purpose of Study
    10.4. The Considered Hypotheses
    10.5. Introduction
    10.5. Methods
    10.6. Ethical Considerations
    10.7. Results
    10.8. Discussion
    11. Evaluation of Symptoms in Razi Dermatology Hospital
    12. Case Photos.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    Ashley, Stanley W.; Souba, Wiley W.; Wilmore, Douglas W.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD49 .S416
    8
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    R850.A1 A188
    22
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    v. 2, 1963.
    BOUND WITH: Acta clinica (German ed.).
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    101
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    v. 1-28, 1950-79
    Vol. 1-8, 12-18 BOUND AND SHELVED WITH: Acta neurochirurgica.
    4
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    TandFonline
    Access via Acta orthopaedica 2005-
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    v. 315-319, 2005.
    No. 315-319 BOUND WITH: Acta orthopaedica v. 76.
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    CINAHL
    v. 534-, 1998- Full text delayed 15 months
    Acad Search Prem
    1999- Full text delayed 15 months
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    v. 1-49, 51-53, 55-555, 1920-2004.
    Suppl. 264-269, 1970 BOUND WITH: Acta Oto-laryngologica.
    121
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Wiley
    v. 380-, 1992- Not all Suppls. are online
    Acad Search Prem
    v. 424-425, 429-, 1998- Full text delayed 12 months
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    11
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    1
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    2
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Acad Search Prem
    v. 422-, 2000- Full text delayed 3 months
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    89
  • Digital
    Avinash Kale, editor.
    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; About the Editor; Abbreviations;
    1: Actin Polymerization: A Cellular Perspective for Motility; 1.1 Introduction; 1.1.1 Cancer and Polycystic Ovarian Syndrome (PCOS); 1.1.2 Age-Related Neurodegenerative Disorders; 1.2 Actin: A Vital Player in Cell Motility; 1.2.1 Swimming: A Cellular Motility Phenomenon; 1.2.2 Actin-Driven Cellular Motility; 1.2.2.1 Directional Motility; 1.2.2.2 Cytokinesis; 1.2.2.3 Organelle Transport and Protein Trafficking; 1.3 Gliding Motility; 1.3.1 Gliding Motility in Apicomplexan; Bibliography
    2: Actin: The Central Ubiquitous Player in the Phenomenon2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Sequence Analysis of the G-Actin; 2.3 Structure of G-Actin; 2.3.1 3D Structure of G-Actin; 2.3.1.1 Architecture of G-Actin; 2.3.1.2 Loops; 2.3.1.2.1 S-Loop (Residues 11-16) and G-Loop (Residues 154-161); 2.3.1.2.2 H-Loop (Residues70-78); 2.3.1.3 Dnase-Binding Loop (D-Loop, Residues 38-52); 2.3.1.4 Loop 60-69; 2.3.1.5 W-Loop (Residues 165-172); 2.3.1.6 Hydrophobic Plug (H-Plug) (Residues 264-273); 2.3.1.7 C-Terminal (Residues 349-375) and N-Terminal (Residues 1-10) Loops; 2.4 Role of Metal Ions 2.5 Conformational States of Actin2.6 Upsi-Phosphate Sensing; 2.7 Filamentous Actin (F-Actin); 2.7.1 Actin Polymerization; 2.8 Mechanism of Actin Polymerization; 2.9 Kinetics of Actin Polymerization; 2.10 Thermodynamics of Actin Polymerization; 2.11 Stability of Actin Filament; 2.12 Drugs Binding to Actin; Bibliography;
    3: Formin: The Multidomain Elongator of Actin Polymer; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Localization; 3.3 Function; 3.4 Domain Organization; 3.4.1 Formin Homology-1 (FH1) Domain; 3.4.2 Formin Homology-2 (FH2) Domain; 3.4.3 Diaphanous Autoregulatory Domain (DAD) 3.4.4 Other Accessory Domains3.4.5 Domain-Isotype Relationship; Bibliography;
    4: Profilin: The Associates of Formin; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Functions; 4.3 Structure; 4.4 Binding Partners of Profilin; 4.5 Poly-Proline-Binding Site; 4.6 Actin-Binding Sites; 4.7 Affinity of Profilin for Actin; 4.8 Hydrophobic Core; 4.9 Regulators of Profilin; Bibliography;
    5: ADF (Actin Depolymerizing Factor): The Breaker of the Polymer in Homeostasis; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Isoforms of ADF; 5.3 Functions; 5.4 Structure; 5.5 Stability of ADF; 5.6 Regulators of ADF; 5.6.1 PIP2; 5.6.2 Phosphorylation; 5.6.3 pH
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    volume editors, H. Peter Soyer, Tarl W. Prow, Gregor B.E. Jemec.
    Contents:
    Epidemiology of actinic keratosis / Green, A.C
    Patients' perspectives on actinic keratosis / Esmann, S.
    Photodamage : all signs lead to actinic keratosis and early squamous cell cancer / Wei, J.; Kok, L.F.; Byrne, S.N.; Halliday, G.M.
    Dysregulation of epidermal growth factor receptor in actinic keratosis and squamous cell carcinoma / Joseph, S.R.; Munoz, L.; Gaffney, D.C.; Saunders, N.A.; Simpson, F.
    The actinic keratosis virome : can we prevent squamous cell carcinoma with a vaccine? / Frazer, I.H.
    Do actinic keratoses and superficial squamous cell carcinomas have a specific immunoprofile? / Wells, J.W.
    Mouse models for actinic keratosis and squamous cell carcinoma / Handoko, H.Y.; Ferguson, B.; Walker, G.J.
    Keratinocyte cancer and its precursors in organ transplant patients / Jenni, D.; Hofbauer, G.F.L.
    Clinical features of actinic keratoses and early squamous cell carcinoma / Wheller, L.; Soyer, P.
    The many clinico-pathologic faces of actinic keratosis : an atlas / Massone, C.; Cerroni, L.
    Dermoscopy of actinic keratosis, intraepidermal carcinoma and squamous cell carcinoma / Zalaudek, I.; Argenziano, G.
    The future of keratinocyte skin cancer surveillance : automated image analysis to identify and monitor keratinocyte dysplasia / Hames, S.C.; Prow, T.W.
    Reflectance confocal microscopy : hallmarks of keratinocyte cancer and its precursors / Prow, T.W.; Tan, J.-M.; Pellacani, G.
    Optical coherence tomography and its role for delineating the thickness of keratinocyte dysplasia and neoplasia / Themstrup, L.; Jemec, G.B.E.
    Teledermatology : its use in the detection and management of actinic keratosis / Janda, M.
    Conventional treatment of actinic keratosis : an overview / Peris, K.; Fargnoli, M.C.
    Field cancerization : from molecular basis to selective field-directed management of actinic keratosis / Philipp-Dormston, W.G.
    Update on photodynamic treatment for actinic keratosis / Wiegell, S.R.
    Laser treatment and its implications for photodamaged skin and actinic keratosis / de Vries, K.; Prens, E.P.
    Ingenol mebutate : from common weed to cancer cure / Zarchi, K.; Jemec, G.B.E.
    Oral nicotinamide and actinic keratosis : a supplement success story / Kim, B.; Halliday, G.M.; Damian, D.L.
    Digital Access Karger 2015
  • Digital
    Eva Böttcher-Friebertschäuser, Wolfgang Garten, Hans Dieter Klenk, editors.
    Summary: This book will give an overview on viruses undergoing proteolytic activation through host proteases. The chapters will be organized in three themed parts, the first part describing respective viruses and their characteristics in detail. In the second part the molecular and cellular biology of the proteases involved as well as their physiological functions will be further explored. The third part will contain a chapter on protease inhibitors that are promising tools for antiviral therapy. This book will engage scholars in virology and medical microbiology as well as researchers with an interest in enzymology and protein structure and function relationship.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Part I: Viral Proteins Activated By Host Proteases; 1: Activation of the Hemagglutinin of Influenza Viruses; 1.1 Structural Basis for Activation of HA Fusion Potential; 1.2 Structure of HA0 Cleavage Sites; 1.3 Activating Proteases; References; 2: Proteolytic Activation of Paramyxoviruses and Pneumoviruses; 2.1 Paramyxoviruses and Pneumoviruses; 2.2 The Role of Protease Cleavage in Fusion Protein Activation; 2.3 Proteases Involved in Paramyxovirus F Protein Proteolytic Cleavage; 2.3.1 Furin and Its Role in F Protein Cleavage. 2.3.2 Extracellular Cleavage of Paramyxovirus F Proteins with Monobasic Cleavage Sites2.3.3 The Henipavirus F proteins: Intracellular Cleavage by Endosomal Proteases; 2.4 Proteases Involved in Pneumovirus F Protein Proteolytic Cleavage; 2.4.1 Respiratory Syncytial Virus F Proteins: A Novel Case of Two Proteolytic Processing Events; 2.4.2 Extracellular Cleavage of F Proteins from the Metapneumoviruses; 2.5 F protein Proteolytic Processing, Pathogenesis, and Antiviral Approaches; 2.6 Proteolytic Activation of the Hemagglutinin-Neuraminidase Glycoprotein; References. 3.7.2 Peptide-Based Compounds and Small Molecules3.7.3 A Novel Cell-Based Sensor for SKI-1/S1P as a Platform for High-Throughput Drug Screening; 3.7.4 Use of the SKI-1/S1P Sensor to Predict Protease Use of Newly Emerging Arenaviruses; References; 4: Priming Time: How Cellular Proteases Arm Coronavirus Spike Proteins; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 The Coronavirus Spike Protein: Viral Key for Entry into the Target Cell; 4.3 Proteolytic Priming of Coronavirus Spike Proteins: Basic Concepts; 4.4 Proteolytic Activation of the Spike Proteins of SARS-CoV and MERS-Co
    V. 3: Cleavage of the Glycoprotein of Arenaviruses3.1 Arenavirus Structure, Genome Organization, and Basic Virology; 3.2 Arenavirus GP Structure and Function; 3.3 The Proprotein Convertase SKI-1/S1P Cleaves Arenavirus GPC; 3.4 The Mechanism of SKI-1/S1P Processing of Arenavirus GPC Differs from Cellular Substrates; 3.5 Optimized Recognition of Arenavirus GPC by SKI-1/S1P: Viral Advantage and Achilles' Heel; 3.6 The Processing of Reptarenavirus GPC Is Largely Unknown; 3.7 Targeting SKI-1/S1P-Mediated GPC Processing as an Anti-arenaviral Strategy; 3.7.1 Protein-Based Strategies. 4.4.1 Cathepsin L: Endosomal Activator of the Spike Protein4.4.2 Activation of the Spike Protein by Type II Transmembrane Serine Proteases at the Cell Surface; 4.4.3 Furin Can Activate Coronavirus Spike Proteins in the Constitutive Secretory Pathway of Infected Cells and During Viral Entry into Target Cells; References; 5: Proteolytic Processing of Filovirus Glycoproteins; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Biosynthesis and Maturation of Filovirus Glycoproteins; 5.3 The Role of GP in Host Cell Entry; 5.4 Proteases Responsible for GP Processing; References.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    J.J. McComb, R. Norman, M. Zumwalt (eds.).
    Summary: The purpose of the The Active Female: Health Issues Throughout the Lifespan, 2nd Edition is twofold: (1) to increase the awareness of wellness and fitness issues for active females and their family members; and (2) to provide an avenue for medical practitioners, allied health professionals, health educators, and certified individuals in sports medicine to gain critical, updated knowledge of a field specific to active females. Part I of the book offers a foundation to help the reader understand the interrelationship among body image concerns, the female reproductive cycle, and musculoskeletal anatomy/physiology of females that makes their health risks and concerns unique. Reproductive health is discussed by a prominent researcher in reproduction/endocrinology. An overview of the Female Athlete Triad which is a syndrome of three interrelated conditions (isordered eating, menstrual disturbances and bone loss) is presented in Part II. Physicians and certified professionals in sports medicine discuss the individual components of the triad, relating not only to the athletic female but also to the recreationally active woman throughout the lifespan. In Part III, Prevention and management of common musculoskeletal injuries is addressed by a female orthopedic surgeon who sub-specializes in treating female athletes. Finally, appropriate exercise and nutritional guidelines for active females are discussed in Parts IV-V of the book by certified professionals and licensed physicians in sports medicine. An invaluable addition to the literature, The Active Female: Health Issues Throughout the Lifespan, 2nd Edition will be of great interest to physicians, allied health care practitioners, medical/other wellness educators, and students who are interested in advancing women's health issues. Sports medicine specialists, family practitioners, gynecologists, team physicians, residents in sports medicine, athletic trainers, health educators, nurses, physicians assistants, physical therapists, sport psychologists, counselors, athletic trainers, and other members of the sports medicine team should also find this title of significant interest.

    Contents:
    Pt. I. Focusing on active female's health issues: unique gender related psychological and physiological characteristics of females
    Pt. II. Disordered eating issues in the active female
    Pt. III. Prevention and management of common musculoskeletal injuries in active females
    Pt. IV. Exercise guidelines and precautions for active females
    Pt. V. Nutrition, energy balance, and weight control.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital/Print
    Benjamin F. Cravatt, Ku-Lung Hsu, Eranthie Weerapana, editors.
    Summary: "This volume provides a collection of contemporary perspectives on using activity-based protein profiling (ABPP) for biological discoveries in protein science, microbiology, and immunology. A common theme throughout is the special utility of ABPP to interrogate protein function and small-molecule interactions on a global scale in native biological systems. Each chapter showcases distinct advantages of ABPP applied to diverse protein classes and biological systems. As such, the book offers readers valuable insights into the basic principles of ABPP technology and how to apply this approach to biological questions ranging from the study of post-translational modifications to targeting bacterial effectors in host-pathogen interactions."--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Activity-based protein profiling- enabling multimodal functional studies of microbial communities
    Activity-based protein profiling methods to study bacteria: the power of small-molecule electrophiles
    Opportunities and challenges in activity-based protein profiling of mycobacteria
    Activity-based protein profiling at the host-pathogen interface
    Chemical proteomic profiling of protein fatty-acylation in microbial pathogens
    How to target viral and bacterial effector proteins interfering with ubiquitin signaling
    ABPP and host-virus interactions
    Activity-based protein profiling for the study of parasite biology
    Deciphering T cell immunometabolism with activity-based protein profiling
    Small-molecular inhibitors of PARPs: from tools for investigating ADP-ribosylation to therapeutics
    Development of activity-based proteomic probes for protein citrullination
    Recent advances in activity-based protein profiling of proteases
    Opportunities for lipid-based probes in the field of immunology
    Activity-based protein profiling of non-ribosomal peptide synthetases
    Target identification of bioactive covalently acting natural products
    Applications of reactive cysteine profiling.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Soulié, Charles Georges.
    Contents:
    I. L'énergie (points, méridiens, circulation)
    II. Le maniement de l'énergie.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    R601 .S72 1939
    1
  • Digital
    Tianjun Wang.
    Summary: This book systematically introduces the Brain in Traditional Chinese Medicine (TCM) and its acupuncture treatments. It discusses the origin and development of the TCM Brain theory, and presents current research on brain and acupuncture, the unique brain related techniques such as scalp acupuncture and Dao-qi technique, the new developing acupuncture treatment methods for brain-related conditions, such as stroke, Parkinson's, dementia, Alzheimer's disease, multiple sclerosis, traumatic brain injury, autism, cerebral palsy and depression, anxiety, bipolar disorder among others. This book is of interest to TCM and acupuncture practitioners in the West, as well as acupuncture researchers and lecturers. It gives a new understanding of the brain and treatments for brain-related conditions from a complementary medicine point of view.

    Contents:
    Part One. Acupuncture for Brain, Introduction and Theory
    1. Brain in original Traditional Chinese Medicine
    2. Acupuncture and The Brain Current Understanding
    3. Acupuncture Research and the Brain
    4. Acupuncture Brain. physiology and Pathology
    5. Scalp acupuncture
    6. Dao qi acupuncture technique
    7. Abdominal acupuncture
    8. Other Commonly used acupuncture techniques for Brain conditions
    9. Commonly used Herb formulas for Brain Conditions
    10. The Chinese View--Preserving a Healthy Functioning Brain
    11. Stroke
    12. Parkinson's disease
    13. Dementia and Alzheimer's disease
    14. Multiple Sclerosis
    15. Brain Injuries
    16. Cerebral palsy and Brain retardation.
    17. Other neurological conditions
    18. Depression
    19. Anxiety
    20. Bipolar Disease
    21. Autism
    22. Other psychological conditions
    23. Other brain related conditions
    Conclusion
    Appendix
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Yuan Chi Lin, Eric Hsu, editors.
    Summary: Acupuncture for Pain Management is intended as the premier resource for learning the fundamentals of the art of medical acupuncture. Edited by top pain medicine specialists at Harvard and UCLA, and based on their popular annual workshop at the American Society for Anesthesiologists, the book is the perfect synthesis of Western and Chinese medicine. Anesthesiologists, pain medicine specialists, primary care physicians, osteopaths, neurologists, psychiatrists, physical medicine and rehabilitation specialists, and other health professionals looking to add acupuncture to their repertoire will benefit from the concise and practical approach of the book. Features: Each individual meridian discussed in detail acupuncture for 25 clinical conditions, including headache, menstrual pain, low back pain, insomnia, and more. Aimed at acupuncturists as well as practitioners who want to add acupuncture to their clinical armamentarium.

    Contents:
    Part I: General Consideration
    1. History of Acupuncture
    2. Basic Theories of Traditional Chinese Medicine
    3. Pattern Discrimination in Traditional Chinese Medicine (TCM)
    4. Mechanisms of Acupuncture Analgesia
    5. Common Acupuncture Practices
    6. Peri-Operative Acupuncture
    7. Acupuncture Pain Research: Quantitative and Qualitative
    8. Auricular Acupuncture
    Part II: Acupuncture Channels
    9. Acupuncture Qi Flow and Points Measurement
    10. Hand Tai Yin Lung Meridian
    11. Hand Yang Ming Large Intestine Meridian
    12. Foot Yang Ming Stomach Meridian
    13. Foot Tai Yin Spleen Meridian
    14. The Hand Sho Yin Heart Meridian
    15. The Hand Tai Yang Small Intestine Meridian
    16. Foot Tai Yang Bladder Meridian
    17. Foot Shao Yin Kidney Meridian
    18. The Hand Jue Yin Pericardium Meridian
    19. The Hand Sho Yang Triple Energizer Meridian
    20. The Foot Shao Yang Gall Bladder Meridian
    21. The Foot Jun Yin Liver Meridian
    22. Conception Vessel
    23. Governor Vessel
    24. The Extra Acupuncture Points
    Part III: Clinical Conditions
    25. Headache
    26. Facial nerve palsy
    27. Vertigo
    28. Toothache
    29. Neck Pain
    30. Chest Pain
    31. Epigastic Pain
    32. Abdominal Pain
    33. Dysmenorrhea
    34. Upper Back Pain
    35. Frozen Shoulder
    36. Low Back Pain
    37. Arthritis, Joint Pain
    38. Coccygeal Pain
    39. Elbow Pain
    40. Wrist Pain
    41. Ankle Pain
    42. Heel Pain
    43. Insomnia
    44. Nausea and Vomiting
    45. Sedation
    46. Dizziness.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    [edited by] Ruth A. Bryant, PhD (candidate), MS, RN, CWOCN, Nurse Scholar in Residence, Washington State University and Providence Health Care, WOC Nursing, Sacred Heart Medical Center and Children's Hospital, Spokane, Washington, Denise P. Nix, MS, RN, CWOCN, Nix Consulting, Inc, WOC Nursing Consultant, Minnesota Hospital Association, Minneapolis, Minnesota.
    Contents:
    Section I: Foundations. Principles for practice development to facilitate outcomes and productivity
    Billing, reimbursement, and setting up a clinic
    Anatomy and physiology of skin and soft tissue
    Wound-healing physiology and factors that affect the repair process
    Types of skin damage and differential diagnosis
    Skin and wound inspection and assessment
    Section II: Pressure ulcers. Pressure ulcers: impact, etiology, and classification
    Developing and maintaining a pressure ulcer prevention program
    Support surfaces
    Section III: Lower extremity wounds. Lower extremity assessment
    Arterial ulcers
    Venous ulcers
    Lymphedema
    Neuropathic wounds: the diabetic wound
    Foot and nail care
    Section IV: Wound bed preparation. Wound infection: diagnosis and management
    Wound debridement
    Principles of wound healing and topical management
    Section V: Biophysical and biologic agents. Cellular- and/or tissue-based products for wounds
    Molecular and cellular regulators
    Negative pressure wound therapy
    Hyperbaric oxygenation
    Electrical stimulation
    Ultraviolet light and ultrasound
    Section VI: Critical cofactors. Wound pain: impact and assessment
    Managing wound pain
    Nutritional assessment and support
    Perfusion and oxygenation
    Eliminating noncompliance
    Section VII: Acute and traumatic wounds. Uncommon wounds and manifestations of intrinsic disease
    Traumatic wounds: bullets, blasts, and vehicle crashes
    Burns
    Reconstructive surgery
    Surgical wounds and incision care
    Section VIII: Special patient populations. Skin care needs of the obese patient
    Skin care needs of the neonatal and pediatric patient
    Managing wounds in palliative care
    Management of draining wounds and fistulas
    Percutaneous tube management
    Appendix A: Tool examples to support skin and wound care
    Appendix B: Self-assessment exercises.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2016
  • Digital
    Goran Augustin.
    Contents:
    Part I. Surgery
    1. Acute Appendicitis
    2. Acute Biliary Tract Diseases
    3. Acute Pancreatitis
    4. Nontraumatic Gastroduodenal Perforations
    5. Symptomatic Abdominal Wall Hernias
    6. Symptomatic Diaphragmatic Hernia
    7. Intestinal Obstruction
    8. Acute Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    9. Spleen
    10. Abdominal Trauma
    11. Miscellaneous Conditions
    Part II. Gynecology
    12. Adnexal Torsion
    13. (Isolated) Torsion of the Fallopian Tube
    14. Ruptured/Bleeding Ovarian Cysts/Tumors
    15. Ruptured Ectopic Pregnancy
    16. Spontaneous Uterine Rupture
    17. Torsion of the Gravid Uterus
    18. Degenerating Uterine Myomas
    19. Pelvic Inflammatory Disease and Tubo-ovarian Abscess.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Goran Augustin.
    Summary: This book will help readers recognize, diagnose and efficiently treat acute abdominal disorders encountered in the pregnant patient, whether associated with or incidental to the pregnancy. Includes more than 200 figures relevant to diagnosis and treatment.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Claire Colebourn, Jim Newton.
    Summary: This is a comprehensive practical guide to the practice of the new subspecialty of critical care echocardiography. The text covers all aspects of clinical practice and describes how to use transthoracic echocardiography to approach and manage common clinical questions. Specific emphasis is placed on the appropriate use of clinical echocardiographic data in the context of the patient's critical illness; this is illustrated by the frequent use of case studies including both still and moving echocardiographic images. The text covers assessment of, and disorders affecting, the left and right heart, including shock and sepsis. It also looks at how to interpret diastolic information during critical illness and the effect of that illness on valve disease and function. The important subject of fluid responsiveness is explored in detail, as is the influence of organ support and illness on the diagnosis of cardiac tamponade. The information given in the text is summarized using algorithms in a field guide for the critical care echocardiographer, which also provides a rapid guide to assessing time-critical patient presentations.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    Joseph Varon, MD, FACP, FCCP, FCCM, University of Texas Health Science Center, Houston, TX, USA, Robert E. Fromm, Jr., MD, MPH, FACP, FCCP, FCCM, University of Arizona College of Medicine, Phoenix, AZ, USA.
    Summary: This pocket guide is a single-volume source of the most common and important formulas and laboratory values used in the daily practice of acute care and critical care medicine. Information is presented in outline format and as tables, graphics, and algorithms to facilitate quick look up. Acute and Critical Care Formulas and Laboratory Values is designed to help clinicians interpret clinical data, apply formulas, understand laboratory values, and integrate this information with their knowledge of pathophysiology to promote the delivery of evidence-based care. Essential formulas and laboratory values. Multiple ways to derive a value, where appropriate. Non-clinical formulas useful for understanding physiologic concepts or that underlie diagnostic tests or clinical measurement.

    Contents:
    Cardiovascular Formulas and Facts
    Endocrinology and Metabolism Formulas
    Environmental Facts and Formulas
    Gastrointestinal Facts and Formulas
    Hematological Facts and Formulas
    Infectious Diseases Formulas and Facts
    Neurological Formulas and Facts
    Nutrition Formulas and Facts
    Obstetrics & Gynecology Formulas and Facts
    Oncology Formulas
    Pediatric Formulas and Laboratory Values
    Pulmonary Formulas and Facts
    Renal, Fluid & Electrolyte Formulas and Facts
    Statistics and Epidemiology
    Toxicology Formulas and Facts
    Trauma Facts and Formulas
    Common Laboratory Values.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Michael L. Malone, Elizabeth A. Capezuti, Robert M. Palmer, editors.
    Contents:
    1. An Introduction to the Acute Care for Elders / Michael L. Malone, Ji Won Yoo, and James S. Goodwin
    2. The Team Approach to Interdisciplinary Care / Maryjo Cleveland, Carolyn Holder, Ariba Khan, and Aileen Jencius
    3. Patient and Hospital Factors That Lead to Adverse Outcomes in Hospitalized Elders / Edgar Pierluissi, Deborah C. Francis, and Kenneth E. Covinsky
    4. An Overview of Hospital-Based Models of Care / Elizabeth A. Capezuti and Marie Boltz
    5. The Acute Care for Elders Unit / Robert M. Palmer and Denise M. Kresevic
    6. How to Develop, Start, and Sustain an Acute Care for Elders Unit / Ellen S. Danto-Nocton, Carolyn Holder, Rebecca Ramsden, Jonny Macias Tejada, Anita Steliga, and Karen Padua
    7. How to Disseminate the ACE Model of Care Beyond One Unit / Roger Y. Wong, Marsha Vollbrecht, and Patti Pagel
    8. How to Use the ACE Unit to Improve Hospital Safety and Quality for Older Patients: From ACE Units to Elder-Friendly Hospitals / Samir K. Sinha, Sandra Liliana Oakes, Selma Chaudhry, and Theodore T. Suh
    9. ACE Unit Business Model / Kyle Allen, Peter DeGolia, Susan Hazelett, and Diane Powell
    10. Models of Care to Transition from Hospital to Home / Ella Harvey Bowman, Kellie L. Flood, and Alicia I. Arbaje
    11. What Is the Role of Hospitalists in the Acute Care for Elders? / Heidi L. Wald and Melissa L. P. Mattison
    12. How to Improve Care for Seniors in the Emergency Department / Soryal Soryal, Marie Boltz, Scott Wilber, and Michael L. Malone
    13. How to Improve Care for Older Patients in the Intensive Care Unit / Leanne Boehm, E. Wesley Ely, and Lorraine Mion
    14. The Future of Acute Care for Elders / Kanwardeep Singh and Michael L. Malone.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Dale A. Dangleben, Firas G. Madbak, editors.
    Summary: Acute Care General Surgery provides a succinct focused overview of a myriad of general surgical emergencies. Each chapter has a concise, practical framework on the workup and management of a specific topic. The book covers a wide array of pathology from the more common appendicitis, diverticulitis and cholecystitis to those less frequently encountered such as toxic megacolon, Fournier's gangrene and volvulus. Learning objectives for each chapter are clearly defined. In addition to differential diagnosis, the work up and management is comprehensively discussed. In addition, a pithy clinical pearl is included to serve as a memory aid for each diagnosis. Upon reviewing this volume, clinicians who encounter the acute care surgical patient in their practices will be better equipped to rapidly assess, evaluate, diagnose and managing their complex and often challenging problems.

    Contents:
    Appendiceal Mucocele
    Aute Appendicitis
    Colonic Volvulus
    Acute Cholecystitis/Biliary Disease
    Diverticulitis of the Colon
    Enterocutaneous Fistula
    Fournier's Gangrene
    Upper Gastrointestinal Bleeding
    Lower Gastrointestinal Bleeding
    Acute Anorectal Emergencies
    Incarcerated Groin Hernias
    Intussusception
    Meckel's Diverticulitis
    Necrotizing Soft Tissue Infections
    Pancreatic Pseudocysts
    Paraesophageal Hernia
    Pneumobilia
    Pneumoperitoneum
    Portal Venous Gas
    Small Bowel Diverticulitis
    Small Bowel Obstruction
    Small Bowel Perforation
    Toxic Megacolon
    Acute Pancreatitis
    Peptic Ulcer Disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Jaime C. Paz, Michele P. West.
    Contents:
    Part 1. Introduction
    1. Acute Care Setting
    2. The Medical Record
    Part 2. Body Systems
    3. Cardiac System --4. Pulmonary System
    5. Musculoskeletal System
    6. Nervous System
    7. Vascular System and Hematology
    8. Gastrointestinal System
    9. Genitourinary System
    10. Endocrine System
    Part 3. Diagnoses
    11. Oncology
    12. Burns and Wounds
    13. Infectious Diseases
    14. Organ Transplantation
    15. Fluid and Electrolyte Imbalances
    16. Amputation
    17. Physical Therapy Considerations for Patients Who Complain of Chest Pain
    Part 4. Interventions
    18. Medical-Surgical Equipment in the Acute Care Setting
    19. Pharmacologic Agents
    20. Anesthesia: Perioperative Considerations for the Physical Therapist
    21. Acute Pain Management
    22. Postural Drainage
    23. Functional Tests
    Appendix A. Preferred Practice Patterns.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Print
    P.B. Raksin, editor.
    Summary: This book reviews the common clinical scenarios that might trigger emergent consultation for neurosurgical intervention, with attention to key components of the clinical interview and exam, optimal diagnostic evaluation, indications for and the goals of operative intervention, perioperative considerations, and strategies for complication mitigation. This is not a surgical atlas, but rather, a road map for the journey to the operating room door. The intent is to establish a systematic, evidence-based action plan for the patient presenting in neurologic crisis. Each chapter opens with a relevant case vignette and then unfolds through uniform sections to tell the story of how one might approach the disease entity in question, from initial request for consultation to definitive management, highlighting steps of the decision-making process. Each chapter is punctuated by 3-5 teaching pearls, summarizing these key elements. The overall goal is to create a framework for assessment that might be applied in the emergency department, the trauma bay, or the ICU when a neurologic emergency arises. The scope encompasses not only cranial and spinal trauma, but also entities such as shunt failure, stroke, aneurysmal subarachnoid hemorrhage, pituitary apoplexy, cauda equina syndrome, and central nervous system infection that might require time-sensitive intervention. An additional section addresses issues requiring emergent neurosurgical response in the ICU setting, including sudden neurologic worsening, status epilepticus, and abnormal clotting/ coagulopathy. .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] L.D. Britt, Andrew B. Peitzman, Philip S. Barie, Gregory J. Jurkovich.
    Summary: "Substantially updated with more illustrations and brand-new chapters that reflect the growth and advances in the field, this latest edition of Acute Care Surgery features an editorial board drawn from the ranks of trauma surgery, emergency surgery, and critical care surgery. A comprehensive, updated, and timely overview of this fledgling specialty!"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    [edited by] Kathryn L. Butler ; associate editor, Mukesh Harisinghani.
    Contents:
    Section I. Radiology basics
    Section II. Abdomen
    Section III. Chest
    Section IV. Soft tissue
    Section V. Trauma.
    Digital Access AccessSurgery 2015
  • Digital
    Salomone Di Saverio, Fausto Catena, Luca Ansaloni, Federico Coccolini, George Velmahos, editors.
    Summary: This pocket manual is a practically oriented, wide-ranging guide to acute care surgery general aspects and℗ℓto non-gastrointestinal emergencies. It covers the most common problems in thoracic, obstetric, gynecologic, anorectal, vascular and skin surgery and also includes chapters on postoperative complications in bariatric surgery, antibiotic management, nutrition and interventional radiology in acute care surgery. This guide stems from collaboration with the World Society of Emergency Surgery (WSES) and aims to provide general surgeons, ℗ℓresidents and trainees with a comprehensive and up-to-date overview℗ℓof the℗ℓmost relevant operative techniques and with useful℗ℓ "tips and tricks" applicable in daily clinical practice. A second volume on gastrointestinal and abdominal surgical emergencies is also available.

    Contents:
    1. Acute care surgery around the world: future perspectives
    2. A history of acute care suregry
    3. Scientific Research in emergency surgery setting
    4. Organization of an acute care surgery service and patient safety management
    5. Safety and the use of checklists in acute care surgery
    6. Emergencies in otolaryngology
    Head & Neck Surgery
    7. Hemothorax, pneumothorax and chest empyema
    8. Anorectal emergencies
    9. Skin and Soft Tissue Infections
    10. Surgical Site Infections and their Management
    11. Non-Traumatic Peripheral Vascular Emergencies
    12. Ruptured abdominal aortic aneurysms and major vascular injuries
    13. Obstetrics-Gynecology Emergencies
    14. Genito Urinary Emergencies
    15. Critical Care in Acute Care Surgery
    16. Septic Shock and Resuscitation Strategies
    17. Antibiotic management in acute care surgery
    18. Nutrition in sepsis and acute surgical patients
    19. Point-of-Care Ultrasound in Critically-Ill Patients
    20. Interventional Radiology for non-traumatic acute thoraco-abdominal bleeding
    21. Percutaneous Techniques for Management of Intra-Abdominal Abscesses
    22. Damage Control Surgery for Emergency General Surgery
    23. The Abdominal Compartment Syndrome
    24. Common Pediatric Surgical Emergencies
    25. Common Surgical Emergencies in Transplanted Patients
    26. Emergency management of caustic injuries
    27. Surgical emergencies during pregnancy
    28. Geriatric Emergency Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Soumitra R. Eachempati, R. Lawrence Reed, II, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Peter Biberthaler, Sebastian Siebenlist, James P. Waddell, editors.
    Summary: This volume focuses on acute trauma to the adult elbow, including fractures, dislocations, tendon ruptures, and vascular and nerve injuries. Each chapter addresses anatomical key features, surgical and conservative therapeutic procedures, postoperative regimes and complication strategies. International elbow experts explore a range of surgical approaches, the usage of modern implants, advances in surgical techniques, and pearls and pitfalls for each trauma entity. Moreover, the authors describe total elbow arthroplasty and radial head replacement in detail, outline current clinical outcomes, and provide recommendations for therapeutic approaches and salvage measures. The book enables the orthopedic surgeon to deal with the entire spectrum of acute simple and complex elbow injuries in adults.

    Contents:
    Part I. Simple elbow dislocations
    Part II. posteromedial rotatory instability
    Part III. Distal humerus fractures
    Part IV. Proximal ulna fractures
    Part V. Radial head fractures
    Part VI. Monteggia fractures
    part VII. Terrible triad injuries
    Part VIII. Distal biceps tendon rupture
    Part IX. Distal triceps tendon rupture
    Part X. Vascular injury
    Part XI. Nerve injury.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Hideo Yamanouchi, Solomon L. Moshé, Akihisa Okumura.
    Contents:
    Section I. Introduction
    Section II. Pathophysiology
    Section III. Diagnostic Strategy
    Section IV. Subtypes of Acute Encephalopathy
    Section V. Subtypes of Acute Encephalitis
    Section VI. Encephalopathy/Encephalitis With Refractory Epileptic Status: Rima Nabbout
    Section VII. Management of Acute Encephalopathy and Encephalitis.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    editor, Qin Ning.
    Summary: This book assembles recent achievements in both basic research and clinical management in the field of hepatology, virology and immunology. It provides up-to-date information for clinicians who can apply the relevant knowledge to their daily clinical practice and for researchers who are interested in clinically orientated studies. The updated and detailed technology, state-of–the-art treatment strategies provided in this book serve as references for clinicians and resident physicians in the daily management of ACLF. The rationality and strategies for basic research as well as patient management in this book can also be a valuable reference for other fatal and end stage liver diseases than HBV induced ACLF. This volume 1 has 6 chapters and focuses on the definition, research technology, virology, genetics, and immunology.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Acute Exacerbation of Chronic Hepatitis B
    Research Technology and Principles of Clinical Study
    Virology
    Genetics
    Immunology.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Jaechan Park, editor.
    Contents:
    Section 1: Basics
    1. Pathophysiology of ischemic stroke
    2. Pathophysiology of moyamoya disease
    3. Radiological assessment of ischemic stroke
    4. Pathology of blood clot
    Section 2: Medical Practices
    5. General management & intensive care of ischemic stroke
    6. Cardiac evaluation and management after ischemic cerebral stroke
    7. Intravenous thrombolytic therapy
    8. Pediatric ischemic stroke
    Section 3: Endovascular Practices
    9. History and overview
    10. Clot aspiration technique
    11. Stent retriever technique
    12. Intracranial stenting
    13. Treatment of arterial dissection
    Section 4: Surgical Practices
    14. Surgical embolectomy
    15. Bypass surgery
    16. Decompressive hemicraniectomy.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    volume editors, Xiaoqiang Ding, Mitchell H. Rosner, Claudio Ronco.
    Digital Access Karger 2018
  • Digital
    volume editors, Xiaoqiang Ding, Claudio Ronco.
    Contents:
    Acute kidney injury epidemiology : from recognition to intervention / Wang, Y., Fang, Y., Teng, J., Ding, X.
    Acute kidney injury prevention / Chopra, T.A., Brooks, C.H., Okusa, M.D.
    Renal recovery after acute kidney injury / Macedo, E., Mehta, R.L.
    Pathophysiology of septic acute kidney injury / Mårtensson, J., Bellomo, R.
    Biomarkers for diagnosis, prognosis and intervention in acute kidney injury / Fuhrman, D.Y., Kellum, J.A.
    The acute kidney injury to chronic kidney disease transition : a potential opportunity to improve care in acute kidney injury / Palant, C., Amdur, R., Chawla, L.S.
    Electronic data systems and acute kidney injury / Cheungpasitporn, W., Kashani, K.
    Fluid management in acute kidney injury / Chuang, C.-L.
    Multidimensional approach to adequacy of renal replacement therapy in acute kidney injury / Villa, G., Ricci, Z., Romagnoli, S., Ronco, C.
    Timing of renal replacement therapy in acute kidney injury / Ostermann, M., Wald, R., Bagshaw, S.M.
    Pediatric continuous renal replacement therapy / Ricci, Z., Goldstein, S.L.
    Management of cardiac surgery-associated acute kidney injury / Ding, X., Xu, J., Jiang, W., Fang, Y., Teng, J.
    Digital Access Karger 2016
  • Digital
    Yoshio Terada, Takashi Wada, Kent Doi, editors.
    Summary: This book presents up-to-date information on the clinical-pathophysiological features of acute renal injury and discusses the KDIGO diagnostic criteria, as well as novel experimental findings, including in the area of regenerative medicine. It also highlights the clinical-pathophysiological importance of AKI in clinical settings, including differential diagnoses and management of AKI. In the past, the pathology associated with sudden renal impairment was characterized as acute renal failure (ARF). However, in the 2000s, the joint efforts of specialists in fields including nephrology, intensive care medicine, and cardiovascular medicine led to the introduction of a novel concept known as acute kidney injury (AKI). As medical care progressed, patients such as high-risk elderly subjects who were not deemed to be candidates for invasive therapy came to be treated in intensive care units (ICUs). As a result, kidney injury as a subset of multiple organ failure was re-considered as AKI, especially in intensive care medicine. AKI was then proposed as a novel disease concept to emphasize the importance of early diagnosis and early intervention to improve prognosis. Presenting novel features, such as the definition of AKI, risk factors and management; biomarkers, such as neutrophil gelatinase-associated lipocalin (NGAL) and L-type fatty acid-binding protein (L-FABP); long-term outcomes of AKI; as well as renal regeneration using iPS cell, manipulation of embryonic genes, and Xenotransplanted embryonic kidney, this book is of interest to all physicians and researchers in this field around the globe.

    Contents:
    Part 1 Diagnosis and risk factors of AKI
    Definition and epidemiology of AKI
    Cause of AKI (prerenal, renal, postrenal)
    Pathophysiology of AKI
    Diagnosis of AKI (clinical assessment, novel biomarkers)
    Risk factors for AKI development in surgery
    Risk factors for AKI development in heart failure
    7. Contrast-induced AKI
    8. Antibiotics- and immunosuppression-related AKI
    9. AKI in setting of cancer
    Community-acquired AKI and hospital-acquired AKI
    Part 2 Complication of AKI
    11. Complication of homeostasis (mineral and acid-base)
    12. Volume overload and cardiac and pulmonary complication
    Part 3 Prevention and management of AKI
    Prerenal and renal AKI
    Postrenal AKI
    AKI in intensive care medicine
    Nondialytic supportive management of AKI
    Renal replacement therapy in AKI
    Outcomes and long-term follow-up of AKI patients
    Prevention and management of pediatric AKI
    Part 4 Experimental novel findings
    AKI-to-CKD transition
    AKI and nerve system
    AKI and immune system
    AKI and cytokines
    Part 5 AKI and regenerative medicine
    iPS cell and renal regenerative medicine
    Embryonic genes and renal regenerative medicine
    Xenotransplanted embryonic kidney.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Stefan H. Faderl, Hagop M. Kantarjian, Elihu Estey, editors.
    Summary: The new edition of this well-received book provides a timely update of current knowledge on the biology, disease classification, and treatment of the acute leukemias - acute myeloid leukemia (AML) and acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL). Throughout, the focus is on the provision of state of the art information and guidance that will meet the needs of clinicians. Chapters have been extensively revised to take into account advances in understanding and management that have been achieved over the past few years. In addition, new chapters have been included on selection of AML patients for therapy, a broader discussion of stem cell transplantation in AML, the role of immunotherapy in ALL, the approach to newly diagnosed pediatric ALL, and the diagnosis and management of BCR-ABL-like ALL. New therapies, including investigational ones, are fully covered. As progress continues in the management of acute leukemias this book will be a valuable asset for clinicians at all levels of experience.

    Contents:
    Part I Acute Myeloid Leukemia
    Acute Myeloid Leukemia: Epidemiology and Etiology
    Clinical Presentation, Diagnosis and Classification of Acute Myedloid Leukemia
    Selection of Patients for Therapy
    Therapy of Newly Diagnosed AML
    Management of Relapsed and Refractory AML
    Stem cell Transplant in AML
    Investigational Therapies in AML
    Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia
    Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia: Epidemiology abnd Etiology
    Molecular Biology and Genetics
    Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia: Clinical Presentation, Diagnosis, and Classification
    Therapy of Newly Diagnosed Adult ALL
    Approach to Newly Diagnosed Pediatric and AYA ALL
    The Role of Immunotherapy in ALL
    STem Cell Transplantation in the Treatment of ALL
    The Significance of Minimal Residual Disease in Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia
    Philadelphia Chromosome
    Positive Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia
    BCR-ABL-like ALL: Diagnosis and Management
    Burkitt's Acute Lymphoblastic Leukema in Adults
    Treatment of Lymphoblastic Lymphoma in Adults
    Central Nervous System Involovment in Adult Acute Lymphocytic Leukemia
    Management of Relapsed and Refractory ALL
    Emergencies in Acute Lymphoblastic Leukema
    Investigational Therapies in ALL.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Lynn M. Schnapp, Carol Feghali-Bostwick, editors.
    Summary: Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome (ARDS) remains an important cause of morbidity and mortality worldwide, and the incidence is predicted to increase with the aging population Several clinical disorders can initiate ARDS, including pneumonia, sepsis, gastric aspiration and trauma but despite intense research over the past 40 years, we still have an incomplete understanding of the pathophysiology of the disease and treatment remains largely supportive. This book provides an overview of acute lung injury and repair, describes current animal models to study lung injury and reviews current methodologies to study and measure lung injury and repair. Special emphasis is given to state of the art techniques and methods and relevance to human disease. Acute Lung Injury and Repair: Scientific Fundamentals and Methods is a useful resource for physicians and scientists who are interested in experimental model systems for insight into ARDS pathogenesis and treatment strategies. ​
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Martin D. Zielinski, Oscar Guillamondegui, editors.
    Summary: Emergency General Surgery has become a cornerstone of Acute Care Surgery over the past decade. Once the scope of community general surgeons, the growing complexity of patients with acute surgical diseases has increasingly driven their care to tertiary referral centers. The aging population confounds this problem further as these patients present with more complex comorbidities, life-threatening physiology, and progressively severe anatomic disease severity. To ensure better outcomes, the practice has evolved to focus on evidence-based practice management guidelines in order to standardize care and optimize outcomes. This text provides a comprehensive volume for any surgeon who treats patients with acute surgical diseases. The first section is a comprehensive analysis of the background of Emergency General Surgery. The goal of this section is to provide the reader background into the acute surgical practice and to introduce the reader to the important concepts discussed in the remainder of the text. The second section discuss specific acute surgical diseases. Individual chapters outline the diagnostic approach, current treatment standards, operative approaches, and expected outcomes with an emphasis on practice management guideline implementation into practice. As acute surgical diseases and surgical critical care are integral to each other, the last section will be Critical Care for the Acute Care Surgeon. These topics focus on the critical care concepts essential to surgeons who care for acute diseases. This comprehensive text is targeted to any surgeon who takes emergency calls for any of the listed diseases including community and referral general and vascular surgeons. In addition, this would be an excellent resource for all general surgery residents. Lastly, this would also serve as a resource to intensivists who care for acute surgical patients.

    Contents:
    History and Evolution of Emergency General Surgery
    Examination of the Acute Abdomen
    Development of the AAST Disease Severity Stratification System
    Infectious Disease Considerations
    Primer on Practice Management Guidelines
    Concepts in Emergency Research (Exception from Informed Consent)
    Inter-hospital Transfers of Emergency General Surgery Patients
    Emergency General Surgery as a Team Sport
    Small Bowel Obstruction
    Large Bowel Obstruction
    Abdominal Wall Hernias
    Acute Cholecystitis
    Appendicitis
    Acute Colonic Diverticulitis
    Intestinal Ischemia
    Perforated Peptic Ulcer
    Gastrointestinal Hemorrhage
    Complications of Acute Pancreatitis
    Acute and Chronic Enterocutaneous Fistula Management
    Soft Tissue Infection
    Perirectal Abscess
    Sepsis Resuscitation
    Hemorrhage Resuscitation
    Ventilator Management
    Nutrition Considerations
    Geriatrics and End of Life Care.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by David Sprigings, John Chambers.
    Summary: "Acute Medicine offers an accessible and concise guide to the practical management of all acute medical problems likely to be encountered in the emergency department, ambulatory care centre, acute medical unit or on the wards. Reflecting the maturation of acute medicine as a separate specialty, the book is divided into common presentations, specific problems and procedures. New to the fifth edition is a chapter on bed-side ultrasonography; throughout, emphasis is placed on patient safety, and the use of flow diagrams, tables and figures ensures that key information is quickly accessible. Thoroughly revised by experts in the subject, and updated to reflect current approaches to diagnosis and management, Acute Medicine is an excellent companion for the trainee as well as an aide-mm̌oire for the more experienced physician"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Presentations in Acute Medicine. The critically ill patient / Marlies Ostermann, David Sprigings
    Hypotension and shock / Marlies Ostermann, David Sprigings
    Reduced conscious level / Simon Rinaldi
    Delirium / David Sprigings
    Falls in older people / Simon Conroy, Oja Pathak
    Cardiac arrest in hospital / David Sprigings, John B Chambers
    Acute chest pain / John B Chambers, David Sprigings
    Palpitations / Sandeep Hothi, David Sprigings
    Transient loss of consciousness / Sandeep Hothi, David Sprigings
    Acute breathlessness / David Sprigings, John B Chambers
    Acute respiratory failure / Nayia Petousi
    Pleural effusion / Ioannis Psallidas
    Cough and haemoptysis / Ahmed Yousuf
    Neurological diagnosis in acute medicine / Simon Rinaldi
    Acute headache / Simon Rinaldi
    Seizures and epilepsy / Bridget MacDonald
    Weakness and paralysis / Simon Rinaldi
    Acute sensory symptoms / Simon Rinaldi
    Loss of vision / Tristan McMullan, David Sprigings
    Acute vomiting / Simon Anderson
    Acute abdominal pain / Simon Anderson
    Acute diarrhoea / Simon Anderson
    Acute jaundice / Ben Warner, Mark Wilkinson
    Ascites / Ben Warner, Mark Wilkinson
    Acute kidney injury / Marlies Ostermann, David Sprigings
    Acute rash / Nemesha Desai, Ruth Lamb
    Urticaria and angioedema / Alexandra Croom
    Acute arthritis / Kehinde Sunmboye
    Acute spinal pain / Michael Canty
    Acute limb pain / David Sprigings
    Comprehensive geriatric assessment / Simon Conroy, Oja Pathak
    Acute medical problems in pregnancy / Lucy Mackillop, Charlotte Frise
    Fever on return from abroad / Nick Beeching, Mike Beadsworth
    Acute medical problems in the HIV-positive patient / Mas Chaponda, Nick Beeching
    Syndromes and Disorders. Sepsis / Guy Glover, Manu Shankar-Hari
    Poisoning / Nigel Langford, David Sprigings
    Acid-base disorders / Nick Talbot
    Anaphylaxis / Alexandra Croom
    Acute arrhythmias: general principles of management / David Sprigings, John B Chambers
    Regular broad complex tachycardia / Michael Cooklin, David Sprigings
    Irregular broad complex tachycardia / Michael Cooklin, David Sprigings
    Narrow complex tachycardia / Michael Cooklin, David Sprigings
    Atrial fibrillation and flutter / Michael Cooklin, David Sprigings
    Bradycardia and atrioventricular block / Michael Cooklin, David Sprigings
    Acute coronary syndromes (1): ST-segment elevation / Jim Newton, John B Chambers
    Acute coronary syndromes (2): Non-ST-segment elevation / Jim Newton, John B Chambers
    Acute pulmonary oedema / David Sprigings, John B Chambers
    Acute heart failure and decompensated chronic heart failure / John B Chambers, David Sprigings
    Cardiogenic shock / John B Chambers, David Sprigings
    Aortic dissection and other acute aortic syndromes / John B Chambers
    Heart valve disease and prosthetic heart valves / John B Chambers
    Infective endocarditis / John B Chambers, John L Klein
    Acute pericarditis / David Sprigings, John B Chambers
    Cardiac tamponade / John B Chambers, David Sprigings
    Severe hypertension / David Sprigings, John B Chambers
    Deep vein thrombosis / Charlotte Masterton-Smith, Kevin O'Kane
    Pulmonary embolism / Roshan Navin, Kevin O'Kane
    Problems with pacemakers and other cardiac devices / Michael Cooklin, David Sprigings
    Upper airway obstruction / Matthew Frise
    Acute asthma / Swapna Mandal
    Exacerbation of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) / Eui-Sik Suh
    Community-acquired pneumonia / Ahmed Yousuf
    Hospital-acquired pneumonia / Ahmed Yousuf
    Pneumothorax / Rob Hallifax
    Stroke / Tony Rudd, Ajay Bhalla
    Transient ischaemic attack / Ajay Bhalla, Tony Rudd
    Subarachnoid haemorrhage / Michael Canty
    Bacterial meningitis / David Sprigings, John L Klein
    Encephalitis / David Sprigings
    Spinal cord compression / Michael Canty
    Guillain-Barré syndrome / Simon Rinaldi
    Raised intracranial pressure / Michael Canty
    Acute upper gastrointestinal bleeding / Simon Anderson, Udi Shmueli
    Acute lower gastrointestinal bleeding / Sophia Savva, Andrew Dixon
    Acute oesophageal disorders / Sophia Savva, Andrew Dixon
    Inflammatory bowel disease flare / Sophia Savva, Andrew Dixon
    Acute liver failure and decompensated chronic liver disease / Ben Warner, Mark Wilkinson
    Alcoholic hepatitis / Ben Warner, Mark Wilkinson
    Biliary tract disorders and acute pancreatitis / Ben Warner, Mark Wilkinson
    Urinary tract infection / Carolyn Hemsley, Claire van Nispen tot Pannerden
    Hypoglycaemia / Vimal Venugopal, Vito Carone, Manohara Kenchaiah
    Hyperglycaemic states / Vimal Venugopal, Vito Carone, Manohara Kenchaiah
    Diabetic ketoacidosis / Vimal Venugopal, Vito Carone, Manohara Kenchaiah
    Hyperosmolar hyperglycaemic state / Vimal Venugopal, Vito Carone, Manohara Kenchaiah
    Disorders of plasma sodium concentration / James Crane, Paul Carroll, Martin Crook
    Disorders of plasma potassium concentration / Martin Crook
    Disorders of plasma calcium concentration / Martin Crook
    Disorders of plasma magnesium concentration / Martin Crook
    Disorders of plasma phosphate concentration / Martin Crook
    Acute adrenal insufficiency / James Crane, Paul Carroll
    Thyrotoxic storm / James Crane, Paul Carroll
    Myxoedema coma / James Crane, Paul Carroll
    Pituitary apoplexy / James Crane, Paul Carroll
    Paraganglioma (phaeochromocytoma) crisis / James Crane, Paul Carroll
    Cellulitis and necrotizing fasciitis / David Sprigings, John Klein
    Erythroderma and toxic epidermal necrolysis / Nemesha Desai, Seshi Manam
    Acute gout and pseudogout / Kehinde Sunmboye
    Septic arthritis / Kehinde Sunmboye, John L Klein
    Acute vasculitis / Raashid Luqmani
    Interpretation of full blood count and film / Claire Harrison
    Pancytopenia and febrile neutropenia / Deborah Hay
    Bleeding disorders / Claire Harrison
    Management of anticoagulation / Catherine Hildyard
    Acute painful sickle cell crisis / Jo Howard
    Complications of cancer / John B Chambers, Janine Mansi
    Alcohol-related problems in acute medicine / David Sprigings
    Hypothermia / David Sprigings
    Drowning / Francesca Garnham
    Electrical injury / Francesca Garnham, David Sprigings
    Palliative and end-of-life care / Louise Free
    Medicolegal issues in acute medicine / Tom Lloyd, Angelique Mastihi
    Techniques and Procedures in Acute Medicine. Airway management / Matthew Frise
    Non-invasive ventilation / Christopher Turnbull
    Ultrasonography in acute medicine / John B Chambers, Nadia Short, Luna Gargani
    Reading a chest X-ray / Ambika Talwar
    Central vein cannulation / Sandeep Hothi, David Sprigings
    Arterial blood sampling and cannulation / David Garry
    Arterial blood gases, oxygen saturation and oxygen therapy / David Sprigings
    Temporary cardiac pacing / Sandeep Hothi, David Sprigings
    Pericardial aspiration (pericardiocentesis) / Sandeep Hothi, David Sprigings
    DC cardioversion / Sandeep Hothi, David Sprigings
    Insertion of an intercostal chest drain / John Corcoran
    Lumbar puncture / Kannan Nithi
    Aspiration of the knee joint / Kehinde Sunmboye
    Insertion of a Sengstaken-Blakemore tube / Ben Warner, Mark Wilkinson.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs, Elvire Servien, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Christoph Röllig, Gert J. Ossenkoppele, editors.
    Summary: This book, written by a team of leading experts, provides a comprehensive overview of acute myeloid leukemia (AML), the most frequent acute leukemia in adults. The opening chapters present current knowledge of epidemiology, etiologic factors, and the pathogenesis and molecular development of AML. Detailed guidance is offered on laboratory and clinical diagnostic workup and disease classification, and the patient- and disease-related factors that determine prognosis and treatment allocation are identified. On the basis of these general considerations, initial treatments in patients considered fit for intensive treatment and in older and co-morbid patients are reviewed, and the available relapse treatment strategies, explained. For all clinical scenarios, the most recent data on the optimal use of newly approved agents in different AML subgroups are presented. Separate chapters address the treatment of acute promyelocytic leukemia, current practice of allogeneic stem cell transplantation, and special clinical situations. Finally, promising approaches in drug development, current standards and challenges in assessment of measurable residual disease, immune approaches, and ideas for innovative trial designs are considered.

    Contents:
    1. Epidemiology and Etiology
    2. Diagnosis and Classification of AML: WHO 2016
    3. The Genomic Landscape and Clonal Evolution of AML
    4. Clinical Manifestation and Diagnostic Workup
    5. Prognostic Factors and Treatment Allocation
    6. Treatment of Acute Promyelocytic Leukemia
    7. Treatment of Newly Diagnosed AML in FitPatients
    8. Treatment of Newly Diagnosed AML in Unfit Patients
    9. Treatment of Relapsed and Refractory AML
    10. Allogeneic Stem Cell Transplantation
    11. Special Clinical Scenarios
    12. Future Developments.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Heleen M. Oudemans-van Straaten, Lui G. Forni, A.B. Johan Groenveld, Sean M. Bagshaw, Michael Joannidis, editors.
    Summary: This practical guide provides the reader with answers to important clinically relevant questions regarding the evaluation and management of acute kidney injury (AKI). All aspects of critical care nephrology are covered, from pathophysiology and diagnosis to prevention and treatment. The questions considered relate to a wide range of issues, such as: How do I diagnose AKI? How can I protect the kidney in clinical practice? How do I manage patients with AKI? When should I initiate and how do I perform renal replacement therapy (RTT)? Which type of RTT is most appropriate for my patient? Should I give specific nutrients? In addition to providing practical guidelines and treatment algorithms, the book includes calculators for continuous RRT and anticoagulant dosing. The authors are internationally renowned experts in the fields of Intensive Care Medicine and Nephrology, and all contributions are written in a clear and concise style and have been peer reviewed. Acute Nephrology for the Critical Care Physician will serve as a very useful source for intensivists, internists, anesthesiologists, and nephrologists involved in the management and treatment of critically ill patients at risk of or affected by AKI.

    Contents:
    1. Acute Kidney Injury (AKI): Definitions and clinical context (Z. Ricci)
    2. Epidemiology of AKI (E. Hoste)
    3. Pathophysiology of AKI: Ischemia/reperfusion, Sepsis/inflammation, Toxicity, Vascular (A.B.J. Groeneveld,)
    4. Diagnostic work-up of the patient with suspected AKI: Oliguria, Metabolic acidosis (J. Prowle)
    5. Uremic toxins (R. Vanholder)
    6. The kidney and other organs/conditions: Heart, Cardiorenal syndromes, Uremic pericarditis, Lungs/Asthma renale, Liver/Hepatorenal syndrome, Gut/Uremic mucositis/GI permeability, Brain, Coagulation, Pregnancy (S. Bagshaw)
    7. Biomarkers for AKI (M. Ostermann)
    8. Prevention of AKI and protection of the kidney: Fluids, Vasopressors, Inotropes and vasodilators, Anti-inflammatory treatment, Antioxidants; Prevention of contrast associate nephropathy (M. Joannidis, co-authors ICM paper)
    9. Timing of renal replacement therapy (RRT) in AKI (S. Bagshaw,)
    10. Dosing of RRT (C.S.C. Bouman)
    11. Types of RRT: Continuous vs. intermittent, Convection vs. diffusion, Predilution vs. Postdilution, SLED, Replacement fluids, Membranes, Biocompatability (L.G. Forni)
    12. Anticoagulation for RRT: Heparin, Citrate, HIT (H.M. Oudemans)
    13. Metabolic aspects of continuous renal replacement therapy (CRRT): Control of acidosis, Control of electrolytes, Bioenergetic gain and loss, Loss of (micro)nutrient, Nutrition (O. Joannes Boyeau)
    14. CRRT: in sepsis, after cardiac surgery (P. Honore)
    15. CRRT in the pediatric population (Z. Ricci)
    16. Drug removal by CRRT and drug dosing in the patient on CRRT (M. Schetz)
    17. CRRT for intoxications (D. Cruz)
    18. How to avoid harm in the patient with AKI: summary of key points of previous chapters (H.M. Oudemans)
    19. Follow-up and long-term renal outcomes of patients surviving AKI (J. Prowle).
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Prasanna Udupi Bidkar, Ponniah Vanamoorthy, editors.
    Summary: The book provides detailed information on all major neuroemergencies, and includes a detailed checklist for practical care during the first hour of an emergency. Reinforcing the concept of quality care for better outcomes in patients with neurological diseases, the book discusses approaches to comatose patients, neurological evaluation, neuropharmacology, neuroradiology, traumatic brain and spine injury, and various other neurological disorders. The field of neuroanesthesiology and neurocritical care has expanded with the advent of newer, complex surgeries, and neurocritical care is becoming an established subspecialty of neuroscience. Neurological emergencies require special care since prevention of secondary damage to the brain is of paramount importance. A valuable resource for intensivists, neurointensivists, emergency medicine physicians, neurology and neurosurgeons and nursing professionals involved in neurocare, this book also serves as study material for participants of the two-day course on "Acute Neuro Care" designed by the Indian Society of Neuroanesthesiology and Critical Care (ISNACC).

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Contents
    About the Editors
    Abbreviations
    1: Airway and Breathing
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Rapid Airway Assessment
    1.2.1 Need for Tracheal Intubation
    1.2.2 Assessment of Airway for Difficult Ventilation and/or Intubation
    1.3 Intubation in an Unconscious Patient
    1.3.1 Step 1: Assess and Prepare
    1.3.2 Step 2: Open and Maintain Patency of the Airway
    1.3.3 Step 3: Preoxygenate for 3-5 min
    1.3.4 Step 4: Administer Induction Agent and Neuromuscular Blocking Agents 1.3.5 Step 5: Blunting Laryngoscopic Response Before Intubation
    1.3.6 Step 6: Tracheal Intubation
    1.3.6.1 Nasotracheal or Orotracheal Intubation?
    1.3.7 Step 7: Post-tracheal Intubation Care
    1.4 Management of Difficult Airway
    1.4.1 Basic Preparation for Difficult Airway Management
    1.4.2 Ensure Adequate Facemask Ventilation
    1.4.3 Improve the Chances of Successful Intubation
    1.5 Airway Management in Specific Neurological Emergencies
    1.5.1 Airway Management in Traumatic Head Injury
    1.5.2 Airway Management in Cervical Spine Injury 1.5.3 Airway Management in Neuromuscular Weakness
    1.5.4 Airway Management in Stroke
    1.6 Summary
    Multiple Choice Question
    References
    2: Approach to a Patient with Coma
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Coma
    2.3 Vegetative State
    2.4 Neurological Examination of the Comatose Patient
    2.4.1 Respiratory Pattern
    2.4.2 Pupillary Examination
    2.4.3 Motor Examination
    2.5 Causes of Coma
    2.5.1 Conditions Which Mimic Coma
    2.5.2 Approach to a Comatose Patient
    2.5.3 Investigations
    2.5.4 Laboratory Investigations
    2.5.5 Radiological Examination 2.6 Treatment of Coma
    2.6.1 Initial Management
    2.6.2 Coma Cocktail
    2.6.3 Outcome After Coma
    Multiple Choice Questions
    References
    3: Focused Neurological Evaluation
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Focused Clinical History
    3.3 General Survey and Clinical Examination
    3.4 Focused Neurological Examination
    3.4.1 Assessment of Level of Consciousness
    3.4.2 Fundoscopy and Pupillary Response
    3.4.3 Eye Movements
    3.4.4 Meningism
    3.4.5 Focal Neurological Deficits
    3.5 Common Neurological Emergencies and Its Clinical Presentations 3.6 Focused Neurological Examination of the Spinal Cord and Neuromuscular Disorders
    3.6.1 Acute Flaccid Paralysis (AFP)
    3.6.2 Acute Spastic Paralysis (Related to Spinal Cord)
    3.6.3 Spinal Cord Injury (SCI)
    3.7 Summary
    Multiple Choice Questions
    References
    4: Neuropharmacology
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Antiepileptic Drugs
    4.3 Sedatives and Analgesics
    4.4 Neuromuscular Blocking Drugs
    4.5 Intravenous Antihypertensive Agents
    4.6 Acetylcholinesterase Inhibitors in Myasthenia Gravis
    4.7 Drugs Used in Stroke
    4.7.1 Drugs Used in Revascularization for Acute Ischemic Stroke.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    Catherine S.W. Albin, Sahar F. Zafar, editors.
    Summary: This practical guide for trainees and advanced practice providers covers the essential management of hospitalized patients with acute neurologic conditions. Divided into five sections, this text serves as an incredibly easy-to-use, visually accessible, how-to manual that covers exactly what every responding clinician needs to know to care for the patient in front of them. The first section provides tangible guidance about how to pre-round, structure a presentation, examine neurologically ill patients, and interpret the core diagnostics obtained in many neurology patients: CT, MRI and EEG. The next three sections cover common complaints encountered in the hospital: spanning from non-vascular admissions, vascular & stroke neurology topics, and core neurocritical care principals and chief complaints. Throughout are checklists, scoring systems, pro-tips, images, helpful reminders, as well as concise summary of the pertinent literature. This is an ideal guide for medical students, neurology & neurosurgery trainees and advanced practice providers, as well as experienced professionals who want to brush up on the latest updates.

    Contents:
    Part One: A Comprehensive "How-To" Guide
    Pre-Rounding On and Presenting Floor Patients. Pre-Rounding and Presenting NeuroICU Patients
    The Coma Exam
    Tips for Common Cranial Nerve Exam Findings
    Stroke and Vascular Anatomy
    Basics of Computed Tomography (CT)
    Basics of MRI Ordering and Assessment
    Understanding Transcranial Dopplers (TCDs)
    Tips and Tricks for EEG Interpretation
    Part Two: Vascular Neurology
    Acute Ischemic Stroke First Encounter Assessment and Management
    Perfusion Imaging
    Ischemic Stroke: Admission Checklist
    Stroke Workup Beyond the Basics
    Ischemic Stroke Dissection
    Ischemic Stroke - Symptomatic Carotid Stenosis "Hot Carotid" Ischemic Stroke Post Stroke Management of Anticoagulation
    Selected Anti-Platelets and Anticoagulation in Stroke Prevention
    Acute Management Strategies TPA and Mechanical Thrombectomy Trials
    Venous Sinus Thrombosis
    Posterior Reversible Vasoconstriction Syndrome (PRES) and Reversible Cerebral Vasoconstriction Syndrome (RCVS)
    Part Three: Non-Vascular Inpatient Neurology
    Altered Mental Status
    Framework for Workup of Unknown Brain "Lesion" Approach to First-Time Seizure
    Pharmacology Tips for Commonly Used AEDs Tips
    Approach to Infectious Encephalitis and Meningitis
    Aseptic Meningitis
    Inflammatory and Autoimmune Encephalitis
    Differential Diagnosis and Ordering Guide: Neuroanatomical Syndromes
    Autoimmune Encephalitis Testing
    Approach to New Onset Weakness
    Workup of New Demyelinating Lesions
    Approach to the "Dizzy" Patient
    Part Four: NeuroICU
    Intracranial Pressure: Theory and Management Strategies
    Management of External Ventricular Catheters
    Malignant Middle Cerebral Artery Infarction Intracerebral Hemorrhage Management
    Intracranial Hemorrhage LandmarkTrials
    Reversal of Selected Anti-Thrombotics
    An In-Depth Review of Reversing Direct Factor XA-Inhibitor-Related Hemorrhages
    Intracranial Hemorrhage - Management of Anticoagulation
    Subarachnoid Hemorrhage Differential
    Aneurysmal SAH Admission and Early Management
    Subarachnoid Hemorrhage Scoring Systems
    Aneurysmal SAH Daily Management Principles
    Subarachnoid Hemorrhage Notable Trials
    Traumatic Brain Injury.-Trials in TBI
    Induced Hypothermia after Cardiac Arrest
    Status Epilepticus
    Continuous EEG Monitoring, Electrographic Seizures and The Ictal-Interictal Continuum
    Neuromuscular Crises: ICU Management of Guillan Barr & Myasthenia Gravis
    Evaluation of C-Spine Trauma
    ICU Management of Spinal Cord Injuries
    Management of Post-Operative Craniotomy Patients
    Post-Operative Management of Cerebrovascular Patients
    Preparation for Brain Death Testing
    Nutrition in the NeuroICU
    Hypernatremia in the NeuroICU
    Hyponatremia in the NeuroICU
    Pressors and Inotropes Commonly Used in the NeuroICU Seizure Prophylaxis in the NeuroICU
    Venous Thromboembolism Prophylaxis in the NeuroICU
    Part Five: Important References
    Brainstem Anatomy NeuroICU Intravenous Fluid Compositions
    Anti-Epileptic Drug Chart, For Use in Adults
    Drug-Drug Interactions Common in Neuro Patients
    Myasthenia Gravis: Medications to Avoid
    Parkinsons Disease: Medications to Avoid.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Denson G. Fujikawa, editor.
    Summary: This book is the result of a convergence of scientific information regarding mechanisms that produce acute nerve cell death in the brain. Although seemingly disparate, stroke, brain and spinal cord trauma, coma from a low serum glucose concentration (hypoglycemia), and prolonged epileptic seizures have in common the inciting factor of excitotoxicity, the activation of a specific subtype of glutamate receptor by an elevated extracellular glutamate concentration that results in an excessive influx of calcium into nerve cells. The high calcium concentration in nerve cells activates several enzymes that are responsible for degradation of cytoplasmic proteins and cleavage of nuclear DNA, resulting in nerve cell death. The high calcium concentration also interferes with mitochondrial respiration, with the resultant production of free radicals that damage cellular membranes and nuclear DNA. Understanding the biochemical pathways that produce nerve cell death is the first step toward devising an effective neuroprotective strategy, the ultimate goal.

    Contents:
    General considerations
    Traumatic brain injury
    Focal cerebral ischemia
    Transient global cerebral ischemia
    Hypoglycemic neuronal injury
    Seizure-induced neuronal death.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Thomas Sejersen, Ching H. Wang, editors.
    Summary: This book provides recommendations for evaluation and therapy in the area of acute pediatric neurology; these are presented didactically with frequent use of illustrations and algorithms. Chapters in the first part of the book discuss presenting symptoms of acute neurological conditions. The second part of the book covers major areas of acute pediatric neurology and each of these chapters has three key elements: description of presenting symptoms; recommended assessments; and recommended interventions. Acute Pediatric Neurology provides an accessible, clinically focused guide to assist physicians in the emergency ward or intensive care unit in decisions on diagnosis and therapeutic interventions in all major acute pediatric neurological diseases.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Acute Neurological Symptoms
    Unconsciousness, Coma, and Death by Neurological Criteria
    Seizures
    Acute Headache
    Acute Disturbance of Motor Function
    Acute Disturbance of Vision
    Dizziness and Vertigo
    Acute Changes of Behavior and Memory
    Part 2: Management of Acute Neurological Conditions
    Ischemic and Hypoxic Insults: Near Drowning, Asphyxia, Carbon Monoxide Poisoning
    Neurometabolic Crisis
    Approach to childhood-onset Muscle Cramps, Exercise Intolerance and Recurrent Myoglobinuria
    Management of Seizures and Status Epilepticus
    Management of Increased Intracranial Pressure
    Management of Migraine and Other Headaches
    Central Nervous System Infections (bacteria and parasites)
    Management of Acute Neuromuscular Disorders
    Stroke and Cerebrovascular Diseases
    Viral Infections, Autoimmune and Demyelinating Conditions of the Central Nervous System
    Spasticity, Dystonia, and Other Movement Disorders: A Comprehensive Treatment Guide
    Acute Pain.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Oussama Abla, Francesco Lo Coco, Miguel A. Sanz, editors.
    Contents:
    History of APL
    Molecular Targets of Treatment in APL
    The Leukemic Stem Cell
    The Molecular Genetics of APL
    APL Coagulopathy
    Early Death in APL
    Prognostic Factors in APL
    First-line therapy for APL: Chemotherapy-based approach
    First-line Therapy: ATRA-ATO/Reduced Chemotherapy Approach
    Cure of APL without Chemotherapy
    Minimal Residual Disease in APL
    Treatment of refractory and relapsed APL
    Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation in APL
    APL in Children
    Management of APL in the Elderly
    Special Situations in APL
    APL in Developing Countries: A Chemotherapy-Based Approach
    APL in Developing Countries: ATO based Approach
    Therapy-Related APL
    Rare Acute Leukemia Variants involving Retinoic Acid Receptor Genes
    Management of Treatment-Related Complications in APL.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Davide Chiumello, editor.
    Summary: This book covers all clinical aspects of acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), from definition to treatment, focusing on the more recent recommendations and evidence-based medicine. The addressed topics are the various ventilation strategies, the impact of prone positioning, the use of partial and total extracorporeal support, the value of vasodilators, the weaning from mechanical ventilation, the pharmacological interventions, noninvasive ventilation, and the strategies using anti-inflammatory agents and stem cells. Furthermore, different related topics are also discussed, such as lung imaging, sedation, metabolic support, and hemodynamic instability. A concluding chapter specifically addresses ARDS in children. This up-to-date volume, written by experts in the field, will be of value for all health care practitioners seeking state of the art on the management of patients with this complex syndrome.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    Sadatomo Tasaka, editor.
    Summary: Divided into thirteen chapters, this book provides a wealth of research-oriented findings and practical guidance, ranging from the definition, epidemiology and pathophysiology, to the diagnosis and management of the disease. Although acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS) is defined by the acute onset of noncardiogenic pulmonary edema, hypoxemia and the need for mechanical ventilation, it is a heterogeneous disease entity, which makes it difficult to develop specific therapies. Treatment tends to focus on lung-protective ventilation, and no specific pharmacotherapies have been identified. All chapters were written by respected experts in the field, and summarize the latest trends, share recent research findings, and outline future prospects. Specific chapters are devoted to novel, promising diagnostic approaches, such as microRNA, which may improve our ability to identify early ARDS or at-risk patients. In addition, a dedicated chapter explores cell-based therapies and regenerative medicine, which offer potential therapeutic options. Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome - Advances in Diagnostic Tools and Disease Management offers a valuable reference guide not only for young physicians and trainees, but also for experienced or teaching physicians, medical educators, and basic researchers. Readers will find the latest information on ARDS and come to understand the current challenges, encouraging them to further advance the diagnosis, treatment and clinical research on this disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Scott Dougherty, Jonathan Carapetis, Liesl Zühlke, Nigel Wilson.
    Summary: Acute Rheumatic Fever and Rheumatic Heart Disease is a concise, yet comprehensive, clinical resource highlighting must-know information on rheumatic heart disease and acute rheumatic fever from a global perspective. Covering the major issues dominating the field, this practical resource presents sufficient detail for a deep and thorough understanding of the latest treatment options, potential complications, and disease management strategies to improve patient outcomes. Divided into four distinct sections for ease of navigation: Acute Rheumatic Fever, Rheumatic Heart Disease, Population-Based Strategies for Disease Control, and Acute and Emergency Presentations. International editors and chapter authors ensure a truly global perspective. Covers all clinical aspects, including epidemiology, pathophysiology, clinical features, diagnosis, management, and treatment. Includes key topics on population-based measures for disease control for effective primary, secondary, and tertiary prevention. Consolidates today's available information and guidance into a single, convenient resource.

    Contents:
    Burden, cost, and epidemiology of acute rheumatic fever and rheumatic heart disease
    Pathogenesis of acute rheumatic fever
    Clinical evaluation and diagnosis of acute rheumatic fever
    Management of acute rheumatic fever
    Clinical evaluation and diagnosis of rheumatic heart disease
    Medical management of rheumatic heart disease
    Catheter-based investigation and treatment of rheumatic heart disease
    Surgical management of rheumatic heart disease
    Rheumatic heart disease in pregnancy
    Primordial and primary prevention prevention of ARF and RHD
    Secondary prevention of ARF and RHD
    Control programmes, registries, and access to care
    Rheumatic heart disease screening
    Group A streptococcal vaccine
    Advocacy and education
    Acute complications and Emergencies of ARF and RHD.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Digital
    Ainaz Sourati, Ahmad Ameri, Mona Malekzadeh.
    Summary: This book provides clear guidance on how to manage a wide range of side effects frequently encountered when treating patients with radiation therapy. For each potential side effect, incidence, mechanism, symptoms, and grading are carefully described. All aspects of management are addressed, drawing on the latest available evidence and highlighting key details of importance in clinical routine. The introduction of new radiation therapy techniques such as 3D conformal radiation therapy, intensity-modulated radiation therapy, and image-guided radiation therapy has reduced normal tissue doses and, accordingly, treatment complications. Nevertheless, a significant percentage of patients still experience acute side effects, in part because the threshold doses for these toxicities are typically lower than those for late effects. Acute toxicities may lead to interruption of treatment and be associated with an increase in late damage. A swift and effective response is therefore essential. This book will enable the reader to provide effective care for each side effect, thereby improving patient compliance with treatment and treatment outcomes.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    M. Carter Denny, Ahmad Riad Ramadan, Sean I. Savitz, James C. Grotta.
    Summary: You have just encountered a possible stroke patient. You ask yourself: what should I do first? How do I know it is a stroke? Is it too late to reverse the damage? This book provides integral assistance in answering these critical questions. All content is arranged in chronological order, covering all considerations in assessing and treating patients in the emergency room, stroke unit, and rehabilitation facilities. This new edition offers readers the latest information on stroke treatment, and features brand new chapters on stroke radiology, endovascular therapy, the uncommon causes of stroke, cerebral venous thrombosis, stroke prevention, and the transition to outpatient care. The comprehensive set of appendices contains useful reference information, including dosage algorithms, conversion factors, and stroke scales.

    Contents:
    Stroke in the emergency department
    What to do first
    Ischemic stroke
    Stroke radiology
    Intravenous thrombolysis
    Endovascular therapy (ET)
    Neurological deterioration in acute ischemic stroke
    Ischemic stroke etiology and secondary prevention
    Transient ischemic attack (TIA)
    Less common causes of stroke
    Cerebral venous sinus thrombosis
    Intracerebral hemorrhage (ICH)
    Subarachnoid hemorrhage (SAH)
    Organization of stroke care
    Stroke rehabilitation
    Transition to outpatient stroke care.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    Edgar A. Samaniego, David Hasan, editors.
    Summary: This book contains a compilation of the revolution of mechanical thrombectomy (MT) in the treatment of strokes. The initial chapters summarize information about the best medical management of acute ischemic stroke, imaging modalities and patient selection for MT. The book then focuses on the nuances of MT, providing detailed information about the best approaches for anesthesia during MT, access, intra-arterial thrombolysis, recent devices and catheters and technical pitfalls of MT. A specific chapter is dedicated to MT in the venous system. This is followed by a chapter about the most common complications of MT and post-procedural care of these patients. The last chapter covers different aspects of acute stroke care and MT in the developing world. The authors of this book comprise of a multidisciplinary group of world experts in the field and were encouraged to include teaching cases to deliver a book with a practical approach. Acute Stroke Management in the Era of Thrombectomy is intended for all healthcare providers who care for patients with stroke; with special emphasis for the proceduralists who are interested in technical tips to improve outcomes and minimize complications.

    Contents:
    Best Medical Management for Acute Ischemic Stroke
    Imaging of Acute Ischemic Stroke
    Indications for Mechanical Thrombectomy
    Anesthesia During Endovascular Treatment of Acute Ischemic Stroke
    Arterial Access and Intermediate Catheters: Procedural and Technical Considerations
    Intra-arterial Thrombolytics for Treatment of Acute Ischemic Stroke
    Mechanical Thrombectomy: Emerging Devices and Technologies
    Mechanical Thrombectomy: Techniques and Hybrid Approaches for Recanalization
    Acute Stenting During Acute Ischemic Stroke
    Tandem Occlusion Causing Acute Ischemic Stroke
    Mechanical Thrombectomy in Distal Vessels: M2s and Beyond
    Thrombectomy of the Posterior Circulation: Tips and Tricks
    Thrombectomy in the Venous System: Approaches and Techniques
    Complications During Mechanical Thrombectomy: Pitfalls and Bailouts
    Post-operative Care After Mechanical Thrombectomy
    Stroke-Care and Mechanical Thrombectomy in Developing Countries.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Constantine P. Spanos.
    Summary: This book aims to familiarize readers with the most common acute surgery topics encountered in clinical practice and is unique in its use of infographics. It will be used in clinical rotations in surgery as a supplement to the knowledge gained, and will also provide instructors with a complementary tool, offering a wide-ranging guide to general aspects of acute surgery, with some hints on gynecologic and urologic emergencies. The book is intended to provide medical students and junior residents in medicine or surgery with a comprehensive and up-to-date overview of the most relevant operative techniques.

    Contents:
    Preoperative Labs And Tests
    Preoperative Cardiac Evaluation
    Preoperative Pulmonary Evaluation
    The Abc's of Medical Imaging
    Appendicitis
    Acute Cholecystopathy
    Acute Pancreatitis
    Acute Diverticulitis
    Small Bowel Obstruction
    Large Bowel Obstruction (Lbo)
    Clostridioides Difficile Colitis
    Upper Gastroitestinal Bleeding
    Lower Gastrointestinal Bleeding
    Variceal Bleeding
    Caustic Ingestion
    Neutropenic Enterocolitis
    Acute Mesenteric Ischemia
    Ruptured Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm
    Aortic Dissection
    Peripheral Arterial Embolism
    Hypercoagulability
    Bleeding Disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    volume editors, Olivier Rabin, Yannis Pitsiladis.
    Contents:
    Brief introduction to the history of anti-doping / Ljungqvist, A.
    The development of the world anti-doping code / Young, R.
    Is the fight against doping in sport a legal minefield like any other? / Haas, U.
    How will the legal and sport environment influence a future code? / Niggli, O.
    Structure and development of the list of prohibited substances and methods / Kinahan, A.; Budgett, R.; Mazzoni, I.
    Therapeutic use exemptions / Gerrard, D.; Pipe, A.
    Challenges in modern anti-doping analytical science / Ayotte, C.; Miller, J.; Thevis, M.
    Achievements and challenges in anti-doping research / Bowers, L.D.; Bigard, X.
    Gene and cell doping : the new frontier : beyond myth or reality / Neuberger, E.W.I.; Simon, P.
    The athlete biological passport : how to personalize anti-doping testing across an athlete's career? / Robinson, N.; Sottas, P.-E.; Schumacher, Y.O.
    Next generation "omic" approaches in the "fight" against blood doping / Wang, G.; Karanikolou, A. ; Verdouka, I.; Friedmann, T.; Pitsiladis, Y.
    Integration of the forensic dimension into anti-doping strategies / Marclay, F.; Saugy, M.
    How to develop intelligence gathering in efficient and practical anti-doping activities / Holz, M; Robertson, J.
    Education in anti-doping: the art of self-imposed constraints / Loland, S.
    Can we better integrate the role of anti-doping in sports and society? : a psychological approach to contemporary value-based prevention / Petróczi, A. ; Norman, P.; Brueckner, S.
    Sport, society, and anti-doping policy : an ethical overview / Bloodworth, A.J.; McNamee, M.
    A moral foundation for anti-doping : how far have we progressed? where are the limits? / Murray, T.H.
    Conclusion and perspectives / Howman, D.
    Digital Access Karger 2017
  • Digital
    Janis Kent.
    Contents:
    Accessible Routes
    Site Elements
    Vertical Access
    Architectural Elements
    Restrooms & Bathing Facilities
    Other Elements
    A Word or Two on Existing Projects
    Innovative Ideas on Access World-Wide.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Luigi O. Massa, J. Anthony von Fraunhofer.
    Summary: "This clinically oriented book gives dental practitioners and students a hands-on guide to incorporating dental implants into their practices. Taking a clear and concise approach to the subject, the book offers basic information on all aspects of dental implants. Topics covered encompass the pros and cons of implants, patient factors, clinical considerations to success and failure, and implant restoration. Photographs, radiographs, and illustrations support the text, demonstrating the concepts discussed. The ADA Practical Guide to Dental Implants starts with a brief history of the subject then examines the clinical and economic considerations for implants. Patient factors, including systemic, oral, and periodontal health, diet, age, gender, and more are discussed. The book also looks at the experience of the clinician, followed by clinical considerations such as case planning, implant design, surgical techniques, antibiotics, and more. The last chapters cover post-surgical follow-up and the many factors that lead to a successful outcome. The ADA Practical Guide to Dental Implants is a useful introduction and guide to dental implants for any practitioner interested in incorporating implants into clinical practice"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Why dental implants
    A brief history of dental implants
    Design of Implants
    Patient factors
    Patient consults
    Treatment planning and Evaluating implant sites
    Implant scenarios
    Implant surgery: simple healed sites
    Bone grafting
    Guided surgery
    Immediate implant placement: complicated immediate sites
    Full arch cases
    Screw-retention vs. Cement-retention of restorations
    Restoring dental implants
    Dental implant failures
    Economics of dental implants
    Maintaining dental implants.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    Michael A. Kahn, J. Michael Hall.
    Contents:
    The extraoral and intraoral soft tissue head and neck screening examination
    Soft tissue head and neck pathology description and documentation
    Common oral soft tissue lesions
    Differential diagnosis of common oral soft tissue lesions
    Guidelines for observation and/or referral of patients lesions
    The art and science of biopsy and cytology
    Sample patient histories and discussion.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    Allan H. Ropper, Martin A. Samuels, Joshua P. Klein.
    Contents:
    Ch. 1. Approach to the patient with neurologic disease
    Ch. 2. Imaging, electrophysiologic, and laboratory techniques for neurologic diagnosis
    Ch. 3. Motor paralysis
    Ch. 5. Ataxia and disorders of cerebellar function
    Ch. 6. Tremor, myoclonus, focal dystonias, and tics
    Ch. 7. Disorders of stance and gait
    Ch. 10. Headache and other craniofacial pains
    Ch. 11. Pain i n the back, neck, and extreities
    Ch. 12. Disorders of smell and taste
    Ch. 13. Disturbances of vision
    Ch. 14. Disorders of ocular movement and pupillary function
    Ch. 15. Deafness, dizziness, and disorders of equilibrium
    Ch. 16. Epilepsy and other seizure disorders
    Ch. 17. Coma and related disorders of consciousness
    Ch. 18. Faintness and syncope
    Ch. 19. Sleep and its abnormalities
    Ch. 20. Delirium and other acute confusional states.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2014
  • Digital
    Allan H. Ropper, Martin A. Samuels, Joshua P. Klein, Sashank Prasad.
    Summary: "The definitive text on the full spectrum of neurology presented in full color and better than ever! Long considered the field's gold-standard text, Adams and Victor's Principles of Neurology provides the very latest treatment and management strategies needed to confidently handle both common and rare neurologic conditions. Presented in full color, this classic resource meets the needs of the seasoned professional or the aspiring clinician, and has been hailed as the most detailed, thorough, and authoritative text on the subject. Reviewers have favorably compared the book's consistent, single voice to consulting with an experienced senior colleague. The latest scientific research is included in just the right amount of detail to serve as a clinical reference or a starting point for additional learning. The text is logically divided into six sections: The Clinical Method of Neurology; Cardinal Manifestations of Neurologic Disease; Growth and Development of the Nervous System in the Neurology of Aging; Major Categories of Neurologic Diseases; Diseases of the Spinal Cord, Peripheral Nerve, and Muscle; Psychiatric Disorders"-- Provided by publisher. "The wise application of science, evidence from trials, and the traditional virtues of the neurological history and examination are the main purpose of this edition of Principles of Neurology"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    PART 1: THE CLINICAL METHOD OF NEUROLOGY
    Chapter 1: Approach to the Patient With Neurologic Disease
    Chapter 2: Diagnostic Testing in Neurologic Disease
    PART 2: CARDINAL MANIFESTATIONS OF NEUROLOGIC DISEASE
    Part 2: Cardinal Manifestations of Neurologic Disease: Introduction
    Section 1: Disorders of Motility
    Section 1: Disorders of Motility: Introduction
    Chapter 3: Paralysis and Weakness
    Chapter 4: Disorders of Movement and Posture
    Chapter 5: Ataxia and Disorders of Cerebellar Function
    Chapter 6: Disorders of Stance and Gait
    Section 2: Pain and Disorders of Somatic Sensation
    Section 2: Pain and Disorders of Somatic Sensation: Introduction
    Chapter 7: Pain
    Chapter 8: Disorders of Non-Painful Somatic Sensation
    Chapter 9: Headache and Other Craniofacial Pains
    Chapter 10: Pain in the Back, Neck, and Extremities
    Section 3: Disorders of the Special Senses
    Section 3: Disorders of the Special Senses: Introduction
    Chapter 11: Disorders of Smell and Taste
    Chapter 12: Disturbances of Vision
    Chapter 13: Disorders of Ocular Movement and Pupillary Function
    Chapter 14: Deafness, Dizziness, and Disorders of Equilibrium
    Section 4: Epilepsy and Disorders of Consciousness
    Chapter 15: Epilepsy and Other Seizure Disorders
    Chapter 16: Coma and Related Disorders of Consciousness
    Chapter 17: Faintness and Syncope
    Chapter 18: Sleep and Its Abnormalities
    Section 5: Derangements of Intellect, Behavior, and Language Caused by Diffuse and Focal Cerebral Disease
    Section 5: Derangements of Intellect, Behavior, and Language Caused by Diffuse and Focal Cerebral Disease: Introduction
    Chapter 19: Delirium and Other Acute Confusional States
    Chapter 20: Dementia, the Amnesic Syndrome, and the Neurology of Intelligence and Memory
    Chapter 21: Neurologic Disorders Caused by Lesions in Specific Parts of the Cerebrum
    Chapter 22: Disorders of Speech and Language
    Section 6: Disorders of Energy, Mood, and Autonomic and Endocrine Functions
    Chapter 23: Fatigue, Asthenia, Anxiety, and Depression
    Chapter 24: The Limbic Lobes and the Neurology of Emotion
    Chapter 25: Disorders of the Autonomic Nervous System, Respiration, and Swallowing
    Chapter 26: The Hypothalamus and Neuroendocrine Disorders
    PART 3: GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE NERVOUS SYSTEM AND THE NEUROLOGY OF AGING
    Chapter 27: Normal Development and Deviations in Development of the Nervous System
    Chapter 28: The Neurology of Aging
    PART 4: MAJOR CATEGORIES OF NEUROLOGIC DISEASE
    Chapter 29: Disturbances of Cerebrospinal Fluid, Including Hydrocephalus, Pseudotumor Cerebri, and Low-Pressure Syndromes
    Chapter 30: Intracranial Neoplasms and Paraneoplastic Disorders
    Chapter 31: Bacterial, Fungal, Spirochetal, and Parasitic Infections of the Nervous System
    Chapter 32: Viral Infections of the Nervous System and Prion Diseases
    Chapter 33: Stroke and Cerebrovascular Diseases
    Chapter 34: Craniocerebral Trauma
    Chapter 35: Multiple Sclerosis and Other Inflammatory Demyelinating Diseases
    Chapter 36: Inherited Metabolic Diseases of the Nervous System
    Chapter 37: Developmental Diseases of the Nervous System
    Chapter 38: Degenerative Diseases of the Nervous System
    Chapter 39: The Acquired Metabolic Disorders of the Nervous System
    Chapter 40: Diseases of the Nervous System Caused by Nutritional Deficiency
    Chapter 41: Disorders of the Nervous System Caused by Alcohol, Drugs, Toxins, and Chemical Agents
    PART 5: DISEASES OF SPINAL CORD, PERIPHERAL NERVE, AND MUSCLE
    Chapter 42: Diseases of the Spinal Cord
    Chapter 43: Diseases of the Peripheral Nerves
    Chapter 44: Diseases of the Cranial Nerves
    Chapter 45: Diseases of Muscle
    Chapter 46: Disorders of the Neuromuscular Junction, Myotonias, and Persistent Muscle Fiber Activity
    PART 6: PSYCHIATRIC DISORDERS
    Chapter 47: Anxiety Disorders, Hysteria, and Personality Disorders
    Chapter 48: Depression and Bipolar Disease
    Chapter 49: Schizophrenia, Delusional, and Paranoid States.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessMedicine
    AccessNeurology
  • Digital
    Allan H. Ropper, Martin A. Samuels, Joshua P. Klein, Sashank Prasad.
    Summary: "Adams and Victor’s Principles of Neurology provides up to date treatment and management strategies needed to confidently handle both common and rare neurologic conditions. Presented in full color, this enduring resource meets the needs of today’s aspiring clinician or seasoned professional, and has been hailed as the most detailed, thorough, and authoritative text on the subject"-- Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Part 1: The clinical method of neurology. Approach to the patient with neurologic disease
    Diagnostic testing in neurologic disease
    Part 2: Cardinal manifestations of neurologic disease. Section 1: Disorders of motility. Paralysis and weakness
    Disorders of movement and posture
    Ataxia and disorders of cerebellar function
    Disorders of stance and gait
    Section 2: Pain and disorders of somatic sensation. Pain
    Disorders of non-painful somatic sensation
    Headache and other craniofacial pains
    Pain in the back, neck, and extremities
    Section 3: Disorders of the special senses. Disorders of smell and taste
    Disturbances of vision
    Disorders of ocular movement and pupillary function
    Deafness, dizziness, and disorders of equilibrium
    Section 4: Epilepsy and disorders of consciousness. Epilepsy and other seizure disorders
    Coma and related disorders of consciousness
    Faintness and syncope
    Sleep and its abnormalities
    Section 5: Derangements of intellect, behavior, and language caused by diffuse and focal cerebral disease. Acute confusional states
    Dementia, the amnesic syndrome, and the neurology of intelligence and memory
    Neurologic disorders caused by lesions in specific parts of the cerebrum
    Disorders of speech and language
    Section 6: Disorders of energy, mood, and autonomic and endocrine functions. Fatigue, asthenia, anxiety, and depression
    The limbic lobes and the neurology of emotion
    Disorders of the autonomic nervous system, respiration, and swallowing
    The hypothalamus and neuroendocrine disorders
    Part 3: Growth and development of the nervous system and the neurology of aging. Normal development and deviations in development of the nervous system
    The neurology of aging
    Part 4: Major categories of neurologic disease. Disturbances of cerebrospinal fluid, including hydrocephalus, pseudotumor cerebri, and low-pressure syndromes
    Intracranial neoplasms and paraneoplastic disorders
    Bacterial, fungal, spirochetal, and parasitic infections of the nervous system
    Viral infections of the nervous system and prion diseases
    Stroke and cerebrovascular diseases
    Craniocerebral trauma
    Multiple sclerosis and other neuroimmunologic disorders
    Inherited metabolic diseases of the nervous system
    Developmental diseases of the nervous system
    Degenerative diseases of the nervous system
    The acquired metabolic disorders of the nervous system
    Diseases of the nervous system caused by nutritional deficiency
    Disorders of the nervous system caused by alcohol, drugs, toxins, and chemical agents
    Part 5: Diseases of spinal cord, peripheral nerve, and muscle. Diseases of the spinal cord
    Diseases of the peripheral nerves
    Diseases of the cranial nerves
    Diseases of muscle
    Disorders of the neuromuscular junction, myotonias, and disorders of persistent muscle fiber activity
    Part 6: Psychiatric disorders. Anxiety, "functional" and personality disorders
    Depression and bipolar disorder
    Psychosis, schizophrenia, delusional, and paranoid states.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessNeurology
    AccessMedicine
  • Digital
    Toshichika Iizumi, Ryuichi Hirata, Ryo Matsuda, editors.
    Summary: This book highlights state-of-the-art research and practices for adaptation to climate change in food production systems (agriculture in particular) as observed in Japan and neighboring Asian countries. The main topics covered include the current scientific understanding of observed and projected climate change impacts on crop production and quality, modeling of autonomous and planned adaptation, and development of early warning and/or support systems for climate-related decision-making. Drawing on concrete real-world examples, the book provides readers with an essential overview of adaptation, from research to system development to practices, taking agriculture in Asia as the example. As such, it offers a valuable asset for all researchers and policymakers whose work involves adaptation planning, climate negotiations, and/or agricultural developments.

    Contents:
    Part I. Introduction
    Chapter 1. An overview of adaptation in agriculture
    Part II. Research towards adaptation
    Chapter 2. The quality of rice grains in Japan
    Chapter 3. Breeding of heat tolerant cultivars of rice in Japan
    Chapter 4. Controlling the depth of soil frost in farm fields in Japan
    Chapter 5. Rice production in Indonesia
    Chapter 6. Tomato greenhouse horticulture
    Chapter 7. Global crop forecasting research
    Chapter 8. China
    Part III. Adaptation practices
    Chapter 9. Agricultural adaptation policy in Japan
    Chapter 10. Information platform for local governments in Japan
    Chapter 11. Supporting tools for national adaptation planning
    Chapter 12. Use of seasonal climate forecasts in agricultural decision makings in Korea and the Philippines
    Chapter 13. Decision support systems for rainfed rice farming in Asia
    Part IV. Potential ways moving forward
    Chapter 14. Farmers roles in adaptation research.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    Office of Small Business Development.
    Digital Access Google Books 1981-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    KFC912.B8 C151
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Petros Levounis, M.D., M.A., Abigail J. Herron., D.O.
    Summary: The Addiction Casebook consists of 13 clinical cases that exemplify DSM-5 addiction diagnoses commonly encountered in clinical practice. Written in an engaging, easy-to-understand manner, the book complements substance abuse textbooks by providing hands-on experience with real-life situations and updated information relating to DSM-5® diagnoses.

    Contents:
    Cover; Contents; Contributors; Preface; Part I. Introduction; 1 DSM-5 Criteria for Substance Use Disorders: Recommendations and Rationale; Part II. Substance-Related Disorders; 2 Alcohol: Conundrums of Co-occurring Disorders; 3 Caffeine: The Ins and Outs of Caffeine; 4 Cannabis: A Natural Dilemma; 5 Hallucinogens: The Mind Field of Oswald: A Case of Hallucinogen Intoxication; 6 Inhalants: Just say N[sub(2)]O!; 7 Opioids: Finding the Off Switch; 8 Sedatives, Hypnotics, or Anxiolytics: Sleepless Nights and the Magic Pills. 9 Stimulants: Sex, Drugs, and Techno: Gay Men and Crystal Methamphetamine10 Tobacco: From Social Norm to Modern Day Faux Pas; 11 Other (or Unknown) Substances: The Brave New World of Bath Salts and Other Synthetic Drugs; Part III. Non-Substance-Related Disorder; 12 Gambling: The Woman Who Became Tired of Trying to Predict the Future; Part IV. Condition for Further Study; 13 Internet: Why Are Drug Addicts and People Who Use the Internet Both Called "Users?"; Index; A; B; C; D; E; F; G; H; I; K; L; M; N; O; P; R; S; T; U; V; W; X; Z.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Maria A. Sullivan and Frances R. Levin.
    Summary: An evidence-based review of diagnostic and treatment strategies for successfully managing alcohol and substance use disorders in older adults. With contributions from leaders in the field of addiction treatment, this volume offers the most current clinical recommendations and describes best practices for implementing effective treatments in this growing patient population.

    Contents:
    Introduction / Maria Sullivan, Frances R. Levin
    Recognizing addiction in older patients / Anna Levesque, Edward Nunes
    Brief interventions for substance use disorder in older adults / Roland C. Merchant, Francesca L. Beaudoin
    Alcohol and older adults / Anna Terajewicz LaRose, John Renner
    Abuse of opioids and prescription medications / Isis Burgos-Chapman, Louis Trevisan, Kevin Sevarino
    Cannabis, nicotine, and stimulant abuse in older adults / Isis Burgos-Chapman, Louis Trevisan, Kevin Sevarino
    Benzodiazepines and other sedative-hypnotics in the older adult / Arthur Robin Williams, Olivera J. Bogunovic
    Assessment of the older patient / Arthur Robin Williams, Olivera J. Bogunovic
    Sex differences in late-life substance use disorders / Elizabeth Evans, Maria Sullivan
    Treatment options for older adults with substance use disorders / Stacy A. Cohen, Margaret M. Haglund, Larissa J. Mooney
    Technology-based interventions for late-life addiction Ersa Alagoz, Kim Johnson, Andrew Quanbeck, David Gustafson Jr.
    Conclusion / Maria Sullivan.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    edited by John B. Saunders, Katherine M. Conigrave, Noeline C. Latt, David J. Nutt, E. Jane Marshall, Walter Ling, Susumu Higuchi.
    Contents:
    1. The nature of addictive disorders / John B. Saunders
    2. Epidemiology and prevention / Peter Anderson, Katherine M. Conigrave, Louisa Degenhardt, Wayne Hall, and Tim Stockwell
    3. Pharmacology and pathophysiology / Kazutaka Ikeda, Daisuke Nishizawa, David J. Nutt, and John B. Saunders
    4. The scope of intervention / Sawitri Assanangkornchai and John B. Saunders
    5. Establishing the diagnosis / Glenys Dore, Noeline C. Latt, and John B. Saunders
    6. Acute care / Glenys Dore, Noeline C. Latt, E. Jane Marshall, John B. Saunders, and Peter Thompson
    7. Ongoing management of substance use disorders / Stephen Jurd and John B. Saunders
    8. Tobacco / Renee Bittoun, Katherine M. Conigrave, Hisatsugu Miyata, and Nicholas Zwar
    9. Alcohol / Robert Batey, Katherine M. Conigrave, Colin Drummond, Noeline C. Latt, E. Jane Marshall, David J. Nutt, Richard Saitz, and John B. Saunders
    10. Cannabis / H. Valerie Curran, Margaret Haney, David J. Nutt, and John B. Saunders
    11. Opioids / Robert Batey, Katherine M. Conigrave, Noeline C. Latt, David J. Nutt, John B. Saunders, Andrew J. Saxon, and George Woody
    12. Pain and opioids / James Bell
    13. Benzodiazepines and the other sedative-hypnotics / Noeline C. Latt, David J. Nutt, and John B. Saunders
    14. Psychostimulants / Glenys Dore, Walter Ling, and David J. Nutt
    15. Hallucinogens and dissociative drugs / David J. Nutt and Adam R. Winstock
    16. Other drugs / Jenny Bearn, Jonathan Brett, Adam Brodie, Katherine M. Conigrave, Shivani Khan, Janie Sheridan, Iain Smith, Catherine Woodstock Striley, David Taylor, and Adam R. Winstock
    17. Polysubstance use / Jason P. Connor and Gerald F. X. Feeney
    18. Injecting drug use / Robert Batey, Katherine M. Conigrave, Paul Haber, and John Strang
    19. Gambling / Henrietta Bowden-Jones, Sanju George, Yasunobu Komoto, David J. Nutt, <i>and Taku Sato</i>
    20. Gaming / Hideki Nakayama and Hiroshi Sakuma
    21. Other addictive disorders / Takayuki Harada, Susumu Higuchi, Satoko Mihara, and John B. Saunders
    22. Psychiatric comorbidity / Glenys Dore, Anne Lingford-Hughes, and John B. Saunders
    23. Specific clinical situations / Noeline C. Latt, John B. Saunders, and Sue Wilson
    24. Special populations / Sawitri Assanangkornchai, Tatiana Balachova, Yvonne Bonomo, Katherine M. Conigrave, Ilana B. Crome, Glenys Dore, Bradley Freeburn, Marianne Jauncey, Michael Levy, Corinne Lim, Ross McCormick, and Kim Wolff
    25. Substance use and specific health care settings / Jonathan Brett, Tim Neumann, Richard Saitz, John B. Saunders, Claudia Spies, and Pierluigi Struzzo
    26. Legal and ethical issues / Katherine M. Conigrave, Glenys Dore, Emily Finch, Ralph Hingson, Noeline C. Latt, Sally Porter, and John B. Saunders.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    Jonathan D. Avery, David Hankins, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an accessible, up-to-date understanding of how to treat patients with substance and non-substance-related addiction. It covers all the typical substance and non-substance use disorders and presents evidence in a case-based format. Concise and comprehensive, opening chapters relay a preliminary assessment of addiction disorders and their neurobiology. Subsequent chapters then offer specific treatment options, challenges, and cases relating to the abuse of distinct substances. The substances mentioned earlier include alcohol, opioids, stimulants, hallucinogens, and sedatives. Additionally, one chapter covers the unique issues associated with treating behavioral addictions, such as sex and gambling. Each chapter will outline cases in a fashion that will optimize the reader's experience. In closing, the book examines co-occurring substance use disorders and mental illness. An invaluable addition to the Psychiatry Update Series, Addiction Medicine is an essential reference for mental health clinicians, as well as primary care and family medicine clinicians.

    Contents:
    1. Assessment of Substance Use Disorders
    2. Neurobiology of Substance Use Disorders
    3. Alcohol Use Disorder
    4. Cannabis Use Disorder
    5. Hallucinogen-Related Disorders
    6. Inhalant Use Disorders
    7. Opioid Use Disorder: A Case-Based Approach
    8. Sedative, Hypnotic, or Anxiolytic-related Disorders
    9. Stimulant-Related Disorders
    10 . Nicotine Dependence and Tobacco Use Disorder Treatment
    11. Behavioral Addictions
    12. Co-Occurring Substance Use Disorders and Mental Illness.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Bankole A. Johnson, editor.
    Summary: "Integrating scientific knowledge with today’s most effective treatment options, Addiction Medicine: Science and Practice, 2nd Edition, provides a wealth of information on addictions to substances and behavioral addictions. It discusses the concrete research on how the brain and body are affected by addictions, improving your understanding of how patients develop addictions and how best to personalize treatment and improve outcomes. This essential text is ideal for anyone who deals with patients with addictions in clinical practice, including psychiatrists, health psychologists, pharmacologists, social workers, drug counselors, trainees, and general physicians/family practitioners"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Emerging health perspectives
    The epidemiology of alcohol and drug disorders
    United States federal drug policy
    Historical perspectives of addiction
    Diagnosis and classification of substance use disorders
    Drug reinforcement in animals
    Role of human laboratory studies in the development of medications for alcohol and substance use disorders
    Conditioning of addiction
    Overlapping striatal circuits and molecular mechanisms in rodent models of addiction and depression
    The role of endocannabinoids in amphetamine-driven actions in dopamine neurons :implications for understanding and treating dysfunction in the mesolimbic circuit
    Pain and negative affect
    Genetic vulnerability to substance use disorders
    The assessment and treatment of addiction :best practices in a direct-to-consumer age
    Metabolomics in drug response and addiction
    Neuroimaging findings in substance use disorders
    Neurobiological basis of drug reward and reinforcement
    Neurobehavioral toxicology of substances of abuse
    Animal models of substance use disorders :motivational perspective
    Novel methodologies :proteomic approaches in substance abuse research
    Neuroinflammatory processes in drug addiction
    Alcohol :clinical aspects
    Cocaine
    Nicotine
    Cannabis :an overview of the empirical literature
    Opiates and prescription drugs
    Clinical aspects of methamphetamine
    Sedative-hypnotics and anxiolytics
    Clinical aspects of inhalant addiction
    Anabolic-androgenic steroids
    Caffeine
    Serotonergic hallucinogens
    Ketamine and phencyclidine
    The biology and treatment of gambling disorder
    Implications of food addiction for understanding and treating binge eating disorder
    Compulsive buying
    Sexual behavior as an addictive or compulsive phenomenon
    New era of internet addiction research in china
    Hoarding as a behavioral addiction
    Motivational interviewing :emerging theory, research, and practice
    Cognitive behavioral therapy for addiction
    Community reinforcement approach and contingency management therapies
    Relapse prevention and recycling in addiction
    Brief and e-health interventions for the treatment of alcohol or other drug addiction
    Self-help approaches for addictions
    Community clinics
    Unhealthy alcohol and other drug use in primary care
    Criminal justice system and addiction treatment
    Adolescent neurocognitive development and school-based drug abuse prevention and treatment
    The therapeutic community for drug abuse treatment :a journey yet unfolding in the recovery movement
    Substance use-focused mutual-help groups :processes and outcomes
    Pharmacotherapy for alcoholism and some related psychiatric and addictive disorders :scientific basis and clinical findings
    Alcohol withdrawal :treatment and application
    Pharmacotherapy of cocaine addiction
    Opioid overdose
    Methamphetamine
    Potential pharmacotherapies for cannabis dependence
    Hallucinogens
    Molecular genetics and the treatment of addiction
    Physical considerations for treatment complications of alcohol and drug use and misuse
    Quadruple diagnosis :substance use disorder, comorbid psychopathology, human immunodeficiency virus infection, and hepatitis c virus infection
    Substance use stigma as a barrier to treatment and recovery
    Religiousness, spirituality, and addiction :an evidence-based review
    In silico models of alcohol kinetics :a deterministic approach
    In silico models of alcohol dependence treatment :a stochastic approach
    Dynamic and systems-based models for evaluating hypotheses related to predicting treatment response
    Enhancing positive outcomes for children of substance-abusing parents
    Alcohol and substance abuse in African Americans
    Substance use disorders in health care professionals
    Identification and treatment of alcohol or drug dependence in the elderly
    Alcohol and drugs of abuse in pregnant women :effects on the fetus and newborn, mode of action, and maternal treatment
    Forensic issues
    Disability and addiction
    The homeless
    Opening new vistas in basic and preclinical addiction research
    National Institute on Drug Abuse (NIDA):medications to treat opioid use disorder
    TIP medications for opioid use disorder
    The ASAM National practice guideline for the use of medications in the treatment of addiction involving opioid use.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    Simone Giacopuzzi, Andrea Zanoni, Giovanni de Manzoni, editors.
    Summary: This book offers up-to-date and comprehensive coverage of the diagnosis and therapy of adenocarcinoma of the esophagogastric junction (EGJ). As is appropriate in the era of multidisciplinary and multimodal treatment, the contributions of all the various specialists involved cooperatively in the treatment of EGJ cancer are thoroughly described. Detailed attention is also paid to the significance of preneoplastic lesions, such as Barrett esophagus. The final part of the book represents a surgical atlas documenting the techniques used in the EGJ region, with superb color images and stepwise description of procedures. Against the background of the rapidly increasing incidence in EGJ cancer, especially evident in Western countries, there is a need for greater uniformity in management strategies, which currently vary significantly across the world. This book provides appropriate guidance that will assist all practitioners involved in the diagnosis and treatment of EGJ cancers, including surgeons, oncologists, and radiotherapists.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Preface
    1 Epidemiology and risk factors
    2 Barrett's esophagus: pathogenesis and prevention
    3 Surveillance in Barrett's esophagus and Dysplasia
    4 Ablation techniques for Barrett's esophagus and Dysplasia
    5 Endoscopic resection for Barrett's esophagus and Dysplasia
    6 7th Edition AJCC/UICC Staging: Esophagus and Esophagogastric Junction
    7 Siewert Classification of Adenocarcinoma of the Esophagogastric Junction: still in or already out?
    8 Preoperative work- up: conventional radiology, ultrasonography, CT scan and MRI
    9 Role of PET/CT and MRI in the prediction of response to neoadjuvant treatment
    10 Molecular biology in the prediction of response to neoadjuvant treatment
    11 Pathological response to neoadjuvant treatment: more questions than answers
    12 Hospital volume and centralization in EGJ cancer
    13 Patient selection and tailored treatment principles
    14 How to treat EGJ cancer: indications and treatment strategy
    15 Chemotherapy in EGJ cancer
    16 Chemoradiation in EGJ cancer
    17 Signet ring carcinoma in EGJ: what is it?
    18 Morbi- mortality and treatment of complications
    19 Long term results in surgery alone and multimodal treatments
    20 Open or minimally invasive? Comparison of early and late results
    21 Enhanced Recovery After Surgery (ERAS and nutritional aspects
    22 Unresectable and metastatic cancer
    23 Recurrence: treatment or just palliation?
    24 Follow- up and quality of life
    25 Surgical anatomy of esophagus and esophagogastric junction
    26 Surgical technique: open procedures
    27 Surgical technique: minimally invasive procedures
    Subject Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Min Xue, Jinhua Leng, Felix Wong, editors.
    Summary: This book aims to provide updated facts and treatments for practicing gynecologists and postgraduate doctors to enhance their understanding of pathogenesis, pathology, symptoms and diagnostic imaging technology of adenomyosis, such as to select appropriate treatments, to improve the symptoms, fertility and the quality of life of women with adenomyosis. This book also particularly introduces the new treatment for adenomyosis using the non-invasive High Intensity Focused Ultrasound ablation treatment. Hopefully, it will provide a better understanding of its operation, effectiveness, and pregnancy outcome, to formulate a more successful treatment strategy for this disease.

    Contents:
    The Incidence and Clinical Impact of Adenomyosis
    The Pathogenesis of Adenomyosis
    The Pathology of Adenomyosis
    The Clinical Features and Diagnosis of Adenomyosis
    Adenomyosis and Pain
    Adenomyosis and Abnormal Uterine Bleeding
    Adenomyosis and Infertility
    Ultrasound Manifestation and Classification of Adenomyosis
    MRI Manifestation and Classification of Adenomyosis
    The Medical Treatment of Adenomyosis
    The Surgical Treatment for Adenomyosis
    Uterine Artery Embolization Treatment for Adenomyosis
    Principles and Protocols of HIFU Ablation
    HIFU Ablation
    The Therapeutic Result of HIFU Ablation for Adenomyosis
    Adjuvant Therapy of HIFU Ablation for Adenomyosis.-Pregnancy Outcomes after Myomectomy and HIFU Treatment
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by David Blum, Luísa V. Lopes.
    Contents:
    Adenosine receptor biology in the central nervous system / Michael Freissmuth and Karl-Norbert Klotz
    Adenosine signaling throughout development / Stefania Zappettini and Christophe Bernard
    Influence of adenosine on synaptic excitability / Detlev Boison, Raquel B. Dias, Traci Plumb, Sofia Cristóvão-Ferreira and Ana M. Sebastião
    Regulation of synaptic transmission by adenosine at the neuromuscular junction / Paula Pousinha and Joaquim A. Ribeiro
    Gene regulation of adenosine A₂a receptors in the central nervous system
    Sleep, adenosine, and neurodegeneration / Theresa E. Bjorness and Robert W. Greene
    National vs glial cell contribution to adenosine A₂a receptor-induced neurodegeneration / Antonella Ferrante, Maria T. Tebano, Alberto Martire, Maria R. Domenici and Patrizia Popoli
    Adenosine and oxygen/glucose deprivation in the brain / Felicita Pedata, Ilaria Dettori, Irene Fusco, Elisabetta Coppi, Anna M. Pugliese and Alessia Melani
    Adenosine receptors and memory disorders / Alexandre De Mendonca, David Blum and Jonathan D. Geiger
    Control of motor function by adenosine A₂a receptors in Parkinson's and Huntington's disease / Annalisa Pinna, Jadwiga Wardas, Maria R. Domenici, Patrizia Popoli, Giovanni Cossu and Micaela Morelli
    Adenosine receptors oligomers in Parkinson's disease / Víctor Fernández-Dueñas and Francisco Ciruela
    Adenosine control of striatal function / Sergi Ferré.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Berger, Stephen A.
    Summary: Adenovirus infection: Global Status is one in a series of GIDEON ebooks which explore all individual infectious diseases, drugs, vaccines, outbreaks, surveys and pathogens in every country of the world. Data are based on the GIDEON web application (www.gideononline.com) which relies on standard text books, peer-review journals, Health Ministry reports and ProMED, supplemented by an ongoing exhaustive search of the medical literature. The ebook includes: 1. Descriptive epidemiology 2. Clinical features 3. Distribution map 4. Images 5. Global status and status in every relevant country 6. References.

    Contents:
    ADENOVIRUS INFECTION: GLOBAL STATUS
    Copyright
    Introduction: The GIDEON e-book series
    Table of Contents
    Adenovirus infection
    Epidemiology
    Agent
    Reservoir
    Vector
    Vehicle
    Incubation Period
    Diagnostic Tests
    Typical Adult Therapy
    Typical Pediatric Therapy
    Vaccine
    Clinical Hints
    Synonyms
    Clinical
    References
    Distribution Map
    Images
    Afghanistan
    References
    Albania
    References
    Algeria
    References
    Angola
    References
    Argentina
    References
    Armenia
    References
    Australia
    References
    Austria
    References
    Azerbaijan
    Bahrain
    References
    Bangladesh
    References
    Belarus
    References
    Belgium
    References
    Brazil
    References
    Bulgaria
    References
    Burkina Faso
    References
    Cambodia
    References
    Cameroon
    References
    Canada
    References
    Central African Republic
    References
    Chad
    References
    Chile
    References
    China
    References
    Colombia
    References
    Congo
    References
    Croatia
    References
    Cuba
    References
    Cyprus
    References
    Denmark
    References
    Djibouti
    References
    Egypt
    References
    El Salvador
    References
    Estonia
    Finland
    References
    France
    References
    Gabon
    References
    Georgia
    References
    Germany
    References
    Ghana
    References
    Greece
    References
    Guadeloupe
    References
    Guam
    References
    Honduras
    References
    Hong Kong
    References
    Hungary
    References
    India
    References
    Indonesia
    References
    Iran
    References
    Ireland and Northern Ireland
    References
    Israel
    References
    Italy
    References
    Ivory Coast
    References
    Jamaica
    References
    Japan
    References
    Jordan
    References
    Kenya
    References
    Kuwait
    References
    Laos
    References
    Lebanon
    References
    Libya
    References
    Madagascar
    References
    Malawi
    References
    Malaysia
    References
    Mexico
    References
    Moldova
    Morocco
    References
    Mozambique
    References
    Myanmar
    References
    Nepal
    References
    New Caledonia
    References
    New Zealand
    References
    Nicaragua
    References
    Nigeria
    References
    Norway
    References
    Oman
    References
    Pakistan
    References
    Papua New Guinea
    References
    Peru
    References
    Poland
    References
    Portugal
    References
    Qatar
    References
    Romania
    References
    Rwanda
    References
    Saudi Arabia
    References
    Scotland
    References
    Senegal
    References
    Serbia and Montenegro
    References
    Singapore
    References
    Slovakia
    References
    South Africa
    References
    South Korea
    References
    Spain
    References
    Sudan and South Sudan
    References
    Sweden
    References
    Switzerland
    References
    Taiwan
    References
    Tanzania
    References
    Thailand
    References
    The Canary Islands
    References
    The Czech Republic
    References
    The Democratic Republic of Congo
    References
    The Netherlands
    References
    The Philippines
    References
    The Russian Federation
    References
    The U.S. Virgin Islands
    References
    The United Kingdom
    References
    The United States
    References
    The World
    References
    Trinidad and Tobago
    References
    Tunisia
    References
    Turkey
    References
    Uganda
    References
    Ukraine
    Venezuela
    References
    Vietnam
    References
    Zambia
    References
    Adenovirus vaccine
    Mechanism of Action
    Typical Adult Dosage
    Typical Pediatric Dosage
    Subsequent booster
    Toxic Effects for Adenovirus vaccine (0 listed)
    Contraindications for Adenovirus vaccine (5 listed)
    Trade names of Adenovirus vaccine (0 listed)
    About GIDEON
  • Digital
    Mark L. Wolraich, MD, FAAP, Joseph F. Hagan Jr, MD, FAAP.
    Summary: Parents will find the latest recommendations for the treatment and care of children with ADHD in the fully revised and updated edition of this award-winning guide.

    Contents:
    Please note
    A note on gender
    Introduction
    Chapter 1. What is ADHD?
    Chapter 2. Does my child have ADHD? Evaluation and diagnosis
    Chapter 3. What should we do? Treatment options
    Chapter 4. The role of medications
    Chapter 5. Managing ADHD at home
    Chapter 6. Parent training in behavior management: parenting techniques that work
    Chapter 7. Your child at school
    Chapter 8. Advocating for your child and others
    Chapter 9. When is it not just ADHD: identifying coexisting conditions
    Chapter 10. Complementary and alternative treatments for ADHD
    Chapter 11. ADHD in adolescence
    Chapter 12. A look at your child's future
    Index.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2019
  • Print
    George J. DuPaul, Thomas J. Power, Arthur D. Anastopoulos, Robert Reid.
    Summary: "Attention-deficit/hyperactivity sisorder (ADHD) is one of the most common behavior disorders of childhood. Mental health and school practitioners are frequently faced with the challenge of assessing children and adolescents who might have ADHD. The ADHD Rating Scale-5 is widely used by medical, mental health, and educational practitioners for a variety of activities including screening, diagnostic assessment, and evaluation of treatment outcome"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction to the ADHD rating scales
    Factor analysis
    Standardization and normative data
    Reliability and validity
    Interpretation and use of the scales for diagnostic and screening purposes
    Interpretation and use of the scales of evaluating treatment outcomes.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RJ506.H9 D848 2016
    1
  • Digital
    Scott A. Davis, editor.
    Contents:
    Part I. What is known about adherence behavior
    1. Impact of Non-Adherence in Dermatology
    2. Models of Adherence
    3. Impact of demographic and treatment-related factors
    4. Non-attendance, predictors and interventions
    Part II. Methods of measuring adherence
    5. Using Retrospective Databases to Study Adherence
    6. Measuring Adherence in Clinical Trials
    7. How providers can assess their patients' adherence in clinical settings
    Part III. Adherence in specific diseases
    8. Topical application and variability of the de facto applied dose: technical aspects
    9. Adherence in Acne
    10. Psoriasis and adherence to therapy: individual, treatment-related and general factors
    11. Adherence in atopic dermatitis
    12. Adherence in Other Dermatologic Conditions
    Part IV. Strategies to improve adherence
    13. Optimizing the Physician-Patient Relationship and Educating the Patient about Adherence
    14. Choosing the treatment the patient is most likely to use
    15. Dealing with forgetfulness
    16. Building Motivation and Self-Efficacy.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Emilio Sacchetti, Antonio Vita, Alberto Siracusano, Wolfgang Fleischhacker.
    Summary: Poor adherence to therapy is one of the main obstacles to treatment effectiveness in schizophrenia. It is the main determinant of relapse, hospitalization, symptom persistence, and poor psychosocial functioning and outcome. Adherence to treatment is affected by various factors related to the disease characteristics, to the patient him- or herself, to the treatment, and to the therapeutic relationship. Some of these factors are modifiable, and both pharmacological and non-pharmacological strategies have been developed for this purpose.This book addresses the different aspects of adherence to treatment in schizophrenia and related disorders in a systematic but easy-to-use manual format. Chapters focus on a full range of issues, including pharmacological and non-pharmacological strategies to enhance adherence and continuity of care, relevant psychological factors, the importance of the patient-doctor relationship, and the need for an alliance with other care-givers. Adherence to Antipsychotics in Schizophrenia will be an invaluable asset for all who are involved in the care of patients with schizophrenia.

    Contents:
    Poor adherence to antipsychotic medication in people with schizophrenia: diffusion, consequences, and contributing factors
    Pharmacological strategies to enhance adherence in schizophrenia
    Non-pharmacological strategies to enhance adherence and continuity of care in schizophrenia
    Psychological issues in improving adherence and alliance.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    Deborah Vitalis.
    Summary: The book documents the history of the prevention-of-mother-to child transmission of HIV (PMTCT) program in Guyana, as well as the impact of HIV on pregnant and postpartum women's adherence to antiretroviral therapy (ART). The book shows research work by reviewing the literature to investigate relevant adherence studies, presenting in-depth interviews on adherence perspectives of clinic patients and healthcare providers, and a cross-sectional descriptive study of pregnant women that investigated general adherence to pregnancy-related behaviours and ART, and the efficacy of a theoretical model (Health Belief Model) to understand and predict ART adherence within this group. Author discusses the factors affecting ART adherence among pregnant and postpartum women, since existing studies may not account for cultural and other local variations. The findings provide insight into the local situation, and will also inform policy and practice in Guyana, and the wider Caribbean Community (CARICOM).

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Introduction
    Chapter 2: HIV and AIDS in Guyana
    Chapter 3: Factors affecting antiretroviral therapy adherence among HIV-positive pregnant and postpartum women: an adapted systematic review
    Chapter 4: Characteristics of pregnant women in Guyana with and without HIV
    Chapter 5: Antiretroviral perspectives of pregnant and postpartum women in Guyana: barriers and facilitators
    Chapter 6: Adherence patterns to prenatal vitamins and pregnancy health behaviors
    Chapter 7: Predictors of ART adherence
    Chapter 8: Predicting adherence to antiretroviral therapy among pregnant women in Guyana: utility of the health belief model
    Chapter 9: Discussion and Key Implications.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Tobias Langenhan, Torsten Schöenberg, editors.
    Contents:
    Introduction: history of the adhesion GPCR field / J̲örg Hamann, Alexander G. Petrenko
    Molecular and pharmacological properties of adhesion GPCRs. Classification, nomenclature, and structural aspects of adhesion GPCRs / Arunkumar Krishnan, Saskia Nijmeijer, Chris de Graaf, Helgi B. Schi̲th
    7TM domain structure of adhesion GPCRs / Chris de Graaf, Saskia Nijmeijer, Steffen Wolf, Oliver P. Ernst
    Understanding the structural basis of adhesion GPCR functions / Demet Araç, Norbert Sträter, Elena Seiradake
    Control of adhesion GPCR function through proteolytic processing / Matthias Nieberler, Robert J. Kittel, Alexander G. Petrenko, Hsi-Hsien Lin [and others]
    Tethered agonism: a common activation mechanism of adhesion GPCRs / Ines Liebscher, Torsten Sch̲öneberg
    Versatile signaling activity of adhesion GPCRs / Ayush Kishore, Randy A. Hall
    Adhesion GPCR-related protein networks / Barbara Knapp, Uwe Wolfrum
    The relevance of genomic signatures at adhesion GPCR loci in humans / Peter Kovacs, Torsten Sch̲öneberg
    Adhesion GPCRs as pharmakotargets in organ function and development. Adhesion GPCRs as a putative class of metabotropic mechanosensors / Nicole Scholz, Kelly R. Monk, Robert J. Kittel, Tobias Langenhan
    Adhesion GPCRs govern polarity of epithelia and cell migration / David Strutt, Ralf Schnabel, Franziska Fiedler, Simone Pr̲mel
    Adhesion GPCRs as novel actors in neural and glial cell functions: from synaptogenesis to myelination / Séverine M. Sigoillot, Kelly R. Monk, Xianhua Piao, Fekrije Selimi, Breanne L. Harty
    Control of skeletal muscle cell growth and size through adhesion GPCRs / James P. White
    Adhesion GPCR function in pulmonary development and disease / Marie-Gabrielle Ludwig, Klaus Seuwen, James P. Bridges
    Adhesion GPCRs as modulators of immune cell function / J̲örg Hamann, Cheng-Chih Hsiao, Chang Sup Lee, Kodi S. Ravichandran, Hsi-Hsien Lin
    Heart development, angiogenesis, and blood-brain barrier function is modulated by adhesion GPCRs / Gentian Musa, Felix B. Engel, Colin Niaudet
    Adhesion GPCRs in tumorigenesis / Gabriela Aust, Dan Zhu, Erwin G. Van Meir, Lei Xu.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Raf Sciot, Clara Gerosa, Gavino Faa, editors.
    Summary: This book focuses on the subsets of soft tissue tumors that show adipocytic, vascular or skeletal muscle differentiation. It reviews the surgical pathologists approach to diagnosing soft tissue tumors guided by vital morphological and immunohistochemical data in the differential diagnosis of this family of tumors. Written by experts in the field, the text contains a concise yet comprehensive summary of the current status of the field that helps guide diagnosis and patient management, and stimulates investigative efforts. The book is filled with high-quality drawings of the salient histologic features of these various tumors, alongside photomicrographs and tips and tricks that help the relatively untrained or inexperienced eye to recognize the various structures or cell types that comprise each of these lesions. This innovative approach seeks to make recognition of these tumors easier. Adipocytic, Vascular and Skeletal Muscle Tumors serves as a valuable resource for pathologists, oncologists, surgeons, and researchers dealing with and interested in these complex and challenging tumors.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Contents
    Contributors
    Introduction
    1: Adipocytic Tumors
    Introduction
    Lipoma (Fig. 1.2)
    Lipomatosis of Nerve (Fig. 1.7)
    Angiolipoma (Fig. 1.10)
    Spindle Cell/Pleomorphic Lipoma (Fig. 1.13)
    Hemosiderotic Fibrolipomatous Tumor (HFLT) (Fig. 1.18)
    Lipoblastoma (Fig. 1.20)
    Angiomyolipoma (AML)
    Myelolipoma (Fig. 1.23)
    Hibernoma (Fig. 1.25)
    Chondroid Lipoma (Fig. 1.27)
    Liposarcoma
    ALT/WDLPS
    Dedifferentiated Liposarcoma (DDLPS)
    Myxoid/High-Grade Myxoid (Round Cell) Liposarcoma
    Pleomorphic Liposarcoma (PLPS) (Fig. 1.57) Tricks for a Better Diagnosis of Adipocytic Tumors
    Essential Bibliography
    2: Vascular Tumors
    Introduction
    Malformative Vascular Lesions
    Classical Vasoformative Tumors
    Capillary (Lobular) Hemangioma (Fig. 2.1)
    Congenital Hemangioma
    Infantile/Juvenile Hemangioma (Fig. 2.6)
    Cherry (Senile) Hemangioma (Fig. 2.8)
    Microvenular Hemangioma (Fig. 2.10)
    Cavernous Hemangioma (Fig. 2.13)
    Arteriovenous Hemangioma (Fig. 2.17)
    Intramuscular Hemangioma (Fig. 2.19)
    Angiomatosis
    Lymphangioma
    Lymphangioma Circumscriptum
    Cavernous Lymphangioma Benign Lymphangioendothelioma
    Lymphangiomatosis
    Littoral Cell Angioma (LCA)
    Angiosarcoma (Fig. 2.24)
    Reactive Vascular Lesions
    Papillary Endothelial Hyperplasia (PEH) (Fig. 2.26)
    Bacillary Angiomatosis (Fig. 2.28)
    Reactive Angioendotheliomatosis (Fig. 2.30)
    Glomeruloid Hemangioma (GH) (Fig. 2.32)
    Vascular Tumors with Hobnail Endothelium
    Hobnail Hemangioma (HH)
    Papillary Intralymphatic Angioendothelioma (PILA) (Dabska Tumor) (Fig. 2.35)
    Acquired Elastotic Hemangioma (Fig. 2.37)
    Retiform Hemangioendothelioma (RH) (Fig. 2.39) Composite Hemangioendothelioma (CH)
    Post-irradiation Atypical Vascular Lesions (AVL) (Fig. 2.41)
    Vascular Tumors with Spindle Cell Phenotype
    Spindle Cell Hemangioma (SCH) (Fig. 2.44)
    Kaposi Sarcoma (KS) (Fig. 2.46)
    Kaposiform Hemangioendothelioma (Fig. 2.51)
    Spindle Cell Angiosarcoma
    Vascular Tumors with Epithelioid Phenotype
    Epithelioid Hemangioma (EH)
    Epithelioid Angiomatous Nodule (EAN) (Fig. 2.55)
    Pseudomyogenic Hemangioendothelioma (PHE) (Fig. 2.57)
    Epithelioid Hemangioendothelioma (EHE) (Fig. 2.59)
    Epithelioid Angiosarcoma (EAS) (Fig. 2.61) Tricks for a Correct Diagnosis of Vascular Tumors
    Essential Bibliography
    3: Skeletal Muscle Tumors
    Introduction
    Rhabdomyoma
    Adult-Type Rhabdomyoma (Fig. 3.1)
    Fetal (Juvenile) Rhabdomyoma (Fig. 3.3)
    Genital Rhabdomyoma (Fig. 3.5)
    Embryonal Rhabdomyosarcoma (Fig. 3.7)
    Alveolar Rhabdomyosarcoma (Fig. 3.9)
    Pleomorphic Rhabdomyosarcoma (Fig. 3.11)
    Spindle Cell/Sclerosing Rhabdomyosarcoma (Fig. 3.13)
    Malignant Ectomesenchymoma (MEM)
    Potential New Entities
    Tricks for a Correct Diagnosis of Skeletal Muscle Tumors
    Essential References
    Index
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Ofer Reizes, Nathan A. Berger.
    Summary: Adipocytokines provide the circuitry by which adipose tissue communicates among its component cells which include adipocytes, stromal cells, immune cells and vascular elements, with adipose tissue depots in other locations throughout the body and with other tissues in order to regulate physiologic processes of energy intake, utilization, and distribution. Since disturbances, both qualitative and quantitative, in adipocytokine function contribute significantly to many of the comorbidities associated with obesity, including diabetes, cardiovascular disease and cancer, this volume, which discusses most of the major adipocytokines independently and collectively and their roles in normal and pathologic processes, should be useful to all individuals seeking a deeper understanding of these processes. Moreover, it provides a valuable complement to the series on Energy Balance and Cancer, in which each volume is focused on a specific aspect of this process, which now constitutes an expanding problem as the obesity pandemic continues and more of the population reaches the age where cancer is most prevalent. This volume should provide a valuable resource to all clinicians and scientists engaged in caring for susceptible patients and in exploring the relation between energy balance and cancer as well as an important platform to providing the background for research development.

    Contents:
    Preface
    1. Adipocytes, Adipocytokines, and Cancer
    2. Adiponectin, Obesity, and Cancer
    3. Leptin in Cancer; Epidemiology and Mechanisms
    4. Leptin Signaling Pathways as Therapeutic Targets in Cancer
    5. Retinol Binding Protein 4: Role in Diabetes and Cancer
    6. Visfatin, Obesity, and Cancer
    7. Apelin and Cancer
    8. Novel Adipocytokines: Monocyte Chemotactic Protein-1, Plasminogen Activator Inhibitor-1, Chemerin
    9. Resistin, Obesity, and Cancer
    10. CRP Role in Cancer
    11. GI Peptides, Energy Balance and Cancer
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Giamila Fantuzzi, Theodore Mazzone, editors.
    Summary: The field of adipose tissue biology has been expanding at a very rapid pace in the last few years. Numerous advances have been made since publication of the first edition of this book, in terms of basic adipocyte biology, understanding of the determinants of obesity, distribution of body fat and weight loss, as well as the mechanisms linking excess adiposity to various co-morbidities. Adipose Tissue and Adipokines in Health and Disease, Second Edition contains updated chapters from the previous volume but as the field has evolved, some areas covered in the first edition have been refocused to address the new knowledge. The volume is divided in four sections: the first two deal with basic adipose tissue and adipokine biology, while the last two address the problem of obesity and alterations in adipose tissue function from an epidemiological and clinical standpoint. The chapters are written by experts in their fields and include the most up to date scientific information. Adipose Tissue and Adipokines in Health and Disease, Second Edition is a useful resource for physicians interested in adipose tissue biology and basic scientists who want to know more about applied aspects of the field. The book targets endocrinologists, residents and fellows, internists, nutritionists and general practitioners who are exposed to an ever-expanding obese population.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Alan Talevi, Pablo A.M. Quiroga, editors.
    Summary: Absorption, Distribution, Metabolism and Excretion (ADME) processes and their relationship with the design of dosage forms and the success of pharmacotherapy form the basis of this upper level undergraduate/graduate textbook. As an introduction oriented to pharmacy students, it is also written for scientist from different fields outside of pharmaceutics. (e.g. material scientist, material engineers, medicinal chemists) who might be working in a positions in pharmaceutical companies or whose work might benefit from basic training in the ADME concepts and some biological background. Pedagogical features such as objectives, keywords, discussion questions, summaries and case studies add valuable teaching tools. This book will provide not only general knowledge on ADME processes but also an updated insight on some hot topics such as drug transporters, multi-drug resistance related to pharmacokinetic phenomena, last generation pharmaceutical carriers (nanopharmaceuticals), in vitro and in vivo bioequivalence studies, biopharmaceuticals, pharmacogenomics, drug-drug and food-drug interactions, and in silico and in vitro prediction of ADME properties. In comparison with other similar textbooks, around half of the volume would be focused on the relationship between expanding scientific fields and ADME processes. Each of these burgeoning fields has a separate chapter in the second part of the volume, and was written with leading experts on the correspondent topic, including scientists and academics from USA and UK (Duquesne University School of Pharmacy, Indiana University School of Medicine, University of Utah College of Pharmacy, University of Maryland, University of Bath). Additionally, each of the initial chapters dealing with the generalities of drug absorption, distribution, metabolism and excretion would include relevant, classic examples related to each topic with appropriate illustrations (e.g. importance of active absorption of levodopa, implications in levodopa administration, drug drug interactions and food drug interactions emerging from the active uptake; intoxication with paracetamol as a result of glutathione depletion, CYP induction and its relationship with acute liver failure caused by paracetamol, etc). ADME Processes and Pharmaceutical Sciences is written as a core textbook for ADME processes, pharmacy, pharmacokinetics, drug delivery, biopharmaceutics, drug disposition, drug design and medicinal chemistry courses.

    Contents:
    Part 1 The Basics of ADME Processes
    Introduction ADME Processes and Their Relationship with Pharmaceutical Practice
    Drug Release
    Drug Adsorption
    Drug Excretion.-Routes of Administration
    Part 2 The Importance of ADME Properties in Burgeoning Pharmaceutical Topics
    Nanotechnology and Drug Delivery
    Pharmacogenomics and Indiviualized Therapy
    Bioavailability and Bioequivalence Studies
    The Absorption and Distribution of Biopharmaceuticals/Biological Medical Products
    Drug-Drug and Food-Drug Interactions of Pharmacokinetic Nature
    In silico and In vitro ADME prediction
    Drug Transporters and Multi-drug Resistance.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Henry Marsh.
    Summary: Traces the author's post-retirement work as a surgeon and teacher in such remote areas as Nepal and Ukraine, illuminating the challenges of working in difficult regions and finding purposeful work after a career.

    Contents:
    The lock-keeper's cottage
    London
    Nepal
    America
    Awake craniotomy
    The mind-brain problem
    An elephant ride
    Lawyers
    Making things
    Broken windows
    Memory
    Ukraine
    Sorry
    The red squirrel
    Neither the sun nor death.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD592.9.M37 A3 2017
    1
  • Digital
    Janet E. McDonagh, Rachel S. Tattersall, editors.
    Summary: This concise guide takes a practical approach to adolescent and young adult (AYA) rheumatology, aiming to cover the needs of any healthcare professional dealing with young people aged 10-24 years. Each chapter contains key management points for readers to readily access disease-specific management as well as highlighting specific AYA issues which differ from pediatric and adult practice. The coverage is comprehensive but concise and designed to act as a primary reference tool for subjects across the field of rheumatology. The book is designed for pediatric/adult rheumatologists, primary care physicians, nurses, allied health professionals and other professionals to understand each topic covered and to take a practical approach to to delivering developmentally appropriate rheumatology health care.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Lyle J. Micheli, Laura Purcell, editors.
    Summary: This reader-friendly book takes a practical approach to caring for the adolescent athlete. Logically organized by joint, experts in sports medicine address both chronic and acute injuries in addition to congenital conditions.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Susan H. Godley, Jan Ellen Smith, Robert J. Meyers, Mark D. Godley ; foreward by Wiliam R. Miller
    Summary: "The Adolescent Community Reinforcement Approach (A-CRA) is an evidence-based, developmentally-appropriate behavioral treatment for youth and young adults ages 12 to 25 years old with substance use disorders and related problems. Listed in several state and federal registries, including the National Registry of Evidence-Based Programs and Practices, A-CRA clinicians help youth and parents increase the family, social, and educational/vocational reinforcers to support recovery. Written by Drs. Susan H. Godley, Jane Ellen Smith, Robert J. Meyers, and Mark D. Godley, the principal researchers and experts in A-CRA, The Community Reinforcement Approach: A Clinical Guide for Treating Substance Use Disorders provides behavioral and mental health professionals with the detailed guidance needed to implement this evidence-based treatment"--Page [4] of cover.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    HV4999.Y68 G64 2016
    1
  • Digital
    guest editors, Paritosh Kaul, Maria Trent, Krishna K. Upadhya.
    Summary: AMSTARs: Adolescent Contraception: Basics and Beyond highlights the fundamental aspects of contraception with an overview of contraceptive methods and epidemiology, provides up-to-date guidance on medical eligibility criteria, and reviews critical policy advances supporting contraceptive access.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2019
  • Digital
    edited by David A. Wolfe, Jeff R. Temple.
    Summary: Adolescent Dating Violence: Theory, Research, and Prevention summarizes the course, risk/protective factors, consequences and treatment/prevention of adolescent dating violence. Dating violence is defined as physical, sexual, psychological, and cyber behavior meant to cause emotional, physical, or social harm to a current or former intimate partner. The book discusses research design and measurement in the field, focuses on the recent influx of longitudinal studies, and examines prevention and intervention initiatives. Divided into five sections, the book begins by reviewing theory on and consequences of dating violence. Section II discusses risk factors and protective factors such as peer influences, substance use, and past exposure to violence in the family of origin. Section III discusses how social and cultural factors can influence teen dating violence, addressing the prevalence of dating violence among different ethnicities and among LGBTQ teens, and the influence of social media. Section IV discusses recent research priorities including gender inequality, measurement, psychological abuse, and the dual nature of dating violence during adolescence. Section V reviews evidence-based practice for treatment and prevention across various age groups and settings.

    Contents:
    Section I. Theory and consequences
    Section II. Risk and protective factors
    Section III. Social and cultural influences
    Section IV. Research priorities
    Section V. Treatment and prevention.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Hina J. Talib, editor.
    Summary: "This book offers a comprehensive and clinically relevant survey of adolescent gynecology. Adolescent Gynecology: A Clinical Casebook addresses the many intersecting considerations of gynecologic and reproductive health care for this population using a concise, case-based format. Organized in four sections, the first introduces chapters on adolescent confidentiality, puberty, and well care. Section II covers varied menstrual disorders, while Section III highlights issues in reproductive health care including sexually transmitted infection and adolescent pregnancy. Finally, Section IV addresses special populations of adolescents, including chapters on girls who have sex with girls, girls who are victims of abuse and girls with special health care needs and chronic health conditions. In each section common gynecologic health issues are discussed in the context of these clinical cases, provide the knowledge needed to further improve comprehensive care of adolescent patients.Adolescent Gynecology: A Clinical Casebook is a unique resource that delivers essential clinical information for Adolescent Medicine and Pediatric and Adolescent Gynecology fellowship trainees, as well as for medical students, resident trainees, and primary care practitioners who are the front-line caregivers for adolescent girls"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    SECTION 1. General and Developmental Approach to Adolescents
    1. Case of a Girl with a Secret
    2. Case of a Girl Due for HPV Immunization
    3. Case of a Girl with Delayed Puberty and Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    4. Case of a Girl with Vulvar Swelling
    5. Case of a Girl with an Ovarian Cyst and Abdominal Pain
    SECTION 2. Menstrual Disorders
    6. Case of a Girl with Irregular Periods, Acne and Hirsutism
    7. Case of a Girl with Painful Periods, Pain with Bowel Movements and Dyspareunia
    8. Case of a girl with heavy, prolonged periods and anemia
    9. Case of a girl with irritability and mood swings with her periods
    10. Case of a girl with secondary amenorrhea and an eating disorder
    11. Case of a Girl with Primary Amenorrhea, Cyclic Pelvic Pain, and Absent Vagina
    12. Case of a Girl with Primary Amenorrhea, Delayed Puberty and High Gonadotropin levels
    SECTION 3. Sexually Active Adolescents
    13. Case of a Girl with Vaginal Discharge Who Has Sex with Boys
    14. Case of a Girl with Vaginal Discharge Who Has Sex with Girls
    15. Case of a Girl with Lower Abdominal Pain
    16. Case of a Girl with Vulvar Ulcers
    17. Case of a Girl with a Positive Pregnancy Test
    18. Case of a Girl Seeking Birth Control
    19. Case of a Girl with Condom Failure
    20. Case of a Girl with Obesity Seeking Birth Control
    21. Case of a Girl on Psychotropic Medications Seeking Birth Control
    SECTION 4. Special Populations of Adolescents
    22. Case of a Sexually Active Girl with Immune Compromise on Teratogenic Medications
    23. Case of a Girl Seeking Fertility Counseling
    24. Case of Girl with Special Needs Seeking Menstrual Management
    25. Case of a Girl with Chronic Abdominal Pain, Frequent Emergency Room Visits and Opioid Abuse.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access Google Books 1991
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RA564.5 .A238 1991
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access Google Books 1991
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RA564.5 .A239 1991
    1
  • Digital
    Alessandro Pingitore, Francesca Mastorci, Cristina Vassalle, editors.
    Summary: This book presents a detailed and updated review of the widespread changes that take place during adolescence, adopting a preventive perspective that reflects physical, social, cognitive, and emotional changes. It addresses a broad range of aspects, including: the preventive programs and their systemic effects; the role of environment in influencing the healthy behaviors of adolescents and young adults; the use of e-Health technology in health and behavioral interventions for adolescents; and the clinical and prognostic implications of primordial prevention in healthy adolescents. All of these elements are subsequently reviewed using a multidimensional approach, in order to offer extensive information on the complex changes that characterize adolescents' physiological, psychological, and neurobiological development. In addition, the book depicts the preventive strategies currently used in various social settings (school, family, sport club, health policies) aimed not only at reducing lifestyle risk behaviors, but also at improving resilience, happiness, social involvement, self-esteem, and sociability. This update is essential in the light of the fact that, to date, prevention has mainly been directed towards adolescents with physical or mental disorders rather than their healthy peers. As such, the book offers a valuable tool for pediatricians, child and adolescents psychiatrists, and for all professionals involved in Health Promotion and Disease Prevention.

    Contents:
    Part I: Primordial prevention: General Aspects
    1. Preventive strategies: past, present and future
    2. Fetal Programming of Adult Disease in a Translational Point of View
    3. Physical activity and wellbeing
    4. Dietary habit and quality
    5. Biochemical markers in primordial prevention: premises and promises
    Part II: Adolescents' mental health and well-being
    6. Perinatal influences on neurodevelopment: The role of epigenetics
    7. The role of environmental enrichment on neurodevelopment
    8. Relationship between emotions, sleep and wellbeing
    9. Empowering adolescents with life skills education
    Part III: Adolescence and the Social Determinants of Health
    10. Family and Community
    11. School
    12. Peers
    Part IV: The digital era in adolescent's health and well-being
    13. Adolescence between past and future
    14. e-Health strategies
    15. Experiences and perspectives of the game in health programs: controversial issues
    16. New perspectives for multidisciplinary and integrated strategies of adolescent health and wellbeing.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Pamela A. Foelsch, Susanne Schlüter-Müller, Anna E. Odom, Helen T. Arena, Andrés Borzutzky H., Klaus Schmeck.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Description of the Disorder
    3. Theoretical Models and Rationale
    4. Diagnosis and Treatment Indications
    5. Treatment
    6. Adolescent Identity Treatment (AIT) Case Illustration
    7. Efficacy
    8. Training and Supervision.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Yolanda N. Evans, Alicia Dixon Docter, editors.
    Summary: Adolescents have unique nutritional needs when compared to young children and adults. As youth go through physical, cognitive, and behavioral development, nutrition needs are dynamic and changing. If these needs go undetected and remain unaddressed, the results can derail physical and social maturation and include life-long effects on health. This comprehensive text offers a multidisciplinary perspective on aspects of adolescent nutrition. Using clinical cases, it covers relevant topics related to adolescent health including normal development, chronic health conditions, and complex biopsychosocial dynamics, among others. The first section of the text contains an overview of adolescent nutrition that is further broken down into more specific topics such as developmental nutrition needs, needs of active youth and athletes and media influences on body image. The next section focuses on health disparities such as culturally appropriate care, health equity, international considerations and food insecurity. The following section specifically addresses eating disorders ranging from anorexia and bulimia to binge eating. Finally, the last section covers additional health considerations such as polycystic ovarian syndrome, teen pregnancy, substance use and gender non-conforming youth. Written by experts in the field, this book is a helpful resource for primary care medical providers, registered dietitians, adolescent medicine specialists as well as advanced practice nurses, physician assistants and athletic trainers.

    Contents:
    Part I General Adolescent Nutrition
    1. General Adolescent Development
    2. Confidentiality
    3. Communication and Adolescents
    4. Developmental Nutrition
    5. Wellness and Excessive Weight Gain
    6. Ensuring Nutritional Adequacy in the Adolescent and Young Adult Athlete
    7. Media Influences on Body Image & Eating Behaviors in Adolescents
    Part II Caring for Diverse Populations
    8. Supporting & Promoting Adolescent Nutritional Health Equity
    9. Food Insecurity Among Adolescents and Emerging Adults
    10. Culturally Appropriate Care
    11. International Considerations
    12. Health at Every Size®
    13. Juvenile Justice
    Part III Disordered Eating
    14. Anorexia Nervosa
    15. Bulimia Nervosa
    16. Avoidant/Restrictive Food Intake Disorder (ARFID).-17. Binge Eating Disorder in Adolescents and Emerging Adults
    18. Otherwise Specified and Unspecified Feeding or Eating Disorders
    19. Co-occurring Eating Disorders and Type 1 Diabetes Mellitus
    20. Co-Occurring Eating Disorders and Orthorexia Nervosa
    Part IV Additional Health Considerations
    21. Polycystic Ovarian Syndrome (PCOS)
    22. Type 1 Diabetes Mellitus
    23. Type II Diabetes Mellitus
    24. Nutrition in Adolescent Pregnancy
    25. Adolescent Substance Use
    26. Nurturing Healthy Transitions: Nutrition, Exercise, and Body Image for Transgender and Gender Diverse Youth.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Laurel L. Williams, Owen Muir, editors.
    Summary: This volume presents a comprehensive and practical approach to the treatment of suicide and NSSI for adolescents utilizing a mentalizing framework. The beginning of the text provides up-to-date information on the theory of a mentalizing therapy in order to ground the readers in the neuroscientific underpinnings of a mentalizing approach. Next chapters provide information on the fundamental building blocks of a mentalizing therapy at the individual and family level. These chapters provide step-by-step approaches in order to provide examples of the techniques involved in mentalizing treatment that can be employed to address suicidality and NSSI. The next chapter builds on these concepts as the reader learns about mentalizing failures involved in common co-morbidities in adolescents who are experiencing suicidality and/or employing NSSI. The next several chapters cover practical issues related to working within this patient population including the key concept of social systems and connections for both providers and adolescents, the ability of mentalizing theory and therapy to integrate with other effective therapies, how to approach sessions after a suicide attempt, resiliency for patient, family and the provider, along with important self-care for a therapist if a patient commits suicide. The final chapter brings all of the aforementioned elements together in order for the reader to conceptualize employing a mentalizing approach to adolescents and their families when suicide and NSSI concerns are a predominate focus of care. Illustrations of specific therapeutic approaches and a list of resources and guidelines where available are also included. Adolescent Suicide and Self-Injury is an excellent resource for all clinicians working with youths at risk for suicide and/or self-injury, including psychiatrists, psychologists, pediatricians, family medicine physicians, emergency medicine specialists, social workers, and all others.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    Contributors
    1: What Is Mentalizing?
    Introduction
    Brief History
    The Four Dimensions
    Whose Mental State? Self Versus Other
    What Kind of Mental State? Affective Versus Cognitive
    What Kind of Cues Are Used? Internal Versus External
    How Does the Awareness Come About? Automatic Versus Controlled
    The Development of Typical Mentalizing
    The Normative Timeline
    The Importance of Parenting and Attachment
    The Development of Atypical Mentalizing
    The Alien Self
    Pre-mentalizing Modes: The Target of Treatment
    Conclusion
    References 2: Core Mentalizing Techniques
    Introduction
    The Mentalizing Stance
    "Not Knowing"
    Holding the Balance
    Disengaging from Non-mentalizing
    Highlighting and Promoting Mentalizing
    Psychic Equivalence
    Teleological Mode
    Pretend Mode
    Notice and Name: The Mentalizing Loop
    Conclusion
    Suggested Reading
    3: Mentalizing in Family Work
    Introduction
    Case Introduction
    Initial Family Mentalizing Assessment and Formulation
    Example Formulation
    Promoting the Mentalizing Stance in Therapy
    Holding the Balance: Curiosity Holding the Balance: Slowing Down/Emotion Regulation
    Holding the Balance: The Affect Focus
    Holding the Balance: The "Here and Now" Focus
    Holding the Balance: Perspective-Taking
    Highlighting Good or Improved Mentalizing: Humility
    Highlighting Good or Improved Mentalizing: Humor
    Highlighting Good or Improved Mentalizing: Impact Awareness
    Highlighting Good or Improved Mentalizing: Forgiveness
    Disengaging from Non-mentalizing: Psychic Equivalence
    Disengaging from Non-mentalizing: Pretend Mode
    Disengaging from Non-mentalizing: Teleological Mode
    The Mentalizing Loop Psychic Equivalence: "Open Door?"
    Pretend Mode: The "Ferris Wheel"
    Teleological Mode: "Lecture Voice"
    Conclusion
    References
    4: Mentalization-Based Treatment Activities, Games, and Intersession Activities
    Introduction
    Introducing the Other (Introduction, a Challenge for Pretend Mode)
    The Pause Button (a Challenge for Psychic Equivalence or Teleological Mode)
    Inverted Roles Activity (All Three Mentalizing Failures)
    The "Feeling and Doing" Activity (Pretend Mode)
    Family Modeling (Pretend Mode, General Lack of Knowledge)
    The Mind [or Brain] Scan (Pretend Mode General Lack of Mentalizing)
    Safety, Timing, and Communicating About Games/Activities
    Modeling the Mentalizing Stance, Playfulness, Humility, and Use of Humor
    Troubleshooting Avoidance of Games
    Conclusion
    References
    5: Suicidality in Context
    Introduction
    Childhood Trauma
    Maltreatment Disrupts Mentalizing, Attachment, and Trust
    How Can Therapists Work Productively with Youth Who Have Suffered Maltreatment?
    Bullying
    Personality Factors
    Borderline Personality Disorder
    Narcissism
    Antisocial Personality Disorder
    Internalizing Disorders
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Christopher Woodhouse.
    Contents:
    Adolescent and transitional urology : an introduction
    Anatomical and cystic anomalies
    Stones
    Prune-belly syndrome
    Renal function in adolescents
    Structural anomalies and reconstruction of the ureter
    Vesico-ureteric reflux
    The neuropathic bladder and spina bifida
    Lower urinary tract replacement and reconstruction
    Urinary diversion and undiversion
    Other bladder conditions
    Exstrophy and epispadias
    Cloacal exstrophy
    Posterior urethral valves
    Hypospadias
    Scrotal abnormalities
    The overvirilized female
    The undervirilized male
    Adolescent sexuality and counseling
    Neoplastic disease : outcomes in survivors.
    Digital Access Wiley 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Nicholas W. Gelbar.
    Summary: "Adolescence is a challenging stage for all individuals, especially for those with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Individuals with ASD face increased social isolation and engage in more challenging behaviors during adolescence. They also experience increased mental health challenges including anxiety and depression, and they are among the least likely of any disability group to attend college, be competitively employed, or live independently. At the same time, adolescents with ASD face a major shift in available services and support as they exit the K-12 educational system. The need to present what is known about this group in order to inform clinicians, researchers, and educators cannot be understated. Adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorder synthesizes current science on adolescents and young adults with ASD in order to inform mental health practitioners and education professionals who work directly with these individuals. While early childhood interventions for ASD have been extensively developed and tested, research on adolescents and young adults with ASD has lagged behind until recently. This comprehensive handbook can be utilized to train students and professionals in applied mental health roles. The handbook includes three sections: Part I reviews diagnosis and treatment of adolescents with ASD; Part II details how to support their educational needs; and Part III discusses special populations including college students and young women. Chapters highlight recommendations for clinicians and include study questions and additional resources."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Part I. Diagnosis and Treatment of Adolescents with ASD
    Chapter 1: The Challenge of Entering Adulthood for Individuals with ASD
    Nicholas W. Gelbar and Daniel T. Volk
    Chapter 2: Efficacious Treatments for Common Psychiatric Challenges in Adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorder
    Lisa A. Nowinski, Alyssa Milot, Alanna Gold, and Christopher J. McDougle
    Chapter 3: Executive functions in adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorder
    Yael Dai and Inge-Marie Eigsti
    Chapter 4: Anxiety in Adolescents and Adults with ASD
    Micah O. Mazurek
    Chapter 5: Cognitive Behavioral Approaches for Treating Adolescents with ASD
    Caitlin M. Conner, Lindsey DeVries, and Judy Reaven
    Part II. Supporting Educational Needs of Adolescents with ASD
    Chapter 6: Self-Determination and the Transition to Adulthood for Youth and Young Adults with an Autism Spectrum Disorder
    Michael L. Wehmeyer and Karrie A. Shogren
    Chapter 7: Supporting Strong Transitions for Adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorder
    Erik W. Carter
    Chapter 8: Employment Training for Young Adults with Autism Spectrum Disorder
    David W. Test, Debra G. Holzberg, Kelly Clark, Misty Terrell, and Dana E. Rusher
    Chapter 9: Teaching Skills to Adolescents Using Applied Behavior Analysis
    John Molteni
    Chapter 10: Managing Challenging Behavior in Adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorder
    Maya Matheis, Jasper A. Estabillo, and Johnny L. Matson
    Part III. Special Populations of Adolescents with ASD
    Chapter 11: Supporting College Students with Autism Spectrum Disorder
    Nicholas W. Gelbar
    Chapter 12: Young Women on the Autism Spectrum
    Meng-Chuan Lai, Stephanie H. Ameis, and Peter Szatmari
    Chapter 13: Conclusion
    Nicholas W. Gelbar.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    William F. Young, Irina Bancos.
    Summary: Adrenal disorders are often difficult to diagnose due to common symptoms, and challenging to treat due to common comorbidities. Adrenal Disorders: 100 Cases from the Adrenal Clinic provides a comprehensive, case-based approach to the evaluation and treatment of both common and uncommon adrenal disorders, offering practical, real-world guidance highlighted by detailed laboratory evaluations, computed cross sectional images, nuclear medicine images, and gross pathology photographs. Features 100 two-page cases covering a wide range of common and uncommon adrenal disorders. Includes case report, investigations, treatment, and outcome for each case, plus a case overview with expert advice, take-home points, and references. Organizes comprehensive content by type of disorder, including adrenal masses (benign and malignant), primary aldosteronism, ACTH-independent Cushing syndrome, ACTH-dependent Cushing syndrome, adrenal carcinoma, pheochromocytoma, adrenal and ovarian hyperandrogenism, and adrenal disorders in pregnancy. Enhanced eBook version included with purchase. Your enhanced eBook allows you to access all of the text, figures, and references from the book on a variety of devices-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Print
    contributors, N.-E. Andén ... [et al.] ; editor, L. Szekeres.
  • Digital
    J.J. Sandra Kooij.
    Summary: This updated volume provides a clinical based overview of the assessment and treatment of ADHD in adults by a clinical researcher with extensive experience. Its practical focus allows each chapter to answer common questions encountered within clinical practice. Differential diagnosis of ADHD is also discussed in relation to comorbidity with bipolar disorder, borderline personality disorder, chronic fatigue syndrome, and chronic delayed sleep phase. Adult ADHD: Diagnostic Assessment and Treatment, fourth edition aims to help readers identify ADHD effectively and put in place suitable treatments. The book is relevant for psychiatrists, neurologists, and healthcare professionals involved in the diagnosis and treatment of adult ADHD.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Diagnostic Assessment
    3. Diagnostic Instruments
    4. Treatment
    5. Treatment: Coaching Adults with ADHD
    6. Setup and Organization of a Specialist Department.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Jason P. Gilleran, Seth A. Alpert, editors.
    Summary: "This text reviews the anatomy and physiology of neuromodulation for treatment of various pathology of the human body, with specific emphasis on sacral neuromodulation for bladder and bowel dysfunction in the adult and pediatric populations. In addition to historical overview of the various methods of neuromodulation, present day applications will be discussed as well as possible future directions for use. Adult and Pediatric Neuromodulation will be of great value to medical professionals who are interested in the use of neuromodulation as a possible therapy option for their patients, particularly when other traditional or medical management options have failed. Each chapter is written by experts in the topic of various modalities of neuromodulation."-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    [edited by] Michael Valente, L. Maureen Valente.
    Contents:
    Hearing disorders
    Diagnostic examination auditory function
    Diagnostic examination vestibular function
    Amplification : hearing devices
    Cochlear implants
    Hearing assistive technology
    Tinnitus management
    Other rehabilitative strategies.
  • Print
    [edited by] Michael Valente, L. Maureen Valente.
    Contents:
    Hearing disorders
    Diagnostic examination : auditory function
    Diagnostic examination : vestibular function
    Amplification : hearing devices
    Cochlear implants
    Hearing assistive technology
    Tinnitus and misophonia management.
  • Print
    Contents:
    Introduction : certification examination and tips for preparation
    Part I. Practice questions and answers with rationales. Cardiovascular questions ; Respiratory questions ; Endocrine, hematologic, gastrointestinal, renal, and integumentary questions ; Musculoskeletal, neurological, and psychosocial questions ; Multisystem questions ; Professional caring and ethical practice questions
    Part II. Practice test and answers with rationales. Practice test ; Answers with rationales.
    Digital Access R2Library [2022]
  • Print
    Contents:
    Cover
    Title
    Copyright
    Contents
    Preface
    Pass Guarantee
    Chapter 1: General Examination Information
    Overview
    CCRN Certification Requirements
    About the Examination
    How to Apply
    How to Recertify
    AACN Contact Information
    Resources
    Chapter 2: Cardiovascular System
    Acute Coronary Syndrome
    Overview
    Signs and Symptoms
    Diagnosis
    Labs
    Diagnostic Testing
    Treatment
    Nursing Interventions
    Patient Education
    Aortic Complications
    Overview
    Signs and Symptoms
    Diagnosis
    Labs
    Diagnostic Testing
    Treatment
    Digital Access R2Library [2024]
  • Digital
    editors, David J. Sugarbaker, Raphael Bueno, Yolonda L. Colson, Michael T. Jaklitsch, Mark J. Krasna, Steven J. Mentzer with Marcia Williams, Ann Adams.
    Digital Access AccessSurgery 2015
  • Digital
    Eric L. Chang, Paul D. Brown, Simon S. Lo, Arjun Sahgal, John H. Suh, editors.
    Summary: This book elucidates the radiation therapy protocols and procedures for the management of adult patients presenting with primary benign and malignant central nervous system tumors. With the development of new treatment strategies and rapid advancement of radiation technology, it is crucial for radiation oncologists to maintain and refine their knowledge and skills. Dedicated exclusively to adult CNS radiation oncology, this textbook explores CNS tumors ranging from the common to the esoteric as well as secondary cancers of metastatic origin. The first half of the book is organized anatomically: tumors of the brain, spinal cord, leptomeninges, optic pathway, ocular choroid, and skull base. The second half covers primary CNS lymphoma, rare CNS tumors, metastatic brain disease, vascular conditions of the CNS, radiation-associated complications, and radiation modalities. Each chapter provides guidance on treatment field design, target delineation, and normal critical structure tolerance constraints in the context of the disease being treated. Learning objectives, case studies, and Maintenance of Certification Self-Assessment Continuing Medical Education-style questions and answers are incorporated throughout the book. This is an ideal guide for radiation oncologists, residents, and fellows, but medical students may also find value in the text.

    Contents:
    Meningioma
    Pituitary Adenoma: Overview and Treatment Approaches
    Craniopharyngioma
    Vestibular Schwannoma
    Low Grade Glioma
    High Grade Gliomas
    Schwannomas and Neurofibromas
    Spinal Meningioma
    Astrocytic Tumors of Spinal Cord
    Spinal Cord Ependymoma
    Metastatic Epidural Spinal Cord Compression: Conventional Radiotherapy
    Vertebral Body Metastasis
    Evaluation and Workup of Leptomeningeal Disease
    Palliative Radiation Therapy for Leptomeningeal Disease
    Optic Pathway Gliomas
    Optic Nerve Sheath Meningioma
    Uveal Melanoma
    Skull Base Tumors
    Combined Modality Therapy for Primary Central Nervous System Lymphoma
    Choroid Plexus Tumors
    Hemangiopericytoma
    Stereotactic Radiosurgery for Hemangioblastomas
    NF2 Related Tumors and Malignant Peripheral Nerve Sheath Tumors
    Germ Cell Tumors
    Pineal Region Tumors
    Glomus Tumors
    Adult Medulloblastoma
    Intracranial Ependymoma
    Central Neurocytoma
    Prognostic Classification Systems for Brain Metastases
    Neurosurgical Management of Single Brain Metastases
    Multiple Brain Metastases
    Postoperative Treatment for Brain Metastasis
    Vascular Malformation Radiosurgery
    Adult CNS Radiation Oncology: Trigeminal Neuralgia
    Brain Radionecrosis
    Spinal Cord Tolerance and Risk of Radiation Myelopathy
    Radiation Optic Neuropathy
    Cerebral Atrophy and Leukoencephalopathy Following Cranial Irradiation
    Hypopituitarism
    Neurocognitive Changes
    Cranial Nerve Palsies, Vascular Damage, and Brainstem Injury
    Conformal Therapy and Intensity Modulated Radiation Therapy/Volumetric Modulated Arc Therapy
    Linac Based Stereotactic Radiosurgery and Hypofractionated Stereotactic Radiotherapy
    Gamma Knife® Stereotactic Radiosurgery and Hypo-Fractionated Stereototatic Radiotherapy
    Spinal Stereotactic Body Radiotherapy
    Proton Beam Therapy (For CNS Tumors)
    Brachytherapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Sara Thorne and Sarah Bowater.
    Contents:
    Part 1. Introduction to adult congenital heart disease
    Part 2. Specific lesions
    Part 3. General management issues of adult congenital heart disease.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    Munetaka Masuda, Koichiro Niwa, editors.
    Summary: This book describes the most popular topics concerning adult congenital heart disease (ACHD), especially focusing on indications and re-intervention procedures for some major ACHDs. Thanks to advances in medical and surgical therapy for congenital heart disease over the last half century, many patients who underwent surgical correction reached adulthood. However, as can be seen from the explosive increase in the number of ACHD patients, postoperative residua and sequelae have also become apparent. The purpose of this book is to highlight complicated problems in connection with ACHD, including its present status, as well as methods for its management including medical and surgical treatment. The content primarily focuses on two areas - general information for cardiologists, and information on re-intervention for interventionists and cardiac surgeons -, setting it apart from the majority of books on congenital heart disease.

    Contents:
    Part I: Background and Facilities
    Chapter 1: Historical perspective
    Chapter 2: Facilities for patients' care
    Part II: Medical consideration
    Chapter 3: Post-operative residua and sequelae
    Chapter 4: Heart failure
    Chapter 5: Rhythm disturbance / sudden death
    Part III: Intervention / Re-intervention considerations
    Chapter 6: Anesthesia for ACHD
    Chapter 7: Therapeutic catheter intervention (ASD, PDA, CoA, etc)
    Chapter 8: Repaired tetralogy of Fallot
    Chapter 9: Post RV-PA conduit repair (PA + VSD, TGA III, etc)
    Chapter 10: Repaired complete transposition of the great arteries
    Chapter 11: Corrected TGA
    Chapter 12: Post right heart bypass operation
    Chapter 13: Aortopathy including hereditary disease (Marfan syndrome, bicuspid aortic valve, etc)
    Chapter 14: Ebstein anomaly.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Doreen DeFaria Yeh, Ami Bhatt, editors.
    Summary: There is an evident practice gap in education of general adult cardiologists on long-term management of congenital heart disease (CHD). The goal of this book is to help general cardiologists, but also pediatricians and related care providers in the management and diagnosis of adult CHD. Adult Congenital Heart Disease in Clinical Practice provides clear, practical advice on adult CHD for the busy fellow, resident and practicing clinician. It includes training and revision material to assist learning and is formatted in such a way as to provide short, concise content designed for easy recall of salient facts.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Emmanuel Jouanneau, Gérald Raverot, editors.
    Summary: This volume focuses on adult craniopharyngiomas, offering various perspectives. The first part of the book provides an up-to-date overview of the pathogenesis and management of adult craniopharyngiomas, helping readers understand the pathogenesis and molecular pathways. It highlights the importance of animal models for addressing molecular keys and for developing targeted therapies. The second part deals with clinical management, detailing the latest results in the era of endoscopic surgery, including the major contribution of the extended nasal endoscopic approaches for suprasellar and retrochiasmatic tumors. The book also discusses the key aspects of these tumors and how to manage them. The last part of the book addresses the future therapies and recurrences after surgery and radiotherapy. This volume is of interest to neurosurgeons, endocrinologists, paediatricians, radiologists and oncologists.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword 1
    Foreword 2
    Acknowledgement
    Contents
    1: Histopathology and Molecular Pathology of Craniopharyngioma in Adults
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Adamantinomatous Craniopharyngioma
    1.2.1 Histopathology
    1.2.1.1 Histopathological Features
    1.2.1.2 Regressive Changes and Surrounding Nervous Tissue
    1.2.2 Molecular Pathology
    1.2.3 ACP and Odontogenesis
    1.3 Papillary Craniopharyngioma
    1.3.1 Histopathology
    1.3.2 Molecular Pathology
    1.3.3 Origin of PCP
    1.4 Mixed and Collision Tumors
    1.5 Malignant Transformation in Craniopharyngiomas 1.6 Differential Diagnosis
    1.6.1 ACP and Pilocytic Astrocytoma
    1.6.2 PCP and Rathke's Cleft Cyst with Squamous Metaplasia
    1.6.3 ACP and Sellar Xanthogranuloma
    1.6.4 ACP Versus PCP
    1.6.5 Cystic ACP and Rathke's Cleft Cysts
    1.7 Conclusion
    References
    2: Mouse Models of Craniopharyngioma
    2.1 Genetically Engineered Mouse Models (GEMMS) of Craniopharyngioma
    2.1.1 Adamantinomatous Craniopharyngioma
    2.1.2 Embryonic Model of Human ACP
    2.1.3 Inducible Model of Human ACP 2.2 Stem Cell Paracrine Tumourigenesis: A Novel Mechanism of Somatic Stem Cells Contribution to Tumour Formation
    2.3 Childhood-Onset Craniopharyngioma is a Developmental Disorder
    2.4 Cluster Cells Are Molecularly Similar and Share a Signature of Cellular Senescence
    2.5 Papillary Craniopharyngioma and Adamantinomatous Craniopharyngioma are Distinct Tumour Entities
    2.6 Patient-Derived Xenografts (PDXs) Models of Human Craniopharyngioma
    2.7 Therapeutic Lessons from Mouse Models
    2.8 Conclusion
    References 3: Epidemiology, Clinical Presentation, and Prognosis of Adult-Onset Craniopharyngioma
    3.1 History
    3.2 Epidemiology of Adult-Onset CP
    3.3 Clinical Presentation of Adult-Onset Craniopharyngioma
    3.3.1 Our series (Table 3.1)
    3.3.1.1 Ophthalmology
    3.3.1.2 Endocrine Symptoms
    3.3.1.3 Non-specific Symptoms
    3.3.1.4 Hypothalamic and Limbic Symptoms
    3.3.1.5 Radiology and Histology
    3.3.2 Literature
    3.3.2.1 Ophthalmology
    3.3.2.2 Endocrine
    3.3.2.3 Hypothalamic and Limbic Symptoms
    3.3.2.4 Other Symptoms 3.4 Long-Term Morbidity and Mortality in Treated Adult-Onset CP
    3.4.1 Morbidity
    3.4.1.1 Endocrine Morbidity
    3.4.1.2 Ophthalmologic Morbidity
    3.4.1.3 Hypothalamic Morbidity
    3.4.2 Mortality
    3.5 Modern Management of CP Improves Prognosis?
    3.6 Conclusion
    References
    4: Craniopharyngioma Diagnosis: A Rationale for Accurate MRI Assessment of Tumor Topography and Adhesion to the Hypothalamus
    4.1 Introduction. MRI Assessment of Craniopharyngiomas: What Essential Information Should a Neurosurgeon Obtain from It?
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Catherine Harris, PhD, MBA, AGACNP, editor.
    Digital Access R2Library [2019]
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Print
    Jill C. Cash, MSN, APRN, FNP-BC, editor ; Ann McQueen Blair, DNP, FNP, WHNP, GNP & L. Douglas Smith Jr., DNP, APRN, ACNP-BC, CNRN, SCRN, FCCM, adult-gerontology consultants.
    Summary: This hands-on text and clinical reference--used by thousands of NP students and practitioners alike--delivers national practice guidelines and professional standards of care to help clinicians deliver optimal primary care to adult and older adult patients. The new third edition, featuring the expert input of two renowned Adult-Gerontology practitioners, updates all chapters, teaching guides, and illustrative charts and provides new charts to enhance readability. Fresh content includes information on Sjogren's syndrome; reactive arthritis; elder abuse; LGBTQ health; concussion assessment; joint pain, bursitis, and fractures; peripheral neuropathy; and perimenopause/menopause. The third edition also includes the updated Beers Criteria and covers COVID-19 treatment and vaccines.

    Contents:
    Section I. Guidelines. Normal physiological changes in the aging adult
    Healthy living for the adult-geriatric patient
    Adult-geriatric assessments
    Caregiver and end-of-life issues
    Geriatric syndromes
    Pain management guidelines
    Dermatology guidelines
    Eye guidelines
    Ear guidelines
    Nasal guidelines
    Throat and mouth guidelines
    Respiratory guidelines
    Cardiovascular guidelines
    Gastrointestinal guidelines
    Genitourinary guidelines
    Obstetrics guidelines
    Gynecologic guidelines
    Sexually transmitted infections guidelines
    Infectious disease guidelines
    Systemic disorders guidelines
    Musculoskeletal guidelines
    Rheumatological guidelines
    Neurologic guidelines
    Endocrine guidelines
    Psychiatric guidelines
    Section II. Procedures. Section III. Appendices. Normal laboratory values
    Dietary recommendations
    Beers criteria
    Deprescribing algorithms.
    Digital Access R2Library [2024], ©2024
  • Digital
    [editors] John J. Callaghan, MD, Lawrence and Marilyn Dorr Chair, Professor, Departments of Orthopaedic Surgery and Biomedical Engineering, University of Iowa, Iowa city, Iowa, Aaron G. Rosenberg, MD, Professor, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, Rush University Medical Center, Chicago, Illinois, Harry E. Rubash, MD, Edith M. Ashley Professor, Harvard Medical School, Chief, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts, John C. Clohisy, Daniel C. and Betty B. Viehmann Distinguished Professor, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, Washington University School of Medicine, St. Louis, Missouri, Paul E. Beaulé, MD, Professor, Department of Surgery, University of Ottawa, Chief, Division of Orthopedic Surgery, The Ottawa Hospital, Ottawa, Ontario, Craig J. Della Valle, MD, Professor, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, Rush University Medical Center, Chicago, Illinois.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    LWW Health Library
    Ovid
  • Digital
    Eleftherios Tsiridis, editor.
    Summary: This book is intended to offer a “virtual fellowship” in hip surgery that will give readers the opportunity to join distinguished hip surgeons in the operating room, learning key points and solutions to technical difficulties from the beginning to the end of 100 surgical cases. All of these cases have been carefully selected by renowned orthopaedists who work at the world’s top centers and perform surgery based on evidence. To facilitate quick learning, the cases are presented using a uniform template, guiding the reader from clinical evaluation and preoperative planning, through the decision-making process, to the surgical procedure and the final outcome. At the end of each case, the editor invites the surgeon to answer specific questions in order to further elucidate crucial issues with reference to current evidence. The book is divided into four sections: conservative hip surgery, primary hip arthroplasty, complex hip arthroplasty, and revision arthroplasty. It will be of value across the world to specialist hip surgeons and surgeons in training who are interested in hip surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Daniele Rigamonti.
    Digital Access 2014
  • Print
    [edited by] Harry E. Rubash, Robert L. Barrack, Aaron G. Rosenberg, Hany S. Bedair, James I. Huddleston III, Brett R. Levine.
    Summary: "As knee replacement surgeries continue to grow in number worldwide, the need for an authoritative and comprehensive reference in this key area is a must for today's orthopaedic surgeon. The Adult Knee: Knee Arthroplasty, Second Edition, brings together the knowledge and expertise of internationally recognized experts in the field in one convenient volume. Covers knee biomechanics relevant to knee arthroplasty, alternatives to knee arthroplasty to alleviate arthritis, and primary total knee arthroplasty, including perioperative issues. Discusses complications including stiff knee, periprosthetic fractures, and instability, revision total knee arthroplasty, and management of infections in total knee replacement"-- Provided by publisher
    Digital Access Ovid 2021
  • Digital/Print
    edited by Clara D. Bloomfield.
    Digital Access Springer v. 1=, 1982
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC643 .A33
    1
  • Digital
    Eric O. Klineberg, editor.
    Contents:
    Defining Adult Lumbar Scoliosis
    Imaging Adult Lumbar Scoliosis
    Radiographic Parameters for Adult Lumbar Scoliosis
    Patient Reported Outcome Measures Available for Adult Lumbar Scoliosis
    Impact of Depression on the Treatment of Adult Lumbar Scoliosis
    Pre-Operative Clinical Evaluation of Adult Lumbar Scoliosis
    Non-Operative Management of Adult Lumbar Scoliosis
    Surgical Alignment Goals for Adult Lumbar Scoliosis
    Intra-Operative Management of Adult Lumbar Scoliosis
    Biologics for Adult Lumbar Scoliosis
    Assessing the Need for Decompression for Adult Lumbar Scoliosis
    Minimally Invasive Techniques for Adult Lumbar Scoliosis
    Anterior Column Release for Adult Lumbar Scoliosis
    Anterior Column Support Options for Adult Lumbar Scoliosis
    Releases and Osteotomies Used for the Correction of Adult Lumbar Scoliosis
    Distal Fixation for Adult Lumbar Scoliosis: Indications and Techniques
    Diagnosis and Classification of Proximal Junctional Kyphosis and Proximal Junctional Failure
    Prevention Strategies for Proximal Junctional Kyphosis
    Complications Following Surgical Intervention for Adult Lumbar Scoliosis
    Peri-Operative Patient Management of Adult Lumbar Scoliosis
    Patient Reported Outcomes Following the Treatment of Adult Lumbar Scoliosis
    Health Economic Value of the Treatment for Adult Lumbar Scoliosis
    Future Directions for Adult Lumbar Scoliosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    [edited by] P. Maxwell Courtney, Yale A. Fillingham; series editor, Stephen R. Thompson.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    volume editor, Karl Lenhard Rudolph.
    Contents:
    Speakers at the symposium
    Stem cells in adult intestine / Feng, J., Sperka, T.
    Molecular mechanisms of muscle stem cell aging / Schwërer, S., Tümpel, S.
    Mechanism of functional alterations in hematopoietic stem cell aging / Morita, Y.
    The microenvironment, aging, and disease / Geiger, H.
    Sestrins in aging and metabolism / Tang, D., Tao S.
    Telomeres and stem cell aging / Felix, D.A.
    DNA damage and checkpoint responses in adult stem cells / Romanov, V., Shukla, A., Ju, Z.
    Digital Access Karger 2015
  • Digital
    Toshiki Watanabe, Takuya Fukushima, editors.
    Summary: This book provides essential information on the epidemiology, molecular and genetic features, anti-CCR4 antibody therapy and a nationwide study of transplantation on human T-leukemia virus type-I (HTLV-1) and adult T-cell leukemia/lymphoma (ATL). This rare but important disease has restricted endemic areas and distinct clinical features such as a high frequency of hypercalcemia, strong predisposition to infection and poor response to chemotherapy, aspects which set ATL apart from other types of non-Hodgkin lymphoma. Given the small number of patients, enrollment in clinical trials has not been feasible, and establishing treatment standard has been difficult but new evidence, such as results of nationwide studies on transplantation, have shown new insights and potential treatments. Based on recent evidence, the book presents new treatment methods for ATL and infection prevention of HTLV-1, enabling clinicians, researchers and post-docs specializing in hematology and virology to gain a valuable overview of the disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Melvin A. Shiffman, editor.
    Contents:
    Anatomy
    Ideal Shape of Umbilicus
    Classification
    History
    Position of Umbilicus
    Umbilical Reconstructive Techniques
    Melanoma
    Complications and Outcome.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Jean-Pierre Michel, Stefania Maggi, editors.
    Summary: After introductory chapters devoted to the safe production and distribution of vaccines, the book addresses the question of adult vaccination in the framework of a life-course approach to vaccination. It presents the proceedings of multidisciplinary expert discussions with an excellent summary of the current state of knowledge on adult vaccination in various diseases, as well as an overview of the professionals involved and the obstacles to achieving greater vaccine uptake, and how these may be addressed. The book systematically discusses the major vaccine-preventable diseases, as well as regulatory issues in vaccine provision, and presents the results of an expert meeting designed to identify the obstacles to vaccination, and solutions for addressing these barriers. It goes on to extend the discussion beyond the traditional boundaries of human health to encompass the “one health” concept. The book is intended for all those with an interest in vaccination, including physicians (from a wide range of disciplines including geriatrics/gerontology, infectious diseases, pediatrics, internal medicine, and other non-organ specialties), other healthcare professionals, pharmacists, representatives of the pharmaceutical industry and regulatory bodies (EMEA, national authorities), policymakers, the media and the general public.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Shabnum Shaheen, Sehrish Ramzan, Farah Khan, Mushtaq Ahmad.
    Summary: Substitution and adulteration in traded herbal raw material are common practice in the herbal industry due to the extinction of required species, deforestation and incorrect taxonomical identification. Herbalists have adopted methods to create high quality adulteration which cannot be detected without performing microscopic examination or chemical analysis. It is difficult to establish specific quality control standards due to the complex nature and innate unpredictability of the chemical constituents of medicinal herbs.The main parameters for measurement and adulteration prevention in medicinal herbs are morphological and microscopic investigation, chemical profiling and DNA barcoding. The need for highly sensitive and more effective approaches for the authentication of medicinal herbs is necessary in order to promote the acceptance of herbal products. Adulteration In Traditional Medicinal Herbs is aimed at promoting awareness of adulteration in traditional herbal medicines for the worldwide scientific community. Parameters are established for the prevention of adulteration through classical and modern scientific tools. Valuable case studies are presented based on ethno-medicinal surveys performed in many herbal markets in Pakistan. Collections of various samples were obtained from these shops then compared with the original plants collected from field. Various phytochemical, organoleptic and DNA barcoding techniques were used in order to detect adulteration in the marketed herbal samples. This book is the first of its kind and is aimed at helping the scientific community to identify particular medicinal plants which are facing adulteration problems in herbal markets and to estimate the extent of adulteration and substitution in commonly used medicinal herbs.

    Contents:
    CHAPTER 1: Adulteration A Global Issue
    CHAPTER 2: Types and Causes of Adulteration: Global Perspectives
    CHAPTER 3: Why Study Herbal Plants?
    CHAPTER 4: History, Classification, Worldwide Distribution and Significance of Herbal Plants
    CHAPTER 5: Marketed Herbal Drugs: How Adulteration Affects
    CHAPTER 6: Preventive Measures to Stop Adulteration in Marketed Herbal Samples
    CHAPTER 7: Medicinal Wealth of Pakistan
    CHAPTER 8: Marketed Herbal Plants in Pakistan: Case Studies
    CHAPTER 9: List of Commonly used Herbal Drugs throughout the World
    CHAPTER 10: A pictorial guide of marketed herbal plants: Comparison with the original sample.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Peter Lack, Nikola Biller-Andorno, Susanne Brauer, editors.
    Summary: This volume gives an overview on the currently debated ethical issues regarding advance directives from an international perspective. It focuses on a wider understanding of the known and widely accepted concept of patient self-determination for future situations. Although advance directives have been widely discussed since the 1980s, the ethical bases of advance directives still remain a matter of heated debates. The book aims to contribute to these controversial debates by integrating fundamental ethical issues on advance directives with practical matters of their implementation. Cultural, national and professional differences in how advance directives are understood by health care professions and by patients, as well as in laws and regulations, are pinpointed.

    Contents:
    History of Advance Directives and Prerequisites for Validity
    Defining the Scope of Advance Directives
    Effects on Family, Friends and Professional Relations
    Ethical Challenges.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital/Print
    Dongqing Wei, Qin Xu, Tangzhen Zhao, Hao Dai, editors.
    Summary: This text examines in detail mathematical and physical modeling, computational methods and systems for obtaining and analyzing biological structures, using pioneering research cases as examples. As such, it emphasizes programming and problem-solving skills. It provides information on structure bioinformatics at various levels, with individual chapters covering introductory to advanced aspects, from fundamental methods and guidelines on acquiring and analyzing genomics and proteomics sequences, the structures of protein, DNA and RNA, to the basics of physical simulations and methods for conformation searches. This book will be of immense value to researchers and students in the fields of bioinformatics, computational biology and chemistry. Dr. Dongqing Wei is a Professor at the Department of Bioinformatics and Biostatistics, College of Life Science and Biotechnology, Shanghai Jiaotong University, Shanghai, China. His research interest is in the general area of structural bioinformatics.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Structural Bioinformatics
    Modeling and Structure Determination
    The Structure Prediction of Biological Macromolecules
    The Biological Macromolecules in Computational Biology
    The Functional Analysis of Biological Macromolecules
    The Structure-Based Drug Design.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Yu-jie Liu, Jing Xue, Chang-ming Huang, Chun-bao Li, editors.
    Summary: This book provides novel arthroscopy techniques and applications to clinical practitioners, including sports medicine therapeutics, orthopaedic surgeons, specialist training candidates, rehabilitation clinicians. Small incisions per minimally invasive surgery using a camera mounted on a thin tube to visualize, repair and reconstruct joint-associated structures are accepted and welcomed by the sports medicine field. Arthroscopy technique as a minimally invasive surgical method, in Orthopeadics is not only for the treatment of intra-articular diseases but also an advanced conception for treatment of extra-articular diseases and peri-articular fractures. After performing years of arthroscopy, authors intend to provide an elite technique demonstration of each procedure, including indications, technique, complications, and results. There are three main parts of the book, including the extra-articular application of arthroscopy techniques, arthroscopic minimally invasive techniques for the treatment of intra-articular fractures, and Innovative technology for repair and reconstruction of bone and joint injuries. Key technical points and experience of arthroscopic repair of joint injuries, dislocation of joints, fixation of the intra-articular fractures, ligament release for limbs are illustrated. Special situations such as congenital torticollis, deltoid contracture, gluteal muscle contracture, bone grafting, removal of locking plate and screw and benign tumors treatment are also included.

    Contents:
    Part 1 Application of arthroscopy technology outside joints
    1 Endoscopic release of congenital muscular torticollis with radiofrequency under local anesthesia
    2 Arthroscopic acromioclavicular arthroplasty for Acromioclavicular impingement
    3 Radiofrequency Micro-debridement under Arthroscopy for Tennis Elbow (Lateral Epicondylitis)
    4 Arthroscopic Transverse Carpal Ligament Release for Carpal Tunnel Syndrome
    5 Arthroscopic palmar membrane release for Dupuytren's disease
    6 Arthroscopic Release of the Deltoid Contracture
    7 Arthroscopic Gluteal Muscle Contracture Release with Radiofrequency Energy
    8 Removal of popliteal cyst under endoscopy
    9 Arthroscopic Curettage of Benign Bone Tumors
    10 Removal of plate and screws under endoscopy
    11 Minimally Invasive Arthroscopy for Achilles Tendinopathy
    12 Arthroscopic percutaneous suture of Achilles tendon ruptures
    13 Arthroscopic Minimally Invasive Surgery for Hallux Valgus Caused by Bunion
    Part 2 Arthroscopic minimally invasive technique for treatment of intra-articular fractures
    14 Arthroscopic prying reduction and fixation for the greater tuberosity fractures
    15 Arthroscopic reduction and fixation of bony bankart lesions
    16 Treatment of fracture of radial head with arthroscopic Prying reduction and fixation
    17 Arthroscopic treatment o of avulsion fracture of the tibial intercondylar eminence
    18 Treatment of tibial plateau fractures with Prying reduction and fixation under arthroscopy
    19 Arthroscopic poking reduction and fixation of ankle fractures
    Part 3 Innovative technology for repair and reconstruction of joint injuries
    20 Reconstruction of anterior cruciate ligament with tendon knot press fitted Technique
    21 Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction with Remnant Preserving Technique
    22 Femoral and Tibia Fixation with Cross-Pin System in Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction by using Semitendinosus and Gracilis
    23 Applying Allogenetic Cortical Bon e Press-fit Screw in Fixation of Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction
    24 Applying Allogenetic Cortical Bone Cross-pin in Fixation of Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction
    25 Bone bio-anchors for repairing rotator cuff tear
    26 Repair of Bankart leisure with biological bone anchors
    27 Autologous scapular bone block with bone allograft pins for bony Bankart leisure
    28 Arthroscopic Superior Capsular Reconstruction Using "Sandwich" Complex Patch graft for Irreparable Rotator Cuff Tears
    29 Clearance and radial head resection of Elbow joint of rheumatoid arthritis under arthroscopy
    30 Ankle arthrodesis under arthroscopy
    31 Debridement of Early Hip Joint Lesions in Ankylosing Spondylitis.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Mary Jo Goolsby, Laurie Grubbs.
    Summary: Step by step, you'll hone your ability to perform effective health assessments, obtain valid data, interpret the findings, and recognize the range of conditions that can be indicated by specific findings to reach an accurate differential diagnosis. You'll have coverage of 170 conditions and symptoms across the lifespan at your fingertips.

    Contents:
    Assessment and clinical decision-making : an overview
    Genomic assessment : interpreting findings and formulating differential diagnoses
    Skin
    Head, face, and neck
    The eye
    Ear, nose, mouth, and throat
    Cardiac and peripheral vascular systems
    Respiratory system
    Breasts
    Abdomen
    Genitourinary system
    Male reproductive system
    Female reproductive system
    Musculoskeletal system
    Neurological system
    Nonspecific complaints
    Psychiatric mental health
    Pediatric patients
    Pregnant patients
    Assessment of the transgender or gender diverse adult
    Older adults
    Persons with disabilities.
    Digital Access R2Library 2019
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    edited by Ashutosh Tiwari and Anis N. Nordin.
    Contents:
    1. Frotiers for bulk nanostructured metals in biomedical applications
    2. Stimuli-responsive materials used as medical devices in loading and releasing of drugs
    3. Recent advances with liposomes as drug carriers
    4. Fabrication, properties of nanoshells with controllable surface charge and its applications
    5. Chitosan as an advanced healthcare material
    6. Chitosan and low molecular weight chitosan: biological and biomedical applications
    7. Anticipating behaviour of advanced materials in healthcare
    8. Label-free biochips
    9. Polymer MEMS sensors
    10. Assembly of polymers/metal nanoparticles and their applications as medical devices
    11. Combination of molecular imprinting and nanotechnology: beginning of a new horizon
    12. Prussian blue and analogues: biosensing applications in health care
    13. Efficiency of biosensors as new generation of analytical approaches at the biochemical diagnostics of diseases
    14. Nanoparticles: scope in drug delivery
    14. Smart polypeptide nanocarriers for malignancy therapeutics
    Index.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Koen Nieman, Oliver Gaemperli, Patrizio Lancellotti, and Sven Plein.
    Summary: "Advances in Cardiac Imaging presents the latest information on heart disease and heart failure, major causes of death among western populations. In addition, the text explores the financial burden to public healthcare trusts and the vast amount of research and funding being channeled into programs not only to prevent such diseases, but also to diagnose them in early stages. This book provides readers with a thorough overview of many advances in cardiac imaging. Chapters include technological developments in cardiac imaging and imaging applications in a clinical setting with regard to detecting various types of heart disease"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2015
  • Print
    American Heart Association.
    Contents:
    Part 1 Introduction
    Part 2 Systems of Care
    Part 3 Effective High-Performance Team Dynamics
    Part 4 The Systematic Approach
    Part 5 The ACLS Cases: Respiratory arrest case ; Acute coronary syndrome case ; Acute stroke case ; Cardiac arrest: VF/pulseless VT case ; Cardiac arrest: pulseless electrical activity case ; Cardiac arrest: asystole case ; Brachycardia case ; Tachycardia: stable and unstable ; Immediate post-cardiac arrest care case
    Appendix
    Index.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC675 .A378 2016
    1
  • Digital
    American Heart Association.
    Contents:
    Part 1: Overview of ACLS. Introduction ; Systems of care ; Systematic approach
    Part 2: Preventing arrest. Recognition: signs of clinical deterioration ; Acute coronary syndromes ; Acute stroke ; Bradycardia ; Tachycardia: stable and unstable
    Part 3: High-performance teams. High-performance team roles and dynamics ; Respiratory arrest ; Cardiac arrest: VF/pVT ; Cardiac arrest: PEA and asystole ; Cardiac arrest: selected special situations ; Post-cardiac arrest care
    Appendices: Testing checklists and learning station checklists ; ACLS pharmacology summary table ; Science summary table ; Glossary.
    Digital Access AHA 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Toyooki Sonoda, editor.
    Contents:
    Endoscopic Instruments
    Difficult Polpys: Conventional methods
    Endoscopic Mucosal Resection (EMR)
    Endoscopic Submucosal Dissection (ESD)
    Combined Endoscopic and Laparoscopic Surgery (CELS)
    Colonic Stenting
    Endoscopic Treatment of Perforations of Fistulas.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Sang W. Lee, Howard M. Ross, David E. Rivadeneira, Scott R. Steele, Daniel L. Feingold, editors.
    Contents:
    History of Colonoscopy
    Anatomic Basis of Colonoscopy
    Colonoscopy Photo Atlas
    How to Achieve High Rates of Bowel Preparation Adequacy
    Patient comfort during colonoscopy
    VTE Prophylaxis: How to optimize patients on anticoagulation and avoid infectious complications
    Endoscopic Equipment and Instrumentation
    Basic Colonoscopic Techniques to Reach the Cecum
    Basic Colonoscopic Interventions: Cold, Hot Biopsy Techniques, Submucosal Injection, Clip Application, Snare Biopsy
    Current Guidelines for Colonoscopy
    Difficult Colonoscopy: tricks and new techniques for getting to the cecum
    How to recognize, characterize, and manage premalignant and malignant colorectal polyps
    Detection: (CQI) Quality measures and tools for improvement
    Advanced endoscopic imaging: polyps and dysplasia detection
    Endoscopic Mucosal Resection (EMR)
    Endoscopic Mucosal Dissection
    Applications of intra-operative endoscopy
    Combined Endoscopic and Laparoscopic Surgery (CELS)
    Endoluminal Colorectal Stenting
    How to Avoid Complications/Treatment of Endoscopic Complications
    Alternative Colorectal Imaging
    Current Endoluminal Approaches: Transanal Endoscopic Microsurgery, Transanal Minimally Invasive Surgery and Transanal Total Mesorectal Excision.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    João Luiz Pinheiro-Franco, Alexander R. Vaccaro, Edward C. Benzel and H. Michael Mayer, editors.
    Summary: In this book, leading international specialists in the field join forces to discuss topics, issues, and approaches that are of key importance in the optimal treatment of lumbar degenerative disk disease. The coverage is wide ranging, from current understanding of physiopathology and genetics and modern imaging techniques through to the diverse minimally invasive, non-fusion, and fusion surgical techniques. Detailed attention is drawn to the most important aspects to be considered when approaching the patient and making treatment decisions. The role of conservative management is appraised, and surgical techniques and their indications are carefully described. Emphasis is placed on the importance of sagittal balance for treatment success. Among the various other subjects covered are psychosocial issues, legal aspects, outcome evaluation, and the relative merits of evidence-based medicine and individual experience. In the concluding section, some of the top specialists from across the world reflect on the lessons that they have learned during lifetimes in spinal surgery. Advanced Concepts in Lumbar Degenerative Disk Disease is intended as the definitive book on this important subject. It will be an instructive and fascinating source of information for all spine surgeons and other spine care providers.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Michael Ehrenfeld, Neal D. Futran, Paul Manson, Joachim Prein.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
  • Digital
    editors, Vicki S. Good, DNP, RN, CENP, CPPS, System Director Clinical Quality/Safety, CoxHealth, Springfield, Missouri, Peggy L. Kirkwood, MSN, RN, ACNPC, CHFN, AACC, Cardiovascular and Palliative Care Nurse Practitioner, Mission Hospital, Mission Viejo, California.
    Summary: Learn to effectively address life-threatening and potentially life-threatening patient conditions, with Advanced Critical Care Nursing, 2nd Edition. Endorsed by the American Association of Critical-Care Nurses (AACN), this comprehensive, nursing-focused text centers on the clinical reasoning process as it helps you comprehend, analyse, synthesize, and apply advanced critical care knowledge and concepts. The book is organized within the structure of body systems along with synthesis chapters that address patient conditions involving multiple body systems. Numerous illustrations and graphs plus unfolding case studies further aid your understanding and help you apply text content. In all, Advanced Critical Care Nursing is the must-have resource dedicated to helping you oversee or care for critical care patients in any practice setting. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The Evolving Critical Care Environment
    Advanced Dysrhythmias
    Acute Coronary Syndromes
    Heart Failure
    Cardiac Surgery
    Valvular Disease and Surgery
    Vascular Emergencies
    Heart and Lung Transplantation
    Acute Respiratory Failure and Acute Lung Injury
    Mechanical Ventilation and Weaning
    Thoracic Surgery
    Head Injury and Dysfunction
    Cerebrovascular Disorders
    Spinal Cord Injury
    Special Neurologic Patient Populations
    Gastrointestinal Bleeding
    Liver Dysfunction and Failure
    Pancreatitis
    The Gut in Critical Illness
    Liver, Kidney, and/or Pancreas Transplantation
    Electrolyte Emergencies
    Complex Acid-Base Disorders and Associated Electrolyte Imbalances
    Acute Renal Failure
    Glycemic Control
    Pituitary, Thyroid, and Adrenal Disorders
    Blood Conservation / Blood Component Replacement
    Coagulopathies
    Shock and End Points of Resuscitation
    Optimizing Hemodynamics: Strategies for Fluid and Medication Titration in Shock
    Trauma and Mass-Casualty Competencies
    Systemic Inflammatory Response Syndrome and Multiple Organ Dysfunction Syndrome
    Caring for the Immunocompromised Patient
    Caring for the Patient in the Immediate Postoperative Period
    Caring for the Critically Ill Pregnant Patient
    Caring for the Pediatric Patient in an Adult Critical Care Unit
    Caring for the Critically Ill Elderly Patient
    Caring for the Critically Ill Patient with a Neuropsychiatric Disorder
    Caring for the Bariatric Patient
    Pain and Sedation
    Comorbid Conditions
    Oncologic Emergencies
    Chemical Dependency
    End-of-Life Care
    Appendix A: Answers to Decision Point Questions.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2018
  • Digital
    Ahmad A. Aref, Rohit Varma, editors.
    Contents:
    1 Advanced Glaucoma Surgery: An Overview
    2 Trabecular Micro-bypass Stent for the Treatment of Co-existent Cataract and Mild Open-Angle Glaucomas
    3 Trabectome-Mediated Ab Interno Trabeculectomy for Secondary Glaucoma or as a Secondary Procedure
    4 Lens Extraction in Angle Closure Glaucoma
    5 Gonioscopy Assisted Transluminal Trabeculotomy (GATT) for the Treatment of Adult and Developmental Glaucomas
    6 Ab-Interno Subconjunctival Glaucoma Implant for Advanced Open-Angle Glaucomas
    7 Nonpenetrating Glaucoma Surgery
    8 Endoscopic Cyclophotocoagulation in the Treatment of Plateau Iris and Angle Closure Glaucomas
    9 Ex-PRESS Miniature Glaucoma Shunt for the Treatment of Uveitic Glaucomas
    10 Surgical Management of Normal Tension Glaucoma
    11 Glaucoma Drainage Implant Surgery Combined with Pars Plana Vitrectomy and KPro Implantation
    12 The Modified Schocket Procedure
    13 Ab-interno Bleb Needling
    14 Drainage of Choroidal Effusions
    15 Surgical Management of Malignant Glaucoma
    Supplemental Video Table of Contents
    1. Video 3.1. Trabectome Procedure with Goniosynechiolysis
    2.Video 5.1. Gonioscopy Assisted Transluminal Trabeculotomy (GATT)
    3.Video 6.1. Xen Gel implantation
    4. Video 7.1. Non-Penetrating Glaucoma Surgery
    5. Video 9.1. Ex-Press Shunt Implantation
    6. Video 10.1. Trabeculectomy with adjunctive Mitomycin-C
    7. Video 11.1. Glaucoma Drainage Implant Surgery Combined with Pars Plana Vitrectomy and KPro Implantation
    8. Video 12.1. Modified Schocket Procedure
    9. Video 13.1. Ab-Interno Trabeculectomy Revision
    10. Video 15.1. .
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Lawrence Robbins.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Migraine and Headache: General
    Chapter 2. Refractory(Difficult to Treat) Headache
    Chapter 3. Child and Adolescent Headaches
    Chapter 4. Cluster Headache. Chapter 5. Psychological Comorbidities
    Chapter 6. Case Studies
    Chapter 7. Miscellaneous.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Jacqueline Rhoads, Sandra Wiggins Petersen.
    Summary: "This textbook is a tool that is used to help students learn advanced health assessment techniques that focus on the assessment and diagnosis of common disorders of the systems of the body. Most Medical Schools, Physician Assistant School and Schools of Nursing have Advanced Practice curriculums which require an Advanced Health Assessment Course. Most courses are designed to provide students and young practitioners with a glimpse into the minds of experienced clinicians who are assessing and solving therapeutic problems on a daily basis. These students and new practitioners play a vital role in the health assessment of the public. They must know that the focus of the assessment is intense and complete and that the appropriate diagnostic intervention is selected based on solid evidence/clues from the health assessment, which will ensure that the right intervention is ordered for the right patient at the right time with due consideration of costs. It also ensures that the patient knows how, why and when to use the prescribed intervention. This textbook has met this benchmark and will continue to do so with a current edition"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Interviewing and history taking strategies
    Physical examination strategies
    Documentation strategies
    Cultural and spiritual assessment
    Nutritional assessment
    Mental health disorders
    Integumentary disorders
    Eye disorders
    Ear disorders
    Nose, sinus, mouth, and throat disorders
    Respiratory disorders
    Cardiovascular disorders
    Endocrine disorders
    Gastrointestinal disorders
    Neurological disorders
    Male genitourinary disorders
    Female genitourinary and breast disorders
    Musculoskeletal disorders.
    Digital Access R2Library 2021
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Karen M. Myrick, Laima M. Karosas, editors ; expert consultant, Suzanne C. Smeltzer.
    Digital Access R2Library 2019
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    edited by Ashutosh Tiwari, Biosensors and Bioelectronics Centre, Linkping University, Sweden.
    Summary: "Advanced Healthcare Nanomaterials summarises the current status of knowledge in the fields of advanced materials for functional therapeutics, point-of-care diagnostics, translational materials, up and coming bio-engineering devices"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Functional therapeutics
    Point-of-care diagnostics
    Translational materials
    Emerging bio-engineering devices.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Mikhail Y. Kirov, Vsevolod V. Kuzkov, Bernd Saugel, editors.
    Summary: This book describes how to monitor and optimize cardiovascular dynamics using advanced hemodynamic monitoring in perioperative and intensive care medicine. The book outlines basic skills of hemodynamic monitoring, different techniques including invasive, minimally invasive, and non-invasive methods, and algorithms and treatment strategies for perioperative goal-directed hemodynamic therapy in different groups of surgical patients. Thus, the book reflects current diagnostic and therapeutic approaches in perioperative and intensive care medicine. All sections of this book have a learning-oriented style and are illustrated with tables and figures summarizing the main content. The volume is addressed both to specialists and residents using advanced hemodynamic monitoring; it reflects indications and limitations of current monitoring tools and discuss therapeutic strategies. It also helps readers to integrate new knowledge on monitoring of cardiovascular dynamics into clinical practice.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Introduction
    Section I. Measurement of pressures
    Pressure physiological background
    Systemic arterial pressure
    Central venous pressure
    Pulmonary pressures
    Section II. Measurement of cardiac output
    Cardiac output physiological background
    Pulmonary artery thermodilution
    Transpulmonary thermodilution
    Pulse wave analysis
    Doppler techniques
    Echocardiography
    Bioimpedance and bioreactance
    Section III. Monitoring of volumetric parameters
    Volumetric parameters physiological background
    Global end-diastolic volume
    Extravascular lung water
    Section IV. Assessment of fluid responsiveness and dynamic tests
    Fluid responsiveness and dynamic tests physiological background
    Dynamic variables
    Dynamic tests
    Section V. Monitoring of microcirculation
    Microcirculation physiological background
    Vital microscopy
    Other techniques
    Section VI. Hemodynamic monitoring and therapy in perioperative medicine
    Hemodynamic monitoring and optimization in cardiac surgery
    Hemodynamic monitoring and optimization in non-cardiac surgery
    Section VII. Hemodynamic monitoring and therapy in Intensive care medicine
    Hypovolemic shock
    Cardiogenic shock
    Distributive shock
    Pulmonary edema
    Section VIII. Future of hemodynamic monitoring and therapy
    New methods and sensors
    Closed loop hemodynamic management
    Artificial intelligence and predictive analytics
    Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Jun Ki Kim, Jeong Kon Kim, Chan-Gi Pack, editors.
    Summary: This book is a wide-ranging guide to advanced imaging techniques and related methods with important applications in translational research or convergence science as progress is made toward a new era in integrative healthcare. Conventional and advanced microscopic imaging techniques, including both non-fluorescent (i.e., label-free) and fluorescent methods, have to date provided researchers with specific and quantitative information about molecules, cells, and tissues. Now, however, the different imaging techniques can be correlated with each other and multimodal methods developed to simultaneously obtain diverse and complementary information. In addition, the latest advanced imaging techniques can be integrated with non-imaging techniques such as mass spectroscopic methods, genome editing, organic/inorganic probe synthesis, nanomedicine, and drug discovery. The book will be of high value for researchers in the biological and biomedical sciences or convergence science who need to use these multidisciplinary and integrated techniques or are involved in developing new analytical methods focused on convergence science. .

    Contents:
    1.Confocal laser scanning microscopy and fluorescence correlation methods for evaluation of molecular interactions
    2.Number and Brightness Imaging: visualization of protein oligomerization state in living cell
    3.Single-molecule analysis on the coupling of molecular state and reaction kinetics
    4.Imaging lipid rafts in the plasma membrane using novel probe and super-resolution microscopy
    5.Multiplex Immunohistochemistry (IHC)
    6.Micro-endoscopy for live small animal fluorescent imaging
    7.Immuno-gold techniques
    8.Correlative Light and Electron Microscopy for Nanoparticle-Cell Interaction
    9.Diagnostic and Therapeutic Nanomedicine
    10.Semiconductor nanocrystals for biological imaging and fluorescence spectroscopy
    11.DNA/RNA fluorescence imaging by synthetic nucleic acids
    Section II: Label-free techniques and advanced tomographic imaging
    12. Magnetic resonance imaging for preclinical study
    13.Holotomography techniques for 3D label-free imaging of live cells and tissues
    14.Dynamic-contrast optical imaging techniques
    15.Emerging biological and clinical applications of photoacoustic tomography
    Section III: Potential (synergic) biotechnologies to be joined with imaging techniques
    16.Generation of genetically-engineered mouse models using CRISPR-Cas system
    17.Highly efficient generation of cell lines stably expressing genes of interest via Cre recombinase mediated knock-in method in mouse embryonic stem (ES) cells and its application for microscopic imaging techniques
    18.Mass spectrometry based metabolomics in translational research
    19.Application of mass spectrometry in drug metabolism and pharmacokinetics for drug development
    20.Discovery and Application of Chemical Probes for Translational Research
    21.Regeneration of skin cells by mesenchymal stem cell-derived exosomes.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Francesco M. Sacerdoti, Antonio Giordano, editors.
    Contents:
    Test equipment in biology laboratories
    Automation software (acquisition, control and analysis concepts)
    Digital Image Processing (F. Sacerdoti)
    Statistic Analysis.-€ Cell identification
    Cell classification & Counting.-€ Cell aggregation
    Skin and body analysis (F. Melchi & F.M. Sacerdoti)
    Space or Space Simulation equipments
    Off-the-shelf Analysis Software. Commercial & Open Source
    Commercial Test Equipment
    Best practices.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Georgios E. Romanos.
    Contents:
    Laser Fundamental Principles / Georgios E Romanos
    Lasers and Wound Healing / Georgios E Romanos
    Lasers in Oral Surgery / Georgios E Romanos
    Lasers and Bone Surgery / Georgios E Romanos
    Lasers in Periodontology / Georgios E Romanos
    Lasers and Implants / Georgios E Romanos
    Photodynamic Therapy in Periodontal and Peri-Implant Treatment / Anton Sculean, Georgios E Romanos
    Understanding Laser Safety in Dentistry / Vangie Dennis, Patti Owens, Georgios E Romanos
    Appendix A: Suggested Reading
    Appendix B
    Index.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    editors, Long Yuan, Annik Bergeron, Jean-Nicolas Mess, Dafang Zhong, Qin C. Ji.
    Contents:
    Advanced LC-MS applications in bioanalysis / Long Yuan, Annik Bergeron, Jean-Nicholas Mess, Dafang Zhong & Qin C. Ji
    Method development strategies in bioanalysis / Shefali R. Patel & Naidong Weng
    High-throughput methods for LC-MS bioanalysis / Xianmei Cai & Wilson Shou
    Phospholipids-based matrix effect elimination techniques / Vincenzo Pucci
    Advanced sample preparation techniques prior to LC-MS / Yong Q. Tang
    Complex sample types / Bernd A. Bruenner, Mary C. Wells & Christopher A. James
    Advanced separation methods / Roger N. Hayes
    Multidimensional separation methods / Graeme T. Clark
    Computational approaches in developing accelerated chiral liquid chromatography techniques for mass spectral assays Min Meng, Laixin Wang & Scott Reuschel
    Novel MS detection methods / Pan Deng & Dafang Zhong
    Novel calibration approaches for LC-MS bioanalysis / Aimin Tan, Kayode Awaiye & Fethi Trabelsi
    Liquid chromatography mass spectrometry quantitative bioanalysis of proteins / Long Yuan, Annik Bergeron, Jean-Nicholas Mess, Fabio Garofolo, Anne-Françoise Aubry & Qin C. Ji
    Dried blood spots and their role in bioanalysis / John S. Williams & Christopher L. Brummel
    Analytical approaches to support microdose studies in drug discovery and development / Jim X. Shen, Yue Zhao & Xiaohui (Sophia) Xu.
    Digital Access Future Med 2015
  • Digital
    editors, Christoph Borchers, Jun Han & Carol Parker.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Digital
    S.B. Brandes, A.F. Morey, editors ; foreword by Guido Barbagli.
    Summary: Since the publication of the first edition of Urethral Reconstructive Surgery, important refinements have been added to the urologic surgical armamentarium. Extensively revised and updated, Advanced Male Urethral and Genital Reconstructive Surgery, Second Edition guides urologists in a practical manner on how to evaluate and manage complex urethral and male genital reconstructive challenges. Chapters have been added on wound healing, synchronous urethral strictures, non-transecting anastomotic urethroplasty (including muscle and vessel sparing), overlapping buccal grafts, male urethral slings, genital skin grafting, Peyronies surgery, priapism, pediatric strictures, and prosthetics. Such chapters greatly strengthen the overall appeal of the book. The volume closes with a new comprehensive appendix of preferred instruments. With broad contributions by international authorities in reconstructiveurologic surgery, Advanced Male Urethral and Genital Reconstructive Surgery, Second Edition is a valuable resource for all urologists, from residents to reconstructive surgeons.

    Contents:
    1. Decision Making and Surgical Technique in Urethroplasty / Steven B. Brandes
    2. Male Urethra and External Genitalia Anatomy / Peter A. Humphrey
    3. Vascular Anatomy of Genital Skin and the Urethra: Implications for Urethral Reconstruction / Steven B. Brandes
    4. Lichen Sclerosus / Ramon Virasoro and Gerald H. Jordan
    5. Imaging of the Male Urethra / Nirvikar Dahiya, Christine O. Menias, and Cary L. Siegel
    6. Practical Plastic Surgery: Techniques for the Reconstructive Urologist / Hema J. Thakar and Daniel D. Dugi III
    7. The Epidemiology, Clinical Presentation, and Economic Burden of Urethral Stricture / Keith Rourke
    8. Etiology, Histology, and Classification of Urethral Stricture Disease / Sean Elliot and Steven B. Brandes
    9. Urethrotomy and Other Minimally Invasive Interventions for Urethral Stricture / Chris F. Heyns
    10. Endourethral Prostheses for Urethral Stricture / Daniel Yachia and Zeljko Markovic
    11. Fossa Navicularis and Meatal Reconstruction / Noel A. Armenakas
    12. Stricture Excision and Primary Anastomosis for Anterior Urethral Strictures / Reynaldo G. Gomez
    13. Oral Mucosal Graft Urethroplasty / Guido Barbagli and Salvadore Sansalome
    14. Lingual Grafts / Alchiede Simonato and Andrea Gregori
    15. The Augmented Anastomotic Urethroplasty / Michael L. Guralnick and R. Corey O'Connor
    16. Penile Skin Flaps for Urethral Reconstruction / Benjamin N. Breyer and Jack W. McAninch
    17. Panurethral Strictures / Carlos Guidice
    18. The Application of Muscular, Myocutaneous, and Fasclocutaneous Flaps as Adjuncts in Complex Refractory Urethral Disorders / Leonard N. Zinman and Jill C. Buckley
    19. Posterior Urethral Strictures / A.R. Mundy and Daniela E. Andrich
    20. Staged Urethroplasty / Chris McClung and Hunter Wessells
    21. Complications of Urethroplasty / Ofer Shenfeld
    22. Postprostatectomy Strictures / Margit Fisch, Daniel Pfalzgraf, and C. Phillip Reiss
    23. Radiotherapy-Induced Urethral Strictures / Steven B. Brandes
    24. Complex Urinary Fistulas of the Posterior Urethra and Bladder / Steven B. Brandes
    25. Reconstruction of Failed Urethroplasty / Steven J. Hudak and Allen F. Morey
    26. Urethral Stent Complications and Methods for Explantation / Jill C. Buckley
    27. Reoperative Hypospadias Surgery and Management of Complications / Douglas E. Coplen
    28. Follow-Up Strategies After Urethral Stricture Treatment / Chris F. Heyns
    29. Urethral Rest as Precursor for Urethroplasty / Steven J. Hudak and Allen F. Morey
    30. The Use of Patient-Reported Outcome Measures in Men with Urethral Stricture Disease / Lee C. Zhao and Christopher M. Gonzalez
    31. Reconstruction of Synchronous Urethral Strictures / Steven J. Hudak and Allen F. Morey
    32. Perineal Urethrostomy / Andrew C. Peterson
    33. Double Overlapping Buccal Grafts / Enzo Palminteri and Elisa Berdondini
    34. Muscle-, Nerve-, and Vascular-Sparing Techniques in Anterior Urethroplasty / Sanjay B. Kulkarni and Pankaj M. Joshi
    35. Primary and Secondary Reconstruction of the Neophallus Urethra / Miroslav L. Djordjevic
    36. Tissue Engineering of the Urethra: The Basics, Current Concept, and the Future / Ryan P. Terlecki and Anthony Atala
    37. Pediatric Urethral Strictures / Michael H. Johnson, Steven B. Brandes, and Douglas E. Coplen
    38. Non-transecting Bulbar Urethroplasty / A.R. Mundy and Daniela E. Andrich
    39. Genital Skin Loss and Scrotal Reconstruction / Daniel Rosenstein
    40. Surgery for Priapism / Arthur L. Burnett and Ifeanyichuku Anusionwu
    41. Penile Skin Grafting and Resurfacing of the Glans / Giulio Garaffa, Salvatore Sansalome, and David John Ralph
    42. Peyronie's Disease Reconstruction: Simple and Complex / Laurence A. Levine and Stephen M. Larsen
    43. The Buried Penis in Adults / Richard A. Santucci and Mang L. Chen
    44. Penile Fracture / Jack H. Mydlo and Leo R. Doumaniao
    45. Vascular Surgery for Erectile Dysfunction / Jacqueline D. Villalta and Tom F. Lue
    46. Penile and Inguinal Reconstruction and Tissue Preservation for Penile Cancer / Steven B. Brandes and Jairam R. Eswara
    47. New Advances in Penile Implant Surgery / Steven K. Wilson and John D. Terrell
    48. Artificial Urinary Sphincters: Reoperative Techniques and Management of Complications / Landon Trost and Daniel S. Elliott
    49. Reconstruction and Salvage of Failed Male Urethral Slings / Jack M. Zuckerman and Kurt McCammon
    50. Post-prostatectomy Incontinence (Evaluation and Practical Urodynamics) / H. Henry Lai and Timothy B. Boone.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    edited by Ashwani Kumar, Yatika Gori, Avinash Kumar, Chandan Swaroop Meena and Nitesh Dutt.
    Summary: "The text covers recent developments in biomaterials like graphene reinforced magnesium metal matrix, magnesium alloys, and 2D nanomaterials. It will help senior undergraduate, graduate students, and academic researchers in the fields of biomedical engineering, mechanical engineering, materials science, ergonomics, and human factors"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2022
  • Print
    edited by Raju Khan, Chetna Dhand, S. K. Sanghi, Shabi Thankaraj Salammal, and A. B. P. Mishra.
    Summary: "This book provides a well-focused and comprehensive overview of novel technologies involved in advanced microfluidics based diagnosis via various types of prognostic and diagnostic biomarkers. Moreover, i also contains detailed descriptions on the diagnosis of novel techniques"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The basic concept for microfluidics-based devices / Vibhav Katoch, Bhanu Prakash
    Role of microfluidics-based point-of-care testing (POCT) for clinical applications / Arpana Parihar, Dipesh Singh Parihar, Pushpesh Ranjan, Raju Khan
    Microfluidic paper-based analytical devices for glucose detection / Shristi Handa, Vibhav Katoch, Bhanu Prakash
    Microfluidics based point-of-care diagnostic devices / A. K. Sen, A. Nath, A. Sudeepthi, S. K. Jain, U. Banerjee
    Microfluidic device for isolation of circulating tumour cells in blood / A. K. Sen, U. Banerjee, S. K. Jain, A. Nath, A. Sudeepthi
    D printed microfluidic device with Integrated biosensors for biomedical applications / Priyanka Prabhakar, Raj Kumar Sen, Neeraj Dwivedi, Raju Khan, Pratima R. Solanki, Satanand Mishra, Avanish Kumar Srivastava, and Chetna Dhand
    Integrated biosensor for rapid and point-of-care biomedical diagnosis / Sunil Kumar and Rashmi Madhuri
    Paper-based microfluidic devices with integrated nanostructured materials for glucose detection / Abhinav Sharma, Wejdan S. AlGhamdi, Hendrik Faber, Thomas D. Anthopoulos
    Microfluidic devices as miniaturized analytical module for cancer diagnosis / Niraj K. Vishwakarma, Parul Chaurasia, Pranjal Chandra and Sanjeev Kumar Mahto
    Analytical devices with instrument-free detection based on paper microfluidics / S. Seetasang, T. Kaneta
    Micromixers and microvalves for point-of-care diagnosis and lab-on-a-chip applications / Aarathi Pradeep, T. G. Satheesh Babu
    Microfluidic contact lenses for ocular diagnostics / A.Dennyson Savariraj, A. A. Khan, M. Elsherif, F. Alam, B. Alqattan, Ahmed E. Salih, A. A. S. J. Alghailani, A. K. Yetisen, H. Butt
    Microfluidic platforms for wound healing analysis / Lynda Velutheril Thomas, Priyadarsini S
    Chromatographic separation and visual detection on wicking microfluidic devices / Keisham Radhapyari, Nirupama Guru Aribam, Suparna Datta, Snigdha Dutta, Rinkumoni Barman, Raju Khan
    Microfluidic electrochemical sensor system for simultaneous multi biomarker analyses / Mayank Garg, Reetu Rani, Amit L. Sharma, Suman Singh
    Commercialization of microfluidic point-of-care diagnostic devices / Pushpesh Ranjan, Mohd. Abubakar Sadique, Arpana Parihar, Chetna Dhand, Alka Mishra, and Raju Khan.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2022
  • Digital
    editor, Miranda Lomer.
    Contents:
    Physiology and function of the gastrointestinal and hepatobiliary tract
    Dietary components relevant to gastrointestinal health
    Gastrointestinal disorders
    Hepatobiliary disorders.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Mary Hickson, Sara Smith.
    Contents:
    Background to undernutrition
    Identification of undernutrition
    Nutrition requirements in nutrition support
    Nutritional interventions to prevent and treat undernutrition
    Undernutrition and nutritional support in clinical specialities.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Catherine Hankey.
    Summary: "This addition to the British Dietetic Association Advanced Nutrition and Dietetics book series is written for clinicians and researchers who work with any aspect of obesity and its comorbid conditions. Featuring contributions from leading researchers and practitioners from around the globe Advanced Nutrition and Dietetics in Obesity offers a uniquely international perspective on what has become a worldwide public health crisis. Chapters cover a full range of new ideas and research on the underlying drivers of obesity in populations including discussions on the genetic and clinical aspects of obesity, along with expert recommendations on how to effectively manage and prevent this chronic and persistent disease. Providing a comprehensive overview of the key literature in this field, Advanced Nutrition and Dietetics in Obesity is an invaluable resource for all those all those whose work should or does embrace any aspect of obesity"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Barbara Holmes Gobel, MS, RN, AOCN, Shirley Triest-Robertson, PhD, AOCNS, ACHPN, ACNSBC, RN-BC (Pain), Wendy H. Vogel, MSN, FNP, AOCNP.
    Contents:
    Cancer prevention, screening, and early detection
    Genetic risk
    Cancer diagnosis and staging
    Chemotherapy, targeted biotherapy, and molecular therapy
    Surgery
    Radiation therapy
    Blood and marrow stem cell transplantation
    Complementary and integrative therapies
    Clinical research
    Pain, fatigue, and cognitive impairment
    Myelosuppression
    Cardiac and pulmonary toxicities
    Gastrointestinal, genitourinary, and hepatic toxicities
    Neurologic, ocular, and dermatologic toxicities
    Metabolic emergencies
    Structural oncologic emergencies
    Psychosocial management
    Cancer survivorship
    Palliative and end-of-life care
    Roles of the oncology advanced practice nurse
    Professional practice of advanced practice nurses
    Test questions.
    Digital Access R2Library 2016
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Frank A. Carey and Richard J. Sundberg.
    Contents:
    pt. A. Structure and mechanisms
    pt. B. Reactions and synthesis.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Springer
    Springer
  • Digital
    edited by Martin Samuels, Sue Wieteska.
    Summary: This course book gives guidance on life-threatening emergencies in children. It covers recognition of the seriously ill child, basic life support, treatment of shock, in a structured approach to the seriously injured child.

    Contents:
    Structured approach to emergency paediatrics
    Human factors
    The structured approach to the seriously ill child
    The child with breathing difficulties
    The child in shock
    The child with an abnormal pulse rate or rhythm
    The child with a decreased conscious level
    The convulsing child
    Introduction to the seriously injured child
    The structured approach to the seriously injured child
    The child with chest injury
    The child with abdominal injury
    The child with traumatic brain injury
    The child with injuries to the extremities or the spine
    The burned or scalded child
    The child with an electrical injury or drowning
    Life support
    Basic life support
    Advanced support of the airway and ventilation
    The management of cardiac arrest
    Practical procedures : airway and breathing
    Practical procedures : circulation
    Practical procedures : trauma
    Imaging in trauma
    Structured approach to stabilisation and transfer.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Print
    [edited by] J. David Prologo, Charles E. Ray.Jr.
    Summary: "Minimally-invasive techniques with fewer complications are continually being developed to provide relief to patients with debilitating, unrelenting pain. Although significant advancements have been made and development continues at a rapid pace, it is essential that progress continues and clinicians unfamiliar with these techniques learn and incorporate them into practice. Advanced Pain Management in Interventional Radiology edited by renowned interventional radiologists J. David Prologo and Charles E. Ray Jr. is the first textbook to use case examples to detail the latest image-guided interventional approaches to treat conditions, diseases, and syndromes associated with unremitting, incapacitating pain. Fifty chapters by top experts in the field provide reviews of clinical conditions and technical guidance on how to perform procedures for a wide range of challenging pain conditions. The book starts with an insightful chapter on opioids, with discussion of history, the devastating opioid crisis, an overview of interventional pain procedures, and the important role interventional radiologists play in decreasing opioid use in select populations. Subsequently, each of the case-based chapters is consistently formatted with the case presentation, clinical evaluation, review of pertinent imaging, development of a treatment plan (including non-IR treatment options), technical details, potential complications, and a literature review of the featured technique"-- Provided by publisher
  • Digital
    Ellen Chiocca.
    Summary: "Pediatric healthcare experts agree that the health care needs of children are vastly different from those of adults. From infancy through adolescence, a child experiences many dramatic anatomical, physiologic, psychosocial, developmental, and cognitive changes. Thus, it is critical for the pediatric health care provider to possess specialized knowledge and skills to accurately assess children during health and illness. Concepts related to the health assessment and physical examination of adults cannot be universally applied to the care of children; children are not simply little adults"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Child Health Assessment : An Overview
    Assessment of Child Development and Behavior
    Communicating with Children and Families
    Assessment of the Family
    Cultural Assessment of Children and Families
    Obtaining the Pediatric Health History
    Assessing Safety and Injury Risk in Children
    The Pediatric Physical Examination
    The Health Supervision Visit: Wellness Examinations in Children
    Assessment of Nutritional Status
    Assessment of the Neonate
    Assessment of the Integumentary System
    Assessment of the Head, Neck, and Regional Lymphatics
    Assessment of the Ears
    Assessment of the Eyes
    Assessment of the Face, Nose, and Oral Cavity
    Assessment of the Thorax, Lungs, and Regional Lymphatics
    Assessment of the Cardiovascular System
    Assessment of the Abdomen and Regional Lymphatics
    Assessment of the Reproductive and Genitourinary Systems
    Assessment of the Musculoskeletal System
    Assessment of the Neurologic System
    Assessment of Mental Disorders in Children and Adolescents
    Assessment of Child Abuse and Neglect
    The Complete History and Physical Examination : From Start to Finish
    Formulating a Differential Diagnosis.
    Digital Access R2Library 2019
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Print
    [editor] Lea S. Eiland
    Summary: Advanced Pediatric Therapeutics (APT), Edition 2 is organized by pharmacy practice setting with major sections dedicated to the Neonatal Intensive Care Unit (NICU), Pediatric Intensive Care Unit (PICU), Inpatient and Outpatient general practice, and Hematology/Oncology practice. The primary focus is advanced management techniques, emerging research, and clinical controversies for each disease state. Each chapter incorporates a patient case and assessment questions.

    Contents:
    Section 1: Neonatal Intensive Care Unit
    Section 2: Pediatric Intensive Care Unit
    Section 3: General Pediatrics
    Section 4: Hematology/Oncology
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    New Books Shelf (Duck Room)
    RJ52 E35 2023
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Matthew D. McEvoy, Cory M. Furse.
    Summary: A high-yield, clinically-relevant resource for understanding the epidemiology, pathophysiology, assessment, and management of a wide variety of perioperative emergencies. Each chapter opens with a clinical case, followed by a discussion of the relevant evidence. Case-based learning discussion questions, which can be used for self-assessment or in the classroom, round out each chapter. This work is an ideal resource for trainees, clinicians, and nurses who work in the perioperative arena, from the operating room to the postoperative surgical ward.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    Nancy C. Tkacs, Linda L. Herrmann, Randall L. Johnson.
    Summary: This advanced physiology and pathophysiology text is designed to address the specific learning needs of future nurse practitioners, physician assistants, and other advanced healthcare providers caring for patients across the lifespan. Focusing on practical applications of physiology, it facilitates in-depth understanding of important pathophysiological concepts as they relate to major disorders commonly seen in clinical practice and includes comprehensive pediatric and geriatric considerations. This knowledge is crucial to providing the foundation required to be an informed and confident clinical decision maker.

    Contents:
    The foundational concepts of clinical practice
    Chemical and biochemical foundations
    Molecular biology, genetics, and genetic diseases
    Cell physiology and pathophysiology
    Infectious disease
    The immune system and leukocyte function
    Neoplasia
    Blood and clotting
    Circulation
    Heart
    Lungs
    Kidneys
    Gastrointestinal tract
    Liver
    Nervous system
    Musculoskeletal system
    Endocrine system
    List of abbreviations.
    Digital Access R2Library 2021
    Limited to 2 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    Sofia Llahana, Christine Yedinak, Cecilia Follin, Ashlevy Grossman, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive guide for nurses practicing in any area of endocrinology and at any level of expertise. Endocrinology Nursing is a fast-developing specialty with nurses performing advanced roles and expanding their practice to run independent nurse-led services. Supported by the European Society for Endocrinology (ESE) and edited by members of the ESE Nurses Working Group, this is the first book ever published specifically for endocrine nurses. It is also an excellent resource for endocrinology specialty trainees, general practitioners, medical and nursing students, expert patients and nurses working in specialties such as fertility, osteoporosis, oncology, obesity, urology and gynaecology, who look after patients with endocrine-related disorders. This volume includes 13 sections and 69 chapters providing a comprehensive overview of adult and paediatric endocrinology but also a section on advanced practice, role development and nursing research. It has been written by an international team of more than 100 eminent nurses, physicians, surgeons, psychologists and other healthcare professionals, which makes this book a valuable resource for any multidisciplinary team. Many patient advocacy groups have contributed with case studies which emphasises the close working relationships with patients.

    Contents:
    Growth and Development:- The Importance of Auxology for Growth Assessment.-Short stature, growth hormone deficiency and primary IGF-1 deficiency.-Disorders of Sex Development.-Puberty: normal, delayed,and precocious
    Treatment issues in the care of paediatric patients with endocrine conditions
    Transition from paediatric to adult services
    Endocrine disorders & genetics in childhood: Genetics and fanily history.-Congenital hyperinsulinism (CHI) in children.-Genetic syndromes presenting in childhood affecting hypothalamic function.-McCune Albright Syndrome.-Hypothalamus & Pituitary: Anatomy and physiology of the hypothalamic-pituitary axis
    Metabolic effects of the hypothalamic dysfunction
    Sella and supra sella brain tumours and infiltrarive disorders affecting the HPA-axis
    Dynamic Investigations and Diagnostic Testing
    Diagnostic Imaging
    Non functional pituitary adenomas and incidentalomas
    Thyroid Stimulating Hormone Producing Adenomas:TSHomas
    ^Prolactin Producing Adenomas: Prolactinomas
    Growth Hormone Producing Adenomas:Acromegaly
    ACTH Producing Adenomas: Cushing's Disease
    Pituitary surgery
    Radiotherapy
    Hypopituitarism and adult growth hormone deficiency
    The Thyroid Gland: Thyroid Anatomy and Physiology
    Thyroid Investigations
    Hyperthyroidism in adults
    Thyroid Cancer
    Diagnosis and management of hypothyroidism in adults
    Thyroid Eye Disease
    Disorders of the thyroid in childhood and adolescence
    Thyroid disease in pre and post pregnancy
    The Adrenal Gland: Anatomy and Physiology of the thyroid gland
    Congenital Adrenal Hyperplasia
    Adrenal tumours: adrenocortical functioning adenomas, pheochromocytomas, incidentalomas and adrenocortical cancer
    Adrenal insufficiency and cortisol replacement therapy in children and adults
    Female endocrinology and reproduction: Anatomy and physiology of the female reproductive system
    ^Assessment and management of women with Polycystic Ovary Syndrome (PCOS)
    Diagnosis and management of Turner Syndrome in Children and Adults
    Premature ovarian insufficiency, menopause and hormone replacement therapy
    Endocrine needs during pregnancy
    Male endocrinology and reproduction: Anatomy and physiology of the Hypothalamic-Pituitary-Gonadal (HPG) axis
    Classification of Hypothalamic-Pituitary-Gonadal (HPG) axis endocrine disorders
    Evaluation of endocrine disorders of the hypothalamic-pituitary-gonadal (HPG) axis
    Testosterone replacement therapy in men
    Spermatogenesis and assisted fertility treatment
    Diagnosis and management of erectile dysfunction in men
    Genetic counselling and psychosexual considerations in male health and reproduction
    Parathyroid, calcium and bone disorders: Hyperparathyroidism and Hypoparathyroidism
    Calcium Disorders
    Congenital and Acquired Bone Disorders
    Osteoporosis
    Vitamin D Deficiency and Treatment
    ^Obesity and disorders of lipid metabolism: Late complications after childhood cancer treatment
    Endocrinopathy after childhood cancer
    Neurocognitive dysfunction and psychosocial issues
    Endocrine emergencies: Management of hyponatraemia in adults and children
    Management of adrenal crisis in adults and children
    Thyroid emergencies: thyroid storm and myxoedema: Neuroendocrine tumours
    Multiple endocrine neoplasia
    Advanced practice nursing in endocrinology: Role development and factors influencing role performance
    Principles and componets of Advanced Practice Nursing with focus in endocrinology
    Research: audit, service evaluation and independent nursing research.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Agnes Higgins, Nina Kilkku, Gisli Kort Kristofersson, editors.
    Summary: This textbook explores issues central to the provision of recovery-orientated care based on ethical principles and human rights perspectives. Written by academics and nurse practitioners, this comprehensive text draws together theory, research and practice to map the landscape of Advanced Practice in Mental Health Nursing (APMHN) in Europe. Underpinned by a rights- and relational- based approach to care, the textbook is organized around six themes: theoretical and historical perspectives; foundations for collaborative working; therapeutic engagement in different contexts; beyond the clinical dimension of the APMHN role; advancing the evidence-based practice agenda and emerging issues and challenges. Each theme consists of a number of chapters that are designed to address different aspects of APMHN. With a focus on illuminating the collaborating aspect of their role and advancing nurses competencies, debates and guidance are provided in areas such as therapeutic alliance, assessment, care-planning, mental health promotion, family work, trauma, diversity and culture, spirituality, risk and uncertainty, and prescribing. In addition to addressing the leadership, education and advocacy role, specific chapters explore the APMHN role in linking evidence to practice, in the participatory generation of evidence and maintaining professional competence. With a focus on future challenges and opportunities the textbook concludes with discussion on issues, such as eMental Health and future challenges and possibilities facing APMHNs, including challenges in informing policy, democratizing services, working across service and disciplinary boundaries, collaboratively shaping the evidence agenda, as well sustaining their role into the future. Within the book theoretical debate is grounded in case studies and/or examples from across Europe. This textbook is especially relevant to Mental Health Nurses undertaking studies at the Advanced Practice level. It is also suited to all Mental Health Nurses studying at post-graduate level who wish to advance their practice irrespective of the country. Educators, researchers and policy-makers involved in the area of Mental Health and Advanced Nursing Practice along with people with lived experiences will find the text of relevance.

    Contents:
    Part I. Theoretical and historical perspectives
    Chapter 1. Landscape of Advanced Practice Mental Health Nursing in Europe
    Chapter 2.Role and competencies of Advanced Practice Mental Health Nurses
    Chapter 3. Perspectives and Frameworks underpinning the practice of Advanced Mental Health Nursing
    Part II. Foundations for collaborative working
    Chapter 4. Therapeutic alliance
    Chapter 5.Advanced mental health nursing assesment
    Chapter 6.Integrative care planning
    Part III. Therapeutic engagement in different contexts
    Chapter 7. Collaboration with families, networks and communities
    Chapter 8.Advanced Practice Mental Health Nursing and Mental Health Promotion
    Chapter 9. Trauma and Trauma Informed Care
    Chapter 10.Mental health care in the era of growing global risk and uncertainty a recovery and person-centred approach
    Chapter 11. Interface between physical and mental health
    Chapter 12.Spirituality: Resilience in the emotional desert
    Chapter 13.Diversity and culturally responsive mental health practice
    Chapter 14.Collaborative prescribing and advanced mental health nursing practice
    Part IV. Beyond the clinical dimension of the Advanced Practice Mental Health Nursing
    Chapter 15.Educational aspects in Advanced Mental Health Nursing Practice
    Chapter 16. Advocacy and the Advanced Nurse Practitioner
    Chapter 17.Advanced Practice Mental Health Nurses as leaders
    Part V. Advancing the Evidence Based Practice Agenda
    Chapter 18.Knowledge translation and linking evidence to practice
    Chapter 19.Enhancing the quality of care through participatory generation of evidence
    Chapter 20. Maintaining professional competence
    Part VI. Emerging issues and challenges
    Chapter 21. eMental Health and health informatics
    Chapter 22. Into the future: challenges and opportunities for the APMHN role.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Susan M. DeNisco, Anne M. Barker.
    Summary: "Advanced Practice Nursing: Essential Knowledge for the Profession, Third Edition is a core advanced practice text used in both Master's Level and DNP programs. The Third Edition is a unique compilation of existing chapters from a variety of high-level Jones & Bartlett Learning works creating a comprehensive and well-rounded resource for the advanced practice nursing student. Similar to the previous edition, The Third Edition is framed around the AACN's Master's Essentials as well as the Essentials for Doctoral Education featuring the most up-to-date content on each set of Essentials. Throughout the Third Edition the authors address the rapid changes in the health care environment with a special focus on health care finance, electronic health records, quality and safety as well as emerging roles for the advanced practice nurse. Patient care in the context of the advanced nursing role is also discussed."--Publisher's website.

    Contents:
    Professional roles for the advanced practice nurse
    Healthcare delivery and health policy for advanced practice : core knowledge
    Quality, safety, and information systems for advanced practice nurses
    Theoretical foundations, research, and evidence-based practice
    The role of race, culture, ethics, and advocacy in advanced nursing practice
    Leadership and role transition for the advanced practice nurse.
    Digital Access R2Library 2016
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    [edited by] Susan M. DeNisco.
    Summary: Advanced Practice Nursing: Essential Knowledge for the Profession, Fourth Edition is a core advanced practice text used in both Master's Level and DNP programs. Similar to the previous edition, The Fourth Edition is framed around the AACN's Master's Essentials as well as the Essentials for Doctoral Education featuring the most up-to-date content on each set of Essentials. Throughout the Fourth Edition the authors address the rapid changes in the health care environment with a special focus on health care finance, electronic health records, quality and safety as well as emerging roles for the advanced practice nurse. Patient care in the context of the advanced nursing role is also discussed.
    Digital Access R2Library 2021
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    [edited by] Lucille A. Joel, EdD, APN, FAAN, Distinguished Professor, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey, School of Nursing, New Brunswick-Newark, New Jersey.
    Contents:
    Unit 1: The evolution of advanced practice
    Advanced practice nursing: doing what has to be done
    Emerging roles of the advanced practice nurse
    Role development: a theoretical perspective
    Educational preparation of advanced practice nurses: looking to the future
    Global perspectives on advanced nursing practice
    Unit 2: The practice environment
    Advanced practice nurses and prescriptive authority
    Credentialing and clinical privileges for the advanced practice registered nurse
    The kaleidoscope of collaborative practice
    Participation of the advanced practice nurse in health plans and quality initiatives
    Public policy and the advanced practice registered nurse
    Resource management
    Mediated roles: working with and through other people
    Unit 3: Competency in advanced practice
    Evidence-based practice
    Advocacy and the advanced practice registered nurse
    Case management and advanced practice nursing
    The advanced practice nurse and research
    The advanced practice nurse: holism and complementary and integrative health approaches
    Basic skills for teaching and the advanced practice registered nurse
    Culture as a variable in practice
    Conflict resolution in advanced practice nursing
    Leadership for APNs: if not now, when?
    Information technology and the advanced practice nurse
    Writing for publication
    Unit 4: Ethical, legal, and business acumen
    Measuring advanced practice nurse performance: outcome indicators, models of evaluation, and the issue of value
    Advanced practice registered nurses: accomplishments, trends, and future development
    Starting a practice and practice management
    The advanced practice nurse as employee or independent contractor: legal and contractual considerations
    The law, the courts, and the advanced practice registered nurse
    Malpractice and the advanced practice nurse
    Ethics and the advanced practice nurse.
    Digital Access R2Library 2018
    Limited to 2 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Laurie Kennedy-Malone, PhD, GNP-BC, FAANP, FGSA, Professor of Nursing, School of Nursing, University of North Carolina at Greensboro, Greensboro, North Carolina, Lori Martin-Plank, PhD, FNP-BC, NP-C, GNP-BC, FAANP, Clinical Associate Professor, College of Nursing, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona, Evelyn Groenke Duffy, Associate Professor, Director of the Adult-Gerontology Primary Care Nurse Practitioner Program, Associate Director of the University Center on Aging and Health, Frances Payne Bolton School of Nursing, Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, Ohio.
    Summary: Explore effective ways to enhance the wellness and independence of older adults across the wellness-illness continuum, including acute, primary, and long-term care. From an overview of the theories of aging and assessment through the treatment of disorders, including complex illnesses, this evidence-based book provides the comprehensive gerontological coverage you need to prepare for your role as an Advanced Practice Nurse. You'll be prepared for boards and for practice. -- From product description.

    Contents:
    Changes with aging
    Health promotion
    Exercise in older adults
    Comprehensive geriatric assessment
    Symptoms and syndromes
    Skin and lymphatic disorders
    Head, neck, and face disorders
    Chest disorders
    Peripheral vascular disorders
    Abdominal disorders
    Urological and gynecological disorders
    Musculoskeletal disorders
    Central and peripheral nervous system disorders
    Endocrine, metabolic, and nutritional disorders
    Hematological and immune system disorders
    Psychosocial disorders
    Polypharmacy
    Chronic illness and the advanced practice registered nurse (APRN)
    Palliative care and end-of-life care.
    Digital Access R2Library 2019
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    edited by Susan B. Hassmiller, Joyce Pulcini.
    Summary: This book is distinctive in its focus on Advanced Practice Nursing leadership globally. It has a unique structure, first highlighting global APN leadership and then including case studies on leadership from various regions around the world. This beneficial and practical book has a specific emphasis on academic, clinical and policy leadership and is relevant for all readers. Finally, a section on leadership development focuses on coaching and mentoring, business acumen, collaboration and patient advocacy provides an important contribution. Authors are distinguished APN leaders from around the world along with junior authors who are emerging leaders being mentored by these leaders. This book will appeal to APN clinicians, students and emerging leaders who want to bring important global lessons to their work. The book will become an indispensable part of the libraries of all APN leaders at all stages in their development worldwide.

    Contents:
    Section I. Introduction
    Chapter 1. Leadership: What makes a great leader: What is leadership?
    Section II. Global APN Nursing Leadership
    Chapter 2. Perspectives from the ICN- on INPANP Network
    Chapter 3. Nursing NOW
    Chapter 4. Future of Nursing: Campaign for Action
    Chapter 5. Sigma's contribution to global APN leadership
    Section III. Case studies in APN Leadership at the regional Level
    Chapter 6. Latin America and the Caribbean
    Chapter 7. Middle East
    Chapter 8. Africa
    Chapter 9. Asia
    Chapter 10. New Zealand
    Chapter 11. Canada
    Chapter 12. Europe/UK
    Chapter 13. US
    Section IV. Academic Leadership
    Chapter 14. Maintaining standards as the role is defined
    Chapter 15. Paving the way as Academic Leaders
    Chapter 16. Moving the APN concept forward through education and curricular leadership
    Chapter 17. Developing NP Education in Africa
    Section V. Clinical Leadership
    Chapter 18. Creating strong clinical networks
    Chapter 19. Clinical Leadership
    Chapter 20. Joy in Work/self care/resilience, clinician well being
    Section VI. Leadership Development
    Chapter 21. Building a legacy of leadership through coaching and mentorship
    Chapter 22. Collaborative Leadership by consensus building with stakeholders within and outside of nursing
    Chapter 23. Leadership using entrepreneurship, financial management and business acumen
    Chapter 24. Advocacy for nursing and for patient
    Chapter 25. NGOs and Global Leadership Development .
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Margaret R. Colyar.
    Summary: "We believe the procedures outlined will improve the marketability of the nurse practitioner and serve as a good reference tool for family and/or adult nurse practitioners in an ambulatory care setting. Prerequisites for this book are basic anatomy and physiology, microbiology, pharmacology, principles of aseptic technique, and basic nursing skills. The procedures in this book were chosen based on a comprehensive study of types of procedures currently used in the nurse practitioner's practice. Many of the procedures can be used in any ambulatory setting"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access R2Library 2020
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    edited by Constance Dahlin, Patrick J. Coyne, Betty R. Ferrell.
    Summary: This is a comprehensive resource that addresses all aspects of palliative care, providing advanced practice content and practical reference for clinical practice across all settings.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    Sudhir Diwan, Timothy R. Deer, editors.
    Contents:
    Section I: Advanced Spinal Interventions
    1. Advanced Spinal Mapping: An Interventional Continuum for Axial, Radicular, and Dorsal Root Ganglion-Related Pain
    2. MILD: Percutaneous Lumbar Decompression
    3. Superion: An Indirect Lumbar Decompression
    4. Minimally Invasive Discectomy: Transforaminal Approach
    5. Minimally Invasive Percutaneous Endoscopic Discectomy: Transdiscal Approach
    6. Minimally Invasive Facet Fusion
    7. Vertebral Augmentation: Vertebroplasty and Kyphoplasty
    Section II: Advanced Neuromodulation
    8. Neuromodulation: Mechanisms of Action
    9. Anatomy of Neuromodulatory Targets: Central Nervous System and the Periphery
    10. Neuromodulation: Optimizing Surgical Outcomes and Risk Reduction
    11. Extracranial Peripheral Nerve and Peripheral Nerve Field Stimulation for Headache: Trialing
    12. Extracranial Peripheral Nerve Field and Peripheral Nerve Stimulation for Headache: Permanent Implant
    13. Intracranial Neuromodulation: Deep Brain Stimulation for Pain
    14. Spinal Cord Stimulation, Cervical: Trialing
    15. Spinal Cord Stimulation: Thoracic and Lumbar-Trial
    16. Spinal Cord Stimulation-Hybrid Lead Array: Epidural and Peripheral Nerve Field Stimulation Trialv
    17. Hybrid Neuromodulation
    18. Permanent Percutaneous Spinal Cord Stimulator Implantation: Cervical/Lumbar
    19. Spinal Cord Stimulation for Chronic Abdominal Pain
    20. Spinal Cord Stimulation: Pelvic Pain
    21. Truncal Stimulation Trial and Implant
    22. Peripheral Nerve Stimulation for the Painful Extremity
    23. Advanced Neuromodulation Techniques: Dorsal Root Ganglion Stimulation
    24. High-Frequency Stimulation
    25. Burst Stimulation: An Innovative Waveform Strategy for Spinal Cord Stimulation
    26. Novel Waveforms
    27. Transcutaneous Vagus Nerve Stimulation: Novel Treatment Strategies
    28. Sacral Stimulation for Pelvic Pain
    29. Intrathecal Drug Delivery: Pharmacokinetics and Dynamics
    30. Patient Selection for Drug Delivery System Implantation
    31. Intrathecal Drug Delivery: Medication Selection
    32. Intrathecal Drug Delivery: Trialing
    33. Intrathecal Drug Delivery: Implantation
    34. Intrathecal Drug Delivery Maintenance: Refill and Programming
    35. Intrathecal Drug Delivery Maintenance: Catheter Evaluation
    36. Intrathecal Drug Delivery: Innovation
    Section III: Advanced Regenerative Medicine
    37. History of Regenerative Medicine
    38. Platelet-Rich Plasma
    39. Alpha-2-Macroglobulin: Protease Inhibitor Treatment (PRP Variant)
    40. Bone Marrow Derived Stem Cells and their Application in Pain Medicine
    41. Adipose-Derived Stromal Stem Cells
    42. Intradiscal Biologic Treatments: Allogeneic Stem Cells
    43. Intradiscal Biologic Treatments: Intra-annular Fibrin Disc Sealant
    44. Amniotic Tissue
    45. Platelet-Rich Plasma (PRP): Procedural Techniques for Musculoskeletal Injuries
    46. Technical Aspects of Regenerative Injection Therapy
    47. Platelet-Rich Plasma Therapy: An Overview.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    editors, Ram Prasad and Thirugnanasambandham Karchiyappan.
    Summary: The establishment of clean, safe water is one of the major challenges facing societies around the globe. The continued urbanization of human populations, the increasing manipulation of natural resources, and the resulting pollution are driving remarkable burden on water resources. Increasing demands for food, energy, and natural resources are expected to continue to accelerate in the near future in response to the demands of these changing human populations. In addition, the complexity of human activities is leading to a diversity of new chemical contaminants in the environment that represent a major concern for water managers. This will create increased pressure on both water quantity and quality, making it increasingly difficult to provide a sustainable supply of water for human welfare and activities. Although protection of water resources is the best long-term solution, we will also need innovative novel approaches and technologies to water treatment to ensure an adequate superior quality resource to meet these needs. Solving tomorrow's water issues will require unique approaches that incorporate emerging new technologies. Great advances have been made in the area of nanotechnology. Due to their unique physical and chemical properties, nanomaterials are extensively used in antibacterial medical products, membrane filters, electronics, catalysts, and biosensors. Nanoparticles can have distinctly different properties from their bulk counterparts, creating the opportunity for new materials with a diversity of applications. Recent developments related to water treatment include the potential use of carbon nanotubes, nanocompositae, nanospheres, nanofibers, and nanowires for the removal of a diversity of chemical pollutants. By exploiting the assets and structure of these new materials, such as increased surface area, high reactivity, and photocatalytic action, it will be possible to create technologies that can be very efficient at removing and degrading environmental pollutants. Understanding and using these unique properties should lead to innovative, cost-effective applications for addressing the complexities of emerging needs for water treatment and protection. Although still in the early stages, research into the application of nanotechnology shows great promise for solving some of these major global water issues. This comprehensive text describes the latest research and application methods in this rapidly advancing field.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors; About the Editors;
    Chapter 1: Economic Assessment of Nanomaterials in Bio-Electrical Water Treatment; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Economic Assessment of BES Materials; 1.3 Nanomaterials Used BES; 1.3.1 Carbon-Based Nanomaterials; 1.3.2 Metal and Metal Composite Materials; 1.3.3 Minerals; 1.3.4 Anodes; 1.3.5 Cathodes; 1.4 Membranes and Electrolyte; 1.5 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 2: Bioconjugated Quantum Dots in Rapid Detection of Water Microbial Load: An Emerging Technology; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Most Common Waterborne Pathogens 2.3 Presently Employed Methods for the Detection of Waterborne Pathogens2.3.1 The HPC Test (Standard Plate Count); 2.3.2 Immunological Methods; 2.3.3 Genetic Methods; 2.3.4 DNA Sequencing; 2.3.5 Mass Spectrometry; 2.4 Quantum Dots; 2.5 Quantum Confinement Effect; 2.6 Photoluminescence; 2.7 Biomarkers of Pathogens; 2.8 Bioconjugation; 2.9 Direct Absorption; 2.10 Covalent Coupling; 2.11 Quantum Dots as a Biosensor for Pathogen Detection; 2.12 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 3: Water Pollution Remediation Techniques with Special Focus on Adsorption; 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Adsorption and Adsorbents3.2.1 Theory and Process of Adsorption; 3.2.2 Evaluation and Predictions Using Adsorption Isotherms; 3.2.3 Adsorbents; 3.2.4 Activated Carbon; 3.2.5 Metal Oxides and Hydroxides; 3.2.6 Activated and Impregnated Alumina; 3.2.7 Iron Oxides and Oxy-Hydroxides; 3.2.8 Natural and Synthetic Clay, Ores and Minerals; 3.2.9 Non-conventional Low-Cost Adsorbents; 3.2.10 Agricultural Waste and Byproducts; 3.2.11 Biopolymeric Adsorbents; 3.2.12 Industrial Byproducts and Wastes; 3.2.13 Nano-adsorbents; 3.3 Modes of Operation of Adsorption Process; 3.3.1 Batch Adsorption Process 3.3.2 Continuous Flow Adsorption Process3.4 Adsorption-Based Techniques Available for Drinking Water Purification; 3.5 Summary and Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 4: Effect of Nano-TiO2 Particles on Mechanical Properties of Hydrothermal Aged Glass Fiber Reinforced Polymer Composit ... ; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Nano-TiO2; 4.3 Materials and Methods; 4.4 Void Content; 4.5 Water Diffusion Kinetics; 4.6 Flexural Strength; 4.7 Weibull Model Validation; 4.8 Interlaminar Shear Strength (ILSS); 4.9 Post-failure Analysis; 4.10 Glass Transition Temperature; 4.11 Conclusions; References
    Chapter 5: Nanotechnology: An Innovative Way for Wastewater Treatment and Purification5.1 Introduction: Water and Water Technology; 5.2 Major Sources of Water Pollution; 5.2.1 Domestic Sewage; 5.2.2 Industrial Water Pollution; 5.2.3 Population Growth; 5.2.4 Pesticides and Fertilizers; 5.2.5 Plastics and Polythene Bags; 5.2.6 Urbanization; 5.2.7 Ground Pollution; 5.2.8 Agricultural Water Pollution; 5.3 Wastewater Treatments; 5.3.1 Primary Treatment of Wastewater; 5.3.2 Secondary Treatment; 5.3.3 Tertiary Treatment; 5.4 Wastewater Remediation; 5.4.1 Thermal Methods
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Recall series editor and senior editor, Lorne H. Blackbourne ; advisor, Curtis Tribble.
    Summary: "Advanced Surgical Recall provides a portable review of surgical information for students and residents who have progressed past the introductory Surgical Recall. Written in the same high-yield question-and-answer format, Advanced Surgical Recall presents the complex surgical questions and clinical scenarios that residents face every day."--Back cover.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Review of surgical acronyms and memory aids
    Surgical syndromes
    Surgical most commons
    Surgical percentages
    Surgical history
    Surgical instruments
    Sutures and stitching
    Surgical knot tying
    Incisions
    Surgical positions
    Surgical speak
    Preoperative 201
    Advanced procedures
    Surgical operations you should know
    Cell biology and cytokines
    Wounds
    Drains and tubes
    Surgical anatomy
    Surgical respiratory care
    Renal facts
    Fluids and electrolytes
    Surgery by the numbers and surgical formulae
    Blood and blood products
    Surgical hemostasis
    Surgical medications
    Complications
    Common on-call pages
    Surgical nutrition
    Shock
    Surgical infection
    Fever
    Surgical prophylaxis
    Surgical radiology
    Anesthesia
    Surgical ulcers
    Surgical oncology
    GI hormones and physiology
    Acute abdomen and referred pain
    Hernias
    Laparoscopy
    Trauma
    Burns
    Upper GI bleeding
    The Stomach
    Bariatric surgery
    Ostomies
    Small intestine
    The Appendix
    Carcinoid tumors
    Fistulas
    Colon and rectum
    The Anus
    Lower GI bleeding
    Inflammatory bowel disease: Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis
    Liver
    Portal hypertension
    Biliary tract
    Pancreas
    The Breast
    Endocrine
    Thyroid gland
    Parathyroid
    Spleen
    Surgically correctable hypertension
    Soft tissue sarcomas and lymphomas
    Skin lesions
    Melanoma
    Surgical intensive care
    Vascular surgery
    Pediatric surgery
    Plastic surgery
    Hand surgery
    Otolaryngology head and neck surgery
    Thoracic surgery
    Cardiovascular surgery
    Transplant surgery
    Orthopedic surgery
    Neurosurgery
    Urology
    Ophthalmology
    Obstetrics and gynecology
    Rapid fire review for the American board of surgery in-training examination (ABSITE).
  • Digital
    Amy L. Halverson, David C. Borgstrom, editors.
    Summary: This unique reference fulfills the unmet need of a textbook that addresses the scope of practice for surgeons practicing in rural regions. The text provides up-to-date content covering a wide breadth of topics relevant to surgical care in rural areas, with focus on the surgical diseases that are often treated by surgical subspecialists in the urban setting. Written by experts in each subspecialty, the text focuses on procedural aspects of surgical patient care. The first section discusses practice issues unique to rural surgery and provides an overview of applying principles of quality improvement to surgical practice. Subsequent chapters cover specific surgical procedures. Each chapter includes a brief discussion of indications and contraindications for surgery. The surgical technique is described with attention to important anatomic details. Key portions of the procedure are highlighted including potential complications and how to avoid them. Procedure specific perioperative care is also discussed. Supported with ample illustrations and images, Advanced Surgical Techniques for Rural Surgeons is a valuable resource for surgeons currently in practice or preparing to practice in a rural area, as well as surgical technicians, surgical nurse practitioners, and physician's assistants.

    Contents:
    Endoscopic Control of Upper GI Bleeding
    Endoscopic and Laparoscopic Techniques for Enteral Access
    Endomucosal Resection of Colon Polyps and Control of Postpolypectomy Bleeding
    Laparoscopic Common Bile Duct Exploration
    Partial Cholecystectomy
    Percutaneous Cholecystostomy
    Laparoscopic Repair of Abdominal Wall Hernias
    Closure Repair of Complex Ventral Hernias
    Open with Separation of Parts
    Surgical Management of Skin Neoplasias of the Face
    Defect Closure after Lesion Excision of the Face
    Surgical Management of Melanoma of the Trunk and Extremities
    Post-Excisional Wound Closure Chapter for Rural Surgeons
    Breast Ultrasound in Rural Surgical Practice
    Oncoplastic Lumpectomy
    Skin-Sparing Mastectomy
    Epistaxis
    Thyroid Surgery
    Parathyroidectomy
    Central Venous Access for Rural Surgeons
    Pacemakers
    The Vein Stripping Ablation and Phlebectomy
    Decompressive Craniotomy in Trauma
    Tracheostomy and Cricothyroidotomy
    Repair of Soft Tissue Facial Injuries
    Repair of Fingertip Amputations
    Damage Control Laparotomy
    Cesarean Section in a Rural Setting
    Surgical Management of Ectopic Pregnancy
    Ovarian Torsion
    Percutaneous Suprapubic Catheter Placement
    Pre-operative ureteral catheter placement to prevent ureteral injuries
    Surgical Management of Testicular Torsion
    Vasectomy
    Perioperative Management in Infants and Children
    Hypertrophic Pyloric Stenosis (HPS) in Infancy.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    editors, Yi-Wei Tang and Charles W. Stratton.
    Summary: This newly updated edition of the well informed guide covers the more advanced and less cumbersome methods of analysis that embattled hospital microbiology labs must adopt to replace the slow and cumbersome culture-based assays of pathogenic microorganisms.

    Contents:
    Automated Blood Cultures / X.Y. Han
    Laboratory Automation in Clinical Bacteriology / A. Croxatto
    Biochemical Profile-Based Microbial Identification Systems / S. Hafeez and J. Aslanzadeh
    Advanced Phenotypic Antimicrobial Susceptibility Testing Methods / C.W. Stratton
    Rapid Microbial Antigen Tests / S. Campbell and M.L. Landry
    Antibody Detection: Principles and Applications / Y.F. (Wayne) Wang
    Procalcitonin and Other Host-Response-Based Biomarkers for Evaluation of Infection and Guidance of Antimicrobial Treatment / P. Schuetz, R. Sager, Y. Wirz and B. Mueller
    Functional Assessment of Microbial, Viral, and Parasitic Infections Using Real-Time Cellular Analysis / D. Jin, X. Xu, M. Zheng, A. Mira, B.J. Lamarche and A.B. Ryder
    Cellular Fatty Acid-Based Microbial Identification and Antimicrobial Susceptibility Testing / N. Parrish and S. Riedel
    MALDI-TOF Mass Spectrometry-Based Microbial Identification and Beyond / A. Mellmann and J. Müthing
    Transcriptomic Techniques in Diagnostic Microbiology / Z.E. Holcomb and E.L. Tsalik
    The Use of Microbial Metabolites for the Diagnosis of Infectious Diseases / M.J. Thalavitiya Acharige, S.S. Koshy and S. Koo
    Nucleic Acid Extraction and Enrichment / J.H. Shin
    Nonamplified Probe-Based Microbial Detection and Identification / F. Wu, T. Hong and P. Della-Latta
    Molecular Typing Techniques: State of the Art / R.V. Goering
    PCR and Its Variations / E.A. Powell and M. Loeffelholz
    Non-PCR Amplification Techniques / R.C. She, T.E. Schutzbank and E.M. Marlowe
    Real-Time and Digital PCR for Nucleic Acid Quantification / A.J. McAdam
    Direct Nucleotide Sequencing for Amplification Product Identification / T. Hong
    Solid and Suspension Microarrays for Detection and Identification of Infectious Diseases / S. Dunbar, J. Farhang, S. Das, S. Ali and H. Qian
    Real-Time Detection of Amplification Products Through Fluorescence Quenching or Energy Transfer / C. Otto and S. Huang
    PCR/Electrospray Ionization-Mass Spectrometry as an Infectious Disease Diagnostic Tool / V. Özenci and K. Strålin
    Nucleic Acid Amplicons Detected and Identified by T2 Magnetic Resonance / J.L. Snyder, H.S. Lapp, Z.-X. Luo, B. Manning and T.J. Lowery
    Molecular Contamination and Amplification Product Inactivation / S. Sefers and J.E. Schmitz.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Yi-Wei Tang, Charles W. Stratton, editors.
    Summary: In recent years, advanced molecular techniques in diagnostic microbiology have been revolutionizing the practice of clinical microbiology in the hospital setting. Molecular diagnostic testing in general and nucleic acid-based amplification methods in particular have been heralded as diagnostic tools for the new millennium. This third edition covers not only the most recent updates and advances, but details newly invented omic techniques, such as next generation sequencing. It is divided into two distinct volumes, with Volume 1 describing the techniques, and Volume 2 addressing their applications in the field. In addition, both volumes focus more so on the clinical relevance of the test results generated by these techniques than previous editions.

    Contents:
    Bacterial identification based on universal gene amplification and sequencing
    Molecular techniques for blood and blood product screening
    Molecular diagnostics of sexual transmitted disease
    Advances in the diagnosis of Mycobacterium tuberculosis
    Advanced typing techniques in molecular epidemiology investigations
    Molecular detection and characterization of carbapenem-resistant Enterobacteriaceae
    Rapid Screening and Identification of MRSA
    Advanced methods for detection of food-borne pathogens
    Technical and clinical niches for point of care molecular devices
    Molecular diagnosis of emerging coronavirus infections
    Technical advances in veterinary diagnostic microbiology
    Recent advances in veterinary diagnostic virology
    Deep sequencing: technical advances and clinical microbiology applications
    Splicing RNA and application in clinical microbiology
    Application of microarrays for laboratory diagnosis of fungal infections
    Laboratory technical advances in diagnosis of Clostridium difficile infections
    Clostridium difficile infections in one health
    Technical advances in molecular diagnostics of HIV-1 infections
    Multiplex techniques for detection and identification of microbial pathogens
    Molecular diagnosis and monitoring of human papillomavirus infections
    Molecular niches for laboratory diagnosis of sepsis
    Advanced pathology techniques for emerging infectious disease pathogens
    Diagnosis and assessment of microbial infections with host miRNA profiles
    Microbiome in diagnosis and monitoring of microbial infections
    Whole genome sequencing for microbial pathogen detection and identificaiton
    Host immune repertoire and microbial infections
    Advanced techniques for antiviral drug resistance determination
    Test algorithms using advanced techniques
    Clinical interpretation and relevance of advanced technique results.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Mehmet Kocaoğlu, Hiroyuki Tsuchiya, Levent Eralp, editors.
    Summary: As a result of recent advances in surgical techniques and implant technology it is now possible to perform limb reconstruction in patients with a range of congenital, posttraumatic, and postinfection pathologies. This book is a clear, practical guide to the state-of-the-art surgical procedures employed in limb reconstruction for diverse conditions. It includes precise descriptions of the techniques themselves, accompanied by numerous helpful drawings and photographs. Pearls and pitfalls are highlighted, and thorough advice is also provided on indications, preoperative planning, and postoperative follow-up. The editors have carefully selected the contributors based on their expertise, and many of the authors were themselves responsible for developing the techniques that they describe.

    Contents:
    Complex foot deformities, correction by TSF
    Combined technique: lengthening over nail
    Hindfoot reconstruction by the combined technique
    Knee arthrodesis for the treatment of infected knee arthrodesis
    Reconstruction techniques for mega bone defects (external fixation versus titanium cages versus free vascularized fibula grefts)
    Pelvic support osteotomy for the treatment of infected total hip replacement
    Treatment of fibular hemimelia
    Treatment of congenital pseudoarthrosis of the tibia
    Treatment of proximal focal femoral deficiency
    Combined technique: Fixator assisted nailing
    Joint distraction for special conditions
    6 axis correction of multiapical deformities
    Lengthening and then plating / nailing
    Use of external fixation for reconstruction following bone tumor treatment
    Treatment of infected periarticular nonunions
    Hindfoot reconstruction by the combined technique
    Combined technique: FAN + LON
    Reconstruction of segmentary defects in chronic osteomyelitis by the combined technique
    Reconstruction techniques for mega bone defects (external fixation versus titanium cages versus free vascularized fibula grefts)
    Treatment of severe contractures by external fixation (elbow / knee / ankle)
    External fixation for spinal deformities.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Ovunc Bardakcioglu, editor.
    Summary: This book bridges gap between the practicing community of surgeons and the surgical innovators, and it provides a foundation for all classic and new techniques in minimally invasive colorectal surgery. It provides tips and tricks that allow the user to move up the learning curve, manage difficult scenarios, overcome challenges, increase the utilization of minimal invasive techniques and decrease the conversion to open surgery. By enhancing the surgical tool box, the surgeon will be able to progress from the novice to the master. Rather than describing operative procedures, which may be very biased by an individual author, the guide provides alternative building blocks of various difficulty for different procedures, thereby allowing the surgeon to tailored surgery to patient and surgeon's own comfort level and experience. Advanced Techniques in Minimally Invasive and Robotic Colorectal Surgery is an inspirational guide for the innovator of the future. This text allows surgeons of all levels to better adapt to inevitable changes in future techniques. Advanced Techniques in Minimally Invasive and Robotic Colorectal Surgery is of great value to general surgeons, colon and rectal surgeons, minimally invasive surgeons as well as residents and fellows.

    Contents:
    Development of Minimally Invasive Colorectal Surgery: History, Evidence, Learning Curve, and Current Adaptation
    Preoperative Planning and Postoperative Care in Minimal Invasive Colorectal Surgery
    Operating Room Setup and General Techniques in Minimal Invasive Colorectal Surgery
    Operating room setup and general techniques for robotic surgery
    Right Hemicolectomy and Ileocecectomy: laparoscopic approach
    Right Hemicolectomy and Ileocecectomy: hand-assisted laparoscopic approach
    Right Hemicolectomy and Ileocecectomy: Single Port Laparoscopic Approach
    Right Hemicolectomy and Ileocecectomy: laparoscopic intacorporeal anastomosis
    Right hemicolectomy and Ileocecectomy: robotic approach
    Right Hemicolectomy and Ileocecectomy: single port robotic approach
    Right hemicolectomy and ileocecectomy: robotic intracorporeal anastomosis
    Transverse Colectomy: laparoscopic approach
    Sigmoid Colectomy and Left Hemicolectomy: laparoscopic approach
    Sigmoid Colectomy and Left Hemicolectomy: hand assisted laparoscopic approach
    Sigmoid colectomy and left hemicolectomy: single port laparoscopic approach
    Sigmoid colectomy and left hemiolectomy: robotic approach
    Proctectomy and Rectopexy: laparoscopic approach
    Proctectomy and Rectopexy: hybrid robotic approach
    Proctectomy: Total robotic approach
    Total colectomy and Proctocolectomy: laparoscopic approach
    Total Colectomy and Proctocolectomy: hand assisted laparoscopic approach
    Total Colectomy and Proctocolectomy: single port laparoscopic approach
    Stoma Construction: Laparoscopic approach
    Stoma Construction: single port laparoscopic approach
    Transanal Endoscopic Surgery (TES)
    Transanal Endoscopic Microsurgery (TEM)
    Transanal Minimally Invasive Surgery (TAMIS). .
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Ovunc Bardakcioglu, editor.
    Summary: The first edition laid out the foundation with laparoscopic and robotic surgery utilizing the Da Vinci SI platform. Since then, many new advances in equipment and surgical techniques are becoming more popular. This second edition expands upon laparoscopic and endoscopic techniques and robotic surgery with the use of the new Da Vinci XI platform. This book bridges the gap between the practicing community of surgeons and the surgical innovators and provides a foundation for all classic and new techniques in minimally invasive colorectal surgery. By enhancing the surgical toolbox, the surgeon is able to progress from the novice to the master. Rather than describing the entire operative procedure by an individual author, this book compares operative steps of various technical difficulties throughout different chapters, thereby allowing the surgeon to tailor surgery to patient and surgeon`s own comfort level and experience. Chapters are written by a myriad of renowned experts in the field and discuss the major advances in advanced laparoscopic and endoscopic, robotic, and transanal minimally invasive surgical techniques. Great emphasis is placed on transanal total mesorectal excision (TaTME), which is dramatically changing the surgical approach to rectal resections. The second edition of Advanced Techniques in Minimally Invasive and Robotic Colorectal Surgery serves as a valuable resource to general surgeons, colon and rectal surgeons, minimally invasive surgeons, as well as residents and fellows.

    Contents:
    Laparoscopic-Assisted Polypectomy
    Endoscopic Submucosal Dissection
    Fluorescence in Colorectal Surgery
    History and Future of Robotic Colorectal Surgery
    Teaching Robotic Colorectal Surgery
    Robotic Right Hemicolectomy with Intracorporeal Anastomosis
    Left-sided colorectal resection with Natural orifice IntraCorporeal anastomosis with Extraction: the NICE procedure
    Robotic Total Mesocolic Excision
    Robotic Hartmann`s Reversal
    Robotic Ventral Mesh Rectopexy
    Robotic Total Colectomy
    Robotic Proctectomy and Ileoanal Pouch Creation
    Robotic abdominoperineal resection, cylindrical and selective cylindrical approach
    Robotic Rectus Muscle Flap For Reconstruction in the Pelvis
    History and Future of Transanal Minimally Invasive Surgery
    Robotic Transanal Minimally Invasive Surgery (TAMIS)
    Transanal Total Mesorectal Excision, Single Surgeon Approach
    Transanal Total Mesorectal Excision for Inflammatory Bowel Disease, Cecil approach.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Peter J. Millett, Jonas Pogorzelski, editors.
    Summary: This book is written for the benefit of all surgeons who have an interest in arthroscopic shoulder surgery. It is a compendium of different aspects of shoulder surgery that have been learned over the last 25 years. While there has been a rapid progression of shoulder surgery over the last two decades, particularly with the advancement of operative arthroscopic surgery, certain principles remain. The purpose of this book is not to be an exhaustive detailed account of the various historical aspects of arthroscopic shoulder surgery, but rather to act as an up-to-date, instructional handbook that outlines these principles. The book also helps the practicing shoulder surgeon become familiar some of the latest techniques in arthroscopic shoulder surgery, demonstrating proven approaches and outlining key aspects of common and uncommon procedures. Each chapter starts with the indications for the procedure, moves towards the appropriate evaluation and diagnostic work up, and culminates in specific technical explanation of the surgical procedure itself. Advanced Techniques in Shoulder Arthroscopy is a valuable resource for those who are new to arthroscopic shoulder surgery and for those who are skilled and experienced in operative arthroscopy. It is meant to provide a foundation for basic and advanced arthroscopic techniques that helps surgeons improve their craft and treat their patients better.

    Contents:
    Patient Positioning for Shoulder Surgery, Establishing Arthroscopic Shoulder Portals, Arthroscopic Fluid Management, and Standard Diagnostic Shoulder Arthroscopy
    Subacromial Decompression
    Subscapularis Repair
    Supero-posterior Rotator Cuff Tears
    Repair with Patch Augmentation
    Latissimus dorsi transfer with patch augmentation
    Arthroscopic Superior Capsule Reconstruction
    Pectoralis Major Tendon Transfer
    Anterior Capsule Reconstruction
    Anterior Instability without bone loss
    Bankart Repair
    Anterior Instability with Bone Avulsion
    "Bony Bankart Bridge" Procedure
    Anterior instability without bone loss
    HAGL Repair
    Anterior Instability with bone loss
    Latarjet Procedure
    Pancapsular shift for Multidirectional instability
    Posterior Instability
    Proximal Biceps Pathologies: SLAP Lesions, Pulley Lesions and Biceps Tenosynovitis
    Treatment of Sternoclavicular Joint Arthritis
    Treatment of Sternoclavicular Joint Instability
    Treatment of Acromioclavicular Joint Arthritis
    Treatment of Acromioclavicular Joint Separation
    Comprehensive Arthroscopic Management of Glenohumeral Osteoarthritis (CAM Procedure)
    Arthrolysis
    Neurolysis of the suprascapular nerve
    Scapulothoracic Bursectomy
    Pectoralis Major Repair
    Pectoralis Minor Tenotomy.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    volume editors Marco Cappa, Stefano Cianfarani, Lucia Ghizzoni, Sandro Loche, Mohamad Maghnie.
    Contents:
    Toward automation of insulin delivery : management solutions for type 1 diabetes / Nimri, R., Phillip, M.
    Islet transplantation in pediatric patients : current indications and future perspectives / Bertuzzi, F., Antonioli, B., Tosca, M.C., Galuzzi, M., Bonomo, M., Marazzi, M., Colussi, G
    Glucagon-like peptide-1 receptor agonist treatment for pediatric obesity / Kelly, A.S
    Docosahexaenoic acid and its role in g-protein-coupled receptor 120 activation in children affected by nonalcoholic fatty liver disease / Della Corte, C., Mosca, A., Ionata, A., Nobili, V
    Noninvasive prenatal diagnosis of congenital adrenal hyperplasia / Khattab, A., Yuen, T., Sun, L., Yau, M., Barhan, A., Zaidi, M., Lo, Y.M.D., New, M.I
    Recent advances in hydrocortisone replacement treatment / Mallappa, A., Debono, M
    Experience with the histrelin implant in pediatric patients / Eugster, E.A
    Different medications for hypogonadotropic hypogonadism / Rastrelli, G., Vignozzi, L., Maggi, M
    Long-acting growth hormone : an update / Saenger, P.H., Mejia-Corletto, J
    C-type natriuretic peptide analog as therapy for achondroplasia / Legeai-Mallet, L
    Therapeutic neuroendocrine agonist and antagonist analogs of hypothalamic neuropeptides as modulators of the hypothalamic-pituitary-gonadal axis / Newton, C.L., Anderson, R.C., Millar, R.P
    Aromatase inhibitors in the treatment of short stature / Hero, M
    Gene therapy for rare central nervous system diseases comes to age / Aubourg, P
    Novel therapeutic targets and drug candidates for modifying disease progression in adrenoleukodystrophy / Pujol, A.
    Digital Access Karger 2016
  • Digital
    Mira Milas, Susan J. Mandel, Jill E. Langer, editors.
    Contents:
    Selection and Set-up of Ultrasound in Point-of-Care Medical Practice
    Principles of Ultrasound Relevant for Advanced Sonographers
    Understanding Knobology and Optimal Settings for Clinician-Performed Ultrasound
    The Use of Vascular Ultrasound and Doppler Settings in Thyroid and Parathyroid Diseases
    3D Ultrasound
    Elastography: Applications and Limitations of New Technology
    Anatomy: Normal Landmarks for Conducting Thyroid and Parathyroid Ultrasound
    Pattern Recognition for Cancer Risk-Stratification in Ultrasound of Thyroid Nodules
    Pattern Recognition: Multinodular Goiter
    Pattern Recognition: Hashimoto's Thyroiditis
    Pattern Recognition: Graves' Disease
    Ultrasound Imaging of Embryological Variants and Anomalies of the Thyroid
    Artifacts and Eponyms in Thyroid Ultrasound
    Features of Malignancy in Thyroid Nodules
    Pattern Recognition: Calcifications and Hyperechoic Foci
    Sonographic Features and Management of Cervical Nodal Metastasis
    Evaluation of the Central Neck: Why, When, How
    Evaluation of the Lateral Cervical Nodal Basins: Why, When, How
    Imaging of the Re-operative or "Empty" Neck
    Anatomic Appearance and Distribution of Abnormal Parathyroid Glands
    Ultrasound as a Localization Technique in Primary Hyperparathyroidism
    Ultrasound in Scenarios of Multigland Parathyroid Disease
    The Procedure of Ultrasound-guided Percutaneous Biopsy of Thyroid and Parathyroid Lesions
    Thyroid FNA: When to Perform and When to Avoid
    Parathyroid FNA: Indications and Interpretation
    Pearls and Pitfalls of Ultrasound-Guided Fine Needle Aspiration
    Alcohol Ablation of Thyroid and Parathyroid Lesions
    HIFU: High-Frequency Ultrasound Ablation for Thyroid and Parathyroid Disease
    Laryngeal Ultrasound
    The Role of Ultrasound in Determining Eligibility for Remote Access and Robotic Surgery
    Intraoperative Use of Ultrasound in Thyroid and Parathyroid Surgery
    Pediatric Thyroid and Parathyroid Ultrasound
    Ultrasound for Surgeons: What I learned from Lifetime Practice
    Ultrasound for Endocrinologists: What I learned from Lifetime Practice
    Ultrasound for Radiologists: What I learned from Lifetime Practice
    Ultrasound for Primary Care Practitioners
    Ultrasound as a Component of the Medical School Curriculum
    Innovations on the Horizon for Ultrasound
    Key Components of a Comprehensive Thyroid and Parathyroid Ultrasound Report
    Pathways to Ultrasound Certification.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Xiaobing Fu, Liangming Liu, editors.
    Summary: This book discusses different aspects of trauma surgery, ranging from the various types of trauma and their management, infection, sepsis and inflammation to tissue injury and repair in trauma. It discusses cellular, molecular and genetic research findings and their role in pathogenesis in trauma and injury. In addition, it highlights the translational application of advanced theories and technologies in the management of trauma patients. This book is a valuable resource for anyone involved in the management of severe trauma damage to tissues wanting to reduce early mortality and improve patients' quality of life. Editor Xiaobing Fu is a professor and director of the Key Laboratory of Wound Repair and Regenerative Medicine of PLA, The First Affiliated Hospital of the PLA General Hospital, Beijing, China. Professor Fu is also an academician of Chinese Academy Engineering. Editor Liangming Liu is a professor at the State Key Laboratory of Trauma, Burns, and Combined Injury, Daping Hospital, Third Military Medical University, Chongqing, China.

    Contents:
    Application advances in damage control techniques for severe trauma
    The research progress in the mechanisms and treatments of trauma-induced coagulopathy
    Abdomen open treatment for severe trauma
    The advances in the treatment of thoracic trauma
    The guideline for the treatment of severe TBI with large craniectomy
    Early treatment of traffic injury in China
    The damage feature of explosive projects and the prophylaxis and treatment
    Basic and clinical investigation of hyperbaric oxygen in trauma patients
    Research progress in trauma metabolism and nutrition.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Scott G. Hubosky, Michael Grasso III, Olivier Traxer, Demetrius H. Bagley, editors.
    Summary: This book considers all aspects of ureteroscopy and the dominant role that it plays in the treatment of many urologic disorders. Most diseases of the ureter and renal collecting system must be considered for ureteroscopic diagnosis and/or treatment. This book explores advancements of instrumentation such as endoscopes, ancillary devices, endoscopic lithotripters, and ablative devices. It also illuminates the most current diagnostic and therapeutic techniques, including pre- and postoperative treatment, metabolic management, and the role of chemotherapy in the upper tract. Further, this book examines less common indications for ureteroscopy such as strictures, foreign bodies, and diagnostic dilemmas. Organized by situation or diagnosis, this book considers all treatment options and notes the role of ureteroscopy before exploring technical approaches, goals of treatment, detailed techniques, staged treatments, potential complications, and postoperative management. Advanced Ureteroscopy: A Practitioner's Guide to Treating Difficult Problems is the definitive source for the endoscopic approach to common and rare upper tract diseases, serving urologic endoscopists, practicing urologists, residents, and fellows.

    Contents:
    Difficult Acess to the Ureter
    Imaging of the Upper Urinary Tract
    Ureteroscope Specifications: Flexible, Semirigid and Single-Use
    Robotic Platforms for Ureteroscopy
    Guidewires
    Ureteral Access Sheaths
    Stone Retrieval Devices
    Basic Techniques: Fundamental Maneuvering During Ureteroscopy
    Basic Techniques of Ureteroscopy: No-Touch Ureteroscopy
    Safety Considerations During Ureteroscopy
    Ureteral Stone Treatment
    Flexible Ureteroscopic Treatment of Renal Stones
    Post Ureteroscopic Evaluation: Short and Long Term
    Selection and Need for Metabolic Evaluation
    Diagnosis of Upper Tract Urothelial Carcinoma
    Enhanced Endoscopic Imaging Techniques for Upper Tract Urothelial Carcinoma
    Ureteroscopic Treatment of Upper Tract Urothelial Carcinoma
    Adjuvant Treatment for Upper Tract Urothelial Carcinoma: Topical and Systemic
    Ureteroscopic Management of Upper Urinary Tract Obstruction
    Ureteroscopic Treatment of Chronic Unilateral Hematuria
    Antegrade Ureteroscopy
    Complications of Ureteroscopy.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Ranjana Patnail, AMit Kumar Tripathi, Ashish Dwivedi, editors.
    Summary: This book provides detailed and comprehensive mechanistic insights of the various risk factors that lead to the ischemic stroke and the novel therapeutic interventions against it. The first section discusses the different ischemic cerebral stroke-induced inflammatory pathways and dysfunctionality of blood-brain barrier. The later sections of the book deals with the role of endoplasmic reticulum stress and mitophagy in cerebral stroke and introduces the different neuroimaging techniques such as Computed tomography (CT), Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), Positron emission tomography (PET) and Single-Photon emission computed tomography (SPECT) that are used to identify the arterial blockages. The final section comprises of chapters that focus on various neuroprotective strategies and emerging therapeutic interventions for combating stroke pathophysiology. The chapters cover the role of stem cell therapy, the therapeutic effect of low-frequency electromagnetic radiations (LF-EMR), and implications of non-coding RNAs such as micro-RNAs as the biomarkers for diagnosis, prognosis, and therapy in ischemic stroke.

    Contents:
    Intro; Contents; About the Editors;
    Chapter 1: Cerebral Stroke: An Introduction; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Types of Stroke; 1.2.1 Ischemic Stroke; 1.2.2 Hemorrhagic Stroke; 1.2.3 Transient Ischemic Attack; 1.3 Stroke Pathophysiology; 1.4 Current Treatment Option for Stroke Patients; 1.5 Neuroprotective Agents in Preclinical and Clinical Trials; 1.6 Stroke-Induced BBB Disruption; 1.7 Ischemic Stroke-Induced ER Stress; 1.8 The Emerging Role of mi-RNA in Stroke Pathophysiology; 1.9 Neuroprotective Potential of Low-Frequency Electromagnetic Field; 1.10 Stem Cell Therapies for Cerebral Stroke 1.11 ConclusionReferences;
    Chapter 2: Inflammation, Oxidative Stress, and Cerebral Stroke: Basic Principles; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Inflammation; 2.3 Inflammatory Role of Cytokines and Chemokines During Cerebral Stroke; 2.4 Oxidative Stress; 2.5 Treatment Strategy for Stroke; 2.5.1 Targeting Antioxidant Enzyme as a Therapeutic Strategy for Ischemic Stroke; 2.5.2 Regulation of Microglial Activation in Stroke; 2.5.3 Targeting the Cholinergic Anti-inflammatory Pathway; References;
    Chapter 3: Stroke Induced Blood-Brain Barrier Disruption; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 BBB Anatomy 3.3 BBB Junctional Complexes3.3.1 Adherens Junctions (AJs); 3.3.2 Tight Junctions (TJs); 3.3.3 Gap Junctions; 3.3.3.1 Junctional Adhesion Molecule (JAM); 3.3.3.2 Occludin; 3.3.3.3 Claudins; 3.3.4 Membrane-Associated Guanylate Kinase (MAGUK)-Like Proteins; 3.3.5 Accessory Proteins; 3.4 Calcium Modulation of TJ and TJ Proteins; 3.5 Phosphorylation: A Novel Regulatory Mechanism of TJ Proteins; 3.6 Impairment of BBB Integrity in Neuropathological Disorder; 3.6.1 Alteration of BBB Integrity in Stroke Injury; 3.7 Evaluation of BBB Disruption in Rodent Ischemic Stroke 3.8 Quantitative Evaluation of BBB in Ischemic Stroke Using Dynamic Contrast-Enhanced (DCE) MRI3.9 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 4: Ischemic Stroke-Induced Endoplasmic Reticulum Stress; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 ER Stress, UPR, and Ischemia; 4.2.1 Components of UPR in Ischemia; 4.2.1.1 GRP78; 4.2.1.2 PERK; 4.2.1.3 ATF6; 4.2.1.4 IRE1; 4.3 Chronic ER Stress, UPR, and Pro-apoptotic Signaling in IR Injury; 4.3.1 CHOP; 4.3.2 Caspase 12; 4.3.3 JNK; 4.4 ER Stress and Autophagy in IR Injury; 4.5 ER Stress and miRNAs in IR Injury; 4.6 Conclusion; References
    Chapter 5: The Role of Autophagy in Ischaemic Stroke: Friend or Foe?5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Pathophysiology of Ischaemic Stroke; 5.3 Various Animal Models to Study IS; 5.3.1 Intra-arterial Suture Middle Cerebral Arterial Occlusion Model; 5.3.2 Craniotomy Model; 5.3.3 Photothrombosis Model; 5.3.4 Endothelin-I Model; 5.3.5 Clot Embolic Model of Stroke; 5.4 Autophagy and Its Machinery; 5.5 Autophagy and Its Role in Cerebral Ischaemia; 5.5.1 Autophagy Activation in Ischaemic Stroke Protects Neurons; 5.5.2 Autophagy Is Also Responsible for Neuronal Death After Ischaemic Stroke
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Mieczyslaw Polorski, editor.
    Summary: This book focuses on recent advances regarding clinical conditions and ailments whose mechanisms remain unclear, limiting our ability to treat them. The respective chapters address a range of multidisciplinary topics related to timely or emergent research areas, such as osteoporosis in postmenopausal women, the optimal surgical procedures for vertebral compression fractures, novel rehabilitative approaches in pelvic muscle training in case of urinary incontinence, and a rational approach to balneotherapy not only for the skin but also other organ systems disorders. Alterations in the endocrine function during strenuous physical activity at high altitude - a multi-stressor environment comprising hypobaric hypoxia, exercise, and nutritional changes - are presented as well. Other articles provide evidence-based insights into the diagnosis, mechanisms, and clinical course of respiratory infections in children such as bronchiolitis, pneumonia, and influenza. Finally, the pros and cons of e-health are discussed; a rapidly growing area based on the use of information and communication technology to streamline the flow of health information and patient-healthcare provider connections. The content is a well-structured blend of research and practical aspects, as well as updates on cutting-edge developments. All these essential topics are presented in a format suitable for medical professionals engaged in day-to-day patient care and therapy, as well as researchers, academics, and physiotherapists.

    Contents:
    The Internet as a Source of Health Information and Services
    Genetic Predisposition for Osteoporosis and Fractures in Postmenopausal Women
    The "Optimum Volume" of Acrylic Cement Filling for Treating Vertebral Compression Fractures: A Morphometric Study of Thoracolumbar Vertebrae
    Integrated Rehabilitation Approach with Manual and Mechanic-Acoustic Vibration Therapies for Urinary Incontinence
    Sulfurous Balneotherapy in Poland: A Vignette on History and Contemporary Use
    Body Composition and Endocrine Adaptations to High Altitude Trekking in the Himalayas
    Prevalence of Sleep Apnea in Patients with Carotid Artery Stenosis
    Excessive Body Weight and Immunological Response in Children with Allergic Diseases
    Activity of Lysosomal Enzymes during Protein Malnutrition and Progesterone Supplementation in the Mouse
    Infections Caused by Influenza Viruses among Children in Poland during the 2017/18 Epidemic Season
    The Influence of National Guidelines on the Management of Community-Acquired Pneumonia in Children. Do Pediatricians Follow the Recommendations?
    Antibiotic Treatment in Patients with Bronchiolitis.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    Mieczyslaw Pokorski, editor.
    Contents:
    Oxygen sensing mechanisms: a physiological penumbra
    Nocturnal blood pressure variability in patients with obstructive sleep apnea syndrome
    Frequent attenders with chronic respiratory diseases in primary care settings
    Damaging effects of cannabis use on the lungs
    Neurogenic pulmonary edema in aneruysmal subarachnoid hemorrhage
    Clinical implications of hepatocyte growth factor, interleukin-20 and interleukin-22 in serum and bronchoalveolar fluid of patients with non-small cell lung cancer
    Expression of ceramide galactosyltransferase (UGT8) in primary and metastatic lung tissues of non-small-cell lung cancer
    Antibiotic treatment of hospitalized patients with pneumonia complicated by Clostridium Difficile infection
    Concha bullosa in paleoanthropological material
    IgA nephropathy in children: a multicenter study in Poland
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital/Print
    Alisa G. Woods, Costel C. Darie, editors.
    Summary: "This volume explores the use of mass spectrometry for biomedical applications. Chapters focus on specific therapeutic areas such as oncology, infectious disease and psychiatry. Additional chapters focus on methodology as well as new technologies and instrumentation. This volume provides readers with a comprehensive and informative manual that will allow them to appreciate mass spectrometry and proteomic research but also to initiate and improve their own work. Thus the book acts as a technical guide but also a conceptual guide to the newest information in this exciting field. Mass spectrometry is the central tool used in proteomic research today and is rapidly becoming indispensable to the biomedical scientist. With the completion of the human genome project and the genomic revolution, the proteomic revolution has followed closely behind. Understanding the human proteome has become critical to basic and clinical biomedical research and holds the promise of providing comprehensive understanding of human physiological processes. In addition, proteomics and mass spectrometry are bringing unprecedented biomarker discovery and are helping to personalize medicine"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Mass spectrometry for proteomics-based investigation / Alisa G. Woods, Izabela Sokolowska, Armand G. Ngounou Wetie,Kelly Wormwood, Roshanak Aslebagh, Sapan Patel, and Costel C. Darie
    MALDI profiling and applications in medicine / Ed Dudley
    Simplifying the proteome: analytical strategies for improving peak capacity / Lee A. Gethings and Joanne B. Connolly
    Quantitative shotgun proteomics with data-independent acquisition and traveling wave ion mobility spectrometry: a versatile tool in the life sciences / Lewis M. Brown
    Stable isotope labeling by amino acids in cell culture (SILAC) for quantitative proteomics / Esthelle Hoedt, Guoan Zhang, and Thomas A. Neubert
    Utility of computational structural biology in mass spectrometry / Urmi Roy, Alisa G. Woods, Izabela Sokolowska, and Costel C. Darie
    Affinity-mass spectrometry approaches for elucidating structures and interactions of protein-ligand complexes / Brînduşa Alina Petre
    Neurological analyses: focus on gangliosides and mass spectrometry / Alina D. Zamfir
    Mass spectrometric analysis of post-translational modifications (PTMs) and protein-protein interactions (PPIs) / Armand G. Ngounou Wetie, Alisa G. Woods, and Costel C. Darie
    Applications for mass spectrometry in the study of ion channel structure and function / Damien S.K. Samways
    A mass spectrometry view of stable and transient protein interactions / Hanna G. Budayeva and Ileana M. Cristea
    Mass spectrometry-based tissue imaging of small molecules / Carly N. Ferguson, Joseph W.M. Fowler, Jonathan F. Waxer, Richard A. Gatti, and Joseph A. Loo
    Redox proteomics: from bench to bedside / Karina Ckless
    Analysis of fluorinated proteins by mass spectrometry / Linda A. Luck
    Mass spectrometry for proteomics-based investigation using the zebrafish vertebrate model system / Reshica Baral, Armand G. Ngounou Wetie, Costel C. Darie, and Kenneth N. Wallace
    Mass spectrometry-based biomarkers in drug development / Ronald A. Miller and Daniel S. Spellman
    Detection of biomedically relevant stilbenes from wines by mass spectrometry / Veronica Andrei, Armand G. Ngounou Wetie, Iuliana Mihai, Costel C. Darie, and Alina Vasilescu
    Mass spectrometric DNA adduct quantification by multiple reaction monitoring and its future use for the molecular epidemiology of cancer / Bernhard H. Monien
    Using breast milk to assess breast cancer risk: the role of mass spectrometry-based proteomics / Sallie S. Schneider, Roshanak Aslebagh, Armand G. Ngounou Wetie, Susan R. Sturgeon, Costel C. Darie, and Kathleen F. Arcaro
    Cancer secretomes and their place in supplementing other hallmarks of cancer / Sapan Patel, Armand G. Ngounou Wetie, Costel C. Darie, and Bayard D. Clarkson
    Thiostrepton, a natural compound that triggers heat shock response and apoptosis in human cancer cells: a proteomics investigation / Cristinel Sandu, Armand G. Ngounou Wetie, Costel C. Darie, and Hermann Steller
    Using proteomics to unravel the mysterious steps of the HBV-life-cycle / Norica Branza-Nichita, Catalina Petrareanu, Catalin Lazar, Izabela Sokolowska, and Costel C. Darie
    Oxidative stress and antibiotic resistance in bacterial pathogens: state of the art, methodologies, and future trends / Mouna Marrakchi, Xiaobo Liu, and Silvana Andreescu
    Proteomic approaches to dissect neuronal signaling pathways / Heather L. Bowling and Katrin Deinhardt
    Investigating a Novel Protein Using Mass Spectrometry: The Example of Tumor Differentiation Factor (TDF) / Alisa G. Woods, Izabela Sokolowska, Katrin Deinhardt, and Costel C. Darie
    Mass spectrometry for the study of autism and neurodevelopmental disorders / Armand G. Ngounou Wetie, Robert M. Dekroon, Mihaela Mocanu, Jeanne P. Ryan, Costel C. Darie, and Alisa G. Woods
    Biomarkers in major depressive disorder: the role of mass spectrometry / Alisa G. Woods, Dan V. Iosifescu, and Costel C. Darie
    Application of mass spectrometry to characterize localization and efficacy of nanoceria in vivo / Karin L. Heckman, Joseph Erlichman, Ken Reed, and Matthew Skeels
    Bottlenecks in proteomics / Armand G. Ngounou Wetie, Devon A. Shipp, and Costel C. Darie.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Click on Series link(s) for access options
  • Digital
    Alisa G. Woods, Costel C. Darie, editors.
    Summary: This volume explores the use of mass spectrometry for biomedical applications. Chapters focus on specific therapeutic areas such as oncology, infectious disease, and psychiatry. Additional chapters focus on methodology, technologies and instrumentation, as well as on analysis of protein-protein interactions, protein quantitation, and protein post-translational modifications. Various omics fields such as proteomics, metabolomics, glycomics, lipidomics, and adductomics are also covered. Applications of mass spectrometry in biotechnological and pharmaceutical industry are also discussed. This volume provides readers with a comprehensive and informative manual that will allow them to appreciate mass spectrometry and proteomic research, but also to initiate and improve their own work. This book acts as a technical guide as well as a conceptual guide to the newest information in this exciting field.

    Contents:
    Mass Spectrometry for Proteomics-based Investigation
    MALDI profiling and applications in medicine
    Applications of Matrix-Assisted Laser Desorption Ionization In-Source Decay Mass Spectrometry
    Proteome imaging: from classic to modern mass spectrometry-based molecular histology
    Mass Spectrometry-Based Tissue Imaging of Small Molecules
    Sequencing Proteins from Bottom to Top: Combining Techniques for Full Sequence Analysis of Glucokinase
    Proteomics and non-proteomics approaches to study stable and transient protein-protein interactions
    Contribution of Mass spectrometry-based Proteomics to Discoveries in Developmental Biology
    Profiling optimal conditions for capturing EDEM proteins complexes in melanoma using mass spectrometry
    The Methods employed in Mass Spectrometric Analysis of Posttranslational Modifications (PTMs) and Protein-Protein Interactions (PPIs)
    Identification of post-translational modifications (PTMs) of proteins by mass spectrometry
    Sequence Variant and Post-translational Modification Analysis During Cell Line Selection via High-throughput Peptide Mapping
    Selective derivatization of hexahistidine-tagged recombinant proteins
    Investigation of Antibody-Drug Conjugates by Mass Spectrometry
    Mass Spectrometry- and Computational Structural Biology-Based Investigation of Proteins and Peptides
    Strategies for Membrane Protein Analysis by Mass Spectrometry
    The Potential for Ion Mobility in Pharmaceutical and Clinical Analyses
    Application of Ion Mobility Mass Spectrometry in Lipidomics
    Mass Spectrometry in Advancement of Redox Precision Medicine
    Applications for mass spectrometry in the study of ion channel structure and function
    Immuno
    affinity Mass Spectrometry: A Novel Approaches with Biomedical Relevance
    Developing well-annotated species-specific protein databases using comparative proteogenomics
    Stoichiometry of heavy metal binding to peptides involved in Alzheimer's disease: mass spectrometric evidence
    Role of mass spectrometry in investigating a novel protein: the example of Tumor Differentiation Factor (TDF)
    Mass Spectrometry-Based Biomarkers in Drug Developmen
    Combinatorial Electrophoresis and Mass Spectrometry-Based Proteomics in Breast Milk for Breast Cancer Biomarker Discovery
    Proteomic approaches to dissect neuronal signalling pathways
    Mass Spectrometry for the Study of Autism and Neurodevelopmental Disorders
    Simplifying the proteome: Analytical strategies for improving peak capacity
    Exploration of nicotine metabolism in Paenarthrobacter nicotinovorans pAO1 by microbial proteomics
    Stable Isotope Labeling by Amino Acids in Cell Culture (SILAC) for Quantitative Proteomics
    Mass spectrometry based comparative proteomics using one dimensional and two dimensional SDS-PAGE of rat atria induced with obstructive sleep apnea
    2D SDS PAGE in combination with western blotting and mass spectrometry is a robust method for protein analysis with many applications
    Pulse SILAC approaches to the measurement of cellular dynamics
    Protein Biomarkers in Major Depressive Disorder: an Update
    A Pilot Exploratory Proteomics Investigation of Mental Fatigue and Mental Energy
    Metabolomics and biomarker discovery
    Analytical Methods for Mass Spectrometry-Based Metabolomics Studies
    Trends in analysis of cortisol and its derivatives
    Detection of biomedically relevant stilbenes from wines by mass spectrometry
    Mass spectrometry as a complementary approach for noncovalently bound complexes based on cyclodextrins
    Trends in glycolipid biomarker discovery in neurodegenerative disorders by mass spectrometry
    Non-targeted Screening in Environmental Monitoring Programs
    Mass Spectrometric DNA Adduct Quantification by Multiple Reaction Monitoring and its Future Use for the Molecular Epidemiology of Cancer
    Bottlenecks in proteomics: an update
    Recent Applications of Mass Spectrometry at Clarkson University
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editors, Costas Georgakopoulos & Mohammed Alsayrafi.
    Summary: Technical and instrumental advances are discussed in the context of doping analysis, along with the latest methodological advances pertaining to detection of the main and emerging doping agents. Coverage includes sample collection, sample storage, alternative samples, the Athlete Biological Passport, affinity tests, detection of gene anti-doping, using analytical genetics, and detection of EPO, growth hormones, peptides and steroids.
    Digital Access Future Med 2015
  • Digital
    editors, Olivia Merkel & Mansoor Amiji.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Future Med
    Future Med
  • Digital
    guest editors, Neville H. Golden, Martin M. Fisher.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2018
  • Digital
    editor, Denise Anne Moneret-Vautrin.
    Contents:
    Advances in anaphylaxis management / Denise Anne Moneret-Vautrin
    Anaphylaxis : classification and clinical symptoms / Johannes Ring, Jarmila Liptak & Knut Brockow
    Pathophysiology : IgE-mediated and non-IgE-mediated anaphylaxis / Denise Anne Moneret-Vautrin
    Risk factors for fatal anaphylaxis / Richard Pumphrey & Gunter Sturm
    Etiologies of anaphylaxis / Margitta Worm
    Biomarkers for the evaluation of severity of anaphylaxis / Julia Upton & Peter Vadas
    Role of specific IgE testing in allergy diagnosis / Sandrine Jacquenet, Denise-Anne Moneret-Vautrin & Bernard E. Bihain
    Treatment algorithm for anaphylaxis and prognosis / Ben Gibbison & Jasmeet Soar
    Food anaphylaxis prevention / Martine Morisset
    Hymenoptera anaphylaxis : indications and results of immunotherapy / Ulrich R. Müller & Arthur Helbling
    Index.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access Springer v. 47-, 1973-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    27
  • Digital
    Birbal Singh, Gorakh Mal, Sanjeev K. Gautam, Manishi Mukesh.
    Summary: This book presents significant innovations in animal biotechnology and their relevance to humans. It offers an update on cutting-edge technologies and advances in key aspects of genetic engineering, metagenomics, assisted reproduction, biotechnology in veterinary health, as well as the role of gut and marine microbial ecosystems in industrial development. It also includes chapters on camelids, fishery, designer milk and nutraceuticals from bioengineered organisms and reviews scientific advances such as genomics and transcriptomics with reference to their applications in the animal industry. The chapters from expert authors are organised in five themed parts; Part I "Gut microbiome and nutritional biotechnology", Part II "Assisted reproduction biotechnology", Part III "Livestock genomics", Part IV "Health biotechnology" and Part V "Animal biotechnology in global perspective". Its broad spectrum makes this work a valuable resource for professionals, researchers, academics and students in the field of veterinary and animal production as well as the biotechnological industry.

    Contents:
    Part1: Gut microbiome and nutritional biotechnology
    Metagenomics for utilizing the herbivore gut potential
    Gut/rumen microbiome- a livestock and industrial perspective
    Anaerobic gut fungi- a biotechnological perspective
    Microbial resources from wild and captive animals
    Insect gut- a treasure of microbes and microbial enzymes
    Nutraceuticals from bioengineered organisms
    Designer probiotics: the next-gen high efficiency biotherapeutics
    Part 2: Assisted reproduction biotechnology
    Revolutionary reproduction biotechnologies in livestock: an overview
    Cryopreservation of oocytes and embryos
    Somatic cell nuclear transfer
    Micromanipulation technology in health and assisted reproduction
    Reproduction advances in buffaloes
    Reproduction biotechnology in camelids
    Reproduction biotechnology in cattle
    Reproduction biotechnology in pig
    Biotechnology in wildlife
    Assisted reproduction in equines
    Assisted reproduction in cats and dogs
    Stem cells and cellular reprogramming to advance livestock industry
    Spermatogonial and oogonial stem cells in farm animals
    Parthenogenesis- a potential tool to reproductive biotechnology
    Transgenesis and genetically engineered livestock as live bioreactors
    Animal stem cells- a perspective on their use in human health
    Fish and poultry transgenics
    Part 3: Livestock genomics
    Animal genomics- a current perspective
    Analysis of genome diversity
    Analysis of Genome Mapping
    Generation and analysis of whole genome mapping
    Digital PCR
    Transcriptomics
    Proteomics
    Metabolomics
    Synthetic biology
    Bioinformatics and web-based tools for genome sequence data analysis
    Part 4: Health biotechnology
    Animal biotechnology in human health
    Designer milk
    Marine bio-resources- animals and veterinary applications
    RNA interference (RNAi) technology
    Big from small: micro RNA in relation to veterinary sciences
    Genome editing in farm animals
    Next Generation Se quencing vis-à-vis Veterinary Health Management
    Computer-aided drug discovery
    Part 5: Animal biotechnology in global perspective
    Steps towards sustainable livestock: technologies to conserve and boost the indigenous livestock
    Biotechnology for wildlife
    Non-meat alternatives
    Career opportunities in animal biotechnology
    Intellectual property rights in animal biotechnology.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Suresh Kumar Gahlawat [and others], editors.
    Summary: This book explores the recent advancements in cutting-edge techniques and applications of Biotechnology. It provides an overview of prospects and applications while emphasizing modern, and emerging areas of Biotechnology. The chapters are dedicated to various field of Biotechnology including, genome editing, probiotics, in-silico drug designing, nanoparticles and its applications, molecular diagnostics, tissue engineering, cryopreservation, and antioxidants. It is useful for both academicians and researchers in the various disciplines of life sciences, agricultural sciences, medicine, and Biotechnology in Universities, Research Institutions, and Biotech companies. This book provides the readers with a comprehensive knowledge of topics in Genomics, Bionanotechnology, Drug Designing, Diagnostics, Therapeutics, Food and Environmental Biotechnology. The chapters have been written with special reference to the latest developments in the frontier areas of Biotechnology that impacts the Biotech industries.

    Contents:
    Module 1. Genomics
    Module 2. Bionanotechnology and Drug Designing
    Module 3. Biotechnology in Diagnostics & Therapeutics.
    Module 4. Food and Environmental Biotechnology
    Module 5. Biotechnological Techniques.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Umbreit, W. W.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    33
  • Digital
    Akihito Yokoyama, editor.
    Summary: This book provides discussions on bronchial asthma from a clinical perspective, focusing on the recent studies on its pathophysiology, diagnosis and treatment. It also explores the lastest findings regarding the phenotypes and endotypes of asthmatic patients, making it of particular interest to those involved with non-eosinophilic asthma and eosinophilic asthma. Further, it discusses the importance of ILC 2 in eosinophilic asthma, and the accumulated results from the forced oscilliation technique and periostin that are actively practiced in Japan. As some aspects of diagnosis and treatment are different in Western and Asian countries, it is important that the data is disseminated around the globe. The clinical questions addressed by the authors are critical and thought provoking, while the questions raised by the editors are instructive, informative and provide new perspectives on unresolved issues. This book appeals to wide readership from beginning learners to physicians in clinical practice and scholars engaging in basic research.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editors, Yoshihiro Ito, RIKEN Institute, Wako-shi, Saitama, Japan, Xuesi Chen, Chinese Academy of Sciences, Changchun, Jilin, China, Inn-Kyu Kang, Kyungpook National University, Daegu, South Korea.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Am Chem Soc
    Am Chem Soc
  • Digital/Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Advances in biological psychiatry to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    Kumaravel Somasundaram, editor.
    Contents:
    1. Maximal safe resection in glioblastoma: use of adjuncts
    2. Molecular pathology of glioblastoma- an update
    3. Current therapies and future directions in treatment of glioblastoma
    4. Recent advances for targeted therapies in glioblastoma
    5. Targeting EGFR in glioblastoma: molecular biology and current understanding
    6. Radiogenomics and histomics in glioblastoma: the promise of linking image-derived phenotype with genomic information
    7. Next-generation sequencing in glioblastoma personalized therapy
    8. Glioma stem-like cells in tumor growth and therapy resistance of glioblastoma
    9. Animal models in glioblastoma: use in biology and developing therapeutic strategies
    10. Pediatric high grade glioma
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    edited by David O. Cooney.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    R856 .A53 1980
    2
  • Digital
    Mieczyslaw Pokorski, editor.
    Summary: This book gathers multidisciplinary articles that present advances of our understanding of diseases and the effective treatment of patients. The authors share recent clinical and experimental research findings, highlighting poorly understood areas with uncertain treatment outcomes, such as giant-cell bone tumors and their propensity to metastasize to the lungs; subterranean rehabilitation in pulmonary disorders; male reproductive hormone regulation during physical exercise in hyperbaric, hyperoxic environments, like underwater diving; and amelioration of cognitive decline owing to increased cerebral blood transit time after internal carotid artery stenting. Other topics include new concepts and innovations in the treatment of diabetes in pregnancy, and leg ulcers in chronic venous insufficiency, as well as molecular research on the toxic effects of oxidative stress, impaired cell autophagy, and experimental conditions resembling air pollution. Featuring the latest interdisciplinary advances in biomedicine, this book is a valuable resource for medical professionals, both academics and practitioners, and all allied health-care workers.

    Contents:
    Increased Risk of Lung Metastases in Patients with Giant Cell Bone Tumors: A Systematic Review
    Acceptance of Illness Associates with Better Quality of Life in Patients with Non-malignant Pulmonary Diseases
    Heart Rate Variability in the Diagnostics and CPAP Treatment of Obstructive Sleep Apnea
    Subterranean Pulmonary Rehabilitation in Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
    Epidemiological Aspects of Low Back Pain
    Sex Hormones Response to Physical Hyperoxic and Hyperbaric Stress in Male Scuba Divers: a Pilot Study
    Cigarette Smoke-induced Oxidative Stress and Autophagy in Human Alveolar Epithelial Cell Line (A549 Cells)
    Relative Cerebral Blood Transit Time Decline and Neurological Improvement in Patients after Internal Carotid Artery Stenting
    Influence of Glycemic Control and Coagulation and Lipid Metabolism in Pregnancies Complicated by Pregestational and Gestational Diabetes Mellitus
    Maternal Nutritional and Water Homeostasis as a Presage of Fetal Birth Weight
    Cytotoxicity, Oxidative Stress and Autophagy in Human Alveolar Epithelial Cell Line (A549 Cells) Exposed to Standardized Urban Dust
    Autologous Platelet-Rich Plasma Reduces Healing Time of Chronic Venous Leg Ulcers: A Prospective Observational Study.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editor, G.R. Sinha.
    Summary: This book provides a framework for robust and novel biometric techniques, along with implementation and design strategies. The theory, principles, pragmatic and modern methods, and future directions of biometrics are presented, along with in-depth coverage of biometric applications in driverless cars, automated and AI-based systems, IoT, and wearable devices. Additional coverage includes computer vision and pattern recognition, cybersecurity, cognitive computing, soft biometrics, and the social impact of biometric technology. The book will be a valuable reference for researchers, faculty, and practicing professionals working in biometrics and related fields, such as image processing, computer vision, and artificial intelligence. Highlights robust and novel biometrics techniques Provides implementation strategies and future research directions in the field of biometrics Includes case studies and emerging applications.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Classification of Biometrics
    Computer Vision and Pattern Recognition Biometric Databases
    Machine Learning and Artificial Intelligence (AI)
    Design of Classifiers
    Cybersecurity and Biometrics
    New Algorithms and Technologies
    Cognitive Computing
    Usability and Testing Methods
    3D Face Recognition
    Biometric Standards and Protocols
    Dimensionality Reduction
    Application and Case Studies
    Template Aging
    Biometric Template Security
    Soft Biometrics
    Social Impact of Biometric Technology
    Future Directions and Robustness.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    edited by R. David Britt.
    Contents:
    Advances in rapid scan EPR spectroscopy / Gareth R. Eaton and Sandra S. Eaton
    Resolution and characterization of confinement- and temperature-dependent dynamics in solvent phases that surround proteins in frozen aqueous solution by using spin-probe EPR spectroscopy / Wei Li, Benjamen Nforneh, Katie L. Whitcomb, and Kurt Warncke
    Site directed spin labeling to elucidating the mechanism of the cyanobacterial circadian clock / Gary K. Chow, Andy LiWang, and R. David Britt
    Orthogonal spin labeling and pulsed dipolar spectroscopy for protein studies / Laura Galazzo, Markus Teucher, and Enrica Bordignon
    Tracking protein domain movements by EPR distance determination and multilateration / Juliane Stehle and Malte Drescher
    Integrative ensemble modeling of proteins and their complexes with distance distribution restraints / Gunnar Jeschke and Laura Esteban-Hofer
    Light-induced pulsed dipolar EPR spectroscopy for distance and orientation analysis / Arnau Bertran, Antonio Barbon, Alice M. Bowen, and Marilena Di Valentin
    Controlling and exploiting intrinsic unpaired electrons in metalloproteins / Katherine H. Richardson, Maryam Seif-Eddine, Adam Sills, and Maxie M. Roessler
    EPR of copper centers in the prion protein / Liliana Quintanar and Glenn L. Millhauser
    Paramagnetic resonance investigation of mono- and di-manganese-containing systems in biochemistry / Joshua Telser
    Application of EPR and related methods to molybdenum-containing enzymes / Russ Hille and Dimitri Niks --EPR of Type I photosynthetic reaction centers / John H. Golbeck and Art van der Est
    Experimental guidelines for trapping paramagnetic reaction intermediates in radical S-adenosylmethionine enzymes / Aidin R. Balo and R. David Britt
    Using peptide substrate analogs to characterize a radical intermediate in NosN catalysis / Bo Wang, Alexey Silakov, and Squire J. Booker.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2022
  • Digital
    editors, Shahrokh F. Shariat & Evanguelos Xylinas.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Digital/Print
    Roberto Scatena, editor.
    Summary: "At present there are a growing number of biomolecules under investigation to understand their potential role as cancer biomarker for diagnostic, prognostic and therapeutic purposes. Intriguingly, the state of art on cancer biomarkers research shows interesting and promising results together to clamorous failures. Also from a clinical point of view, there are contradictory results on routine clinical use of the present cancer biomarkers. Some patients may be simply monitored in their course by a periodic blood sample, but sometimes this monitoring shows dramatic limits. A lot of patients show serious and extensive relapses without significant change in serum concentrations of biomarkers tested. Often the physician who should utilize these biomarker does not entirely know their limits and the total potential applications as well and sometimes this knowledge is influenced by economical and marketing strategies. This limited and "polluted" knowledge may have dramatic consequences for patient. The aim of this book is to diffuse all aspects of cancer biomarkers, from their biochemical peculiarities to all clinical implications by passing through their physiology and pathophysiology. This critical approach towards old and new cancer biomarkers should foster a deepened and useful understanding of the diagnostic and prognostic index of these fundamental parameters of laboratory medicine and in the same time facilitating the research of new and more sensitive-specific signals of the cancer cell proliferation"--Back cover.

    Contents:
    Cancer biomarkers discovery and validation: state of the art, problems and future perspectives
    Use of biomarkers in screening for cancer
    The role of metabolomics in the study of cancer biomarkers and in the development of diagnostic tools
    The role of epigenomics in the study of cancer biomarkers and in the development of diagnostic tools
    Efficient, adaptive clinical validation of predictive biomarkers in cancer therapeutic development
    Prostate specific antigen as a tumor marker in prostate cancer: biochemical and clinical aspects
    The actual role of LDH as tumor marker, biochemical and clinical aspects
    Neuron-specific enolase as a biomarker: biochemical and clinical aspects
    Components of the plasminogen-plasmin system as biologic markers for cancer
    The role of human chorionic gonadotropin as tumor marker: biochemical and clinical aspects
    Biomarkers for hepatocellular carcinoma (HCC): an update
    Mucins and cytokeratins as serum tumor markers in breast cancer
    The role of CA 125 as tumor marker: biochemical and clinical aspects
    CA 19-9: biochemical and clinical aspects
    Non coding RNA molecules as potential biomarkers in breast cancer
    Urinary prostate cancer antigen 3 as a tumour marker: biochemical and clinical aspects
    Biomarker in cisplatin-based chemotherapy for urinary bladder cancer
    A critical approach to clinical biochemistry of chromogranin A
    The actual role of receptors as cancer markers, biochemical and clinical aspects: receptors in breast cancer
    The role of CTCs as tumor biomarkers.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital/Print
    Greenstein, Jesse P.; Haddow, Alexander; Klein, George; Weinhouse, Sidney.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    100
  • Digital
    Lewis E. Foxhall, Maria Alma Rodriguez, editors.
    Summary: This volume presents the MD Anderson experience in providing care and services to the rapidly growing population of cancer survivors, which is currently estimated to be 12 million in the United States and more than 25 million worldwide. As cancer survival rates have increased, it has slowly become clear that the challenges faced by people with cancer do not end with treatment but simply change. This book aims to assist community oncologists, physicians, and their staff, who care for the vast majority of cancer survivors, by disseminating models of surveillance for disease recurrence, screening for second primary cancers, education regarding potential late effects of treatment, and psychosocial counseling. These models have proven valuable to cancer survivors who receive care at MD Anderson.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Part I: clinical care delivery. Models of survivorship care
    Community care integration
    Part II: surveillance. Adult survivorship of pediatric cancers
    Breast cancer survivorship management
    Colorectal cancer survivorship management
    Genitourinary cancer survivorship management
    Gynecologic cancer survivorship management
    Head and neck cancer survivorship management
    Hematologic cancer survivorship management: transplantation
    Hematologic cancer survivorship management: leukemia
    Hematologic cancer survivorship management: lymphoma
    Melanoma survivorship management
    Thyroid cancer survivorship management
    Part III: cancer prevention and screening. Tobacco cessation
    Obesity and exercise
    Nutrition
    Screening for second primary cancers
    Part IV: long-term and late effects. Cardiovascular issues
    Cognitive function
    Endocrinologic issues
    Fatigue
    Immunologic issues
    Rehabilitation
    Sexuality
    Part V: other crosscutting issues. Legal issues
    Communication between patients and health care providers
    Integrative oncology.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    Iago Dillion Lima Cavalcanti, José Cleberson Santos Soares.
    Summary: This work covers the pathophysiology of cancer, exploring the difficulty of optimal treatment due to the complexity and diversity of cancer types. The search for distinctive molecular biology characteristics of tumor cells is especially relevant in the identification of overexpressed receptors and proteins that can be used as a target for cancer treatment. We highlight the main therapeutic modalities, particularly conventional systemic chemotherapy, addressing its mechanisms of action, therapeutic classes and even the toxic effects. We also describe the main tumor markers, their importance in the diagnosis and treatment of cancer, and the specificity of tumor cells. The first chapters serve as an introduction to the central topic of this book, targeted therapy. Key aspects of target therapy, such as classes of drugs, immunotherapy, monoclonal antibodies, checkpoint inhibitors, cancer vaccines and tyrosine kinase inhibitors are presented, and, for each one, the benefits, as well as the adverse effects are reported. Chapter 6 compares conventional systemic chemotherapy and targeted therapy, identifies the risks and benefits and also the eligibility criteria for patient care. The possibility of targeted therapy replacing conventional chemotherapy is discussed while reviewing studies that demonstrate the benefits of combining both types of treatment. Finally, the introduction of pharmaceutical nanotechnology to improve antineoplastic agents is addressed in the last chapter and sets the direction for future research in cancer treatment. This is a valuable resource for many health professionals including physicians, pharmacists, nurses, researchers and students interested in the field of oncology.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Cancer: concepts and epidemiology
    A brief history of cancer
    What is Cancer?
    Cancer Epidemiology
    Cancer development and immunology
    Cell cycle
    Cell cycle control: the function of cyclins
    Cancer triggering agents
    Proto-oncogenes
    Tumor suppressor genes
    Development of tumor mass
    Cancer Immunology
    Discovery of tumor markers
    Cancer diagnosis
    Impact of the discovery of tumor markers
    Main tumor markers for cancer diagnosis
    Alpha-fetoprotein (AFP)
    Human Chorionic Gonadotropin (SHCG)
    Mucin-like cancer-associated antigen (MCA)
    CA 15.3
    Carcinoembryonic antigen (CEA)
    Bladder tumor antigen (BTA)
    Telomerase
    Nuclear matrix protein (NMP 22)
    Cyfra 21.1
    Prostatic acid phosphatase (PAP)
    Prostate-specific antigen (PSA)
    CA 125
    CA 19.9
    p53
    CA 72.4
    K-ras
    HER2
    Cancer staging
    Conventional cancer treatment
    Therapeutic modalities of cancer
    Surgery
    Radiotherapy
    Antineoplastic chemotherapy
    Classification of antineoplastic agents by cycle
    Specific cycle antineoplastics
    Nonspecific antineoplastic agents
    Classification of antineoplastic agents by chemical structure and function
    Alkylating agents
    Antimetabolites
    Plant-derived antineoplastics
    Antitumor antibiotics
    Chemotherapy toxicity
    Hematological toxicity
    Liver toxicity
    Cardiac toxicity
    Anthracyclines
    Fluoropyrimidine
    Taxanes
    Pulmonary toxicity
    Neurological toxicity
    Renal toxicity
    Gastrointestinal toxicity
    Metabolic changes
    Targeted therapies in cancer treatment
    Overexpressed receptors on tumor cells
    Immunotherapy
    Monoclonal antibodies
    Types of monoclonal antibodies
    Side effects of monoclonal antibodies
    Checkpoint Inhibitors
    Side effects of checkpoint inhibitors
    Cancer Vaccines
    Vaccines in cancer prevention
    Vaccines for the treatment of cancer
    Non-specific immunotherapies
    Tyrosine kinase inhibitors
    Imatinib
    Gefitinib
    Erlotinib
    Sorafenib
    Dasatinib
    Nilotinib
    Lapatinib
    Adverse events of tyrosine kinase inhibitors
    Conventional chemotherapy vs. targeted therapy
    Differences between conventional chemotherapy and targeted therapy
    Risks and benefits of conventional chemotherapy compared to targeted therapy
    Eligibility criteria for the indication of the targeted therapy
    Side effects of targeted therapy
    Can targeted therapy replace conventional chemotherapy?
    Targeted therapy associated with conventional chemotherapy
    Pharmaceutical nanotechnology applied to cancer
    Pharmaceutical nanotechnology
    Classification of nanosystems
    Liposomes
    Micelles
    Polymeric nanoparticles
    Solid lipid nanoparticles
    Magnetic nanoparticles
    Metal nanoparticles
    Main functions of nanosystems in cancer
    Pharmaceutical nanotechnology in cancer diagnosis
    Pharmaceutical nanotechnology for cancer treatment.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access Karger v. 4-, 1970-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    35
  • Print
    Jorge Amil-Dias, Isabel Polanco, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a practical overview of the treatment and management of celiac disease. It examines new data which can be merged with clinical aspects to provide a global perspective for the busy clinician. The disease represents 1% of the population and often goes unnoticed for a long time; however, this book aims to reduce the instance of misdiagnoses of symptoms by providing clear guidance in a single book, with contributions from esteemed experts in the field. Advances in Celiac Disease - Improving Paediatric and Adult Care addresses the clinical characterisation of the disease, in both paediatric and adult populations. The clinical symptoms are clearly defined as well as treatment options and follow-up. This book will be an essential resource for clinicians seeking a clear, concise resource to identifying, treating, and managing celiac disease in both adults and children.

    Contents:
    What is Celiac disease
    New Diagnostic Criteria for Children and Adolescents
    Classical Clinical Forms in childhood
    Extra-intestinal clinical forms in childhood
    Specific features of Celiac Disease in adults
    Epidemiology
    Importance of Histological Diagnosis
    Value of genetic markers
    Value of serological markers
    Autoimmunity and Celiac Disease
    Follow-up of pediatric patients
    Transition of the celiac patient: from the pediatrician to the adult gastroenterologist
    Follow-up of Adult patients
    Quality of Life and Celiac Disease
    New Research Fields in Celiac Disease
    Primary Health Care Prevention of Celiac Disease
    The Gluten-free Diet
    New therapeutic strategies
    Non celiac sensitivity to Gluten.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Pongali Raghavendra, Thammineni Pullaiah.
    Summary: Advances in Cell and Molecular Diagnostics brings the scientific advances in the translation and validation of cellular and molecular discoveries in medicine into the clinical diagnostic setting. It enumerates the description and application of technological advances in the field of cellular and molecular diagnostic medicine, providing an overview of specialized fields, such as biomarker, genetic marker, screening, DNA-profiling, NGS, cytogenetics, transcriptome, cancer biomarkers, prostate specific antigen, and biomarker toxicologies. In addition, it presents novel discoveries and clinical pathologic correlations, including studies in oncology, infectious diseases, inherited diseases, predisposition to disease, and the description or polymorphisms linked to disease states. This book is a valuable resource for oncologists, practitioners and several members of the biomedical field who are interested in understanding how to apply cutting-edge technologies into diagnostics and healthcare.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Cellular and Molecular Diagnostics: An Introduction
    Chapter 2. RNA-Based Applications in Diagnostic and Therapeutics for Cancer
    Chapter 3. Advancements in Genetic Applications for Cellular and Molecular Diagnostics
    Chapter 4. Biomedical Imaging Role in Cellular and Molecular Diagnostics
    Chapter 5. Breast Cancer-Targeted Therapy Using Nanocarriers
    Chapter 6. Human Papillomavirus- and Epstein- Barr Virus-Caused Tumor Diagnosis and Therapy
    Chapter 7. Pathogen Identification Using Novel Sequencing Methods
    Chapter 8. Future of Cellular and Molecular Diagnostics: Bench to Bedside.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    editors, Perry W. Grigsby.
    Contents:
    Advances in cervical cancer management / Perry W. Grigsby
    Epidemiology of cervical cancer / Karolina Louvanto, Sandra D. Isidean & Eduardo L. Franco
    Screening for cervical cancer / Sandra D. Isidean, Karolina Louvanto & Eduardo L. Franco
    Human papillomavirus vaccination with a focus on cervical cancer / Karin Sundström
    Diagnosis and staging of cervical cancer / Angel Chao, Tzu-Chen Yen & Chyong-Huey Lai
    Radiation treatment for cervical carcinoma / Anuja Jhingran
    Surgical management of cervical cancer / Philippe Morice, Eric Leblanc, Catherine Uzan, Sébastien Gouy & Fabrice Narducci
    Treatment of precancerous cervical lesions / Rengaswamy Sankaranarayanan
    Management of early cervical cancer / Hextan Y.S. Ngan & Karen K.L. Chan.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Print
    Jeimylo de Castro, Yasser El Miedany, editors.
    Summary: This book is an in depth guide to chronic and neuropathic pain. The issue of chronic and neuropathic pain is very prevalent, yet only a fraction of the symptoms and root causes, as well as potential treatment plans, are properly understood. Additionally, less than half of cases are accurately identified and properly treated. The existing drugs, although classified as very strong and powerful, cannot provide lasting relief to chronic and neuropathic pain. Thus, with all the unique features of this condition, this book presents a systematic way of diagnosing and approaching this condition so every practitioner can appropriately treat their patients. In addition to introducing key concepts, like classification of chronic pain and the challenges patients and practitioners face when dealing with and treating chronic and neuropathic pain, this book will also cover different syndromes that can lead to neuropathic pains. It also discusses how to monitor progress by using outcome measures, the presence of chronic and neuropathic pain in children and young adults, and the pathophysiology of neuropathic pain as it relates to the release of pro-inflammatory cytokines. Interestingly, the latter is not presently addressed except with the usual pain drugs for general painthis book aims to revolutionize the approach to chronic and neuropathic pain by exploring it separately from the clinical approach to general pain. It is interesting to note that these cytokines require a specific mode of action if we want to neutralize them in our system, and this concept will be discussed in the regenerative intervention sections. Since it is so necessary to address the many factors to chronic and neuropathic pain as laid out in the proposed table of contents, it is also critical include as varied authors as possible to address this condition from all areas being covered. The team assembled to author the chapters included in this text come from diverse backgrounds of practice and clinical and research interests, from physical medicine and rehabilitation to anesthesiology to radiology and interventional pain medicine. This is an ideal guide for all clinicians caring for patients with chronic and neuropathic pain.

    Contents:
    Section 1: Understanding Chronic and neuropathic pain
    Classification of Chronic pain
    The Challenges in Dealing with Chronic and Neuropathic Pains
    Section 2: Pathophysiology
    The Pathophysiology of Chronic Pains
    The Pathophysiology of Neuropathic Pain
    Section 3: Age and Pain
    Pain in Children and Young Adults
    Pain in older adults
    Section 4: Pain processing medical problems
    Cancer and Pain
    Degenerative Diseases and Pain
    Complex Regional Pain Syndromes
    Neuropathic Pain Syndromes
    Fibromyalgia as a Neuropathic Pain Disorder
    Section 5: Clinical Matters
    Clinical Assessment
    Diagnostic testing of neuropathic pain
    Outcome Measures for chronic Pain
    Section 6: Management of chronic and neuropathic pains
    Non-Pharmacologic Modalities to Chronic and Neuropathic Pains
    Pharmacologic Approaches to Chronic and Neuropathic Pains
    Section 7: Interventional Therapy
    Interventional Procedures for Chronic and Neuropathic Pains
    Regenerative Interventions in Chronic and Neuropathic Pains.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital/Print
    Sobotka, Harry; Stewart, C. P.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    35
  • Digital/Print
    Mieczyslaw Pokorski, editor.
    Contents:
    Prevalence of olfactory impairment in granulomatosis with polyangiitis
    Biochemistry of oxidative stress
    Usage of over-the-counter and herbal products in common cold in Poland: findings from consumer survey
    RARβ promoter methylation as an epigenetic mechanism of gene silencing in non-small cell lung cancer
    Cardiovascular risk factors in obese children and adolescents
    Nutrition and immune system in children with simple obesity
    The influence of shockwave therapy on orthodontic tooth movement induced in the rat
    Thyroid hormone levels and TSH activity in patients with obstructive sleep apnea syndrome
    Age and gender-related changes in biogenic amine metabolites in cerebrospinal fluid in children
    The influence of primary cytomegalovirus or Epstein-Barr virus infection on the course of idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    editors, Sylvie Chevret, Matthieu Resche-Rigon.
    Contents:
    Advances in collating and using trial data / Sylvie Chevret & Matthieu Resche-Rigon
    A background to collating and using trial data / Sandeep K. Gupta & Roopa P. Nayak
    Advances in collating and using trial data / Brenda Crowe, Wei Wang & Mary E. Nilsson
    Improving Bayesian methods for clinical trials / Sylvie Chevret & Leslie Pibouleau
    Clinical trial data : ethical considerations in the face of technological advances / Blair Henry
    How digital technology and patient empowerment is influencing the future direction of clinical trials / Paul Wicks, Tjeerd-Pieter van Staa & Craig Lipset
    Index.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Digital
    Edwin L. Cooper, editor.
    Summary: Immunologists, perhaps understandably, most often concentrate on the human immune system, an anthropocentric focus that has resulted in a dearth of information about the immune function of all other species within the animal kingdom. However, knowledge of animal immune function could help not only to better understand human immunology, but perhaps more importantly, it could help to treat and avoid the blights that affect animals, which consequently affect humans. Take for example the mass death of honeybees in recent years - their demise, resulting in much less pollination, poses a serious threat to numerous crops, and thus the food supply. There is a similar disappearance of frogs internationally, signaling ecological problems, among them fungal infections. This book aims to fill this void by describing and discussing what is known about non-human immunology. It covers various major animal phyla, its chapters organized in a progression from the simplest unicellular organisms to the most complex vertebrates, mammals. Chapters are written by experts, covering the latest findings and new research being conducted about each phylum. Edwin L. Cooper is a Distinguished Professor in the Laboratory of Comparative Immunology, Department of Neurobiology at UCLA's David Geffen School of Medicine.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Acknowledgments and Reminiscences; Advances in Comparative Immunology Introduction; Why Study Comparative Immunology?; 2018: Evaluating the Impact of Comparative Immunology; Distinct Periods in Conceptualizing Comparative Immunology; Retrospective Look at Comparative Immunology; Egyptians' Discovery of Inflammation in Ancient Humans; Advent of the Modern Era: Élie Metchnikoff; Leo Loeb: The Biological Basis of Individuality
    Emergence of Self/Nonself; 1960-1980; 1980-Present; What Hath Comparative Immunology Wrought?; Additional Reading List; Pre-1890 Phenomena. 1890s to 1950s1960s & 1970s; 1980s; 1990s; 2000s; Contents; Contributors; Part I: From Prokaryotes to Urochordates; Evolution of Immunity; History; The Pillars of Immunity; Processes; Evolutionary Lineages in a Diversity of Functions; Recognition of Self/Non-self; Immunological Memory; Cell-to-Cell Signaling; Pathogen Recognition Receptors; Immunoglobulins as Humoral Effector Mechanisms; Complement Factors as Humoral Effector Mechanisms; Lectins, Fibrinogen-Related Peptides, and Antimicrobial Peptides as Humoral Effector Mechanisms; Other Humoral Effector Mechanisms. Cellular Effector MechanismsDiversity of Immune Reactions; Applied Aspects of Immune System Evolution; References; Allorecognition and Innate Immunity in the Dictyostelid Social Amoebae; Introduction; Phylogeny of Multicellular Eukaryotes; Homology or Convergent "Assembly of Parts" From an Ancestral Proteome; Allorecognition and the Stabilization of Cell Cooperation; Amoebae Versus Bacteria; Amoebal Innate Immunity; The Microbiome of the Social Amoeba; Summary; References; Cnidaria: Anthozoans in the Hot Seat; Introduction; Anthozoan Innate Immunity; The Mucosal Epithelia. Effector Responses: Activation and SignalingImmune Cells, Phagocytosis, and Wound Healing; The Melanin Synthesis Pathways; Coagulation; Antimicrobial Activity; Apoptosis; Reactive Species; Antioxidants; Heat Shock Proteins; Fluorescent Proteins; Ecological Immunity: Focus on Scleractinian Corals; Immunity, Climate Change, and Conservation of Scleractinian Corals; Conclusion; References; Platyhelminthes: Molecular Dissection of the Planarian Innate Immune System; Introduction; The Planarian Model System; The Mucous Barrier; Pattern Recognition Receptors; Phagocytic Cells; Complement. The Planarian Microbiome Contributes to Innate ImmunityFinal Remarks; References; Nematoda: The Caenorhabditis elegans Model for Innate Immunity
    Interactions Between Worms and Pathogens, and Their Responses to Immunogenic Damage; Introduction; Signaling Pathways in the Caenorhabditis elegans Innate Immune Response; The p38/PMK-1 Signaling Pathway; The ERK/MPK-1 Signaling Pathway; Insulin-Like Signaling (DAF-16 and DAF-2); The DBL-1 Signaling Pathway; The C. elegans Viral Defense Strategy; Neuronal Regulation of Immunity; The Interface Between Innate Immunity and DNA Damage; Missing Links.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Sidharth Kumar Sethi, Rupesh Raina, Mignon McCulloch, Timothy E. Bunchman, editors.
    Summary: The book covers advances in critical care pediatric nephrology, including care of sick children with acute kidney injury. The book contains detailed guidance on point of care ultrasound in children with acute kidney injury and use of biomarkers in critically sick children. This is an annual theme-based book with the current theme of 'point of care ultrasound in critical care pediatric nephrology and newer diagnostics in acute kidney injury'. This is the first book of the set of books to be published annually with a different theme related to critical care pediatric nephrology each year with the collaboration of the Pediatric Continous Renal Replacement Therapy (PCRRT) Foundation and International Collaboration of Nephrologists & Intensivists for Critical Care in Children (ICONIC). This annual updates book contains 20 chapters, written and edited by leading experts in pediatric intensive care, pediatric nephrology and nephrologists specializing in point of care ultrasound from across the globe. It includes top studies in the last few years in critical care pediatric nephrology on point of care ultrasound and diagnostics. Chapters cover scientifically updated information by international experts on each topic. It offers assistance to pediatricians, pediatric nephrologists, pediatric intensivists and residents.

    Contents:
    SECTION I: Point of Care Ultrasound: Introduction and advantages of point of care ultrasound in intensive care
    Modes and equipment
    Sonography of the kidneys
    Ultrasound guidance for procedure
    Lung ultrasound and cardiac assessment for intravascular volume status
    Permanent vascular access for hemodialysis
    Focused echocardiogram
    Need for training and certification
    SECTION II: Diagnostics: Fluid overload and kidney injury score: a multidimensional real-time assessment of renal disease burden in the critically ill patient
    Blood volume monitoring on fluid removal during intermittent hemodialysis of critically ill children with acute kidney injury
    Subclinical acute kidney injury and adverse outcomes in critically ill neonates and children
    Acute kidney injury defined by fluid corrected creatinine in neonates after the cardiac surgeries
    Pediatric AKI based on the reference change value of serum creatinin-pROCK
    Cardiac surgery-associated kidney injury in children and renal oximetry
    Serum and urine FGF23 and IGFBP-7 for the prediction of acute kidney injury in critically ill children
    Renal functional reserve and furosemide stress test
    Associations of perioperative renal oximetry via near-infrared spectroscopy, and postoperative acute kidney injury in infants after congenital heart surgery
    Using age-specific biomarker ranges for diagnosis and prognosis in pediatric AKI.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    Santanu Kumar Bal, Joydeep Mukherjee, Burhan Uddin Choudhury, Ashok Kumar Dhawan, editors.
    Summary: Agriculture is currently facing multi-faceted threats in the form of unpredictable weather variability, frequent droughts and scarcity of irrigation water, together with the degradation of soil resources and declining environmental health. These stresses result in the modification of plant physiology to impart greater resilience to changing abiotic and biotic environments, but only at the cost of declining plant productivity. In light of these facts, assessing the status of natural resource bases, and understanding the mechanisms of soil-plant-environment interactions so as to devise adaptation and mitigation approaches, represent great and imminent challenges for all of us. In this context, it is essential to understand the potential applications of modern tools, existing coping mechanisms and their integration, as this will allow us to develop suitable advanced mitigation strategies.^From a broader perspective, the book deals with crop-environment interaction in the context of changing climatic conditions. To do so, it addresses four major aspects: Understanding the mechanism of carbon dynamics in the soil-plant-environment continuum; greenhouse gas fluxes in agricultural systems; and soil properties influenced by climate change and carbon sequestration processes. Mitigation and management of the photo-thermal environment to improve crop productivity; soil health under variable climate; reducing agro-ecosystem evapotranspiration losses through biophysical controls; and heat stress in field crops and its management. Studying the impact of climate change on biotic environments; insect-pest interactions; manifestations of disease; and adaptation strategies for island agro-ecosystems. Innovative approaches to assess stress impacts in crops, such as crop modeling, remote sensing, spectral stress indices etc.^The book presents a collection of contributions from authoritative experts in their respective fields. Offering young researchers new perspectives and future research directions, it represents a valuable guide for graduate students and academics alike.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; About the Editors; Part I: Understanding the Process of Interaction;
    1: Carbon Dynamics in Soil-Plant-Environment System on Climate Change Perspective: Special Reference to Rice; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Carbon Cycling in Soil, Plant and Environment; 1.3 Soil Carbon Dynamics; 1.3.1 Active Fractions/Pools of Soil Organic Carbon; 1.3.2 Passive Fractions/Pools of Soil Organic Carbon; 1.3.3 Slow Fractions/Pools of Organic Carbon; 1.4 Effects of Soil Management on Active and Passive Fraction/Pools of SOC; 1.5 Stability and Degradation Kinetics of Soil Organic Carbon 1.13.1 Biochar1.13.2 Conservation Agriculture; 1.13.3 Principles of Conservation Agriculture; 1.13.4 Cover Crop and Residue Management; 1.14 Carbon Dynamics and Climate Change Feedback; References;
    2: Monitoring Greenhouse Gas Fluxes in Agro-ecosystems; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Techniques for GHG Measurement; 2.2.1 Chamber Methods; 2.2.2 Micrometeorological Methods; 2.2.2.1 Vertical Gradient Methods; 2.2.2.2 Eddy Covariance Methods; 2.3 Designing Experimental Setup with EC System; 2.3.1 Site Characteristics; 2.3.2 Positioning of the Flux Tower; 2.3.3 Height of Sensor Placement 1.6 Drivers of Soil Organic Carbon Decomposition1.6.1 Arrhenius Equation and Michaelis-Menten Kinetics; 1.6.2 Cancelling Effects; 1.7 Plant Carbon: Partitioning and Allocation; 1.8 Environment Carbon; 1.9 Methane Emissions from Rice Fields; 1.10 Carbon Sequestration; 1.11 Mechanism of Carbon Sequestration; 1.11.1 Physical; 1.11.2 Chemical; 1.12 Soil Processes Affecting C Sequestration; 1.12.1 Aggregation; 1.12.2 Secondary Carbonates Formation; 1.12.3 Humification; 1.12.4 Translocation and Transportation; 1.12.5 Mineralization; 1.12.6 Soil Erosion; 1.13 Management for Carbon Sequestration 2.3.4 Instrumentation2.4 Measurement Issues: Data Screening, Corrections and Gap Filling; 2.4.1 Errors: Causes and Correction Measures; 2.4.2 Missing Data and Gap-Filling Techniques; 2.4.2.1 Mean Diurnal Variation; 2.4.2.2 Multiple Regression; 2.4.2.3 Semiempirical Methods; 2.4.2.4 Multiple Imputation (MI); 2.4.2.5 Artificial Neural Networks (ANNs); 2.4.2.6 Process-Based Models; 2.4.3 Other Approaches; 2.5 Flux Validation; 2.6 GHG Fluxes from Agro-Ecosystems; 2.6.1 Carbon Dioxide (CO2); 2.6.2 Methane (CH4); 2.6.3 Nitrous Oxide (N2O) 2.7 Measurement of GHG Fluxes in Some Crop Ecosystems of Indian Peninsula: Case Study2.8 Conclusions; References;
    3: Methane Emission from Wetland Rice Agriculture-Biogeochemistry and Environmental Controls in Projected Changing Environment; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Mechanisms of the Methane Emission from Wetland Rice; 3.3 Factors Controlling Methane Emissions from Wetland Rice Agriculture Under Submergence; 3.3.1 Soil Texture and Soil Structure; 3.3.2 Soil pH; 3.3.3 Soil Redox Potential (Eh); 3.3.4 Soil Chemical Condition; 3.3.5 Soil Temperature; 3.3.6 Soil Organic Matter; 3.3.7 Soil Salinity
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Samir A. Farghaly, editor.
    Summary: This volume is an up-to-date resource on the international state-of-the-art in the diagnosis and management of ovarian cancer. While this devastating disease has been considered mainly a disease of the Western hemisphere, the book moves beyond our conventional understanding and embraces knowledge from around the world. It focuses on recent advances in diagnosis, including genetic screening; improvements and expanded choices in management, such as gene therapy and the optimization of chemotherapeutic agents; and the latest laparoscopic and robotic surgical techniques. Further chapters address histopathologic features of this disease, and related psychosocial and quality of-life-issues. The book is aimed at the wide range of practitioners who care for patients with ovarian cancer and researchers who study the disease: general surgeons, surgical oncologists, gynecological oncologists, medical oncologists, pediatric oncologists, gynecological pathologists, gynecologists, gynecological cancer epidemiologists, gynecological onco-psychologist, genetic counselors, geneticists, and cancer research scientists.

    Contents:
    1. Epidemiology of Ovarian Cancer: An Update
    2. Genetic Risks of Ovarian Cancer
    3. Management of Hereditary Ovarian?Breast Cancer
    4. Ovarian Cancer Screening? and Early Detection
    5. Surface Epithelial Tumors of the Ovary
    6. Pathology of Non Epithelial Malignancies of the Ovary
    7. Strategies for the Management of Ovarian Cancer
    8. Ovarian Cancer in the Pediatric Population
    9. Management of Patients with Early-Stage Ovarian Cancer
    10. Treatment of Advanced-Stage Ovarian Cancer
    11. Diagnosis and Management of Epithelial Ovarian Cancer with Peritoneal Metastases
    12. Targeted Molecular Therapy for Patients with Ovarian Cancer
    13. Psychological Aspects of Hereditary and Non-Hereditary Ovarian Cancer
    14. Quality of Life in Patients with Ovarian Cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    Samir A. Farghaly, editor.
    Summary: This new edition features updated information on all aspects of the diagnosis and management of ovarian cancer. Embracing knowledge from around the world, this multidisciplinary book discusses current approaches to ovarian cancer that have helped stabilize the rate of both incidences and fatality for the disease. The chapters focus on genetic screening and advances in management, including the optimization of chemotherapeutic agents, gene therapy, and the latest laparoscopic and robotic surgical techniques. Further chapters address psychosocial and quality-of-life issues as well. The book is a must-have resource for wide range of practitioners who care for patients with ovarian cancer and researchers who study the disease.

    Contents:
    1. Ovarian Cancer Epidemiology
    2. Ovarian Cancer Screening and Early Detection
    3. Ovarian Cancer Biomarkers
    4. Hereditary Ovarian Cancer
    5. Ovarian Cancer Pathology
    6. Current Management of Patients with Early-stage Ovarian Cancer
    7. Treatment of Advanced Stage Ovarian Cancer
    8. Management of Recurrent Ovarian Cancer
    9. Overview of Ovarian Cancer Chemotherapy
    10. Management of Epithelial Ovarian Cancer with Peritoneal Metastases
    11. Targeted Molecular Therapy for Ovarian Cancer Patients
    12. Ovarian Cancer in the Pediatric Population
    13. Quality of Life in Women with Ovarian Cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    editor, Wilbert S. Aronow.
    Contents:
    Advances in dyslipidemia / Wilbert S. Aronow
    Atherosclerosis : dyslipidemia, inflammation and lipoapoptosis / Fleur M. van der Valk, Dominik M. Schulte, Willem J.M. Mulder & Erik S.G. Stroes
    Familial hypercholesterolemia : bridging and minding the gap in healthcare / Jing Pang, Alistair W. Vickery & Gerald F. Watts
    PCSK9 inhibition : drug development for low-density lipoprotein lowering / Geetha Mukerji, Rawand M. Abdin & Dominic S. Ng
    Novel therapies for dyslipidemia / Anthony S. Wierzbicki
    The highs and lows of high-density lipoprotein / Daniel Soffer & Marisa Schoen
    Do we need to treat patients with heart failure with statins? / Sadip Pant, Guru S. Gurumurthy, Abhishek Deshmukh & Jawahar L. Mehta
    Management of dyslipidemia in patients with nonalcoholic fatty liver disease / Konstantinos Tziomalos, Vasilios G. Athyros & Asterios Karagiannis
    Dyslipidemia : current management and the challenge of residual cardiovascular risk reduction / Aaron Rockoff, Vaijinath S. Kamanna & Moti L. Kashyap
    Index.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Print
    by J.A. Abildskov ... [et al.] ; edited by Robert C. Schlant and J. Willis Hurst.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RC683.5.E5A38
    2
  • Digital
    Vijay C. Verma, Alan C. Gange, editors.
    Summary: In recent years there has been significant attention paid on the endophytic research by various groups working within this domain. Mutualistic endophytic microbes with an emphasis on the relatively understudied fungal endophytes are the focus of this special book. Plants are associated with micro-organisms: endophytic bacteria and fungi, which live inter- and intra-cellularly without inducing pathogenic symptoms, but have active biochemical and genetic interactions with their host. Endophytes play vital roles as plant growth promoters, biocontrol agents, biosurfactant producers, enzymes and secondary metabolite producers, as well as providing a new hidden repertoire of bioactive natural products with uses in pharmaceutical, agrochemical and other biotechnological applications. The increasing interest in endophytic research generates significant progress in our understanding of the host-endophyte relationship at molecular and genetic level. The bio-prospection of microbial endophytes has led to exciting possibilities for their biotechnological application as biocontrol agent, bioactive metabolites, and other useful traits. Apart from these virtues, the microbial endophytes may be adapted to the complex metabolism of many desired molecules that can be of significant industrial applications. These microbes can be a useful alternative for sustainable solutions for ecological control of pests and diseases, and can reduce the burden of excess of chemical fertilizers for this purpose. This book is an attempt to review the recent development in the understanding of microbial endophytes and their potential biotechnological applications. This is a collection of literature authored by noted researchers having signatory status in endophytic research and summarizes the development achieved so far, and future prospects for further research in this fascinating area of research.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Ecology and Biodiversity
    Chapter 1. Diversity and ecology of endophytic and epiphytic fungi of tree leaves in Japan: a review
    Chapter 2. Endophytic actinobacteria: diversity and ecology
    Chapter 3. Foliar fungal endophytes in herbaceous plants: a marriage of convenience?
    Part 2: Entomopathogenic endophytes
    Chapter 4. Entomopathogenic and nematophagous fungal endophytes
    Part 3: Host-endophyte interactions
    Chapter 5. Interactions of meristem-associated endophytic Bacteria
    Chapter 6. Unraveling the dark septate endophyte functions: Insights from the Arabidopsis model
    Chapter 7. Asexual endophytes of grasses: Invisible symbionts, visible imprints in the host neighborhood
    Part 5: Bioactive compounds from endophytes
    Chapter 8 . Microbial endophytes their resilience for innovative treatment solution to neglected tropical diseases
    Chapter 9. Endophytes and plant secondary metabolite synthesis: molecular and evolutionary perspective
    Chapter 10. Endophytes as a novel source of bioactive new structures
    Chapter 11. Host-mimetic metabolomics of endophytes: looking back into the future
    Chapter 12. Myconanosynthesis: Redefining the role of microbial endophytes
    Part 6: Bio-control and bioremediation
    Chapter 13. Biological control of insect-pest and diseases by?endophytes
    Chapter 14. Biocontrol and bioremediation: two areas of endophytic research which hold great promise
    Chapter 15. Biosourcing endophytes as biocontrol agents of wilt diseases.-Chapter 16. Ecology and functional potential of endophytes in bioremediation: a molecular prospective
    Chapter 17 Ecological aspects of endophyte-based biocontrol of forest diseases
    Chapter 18 Endophyte mediated biocontrol of herbaceous and non-herbaceous plants
    Part 7: Endophytes and cancer
    Chapter 19. Implication of endophytic metabolite and their derivatives in cancer chemotherapy: a prospective study
    Chapter 20. Endophytic fungi: novel sources of anticancer molecules
    Part 8: Future challenges
    Chapter 21. A functional view of plant microbiomes: Endosymbiotic systems that enhance plant growth and survival
    Chapter 22. Microbial endophytes: future challenges.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Toshifumi Hibi, Tadakazu Hisamatsu, Taku Kobayashi, editors.
    Contents:
    Part 1 The role of endoscopy in IBD
    Chapter 1 The Role of Endoscopy in IBD
    Chapter 2 Current progress of endoscopy in IBD: Colonoscopy
    Chapter 3 Current progress of endoscopy in IBD: Balloon enteroscopy
    Chapter 4 Current progress of endoscopy in IBD: Capsule endoscopy
    Chapter 5 Current progress of endoscopy in IBD: CT enterography and CT colonography in IBD
    Chapter 6 Current progress of endoscopy in IBD: MR Enterography
    Part 2 Endoscopic diagnosis of IBD
    Chapter 7 Diagnosis of UC-typical findings and diagnostic criteria
    Chapter 8 Typical Endoscopic Findings and Diagnostic Criteria for Crohn's Disease
    Chapter 9 Differential diagnosis of IBD: Endoscopic findings and diagnosis of intestinal Behçet's disease and simple ulcer syndrome
    Chapter 10 Differential diagnosis of Inflammatory Bowel Disease: Endoscopic findings and diagnosis of intestinal tuberculosis
    Chapter 11 Endoscopic findings and diagnosis of other inflammatory bowel diseases of lower GI tract
    Chapter 12 Endoscopic findings and Diagnosis of other inflammatory diseases of lower GI tract (except for infectious): vascular, eosinophilic, inflammation associated with other diseases etc
    Chapter 13 Endoscopic findings and Diagnosis of infectious diseases of lower GI tract: bacterial, pseudomembraneous, amoebic colitis CMV
    Chapter 14 Difficulty in diagnosing IBD: a case study
    Part 3: Endoscopy in the management of IBD
    Chapter 15 Endoscopy in the Management of Inflammatory Bowel Disease: Who, When, and How
    Chapter 16 Endoscopic index in UC
    Chapter 17 Endoscopic score in Crohn's disease
    Chapter 18 Mucosal healing in UC
    Chapter 19 The efficacies and issues for endoscopic assessment of mucosal healing in patients with Crohn's disease
    Chapter 20 Endoscopic intervention in IBD
    Chapter 21 Surveillance colonoscopy
    Chapter 22 Surveillance colonoscopy (Cases of small intestinal cancers in CD, Cases of anal cancers in CD)
    Part 4: Endoscopy in IBD- international differences
    Chapter 23 Endoscopy in Inflammatory Bowel Disease: Asian perspectives with respect to Japan
    Chapter 24 Endoscopy in IBD: Asian Perspective: Korea
    Chapter 25 Endoscopy in Chinese IBD patients: similarities and differences to the Western world
    Chapter 26 Endoscopy in IBD: A South Asian perspective from India
    Chapter 27 Endoscopy in IBD: Asian Perspective: Singapore
    Chapter 28 Endoscopy in IBD: Western perspectives: North America
    Chapter 29 Endoscopy in IBD: Western Perspective: Europe.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC372.A1 A24
    8
  • Digital/Print
    edited by Lubo Zhang, Charles A. Ducsay.
    Summary: "To celebrate the Center for Perinatal Biology's 40th Anniversary, an illustrious group gathered at Loma Linda University in February 2013. That gathering of experts and this volume of the proceedings are a tribute to the founder of the Center, Lawrence D. Longo, M.D. These chapters present contributions from individuals who in some way or another were influenced by Dr. Longo. Covering a wide range of topics, and illustrating the diversity of thinking and scientific interests, these proceedings address basic science through to clinical problems in the developmental programming of health and disease"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    "Surprised by joy": four decades of contributions to developmental physiology
    Lawrence D. Longo
    sGC-cGMP signaling: target for anticancer therapy
    Lawrence D. Longo : from chronic fetal hypoxia to proteomic predictors of fetal distress syndrome: a life devoted to research and mentoring based on virtue-ethics
    Pregnancy programming and preeclampsia: identifying a human endothelial model to study pregnancy-adapted endothelial function and endothelial adaptive failure in preeclamptic subjects
    Regulation of amniotic fluid volume: evolving concepts
    gestational diabetes, preeclampsia and cytokine release: similarities and differences in endothelial cell function
    Heart disease link to fetal hypoxia and oxidative stress
    Fetal breathing movements and changes at birth
    From fetal physiology to gene therapy : it all started in Loma Linda
    30+ years of exercise in pregnancy
    Gap junction regulation of vascular tone: implications of modulatory intercellular communication during gestation
    Effect of preeclampsia on placental function: influence of sexual dimorphism, microRNA's and mitochondria
    Altitude, attitude and adaptation
    The separation of sexual activity and reproduction in human social evolution
    The influence of growth hormone on bone and adipose programming
    The fetal cerebral circulation: three decades of exploration by the LLU Center for Perinatal Biology
    Placental vascular defects in compromised pregnancies: effects of assisted reproductive technologies and other maternal stressors
    How to build a healthy heart from scratch
    Estrogen in the fetus
    Calcitonin gene related family peptides: importance in normal placental and fetal development.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital/Print
    Anne Lynn S. Chang, editor.
    Summary: This concise, easy-to-read book summarizes the current clinical evidence and basic science relating to aging and the skin, assisting the clinician in addressing skin problems in older dermatologic patients. Each chapter focuses on a particular area in which new knowledge has rapidly emerged over the past 5 years, ensuring that the book is completely up-to-date. Recent insights into aging skin from basic and translational science are first discussed, covering the underlying genetics and the potential role of topical agents and procedures in reversing the aging process. Evidence-based prescribing in older patients is then explained, and the evidence relating to treatments for psoriasis, reviewed. Further chapters in Geriatric Dermatology address non-surgical treatment options for basal cell carcinoma, the increase in and management of sexually transmitted diseases in older dermatology patients, and cutaneous signs of elder mistreatment. Case vignettes and informative illustrations assist the reader in quickly grasping the connection between an age-related process and its clinical impact. Geriatric Dermatology is written for dermatologists, research scientists with translational interest, geriatricians, and gerontologists.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RL73.A35 A38 2015
    1
  • Digital
    Felipe Sierra, Ronald Kohanski, editors.
    Contents:
    The Geroscience Hypothesis: Is It Possible to Change the Rate of Aging? / Steven N. Austad
    Etiological Role of Aging in Chronic Diseases: From Epidemiological Evidence to the New Geroscience / Linda P. Fried and Luigi Ferrucci
    The Impact of Aging on Cancer Progression and Treatment / Shenghui He and Norman E. Sharpless
    The Impact of Cancer Treatments on Aging / Changhan Lee and Valter Longo
    Cardiovascular Disease and Aging / Ying Ann Chiao, Edward Lakatta, Zoltan Ungvari, Dao-Fu Dai and Peter Rabinovitch
    The Impact of Aging on Ischemic Stroke / Farida Sohrabji
    Parkinson's Disease and Aging / Julie K. Andersen
    The Role of Aging in Alzheimer's Disease / Geoffrey A. Kerchner and Tony Wyss-Coray
    Aging and the Bone-Muscle Interface / Simon Melov and Clifford J. Rosen
    Osteoporosis and Mechanisms of Skeletal Aging / Julie Glowacki and Tamara Vokes
    Osteoarthritis in the Elderly / Richard F. Loeser and Martin Lotz
    Diabetes and Aging / Nicolas Musi and Andrzej Bartke
    Renal Aging and Transplantation / John P. Higgins and Stuart K. Kim
    Asthma and Aging / Nicola A. Hanania and Paula Busse
    Aging in COPD and Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis / Cecilia Sanchez
    Age-Related Macular Degeneration and Vision Impairment / Jayakrishna Ambati and Charles Wright
    HIV and Aging: Parallels and Synergistic Mechanisms Leading to Premature Disease and Functional Decline / Anna Hearps, Katherine Schafer, Kevin High and Alan Landay
    Pain in the Elderly / Roger B. Fillingim, Dennis C. Turk and Robert P. Yezierski
    The Way Forward: Translation / James L. Kirkland.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    volume editors, Simon K.W. Lloyd, Neil Donnelly.
    Contents:
    New imaging modalities in otology / Bance, M., Zarowski, A., Adamson, R.A., Casselman, J.W.
    Optimizing ossicular prosthesis design and placement / Bance, M.
    Advances in the field of bone conduction hearing implants / McLeod, R.W.J., Culling, J.F., Jiang, D.
    Hearing rehabilitation in congenital middle ear malformation / Frenzel, H.
    Hearing rehabilitation with active middle ear implants / Donnelly, N., Pennings, R.J.E.
    Brain plasticity and rehabilitation with a cochlear implant / McKay, C.M.
    Hearing preservation cochlear implant surgery / Bruce, I.A., Todt, I.
    Extended applications for cochlear implantation / Hempel, J.M., Simon, F., Müller, J.M.
    Management of cochlear nerve hypoplasia and aplasia / Freeman, S.R., Sennaroglu, L.
    Hearing rehabilitation in neurofibromatosis type 2 / North, H.J.D., Lloyd, S.K.W.
    The future of cochlear implant design / Mitchell-Innes, A., Saeed, S.R., Irving, R.
    Pharmacological issues in hearing rehabilitation / Bird, P.A., Bergin, M.J.
    Intraoperative auditory system monitoring / Miyazaki, H., Caye-Thomasen, P.
    Diagnosis and treatment of perilymphatic fistula / Deveze, A., Matsuda, H., Elziere, M., Ikezono, T.
    The role of the eustachian tube in middle ear disease / Tysome, J.R., Sudhoff, H.
    Digital Access Karger 2018
  • Print
    edited by Dean T. Mason.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RC681 .A33
    3
  • Digital
    E. Carlos Rodríguez-Merchán, editor.
    Summary: This book offers a comprehensive and state of the art overview of hemophilia management by reviewing all most recent advances and cutting edge information in this fast evolving field. As hemophilia patients are often affected by joint problems it also provides clear guidance on the surgical treatment of musculo-skeletal manifestations. The first part is devoted to the diseases pathophysiology (differentiating hemophilia A and B), genetics, pharmacotherapy including replacement and non-replacement therapy and gene therapy, as well as quality of life issues also related to hemophilia carriers. The second part is then focused on joint problems, ranging from joint health assessment and pain control to surgical treatment of acute hemarthrosis and hemophilic arthropathy, i.e. radiosynovectomy, total joint arthroplasty and arthroscopic joint debridement. Written by experts drawn from leading institutions involved in treatment of hemophilia and related joint problems, this book offers a valuable resource to hematologists, orthopedic surgeons, rehabilitation physicians, radiologists, and pharmacy researchers.

    Contents:
    1. Pathophysiology of hemophilia
    2. Genetics of Hemophilia A and B
    3. Inhibitors in Hemophilia A
    4. Immune Tolerance In Patients with Hemophilia A
    5. Hemophilia A: New drugs
    6. Inhibitors in Hemophilia B
    7. Immune Tolerance Induction in Hemophilia B
    8. Hemophilia B: New Drugs
    9. Management of Hemophilia Carriers
    10. Pharmacoeconomic Aspects in Hemophilia
    11. Assessment of Joint Health and Outcome Measures in Hemophilia
    12. Musculoskeletal Medicine in Hemophilia
    13. Management of Acute Hemarthrosis in Hemophilia (Including Joint Aspiration)
    14. Hemophilic Arthropathy: Radiosynovectomy
    15. Hemophilic Arthropathy: Arthroscopic Joint Debridement
    16. Hemophilic Arthropathy: Total Joint Arthroplasty
    17. Hemophilic Arthropathy: Other Orthopedic Procedures
    18. Gene Therapy in Hemophilia: Latest Advances
    19.A Summary of the Recent Recommendations of the WFH.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital/Print
    Salvendy, Gavriel.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    TA166 .A38
    2
  • Print
    Harris, Harry; Hirschhorn, Kurt.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    22
  • Digital
    Yi-Chun Zhu, editor.
    Summary: Hydrogen sulfide (H2S) has emerged as an important gas signalling molecule in a series of organs/tissues, on the diseases of which it plays protective roles, such as proangiogenic effects in ischemic tissues, antiapoptotic effects in the cardiomyocytes, regularization of fatal arrhythmia in myocardial infarction, amelioration of inflammation in autoimmune diseases, modification of neuronal transmission, increase in sodium excretion from the kidney, and amelioration of insulin resistance, etc. This book focuses on the effect of hydrogen sulfide in cardiovascular system, immune system, nervous system, kidney, as well as on the metabolism of glucose and lipids and regulation of ion channels and so on. This book also provides the advances in the understanding of endogenous H2S metabolism and H2S protein targets, as well as H2S donors. It will benefit researchers in both academics and industry working on the underlying mechanism of H2S field and the future of translational medicine of H2S.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Metabolism of endogenous H2S and its metabolites
    A common molecular switch for H2S to regulate multiple protein targets
    The protective role of H2S in the heart
    The proangiogenic effects of H2S
    H2S and the immune system
    Protection of H2S on the neurons
    The role of H2S in the metabolism of glucose and lipids
    Regulation of the ion channels by H2S
    The epigenetic mechanisms for H2S signalling
    The development of H2S donor.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Joseph C. Liao, Li-Ming Su, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an overview of the current state-of-art in combining advances in biomedical imaging with intraoperative navigation and preoperative planning for urologic surgery. These advances hold great promise in improving diagnostic and therapeutic urologic interventions to improve patient outcomes. Leading experts in this exciting emerging field covers early clinical and pre-clinical applications of optical, ultrasound, cross-sectional, and computer-assisted imaging in urologic surgery. Advances in Image-Guided Urologic Surgery provides a unique and valuable resource for audience with clinical and research interest in minimally invasive surgery, endourology, urologic oncology, imaging, and biomedical engineering.

    Contents:
    Endoscopic Fluorescence Imaging of Bladder Cancer: Photodynamic Diagnosis and Confocal Laser Endomicroscopy
    Narrow Band Imaging for Urothelial Cancer
    Optical Coherence Tomography in Bladder Carcinoma
    Optical Coherence Tomography for Prostate Cancer and Beyond
    Fluorescence Image-Guided Robotic Surgery
    Multiphoton Microscopy in Urologic Surgery
    Hyperspectral Imaging of Renal Oxygenation (Near-Infrared Tissue Oximetry for Renal Ischemia)
    Light Reflectance Spectroscopy and Autofluorescence (Kidney and Prostate)
    Intraoperative Doppler Ultrasound During Robotic Surgery
    TRUS of the Prostate: State of the Art
    Ultrasound-Guided Prostate Cryotherapy
    Endoluminal Ultrasonography
    Multiparametric Magnetic Resonance Imaging for Prostate Cancer
    MR-Guided Prostate Interventions
    CT-Guided Renal Ablation- MR-Guided Renal Ablation
    Augmented Reality for Percutaneous Renal Interventions
    Image Guidance in Robotic Assisted Renal Surgery
    Urologic Surgery Training Using Computer-Assisted Simulators
    Molecular Imaging in Urology.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    Sikandar Shaikh.
    Summary: This book covers all the advances in the imaging and elaborates on their applications and advantages. It provides step by step overview of the various advanced imaging modalities like molecular imaging, nano imaging, robotic imaging, stem cell imaging, optical imaging, immunoimaging, etc. It describes the applications of various advanced imaging modalities in pathologies like oncology, infection and inflammation and other conditions and provides the available therapeutic options with the help of these modalities. It also covers the detailed aspects of various modalities like ultrasound, CT, MRI, PET-CT, PET-MRI and other modalities. It includes the detailed explanation of various radiotracers, biomarkers and probes with many applications. Chapters cover detailed information at molecular level. The book is helpful for oncologists, hematologists, surgeons and many other specialists. .

    Contents:
    Molecular imaging, instrumentation USG, CT, MR, PET, SPECT, PET-CT, PET-MR & SPECT
    Molecular imaging biomarkers and probes contrast agents
    Radiopahramteuticals
    Optical agents
    Molecular radiopharmateuticals
    Molecular imaging in infection inflammation
    Molecular imaging in oncology
    Functional molecular imaging
    PET-MR
    Nanoimaging
    Amyloid imaging
    Hypoxia imaging
    Translational imaging
    Multiparametric imaging
    Immunoimaging
    Optical imaging.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Norimasa Nakamura, Robert G. Marx, Volker Musahl, Alan Getgood, Seth L. Sherman, Peter Verdonk, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive book offers an overview of the latest advances in knee ligament and knee preservation surgery, including cartilage, meniscus, and osteotomy procedures. Designed to offer practical guidance on the management of complex knee problems, it presents clinical scenarios as well as recommendations by leading international experts. Written in collaboration with ISAKOS and drawing on a variety of perspectives it is invaluable tool for orthopedic and sports medicine surgeons.

    Contents:
    Who needs ACL surgery?
    Evidence Based Patient-Specific Graft Selection for ACL Reconstruction
    Assessment of Risk Factors of Failure of ACLR: When to Address Concomitant Pathology
    Technique Corner: ACLR Optimal Tunnel Placement: How to Get There?
    Evidenced Based Approach for Anterolateral Surgery for ACL Reconstruction
    Why does LET Work?
    The Evidence Regarding ACL Repair
    Outcomes of ACLR
    Advances in Rehabilitation and Return to Sport
    Revision ACLR
    Complications of ACLR
    Osteotomy: Slope Change Tibial Osteotomy to Address ACL deficiency
    Biologics: PTOA following ACLR
    Assessment of the Multiligament Knee
    When do you need to reconstruct a PCL?
    Technique Corner: PCL
    Technique Corner: PLC
    Technique Corner: MCL. - Biologics: Advances in Treating Arthrofibrosis
    Assessment of Patellofemoral Instability
    Osteotomy: Coronal and Axial Plane Deformity
    Save the Meniscus: Advances in Meniscal Repair Techniques
    Meniscus Root Tears
    Meniscus Substitution
    Update on Indications, Technique, and Outcome of Meniscus Transplantation
    Technique Corner: Cell-based Cartilage Repair
    Technique Corner: Marrow Stimulation and Augmentation
    Technique Corner: Particulate Cartilage
    Technique Corner: Osteochondral Allograft
    Technique Corner: Osteochondral Autograft
    Osteotomy: Offloading Procedures for Cartilage Restoration
    Biologics: PRP, BMAC, etc.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Juan Manuel Suarez Grau, Juan Antonio Bellido Luque, editors.
    Summary: With an increase in the use of laparoscopic techniques for the treatment of abdominal wall hernias, this comprehensive book provides a detailed description of the most up-to-date techniques used in the laparoscopic repair of inguinal and ventral incisional hernias. Advances in Laparoscopy of the Abdominal Wall Hernia takes the reader step-by-step through two laparoscopic techniques used in inguinal hernia correction: Extraperitoneal (TEP) and Transabdominal (TAPP), and guides the reader through the fundamentals of ventral hernia repair. The authors aim to show methods of dealing with rarer hernias and those of atypical location. This book will also inform the reader of the various kinds of meshes used and provides knowledge on how to fix them, as well as the advantages, disadvantages and indications of this type of prosthesis. Written by experts in the field, Advances in Laparoscopy of the Abdominal Wall Hernia is a valuable reference tool to surgeons and medical practitioners working in this field.

    Contents:
    1. A Brief Historical Review of Surgical Treatment of Hernia
    2. Anatomy of the Abdominal Wall
    3. Classification of Ventral Hernias and Inguinal Hernias
    4. Basic Concepts in Laparoscopic Hernia Repair
    5. Laparoscopic Inguinal Hernia Repair: TAPP
    6. Laparoscopic Inguinal Hernia Repair: TEP
    7. Prostheses in Laparoscopic Inguinal Hernia Repair
    8. Prostheses Fixation During Laparoscopic Inguinal Hernia Repair
    9. Laparoscopic Ventral Hernia Repair
    10. Prostheses in Laparoscopic Ventral Hernia Repair.-11. Fixation of Prostheses in Laparoscopic Ventral Hernia Repair
    12. Laparoscopic Approach in Other Hernias: Subcostal, Xiphoid, Lumbar, Suprapubic, Parastomal, and Spigelian
    13. Emergency Laparoscopic Surgery of the Abdominal Wall
    14. Current Advances and New Frontiers in Laparoscopic Hernia Repair.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Deepak Gaur, Chetan E. Chitnis, Virander S. Chauhan.
    Contents:
    Introduction & overview of malaria and plasmodium / Virander S. Chauhan, Chetan E. Chitnis, Deepak Gaur
    Exoerythrocytic development of plasmodium parasites / Volker T. Heussler, Annika Rennenberg, and Rebecca R. Stanway
    Molecular basis of erythrocyte invasion by plasmodium merozoites / Deepak Gaur, Chetan E. Chitnis, Virander S. Chauhan
    The biology of malaria transmission / Robert E. Sinden
    Comparative and functional genomics of malaria parasites / Martine M. Zilversmit, Sittiporn Pattaradilokrat, and Xin-zhuan Su
    Gene regulation : new insights and possible intervention strategies / Artur Scherf, Nicholas A. Malmquist, Rafael M. Martins, Shruthi S. Vembar, and Jose-Juan Lopez-Rubio
    Molecular genetic approaches to malaria research / Brendan Elsworth, Mauro F. Azevedo, Brendan S. Crabb, and Paul R. Gilson
    Transcriptomics and proteomics / Archna P. Gupta, Zbynek Bozdech, and Peter R. Preiser
    The biochemistry of plasmodium falciparum : an updated overview / Hagai Ginsburg
    Signaling in malaria parasites / Pushkar Sharma, and Sudhir Kumar
    Membrane transport proteins as therapeutic targets in malaria / Sanjay A. Desai, Kempaiah Rayavara, Paresh Sharma, Sayeed K. Syed, Wang Nguitragool, and Praveen Balabaskaran Nina
    The proteolytic repertoire of malaria parasites / Puran Singh Sijwali, and Philip J. Rosenthal
    Development of medicines for the control and elimination of malaria / Jeremy N. Burrows, and Timothy N.C. Wells
    Antimalarial drug resistance / Naman K. Shah, and Neena Valecha
    Epidemiology of plasmodium falciparum malaria / Alberto L. García-Basteiro, Quique Bassat, and Pedro L. Alonso
    Malaria pathogenesis / Bronner P. Gonzalves, Michal Fried, and Patrick E. Duffy
    Host genetics / Thomas N. Williams
    The immune response in mild and severe malaria : two sides of the same coin / Michael Waisberg, Peter D. Crompton, Louis H. Miller, and Susan K. Pierce
    Progress in development of malaria vaccines / Chetan E. Chitnis, Deepak Gaur, and Virander S. Chauhan
    Plasmodium vivax : insights on burden and patho-biology / Ivo Mueller, Quique Bassat, Marcus V.G. Lacerda, and Hernando A. del Portillo.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Bennie H. Jeng, editor.
    Summary: This book presents up-to-date information on the diagnosis and management of the spectrum of medical and surgical corneal diseases, with a special focus on new technology. The latest tools for diagnosing ocular surface disease, infectious keratitis, and ocular allergies are discussed, along with novel treatment options for these entities. The impact of progress in imaging and contact lens technology on the management of corneal conditions is fully described, and the efficacy of corneal collagen crosslinking for keratoconus and corneal ectasia is evaluated. Detailed attention is devoted to the latest surgical techniques, including lamellar keratoplasty, endothelial keratoplasty, keratoprosthesis, and laser-assisted penetrating keratoplasty. In addition, the role of the eye bank in facilitating corneal procedures is explained. Advances in Medical and Surgical Cornea is written by leading authorities who share a passion for effective, cutting-edge care. It will be invaluable for both experienced ophthalmologists and trainees.

    Contents:
    Diagnosis and treatment of ocular surface disease
    Diagnosis and treatment of infectious keratitis (PCR, Confocal)
    Diagnosis and treatment of ocular allergies
    Imaging techniques for corneal disorders (non-infectious: KCN, ectasias: Pentacam, Schleimpflug, confocal, etc)
    Contact lens technology for treatment of severe ocular surface disease and corneal ectasias
    Collagen crosslinking for keratoconus
    Anterior lamellar keratoplasty
    Endothelial keratoplasty (DSEK and DMEK)
    Keratoprosthesis (Boston and OOKP)
    Laser assisted keratoplasty and post-keratoplasty management (AK?s)
    Eye Banking: what the eye bank can do for you now (DMEK harvesting, Pre-cut, FLAK). .
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Yu Cao, editor.
    Summary: This book reviews recent advances regarding the biochemical and biophysical properties of membrane proteins and their applications in biomedicine. Divided into two thematic parts, this second volume addresses proteins' formation, signaling and malfunctions. It covers a number of important membrane proteins including receptors, cell adhesion molecules, single-transmembrane proteins and viral membrane proteins, and discusses their structures, functions, related diseases, and roles in drug discovery in detail. In turn, the book elucidates the lifecycle of membrane proteins, including their synthesis and facilitated folding process, as well as QC procedures for their production. Additional topics include fundamental concepts, the latest findings, and critical puzzles yet to be solved. Given its scope, the book will appeal to a broad readership in the field of membrane structural and functional biology. Junior scientists can use it as an introduction to the field, while advanced scientists will find a broader view of the field beyond their area of specialization.

    Contents:
    Lipid Homeostasis on Cell Membrane
    A Historical Perspective of G Protein-Coupled Receptor Structural Biology
    Membrane Proteins as Targets for Biological Drugs
    Cell Adhesion Molecules
    The Biosynthesis and Folding of Oily Peptide Chains
    Mechanism of Quality Control of Nascent Membrane Proteins.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Yu Cao, editor.
    Summary: The book summarizes advances in biochemical and biophysical property of membrane proteins as well as their applications in biomedicine. It is organised into 2 themed parts. The first volume focuses on mass processing and transportation and provides deep and comprehensive information on specific groups of membrane proteins including channels and transporters, nuclear and cytoplasmic membrane proteins, and membrane embedded enzymes. Their structures, functions, related diseases as well as their roles in drug discovery are fully discussed. Interesting topics cover fundamental concepts, latest progress and critical puzzles yet to be solved. This work will appeal to a wide readership within the membrane structural and functional biology field. Junior scientists could use it to fast track into the field. Advanced scientists will find it helpful to gain a broader view of the field beyond their area of specialization.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Membrane As the Barrier of Life
    Chapter 2: Ion Channels
    Chapter 3: Membrane Asymmetry and Phospholipid Translocases in Eukaryotic Cells
    Chapter 4: Membrane Phospholipid Biosynthesis in Bacteria
    Chapter 5: Transport and Communication Across the Nuclear Envelope
    Chapter 6: Structural and Functional Properties of Viral Membrane Proteins.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Advances in molecular and cellular endocrinology to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Advances in molecular and cellular microbiology to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    Robert L. Baran, editor.
    Summary: This book serves as a concise text on nail diseases and disorders, offering the most up to date information available from internationally recognized speakers and authors. This comprehensive guide examines a multitude of nail disease types manifestations, treatments, and complications. Chapters delve into specific disorders such as yellow nail syndrome, psoriasis, lichen planus, and brittle nails. Notable treatments covered include advances in MRI, anti-neoplastic drugs and ultrasound imaging. The book also features discussions on unique topics, such as the convergence of orthopedics and onychology in nail disease treatment, as well as treatment complications faced by distinct demographics. Going beyond basics and diving right into the heart of various diseases and disorders, Advances in Nail Disease and Management will serve to aid experienced dermatologists looking for advanced expertise information.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Yellow Nail Syndrome
    Chapter 2: Is Peri-ungual Vitiligo an Intractable Localization?
    Chapter 3: Digital Myxoid Cysts: Ganglia of the Distal Interphalangeal Joint
    Chapter 4: Advances in MRI of Glomus Tumors of the Fingertips
    Chapter 5: Trachyonychia
    Chapter 6: In vivo and ex vivo Confocal Microscopy for Nail Diseases
    Chapter 7: Innovative Gene Therapies in Nail Disorders
    Chapter 8: Toenails
    Where Orthopedics and Onychologists Meet.-Chapter 9: Recent Advances in Nails in Systemic Disease
    Chapter 10: Brittle Nails
    Chapter 11: The Nail Involvement in Leprosy and Sporotrichosis.-Chapter 12: Latest Research in Nail Psoriasis
    Chapter 13: Nail Lichen Planus.-Chapter 14: What's New in Pediatric Nail Disorders?
    Chapter 15: Nail Changes with Targeted Anti-Neoplastic Drugs
    Chapter 16: Optical Coherence Tomography in Nail Research and Diagnosis
    Chapter 17: Drug-Induced Nail Changes
    Chapter 18: Current Applications and Advances in Nail Ultrasound Imaging
    Chapter 19: Onychomycosis: Usefulness of Histomycology.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Surendra Nimesh, Ramesh Chandra, Nidhi Gupta.
    Contents:
    1. Nanomedicine for delivery of therapeutic molecules
    2. Nanoparticles as nucleic acid delivery vectors
    3. Methods for charactericzation of nanoparticles
    4. Nanoparticles for DNA delivery
    5. Nanoparticles for siRNA-mediated gene silencing
    6. Nanoparticles for locked nucleic acid delivery
    7. Nanoparticles for ribozymes delivery
    8. Nanoparticles for DNAzymes delivery
    9. Pharmacokinetics and biodistribution of the nanoparticles
    10. Nanotoxicology: evaluation of toxicity potential of nanoparticles
    11. Regulatory aspects of nanoparticulate mediated nucleic acid delivery systems
    12. Clinical studies and future prospects
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    volume editors, Vyas M.N. Prasad, Marc Remacle.
    Summary: "This book aims to provide a comprehensive overview of advances in neurolaryngology, e.g., in diagnostic approaches and techniques, and therapeutic interventions, from experts in various medical specialties. It presents the increasingly common multidisciplinary approach to patients' problems, with cross discipline interaction involving otolaryngologists, neurologists, radiologists, respiratory physicians, neurophysiologists, and speech pathologists"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Karger 2020
  • Digital/Print
    Vincenzo Zappia, Salvatore Panico, Gian Luigi Russo, Alfredo Budillon, Fulvio Della Ragione, editors.
    Summary: This book comprises proceedings from the Third International Conference on Advances in Nutrition and Cancer, held in Naples in May 2012. This highly multidisciplinary meeting analyzed nutrition and cancer from different perspectives and on the basis of distinct and up-to-date experimental approaches. Knowledge on the relation between lifestyle, diet, and cancer is explored in a number of contributions, and the role of dietary intervention in cancer patients is discussed. Issues of vital interest to the research community, such as epidemiological and experimental oncology (genetics, epigenetics, and the mechanisms of action of natural compounds in the diet), receive detailed consideration. A further key topic is the emerging molecular technologies (the -omics) that can cast light on the interplay between nutrition and human malignancies. Chapters take the form of reviews that include sections presenting expert opinions. Advances in Nutrition and Cancer will be an invaluable source of topical information for all researchers and clinicians with an interest in this field.

    Contents:
    Part I: Lifestyle, Diet, and Cancer
    The Role of Metabolic Carcinogenesis in Cancer Causation and Prevention: Evidence from the European Prospective Investigation into Cancer and Nutrition
    Obesity, Energy Balance, and Cancer: A Mechanistic Perspective
    Fruits and Vegetables: Updating the Epidemiologic Evidence for the WCRF/AICR Lifestyle Recommendations for Cancer Prevention
    The Diet as a Cause of Human Prostate Cancer
    Mediterranean Dietary Pattern and Chronic Diseases
    Dietary Salt Intake and Risk of Gastric Cancer
    Alcoholic Beverages and Carbonated Soft Drinks: Consumption and Gastrointestinal Cancer Risks
    Part II: Natural Dietary Molecules
    Anti-Inflammatory and Anticancer Drugs from Nature
    Selenium and Cancer: A Story that Should not be Forgotten-Insights from Genomics
    Resveratrol: From Basic Studies to Bedside
    Quercetin: A Pleiotropic Kinase Inhibitor Against Cancer
    Sulforaphane as a Promising Molecule for Fighting Cancer
    Part III: Genetics and Epigenetics
    Functions, Aberrations, and Advances for Chromatin Modulation in Cancer
    Epigenetics and Epidemiology: Models of Study and Examples
    Dietary Epigenetics in Cancer and Aging
    Breast Cancer and the Importance of Early Life Nutrition
    Part IV: Olive Oil in Cancer Prevention
    Olive Oil and Other Dietary Lipids in Breast Cancer
    A Holistic Approach to Study the Effects of Natural Antioxidants on Inflammation and Liver Cancer
    Extra Virgin Olive Oil: From Composition to "Molecular Gastronomy"
    Part V: Life Style Prevention of Cancer
    Life Style Prevention of Cancer Recurrence: The Yin and the Yang
    Part VI: Emerging Breakthroughs
    New Perspective for an Old Antidiabetic Drug: Metformin as Anticancer Agent
    Gut Microbes, Diet, and Cancer
    Inflammatory Angiogenesis and the Tumor Microenvironment as Targets for Cancer Therapy and Prevention
    Nutriomes and Personalised Nutrition for DNA Damage Prevention, Telomere Integrity Maintenance and Cancer Growth Control
    Novel Approaches in Melanoma Prevention and Therapy
    Concluding Remarks.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC268.45 .A383 2014
    1
  • Print
    Draper, H. H.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    QP141.A1 A3
    1
  • Digital
    Rohit Varma, Benjamin Y. Xu, Grace M. Richter, Alena Reznik, editors.
    Summary: Serving as a practical guide to the ocular imaging modalities that are currently available to eye care providers for the care of glaucoma patients, this book provides information on advances in ocular imaging and their applications in the diagnosis and management of glaucoma. Each chapter introduces the imaging modality, highlight its strengths and weaknesses for clinical care, and discuss its integration into the clinical examination and decision-making process. The chapters also provide an in-depth description of the interpretation of images from each imaging modality. When appropriate, the chapters will summarize past and ongoing research and propose future research directions and clinical applications. This title will appeal to ophthalmologists and optometrists at all levels, from trainees to experienced clinicians looking to learn new and important information.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    Barer, R.; Cosslett, V. E.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    10
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access Karger v. 16-, 1969-
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    16
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    35
  • Digital
    editors Bai-Chuang Shyu and Makoto Tominaga.
    Summary: This book summarizes the latest advances in pain research. All the chapters were contributed by speakers from Asian Pain Symposium (APS) on Acute and Chronic Pain, which was held in Taipei in 2017. Founded in Kyoto, Japan in 2000, the APS serves as a platform for scientists to present recent findings in pain research and discuss research orientation in this field. APS 2017 focused on novel strategies for pain treatment. Written by experts from various disciplines, from molecular to functional, and from basic to clinic studies, this book is composed of 18 review articles on the physiology and pathology of pain in these research fields. Specific topics include circuitry, neurotransmitter, physiology, behavior, neuropathology, pharmacology, and the treatments for neuropathic pain disorders. The book is a valuable resource for researchers and graduate students in pain medicine and neuroscience.

    Contents:
    Molecular mechanisms of the sense of touch: an overview of mechanical transduction and transmission in merkel discs of whisker hair follicles and some clinical perspectives / Jianguo G. Gu
    Trp channels in nociception and pathological pain / Chen-Yu Hung, Chun-Hsiang Tan
    Involvement of TRPV1-ANO1 interactions in pain-enhancing mechanisms / Y. Takayama, Makoto Tominaga
    Roles of ASICs in nociception and proprioception / Cheng-Han Lee, Chih-Cheng Chen
    Tackling pain associated with rheumatoid arthritis: proton-sensing receptors / Wei-Hsin Sun, Shih-Ping Dai
    Advances in experimental medicine and biology: intrafascicular local anesthetic injection damages peripheral nerve-induced neuropathic pain / Kuang-Yi Tseng, Hung-Chen Wang, Lin-Li Chang, Kuang-I Cheng
    Microglia in the CNS and neuropathic pain / Makoto Tsuda
    Descending noradrenergic inhibition: an important mechanism of gabapentin analgesia in neuropathic pain / Ken-ichiro Hayashida, James C. Eisenach
    Chronic neuropathic pain protects the heart from ischemia-reperfusion injury / Yi-Fen Cheng, Chien-Chang Chen
    Knowing the neuronal mechanism of spontaneous pain to treat chronic pain in the future / Xiang-Yao Li, Jing-Hua Wang, Cheng Wu
    Role of neuroinflammation in opioid tolerance: translational evidence from human-to-rodent studies / Chih-Peng Lin, Dai-Hua Lu
    Neural mechanisms of offset analgesia / Jiro Kurata
    Cortical ltp: a synaptic model for chronic pain / Min Zhuo
    Pain-associated neural plasticity in the parabrachial to central amygdala circuit / Fusao Kato, Yae K. Sugimura, Yukari Takahashi
    Electrophysiological signature of pain / Zi-Fang Zhao, You Wan
    Neuroimaging studies of primary dysmenorrhea / Intan Low, Shyh-Yuh Wei, Pin-Shiuan Lee, Wei-Chi Li, Lin-Chien Lee, Jen-Chuen Hsieh [and others]
    Brain reward circuit and pain / Moe Watanabe, Minoru Narita
    Involvement of P₂X₇ receptors and BDNF in the pathogenesis of central poststroke pain / Yung-Hui Kuan, Hsi-Chien Shih, Bai-Chuang Shyu
    Melatonin: a new-generation therapy for reducing chronic pain and improving sleep disorder-related pain / Tavleen Kaur, Bai-Chuang Shyu
    Central poststroke pain, comorbidity, and associated symptoms in animal and human models / Bai-Chuang Shyu, Andrew Chih Wei Huang.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Baker, J. R.; Dawes, Ben; Muller, R.; Rollinson, D.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    4
  • Print
    edited by Aubrey Milunsky, Emanuel A. Friedman and Louis Gluck.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Springer
    Springer
    Springer
  • Print
    edited by Rowena Korobkin, Christian Guilleminault.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RJ255.A37
    1
  • Digital
    Salvador Nares, editor.
    Summary: This book describes practical, contemporary, and evidence-based surgical approaches for the treatment of diseases and conditions affecting the periodontium, including advanced forms of periodontal disease, gingival recession, and complex cases requiring interdisciplinary management. The book opens by identifying key considerations in periodontal surgery, for example with regard to diagnosis and prognosis, and by presenting decision trees that will be useful in daily practice. Cutting-edge resection and regeneration techniques for the treatment of periodontitis and mucogingival surgical procedures for the management of soft tissue deficiencies are then described and illustrated in detail, highlighting important tips and tricks as well as potential difficulties and complications. The final part of the book is devoted to interdisciplinary care, which is of key importance when periodontal surgery is indicated in the management of cases requiring orthodontic, endodontic, and restorative therapy. Advances in Periodontal Surgery will be of value for practitioners at all levels of experience as well as for students entering the field.

    Contents:
    Part 1 Key Consideration of Periodontal Surgery
    The Miller McEntire Periodontal Prognostic Index
    Decision Trees in periodontal surgery: resective versus regenerative periodontal surgery
    Part 2 Resective Techniques of Periodontal Surgery
    Periodontal flap designs for access and osseous surgery
    Biologic shaping
    Lasers in periodontal surgery
    Part 3 Regenerative Techniques of Periodontal Surgery
    Videoscope assisted minimally invasive surgery (VMIS) for bone regeneration
    Regeneration of intrabony defects utilizing stem cells allograft
    Management of furcation defects
    Part 4 Mucogingival and Periodontal Plastic Surgery
    Coronally positioned flaps and tunneling
    Rationale for gingival tissue augmentation and vestibuloplasty around teeth and dental implants
    Mucogingival and periodontal plastic surgery: lateral sliding flaps
    Part 5 Interdisciplinary Management of Periodontal Surgery
    Crown lengthening and prosthetic considerations
    The adjunctive relationship between orthodontics and periodontics
    Surgically facilitated orthodontic therapy
    Management of endodontic-periodontic lesions.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Jun Zhang, Michael V. Knopp.
    Summary: This book is a guide to new and emerging PET technology, instrumentation, and its place in clinical practice. PET technology is currently moving from the conventional photomultiplier tube (PMT) detector based PET to the new generation, solid state light sensor detector. This is a technological leap and holds significant implications for the use of PET imaging. This book introduces and describes the emerging and new generation of PET instrumentations and technologies across manufactures, focusing on solid-state PET detector designs, system characteristics, and clinical practices as well as future advanced Time-of-Flight (TOF) PET technologies. Organized into three sections, the basics of PET imaging; solid state digital PET instrumentation, technology, and clinical practice; and a look to the future of PET imaging, chapters present a full picture of PET imaging, where we are and where we will be. Nuclear medicine physicians, physicists, and technologists can use this book to better understand future PET systems, novel PET technologies, and potential game changes of clinical PET practice.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    Rita Kundu, Rajiv Narula, editors.
    Summary: Biotechnology refers to the use or manipulation of an organism or parts of an organism. While the early applications were certainly simpler (though still relevant), modern plant biotechnology is primarily associated with molecular biology, cloning and genetic engineering. Over the last 50 years, several key discoveries have revolutionized the biological sciences and enabled the rapid growth of the biotechnology industry. This book gathers handpicked articles presented by national and international scientists at the International Conference on Biotechnology and Biological Sciences, BIOSPECTRUM 2017. It highlights the works of researchers and students in India and abroad on plant biotechnology and its applications in addressing various agricultural and food production-related issues. The respective papers explore a range of advances in plant biotechnology, e.g.: the cytotoxic potential of Moringaoleifera lam; the use of the entomo-pathogenic fungi Cordyceps sp. as unique and valuable sources of bioactive compounds; and strain improvement strategies for Cordyceps sp. In addition, they discuss the use of low-cost blue green algal biofertilizer comprising four blue green algal strains in rice fields; and the use of lignocellulosic materials as potential renewable energy resources for the production of fuels. This book will be extremely useful for researchers and students of biotechnology and plant science, providing an essential update on the latest findings and trends.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Chapter 1: Dilute Acid Pretreatment Efficiency on Various Solid Loadings and Effect of Different Neutralizing Agents on Xylulosic Ethanol Production
    Chapter 2: Effect of BGA Biofertilizers Using Different Carrier Materials on Rice Crop
    Chapter 3: Identification of Differentially Expressed Terminal Heat Stress Associated Proteins in Developing Grains in Wheat (Triticum Aestivum L.)
    Chapter 4: The genetic toxicity potential of heavy metals (Zn, Cu) on Vigna radiata, Triticum aestivum and Cicer arietinum
    Chapter 5: Production, Optimization, and Charaterization of Siderophore by Pseudomonas Aeruginosa (C3) Isolated From Rhizospheric Soil
    Chapter 6: Development of Marker in the Soft Gold Mushroom Cordyceps Sp. For Strain Improvement
    Chapter 7: Optimization of Microwave Assisted Pretreatment of Rice Straw with Fecl3 in Combination with H3po4 for Improving Enzymatic Hydrolysis
    Chapter 8: Profiling Indolic Auxins Produced by the Strains of Aspergillus Using Novel HPTLC Technique
    Chapter 9: Comparative Analysis of Cytotoxic Potential of Crude Extracts and Fractionated Isolates from Moringa Oleifera Lam
    Chapter 10: Hydroxy Fatty Acid from Camelina Sativa Seed Oil for Industrial Application
    Chapter 11: Comparison of Different Planting Methods to Determine the Precision of Phenotyping Wheat in Field Experiments
    Chapter 12: Effect of extraction temperature and different carrier agents on the physicochemical and antioxidant properties of spray dried Murraya koenigii (Linn.) leaf extract
    Chapter 13: Isolation and characterization of microbial Asparaginase to mitigate Acrylamide formation in food
    Chapter 14: Small Colony Variant Selection, Biofilm Induction and Interspecies Interactions of Ocular Clinical Pseudomonas aeruginosa
    Chapter 15: Comparative analysis of phytochemicals of healthy and symptomatic Clerodendrum inerme
    Chapter 16: Synthesis of Silver Nanoparticle of Aqueous extract of Allium Fistulosum and Its Efficiency against Bacterial Contaminants from Industrial waste water and its Photocatalytic potential
    Chapter 16: Exploration of biocontrol and growth promoting activity of bacterial strains isolated from the sugarcane crop.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Jameel M. Al-Khayri, Shri Mohan Jain, Dennis V. Johnson, editors.
    Summary: This book examines the development of innovative modern methodologies towards augmenting conventional plant breeding for the production of new crop varieties, under the increasingly limiting environmental and cultivation factors, to achieve sustainable agricultural production and enhanced food security. Two volumes of Advances in Plant Breeding Strategies were published in 2015 and 2016, respectively; Volume 1: Breeding, Biotechnology and Molecular Tools and Volume 2: Agronomic, Abiotic and Biotic Stress Traits. This is Volume 3: Fruits, which is focused on advances in breeding strategies for the improvement of individual fruit crops. It consists of 23 chapters grouped into three parts, according to distribution classification of fruit trees: Part I, Temperate Fruits, Part II, Subtropical Fruits, and Part III, Tropical Fruits. Each chapter comprehensively reviews the modern literature on the subject and reflects the authors' own experience.

    Contents:
    Preface.- List of Contributors.- Part I. Temperate Fruits.-
    1. Apple (Malus spp.) Breeding: Present and Future; S. Pereira-Lorenzo et al.-
    2. Cherry Breeding: Sweet Cherry (Prunus avium L.) and Sour Cherry (Prunus cerasus L.); L. Dondini et al.-
    3. Mulberry (Morus spp.) Breeding for Higher Fruit Production; K. Vijayan et al.-
    4. Pear (Pyrus spp.) Breeding; G.J. da Silva et al.-
    5. Plum (Prunus spp.) Breeding; T. Milošević, N. Milošević.-
    6. Quince (Cydonia oblonga Mill.) Breeding; S. Kafkas et al.- Part II. Subtropical Fruits.-
    8. Cactus Pear (Opuntia spp.) Breeding; M.A. Mazri.-
    9. Improvement of Fig (Ficus carica L.) by Conventional Breeding and Biotechnology; F. Aljane et al.-
    10. Kiwifruit (Actinidia spp.) Breeding; Z. Hanley.-
    11. Citrus Genetics and Breeding; J. Cuenca et al.-
    12. Advanced Innovative Tools in Lemon (Citrus limon L.) Breeding; I. Polat.-
    13. Mandarin (Citrus reticulate Blanco) Breeding; M. Usman, B. Fatima.-
    14. Strategies for Olive (Olea eurpaea L.) Breeding: Cultivated Genetic Resources and Crossbreeding; L. Rallo et al.-
    15. Pomegranate (Punica granatum L.) Breeding; D. Holland, I. Bar-Ya'akov.- Part III. Tropical Fruits.-
    16. Genetics and Breeding of Fruit Crops in the Annonaceae Family: Annona spp. and Asimina spp.; J. Lora et al.-
    17. Breeding of Coconut (Cocos nucifera L.): The Tree of Life; Y. Yang et al.-
    18. Advances in Date Palm (Phoenix dactylifera L.) Breeding; J.M. Al-Khayri et al.-
    19. Breeding of Garcinia spp.; H.N. Murthy et al.-
    20. Mango (Mangifera indica L.) Breeding; I.S.E. Bally, N.L. Dillon.-
    21. Genetic Improvement of Papaya (Carica papaya L.); F. Karambu Rimberia et al.-
    22. Passion Fruit (Passiflora spp.) Breeding; C.B. Moreno Cerquiera-Silva et al.-
    23. Genetics and Breeding of Fruit Crops in the Sapindaceae Family: Lychee (Litchi chinensis Sonn.) and Longan (Dimocarpus longan Lour.); J. Lora et al.- Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Jameel M. Al-Khayri, Shri Mohan Jain, Dennis V. Johnson, editors.
    Summary: Plant breeders and geneticists are under constant pressure to sustain and expand food production by using innovative breeding strategies and introducing minor crops, which are well adapted to marginal lands, provide a source of nutrition, and have abiotic and biotic stress tolerance, to feed an ever-increasing human population. The basic concept of this book is to examine the use of innovative methods augmenting traditional plant breeding towards the improvement and development of new crop varieties, under the increasingly limiting environmental and cultivation factors, to achieve sustainable agricultural production and enhanced food security. In addition to developing improved crops for innovative industrial products such as pharmaceuticals and food additives, biofuels, oils and textiles. Three volumes of this book series were published in 2015, 2016 and 2018, respectively: Volume 1. Breeding, Biotechnology and Molecular Tools; Volume 2. Agronomic, Abiotic and Biotic Stress Traits and Volume 3. Fruits. In 2019, the following four volumes are concurrently being published: Volume 4. Nut and Beverage Crops, Volume 5. Cereals, Volume 6. Industrial and Food Crops and Volume 7. Legumes. This Volume 4, subtitled Nut and Beverage Crops, focuses on advances in breeding strategies using both traditional and modern approaches for the improvement of individual plantation crops. Included in Part I, eleven important nut species recognized for their economical and nutritional importance including Almond, Argan, Brazil nut, Cashew nut, Chestnut, Hazelnut, Macadamia, Peanut, Pine nut, Pistachio and Walnut. Part II covers two popular beverage species, coffee and tea. Chapters are written by 53 internationally reputable scientists from 13 countries and subjected to a review process to assure quality presentation and scientific accuracy. Each chapter begins with an introduction covering related backgrounds and provides in-depth discussion of the subject supported with 108 high quality color figures, and relevant data in 55 tables. The chapter concludes with recommendations for future research directions, appendixes of genetic resources and concerned research institutes and a comprehensive list of pertinent references to facilitate further reading. This book series is a valuable resource for advanced students, researchers, scientists, commercial producers and seed companies as well as consultants and policymakers interested in agriculture, particularly in modern breeding technologies.

    Contents:
    Preface.- About the Editors.- Contributors.- Part I. Nut Crops.-
    1. Almond [Prunus dulcis (Miller) D.A. Webb] Breeding; Pedro J. Martínez-García et al.-
    2. Genetic Diversity and Breeding of Argan Tree (Argania spinosa L. Skeels); Naima Ait Aabd et al.-
    3. Brazil Nut (Bertholletia excels Bonpl.) Breeding; Aisy Botega Baldoni et al.-
    4. Cashew Nut (Anacardium occidentale L.) Breeding Strategies; Suvalaxmi Palei et al.-
    5. Chestnut (Castanea spp. Miller) Breeding; J. Hill Craddock, M. Taylor Perkins.-
    6. Hazelnut (Corylus spp.) Breeding; Roberto Botta et al.-
    7. Macadamia (Macadamia spp.) Breeding; Bruce L. Topp et al.-
    8. Peanut (Arachis hypogaea L.) Breeding; Saikat Gantait et al.-
    9. Advances in Edible Pine Nut Trees (Pinus spp.) Breeding Strategies; Hanguo Zhang, Zhen Zhang.-
    10. Pistachio (Pistacia spp.) Breeding; Abdollatif Sheikhi et al.-
    11. Advances in Walnut (Juglans regia L.) Breeding Strategies; Kourosh Vahdati et al.- Part II. Beverage Crops.-
    12. Genetic Resources and Breeding of Coffee (Coffeea spp.); Manoj K. Mishra.-
    13. Advances in Tea [Camellia sinensis (L.) O. Kuntze] Breeding; Mahasen A.B. Ranatunga.- Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Jameel M. Al-Khayri, Shri Mohan Jain, Dennis V. Johnson, editors.
    Summary: Plant breeders and geneticists are under constant pressure to sustain and expand food production by using innovative breeding strategies and introducing minor crops, which are well adapted to marginal lands, provide a source of nutrition, and have abiotic and biotic stress tolerance, to feed an ever-increasing human population. The basic concept of this book is to examine the use of innovative methods augmenting traditional plant breeding towards the improvement and development of new crop varieties, under the increasingly limiting environmental and cultivation factors, to achieve sustainable agricultural production and enhanced food security. In addition to developing improved crops for innovative industrial products such as pharmaceuticals and food additives, biofuels, oils and textiles. Three volumes of this book series were published in 2015, 2016 and 2018, respectively: Volume 1. Breeding, Biotechnology and Molecular Tools; Volume 2. Agronomic, Abiotic and Biotic Stress Traits and Volume 3. Fruits. In 2019, the following four volumes are concurrently being published: Volume 4. Nut and Beverage Crops, Volume 5. Cereals, Volume 6. Industrial and Food Crops and Volume 7. Legumes. This Volume 5, subtitled Cereals, focuses on advances in breeding strategies using both traditional and modern approaches for the improvement of individual crops. It addresses important staple food crops including barley, fonio, finger millet, foxtail millet, pearl millet, proso millet, quinoa, rice, rye, tef, triticale and spelt wheat. Chapters are written by 60 internationally reputable scientists from 14 countries and subjected to a review process to assure quality presentation and scientific accuracy. Each chapter begins with an introduction covering related backgrounds and provides in-depth discussion of the subject supported with 138 high quality color figures, and relevant data in 78 tables. The chapter concludes with recommendations for future research directions, appendixes of ge netic resources and concerned research institutes and a comprehensive list of pertinent references to facilitate further reading. This book series is a valuable resource for advanced students, researchers, scientists, commercial producers and seed companies as well as consultants and policymakers interested in agriculture, particularly in modern breeding technologies.

    Contents:
    Preface
    About the Editors
    Contributors
    1. Barley (Hordeum vulgare L.) Breeding; Essam Fathy El-Hashash, Karima Mohamed El-Absy
    2. Fonio (Digitaria spp.) Breeding; Suleiman Dangana Abdul, Afam I.O. Jideani
    3. Finger Millet (Eleusine coracana L. Gartn.) Breeding; Neelofar Mirza, Soma S. Marla
    4. Foxtail Millet (Setaria italica L.): Potential of Smaller Millet for Future Breeding; Mangesh Pradip Moharil et al
    5. Breeding of Pearl Millet (Pennisetum glaucum (L.) R. Br.); Ashita Bisht et al
    6. Proso Millet (Panicum miliaceum L.) Breeding: Progress, Challenges and Opportunities; Dipak K. Santra et al
    7. Quinoa (Chenopodium quinoa Willd.) Breeding; Luz Rayda Gomez-Pando et al
    8. Molecular Breeding Strategies for Genetic Improvement in Rice (Oryza sativa L.); Ritu Mahajan, Nisha Kapoor
    9. Hybrid Breeding in Rye (Secale cereale L.); Thomas Miedaner, Friedrich Laidig
    10. Tef [Eragrostis tef (Zucc.) Trotter] Breeding; Solomon Chanyalew et al
    11. Triticale (X Triticosecale Wittmack) Breeding; Mohamed Mergoum et al
    12. CRISPR/Cas9 Genome Editing in Bread Wheat (Triticum aestivum L.) Genetic Improvement; Soleyman Dayani et al
    13. Durum Wheat (Triticum turgidum ssp. durum) Breeding to Meet the Challenge of Climate Change; Pasquale De Vita, Francesca Taranto
    14. Spelt Wheat [Triticum aestivum ssp. spelta (L.) Thell.] Breeding via In Vitro Androgenesis for Special Food Quality Parameters; János Pauk et al
    15. Recent Advances in Wheat (Triticum spp.) Breeding; Amira M.I. Mourad et al
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Jameel M. Al-Khayri, Shri Mohan Jain, Dennis V. Johnson, editors.
    Summary: Plant breeders and geneticists are under constant pressure to sustain and expand food production by using innovative breeding strategies and introducing minor crops, which are well adapted to marginal lands, provide a source of nutrition, and have abiotic and biotic stress tolerance, to feed an ever-increasing human population. The basic concept of this book is to examine the use of innovative methods augmenting traditional plant breeding towards the improvement and development of new crop varieties, under the increasingly limiting environmental and cultivation factors, to achieve sustainable agricultural production and enhanced food security. In addition to developing improved crops for innovative industrial products such as pharmaceuticals and food additives, biofuels, oils and textiles. Three volumes of this book series were published in 2015, 2016 and 2018, respectively: Volume 1. Breeding, Biotechnology and Molecular Tools; Volume 2. Agronomic, Abiotic and Biotic Stress Traits and Volume 3. Fruits. In 2019, the following four volumes are concurrently being published: Volume 4. Nut and Beverage Crops, Volume 5. Cereals, Volume 6. Industrial and Food Crops and Volume 7. Legumes. This Vol 6, subtitled Industrial and Food Crops, consists of 2 parts. Included in Part I are 11 industrial plant species utilized as sources of raw materials for the production of industrial products including pulp and wood crops (acacia), fiber (cotton, jute and ramie), rubber (guayule and rubber tree), oil (jojoba and flax), biofuels and pharmaceutical (agave) and sugar source (sugarcane). Part II covers 7 food plants selected for their utilization in food industries for the production of chocolate (cacao), cooking oil (oil palm, safflower, sesame and sunflower) and natural flavors and aroma (saffron and vanilla). Chapters are written by 60 internationally reputable scientists from 14 countries and subjected to a review process to assure quality presentation and scientific accuracy. Eac h chapter begins with an introduction covering related backgrounds and provides in-depth discussion of the subject supported with 138 high quality color figures, and relevant data in 78 tables. The chapter concludes with recommendations for future research directions, appendixes of genetic resources and concerned research institutes and a comprehensive list of pertinent references to facilitate further reading. This book series is a valuable resource for advanced students, researchers, scientists, commercial producers and seed companies as well as consultants and policymakers interested in agriculture, particularly in modern breeding technologies.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Editors and Contributors; Part I: Industrial Crops;
    Chapter 1: Genetics and Breeding of Tropical Acacias for Forest Products: Acacia mangium, A. auriculiformis and A. crassicarpa; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Silviculture and Conventional Breeding; 1.2.1 Current Cultivation Practices; 1.2.2 Current Problems and Challenges; 1.2.3 Improvement Strategy; 1.2.4 Traditional Breeding Methodologies and Limitations; 1.2.5 Role of Biotechnology; 1.3 Germplasm Biodiversity and Conservation; 1.3.1 Germplasm Diversity; 1.3.2 Species Characterization and Phylogeny 1.3.3 Genetic Resources Conservation Approaches1.4 Hybridization; 1.5 Conclusion and Prospects; Appendices; Appendix I: Research Institutes Relevant to Acacias; Appendix II: Genetic Resources of Acacias; References;
    Chapter 2: Cotton (Gossypium hirsutum L.) Breeding Strategies; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Cotton Sustainable Production; 2.3 Cotton Genetic Resources and Conservation; 2.3.1 Cytogenetics and Evolution; 2.3.2 World Cotton Germplasm Collections; 2.3.3 Utilization of Wild Germplasm; 2.3.4 Colored Cotton; 2.4 Traditional Cotton Breeding Programs; 2.5 Genomic Database; 2.6 Mutation Breeding 2.7 In Vitro Applications2.8 Transgenic Cotton; 2.9 Improvement of Cotton Against Abiotic Stresses; 2.10 Improvement of Cotton Against Biotic Stresses; 2.11 New Emerging Technologies; 2.12 Conclusions and Prospects; Appendices; Appendix I: Research Institutes Relevant to Cotton Breeding and Biotechnology; Appendix II: Cotton Genetic Resources; References;
    Chapter 3: CRISPR/Cas9: A New Genome Editing Tool to Accelerate Cotton (Gossypium spp.) Breeding; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Different Versions of CRISPR/Cas Systems and Their Applications 3.3 Functional Genomics and Limitations in Cotton Breeding3.4 Difference Between Genome Editing and Classical Breeding of Cotton; 3.5 Layout Plan of CRISPR/Cas-Based Genome Editing; 3.5.1 Data Mining and Single Guide RNA (sgRNA) Designing for Target Sequence; 3.5.2 Choice of CRISPR/Cas System; 3.5.3 Delivering CRISPR/Cas Cassettes into Cotton Genome; 3.5.4 Manipulation of Targeted Mutagenesis Through In Vitro Regeneration and Screening of Transgenic Plants; 3.5.5 Detection and Confirmation of Successful Genome Modification 3.6 Potential Applications of CRISPR/Cas in the Post-Genomic Era of Cotton Breeding3.7 Multiplexed Gene Stacking Using CRISPR/Cas9; 3.8 Countering Off-targets During Genome Editing; 3.9 Production of Transgene-Free Cotton; 3.10 Genome Editing Bottlenecks in Polyploid Cotton; 3.11 Conclusions and Prospects; Appendix I: Some Research Institutes Relevant to Cotton Molecular Breeding; References;
    Chapter 4: Jute (Corchorus spp.) Breeding; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Germplasm Conservation, Biodiversity and Utilization; 4.2.1 Germplasm Conservation; 4.2.2 Taxonomy and Germplasm Classification
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Jameel M. Al-Khayri, Shri Mohan Jain, Dennis V. Johnson, editors.
    Summary: Plant breeders and geneticists are under constant pressure to sustain and expand food production by using innovative breeding strategies and introducing minor crops, which are well adapted to marginal lands, provide a source of nutrition, and have abiotic and biotic stress tolerance, to feed an ever-increasing human population. The basic concept of this book is to examine the use of innovative methods augmenting traditional plant breeding towards the improvement and development of new crop varieties, under the increasingly limiting environmental and cultivation factors, to achieve sustainable agricultural production and enhanced food security. In addition to developing improved crops for innovative industrial products such as pharmaceuticals and food additives, biofuels, oils and textiles. Three volumes of this book series were published in 2015, 2016 and 2018, respectively: Volume 1. Breeding, Biotechnology and Molecular Tools; Volume 2. Agronomic, Abiotic and Biotic Stress Traits and Volume 3. Fruits. In 2019, the following four volumes are concurrently being published: Volume 4. Nut and Beverage Crops, Volume 5. Cereals, Volume 6. Industrial and Food Crops and Volume 7. Legumes. This Volume 7, subtitled Legumes, focuses on advances in breeding strategies using both traditional and modern approaches for the improvement of individual legume crops. Included in this volume are Adzuki bean, Black gram, Chickpea Cluster bean, Common bean, Cowpea, Faba bean, Hyacinth bean, Lentil, Mung bean, Pigeonpea and Soybean. Chapters are written by 57 internationally reputable scientists from 9 countries and subjected to a review process to assure quality presentation and scientific accuracy. Each chapter begins with an introduction covering related backgrounds and provides in-depth discussion of the subject supported with 81 high quality color figures, and relevant data in 47 tables. The chapter concludes with recommendations for future research directions, appendixes of genetic resources and concerned research institutes and a comprehensive list of pertinent references to facilitate further reading. This book series is a valuable resource for advanced students, researchers, scientists, commercial producers and seed companies as well as consultants and policymakers interested in agriculture, particularly in modern breeding technologies.

    Contents:
    Preface
    About the Editors
    Contributors
    1. Adzuki Bean (Vigna angularis (Willd.) Ohwi & Ohashi) Breeding; Lixia Wang et al
    2. Recent Advances in Breeding, Marker Assisted Selection and Genomics of Black Gram [Vigna mungo (L.) Hepper]; Farrukh Azeem et al
    3. Chickpea (Cicer arietinum L.) Cytogenetics, Genetic Diversity and Breeding; Aamir Raina et al
    4. Cluster Bean [Cyamopsis tetragonoloba (L.) Taub] Breeding; Aravind Kumar Jukanti et al
    5. Common Bean (Phaseolus vulgaris L.) Breeding; Oswalt R. Jimenez
    6. Cowpea [Vigna unguiculata (L.) Walp.] Breeding; Ousmane Boukar et al
    7. Faba Bean (Vicia faba L.) Breeding; Xuxiao Zong et al
    8. Hyacinth Bean (Lablab purpureus L. Sweet): Genetics, Breeding and Genomics; Panichayil V. Vaijayanthi et al
    9. Lentil (Lens culinaris Medik.) Diversity, Cytogenetics and Breeding; Rafiul Amin Laskar et al
    10. Mung Bean (Vigna radiate (L.) R. Wilczek) Breeding; Jungmin Ha, Suk-Ha Lee
    11. Pigeonpea (Cajanus cajan L. Millsp.): An Ideal Crop for Sustainable Agriculture; Rachit K. Saxena et al
    12. Soybean [Glycine max (L.) Merr.] Breeding: History, Improvement, Production and Future Opportunities; Edwin J. Anderson et al.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Adela M. Sánchez-Moreiras, Manuel J. Reigosa, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Flavia Vischi Winck, editor.
    Summary: In the post-genomic era, several plant species have been sequenced and massive genomic information is now available which contributed to expand the development of novel technical strategies for the study of additional levels of biological information of plant species. This book focuses on the "omics" approaches together with systems analysis of several different plant species, which have revealed very interesting variations on the cellular responses at the protein, transcript and metabolite levels in response to changes environmental conditions. The volume covers recent technological advances in the area of "omics" and synthesizes recent findings of the field of plant "omics" and systems biology together along with techniques that can be applied for such studies.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction to plant omics and systems biology
    2. Modern approaches for transcriptome analyses in plants
    3. Plant proteomics and systems biology
    4. Subcellular proteomics as a unified approach of experimental localizations and computed prediction data for Arabidopsis and crop plants
    5. The contribution of metabolomics to systems biology: current applications bridging genotype and phenotype in plant science
    6. Interactomes: Experimental and in silico approaches
    7. Probabilistic graphical models applied to biological networks
    8. Cataloging posttranslational modifications in plant histones
    9. Current challenges in plant systems biology
    10. Contribution of omics and systems biology to plant biotechnology.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    Ramalingam Sathishkumar, Sarma Rajeev Kumar, Jagadeesan Hema, Venkidasamy Baskar, editors.
    Summary: The green revolution led to the development of improved varieties of crops, especially cereals, and since then, classical or molecular breeding has resulted in the creation of economically valuable species. Thanks to recent developments in genetic engineering, it has become possible to introduce genes from different sources, such as bacteria, fungi, viruses, mice and humans, to plants. This technology has made the scientific community aware of the critical role of transgenics, not only as a means of producing stress tolerant crops but also as a platform for the production of therapeutics through molecular farming. This book discusses the commercial applications of plant transgenic technologies, including the use of transgenic cell culture approachesto improve the production of metabolites and high-value therapeutics as well as transgenic plants in pest management. It also explores generation of novel vectors, protein production using chloroplast engineering and the latest developments in this area, such as genome editing in plants. Featuring general discussions and research papers by leading international experts, it is a valuable resource for scientists, teachers, students and industrialists working in the field.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Plant Tissue Culture and DNA Delivery Methods
    Chapter 2. Cell Cultures and Hairy Roots as Platform for Production of High Value Metabolites: Current Approaches, Limitations and Future Prospects
    Chapter 3. Integrating Bioinformatics and Omics tools for systems analysis of abiotic stress tolerance in Oryza sativa (L.)
    Chapter 4. Green Biotechnology: A brief update on Plastid Genome Engineering
    Chapter 5. New Generation Transformation Vectors
    6 Recent Developments in Generation of Marker Free Transgenic Plants
    Chapter 7. Applications of Genome Engineering/Editing Tools in Plants
    Chapter 8. High Throughput Analytical Techniques to Screen Plant Transgenics
    Chapter 9. Transgenic Technologies and their Potential Application in Horticultural Crop Improvement
    Chapter 10. Commercial Application of Transgenic Plants in Virus Management
    Chapter 11. Application of Reed Beds in Wastewater Treatment: Scope for Transgenic Plants
    Chapter 12. Inspection of Crop Wild Relative (Cicer microphyllum) as Potential Genetic Resource in Transgenic Development
    Chapter 13. Genome Modification Approaches to Improve Performance, Quality and Stress Tolerance of Mediterranean Fruit Species
    Chapter 14. Key Challenges in Developing Products from Transgenic Plants
    Chapter 15. Enhanced Production of Therapeutic Proteins in Plants: Novel Expression Strategies
    Chapter 16. Transcriptional Engineering for Enhancing Valuable Metabolites in Photosynthetic Microalgae.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editors, Asokumar Buvanendran, Adam Young.
    Contents:
    Advances in postoperative pain management / Adam Young & Asokumar Buvanendran
    The use of perioperative multimodal analgesia / Adam Young & Asokumar Buvanendran
    The place for melatonin in postoperative analgesic regimens / Lars Peter Holst Andersen, Jacob Rosenberg & Ismail Gögenur
    Perineural additives for peripheral nerve blocks / Gregory Schnepper & Sylvia H. Wilson
    Linking regional anesthesia and analgesia with postoperative anticoagulation / Julie R. McSwain & Sylvia H. Wilson
    Parent management of children's postoperative pain / Brooke Nicole Jenkins, Michelle A. Fortier & Zeev N. Kain
    Billing and compliance for acute interventional perioperative pain / Mark E. Hudson.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Jeffrey M. Weinberg, Mark Lebwohl.
    Summary: The understanding and management of psoriasis have evolved dramatically over the last decades and, as a result, guidelines and treatment options have changed dramatically. To meet the need for a up-to-date practical resource in this area, the Editors have brought together a team of experts in the field to produce a highly informative and illustrated guide to the decision-making process for psoriasis. Advances in Psoriasis: A Multisystemic Guide provides physicians with a reference on the disease and its comorbidities and therapeutic options. It will help physicians further their knowledge of the science and therapy of psoriasis. As well as practicing dermatologists, fellows in dermatology will find this book to be an essential training resource to learn about the treatment and management of psoriasis.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Psoriasis and Psoriasis Therapy
    Pathophysiology of Psoriasis/Novel Pathways
    Psoriasis and Psoriasis Arthritis: Clinical Review and Update
    Overview of Therapeutic Options/Pharmacology
    Topical Therapy
    Ultraviolet and Laser Therapy
    Traditional Systemic Therapy
    Biologics I: TNF Inhibitors
    Biologics II: IL-12/23 and T-Cell Targeted Therapy
    Research Pipeline I: Topicals and Oral Therapies
    Research Pipeline II: Biologic Therapies
    Summary of Published Treatment Guidelines
    Reimbursement Issues/Aides
    Patient Support Programs and Organizations
    Conclusion
    Appendix: Directory of Helpful Websites/Online Resources/Telephone Numbers.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Jeffrey M. Weinberg, Mark Lebwohl, editors.
    Summary: This extensively revised second edition provides an up-to-date and highly informative textbook on psoriasis. The understanding of the mechanisms behind the disease and the available treatment options have continued to develop rapidly in recent times, with this vital resource covering the latest in these management options, including targeted T-cell therapy, the use of immunomodulators, systemic therapies, and ultraviolet and laser therapy. In addition, it provides a detailed overview of the pathophysiology, comorbidities, epidemiology and triggers of the disease. Advances in Psoriasis: A Multisystemic Guide extensively details the scientific basis and practice management of psoriasis. It is therefore a vital resource for practicing and trainee dermatologists looking to develop their clinical knowledge of how to manage and treat these patients.

    Contents:
    Introduction to and History of Psoriasis and Psoriasis Therapy
    Pathophysiology of Psoriasis/Novel Pathways
    Psoriasis: Clinical Review and Update
    Psoriasis: Epidemiology, Potential Triggers, Disease Course
    Topical Therapy I: Corticosteroids and Vitamin D Analogues
    Topical Therapy II: Retinoids, Immunomodulators, and Others
    Topical Therapy II: Retinoids, Immunomuodulators, and Others/ Ultraviolet Therapy for Psoriasis
    Laser Therapy for Psoriasis
    Traditional Systemic Therapy I: Methotrexate and Cyclosporine
    Traditional Systemic Therapy II: Retinoids and Others
    Apremilast
    Etanercept
    Adalimumab
    Infliximab, Golimumab , and Certolizumab Pegol
    Ustekinumab
    Guselkumab
    Tidrakizumab
    Risankizumab
    Secukinumab
    Ixekizumab
    Brodalumab
    Biosimilars for Psoriasis
    Research Pipeline I: Oral Therapeutics for Psoriasis
    Research Pipeline II: Upcoming Biologic Therapies
    Pediatric Psoriasis
    Challenges in Psoriasis Treatment: Nail, Scalp, and Palmoplantar Involvement
    Psoriasis and Comorbidities
    Summary of Published Treatment Guidelines
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital/Print
    Wise, Thomas N.
    Digital Access Karger v. 5-, 1967-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    16
  • Digital/Print
    Jeffrey Y.C. Wong, Timothy E. Schultheiss, Eric H. Radany, editors.
    Contents:
    Combining radiotherapy and immunotherapy
    SBRT and the treatment of oligometastatic disease
    MRI guided radiotherapy
    Oncologic applications of magnetic resonance guided focused ultrasound
    Intensity-modulated proton beam therapy of prostate cancer- history, results, and future directions
    IGRT and hypofractionation for primary tumors
    The impact of IGRT on normal tissue toxicity
    Biologic and image guided systemic radiotherapy
    Cancer stem cells and tumor microenvironment in radiotherapy
    Biomarkers and radiotherapy
    The mammalian DNA damage response as a target for therapeutic gain in radiation oncology
    Mathematical modeling in radiation oncology.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC271.R3 A38 2017
    1
  • Digital
    volume editors, M. Guckenberger, S.E. Combs, D. Zips.
    Contents:
    Principles and developments in cancer immunotherapy and approaches for combination with tumour irradiation / Eckert, F., Huber, S.
    Imageable biomarkers for radiotherapy response / van der Weg, WW., Span, P.N., Braam, P.M., Bussink, J.
    Targeting tumor microenvironment and metabolism to overcome radiation resistance / Sharma, A., Pruschy, M.
    Imaging for target volume definition and response assessment in lung cancer / De Ruysscher, D., van Elmpt, W.
    Advances in technology and its application : radiotherapy treatment planning / Alber, M.
    Stereotactic body radiotherapy / Guckenberger, M.
    Clinical rationale and indications for particle therapy / Dreher, C, Combs, S.E.
    Advances in radiation biology of particle irradiation / Helm, A., Tinganelli, W., Durante, M.
    Preclinical mouse models for the evaluation of novel techniques in particle therapy / Schmid, T.E., Multhoff, G.
    Digital Access Karger 2018
  • Print
    Shashank Shekhar Solankey, Meenakshi Kumari, Manoj Kumar, editors.
    Summary: A considerable change in climate at a global level will impact the vegetable cultivation and agriculture as a whole; subsequently affecting the world's food supply. Climate change per se is not necessarily harmful; the problems arise from extreme events that are difficult to predict (erratic rainfall patterns and unpredictable high and low temperatures), and consequently reduce crop productivity. Vegetables are in general more succulent (have 90% water) and are more sensitive to climatic vagaries. Sudden changes in temperature coupled with irregular precipitation at any phase of crop growth can affect the normal growth, flowering, pollination, fruit setting, fruit development and fruit ripening can decrease the yield. The irregular precipitation can also affect the soil salinity and is a major challenge in many vegetable growing areas. To mitigate the harmful impact of climatic change there is a urgent need to develop adequate adaptation strategies for adverse effect of climate change and the preference should be given on development of heat, cold, drought, flood and salinity stress tolerant genotypes along with climate proofing through conventional and non-conventional breeding techniques. Available evidence shows that there is a high probability of increase in the frequency and intensity of climate related natural hazards due to climate change and hence increases the potential threat due to climate change related natural disasters in the world. This book (Volume- I) will be basically useful for the researchers and postgraduate students with current challenges and mitigation strategies for increasing vegetable production under a changing climate.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. The Role of Research for Vegetable Production Under a Changing Climate: Future Trends and Goals
    Chapter 2. Challenges and opportunities in vegetable production in changing climate: mitigation and adaptation strategies
    Chapter 3. Selection of genotypes in vegetable crops for climate change adaptation
    Chapter 4. Response of Solanaceous vegetables to increasing temperature and atmospheric CO2
    Chapter 5. Climate change impact on cole crops and mitigation strategies
    Chapter 6. Impact of climate change on root crops production and mitigation strategies
    Chapter 7. Impact of climate change on leguminous vegetables productivity and mitigation strategies
    Chapter 8. Impact of climate change on bulb crops production and mitigation strategies
    Chapter 9. Impact of climate change on cucurbitaceous vegetables in relation to increasing temperature and drought
    Chapter 10. Impact of carbon sequestration and greenhouse gasses on soils
    Chapter 11. Impact of green house gasses on vegetable crops and atmosphere
    Chapter 12. Impact of heat on vegetable crops and mitigation strategies
    Chapter 13. Impact of drought and salinity on vegetable crops and mitigation strategies.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital/Print
    Mieczyslaw Pokorski, editor.
    Contents:
    The role of dysregulated microRNA expression in lung cancer / M. Krutakova [and seven others]
    Laryngeal cancer: 12-year experience of a single center / V. Calkovsky, P. Wallenfels, A. Calkovska, A. Hajtman
    Polymorphisms of selected DNA repair genes and lung cancer in chromium exposure / E. Halasova, [and nine others]
    Associations of CYP1A2 polymorphisms with the risk haplotypes in lung cancer in the Slovak population
    T. Matakova, E. Halasova, A. Dzian, R. Hruby, M. Halasa, K. Javorka, M. Skerenova
    Impact of endobronchial ultrasound guided transbronchial needle aspiration on diagnostic yield of bronchoscopy in patients with mediastinal lymph node enlargement
    K. Osinka, M. Zielińska-Krawczyk, P. Korczyński, B. Górnicka, R. Krenke
    The effect on cognition of mitochondrial respiratory system proteins in peripheral blood mononuclear cells in the course of lung cancer
    S. Michalak, J. Rybacka-Mossakowska, J. Gazdulska, I. Gołda-Gocka, R. Ramlau
    Lung cancer and multiple neoplasms: a retrospective analysis
    A. Romaszko, E. Świetlik, A. Doboszyńska, P. Szpruch, J. Luks
    Humoral immune response against neural antigens and its effects on cognition in lung cancer patients
    J. Rybacka-Mossakowska, R. Ramlau, J. Gazdulska, I. Gołda-Gocka, W. Kozubski and S. Michalak.
    Active case finding among homeless people as a means of reducing the incidence of pulmonary tuberculosis in general population
    J. Romaszko, A. Siemaszko, M. Bodzioch, A. Buciński, A. Doboszyńska
    Cryptogenic organizing pneumonia: IL-1[beta], IL-6, IL-8, and TGF- [beta]1 serum concentrations and response to clarithromycin treatment
    E. Radzikowska and [six others].
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Charles F. Streckfus.
    Summary: This book reviews the progress made in salivary diagnostics and identifies the likely direction of future endeavors. After an introductory section describing the histological and anatomical features of the salivary glands and salivary function, salivary collection devices and diagnostic platforms are reviewed. The field of ℓ́ℓsalivaomicsℓ́ℓ is then considered in detail, covering, for example, proteomics, the peptidome, DNA and RNA analysis, biomarkers, and methods for biomarker discovery. Salivary diagnostics for oral and systemic diseases are thoroughly discussed, and the role of salivary gland tissue engineering for future diagnostics is explored. The book closes by considering legal issues and barriers to salivary diagnostic development. Advances in Salivary Diagnostics will be an informative and stimulating reference for both practitioners and students.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    [edited by] Amitava Rakshit, Harikesh Bahadur Singh.
    Summary: Most crop plants grow in environments that are suboptimal, which prevents the plants from attaining their full genetic potential for growth and reproduction. Stress due to abiotic and biotic agents has a significant effect on world food production. Annually, an estimated 15% of global yields are lost, but this figure belies far greater losses for specific food systems and the people whose existence is dependent upon them, particularly in developing countries. Current efforts to mitigate these losses are worryingly over-reliant on the use of sophisticated and costly chemicals /measures with substantial economic and environmental costs, or on the development of efficient and smart crop varieties, which can take decades. What we need is a broad range of safe, robust and equitable solutions for food producers. One under-investigated approach is that of utilizing the crop plant's innate immune system to resist stress. More specifically, the innate immune system can be sensitized or 'primed' to respond more quickly and strongly to protect the plant against stresses. However, a strategy of employing priming in combination with reduced pesticide use can enhance protection, and help to meet commitments to reducing chemical inputs in agriculture. This book discusses in detail different segments of priming in addressing stress factors and traits to increase competitiveness against all odds. Adopting a holistic and systematic approach, it addresses priming to counter climate-change related adverse effects coupled with pest and pathogen related stress on the productivity of crops utilizing natural resources to reap sustainable environmental, economic and social benefits for potential productivity of crops, maintaining synergy between soil, water and plants in ways that mimic nature.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Concepts
    Chapter1. Seed Priming: New Vistas and Contemporary Perspectives
    Chapter 2. Impact of Seed Priming on The Modulation of Physico-Chemical and Molecular Processes During Germination, Growth and Development of Crops
    Chapter 3. Seed Priming: An Emerging Technology to Impart Abiotic Stress Tolerance in Crop Plants
    Chapter 4. Recent Advances in Abiotic Stress Tolerance of Plants Through Chemical Priming: An Overview
    Chapter 5. Seed Priming Technology in the Amelioration of Salinity Stress in Plants
    Chapter 6. Seed Priming with Plant Growth Regulators to Improve Crops Abiotic Stress Tolerance
    Chapter 7. Addressing Stresses in Agriculture Through Bio-Priming Intervention
    Chapter 8. Role of Microbial Seed Priming and Microbial Phytohormone in Modulating Growth Promotion and Defense Responses in Plants
    Chapter 9. Potential Of Biopriming in Enhancing Crop Productivity and Stress Tolerance
    Chapter 10. Stimulating Plant Tolerance Against Abiotic Stress Through Seed Priming
    Part 2. Case Studies on Priming
    Chapter 11. Seed Priming: A Low-Cost Technology for Resource-Poor Farmers in Improving Pulse Productivity
    Chapter 12. Studies on Seed Priming in Pepper (Capsicum annuum L.)
    Chapter 13. Effect of Different Seed Priming Treatments on Germination and Seedling Establishment of Two Threatened Endangered Medicinal Plant Of Darjeeling Himalaya
    Chapter 14. Seed Priming on Germination, Growth and Flowering in Flowers and Ornamental Trees
    Chapter 15. Role of SNP Mediated Nitric Oxide Priming in Conferring Low Temperature Tolerance in Wheat Genotype (Triticum aestivum L.): A Case Study in Indian Northern Plains
    Chapter 16. Seedling Biopriming with Trichoderma spp. Enhances Nitrogen Use efficiency in Rice.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Kazuya Tamai, Eiji Itoi, Kenji Takagishi, editors.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Anatomy
    Chapter 2. Biomechanics
    Chapter 3. Kinematics and Motion Analysis
    Chapter 4. Advanced MR Imaging of the Shoulder
    Chapter 5. Transosseous-Equivalent Arthroscopic Bankart Repair by Twin Anchor Footprint Fixation (TAFF) Technique using JuggerKnot Soft Anchor
    Chapter 6. Complications of Arthroscopic Surgery
    Chapter 7 Instability
    Chapter 8. Arthroscopic Rotator Cuff Repair
    Chapter 9. Mini-Open Rotator Cuff Repair
    Chapter 10. Massive and Irreparable Rotator Cuff Tears
    Chapter 11. Superior Capsule Reconstruction for Massive Rotator Cuff Tears
    Chapter 12. Tendon Transfer for Massive Rotator Cuff Tear
    Chapter 13. Frozen Shoulder
    Chapter 14. Nerve Lesions Around the Shoulder
    Chapter 15. Proximal Humeral Fractures - Classification and Treatment
    Chapter 16. Reverse Shoulder Arthroplasty
    Chapter 17. Physical Therapy- Tips and Pitfalls.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Wolf R. Drescher, Kyung-Hoi Koo, Russell E. Windsor, editors.
    Summary: This book describes current and emerging techniques in hip surgery, providing the essential, up-to-date knowledge that will be required by the orthopaedic surgeon who plans to become a specialist hip surgeon. The opening chapter offers a concise overview of the surgical anatomy, with particular attention to details relevant to the surgical techniques outlined in the book. The increasingly popular anterior minimally invasive approach to the hip and a microinvasive variation of this approach are then described. Subsequent chapters present surgical approaches to developmental disorders of the hip, including dysplasia and femoroacetabular impingement, and promising hip preservation techniques for avascular necrosis of the hip - an often neglected but internationally relevant disease that can mutilate the hip in young patients. Finally, the latest techniques and implants for primary and revision hip arthroplasty are discussed in depth. The international author team consists of recognized leaders in the field, many of whom have developed the described classifications and new surgical techniques.

    Contents:
    Part I. Anatomy of the hip and its surgical application
    Surgical Anatomy of the Hip
    The minimally invasive direct anterior approach to the hip
    Part II. Maturity disorders of the hip
    Hip dysplasia: Osteotomies around the hip in childhood
    Pelvic osteotomies: The Periacetabular Osteotomy Technique for Patients with Developmental Dysplasia of the Hip
    Navigated Rotational Acetabular Osteotomy
    Part III. Arthroscopy of the hip
    Hip arthroscopy and impingement
    Evolution, Current Concepts and Future Developments in Arthroscopic Surgery of the Hip
    Current concepts in the management of femoroacetabular impingement
    Part IV Osteonecrosis of the femoral head: Promising hip preservation surgery techniques
    Current state of diagnosis and treatment of osteonecrosis of the femoral head
    Femoral Osteotomies for Osteonecrosis of the Femoral Head
    Stem cell therapy for the treatment of hip osteonecrosis
    Alternative Head Preserving Procedure for Osteonecrosis of the Femoral Head: Tissue Engineering, Future Perspective
    Part V. Arthritis of the hip: Primary hip arthroplasty
    Ceramic-on-ceramic Total Hip Arthroplasty
    Highly cross-linked polyethylene bearing
    Metal-on-metal Total Hip Arthroplasty
    First experience with ceramic-on-ceramic hip resurfacing
    Cup positioning using anatomical landmarks of the acetabulum
    Intra-operative measurement of cementless stem anteversion
    Part VI Arthritis of the hip: Revision Hip Arthroplasty
    Triflange cup and 3D-printing
    Trochanteric osteotomy
    Acetabular defects and their treatment
    Surgical Management of Femoral Bone Loss.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    Bernhard, Silke; Raspé, Gerhard.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    77
  • Digital
    edited by Peter Muir.
    Contents:
    Front Matter
    Structure and Function
    Structure and Function. Morphology and Function of the Cruciate Ligaments / Hilde de Rooster, Eithne Comerford
    Biomechanics of the Cruciate Ligaments / Susannah J Sample
    Cruciate Ligament Remodeling and Repair / Connie S Chamberlain, Erin E Crowley, Ray Vanderby
    Meniscal Structure and Function / Antonio Pozzi, James L Cook
    Biomechanics of the Normal and Cranial Cruciate Ligament-Deficient Stifle / Antonio Pozzi, Stanley E Kim
    Etiopathogenesis of Cruciate Ligament Rupture
    Etiopathogenesis of Cruciate Ligament Rupture. Histology of Cruciate Ligament Rupture / Kei Hayashi
    Genetics of Cruciate Ligament Rupture / Lauren A Baker, Peter Muir
    Cruciate Ligament Matrix Metabolism and Development of Laxity / Eithne Comerford
    Morphological Risk Factors for Cruciate Ligament Rupture / Eithne Comerford
    Role of Nitric Oxide Production and Matrix Protease Activity in Cruciate Ligament Degeneration / David E Spreng, Simone Forterre
    Role of Antibodies to Collagen Type I and II / Hilde de Rooster, Eithne Comerford
    Synovitis Precedes Stifle Instability Associated with Cruciate Ligament Rupture / Jason A Bleedorn
    Role of Synovial Immune Responses in Stifle Synovitis / Peter Muir
    Clinical Features
    Clinical Features. Epidemiology of Cruciate Ligament Rupture / Lauren A Baker, Peter Muir
    History and Clinical Signs of Cruciate Ligament Rupture / Peter Muir
    Partial Rupture of the Cranial Cruciate Ligament / Peter Muir
    Caudal Cruciate Ligament Rupture / Peter Muir
    Stress Imaging of the Stifle / Stanley E Kim
    Stifle Ultrasonography / Cristi R Cook
    Computed Tomography (CT) of the Stifle / Ingrid Gielen, Henri van Bree
    Magnetic Resonance Imaging of the Stifle / Peter V Scrivani
    Risk Prediction of Cruciate Ligament Rupture using Stifle Diagnostic Imaging / Peter Muir
    Surgical Treatment
    Surgical Treatment. Arthroscopy and Arthrotomy of the Stifle / Brian S Beale, Donald A Hulse, Antonio Pozzi, Peter Muir
    Joint Lavage / Peter Muir
    Extracapsular Stabilization / Selena Tinga, Stanley E Kim
    Intra-Articular Repair for Cranial Cruciate Ligament Rupture in the Dog / Jeffery J Biskup, Michael G Conzemius
    Tibial Plateau Leveling Osteotomy / Susan L Schaefer
    Tibial Tuberosity Advancement / Randy J Boudrieau
    Closing Cranial Wedge Ostectomy and Triple Tibial Osteotomy / Simon C Roe
    Treatment of Excessive Tibial Plateau Angle / Michael P Kowaleski
    Surgical Management of Cruciate Ligament Rupture Combined with Patella Luxation / Anke Langenbach, Denis J Marcellin-Little
    Biomechanics of the Cranial Cruciate Ligament-Deficient Stifle Treated by Tibial Osteotomies / Antonio Pozzi, Stanley E Kim, Selena Tinga
    Arthroscopic Follow-Up after Surgical Stabilization of the Stifle / Brian S Beale, Donald A Hulse
    Cranial Cruciate Ligament Debridement / David E Spreng
    Surgical Treatment of Concurrent Meniscal Injury / Samuel P Franklin, James L Cook, Antonio Pozzi
    Meniscal Release / Antonio Pozzi, James L Cook
    Progression of Osteoarthritis after Stifle Stabilization Surgery / Susannah J Sample
    Clinical Outcomes after Surgical Treatment of Cruciate Ligament Rupture / Mary Sarah Bergh, Steven C Budsberg
    Success and Failure after Stifle Stabilization Surgery / Michael G Conzemius, Richard B Evans
    Diagnosis and Management of Orthopaedic Infection after Stifle Surgery / Noël MM Moens
    Medical Management of Cruciate Ligament Rupture
    Medical Management of Cruciate Ligament Rupture. Medical Therapy for Stifle Osteoarthritis / Steven C Budsberg
    Rehabilitation for Dogs with Cruciate Ligament Rupture / Denis J Marcellin-Little, Courtney J Arnoldy
    Future Directions
    Future Directions. Clinical Research Design and Patient-Oriented Outcomes / Dorothy Cimino Brown
    Total Knee Replacement in the Dog / Matthew J Allen, William D Liska, Valentina Brioschi
    Regenerative Medicine and Cranial Cruciate Ligament Repair / Gabriel S Perrone, Martha M Murray, Patrick Vavken
    Disease-Modifying Medical and Cell-Based Therapy / Susannah J Sample, Peter Muir.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    [edited and] foreword written by Jesus Esquivel.
    Contents:
    Advances in the management of peritoneal carcinomatosis / Jesus Esquivel
    Peritoneal carcinomatosis: signs and symptoms / Kimberly L. Levinson & Jerome L. Belinson
    Peritoneal carcinomatosis: radiologic diagnosis / Brian C. Allen & Perry Shen
    Surgical management of peritoneal carcinomatosis / Aaron U. Blackham & John H. Stewart
    Surgical management of peritoneal carcinomatosis in ovarian cancer / Sareena Singh, Amy Armstrong & Robert DeBernardo
    Chemotherapy in peritoneal carcinomatosis of gastrointestinal origin / Jesus Esquivel & Jörg Pelz
    Chemotherapy of peritoneal disseminations of colorectal origin / Dario Baratti, Shigeki Kusamura & Marcello Deraco
    The use of heated intraperitoneal chemotherapy for the treatment of gynecologic carcinomatosis / Sarah K. Goodrich
    Follow-up tools and strategies after CRS and HIPEC for peritoneal surface malignancies / Benedikt M.J. Lampl, Hubert Leebmann, Max Mayr & Pompiliu Piso
    Prognosis / Yutaka Yonemura, Haruaki Ishibashi & Emel Canbay
    Pseudomyxoma peritonei as a special subset of peritoneal carcinomatosis / Shreya Shetty, Peter Thomas, Venkatesh Govindarajan, Poonam Sharma, Gopi Sirineni & Brian W. Loggie.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Digital
    editor, William Vaughn McCall.
    Contents:
    Insomnia moves front and center among sleep disorders / William Vaughn McCall
    Insomnia in the setting of mental illness / Carmen G. Black & William Vaughn McCall
    Insomnia comorbid with medical disorders / Stephen Lund
    Insomnia in the setting of cancer / Julieta Scalo & Karen Rascati
    Cognitive-behavioral therapy for insomnia / Melanie K. Leggett
    Pharmacotherapy for insomnia / Julieta Scalo & Karen Rascati
    Role of zolpidem in the management of primary and comorbid insomnia
    Jaime M. Monti & Seithikurippu R. Pandi-Perumal
    Index.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Print
    Aasef Shaikh, Fatema Ghasia, editors.
    Summary: A comprehensive book that reviews advances in ocular motor research on topics of general interest, rare, specialized or unique conditions, and pertinent basic neuroscience. A rare collection with contributions from basic neuroscientists, neurologists, and ophthalmologists. Includes dedicated chapters on mathematical models, pharmacotherapy, neuromodulation, motion perception, visual influence on eye movement, physiology of strabismus, and microsaccades. This book is dedicated to David Robinson - one of the pioneers of contemporary ocular motor and vestibular neuroscience.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Fiona Zwald, Marc D. Brown, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an informative update on scientific advances relating to transplant dermatology that may be applicable to clinical practice. Commentary is provided on the emerging role of viruses in transplant dermatology, the management of skin disease secondary to transplant medication, sunscreen use in transplant recipients, the role of revision of immunosuppression, and advances in photodynamic therapy. The latest staging and management criteria for high-risk squamous cell carcinoma and the implications for clinical practice are then analyzed. Finally, the management of other cutaneous malignancies is discussed, covering malignant melanoma, Merkel cell carcinoma, and rarer tumors that also behave aggressively and require special consideration in solid organ transplant patients. Each particular advance is addressed in an individual chapter by leaders in the field. The book both expands current knowledge and complements previous textbooks on the subject.

    Contents:
    Transplantation today
    De novo malignancies after solid organ transplantation: focus on viral infection
    Update on benign and inflammatory skin disease secondary to transplant medication
    Update on photoprotection and sunscreen use in solid organ transplant recipients
    Update on our understanding of HPV as a risk factor for cutaneous SCC in organ transplant recipients
    Advances in our understanding of immunosuppression as a risk factor for cutaneous SCC: evidence for revision of immunosuppressive therapy
    Advances in photodynamic therapy for the treatment of malignant and pre-malignant lesions in transplant dermatology
    Update on staging, definition and chemoprevention of ?high risk SCC? in organ transplant recipients
    Advances in management of "high risk SCC" in organ transplant recipients
    Advances in management of Merkel cell carcinoma in organ transplant recipients; role of polyoma virus and immunosuppression
    Update in melanoma in organ transplant recipients
    Update on unusual tumors in organ transplant recipients. .
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Khalil Fattouch, Patrizio Lancellotti, Mani A. Vannan, Giuseppe Speziale, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    editors, William Denny and Michio Kuroso.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Digital
    Luciano Mastronardi, Takanori Fukushima, Alberto Campione, editors.
    Summary: This volume describes the most relevant and cutting-edge technological news on the complex surgical procedure of acoustic neuroma. The clinical-radiological diagnosis and surgical indications are briefly presented and the surgical technique is illustrated step-by-step: video clips show the latest means of treating these patients. All these indications were prepared by highly experienced experts in the field, based on their personal experience. The new technologies discussed concern e.g. the intraoperative identification and position of the facial nerve, hearing preservation, techniques for dural closure, and the usefulness of laser and ultrasound aspirators. The book also discusses a number of ongoing projects, including those on: diluted papaverine for microvascular protection of cranial nerves, flexible endoscope for IAC control of tumor removal, fluid cement for bone closure, administering aspirin to control residual tumors larger than 7mm, and DTI for preoperative prediction of the position of the facial nerve.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Gyan Prakash, Takeshi Iwata, editors.
    Summary: This book presents the state of the art in genetic eye research in Asia and the Pacific. Though there has been an explosion of information on genetic eye research in western countries, more than sixty percent of the human genes involved in eye diseases in the Asian and Pacific population remain unknown. However, new efforts and a new awareness have sparked important discussions on the subject, and new plans are being implemented to discover the genes responsible for many eye diseases in the population. The book reviews the latest findings; its content ranges from genetic aspects of human migration to DNA sequence analysis, genome-wide association analysis, and disease phenotypes. The efforts of the Asian Eye Genetic Consortium (AEGC) are also discussed. The book's editors have been instrumental in developing strategies for discovering the new Asian genes involved in many eye diseases. All chapters were written by leading researchers working on Asian eye genetics from the fields of Human Genetics, Ophthalmology, Molecular Biology, Biochemistry, Sensory Sciences, and Clinical Research. Advances in Vision Research, Volume I will prove to be a major resource for all researchers, clinicians, clinical researchers, and allied eye health professionals with an interest in eye diseases among the Asian population.

    Contents:
    1. Asian eye genetics consortium (AEGC)
    2. Japan eye genetics consortium (JEGC) for hereditary retinal diseases
    3. Whole genome sequencing in genetic eye diseases
    4. Targeted exome sequencing in japanese patients with retinitis pigmentosa
    5. Genetic epidemiology of congenital cataracts and autosomal recessive retinal degenerations in Pakistan
    6. Genetics of cataract in Asia: an overview of research in congenital and age-related cataract with emphasis on Indian population
    7. genetic analysis of families with retinal dystrophies
    8. Whole genome sequencing in patients with rretinitis pigmentosa
    9. Retinitis pigmentosa in Korean patients
    Retinitis pigmentosa in China
    11. Retinitis pigmentosa in Japanese population
    12. Cone dysfunction syndrome in the Japanese population
    13. Leber Congenital amaurosis/early-onset retinal dystrophy in Japanese population
    14. Paradigm of susceptibility genes in AMD and PCV
    15. Genetics and pathology of inflammatory components on AMD
    16. Genome-wide association study of age-related eye diseases in Chinese population
    17. Clinical genetics of retinoblastoma: an Asian perspective
    18. Molecular and clinical genetics of retinoblastoma
    19. Current research perspectives in understanding diabetic retinopathy
    20. Genome-wide association studies of glaucoma
    21. Genetic complexity of primary angle-closure glaucoma in asians
    22. Genotype-phenotype correlation for POAG in the Middle East and other populations
    23. Corneal dystrophies in India
    24. Genetics of corneal endothelial dystrophies: an Asian perspective
    25. Keratoconus in Asia
    26. Genetics of pediatric eye diseases and strabismus in Asia
    27. Keratoconus: globally and in the Middle East (epidemiology, genetics, and future research)
    28. Genetics of myopia
    29. Ocular implications of gaucher disease
    30. Genetic background of uveitis in chinese population
    31. Usher syndrome in Chinese and Japanese population
    32. Homozygosity mapping for autosomal recessive ocular diseases
    33. Tools of genetic eye research and need for clinical research collaborations
    34. Eye genetics: the road ahead to quality standards
    35. Genetic counseling in Asia
    36. Epigenetic study in asian eye diseases
    37. Unique genetic signatures in Asian age-related macular degeneration: an opportunity for drug development
    38. A perspective: how gene therapeutics can help address global health issues.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    Gyan Prakash and Takeshi Iwata, editors.
    Summary: This third volume, with three supporting editors, broadens its focus on genetic eye research from the Asian to the global scale. New efforts and a new awareness have sparked important discussions on genetic eye research, and new plans are being implemented to identify the genes responsible for numerous eye diseases. The book introduces the latest findings on genetics in eye diseases, gene therapy, and genome-wide association analysis, and the efforts of the Global Eye Genetic Consortium (GEGC). The books editors have been instrumental in developing strategies for discovering the new genes involved in many eye diseases. All chapters were written by leading researchers working on eye genetics from the fields of Human Genetics, Ophthalmology, Molecular Biology, Biochemistry, Sensory Sciences, and Clinical Research. Advances in Vision Research, Volume III is a major resource for all researchers, clinicians, clinical researchers, and allied eye health professionals with an interest in eye diseases around the globe.

    Contents:
    1. Expansion of Asian Eye Genetics Consortium (AEGC) to Global Eye Genetics Consortium (GEGC), Introduction of a global Phenotype-Genotype Database "GenEye" and Launch of New Training Programs at National Eye Institute (NEI)
    2. Global Womens Eye Health: a Genetic Epidemiologic perspective
    3. Establishing the Chinese Arm of GEGC
    4. Human material for research: Eye banking, biobanking and ethical access
    5. Current Understanding of Polypoidal Choroidal Vasculopathy
    6. Genetics of Age-related macular degeneration (AMD) in Asia
    7. The contribution of rare allele and Junk Genome in AMD pathogenesis
    8. Differential genotypes in age-related macular degeneration and polypoidal choroidal vasculopathy: a updated meta-analysis
    9. Genetic Epidemiology of Quantitative Traits of Primary Open Angle Glaucoma
    10. Association studies on retina diseases in Chinese population
    11. Congenital stationary night blindness (CSNB) an inherited retinal disorder where clear correlations can be made
    12. Genome analysis for inherited retinal disease: the state of the art
    13. Generation and analysis of induced photoreceptor-like cells from fibroblasts of patients with retinitis pigmentosa
    14. Genotype-phenotype of RPE65 mutations: A reference guide for gene testing and its clinical application
    15. Genetic variants and impact in PDE6B rod-cone dystrophy
    16. The retinitis pigmentosa genes
    17. Primary Congenital Glaucoma Genetics The Experience in Brazil
    18. Glaucoma genetics in Pakistan
    19. Contributions of Promoter Variants to Complex Eye Diseases
    20. Vascular Basement Membrane Thickening Basis of disease pathology in diabetic retinopathy
    21. Molecular Genetics and Clinical aspects of Macular Corneal Dystrophy
    22. Congenital and Inherited Cataracts
    23. Higher order aberrations: differences among populations from various demographics
    24. Genetics Of Microphthalmia: Global And Indian Perspectives
    25. Regional Differences in Prevalence of Myopia: Genetic or Environmental Effects?
    26. Consortium for Refractive Error and Myopia (CREAM): Vision, Mission and Accomplishments
    27. Oncologic properties of retinoblastoma genes
    28. Oncologic implications of genetic and epigenetic basis of pterygium
    29. The need for alternative therapies in eye disorders
    30. Gene Therapy and Retinal Disease
    31. The use of human pluripotent stem cells (hPSCs) and CRISPR-mediated gene editing in retinal diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    Tulasi Satyanarayana, Sunil Kumar Deshmukh, Mukund V. Deshpande, editors.
    Summary: The book provides an introduction to the basics of fungi, discussing various types ranging from edible mushrooms to Neurospora - a model system for genetics and epigenetics. After addressing the classification and biodiversity of fungi, and fungi in different ecological niches, it describes the latest applications of fungi, their role in sustainable environments and in alleviating stress in plants, as well as their role in causing plant and animal diseases. Further chapters explore the advances in fungal interactions research and their implications for various systems, and discuss plant-pathogen interactions. The book also features a section on bioprospecting, and is an extremely interesting and informative read for anybody involved in the field of mycology, microbiology and biotechnology teaching and research.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; References; Preface; Contents; About the Editors and Contributors; Part I: Basic Aspects of Fungi;
    1: The Mystical World of Mushrooms; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 History of Mushroom Research and Cultivation; 1.2.1 International Developments; 1.2.2 Indian Scenario of Mushroom Research and Cultivation; 1.3 Taxonomy of Mushroom; 1.3.1 Phylum: Ascomycota; 1.3.2 Phylum: Basidiomycota; 1.4 Magnitude of Mushroom Species; 1.4.1 Edible Mushroom Types; 1.5 Cultivation Potential of Mushroom; 1.5.1 Temperate Mushrooms; 1.5.1.1 Button Mushroom: Agaricus bisporus 1.5.1.2 Shiitake Mushroom: Lentinula edodes1.5.1.3 Flammulina Velutipes; 1.5.2 Subtropical Mushrooms; 1.5.2.1 Agaricus Bitorquis; 1.5.2.2 Oyster Mushrooms: Pleurotus Spp.; 1.5.2.3 Black Ear Mushroom: Auricularia Spp.; 1.5.2.4 Black Poplar Mushroom (Agrocybe aegerita); 1.5.3 Subtropical Mushrooms; 1.5.3.1 Paddy Straw Mushroom: Volvariella Spp.; 1.5.3.2 Milky Mushroom: Calocybe Indica; 1.6 Nutritional and Medicinal Properties of Mushrooms; 1.6.1 Proteins; 1.6.2 Vitamins; 1.6.3 Minerals; 1.6.4 Carbohydrate and Fiber; 1.6.5 Fat; 1.6.6 Energy Value; 1.6.7 Moisture 1.7 Medicinal Values of Mushroom1.7.1 Health Effects of Medicinal Mushroom; 1.7.2 Health and Nutritional Benefits of Eating Mushrooms; 1.8 Cultivation Methods of Different Mushrooms; 1.8.1 Oyster Mushroom Cultivation; 1.8.1.1 Advantages of Growing Oyster Mushroom; Difference of Substrates; Choice of Species; Simple Cultivation Technologies; Longer Shelf Life; High Productivity; 1.8.1.2 Steps in Oyster Mushroom Cultivation; Spawn Preparation; Preparation of Substrate; Sterilization of Substrate; Steam Sterilization; Hot Water Sterilization; Chemical Sterilization; Bed Preparation 1.8.3 Cultivation of Button Mushroom (Agaricus bisporus)1.8.3.1 Compost Preparation; Vegetative-Based Material; Animal Manure; Nitrogen Fertilizer; Carbohydrate Sources; Concentrated Meals; Supplementation to Rectify Mineral Deficiencies; 1.8.3.2 Methods of Composting; Long Method of Composting; Phase I; Phase II; 1.8.3.3 Bulk Pasteurization; Infrastructure; Machinery Required; Spawning; Casing; Casing Pasteurization and Application; Cropping; Crop Management; References;
    2: The Developmental History of Ustilago maydis: A Saprophytic Yeast, a Mycelial Fungus, Mushroom-Like, and a Smut Crop Management and HarvestingIncubation; Fruit Body Induction; Temperature; Relative Humidity; Oxygen and Carbon Dioxide Requirements; Harvesting; 1.8.2 Cultivation of Milky Mushroom (Calocybe indica); 1.8.2.1 Spawn Preparation for Calocybe indica; 1.8.2.2 Substrate Preparation and Treatment; Chemical Steeping Treatment; Hot Water Treatment of the Substrate; 1.8.2.3 Bed Filling and Spawning of the Substrate; 1.8.2.4 Care and Maintenance after Spawning; 1.8.2.5 Casing; 1.8.2.6 Aftercare and Management During Production; 1.8.2.7 Harvesting; Production/Yield
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Powers, Wendell H.; Twiss, Sumner, B.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    U663 .P88
    1
  • Print
    Kevin M. Koo.
    Summary: This book presents a unique concept of merging nanotechnology and novel urinary biomarkers for accurate early prostate cancer detection, discussing an entire progressive pipeline of innovative new strategies in biosensor development, from a simple colorimetric system to a complex system for simultaneous multiple biomarker sensing. For newcomers to the field of nucleic acid biosensing, it also describes various isothermal amplification and amplification-free strategies, which are currently the main research areas. Lastly, the book introduces and demonstrates the notion of clinical nanobiosensor validation toward clinical translation: the ultimate aim of researchers in the biosensor field. This book is a valuable reference resource learners seeking inspiration for cancer biosensor development.

    Contents:
    Intro; Supervisor's Foreword; Parts of this thesis have been published in the following journal articles:; Acknowledgements; Contents; Abbreviations; 1 Unifying Next-Generation Biomarkers and Nanodiagnostic Platforms for Precision Prostate Cancer Management; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Next-Generation PCa Biomarkers; 1.3 Existing and Emerging Biomarker-Directed PCa Screening Diagnostics; 1.4 Nano-strategies for Next-Generation PCa Biomarker Detection; 1.5 Challenges in Clinical Translation of Novel Biomarkers and Nano-strategies; 1.6 Conclusions and Future Outlook; References 2 Colorimetric Gene Fusion Diagnostics for Visual Binary Readout2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Materials and Methods; 2.3 Results and Discussion; 2.4 Conclusions; References; 3 Label-Free Surface-Enhanced Raman Scattering Detection System for Clinical Biomarker Targets; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Materials and Methods; 3.3 Results and Discussion; 3.4 Conclusions; References; 4 Amplification-Free Electrochemical RNA Biomarker Sensing; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Materials and Methods; 4.3 Results and Discussion; 4.4 Conclusions; References 5 Simultaneous Analysis of Multiple Biomarkers via High-Throughput Parallel Profiling5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Materials and Methods; 5.3 Results and Discussion; 5.4 Conclusions; References; 6 Clinical Evaluation of Non-invasive Nanodiagnostics for PCa Risk Stratification; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Materials and Methods; 6.3 Results and Discussion; 6.4 Conclusions; References; 7 Summary and Future Work; 7.1 Summary; 7.2 Future Work; Curriculum Vitae
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Priya Hays.
    Summary: This book provides a unique perspective on the biomedical and societal implications of personalized medicine and how it helps to mitigate the healthcare crisis and rein in ever-growing expenditure. It introduces the reader to the underlying concepts at the heart of personalized medicine. An innovative second edition, this book functions as an update to the successful first edition to include new, state-of-the-art information and advancements in the fast-paced field of personalized medicine. Chapters examine pharmacogenomics, targeted therapies, individualized diagnosis and treatment, and cancer immunotherapies. The book also features an essential discussion on how the advent of genomic technologies gives clinicians the capability to predict and diagnose disease more efficiently and offers a detailed up-to-date compilation of clinical trials in cancer leading to breakthrough therapies. The book also addresses the impact of Big Data on personalized medicine and the newfound applications of digital health and artificial intelligence. A work that advocates for a patient-centered approach, Advancing Healthcare Through Personalized Medicine, Second Edition is an invaluable text for clinicians, healthcare providers, and patients.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction: Biomedical Innovation and Policy in the Twenty-First Century
    2. The Rise of Genomics and Personalized Medicine
    3. Patient Narratives: Personalized Medicine in the Field
    4. Alliances: Knowledge Infrastructures, and the Digitization of Precision Health
    5. Tumor Genesis and Precision Oncology
    6. Trends in Precision Oncology and Precision Medicine 2.0
    7.Personalized medicines impact on disease
    8. The Genome in the Clinic and Boardroom: Biomarkers, Diagnosis, Treatment, and Education
    9. A New Set of Clinical tools for Physicians
    10. Legislation, Reimbursement and the Regulatory Landscape
    11. Translational personalized medicine: Molecular profiling, druggable targets, and clinical genomic medicine
    12. The Health Economics of Personalized Precision Medicine
    13. Moral, Societal and Ethical Issues: Claims, Consequences, and Caveats
    14. Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Amelie G. Ramirez, Edward J. Trapido, editors.
    Summary: This open access book gives an overview of the sessions, panel discussions, and outcomes of the Advancing the Science of Cancer in Latinos conference, held in February 2018 in San Antonio, Texas, USA, and hosted by the Mays Cancer Center and the Institute for Health Promotion Research at UT Health San Antonio. Latinos - the largest, youngest, and fastest-growing minority group in the United States - are expected to face a 142% rise in cancer cases in coming years. Although there has been substantial advancement in cancer prevention, screening, diagnosis, and treatment over the past few decades, addressing Latino cancer health disparities has not nearly kept pace with progress. The diverse and dynamic group of speakers and panelists brought together at the Advancing the Science of Cancer in Latinos conference provided in-depth insights as well as progress and actionable goals for Latino-focused basic science research, clinical best practices, community interventions, and what can be done by way of prevention, screening, diagnosis, and treatment of cancer in Latinos. These insights have been translated into the chapters included in this compendium; the chapters summarize the presentations and include current knowledge in the specific topic areas, identified gaps, and top priority areas for future cancer research in Latinos. Topics included among the chapters: Colorectal cancer disparities in Latinos: Genes vs. Environment Breast cancer risk and mortality in women of Latin American origin Differential cancer risk in Latinos: The role of diet Overcoming barriers for Latinos on cancer clinical trials Es tiempo: Engaging Latinas in cervical cancer research Emerging policies in U.S. health care Advancing the Science of Cancer in Latinos proves to be an indispensable resource offering key insights into actionable targets for basic science research, suggestions for clinical best practices and community interventions, and novel strategies and advocacy opportunities to reduce health disparities in Latino communities. It will find an engaged audience among researchers, academics, physicians and other healthcare professionals, patient advocates, students, and others with an interest in the broad field of Latino cancer.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Advancing the Science of Cancer in Latinos
    Chapter 2: Disaggregated Hispanic Groups and Cancer: Importance, Methodology and Current Knowledge
    Chapter 3: Colorectal Cancer Disparities in Latinos: Genes vs. Environment
    Chapter 4: Breast Cancer Risk and Mortality in Women of Latin American Origin
    Chapter 5: Prostate Cancer in U.S. Latinos: What Have We Learned and Where Should We Focus Our Attention
    Chapter 6: Differential Cancer Risk in Latinos: The Role of Diet
    Chapter 7: Biomarkers of Gastric Pre-Malignant Lesions
    Chapter 8: Molecular Subtypes and Driver Mutations in Latinos with Gastric Cancer: Implications for Etiological and Translational Research
    Chapter 9: The Biology of Breast Cancer Disparities in Hispanics: Current Knowledge, Gaps and Research Opportunities
    Chapter 10: Molecular Profiles of Breast Cancer in Hispanic/Latina
    Chapter 11: Biomarkers and Precision Medicine in Oncology Practice and Clinical Trials
    Chapter 12: Overcoming Barriers for Latinos on Cancer Clinical Trials
    Chapter 13: Breast Cancer Precision Medicine in Hispanics/Latinas: Focus on Luminal B Tumors
    Chapter 14: Is Precision Medicine Widening Cancer Care Disparities in Latino Populations? The Rutgers Cancer Institute of New Jersey Experience
    Chapter 15: A Vision for Improving Quality of Life Among Spanish-Speaking Latina Breast Cancer Survivors
    Chapter 16: Research Democracy in a Randomized Controlled Trial: Engaging Multiple Stakeholders in Patient-Centered Outcomes Research
    Chapter 17: Es Tiempo: Engaging Latinas in Cervical Cancer Research
    Chapter 18: Reaching Latinos Through Social Media and SMS for Smoking Cessation
    Chapter 19: The Need for a Holistic Approach to Prevent Reproductive Cancers among US Latinas: The Potential Impact of Normalizing Sexuality and Improving Communication
    Chapter 20: Critical Steps for Engaging Hispanics in Cancer Research: Building Capacity to Enhance Participation in Biospecimen Donation with Hispanic Communities
    Chapter 21: Emerging Policies in US Health Care
    Chapter 22: A Way Forward: The Future of Cancer Health Disparities Research in Latinos.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Amelie G. Ramirez , Edward J. Trapido, editors.
    Summary: This open access book is a collection of articles based on presentations from the 2020 Advancing the Science of Cancer in Latinos conference that gives an overview of conference outcomes. The vision of the conference has been to unite researchers, scientists, physicians and other healthcare professionals, patient advocates and students from across the world to discuss research advancements, identify gaps, and develop actionable goals to translate basic research findings into clinical best practices, effective community interventions, and professional training programs to decrease cancer risks and eliminate cancer disparities for Latinos. This conference comes at an especially important time when Latinos the largest and youngest minority group in the U.S. are expected to face a 142% rise in cancer cases in the coming years. Disparities continue to impact this population in critical areas: access to preventive and clinical care, changeable risk behaviors, quality of life, and mortality. Each chapter summarizes the presentation and includes current knowledge in the specific topic areas, identified gaps, and opportunities for future research. Topics explored include: Applying an Exposome-Wide (ExWAS) Approach to Latino Cancer Disparities Supportive Care Needs and Coping Strategies Used by Latino Men Cancer Survivors Optimizing Engagement of the Latino Community in Cancer Research Latino Population Growth and the Changing Demography of Cancer Implementation Science to Enhance the Value of Cancer Research in Latinos A Strength-Based Approach to Cancer Prevention in Latinxs Overcoming Clinical Research Disparities by Advancing Inclusive Research Advancing the Science of Cancer in Latinos: Building Collaboration for Action will appeal to a wide readership due to its comprehensive coverage of topics ranging from basic science and community prevention research to clinical practice to policy. The book is an essential resource for physicians and other medical professionals, researchers, scientists, academicians, patient advocates, and students. It also will appeal to policy-makers, NCI-designated cancer centers, academic centers, state health departments, and community organizations.

    Contents:
    Part I . Introduction
    Chapter 1. Advancing the Science of Cancer in Latinos
    Part II. Health Threats in the Latino Community
    Chapter 2. Applying an Exposome-Wide (ExWAS) Approach to Latino Cancer Disparities
    Chapter 3. Population Health Challenges for Latinos in the US
    Part III. Vulnerable Populations and Cancer Health Disparities
    Chapter 4. Acute and Long-Term Neurological Complications of Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia (ALL) Therapy in Latino Children
    Part IV. Cancer Outcomes and Survivorship in Latinos
    Chapter 5. Supportive Care Needs and Coping Strategies Used by Latino Men Cancer Survivors
    Chapter 6. Cancer Care Delivery Among Breast Cancer Patients: Is It the Same for All?
    Part V. Cancer in the Era of Precision Medicine
    Chapter 7. Genetic Ancestry and Breast Cancer Subtypes in Hispanic/Latina Women
    Chapter 8. Precision Medicine Approaches for Stratification and Development of Novel Therapies of Latin(x) Patients at Risk of Lung Malignancy
    Part VI. Engaging Latinos in Cancer Research
    Chapter 9. Optimizing Engagement of the Latino Community in Cancer Research
    Part VII. Emerging Policies Impacting Latino Care
    Chapter 10. Latino Population Growth and the Changing Demography of Cancer
    Chapter 11. Financial Hardship, Food Insecurity, and Forgone Medical Care
    Part VIII. Implementation Science, Innovative Technologies and the Future of Cancer Care
    Chapter 12. Implementation Science to Enhance the Value of Cancer Research in Latinos: A Perspective from the National Cancer Institute
    Chapter 13. Advancing E-health Interventions in Cancer Control and Survivorship for Hispanic/Latina Breast Cancer Patients
    Part IX. Latino Lifestyles: Acculturation, Nutrition, and Health
    Chapter 14. Impact of Obesity and Related Factors in Breast Cancer Survivorship Among Hispanic Women
    Chapter 15. A Strength-Based Approach to Cancer Prevention in Latinxs
    Part X. Advances in Cancer Therapy and Clinical Trials
    Chapter 16. Overcoming Clinical Research Disparities by Advancing Inclusive Research
    Part XI. HPV Vaccination for Cancer Prevention
    Chapter 17. The Road to Cervical Cancer Elimination
    Part XII. Latino Cancer Health Disparities: Moving Forward
    Chapter 18. Looking Forward: Continuing the Collaboration for Action
    Appendices A-D
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2023
  • Digital
    Kathleen Brewer-Smyth.
    Summary: The entire world is in crisis with adverse childhood experiences (ACEs) and other lifetime trauma at an all-time high. This book is a valuable resource to promote optimal brain function for everyone, but especially for survivors of trauma who are particularly at risk throughout the life course. It is critical for healthcare providers, schoolteachers and administration, public safety professionals, foster and adoptive parents, employers and loved ones to understand the potential life-long consequences that ACEs can have in the lives of survivors. This book describes the complexities behind why behaviors occur if hurt people hurt themselves and others. The first half of this book addresses what can go wrong in the brain and body after trauma that potentially leads to life-long poor bio-behavioral health outcomes. The second half of this book addresses how the life-long poor bio-behavioral health outcomes can be prevented, mitigated or potentially reversed. This book is necessary for everyone who is interested in optimizing brain function, especially survivors of ACEs and other trauma throughout the life course who are at greater risk. The major focus of the book is on how to prevent long-term negative consequences of trauma and how to restore the brain, body, behavior and emotions.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword by Ann Wolbert Burgess
    Foreword by Christina D. Spink
    Foreword by Harold G. Koenig
    Preface
    Contents
    About the Book
    About the Author
    Part I: Overview of Adverse Traumatic Experiences
    1: Introduction, Epidemiology, Measurement, and the Cycle of Trauma
    Epidemiology of Adverse Childhood Experiences (ACEs)
    The Cost of ACEs
    Measurement of Adverse Childhood Experiences (ACEs)
    Healthy Stress Versus Toxic Stress
    Intergenerational and Other Cycles of Trauma: Hurt People May Hurt Themselves and Others
    Epigenetics
    Conclusion
    Resources Suicide Resources
    References
    Part II: The Potential Serious Nature of Adverse Childhood Experiences
    2: Adverse Childhood Experiences and Neurodevelopment
    Mental Health Conditions
    Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) and Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD)
    Post-traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD)
    Bipolar Affective Disorder (BP) and Schizophrenia (SZ)
    Intrauterine Environment
    Exposure to Alcohol and Other Substances
    Maternal Health and the Developing Child
    Summary and Conclusion
    Resources
    References 3: Potential Lifelong Neurobiological, Bio-behavioral, and Other Outcomes of Trauma
    Post-traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD)
    Complex Trauma
    High-Risk Behaviors: Lack of Regard for Self and Others
    Lifestyle, Mental and Physical Outcomes
    Obesity, Type 2 Diabetes, and Related Health Conditions
    Risky Sexual Behavior and Sexually Transmitted Diseases
    Substance Use
    Other Eating Disorders
    The Impact of COVID-19 Trauma on Diet and Weight
    Relationships
    Criminal Behavior
    Antisocial Personality Disorder
    Homelessness
    Summary and Conclusion
    Resources Suicide Resources
    Eating Disorder Resources
    References
    Part III: The Potential Impact of Trauma on the Brain, Body, Behavior and Society
    4: Childhood Physical Abuse (CPA), Childhood Sexual Abuse (CSA), Abusive Traumatic Brain Injury (TBI), Childhood Emotional Abuse (CEA), Neglect, and Other Trauma
    Individual Risk Factors
    Family Risk Factors
    Community Risk Factors
    Childhood Physical Abuse
    Abusive Traumatic Brain Injuries (TBI)
    Long-Term Outcomes
    Childhood Sexual Abuse (CSA) and Other Sexual Trauma
    Neurobiology of the Normal Stress Response Potential Lifelong Hypothalamic-Pituitary-Adrenal (HPA) Axis and Stress System Changes After ACEs
    Implications of Stress Systems Changes on Bio-behavioral Health Outcomes
    Childhood Emotional Abuse (CEA), Neglect, and Poverty
    Human Trafficking
    Secondary Vicarious Trauma
    Summary, Conclusions, and Recommendations
    Resources
    Suicide Resources
    Vicarious Trauma Resources
    References
    5: Absence of a Healthy Parent: Mental and Physical Illness, Substance Misuse, and Trauma in the Life of Parents, Caregivers, and Significant Others
    Mental Health Conditions
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Esen Özkaya, Kurtuluş Didem Yazganoğlu.
    Summary: This book describes adverse cutaneous drug reactions as among the most frequent events in patients receiving drug therapy. Cardiovascular drugs are an important group as there are a greater number of indications for the use of new drugs and their prescription continues to increase. The exact incidence of cutaneous side effects from cardiovascular drugs is difficult to estimate due to sporadic reporting. Moreover, a reliable connection between a certain drug and a certain type of reaction can only rarely be made, aside from the well-known angioedema/urticaria from angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors, lichen planus/lichenoid reaction from beta adrenergic blockers, and photosensitivity from thiazid diuretics. These reactions can extend to rare but life-threatening conditions such as erythroderma, Stevens-Johnson syndrome, toxic epidermal necrolysis and drug hypersensitivity syndrome. Adverse Cutaneous Drug Reactions To Cardiovascular Drugs reviews the reported types of reactions to cardiovascular drugs. Each is discussed according to drug class and the type of dermatologic reaction with special emphasize on cross-reactions and the role of patch testing in diagnosis. A total of 116 images are included featuring clinical appearance of common adverse cutaneous drug reactions and diagnostic procedures such as patch and photopatch testing with the suspected drugs. Complementary tables may allow to scan the most common cutaneous reactions and the related cardiovascular drugs along with the possible cross reactions at first glance. It will thus be of considerable importance to all dermatologists and medical professionals who manage the skin, while being an important reference resource for cardiologists in terms of identifying potential adverse reactions to the drugs they prescribe.

    Contents:
    Introduction (General information on different types of ACDR)
    Angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors
    Angiotensin II receptor blockers
    Alpha-2 adrenergic receptor agonists
    Alpha-adrenergic receptor blockers
    Adrenergic neuron blockers
    Class I antiarrhythmic drugs (sodium channel blockers)
    Beta adrenergic receptor blockers (class II antiarrhythmics)
    Class III antiarrhythmics
    Calcium channel blockers (class IV antiarrhythmics)
    Diuretics
    Sympathomimetics
    Vasodilatory drugs
    Lipid lowering drugs
    Platelet inhibitors
    Thrombolytics
    Anticoagulants
    Miscellaneous drugs
    Diagnostic procedure: The role of patch. .
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Bengt Fadeel, Antonio Pietroiusti, Anna A. Shvedova.
    Summary: Bio-nano interactions / Dana Westmeier, Shirley K. Knauer, Roland H. Stauber, Dominic Docter -- Physicochemical characterization / Kristen Rasmussen, Hubert Rauscher, Agnieszka Mech -- Toxicity tests / Maria Dusinska, Elise Rundén-Pran, Jürgen Schnekenburger, Jun Kanno -- Computational approaches / Tu C. Le, Vidana Epa, Lang Tran, Dave Winkler -- Exposure Assessment / Kai Savolainen, Antonio Pietroiusti -- Biomonitoring / Enrico Bergamaschi, Irirna Guseva Canu, Adriele Prina-Mello, Regulation and legislation / Kirsten Rasmussen, Brigit Sokull-Klüttgen, IL Je Yu, Jun Kanno, Akihiro Hirose, Maureen R. Gwinn -- Risk assessment and risk management / Robert Landsiedel, Ursula G. Sauer, Wim H De Jong -- Respiratory system, part one / Craig A. Plooand, Ken Donaldson -- Respiratory system, part two / Harri Alenius, Michael R. Shurin, Galina V. Shurin, Don Beezhold, Anna A. Shvedova -- Cardiovascular system / Jennifer B. Raftis, Nicholas L. Mills, Rodger Duffin -- Neurological system / Myrtill Simkó, Mats-olof Mattsson, Robert A. Yokel -- Immune system / Diana Boraschi, Bengt Fadeel, Albert Duschl -- Endorine system / Xuefei Lu, Yong Zhu, Tao Zhu -- Skin / Nancy A. Monteiro-Riviere, Francesca Larese Filon -- Gastrointestinal system / Mark A. Jepson, Hans Bouwmeester -- Reproduction and development / Luisa Campagnolo, Karin S. Hougard -- Genotoxicitiy and cancer / Shareen H. Doak, Ying Liu, Chunying Chen.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Giuseppe Tridente.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Kinases
    Kinase inhibitors
    Adverse events
    Imantinib
    Gefitinib
    Erlotinib
    Sorafenib
    Sunitinib
    Dasatinib
    Lapatinib
    Nilotinib
    Pazopanib
    Vandetanib
    Vemurafenib
    Crizotinib
    Ruxolitinib
    Axitinib
    Bosutinib
    Regorafenib
    Cabozantinib
    Ponatinib
    Dabrafenib
    Trametinib
    Afatinib
    Idelaisib
    Ibrutinib
    Overview
    Conclusion and perspectives.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Giuseppe Tridente.
    Summary: This monograph gathers and evaluates data on adverse events (AEs) associated specifically with those 'biomedicines' - monoclonal antibodies, fusion proteins, and cytokines - that have recently entered therapeutic use in humans. All AEs observed when using each member of this new drug class are covered, with a view to improving understanding of pathogenesis, facilitating prevention, monitoring, and control, and contributing to the development of better drugs that provide benefits while minimizing risk. Further aspects here examined include the role of drug mechanisms of action and immunogenicity in relation to AEs outcome and induction of systemic syndromes. Additional data on AEs in off-label treatments are also considered. Electronic data sheets, downloadable from the Springer Extra Materials platform, include more detailed safety data as well as additional basic information on product characteristics, pre- and post-marketing AEs classified according to frequency, and system/organ targeting. Data on excipients and selected information on drug interactions and associations are also provided. Adverse Events with Biomedicines: Prevention Through Understanding will serve as a detailed, practical guideline to this important new area, which demands the attention of clinicians, immunologists, oncologists, allergologists, public health professionals, and drug companies.

    Contents:
    Part I. General Aspects: 1 Introduction
    2 Adverse drug events to biomedicines
    3 Systemic syndromes caused by biomedicines
    Part II. Monoclonal antibodies: 4 Monoclonal antibodies
    5 Abciximab
    6 Adalimumab
    7 Alemtuzumab
    8 Basiliximab
    9 Belimumab
    10 Bevacizumab
    11 Brentuximab
    12 Canakinumab
    13 Catumaxomab
    14. Certolizumab
    15 Cetuximab
    16 Daclizumab
    17 Denosumab
    18 Eculizumab
    19 Edrecolomab
    20 Efalizumab
    21 Gemtuzumab
    22 Golimumab
    23 Ibritumomab
    24 Infliximab
    25 Ipilimumab
    26 Muromonab
    27 Natalizumab
    28 Nimotuzumab
    29 Ofatumumab
    30 Omalizumab
    31 Palivizumab
    32 Panitumumab
    33 Pertuzumab
    34 Ranibizumab
    35 Rituximab
    36 Tocilizumab
    37 Tositumomab
    38 Trastuzumab
    39 Ustekinumab
    Part III Fusion proteins: 40 Fusion proteins
    41 Abatacept
    42 Aflibercept
    43 Alefacept
    44 Belatacept
    45 Etanercept
    46 Rilonacept
    47 Romiplostim
    Part IV Cytokines : 48 Cytokines
    49 Interleukins
    50 Denileukin-diftitox
    51 Anakinra
    52 Interferons
    53 Hemopoietic stimulatory factors
    54 Myelopoietic stimulatory factors
    55 Thrombopoietic stimulatory factor
    56 Pluripotent growth factors
    57 Epidermal growth factors
    Part V Overview: 58 Biomedicines as adverse event inducers
    59 Conclusions and perspectives.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    volume editors, Lluís Puig, Wayne Gulliver.
    Contents:
    Adverse reactions to biologics in psoriasis / Lockwood, S.J., Prens, L.M.; Kimball, A.B.
    Clinical trial and registry data / Gooderham, M., Papp, K.
    Immunosuppression/infections across indications / Al-Khalili, A., Dutz, J.P.
    The immunogenicity of biologic therapies / Garcias, S., Demengeot, J.
    Paradoxical reaction S : anti-tumor necrosis factor alpha agents, Ustekinumab, Secukinumab, Ixekizumab, and others / Puig, L.
    Bullous diseases / Corbaux, C., Joly, P.
    Adverse reactions of antibody-therapy for primary cutaneous lymphomas : Rituximab, Brentuximab vedotin, Alemtuzumab, and Mogamulizumab / Saulite, I., Guenova, E., Hoetzenecker, W.
    Adverse reactions to biologics : melanoma (Ipilimumab, Nivolumab, Pembrolizumab) / Hwang, S.J.E., Fernández-Peñas, P.
    Skin manifestations of targeted antineoplastic therapy / Sanmartín, O.
    Digital Access Karger 2018
  • Digital
    Fernando Rojo, editor.
    Summary: This book describes the biochemistry and genetics of aerobic degradation of hydrocarbons and lipids by bacteria and yeasts, as well as the functional genomics of the best-known microorganisms involved in these processes. It forms part of the Handbook of Hydrocarbon and Lipid Microbiology Series, a definitive resource of current knowledge on the diverse aspects of the interactions of microbes with hydrocarbons and lipids. Chapters are mainly focused on the new discoveries of recent years. It is aimed to scientists and others interested in different aspects of the microbiology of hydrocarbons.

    Contents:
    A Genomic View of the Catabolism of Aromatic Compounds in Pseudomonas
    A Genomic View of the Catabolism of Short Chain Alkanes
    Aerobic Degradation of Aromatic Hydrocarbons
    Aerobic Degradation of Aromatic Hydrocarbons: Enzyme Structures and Catalytic Mechanisms
    Aerobic Degradation of Chloroaromatics
    Aerobic Degradation of Gasoline Ether Oxygenates
    Aerobic Degradation of Halogenated Aliphatics
    Biochemistry and Molecular Biology of Methane Monooxygenase
    Biosynthesis, Insertion and Function of Fe-S Cofactors
    Biosynthesis, Insertion and Function of Flavin Cofactors
    Biosynthesis, Insertion and Function of haem-iron Prosthetic Groups
    Computational Framework for Integration of Lipidomics Data into Metabolic Pathways
    Degradation of Dimethylsulfoniopropionate (DMSP) and Dimethylsulfide (DMS)
    Degradation of Rubber/Polyisoprene
    Diversity and Common Principles in Enzymatic Activation of Hydrocarbons: An Introduction
    Energetic and Other Quantitative Aspects of Microbial Hydrocarbon Utilization: An Introduction:
    Enzymes for Aerobic Degradation of Alkanes in Bacteria
    Enzymes for Aerobic Degradation of Alkanes in Yeasts
    Evolution of New Catabolic Functions Through Gene Assembly by Mobile Genetic Elements
    Experimental Evolution of Novel Regulatory Activities in Response to Hydrocarbons and Related Chemicals
    Functional Gene Diversity, Biogeography, Dynamics
    Genetic Features and Regulation of n-Alkane Metabolism in Bacteria
    Genetic Features and Regulation of n-Alkane Metabolism in Yeasts
    Genetic Features of Methylotrophs
    Genetics and Functional Genomics of Aerobic Degradation of Hydrocarbons: An Introduction
    Genetics and Molecular Features of Bacterial Dimethylsulfoniopropionate (DMSP) and Dimethylsulfide (DMS) Transformations
    Genetics of Biphenyl Biodegradation and Co-Metabolism of PCBs
    Genetics of Rubber/Polyisoprene Degradation
    Genetics and Ecology of Isoprene Degradation
    Genomic View of Mycobacterial High Molecular Weight Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbon Degradation
    Global Aerobic Degradation of Hydrocarbons in Aquatic Systems
    Global Aerobic Degradation of Hydrocarbons in Terrestrial Systems
    Global Consequences of the Microbial Production and Consumption of Inorganic and Organic Sulfur Compounds
    Key Features of Aerobic Hydrocarbon Biodegrader Genomes
    Lipid Degradation
    Lipid Cycles
    Lipolytic Enzymes from Bacteria
    Lipolytic Enzymes from Yeasts
    Metabolism of Steroids
    Oxidative Inactivation of Ring-Cleavage Extradiol Dioxygenases: Mechanism and Ferredoxin-Mediated Reactivation
    Pathways for the Degradation of Fatty Acids in Bacteria
    Phylogenomics of Aerobic Bacterial Degradation of Aromatics
    Physiology and Biochemistry of the Aerobic Methane Oxidizing Bacteria
    Potential for Microbial Interventions to Reduce Global Warming
    Rational Construction of Bacterial Strains with New/Improved Catabolic Capabilities for the Efficient Breakdown of Environmental Pollutants
    Regulation of the Degradation of Fatty Acids in Bacteria
    Regulation of the Degradation of Fatty Acids in Yeast
    Stereochemistry of Hydrocarbon-transforming Enzyme Reactions
    Structure-Function Relationships and Engineering of Haloalkane Dehalogenases
    Transcriptional Control of the TOL Plasmid Pathways.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Springer
    Springer Live
    2018- Continuously updated edition
  • Digital
    edited by William W. Hurd, William Beninati.
    Summary: Now in its fully revised and expanded second edition, this volume is the definitive resource on long-distance air transport of injured patients in both peacetime and wartime. It discusses the history of aeromedical evacuation, triage and staging of the injured patient, evacuation from site of injury to medical facility, air-frame capabilities, medical capabilities in- flight, response to in-flight emergencies, and mass emergency evacuation. Specific medical conditions are addressed in detail in the second half of the book, including general surgical casualties such as abdominal wounds and soft tissue injuries, vascular injuries, maxillofacial injuries, head and spinal cord injuries, ophthalmologic casualties, orthopedic casualties, burns, pediatric casualties, obstetric-gynecologic casualties, and more. For each medical condition, important topics are addressed such as conditions needed to be met before transportation, special concerns, supplies and needs of the specific patients and possible in-flight emergencies and their appropriated treatment. Containing several new chapters and featuring extensively updated contributions from experts in the field, Aeromedical Evacuation: Management of the Acute and Stabilized Patient, Second Edition is a must-have reference for a whole new generation of military flight surgeons and flight nurses responsible for aeromedical evacuation of casualties as well as civilian physicians and nurses involved in air transport of ill and post-operative patients. .

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Aeromedical Evacuation: A Historical Perspective
    Military Casualty Evacuation: MEDEVAC
    Civilian Air Medical Transport
    Aircraft Considerations for Aeromedical Evacuation
    Preparation for Long-Distance Aeromedical Evacuation
    Aeromedical Patient Staging
    Military Aeromedical Evacuation Nursing
    Critical-Care Air Transport: Patient Flight Physiology and Organizational Considerations
    Aeromedical Evacuation of Patients with Abdominal, Genitourinary, and Soft Tissue Injuries
    Orthopedic Patients
    Aeromedical Evacuation of the Neurosurgical Patient
    Otorhinolaryngology Head and Neck Surgery Patients
    Care of Ophthalmic Casualties
    Peripheral Vascular Casualties
    Aeromedical Evacuation of Cardiothoracic Casualties
    Burn Casualties
    Patients Requiring Mechanical Ventilation
    Medical Casualties
    Aeromedical Evacuation of Patients with Contagious Infections
    Aeromedical Evacuation of Obstetric and Gynecological Patients
    Overview of Pediatric and Neonatal Transport
    Aeromedical Evacuation of Psychiatric Casualties.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Stefan Gress.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Anatomy and Function
    The?Perfect Look?
    Indications
    Labia minora: Planning the Procedure
    Surgical Techniques
    Pitfalls & Complications
    Aftercare. Labia majora: Planning the Procedure
    Surgical Technique
    Pitfalls & Complications
    Aftercare
    Before surgery
    Aftercare
    Consent
    FAQs.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Preeti Jindal, Narendra Malhotra, Shashi Joshi, editors.
    Summary: Aesthetic or cosmetic gynecology is a rapidly expanding and much in demand field worldwide. This book covers all aspects of cosmetic gynecology in great details and interdisciplinary fields. It provides information and practical tips on the new evolving and fast growing branch of aesthetic and regenerative gynecology. The book covers basics along with illustrations, practical tips and troubleshooting points. Chapters include anatomy, physiology, pathology and comprehensive management of diseases in relation to cosmetic gynecology. The book explains the basics of techniques and devices used in this field such as several energy based and high tech devices like lasers, Hifu, HIFEM, their safety profile, scope and uses in an easy to understand language supported by illustrations. It also covers complications, controversies and medicolegal issues surrounding this field. The book includes chapters from national and international experts of each technique and helps in systematic evidence based learning. The book serves as a comprehensive book for postgraduates and consultants in gynecology, plastic surgery, dermatology, urogynecology, vascular surgery, general surgery, for cosmetologists and those interested in regenerative sciences.

    Contents:
    Introduction to rising field of aesthetic and regenerative gynecology
    Epidemiological perspective in aesthetic and regenerative gynecology
    Anatomy and physiology in relation to aesthetic and regenerative gynecology
    Counselling your patient of aesthetic and regenerative gynecology
    Medicolegal aspects in aesthetic and regenerative gynecology
    Invasive and non-invasive procedures in aesthetic and regenerative gynecology
    Energy based devices - comparisons and indications
    Lasers in aesthetic and regenerative gynecology - physics, types, applications, safety profiles
    Laser in vaginal rejuvenation
    Erbium laser in aesthetic and regenerative gynecology
    Management of urinary incontinence in aesthetic and regenerative gynecology
    Non-cosmetic uses of laser in aesthetic and regenerative gynecology - vulvodynia, incontinence, infections, warts
    Genitourinary syndrome of menopause
    Radiofrequency in aesthetic and regenerative gynecology
    Carboxytherapy in aesthetic and regenerative gynecology
    High intensity focused ultrasound (HIFU) in aesthetic and regenerative gynecology
    High intensity focused electronic-magnetic technology (HIFEM) in aesthetic and regenerative gynecology
    LED therapy in aesthetic and regenerative gynecology
    Sexual rejuvenation in aesthetic and regenerative gynecology
    Non-invasive treatment of varicose veins in aesthetic and regenerative gynecology
    Hymenoplasty, vaginoplasty and perineoplasty in aesthetic and regenerative gynecology
    Labiaplasty and cliteroplasty in aesthetic and regenerative gynecology
    Butt and thigh reshaping in aesthetic and regenerative gynecology
    Nanofat grafting in aesthetic and regenerative gynecology
    Abdominoplasty in aesthetic and regenerative gynecology
    Breast lifting and reduction in aesthetic and regenerative gynecology
    Thread lift in aesthetic and regenerative gynecology
    Hypo pigmentations and hyper pigmentation of face and genital area
    Chemical peels and vulval whitening in aesthetic and regenerative gynecology
    Scars in aesthetic and regenerative (especial reference to acne and stretch marks) gynecology
    Hair transplant and hair removal in aesthetic and regenerative gynecology
    Gender reassignment surgery in aesthetic and regenerative gynecology
    Injectables in aesthetic and regenerative gynecology
    HA for bio remodeling
    Platelet rich plasma (PRP) in aesthetic and regenerative gynecology
    Role of amniotic fluid in aesthetic and regenerative gynecology
    Role of exosomes in aesthetic and regenerative gynecology
    Stem cell therapy in aesthetic and regenerative gynecology
    Anesthesia in procedures of aesthetic and regenerative gynecology
    Cool sculpting in aesthetic and regenerative gynecology
    Future of aesthetic and regenerative gynecology.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Lucian Fodor, Yehude Ullmann, editors.
    Summary: With coverage ranging from skin anatomy to patient selection, safety to complications, this book offers complete coverage of Intense Pulsed Light (IPL) treatments. It includes numerous illustrations, tables and color pictures.

    Contents:
    Skin anatomy
    Light-tissue interaction
    IPL safety: legal issue
    Patient selection
    Office-based anesthesia for IPL
    Facial skin rejuvenation with IPL
    IPL hair removal
    IPL for stria distensae
    IPL for acne vulgaris
    IPL for rosacea
    IPL for telangiectasia and reticular veins
    IPL for portwine stain
    IPL for pigmented lesions
    IPL for scars
    Recommendations after IPL treatment
    Other IPL applications.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Roy de Vita, editor.
    Summary: This book deals with the management of difficult breast augmentation revision cases. After critically reviewing the complication rate in aesthetic breast augmentation, the authors go on to discuss the importance of the inframammary fold. Moreover, this book provides detailed instructions on how to manage capsular contracture; wrinkling; animation deformity; implant rotation and waterfall deformities; symmastia; implant rupture; infection and implant exposure; double bubble; and bottoming out. Each chapter starts with a short explanation of the complication, followed by step-by-step revision procedures. Checklists, high-quality images, flowcharts and bullet point-like presentations will help surgeons solve these various problems. Well-structured chapters and a concise format make this book a quick reference guide that aids clinicians in making decisions and providing treatment.

    Contents:
    Aesthetic Breast augmentation complications rate, a critical review
    The importance of inframammary fold (IMF) in aesthetic breast augmentation
    Capsular contracture
    Wrinkling
    Animation deformity
    Implant rotation and waterfall deformities
    Symmastia
    Implant rupture
    Infection and Implant exposure
    Double bubble and bottoming out.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Shilpi Khetarpal, editor.
    Summary: Platelet rich plasma therapy uses a patient's own platelets to encourage and accelerate healing in a variety of tissues. With the growing popularity of using platelet rich plasma for aesthetic procedures, the need for a book that ties together all of the current literature in one place has become more pressing. This book fills in that gap as a comprehensive guide that covers history, basic science and clinical utility of platelet rich plasma with its uses in hair restoration, facial rejuvenation, and some wound healing. It includes the latest studies/literature from peer reviewed journals and clinical, anecdotal experience. Chapters provide an extensive look at how to describe the mechanism of action of platelet rich plasma (PRP) in the skin and hair; how to identify the difference between PRP, platelet rich fibrin, and stem cells; and identify the various PRP preparation systems and how to calculate dosing. Aesthetic Clinician's Guide to Platelet Rich Plasma is written especially for the aesthetic clinician, whether dermatologist or plastic surgeon. This book will find utility across specialties and with it's extensive coverage it is a vital reference.

    Contents:
    History of PRP
    Basic Science of PRP
    Preparation systems
    Microneedling + PRP
    PRP for hair loss (AGA)
    PRP for scarring alopecia
    PRP for immune mediated alopecias
    Platelet rich fibrin (PRF)
    Stem cells.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Juarez M. Avelar.
    Summary: Rhytidoplasty is a palliative procedure in which face wrinkles are surgically removed to promote a more youthful appearance. This book, written by leading specialists for Brazil and abroad, discusses a wide variety of topics related to facial rejuvenation. The first sections focus on the surgical planning, including psychological considerations, preparation of the patient and anatomical and biochemical changes caused by the aging process. It also describes the surgical anatomy of the forehead, face, neck and eyelids. The third section provides a comprehensive overview of the basic techniques of facelift with details of refined surgical approaches for each segment of the face and neck. It highlights liposuction techniques, lipoinjection as well as transference of stem cells, showing their importance in reshaping the facial contours. It addresses both the treatment of soft tissue and craniofacial bone structures to improve the aesthetics of the face. The next sections present the final scars after face-lifting, minimally invasive procedures as complementary approaches during rhytidoplasty and the associated procedures during rhytidoplasty. The last section discusses postoperative care. Aesthetic Facial Surgery consists of 64 chapters focusing on all aspects of face lifting, and meticulously describes surgical details not covered in other medical books. Featuring numerous figures, photographs, software and videos, it is a valuable resource for young and experience surgeons alike around the world.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Lee L.Q. Pu ; co-editors, Yu-Ray Chen, QingFeng Li, David Daehwan Park, Susumu Takayanagi, Woffles T.L. Wu, Fu-Chan Wei ; with illustrations and cover art by Bill Winn.
  • Digital
    Alberto Di Giuseppe, Melvin A. Shiffman, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive book covers anatomy, recent techniques, postoperative care, possible complications, and outcomes in aesthetic surgery of the abdomen. The extensive section on aesthetic procedures includes many important innovations in abdominoplasty. Detailed consideration is also given to the various potential complications, with guidance on their prevention, diagnosis, and management. The book is written by acknowledged experts in the topics on which they write. It will be of value for residents and fellows and more experienced surgeons in the fields of plastic surgery, general surgery, cosmetic surgery, and general surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] Hong Ryul Jin.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
  • Digital
    Beth Haney.
    Summary: This book is a resource that offers guidance to nurses who are experienced or novice aesthetic practitioners and would like to improve their aesthetic practice and enhance patient safety and satisfaction. This textbook reviews skin structure and anatomy, what happens as facial structures age, the effects of aging coupled with environmental exposures, pharmacology of medications used in aesthetics, light-based device properties, patient selection, and benefits of treatments. In addition, it includes suggestions on how to communicate with patients to achieve successful outcomes. Aesthetic Procedures: Nurse Practitioner's Guide to Cosmetic Dermatology provides practitioners a one-source resource to attain more in-depth learning about cosmetic dermatology. Although there are several texts on individual aspects of aesthetic medicine, there is no all-inclusive book for nurses. This book affords the primary care practitioner the opportunity to add minimally invasive cosmetic dermatology procedures to their practice and perform the treatments safely, efficiently and effectively while avoiding common mistakes and minimizing complication risks. Education is paramount in creating a safe patient environment and as more clinicians turn to aesthetics to augment their practice, this book will be a valuable resource for nurses and practitioners all over the world.

    Contents:
    About the Author (Dr. Beth Haney, DNP)
    Endorsements
    Dedication
    Acknowledgements
    Important Message to Reader
    Foreword
    Introduction
    SECTION 1: Non-Invasive Treatments
    Chapter 1: Fads and Promises
    Chapter 2: Skin Anatomy and Physiology
    Chapter 3: Overview of Topical Treatments and Prescriptions
    SECTION 2: Laser and Light-Based Procedures
    Chapter 4: Laser and Light-Based Treatment Overview
    Chapter 5: Indications for Laser and Light-Based Treatments (conditions treated)
    Chapter 6: Laser and Light-Based Treatments: Patient Selection and Expected Outcomes
    SECTION 3: Minimally Invasive Procedures
    Neuromodulators
    Chapter 7: Neuromodulators; pharmacology of botulinum toxins for cosmetic use
    Chapter 8: Indications for Neuromodulators; Upper face
    Chapter 9: Indications for Neuromodulators; Lower Face
    Chapter 10: Indications for Neuromodulators; Other Uses and Future Possibilities
    Chapter 11: Complications and Corrections
    SECTION 4: Minimally Invasive Procedures - Dermal Fillers
    Chapter 12: Dermal Fillers; pharmacology of various types of dermal fillers for cosmetic use
    Chapter 13: Indications and Placement of Dermal Fillers
    Chapter 14: Complications and Corrections of Dermal Filler
    Section 5: Selected Novel Face and Body Treatments
    Chapter 15: Facial Skin Tightening
    Chapter 16: Body Shaping
    Section 6: Common Skin Conditions Affecting Appearances at Any Age
    Chapter 17: Acne in Adolescents and the Over 40 Age Groups
    Chapter 18: Menopausal Skin Issues and Remedies
    Chapter 19: When to Refer to a Plastic Surgeon
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Bruce Connell, Michael J. Sundine.
    Contents:
    Applied anatomy for safety in facelifting / Dino R. Elyassnia
    Facial analysis for facelifting / Michael J. Sundine
    Analysis of the neck / Nicholas Nikolov
    Facial aging / Bryan G. Forley
    Energy-based treatments for facial aging / Lawrence S. Bass and Jason N. Pozner
    Facial sculpting and facial slimming with neurotoxins / Woffles T.L. Wu
    Soft tissue fillers / Taiba Alrasheed, Paul Schembri, and Trevor M. Born
    Years of progression in facelifting and neck lifting / Steven M. Hamilton and Bruce Connell
    Male versus female facelift surgery : is there a difference? / Steven M. Hamilton
    Foreheadplasty : recognizing and treating aging in the upper face / Bruce Connell
    Endoscopic browlift / Scott R. Miller and Ahmad N. Saad
    Primary superficial musculoaponeurotic system facelift and neck lift / Michael J. Sundine and Bruce Connell
    Submental contouring / Bruce Connell
    Simultaneous facelift and fat grafting / Timothy J. Marten and Dino R. Elyassnia
    Midface lift / Garo Kassabian
    Condition-specific rhytidectomy : an evidence-based paradigm shift in facial rejuvenation / E. Gaylon McCollough and Fred G. Fedok
    Secondary facelifting / Michael J. Sundine
    Avoiding complications in facelifts / G. Hunt Neurohr
    Periorbital rejuvenation with autologous fat / Yifan Guo, Brian C. Drolet, and Patrick K. Sullivan
    Comparison of midface rejuvenation techniques / Michael J. Sundine
    Upper-eyelid blepharoplasty / Robert Flowers and Christopher Costa
    Lower-eyelid blepharoplasty / William P. Chen
    Lateral canthal complications in aesthetic eyelid surgery : prevention and reconstruction / M. Douglas Gossman
    Treatment of the tear-trough deformity / Ramsey J. Chouchair
    Management of the lateral periorbital area / Thomas A.B. Bell.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
  • Digital
    Barış Çakır.
    Summary: This extensively revised second edition describes how techniques previously developed by Dr. Rollin Daniel for use in open rhinoplasty can be adapted for the closed approach. The author argues that this offers greater feedback during surgery, a shorter recovery period and absence of scarring. The book includes a full explanation of preoperative preparation, including evaluation of the nasal surface aesthetics using the concept of geometric polygons as aesthetic subunits to define both the existing deformity and the aesthetic goals. Aided by a wealth of color photos, it also provides step-by-step descriptions of the surgical techniques developed and modified to achieve the desired surface appearance, and illustrates how the novel dissection and redrape control methods reduce the healing time and enhance outcomes. Further, the book presents a series of case analyses documenting the benefits of the approach. Written in a "cookbook style" this superbly illustrated book enables plastic surgeons to quickly learn how to utilize the closed approach to rhinoplasty for optimal aesthetic benefit.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Toma T. Mugea, Melvin A. Shiffman, editors.
    Summary: This book covers all aspects of aesthetic breast surgery in an instructive, step-by-step format. The descriptions of procedures are completely up to date, encompassing newly introduced techniques and recent modifications of established techniques. Individual parts of the book are devoted to breast augmentation, mastopexy, and breast reduction. Detailed consideration is also given to risks and complications, with guidance on their avoidance and the treatment of complications. In addition, anatomy, anesthesia, and a range of miscellaneous procedures applicable in specific circumstances are all well covered. The authors are acknowledged experts in their fields who draw on a wealth of experience in describing and illustrating their personally favored techniques. Aesthetic Surgery of the Breast will be an ideal reference for both students (residents and fellows) and practicing cosmetic, plastic, and general surgeons.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Stephen B. Baker, Pravin K. Patel, and Jeffrey Weinzweig.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    [edited by] James D. Frame, Shahrokh C. Bagheri, David J. Smith, Husain Ali Khan.
    Summary: "Changing trends, ethnic and regional preferences, and a hands-on teaching method make cosmetic surgery uniquely challenging for novice and experienced surgeons alike. Aesthetic Surgery Techniques: A Case-Based Approach offers expert, real-world instruction by presenting chapters and patients in a classical fashion, providing a clinical perspective as you work through case after case, honing your knowledge and skills. A diverse, international group of highly reputable faculty takes you step by step through each case"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Introduction. Informed consent: protecting the patient and the surgeon
    Aesthetic medicine - surgical pearls
    Aesthetic applications for fillers
    Part 2: Head and neck. Section 1: forehead and brow
    Brow lift
    Endoscopic brow lift made easy
    Section 2: Eyes. Upper blepharoplasty
    Asian blepharoplasty
    Midface descent and malar support
    Anatomical relationship of SOOF and ROOF in eyelid rejuvenation
    Non-surgical rejuvenation of the periorbital area
    Section 3: Facelift. High SMAS facelift
    Management of the neck
    The turkey neck - surgical management
    Platysma bands
    Section 4: Rhinoplasty. Prominent nose
    Aesthetic nasal tip surgery
    Crooked nose
    The Middle Eastern- Mediterranean nose
    The Oriental rhinoplasty
    Male rhinoplasty
    Cosmetic dermatology of the nose and medical rhinoplasty
    Part 3: Peri oral aesthetics and dentistry. Orthognathic surgery
    Implantology
    Aesthetic dentistry of the smile line
    Part 4: Breast. Small breast
    Breast reduction
    Mastopexy with mesh for breast ptosis
    Simultaneous augmentation and periareolar mastopexy: indications and limitations
    Asymmetric breast
    Male breast
    Part 5: Trunk / abdominal wall. Improving the waistline with the modified Brazilian abdominoplasty
    Post-bariatric abdominoplasty
    Non-excisional management of the anterior abdominal wall
    Body contouring following massive weight loss
    Gluteal augmentation
    Part 6: Upper and lower extremity. Rejuvenation of the arm
    Aesthetic management of the aging hand
    Inner thigh lift
    Inner thigh reduction: reshaping using a two way vector technique.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Lina Triana.
    Summary: This book schematically discusses the available techniques for aesthetic vaginoplasty, including vagina rejuvenation and other related surgical and non-surgical approaches. By furthering our understanding of the field, it promotes a better surgical practice on aesthetic vaginal surgeries. More specifically, this book will enable surgeons to correctly assess patients, choose and plan procedures, and reproduce the most common surgical aesthetic vaginal procedures. Each chapter is written in a pedagogical way, promoting a direct applicability. For each surgical procedure discussed, it features topics such as consultation and patients intentions, clinical examination, anatomy and important landmarks, surgical technique and possible complications. Aesthetic Vaginal Plastic Surgery: A Practical Guide is intended for any medical professional interested in vagina aesthetic and rejuvenation procedures, especially those in the fields of plastic surgery, gynecology and urology.

    Contents:
    Part I: Introduction
    Chapter 1 Why Genital and Vaginal Rejuvenation
    Chapter 2 Challenges When Starting My Vaginal Rejuvenation Practice
    Part II: Vaginal Rejuvenation—External Aesthetic Surgical Techniques
    Chapter 3 Wedge Labiaplasty
    Chapter 4 Lazy S Labiaplasty (Edge Labiaplasty)
    Chapter 5 Longitudinal Hoodplasty
    Chapter 6 Horseshoe Hoodplasty
    Chapter 7 Labiaplasty and Hoodplasty Combined
    Chapter 8 Labia Majora Augmentation
    Chapter 9 Labia Majora Resection
    Chapter 10 Pubic Region
    Chapter 11 Hymenoplasty
    Part III Vaginal Rejuvenation: Internal Aesthetic Surgical Techniques
    Chapter 12 Perineoplasty
    Chapter 13 Anterior Vaginoplasty
    Chapter 14 Posterior Vaginoplasty
    Chapter 15 Combination of Anterior and Posterior Vaginoplasty plus Perineoplasty
    Part IV: Vaginal Rejuvenation: Nonsurgical and Beyond
    Chapter 16 Labia Majora Non-Surgical Options: Lightening—Fillers—Skin Tightening
    Chapter 17 Non-Surgical Vaginal Tightening Procedures
    Chapter 18 G Spot Enhancement.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Misty M. Ginicola, Cheri Smith, Joel M. Filmore.
    Contents:
    Preface
    About the editors
    About the contributors
    Acknowledgments
    Foundations
    Developing competence in working with LGBTQI+ communities : awareness, knowledge, skills, and action / Misty M. Ginicola, Joel M. Filmore, and Cheri Smith
    The science of gender and affectional orientation / Misty M. Ginicola
    Counseling considerations and counseling strategies
    Developmental issues for LGBTQI+ people
    Growing up LGBTQI+ : the importance of developmental conceptualizations / Anneliese A. Singh, Kristopher M. Goodrich, Amney J. Harper, and Melissa Luke
    LGBTQI+ youth development / Melissa Luke, Amney J. Harper, Kristopher M. Goodrich, and Anneliese A. Singh
    LGBTQI+ persons in adulthood / Amy Moore-Ramirez, Melanie Kautzman-East, and Misty M. Ginicola
    Identity development, coming out, and family adjustment / Kristopher M. Goodrich and Misty M. Ginicola
    Physical and mental health challenges found in the LGBTQI+ population / Misty M. Ginicola, Joel M. Filmore, Cheri Smith, and Jahaan Abdullah
    Disaffirming therapy : the ascent and descent of sexual orientation change efforts / Peter Finnerty, Michael M. Kocet, Jeff Lutes, and Chad Yates
    Evidence based practice for counseling the lgbtqi+ population / Kristopher M. Goodrich and Misty M. Ginicola
    Affirmative, strength-based counseling with LGBTQI+ people / Peter Finnerty, Michael M. Kocet, Jeff Lutes, and Chad Yates
    Specialized populations
    Counseling lesbian clients / Cindy Anderton and Lindsay Woodbridge
    Counseling gay male clients / Misty M. Ginicola, Sam Sanabria, Joel M. Filmore, and Michael DeVoll
    Counseling bisexual/pansexual/polysexual clients / Misty M. Ginicola and Amney J. Harper
    Counseling transgender clients / Robyn Brammer and Misty M. Ginicola
    Counseling queer and genderqueer clients / Jeffry Moe, Jamie Bower, and Madeline Clark
    Counseling clients questioning their affectional orientation / Jared S. Rose and Eric R. Baltrinic
    Counseling intersex clients / Misty M. Ginicola
    Counseling asexual clients / Misty M. Ginicola and Angela Ruggiero
    Counseling two-spirit clients / Misty M. Ginicola
    Emerging issues
    Role of ethnicity
    Counseling a LGBTQI+ person of color / Joel M. Filmore and Misty M. Ginicola
    Counseling LGBTQI+ immigrants / David Barreto, Amy Moore-Ramirez, Melanie Kautzman-East, and Ryan Liberati
    Role of religion
    The role of religion and spirituality in counseling the LGBTQI+ client / Misty M. Ginicola, Brett H. Furth and Cheri Smith
    The grace model of counseling : navigating intersections of affectional orientation and Christian spirituality / R. Lewis Bozard, Jr., and Cody J. Sanders
    Working with LGBTQI+ clients who have experienced religious and spiritual abuse using a trauma informed approach / Misty M. Ginicola, Joel M. Filmore, and Michael Stokes
    Counselor advocacy
    Becoming an ally : personal, clinical, and school-based social justice interventions / Diane Estrada, Anneliese A. Singh, and Amney J. Harper
    Glossary of terms.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Aron Janssen, Scott Leibowitz, editors.
    Summary: This unique resource offers an in-depth, comprehensive look at different types of mental health needs of transgender and gender diverse youth, how these intersect with gender identity, gender expression, and sexual orientation, and provides practical information on how to ethically, responsibly, and sensitively care for these patients. Affirmative Mental Health Care for Transgender and Gender Diverse Youth: A Clinical Guide begins with three introductory chapters which contain practical information regarding assessment, psychological interventions, and the potential medical and surgical interventions that are indicated for youth with gender identity concerns. The remaining chapters are illustrated by multiple cases build around overarching chapter themes. Each case chapter opens with broad questions applicable to clinical practices, while the cases themselves focus on a particular co-occuring mental health condition. The case chapters are structured with intersectionality in mind, including elements of ethnic, racial, and cultural diversity, and the patients range over the full developmental spectrum, from pre-pubertal children to older adolescents. Chapter cases range in complexity as well, to provide readers with the tools they need to evaluate patients, and to assist in the decision of which presenting factors to prioritize in treatment at which time. Ending each chapter are clinical take-home messages, closing with additional practical knowledge that can be applied to other cases providers may see in their own practices. Written by expert clinicians in the field, Affirmative Mental Health Care for Transgender and Gender Diverse Youth: A Clinical Guide is an ideal resource not only for child and adolescent psychiatrists, but for clinicians across all mental health disciplines working with gender non-conforming youth, and who are interested in providing informed, affirmative, and intersectional care.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Affirming and Gender-Informed Assessment of Gender Diverse and/or Transgender Youth Across Development
    Chapter 2. Social Gender Transition and the Psychological Interventions
    Chapter 3. Transgender Adolescents and the Gender Affirming Interventions: Pubertal Suppression, Hormones, Surgery, and Other Pharmacological Interventions
    Chapter 4. Gender Dysphoria and Family Dynamics, and Culture: A Case Composite
    Chapter 5. The Gender Nonbinary Adolescent
    Chapter 6. "I'm Here to Get Taller and Because I Want to be a Boy": A Case of Down-Turner Mosaicism in a Prepubescent Gender-Nonconforming Child
    Chapter 7. Pre-pubertal Children with Gender Dysphoria: A Case to Illustrate the Management of Co-Occurring Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder and Disruptive Behavior Disorders
    Chapter 8. Gender Dysphoria and Autism Spectrum Disorders
    Chapter 9. Anxiety and Gender Dysphoria
    Chapter 10. Childhood Gender Nonconformity and Trauma Recovery in a Transgender Latina: A Retrospective Case Example
    Chapter 11. Depression and Gender Dysphoria
    Chapter 12. Gender Dysphoria and Psychotic Spectrum Disorders
    Chapter 13. Gender Dysphoria and Multiple Co-Occurring Psychiatric Issues: Compare and Contrast.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Harry P. Selker, June S. Wasser, editors.
    Summary: This book examines the landmark 2010 Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (ACA) from the perspective that health policy innovation is translational research directed at improving health. It delineates a new perspective about the creation and potential impact of the ACA and guides the development of health policy that is supported by best evidence that, in turn, transforms into practice, policy, and public benefit. Told by those involved in the creation and implementation of the ACA, the book reviews the history and impact of this ground-breaking legislation and recommends priorities, objectives, and next steps for translational research as the ACA is implemented. Featuring contributions from nationally renowned leaders in healthcare policy, this book adds to the public conversation about the ACA and its role in shaping health policy and contributes to a more realistic, nuanced, and productive understanding of this ground-breaking legislation by physicians, policy makers, and the public. It also provides a framework for next steps in continuing to improve U.S. health policy.

    Contents:
    Introduction: The Affordable Care Act as a National Experiment
    Objectives of the ACA
    Delivering on the Promise of the Affordable Care Act
    What We Got (and What Might Have Been): A Distinctively American Approach
    Commentary to Section II: Conducting the Experiment
    The Affordable Care Act as an Experiment: Data We Have, Expect to Have, and Should Have, from a Vermont Pilot Study
    The Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation: Its Purpose, Processes, and Desired Outcomes
    The Dream of a National Health Information Technology Infrastructure
    Results from a Massachusetts Pilot Study
    Commentary to Section III: Engaging the Public
    The Value Proposition for Individuals and the Public
    Messaging, Medicine, and Obamacare
    Commentary to Section IV: From Personal to Political to Policy: What Next?
    Supreme Court Review of the ACA and Political Gamesmanship
    Medicaid Expansion Challenges States
    Next Experiments in ACA Legislation and Policy
    Epilogue.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    DeLellis, Ronald A.; Gardner, William A.; Silverberg, Steven G.; Sobin, L. H.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD651 .A882
    20
  • Digital
    Abdalbasit Adam Mariod, editor.
    Summary: The harvesting, processing and consumption of edible insects is one of the main keys to the sustainability of food chains on the African continent. Insects are the largest and most successful group of animals on the planet and it is estimated that they comprise 80% of all animals. This makes edible insects extremely important to the future survival of large populations across Africa and the world. Insects offer a complete animal protein that includes all 9 essential amino acids and are very competitive with other protein sources. They are also a good source of beneficial unsaturated fats, and many insects have a perfect Omega 3:6 balance. African Edible Insects As Alternative Source of Food, Oil, Protein and Bioactive Components comprehensively outlines the importance of edible insects as food and animal feed and the processing of insects in Africa. The text also highlights indigenous knowledge of edible insects and shows the composition and nutritional value of these insects, plus presents reviews of current research and developments in this rapidly expanding field. All of the main types of edible insects are covered, including their nutritional value, chemical makeup, and harvesting and processing details. The various preparation technologies are covered for each insect, as are their individual sensory qualities and safety aspects. A key aspect of this work is its focus on the role of insects in edible oils and gelatins. Individual chapters focus on entomophagy in Africa and the various key aspects of the continent's growing edible insect consumption market. As it becomes increasingly clear that the consumption of insects will play a major role in the sustainability of food chains in Africa, this work can be used as a comprehensive and up-to-date singular source for researchers looking for a complete overview on this crucial topic.

    Contents:
    Importance of Insects as Food in Africa
    African Edible Insect Consumption Market
    Entomophagy In Africa
    Microbiology of African Edible Insects
    The food safety of edible insects
    Interdisciplinary Uses of Some Edible Species
    Sensory Quality of Edible Insects
    Automation of Insect Mass Rearing and Processing Technologies of Mealworms
    The legislative status of edible insects in the world
    Sorghum bug (Agonoscelis pubescens) as a source of edible oil, protein and gelatin
    Watermelon bug (Aspongopus viduatus) as a source of edible oil, protein and gelatin
    The Nutritional Composition of African Edible Acridians (Grasshoppers)
    Nutrient Composition of Black Soldier Fly, Hermetia illucens
    Production, Nutrient Composition and Bioactive Components of Crickets (Gryllidae) for Human Nutrition
    Nutrient composition and bioactive components of ants Oecophylla smaragdina Fabricius
    Nutrient Composition and Bioactive Components of the Migratory Locust (Locusta migratoria)
    Nutrient composition and bioactive components of Mopane worm (Gonimbrasia belina)
    Nutrient composition of desert locust (Schistocerca gregaria)
    Nutritional Value of Brood and Adult Workers of The Asia Honeybee Species Apis cerana and Apis dorsata
    Nutrient composition of Mealworm (Tenebrio molitor)
    Nutrient composition of Termites Adepoju, Oladejo Thomas
    Ethiopian Termites in the Human Diet: an Investigation into their nutritional profile
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA8 .A51
    4
  • Digital
    Nadia Owusu.
    Summary: "Nadia Owusu grew up all over the world--from Rome and London to Dar-es-Salaam and Kampala. When her mother abandoned her when she was two years old, the rejection caused Nadia to be confused about her identity. Even after her father died when she was thirteen and she was raised by her stepmother, she was unable to come to terms with who she was since she still felt motherless and alone. When Nadia went to university in America when she was eighteen she still felt as if she had so many competing personas that she couldn't keep track of them all without cracking under the pressure of trying to hold herself together. A powerful coming-of-age story that explores timely and universal themes of identity, Aftershocks follows Nadia's life as she hauls herself out of the wreckage and begins to understand that the only ground firm enough to count on is the one she writes into existence"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    First earthquake
    Resettlement registration form
    Foreshocks
    The blue chair
    Topography
    The blue chair
    Faults
    Mainshocks
    Faults
    The blue chair
    Aftershocks
    Mainshocks
    The blue chair
    Terraforming.
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    edited by Philippe Humbert, Ferial Fanian, Howard Maibach, Pierre Agache.
    Springer Nature Living Reference.
    Summary: Since the first edition of this book was published in 2004, to much acclaim, the pace of innovation in the field of skin metrology has increased and various new technologies have become available. This new, revised edition of Measuring the Skin reflects these advances by presenting the current theory and practice of noninvasive investigation and measurement of the skin and its appendices in health and disease. The first, extensive part of the book is devoted to the physiology and metrology of the various structural components of the skin. Skin functions and their measurement are then discussed in detail, with sections on mechanical protection, photoprotection, barrier function, immune function, thermoregulation, and sensory function. In addition, careful consideration is given to skin disease rating and skin maps, and a unique list of physical and biological constants and units is provided. Not only is Measuring the Skin the first comprehensive, practical handbook in this domain - it will also serve as a manual of skin physiology and collates anatomical, functional, and physical quantitative data that would otherwise be arduous to retrieve because of their dispersal throughout the literature. It will prove a valuable resource for dermatologists, cosmetologists, bioengineers, physiologists, pharmacists, and all others who deal with the skin in their work.

    Contents:
    Skin Structural Components
    Physiology and Metrology: Skin Surface. Epidermis. Dermis. Epidermal Appendages. Skin Vasculature. Subcutis
    Skin Functions and their Measurement: Mechanical Protection. Photoprotection. Barrier Function. Immune Function. Thermoregulation. Sensory Function
    Skin Maps
    Skin Disease Rating
    Skin Constants
    Physical Units
    Appendix
    Subject Index.
    Digital Access Springer Live 2022
    Continuously updated edition
  • Digital
    Philippe Humbert, Ferial Fanian, Howard I. Maibach, Pierre Agache, editors.
    Summary: Since the first edition of this book was published in 2004, to much acclaim, the pace of innovation in the field of skin metrology has increased and various new technologies have become available. This new, revised edition reflects these advances by presenting the current theory and practice of noninvasive investigation and measurement of the skin and its appendices in health and disease. The first, extensive part of this authoritative work is devoted to the physiology and metrology of the various structural components of the skin. Skin functions and their measurement are then discussed in detail, with sections on mechanical protection, photoprotection, barrier function, immune function, thermoregulation, and sensory function. In addition, careful consideration is given to skin disease rating and skin maps, and a unique list of physical and biological constants and units is provided. Not only is this new edition the first comprehensive, practical handbook in this domain – it will also serve as a manual of skin physiology and collates anatomical, functional, and physical quantitative data that would otherwise be arduous to retrieve because of their dispersal throughout the literature. It will prove a valuable resource for dermatologists, cosmetologists, bioengineers, physiologists, pharmacists, and all others who deal with the skin in their work.

    Contents:
    Skin Structural Components
    Physiology and Metrology: Skin Surface. Epidermis. Dermis. Epidermal Appendages. Skin Vasculature. Subcutis
    Skin Functions and their Measurement: Mechanical Protection. Photoprotection. Barrier Function. Immune Function. Thermoregulation. Sensory Function
    Skin Maps
    Skin Disease Rating
    Skin Constants
    Physical Units
    Appendix
    Subject Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    Crystal R. Emery.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    R692 .E44 2015
    1
  • Digital
    David Alfandre, editor.
    Summary: "This first-of-its-kind text provides a multidisciplinary overview of a significant problem in hospital-based healthcare: patients who decline inpatient medical care and leave the hospital against medical advice (AMA). Compared to standard hospital discharges, AMA discharges are associated with worse health and health services outcomes. Patients discharged AMA have been found to have disproportionately higher rates of substance use, psychiatric illness, and report stigmatization and reduced access to care. By providing a far reaching examination of AMA discharges for a wide academic and clinical audience, the book serves as a reference for clinical care, research, and the development of professional guidelines and institutional policy. The book provides both a broad overview of AMA discharges with chapters on the epidemiology, ethical and legal aspects, as well as social science perspectives. For clinicians in the disciplines of hospital medicine, pediatrics, emergency medicine, nursing, and psychiatry, the book also provides a patient-centered analysis of the problem, case-based discussions, and a discussion of best practices. This comprehensive review of AMA discharges and health care quality will interest physicians and other health care professionals, social workers, hospital administrators, quality and risk managers, clinician-educators, and health services researchers."--Back cover.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Alessandro Plebani, Vassilios Lougaris, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an updated overview of agammaglobulinemia, a rare form of primary immunodeficiency which is considered the prototype of the congenital humoral defects, and which is characterized by the absence of peripheral B cells and very low serum immunoglobulin levels. The book opens by discussing the highly orchestrated early B cell development in the bone marrow and the genes involved based on both human and animal models. The pathogenesis and clinical presentation of X-linked agammaglobulinemia, caused by mutations in the BTK (Bruton's tyrosine kinase) gene, are then presented in detail, followed by descriptions of the clinical manifestations and molecular basis of the less frequent autosomal recessive and autosomal dominant forms of agammaglobulinemia. Patients' management in terms of respiratory complications, gammaglobulin replacement therapy and the potential value of novel experimental therapeutic strategies are discussed. The book's closing chapters offer a comprehensive and updated description of mutations in the BTK gene, and the expression and function of BTK in cells other than B cells.

    Contents:
    Early B Cell Biology
    Agammaglobulinemia: Basic Pathogenesis and Clinical Spectrum (Including X-Linked and Autosomal Recessive Forms)
    Pulmonary Complications in Agammaglobulinemia
    Immunoglobulin Replacement Therapy: Past, Present, Future
    Mutational Spectrum of BTK: A Comprehensive Description
    Novel Therapeutic Options for X-Linked Agammaglobulinemia
    BTK in Non B Cells.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    Henry A. Kissinger, Eric Schmidt, Daniel Huttenlocher ; with Schuyler Schouten.
    Summary: "Artificial Intelligence (AI) is transforming human society in fundamental and profound ways. Not since the Age of Reason have we changed how we approach security, economics, order, and even knowledge itself. In the Age of AI, three deep and accomplished thinkers come together to consider what AI will mean for us all."

    Contents:
    Where we are
    How we got here: technology and human thought
    From Turing to today-and beyond
    Global network platforms
    Security and world order
    AI and human identity
    AI and the future
    Afterword: a new reality.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    New Books Shelf (Duck Room)
    Q335 .K577 2022
    1
  • Digital
    Weiye Li.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Emily Y. Chew, Anand Swaroop, editors.
    Summary: This edited book focuses on the recent advances in our understanding of age-related macular degeneration (AMD), combining epidemiology and clinical diagnosis, with genetics and immunological aspects as well as the role of proteostasis and mitochondria before diving into new therapies including stem cell based approaches. AMD is a leading cause of largely incurable blindness worldwide and projected to double from 2.07 million to 5.44 million individuals by 2050 in the United States. Globally, 288 million individuals are projected to have AMD by 2040. The disease has enormous socioeconomic impact on the affected individuals, their families and the society. This book will bring together the state of the art basic science knowledge with clinically relevant findings and address the challenges for future research in AMD. The intersection of different disciplines will provide potential areas for further investigations to reduce the burden of blindness from AMD. This book offers an appealing and insightful resource for clinicians, scientists, students and fellows.

    Contents:
    1. Age-Related Macular Degeneration: Epidemiology and Clinical Aspects
    2. Ocular Imaging for Enhancing the Understanding, Assessment, and Management of Age-Related Macular Degeneration
    3. Histopathology of Age-Related Macular Degeneration and Implications for Pathogenesis and Therapy
    4. Bruchs Membrane and the Choroid in Age-Related Macular Degeneration
    5. Innate Immunity in Age-Related Macular Degeneration
    6. Immunological Aspects of Age-Related Macular Degeneration
    7. AMD Genetics: Methods and Analyses for Association, Progression, and Prediction
    8. Making Biological Sense of Genetic Studies of Age-Related Macular Degeneration
    Age-Related Macular Degeneration: From Epigenetics to Therapeutic Implications
    10. Mitochondria: The Retinas Achilles Heel in AMD
    11. Cell-Based Therapies for Age-Related Macular Degeneration
    12. Current Management of Age-Related Macular Degeneration.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Paul Higgs, Chris Gilleard.
    Summary: "Groundbreaking exploration of the sociology of dementia -- with contributions from distinguished international scholars and practitioners. Organised around the four themes of personhood, care, social representations and social differentiation, Ageing, Dementia and the Social Mind provides a critical look at how modern concepts and assumptions regarding dementia can benefit from sociology and other disciplines. This collection addresses the gaps in our sociological knowledge of dementia and provides a forum for the development of new themes and perspectives within the health social sciences. This important work breaks new ground in giving specific attention to the social and cultural dimensions of responses to dementia"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Ageing, dementia and the social mind: past, present and future perspectives / Paul Higgs, Chris Gilleard
    Relational citizenship: supporting embodied selfhood and relationality in dementia care / Pia Kontos, Karen-Lee Miller, Alexis P Kontos
    Shifting dementia discourses from deficit to active citizenship / Linda Birt, Fiona Poland, Emese Csipke, Georgina Charlesworth
    Narrative collisions, sociocultural pressures and dementia: the relational basis of personhood reconsidered / Edward Tolhurst, Bernhard Weicht, Paul Kingston
    Power, empowerment, and person-centred care: using ethnography to examine the everyday practice of unregistered dementia care staff / Kezia Scales, Simon Bailey, Joanne Middleton, Justine Schneider
    Institutionalising senile dementia in 19th-century Britain / Emily Stella Andrews
    Dichotomising dementia: is there another way? / Patricia Mc Parland, Fiona Kelly, Anthea Innes
    When walking becomes wandering: representing the fear of the fourth age / Katherine Brittain, Cathrine Degnen, Grant Gibson, Claire Dickinson, Louise Robinson
    Re-imagining dementia in the fourth age: the ironic fictions of Alice Munro / Marlene Goldman
    Social class, dementia and the fourth age / Ian Rees Jones
    Precarity in late life: rethinking dementia as a 'frailed' old age / Amanda Grenier, Liz Lloyd, Chris Phillipson.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Valquiria Bueno, Janet M. Lord, Thomas A. Jackson, editors.
    Summary: The present book intends to provide an update on immunosenescence and how deficiencies in the immune system contribute to a higher susceptibility to infections, decline in organ function, reduced vaccination responses, age-related disease and the ageing process itself, negatively affecting longevity. Our focus is on the main changes in immune system cells and their products occurring during the ageing process and the possible consequences for health and disease. This includes: discussion of the modulatory and/or suppressive mechanisms associated with the alterations in T regulatory cells, B regulatory cells and Myeloid Derived Suppressor cells; changes in the immune system observed in chronic neurodegenerative diseases, cancer, lung disease and frailty will also be discussed. Most importantly we provide recent literature information about possible interventions (focusing on physical activity) that could alleviate the negative effects of immunosenescence. The Ageing Immune System and Health is a comprehensive guide on the field intended to all physicians, researchers, professors and students interested on relationship between immune system, ageing and health. .

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Innate Immune Response and Ageing (neutrophils, monocytes, dendritic cells, DAMPs, PAMPs
    3. Adaptive Immune Response and Aging (T and B lymphocytes, naïve, effector and memory phenotypes and functions)
    4. Modulatory/Suppressive Cells and Ageing (T regulatory cells, B regulatory cells, Myeloid Derived Suppressor Cells, Modulatory Neutrophils, M1 and M2 macrophages)
    5. Mucosal Immune System and Ageing
    6. Epigenetics and Ageing
    7. Cancer and Ageing
    8. Infections/Vaccination and Ageing
    9. Cytomegalovirus and immmunosenescence
    10. Frailty and Ageing
    11. Inflammation and Neurodegenerative Diseases and Ageing
    12. Effects of chronic inflammatory diseases (chronic kidney disease, rheumatoid arthritis, crohns disease etc) on the ageing of the immune system
    13. Interventions in Elderly focusing Immunosenescence (physical activity, nutrition, supplements).
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Rosalie Hudson.
    Summary: Spending the final chapter of your life in a nursing home is considered, by many, a fate worse than death. Others, however, have found that through enlightened, imaginative care even the frailest of lives can flourish. The key to such a transformation is to replace the constricting custodial centres of the past with a more informed, research-based approach. This book is timely, responding to evidence of the urgent need for change described in the Australian Royal Commission into Aged Care Quality and Safety Final Report: Care, Dignity and Respect and its predecessor subtitled Neglect. In this book, the author proposes a model of care that places the whole person at its centre, sidestepping the constraints of a reductionist funding model that focusses on residents' deficits and the proprietors financial gain. Aged care requires a comprehensive research-based guide to fulfil this aim. Narratives are included throughout the book to reinforce the fact that nursing home care is about individual residents and their unique lives. Topics explored in various chapters include: Ageing in a Changing Community Social, Gerontological Care A Palliative Approach Community Expectations Ageing in a Nursing Home: Foundations for Care takes a realistic approach that draws on contemporary research and narratives from the unique lives of older Australians who, despite their frailty, teach us how to care. Such knowledge informs and influences their future. The book is a resource intended for all who have a stake in the provision of best practice residential aged care, and all who benefit from such care. Its academic appeal will include those who design and teach courses in aged care: gerontology, general practice medicine, nursing, attendant care, allied health, and chaplaincy. Academics and teachers will find useful, well-referenced material for their courses, together with ample scope for researchers.

    Contents:
    Ageing in a changing community
    Communication: the key to care
    Social, gerontological care
    Dementia challenges
    A palliative approach
    Death and dying
    Leadership
    Community expectations.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Subas Dhakal, Alan Nankervis, John Burgess, editors.
    Summary: This book demonstrates that there are wide-ranging potential challenges in addressing issues associated with ageing populations in both developed and developing countries of the region. This book brings together local, national and regional perspectives on the ageing population and sustainable development nexus in selected countries in the Asia Pacific region. The countries selected in this book include a mix of developed and developing economies that all reflect strong trade, investment and migration linkages. While the Asia Pacific region is forecast to enjoy high growth in the coming decade, a recurring common policy challenge is addressing the demographic time bomb posed by ageing populations and workforces (Montague et al., 2017). Consequently, this book focuses on strategic policies and practices of multiple stakeholders, primarily: governments, industry and education systems, together with, the range of aged care services providers in more effectively addressing these key socio-economic challenges associated with the ageing population for sustainable development.

    Contents:
    Part I Context and Setting the Scene
    Chapter 1 Population Ageing: Challenges in the Asia Pacific and Beyond
    Chapter 2 Addressing the Challenges of Ageing: Global Perspectives on Policies and Practices
    Chapter 3 A Bibliometric Analysis of Ageing Literature: Global and Asia-Pacific Trends
    Part II Country Case Studies
    Chapter 4 Ageing, work, care in Australia: Progress and prospects in meeting Sustainable Development Goals of inclusive growth and gender equality
    Chapter 5 Bridging the gap in social infrastructure for the ageing population in Bangladesh
    Chapter 6 Ageing population and sustainable development: Evidence from China
    Chapter 7 Sustainable development Goals and Ageing: Status, Challenges, and Strategies for Policy Implications for India
    Chapter 8 Financial Stability or Instability in their Golden Years: An Analysis of the Financial Preparedness of Malaysians
    Chapter 9 Ageing Population, the Poverty Nexus and Wellbeing of Elderly in Mauritius
    Chapter 10 Ageing and Health Agenda for Nepal: Challenges and Policy Responses for Sustainable Development
    Chapter 11 Recalibrating Social Protection for an Ageing Singapore
    Chapter 12 Population ageing and societal inequalities: the case of Taiwan
    Chapter 13 Ageing, work-life and lifestyle: Reflections from Thailand
    Part III Comparative Analysis and Conclusion
    Chapter 14 Comparative Analysis of Countries Ageing Challenges & Policies.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Emil F. Coccaro and Michael S. McCloskey.
    Summary: Based on the latest research, Aggression: Clinical Features and Treatment Across the Diagnostic Spectrum is designed to aid mental health practitioners in identifying and treating aggression in diverse patient presentations.

    Contents:
    Nature and psychobiology of intermittent explosive disorder / Emil F. Coccaro, Royce Lee, and Michael S. McCloskey
    Treatment of intermittent explosive disorder / Michael S. McCloskey, Martha K. Fahlgren, and Emil F. Coccaro
    Aggression in autism and other developmental disorders / Laura C. Politte, Sarah E. Fitzpatrick, and Craig Erikson
    Aggression in disruptive behavioral disorders beginning in childhood / Beth Krone, Iliyan Ivanov, and Jeffrey Newcorn
    Aggression in primary psychotic disorders / Leslie Citrome, and Jan Volavka
    Aggression in bipolar disorder / Susan L. McElroy, Brian E. Martens, and Paul E. Keck, Jr
    Aggression in unipolar mood disorders / Maurizio Fava, and Ellen Leibenluft
    Aggression in anxiety disorders / Emily B. O'Day, M.A. and Richard G. Heimberg
    Aggression and its relationship to obsessive compulsive disorder / Jon E. Grant and Samuel R. Chamberlain
    Aggression in posttraumatic stress disorder / Jennifer R. Fanning
    Aggression in eating disorders / Karen M. Jennings, Lindsay P. Bodell, and Jennifer E. Wildes
    Aggression and alcohol use disorders / Caroline W. Grant, and David T. George
    Aggression and substance use disorders / Rachel R. Gunn, Kyle R. Gerst, and Daniel J. Fridberg
    Aggression in personality disorders / Royce J. Lee
    Legal and forensic aspects of aggression / Michael Greenage, and Robert L Trestman.
  • Digital
    Georg Lenz, Gilles Salles, editors.
    Summary: This book summarizes current knowledge of the biology and molecular pathogenesis of aggressive lymphomas and reviews the state of the art in diagnostic and therapeutic strategies. The aim is both to provide the reader with a sound understanding of the very significant progress that has been achieved in the understanding and management of these malignancies over recent years and to facilitate appropriate choice of the therapeutic strategy in individual cases. The assessment of different prognostic parameters are clearly presented in order to permits effective risk stratification that impacts on treatment choice. Recent insights into lymphomagenesis are exemplified and may assist in identifying emerging therapeutic targets. The comprehensive and up-to-date nature of the book will make it an ideal reference for all physicians and researchers interested in lymphoma, including clinicians from various medical specialties, biologists, pathologists, radiologists and nuclear medicine specialist, as well as students.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology, pathology and molecular pathogenesis
    Standard of care of aggressive lymphomas
    Future directions in aggressive lymphomas.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    volume editors, Ladislas Robert, Tamas Fülöp.
    Contents:
    The Commitment of human cells to senescence / R. Holliday
    Evolutionary theories of aging can explain why we age / E. Le Bourg
    Control of cell replication during aging / A. Macieira-Coelho
    Cell senescence : role in aging and age-related diseases / J. Campisi, L. Robert,
    Aging of cell membranes : facts and theories / I. Zs.-Nagy
    Oxidative stress, mitochondrial dysfunction, and the mitochondria theory of aging / Y. Kong, S.E. Trabucco, H. Zhang
    Aging of connective tissues : experimental facts and theoretical considerations / J. Labat-Robert, L. Robert
    Aging of cell communication : loss of receptor function / L. Robert, T. Fulop
    On the immunological theory of aging / T. Fulop, J.M. Witkowski, G. Pawelec, C. Alan, A. Larbi
    Aging of the brain, dementias, role of infectious proteins : facts and theories / F. Morinet
    Aging as alteration / P.-A. Miquel
    Longevity and its regulation : centenarians and beyond / L. Robert, T. Fulop.
    Digital Access Karger 2014
  • Print
    Danon, D.; Marois, M.; Shock, Nathan W.
    Contents:
    v. 1. Biology / edited by D. Danon, N.W. Shock, and M. Marois
    v. 2. Medicine / edited by A.J.J. Gilmore, A. Svanborg, M. Marois. Social sciences and social policy / edited by Walter M. Beattie, Jr., Jerzy Piotrowski, M. Marois
    v. 3. Behavioural sciences / edited by James E. Birren ... [et al.]. Conclusions and perspectives / edited by Maurice Marois.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    QP86 .A3588
    3
  • Digital
    edited by Richard Pak, Anne Collins McLaughlin.
    Summary: Aging, Health and Technology takes a problem-centered approach to examine how older adults use technology for health. It examines the many ways in which technology is being used by older adults, focusing on challenges, solutions and perspectives of the older user. Using aging-health technology as a lens, the book examines issues of technology adoption, basic human factors, cognitive aging, mental health, aging and usability, privacy, trust and automation. Each chapter takes a case study approach to summarize lessons learned from unique examples that can be applied to similar projects, while also providing general information about older adults and technology.

    Contents:
    1. Rethinking technology development for older adults: a responsible research and innovation duty
    2. Challenges associated with online health information seeking among older adults
    3. Improving older adults' comprehension and use of patient portal-based health information
    4. Bringing older drivers up to speed with technology: cognitive changes, training, and advances in transportation technology
    5. Technological supports to increase nature contact for older adults
    6. Design and development of an automated fall risk assessment system for older adults
    7. Checking-in with my friends: results from an in-situ deployment of peer-to-peer aging in place technologies
    8. Enhancing social engagement of older adults through technnology
    9. Virtual cognitive training in healthy aging and mild cognitive impairment
    10. Social agents for aging-in-place: a focus on health education and communication
    11. Design of human centered augmented reality for managing chronic health conditions
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Zhao Wang, editor.
    Summary: "This book provides an overview of recent advances in the study of aging and aging related diseases, discussing the topics at individual, organ, tissue, cell, and molecular levels. It also presents studies on the biomarkers of aging and anti-aging interventions. Aging has been becoming a global health problem. However it was not possible to determine aging as we usually diagnose a disease because there are few biomarkers for age estimation. Since ancient times, people have been seeking anti-aging substances and methods for achieving immortality, while the scientific study of aging has only existed for 100 years. This book appeals to researchers both in institutes and in pharmaceutical companies interested in further studies in this field"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Systems biology in aging research / Xian Xia, Jing-Dong J. Han
    Circular RNA in aging and age-related diseases / Deying Yang, Katie Yang, Mingyao Yang
    Noncoding RNAs in cardiovascular aging / Yongqin Li, Yujiao Zhu, Guoping Li, Junjie Xiao
    Epigenetic regulation of vascular aging and age-related vascular diseases / Yang-Nan Ding, Xiaoqiang Tang, Hou-Zao Chen, De-Pei Liu
    Apoe and neurodegenerative diseases in aging / Yuemiao Yin, Zhao Wang
    Brain aging: HSP90 and neurodegenerative diseases / Kun Wang, Yu Shang, Fei Dou
    Aging of human adult stem cells / Han Xie, Shouliang Zhao, Shangfeng Liu
    Mechanisms of hematopoietic stem cell ageing and targets for hematopoietic tumour prevention / Min Liao, Jianwei Wang
    Microbiota and aging / Maoyang Lu, Zhao Wang
    Intestinal homeostasis and longevity: Drosophila gut feeling / Xiaolan Fan, Uma Gaur, Mingyao Yang
    Aging kidney and aging-related disease / Zhongchi Li, Zhao Wang
    Aging of the bone / Yu Wei, Yao Sun
    Ovarian aging and osteoporosis / Liyuan Li, Zhao Wang
    Biomarkers of aging / Xiaojuan Bai
    Pharmaceutical intervention of aging / Minxian Qian, Baohua Liu
    Application of stem cell technology in antiaging and aging-related diseases / Yanqiu Yu
    Which is the most reasonable anti-aging strategy: meta-analysis / Yaru Liang, Zhao Wang
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    volume editors, Anatoliy I. Yashin, Durham, NC, Michal Jazwinsk, New Orleans, La.
    Contents:
    Introduction to the theory of aging networks / Witten, T.M.
    Applications to aging networks / Wimble, C., Witten, T.M.
    Computational systems biology for aging research / Auley, M.T., Mooney, K.M.
    How does the body know how old it is? Introducing the epigenetic clock hypothesis / Mitteldorf, J.
    The great evolutionary divide : two genomic systems biologies of aging / Rose, M.R., Cabral, I.G., Philips, M.A., Rutledge, G.A., Phung, K.H., Mueller, L.D., Greer, L.F.
    Development and aging : two opposite but complementary phenomena / Feltes, B.C., De Faria Poloni, J., Bonatto, D.
    Aging as a process of deficit accumulation : its utility and origin / Mitnitski, A., Rockwood, K.
    Low-grade systemic inflammation connects aging, metabolic syndrome and cardiovascular disease / Guarner, V., Rubio-Ruiz, M.E.
    Modulating mTOR in aging and health / Johnson, S.C., Sangesland, M., Kaeberlein, M., Rabinovitch, P.
    Melatonin and circadian oscillators in aging : a dynamic approach to the multiply connected players / Hardeland, R.
    Diet-microbiota-health interactions in older subjects : implications for healthy aging / Lynch, D.B., Jeffery, I.B., Cusack, S., O'Connor, E.M., O'Toole, P.W.
    Systems biology approaches in aging research / Chauhan, A., Liebal, U.W., Vera, J., Baltrusch, S., Junghanss, C., Tiedge, M., Fuellen, G., Wolkenhauer, O., Köhling, R.
    Conservative growth hormone/IGF-1 and mTOR signaling pathways as a target for aging and cancer prevention : do we really have an antiaging drug? / Anisimov, V.N.
    Digital Access Karger 2015
  • Digital
    Bodh I. Jugdutt, editor.
    Summary: This book synthesizes the major research advances in molecular, biochemical, and translational aspects of aging and heart failure over the last four decades and addresses future directions in management and drug discovery. It presents clinical issues and molecular mechanisms related to heart failure, including the changing demographics in the aging population with heart failure; hypertension and prevention of diastolic heart failure in the aging population; polypharmacy and adverse drug reactions in the aging population with heart failure; changes in the heart that accompany advancing age from humans to molecules; aging-associated alterations in myocardial inflammation and fibrosis; and aging-related changes in mitochondrial function and implications for heart failure therapy. The book succinctly summarizes the large volume of data on these key topics and highlights novel pathways that need to be explored. Featuring contributions from leading clinician-scientists, Aging and Heart Failure: Mechanisms and Management is an authoritative resource on the major clinical issues in heart failure therapy in the elderly for cardiologists, gerontologists, and internists.

    Contents:
    Changing demographics of the aging population with heart failure and implications for therapy
    Biology of aging and implications for heart failure therapy and prevention
    Hypertension and prevention of diastolic heart failure in the aging population
    Aging and optimal therapy of systolic heart failure in the elderly
    Atrial fibrillation and heart failure in the aging population
    Optimizing therapy of heart failure in the aging population with monitoring in clinics
    Cardiac alterations in aging, hypertension and diastolic heart failure
    Polypharmacy and adverse drug reactions in the aging population with heart failure
    Aging-related changes in vascular biology and implications for heart failure therapy in the aging population
    Biomarkers and optimal management of heart failure in the aging population
    Benefits of Exercise in the elderly
    The RAAS in heart failure: an update on clinical trials and opportunities for therapy
    Aging and diastolic dysfunction {u2013} the interplay of inflammation and extracellular matrix regulation
    Reperfusion and vasodilator therapy in elderly patients with STEMI and heart failure. Improving outcomes
    Erythropoietin therapy for heart failure
    Role of resistin in heart failure in the elderly
    Role of coronary artery calcium in cardiovascular risk stratification and management in the aging population
    Aging-and remodeling of the RAS and RAAS and related pathways. Implications for heart failure therapy
    Aging and right ventricular failure from pulmonary hypertension: Effect of right ventricular and pulmonary artery remodeling
    Biomarkers of cardiovascular aging
    Changes in the heart that accompany advancing age: Humans to molecules
    Aging-related changes in cell death and cell survival pathways and implications for heart failure therapy
    Aging-related changes in telomeres and telomerases and implications for heart failure therapy
    Aging associated alterations in myocardial inflammation and fibrosis: pathophysiological perspectives and clinical implications
    Aging-related changes in extracellular matrix: implications for ventricular remodeling following myocardial infarction
    Calcium handling defects and changes in cardiac function in the aging heart
    Integrins: Implications for aging in heart failure therapy
    Adipokines as novel biomarkers in aging and heart failure
    Aging-related changes in cellular and molecular mechanisms of post-infarction remodeling. Implications for heart failure therapy
    Aging-related changes in mitochondrial function and implication for heart failure therapy
    Regulation of SERCA via oxidative modifications: Implications for the pathophysiology of diastolic dysfunction in the aging heart
    SMP-30 and aging-related cardiac remodeling and heart failure.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Daniel L. Segal, Sara Honn Qualls, and Michael A. Smyer.
    Contents:
    Introduction. Mental Health and Aging
    Basic Gerontology for Working with Older Adults
    Psychological Bases of Positive Mental Health
    Models of Mental Health in Later Life. Models of Mental Health in Later Life
    Psychodynamic Model / Lacey Edwards
    Cognitive-Behavioral Model
    Stress and Coping Model
    Family Systems Model
    Summary and Commentary
    Introduction to Mental Disorders. Introduction to Mental Disorders
    Cognitive Impairment and Neurocognitive Disorders
    Major Depression and Bipolar Disorder
    Serious Mental Disorders in Older Adults / Stephen J Bartels, Karen L Fortuna, John A Naslund
    Anxiety Disorders, Hoarding Disorder, and Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder
    Sexual Disorders, Sleep Disorders, and Chronic Pain
    Substance-Related Disorders and Personality Disorders
    Settings and Contexts of Mental Health. Settings and Contexts of Mental Health
    Health Services Delivery Systems
    Housing, Social Services, and Mental Health
    Family and Friend Relationships, and Caregiving
    Ethical Issues in Work with Older Adults.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    Ronan M. Factora, editor.
    Summary: Increasingly, we hear of more and more elders falling victim to financial exploitation. Although this form of elder abuse has been recognized for years, its incidence, prevalence, and impact on the common individual has been only more recently brought to the spotlight. Despite these circumstances, recognition of risk factors and indicators of financial exploitation are not widely disseminated. Additionally, once situations are identified and confronted, the knowledge of what to do next is lacking. These gaps are present within the medical community, law-enforcement, and the finance community ? areas where opportunities for recognition and intervention are common. Our elders often have no idea of what to do when they see their own risk or when they fall victim. Aging and Money: Reducing Risk of Financial Exploitation and Protecting Financial Resources helps clinicians to integrate identification of such indicators of abuse into their geriatric assessment as well as guide them in performing an assessment of an individuals? financial decision-making capacity when appropriate. Aging and Money: Reducing Risk of Financial Exploitation and Protecting Financial Resources is an essential new text that provides the practicing clinician with information on identifying risk factors and clinical clues associated with financial exploitation and how to incorporate these steps into their practice.

    Contents:
    Financial exploitation of the elderly: Review of the epidemic? its victims, national impact and legislative solutions
    One Piece of the Puzzle ? Financial Exploitation and Elder Abuse
    Barriers to Recognition
    Financial Abuse of the Elderly
    Risk Factors
    Screening Older Patients for Risk Factors Associated with Financial Exploitation
    Clinical Assessment of Financial Decision Making Capacity
    Next Steps: Documentation and Accessing Community Healthcare Resources
    Financial Exploitation ? The Legal Perspective
    Financial and Legal Methods to Protect Individuals from Financial Exploitation
    Critical Documents Associated with Aging: An Organized Guide to Personal Files
    Who Can You Turn To ? the Role of Adult Protective Services (APS) and Other Community Resources
    Being the Advocate ? Disseminating Knowledge About Financial Exploitation to the Community
    Future Directions: Public Policy and Advocacy.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Ronan M. Factora, editor.
    Summary: This book aims to disseminate and share knowledge about financial exploitation of elders with the purpose of protecting those individuals in our society who are most vulnerable to financial abuse and mistreatment. It instructs practicing clinicians in identification of risk factors, recognition of signs, and implementation of screening methods to protect their patients. This updated edition expands upon and advances the earlier text by including the most recent research and methods used to assess risk of financial exploitation, as well as updates in how the law approaches such cases. It also highlights ways in which community awareness can aid in identifying those most at risk, effectively protecting the elderly community, advocating for those victimized, and pursuing perpetrators to the fullest extent of the law. Professionals from law enforcement, medical clinics, financial institutions, and the legal field are now tasked with acting on suspected situations thanks to increasing recognition of financial abuse and mistreatment of an aging population. This book also guides professionals on how to discuss this information with potential victims. This second edition of Aging and Money expands the knowledge base to highlight the perspectives of different disciplines including professionals in medicine, law, the financial industry, and social services who play an important role in investigating and preventing financial abuse of the elderly.

    Contents:
    Financial Exploitation: Facts and figures
    One Piece of the puzzle-Financial Exploitation and Elder Abuse
    Why We Don't See or Do More
    Barriers to Recognition and Action
    Risk Factors: the Individual and the Caregiver
    Screening for Financial Exploitation in Clinical Settings
    Clinical Assessment of Financial Decision-Making Capacity
    Next Steps: Documentation and Accessing Community Resources
    Financial Exploitation-the Legal Perspective
    Legal Barriers in Investigating Financial Exploitation
    Being the Advocate-Disseminating Knowledge about Financial Exploitation to the Community
    Documents Associated with Aging
    Financial and Legal Methods to Protect Your Assets
    Who Can You Run To
    the Role of Adult Protective Services and Other Community Resources
    Future Directions: Public Policy and Advocacy.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Carmen García-Peña, Luis Miguel Gutiérrez Robledo, Mario Ulises Pérez-Zepeda, editors.
    Summary: This is the second edition of a well received book that reviews classical epidemiological and clinical research designs, with a specific focus on aging. Chapters cover basic topics like the scientific method, ethics, and the consequences of certain exclusion criteria. The work also includes a look at clinical concepts like multimorbidity, frailty and functionality. New material includes chapters such as geroscience, health systems research, big data and data mining, financing and future of aging research. The authors reveal the issues and challenges for researchers of age and aging, and also consider, from basic to clinical, and from clinical to public policies of social and health care. The focus on aging is what gives this book its valuable perspective on research methodology. All authors have considerable experience in aging, geriatrics or gerontology, and each chapter includes both a theoretical framework and practical examples of studies in aging. Readers will discover study designs that are reviewed for basic structure, main flaws and advantages, and are analyzed for specific conditions and variables regarding aging. This text is suited to both health care professionals caring for older adults, and researchers who are new to research in aging. It is relevant across the disciplines, including medicine, psychology, social sciences and dentistry, and it supports learning with graphs and figures.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Kiyoshi Makiyama, Shigeru Hirano, editors.
    Summary: "This book discusses the aging voice, one of the interesting issues related to aging. Population aging is an issue in most developed countries, where both physicians and specialists are required to improve clinical and scientific practice for elderly adults. In particular, the need for expertise in the diagnosis and treatment of aging voice pathologies is increasing continually. New developments in regenerative medicine have taken care for the aging voice to new level, and the contributors to this book use their wealth of experience in the field of the aging voice to present the latest advances in this field. This book is a unique resource, providing new perspectives for physicians, clinicians and health care workers who are interested in the aging voice."--Back cover.

    Contents:
    Overview / Shigeru Hirano
    Age-Related Histological Changes of the Vocal Folds / Masanobu Mizuta
    Age-Related Changes in the Human Voice / Hideki Kasuya and Hajime Yoshida
    Evaluation of Phonatory Function in the Elderly / Hiroumi Matsuzaki and Kiyoshi Makiyama
    Clinical Assessment of Elderly Vocal Folds by Laryngoscopy / Yoichiro Sugiyama
    Quantitative Analysis of High-Speed Digital Imaging for the Elderly / Akihito Yamauchi and Niro Tayama
    Collagen Injection for the Elderly with Dysphonia / Hiroumi Matsuzaki and Kiyoshi Makiyama
    Fat Injection for Voice Improvement in Atrophic Vocal Folds / Etsuyo Tamura
    Voice Therapy for the Elderly / Mami Kaneko
    Current Topics in Regenerative Medicine for the Laryngeal Tissues / Yo Kishimoto
    Future Prospects / Shigeru Hirano and Shin-ichi Kanemaru.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Jean Galiana, William A. Haseltine.
    Summary: This open access book outlines the challenges of supporting the health and wellbeing of older adults around the world and offers examples of solutions designed by stakeholders, healthcare providers, and public, private and nonprofit organizations in the United States. The solutions presented address challenges including: providing person-centered long-term care, making palliative care accessible in all healthcare settings and the home, enabling aging-in-place, financing long-term care, improving care coordination and access to care, delivering hospital-level and emergency care in the home and retirement community settings, merging health and social care, supporting people living with dementia and their caregivers, creating communities and employment opportunities that are accessible and welcoming to those of all ages and abilities, and combating the stigma of aging. The innovative programs of support and care in Aging Well serve as models of excellence that, when put into action, move health spending toward a sustainable path and greatly contribute to the well-being of older adults.

    Contents:
    Demographics
    Healthcare in the United States
    Long-term care financing
    Person-centered long-term care
    Home-based palliative care and aging in place and community
    Coordinated primary care
    Emergency medicine and hospital care in the home and community
    Support for those living with dementia and their caregivers
    Merging health and social services
    Purpose and inclusion
    Eight lessons for social inclusion and high-quality sustainable care.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Fernando López-Valdez, Fabián Fernández-Luqueño, editors.
    Summary: Nanobiotechnology in agriculture is a new knowledge area that offers novel possibilities to achieve high productivity levels at manageable costs during the production and merchandising of crops. This book shows us how we can use the cutting-edge knowledge about agriculture, nanotechnology, and biotechnology to increase the agricultural productivity and shape a sustainable future in order to increase the social welfare in rural areas and preserve the environmental health. Specialists from several countries will provide their feedback on a range of relevant topics such as environment-friendly use of nanofertilisers, nanodevices, nano-food packaging, nanocoating and nanocarriers and their relationship with the modern agriculture.

    Contents:
    Part I. Agronanobiotechnology, an introduction to nanoparticles: Use of agronanobiotechnology in the agro-food industry to preserve environmental health and improve the welfare of farmers
    Design and production of nanofertilizers
    Part II. Fertiliszers and plant nutrients on germination, growth and development of crops: Nanofertilizers and their controlled delivery of nutrients
    Incorporation of nanoparticles into plant nutrients : the real benefits
    Effects of nanoparticles on germination, growth, and plant crop development
    Effect of nanoparticles on the growth and development of crops for indoor agriculture applications
    Part III. Improving the soil and water quality: Nanomaterials : new agrotechnology tools to improve soil quality?
    Agronanobiotechnologies to improve the water quality in irrigation systems
    Part IV. Environmental topics: Effects of nanoparticles on plants, earthworms, and microorganisms
    Engineered nanoparticles : are they an inestimable achievement or a health and environmental concern?
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Buddhi Marambe, Jeevika Weerahewa, Warshi S. Dandeniya, editors.
    Summary: A food system comprises the entire range of actors and interlinked activities related to food production, processing, distribution, marketing and trade, preparation, consumption, and disposal. When a food system operates without compromising the needs of future generations, it is considered to be a "Sustainable Food System." The present-day food systems in Sri Lanka are diverse, and the natural and physical environment, infrastructure, institutions, society and culture, and policies and regulations within which the food systems operate, as well as the technologies employed, have shaped their outcomes. Agricultural research is a key factor in terms of innovation and technological advances. Innovation has been the main driver of food systems' transformation over the past few decades and will be critical to addressing the needs of a rapidly growing population in a context of climate change and scarcity of natural resources. In addition, agricultural research must help meet the rising demand for food at affordable prices. Comprising 17 chapters written by specialist(s) in their respective subject-areas, this Contributed Volume on "Agricultural Research for Sustainable Food Systems in Sri Lanka: A Historical Perspective" shares the scientific knowledge accumulated by the National Agricultural Research System of Sri Lanka, including universities, and offers recommendations on how to make food systems more sustainable in order to address the current needs of Sri Lankan society. It presents perspectives on four key thematic areas, namely: (i) Crop and animal production, management, and improvement, (ii) Agro-product processing technologies, (iii) Natural resource management, and (iv) Socio-economic development and agri-business management.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Acknowledgements
    Contents
    Editors and Contributors
    About the Editors
    Contributors
    Abbreviations
    1: Food Systems in Sri Lanka: Components, Evolution, Challenges and Opportunities
    1.1 Food System: The Concept
    1.1.1 What Is a Food System?
    1.1.2 Why Sustainable Food Systems?
    1.1.3 Why Food System Approach Is Needed to Achieve Development Targets?
    1.2 Measuring Performance and Drivers of Food Systems
    1.3 Evolution of Food Systems of Sri Lanka
    1.3.1 The Key Components of the Food System 1.3.2 Agricultural Production System in the Economy of Sri Lanka
    1.4 Performance of Food Systems in Sri Lanka
    1.4.1 Agricultural Production System
    1.4.2 Agricultural Marketing System
    1.4.3 Food and Nutrition Security
    1.4.4 Policies, Institutions and Regulations
    1.5 The Way Forward for Sri Lanka: Opportunities and Challenges
    References
    2: Nutrition Transition in Sri Lanka: A Meta-Analysis of the Nutrition Profile
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Contextual Background
    2.2.1 Key Characteristics of the Sri Lankan Economy 2.2.2 Food and Nutrition Policy Framework During 1977-2017
    2.2.2.1 Food Assistance and Safety Net Programs
    2.2.2.2 Nutritional Interventions
    2.2.3 Diet Transformation
    2.2.3.1 Dietary Nutrient Intake
    2.2.3.2 Vegetable and Fruit Consumption
    2.2.3.3 Meat and Fish Consumption
    2.2.3.4 Sugar and Salt Intake
    2.3 Methodology
    2.3.1 Approach
    2.3.2 Meta-Database and Eligibility Criteria
    2.3.3 Tabular Analysis
    2.3.4 Regression Analysis
    2.4 Results
    2.4.1 Trends in Nutritional Status and Determinants 2.4.1.1 Status of Undernutrition among Preschool Children
    2.4.1.2 Status of Undernutrition Among Adolescents and Adults
    2.4.1.3 Determinants of Undernutrition
    2.4.2 Micronutrient Deficiencies
    2.4.3 Overweight and Obesity
    2.4.3.1 Overweight and Obesity Among Preschool Children
    2.4.3.2 Overweight and Obesity Among Adult Men and Women
    2.4.3.3 Determinants of Overweight and Obesity
    2.5 Diagnosis of Nutrition Transition
    2.5.1 Key Trends, Patterns in Malnutrition and Its Determinants
    2.5.2 Results of the Econometric Analysis 2.6 Summary, Conclusions, and Way Forward
    2.6.1 Summary and Conclusions
    2.6.2 Way Forward
    References
    3: Cascaded Tank-Village System: Present Status and Prospects
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Cascaded Tanks
    3.3 Early Studies of Tank Cascades
    3.4 Cascade Ecology
    3.5 Issues in Tank Cascade Systems
    3.6 Restoration of Tank Ecosystem for Sustainable Use
    References
    4: Soil Survey, Classification and Mapping in Sri Lanka: Past, Present and Future
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Diversity of Soils of Sri Lanka
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Ajar Nath Yadav, Shashank Mishra, Divjot Kour, Neelam Yadav, Anil Kumar, editors.
    Summary: Microbes are ubiquitous in nature. Among microbes, fungal communities play an important role in agriculture, the environment, and medicine. Vast fungal diversity has been associated with plant systems, namely epiphytic fungi, endophytic fungi, and rhizospheric fungi. These fungi associated with plant systems play an important role in plant growth, crop yield, and soil health. Rhizospheric fungi, present in rhizospheric zones, get their nutrients from root exudates released by plant root systems, which help with their growth, development, and microbe activity. Endophytic fungi typically enter plant hosts through naturally occurring wounds that are the result of plant growth, through root hairs, or at epidermal conjunctions. Phyllospheric fungi may survive or proliferate on leaves depending on material influences in leaf diffuseness or exudates. The diverse nature of these fungal communities is a key component of soil-plant systems, where they are engaged in a network of interactions endophytically, phyllospherically, as well as in the rhizosphere, and thus have emerged as a promising tool for sustainable agriculture. These fungal communities promote plant growth directly and indirectly by using plant growth promoting (PGP) attributes. These PGP fungi can be used as biofertilizers and biocontrol agents in place of chemical fertilizers and pesticides for a more eco-friendly method of promoting sustainable agriculture and environments. This first volume of a two-volume set covers the biodiversity of plant-associated fungal communities and their role in plant growth promotion, the mitigation of abiotic stress, and soil fertility for sustainable agriculture. This book should be useful to those working in the biological sciences, especially for microbiologists, microbial biotechnologists, biochemists, and researchers and scientists of fungal biotechnology.

    Contents:
    Agriculturally Important Fungi: Plant
    Microbe Association for Mutual Benefits
    Endophytic Fungi: Diversity, Abundance, and Plant Growth Promoting Attributes
    The Role of Arbuscular Mycorrhizal Fungal Community in Paddy Soil
    Natural Arbuscular Mycorrhizal Colonization of Wheat and Maize Crops under different Agricultural Practices
    Arbuscular Mycorrhizal Fungi, and their Potential Applications for Sustainable Agriculture
    Phosphate Solubilizing Fungi: Current Perspective, Mechanisms and Potential Agricultural Applications
    Fungal Phytohormones: Plant Growth-Regulating Substances and their Applications in Crop Productivity
    Phytohormones Producing Fungal Communities: Metabolic Engineering for Abiotic Stress Tolerance in Crops
    Fungal Biofertilizers for Sustainable Agricultural Productivity
    Role of Algae-Fungi relationship in Sustainable Agriculture
    Fungi as a Biological Tool for Sustainable Agriculture
    Agriculturally Important Fungi for Crop Productivity: Current Research and Future Challenges.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Keith Noble, Tania Dennis, Sarah Larkins.
    Summary: This book examines the mechanisms and strategies farmers in North Australia adopt to manage the setbacks and challenges they face. This social research is based on farmers experiences, but also draws on the authors own experience after his tropical fruit farm was destroyed by two Category 5 cyclones in five years. Through historical analysis, the book compares historic and contemporary aspirations for northern development, and discusses the influence of the built environment on individuals as well as access to health and other social services. Exploring the implications of individual resilience strategies for policy development within the broader context of northern development and evolving environmental governance, the book also highlights the fact that this is occurring in a new geological epoch - the Anthropocene. The book will provide a unique perspective and understanding to government, individuals and industries interested in northern Australia and its relationship to the world.

    Contents:
    Intro; Introduction; Contents; About the Authors; List of Figures; List of Tables; Part I: North Australian Theory and Realities; Chapter 1: Agriculture as a Human Endeavour; 1.1 Northern Australia's Existing Agricultural Capacity; 1.2 Why Consider an Individual's Resilience?; 1.3 Book Structure and Chapter Logic; References; Chapter 2: Resilience Discourse and Adaption Strategies; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 A Resilient Concept; 2.3 Conceptualising Resilience: Origins and Evolution; 2.4 What's in a Name: Theory vs the Vernacular; 2.5 Resilience, Adaptive Capacity and Transformation in Agriculture 2.6 Resilience and Policy Paradoxes2.7 Future Trends and Direction; 2.8 Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Agricultural Development in Northern Australia; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 The Historic Challenges of Northern Australian Agriculture; 3.3 Contemporary Challenges to North Australian Agricultural Aspirations; 3.4 National Drivers for Growth; 3.5 Global Drivers for Growth; 3.6 Agricultural Policy Paradigms; 3.7 The Importance of Infrastructure; 3.7.1 Freight and Transport Infrastructure; 3.7.1.1 Sea Freight; 3.7.1.2 Rail; 3.7.1.3 Road; 3.7.1.4 Air; 3.7.2 Communication Infrastructure 3.7.3 Water Infrastructure3.7.4 Infrastructure Summary; 3.8 Are We There Yet?; References; Chapter 4: Framing Northern Australian Agriculture's Future; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Australian Environmentalism and the Emergence of Sustainability; 4.3 Ecologically Sustainable Development; 4.4 Capital Ideas; 4.5 Traditional Owners and Agriculture; 4.6 Climate Change and Other Disasters; 4.7 Australian Agricultural Policy in the Anthropocene; 4.8 Global Decision-Making and Evolving Governance; 4.9 What Is Different Now?; References; Chapter 5: Why and How to Consider the Resilience of Individuals? 5.1 Introduction5.2 A Problem-Focus, as Distinct from a Topic-Focus; 5.3 A Review of Theory and Validation of the Methodological Approach; 5.4 The Ontology and Epistemology of This Work; 5.5 Methods and Strategy of Data Collection; 5.6 The Use of Orienteering Concepts to Organise and Analyse Data; 5.7 Approaching the Data; References; Part II: Lived Experience
    Why People, Place, and Services Matter; Introduction; Chapter 6: The Resilience Strategies of Individuals; 6.1 Theme 1: Situational Awareness and Opportunity Seeking
    The Black Art of Experience; 6.1.1 A Good Way of Life 6.1.2 Travel Broadens the Mind6.1.3 Off-Farm Influences; 6.1.3.1 Finance; 6.1.3.2 Infrastructure; 6.1.3.3 Global Drivers; 6.1.3.4 Natural Resource Management and Public Perceptions of Agriculture; 6.1.4 Acts of God, Acts of Parliament, and Other Disasters; 6.1.5 Dealing with It; 6.1.6 Discussion; 6.2 Theme 2: The Capacity to Plan; 6.2.1 Plan the Future, Not the Past; 6.2.2 The Path of Least Resistance; 6.2.3 More Than Just Me; 6.2.4 Stick to the Plan, Man; 6.2.5 Discussion and Conclusion; 6.3 Theme 3: The Capacity to Adapt; 6.3.1 Pay Attention; 6.3.2 Maintain Flexibility
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Arnab Banerjee, Ram Swaroop Meena, Manoj Kumar Jhariya, Dhiraj Kumar Yadav, editors.
    Summary: Agroecological footprints are a unique and popular concept for sustainable food system. Measuring and keeping a tab on the agroecological footprints of various human activities has gained remarkable interest in the past decade. From a range of human activities, food production and agriculture are most essential as well as extremely dependent on the agroecosystems. It is therefore crucial to understand the interaction of agroecosystem constituents with the extensive agricultural practices. The environmental impact measured in terms of agroecological footprints for a healthy for the sustainable food system. The editors critically examine the status of agroecological footprints and how it can be maintained within sustainable limits. Drawing upon research and examples from around the world, the book is offering an up-to-date account, and insight into how agroecology can be implemented as a solution in the form of eco-friendly practices that would boost up the production, curbs the environmental impacts, improves the bio-capacity, and reduces the agroecological footprints. It further discusses the changing status of the agroecological footprints and the growth of other footprint tools and types, such as land, water, carbon, nitrogen, etc. This book will be of interest to teachers, researchers, government planners, climate change scientists, capacity builders, and policymakers. Also, the book serves as additional reading material for undergraduate and graduate students of agriculture, agroforestry, agroecology, soil science, and environmental sciences. National and international agricultural scientists, policymakers will also find this to be useful to achieve the 'Sustainable Development Goals'.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    About the Editors
    1: Ecological Footprints in Agroecosystem: An Overview
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Concept of Ecological Footprint
    1.3 Ecological Footprint and Sustainability
    1.4 Ecological Footprint Analysis
    1.5 Forms of Footprints
    1.5.1 Water Footprint
    1.5.2 Energy Footprint
    1.5.3 Climate Footprint
    1.5.4 Land Footprint
    1.5.5 Nutrient Footprint
    1.6 Carbon and Water Footprint in Agroecosystems
    1.7 Research and Development in Ecological Footprint
    1.8 Future Roadmap of Ecological Footprint in Agroecosystems 1.9 Policy and Legal Framework for Managing Footprint in Agroecosystem
    1.10 Conclusion
    References
    2: Natural Resources Intensification and Footprints Management for Sustainable Food System
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Major Components of Agroecology in South Asia
    2.2.1 Diversity
    2.2.1.1 Diversity in Land Resources
    2.2.1.2 Diversity in Water Resources
    2.2.1.3 Diversity in Climate Change
    2.2.1.4 Crops Diversification
    2.2.1.5 Land Diversification
    2.2.2 Establishment and Disseminate of Experiences
    2.2.3 Government Policies, Institutions, and Public Goods 2.2.4 Synergies
    2.2.5 Resource Use Efficiency
    2.2.6 Recycling
    2.2.7 Resilience Building
    2.2.8 Social and Human Values
    2.2.9 Tradition of Culture and Food
    2.3 Impacts of Intensive Agriculture and Climate Change on Agroecology
    2.3.1 Global Warming and Weather Migration
    2.3.2 Land Value Degradation
    2.3.3 Deterioration of Soil Quality
    2.3.4 Worldwide Water Scarcity
    2.3.5 Impact on Crop Production and Associative Environment
    2.3.6 Occurrence of Extreme Events on Human
    2.4 Natural Resources and Footprints in South Asia (SA)
    2.4.1 Natural Resources of South Asia 2.4.2 Different Footprints
    2.4.2.1 Carbon Footprint
    2.4.2.2 Water Footprints
    2.4.2.3 Energy Footprint
    2.4.2.4 Emission Footprint
    2.4.2.5 Nitrogen Footprint
    2.4.2.6 Land Footprint
    2.4.2.7 Biodiversity Footprint
    2.4.2.8 Economic Footprint
    2.4.2.9 Composite Footprint
    Ecological Footprint
    Sustainable Process Index
    2.5 Management of Footprints for Sustainability
    2.5.1 Management of Carbon Footprints
    2.5.2 Crop Residues as Mulch
    2.5.3 Tillage Modifications
    2.5.4 Need to Change Dietary Habits
    2.5.5 Reduces Wastage of Food 2.5.6 Reducing Methane Emissions from Rice Cultivation
    2.5.7 Management of Water Footprints
    2.6 Natural Resources Intensification for Agroecology Sustainability
    2.7 Agroecology for Food Security
    2.8 Adaptive Measures for Soil Ecology
    2.9 Adaptive Measures for Crop Ecology Under Changing Climate
    2.9.1 Adjustment in Sowing Time and Method
    2.9.2 Stress Tolerant Cultivars
    2.9.3 Cropping System
    2.9.4 Conservation Tillage
    2.9.5 Nutrient Management
    2.9.6 Water Management
    2.10 Conclusion
    References
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Jacques-Eric Bergez, Elise Audouin, Olivier Therond, editors.
    Summary: There is wide agreement on the need to change the prevalent agricultural models, given their negative impacts and their incompatibility with current societal issues. Agroecological transition has been promoted as a potential solution to the ecological, social and economic problems generated by these models. It however involves a systemic, multi-scale and transdisciplinary process. Due to this complexity, the overall picture of what farms and food systems "actually are" and "might be" may not be apparent at the individual level. Yet individuals' knowledge and values provide complementary insights on how to proceed in deepening ecological modernisation. Expertise can also provide landmarks to be considered in that process. Because local stakeholders' experience and skills are key resources in the adaptation and adoption of agroecological transition, new conceptual and methodological frameworks and tools have to be developed to support them in the design process of such a complex transition. This book presents feedback from the 'Territorial Agroecological Transition in Action'- TATA-BOX research project, which was devoted to these specific issues. The multidisciplinary and multi-organisation research team steered a four-year action-research process in two territories of France. This book presents: i) the key dimensions to be considered when dealing with agroecological transition: diversity of agriculture models, management of uncertainties, polycentric governance, autonomies, and role of actors' networks; ii) an operational and original participatory process and associated boundary tools to support local stakeholders in shifting from a shared diagnosis to a shared action plan for transition, and in so doing developing mutual understanding and involvement; iii) an analysis of the main effects of the methodology on research organisation and on stakeholders' development and application; iv) critical analysis and foresights on the main outcomes of TATA-BOX, provided by external researchers."

    Contents:
    Foreword; Dedieu Benoît
    Chapter 1: General introduction; Jacques-Eric Bergez and Olivier Therond
    Chapter 2: TATA-BOX at a glance; Jacques-Eric Bergez and Olivier Therond Part I: Territorial Agroecological Transition at a concept crossroads
    Chapter 3: Socio-economic characterisation of agriculture models; Gaël Plumecocq, Thomas Debril, Michel Duru, Marie-Benoît Magrini, Jean-Pierre Sarthou and Olivier Therond
    Chapter 4: An integrated approach to livestock farming systems' autonomy in designing and managing agroecological transition at the farm and territorial levels; Marie-Angélina Magne, Guillaume Martin, Marc Moraine, Julie Ryschawy, Vincent Thenard, Pierre Triboulet and Jean-Philippe Choisis
    Chapter 5: Agroecological transition from farms to territorialised agri-food systems: issues and drivers; Marie-Benoît Magrini, Guillaume Martin, Marie-Angélina Magne, Michel Duru, Nathalie Couix, Laurent Hazard and Gaël Plumecocq
    Chapter 6: A plurality of viewpoints regarding the uncertainties of the agroecological transition; Danièle Magda, Nathalie Girard, Valérie Angeon, Célia Cholez, Nathalie Raulet-Croset, Régis Sabbadin, Nicolas Salliou, Cécile Barnaud, Claude Monteil and Nathalie Peyrard
    Chapter 7: Towards an integrated framework for the governance of a territorialised agroecological transition; Pierre Triboulet, Jean-Pierre Del Corso, Michel Duru, Danielle Galliano, Amélie Gonçalves, Catherine Milou and Gaël Plumecocq
    Chapter 8: The key role of actors in the agroecological transition of farmers: a case-study in the Tarn-Aveyron Basin; Julie Ryschawy, Jean-Pierre Sarthou, Ariane Chabert and Olivier Therond Part II: Support methodology for territorial agroecological transition design, and feedback from the TATA-BOX project experience
    Chapter 9: Participatory methodology for designing an agroecological transition at local level; Elise Audouin, Jacques-Eric Bergez and Olivier Therond
    Chapter 10: Towards a reflective approach to research project management; Lorène Prost, Marie Chizallet, Marie Taverne and Flore Barcellini
    Chapter 11: Evaluation of the operationalisation of the TATA-BOX process; Marie Taverne, Sarah Clément, Lorène Prost and Flore Barcellini Part III: New prospects and cross-cutting perspectives
    Chapter 12: Information and communication technology (ICT) and the agroecological transition; Lola Leveau, Aurélien Bénel, Jean-Pierre Cahier, François Pinet, Pascal Salembier, Vincent Soulignac and Jacques -Eric Bergez
    Chapter 13: TATA-BOX: A model for participatory processes?; Sylvie Lardon
    Chapter 14: Review and Critique of the TATA-BOX Model; Charles A. Francis and Geir Lieblein
    Chapter 15: Opening the TATA-BOX to raise new questions on agroecological transition; Jean-Marc Touzard, Jean-Marc Barbier, Laure Hossard.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Mirza Hasanuzzaman.
    Summary: Agronomic crops have been used to provide foods, beverages, fodders, fuels, medicines and industrial raw materials since the dawn of human civilization. Today, agronomic crops are being cultivated by employing scientific methods instead of traditional methods. However, in the current era of climate change, agronomic crops are subjected to various environmental stresses, which results in substantial yield loss. To meet the food demands of the ever-increasing global population, new technologies and management practices are being adopted to boost yield and maintain productivity under both normal and adverse conditions. Scientists are now exploring a variety of approaches to the sustainable production of agronomic crops, including varietal development, soil management, nutrient and water management, pest management, etc. Researchers have also made remarkable progress in developing stress tolerance in crops through different approaches. However, achieving optimal production to meet the increasing food demand is an open challenge. Although there have been numerous publications on the above-mentioned problems, and despite the extensive research being conducted on them, there is hardly any comprehensive book available. In response, this book offers a timely resource, addressing all aspects of production technologies, management practices and stress tolerance in agronomic crops in a single volume.

    Contents:
    Agronomic Crops: Types and Uses
    Climate Resilient Minor Crops for Food Security
    Climatic Variability and Agronomic Cropping Pattern
    Soil Health in Cropping Systems: An Overview
    Agronomic Cropping Systems in relation to Climatic Variability.-Growth and Development Dynamics in Agronomic Crops under Environmental Stress
    Tillage and Crop Production
    Effect of Planting Dates on Agronomic Crop Production
    Crop production under changing climate
    Past, Present and Future
    Cultivation of Aromatic Rice: A review
    Direct Seeding in Rice: Problems and Prospects
    Advanced Production Technologies of Wheat
    Advanced Production Technologies of Maize
    Agrotechnologies of Baby Corn Production
    Advanced Production Technologies of Millets
    Advanced Production Technologies of Legumes Crops
    Advanced Production Technologies of Oilseed Crops
    Advanced Production Technology of Sugar Crops
    Advanced Production Technologies of Potato
    Advanced Production Technology and Processing of Jute
    Tea production in Bangladesh: From bush to mug
    Tea: a worthwhile, popular beverage crop since time immemorial
    Agronomy of Betelvine Crop
    Fundamentals of Crop Rotation in Agronomic Management
    Cool Season Food Legumes in Rice Fallows: An Indian Perspective
    Crop Diversification and Food Security
    Fundamentals of Seed Production and Processing of Agronomic Crops
    Seed Production Technologies of some Major Field Crops
    Postharvest Technologies for Major Agronomic Crops.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Mirza Hasanuzzaman, editor.
    Summary: Agronomic crops have provided food, beverages, fodder, fuel, medicine and industrial raw materials since the beginning of human civilization. More recently, agronomic crops have been cultivated using scientific rather than traditional methods. However, in the current era of climate change, agronomic crops are suffering from different environmental stresses that result in substantial yield loss. To meet the food demands of the ever-increasing global population, new technologies and management practices are being adopted to boost yields and maintain productivity under both normal and adverse conditions. Further, in the context of sustainable agronomic crop production, scientists are adopting new approaches, such as varietal development, soil management, nutrient and water management, and pest management. Researchers have also made remarkable advances in developing stress tolerance in crops. However, the search for appropriate solutions for optimal production to meet the increasing food demand is still ongoing. Although there are several publications on the recent advances in these areas, there are few comprehensive resources available covering all of the recent topics. This timely book examines all aspects of production technologies, management practices and stress tolerance of agronomic crops.

    Contents:
    Crop Rotation: Principles and Practices
    Improving Water Use Efficiency in Agronomic Crop Production
    Carbon Dioxide Enrichment and Crop Productivity
    Soil Management for Better Crop Production and Sustainable Agriculture
    Tillage Effects on Agronomic Crop Production
    Alternate Wetting and Drying System for Water Management in Rice
    Tools and Techniques for Nitrogen Management in Cereals
    Biological Nitrogen Fixation in Nutrient Management
    Use of Biofertilizers for Sustainable Crop Production
    Organic Manuring for Agronomic Crops
    Nitrogen Fixation in Nutrient Management
    Weed Seed Bank
    Impacts and Management for Future Crop Production
    Weed Management for Healthy Crop Production
    Integrated Weed Management for Agronomic Crops
    Optimizing Herbicide Use in Herbicide-Tolerant Crops: Challenges, Opportunities, and Recommendations
    Non-chemical Weed Management for Field Crops
    Beneficial Effects of Weed Edophytic Bacteria: Diversity and Potentials of their Usage in Sustainable Agriculture
    Pest Management for Agronomic Crops
    Integrated Pest and Disease Management for Better Agronomic Crop Production
    Green Manuring for Soil Health and Sustainable Production of Agronomic Crops
    Plant-microbes Interactions in Agronomic Crops
    Mycorrhiza in Sustainable Crop Production
    The Role of Mucuna pruriens in Small Holder Farming Systems of Eastern and Southern Africa: A Review
    Scientific Interventions to Improve Land and Water Productivity for Climate Smart Agriculture in South-Asia
    Adaptation Strategies to Mitigate the Evapotranspiration for Sustainable Crop Production: A Perspective of Rice-Wheat Cropping System
    Tools and Techniques of Post-harvest Processing of Food Grains and Seeds
    Nanotechnology and its Role in Agronomic Crops
    Role of ICT in Crop Management.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Mirza Hasanuzzaman, editor.
    Summary: Agronomic crops have been a source of foods, beverages, fodders, fuels, medicines and industrial raw materials since the dawn of human civilization. Over time, these crops have come to be cultivated using scientific methods instead of traditional methods. However, in the era of climate change, agronomic crops are increasingly subjected to various environmental stresses, which results in substantial yield loss. To meet the food demands of the ever-increasing global population, new technologies and management practices are being adopted to boost yield and maintain productivity under both normal and adverse conditions. To promote the sustainable production of agronomic crops, scientists are currently exploring a range of approaches, which include varietal development, soil management, nutrient and water management, pest management etc. Researchers have also made remarkable progress in developing stress tolerance in crops through various approaches. However, finding solutions to meet the growing food demands remains a challenge. Although there are several research publications on the above-mentioned problems, there are virtually no comprehensive books addressing all of the recent topics. Accordingly, this book, which covers all aspects of production technologies, management practices, and stress tolerance of agronomic crops in a single source, offers a highly topical guide.

    Contents:
    Abiotic stress tolerance in field crops : integration of omics approaches / Zahide Neslihan Ozturk Gokce, Seyda Akbas, Sefa Ayten, M. Hussain Azimi, Reyhan Das, Saime Buse Guven et al.
    Use of QTL in developing stress tolerance in agronomic crops / Ali Fuat Gökçe, Usman Khalid Chaudhry
    Abiotic stress and applications of omics approaches to develop stress tolerance in agronomic crops / Subramani Pandian, Kasinathan Rakkammal, Arockiam Sagina Rency, Pandiyan Muthuramalingam, Shunmugiah Karutha Pandian, Manikandan Ramesh
    The possible influence of climate change on agriculture / Sumera Shabir, Noshin Ilyas
    Effect of agricultural pollution on crops / Fatima Bibi, Noshin Ilyas
    Toxicity of soil hydrocarbon pollution in field crops and its remediation / Maimona Saeed, Noshin Ilvas
    Drought and heat stress in cotton (Gossypium hirsutum L.) : consequences and their possible mitigation strategies / Ayman EL Sabagh, Akbar Hossain, Md. Sohidul Islam, Celaleddin Barutcular, Disna Ratnasekera, Ozgul Gormus et al.
    Adverse effect of drought on quality of major cereal crops : implications and their possible mitigation strategies / Ayman EL Sabagh, Akbar Hossain, Celaleddin Barutçular, Mohammad Sohidul Islam, Zahoor Ahmad, Allah Wasaya et al. Growth and morphological changes of agronomic crops under abiotic stress / Aditi Shreeya Bali, Gagan Preet Singh Sidhu
    Impact of climate variability on phenology of rice / Susmita Das, Adyant Kumar, Manashi Barman, Sukanta Pal, Pintoo Bandopadhyay
    Abiotic stress responses and tolerance mechanisms for sustaining crop productivity in sugarcane / Sangeeta Srivastava, Pavan Kumar
    Sugar beet : a sustainable crop for saline environment / Varucha Misra, A. K. Mall, A. D. Pathak
    Agronomic crop responses and tolerance to drought stress / Seyed Yahya Salehi-Lisar, Hamideh Bakhshayeshan-Agdam
    The response of major food crops to drought stress : physiological and biochemical responses / S. Bakht, K. Safdar, K. U. Khair, A. Fatima, A. Fayyaz, S. M. Ali et al.
    Rice production, augmentation, escalation, and yield under water stress / U. Maalik, M. Farid, M. Zubair, S. Ali, M. Riwan, M. Shafqat et al.
    Role of mineral nutrition in improving drought and salinity tolerance in field crops / Fahim Nawaz, Muhammad Asif Shehzad, Sadia Majeed, Khawaja Shafique Ahmad, Muhammad Aqib, Muhammad Munir Usmani et al.
    Drought stress tolerance in legume crops / Savita, Ajay Tomer, Saurabh Kumar Singh
    Drought tolerance : breeding efforts in sugarcane / A. K. Mall, Varucha Misra, B. D. Singh, Mukesh Kumar, A. D. Pathak
    High-temperature response and tolerance in agronomic crops / Albert Maibam, Shabistana Nisar, Sajad Majeed Zargar, Reetika Mahajan
    Agronomic crop responses and tolerance to metals/metalloids toxicity / Nadeem Iqbal, Nida Nazir, Muhammad Nauman, Malik Tahir Hayat, Waquar-un-Nisa
    Arsenic contamination in major food crops : issues and mitigation in Indian subcontinent perspective / Sanchita Mondal, Puspendu Dutta, Pintoo Bandopadhyay, Srijani Maji Responses and tolerance of cereal crops to metal and metalloid toxicity / Iftikhar Ahmad, Muhammad Tahir, Umar Daraz, Allah Ditta, Muhammad Baqir Hussain, Zia Ul Haq Khan
    Agronomic crop responses and tolerance to polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon toxicity / Mahdieh Houshani, Seyed Yahya Salehi-Lisar
    Gene pyramiding : an emerging control strategy against insect pests of agronomic crops / Muhammad Salim, Ayhan Gökçe, Muhammad Nadir Naqqash, Allah Bakhsh
    Agronomic crops response and tolerance to allelopathic stress / Hamideh Bakhshayeshan-Agdam, Seyed Yahya Salehi-Lisar
    Oxidative stress in crop plants / Arun Kumar Maurya
    Herbicide resistance in crops and weeds / Zubair Aslam, Muhammad Saeed Ahmed, Safdar Bashir, Nabeel Khan, Zulfiqar Ahmad Saqib
    Improving crop health and productivity : appraisal of induced mutations and advanced molecular genetic tools / Noor-ul-Huda Ghori, Tahir Ghori, Sameen Ruqia Imadi, Alvina Gul
    Use of biostimulants to improve salinity tolerance in agronomic crops / Dell' Aversana Emilia, D' Amelia Luisa, De Pascale Stefania, Carillo Petronia
    Abiotic stress tolerance in wheat and the role of silicon : an experimental evidence / Mukhtar Ahmed, Ummara Qadeer, Fayayz-ul-Hassan, Shah Fahad, Wajid Naseem, Saowapa Duangpan et al.
    Molecular mechanisms associated with drought and heat tolerance in plants and options for crop improvement for combined stress tolerance / M. S. Parvathi, K. H. Dhanyalakshmi, K. N. Nataraja
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Marilyn S. Arsham, Margaret J. Barch, Helen J. Lawce.
    Contents:
    The cell and cell division / Margaret J Barch, Helen J Lawce
    Cytogenetics: an overview / Helen J Lawce, Michael G Brown
    Peripheral blood cytogenetic methods / Helen J Lawce, Michael G Brown
    General cell culture principles and fibroblast culture / Debra F Saxe, Kristin M May, Jean H Priest
    Prenatal chromosome diagnosis / Kristin M May, Debra F Saxe, Jean H Priest
    Chromosome stains / Helen J Lawce
    Human chromosomes: identification and variations / Helen J Lawce, Luke Boyd
    ISCN: the universal language of cytogenetics / Marilyn S Arsham, Lisa G Shaffer
    Constitutional chromosome abnormalities / Kathleen Kaiser-Rogers
    Genomic imprinting / R Ellen Magenis
    Cytogenetic analysis of hematologic malignant diseases / Nyla A Heerema
    Cytogenetic methods and findings in human solid tumors / Marilu Nelson
    Chromosome instability syndromes / Yassmine Akkari
    Microscopy and imaging / Margaret J Barch, Helen J Lawce
    Computer imaging / Christine E Haessig
    Fluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH) / Helen J Lawce, Jeffrey S Sanford
    Multicolor FISH (SKY and M-FISH) and CGH / Turid Knutsen
    Genomic microarray technologies for the cytogenetics laboratory / Bhavana J Davé, Warren G Sanger
    Mathematics for the cytogenetic technologist / Patricia K Dowling
    Selected topics on safety, equipment maintenance, and compliance for the cytogenetics laboratory / Helen Jenks, Janet Krueger
    A system approach to quality / Peggy J Stupca, Sheryl A Tran
    Laboratory management / Mervat S Ayad, Adam Sbeiti
    Laboratory information system / Peining Li, Richard Van Rheeden
    Animal cytogenetics / Marlys L Houck, Teri L Lear, Suellen J Charter
    Online genetic resources and references / Wahab A Khan.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Rob Shimonski.
    Summary: The best source for cutting-edge insights into AI in healthcare operations AI in Healthcare: How Artificial Intelligence Is Changing IT Operations and Infrastructure Services collects, organizes and provides the latest, most up-to-date research on the emerging technology of artificial intelligence as it is applied to healthcare operations. Written by a world-leading technology executive specializing in healthcare IT, this book provides concrete examples and practical advice on how to deploy artificial intelligence solutions in your healthcare environment. AI in Healthcare reveals to readers how they can take advantage of connecting real-time event correlation and response automation to minimize IT disruptions in critical healthcare IT functions. This book provides in-depth coverage of all the most important and central topics in the healthcare applications of artificial intelligence, including: Healthcare IT AI Clinical Operations AI Operational Infrastructure Project Planning Metrics, Reporting, and Service Performance AIOps in Automation AIOps Cloud Operations Future of AI Written in an accessible and straightforward style, this book will be invaluable to IT managers, administrators, and engineers in healthcare settings, as well as anyone with an interest or stake in healthcare technology.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Print
    by Peter Lee, Carey Goldberg, and Isaac Kohane, with Sébastien Bubeck.
    Summary: "Just months ago, millions of people were stunned by ChatGPT's amazing abilities, and its bizarre hallucinations. That was 2022. AI's next generation is coming fast : smarter, more accurate, with deeper technical knowledge. GPT-4 and its competitors are on the verge of transforming medicine. Whether you're a healthcare leader, provider, or a patient, you need to understand these technologies, stat. What can they do? What can't they do, yet? What shouldn't they ever do? To decide, experience the cutting edge for yourself. Join three insiders who've had months of early access to GPT-4 as they reveal its momentous potential ; to improve diagnoses, summarize patient visits, streamline processes, accelerate research, as well as its risks. You'll see real GPT-4 dialogues ; unrehearsed and unfiltered, brilliant and blundering alike, all annotated with invaluable context, candid commentary, real risk insights about potential downsides, and up-to-the-minute takeaways."-- taken from back cover.

    Contents:
    Foreword / by Sam Altman
    First contact / by Peter Lee
    Medicina ex machina / by Peter Lee
    The big question : Does it “understand?” / by Peter Lee
    Trust but verify / by Isaac "Zak" Kohane
    The AI-augmented patient / by Carey Goldberg
    So much more : Math, coding, and logic / by Peter Lee
    The ultimate paperwork shredder / by Peter Lee
    Smarter science / by Isaac "Zak" Kohane
    Safety first / by Isaac "Zak" Kohane, Carey Goldberg, and Peter Lee
    The big black bag / by Carey Goldberg and Isaac "Zak" Kohane
    Epilogue / by Peter Lee.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    New Books Shelf (Duck Room)
    R859.7.A78 L447 2023
    1
  • Digital
    Robert Lorway.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Section I. Canada: Professionalization: Chapter 1: A Vital Response
    Chapter 2: Treatment Rebellions
    Section II. India: Techno-Bureaucracies: Chapter 3: Geographies of Intervention
    Chapter 4: Documenting Sovereignty
    Section III. Kenya: Bioexperimentalization
    Chapter 5: A South-to-South Collaboration
    Chapter 6:The Logic of Verification
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Peter Piot ; translated by Laurence Garey.
    Summary: Peter Piot, founding executive director of the Joint United Nations Programme on HIV/AIDS (UNAIDS), recounts his experience as a clinician, scientist, and activist fighting the disease from its earliest manifestation to today. The AIDS pandemic was not only catastrophic to the health of millions worldwide but also fractured international relations, global access to new technologies, and public health policies in nations across the globe. As he struggled to get ahead of the disease, Piot found science does little good when it operates independently of politics and economics, and politics is worthless if it rejects scientific evidence and respect for human rights. Piot describes how the epidemic altered global attitudes toward sexuality, the character of the doctor-patient relationship, the influence of civil society in international relations, and traditional partisan divides. AIDS thrust health into national and international politics where, he argues, it rightly belongs. The global reaction to AIDS over the past decade is the positive result of this partnership, showing what can be achieved when science, politics, and policy converge on the ground. Yet it remains a fragile achievement, and Piot warns against complacency and the consequences of reduced investments. He refuses to accept a world in which high levels of HIV infection are the norm. Instead, he explains how to continue to reduce the incidence of the disease to minute levels through both prevention and treatment, until a vaccine is discovered. -- Publisher description.

    Contents:
    A heterogeneous and still-evolving epidemic
    Hyperendemic HIV in Southern Africa : the heritage of apartheid
    AIDS as an international political issue
    A new type of transnational civil society movement
    The right to treatment
    Combination prevention
    The economics of AIDS
    Prominence of human rights
    The long-term view.
    Digital Access eBook Comp Acad 2015
  • Print
    M.J. Harrison, T.E.J. Healy, J.A. Thornton.
    Contents:
    pt. 1. The Basic sciences
    pt. 2. Clinical practice.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD82.2 .H37
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Fothergill, J. Milner; Thorowgood, John C.
    Contents:
    pt. 1. Semeiology, specially designed for students preparing for examinations (1883 : 75 p.)
    pt. 2. Physical (1881 : [2], 61 p.) / J.C. Thorowgood
    pt. 3. What to ask (1882 : 66 p.).
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L71 .F76
    3
  • Digital/Print
    edited by Alethia Jones and Virginia Eubanks ; with Barbara Smith.
    Summary: "'Not a memoir, a biography, nor a reader. It is a reflection and a conversation. It is also a montage of forty years of documents, interviews and articles that provide useful lessons for social justice work' ... As an organizer, writer, publisher, scholar-activist and elected official, Barbara Smith has played key roles in multiple social justice movements, including Civil Rights, feminism, lesbian and gay liberation, anti-racism, and Black feminism. Her four decades of grassroots activism forged collaborations that introduced the idea that oppression must be fought on a variety of fronts simultaneously, including gender, race, class and sexuality. By combining ... historical documents with new unpublished interviews with fellow activists, this book uncovers the deep roots of today's 'identity politics' and 'intersectionality' and serves as an essential primer for practising solidarity and resistance"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Chronicling an activist life
    Home grown : early roots of activism
    Building Black feminism
    Building Black women's studies
    Building Kitchen Table Press
    Building multi-issue movements
    Building progressive urban politics
    "Took Root, Bore Fruit" : legacies and futures of a Black feminist life.
    Digital Access 2014
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    JC599.U6 A56 2014
    1
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Air Force pamphlet to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    Zahid Hussain Khan, editor.
    Contents:
    1. Physiology of the Airway / Yoo Kuen Chan
    2. Airway Assessment: A Critical Appraisal / Zahid H. Khan
    3. Videolaryngoscopy and Indirect Intubating Aids in Airway Management / Sze-Ying Thong and Wendy H. L. Teoh
    4. Perioperative Care of Ambulatory Anaesthesia / Anil Agarwal and Kamal Kishore
    5. The Paediatric Airway: Normal and Abnormal / Ina Ismiarti Shariffuddin and Lucy Chan
    6. Intubation of the Pediatric Patient / Josef Holzki
    7. The Difficult Pediatric Airway: Management Options / Mahesh Vakamudi
    8. Perioperative Management of Obstructive Sleep Apnea / Karen Mak and Edwin Seet
    9. Airway Management in Traumatic Brain Injury (TBI) / Fauzia Anis Khan
    10. Airway Management in Cervical Spine Injured Patients / Srikanth Sridhar and Carin A. Hagberg
    11. Indigenous Devices in Difficult Airway Management / Virendra K. Arya
    12. Cricothyrotomy / Virendra K. Arya
    13. Surgical Airway / Jinbin Zhang and Orlando Hung
    14. Surgical Approaches to Airway Management / Surender K. Malhotra
    15. Difficult Airway in Obstetrics / Sunanda Gupta and Apoorva Gupta
    16. Ultrasonography: Heralding a New Era in Airway Management / Michael Seltz Kristensen and Wendy H. L. Teoh.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    American Joint Committee on Cancer ; editor-in-chief, Mahul B. Amin, MD, FCAP ; editors, Stephen B. Edge, MD, FACS [and 18 others].
    Summary: "The AJCC Cancer Staging Manual is used by physicians and health care professionals throughout the world to facilitate the uniform description and reporting of neoplastic diseases. Proper classification and staging of cancer is essential for the physician to assign proper treatment, evaluate results of management and clinical trials, and to serve as the standard for local, regional and international reporting on cancer incidence and outcome. -- Significantly expanded and developed by international disease site expert panels, the Eighth Edition AJCC Cancer Staging Manual brings together all the currently available knowledge on staging of cancer at various anatomic sites. In this edition, evidence-based TNM staging is supplemented, as appropriate, by selected molecular markers and newly acquired insights into the molecular underpinnings of cancer. This edition features 12 entirely new staging systems, a wide range of changed or new staging definitions, and a refined emphasis on a personalized-medicine approach. To enhance the print and electronic usability of the cancer staging forms, they are now available exclusively for access and downloading at www.cancerstaging.org. -- The Eighth Edition AJCC Cancer Staging Manual remains the gold standard reference for oncologists, surgeons, pathologists, radiologists, cancer registrars and medical professionals world-wide to ensure that all those caring for cancer patients are fully versed in the language of cancer staging." -- from back of book.

    Contents:
    PART 1. General Information on Cancer Staging and End-Results Reporting
    PART 2. Head and Neck
    PART 3. Upper Gastrointestinal Tract
    PART 4. Lower Gastrointestinal Tract
    PART 5. Hepatobiliary System
    PART 6. Neuroendocrine Tumors
    PART 7. Thorax
    PART 8. Bone
    PART 9. Soft Tissue Sarcoma
    PART 10. Skin
    PART 11. Breast
    PART 12. Female Reproductive Organs
    PART 13. Male Genital Organs
    PART 14. Urinary Tract
    PART 15. Opthalmic Sites
    PART 16. Central Nervous System
    PART 17. Endocrine System
    PART 18. Hematologic Malignancies.
    Digital Access STAT!Ref 2017
  • Print
    American Joint Committee on Cancer ; editor-in-chief, Mahul B. Amin, MD, FCAP ; editors, Stephen B. Edge, MD, FACS [and 18 others].
    Digital Access Stat!Ref 2024
  • Digital
    Binita M. Kamath, Kathleen M. Loomes, editors.
    Summary: This text provides a concise yet comprehensive overview of Alagille syndrome. The book reviews the pathophysiology and genetics of the disorder, discusses recent molecular advances and its impact on diagnostics, and describes management challenges and strategies. The text also touches upon future treatment options. Written by experts in the field, Alagille Syndrome: Pathogenesis and Clinical Management is a valuable resource for physicians and researchers dealing with this disorder, one that will help guide patient management and stimulate investigative efforts.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    editors Daniel Albert, Joan Miller, Dimitri Azar, Lucy H. Young.
    Digital Access Springer Live 2020-
    Continuously updated edition
  • Digital
    Daniel M. Albert, Joan W. Miller, Dimitri T. Azar, Lucy H. Young, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    editors, Jennifer Kromberg, Prashiela Manga.
    Summary: Albinism in Africa: Historical, Geographic, Medical, Genetic, and Psychosocial Aspects provides the first in-depth reference for understanding and treating patients of human albinism in Africa. Leading international contributors examine the historical, geographic, psychosocial, genetic and molecular considerations of importance in effectively and sensitively managing this genetic disorder. Foundational chapters covering the historical and psychosocial aspects of albinism are supplemented by discussions of the pathobiology of the disease, as well as a thorough analysis of the genetics of skin pigmentation, eye pigmentation, hair pigmentation, and incidents of skin cancer involved in the manifestations of this disorder. New prenatal diagnostics and genetic testing methods, genetic risk assessment for individuals, families, and communities, and novel genetic markers that may be used for developing new therapeutics for treating albinism are also discussed in detail. The book provides care management approaches that may be applied to instances of albinism in other regions, along with guiding principles for treating rare genetic disorders and stigmatized patient populations across the globe.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction and Historical Background / Jennifer G.R. Kromberg
    2. Clinical Features, Types of Albinism, and Natural History / Jennifer G.R. Kromberg
    3. Epidemiology of Albinism / Jennifer G.R. Kromberg
    4. Prevalence and Population Genetics of Albinism: Surveys in Zimbabwe, Namibia, and Tanzania / Patricia M. Lund, Mark Roberts
    5. Molecular Biology of Albinism / Prashiela Manga
    6. Dermatological Aspects of Albinism / Sian Hartshorne, Prashiela Manga
    7. Albinism and the Eye / Susan E.I. Williams
    Chapter8. Low-Vision Rehabilitation and Albinism / Rebecca L. Kammer
    9. Psychosocial and Cultural Aspects of Albinism / Jennifer G.R. Kromberg
    10. Genetic Counseling and Albinism / Jennifer G.R. Kromberg
    11. Genetic Testing, Postnatal, and Prenatal Diagnosis for Albinism / Robyn Kerr, Jennifer G.R. Kromberg
    12. Albinism and Social Marginalization / Sam Clarke, Jon Beale
    13. Interventions: Preventive Management, Empowerment, Advocacy, and Support Services / G.R. Kromberg
    14. A Personal Perspective: Living With Albinism / Nomasonto G. Mazibuko, Jennifer G.R. Kromberg
    15. Summary and Conclusion / Jennifer G.R. Kromberg, Prashiela Manga
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Amitava Dasgupta.
    Contents:
    1. Alcohol a double-edged sword
    2. Drugs of abuse
    3. Designer drugs including bath salts and spices
    4. Combined alcohol and drug abuse
    5. Link between environmental factors, personality factors, and addiction
    6. Genetic polymorphisms of alcohol metabolizing enzymes associated with protection from or increased risk of alcohol abuse
    7. Pharmacogenomics of abused drugs
    8. Association between polymorphisms in genes encoding various receptors, transporters, and enzymes and alcohol/drug addiction
    9. Methods of alcohol measurement
    10. Laboratory methods for measuring drugs of abuse in urine
    11. Analysis of drug abuse in serum, hair, oral fluid, sweat and meconium.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Alcohol and alcoholism (New York, New York (State)) to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    Vasilis Vasiliou, Samir Zakhari, Lopa Mishra, Helmut K. Seitz, editors.
    Summary: "Following the Third Alcohol and Cancer Conference, this volume compiles the most up-to-date research on the role of alcohol consumption in carcinogenesis, from epidemiology to pathology metabolism and stem cells. More specifically, it delves into the effects of alcohol consumption and thyroid cancer, CD133+ progenitor cells, carcinogenic iron accumulation, developmental morphogens, and cancer-inducing epigenetic changes"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Alcohol Consumption and Risk of Thyroid Cancer: A Population Based Case-Control Study in Connecticut
    Roles of Cytochrome P450 in Metabolism of Ethanol and Carcinogens
    Glutathione and Transsulfuration in Alcohol-associated Tissue Injury and Carcinogenesis
    Fatty liver disease and hepatocellular carcinoma: The pathologist's view
    Alcoholic liver disease accelerates early hepatocellular cancer in a mouse model
    Chronic ethanol consumption and generation of etheno-DNA adducts in cancer-prone tissues
    Role of TGF-β in Alcohol-Induced Liver Disease
    NANOG-dependent metabolic reprogramming and symmetric division in tumor-initiating stem-like cells
    Diet supplementation with soy protein isolate, but not the isoflavone genistein, protects against alcohol-induced tumor progression in DEN-treated male mice
    ALDH1L1 and ALDH1L2 folate regulatory enzymes in cancer
    Developmental Morphogens & Recovery from Alcoholic Liver Disease
    Suppressed fat mobilization due to PNPLA3 rs738409 -associated liver damage in heavy drinkers: The liver damage feedback hypothesis
    Aldo-Keto Reductases: Multifunctional Proteins as Therapeutic Targets in Diabetes and Inflammatory Disease
    Engineered animal models designed for investigating ethanol metabolism, toxicity and cancer
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Judith Norback.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    RC566 .N822
    1
  • Digital
    volume editors, Edith V. Sullivan and Adolf Pfefferbaum.
    Summary: "Alcohol is the most widely used drug in the world, yet alcoholism remains a serious addiction affecting nearly 20 million Americans. Our current understanding of alcohol's effect on brain structure and related functional damage is being revolutionized by genetic research, basic neuroscience, brain imaging science, and systematic study of cognitive, sensory, and motor abilities. Volume 125 of the Handbook of Clinical Neurology is a comprehensive, in-depth treatise of studies on alcohol and the brain covering the basic understanding of alcohol's effect on the central nervous system, the diagnosis and treatment of alcoholism, and prospect for recovery. The chapters within will be of interest to clinical neurologists, neuropsychologists, and researchers in all facets and levels of the neuroscience of alcohol and alcoholism"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Section 1. Introduction
    Alcoholism: diagnosis, prognosis, epidemiology, and burden of the disease / Thomas Beresford
    Perspectives on the neuroscience of alcohol from the National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism / Kenneth Warren and Matthew Reilly
    Section 2. Animal models: neurochemistry and metabolism of alcohol
    Neurocircuitry of alcoholism: synthesis from animal models / George F. Koob
    Metabolism / David Crabb and Martin Plawecki
    Use of animal models of alcohol-related behavior / John C. Crabbe
    Section 3. Molecular basis of alcoholism
    Molecular basis of alcoholism / Dana Most, Laura Ferguson and R Adron Harris
    Section 4. Neurological signs and consequences
    Alcohol: intoxication and poisoning: diagnosis and treatment / Young-Chul Jung
    Acute withdrawal: diagnosis and treatment / John CM Brust
    Neurochemical mechanisms of alcohol withdrawal / Howard C. Becker
    Molecular and neurological responses to chronic alcohol use / Michael F. Miles
    Section 5. Neuropsychology
    Methods of association and dissociation for establishing selective brain-behavior relations / Rosemary Fama and Edith V. Sullivan
    Profiles of impaired, spared, and recovered neuropsychological processes in alcoholism / Marlene Oscar-Berman
    Component processes of memory in alcoholism: pattern of compromise and neural substrates / Anne-Lise Pitel and Helene Beaunieux
    Decision making, risky behavior, and alcoholism / George Fein
    Motor systems and postural instability / Jessica Rose
    Sex differences in alcohol-related neurobehavioral consequences / Sara Jo Nixon
    Section 6. Neuroimaging of brain macrostructure and microstructure
    Structural and microstructural imaging of the brain in alcohol use disorders / Natalie May Zahr
    Section 7. Neuroimaging of neurochemical markers
    Molecular imaging in alcohol dependence / Annisa Abi-Dargham
    Brain proton magnetic resonance spectroscopy of alcohol use disorders / Dieter Meyerhoff
    Section 8. Neuroimaging of brain function
    Cognition, emotion, and attention / Tilman Schulte and Eva Muller-Oehring
    The neurobiology of alcohol craving and relapse / Rajita Sinha
    Compensatory recruitment of neural resources in chronic alcoholism / Sandra Chanraud
    Section 9. Neuroelectrophysiology
    Understanding alcohol use disorders with neuroelectrophysiology / Bernice Porjesz
    Sleeping eeg / Ian Colrain
    Section 10. Fetal alcohol spectrum disorder
    Neurobehavioral, neurological, and neuroimaging characteristics of fetal alcohol spectrum disorders / Leila Glass, Ashley L. Ware and Sarah Mattson
    Fetal alcohol spectrum disorder: pathogenesis and mechanisms / Kathleen Sulik
    Current hypotheses on the mechanisms of alcoholism / Fulton Crews
    Section 11. Adolescent drinking
    The effect of alcohol use on human adolescent brain structures and systems / Susan F. Tapert
    Section 12. Other topics
    Peripheral systems: neuropathy / Robert O. Messing and Rajani Maiya
    Pharmacological treatment of alcoholism / Raymond Francis Anton
    Alcohol-medical drug interactions / Bankole A. Johnson and Chamindi Seneviratne
    Genetics of alcoholism / Howard J. Edenberg
    Co-occurring psychiatric disorders and alcoholism / J Stephen Rich and Peter R. Martin
    Hepatic encephalopathy in alcoholic cirrhosis / Roger F. Butterworth
    Neuropathology of alcoholism / Jillian Kril
    Genetic differences in response to alcohol / Sachio Matsushita and Susumu Higuchi
    Epidemiology of drinking, alcohol use disorders, and related problems / Raul Caetano, Patrice A.C. Vaeth, Karen Chartier and Britain A. Mills
    Alcohol and the law / Michael J. Ostacher
    Clinical management of alcohol use disorders in the neurology clinic / Anna Lembke and Mark Stanford.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Otto-Michael Lesch [and others].
    Summary: In this book, new therapeutic approaches are comprehensively described, outlining the different interactions between personality, environment and the effects of the substance. In addition, the book provides a broad overview of the American and European epidemiology of alcohol and nicotine addictions. The book is written for all those who care for and offer professional therapy for alcohol and nicotine-addicted patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by David B. Cooper.
    Summary: The book brings together the most up-to-date knowledge and expertise covering the whole topic of alcohol. It presents the practical skills needed to offer ethical intervention and treatment and implement ethical person-centered care. It is a practice-based text that aims to improve ethical relationships, responses, care and practice necessary to be effective in interventions and treatment with those experiencing alcohol use and health problems. The focus is on combining the principles and philosophy of alcohol prevention and intervention, in hospital and community. Each chapter provides self-assessment exercises, reflective practice exercises, key points and a "to learn more" section, and develops a theoretical framework, before broadening to include application in care and practice. This work will appeal to a wide readership, from professionals working within the mental health care and practice environment to mental health students.

    Contents:
    Section 1: Alcohol use: Introduction. Alcohol use. Ethical practice. Palliative care. Transcultural considerations. Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender and Questioning. Mental health. Physical health
    Section 2: Assessment: Referral. Response. Assessment. Adolescent and young adult
    Female adult. Male adult. Older adult. Supporting the family. Binge drinking. Brief intervention
    Section 3: Detoxification: Who needs detoxification. Assessment of risk in detoxification. Hospital detoxification. Home detoxification
    Section 4: Treatment: Post-detoxification. Relapse. Motivational interviewing. End-of-life care
    Section 5: Conclusion: The challenges ahead. Appendices.
    Digital Access Springer 2023
  • Digital
    edited by David M. Guidot, Ashish J. Mehta.
    Summary: Alcohol Use Disorders and the Lung: A Clinical and Pathophysiological Approach is an excellent resource for clinicians who care for individuals affected by alcohol use disorders in diverse settings. Although alcohol abuse alone does not cause acute lung injury, it renders the lung susceptible to dysfunction in response to the inflammatory stresses of sepsis, trauma, and other clinical conditions recognized to cause acute lung injury. In parallel, these same pathophysiological effects of alcohol abuse significantly increase the risk of a wide range of serious lung infections. Many clinicians involved in the primary treatment of alcohol use disorders, such as addiction psychiatrists, will find this text of interest as it will expand their understanding of the health consequences of alcohol use disorders. In parallel, clinicians who specialize in pulmonary and/or critical care medicine will have a unique resource that provides a comprehensive review of the pathophysiology of alcohol-related lung disorders and insights into evolving therapeutic options in these vulnerable individuals. Alcohol Use Disorders and the Lung: A Clinical and Pathophysiological Approach fills a gap in the literature and presents the evolving clinical research that may soon lead to novel therapies that can improve lung health in individuals with alcohol use disorders and co-existing conditions such as HIV infection.

    Contents:
    A Brief History of Alcohol Use and Abuse in Human History
    Overview of the Evolving Recognition of the Health Effects of Excessive Alcohol Use Over the Past Two Centuries Including the Classic Citations
    Current Definitions of Alcohol Use Disorders and the Use of Validated Questionnaires in Clinical Practice and Research
    The Epidemiology of Alcohol Abuse and Pneumonia
    The Epidemiology of Alcohol and Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome
    Alcohol, the Upper Airway, and Mucociliary Dysfunction in the Conducting Airways
    Alcohol and the Alveolar Macrophage
    Alcohol and the Alveolar Epithelium
    Alcohol-Mediated Oxidative Stress in the Airway: The Unique Role of Thiol Depletion
    Alcohol and the Adaptive Immune Response in the Airway: Dendritic Cell and Lymphocyte Impairments
    Alcohol Impairment of Granulocyte Function During Lung Infection
    Disruption in the Dynamic Balance Between Transforming Growth Factor- and Granulocyte/Macrophage Colony-stimulating Factor Signaling within the Alveolar Space of the Alcoholic Lung: Impact on Epithelial and Macrophage Function
    Alcohol-mediated Zinc Deficiency within the Alveolar Space: A Potential Fundamental Mechanism Underlying Oxidative Stress and Cellular Dysfunction in the Alcoholic Lung
    The Impact of Alcohol Abuse on Multiple Organ Dysfunction in the Surgical Patient
    Alcohol and HIV: Experimental and Clinical Evidence of Combined Impact on the Lung
    Maternal Alcohol Use and the Neonate.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Hitoshi Yoshiji, Kosuke Kaji, editors.
    Summary: This book describes the latest advances concerning the molecular mechanisms of and therapeutic strategies for alcohol- and non-alcohol-related digestive diseases. Alcohol abuse causes not only liver injury but can harm various organs, resulting in esophageal and colorectal cancers, GERD, pancreatitis, etc. Similar to alcoholic abuse, metabolic syndrome based on obesity and diabetes is also strongly associated with the development of various digestive diseases. Although these diseases may be differentiated by the presence or absence of alcohol intake, the pathologic findings and pathogenesis reveal a number of similarities. This volume covers clinical and basic approaches for esophageal, gastric, hepatic, colorectal and pancreatic diseases associated with alcohol abuse and metabolic syndrome; further, it discusses the roles of microbiota, oxidative stress, and apoptosis, the critical factors causing alcoholic and metabolic digestive diseases. Also, it showcases new pathological and therapeutic perspectives in gastric and pancreatic cancers. Alcoholic/Non-Alcoholic Digestive Diseases will provide invaluable information for doctors specializing in gastroenterology and hepatology and researchers seeking new research on digestive diseases based on alcohol consumption and obesity.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    Senate Select Committee on Laws Relating to Alcoholic Beverages.
    Contents:
    v. 1. Final report
    v. 2. Alcohol abuse and alcoholism
    v. 4. Summary of Federal and state alcoholism programs.
    Digital Access Google Books [1974]-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L565 .C11
    1
  • Digital
    Amer Z. Aldeen, MD, FACEP, Executive Medical Director, Center for Emergency Education, Vice Chair, National Clinical Governance Board, US Acute Care Solutions, Chicago, Illinois, David H. Rosenbaum, MD, FACEP, FAAEM, Wake Emergency Physicians, P.A., WakeMed Health and Hospitals, Raleigh, North Carolina, Adjunct Professor of Emergency Medicine, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, Chapel Hill, North Carolina.
    Summary: Fully revised and updated based on valuable reader feedback, Aldeen and Rosenbaum's 1200 Questions to Help You Pass the Emergency Medicine Boards, Third Edition gives you the tools you need to pass the ABEM board exam on the first try. Questions are slightly more difficult than the average exam question, in order to challenge and add to your knowledge and fully prepare you for questions you're likely to see. Every question in this Third Edition has been reviewed for quality and relevance, ensuring that this unique study tool is an ideal choice to prepare for both the in-service residency exam and the board exam in emergency medicine.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2017
  • Digital
    Jun Ren, Yingmei Zhang, Junbo Ge, editors.
    Summary: This volume covers the science of ALDH enzymes in relation to chronic disease processes and the future therapeutic potentials of targeting ALDH in these processes. It thoroughly reviews the roles of ALDH family in alcohol metabolism, as well as recent findings of their emerging roles in a variety of human pathologies such as cardiovascular diseases, diabetes, obesity, stroke, cancer, liver diseases and kidney diseases. Delicate contribution of ALDH enzymes in the therapeutics against chronic diseases is also discussed. It demonstrates the unique value of targeting genetic polymorphism in ALDH enzymes in personalized medicine. The book will appeal to scientists, physicians, graduate and professional students in the fields of ALDH enzymes, alcohol metabolism, cardiometabolic and other chronic diseases. Pharmaceutical and other companies developing new tools for cardiometabolic and chronic diseases treatment will also find this a valuable resource.

    Contents:
    1. Role of alcohol oxidative metabolism in its cardiovascular and autonomic effects
    2. Environmental aldehyde sources and the health implications of exposure
    3. ALDH2 and cardiovascular disease
    4. Aldehyde dehydrogenases: From alcohol metabolism to human health and precision medicine
    5. Aldehyde dehydrogenase 2 and heart Failure
    6. Mitochondrial aldehyde dehydrogenase in myocardial ischemic and ischemia-reperfusion injury
    7. East Asian variant aldehyde dehydrogenase 2 genotype (ALDH2*2*) contributes to coronary artery spasm and acute myocardial infarction
    8. Aldehyde dehydrogenases genetic polymorphism and obesity: from genomics to behavior and health
    9. Aldehyde dehydrogenase (ALDH) 2 in diabetic heart diseases
    10. The role of ALDH2 in sepsis and the to-be-discovered mechanisms
    11. ALDH2 and stroke
    12. ALDH2 and hypertension
    13. ALDH2 and cancer therapy
    14. ALDH2 polymorphism and ethanol consumption: A genetic-environmental interaction in carcinogenesis
    15. ALDH2 and aging.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Jan Klimaszewski, E. Richard Hoebeke, Benoit Godin, Anthony Davies, Kayla I. Perry, Caroline Bourdon, Neville Winchester.
    Summary: Aleocharine beetles are among the most poorly known and difficult-to-identify groups of Coleoptera worldwide. This book presents the first comprehensive synopsis of aleocharine rove beetle species (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae) from British Columbia, Canada. It is important to generate a structured inventory of species in hotspots of biodiversity like British Columbia, to provide baseline biodiversity data for monitoring species responses related to climate change. It is the first book to treat and illustrate every recorded and new species. For every species, color illustrations are provided, including color habitus and genital diagnostic structures of both sexes. Two hundred and twenty-seven valid species, including 14 new species, 16 new generic records, and 36 (excluding new species) new provincial and 6 state records, in 79 genera and 14 tribes.Tribes and subtribes are arranged in phylogenetic order as it is currently recognized, and genera and subgenera are listed alphabetically within each tribe or subtribe. Species are listed alphabetically or in species groups to better reflect their relationships. Species distribution is listed by provinces and territories in Canada and states in the United States, and the geographic origin of each species is categorized as native, Holarctic, adventive or undetermined (either adventive or Holarctic). Every species is presented with a morphological diagnosis including external and genital characters of both sexes. Collection and habitat data are presented for each species, including collecting period, and collecting methods. A list of all eastern Canadian species with their currently known distribution in North America is presented at the end of the book. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Prominent forebearers of modern Aleocharine systematics in North America
    Historical review of research on Aleocharinae in Canada, with a focus on British Columbia
    Material and methods
    British Columbia : hotspot of Canadian biodiversity
    Faunal analysis and discussion
    List of recorded species of British Columbian Aleocharinae and their composition
    Key to tribes of Aleocharine and their composition
    Key to tribes of Aleocharine occurring in British Columbia
    Tribe Gymnusini Heer, 1839
    Tribe Aleocharini Fleming, 1821
    Tribe Oxypodini C.G. Thomson, 1859
    Tribe Tachyusini C.G. Thomson, 1859
    Tribe Hypocyphtini Laporte, 1835
    Tribe Myllaenini Ganglbauer, 1895
    Tribe Diglottini Jakobson, 1909
    Tribe Liparocephalini Fenyes, 1918
    Tribe Autaliini C.G. Thomson, 1859
    Tribe Homalotini Heer, 1839
    Tribe Placusini Mulsant and Rey, 1871
    Tribe Athetini Casey, 1910
    Tribe Falagriini Mulsant and Rey, 1873
    Tribe Lomechusini Fleming, 1821.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Jan Klimaszewski [and 9 others].
    Summary: A first comprehensive synopsis of all aleocharine rove beetle species (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae) recorded from eastern Canada, from Ontario to the Maritime Provinces inclusively, is presented. Four hundred and seven species in 96 genera, and 16 tribes are presented and discussed. Tribes and subtribes are arranged in presumably phylogenetic order as it is currently recognized. Genera and subgenera are listed alphabetically. Species are listed alphabetically or in species groups to better reflect their relationships. Species distribution is listed by abbreviated provinces and territories in Canada and abbreviated states in the United States. Geographic status is given to every species as Native, Holarctic or adventive with some species listed with undetermined status - adventive or Holarctic. Every treated species is presented with a diagnosis, including short description of body and description of the median lobe of aedeagus, spermatheca, and tergite and sternite VIII of both sexes. For each species a plate with colour habitus image and black and white images of genital structures is provided to aid with positive identification. Collection and habitat data (often new) are presented for each species, including data on macrohabitat, microhabitat, collecting period, and collecting methods.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Historical review of research on eastern Canadian taxa
    3. Material and methods
    4. Faunal analysis and discussion
    5. List of recorded species of eastern Canadian Aleocharinae and their composition
    6. Key to tribes of Aleocharinae occurring in eastern Canada
    7. Tribe Gymnusini Heer, 1839
    8. Tribe Aleocharini Fleming, 1821
    9. Tribe Hoplandriini Casey, 1910
    10. Tribe Oxypodini C.G. Thomson, 1859
    11. Tribe Tachyusini C.G. Thomson, 1859
    12. Tribe Boreocyphini Klimaszewski and Langor, 2011
    13. Tribe Hypocyphtini Laporte, 1835
    14. Tribe Myllaenini Ganglbauer, 1895
    15. Tribe Diglottini Jakobson, 1909
    16. Tribe Autaliini C.G. Thomson, 1859
    17. Tribe Homalotini Heer, 1839
    18. Tribe Placusini Mulsant and Rey, 1871
    19. Tribe Athetini Casey, 1910
    20 Tribe Falagriini Mulsant and Rey, 1873
    21. Tribe Lomechusini Fleming, 1821
    22. Tribe Taxicerini Lobse, 1989
    Appendix
    Taxonomic index.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Philip Rubin, Louis S. Constine, Lawrence B. Marks, editors.
    Summary: The literature on the late effects of cancer treatment is widely scattered in different journals since all major organ systems are affected and management is based on a variety of medical and surgical treatments. The aim of ALERT Adverse Late Effects of Cancer Treatment is to offer a coherent multidisciplinary approach to the care of cancer survivors. The central paradigm is that cytotoxic multimodal therapy results in a perpetual cascade of events that affects each major organ system differently and is expressed continually over time. Essentially, radiation and chemotherapy are intense biologic modifiers that allow for cancer cure and cancer survivorship but accelerate senescence of normal tissues and increase the incidence of age-related diseases and second malignant tumors. Volume 1 of this two-volume work focuses on the general concepts and principles relevant to late effects and on the dynamic interplay of molecular, cytologic and histopathologic events that lead to altered physiologic and metabolic functions and their clinical manifestations. Chapters are also included on legal issues, economic aspects, nursing, psychological issues and quality of life.

    Contents:
    Prologue : Surviving cancer : SEER statistics
    Biobontinuum of the pathophysiology paradigm
    Biophysiopathology of the microvascular and microcirculation
    Molecular mechanisms of radiation induced therapy
    Biodetection and biointervention : cytokine pathways as a rationale for anti-cytokine interventions post-radiation
    Quantitative/objective analyses of RT-induced late normal tissue injury using functional imaging
    Biograding of normal tissue TNM toxicity taxonomy : scoring the adverse effects of of cancer treatment
    Understanding and predicting radiation-associated normal tissue injury : a global and history perspective
    Biotoxity of chemotherapy
    BioSurveillance and longitudinal lifelong guidelines
    BioPediatric complexities of growth and development
    BioGenetic and host implications
    Bioengineering of irradiated normal tissues by bone marrow stem cells
    Radiotherapy-induced carcinogenesis and Leukemogenesis : mechanisms and quantitative moeling
    The bioepidemiology of MultiplePrimary cancers
    Radiation-related second primary cancers : clinical perspectives
    The psychosocial and functional impact of radiation therapy
    Nursing
    Economic consequences of late effects
    Radiological and nuclear terrorism : relevance to the radiation oncology and biology communities.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Philip Rubin, Louis S. Constine, Lawrence B. Marks, editors.
    Summary: The literature on the late effects of cancer treatment is widely scattered in different journals since all major organ systems are affected and management is based on a variety of medical and surgical treatments. The aim of ALERT Adverse Late Effects of Cancer Treatment is to offer a coherent multidisciplinary approach to the care of cancer survivors. The central paradigm is that cytotoxic multimodal therapy results in a perpetual cascade of events that affects each major organ system differently and is expressed continually over time. Essentially, radiation and chemotherapy are intense biologic modifiers that allow for cancer cure and cancer survivorship but accelerate senescence of normal tissues and increase the incidence of age-related diseases and second malignant tumors. Volume 2 of this two-volume work comprehensively documents potential late effects in all the normal tissue anatomic sites in the human body. The detection, diagnosis, management and prevention of effects are all considered in detail, and prognostic outcomes are discussed. Radiation risk factors and interactions with chemotherapy effects are clearly presented. The text is accompanied by numerous supportive illustrations and tables.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    [edited by] Jane Rothrock ; associate editor, Donna R. McEwen.
    Contents:
    Unit I: Foundations for practice
    Concepts basic to perioperative nursing
    Patient safety and risk management
    Workplace issues and staff safety
    Infection prevention and control
    Anesthesia
    Positioning the patient for surgery
    Sutures, sharps, and instruments
    Surgical modalities
    Wound healing, dressings, and drains
    Postoperative patient care and pain management
    Unit II: Surgical interventions
    Gastrointestinal surgery
    Surgery of the biliary tract, pancreas, liver, and spleen
    Hernia repair
    Gynecologic and obstetric surgery
    Genitourinary surgery
    Thyroid and parathyroid surgery
    Breast surgery
    Ophthalmic surgery
    Otorhinolaryngologic surgery
    Orthopedic surgery
    Neurosurgery
    Reconstructive and aesthetic plastic surgery
    Thoracic surgery
    Vascular surgery
    Cardiac surgery
    Unit III: Special considerations
    Pediatric surgery
    Geriatric surgery
    Trauma surgery
    Interventional and image-guided procedures
    Integrative health practices: complementary and alternative therapies
    Appendix A: Laboratory values.
    Digital Access R2Library 2019
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Alexander Leff, Randi Starrfelt.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive review of the main acquired disorders of reading: hemianopic, pure and central alexia. The authors review the diagnostic criteria for each of the different types of disorder, and the efficacy of the therapeutic studies that have attempted to remediate them. The different theoretical models of adult reading, which largely rest on how the reading system responds to injury, are also discussed and evaluated. Focal brain injury caused by stroke and brain tumors are discussed in depth as are the effects of dementia on reading. This book starts with a chapter on normal reading, followed by chapters on hemianopic alexia, pure alexia and central alexia, each structured in the same way, with: a description of the condition; a historical review of cases to date; psychophysics; consideration of the causative lesions; evidence from functional imaging studies on patients and, most importantly, a review of the evidence base for treating each condition. Finally, there is a chapter on how patient data has informed how we think about reading.

    Contents:
    How do we read?
    Hemianopic alexia
    Pure alexia
    Central alexia
    Alexia theory and therapies: a heuristic.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Sachin Kumar Mandotra, Atul Kumar Upadhyay, Amrik Singh Ahluwalia, editors.
    Summary: This book presents diverse applications of microalgal renewable resources to meet modern demands for energy and value-added products. It also comprehensively describes the role of algae in sustainable and cost-effective wastewater treatment strategies, and highlights the latest research on, advances in and biotechnological relevance of algae in the areas of bioenergy, bioremediation, pharmaceuticals, nutraceuticals and green economy. The book addresses gaps in the fields of bioenergy, waste management, health and economy by providing broad information on bioenergy production, management strategies, drug development, nutraceuticals products and biobased economy using algae at the commercial level. The book introduces researchers to key and emerging innovations in the field of algal biology research and will assist policymakers, environmentalists, scientists, students and global thinkers in defining sustainable developmental goals for the future. It was written for researchers and students in the environmental sciences, life sciences and chemistry, experts in the energy sector and policymakers alike.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Valorisation of wastewater via nutrient recovery using algae-based processes
    Chapter 2.Constructed wetland and microalgae: A revolutionary approach of boremediation and sustainable energy production
    Chapter 3. Mitigation of Heavy Metals Utilizing Algae and its Subsequent Utilization for Sustainable fuels
    Chapter 4. Adaptive and tolerance mechanism of microalgae in removal of cadmium from wastewater
    Chapter 5. Algae as miniature waste water scavengers
    Chapter 6. Parametric modeling and optimization of phycoremediation of Cr(VI) using artificial neural network and simulated annealing
    Chapter 7. An insight on potential application of microalgae in pharmaceutical and nutraceutical production
    Chapter 8. The budding potential of algae in cosmetics
    Chapter 9. Food supplements formulated with Spirulina
    Chapter 10. Fucoxanthin Production from Diatoms: Current Advances and Challenges
    Chapter 11. Liquid Biofuels from Algae
    Chapter 12. UV-B coupled lipid induction: A strategies towards economical biofuel production through algae
    Chapter 13. Microalgae Mediated Nanomaterials Synthesis
    Chapter 14. Algae-mediated biological synthesis of metallic nanoparticles and their applications
    Chapter 15. Cyanobacterial blooms and Cyanotoxins: Occurrence and Detection
    Chapter 16. Potential of Golden Brown Algae in Forensic Analysis: A Review. .
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    R. Douglas Collins, Former Associate Professor of Medicine, Medical University of South Carolina, Former Associate Clinical Professor of Medicine, University of Florida School of Medicine, Chatsworth, California.
    Contents:
    Getting the most out of your history and physical examination
    Algorithms of symptoms and signs
    Diseases that are symptoms of other diseases.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital
    Safiya Umoja Noble.
    Summary: A revealing look at how negative biases against women of color are embedded in search engine results and algorithms Run a Google search for "black girls"-what will you find? "Big Booty" and other sexually explicit terms are likely to come up as top search terms. But, if you type in "white girls," the results are radically different. The suggested porn sites and un-moderated discussions about "why black women are so sassy" or "why black women are so angry" presents a disturbing portrait of black womanhood in modern society. In Algorithms of Oppression, Safiya Umoja Noble challenges the idea that search engines like Google offer an equal playing field for all forms of ideas, identities, and activities. Data discrimination is a real social problem; Noble argues that the combination of private interests in promoting certain sites, along with the monopoly status of a relatively small number of Internet search engines, leads to a biased set of search algorithms that privilege whiteness and discriminate against people of color, specifically women of color. Through an analysis of textual and media searches as well as extensive research on paid online advertising, Noble exposes a culture of racism and sexism in the way discoverability is created online. As search engines and their related companies grow in importance-operating as a source for email, a major vehicle for primary and secondary school learning, and beyond-understanding and reversing these disquieting trends and discriminatory practices is of utmost importance.

    Contents:
    Acknowledgments
    Introduction: the power of algorithms
    A society, searching
    Searching for Black girls
    Searching for people and communities
    Searching for protections from search engines
    The future of knowledge in the public
    The future of information culture
    Conclusion: algorithms of oppression
    Epilogue
    Notes
    Bibliography
    Index
    About the author.
  • Digital
    Jan Dirk Blom.
    Summary: The book provides the first state-of-the-art overview of Alice in Wonderland syndrome, an enigmatic neurological condition characterized by a range of perceptual distortions (for example, seeing things as being larger or smaller than they actually are; seeing human faces change into animal faces; feeling one's body growing larger or smaller; experiencing time as slowing down or speeding up; etc.). It describes the clinical presentation of the syndrome, including its huge variety of symptoms and the variability of its natural course.The book starts out with several vivid vignettes, and then explains how and why the concept was introduced. In addition, it explains what is currently known about the underlying medical conditions and brain mechanisms, proposes a diagnostic algorithm, and makes recommendations for treatment. Throughout the book, a recurring question is whether or not Charles Dodgson (aka Lewis Carroll) suffered from the symptoms he described so aptly in Alice's Adventures in Wonderland. Accordingly, it should appeal to anyone interested in the brain and its disorders, as well as readers interested in the life of Lewis Carroll.

    Contents:
    Inside the consulting room
    The making of a syndrome
    Charles Dodgson
    Neurobiology
    Diagnosis and treatment
    Did Charles Dodgson suffer from Alice in Wonderland syndrome?
    Appendix A: Table 1 Charles Dodgson's medical history
    Table 2 Visual distortions (metamorphopsias)
    Table 3 Somesthetic and other non-visual distortions
    Table 4 Conditions causing Alice in Wonderland syndrome
    Appendix B: Transcript of On Catching Cold, by Charles Dodgson (Oxford: University Press, 1881)
    Appendix C: Proposed diagnostic criteria for Alice in Wonderland syndrome.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Susana Palma Moya, Javier Lozano Zafra.
    Summary: "Provides theoretical and practical clinical information on different aligner techniques including Invisalign Offers clear and simple methods to treat patients using different aligner techniques. Explains how to use clear aligners to treat a given malocclusion. Written by renowned experts in Align and Invisalign technology"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Basic principles with aligners
    Why Invisalign?
    Patient communication skills
    Keys for practice growth
    Patient selection
    Movement predictability with aligners
    Types of treatments with Invisalign
    Pillars of Invisalign technique
    Attachments and SmartForce features
    Clinical preferences
    Attachments bonding & IPR
    Digital workflow
    ClinCheck software
    Treatment monitoring and appointments protocol
    Troubleshooting and retention
    Arch length discrepancies
    Growing patients
    Transverse discrepancies
    Sagittal discrepancies
    Vertical discrepancies
    Asymmetries
    Extraction cases
    Multidisciplinary cases : implants
    Pre-restorative orthodontics.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital/Print
    von Dr. Julius Schmidt ...
    Digital Access Google Books 1904-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    C421 .S351 1911
    1
  • Digital
    Jozef Rovenský, Tibor Urbánek, Boldišová Olʹga, James A. Gallagher, editors.
    Summary: This book comprehensively describes alkaptonuria and ochronosis. Beginning with the history, genetics, pathophysiology and diagnostics of the disease, the authors subsequently present a detailed characterization of its clinical manifestation in the spine, peripheral joints, eyes, ears, visceral organs and respiratory tract, its pathological anatomy and histology, as well as differential diagnosis. This is complemented by the latest data on therapy and experimental models of alkaptonuria, and supported by several case reports. Numerous pictures and radiological images document the clinical symptoms, giving the reader a solid understanding of the disease. On the basis of the editor?s and authors? own extensive observations, the book offers an analysis of protein metabolism and aromatic amino acids in the context of alkaptonuria. Written by international experts in the field, the book offers a valuable reference guide for healthcare professionals working in rheumatology, dermatology, pulmonology, otolaryngology and histopathology.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Alkaptonuria and Ochronosis
    History
    Metabolism of Aromatic Amino Acids
    Tyrosine Metabolism Disorders
    Detection of Homogentisic Acid in Plasma and Urine
    Alkaptonuria Genetics
    Experimental Alkaptonuria in Animals
    Experimental Models of Alkaptonuria and Ochronosis
    Ochronotic Arthropathy
    Clinical Manifestation of Ochronotic Arthropathy in the Spine
    Analysis of X-Ray Symptomatology of Ochronotic Arthropathy in the Spine
    Clinical Manifestation of Ochronotic Arthropathy in the Peripheral Joints
    Clinical and Ultrasound Evaluation of Enthesopathy in Alkaptonuria in the Romani Community
    Analysis of X-Ray Symptomatology of Ochronotic Arthropathy in the Area of the Peripheral Joints
    Manifestations of Alkaptonuric Ochronosis in the Eye
    Symptoms of Alkaptonuria and Ochronosis in the Ear
    Manifestations of Alkaptonuria and Ochronosis in the Visceral Organs
    Manifestations of Alkaptonuria and Ochronosis in the Respiratory Tract
    Pathological Anatomy and Histology of Ochronosis
    Cellular and Molecular Patholgenesis of Ochronosis
    Picture of Synovial Effusion in Ochronosis
    Coincidence of Alkaptonuric Ochronosis with Other Diseases
    Differential Diagnosis of the Disease
    Sine Syndromes in Alkaptonuria
    History of Nitisinone (NTBC)
    Case Reports
    References.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    Jason Reynolds, Brendan Kiely.
    Summary: Sixteen-year-old Rashad is mistakenly accused of stealing. Classmate Quinn witnesses his brutal beating at the hands of a police officer who's the older brother of his best friend.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    PZ7.R33593 Al 2017
    1
  • Digital
    Cemal Cingi, Nuray Bayar Muluk, editors.
    Summary: This book is designed to provide all the information required for a sound understanding of diseases of the nose and paranasal sinuses and the surgical techniques used in their management. After an opening section on basic science, clinical and radiological assessment is explained and individual chapters focus on conditions ranging from infectious diseases, allergic rhinitis, and nasal polyposis to trauma, malignancies, and skin diseases. A wide variety of surgical techniques are then described with the aid of high-quality illustrations, covering nasal airway procedures and surgical approaches to the paranasal sinuses, including diverse endoscopic and image-guided procedures, nasal reconstruction, and endonasal and external rhinoplasty. The book is a collaborative project between the new generation of Turkish specialists and well-known experts from across the world. It will be of value for ENT doctors in all countries, as well as for students and trainees and those working in ENT-related fields such as maxillo-facial surgery, pediatrics, allergology, neurology, infectious diseases, and neurosurgery.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Introduction
    PART I: BASIC SCIENCE OF NOSE & PARANASAL SINUSES Chapter 2: History of Rhinology
    Chapter 3: Histology and Embryology of the Nose and Paranasal Sinuses
    Chapter 4: Surgical Anatomy of the External and Internal Nose
    Chapter 5: Surgical Anatomy of the Paranasal Sinuses
    Chapter 6: Physiology of the Nose and Paranasal Sinuses
    Chapter 7: Mucociliary Clearance and Its Importance
    Chapter 8: Olfactory Function
    Chapter 9: Application of Computational Fluid Dynamics Methods to Understand Nasal Cavity Flows
    Chapter 10: The Evaluation of the Nose and Nasal Cavity and Airway
    Chapter 11: Clinical Assessment of Nasal Airway Obstruction
    PART II: ASSESSMENT OF NOSE AND PARANASAL SINUSES Chapter 12: Clinical Assessment of Mucociliary Disorders
    Chapter 13: Clinical Assessment of Olfactory Disorders
    Chapter 14: Acoustic Rhinometry
    Chapter 15: Principles of Allergy Skin Testing
    Chapter 16: Nasal Provocation Tests
    Chapter 17: Radiological Assessment of Nose and Paranasal Sinuses
    Chapter 18: Imaging of Nasal Cavity and Paranasal Sinus Tumors
    PART III DISEASES OF THE NOSE AND PARANASAL SINUSES Chapter 19: Congenital Malformations of the Nose and Paranasal Sinuses
    Chapter 20: Superantigens and Biofilms in Sinus Diseases
    Chapter 21: Infantile Rhinitis
    Chapter 22: Microbiology of Rhinosinusitis and Antimicrobial Resistance
    Chapter 23: Acute Viral Rhinitis
    Chapter 24: Acute Bacterial Rhinosinusitis: Pediatric and Adult
    Chapter 25: Chronic Rhinosinusitis: Pediatric and Adult
    Chapter 26: Complications of Rhinosinusitis
    Chapter 27: Acute Invasive Fungal Rhinosinusitis
    Chapter 28: Allergic Fungal Rhinosinusitis
    Chapter 29: Sinusitis and Chronic Progressive Exercise-induced Cough and Dyspnea
    Chapter 30: Role of Anosmia on Personal Communication
    Chapter 31: Quality of Life in Rhinosinusitis
    PART IV: ALLERGIC AND NON-ALLERGIC RHINITIS Chapter 32: Pathophysiology of Allergic Rhinitis
    Chapter 33: Epidemiology of Allergic Rhinitis
    Chapter 34: Hypersensitivity to Aspirin and Other Non-Steroidal Anti-Inflammatory Drugs
    Chapter 35: Medical Treatment of Allergic Rhinitis
    Chapter 36: Immunotherapy for Allergic Rhinitis
    Chapter 37: Herbal Remedy Alternatives for Allergic Rhinitis
    Chapter 38: Allergic Rhinitis in Pediatric Patients
    Chapter 39: Role of Allergic Rhinitis on Personal Communication
    Chapter 40: Local Allergic Rhinitis
    Chapter 41: Nonallergic Rhinitis
    PART V: NASAL POLYPOSIS Chapter 42: Epidemiology of Nasal Polyposis
    Chapter 43: Pathophysiology of Chronic Rhinosinusitis with Nasal Polyps
    Chapter 44: Medical Treatment of Nasal Polyposis
    Chapter 45: Surgical Treatment of Nasal Polyposis
    Chapter 46: Evidence-based Treatment of Nasal Polyposis
    PART VI: SURGERY OF NASAL CAVITY AND AIRWAY Chapter 47: Paranasal Sinus Mucoceles
    Chapter 48: Management of Epistaxis
    Chapter 49: Rheumatological Diseases of the Nose and Paranasal Sinuses
    Chapter 50: Surgical Management of the Nasal Septum
    Chapter 51: Nasal Valve Surgery
    Chapter 52: Surgical Management of Septal Perforation
    Chapter 53: Surgical Management of the Turbinates
    Chapter 54: Odontogenic Casuese of Sinus Infections and Treatment
    Chapter 55: Management of Trauma to the Nose and Paranasal Sinuses
    Chapter 56: Pediatric Septoplasty
    Chapter 57: Surgical Management of Choanal Atresia
    Chapter 58: Tumors and Malignancies of Nasal Cavity
    Chapter 59: Robot Assisted Surgery Around the Nose
    PART VII: SURGICAL MANAGEMENT OF PARANASAL SINUSES Chapter 60: Minimally Invasive Endoscopic Sinus Surgery
    Chapter 61: Functional Endoscopic Sphenoethmoidectomy
    Chapter 62: Frontal Sinus Surgery
    Chapter 63: Complications of Endoscopic Sinus Surgery
    Chapter 64: Revision Sinus Surgery
    Chapter 65: Dacryocystorhinostomy
    Chapter 66: Laser Dacryocystorhinostomy
    Chapter 67: Functional Endoscopic Dilatation of the Paranasal Sinuses
    Chapter 68: Endoscopic Sinus Surgery in Pediatric Patients
    Chapter 69: External Approaches for Sinus Surgery
    Chapter 70: Combined Open and Endoscopic Approaches to the Paranasal Sinus
    Chapter 71: Endoscopic Management of Malignant Sinonasal Tumors
    Chapter 72: Endoscopic Optic Nerve Decompression
    Chapter 73: Endoscopic Management of Cerebrospinal Fluid Leaks and Encephaloceles
    Chapter 74: Endoscopic Transsphenoidal Hypophysectomy
    Chapter 75: Endoscopic Skull Base Surgery - Anatomical Basis of Skull Base Approaches
    Chapter 76: Conventional and Powered Instrumentation for Endoscopic Sinus Surgery
    Chapter 77: Conventional and Powered Instrumentation for Endoscopic Skull Base Surgery
    Chapter 78: Image-guided Sinus Surgery
    Chapter 79: 3D Modeling Before Sinus Surgery
    Chapter 80: Robotic Surgery of Skull Base
    PART VIII: NASAL RECONSTRUCTION Chapter 81: Management of Small Nasal Defects
    Chapter 82: Grafting in Nasal Reconstruction
    Chapter 83: Local Nasal Flaps
    Chapter 84: Regional Nasal Flaps: Forehead Flaps
    Chapter 85: Inner Lining Reconstruction of the Nose. - Chapter 86: Management of Full-thickness Nasal Defects
    Chapter 87: Regenerative Medicine in Rhinology
    Chapter 88: Orthodontic Abnormalities of Upper Jaw as a Cause of Maxillary Sinus Problems
    PART IX: RHINOPLASTY Chapter 89: Preoperative Facial Analysis
    Chapter 90: Anesthesia for Rhinoplasty
    Chapter 91: Endonasal and External Approaches in Rhinoplasty
    Chapter 92: Basic Techniques for Endonasal Rhinoplasty
    Chapter 93: Basic Techniques for External Rhinoplasty
    Chapter 94: Osteotomies
    Chapter 95: Management of the Midvault
    Chapter 96: Management of the Deviated Septum
    Chapter 97: Nasal Tip Surgery
    Chapter 98: Alar Base Surgery
    Chapter 99: Reconstruction of Saddle Nose Deformity
    Chapter 100: Complications of Rhinoplasty
    Chapter 101: Revision Rhinoplasty
    Chapter 102: Rib Grafting in Rhinoplasty
    Chapter 103: Allografts in Rhinoplasty
    Chapter 104: Application of Fillers in Nonsurgical Rhinoplasty
    Chapter 105: Communication Disorders due to Facial Deformities.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    George M. Johnson.
    Summary: In a series of personal essays, prominent journalist and LGBTQIA+ activist George M. Johnson explores his childhood, adolescence, and college years in New Jersey and Virginia. From the memories of getting his teeth kicked out by bullies at age five, to flea marketing with his loving grandmother, to his first sexual relationships, this young-adult memoir weaves together the trials and triumphs faced by Black queer boys.

    Contents:
    Author's note ; Introduction: Black. Queer. Here.
    Act 1. A different kid: Chapter 1. Smile ; Chapter 2. Identity ; Chapter 3. "Honeychild" ; Chapter 4. Fags play football, too ; Chapter 5. "Honest Abe" lied to me ; Chapter 6. You can't swim in cowboy boots.
    Act 2. Family: Dear little brother ; Chapter 7. Nanny : the caregiver, the hustler, my best friend ; Chapter 8. Daddy's second chance ; Chapter 9. Losing hope ; Chapter 10. Dear Mommy ; A lesson before dying.
    Act 3. Teenagers: Chapter 11. Boys will be boys ; Chapter 12. The prom kings we never were ; Chapter 13. Setting myself free or setting myself up?
    Act 4. Friends: Chapter 14. Caught in a haze ; Chapter 15. Losing my virginity twice ; Chapter 16. Don't know why I didn't call.
    Afterword: All boys aren't blue ; Acknowledgments.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    HQ76.27.A37 J644 2020
    1
  • Digital
    Pamela L. Swearingen, RN, Special Project Editor, Grand Rapids, Minnesota, Jacqueline D. Wright, RNC-OB, MSN, C-EFM, IBCLC, Professor of Nursing-Maternity, Contra Costa College, San Pablo, California [editors].
    Summary: Features nursing care plans for all four core clinical areas. This unique presentation makes this a must-have care plans book for nursing students.

    Contents:
    Pt. I. Medical-surgical nursing. General care plans. Cancer care ; Older adult care ; Pain ; Palliative and end-of-life care ; Perioperative care ; Prolonged bedrest ; Psychosocial support for the patient ; Psychosocial support for the patient's family and significant others ; Support for lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, queer/questioning and intersex patients
    Respiratory care plans. Acute respiratory failure ; Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease ; Pneumonia ; Pneumothorax/hemothorax ; Pulmonary embolus ; Pulmonary tuberculosis
    Cardiovascular care plans. Aneurysms ; Atherosclerotic arterial occlusive disease ; Cardiac and noncardiac shock (circulatory failure) ; Cardiac surgery ; Coronary artery disease ; Dysrhythmias and conduction disturbances ; Heart failure ; Hypertension ; Pulmonary arterial hypertension ; Venous thrombosis/thrombophlebitis
    Renal-urinary care plans. Acute renal failure ; Benign prostatic hypertrophy ; Care of the patient undergoing hemodialysis ; Care of the patient undergoing peritoneal dialysis ; Care of the renal transplant recipient ; Chronic kidney disease ; Ureteral calculi ; Urinary diversions ; Urinary tract obstruction
    Neurologic care plans. General care of patients with neurologic disorders ; Bacterial meningitis ; Guillain-Barré syndrome ; Intervertebral disk disease ; Multiple sclerosis ; Parkinson's disease ; Seizures and epilepsy ; Spinal cord injury ; Stroke ; Traumatic brain injury
    Endocrine care plans. Diabetes insipidus ; Diabetes mellitus ; Diabetic ketoacidosis ; Hyperglycemic hyperosmolar syndrome ; Hyperthyroidism ; Hypothyroidism ; Syndrome of inappropriate antidiuretic hormone
    Gastrointestinal care plans. Abdominal trauma ; Appendicitis ; Cholelithiasis, cholecystitis, and cholangitis ; Cirrhosis ; Crohn disease ; Fecal diversions: colostomy, ileostomy, and ileal pouch anal anastomoses ; Hepatitis ; Pancreatitis ; Peptic ulcer disease ; Peritonitis ; Ulcerative colitis
    Hematological care plans. Anemias of chronic disease ; Disseminated intravascular coagulation ; Polycythemia ; Thrombocytopenia
    Musculoskeletal care plans. Amputation ; Fractures ; Joint replacement surgery ; Osteoarthritis ; Osteoporosis ; Rheumatoid arthritis
    Special needs care plans. Caring for individuals with human immunodeficiency virus ; Managing wound care ; Providing nutritional support
    pt. II. Pediatric nursing care plans. Asthma
    Attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder
    Bronchiolitis
    Burns
    Child abuse and neglect
    Cystic fibrosis
    Diabetes mellitus in children
    Fractures in children
    Gastroenteritis
    Otitis media
    Poisoning
    Sickle cell pain crisis
    pt. III. Maternity nursing care plans. Bleeding in pregnancy
    Diabetes in pregnancy
    Hyperemesis gravidarum
    Normal labor
    Postpartum wound infection
    Preeclampsia
    Preterm labor
    Preterm premature rupture of membranes
    pt. IV. Psychiatric nursing care plans. Anxiety disorders
    Bipolar disorder (manic component)
    Dementia, Alzheimer type
    Major depression
    Schizophrenia
    Substance-related and addictive disorders.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2019
  • Print
    Malavika Kannan.
    Summary: Sixteen-year-old queer Indian American, Maya, who falls for her white, wealthy, and complicated female classmate, Juneau, is asked to join a secret society of artists, vandals, and mischief-makers who fight for justice at their school. Maya Krishnan is fiercely protective of her friends, immigrant community, and single mother, but she knows better than to rock the boat in her conservative Florida suburb. Her classmate Juneau Zale, on the other hand, is a wealthy white heartbreaker who won't think twice before capsizing that boat. Juneau invites Maya to join the Pugilists-- a secret society of artists, vandals, and mischief-makers who fight for justice at their school. Their friendship inspires Maya to confront the challenges in her own life. As their relationship grows romantic, Maya must learn to speak her truth in this mixed-up world-- even if it results in heartbreak. -- adapted from jacket
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    PZ7.1.K278 Al 2023
    1
  • Print
    uitgegeven, geïllustreerd en van aanteekeningen voorzien door een Commissie van Nederlandsche geleerden.
    Contents:
    v 1. 1673-1676
    v. 2. 1676-1679
    v. 3. 1679-1682
    v. 4. 1683-1684
    v. 5. 1685-1686
    v. 6. 1686-1687
    v. 7. 1687-1688
    v. 8. 1688-1692
    v. 9. 1692-1694
    v. 10. 1694-1695
    v. 11. 1695-1696
    v. 12. 1696-1699
    v. 13. 1700-1701
    v. 14. 1701-1704
    v. 15. 1704-1707
    v. 16. 1707-1712.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    QH9 .L487
    16
  • Digital
    Waseem Mushtaq, Mohammad Badruzzaman Siddiqui, Khalid Rehman Hakeem.
    Summary: Allelopathic studies may be defined in various aspects; weed against weed/crop and vice versa. This book focuses on the ways to utilize the allelopathic potential of weeds or crops for controlling weeds in the agroecosystems. Vigorous use of herbicides is poisoning our environment at an alarming rate; allelopathy can be employed as a useful alternative to control weeds naturally under field conditions. The book contains chapters on the history of allelopathy; allelopathic potential of several important crops (rice, wheat, sorghum, maize, mustard, sunflower) and weeds (members of Solanaceae, Convolvulaceae, Asteraceae, Verbenaceae). Moreover, it highlights how the allelopathic potential of these weeds and crops can be employed effectively to suppress weeds under field conditions. The book also discusses topics on the role of allelochemicals in agroecosystems; impact on local flora; biotic stress induced by allelochemicals; mechanism of action of allelochemicals and future prospective of allelopathy. Prepared with basic concepts and importance of allelopathy, this book is intended for the agricultural community, botanists, students and researchers.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    History of allelopathy
    Allelopathy potential of important crops
    Allelopathy potential of weeds belonging to the family
    Role of allelochemicals in agroecosystems
    Allelopathic control of native weeds
    Mechanism of action of allelochemicals
    Future prospective.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital/Print
    edited by Mieczyslaw Pokorski.
    Summary: Respiratory allergy is constantly encountered and is sharply on the rise, particularly in the two most vulnerable age-groups: young children and seniors. Allergy results in airway hyperactivity and increased airway resistance, with all inflammatory sequelae being ensued. The chapters show how respiratory allergy research is interconnected with other disciplines by discussing neurotransmitter, membrane receptor, and ionic channel mechanisms of allergy and by giving diagnostic and pharmacological cues on desensitization and therapy.

    Contents:
    The Influence of L-NAME on iNOS Expression and Markers of Oxidative Stress in Allergen-Induced Airway Hyperreactivity
    Influence of Roflumilast on Airway Reactivity and Apoptosis in Ovalbumin-Sensitized Guinea Pigs
    Antitussive Activity of Withania Somnifera and Opioid Receptors
    Effects of Provinol and Its Combinations with Clinically Used Antiasthmatics on Airway Defense Mechanisms in Experimental Allergic Asthma
    Potassium Ion Channels and Allergic Asthma
    Impulse Oscillometry in the Diagnosis of Airway Resistance in Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
    Efficacy of Noninvasive Volume Targeted Ventilation in Patients with Chronic Respiratory Failure due to Kyphoscoliosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Allergic disease and therapy to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    David R. Stukus, editor.
    Summary: This unique book is intended to assist readers in understanding various allergic diseases as they pertain to the adolescent, with a strong focus on encouraging their transition into self-management. Allergies and Adolescents thoroughly addresses both the cognitive and social development of adolescents and provides effective strategies for involving them in their own self-management. Different types of nonadherence are covered in detail, and specific conditions such as allergic rhinitis, asthma, food allergy, and eczema each have a chapter devoted to a comprehensive discussion of basic concepts surrounding diagnosis and management. These chapters are then followed by a separate chapter providing details as to how that condition can specifically impact adolescents. Chapters containing practical tips that can be immediately implemented by adolescents and their families as well as clinicians conclude the book. Written by experts in their respective fields, Allergies and Adolescents is a comprehensive resource for multiple audiences, including the allergist, pediatrician, and any other healthcare provider working with adolescents, guiding them towards self-management, and preparing them for independent living.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access Wiley v. 1-, 1982-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    v. 1-72, 74-80, 1982-2005.
    No. 1 BOUND WITH: Allergy ; v. 37.; Nos. 76-80 BOUND WITH: Allergy ; v. 60 JL-DE.
    11
  • Digital
    Massoud Mahmoudi, editor.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction to Immune System
    Chapter 2. The History and Physical Examination of the Allergic Patient
    Chapter 3. Prevalence of Allergic Diseases in Children, adults and Elderly
    Chapter 4. Allergic Diseases of the Eye
    Chapter 5. Prevalence of Pollens in the United States and Elsewhere
    Chapter 6. Allergic Rhinitis: Diagnosis and Treatment
    Chapter 7. The Effect of Rhinitis on Sleep, Quality of Life, Daytime Somnolence, and Fatigue
    Chapter 8. Sinusitis
    Chapter 9. Allergic Diseases of the Ear
    Chapter 10. Cough and Allergic Diseases
    Chapter 11. Urticaria and Angioedema
    Chapter 12. Atopic Dermatitis
    Chapter 13. Allergic Contact Dermatitis
    Chapter 14. Pediatric Asthma
    Chapter 15. Adult Asthma
    Chapter 16. Exercise-Induced Bronchoconstriction
    Chapter 17. Occupational Asthma
    Chapter 18. Asthma and Pregnancy
    Chapter 19. Asthma and Pseudo-asthma
    Chapter 20. Hypersensitivity Pneumonitis
    Chapter 21. All Allergic Bronchopulmonary Aspergillosis
    Chapter 22. Serum Sickness
    Chapter 23. Complement Systems and Allergy Diseases
    Chapter 24. Food Allergy
    Chapter 25. Insect Allergy
    Chapter 26. Latex Allergy
    Chapter 27. Drug Allergy
    Chapter 28. Smoke, Pollution, and Allergy
    Chapter 29. Sick Building Syndrome
    Chapter 30. Allergy in the Elderly
    Chapter 31. Diagnostic Testing in Allergic Diseases
    Chapter 32. Primary Immunodeficiencies
    Chapter 33. HIV Infection
    Chapter 34. Complementary and Alternative Medicine in treatment of Allergic and Asthmatic Disease
    Chapter 35. Nutrition, Diet and Allergic Diseases
    Chapter 36. Prevention and Control Measures in Management of Allergic Diseases
    Chapter 37. Antihistamines and Mast Cell Stabilizers
    Chapter 38. Bronchodilators
    Chapter 39. Glucocorticoids
    Chapter 40. Anti-Immunoglobulin E (IgE) Therapy
    Chapter 41. Allergy Immunotherapy
    Chapter 42. Anaphylaxis and Its Management. .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Massou Mahmoudi, editor-in-chief.
    Summary: Allergy and Asthma: The Basics to Best Practices is intended to serve as a single comprehensive reference covering all needed knowledge of allergic diseases. Allergy is a unique and distinctive area of medicine wherein learning the fundamentals requires gathering information from various different disciplines. Allergic diseases affect various organ systems and the practice of a wide range of physicians from otolaryngologists, and pulmonologists, to gastroenterologists, dermatologists, and ophthalmologists. Clinicians and trainees alike will benefit from a resource that introduces the basic concepts, as well as providing comprehensive, consistently up-to-date instruction on intermediate and advanced conditions, research, and treatment strategies. The book is divided into nine sections and is written by some of the foremost experts in the field. Allergy and Asthma opens with an introduction which covers the epidemiology of allergic diseases, fundamentals of allergy and immunology, and a thorough grounding of different types of allergens. Early sections address allergic upper airway diseases, allergic skin diseases, and asthma in detail, using a structured, consistent format from chapter to chapter to provide continuity and ease of reference. Later sections thoroughly cover various food allergies, insect allergies, drug allergy, anaphylaxis, and utilize ample tables and illustrations to provide additional learning tools for the reader. This major reference not only provides basic knowledge on diagnosing and treating allergies, but moves beyond these basics to emphasize using a systematic approach to working up and treating a patient. A variety of techniques used in diagnosing asthma and allergy will be examined, of which include prick skin tests, in-vitro testing, patch testing and non-conventional allergy tests. Concluding this book are sections dedicated to management, therapeutic strategies of allergy and asthma, with a look to future research directions for this un ique field. Physicians and residents in allergy and immunology, pulmonology, otolaryngology, gastroenterology, dermatology, ophthalmology and other specialties will find the work of value in enhancing their practice and studies. Researchers in a range of areas especially immunology and food science will also find this text to be a compelling and reliable resource.

    Contents:
    SECTION-1: Introduction
    Background
    allergic diseases
    Introduction to the immune system
    Epidemiology of allergic diseases
    Evaluation of an allergic patient
    Environmental allergens
    SECTION-2: Common Allergic Diseases and Related Illnesses
    Allegic diseases of the eye
    Allergic Rhinitis
    Allergic disease of ear
    Sinsusitis and allergies
    Eosinophilic Esophagitis
    Urticaria & Angioedema
    Atopic Dermatitis
    Allergic contact Dermatitis
    Food Allergy
    Drug Allergy
    Latex Allergy
    Insect Sting Allergy
    Allergy in School Children
    Anaphylaxis
    SECTION 3- Asthma and respiratory allergy
    Asthma phenotype
    Asthma
    Allergic asthma
    Exercise induced asthma
    Aspirin-induced asthma
    Cough and cough-variant asthma
    Occuaptiponal asthma
    Asthma in elderl
    Astham in pregnancy
    Astham Masquerader
    Allergic Bronchopulmonary Asperigillus
    Hypersensitivity pneumonitis
    SECTION 3-Diagnoses
    Prick skin tests
    In-Vitro testing
    Patch Testing
    Non-conventional allergy tests
    SECTION 4-Management and Treatment of Allergic Disease
    Preventive and Control measures in Management of Allergic Diseases
    Antihistmaiens
    Bronchodilateros
    Corticosteroids
    Anti-IgE Therapy
    Anti-IL-5 Therapy
    Immunotherapy
    Sublingual Immunotherapy
    Complementary and Alternative Therapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Massoud Mahmoudi (editor-in-chief).
    Springer Nature Living Reference.
    Summary: Allergy is a unique area of medicine that is not taught as a single subject in medical or allied health schools. Therefore learning the fundamentals of this distinctive area of medicine requires gathering information from various disciplines. This is because the allergic diseases affect various organ systems and the practice of a wide range of physicians such as Ear, Nose, and Throat (ENT) specialists, pulmonologists, gastroenterologists, dermatologists, and ophthalmologists, among others; all encounter patients with such problems. As knowledge in this area of medicine grows, clinicians and trainees need a resource to learn the basics as well as intermediate and advanced concepts and strategies. This title is intended to serve as a single comprehensive reference covering all needed knowledge of allergic diseases. The authors of this work will be comprised of some of the foremost experts in the field, coming primarily from the United States. They will cover their topics using a structured, consistent format from chapter to chapter to provide continuity and uniformity to the work. This reference will not only provide basic knowledge on diagnosing and treating allergies, but will go beyond the basics and also emphasize using a systematic approach to working up and treating a patient. Ample numbers of tables and illustrations for better visualization of the complicated areas will be provided in each chapter. Discussion about trends, current research, and future research directions for each disorder will be incorporated as warranted. Summary sections will be used. Following initial publication, new information to the existing chapters, or entirely new chapters, will be added as necessary via continuous updating. The audience for this reference work includes physicians and residents in allergy and immunology, pulmonology, ENT, gastroenterology, dermatology, ophthalmology and other specialties; physician assistants, nursing professionals, allergy fellows (in-training), primary care providers, and allied health personnel are also part of the audience. Medical students will also find the work of value, as will researchers in a range of areas especially immunology and food science.
    Digital Access Springer Live 2020-
    Continuously updated edition
  • Digital
    Takemi Otsuki, Claudia Petrarca, Mario Di Gioacchino, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Takemi Otsuki, Mario Di Gioacchino, Claudia Petrarca, editors.
    Summary: This book presents a collection of the latest clinical and research findings in the field of allergy and immunotoxicology, covering the allergic responses to various nanoparticles and nanomaterials, posttreatment immune reconstruction, and monitoring the workplace environment. Following on from its acclaimed predecessor, the book provides readers with novel insights into immune effects, autoimmune diseases, and theimmunotoxicity of various substances, such as silica and asbestos. Allergy and Immunotoxicology in Occupational Health - The Next Step invites readers in the occupational health sector to reflect on critical yet unresolved questions, and provides a foundation for future research on the health impairments resulting from environmental and occupational exposure to these substances.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital/Print
    Mieczyslaw Pokorski, editor.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Spirometry or Body Plethysmography for the Assessment of Bronchial Hyperresponsiveness, R. Merget, F. Nensa, E. Heinze, D. Taeger, T. Bruening
    Chapter 2. Clinical Effects, Exhaled Breath Condensate pH and Exhaled Nitric Oxide in Humans after Ethyl Acrylate Exposure, F. Hoffmeyer, J. B?nger, C. Mons?, H. Berresheim, B. Jettkant, A. Beine, T. Br?ning, K. Sucker
    Chapter 3. Effectiveness of PCR and Immunofluorescence Techniques for Detecting Human Cytomegalovirus in Blood and Bronchoalveolar Lavage Fluid, A. Ro?y, K. Duk, B. Szumna, P. Jagu?, D. Gawryluk, J. Chorostowska-Wynimko
    Chapter 4. The Role of Ion Channels to Regulate Airway Ciliary Beat Frequency During Allergic Inflammation, M. Joskova, M. Sutovska, P. Durdik, D. Koniar, L. Hargas, P. Banovcin, M. Hrianka, V. Khazaei, L. Pappova, S. Franova
    Chapter 5. Content of Asthmagen Natural Rubber Latex Allergens in Commercial Disposable Gloves, C. Bittner, M. Velasco Garrido, L.H. Krach, V. Harth
    Chapter 6. Thermal Sensitivity and Dimethyl Sulfoxide (DMSO), K. Takeda, M. Pokorski, Y. Okada
    Chapter 7. IgE Reactivity, Work Related Allergic Symptoms, Asthma Severity, and Quality of Life in Bakers with Occupational Asthma, C. Bittner, M. Velasco Garrido, V. Harth, A.M. Preisser
    Chapter 8. Effects of Selective Inhibition of PDE4 by YM976 on Airway Reactivity and Cough in Ovalbumin-Sensitized Guinea Pigs, J. Mokry, A. Fulmekova, I. Medvedova, M. Kertys, P. Mikolka, P. Kosutov?, D. Mokr?
    Chapter 9. Airway Defense Control Mediated via Voltage-Gated Sodium Channels, M. Kocmalova, M. Joskova, S. Franova, P. Banovcin, M. Sutovska
    Chapter 10
    Virological Characteristics of the 2014/2015 Influenza Season Based on Molecular Analysis of Biological Material Derived from I-MOVE, E. Hallmann-Szeli?ska, K. Bednarska, M. Korczy?ska, I. Paradowska-Stankiewicz, L.B. Brydak.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Anna Fishbein, Stephen H. Sheldon, editors.
    Summary: Sleep-related abnormalities occurring as a result of allergic disorders can impact an affected individualâ#x80;#x99;s health and overall well-being in a myriad of ways. This comprehensive book thoroughly covers the management of allergic and sleep disorders, providing a detailed discussion on how these co-occurring, often overlapping conditions can be treated in a personalized and patient-oriented manner. Allergy and Sleep: Basic Principles and Clinical Practice takes care to include a wide range of multidisciplinary perspectives required to effectively assess and manage allergy and sleep disorders, from allergists, sleep medicine specialists, otolaryngologists, and dermatologists, to primary care physicians, pharmacists, psychologists, and other researchers. Allergy and Sleep begins with a thorough grounding on the science of sleep, allergy, immunology, circadian rhythms and circadian immunology. Part II addresses assessment and treatment of common allergic diseases with comorbid sleep components, in a practical, easy-to-use case-based format. Later sections closely examine sleep-related disturbances commonly associated with asthma, allergic rhinitis, and atopic disease; providing treatment guidelines, and detail various approaches to management throughout the patientâ#x80;#x99;s lifespan. This resource concludes with a review of disease, sleep and circadian-specific therapeutics. Written by experts in their respective fields, Allergy and Sleep: Basic Principles and Clinical Practice is an ideal resource and important reference for any clinician working with patients suffering from sleep-related abnormalities due to allergic disorders.

    Contents:
    Preface
    I. Science of Sleep.-1. Sleep, Sleep Disorders, and Immune Function
    2. Overview of Basic Immunology
    3. Overview and Understanding of Basic Circadian Physiology
    4. Overview and Understanding of Human Circadian Immunology
    5. Overview and Understanding of Allergic Reactions and Allergic Disease
    6. Ontogeny of Sleep in Infants, Children, and Adolescent
    II. Clinical Science
    7. Screening for Allergic Disease in a Child with Sleep Disorder and Screening for Sleep Disturbance in Allergic Disease
    8. Evaluation and Management of a Sleepy Child
    9. Evaluation and Management of the Sleepless Child
    10. Evaluation and Management of Movement Disorders in Children
    11. Evaluation and Management of Allergic Disorders Related to Sleep Pathology
    III. Asthma
    12. Sleep-Related Disturbances Commonly Associated with Asthma
    13. Obesity Asthma and Sleep-Related Breathing Disorders
    14. Monitoring Asthma During Sleep: Methods and Techniques
    15. Asthma Treatment Outcome Measures
    16. Guidelines for Management of Sleep-Related Breathing Disorders and Asthma.-IV. Allergic Rhinitis
    17. Pathophysiology of Sleep-Disordered Breathing and Allergic Rhinitis
    18. Sleep-Related Breathing Disorders and Inflammation: TNF-α and IL-6 as Prototypic Examples
    19. Circadian Rhythm of Allergic Rhinitis, Skin Testing and Allergen Immunotherapy
    20. Differentiating Upper Airways Resistance in Adenoid Hypertrophy, Allergic Rhinitis and Obstructive Sleep Apnea: Imaging and Approaches
    21. Allergic Rhinitis and Sleep: Approaches to Management
    V. Atopic Dermatitis
    22. Sleep-Related Disorders Associated with Atopic Dermatitis
    23. Sleep Disruption in Atopic Dermatitis
    24. Sleep Dysregulation in Chronic Rhinosinusitis
    VI. Therapies for Sleep and Sleep-Related Breathing Disorders Associated with Atopic Disease
    25. Behavioral Management
    26. Chronotherapy
    27. Melatonin, Sleep, and Allergy
    28. Pharmacologic Management of Allergic Disease and Sleep
    29. Alternative/Integrative Medical Approaches in Allergy and Sleep: Basic Principles and Clinical Practice
    30. Assessment and Therapies for Sleep and Sleep-Related Breathing Disorders Associated with Atopic Disease in Children: A Dental Perspective
    31. Surgical Management of Allergic Disease to Treat Sleep Disturbance in Children and Adults
    Appendix: Food Allergy and Sleep
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Ailin Tao, Eyal Rax, editors.
    Contents:
    Allergic Disease Epidemiology
    The Pathogenesis of Allergy: A Brief Introduction
    Genetics and Epigenetic Regulation in Allergic Diseases
    Cross-Reactivity
    From Allergen Extracts to Allergen Genes and Allergen Molecules
    Allergen Gene Cloning
    High Throughput Screening of Allergy
    Surrogate Markers for Allergen-Specific Immunotherapy
    Immune Responses to Allergens in Atopic Disease: Considerations for Bioinformatics
    Antigenicity, Immunogenicity and Allergenicity
    Bioinformatic Classifiers for Allergen Sequence Discrimination
    Strategies for the Modification and Evaluation of Allergenicity
    Bioinformatics Methods to Predict Allergen Epitopes
    Allergen Database.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Robyn E. O'Hehir, Stephen T. Holgate, Gurjit K. Khurana Hershey, Aziz Sheikh.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital/Print
    Lubarsch, Otto.
    Digital Access Google Books 1905-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    J25 .L92
    1
  • Print
    von A. von Tschermak.
    Contents:
    Bd.
    1. Groundlagen der allgemeinen Physiologie. T.
    1. Allgemeine Charakteristik des Lebens physikalische und chemische Beschaffenheit der lebenden Substanz.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    F31 .T87
    1
  • Print
    begründet von Martin Kirschner.
    Contents:
    Bd. 1. Allgemeine Operations lehre / Gerd Hegemann
    Bd. 2. Die Eingriffe am Gehirnschädel, Gehirn an der Wirbelsäule und am Rückenmark / N. Guleke
    Bd. 4. Gesicht/Gesichtsschädel Kiefer
    Bd. 5. Die Oto-Rhino-Laryngologischen operationen / H.J. Denecke
    Bd. 6, T.1. Die Eingriffe an der Brust und in der Brusthöhle / Alfred Brunner
    Bd. 7, T. 1. Die Eingriffe in der Bauchhöhle / Martin Kirschner
    Bd. 7, T. 2. Die Eingriffe bei den Bauchbüchen / Martin Kirschner
    Bd. 8. Die Eingriffe an den Harnorganen Nebennieren und männlichen Geschlechtsorganen / Leonhard Lurz
    Bd. 9 Gynäkologische Operationen / K.G. Ober [und] H. Meinrenken
    Bd. 10. Die Operationen an den Extremitäten / Werner Wachsmuth.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    M32 .K61
    1
  • Print
    von Martin Kirschner ... [et al.].
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    M32 .K61
    11
  • Digital/Print
    Kraus, Friedrich.
    Contents:
    v. 1. Allgemeiner Teil
    v. 2. Besonderer Teil, I. Tiefenperson.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    J111 .K91
    2
  • Digital
    Mariya Miteva.
    Summary: Get a quick, expert overview of alopecia with this concise, practical resource. Dr. Mariya Miteva covers high-interest clinical topics including hair cosmeceuticals, new medications in clinical trials, off-label treatment technologies, and much more. It's an ideal resource for dermatologists, dermatopathologists, students, fellows, and researchers interested in hair loss.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Pooya Khan Mohammad Beigi.
    Contents:
    Part 1: Overview
    Chapter 1: Introduction
    Part 2: Diffuse Alopecia
    Chapter 2
    Diffuse alopecia areata
    Chapter 3
    Alopecia totalis / universalis
    Chapter 4
    Telogen effluvium
    Chapter 5
    Anagen effluvium
    Chapter 6
    Loose anagen syndrome
    Part 3: Focal Alopecia
    Non-scarring Alopecias
    Chapter 7
    Androgenetic alopecia (AGA)
    Chapter 8
    Alopecia areata
    Chapter 9
    Tinea capitis
    Part 4: Focal Alopecia
    Traumatic Hair Loss
    Chapter 10
    Trichotillomania (hair pulling disorder)
    Chapter 11
    Traction alopecia
    Part 5: Focal Alopecia
    Cicatricial Alopecia
    Chapter 12
    Chronic cutaneous lupus erythematosus
    Chapter 13
    Lichen planopilaris
    Chapter 14
    Central centrifugal cicatricial alopecia
    Part 6: Pathology slides
    Chapter 15
    Pathology slides
    Part 7: Research studies
    Chapter 16
    Research study 1
    Chapter 17
    Research study 2
    Part 8: Case reports and photos
    Chapter 18
    Patient descriptions.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    volume editors, Dimitrios Ioannides, Antonella Tosti.
    Contents:
    Normal and aging hair biology and structure 'aging and hair'
    Evaluation of hair loss
    Scalp dermoscopy or trichoscopy
    Androgenetic, diffuse and senescent alopecia in men: practical evaluation and management
    Female pattern hair loss
    Hair loss in children
    Alopecia areata
    Primary scarring alopecias
    Molecular genetics of alopecias
    Alopecias due to drugs and other skin and systemic disorders
    Effect of ultraviolet radiation, smoking and nutrition on hair
    Hair care and dyeing
    Age-related hair pigment loss
    Ethnic hair disorders
    Advances in hair transplantation: longitudinal partial follicular unit transplantation.
    Digital Access Karger 2015
  • Digital
    Adam Wanner, Robert A. Sandhaus, editors.
    Contents:
    Alpha-1- Antitrypsin and the Serpins
    Alpha-1 Antitrypsin: The protein
    Misfolding and Polymerisation of Alpha1-Antitrypsin ? Conformational Pathology and Therapeutic Targeting
    Managing the Adaptive Proteostatic Landscape: Restoring Resilience in Alpha-1 Antitrypsin Deficiency
    United States Targeted Detection Program for Alpha-1 Antitrypsin Deficiency
    Lung Disease of Alpha-1 Antitrypsin Deficiency
    Alpha-1-Antitrypsin Deficiency: Role in Health and Disease
    Alpha-1 Antitrypsin as a Therapeutic Agents for Conditions not Associated with Alpha-1 Antitrypsin Deficiency
    The Alpha-1 Constellation of Voluntary Health Organizations as a Paradigm for Confronting Other Rare Diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Zhong-li Sha, Yan-rong Wang, Dong-ling Cui.
    Summary: As one of the largest families within the Caridea, the Alpheidae have attracted much attention for its species richness, especially on coral reefs. The Alpheidae are one of the most abundant decapods in tropical and subtropical areas, with 48 genera and more than 700 known species. The Alpheidae present a particular challenge in terms of both taxonomy and systematics as they are difficult to identify (some species vary in their growth and there are often large differences between the sexes). Traditional, morphology-based research on the Alpheidae still plays an important role in identifying species, compared with new methods, such as the short gene sequences. Based on more than 2000 specimens collected from the China Seas, this book describes and clearly illustrates 146 species belonging to 16 genera of the Alpheidae. It also presents the key features of every genus and every species within every genus, to enable readers to easily identify the alphid shrimps of the China Seas.

    Contents:
    Part I Introduction
    Part II Taxonomy of Alpheidae from China seas
    Chapter 1 Genus Alpheopsis Coutière., Chapter 2 Genus Alpheus Fabricius
    1) Brevirostris Group., 2) Crinitus Group
    3) Diadema Group
    4) Edwardsii Group
    5) Macrocheles Group
    6) Obesomanus Group
    7) Sulcatus Group
    Chapter 3 Genus Arete Stimpson
    Chapter 4 Genus Aretopsis De Man., Chapter 5 Genus Athanas Leach
    Chapter 6 Genus Automate De Man
    Chapter 7 Genus Batella Holthuis
    Chapter 8 Genus Bermudacaris Anker and Iliff
    Chapter 9 Genus Betaeus Dana
    Chapter 10 Genus Metalpheus Coutière
    Chapter 11 Genus Prionalpheus Banner & Banner
    Chapter 12 Genus Rugathanas Anker & Jeng
    Chapter 13 Genus Salmoneus Holthuis
    Chapter 14 Genus Stenalpheops Miya
    Chapter 15 Genus Synalpheus Spence Bate
    Chapter 16 Genus Thuylamea Nguyên.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Christian Körner.
    Summary: This book is a completely revised, substantially extended treatment of the physical and biological factors that drive life in high mountains. The book covers the characteristics of alpine plant life, alpine climate and soils, life under snow, stress tolerance, treeline ecology, plant water, carbon, and nutrient relations, plant growth and productivity, developmental processes, and two largely novel chapters on alpine plant reproduction and global change biology. The book explains why the topography driven exposure of plants to dramatic micro-climatic gradients over very short distances causes alpine biodiversity to be particularly robust against climatic change. Geographically, this book draws on examples from all parts of the world, including the tropics. This book is complemented with novel evidence and insight that emerged over the last 17 years of alpine plant research. The number of figures -- mostly in color -- nearly doubled, with many photographs providing a vivid impression of alpine plant life worldwide. Christian Körner was born in 1949 in Austria, received his academic education at the University of Innsbruck, and was full professor of Botany at the University of Basel from 1989 to 2014. As emeritus Professor he is continuing alpine plant research in the Swiss Alps.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Herbert Schoenhuber, Andrea Panzeri, Simone Porcelli, editors.
    Summary: This book provides detailed information on the different forms of injury that are associated with training for and participation in Alpine skiing, covering risk factors and epidemiology, incidence, injury patterns, and, above all, preventive strategies and current management approaches. Conditions addressed in individual chapters include concussion, traumatic dislocations due to high-energy trauma or inappropriate movements, overuse injuries resulting from dry-land training or skiing on snow, the fractures typically associated with present-day Alpine skiing accidents, and musculoskeletal disorders. The importance of a sound understanding of biomechanics and physiological systems for the design of suitable training protocols and trauma prevention is clearly explained, and in-depth information and guidance are provided on training and testing for elite skiers and return to sporting activity following injury. Among the other topics addressed in individual chapters are the relationship of changes in skiing equipment over recent decades to particular types of injury and the potential consequences of exposure to hypobaric hypoxia and other stressors at high altitude. The book will be of great value to all medical professionals who work with or care for Alpine skiers, as well as for trainers and the skiers themselves.

    Contents:
    Biomechanics of Alpine skiing
    Physiology of Alpine skiing
    Training and testing for elite skiers
    Epidemiology of Alpine skiing injuries
    Concussion in Alpine ski
    Traumatic dislocation and fractures
    Overuse injuries in alpine skiers
    Prevention of overuse injuries in Alpine skiers
    Musculoskeletal disorders among elite Alpine skiing racers
    Return to elite Alpine sports activity after injury
    Role of ski equipment on injury rate
    Respiratory system illness and hypoxia.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Daniel Goleman and Richard J. Davidson.
    Summary: Sweeps away the misconceptions around mindfulness and other forms of meditation, showing how smart practice can change our personal traits and even our genome for the better. Goleman and Davidson reveal what we can learn from a one-of-a-kind data pool that includes world-class meditators. They share for the first time findings that show how meditation--without drugs or high expense--can cultivate qualities such as selflessness, equanimity, love and compassion, and redesign our neural circuitry.

    Contents:
    The deep path and the wide
    Ancient clues
    The after is the before for the next during
    The best we had
    A mind undisturbed
    Primed for love
    Attention!
    Lightness of being
    Mind, body, and genome
    Meditation as psychotherapy
    A Yogi's brain
    Hidden treasure
    Altering traits
    A healthy mind.
    Limited to 2 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    Mark Trombetta, Jean-Philippe Pignol, Paolo Montemaggi, Luther W. Brady, editors.
    Summary: This book, written by leading international experts, describes alternate fractionation strategies in which technology-driven precise targeting and dosing allow for improved conformance and decreased volumes, with concordant lessening of toxicity, reduction in treatment time, and lower overall health care expense. The aim is to provide the advanced clinician with an up-to-date evidence-based reference that will assist in the delivery of enhanced patient care in daily practice. Traditional multi-week fractionation schedules were established at a time when the inclusion of relatively large amounts of normal tissue was unavoidable owing to the lack of accurate target localization during treatment. Such schedules are time and resource consuming, difficult for patients, and expensive. Nevertheless, acceptance of alternate fractionation strategies has been slow in some countries. The paradigm is, however, changing as evidence accumulates to demonstrate improved local control, equivalence of tolerance, or both. In documenting these alternate strategies, this book will be of value for radiation oncologists, medical physicists, and oncologists worldwide.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Eric T. Wong, editor.
    Summary: This concise text provides a complete overview of alternating electric fields therapy -- also known as tumor treating fields -- for glioblastoma and other types of solid tumor malignancies. Readers are given a fundamental understanding of this novel anti-cancer treatment modality by learning from clinical trial data as well as the physical and cell biology effects on tumor cells when alternating electric fields are applied both in vitro and in vivo. Chapters illustrate the physics behind electric field propagation in space and other media. This is followed by a review of our current understanding of the electric field effects on dividing cells - including the disruption of cytokinesis, proper chromosome segregation and activation on the cell surface chaperons that induce immunogenic cell death. Data from phase III trials for the treatment of recurrent and newly diagnosed glioblastomas are included, as well as some of the ancillary post hoc analyses that were performed by various investigators. The remainder of the chapter covers other solid tumor malignancies, including non-small cell lung cancer, pancreatic cancer and ovarian cancer, as this treatment modality is being applied to systemic malignancies. Alternating Electric Fields Therapy in Oncology offers oncologists, neurologists, radiation oncologists, biomedical engineers, cell biologists and mitosis researchers the fundamentals needed for clinical practice.

    Contents:
    1. Cell Biological Effects of Alternating Electric Fields
    2. Fundamental Physics of Alternating Electric Fields Therapy
    3. Biophysical Effects of Alternating Electric Fields
    4. Computer Simulation of Alternating Electric Fields Therapy
    5. Response Pattern and Modeling of Tumor-Treating Fields
    6. Clinical Efficacy of Alternating Electric Fields for Recurrent Glioblastoma
    7. Alternating Electric Fields in Clinical Practice with Emphasis on PRiDe Registry
    8. Alternating Electric Fields Therapy for Newly Diagnosed Glioblastoma
    9. Supportive Care in Patients Using Alternating Electric Fields Therapy
    10. Future Directions for Alternating Electric Fields.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Edzard Ernst.
    Summary: Alternative medicine (AM) is hugely popular; about 40% of the US general population have used at least one type of alternative treatment in the past year, and in Germany this figure is around 70%. The money spent on AM is considerable: the global market is expected to reach nearly US $ 200 billion by 2025, with most of these funds coming directly out of consumers pockets. The reasons for this popularity are complex, but misinformation is certainly a prominent factor. The media seem to have an insatiable appetite for the subject and often report uncritically on it. Misinformation about AM on the Internet (currently about 50 million websites are focused on AM) is much more the rule than the exception. Consumers are thus being bombarded with misinformation on AM, and they are ill-protected from such misinformation and therefore prone to making wrong, unwise or dangerous therapeutic decisions, endangering their health and wasting their money. This book is a reference text aimed at guiding consumers through the maze of AM. The concept of the book is straightforward. It has two main parts. The first, short section provides essential background on AM, explaining in simple terms what is (and what is not) good, reliable evidence, and addressing other relevant issues like, for instance, the placebo response, informed consent, integrative medicine, etc. The second and main part consists of 150 short chapters, topically grouped and each dedicated to one single alternative therapeutic or diagnostic method. In each of them, seven critical points are raised. These points relate to issues that are important for consumers decisions whether it is worth trying the method in question. Restricting the discussion to just seven points means that issues must be prioritized to those themes which are most relevant in the context of each given modality.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Why evidence?
    The attractiveness of alternative medicine
    The unattractiveness of alternative medicine
    Ethical problems in alternative medicine
    Other issues
    Diagnostic techniques
    Medicines and oral treatments
    Physical therapies
    Other therapies
    Umbrella terms.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Muhammad Zia-Ul-Haq, May Nasser Bin-Jumah, Sarah I. Alothman, Hanan A. Henidi, editors.
    Summary: This research volume examines the available alternative, complementary, pharmaceutical and vaccine methods for treating, mitigating, or preventing COVID-19. Coverage includes traditional Chinese medicine, herbal remedies, nutraceutical/dietary options, and drug/vaccine therapies. All the methods discussed will be critically examined to provide readers with a full, unbiased overview that includes pros/cons of each method. While the nature of COVID-19 is still being studied, and new research and theories are being published daily, this book endeavors to provide readers with a comprehensive summary of current research on alternative and mainstream treatment and prevention methods.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    About the Editors
    Chapter 1: Introduction to COVID-19
    Introduction
    Origin of COVID
    Emergence and Epidemiology
    Human-Animal Interaction as Risk Factor
    Best Suitable Animal Model
    COVID and Animal Welfare
    Molecular Differences Between Different Animal Species
    Vaccines for COVID from Animals
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 2: Medicinal Plants as COVID-19 Remedy
    Introduction
    Existing Plants with Potential Therapeutic Applications for Coronavirus Family (SARS-CoV)
    Plants as Specific Inhibitors of HCoV Target Proteins Bupleurum Species
    Artemisia annua L.
    Isatis indigotica Fortune ex Lindl.
    Alcea digitata (Boiss.) Alef.
    Lycoris radiata (L'Hér.) Herb.
    Pyrrosia lingua (Thunb.) Farw.
    Houttuynia cordata Thunb.
    Torreya nucifera L.
    Lindera aggregata (Sims) Kosterm.
    Rheum palmatum L.
    Cerasus avium (L.) Moench.
    Polygonum multiflorum Thunb.
    Citrus aurantium L.
    Rubia tinctorum L.
    Onopordum acanthium L.
    Quercus infectoria G. Olivier
    Crataegus microphylla C. Koch
    Berberis integerrima Bunge
    Alnus japonica (Thunb.) Steud.
    Paulownia tomentosa (Thunb.) Steud. Psoralea corylifolia L.
    Tribulus terrestris L.
    Medicinal Plants as Potential Source of Natural Antiviral Agents Against COVID -19
    Allium Sativum (Garlic)
    Azadirachta indica (Neem)
    Curcuma domestica (Turmeric, Haldi)
    Echinacea purpurea L. (Echinacea)
    Foeniculum vulgare Mill. (Fennel)
    Glycyrrhiza glabra (Licorice)
    Melissa officinalis L. (Lemon Balm)
    Mentha piperita L. (Peppermint)
    Nigella sativa L. (Black Seeds)
    Origanum vulgare L. (Oregano)
    Ocimum bacilicum L. (Basil)
    Rosmarinus officinalis L. (Rosemary)
    Salvia officinalis L. (Sage) Senna alexandrina Mill. (Senna Makki)
    Zingiber officinale Rosc. (Ginger)
    Limitations
    Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 3: Traditional Chinese Medicines as Possible Remedy Against SARS-CoV-2
    Introduction
    Traditional Chinese Medical Practices
    Laws for TCM Formulation
    Antiviral Potential of Plant Metabolites
    Structure of SARS-CoV-2
    Relevance of SARS-CoV with SARS-CoV-2
    Entry of SARS-CoV vs. SARS-CoV-2 into Host Cell
    TCM and SARS-CoV
    TCM and SARS-CoV-2 (COVID-19)
    Most Practiced Herbs in Formulations Against COVID-19 Utilization Frequency of Herbs in the Formulation of (COVID-19) Decoctions
    Approved/Proposed Decoctions with Successful Clinical Trials
    Qingfei Paidu Decoction (QFPD) (Approved)
    Huashi Baidu Decoction (HBD) (Approved)
    Xiaochaihu Decoction (XCHD)
    Xuanfei Baidu Decoction (XFBD) (Approved)
    Jinhua Qinggan (JQ) (Approved)
    Huoxiang Zhengqi (HZ) Capsule
    Lianhua Qingwen (LQ)
    Xuebijing Injection (XbI) (Approved)
    Reduning Injection (RdI)
    Shufeng Jiedu Capsule (SFJC)
    Ma Xing Shi Gan Decoction (MXSGD) (Approved)
    Yin Qiao San (YQS)
    Yupingfeng San (YPFS)
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Chantra Eskes, Erwin van Vliet, Howard I. Maibach, editors.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Concepts
    Skin irritation
    Skin corrosion
    Skin sensitization
    UV-induced effects (phototoxicity & photoallergy)
    Skin genotoxicity
    Other exploratory areas of relevance.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Hajime Kojima, Troy Seidle, Horst Spielmann, editors.
    Summary: This open access book presents recent advances in the pure sciences that are of significance in the quest for alternatives to the use of animals in research and describes a variety of practical applications of the three key guiding principles for the more ethical use of animals in experiments - replacement, reduction, and refinement, collectively known as the 3Rs. Important examples from across the world of implementation of the 3Rs in the testing of cosmetics, chemicals, pesticides, and biologics, including vaccines, are described, with additional information on relevant regulations. The coverage also encompasses emerging approaches to alternative tests and the 3Rs. The book is based on the most informative contributions delivered at the Asian Congress 2016 on Alternatives and Animal Use in the Life Sciences. It will be of value for those working in R & D, for graduate students, and for educators in various fields, including the pharmaceutical and cosmetic sciences, pharmacology, toxicology, and animal welfare. The free, open access distribution of Alternatives to Animal Testing is enabled by the Creative Commons Attribution license in International version 4: CC BY 4.0.

    Contents:
    1. Zebrafish, Danio rerio as a replacement alternative model useful in CKDu experiments
    2. Testing Method Development and Validation for In Vitro Skin Irritation Testing (SIT) by Using Reconstructed Human Epidermis (RhE) Skin Equivalent
    EPiTR
    3. Development the technique for the Preparation and Characterization of Reconstructed Human Epidermis (RHE)
    4. Alternative Research (3Rs) in the World, Asia and Japan
    5. Approaches to Reducing Animal Use for Acute Toxicity Testing: Retrospective Analyses of Pesticide Data
    6. Progress in deleting the 1-year dog study for the safety assessment of pesticides
    7. Cosmetic regulation and alternatives to animal experimentation in India
    8. Guidance on the Use of Alternative Test Methods for the Safety Assessment of Cosmetics and Quasi-Drugs
    9. Alternatives and Refinement for Animal Experimentation in Cancer Research
    10. 3Rs in quality control of human vaccines: opportunities and barriers
    11. The Use of Adverse Outcome Pathways (AOPs) to Support Chemical Safety Decisions within the Context of Integrated Approaches to Testing and Assessment (IATA)
    12. Mechanism-based evaluation system for hepato- and nephrotoxicity or carcinogenicity using omics technology
    13. Alternative methods for developmental toxicity testing using mouse ESCs
    14. Futuristic approach to alternative model organisms: Hydra stakes its claim
    15. The Lush Prize and Young Researcher Asia Awards 2016.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Nejat Erverdi, Melih Motro.
    Contents:
    Brief History of Distraction Osteogenesis
    Formation and Mineralization of Maxillary Membranous Bone during Distraction Osteogenesis: Principles and Periods of Distraction Osteogenesis
    Bone Histology and Quality after Distraction Osteogenesis
    Diagnosis and Treatment Planning: Need for Alveolar Distraction Osteogenesis
    ArchWise Distraction Appliance
    Class II Div I Cases
    Lengthening Ankylosed Teeth by Local Alveolar Distraction Osteogenesis
    Different Clinical Aspects of ArchWise Distraction Treatment.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    David Ludwig, MD, PhD.
    Summary: "Inspired by the New York Times op-ed "Always Hungry," ALWAYS HUNGRY? will change everything readers ever thought about weight loss, diet, and health. Groundbreaking new research shows that calorie counting does not work for weight loss: one diet causes weight gain whereas another diet with the same calorie count doesn't. It's your fat cells that are to blame for causing excessive hunger and increased weight. By eating the wrong foods, our fat cells are triggered to take in too many calories for themselves, setting off a dangerous chain reaction of increased appetite and a slower metabolism. Now, Harvard Medical School's David Ludwig, MD, PhD, offers an impeccably researched diet that will turn dieting on its head, teaching readers to reprogram their fat cells, tame hunger, boost metabolism, and lose weight--for good"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Prologue: A new way to think about weight loss
    The big picture
    The problem
    The science
    The solution
    Prepare to change your life
    Phase 1: Conquer cravings
    Phase 2: Retrain your fat cells
    Phase 3: Lose weight permanently
    Recipes
    Epilogue: Ending the madness
    Appendix A: The glycemic load of carbohydrate-containing foods
    Appendix B: Trackers
    Appendix C: Guides to preparing vegetables, whole grains, nuts, and seeds.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RM222.2 .L74 2016
    1
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Varies.
    Call number varies. Search for ALZA conference series to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    edited by Gunhild Waldemar and Alistair Burns.
    Summary: "Part of the Oxford Neurology Library series, this second edition of Alzheimer's Disease is a succinct and practical introduction to the diagnosis, evaluation and management of Alzheimer's disease. This practical pocketbook contains 14 fully updated chapters on key topics such as pathophysiology, epidemiology, pharmacological treatments, and psychological symptoms. The introduction of new chapters on atypical presentations, end-of-life issues, and case vignettes ensure the reader is fully equipped with the latest understanding of the possible causes of the disease, methods of diagnosis, and management techniques. Content is presented in a concise and easy to read format designed for quick reference, with helpful key points listed at the start of each chapter"--www.amazon.com.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    Jha Arun, Kaushik Mukhopadhaya.
    Summary: This book provides a practically focused resource on the methodologies available for diagnosing and treating Alzheimer's disease. The number of individuals affected by the disease continues to grow and as such there is an ever-increasing need for clear easy-to-digest guidance on how to appropriately diagnose and treat these patients. Within this work, chapters provide concise informative details of what this form of dementia is, how it can be diagnosed, managed and prevented making it ideal for those with limited experience in dealing with these patients. Information is provided on how to use a variety of the latest relevant techniques including mental state examinations, functional assessments, special investigations and the available drug treatments. Alzheimer's Disease: Diagnosis & Treatment Guide is a concise clinical guide detailing how to diagnose and treat these patients. It's easy-to-follow ideal for use by front-line physicians and trainees, who have no previous experience of diagnosing and treating this disease. The assessment component of the book is based on the WHO Mental Health Gap Action Plan (mhGAP) Dementia Intervention Guide for non-specialized settings.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Acknowledgements
    Contents
    About the Authors
    Chapter 1: Memory, Cognitive Impairment and Dementia
    1.1 The First Meeting
    1.2 Introduction
    1.3 What Is Normal?
    1.4 Memory
    1.4.1 Long-and Short-Term Memory
    1.4.2 Measures of Memory
    1.4.3 How and Why We Forget?
    1.4.4 How Fast Do We Forget?
    1.4.5 Ageing and Memory
    1.4.5.1 Amnesia
    1.4.5.2 Memory and Hippocampus
    1.4.6 Biological Ageing
    1.5 What Is Dementia?
    1.5.1 Why Should Dementia Be Identified Early?
    1.5.2 Prevalence of Dementia in South Asian Countries 1.5.3 Risk Factors for Alzheimer's Dementia
    1.5.3.1 Modifiable Risk Factors
    1.5.4 Inside Alzheimer's Brain [13]
    1.6 Preventing Alzheimer's by Active Ageing
    1.6.1 WHO Dementia Risk Reduction Guideline
    References
    Chapter 2: Dementia Due to Alzheimer's Disease (AD)
    2.1 Presentation and Progression of AD
    2.2 Role of Frontline/Non-specialist Physicians
    2.2.1 Presentation of Alzheimer's Disease
    2.2.2 Presenting Symptoms of AD
    2.2.2.1 Clinical Presentation
    2.2.3 Five A's of Alzheimer's
    2.2.3.1 Amnesia
    2.2.3.2 Aphasia
    2.2.3.3 Apraxia
    2.2.3.4 Agnosia 2.2.3.5 Abnormal Executive Function
    2.3 Natural History/Progression of AD
    2.3.1 Early Stage of Dementia
    2.3.2 Middle Stage of Dementia
    2.3.3 Late Stage of Dementia
    References
    Chapter 3: Dementia Assessment
    3.1 Assessment: The OBAMA Index
    3.2 Steps of Clinical Assessment
    3.2.1 Step 1: History Taking
    3.2.2 Step 2: Physical Examination
    3.2.3 Step 3: Mental State Examination
    3.2.4 Step 4: Assess for Signs of Dementia
    3.2.5 Step 5: Differential Diagnosis-Delirium and Depression
    3.2.6 Basic Laboratory Tests
    3.2.6.1 Current Medication
    3.2.7 Genetic Testing 3.3 Cognitive Screening Instruments
    3.3.1 Mini-Cog
    3.3.2 RUDAS
    3.3.3 Functional Assessment: FAQ
    3.3.4 Functional Activities Questionnaire [10]
    3.3.4.1 Administration
    3.3.5 ECG
    3.3.6 Neuroimaging (CT and MRI Scans)
    3.3.7 Functional and Molecular Imaging
    3.4 Assessment Summary
    References
    Chapter 4: RUDAS Cognitive Scale
    4.1 RUDAS: Rowland Universal Dementia Assessment Scale (Appendix A)
    4.1.1 Administration and Interpretation of RUDAS
    4.1.1.1 Item 1: Memory
    4.1.1.2 Item 2: Body Orientation (Maximum Score 5) 4.1.1.3 Item 3: Praxis (Test for Visuospatial Difficulties, Apraxia and Agnosia)
    4.1.1.4 Item 4: Drawing (Test for Constructional Dyspraxia)
    4.1.1.5 Item 5: Judgement (Test for Agnosia)
    4.1.1.6 Item 1b: Memory (Recall-Max 8 Points)
    4.1.1.7 Item 6: Language (Animal Naming-Test for Verbal Fluency-Max 8 Points)
    Total Score
    4.2 Screening for Depression
    4.2.1 Geriatric Depression Scale (GDS)
    References
    Chapter 5: Diagnosis
    5.1 Diagnosis of Dementia
    5.1.1 DSM-5 Criteria for Dementia Due to AD
    5.1.2 Probable AD Dementia: Core Clinical Criteria
    5.2 Differential Diagnosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Amy R. Borenstein, Ph.D, M.P.H., and James A. Mortimer, Ph.D., and James Mortimer, University of South Florida, Department of Epidemiology and Biostatistics, Department of Neurology, Tampa, FL, USA.
    Contents:
    The "first" case
    Clinical appearance, progression, and classification
    Epidemiologic definition of a case
    Neuropathology of Alzheimer's disease
    The threshold model of dementia
    The prevalence of Alzheimer's disease
    The incidence of Alzheimer's disease
    Survival and mortality in Alzheimer's disease
    Introduction to the analytic epidemiology of Alzheimer's disease
    Family history, genetics, and down syndrome
    Early-life factors
    Traumatic brain injury
    Cigarette smoking and alcohol consumption
    Vascular disease
    Diet
    Physical activity
    Cognitive activity
    Social engagement
    Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, hormone replacement therapy, and anticholinergic medications
    Prodromal markers of disease or causal risk factors? Depression, olfaction, and subjective memory complaints
    Fluid, imaging, and cognitive biomarkers
    Risk assessment and prevention of Alzheimer's disease
    Summary and recommendations.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016
  • Digital
    Stephen M. Stahl, University of California, San Diego, Debbi Ann Morrissette, Nueroscience Education Institute ; Nancy Muntner, illustrations.
    Summary: "Although a disease-altering treatment has yet to be found, our understanding of Alzheimer's disease (AD) genetics and neurobiology has increased exponentially over the past few decades, as has our ability to detect Alzheimer's pathology using various biomarkers. In this chapter, we will review the genetic, pathological, and behavioral features of Alzheimer's disease and discuss how the use of biomarkers for the detection of AD has potentially opened up new avenues for the prevention (or possible reversal) of AD"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Alzheimer's disease
    Lewy body dementias and other synucleinopathies
    Frontotemporal labor degeneration and taopathies
    Other dementias
    Treatment of secondary behavioral symptoms of dementia.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Jack C. de la Torre.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. How does Alzheimer's begin and who gets it?
    Chapter 2. Forming memories
    Chapter 3. Masquerading as dementia
    Chapter 4. Alzheimer's
    then and now
    Chapter 5. Unproven hypotheses on the cause of Alzheimer's
    Chapter 6. Other hypotheses on the cause of Alzheimer's disease
    Chapter 7. Alzheimer noise
    Chapter 8. Social contract and Alzheimer's
    Chapter 9. Genetics of Alzheimer's
    Chapter 10. Powering the brain
    Chapter 11. Pharmaceuticals and Alzheimer's
    Chapter 12. Alzheimer vascular risk factors
    Chapter 13. The Good, The Bad and The Ugly of Advanced Aging
    Chapter 14. A Personal Account of How a Scientific Hypothesis Blooms Into a Life of Its Own
    Chapter 15. Clinical tools to detect and predict individuals at risk of Alzheimer's
    Chapter 16. The turning point for Alzheimer's
    Chapter 17. How poor brain blood flow promotes Alzheimer's disease
    Chapter 18. Interventions that may increase cerebral blood flow
    Chapter 19. Great Expectations
    Chapter 20. A road to new thinking.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] J. Mark Melhorn, James B. Talmage, William E. Ackerman III, Mark H. Hyman.
    Summary: "The second edition of AMA Guides to the Evaluation of Disease and Injury Causation is dedicated to updating the science, expanding the focus, and including additional perspectives to improve the understanding of causation, which will eventually improve the treatment outcomes for the injured worker as they stay-at-home or return-to-work"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Understanding work-relatedness
    Casual associations and determination of work-relatedness
    Methodology
    Apportionment
    The causality examination
    Report writing
    Spine
    Upper limb
    Lower limb
    Musculosketel disorders: conditions of uncertain pathophysiology - acute and chronic pain
    Causation of common cardiovascular problems
    Causation in common pulmonary problems
    Neurological disorders
    Rheumatologic diseases
    Mental illness
    Genitourinary
    Gastroitestinal
    Ear, eye, nose and throat
    Selected topics: gender, leukemia related to radiation, and occupational skin lesions (sun exposures)
    Chemical exposure claims: a framework for causation analysis
    Putting it all together: causation analysis as illustrated by example
    Example of causation methodology
    Causation: the attorney's perspective
    Causation: a judge's perspective
    Causation: the employer's perspective
    Causation: The insurer's (payer's) perspective
    Causation: the worker's compensation commission perspective
    Causation: the occupational physician's perspective
    Causation: the international perspective
    Causation issues for public safety personnel
    Effects of whole-body vibration on the spine
    Evaluating causation of favoring for the opposite limb.
    Digital Access Ebsco 2014
  • Digital
    Stacy L. Christiansen, Cheryl Iverson, Annette Flanagin, Edward H. Livingston, Lauren Fischer, Connie Manno, Brenda Gregoline, Tracy Frey, Phil B. Fontanarosa, Roxanne K. Young.
    Summary: "The AMA Manual of Style, 11th edition, is a must-have guide for those seeking to publish research findings and anyone involved in medical, health, or scientific writing and publishing. The manual offers guidance on nuts-and-bolts topics including punctuation, capitalization, and grammar. It also provides guidance on how to navigate the dilemmas that authors, researchers and their institutions, medical editors and publishers, writers, and members of the news media who cover scientific research confront on a daily basis. Written by an expert committee of JAMA Network editors, this 11th edition thoroughly covers ethical and legal issues, authorship, conflicts of interest, scientific misconduct, and intellectual property, in addition to preparation of articles for publication, style, terminology, measurement, and quantification"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access 2020
  • Digital
    Robert B. Taylor.
    Summary: "This book tells the intriguing and often colorful stories of the medical words we use. The origins of clinical and scientific terms can be found in Greek and Latin myths, in places such as jungles of Uganda and the islands of the Aegean Sea, in the names of medicine's giants such as Hippocrates and Osler, and in some truly unlikely sources. In this book you will learn the answers to questions such as: What disease was named for an American space flight? Do you know the echoic word for elephantine rumbling of the bowels? What drug name was determined by drawing chemists' notes out of a hat? What are surfer's eye, clam digger's itch, and hide porter's disease? This book can give you new insights into the terms we use every day in the clinic, hospital, and laboratory. Knowing a word's history assists in understanding not only what it means, but also some of the connotative subtleties of terms used in diagnosis and treatment. The Amazing Language of Medicine is intended for the enrichment of physicians, other health professionals, students, and anyone involved in clinical care and medical science."--Back cover.

    Contents:
    About Medical Words and Their Origins
    Medical Words with Mythological Origins
    Descriptive Medical Terms: Activities, Actions, and Appearances
    Medical Words from Various Languages
    Medical Words Linked to Places
    Medical Metaphor, Simile, and Onomatopoeia
    Eponymous and Honorary Medical Terms
    Medical Authorisms and Their Creators
    Medical Words with Intriguing Origins
    Medical Words with Confusing and Controversial Origins.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Guang-Hui Dong, editor.
    Summary: This book focuses on the health impacts of air pollution in China, especially the epidemiology-based exposure-response functions for the mortality, morbidity, and hospital admissions for respiratory diseases, cardiovascular diseases, lung cancer, and mental health related to pollution. It also provides the latest estimates of the magnitude of the adverse effects of air pollution on the health of the Chinese population. By providing a better understanding of the impact of air pollution on health, it improves the scientific basis of risk assessment, and also helps governments develop policies and other health protection initiatives to reduce the impacts of air pollution. The book offers environmental scientists, engineers, researchers and students a comprehensive and organized body of information in the area of air pollution.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Hualiang Lin, Wenjun Ma, Qiyong Liu, editors.
    Summary: This book focuses on the Chinese health impact induced by ambient temperature variation, especially the epidemiology-based exposure-response relationship with the mortality and morbidity from respiratory, cardiovascular diseases, and mental health among Chinese population.A great number of epidemiological studies have reported that ambient temperature is closely associated with a wide range of health outcomes, such as mortality, cardiovascular and respiratory events, adverse birth outcome, and some infectious diseases, such as dengue fever, malaria. Although a number of epidemiological studies in western countries have evaluated the adverse health effects of ambient temperature, the exposure-response relationship from these countries cannot simply be applied to the Chinese population due to the large differences in temperature profile, exposure pattern, as well as the population vulnerability. This book will provide up-to-date estimates of the magnitude of adverse health effects of ambient temperature in the Chinese population. We hope to provide readers with a comprehensive and organized body of information in the area of Ambient Temperature and health.

    Contents:
    Overview of climate change in China.- Ambient temperature and mortality in Chinese population.- Ambient temperature and morbidity in China.- Heat wave and mortality/morbidity in China.- Ambient temperature and major infectious diseases in China.- style="font-size: 12pt; text-align: justify;">Ambient temperature and reproductive healthoutcomes.- Health vulnerability assessment to climate change in China.- Adapting to climate change in China.- Health co-benefits in relation to greenhouse gas emission reductions in China.- Ambient temperature and diseases burden in China.- Comparison of health impacts between China and other countries.- Perspectives and future research directions.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Paresh Wankhade, Kevin Mackway-Jones, editors.
    Contents:
    Introduction: Understanding the Management of Ambulance Services / Paresh Wankhade and Kevin Mackway-Jones
    Historical Perspectives in the Ambulance Service / Alexander Pollock
    A Strategy for Managing Quality in Ambulance Services / Mary Peters, Steve Barnard, Michael Dorrian and Kevin Mackway-Jones
    Management of Emergency Demand / Bob Williams
    Ethical Commissioning of Emergency Ambulance Services / Mark Docherty
    Organisational and Professional Cultures: An Ambulance Perspective / Paresh Wankhade, James Radcliffe and Geoffrey Heath
    Leadership and System Thinking in the Modern Ambulance Service / Andy Newton and Graham Harris
    Ambulance Service Modernisation / Robert Till and Anthony Marsh
    Interoperability and Multiagency Cooperation / John Stephenson
    Responding to Diversity and Delivering Equality in Prehospital Care: Statutory Responsibilities, Best Practice and Recommendations / Viet-Hai Phung, Karen Windle and A. Niroshan Siriwardena
    Dealing with the Austerity Challenge / Robert Till and Anthony Marsh
    The Ambulance Service of the Future / Mark Docherty, Andrew Carson and Matthew Ward
    Future Perspectives for the UK Ambulance Services: Evolution Rather than Revolution / Kevin Mackway-Jones and Paresh Wankhade
    International Perspectives: Australian Ambulance Services in 2020 / Paul M Middleton
    International Perspectives: South African Ambulance Services in 2020 / Craig Vincent-Lambert
    International Perspectives: Finnish Ambulance Services in 2020 / Juha Jormakka and Simo Saikko
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    co-editors: Linda Brixey, RN-BC, Carol A. Newman, DNP, MSED, RN, CPNP-PC.
    Digital Access R2Library 2018
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    John V. Knaus, Marko J. Jachtorowycz, Allan A. Adajar, Teresa Tam, editors.
    Summary: There are approximately 55,000 practicing ob/gyns in the United States. The obstetrics and gynecology residency training authority (the Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical Education) has now pushed ambulatory primary and preventative care to the top of its list for residency training. Interest in the area of ambulatory gynecology is not just growing in the field of ob/gyn, however; family and primary care practitioners, emergency room physicians, and advance practice nurses all must know how to diagnose, manage, and treat gynecological conditions. Since office technology has expanded and decision-making has become increasingly complex, physicians need a guide through the endless list of treatment options for commonly presenting gynecologic disorders. Ambulatory Gynecology gives practitioners tools for diagnosis, investigation and management of these disorders, including decision-making algorithms. The text is evidence-based. From endocrine disorders to breast disease, preventative measures for osteoporosis to management of an abnormal pap smear, from adolescent gynecology to menopause, this book is crucial for office-based physicians to feel confident practicing in all areas of gynecology.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Abhay Rane, Ajay Rane ; with co-editors, Jordan Durrant, Arjunan Tamilselvi, Sandhya Gupta.
    Summary: "According to the International Association for Ambulatory Surgery (IAAS), ambulatory surgery should be defined as: 'an operation/procedure, excluding an office or outpatient operation/procedure, where the patient is discharged on the same working day'. The origins of ambulatory surgery can be traced back to the pioneering work of James Nicholl at the Glasgow Royal Hospital who reported 8988 paediatric day case procedures between 1899-1908. Despite initial scepticism from the surgical profession, there has been a rapid expansion in the complexity and amount of ambulatory surgery in recent years: between 1989-2003 the percentage of elective surgery undertaken as day case in the UK increased from 15% to 70%. Many health services have set targets for the percentage of elective surgeries to be done as day-case procedures and in the UK this target is set at 75%"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    American Academy of Pediatrics
    Summary: The American Academy of Pediatrics celebrates its 90th year in 2020. This collection of articles reprinted from AAP News recaps the Academy's accomplishments by decade and illustrates the organization's remarkably consistent goal of ensuring better health for all children. Highlights include Academy programs to prevent injury, promote immunization, provide professional and public education, create standards for child health, and advocate for legislation that benefits children at the national and local level.

    Contents:
    The American Academy of Pediatrics: 90 Years of Caring for Children 1930-2020
    Table of Contents
    Marking History...Making History
    Preface
    The 1920s: Many societal factors converged as founders organized the AAP
    The 1930s: AAP organizational efforts, growth of pediatrics flourished in 1930s
    The 1940s: Amid war in 1940s, AAP extended influence,undertook major child health study
    The 1950s: AAP jumpstarts injury prevention efforts in 1950s,with nationwide impact
    The 1960s: Tumultuous decade of the 1960s ushers in Head Start, medical achievements The 1970s: In the 1970s, AAP reaffirms mission, doubles membership,opens D.C. office
    The 1980s: AAP built new headquarters, helped ensure future vaccine supply
    The 1990s: In the 1990s, the AAP pushed access to care, helped slash SIDS rates
    The 2000s: AAP focused on health coverage, disaster readiness, obesity in early 2000s
    The 2010s: Laying the groundwork for the future, AAP tackles challenges of 2010-'20
    Our Mission Endures and Our Work Continues
    The Children's Charter
    Articles of Incorporation
    Membership Invitation
    Early Membership Form
    AAP Headquarters 1930-2020
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2020
  • Digital
    Thomas K. McInerny, editor in chief ; co-editors, Henry M. Adam, Deborah E. Campbell, Thomas G. DeWitt, Jane Meschan Foy, Deepak M. Kamat ; tools editors, Rebecca Baum and Kelly J. Kelleher.
    Contents:
    Pt. 1: Delivering pediatric health care
    Pt. 2: Principles of care
    Sect. 1: Pediatric assessment
    Sect. 2: Preventive pediatrics
    Sect. 3: General management of children with health and behavioral problems
    Sect. 4: Care of special population
    Pt. 3: Maternal and fetal health: effect on pregnancy outcomes and perinatal health
    Pt. 4: Care of healty and high-risk infants
    Sect. 1: Routine care issues
    Sect. 2: Assessment and physical examination of the newborn
    Sect. 3: Neonatal medical conditions
    Sect. 4: Perinatal care: caring for the high-risk infant
    Sect. 5: Neonatal outcomes
    Sect. 6: Supporting families during perinatal illness and death
    Pt. 5: Adolescence
    Pt. 6: Presenting signs and symptoms
    Pt. 7: Specific clinical problems
    Pt. 8: Critical situations.
  • Digital
    edited by American Cancer Society.
    Contents:
    Sect. 1: Thoracic cancers
    Sect. 2: Digestive system cancers
    Sect. 3: Head and neck
    Sect. 4: Urinary system
    Sect. 5: Female reproductive cancer
    Sect. 6: Male reproductive cancers
    Sect. 7: Breast cancer
    Sect. 9: Skin cancer
    Sect. 10: Endocrine cancers
    Sect. 11: Cancer of the nervous system and eye
    Sect. 12: Bone and soft tissue tumors
    Sect. 13: Cancer of unknown primary, paraneoplastic syndromes, and peritoneal carcinomatosis
    Sect. 14: Pediatric and adolescent oncology.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    edited by The American Cancer Society.
    Contents:
    Cancer Causes, Prevention, and Early Detection. Descriptive Epidemiology / Rebecca L Siegel, Kimberly D Miller, Ahmedin Jemal
    Fundamentals of Cancer Epidemiology / Susan M Gapstur, Eric J Jacobs
    Socioeconomic Inequalities in Cancer Incidence and Mortality / Gopal K Singh, Ahmedin Jemal
    The Global Burden of Cancer / Ahmedin Jemal, Lindsey A Torre
    Counseling and Testing for Inherited Predisposition to Cancer / Emily Glogowski, Kasmintan A Schrader, Kelly L Stratton, Kenneth Offit
    Tobacco / Thomas J Glynn, Richard D Hurt, J Lee Westmaas
    Microbial Carcinogens / Edgar P Simard, Ahmedin Jemal
    Environmental and Occupational Carcinogens / Elizabeth Ward
    Nutrition and Physical Activity for Cancer Prevention / Stacey Fedewa, Rebecca L Siegel, Colleen Doyle, Marji L McCullough, Alpa V Patel
    Sun Protection / Andrew C Walls, Martin A Weinstock
    Screening and Early Detection / Robert A Smith, Otis W Brawley, Richard C Wender
    Cancer Biology. The Principles and Drivers of Cancer / Charles Saxe, William C Phelps
    Diagnosis. Imaging in Oncology / Andreas G Wibmer, Andreas M Hötker, Maura Miccò, David M Panicek, Hedvig Hricak
    The Pathologic Evaluation of Neoplastic Diseases / John D Pfeifer, Mark R Wick
    Cancer Staging / Frederick L Greene, Lauren A Kosinski
    Treatment Modalities. Surgical Oncology Overview / M Andrew Sicard, Benjamin D Li
    Radiotherapy / Curtiland Deville, Gaurav Shukla, Ramesh Rengan, Charles R Thomas
    Cytotoxic Chemotherapy / R Donald Harvey, Fadlo R Khuri
    Hormonal Therapy for Cancer / Amelia B Zelnak, Bradley C Carthon
    Immunotherapy of Cancer / Diwakar Davar, Ahmad A Tarhini, John M Kirkwood
    Targeted Therapies / Elizabeth Kessler, Paul Brittain, S Lindsey Davis, Stephen Leong, S Gail Eckhardt, Christopher H Lieu
    Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation for Cancer / Joshua F Zeidner, Christopher G Kanakry, Leo Luznik
    Diet, Physical Activity, and Weight Control for Cancer Patients and Survivors / Wendy Demark-Wahnefried, Laura Q Rogers, Catherine M Alfano, Cynthia A Thomson, Kerry S Courneya, Jeffrey A Meyerhardt, Nicole L Stout, Elizabeth Kvale, Heidi Ganzer, Ted Gansler, Jennifer A Ligibel
    Clinical Trials / Olwen M Hahn, Richard L Schilsky
    Complementary and Alternative (Integrative) Oncology / Gabriel Lopez, Richard Lee, M Kay Garcia, Alejandro Chaoul, Lorenzo Cohen
    Geriatric Oncology. Geriatric Oncology / Arvind M Shinde, Sumanta K Pal, Arti Hurria
    Symptom Management, Palliative Care, Complications and Toxicities of Treatment, Patient-Reported Outcomes, etc.. Palliative and Supportive Care / Rony Dev, Eduardo Bruera
    Sexuality and Fertility / Jeanne Carter, Shari B Goldfarb, Yukio Sonoda, Christian J Nelson, Maura N Dickler, John P Mulhall
    Psychiatric Issues in Cancer Patients / Andrew J Roth, Adrienne Jaeger
    Oncologic Emergencies / Mark A Lewis, William J Hogan, Timothy J Moynihan
    Patient-Reported Outcomes in Cancer / Kevin D Stein, Tenbroeck Smith, Joseph E Bauer, Deborah L Driscoll, Dexter L Cooper
    Survivorship Care / Emily Tonorezos, Shrujal S Baxi, Victoria Blinder, Darren R Feldman, Danielle Novetsky Friedman, Matthew Matasar, Talya Salz, Armin Shahrokni, Kevin C Oeffinger.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Print
    King, John; Felter, Harvey Wickes; King, John.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    X431 .K53 1854
    1
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    Q141 .A474
    88
  • Print
    Secretariat, Laser Insitute of America.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    TA1677 .A4935 2018
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Michael T. Compton, Marc W. Manseau
    Summary: This book provides an in-depth look at clinical and public health approaches to this epidemic from both psychiatric and medical perspectives and gives mental health professionals the big picture necessary to understand the epidemic

    Contents:
    From fields of poppies to a national crisis / Michael T. Compton, M.D., M.P.H., Marc W. Manseau, M.D., M.P.H
    Prescription opioids / Julian Santaella-Tenorio, M.P.H., Luis E. Segura, M.D., M.P.H., Vitor S. Tardelli, M.D., Leila M. Vaezazizi, M.D., Silvia S. Martins, M.D., Ph. D
    Heroin and other illicit opioids / Abhishek Jain, M.D., Carl E. Fisher, M.D
    Opioid overdose, toxicity, and poisoning / Nathaniel Kunzler, M.D., Katherine Devin, M.D., Kavita Babu, M.D., Edward W. Boyer, M.D., Ph. D
    The opioid epidemic : social determinants and health inequities / Leila M. Vaezazizi, M.D., Julie Netherland, Ph. D., Helena Hansen, M.D., Ph. D
    Opioid use disorder and medical comorbidity / Aaron Fox, M.D., M.S., Benjamin Hayes, M.D., M.P.H., M.S.W
    Opioid use disorder and psychiatric comorbidity / Marc W. Manseau, M.D., M.P.H., Michael T. Compton, M.D., M.P.H
    Assessment and care of patients with opioid use disorder / Snehal Bhatt, M.D., Bellelizabeth Foster, M.D., Vanessa Jacobsohn, M.D., Paul Romo, M.D., Tyler Seybert, M.D., Roxanne Russell, M.D
    Opioid withdrawal management and transition to treatment / Matisyahu Shulman, M.D., Arthur Robin Williams, M.D., M.B.E., Adam Bisaga, M.D
    Medication-assisted treatment for opioid use disorders / Leslie Marino, M.D., M.P.H., Sarah Oreck, M.D., M.S., Samuel Kolander, M.D
    Psychosocial approaches to the treatment of opioid use disorder / Karen L. Dugosh, Ph. D., David S. Festinger, Ph. D., S. Brook Burkley, M.S.W
    Harm reduction : caring for people who misuse opioids / Sharon Stancliff, M.D., Bethany Medley, M.S.W., William Mathews, R.P.A-C
    Prevention of opioid misuse and addiction through policy approaches / Tauheed Zaman, M.D., Leo Beletsky, J.D., M.P.H., Keith A. Hermanstyne, M.D., M.P.H., M.S.H.P.M
    Performance measures and quality improvement for the opioid epidemic / Arthur Robin Williams, M.D., M.B.E.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2019
  • Digital
    Guideline Writing Group, Systematic Review Group, Steering Committee on Practice Guidelines.
    Summary: "Alcohol use disorder (AUD) is a major public health problem in the United States. The estimated 12-month and lifetime prevalence values for AUD are 13.9% and 29.1%, respectively, with approximately half of individuals with lifetime AUD having a severe disorder. AUD and its sequelae also account for significant excess mortality and cost the United States more than $200 billion annually. Despite its high prevalence and numerous negative consequences, AUD remains undertreated. In fact, fewer than 1 in 10 individuals in the United States with a 12-month diagnosis of AUD receive any treatment. Nevertheless, effective and evidence-based interventions are available, and treatment is associated with reductions in the risk of relapse and AUD-associated mortality. The American Psychiatric Association Practice Guideline for the Pharmacological Treatment of Patients With Alcohol Use Disorder seeks to reduce these substantial psychosocial and public health consequences of AUD for millions of affected individuals. The guideline focuses specifically on evidence-based pharmacological treatments for AUD in outpatient settings and includes additional information on assessment and treatment planning, which are an integral part of using pharmacotherapy to treat AUD. In addition to reviewing the available evidence on the use of AUD pharmacotherapy, the guideline offers clear, concise, and actionable recommendation statements, each of which is given a rating that reflects the level of confidence that potential benefits of an intervention outweigh potential harms. The guideline provides guidance on implementing these recommendations into clinical practice, with the goal of improving quality of care and treatment outcomes of AUD"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2018
  • Digital
    American Psychiatric Association.
    Summary: "The lifetime prevalence of eating disorders in the United States is approximately 0.80% for anorexia nervosa, 0.28% for bulimia nervosa, and 0.85% for binge-eating disorder, although estimates can vary depending on the study location, sample demographic characteristics, case finding, and diagnostic approaches. Importantly, the lifetime burdens and psychosocial impairments associated with an eating disorder can be substantial because these illnesses typically have an onset in adolescence or early adulthood and can persist for decades. Since publication of the previous practice guideline on eating disorders, there have been many studies on psychotherapies for individuals with these diagnoses as well as some studies on pharmacotherapies. However, substantial gaps remain in the availability and use of evidence-based treatments for individuals with an eating disorder. The American Psychiatric Association Practice Guideline for the Treatment of Patients With Eating Disorders seeks to enhance the assessment, treatment, and quality of care in adolescents, young adults, and adults with an eating disorder. The guideline focuses on evidence-based pharmacological, psychotherapeutic, and other nonpharmacological treatments for eating disorders, primarily anorexia nervosa, bulimia nervosa, and binge-eating disorder. In addition to statements related to assessment and treatment planning, which are an integral part of patient-centered care, the guideline provides direction on implementing these recommendations into clinical practice, with the goal of reducing the mortality, morbidity, and significant psychosocial and health consequences of these important psychiatric conditions"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2023
  • Digital
    Guideline Writing Group, Systematic Review Group, Committee on Practice Guidelines.
    Summary: "The goal of this practice guideline is to improve the quality of care and treatment outcomes for patients with schizophrenia. The guideline aims to help clinicians optimize care for their patients by providing evidence-based statements that are intended to enhance knowledge and increase the appropriate use of evidence-based pharmacological and nonpharmacological treatments for schizophrenia. In addition, it includes statements related to assessment and treatment planning, which are an integral part of patient-centered care"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Rationale
    Scope of Document
    Overview of the Development Process
    Rating the Strengths of Guideline Statements and Supporting Research Evidence
    Proper Use of Guidelines
    Guideline Statement Summary
    Guideline Statements and Implementation
    Assessment and Determination of Treatment Plan
    Statement 1: Assessment of Possible Schizophrenia
    Implementation
    Balancing of Potential Benefits and Harms in Rating the Strength of the Guideline Statement
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2021
  • Digital
    Summary: The guideline offers clear, concise, and actionable recommendation statements to help clinicians to incorporate recommendations into clinical practice, with the goal of improving quality of care. Each recommendation is given a rating that reflects the level of confidence that potential benefits of an intervention outweigh potential harms.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2016
  • Digital
    [American Psychiatric Association].
    Summary: "American Psychiatric Association (APA) practice guidelines provide evidence-based recommendations for the assessment and treatment of psychiatric disorders. Practice guidelines are intended to assist in clinical decision making by presenting systematically developed patient care strategies in a standardized format." Includes a Legacy Collection with a caveat that materials may not be current.

    Contents:
    Recently Published (2016-) : Practice guideline for the pharmacological treatment of patients with alcohol use disorder
    Practice guideline on the use of antipsychotics to treat agitation or psychosis in patients with dementia
    Practice guidelines for the psychiatric evaluation of adults, third edition. Legacy Collection: Practice Guidelines and Quick Reference Guides (1999-2010).
    Psychiatric evaluation of adults, second edition
    Delirium
    Alzheimer's disease and other dementias
    HIV/AIDS
    Substance use disorders, second edition
    Schizophrenia, second edition
    Major depressive disorder, second edition
    Bipolar disorder, second edition
    Panic disorder
    Acute stress disorder and posttraumatic stress disorder
    Eating disorders, third edition
    Borderline personality disorder
    Suicidal behaviors
    Obsessive-compulsive disorder.
    Guideline Watch [updates].
    Acute stress disorder and posttraumatic stress disorder (2009)
    Alzheimer's disease and other dementias (2014)
    Bipolar disorder (2005)
    Borderline personality disorder (2005)
    Delirium (2004)
    Eating disorders (2012)
    HIV/AIDS (2006)
    Obsessive-compulsive disorder (2013)
    Schizophrenia (2009)
    Substance use disorders (2007)
  • Digital
    APA Work Group on Psychiatric Evaluation, Joel J. Silverman, M.D., chair [and others], Systematic Review Group, Laura J. Fochtmann, M.D. [and others], APA Steering Committee on Practice Guidelines, Michael J. Vergare, M.D., chair [and others], Assembly Area Liaisons, Daniel J. Anzia, M.D., chair of area liaisons (and Area IV) [and others].
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Naomi M. Simon, Eric Hollander, Barbara O. Rothbaum, Dan J. Stein.
    Summary: "This third edition of the Textbook of Anxiety Disorders, now entitled The American Textbook of Anxiety, Trauma, and OCD-Related Disorders to reflect the updated categories of DSM-5, provides a review and update on the relevant science and core transdiagnostic and disease specific principles as well as state-of-the-art reviews of psychotherapy and pharmacotherapy treatment approaches and their combinations. The organization of the volume and individual chapters has been retooled for DSM-5. Some chapters have been updated, and some have been completely rewritten. The contributors are a who's who of experts on anxiety, trauma, and OCD-related disorders. For specific conditions, including generalized anxiety disorder, social anxiety disorder, panic and agoraphobia, specific phobia, OCD, and trauma- and stressor-related conditions such as PTSD and persistent forms of grief, we include sections on phenomenology, pathogenesis, and treatment. Special sections focus on the issues of comorbidity, as well as specific issues for children and older adults. Transdiagnostic interventions, such as Barlow's Unified Protocol, are included as new chapters"-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    edited by Liza H. Gold, Richard l. Frierson.
    Contents:
    Part I: Introduction to forensic psychiatry. The expert witness
    Introduction to the legal system
    Ethics in forensic psychiatry
    Forensic evaluations and reports
    Psychological testing in forensic psychiatry
    Evaluation of malingering
    Neuroimaging and forensic psychiatry
    Part II: Legal regulation of psychiatry. Physician–patient relationship in psychiatry
    Legal regulation of psychiatric treatment
    Civil commitment
    Confidentiality in psychiatric practice
    Part III: Civil issues and litigation. Professional liability in psychiatric practice
    Competencies in civil law
    Personal injury
    Psychiatric evaluation in discrimination and harassment claims
    Fitness for duty, impaired professionals, and public safety
    Psychiatric disability
    Part IV: Criminal justice. Evaluation of competencies in the criminal justice system
    Evaluation of criminal responsibility
    Psychiatry and the death penalty
    Part V: Correctional psychiatry and sex offenders. Correctional settings and prisoner rights
    Psychiatric treatment in correctional settings
    Forensic assessment of sex offenders
    Part VI: Children and families. Forensic evaluations of children and adolescents
    Evaluations of juveniles in civil law
    Evaluations of juveniles in the criminal justice system
    Part VII: Special issues in forensic psychiatry. Suicide risk assessment
    Violence risk assessment
    Geriatric forensic psychiatry
    Forensic psychiatry and law enforcement
    Military forensic psychiatry
    The internet and telepsychiatry
    Research in forensic psychiatry.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2018
  • Print
    edited by David C. Steffens, M.D., M.H.S., Kristina F. Zdanys, M.D.
    Summary: "This new edition retains the multidisciplinary and developmental perspectives of its predecessors, drawing on the knowledge not only of psychiatrists but also of relevant biomedical and behavioral experts in order to present the most comprehensive approach to patient care. It has been extensively updated to reflect the latest scientific advances and clinical developments in the field. Not only will readers find the most up-to-date information on phenomenology, diagnosis, and assessment of late-life mental disorders, they will also access the latest research on psychotherapeutic, psychopharmacological, and other somatic treatments. A dedicated chapter delves into the role of technology-including digital phenotyping, wearables, digital and web-based neurocognitive testing, and more-in aiding the geriatric mental health workforce and improving both access to care and ongoing support. Throughout the book, several sections examine the impact of COVID-19, and its attendant social isolation, on older adult mental health and the evolution of treatment approaches, revealing insights learned about telepsychiatry and care in nursing homes during the pandemic. Chapters on the legal and ethical factors in the psychiatric care of older adults close out the book, the most exhaustive on the topic. Extensively researched and with key points for ease of reference, this edition will equip both the scholar and the clinician with the current state of scientific understanding as well as the practical skills and knowledge base required for dealing with mental disorders in late life"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline [2023]
  • Digital
    edited by Charles B. Nemeroff, Natalie Rasgon, Alan F. Schatzberg, Stephen M. Strakowski.
    Summary: "The second edition of The American Psychiatric Association Publishing Textbook of Mood Disorders is a book for a new generation of clinicians, trainees, and educators. Much has changed in the field of mood disorders in the 16 years since the first edition, and this new edition ably covers these changes, introducing new chapters on the epigenetics of mood disorders; the role of the immune system in these disorders; the contribution of childhood maltreatment to mood disorder risk, illness course, and treatment response; the management of treatment-resistant depression; and the emergence of promising investigational agents (most notably, ketamine and its relatives) with novel mechanisms of action in depression. Under new editorial direction and with a revised roster of expert contributors, The American Psychiatric Publishing Textbook of Mood Disorders, Second Edition, provides an authoritative, comprehensive, and evidence-based synthesis of current knowledge in the multifaceted field of mood disorders"-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    edited by David B. Arciniegas, Stuart C. Yudofsky, Robert E. Hales.
    Contents:
    Neurobiological bases of cognition
    Neuropsychiatric assessment
    Neuropsychological assessment
    Neuroimaging in neuropsychiatry
    Diagnostic neurophysiology in neuropsychiatry
    Attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder
    Autism spectrum disorder throughout the life span
    Delirium
    Poisons and toxins
    Epilepsy and seizures
    Cerebrovascular disorders
    Traumatic brain injury
    Hypoxic-ischemic brain injury
    Infectious diseases of the central nervous system
    Brain tumors
    Endocrine disorders
    Sleep and sleep-wake disorders
    Multiple sclerosis
    Alcohol and other substance use disorders
    Alzheimer's disease
    Neurocognitive disorders with lewy bodies: DEMENTIA WITH LEWY BODIES AND PARKINSON'S DISEASE
    Huntingoton's Disease
    Frontotemporal dementia
    Psychosis
    Mood disorders
    Anxiety disorders.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Andrew E. Skodol, John M. Oldham.
    Summary: "The subject of personality-what makes us each unique and different from one another-has long been a topic of universal fascination. From a medical perspective, the empirical and clinical research on personality disorders has expanded with the advent of standardized diagnostic systems. This continuing and increased activity and progress in the field spurred the development of this third edition of The American Psychiatric Association Publishing Textbook of Personality Disorders. With an emphasis on updating the information most relevant to clinicians, this new edition features contributions from established experts in the field as well as a new generation of scientists. Dozens of tables, illustrative figures, and real-life case examples summarize the vast data that continues to accumulate in five key areas: clinical concepts; risk factors for, and the etiology and impact of, personality disorders; treatment options across therapeutic modalities; special problems, populations, and settings, such as including suicidal behavior, substance use disorders, antisocial behavior, personality pathology in general medical settings, and personality disorders among active-duty military; and the usefulness of translational research in understanding the biopsychosocial nature of the personality disorders. This comprehensive textbook is a comprehensive and essential resource for clinicians looking to stay on the vanguard of a rapidly growing field"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Personality Disorders : Recent History and New Directions / John M. Oldham
    Theories of Personality and Personality Disorders / Drew Westen, Amy R. Kegley
    Articulating a Core Dimension of Personality Pathology / Leslie C. Morey, Donna S. Bender
    The Alternative DSM-5 Model for Personality Disorders / Andrew E. Skodol, Donna S. Bender, John M. Oldham
    Manifestations, Assessment, Diagnosis, and Differential Diagnosis / Andrew E. Skodol
    Prevalence, Sociodemographics, and Functional Impairment / Svenn Torgersen
    Development, Attachment, and Childhood Experiences : A Mentalizing Perspective / Peter Fonagy, Anthony W. Bateman, Nicolas Lorenzini, Patrick Luyten, Chloe Campbell
    Genetics and Neurobiology / Sharely Fred Torres, M. Mercedes Perez-Rodriguez, Antonia S. New, Daniel R. Rosell, Harold W. Koenigsberg
    Longitudinal Course and Outcomes / Carlos M. Grilo, Andrew E. Skodol
    Early Identification and Prevention of Personality Pathology : An AMPD-Informed Model of Clinical Staging / Carla Sharp, Sophie Kerr, Andrew M. Chanen
    Therapeutic Alliance / Donna S. Bender
    Psychodynamic Psychotherapies / Frank E. Yeomans, John F. Clarkin, Kenneth N. Levy
    Dialectical Behavior Therapy / Barbara Stanley, Beth S. Brodsky, Ilana Gratch
    Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy / J. Christopher Fowler, William H. Orme, John M. Hart
    Good Psychiatric Management : Generalist Treatments and Stepped Care for Borderline Personality Disorder / Lois W. Choi-Kain, Richard Hersh
    Group, Family, and Couples Therapies / John S. Ogrodniczuk, Amanda A. Uliaszek, Jay L. Lebow, David Kealy
    Pharmacological Management / Katharine J. Nelson, Sherab Tsheringla
    Collaborative Treatment / Victoria Winkeller, Abigail B. Schlesinger
    Boundary Issues / Thomas G. Gutheil
    Assessing and Managing Suicide Risk / Paul S. Links, Philippe Boursiquot, Madison Links
    Co-occurring Substance Use Disorders / Lauren R. Gorfinkel, Seth J. Prins, Jennifer C. Elliott, Jacquelyn L. Meyers, Deborah S. Hasin
    Antisocial Personality Disorder and Other Antisocial Behavior / Donald W. Black, Nancee S. Blum
    Personality Disorders in the Medical Setting / Sara Siris Nash, Jennifer Sotsky, Christian Hicks, Philip R. Muskin
    Personality Disorders in the Military Operational Environment / Ricky D. Malone, David M. Benedek
    Translational Research in Borderline Personality Disorder / Christian Schmahl, Sabine C. Herpertz.
  • Digital
    edited by Laura Weiss Roberts ; with foreword by Robert E. Hales, Stuart C. Yudofsky.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Alan F. Schatzberg, Charles B. Nemeroff.
    Summary: "The American Psychiatric Association Publishing Textbook of Psychopharmacology is an indispensable and comprehensive resource for clinicians and trainees who prescribe psychotropic medications. Updated to reflect the new DSM-5 classification, this revised Fifth Edition maintains the user-friendly structure of its predecessors while offering in-depth coverage of the latest research in pharmacological principles, classes of drugs, and psychiatric disorders. Introductory chapters provide a theoretical grounding in clinical applications, with topics ranging from neurotransmitters to brain imaging in psychopharmacology. The bulk of the book is devoted to various classes of drugs, including antidepressants, anxiolytics, antipsychotics, mood stabilizers, and other agents, with each class divided into chapters on specific drugs -- either new or revised to include the latest findings and trends. Finally, the section on psychopharmacological treatment addresses evidence-based principles of clinical care for the full spectrum of mental disorders and conditions -- from depression to chronic pain -- as well as for specific populations and circumstances -- from children and adolescents to psychiatric emergencies -- offering information on topics such as medication selection, combination and maintenance dosing regimens, monitoring and management of side effects, and strategies for optimizing treatment response. The book's beneficial features are many: * The section on principles of pharmacology has been revised and reorganized to incorporate recent discoveries from the fields of neurobiology, genetics, brain imaging, and epidemiology.* History and discovery, structure--activity relationships, pharmacological profiles, pharmacokinetics and disposition, mechanisms of action, indications and efficacy, side effects and toxicology, and drug--drug interactions are addressed for each agent. This consistent structure places the desired information at the clinician's fingertips and facilitates study for trainees.* Coverage of drugs approved since the last edition is thorough, encompassing new antidepressants (e.g., vortioxetine), new antipsychotics (e.g., cariprazine), and agents on the clinical horizon (e.g., ketamine).* More than 180 tables and graphs present critically important data in an accessible way. A work of uncommon scientific rigor and clinical utility, The American Psychiatric Association Publishing Textbook of Psychopharmacology provides state-of-the-art information on both the principles and the practice of psychopharmacological treatment of psychiatric disorders."--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Part I: Principles of pharmacology. Basic principles of molecular biology and genomics
    Neurotransmitters and receptors in psychiatric disorders
    Genetics and genomics
    Psychoneuroendocrinology
    Brain–immune system interactions
    Principles of pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics
    Brain imaging in psychopharmacology
    Part II: Classes of psychiatric treatments: antidepressants and anxiolytics. Monoamine oxidase inhibitors
    Tricyclic and tetracyclic drugs
    Fluoxetine
    Sertraline
    Paroxetine
    Fluvoxamine
    Citalopram and escitalopram
    Trazodone and nefazodone
    Vortioxetine
    Mirtazapine
    Bupropion
    Venlafaxine and desvenlafaxine
    Duloxetine, milnacipran, and levomilnacipran
    Ketamine
    Benzodiazepines
    Buspirone
    Antipsychotics. Classic antipsychotic medications
    Clozapine
    Olanzapine
    Quetiapine
    Risperidone and paliperidone
    Aripiprazole and brexpiprazole
    Ziprasidone
    Asenapine
    Iloperidone
    Lurasidone
    Cariprazine
    Drugs to treat extrapyramidal side effects
    Drugs for treatment of bipolar disorder. Lithium
    Valproate
    Carbamazepine, oxcarbazepine, and licarbazepine
    Gabapentin and pregabalin
    Lamotrigine
    Topiramate
    Other agents. Agents for cognitive disorders
    Sedative-hypnotics
    Psychostimulants and wakefulness-promoting agents
    Electroconvulsive therapy and other neuromodulation therapies
    Part III: Psychopharmacological treatment. Treatment of depression
    Treatment of bipolar disorder
    Treatment of anxiety and related disorders
    Treatment of schizophrenia
    Treatment of substance-related disorders
    Treatment of personality disorders
    Treatment of eating disorders
    Treatment of insomnia
    Treatment of chronic pain
    Treatment of child and adolescent disorders
    Treatment during late life
    Psychopharmacology during pregnancy and lactation
    Treatment of psychiatric emergencies
    Treatment of agitation and aggression in the elderly
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Jeffrey A. Lieberman, T. Scott Stroup, Diana O. Perkins, Lisa B. Dixon.
    Summary: "Schizophrenia remains the most challenging of mental disorders confronted by psychiatrists and other mental health providers. Its primary manifestations-psychotic symptoms and cognitive impairment-profoundly affect the functioning of individuals with schizophrenia. This is an updated textbook covering the current state of knowledge about schizophrenia, including its causes, nature, presentation, and treatment. Chapters are written by a roster of experts in "-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology / Bernardo Ng, Stephanie Martinez, Steve Koh, Mauricio Tohen, James E. Gangwisch
    Natural History / Diana O. Perkins, Jeffrey A. Lieberman
    Psychopathology / Ryan E. Lawrence, Michael B. First
    Cultural Variations of Psychotic Disorders / Neil Krishan Aggarwal, Roberto Lewis-Fernández
    Causes / Matcheri S. Keshavan, Paulo L. Lizano, Seth W. Perry, Konasale M. Prasad, Julio Licinio
    Pathophysiological Theories / Donald C. Goff
    Neurobiology / L. Fredrik Jarskog, T. Wilson Woo
    Pharmacologic and Somatic Therapies / T. Scott Stroup, Diana O. Perkins, Daniel C. Javitt
    Psychosocial and Rehabilitative Therapies / Alice Medalia, Alice Saperstein, Paul Grant
    Co-occurring Disorders and Conditions / Sarah Pratt, Melanie Bennett, Mary F. Brunette
    Evidence-Based Models of Service Delivery / Michael T. Compton, Marc W. Manseau
    Person- and Family-Centered Care / Nev Jones, Lisa Dixon
  • Digital
    edited by Kathleen T. Brady, Frances R. Levin, Marc Galanter, Herbert D. Kleber.
    Summary: "Under the direction of a new lead editor, the sixth edition of The American Psychiatric Association (APA) Publishing Textbook of Substance Abuse Treatment has been completely revised and restructured and represents the cutting edge of research, practice, and policy in substance use disorder (SUD) treatment. A one-stop reference for evidence-based information on neurobiology, assessment, treatment, and research trends in SUDs, the book is an indispensable resource for trainees and veteran clinicians alike. Noteworthy additions are the new and substantive sections on public health issues and comorbidities, the expanded coverage of cannabis (encompassing neurobiology, the latest treatment approaches and harm-reduction strategies, and cannabis policy and public health perspectives), and the new chapters on digitally delivered therapies and behavioral addictive disorders (e.g., gambling disorder, compulsive internet use). As a complement to the contributions of distinguished luminaries in the field, dozens of new contributors have been added to the roster, for fresh and diverse viewpoints on topics old and new. The end result is a volume that is dynamic, comprehensive, and sure to become a classic. The most authoritative reference for clinicians and researchers in the field of addiction and an excellent manual for residents in psychiatry, general medicine, and allied fields, The APA Publishing Textbook of Substance Abuse Treatment will engage, enlighten, and inform"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Liza H. Gold, M.D., Richard L. Frierson, M.D..
    Summary: "This edition offers new perspectives on suicide at a variety of levels, such as the medical and social use of destigmatizing and more precise language. In addition, chapter authors review research that identifies additional suicide risk factors and their clinical implications. Current issues related to suicide are also discussed, including nonfatal, self-injurious behavior; physician-assisted suicide; and teaching suicide risk assessment and management during psychiatric residency. This third edition also examines the increased rates of suicide among specific populations, including children, adolescents, and college students, and makes recommendations regarding suicide risk management in these populations"-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    edited by David C. Steffens, Dan G. Blazer, Mugdha E. Thakur.
    Contents:
    Demography and epidemiology of psychiatric disorders in late life / Celia F. Hybels, Ph.D., and Dan G. Blazer, M.D., Ph.D
    Physiological and clinical considerations of geriatric patient care / Robert M. Kaiser, M.D., M.H.Sc
    Genomics in geriatric psychiatry / Aaron M. Koenig, M.D., and Robert A. Sweet, M.D
    The psychiatric interview of older adults / Dan G. Blazer, M.D., Ph.D
    Use of the laboratory in the diagnostic workup of older adults / Sophia Wang, M.D., Mugdha Thakur, M.D., and P. Murali Doraiswamy, M.B.B.S., F.R.C.P
    Neuropsychological assessment of dementia / Kathleen A. Welsh-Bohmer, Ph.D., AND Deborah K. Attix, Ph.D
    Delirium / Jane S. Saczynski, Ph.D., AND Sharon K. Inouye, M.D., M.P.H
    Dementia and mild neurocognitive disorders / Eitan Z. Kimchi, M.D., and Constantine G. Lyketsos, M.D., M.H.S
    Mood disorders / David C. Steffens, M.D., M.H.Sc
    Bipolar disorder in late life / John L. Beyer, M.D
    Schizophrenia spectrum and other psychotic disorders / Jeanne E. Maglione, M.D., Ph.D., Ipsit V. Vahia, M.D., and Dilip V. Jeste M.D
    Anxiety disorders / Eric J. Lenze, M.D., Jan Mohlman, Ph.D., and Julie Loebach Wetherell, Ph.D
    Somatic symptom and related disorders / Marc E. Agronin, MD
    Sexuality and aging / Marc E. Agronin, MD
    Bereavement / Moria J. Smoski, Ph.D., Stephanie T. Jenal, Ph.D., and Larry W. Thompson, Ph.D
    Sleep and circadian rhythm disorders / Andrew D. Krystal, M.D., M.S., and Mugdha Thakur, M.D
    Alcohol and drug problems / Shahrzad Mavandadi, Ph.D., and David W. Oslin, M.D
    Personality disorders / Thomas E. Oxman, M.D
    Agitation and suspiciousness / Mugdha E. Thakur, M.D., and Lisa P. Gwyther, M.S.W
    Psychopharmacology / Benoit H. Mulsant, M.D., and Bruce G. Pollock, M.D., Ph.D
    Electroconvulsive therapy and other forms of brain stimulation / Richard D. Weiner, M.D., Ph.D., and Mustafa M. Husain, M.D
    Nutrition and physical activity / Kathryn Porter Starr, Ph.D., R.D., Connie Watkins Bales, Ph.D., R.D., and Martha E. Payne, Ph.D., R.D., M.P.H
    Individual and group psychotherapy / Moria J. Smoski, Ph.D., and Patricia A. Arean, Ph.D
    Working with families of older adults / Lisa P. Gwyther, M.S.W., and Diane E. Meglin, M.S.W
    Clinical psychiatry in the nursing home / Joel E. Streim, M.D.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2015
  • Digital/Print
    by Leonard Metcalf and Harrison P. Eddy.
    Contents:
    I. Design of sewers
    II. Construction of sewers
    III. Disposal of sewage.
    Digital Access Google Books 1916-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    I585 .M58 v. 3 1916
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Elisabeth Rosenthal.
    Summary: "An award-winning New York Times reporter Dr. Elisabeth Rosenthal reveals the dangerous, expensive, and dysfunctional American healthcare system, and tells us exactly what we can do to solve its myriad of problems. It is well documented that our healthcare system has grave problems, but how, in only a matter of decades, did things get this bad? Dr. Elisabeth Rosenthal doesn't just explain the symptoms; she diagnoses and treats the disease itself. Rosenthal spells out in clear and practical terms exactly how to decode medical doublespeak, avoid the pitfalls of the pharmaceuticals racket, and get the care you and your family deserve. She takes you inside the doctor-patient relationship, explaining step by step the workings of a profession sorely lacking transparency. This is about what we can do, as individual patients, both to navigate a byzantine system and also to demand far-reaching reform. Breaking down the monolithic business into its individual industries--the hospitals, doctors, insurance companies, drug manufacturers--that together constitute our healthcare system, Rosenthal tells the story of the history of American medicine as never before. The situation is far worse than we think, and it has become like that much more recently than we realize. Hospitals, which are managed by business executives, behave like predatory lenders, hounding patients and seizing their homes. Research charities are in bed with big pharmaceutical companies, which surreptitiously profit from the donations made by working people. Americans are dying from routine medical conditions when affordable and straightforward solutions exist. Dr. Rosenthal explains for the first time how various social and financial incentives have encouraged a disastrous and immoral system to spring uporganicallyin a shockingly short span of time. The system is in tatters, but we can fight back. An American Sicknessis the frontline defense against a healthcare system that no longer has our well-being at heart"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Complaint: Unaffordable healthcare
    The age of insurance
    The age of hospitals
    The age of physicians
    The age of pharmaceuticals
    The age of medical devices
    The age of testing and ancillary services
    The age of contractors: Billing, coding, collections, and new medical businesses
    The age of research and good works for profit: The perversion of a noble enterprise
    The age of conglomerates
    The age of healthcare as pure business
    The age of the Affordable Care Act (ACA)
    The high price of patient complacency
    Doctors' bills
    Hospital bills
    Insurance costs
    Drug and medical device costs
    Bills for tests and ancillary services
    Better healthcare in a digital age
    Appendix A: Pricing/shopping tools
    Appendix B: Tools for vetting hospitals
    Appendix C: Glossary for medical bills and explanations of benefits
    Appendix D: Tools to help you figure out whether a test or a procedure is really necessary
    Appendix E: Templates for protest letters.
    Digital Access EBSCO 2017
    Limited to 4 simultaneous users
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA395.A3 R655 2017
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Jenny Telleria, Michel Tibayrenc.
    Contents:
    History of the discovery of the American Trypanosomiasis (Chagas disease) / Tania C. Araujo-Jorge, Jenny Telleria, and Jaime Rios Dalenz
    Chagas disease in pre-Colombian civilizations / Felipe Guhl and Arthur Aufderheide
    Social and medical aspects: morbidity and mortality in the general population / João Carlos Pinto Dias and Christopher John Schofield
    Current trends and future prospects for control of Chagas disease / Álvaro Moncayo and Antonio Carlos Silveira
    Geographical distribution of Chagas disease James S. Patterson and Felipe Guhl
    Classification and phylogeny of the triatominae / Maria Dolores Bargues, Chris Schofield and Jean-Pierre Dujardin
    Biology of Triatominae / François Noireau and Jean-Pierre Dujardin
    Population genetics of triatomines / Fernando Monteiro, Paula Marcet and Patricia Dorn
    Geographical distribution of triatominae vectors in America / David Gorla and François Noireau
    Control strategies against triatominae / D.E. Gorla, C. Ponce, J-P. Dujardin and C.J. Schofield
    Domestic and wild mammalian reservoirs / Ana Maria Jansen and André Luiz Rodrigues Roque
    Veterinary aspects and experimental studies / Marc Desquesnes and Marta de Lana
    Classification and phylogeny of Trypanosoma cruzi / Patrick B. Hamilton and Jamie R. Stevens
    Biology of Trypanosoma cruzi and biological diversity / Marta de Lana and Evandro Marques de Menezes Machado
    Biochemistry of Trypanosoma cruzi / Roberto Docampo and Silvia N.J. Moreno
    Ultrastructure of Trypanosoma cruzi and its interaction with host cells / Wanderley de Souza, Tecia Ulisses de Carvalho, Emile Santos Barrias
    Genetics of Trypanosoma cruzi
    Nuclear genome / Daniella C. Bartholomeu, Gregory A. Buck, Santuza M.R. Teixeira, Najib M.A. El- Sayed
    Kinetoplast genome / Jenny Telleria, Michal Svoboda
    Experimental and natural recombination in Trypanosoma cruzi / Michael D. Lewis, Martin S. Llewellyn, Matthew Yeo, Michael A. Miles
    Reticulate evolution in Trypanosoma cruzi: medical and epidemiological implications / Michel Tibayrenc, Christian Barnabé and Jenny Telleria
    Implications of Trypanosoma cruzi intraspecific diversity in the pathogenesis of Chagas Disease / Andrea Macedo and Marcela Segatto
    Vector transmission / Simone Frédérique Brenière, Christine Aznar and Mireille Hontebeyrie
    Maternal-fetal transmission of Trypanosoma cruzi / Yves Carlier and Carine Truyens
    Other forms of transmission / Mireille Hontebeyrie, Simone Frédérique Brenière and Christine Aznar
    Protective host response to parasite and its limitations / Carine Truyens and Yves Carlier
    Pathological consequences of host response to parasite / Mireille Hontebeyrie, Carine Truyens and Simone Frédérique Brenière
    Human genetic susceptibility to Chagas disease / Michel Tibayrenc
    Clinical phases and forms of Chagas' disease / Joffre Marcondes de Rezende, Anis Rassi, Alejandro O. Luquetti and Anis Rassi Junior
    Diagnosis of Trypanosoma cruzi infection / Alejandro O. Luquetti and Gabriel A. Schmuñis
    AIDS and Chagas' disease / Marcelo Corti, María F. Villafañe
    Treatment of Chagas disease / Werner Apt
    Vaccine development for Chagas disease / Angel Marcelo Padilla, Cecilia Perez Brandan, and Miguel Angel Basombrío.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Guoyao Wu, editor.
    Summary: This book explains about amino acids (AAs) which are not only building blocks of protein, but are also signaling molecules as well as regulators of gene expression and the protein phosphorylation cascade. Additionally, AAs are key precursors for syntheses of hormones and low-molecular-weight nitrogenous substances with each having enormous biological importance. For example, physiological concentrations of AA metabolites (e.g., nitric oxide, polyamines, glutathione, taurine, thyroid hormones, and serotonin) are required for cell functions. Growing evidence shows that humans and animals have dietary requirements for all proteinogenic AAs. Mammals, birds, and fish also have species- and age-dependent needs for some AA-related substances. However, elevated levels of other products (e.g., ammonia, homocysteine, H2S, and asymmetric dimethylarginine) are pathogenic factors for neurological disorders, oxidative stress, and cardiovascular disease. Thus, optimal amounts of AAs and their ratios in diets and circulation are crucial for whole-body homeostasis and health. Adequate provision of one or a mixture of functional AAs or metabolites may be beneficial for ameliorating health problems at various stages of the life cycle (e.g., fetal growth restriction, neonatal morbidity and mortality, weaning-associated intestinal dysfunction and wasting syndrome, obesity, diabetes, cardiovascular disease, the metabolic syndrome, and infertility). Dietary supplementation of these nutrients can also optimize the efficiency of metabolic transformations to enhance muscle growth, milk production, and athletic performance, while preventing excess fat deposition and reducing adiposity. Therefore, functional AAs hold great promise in improving the growth, health, and well-being of individuals.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Regulation of Gene Expression by Amino Acids in Animal Cells
    Chapter 2: Amino acids in cell signaling: regulation and function
    Chapter 3: Amino Acids in Endoplasmic Reticulum Stress and Redox Signaling
    Chapter 4: Amino Acids in Autophagy: Regulation and Function
    Chapter 5: Oxidation of Energy Substrates in Tissues of Fish: Metabolic Significance and Implications for Gene Expression and Carcinogenesis
    Chapter 6: Arginine, Agmatine and Polyamines: Key Regulators of Conceptus Development in Mammals
    Chapter 7: Interorgan Metabolism of Glutamate and Glutamine in Poultry
    Chapter 8: Interorgan Metabolism of Amino Acids in Health and Disease
    Chapter 9: Amino Acids and Their Metabolites for Improving Human Exercising Performance
    Chapter 10: Role of L-Arginine in Nitric Oxide Synthesis and Health in Humans
    Chapter 11: Composition of Amino Acids in Foodstuffs for Humans and Animals
    Chapter 12: Dietary Intakes of Amino Acids and Other Nutrients by Adult Humans.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Guoyao Wu, editor.
    Contents:
    Preface
    Amino acids in intestinal physiology and health
    Amino acid metabolism in the liver: nutritional and physiological significance
    Amino acids in circulatory function and health
    Epithelial dysfunction in lung diseases: effects of amino acids and potential mechanisms
    Amino acid metabolism in the kidneys: nutritional and physiological significance
    Amino acids in health and endocrine function
    Amino Acids in Reproductive Nutrition and Health
    Impacts of amino acids on the intestinal defensive system
    Maternal nutrient restriction and skeletal muscle development: Consequences for postnatal health
    Metabolism of amino acids in the brain and their roles in regulating food intake
    Metabolism and functions of amino acids in the skin
    Metabolism and functions of amino acids in sense organs.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Guoyao Wu, editor.
    Summary: This edited volume comprehensively highlights recent advances in the metabolism, nutrition, physiology, and pathobiology of amino acids in companion (dogs and cats), zoo (carnivores, herbivores, and omnivores), and farm (including cattle, pigs, sheep, goats, chickens, fish, and crustaceans) animals. It enables readers to understand the crucial roles of amino acids and their metabolites in the growth, development, health, and metabolic diseases of these animals. Readers will learn from well-written chapters that amino acids are not only the building blocks of protein but are also signaling molecules and key regulators of gene expression and whole body homeostasis in companion, domestic, aquatic, and captive animals. The book also provides new and useful information on the optimum requirements of the animals for dietary amino acids. This knowledge will guide nutritional practices and daily management to improve the health and survival of all species and to enhance the productivity of livestock, poultry, and aquaculture enterprises worldwide to produce high-quality protein for human consumption. Editor of this volume is an internationally recognized expert in the biochemistry, nutrition and physiology of amino acids. He has over 38 years of experience with research and teaching at world-class universities in the area of amino acid biochemistry, nutrition, and physiology. He has published more than 625 papers in peer-reviewed journals, 62 chapters in books, and authored two text/reference books, with an H-index of 117 and more than 55,000 citations in Google Scholar. This publication is a useful reference for professionals and pet owners, as well as undergraduate and graduate students in animal science, aquaculture, zoology, wildlife, veterinary medicine, biology, biochemistry, food science, nutrition, pharmacology, physiology, toxicology, and other related disciplines. In addition, all chapters provide general and specific references to amino acid nutrition and metabolism for researchers and practitioners in animal agriculture, aquaculture, zoos, biomedicine, and plant science, and for government policy makers. Chapter 7 is available open access under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License via link.springer.com.

    Contents:
    One-carbon metabolism and development of the conceptus during pregnancy: Lessons from studies with sheep and pigs
    Cell-specific expression of enzymes for serine biosynthesis and glutaminolysis in farm animals
    Amino acids in beef cattle nutrition and production
    Amino acid nutrition and reproductive performance in ruminants
    Amino acids in the nutrition and production of sheep and goats
    Amino acids in swine nutrition and production
    Amino acid nutrition and metabolism in chickens
    Nutrition and functions of amino acids in fish
    Nutrition and functions of amino acids in aquatic crustaceans
    Amino acids in dog nutrition and health
    Amino acids in the nutrition, metabolism, and health of domestic cats
    Amino acid nutrition for optimum growth, development, reproduction, and health of zoo animals.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Michael J. Aminoff, S. Andrew Josephson.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Digital
    Mario D. Cordero, Benoit Viollet, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I: AMPK in health
    Structure and Regulation of AMPK
    AMPK Regulation of Carbohydrate Metabolism
    AMPK Regulation of Lipid Metabolism
    AMPK Regulation of Protein Metabolism
    AMPK Regulation of cell growth, apoptosis, autophagy and bioenergetics
    AMPK Regulation of immunology
    AMPK and Stem Cells
    Part II: AMPK in the diseases
    AMPK in metabolic diseases
    AMPK in neurodegenerative diseases
    AMPK in cardiovascular diseases
    AMPK in cancer
    AMPK in aging
    AMPK in musculoskeletal diseases and pain
    AMPK in pathogens
    Part III: Pharmacology of AMPK
    Metformin, new drugs and AMPK
    Small molecules and AMPK
    Nutraceutical compounds and AMPK
    Part IV: Methods of study in AMPK
    Animal models
    In vitro study methods.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    RD795 .N277
    1
  • Digital
    Vincent Di Marino, Yves Etienne, Maurice Niddam.
    Contents:
    Preface
    Foreword
    History of the amygdala
    Formation of the amygdala
    Amygdala and Limbic system
    Functions of the amygdala
    Dissection of the amygdala
    Morphology of the amygdala
    Connections of the amygdala
    Projections from and toward amygdala
    The relationships of the amygdala
    The BST (bed nucleus of the stria terminalis)
    The extended amygdala
    Vascularization of the amygdala
    Consequences of the ablation
    Conclusions and prospects
    Bibliography
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Print
    hazırlayan Abdullah Kılıç ; danışmanlar/consultants Ayten Altintas ... [and others] ; ... çeviri ve redaksiyon/translation Zeynep Alp ve Ekibi ...
    Summary: Discusses "houses of healing" established during the Seljuk and Ottoman eras which were visited by the authors. Evaluates these charitable institutions from the perspective of the history of medicine, the history of art, and cultural history. Presents medicine as practiced in the Anatolian Seljuk and Ottoman Empires, was well as their hospitals, followed by coverage of each facility (about 20, of which only two continue as hospitals).

    Contents:
    [English] A Journey to Şifahanes (Hospitals) [Turkish text only]
    Medicine and Darüşşifas in the Anatolian and Seljuk and Ottoman Empire
    Darüşşifas in the Anatolian Seljuk and Ottoman Empires
    Anatolian Seljuk Darüşşifas
    Ottoman Darüşşifas.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    RA990.5.T9 K55 2015
    1
  • Digital
    Matthias Boll, editor.
    Summary: The book uniquely covers all aspects of anaerobic biodegradation of the environmentally important hydrocarbons. The contributions by international experts cover the molecular characterization of unique biocatalysts for oxygen-independent C-H-bond functionalization, the identification of unifying concepts, and the presentation of state-of-the-art methodologies. The current knowledge of the global importance of anaerobic hydrocarbon degradation is highlighted. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    [I]. Biochemistry of anaerobic degradation of hydrocarbons: Anaerobic degradation of hydrocarbons : mechanisms of hydrocarbon activation in the absence of oxygen / Matthias Boll, Sebastian Estelmann, Johann Heider
    Catabolic pathways and enzymes involved in anaerobic methane oxidation / Silvan Scheller, Ulrich Ermler, Seigo Shima
    Catabolic pathways involved in the anaerobic degradation of saturated hydrocarbons / Heinz Wilkes, Ralf Rabus
    Catabolic pathways and enzymes involved in the anaerobic degradation of monocyclic aromatic compounds / Matthias Boll, Sebastian Estelmann, Johann Heider
    Catabolic pahtways and enzymes involved in the anaerobic degradation of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons / Matthias Boll, Sebastian Estelmann
    Catabolic pathways and enzymes involved in the anaerobic degradation of terpenes / Jens Harder, Robert Marmulla
    Anaerobic biodegradation of steroids / Yin-Ru Chiang, Wael Ismail. [II]. Functional genomics of anaerobic degradation of hydrocarbons: Functional genomics of anaerobic degradation of hydrocarbons : an introduction / Ralf Rabus, Heinz Wilkes
    Functional genomics of denitrifying bacteria degradation hydrocarbons / Ralf Rabus, Heinz Wilkes
    Functional genomics of sulfate-reducing bacteria degrading hydrocarbons / Ralf Rabus, Heinz Wilkes
    Functional genomics of metal-reducing microbes degrading hydrocarbons / Pier-Luc Tremblay, Tian Zhang. [III]. Ecophysiology and diversity of anaerobic hydrocarbon degradation: Next-generation sequencing of functional marker genes for anaerobic degraders of petroleum hydrocarbons in contaminated environments / Frederick von Netzer, Michael S. Granitsiotis, Anna R. Szalay, Tillmann Lueders
    Protein-based stable isotope probing (protein-SIP) : applications for studying aromatic hydrocarbon degradation in microbial communities / Nico Jehmlich, Martin von Bergen
    Compound-specific isotope analysis for studying the biological degradation of hydrocarbons / Carsten Vogt, Florin Musat, Hans-Hermann Richnow
    Compound-specific stable isotope analysis (CSIA) for evaluating degradation of organic pollutants : an overview of field case studies / Kevin Kuntze, Heinrich Eisenmann, Hans-Hermann Richnow, Anko Fischer
    Signature metabolite analysis to determine in situ anaerobic hydrocarbon biodegradation / Lisa M. Gieg, Courtney R.A. Toth
    Anaerobic methane oxidation in freshwater environments / Jörg Stefan Deutzmann.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Steve M. Yentis, Nicholas P. Hirsch, James K. Ip.
    Summary: "For 25 years Anaesthesia, Intensive Care and Perioperative Medicine A-Z has provided a comprehensive resource of the relevant aspects of pharmacology, physiology, anatomy, physics, statistics, medicine, surgery, general anaesthetic practice, intensive care, equipment, and the history of anaesthesia and intensive care. Originally prepared as essential reading for candidates for the Fellowship of the Royal College of Anaesthetists and similar exams, this fully updated edition will also prove as invaluable as ever for all anaesthetists and critical care physicians, as well as operating department practitioners and specialist nurses. The alphabetical arrangement with extensive cross-referencing ensures a full understanding of topics. The succinct and clear text and make for easy quick reference. The exam preparation checklist is ordered by key topics to facilitate effective revision. The contents are easily accessible with the accompanying ebook. There has been a substantial addition of new entries as well as revision of existing ones. This acknowledges the breadth of information needed to satisfy the range of activities performed by anaesthetic, intensive care, nursing and other colleagues, and also reflects the ever-changing field in which they all work. The consolidation of the role of anaesthetists as 'perioperative physicians' is reflected in additional entries of particular relevance and also by the enhanced title of the book. The structured 'revision checklist' of entries which is particularly useful to those preparing for examinations has been further developed for this edition"--Publisher's description.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Antonino Gullo.
    Summary: The APICE 2013 yearbook examines recent advances in various aspects of critical care medicine and highlights the importance of effective communication among researchers, scientists, and clinicians. Among the many topics addressed are trauma care organization, the management of patients with cardiovascular, kidney, and lung disorders, issues relating to severe infections and sepsis, and the humanization of end of life care. The overriding goal of the book is to provide guidance and stimulate further thought on how professional performance in critical care medicine can be improved. Triple B translational research, from the bench to the bedside and back again (via the translation of clinical observations into new research questions), will play a major role in this context, and is particularly discussed in the chapter about sepsis and organ dysfunction. There is no doubt that the transfer of far-reaching and dynamic developments in molecular and cellular biology into clinical practice will be a key component in delivering the care required by individual patients.

    Contents:
    Part I. Advances on Intensive and Critical Care Medicine
    1. Combining Clinical Practices and Technology in Critical Care Medicine / Younsuck Koh
    2. Ultrasound in Critical Care: A Holistic Discipline / Daniel A. Lichtenstein
    3. Assessment and Management of Circulatory Failure / Kamen Valchanov
    4. Simulation in Anaesthesia and Intensive Care / Paolo Persona and Carlo Ori
    Part II. Trauma
    5. Trauma Care Organisation / Roderick Mackenzie, Simon Lewis and Basil F. Matta
    Part III. Cardiovascular System
    6. Cardiovascular Risk in Non-cardiac Surgery / Luca Ferdinando Lorini and Lorenzo Filippo Mantovani
    Part IV. Kidney
    7. Continuous Renal Replacement Therapy: Challenges and Evidences / Giorgio Berlot and Antoinette Agbedjro
    Part V. Lung
    8. Postoperative Respiratory Complications / Maria Vargas, Yuda Sutherasan and Paolo Pelosi
    9. Old and New Strategies on Artificial Ventilation in ARDS Patients / Paolo Pelosi, Maria Vargas and Iole Brunetti
    10. Minimally Invasive Thoracic Surgery / Marcello Migliore
    Part VI. Severe Infections, Sepsis and MODS
    11. Diagnosis of Ventilator-Associated Pneumonia / Luciano Silvestri, Hendrick K. F. van Saene and Serena Tomasino
    12. Rationale of Antibiotics Anti-MRSA in Pneumonia / Francesco Scaglione
    13. The Role of Microbiology for Diagnosis of Fungal Infections / Salvatore Oliveri and Laura Trovato
    14. Sepsis and Organ(s) Dysfunction / A. Gullo, C. M. Celestre, A. L. Paratore, L. Silvestri and H. K. van Saene
    15. Immunoglobulin as Adjunctive Therapy in Sepsis / Massimo Girardis, Giulia Serafini and Ilaria Cavazzuti
    Part VII. Cardiac Arrest: Optimization of Current Protocols
    16. Determinants for More Efficient Defibrillation Waveforms / Yongqin Li and Bihua Chen
    17. Post-Resuscitation Hypothermia and Monitoring / Tommaso Pellis, Filippo Sanfilippo, Andrea Roncarati and Vincenzo Mione
    Part VIII. Humanization
    18. Palliative Care in Pediatric Patients / Marinella Astuto, Giuliana Arena, Rita Scalisi and Carmelo Minardi
    19. End of Life Care / Cristina Santonocito.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Basavana G. Goudra, Preet Mohinder, Singh Michael S. Green, editors.
    Summary: This book provides detailed and practical information for anesthesia providers worldwide who are challenged with providing anesthesia for both emerging and infrequently performed procedures. Concise and well-structured 42 chapters in this book provide accurate and up-to-date information that helps the reader to safely anesthetise patients presenting for a variety of procedures such as conjoined twin separation, pediatric heart and lung transplantation, pancreas and small intestine transplantation, endobariatric procedures, peroral endoscopic myotomy, jugular foramen tumors, robotic gynecological surgeries, proton beam therapy and many other complex surgeries and procedures. Anaesthesia for Uncommon and Emerging Procedures fills a unique void long felt by anesthesia providers. The book is a must for in every department or library as it provides handy reference even for providers engaged in providing anesthesia for such procedures on a regular basis. Anesthesiologists, CRNAs/AAs and those in in preoperative clinics such as hospitalists and APRN/PA providers will find this book to be an invaluable resource for optimizing outcomes in anesthesia.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Contents
    1: Anesthesia for Endoscopic Bariatric Surgery
    Introduction
    Endoscopic Bariatric Surgery Procedures
    Restrictive Procedures
    Intragastric Balloons
    Endoscopic Sleeve Gastroplasty
    Malabsorbtive Procedures
    Gastrointestinal Bypass Sleeves
    Aspiration Therapies
    Pathophysiology of Obesity
    Anesthetic Considerations
    Monitored Anesthesia Care (MAC)
    General Anesthesia
    Monitoring
    Intra-operative Complications
    Pharmacology
    Opioids
    Nonopioid Analgesics and Anxiolytics
    Sedative Hypnotics
    Inhaled Anesthetics Neuromuscular Blocking Agents
    Reversal Agents
    Post-operative Management
    Conclusion
    References
    2: Anesthesia for Peroral Endoscopic Myotomy (POEM)
    Introduction
    Paranesthesia Evaluation with Reference to Achalasia
    Anesthesia Management
    Full Stomach and Risk of Aspiration
    Choice of Muscle Relaxant
    Choice of Endotracheal Tube
    Maintenance of Anesthesia
    Monitoring
    Intraprocedural Complications
    Pneumothorax
    Capnopericardium
    Subcutaneous Emphysema
    Pneumomediastinum
    Postoperative Complications
    Gastric POEM (G-POEM) Follow-Up EGD in Patients Who Underwent POEM
    Conclusions
    References
    3: Anesthesia for Endoscopic Skull Base Surgery
    Anatomy of the Skull Base
    Historical Perspective
    Surgical Considerations
    Anesthetic Considerations
    Pre-operative Evaluation and Testing
    Airway Management
    Monitoring and Maintenance of Anesthesia
    Neurophysiological Monitoring
    Tranexamic Acid
    Spinal Drains
    Intraoperative Valsalva Maneuver
    Pediatric Transnasal Skull Base Surgery
    Emergence and Extubation
    Conclusion
    References 4: Anesthesia for Jugular Foramen Tumors: Paragangliomas and Schwannomas
    Introduction
    Paranesthesia Evaluation with JFTs
    Anesthesia Management
    Monitoring
    Choice of Muscle Relaxant
    Maintenance of Anesthesia
    Intraprocedural Complications
    Endocrine Derangements
    Aspiration Risk and Airway Obstruction
    Increased Intracranial Pressure
    Blood Loss
    Postoperative Complications
    Cranial Nerve Injury
    CSF Leak
    Impaired Gastric Emptying
    Conclusions
    References
    5: Anesthesia for Robot-Assisted Gynecological Surgery
    Introduction
    Preoperative Assessment Cardiovascular
    Pulmonary
    Intracranial
    Intraocular
    Renal
    Patient Positioning on the Operating Table: 2 Phases
    Phase 1: Patient Positioning for Induction of Anesthesia (Table 5.1)
    Phase 2: Patient Positioning for Surgery Following Induction of Anesthesia
    Intra Operative Changes in Physiology
    Hemodynamic
    Ventilation
    Emergence from Anesthesia
    Postoperative Analgesia
    Intraoperative Emergencies
    Massive Intraoperative Hemorrhage
    Venous Gas Embolism
    Pneumothorax
    Venous Thromboembolism
    Robotic Malfunction Emergency Undocking Protocol for Da Vinci® Robot.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    editors, Jeffrey Meyer and Lisa Kachnic.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive overview of the epidemiology, pathogenesis, and treatment options available for anal cancer. Anal cancer is a relatively rare disease, but one increasing in incidence. Strides have been made in developing treatment paradigms through clinical trials, and proper management requires multidisciplinary interaction between radiation oncologists, surgeons, and medical oncologists as well as other physicians, nurses, and other medical professionals. The book thus covers all aspects of the disease to give clinicians and their teams the information necessary to develop a treatment program that focuses on improved patient outcomes. Chapters cover evaluation of the patient and cancer staging, current standard treatments, epidemiology, pathogenesis, issues involved in survivorship, and ongoing and future avenues of research into disease biology and novel treatments. This book is an ideal resource for clinicians involved in the care of patients with anal cancer.

    Contents:
    Anatomy and Histology of the Anus
    Epidemiology and Pathogenesis of Anal Cancer
    Staging and Initial Evaluation of Anal Cancer
    Treatment of Localized Anal Cancer: Chemoradiotherapy
    Anal Cancer: Toxicities and Management
    Management of Local-Regional Anal Cancer Recurrence
    Treatment of Advanced Anal Cancer
    Treatment of Non-Squamous Histologies in Anal Cancer
    Diagnosis and Management of Perianal Skin Tumors.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Volker Wienert, Franz Raulf, Horst Mlitz.
    Summary: This highly informative monograph offers a comprehensive and interdisciplinary reference for the management and treatment of the whole spectrum of painful tears in the anus and anal canal. Based upon a systematic review of all relevant papers on the topic starting from 1865, the book deals with the primary anal fissure, acute and chronic - with a new definition of the latter one provided -, and the secondary anal fissure in every detail, particularly its medical history, etiology, signs and symptoms, medical findings, therapy and its evaluation, differential diagnosis. It also covers all available evidence based therapeutic strategies. This book will appeal to a wide readership, from proctologists and surgeons through gynecologists, to urologists, dermatologists and gastroenterologists.

    Contents:
    1. Anatomy
    2. Chronic Anal Fissure
    3. Secondary Anal Fissure
    4. Problems of Defining Chronic Anal Fissure
    5. Epidemiology and Etiopathogenesis
    6. Signs and Symptoms
    7. Anal Fissure Disease: Prevention and Quality of Life
    8. Diagnostics and Differential Diagnostics
    9. Historical Aspects of Anal Fissure Pathology
    10. Therapy for Acute Anal Fissure
    11. Therapy for Chronic Anal Fissure
    12. Medical Position Statement on the diagnosis and Therapy for Anal Fissure-- Appendix.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Herand Abcarian, editor.
    Contents:
    1. Epidemiology, Incidence and Prevalence of Fistula in Ano / Richard L. Nelson and Herand Abcarian
    2. Applied Anatomy / Russell K. Pearl
    3. Relationship of Abscess to Fistula / Hernand Abcarian
    4. Classification and Treatment of Anorectal Infections / Adrian E. Ortega and Kyle G. Cologne
    5. Clinical Assessment of Anal Fistulas / Herand Abcarian
    6. Clinical Assessment and Imaging Modalities of Fistula in Ano / Kyle G. Cologne, Juan Antonio Villanueva-Herrero, Enrique Montaño-Torres, and Adrian E. Ortega
    7. Classification and Management Strategies / Herand Abcarian
    8. Seton (Loose, Cutting, Chemical) / Varnsi R. Velchuru
    9. Fistulotomy and Lay Open Technique / Philip Tozer and Robin K.S. Phillips
    10. Fistulectomy with Primary Sphincter Reconstruction / Alexander Herold
    11. Fibrin Sealant / Jose R. Cintron
    12. Biologic Fistula Plugs / Samuel Eisenstein and Alex Jenny Ky
    13. Synthetic Fistula Plug / Alex Jenny Ky, Michael Polcino, and Alero T. Nanna
    14. Endorectal Advancement Flap / Christine C. Jensen
    15. Dermal Advancement Flap / Christine C. Jensen
    16. Ligation of Intersphincteric Fistula Tract (LIFT) / Ariane M. Abcarian
    17. Video-Assisted Anal Fistula Teatment (VAAFT) / Piercarlo Meinero and Lorenzo Mori
    18. Stem Cell Application in Fistula Disease / Damian Garcia-Olmo and Hector Guadalajara-Labajo
    19. Crohn's Disease / James Fleshman and Rachel Tay
    20. Tuberculosis Fistula / Pravin Jaiprakash Gupta
    21. Fistula Surgery in the Era of Evidence-Based Medicine / Richard L. Nelson and Hernand Abcarian
    22. Causes of Operative Failure / Mohammad Ali Abbass and Maher Aref Abbas 23. Recurrence/Persistence After Fistula Teatmcnt: What Next? / Hernand Abcarian.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Carlo Ratto, Angelo Parello, Francesco Litta, Veronica De Simone, Paola Campennì, editors.
    Summary: This volume comprehensively describes the anatomy, pathophysiology, diagnostics, and modalities of treatment of one of the most complex and debated clinical conditions in coloproctology: anal fistulas and abscesses. It also debates current controversies and presents the best approaches based on the authors clinical expertise. Providing an in-depth understanding of the anal canal anatomy and surrounding area, it enables readers to manage anal sepsis and avoid excessive damage, in particular to the anal sphincters. Further, the book presents insights into the pathophysiological processes (in cryptoglandular and Crohns disease) causing abscess and fistula, which have a significant impact on the management of these conditions. It also discusses diagnostic assessments crucial for selecting the optimal surgical technique and offers guidance on the timing. Lastly, it assesses the pros and contras of the various surgical procedures, evaluating the possible outcome in terms of both therapeutic success and detrimental effects on the anorectal functions. As such it is a valuable resource for all physicians involved in the management of anal fistulas and abscesses (coloproctologists, general surgeons, gastroenterologists, radiologists).

    Contents:
    Anorectal Anatomy Related to Anal Fistula and Abscess
    Anorectal Physiology Related to Anal Fistula and Abscess
    Classification of Anal Fistula and Abscess: Useful Features to Address the Treatment
    Epidemiology of Anal Fistula and Abscess
    From Abscess to Fistula: Is This the Rule?
    Pathophysiology of Anal Fistula and Abscess: Old Concepts and New Insights
    Severity Scores for Anal Fistulas
    Unconventional insights into etiology of fistulas in the peri-anal region
    Clinical Assessment of Crohns Anal Abscess and Fistula
    Clinical Assessment of Cryptoglandular Anal Abscess and Fistula
    Anorectal Physiology Assessment in Patients With Anal Fistula: When Necessary?
    Endoanal Ultrasound in The Diagnosis of Cryptoglandular Anal Fistula and Abscess
    Future perspectives in The Diagnosis of Anal Fistula and Abscess
    Magnetic Resonance and Traditional Radiology in The Diagnosis of Cryptoglandular Anal Fistula and Abscess
    Magnetic Resonance in The Diagnosis of Crohns Anal Fistula and Abscess
    Utility and Limitations of Endoanal Ultrasound in The Diagnosis of Crohns Anal Fistula and Abscess
    Additional Surgical Options to Treat Anal Fistulas: Gracilis Interposition, Martius Flap, Gluteal Flap
    Anal Fistula: Actual Perspectives of Scientific Research Toward the Future
    Correct Use of Setons: Is There Any Agreement?
    Dermal Flap
    Fistula Laser Closure
    Fistulectomy
    Fistulotomy
    Flap
    Glue and Paste Injection
    How to Drain an Abscess
    Ligation of Intersphincteric Fistula Tract (LIFT)
    Quality of Life Following Anal Fistula Treatment
    Risk Factors for Recurrence and Incontinence After Anal Fistula Surgery
    Stem Cells in Cryptoglandular Anal Fistulas
    Treatment by Over-The-Scope Clip
    Utility of Adding Marsupialization to Fistulotomy
    Utility of Adding Sphincter Reconstruction to Fistulotomy/Fistulectomy
    Video-Assisted Anal Fistula Treatment
    Evidences for optimal surgical management of anal fistulas and abscess
    Future directions in surgical approach of anal fistulas and abscess
    Integration of surgery with medical therapy in treating anal fistulas: when and how?
    New perspectives in the treatment of anal fistulas: stem cells
    Ostomy and Proctectomy to treat anal fistulas and abscess; when and why?
    Patients quality of life during and after treatment of anal fistulas and abscess
    Treatment of anal fistulas and abscess: when does surgery come first?
    Anastomotic dehiscence and fistulization
    Best Surgical Strategy to Treat Anal Fistula and Abscess: A Comprehensive Meta-Analysis of Literature
    Fournier Syndrome
    Real Practice in the Management of Anal Fistula and Abscess: Results of a Worldwide Survey as Related to the International Guidelines
    Recto-vaginal and recto-urethral fistulas.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Print
    Ludovico Docimo, Luigi Brusciano, editors.
    Summary: This open access book describes the latest advances in the diagnosis and treatment of anal incontinence. Anal incontinence is a devastating condition that heavily impacts on the patients' lives. Those suffering from this disorder are generally highly embarrassed and reluctant to undergo appropriate clinical evaluation, thus becoming more isolated and worsening their quality of life. Fortunately, a wide range of treatments are now available to improve this distressing condition; however, recognition of the related pathophysiological alterations is mandatory to ensure its successful management. This volume will help the surgical community to keep abreast of developments in the diagnostics and treatment of anal incontinence, while providing all health professionals with the appropriate tools needed to manage patients with this disabling condition.

    Contents:
    Part 1
    Chapter 1. History of Anal Incontinence and its Treatments
    Chapter 2. Epidemiology, Anorectal Anatomy, Physiology and Pathophysiology of Continence
    Part 2. Diagnostics
    Chapter 3. Clinical Evaluation, Etiology, and Classification of Anal Incontinence
    Chapter 4. Neurofunctional Diagnosis and Anorectal Manometry
    Chapter 5. Role of Ultrasonography for Anal Incontinence
    Chapter 6. Cross-Sectional Imaging in Fecal Incontinence
    Part 3. Treatment
    Chapter 7. Medical Management and Supportive/Hygienic Measures
    Chapter 8. Diet in Fecal Incontinence
    Chapter 9. Role of Pelvic Floor Rehabilitation: Patient Selection and Treatment
    Chapter 10. Sacral and Percutaneous Tibial Nerve Stimulation, Stem Cell Therapy, and Transanal Irrigation Device
    Chapter 11. Sphincter Reconstruction: Dynamic Myoplasty, Artificial Bowel Sphincter, Antegrade Colonic Enemas and Colostomy
    Chapter 12. Surgical Reconstruction of Traumatic Perineal and Sphincter Muscle Defects
    Chapter 13. Injectable Bulking Agents and SECCA Radiofrequency Treatment
    Chapter 14. Implantation of Self-Expandable Solid Prostheses for Anal Incontinence
    Chapter 15. When Everything Fails: Prevention and Therapy of Treatment Failures
    Part 4. Special Situations and Multidisciplinary Perspectives
    Chapter 16. Cesarean Section Delivery to Prevent Anal Incontinence
    Chapter 17. Interrelatedness of Urological Conditions and Anal Incontinence
    Chapter 18. Coexistence of Fecal Incontinence and Constipation
    Chapter 19. Gut Microbiota Characterization in Fecal Incontinence and Irritable Bowel Syndrome
    Chapter 20. Low Anterior Resection Syndrome
    Chapter 21. Incontinence-Associated Dermatitis: an Insidious and Painful Condition
    Chapter 22. Perineal Descent and Incontinence
    Chapter 23. Reconstruction of Wide Anal Sphincter Defects by Crossing Flaps of Puborectalis Muscle
    Chapter 24. Treatment Cost Reimbursement in Italy.
    Digital Access Springer 2023
  • Digital
    Róisín Monteiro, Marwa Salman, Surbhi Malhotra, Steve Yentis.
    Summary: Now in its fourth edition, Analgesia, Anaesthesia and Pregnancy is a concise guide to obstetric anaesthesia and analgesia. This essential text reviews every topic and clinical challenge faced during delivery and focuses on pre-empting problems and maximising quality of care. It also covers acute emergencies related to pregnancy. This new edition features 11 new chapters that cover the significant updates in the field over the last few years. Presented in a clearly structured format, this practical guide will be an invaluable source of key information for any anaesthetist encountering obstetric patients, whether they are a practised consultant or still in training. Obstetricians, neonatologists, midwives, nurses, and anaesthetic assistants in obstetric analgesia and anaesthesia who wish to extend or update their knowledge will also benefit from reading this book.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Karol A. Mathews, Melissa Sinclair, Andrea M. Steele, Tamara Grubb.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Print
    Susan Hale [and six others].
    Summary: "This title provides evidence-based clinical practice recommendations for nursing assessment and management of women in the intrapartum period choosing various types of analgesia/anesthesia for pain management. Guidelines for assessment and management of the woman and her fetus, including an assessment of pain relief, side effects, and potential adverse effects of medications, are described. Interventions directed at minimizing side effects and adverse reactions associated with analgesia and anesthesia and facilitating labor progress are also included"--Publisher's description.
    Digital Access R2Library 2020
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Anton Krige, Michael J.P. Scott, editors.
    Summary: This book presents current evidence in an Enhanced Recovery Programme context, and provides a common sense approach to using the array of available analgesia techniques appropriately in major abdominal surgery. Current pain relief options are discussed, many of which have been described only in the last ten years. Topics covered range from the now widespread use of portable ultrasound machines to an appreciation of the value of some older drugs in a new context. Analgesia for Major Abdominal Surgery is aimed at anesthetists, acute pain teams, and acute pain nurses, as well as colorectal, hepatobiliary, urological and gynecological surgeons.

    Contents:
    Section 1: Background
    Introduction to cover Enhanced Recovery Programmes and contextualize advance in surgery and analgesic options
    Anatomy of the Nerve Innervation of the Abdominal Cavity & Types of Pain with Illustrations of Different Surgical Approaches
    Multimodal simple analgesia
    Opiates & Routes of delivery
    Section 2: Regional Techniques
    Central Neuraxial Blocks
    Continuous Paravertebral Blocks
    Psoas Compartment Blocks
    Abdominal Wall Blocks: Transabdominus Plane (TAP) Blocks
    Abdominal Wall Blocks: Rectus Sheath Catheters
    Continuous Wound Infusions Catheters
    Section 3: Non-opioid analgesics
    Lidocaine Infusions
    Gabapentinoids
    Ketamine
    Dexamethazone.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Attila Magyar, Gábor Szederkényi, Katalin M. Hangos.
    Summary: Analysis and Control of Polynomial Dynamic Models with Biological Applications synthesizes three mathematical background areas (graphs, matrices and optimization) to solve problems in the biological sciences (in particular, dynamic analysis and controller design of QP and polynomial systems arising from predator-prey and biochemical models). The book puts a significant emphasis on applications, focusing on quasi-polynomial (QP, or generalized Lotka-Volterra) and kinetic systems (also called biochemical reaction networks or simply CRNs) since they are universal descriptors for smooth nonlinear systems and can represent all important dynamical phenomena that are present in biological (and also in general) dynamical systems.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Basic notions
    3. Model transformations and equivalence classes
    4. Model analysis
    5. Stabilizing feedback control design
    6. Case studies
    Appendix A. Notations and abbreviations
    Appendix B. Mathematical tools
    Bibliography
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Masami Tatsuno, editor.
    Summary: Since information in the brain is processed by the exchange of spikes among neurons, a study of such group dynamics is extremely important in understanding hippocampus dependent memory. These spike patterns and local field potentials (LFPs) have been analyzed by various statistical methods. These studies have led to important findings of memory information processing. For example, memory-trace replay, a reactivation of behaviorally induced neural patterns during subsequent sleep, has been suggested to play an important role in memory consolidation. It has also been suggested that a ripple/sharp wave event (one of the characteristics of LFPs in the hippocampus) and spiking activity in the cortex have a specific relationship that may facilitate the consolidation of hippocampal dependent memory from the hippocampus to the cortex. The book will provide a state-of-the-art finding of memory information processing through the analysis of multi-neuronal data. The first half of the book is devoted to this analysis aspect. Understanding memory information representation and its consolidation, however, cannot be achieved only by analyzing the data. It is extremely important to construct a computational model to seek an underlying mathematical principle. In other words, an entire picture of hippocampus dependent memory system would be elucidated through close collaboration among experiments, data analysis, and computational modeling. Not only does computational modeling benefit the data analysis of multi-electrode recordings, but it also provides useful insight for future experiments and analyses. The second half of the book will be devoted to the computational modeling of hippocampus-dependent memory.

    Contents:
    Part I. Method of Multi-Electrode Recording
    Chapter 1. Techniques for Large-Scale Multiunit Recording
    Chapter 2. Silicon Probe Techniques for Large-scale Multiunit Recording
    Part II. Coordinated Neural Activity in Rodent Hippocampus and Associated Areas
    Chapter 3. Overview of Neural Activity in the Awake and Sleeping Hippocampus
    Chapter 4. Associative Reactivation of Place-Reward Information in the Hippocampal-Ventral Striatal Circuitry
    Chapter 5. Hippocampal Sequences and the Cognitive Map
    Chapter 6. Reorganization of Hippocampal Place-Selective Patterns During Goal-Directed Learning and Their Reactivation During Sleep
    Chapter 7. Causal Relationship Between SPW-Rs and Spatial Learning and Memory
    Part III. Cortical Neural Activity and Interaction with the Hippocampus
    Chapter 8. Packets of Sequential Neural Activity in Sensory Cortex
    Chapter 9. Coordinated Sequence Replays Between the Visual Cortex and Hippocampus
    Chapter 10. Memory Consolidation, Replay, and Cortico-Hippocampal Interactions
    Part IV. Memory Reactivation in Humans
    Chapter 11. Memory Reactivation in Humans (Imaging Studies)
    Part V. Computational Modeling of Coordinated Neural Activity
    Chapter 12. Models and Theoretical Frameworks for Hippocampal and Entorhinal Cortex Function in Memory and Navigation
    Chapter 13. Information Encoding and Reconstruction by Phase Coding of Spikes
    Chapter 14. Reinforcement Learning and Hippocampal Dynamics
    Chapter 15. Off-line Replay and Hippocampal-Neocortical Interaction.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    Paolo F. Ricci.
    Summary: Public health policy prospectively and retrospectively addresses the consequences of events ranging from the commonplace to the catastrophic. Informing policymakers and stakeholders by enhancing their understanding of complex causation to justify remedial or precautionary actions is a critical science-policy task. In this book, the key aspects of catastrophes (regardless of their nature) and routine events are identified through a common framework for their analyses, and the analyses of the consequences associated with the potential occurrence of these events also are discussed. The book is not about disaster planning; instead, it is focused on analysis and causation in the context of informing - rather than formulating - public health policy. The author aggregates and fuses scientific information and knowledge in public health policy-science using alternative but complementary methods. The book first focuses on the analysis of catastrophes and commonplace events; the focus then shifts to causal models of multifactorial diseases, particularly at low doses or dose-rates, associated with these events. Topics explored among the chapters include: Policy and Legal Aspects of Precautionary Choices Catastrophes, Disasters, and Calamities: Concepts for Their Assessment Uncertainty: Probabilistic and Statistical Aspects Aggregating Judgments to Inform Precautionary Decision-making The aim of the book is to show that the analyses of events are fundamentally similar, regardless of whether the concern is a global catastrophe or commonplace. Analysis of Catastrophes and Their Public Health Consequences is a text that should engage students, instructors, and researchers in public health, science policy, and preparedness research, as well as serve as a useful resource for policy analysts, practitioners, and risk managers.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Black Swans, dragon-kings, and Other Catastrophes: Caught Between Infinitesimals and Googols
    Chapter 2. Policy and Legal Aspects of Precautionary Choices
    Chapter 3. Catastrophes, Disasters, and Calamities: Concepts for Their Assessment
    Chapter 4. Catastrophic Incidents: Critical Information and Knowledge
    Chapter 5. Uncertainty: Probabilistic and Statistical Aspects
    Chapter 6. Preferences, Choices and Probabilistic Dominance: An Overview
    Chapter 7. Heterogeneous and Uncertain Knowledge: Beyond Probabilities
    Chapter 8. Aggregating Judgments to Inform Precautionary Decision-making.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    Riley Quinn.
    Summary: In his 1997 work Guns, Germs and Steel, Jared Diamond marshals evidence from five continents and across 13,000 years of human history in an attempt to answer the question of why that history unfolded so differently in various parts of the globe. His results offer new explanations for why the unequal divisions of power and wealth so familiar to us today came into existence - and have persisted. Balancing materials drawn from a vast range of sources, addressing core problems that have fascinated historians, anthropologists, biologists and geographers alike - and blending his analysis to create a compelling narrative that became an international best-seller and reached a broad general market - required a mastery of the critical thinking skill of reasoning that few other scholars can rival. Diamond's reasoning skills allow him to persuade his readers of the value of his interdisciplinary approach and produce well-structured arguments that keep them turning pages even as he refocuses his analysis from one disparate example to another. Diamond adds to that a spectacular ability to grasp the meaning of the available evidence produced by scholars in those widely different disciplines - making Guns, Germs and Steel equally valuable as an exercise in high-level interpretation.
  • Digital
    Ton J. Cleophas, Aeilko H. Zwinderman.
    Summary: The authors, as professors in statistics at various universities in Europe, are worrried about the poor quality of safety data analysis of clinical trials, despite its importance in drug development and pharmacovigilance. Clinical trials, not adequately addressing safety, are unethical. An effective approach for the purpose is to present summaries of prevalences. In order to estimate the probability, that the differences between treatment and control group did not occur merely by chance, a statistical test can be performed. This pretty crude method has recently be supplemented with better sensitive methodologies, based on machine learning clusters and networks, and multivariate analyses. Another important novelty with safety data analysis is the new insights into hypothesis testing, favoring the alternative hypotheses instead of the null hypotheses. Finally the issue of dependency is addressed. Adverse effects may be either dependent or independent of the main outcome. Dependent adverse effect are dependent not only on the treatment modalities, but also on the outcome of the trials. Random heterogeneities, outliers, confounders, interaction factors are common in clinical trials, and all of them can be considered kinds of adverse effects of the dependent type. Random regressions and analyses of variance, high dimensional clusterings, partial correlations, structural equations models, and other Bayesian methods are helpful for their analysis. The current edition was particularly written for medical and health professionals and students. It provides examples of modern analytic methods so far largely unused. All of the 16 chapters have two core characteristics, first they are for current usage, second they try and tell what readers need to know in order to understand the methods. Step by step analyses are given and self-assessment examples are supplied. Each chapter can be studied as a stand-alone.

    Contents:
    Preface
    General Introduction
    Significant and Insignificant Adverse Effect
    Incidence Ratios and Reporting Ratios of Adverse Effects
    Safety Analysis and the Alternative Hypothesis
    Forest Plots of Adverse Effects
    Graphics of Adverse Effects
    Repeated Measures Methods for Testing Adverse Effects
    Benefit Risk Ratios
    Equivalence, Non-inferiority and Superiority Testing of Adverse Effects
    Part II The Analysis of Dependent Adverse Effects
    Independent and Dependent Adverse Effects. Categorical Predictors Assessed as Dependent Adverse Effects. Adverse Effect of the Dependent Type in Crossover Trial
    Confoundings and Interactions Assessed as Dependent Adverse Effects
    Subgroup Characteristics Assessed as Dependent Adverse Effects
    Random Effects Assessed as Dependent Adverse Effects
    Outliers Assessed as Dependent Adverse Effects
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Konstantinos E. Farsalinos, I. Gene Gillman, Stephen S. Hecht, Riccardo Polosa, Jonathan Thornburg
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Jennie R. Lill and Wendy Sandoval.
    Summary: "The definitive guide to the myriad analytical techniques available to scientists involved in biotherapeutics research Analytical Characterization of Biotherapeutics covers all current and emerging analytical tools and techniques used for the characterization of therapeutic proteins and antigen reagents. From basic recombinant antigen and antibody characterization, to complex analyses for increasingly complex molecular designs, the book explores the history of the analysis techniques and offers valuable insights into the most important emerging analytical solutions. In addition, it frames critical questions warranting attention in the design and delivery of a therapeutic protein, exposes analytical challenges that may occur when characterizing these molecules, and presents a number of tested solutions. The first single-volume guide of its kind, Analytical Characterization of Biotherapeutics brings together contributions from scientists at the leading edge of biotherapeutics research and manufacturing. Key topics covered in-depth include the structural characterization of recombinant proteins and antibodies, antibody de novo sequencing, characterization of antibody drug conjugates, characterization of bi-specific or other hybrid molecules, characterization of manufacturing host-cell contaminant proteins, analytical tools for biologics molecular assessment, and more. Each chapter is written by a recognized expert or experts in their field who discuss current and cutting edge approaches to fully characterizing biotherapeutic proteins and antigen reagents Covers the full range of characterization strategies for large molecule based therapeutics Provides an up-to-date account of the latest approaches used for large molecule characterization Chapters cover the background needed to understand the challenges at hand, solutions to characterize these large molecules, and a summary of emerging options for analytical characterization, Analytical Characterization of Biotherapeutics is an up-to-date resource for analytical scientists, biologists, and mass spectrometrists involved in the analysis of biomolecules, as well as scientists employed in the pharmaceuticals and biotechnology industries. Graduate students in biology and analytical science, and their instructors will find it to be fascinating and instructive supplementary reading.-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Introduction to Biotherapeutics / Jennie R. Lill
    Chapter 2: Mass Spectrometric Characterization of Recombinant Proteins / Corey E Bakalarski, Wendy N Sandoval & Jennie R Lill
    Chapter 3: Characterizing the Termini of Recombinant Proteins / Nestor Solis, Christopher M. Overall
    Chapter 4: Assessing activity & conformation of recombinant proteins / Diego Ellerman, Till Maurer, Justin M. Scheer
    Chapter 5: Structural Characterization of Recombinant Proteins & Antibodies / Paola Di Lello and Patrick Lupardus
    Chapter 6: Antibody de novo sequencing / Natalie Castellana, Adrian Guthals
    Chapter 7: Characterization of Antibody Drug Conjugates / Yichin Liu
    Chapter 8: Characterization of Bi-Specific or other Hybrid molecules / T. Noelle Lombana and Christoph Spiess
    Chapter 9: Bio-Repository / Anne Baldwin, Kurt Schroeder, Lovejit Singh, Karen Billeci
    Chapter 10: Characterization of Manufacturing Host-Cell Contaminant Proteins / Denise Krawitz, Jason Rouse, Justin Sperry, Wendy Sandoval, Martin Vanderlaan
    Chapter 11: Analytical Tools for Biologics Molecular Assessment / Wilson Phung , Wendy Sandoval, Robert F Kelley & Jennie R Lill
    Chapter 12: Glycan Characterization: Determining the Structure, Distribution, and Localization of Glycoprotein Glycans / John Briggs
    INDEX.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Magdalena Jeszka-Skowron, Agnieszka Zgoła-Grześkowiak, Tomasz Grześkowiak, Akula Ramakrishna, editors.
    Summary: Most bioactive compounds have antioxidant activity, particularly tocochromanols, phenolics (flavonoids and phenolic acids), methylxantines and capsaicinoids. Some of these compounds have also other properties important for human health. For example, vitamin E protects against oxidative stress, but it is also known for its "non-antioxidant" functions, including cell signalling and antiproliferation. Selenium compounds and indoleamins are the components of the antioxidant enzymes. Selenium makes vitamin E acquisition easier and controls its physiological functions. In taking part in enzymatic reactions and protecting the cell against free radicals, selenium shows immunomodulative, antiphlogistic, and antiviral activity. Capsaicinoids possess not only antioxidant, but also antibacterial, analgesic, weight-reducing and thermoregulation properties. Studies have also demonstrated their gastroprotective and anticancer properties. Analytical Methods in the Determination of Bioactive Compounds and Elements in Food explores both the influence of particular compounds on human health and the methods used for their determination. Chapters describe various aspects of food and plant analysis, including chromatographic and non-chromatographic approaches as well as hyphenated techniques. Readers of this book will gain a comprehensive understanding of the important groups of bioactive compounds relevant to human health.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction - bioactive compounds and elements in human nutrition
    2. Application of liquid chromatography for the analysis of flavonoids in food - an overview
    3. Phenolic compounds in coffee and tea beverages
    4. Methylxanthines in food products
    5. Carotenoids as food products components and health promoting agents
    6. Tocochromanols
    7. Cyclitols
    determination in food and bioactivity in the human organism
    8. Capsaicinoids - properties and mechanisms of pro-health action
    9. Dietary indoleamines: bioavailability and human health
    10. Bioactive peptides analysis
    11. Determination of antioxidant biomarkers in biological fluids
    12. Speciation analysis of food products
    13. Two sides of selenium. Occurrence and determination of selenium forms in food and environmental samples using analytical methods.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by James L. Cole.
    Summary: Analytical Ultracentrifugation, the latest volume in Methods in Enzymology, focuses on analytical ultracentrifugation. The scope of this technique has greatly expanded in recent years due to advances in instrumentation, algorithms and software. This volume describes the latest innovations in the field and in the applications of analytical ultracentrifugation in the analysis of macromolecules, macromolecular assemblies, and biopharmaceuticals.

    Contents:
    Next-generation AUC adds a spectral dimension: development of multiwavelength detectors for the analytical ultracentrifuge
    Next-generation AUC: analysis of multiwavelength analytical ultracentrifugation data
    Sedimentation veolocity: a classical perspective
    Hydrodynamic modeling and its application in AUC
    Calculations and publication-quality illustrations for analytifcal ultracentrifugation data - Sedimentation equilibrium analysis of ClpB self-association in diluted and crowded solutions
    Analysis of linked equilibria
    Elucidating complicated assembling systems in biology using size-and-shape analysis of sedimentation velocity data
    Quaternary structure analyses of an essential oligomeric enzyme - Charterization of intrinsically disordered proteins by analytical ultracentrifugation
    Sedimentation velocity analysis of the size distribution of amyloid oligomers and fibrils
    AUC and small-angle scattering for membrane proteins
    Hydrodynamic models of G-quadraplex structures
    Analytical ultracentrifugation as a tool to study nonspecific protein-DNA interactions
    Characterization of homogenous, cooperative protein-DNA clusters by sedimentation equilibrium analytical ultracentrifugation and atomic force microscopy
    Sedimentation velocity anlaysis of large oligomeric chromatin complexes using interference detection
    Dissecting steroid receptor function by analytical ultracentrifugation
    Ultracentrifuge methods for the analysis of polysaccharides, glycoconjugates, and lignins
    Analytical ultracentrifugation and its role in development and research of therapeutical proteins
    Guidance to achieve accurate aggregate quantitation in biopharmaceuticals by SV-AUC
    Protein assembly in serum and the differences from assembly in buffer.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Dongmei Chen, Bernard Moulin, Jianhong Wu.
    Contents:
    Introduction to analyzing and modeling spatial and temporal dynamics of infectious diseases / Dongmei Chen, Bernard Moulin, Jianhong Wu
    Modeling the spread of infectious diseases : a review / Dongmei Chen
    West Nile virus : a narrative from bioinformatics and mathematical modeling studies / U.S.N. Murty, Amit Kumar Banerjee and Jianhong Wu
    West Nile virus risk assessment and forecasting using statistical and dynamical models / Ahmed Abdelrazec, Yurong Cao, Xin Gao, Paul Proctor, Hui Zheng, and Huaiping Zhu
    Using mathematical modeling to integrate disease surveillance and global air transportation data / Julien Arino and Kamran Khan
    Mathematical modeling of malaria models with spatial effects / Daozhou Gao and Shigui Ruan
    Avian influenza spread and transmission dynamics / Lydia Bourouiba, Stephen Gourley, Rongsong Liu, John Takekawa, and Jianhong Wu
    Analyzing the potential impact of bird migration on the global spread of H5N1 avian influenza (2007-2011) using spatio-temporal mapping methods / Heather Richardson and Dongmei Chen
    Cloud computing-enabled cluster detection using a flexibly shaped scan statistic for real-time syndromic surveillance / P. Belanger and K. Moore
    Mapping the distribution of malaria : current approaches and future directions / L.R. Johnson, K.D. Lafferty, A. McNally, E. Mordecai, K. Paaijmans, S. Pawar, S.J. Ryan
    Statistical modeling of spatio-temporal infectious disease transmission / Rob Deardon, Xuan Fang and Grace Pui Sze Kwong
    Spatio-temporal dynamics of schistosomiasis in China : bayesian-based geostatistical analysis / Zhi-Jie Zhang
    Spatial analysis and statistical modeling of 2009 H1N1 pandemic in the greater Toronto area / Frank Wen, Dongmei Chen, Anna Majury
    West Nile virus mosquito abundance modeling using a non-stationary spatio-temporal geostatistics / Eun-Hye Yoo, Dongmei Chen, Curtis Russel
    Spatial pattern analysis of multivariate disease data / Cindy X. Feng and Charmaine Dean
    The zoonosismags project (part 1) : population-based geosimulation of zoonoses in an informed virtual geographic environment / Bernard Moulin, Mondher Bouden, Daniel Navarro
    Zoonosismags project (part 2) : complementarity of a rapid-propotyping tool and of a full-scale geosimulator for population-based geosimulation of zoonoses / Bernard Moulin, Daniel Navarro, Dominic Marcotte, Said Sedrati
    Web-mapping and behaviour pattern extraction tools to assess lyme disease risk for humans in peri-urban forests / Hedi Haddad, Bernard Moulin, Franck Manirakiza Christelle Maha, Vincent Godard and Samuel Mermet
    An integrated approach for communicable disease geosimulation based on epidemiological, human mobility and public intervention models / Hedi Haddad, Bernard Moulin, Marius Thariault
    Smartphone trajectories as data sources for agent-based infection spread modeling / M.R. Friesen and R.D. McLeod.
    Digital Access Wiley 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Nataa Prulj, University College London.
    Summary: The increased and widespread availability of large network data resources in recent years has resulted in a growing need for effective methods for their analysis. The challenge is to detect patterns that provide a better understanding of the data. However, this is not a straightforward task because of the size of the data sets and the computer power required for the analysis. The solution is to devise methods for approximately answering the questions posed, and these methods will vary depending on the data sets under scrutiny. This cutting-edge text introduces biological concepts and biotechnologies producing the data, graph and network theory, cluster analysis and machine learning, before discussing the thought processes and creativity involved in the analysis of large-scale biological and medical data sets, using a wide range of real-life examples. Bringing together leading experts, this text provides an ideal introduction to and insight into the interdisciplinary field of network data analysis in biomedicine.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Anne K. Ellis.
    Summary: This book serves as a comprehensive but concise, practical, in-depth resource for practitioners who see and treat anaphylaxis. It meets the market need for a reference that relays an advanced understanding of the condition and its management. This unique reference covers management beyond the basics, including discussions around prevention of biphasic anaphylaxis, optimal post-stabilization protocols and how to work up intraoperative anaphylaxis. Additionally, various chapters delve into the practical application of equipping ones office for the management of anaphylaxis, specifically in the setting of a reaction to a food challenge or immunotherapy injection. Anaphylaxis: A Practical Guide is an essential resource for allergists, emergency room physicians, and pediatricians, and those in training to become members of these specialties.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Fritz H. Schweingruber, Andrea Kučerová, Lubomír Adamec, Jiří Doležal.
    Summary: This book presents light microscopic anatomical images of aquatic and wetland plant stem. It features double-stained cross- and longitudinal sections of almost 400 species of vascular plants from the lowland to the alpine zone in Central Europe, including plants from lakes, ponds, rivers, bogs, fens, wet meadows, saline meadows, tall herb associations and alpine snow beds. The microscopic photographs at various magnifications are supplemented with detailed anatomical descriptions. For each species it provides a photo of the whole plant, a short morphological and ecological description as well as indications about its world- and Central European distribution. The book includes a hydrobotanical and an anatomical section. The hydrobotanical section describes the ecological classification of aquatic and wetland plants and explains major ecophysiological processes e.g., photosynthesis, mineral nutrition, gas exchange, adaptations to soil anoxia, turion formation and ecology. The anatomical section highlights the variety of structures and anatomical features of vascular plants in all wet environments.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    Chapter 1: Introduction
    General introduction
    Why an atlas of aquatic and wetland plants?
    The purpose of the book
    Hydrobotanical terminology of aquatic and wetland vascular plants and wetlands: definitions, synonyms, specifications, classific
    1. Submerged plants:
    2. Rooted floating-leaved plants:
    3. Surface-floating plants:
    4. Emergent plants:
    terrestrial wetland plants.
    Criteria for selection of plant species included and their countries
    Aquatic and wetland vegetation
    basic types and description
    Oligotrophic shallow lakes 7. Particulars of mineral nutritionin submerged plants
    8. Adaptations of emergent and rootedfloating-leaved plants to soil anoxiaand waterlogging
    9. Ecophysiology of aquatic plants' turions
    Chapter 2: Preparation methods
    Chapter 3: Definition of anatomical features
    Definition of petiole features of Pteridophytes
    Outline of petioles and arrangement of vascular bundles (stele)
    Construction of vascular bundles
    Boundary between the cortex and vascular bundles
    endodermis
    Intercellulars in the cortex, aerenchyma
    Definition of shootand rhizome features of Dicotyledons Culm and rhizome type
    Distribution of vascular bundles
    Types of vascular bundles
    Sclerenchyma sheath around vascular bundles
    Epidermis
    Endodermis
    Sclerenchymatic belt at the periphery of the culm
    Girders (axial oriented strings consisting of thick-walled fibers)
    Aerenchyma in the cortex
    Cell contents
    Anatomical descriptions of Pteridophytes
    Chapter 4: Dryopteris cristata (L.) A. Gray
    Distribution and ecology
    Anatomy of the petiole
    Chapter 5: Equisetum fluviatile L.
    Distribution and ecology
    Anatomy of the rhizome
    Equisetum hyemale L. Large cortex, small central cylinders
    Endodermis-like layer of cells between the cortex and the central cylinder
    Types of vascular bundles
    Fibers absent in the xylem
    Vessels absent in the xylem
    Vessel-walls not lignified
    Cortex consisting of large parenchyma cells
    Small to large irregularly formed intercellulars
    Intercellulars (aerenchyma) circular and honeycomb
    Intercellulars (aerenchyma) large, radially extended
    Air conducting canals
    Crystals
    Definition of culm and rhizome features of Monocotyledons
    Outline
    Center and central cylinder Ponds and fishponds
    Alluvial pools and oxbows
    Reedbeds
    Alder and willow carrs
    Stream vegetation
    Springs
    Tall-herb vegetation
    Fens and peaty meadows
    Bogs and wooded peatbogs
    Alpine snow beds
    Drained water body bottoms
    Ecophysiological characteristics of aquatic and wetland vascular plants
    1. Submerged aquatic plants
    2. Rooted floating-leaved plants
    3. Surface-floating plants
    4. Emergent plants
    5. Adaptations of photosynthesisin submerged plants
    6. Particulars of gas exchangein submerged plants
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Cary D. Alberstone [and 4 others]
    Summary: An anatomical, patient-oriented approach to neurologic diagnosis from renowned neurosurgeons Despite strides in advanced neuroimaging techniques, what remains constant in the practice of neurology and neurosurgery is the enduring value of observing and interpreting patient signs and symptoms at bedside. Authored by renowned neurosurgeons Cary D. Alberstone, Edward C. Benzel, Michael P. Steinmetz and distinguished colleagues, Anatomic Basis of Neurologic Dia.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme MedOne Education
  • Print
    [by Andrew J. Meyr].
    Summary: "A physician from Philadelphia offers a guide to meditation and well-being for students of medicine, their teachers, and their patients."
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    BL627 .M49 2020
    1
  • Digital
    Vincent Di Marino, Hubert Lepidi.
    Summary: "This eagerly awaited book offers a unique, comprehensive scientific study of the anatomy of the organ of female sexual pleasure. The authors use macroscopic and microscopic research to guide the reader from the glans, the visible part of the clitoris, where they explore the impressive sensory corpuscles, to the hidden roots of the bulbo-clitoral organ. They show its complexity, its exact location within the external genitalia and its intimate relationship with the urethro-vaginal pyramid. They also remind us that throughout history there has been a failure to understand this organ, and explain that this misunderstanding remains the cause of persistent excisions, criminal mutilating practices that have not yet been eradicated. Using extensive iconography, they demonstrate throughout this book that the bulbo-clitoral organ is an exceptional natural treasure that every woman possesses and that every man should know well."--Publisher's website.

    Contents:
    1. History of the clitoris
    2. Formation of the clitoris
    3. Terminology and related difficulties
    4. External morphology of the clitoris
    5. Structure of the bulbo-clitoral organ
    6. Microscopic study of the bulbo-clitoral organ
    7. Physiology of cavernous and spongy tissues
    8. Innervation of the bulbo-clitoral organ
    9. Sensory corpuscles
    10. The vessels of the bulbo-clitoral organ
    11. Muscles of the bulbo-clitoral organ
    12. The suspensory ligament of the clitoris
    13. Relationships of the bulbo-clitoral organ
    14. Imagery of the bulbo-clitoral organ
    15. The bulbo-clitoral organ in the sexual act
    16. Mutilations of the cliitoris
    17. The clitoris in art
    Conclusions
    Clitoris bibliography.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    [edited by] Julie Stewart.
    Contents:
    Cells, homeostasis, and disease
    Cancer
    Infection
    Genetics
    Fluids and electrolytes
    Cardiovascular disorders
    Respiratory disorders
    Neurologic disorders
    Gastrointestinal disorders
    Musculoskeletal disorders
    Hematologic disorders
    Immunologic disorders
    Endocrine disorders
    Reproductive disorders
    Renal disorders
    Skin disorders
    Sensory disorders.
    Digital Access Ovid 2018
  • Digital
    Joe Iwanaga, R. Shane Tubbs, editors.
    Summary: This excellently illustrated book aims to equip dentists, oral surgeons, and trainees with the detailed knowledge of anatomical variations in the oral region that is now required for optimal daily clinical practice. The book opens with an introductory section on anatomical variations from the point of view of different clinical practitioners ? oral and maxillofacial surgeons, periodontists, and endodontists. The newest anatomical knowledge and variations are then presented in turn for the mandible, maxillary sinus, hard palate, floor of the mouth, lips, temporomandibular joint, and teeth. In each chapter, clinical annotations are included in order to enhance understanding of the relationships between surgery and anatomy. The internationally renowned authors have been carefully selected for their expertise in the topics that they discuss. Anatomical Variations in Clinical Dentistry will be invaluable for general dentists, endodontists, periodontists, and implantologists and will also be an asset for anatomists, oral and maxillofacial surgeons, otolaryngologists, dental students, and dental hygienists.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Kelly Harrell, Ronald Dudek.
    Summary: "Lippincott(r) Illustrated Reviews: Anatomy equips students with a clear, cohesive understanding of clinical anatomy, accentuated with embryology and histology content to ensure their readiness for clinical challenges. The popular Lippincott(r) Illustrated Reviews series format integrates approachable, lecture-style outlines with detailed full-color illustrations and photographs to clarify complex information and help students visualize key anatomic structures. Accompanying clinical examples make content even more accessible, and board-style review questions build test-taking confidence to help students excel on their exams. Succinct, outline-style coverage guides students step-by-step through essential concepts. More than 500 illustrations, photographs, micrographs, and radiographic images vibrantly enrich students' understanding of anatomic structures. Chapter overviews and summaries establish learning goals and reinforce key content for a fast, efficient review. Clinical Applications challenge students to apply their knowledge to commonly encountered clinical scenarios. Detailed tables ensure quick access to important facts and figures. Board-style review questions help students assess their understanding and prepare for exams."--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Anatomy foundations
    Back
    Thorax
    Abdomen
    Pelvis and perineum
    Lower limb
    Upper limb
    Head and cranial nerves
    Neck.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2019
  • Print
    J. Anthony Seikel, David G. Drumright, Daniel J. Hudock.
    Summary: "Anatomy & Physiology for Speech, Language, and Hearing, Sixth Edition provides a solid foundation in anatomical and physiological principles relevant to communication sciences and disorders. This bestselling textbook beloved by instructors and students integrates clinical information with everyday experiences to reveal how anatomy and physiology relate to the speech, language, and hearing systems. Combining comprehensive coverage with abundant, beautiful full-color illustrations and a strong practical focus, the text makes complex material approachable even for students with little or no background in anatomy and physiology"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Basic elements of anatomy
    Anatomy of respiration
    Physiology of respiration
    Anatomy of phonation
    Physiology of phonation
    Anatomy of articulation and resonation
    Physiology of articulation and resonation
    Physiology of mastication and deglutition
    Anatomy of hearing
    Auditory physiology
    Neuroanatomy
    Neurophysiology.
    Digital Access R2Library 2021
  • Digital
    Jiří Doležal, Miroslav Dvorský, Annett Börner, Jan Wild, Fritz Hans Schweingruber.
    Summary: This aesthetically unique book combines ecological, morphological and anatomical, as well as phylogenetic studies on plant material in a largely unexplored dry mountain region above the timberline. It offers the first comparative analysis of hundreds of plants - annuals, perennial herbs and dwarf shrubs - in an area of 87,000 km2 at altitudes from 2600 to 6150 m above sea level in the Western Himalaya. Characteristic landscape pictures of all major vegetation types and maps show at which locations and altitudes the individual species of vascular plants are distributed, while macroscopic plant pictures and plant age are related to high-quality micro-sections and micro-photographs. The anatomical features of 345 dicotyledons were characterized using the published coding systems and those of 155 monocotyledones were characterized on the basis of a newly developed key. The number of annual rings and anatomical features of the xylem and phloem of dicots are compared and related to different ecological conditions within this extremely dry and cold environment. The ecological and anatomical characterization is used to create a phylogenetic tree based on nucleotide sequences, and indicates which features are genetically stable and which ones are modified by environmental factors. The book appeals to scientists in the fields of plant taxonomy, morphology, anatomy and ecology.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Anatomical descriptions of horsetails, ferns
    Anatomical descriptions of Dicotyledons
    Anatomical descriptions of Monocotyledons
    Synthesis of anatomical, ecological and phylogenetical data
    Material and methods.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Amgad S. Hanna ; illustrations by Mark Ehlers.
    Contents:
    Upper Body Nerves: Supraclavicular Brachial Plexus
    Infraclavicular Brachial Plexus
    Musculocutaneous Nerve
    Median Nerve
    Ulnar Nerve
    Axillary Nerve
    Radial Nerve
    Suprascapular Nerve
    Long Thoracic and Thoracodorsal Nerves
    Intercostal Nerves. Lower Body Nerves: Lumbosacral Plexus
    Femoral Nerve
    Lateral Femoral Cutaneous Nerve
    Sciatic Nerve Technical Notes.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    [edited by] Bernard Rousseau, Ryan C. Branski.
    Summary: Anatomy and Physiology of Speech and Hearing Anatomy and Physiology of Speech and Hearing by Bernard Rousseau and Ryan C. Branski fulfills a growing need for a contemporary resource for students in speech and hearing science training programs. Extending well beyond traditional speech science and human anatomy, this publication encompasses the latest advances in the understanding of human physiology, basic cell functions, biological control systems, and coordinated body functions. Anatomy and Physiology of Speech and Hearing includes award-winning anatomic artwork from Thieme's Atlas of Anatomy.

    Contents:
    Framework for anatomy and physiology / Samuel R. Atcherson, Melanie Lowry, Bonnie K. Slavych
    Composition of the body : cells, tissues, organs / Elizabeth Erickson-DiRenzo, Daniel DiRenzo
    Genetics / Barbara Lewis, Sudha Iyengar, Catherine Stein
    Embryology and development of the speech and hearing mechanism / Steven L. Goudy, Christen Lennon
    Neuroanatomy / Torrey Loucks, Li-Hsin Ning
    Neurophysiology / Michelle R. Ciucci, Erwin B. Montgomery, Lyn S. Turkstra
    Central motor control / Erwin B. Montgomery, Michelle R. Ciucci, Lyn S. Turkstra
    Peripheral motor control / Mary J. Sandage, David D. Pascoe
    Sensory systems / Richard Andreatta, Nicole Etter
    Respiration / Bari Hoffman-Ruddy, Erin P. Silverman
    Phonation / Christopher R. Watts
    Articulation and resonance / Jessica E. Huber, Kate Bunton
    Hearing / Jason T. Sanchez, Tina M. Grieco-Calub
    Swallowing / Michelle Troche, Alexandria E. Brandimore
    Balance / Elizabeth Adams.
  • Digital
    Harold Ellis, Andrew Lawson.
    Contents:
    Part 1. The respiratory pathway, lungs, thoracic wall and diaphragm
    part 2. The heart and great veins of the neck
    part 3. The vertebral canal and its contents
    part 4. The peripheral nerves
    part 5. The autonomic nervous system
    part 6. The cranial nerves
    part 7. Miscellaneous zones of interest
    part 8. The anatomy of pain.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Eric W. Baker, Johanna Warshaw based on the work of Michael Schuenke, Erik Schulte, Udo Schumacher ; illustrations by Markus Voll, Karl Wesker.
    Contents:
    Skull
    Vertebral column
    Brain and spinal cord
    Neck
    Face
    Temporal and infratemporal fossae
    Oral cavity
    Nasal cavity
    Pharynx and larynx
    Orbit
    Ear
    Lymphatics
    Spaces.
  • Digital
    Kōichi Watanabe, Mohammadali M. Shoja, Marios Loukas, R. Shane Tubbs.
    Summary: Details the complex regional anatomy of the face, head, and neck, providing surgery and otolaryngology residents with a solid anatomical knowledge base. There are many danger zones involved in operating on the face, head, and neck, and the detailed knowledge of anatomy that readers gain from this reference will help them avoid the surgical mishaps that often result in patient disfigurement.

    Contents:
    Neurocranium and facial skeleton / David Kahn, Toomas Arusoo, Eric J. Wright
    Anterior skull base / Surjith Vattoth, Philip R. Chapman
    Middle skull base / Philip R. Chapman, Surjith Vattoth
    Soft tissue of the scalp and temporal regions / Noriyuki Koga
    Arterial supply of the facial skin / Nobuaki Imanishi
    Arteries of the face and neck / Yelda Atamaz Pinar, Figen Govsa, Servet Celik
    Veins of the face and neck / Yusuke Shimizu
    Facial nerve and temporal bone / Orlando Gutinas-Lichius
    Peripheral branches of the facial nerve / Andrew P. Trussler
    Sensory nerves of the head and neck / Ibrahim Khansa, Jenny C. Barker, Jeffrey E. Janis
    Superficial musculoaponeurotic system and the facial soft tissues / Yoko Tabira, Joe Iwanaga, Tsuyoshi Saga, Koichi Watanabe /
    Mimetic muscles / Hee-Jin Kim
    Orbital anatomy / Swapna Vemuri, Jeremiah P. Tao
    Orbital soft tissues / Swapna Vemuri, Jeremiah P. Tao
    Eyelid anatomy / Catherine Y. Liu, Swapna Vemuri, and Jeremiah P. Tao
    Nasal cavity and paranasal sinuses / Joe Iwanaga, Tsuyoshi Saga, and Koichi Watanabe
    External nose / Hideaki Rikimaru
    Auricle and external acoustic meatus / Noritaka Komune, Junichi Fukushima, Albert L. Rhoton, Jr
    Mandible and masticatory muscles / Kyung-Seok Hu, Yang Hun Mu
    Oral cavity and pharynx / Joe Iwanaga, Shinya Mikushi, Haruka Tohara
    Neck / Sherine S. Raveendran, Lucian Ion.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
  • Print
    W. Henry Hollinshead.
    Contents:
    v.1, The head and neck ;
    v. 3. The back and limbs.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QM531 .H693
    2
  • Digital
    James Bowness, Alasdair Taylor.
    Summary: Anatomy questions are asked in all parts of the FRCA examinations, and for many trainees it is a particularly daunting part of the exams. This important new book provides a comprehensive, exam-orientated clinical anatomy book for anaesthetists preparing for all parts of the FRCA. It covers all body regions, relating underlying anatomy to practical procedures and anatomical principles, spanning the breadth of the curriculum and comprising exam-style questions: a chapter of SAQ questions, one of OSCE stations, one of SOE questions and one of MCQs. The text is highly illustrated in full colour with ultrasound images, diagrams and photographs of cadaveric material and models. This is the first anatomy book specifically orientated for the FRCA exam, making it an essential resource for anaesthetists preparing for all parts of the FRCA examination.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    S. Ali Mirjalili, editor.
    Summary: This book is designed for Generic Surgical Sciences Examination (GSSE). This collection of questions and answers as well as short notes is intended to assist junior doctors in successfully sitting the GSSE. The questions are specifically designed to highlight key surgical anatomy, and are supplemented by images that replicate "spot-test" type questions. Illustrations are used here to highlight particular anatomical relationships that are difficult to grasp. Beyond the GSSE, this resource will be invaluable for those undertaking study for specialty-specific anatomy examinations, or the anatomy component of the fellowship examination. This is a "prep course" specifically designed for passing the Generic Surgical Science Examination required by the Royal Australasian College of Surgeons (RACS).

    Contents:
    Upper Limb
    Lower Limb
    Thorax
    Abdomen
    Pelvis
    Head and Neck
    Surgical Embryology.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Emre Huri, Domenico Veneziano, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a practical guide in the use of imaging and visualization technologies in urology. It details how output from diagnostic systems, can be represented through synthetic, virtual and augmented reality tools, such as holograms and three dimensional (3D) modelling and how they can improve everyday surgical procedures including laparoscopic, robotic-assisted, open, endoscopic along with the latest and most innovative approaches. Anatomy for Urologic Surgeons in the Digital Era: Scanning, Modelling and 3D Printing systematically reviews diagnostic imaging, visualization tools available in urology and is a valuable resource for all practicing and in-training urological surgeons.

    Contents:
    History of Urological Anatomy
    Part-1: Standards in Anatomical Representation. The History of Medical Illustration
    3D Reconstruction and CAD Models
    Physical Models
    Cadaveric Models
    1. Lab Animal Models and Analogies with Humans
    Part-2: Frontiers in Imaging-Acquision Technologies. Ultrasound Technologies
    CT Scan
    MRI: A Journey from 1.5 to 10 Tesla
    PSMA- Based Imaging
    Part-3: Latest visualization and surgical planning tools. Introduction and Taxonomy
    Augmented Reality
    Virtual Reality and Animation
    3D Medical Printing
    Synthetic models
    Creating Standards for 3D Soft- Tissue Modelling
    Part-4: Understanding anatomy and translating it to everyday surgery. Exploration of Pelvic Anatomy: Cadaveric Dissection Atlas
    Pelvic District: Approaches to Prostate Cancer
    Retroperitoneal District: Approaches to Renal Diseases
    Abdominal District: Radical Cystectomy and Neobladder Configurations
    Stone Treatment: The Endoscopic Perspective
    Stone Treatment: The Percutaneous Perspective
    Benign Prostatic Hyperplasia: elements of embryology and surgical anatomy
    Lymph node dissection patterns
    Preventing Complications.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Peter Fleckenstein, Jørgen Tranum-Jensen ; co-author, Peter Sand Myschetzky.
    Summary: Now in its third edition, Anatomy in Diagnostic Imaging is an unrivalled atlas of anatomy applied to diagnostic imaging. The book covers the entire human body and employs all the imaging modalities used in clinical practice; x-ray, CT, MR, PET, ultrasound and scintigraphy. An introductory chapter explains succinctly the essentials of the imaging and examination techniques drawing on the latest technical developments. In view of the great strides that have been made in this area recently, all chapters have been thoroughly revised in this third edition.

    Contents:
    pt. 1. Principles and techniques in diagnostic imaging
    pt. 2. Upper limb
    pt. 3. Lower limb
    pt. 4. Spine
    pt. 5. Head
    pt. 6. Brain
    pt. 7. Neck
    pt. 8. Thorax
    pt. 9. Abdomen
    pt. 10. Urogenital system.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Thomas F. Freddo, Edward Chaum.
    Contents:
    The orbits
    Eyelids and adnexa
    Overview of the eye
    Cornea
    Conjunctiva and limbus
    Sclera, episclera, and tenon's capsule
    Iris
    Ciliary body
    Aqueous outflow pathways
    Lens
    Vitreous
    Choroid and choroidal circulation
    Sensory retina
    Retinal pigmented epithelium
    Optic nerve
    Embryology of the eye
    Anatomy of the eye as seen by OCT.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    Edward H. Bedrossian, Jr, Richard R. Schmidt, Robert C. Della Rocca, Bradley N. Lemke, editors.
    Summary: This book is a dissection manual and atlas on the anatomy of the eyelid, orbit, and lacrimal system; it functions as a succinct yet comprehensive resource. Opening chapters provide an introduction to the topic and outline instruments needed for the dissections. Subsequent chapters then describe the dissection of the eyelid in various layered approaches. Then, further discussions demonstrate the neuroanatomy of the cranial fossae, the cavernous sinus, and the dissection of deep orbital structures from an anterior, superior and lateral approach. Closing chapters then examine the nasolacrimal system and nasal cavities Anatomy of the Eyelid, Orbit, and Lacrimal System is an expertly written invaluable resource for the surgeon seeking to enhance their knowledge and surgical skills.

    Contents:
    1 . Preparation of Specimens for Orbital Dissection Course
    2. The Eyelids
    3. Anterior Orbit
    4. Neuroanatomy: Cavernous Sinus
    5. The Orbit: Superior Approach
    6. The Orbit: Lateral Approach
    7. Paranasal Sinuses and the Nasolacrimal Drainage System.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Print
    edited by Axel Fliethmann, Christiane Weller.
    Summary: "This volume addresses the interdependencies between visual technologies and epistemology with regard to our perception of the medical body. It explores the relationships between the imagination, the body, and concrete forms of visual representations: Ranging from the Renaissance paradigm of anatomy, to Foucault's "birth of the clinic" and the institutionalised construction of a "medical gaze"; from "visual" archives of madness, psychiatric art collections, the politicisation and economisation of the body, to the post-human in mass media representations. Contributions to this volume investigate medical bodies as historical, technological, and political constructs, constituted where knowledge formation and visual cultures intersect. Contributors are: Axel Fliethmann, Michael Hau, Birgit Lang, Carolyn Lau, Heikki Lempa, Stefanie Lenk, Joanna Madloch, Barry Murnane, Jill Redner, Claudia Stein, Elizabeth Stephens, Corinna Wagner, and Christiane Weller"-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    Cynthia Saver, MS, RN.
    Summary: "Writing well is not the result of luck or innate talent. Writing is a skill you can learn, just as you learned nursing skills such as venipuncture and suctioning. However, nurses often find it challenging to write. After all, as Margaret McClure says in Words of Wisdom From Pivotal Nurse Leaders, "One of nursing's biggest handicaps is that we are in a field where your basic practice requires that you never write in complete sentences" (Houser & Player, 2008, p. 70). This book is designed to help you bridge the gap between incomplete sentences and a published manuscript. The book's contributors include the best and the brightest from publishing today. Many of the contributors have experience as editors of nursing journals, where their role is to decide which articles to accept for publication. These decision-makers share important insights that will enhance the likelihood your manuscript is accepted for publication. You also can draw a wealth of knowledge from the many years of writing experience that the contributors bring to this book. These authors have a long history of success in having their work published; the important tips they share will set you on track to seeing your work in print or online"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Introduction
    Part 1: A Primer on Writing and Publishing
    Chapter 1: Anatomy of Writing
    Chapter 2: Finding, Refining, and Defining a Topic
    Chapter 3: How to Select and Query a Publication
    Chapter 4: Finding and Documenting Sources
    Chapter 5: Organizing the Article
    Chapter 6: Writing Skills Lab
    Chapter 7: All About Graphics and Tables
    Chapter 8: Submissions and Revisions
    Chapter 9: Writing a Peer Review
    Chapter 10: Publishing for Global Authors
    Chapter 11: Legal and Ethical Issues
    Chapter 12: Promoting Your Work
    Part 2: Tips for Writing Different Types of Articles
    Chapter 13: Writing the Clinical Article
    Chapter 14: Writing the Research Report
    Chapter 15: Writing the Review Article
    Chapter 16: Reporting the Quality Improvement or Evidence-Based Practice Project
    Chapter 17: Writing for Presentations
    Chapter 18: From Student Project or Dissertation to Publication
    Chapter 19: Writing Continuing Education Programs
    Chapter 20: Writing the Nursing Narrative
    Chapter 21: Think Outside the Journal: Alternative Publication Options
    Chapter 22: Writing a Book or Book Chapter
    Chapter 23: Writing for a General Audience
    Part 3: Appendices
    Appendix A: Tips for Editing Checklist
    Appendix B: Proofing Checklist
    Appendix C: Publishing Terminology
    Appendix D: Guidelines for Reporting Results
    Appendix E: Statistical Abbreviations
    Appendix F: What Editors and Writers Want
    Appendix G: Publishing Secrets From Editors.
    Digital Access AccessAPN 2021
  • Digital
    Rene J. Herrera, Ralph Garcia-Bertrand.
    Summary: Ancestral DNA, Human Origins, and Migrations describes the genesis of humans in Africa and the subsequent story of how our species migrated to every corner of the globe. Different phases of this journey are presented in an integrative format with information from a number of disciplines, including population genetics, evolution, anthropology, archaeology, climatology, linguistics, art, music, folklore and history. This unique approach weaves a story that has synergistic impact in the clarity and level of understanding that will appeal to those researching, studying, and interested in population genetics, evolutionary biology, human migrations, and the beginnings of our species. Integrates research and information from the fields of genetics, evolution, anthropology, archaeology, climatology, linguistics, art, music, folklore and history, among others.

    Contents:
    The nature of evolution
    Early hominins
    Origin of modern humans
    The exodus out of Africa
    The settlement of the Near East
    Neanderthals, Denisovans, and Hobbits
    Dispersals into India
    The occupation of Southeast Asia, Indonesia, and Australia
    The Austronesian expansion
    From Africa to the Americas
    The Bantu expansion
    Modern humans in Europe
    The agricultural revolutions
    The silk roads.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Print
    Stanley Falkow, PhD.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    R154.F355 A5 2020
    1
  • Digital
    Randall W. Myster, editor.
    Summary: A book focused solely on Andean Cloud Forests (ACF) has never been published. ACF are high biodiversity ecosystems in the Neotropics with a large proportion of endemic species, and are important for the hydrology of entire regions. They provide water for large parts of the Amazon basin, for example. Here I take advantage of my many years working in ACF in Ecuador, to edit this book that contains the following sections: (1) ACF over space and time, (2) Hydrology, (3) Light and the Carbon cycle, (4) Soil, litter, fungi and nutrient cycling, (5) Plants, (6) Animals, and (7) Human impacts and management. Under this premise, international experts contributed chapters that consist of reviews of what is known about their topic, of what research they have done, and of what needs to be done in the future. This work is suitable for graduate students, professors, scientists, and researcher-oriented managers.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction / Randall W. Myster
    2. Dynamics of Andean treeline ecotones : between cloud forest and Páramo geocritical tropes / Fausto O. Sarmiento
    3. Análisis regional en ecosistemas de montaña en Colombia : una mirada desde la funcionalidad del paisaje y los servicios ecosistémicos / Paola Isaacs-Cubides, Julián Díaz, and Tobias Leyva-Pinto
    4. Ecohydrology of tropical Andean Cloud Forests / Conrado Tobón
    5. Litterfall in Andean forests : quantity, composition, and environmental drivers / Wolfgang Wilcke
    6. Arbuscular mycorrhizal fungi and ectomycorrhizas in the Andean cloud forest of South Ecuador / Ingeborg Haug, Sabrina Setaro, and Juan Pablo Suárez
    7. Nesting ecology of the Tucuman Amazon (Amazona tucumana) in the cloud forest of Northwestern Argentina / Luis Rivera and Natalia Politi
    8. Adaptive strategies of frugivore bats to Andean cloud forests / Adriana Ruiz and Pascual J. Soriano
    9. Neotropical biodiversity : hypotheses of species diversification and dispersal in the Andean mountain forests / Angela M. Mendoza-Henao and Juan C. Garcia-R
    10. Mapping hydrological ecosystem services and impacts of scenarios for deforestation and conservation of Lowland, Montane and cloud-affected forests / Mark Mulligan
    11. Conclusions, synthesis and future directions / Randall W. Myster
    Correction to: Análisis regional en ecosistemas de montaña en Colombia : una mirada desde la funcionalidad del paisaje y los servicios ecosistémicos .
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    editor-in-chief, Gil Wernovsky; associate editors, Robert H. Anderson, Krishna Kumar, Kathleen Mussatto, Andrew Redington, James S. Tweddell; video editor, Justin T. Tretter.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    William D. James, Dirk M. Elston, Patrick J. McMahon.
    Contents:
    Structure and function
    Cutaneous signs and diagnosis
    Dermatoses resulting from physical factors
    Pruritus and neurocutaneous diseases
    Atopic dermatitis, eczema, and noninfectious immunodeficiency disorders
    Contact dermatitis and drug eruptions
    Erythema and urticaria
    Connective tissue diseases
    Mucinoses
    Seborrheic dermatitis, psoriasis, recalcitrant palmoplantar eruptions, pustular dermatitis, and erythroderma
    Pityriasis rosea, pityriasis rubra pilaris, and other papulosquamous and hyperkeratotic diseases
    Lichen planus and related conditions
    Acne
    Bacterial infections
    Diseases resulting from fungi and yeasts
    Mycobacterial diseases
    Hansen disease
    Syphilis, yaws, bejel, and pinta
    Viral diseases
    Parasitic infestations, stings, and bites
    Chronic blistering dermatoses
    Nutritional diseases
    Diseases of subcutaneous fat
    Endocrine diseases
    Abnormalities of dermal fibrous and elastic tissue
    Errors in metabolism
    Genodermatoses and congenital anomalies
    Dermal and subcutaneous tumors
    Epidermal nevi, neoplasms, and cysts
    Melanocytic nevi and neoplasms
    Macrophage/monocyte disorders
    Cutaneous lymphoid hyperplasia, cutaneous t-cell lymphoma, other malignant lymphomas, and allied diseases
    Diseases of skin appendages
    Diseases of mucous membranes
    Cutaneous vascular diseases
    Disturbances of pigmentation.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Robert G. Micheletti, William D. James, Dirk M. Elston, and Patrick J. McMahon.
    Contents:
    Structure and function
    Cutaneous signs and diagnosis
    Dermatoses resulting from physical factors
    Pruritus and neurocutaneous diseases
    Atopic dermatitis, eczema, and noninfectious immunodeficiency disorders
    Contact dermatitis and drug eruptions
    Erythema and urticaria
    Connective tissue diseases
    Mucinoses
    Seborrheic dermatitis, psoriasis, recalcitrant palmoplantar eruptions, pustular dermatitis, and erythroderma
    Pityriasis rosea, pityriasis rubra pilaris, and other papulosquamous and hyperkeratotic diseases
    Lichen planus and related conditions
    Acne
    Bacterial infections
    Diseases resulting from fungi and yeasts
    Mycobacterial diseases
    Hansen disease
    Syphilis, yaws, bejel, and pinta
    Viral diseases
    Parasitic infestations, stings, and bites
    Chronic blistering dermatoses
    Nutritional diseases
    Diseases of subcutaneous fat
    Endocrine diseases
    Abnormalities of dermal fibrous and elastic tissue
    Errors in metabolism
    Genodermatoses and congenital anomalies
    Dermal and subcutaneous tumors
    Epidermal nevi, neoplasms, and cysts
    Melanocytic nevi and neoplasms
    Macrophage/monocyte disorders
    Cutaneous lymphoid hyperplasia, cutaneous t-cell lymphoma, other malignant lymphomas, and allied diseases
    Diseases of skin appendages
    Diseases of mucous membranes
    Cutaneous vascular diseases
    Disturbances of pigmentation
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    William D. James, Dirk M. Elston, James R. Treat, Misha A. Rosenbach and Isaac M. Neuhaus.
    Summary: "Now in a fully revised thirteenth edition, Andrews' Diseases of the Skin remains your single-volume, must-have resource for core information in dermatology. From residency through clinical practice, this award-winning title ensures that you stay up to date with new tools and strategies for diagnosis and treatment, new entities and newly recognized diseases, and current uses for tried-and-true and newer medications. It's the reference you'll turn to again and again when faced with a clinical conundrum or therapeutically challenging skin disease"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Skin : basic structure and function
    Cutaneous signs and diagnosis
    Dermatoses resulting from physical factors
    Pruritus and neurocutaneous dermatoses
    Eczema, atopic dermatitis, and noninfectious immunodeficiency disorders
    Contact dermatitis and drug eruptions
    Erythema and urticaria
    Connective tissue diseases mucinoses
    Seborrheic dermatitis, psoriasis, recalcitrant palmoplantar eruptions, pustular dermatitis, and erythroderma
    Pityriasis rosea, pityriasis rubra pilaris, and other papulosquamous and hyperkeratotic diseases
    Lichen planus and related conditions
    Acne
    Bacterial infections
    Diseases resulting from fungi and yeasts
    Mycobacterial diseases
    Hansen disease
    Syphilis, yaws, bejel, and pinta
    Viral diseases
    Parasitic infestations, stings, and bites
    Chronic blistering dermatoses
    Nutritional diseases
    Diseases of subcutaneous fat
    Endocrine diseases
    Abnormalities of dermal fibrous and elastic tissue
    Errors in metabolism
    Genodermatoses and congenital anomalies
    Dermal and subcutaneous tumors
    Epidermal nevi, neoplasms, and cysts
    Melanocytic nevi and neoplasms
    Macrophage/monocyte disorders
    Cutaneous lymphoid hyperplasia, cutaneous t-cell lymphoma, other malignant lymphomas, and allied diseases
    Diseases of the skin appendages
    Disorders of the mucous membranes
    Cutaneous vascular diseases
    Disturbances of pigmentation
    Dermatologic surgery
    Cutaneous laser surgery
    Cosmetic dermatology.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    Konstantinos Anastassakis.
    Summary: This second of three related volumes, designed as a reference tool for the understanding and treatment of Androgenetic Alopecia and Female Pattern Hair Loss (AGA/FPHL), is structured in 4 sections: 63 dedicated chapters covering every aspect of medical (non-surgical, non-invasive) and nutritional treatment options and clinical effects. FDA-approved hair growth drugs, every frequently prescribed "off-label" or experimental drug, hormones, cosmeceuticals, and popular fraudulent controversial products are all presented in 26 chapters, with figures, tables, algorithms, and thousands of fully updated and balanced literature citations. Filling a gap in the latest literature, Androgenetic Alopecia From A to Z: Drugs, Herbs, Nutrition, and Supplements includes a thorough review of lifestyle and nutritional factors specifically affecting AGA/FPHL, including excessive caloric intake, high-fat diets, caloric deprivation, alcohol abuse, and smoking. The intricate effects of nutrition on hair loss, one of the most neglected and misunderstood fields in Dermatology, are presented as well, with a plethora of clinically valuable information: why food supplements are so popular, the regulatory minefield of supplements, and the life-threatening perils of nutritional supplementation, are all reviewed extensively. Each vitamin, major mineral, and trace element implicated in follicular physiology is reviewed in altogether 24 dedicated chapters according to their specific effects on the hair follicle, food sources, dietary recommendations, and the impact of deficiency or excess. This volume includes a comprehensive chapter on the understanding of Complementary-Alternative Medicine (CAM). CAM is an umbrella term for methods that lie outside evidence-based medicine and a part of a societal trend towards the rejection of science as a method of determining facts. The pitfalls and challenges in understanding botanicals with reported hair growth properties, from publication bias to lack of standardization, as well as their unpredictable pharmacological and physiological effects, are all explained in detail. Finally, all popular botanical products reported to possess hair growth properties are appraised in 14 dedicated chapters, each including a detailed review of the general effects, the suggested biochemical mechanisms, claimed actions on the hair follicle, all available studies, and hundreds of literature citations. This carefully crafted book will be an invaluable reference tool for dermatologists and all clinical practitioners dealing with Androgenetic Alopecia and Female Pattern Hair Loss and will help them answer challenging patient questions, debunk myths on hair growth drugs, and supplements and navigate patients towards effective and safe treatment schemes. .

    Contents:
    Minoxidil
    Finasteride
    Dutasteride
    Spironolactone
    Cimetidine
    Cyclosporin
    Cyproterone acetate (CPA)
    Topical corticosteroids
    Ketoconazole
    Retinoic acid (ATRA)
    Azelaic acid
    Bimatoprost
    Latanoprost
    Oestrogens
    Progestins
    Hormonal contraceptives
    Flutamide
    Recently reported hair growth drugs
    Caffeine
    Cysteine and cystine
    Free fatty acids
    Copper peptides
    Melatonin
    Marine proteins (Nourkrin-Hairgain-Viviscal)
    The Helsinki Formula: Polysorbate 60 & Polysorbate 80
    Diet, lifestyle factors and AGA/FPHL
    The inconvenient truth about food supplements
    Vitamins: definition and types
    Vit A (retinoids & carotenoids)
    Vit B3 (Nicotinic acid, Niacin)
    Vit B5 (Pantothenic acid)
    Vit B6 (Pyridoxine)
    Vit B7 (Vit H, Biotin, Coenzyme R)
    Vit C (L-ascorbic acid)
    Vit E (B-tocopherol).-Inositol
    Minerals, trace elements and the hair follicle
    Calcium (Ca)
    Boron (B)
    Sulphur (S)
    Iodine (I)
    Magnesium (Mg)
    Silicium (Si)
    Iron (Fe)
    Copper (Cu)
    Zinc (Zn)
    Alternative medicine, herbs and hair loss
    Saw Palmetto
    Pygeum Africanum (Prunus Africana)
    Proanthocyanidins
    Green tea (Camellia Sinensis)
    Ginkgo Biloba (Maidenhair Tree)
    Onion (Allium cepa)
    Sophora Flavescens
    Oryza Sativa bran (Rice bran)
    Polygonum Multiflorum (Ho-shou-wu)
    Panax Ginseng (Korean or Asian ginseng)
    Rosemary (Rosmarinus officinalis)
    Red pepper (Capsicum)
    A few more recently reported herbs.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Konstantinos Anastassakis.
    Summary: This reference volume conveys complete understanding and management of Androgenetic Alopecia and Female Pattern Hair Loss (AGA/FPHL). These are probably the most common adult (18-50 yrs.) health disorders besides dental caries, accounting for over 98% of hair loss cases in males and over 70% cases in females. The present volume, the first of three related volumes, is structured in 4 sections: 22 dedicated chapters, ranging from basic science (Biology, Anatomy, Physiology, Embryology), the etiology of adult, childhood & adolescent AGA/FPHL, diagnostic steps and evaluation, to related disorders and comorbidities. For the first time in the scientific literature, all pathogenic contributors of AGA/FPHL, including micro-inflammation, scalp vascularization, biochemical stress, aging, solar radiation, and the sebaceous gland, are examined in comprehensive, dedicated chapters. The effects of every hormone on AGA/FPHL, as well as the psychological impact of the condition, are explored in depth. An extensive chapter on childhood and adolescent AGA/FPHL, a more common than previously thought condition, is another unique feature. Finally, two extremely detailed sections are included on the pathogenic links of AGA/FPHL to life-threatening comorbidities: cardiovascular disease, metabolic syndrome, hypertension, insulin resistance, and prostatic disorders, with suggested guidelines on how to save lives of balding patients by adopting early screening strategies. In providing a fully updated, thorough guide to this popular topic, this richly illustrated volume (over 200 figures, tables, and algorithms) offers the latest, evidence-based information on every aspect of AGA/FPHL causing hair loss to countless patients. Each subject is addressed according to learning and clinical needs, and the presented information is supported by a wealth of peer-reviewed papers. Every aspect of this condition is considered, including biology, diagnosis, etiology, from drug treatment, the influence of nutrition, lifestyle and food supplements, to related disorders, surgical hair restoration, hair care, and future treatment options. This handbook will be an invaluable conveying best management standards to readers, whether experienced practitioners, clinicians, dermatologists, surgeons or researchers interested in hair restoration.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Preface
    Part I. The hair follicle biology and life.-1. Hair through the Ages.-2. The mission of hair follicles and hair.-3. Embryogenesis of the pilosebaceous unit.-4. Morphology and histology of the pilosebaceous unit.-5. The life cycle of the hair follicle.-6. The morphology and structure of the hair shaft.-7. Types of hair follicles in humans.-8. The effects of aging on the hair follicle.-Part II.Diagnosis of Androgenetic Alopecia.-9. Hair growth assessment techniques in AGA/FPHL.-10. Diagnostic Steps in the Evaluation of AGA/FPHL.-Part III.Causes and aetiologic parameters of AGA/FPHL.-11. Hormonal and Genetic etiology of Androgenetic Alopecia.-12. Female pattern hair loss.-13. AGA in children and adolescents.-14. Hair follicle microinflammation in AGA.-15. The role of the sebaceous gland in AGA.-16. The role of scalp vascularization in AGA.-17. The role of biochemical stress in AGA.-18. The role of solar radiation and AGA.-19. Other hormones related to AGA.-20. The psychological effects of AGA/FPHL.-Part IV. AGA/FPHL and comorbidities.-21. Cardiovascular disease, Insulin Resistance, Metabolic Syndrome, and AGA/FPHL.-22. Prostatic disorders and AGA.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    editors: Selcuk Sarikaya, Giorgio Ivan Russo, David Ralph
    Summary: Andrology & Sexual Medicine is a comprehensive source for urologists, andrologists, sexologists and general practitioners. It contains general and up-to-date information about almost all topics within andrology and sexual medicine, and is a unique source that can be used for both exams and general daily practice. Easily accessible to clinicians and researchers and specialists, it tackles the controversial and complex topics of andrology and sexual medicine for urologists.

    Contents:
    Introduction, Epidemiology and Etiology of Sexual Dysfunctions in Men and Women
    Diagnosis of Male Sexual Dysfunction
    Erectile Dysfunction: From Diagnosis to Treatment
    Ejaculation and Orgasmic Disorders
    Andrologic Emergencies
    Peyronie’s Disease and Penile Curvature
    Reconstructive Andrologic Surgery
    Transmasculine Gender Affirmation Surgery
    Transfeminine Gender Affirmation Surgery
    Penile Rehabilitation: Current Challenges and Future Perspectives
    Pathophysiology and Clinical Aspects of Sexual Dysfunction in Women
    Sexual Arousal and Sexual Pain Disorders in Women
    Female Genito-Pelvic Pain and Penetration Disorders
    Male Infertility
    Male Contraception
    Male Hypogonadism
    Sexually Transmitted Diseases (STDs)
    Penile Cancer
    Association of Sexual Dysfunction and Neurological Disorders
    Testosterone Replacement Therapy
    Biochemical Analysis and Laboratory Tests in Andrology and Sexual Medicine.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Edward J. Benz, Jr., Nancy Berliner, Fred J. Schiffman.
    Summary: In light of recent advances in scientific understanding, this textbook provides a comprehensive yet focused guide to anemia, the most common hematologic malady in medicine. This authoritative, clinical resource covers the scientific basis of the many forms of anemia, while offering a practical approach to prognosis, diagnosis and management. Chapters cover a multitude of topics, ranging from the basic components and physiologic functions, to secondary anemias and transfusion therapy. Modern in approach, this text also looks ahead to new and innovative methodologies. With recommended treatment plans and many case studies, this heavily-illustrated book is essential reading for hematologists and oncologists. In providing a pathophysiologic context, it is also of interest to nurse practitioners, physician assistants and medical students in the field. This book provides access to an online version on Cambridge Core, which can be accessed via the code printed on the inside of the cover.​
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    Brian A. Hall, Robert C. Chantigian.
    Contents:
    Anesthesia equipment and physics
    Respiratory physiology and critical care medicine
    Pharmacology and pharmacokinetics of intravenous drugs
    Pharmacology and pharmacokinetics of volatile anesthetics
    Blood products, transfusion, and fluid therapy
    General anesthesia
    Pediatric physiology and anesthesia
    Obstetric physiology and anesthesia
    Neurologic physiology and anesthesia
    Anatomy, regional anesthesia, and pain management
    Cardiovascular physiology and anesthesia.
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Print
    Brian A. Hall and Robert C. Chantigian.
    Contents:
    I: Basic sciences
    Anesthesia equipment and physics
    Respiratory physiology and critical care medicine
    Pharmacology and pharmacokinetics of intravenous drugs
    Pharmacology and pharmacokinetics of volatile anesthetics
    II: Clinical sciences
    Blood products, transfusion, and fluid therapy
    General anesthesia
    Pediatric physiology and anesthesia
    Obstetric physiology and anesthesia
    Neurologic physiology and anesthesia
    Anatomy, regional anesthesia, and pain management
    Cardiovascular physiology and anesthesia.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD82.3 .A547 2020
    1
  • Digital
    Yuji Morimoto, editor.
    Contents:
    Part I Neurotoxicity of the Anesthetics for Developing Brain
    Chapter 1 Laboratory Findings: To What Degree Can We Extrapolate the Animal Data to the Bedside?
    Chapter 2 Clinical Findings Including Prevention and Treatment
    Chapter 3 Implications for Pediatric Anesthesia
    Part II Postoperative Delirium and Cognitive Dysfunction
    Chapter 4 Present Clinical Status of Postoperative Delirium (POD)
    Chapter 5 Present Clinical Status of Postoperative Cognitive Dysfunction in Cardiovascular Surgery
    Chapter 6 Present Clinical Status of Postoperative Cognitive Dysfunction Following Non-Cardiac Surgery
    Chapter 7 Diagnosis of POD and POCD
    Chapter 8 Prevention and Treatment of Postoperative Delirium and Postoperative Cognitive Dysfunction
    Chapter 9 Mechanism of POD and POCD-Effect of Anesthetics
    Chapter 10 Mechanism of POCD and POCD-Effect of Other Than Anesthetics.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Kathirvel Subramaniam, Tetsuro Sakai, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive textbook, covering all aspects of the perioperative management of patients undergoing organ transplantation, serves as the standard reference for clinicians who care for transplant patients on a day-to-day basis as well as those who encounter organ transplantation only occasionally in their clinical practice. Anesthesia and Perioperative Care for Organ Transplantation covers transplantation of the heart, lung, liver, pancreas, and kidney, as well as multivisceral and composite tissue graft transplantations. For each kind of transplantation, the full spectrum of perioperative considerations is addressed: preoperative preparation, intraoperative anesthesia management, surgical techniques, and postoperative care. Each chapter contains evidence-based recommendations, relevant society guidelines, management algorithms, and institutional protocols as tables, flow diagrams, and figures. Photographs demonstrating surgical techniques, anesthesia procedures, and perfusion management are included. Anesthesia and Perioperative Care for Organ Transplantation is for anesthesiologists and critical care physicians; transplantation surgeons; nurse anesthetists; ICU nurses; and trainees.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Jan Ehrenwerth, James B. Eisenkraft, James M. Berry.
    Summary: "Offering highly visual, easy-to-read coverage of the full range of anesthesia equipment in use today, this authoritative reference is your go-to text for objective, informed answers to ensure optimal patient safety. Anesthesia Equipment, 3rd Edition, provides detailed information on the intricate workings of each device or workstation, keeping you fully up to date and helping you meet both equipment and patient care challenges. Remains unequalled in both depth and breadth of coverage, offering readable, concise guidance on all aspects of today's anesthesia machines and equipment. Details the latest machines, vaporizers, ventilators, breathing systems, vigilance, ergonomics, and simulation. Improves your understanding of the physical principles of equipment, the rationale for its use, delivery systems for inhalational anesthesia, systems monitoring, hazards and safety features, maintenance and quality assurance, special situations/equipment for non-routine adult anesthesia, and future directions for the field. Includes ASA Practice Parameters for care, and helps you ensure patient safety with detailed advice on risk management and medicolegal implications of equipment use"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Part1: Gases and ventilation. Medical gases: storage and supply
    The anesthesia machine and workstation
    Anesthesia vaporizers
    Breathing circuits
    Waste anesthetic gases and scavenging systems
    Anesthesia ventilators
    Humidification and filtration
    Part2: System monitors. Respiratory gas monitoring
    Monitoring ventilation
    Part3: Patient monitors. Capnography
    Pulse oximetry
    Hemodynamic monitoring
    Temperature monitoring
    Part4: Other equipment. Airway equipment
    Preventing transmission of infectious diseases
    Infusion pumps
    Part5: Vigilance, alarms, and ergonomics. Vigilance, alarms, and integrated monitoring systems
    Ergonomics of the anesthesia workspace
    Part6: Special conditions. Closed-circuit anesthesia
    Anesthesia delivery in the MRI environment
    Anesthesia at high altitude
    Anesthesia in difficult locations and in developing countries
    Part7: Safety, standards, and quality. Hazards of the anesthesia delivery system
    Electrical and fire safety
    Machine checkout and quality assurance
    Risk management and medicolegal aspects of anesthesia equipment use
    Standards and regulatory considerations.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Digital
    Gregory Rose, J. Thomas McLarney.
    Contents:
    Overview of anesthesia equipment
    Medical gas supply systems
    Pneumatic systems
    Flowmeters and the low pressure system
    Vaporizers
    Circle circuit
    Anesthesia machine ventilators
    Carbon dioxide absorber
    Scavenger system
    Failsafe systems
    Electrical systems
    Anesthesia machine checkout
    Malignant hyperthermia and the anesthesia machine
    Anesthesia equipment for magnetic resonance imaging
    Capnography and gas monitoring
    Pulse oximetry
    Hemodynamic monitoring
    Bag valve mask and mapleson circuits
    Warming devices and temperature monitoring
    Electricity and electrical safety in the operating room
    New developments.
  • Digital
    Giorgio Capogna, editor.
    Contents:
    Introduction to Anesthesia
    Patient Evaluation and Preparation
    Drugs used for Preanesthetic Medication
    Local Anesthetic Drugs and Techniques
    Local anesthesia in Cattle, Sheep, Goats, and Pigs
    Loca Anesthesia in Horses
    Local Anesthesia in Dogs and Cats
    Acupuncture Analgesia
    Specific Intravenous Anesthetic Drugs
    Inhalation Anesthesia
    Pharmacology of Inhalations Anesthetic Drugs
    Neuromuscular Blocking Drugs
    Anesthetic Toxicity, Oxygen Toxicity, Drug Interactions
    Anesthetic Machines and Breathing Systems
    Ventilation and Mechanical Assist Devices
    Patient Monitoring During Anesthesia
    Acid-Base Balance and Blood Gases
    Pain
    Anesthetic Procedures and Techniques in Small Animals
    Anesthetic Procedures and Techniques in Horses
    Anesthetic Procedures and Techniques in Ruminants
    Anesthetic Procedures and Techniques in Swine
    Anesthesia for Cesarean Section.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Zoka Milan, Chula Goonasekera, editors.
    Summary: This concise, accessible book covers anesthesia for hepatico-pancreatic-biliary (HPB) surgery and transplantation, based on randomized clinical trials, meta-analyses, case series, reports, and hands-on experience. The anatomy, physiology, pathophysiology and clinical consequences are discussed, and the close ties between HPB resection and transplant anesthesia are explored. The content reflects current real-world practice, as liver and pancreatic transplant surgeries have substantially improved in terms of blood-loss reduction, fast tracking and reduced risk. The book also addresses anesthetic aspects in connection with the recently introduced and rapidly expanding practice of laparoscopic surgery; with enhanced recovery; and with pancreatic surgery. Anesthesia for Hepatico-Pancreatic-Biliary Surgery and Transplantation is intended for aspiring HPB and transplant anesthetists, anesthesia trainees, and consultants with experience in HPB anesthesia who want to see whether or not they're up to date on the current standards.

    Contents:
    Part I: Anatomy and Physiology of the Liver
    Anatomy of HepatoPancreatoBiliary Surgery and Liver Transplantation Relevant to Anaesthesia
    Anatomy and physiology of the liver
    Part II: Liver transplantation
    Pathophysiology behind cardiopulmonary complications of cirrhosis and portal hypertension
    Liver Transplantation: Graft Variables
    Surgical aspects of liver transplantation
    Pre-assessment for Hepato-Pancreato-Biliary and Liver Transplant Surgery
    The Role of Cardiopulmonary Exercise Testing (CPET) in the Preoperative Assessment of Patients for Hepatico-Pancreatic-Biliary (HPB) Surgery and Liver Transplantation (LT)
    Anaesthesia for Liver Transplantation
    How does the aetiology of primary liver disease affect anaesthesia for liver transplantation
    Haemodynamic monitoring during liver transplant surgery
    Point of Care Viscoelastic Haemostasis Monitoring During liver Transplant Surgery
    How to Reduce Bleeding and Blood Transfusion During Liver Transplantation
    Fast tracking in liver transplant programme
    Acute kidney injury in hepatico-pancreatic-biliary surgery and liver transplantation
    Use of Extracorporeal Membrane Oxygenation during Liver Transplantation
    Liver preservation with extracorporeal perfusion
    Veno-venous bypass in liver transplantation
    Part III: Liver resection
    Biology of liver tumors and outcomes of liver surgery
    Anaesthesia for Live Donor Hepatectomy
    Strategies for low central venous pressure in liver resection surgery
    Enhanced Recover after HPB Surgery
    Postoperative analgesia in liver resection surgery
    Part IV: Pancreas
    Surgical Aspects of Hapato- Pancreato- Biliary Surgery
    Perioperative anaesthetic considerations for the Whipple procedure and other pancreatic surgeries
    Anaesthetic management for patients undergoing pancreas transplantation
    Part V: Paediatric
    Anaesthesia for Paediatric Liver Surgery
    Anaesthesia for Paediatric Liver Transplantation
    Anaesthesia for Hepatico-Pancreatic-Biliary Surgery and Transplantation Communication between HPB anaesthetists: meetings, websites and forums.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Hong Jiang, Ming Xia, editors.
    Summary: This book reviews and describes anesthetic management of patients during oral and maxillofacial surgery. It covers applied anatomy of oral and maxillofacial surgery, difficult airway management and anesthetic techniques. The anesthetic management for patients with oral and maxillofacial disorders such as head and neck infection, head and neck injuries, and head and neck malignancy is also discussed. It will be a concise, up-to-date reference for specialists in anesthesiology, as well as practitioners in oral and maxillofacial surgery. It aims to share up-to-date knowledge and practical techniques with those who work in the fields related to oral and maxillofacial surgery.

    Contents:
    The History of Oral and Maxillofacial Anesthesia
    Oral and Maxillofacial Anatomy
    Characteristics of Patients Undergoing Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery
    Risk Management of Anesthesia for Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery
    Recognition and Management of the Difficult Airway
    General Anesthetic Techniques in Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery
    Regional Anesthetic Techniques in Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery
    Conscious Sedation and Analgesia
    Complications associated with Anesthesia in Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery
    Anesthesia for Outpatient Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery
    Anesthesia for Aesthetic Surgery
    Anesthesia for Oral and Maxillofacial Head and Neck Infections
    Anesthesia for Oral and Maxillofacial Head and Neck Injuries
    Anesthesia for Pediatric Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery
    Anesthesia for Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery in the Elderly
    Anesthesia for Oral and Maxillofacial Head and Neck Tumor
    Anesthesia for Orthognathic Surgery
    Anesthesia for Nasal and Antral Surgery
    Perianesthesia Monitoring
    Oral and Maxillofacial Head and Neck Pain Treatment
    Oral and Maxillofacial Surgical Intensive Care Unit
    Nursing Considerations for the Maxillofacial Surgical Patient
    Application of Artificial Intelligence in Oral and Maxillofacial Anesthesia.
    Digital Access Springer 2023
  • Digital
    Corey S. Scher, editor.
    Summary: Anesthesia for Trauma is a comprehensive, clinically oriented text for practitioners and trainees in anesthesia, pain management, and critical care. It covers core topics, from initial assessment and blood and blood products, to the multi-trauma patient and trauma by major anatomical region. Burns receive especially extensive coverage. Special considerations when administering anesthesia to traumatically injured children, pregnant women, and older people are reviewed, as are foundational areas such as clinically relevant physiology and the growing role of trauma simulation in training. Readers will find leading edge coverage of microvascular surgery, pain management, and critical care of trauma patients as well as up-to-date chapters on trauma in the military, civilian trauma systems, and disaster management. The book concludes with a unique 'must-read' chapter for all clinicians on the link between substance abuse and penetrating trauma.

    Contents:
    Section I: General Anesthetic Management
    1: Trauma Overview and the Initial Assessment of the Patient.-2: Management of Pre-existing Compromising Conditions
    3: Airway Management in the Trauma Patient
    4: Physiological Derangement of the Trauma Patient
    5: Blood Transfusion and Coagulation Disorders
    6: General Principles of Intraoperative Management
    7: Acute and Chronic Pain the Trauma Patient.-Section II: Management of Specific Injuries
    8: Brain and Spinal Cord Injuries
    9: Cervical Spine Injuries
    10: Facial and Ocular Injuries
    11: Thoracic and Abdominal Injuries
    12: Musculoskeletal injuries and micro vascular surgery
    13: Management of Burns.-Section III: Injuries in Specific Populations.-14: Pediatric Trauma.-15: Trauma in the Pregnant Patient
    16: Geriatric Trauma.-Section IV: Critical Care
    17: Critical Care of the Trauma Patient.-Section V:Trauma Systems and Disaster Management
    18: Civilian Trauma Systems
    19: Contemporary Military Trauma (Including Systems)
    20: Disaster Management.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Daniel M. Gainsburg, Ethan O. Bryson, Elizabeth A. M. Frost, editors.
    Summary: This is an up-to-date clinical reference on anesthesia for urological surgery. Advances in urological procedures, the advent of treatment of patients with strong anticoagulant and antiplatelet medications, and the demographics of urology patients (many of whom are young or elderly) present challenges for the anesthesiologist and have necessitated changes in anesthesia practice. Urological anesthesia is not recognized as a subspecialty, and this book, which reflects the expertise of clinicians and researchers from around the United States and Europe, is written for the majority of anesthesiologists and nurse anesthetists who will provide anesthesia for these patients. The book includes coverage of these topics: Renal physiology and pharmacology Urologic anesthesia in all age groups, and in both the operating room and outpatient setting Special considerations in the pregnant patient and in renal transplantation Anesthesia for robotic surgery of the prostate In older patients, problems arising from co-morbidities and the risk of drug interactions Appropriate pain management in inpatient and outpatient settings The unique challenges of positioning the patient Medico-legal considerations, including analyses from the closed claims study

    Contents:
    1. Anesthesia and Renal Function: Perioperative Considerations
    2. Preoperative Evaluation of the Geriatric Patient
    3. Anesthesia for Urological Endoscopic Procedures
    4. Anesthesia for Office-Based Urological Procedures
    5. Extracorporeal Shock Wave Therapy and Percutaneous Nephrolithotripsy
    6. Anesthesia for Laparoscopic and Robotic-assisted Urological Procedures
    7. Anesthesia for Renal Transplantation: Recipient and Donor Care
    8. Anesthesia for Pheochromocytoma
    9. Anesthesia for Pediatric Urology
    10. Open Urological Procedures: Anesthetic Considerations in Radical Cystectomy with Diversion, Radical Prostatectomy, and Radical Nephrectomy
    11. The Pregnant Patient
    12. Positioning for Urological Procedures
    13. Management of the Urological Patient Taking Anticoagulant or Antiplatelet Medication
    14. Pain Management
    15. Use of the Simulation Laboratory to Teach Urological Anesthesia
    16. Legal Considerations in Urological Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    M. M. Begani, Dheeraj V. Mulchandani, Shagufta Choudhary, editors.
    Summary: This book features a collection of guidelines for anesthesia in day care surgery, covering all medical specialties that may look to venture into the ambulatory surgery domain. It provides various practical tips that can be used in day-to-day practice by anesthetists and surgeons alike, and covers various anesthetic protocols used by the stalwarts of the industry to illustrate the ideal techniques for anesthesia in day care surgery.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Recent advances in anesthesia
    Medical fitness for day care surgery
    Patient selection and optimization in day care anesthesia
    Pediatric patient in a day care setting
    Geriatric patient in a day care setting
    Anesthesia for urology in day care
    Anesthesia for orthopedic cases in day care
    Anesthesia for ENT procedures in day care
    Anesthesia for ophthalmic cases in day care
    Anesthesia for dental cases in day care
    Common nerve blocks used for day care anesthesia
    Post-operative recovery and discharge for day care anesthesia
    Pain management in day care
    Medicolegal aspects of day care surgery
    Potential of day care surgery
    Data from a pioneer day care centre.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    John G. Brock-Utne.
    Summary: This book outlines the many anesthesia-related obstacles, concerns, and challenges that may be encountered by western trained anesthesiologist in low-resourced settings. Each chapter presents a challenging scenario with solutions. It is therefore an essential handbook that will prepare those performing anesthesia in this milieu. All case studies represent real accounts discussing equipment and drug constraints as well as the ethical questions that arise for western doctors working in this environment. Socially conscious and timely, Anesthesia in Low-Resourced Settings is an invaluable resource for medical practitioners who plan to work in these challenging settings.

    Contents:
    1. Now what will you do?
    2. What is wrong with this picture?
    3. No train of four neuromuscular monitor. No problem
    4. An old anesthetic machine and it's the only one
    5. Ether is the only anesthetic and you have never given one
    6. Transporting a critically ill patient without monitors
    7. Severe dehydration and no IV solution
    8. Thinking outside the box
    9. This is a serious problem
    10. Always check your facts
    11. An impossible situation
    12. No blood bank. Now what?
    13. What can the problem be?
    14. Living on the equator
    15. A word of caution
    16. A draw-over vaporizer with a non-breathing circuit. Be aware
    17. A near tragedy
    18. A tracheostomy is urgently needed and you have never done one.-19. A prolapsed umbilical cord
    20. The one-eyed patient
    21. Postoperatively you can communicate with the patient
    22. Traumatic hemothorax and same side central venous access
    23. A patient with a difficult airway and you have minimal airway equipment
    24. MRI suite. What can the problem be?
    25. How should you fill CO2 absorbent in a canister?
    26. An old anesthetic machine. Look carefully
    27. A single abdominal knife wound. Easy case
    28. An endobronchial foreign body
    29. Lead apron
    30. A tip for nasal intubation
    31. A seriously ill patient
    32. Malignant hyperpyrexia
    33. An adjuvant to the cuff leak test
    34. A bronchoscopy surprise
    35. Doing research in low-resource environments. What to watch out for
    36. An epidural pump in labor in a low-resource environment. Watch out
    37. This could be serious
    38. A case of intraoperative hyperthermia
    39. A case of myasthenia gravis
    40. A tragic case
    41. Essential equipment
    42. A potentially life threatening problem
    43. A straightforward case or what?
    44. A signed consent. Any problem?
    45. A Cesarean section with twins
    46. A child bitten by a rabid dog
    47. What an airway surprise
    48. A case of a ruptured ectopic
    49. Glass blood bottles. Any concern?
    50. An old EKG machine
    51. A Bird Ventilator
    52. Intraoperative oozing
    53. Defibrillator. Watch out
    54. A case of trismus
    55. A diagnostic dilemma
    56. An anesthetic equipment graveyard
    57. A motor vehicle accident
    58. My wife is dead, Doctor
    59. Disposal of soda lime
    60. Compressed gas containers
    61. A neck abscess
    62. An emergency Cesarean section in Togo
    63. An overdose with witch doctor medicine
    64. A request from a family member
    65. A new electronic anesthetic machine
    66. Hiccups after induction of anesthesia
    67. What is going on? Was geht ab?
    68. A trans-Indian ocean flight
    69. Reinforced (armored) endotracheal tubes. Watch out
    70. A soda lime dilemma
    71. Bain circuit Mapleson D. What is the problem?
    72. Suxamethonium. Never forget
    73. What a lesson
    74. How much oxygen is left in an E-cylinder?
    75. A case of lost in translation
    76. A sudden intraoperative change in EKG amplitude. Any concern?
    77. Another reason for preoxygenation
    78. What can go wrong with this anesthetic?
    79. A military conflict
    80. A dying patient
    81. A new breathing system
    82. A small child in a war zone
    83. A gangrene leg
    84. Facial trauma
    85. Always check your facts
    86. An acute appendix
    87. Hospital administrator. You have been warned
    88. A tribal conflict
    89. Intermittent electrical power failure to an anesthesia machine
    90. Bonus Question.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Manuel Granell Gil, Mert Şentürk, editors.
    Summary: This book reviews and describes the best practices of anesthesia in thoracic surgery, according to evidence-based medicine. It covers preoperative assessment, applied pharmacology, airway management and ventilation methods. The analgesic methods in this surgical specialty are also discussed. This book is aimed at all specialists in the world of anesthesiology and critical care as well as to physicians in training. It may also be of interest to thoracic surgeons and pulmonologists.
    Digital Access Springer 20
  • Digital
    Fernando Alemanno, Mario Bosco, Aldo Barbati, editors.
    Summary: Loco-regional anesthesia presents definite advantages in almost all surgical branches, since it couples a perfect anesthesia with a long postoperative analgesia. This discipline is constantly developing thanks to new drugs and new techniques. In the last decade the advent of ultrasound guided regional anesthesia has extended the study from the anatomic room to the virtual but real "in corpore viri" ecographic image thus increasing the success rate of this type of anesthesia. Together with electrostimulation, it has definitely increased the success rate of loco-regional anesthesia. Nonetheless, though supported by new fundamental tools, it is of the utmost importance for anesthesiologists to have a deep knowledge of the brachial plexus and of the topographic anatomy, on which the two first chapters are focused. Featuring a total of 16 chapters and more than 140 color illustrations, the volume provides a detailed coverage of this technique, thus representing a very useful tool for specializing students as well anesthesiologists in their daily clinical practice.

    Contents:
    1. Anatomy of the Brachial Plexus / F. Alemanno and E. Egarter Vigl
    2. Topographical Anatomy / F. Alemanno and E. Egarter Vigl
    3. Anatomy of the Cevical Plexus F. Alemanno and E. Egarter Vigl
    4. The Anesthetic Line / P. Grossi
    5. Electrical Nerve Stimulation and Percutaneous Identification of the Target / L. Perotti, M. Allegri, A. Matteazzi and P. Grossi
    6. Supraclavicular Brachial Plexus Block Techniques / F. Alemanno
    7. Ultrasound Guided Interscalene and Supraclavicular Blocks / Astrid U. Behr
    8. Complications of Supraclavicular Techniques / F. Alemanno
    9. Infraclavicular Brachial Plexus Block / M. Bosco and A. Clemente
    10. Axillary Brachial Plexus Block M. Bosco and A. Clemente
    11. Truncular Blocks / A. Barbati
    12. Intravenous Regional Anesthesia / M. Raffa, M. Greco and A. Barbati
    13. Sedation in Regional Anesthesia / F. Alemanno and F. Auricchio
    14. Perineural Adjuvants for Postoperative Analgesia / F. Alemanno
    15. Postoperative Analgesia / F. Coluzzi
    16. Stellate Ganglion Block / F. Alemanno and B. Westermann.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    [edited by] Brian M. Keech, Ryan Laterza.
    Contents:
    Autonomic nervous system
    Respiratory and pulmonary physiology
    Blood gas and acid-base analysis
    Volume regulation, volume disturbances, and fluid replacement
    Electrolytes
    Transfusion therapy
    Coagulation
    Airway management
    Pulmonary function testing
    Volatile anesthetics
    Opioids
    Intravenous anesthetics and benzodiazepines
    Muscle relaxants and monitoring of relaxant activity
    Local anesthetics
    Inotropes and vasodilator drugs
    Preoperative medication
    Preoperative evaluation
    The anesthesia machine and vaporizers, and anesthesia circuits and ventilators
    Patient positioning
    Mechanical ventilation in critical illness
    Pulse oximetry
    Capnography
    Central venous catheterization and pressure monitoring
    Flow-directed therapy
    Blood pressure disturbances, arterial catheterization, and blood pressure monitoring
    Awareness during anesthesia
    Temperature disturbances
    Postanesthetic care
    Ischemic heart disease and myocardial infarction
    Heart failure
    Valvular heart disease
    Aorto-occlusive diseases
    Intracranial and cerebrovascular disease
    Reactive airway disease
    Aspiration
    Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
    Acute respiratory distress syndrome (ards)
    Pulmonary hypertension
    Perioperative hepatic dysfunction and liver transplantation
    Renal function and anesthesia
    Increased intracranial pressure and traumatic brain injury
    Malignant hyperthermia and other motor diseases
    Degenerative neurologic diseases and neuropathies
    Alcohol and substance abuse
    Diabetes mellitus
    Nondiabetic endocrine disease
    Obesity and sleep apnea
    Allergic reactions
    Herbal supplements
    Trauma
    The burned patient, laser surgery and operating room fires
    Neonatal anesthesia
    Pediatric anesthesia
    Congenital heart disease
    Fundamentals of obstetric anesthesia
    Obstetric analgesia and anesthesia
    High-risk obstetrics
    Geriatric anesthesia
    Sedation and anesthesia outside the operating room
    Pacemakers and internal cardioverter defibrillators
    Spinal anesthesia
    Epidural analgesia and anesthesia
    Peripheral nerve blocks
    Principles of anesthesia in heart transplantation
    Cardiopulmonary bypass
    Lung isolation techniques
    Somatosensory-evoked potentials and spinal surgery
    Anesthesia for craniotomy
    Minimally invasive surgery
    Electroconvulsive therapy
    Acute pain management
    Chronic pain management.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Digital
    Jesse M. Ehrenfeld, Richard D. Urman, B. Scott Segal, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive update of the previous two successful editions covers both basic and advanced anesthesia topics. These include pharmacology, procedures, monitoring, equipment, subspecialty anesthesia, safety, professionalism, pain management, and more. Chapters are concise, easy-to-read, and authored by faculty specialized in medical education. They feature case studies designed to help apply theoretical knowledge to real patient situations, as well as questions and answers. A convenient resource for medical students, student registered nurse anesthetists, and student anesthesiologist assistants in any student of anesthesia will find this unique book useful.

    Contents:
    Part I Introduction to Anesthesiology
    How to Be a "Star" Student, Career Options, and the Match
    History of Anesthesia and Introduction to the Specialty
    Part II Pharmacology
    Pharmacology Principles
    Pharmacology of Intravenous Anesthetic Agents
    Pharmacology of Inhalational Anesthetics
    Pharmacology of Local Anesthetics
    Pharmacology of Adjunct Agents
    Part III Preoperative Considerations
    The Preoperative Patient Evaluation
    Airway Evaluation and Management
    The Anesthesia Machine
    Anesthesia Equipment and Monitors
    Part IV Intraoperative Considerations
    Anesthetic Techniques: General, Sedation, MAC
    Anesthetic Techniques: Regional
    Electrolytes and Acid-Base Balance
    Fluids and Transfusion Therapy
    Peripheral, Arterial, and Central Lines and Gastric Tube Placement
    Intraoperative Problems
    Part V Systems Physiology and Anesthetic Subspecialties
    Cardiac and Thoracic Anesthesiology
    Physiology & Anesthesia for Neurologic, ENT and Ophthalmologic Surgery
    Obstetric Anesthesia
    Physiology and Anesthesia for General and Bariatric Surgery
    Anesthesia for Urological Surgery
    Anesthesia for Pediatric Surgical Procedures
    Physiology and Anesthesia for Older Adults
    Ambulatory Anesthesia
    Non-operating Room Anesthesia
    Orthopedic Surgery
    Trauma Surgery
    Part VI Postoperative Considerations
    Acute Pain Management
    Perioperative Acute and Chronic Pain Management
    Postoperative Anesthesia Care Unit and Common Postoperative Problems
    Introduction to Critical Care
    Enhanced Recovery After Surgery and the Perioperative Surgical Home
    Part VII Special Topics
    Professionalism, Teamwork, and Interaction with Other Specialties
    Quality Assurance, Patient and Provider Safety
    Ethical and Legal Issues in Anesthesia
    Clinical Simulation in Anesthesia Education
    Infection Control and COVID-19.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    editor, Richard A. Jaffe ; associate editors, Clifford A. Schmiesing, Brenda Golianu.
    Contents:
    Neurosurgery
    Ophthalmic surgery
    Otolaryngology/head and neck surgery
    Dental surgery
    Thoracic surgery
    Cardiovascular surgery
    General surgery
    Obstetric/gynecologic surgery
    Urology
    Orthopedic surgery
    Plastic and reconstructive surgery
    Pediatric surgery
    Out-of-operating room procedures
    Office-based anesthesia
    Emergency procedures for the anesthesiologist.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    editor, Richard A. Jaffe ; associate editors, Clifford A. Schmiesing, Brenda Golianu.
    Summary: "An early anesthesia trainee may feel fine about their knowledge and preparation heading into the OR until the attending turns and asks, "So, what's your plan for anesthetic management?" The compartmentalized knowledge of preoperative assessment, workings of the anesthesia machine, pharmacology and physiology, inhalation anesthetics and more will not have prepared the trainee with a sense of how to approach a case and, moreover, a whole day of cases"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Digital/Print
    edited by David E. Longnecker, Mark F. Newman, Sean Mackey, Warren S. Sandberg, Warren M. Zapol.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD81 .A547 2017
    1
  • Digital
    Basavana G. Goudra, Michael Duggan, Vidya Chidambaran, Hari Prasad Krovvidi Venkata, Elizabeth Duggan, Mark Powell, Preet Mohinder Singh, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Linda S. Aglio, Richard D. Urman, editors.
    Summary: Divided into twelve sections that cover the entirety of anesthetic practice, this is a case-based, comprehensive review of anesthesiology that covers the basics of anesthetic management and reflects all new guidelines and recently developed standards of care. Each chapter of Anesthesiology: Clinical Case Reviews begins with a specific clinical problem or a clinical case scenario, followed by concise discussions of preoperative assessment, intraoperative management, and postoperative pain management. In addition to residents and fellows, this book is written for practicing anesthesiologists, student nurse anesthetists, and certified registered nurse anesthetists (CRNAs).

    Contents:
    Part I: Cardiovascular System
    1. Coronary Artery Disease
    2. Myocardial Infarction
    3. Heart Failure
    4. Hypothermia
    5. Anesthetic Considerations in Patients with Valvular Heart Disease
    6. Mitral Stenosis
    7. Eisenmenger Syndrome
    8. Subacute Bacterial Endocarditis Prophylaxis
    9. Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy (HCM)
    10. Pacemakers and Implantable Cardioverter Defibrillators
    11. Pericardial Tamponade
    12. Non-cardiac Surgery after Heart Transplantation
    13. Anesthesia for Coronary Artery Bypass Graft (CABG)
    Part II: The Respiratory System
    14. One-Lung Ventilation
    Part III: The Central Nervous System
    15. Anesthesia Management for Posterior Fossa Craniotomy
    16. Intracranial Aneurysm
    17. Carotid Endarterectomy
    18. Spine Surgery and Intraoperative Monitoring
    19. Transsphenoidal Hypophysectomy
    Part IV: The Neuromuscular System
    20. Depolarizing Neuromuscular Blocking Agents
    21. Non-depolarizing Neuromuscular Blocking Agents
    22. Myasthenia Gravis
    23. Malignant Hyperthermia
    Part V: The Endocrine System
    24. Diabetes Mellitus
    25. Thyrotoxicosis
    26. Pheochromocytoma
    Part VI: The Abdomen
    27. The Full Stomach
    28. Anesthesia for Liver Transplantation
    29. Anesthesia for Open Repair of Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm
    30. Anesthesia for Endovascular Aortic Aneurysm Repair (EVAR)
    31. Morbid Obesity
    32. Laparoscopy
    33. Carcinoid Disease
    34. Kidney Transplantation
    Part VII: Eye, Ear, and Throat Surgery
    35. Open Eye Injury
    36. Anesthesia for Tympanomastoidectomy
    37. The Difficult Airway
    38. Pediatric Tonsillectomy and Adenoidectomy
    39. Laser Surgery of the Airway
    Part VIII: Blood/Hematologic System
    40. Transfusion Reactions
    41. Intraoperative Coagulopathies
    42. Hemophilia
    43. Sickle Cell Disease: Anesthetic Management
    Part IX: Orthopedic Surgery
    44. Total Hip Replacement
    45. Local Anesthetics
    46. Spinal Anesthesia
    47. Brachial Plexus Block
    Part X: Obstetrics
    48. Labor and Delivery
    49. Preeclampsia
    50. Abruptio Placenta and Placenta Previa
    51. Nonobstetric Surgery During Pregnancy
    Part XI: Pediatrics
    52. Neonatal Resuscitation
    53. Gastroschisis and Omphalocele
    54. Congenital Diaphragmatic Hernia
    55. Pyloric Stenosis
    56. Tracheoesophageal Fistula
    57. Congenital Heart Disease: Atrioventricular Septal Defects
    58. Premature Infant
    Part XII: Critical Care
    59. Trauma Anesthesia
    60. Burns.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Brian S. Freeman, Jeffrey S. Berger.
    Summary: "A high-yield review for the NEW 2-part anesthesiology written board exam. Starting in 2013, the anesthesiology written board certification exam will be administered in 2 parts. The first part, or the 'basic' exam, will occur after the resident's first year. The second part, the 'advanced' exam, will occur after the third year. This new review is based on the content outline of the exam provided by the American Board of Anesthesiology. Anesthesiology Core Review delivers 1-2-page reviews of the approximately 400 topics covered in exam content outline, and like the exam, will be organized into two parts: basic and advanced"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Part I: Basic sciences
    Part II: Clinical sciences
    Part III: Organ-based sciences
    Part IV: Special issues in anesthesiology.
  • Digital
    Brian S. Freeman, Jeffrey S. Berger.
    Summary: "A high-yield review for the NEW 2-part anesthesiology written board exam Starting in 2013, the anesthesiology written board certification exam will be administered in 2 parts. The first part, or the "basic" exam, will occur after the resident's first year. The second part, the "advanced" exam, will occur after the third year. This new review, is based on the content outline of the exam provided by the American Board of Anesthesiology. Anesthesiology Core Review delivers 1-2-page reviews of the approximately 400 topics covered in exam content outline, and like the exam, will be organized into two parts: basic and advanced. Concise review of all essential anesthesia concepts Great for keyword review and to generate power points for presentations Content correlates with the new 2-part ABA content outline for board certification"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Part I: Basic sciences
    Part II: Anesthesia techniques
    Part III: Organ-based advanced sciences
    Part IV: Clinical subspecialties
    Part V: Special issues in anesthesiology.
  • Digital
    edited by George Williams, Marc J. Popovich, and Navneet Grewal
    Summary: 'Anesthesiology Critical Care Board Review' fills a much-needed niche, offering a high-yield review of content for the American Board of Anesthesiology's Critical Care board exam in a question and answer format. Concise explanations and targeted references are provided for each question
    Digital Access Oxford 2019
  • Digital
    Ratan K. Banik, editor.
    Summary: Focused on rotations in regional anesthesia and chronic pain, this book provides a structured review of the concepts covered in the American Board of Anesthesiology in-training exam. The first section of the book covers regional anesthesia with dedicated chapters on basic science, acute postoperative pain, and nerve blocks for neuraxial, lower and upper extremity blocks, and head and neck. The second section on chronic pain includes chapters on basic science and common pain conditions - including craniofacial pain, CRPS, neuropathic pain, and cancer pain. This section closes on multimodal analgesia and other treatment approaches. Each chapter presents a common clinical topic and is organized by indications, preparation, technique, complication, prevention, clinical pearls, and related ABA key points. Highlights must-know information in bold throughout the text. Concise, practical, and easy-to-read, this book will aid anesthesiology residents, certified nurse anesthetists, and medical students in their study regarding patient care practices on regional anesthesia and chronic pain. The book will also be useful to residents going into regional anesthesia and pain medicine subspecialties during the year of their anesthesiology training.

    Contents:
    Basic science:Principles of Ultrasound: Obtaining an Image, Resolution, Depth-Basic science: Local anesthetics and adjuvants for nerve blocks-Acute postoperative pain: Patient-Controlled Analgesia-Acute postoperative pain: Regional vs General anesthesia-Acute postoperative pain: Pediatric Regional Anesthesia-Regional Anesthesia for Enhanced Recovery After Surgery-Nerve injury in regional anesthesia-Bier block-Local anesthetic systemic toxicity
    Post-Dural Puncture Headache
    Spine anatomy; Epidural (Cervical, Thoracic, Lumbar, Caudal)
    Epidural adjuvants
    Spinal and combined spinal epidural
    Somatic and autonomic blockade-ASRA Guidelines on Implications of Anticoagulants and Platelet Inhibitors-Sciatic nerve block and Lateral Femoral Cutaneous nerve block-Femoral Nerve Block and Adductor Canal Block-Lumbar Plexus Block And Obturator Nerve Block-Popliteal Sciatic Block-Ankle Block
    Interscalene and superior trunk block-Supraclavicular nerve block-Infraclavicular and Axillary nerve block-Wrist blocks: Ulnar, Radial, Median nerve blocks-Suprascapular nerve block- Intercostal nerve block-Transversus Abdominis Plane Blocks-Thoracic paravertebral nerve block- Ilioinguinal and iliohypogastric nerve block-Erector spinae block
    Pectoralis nerve block -Glossopharyngeal, Superior Laryngeal, Transtracheal block- Retrobulbar block and Peribulbar block-Superficial Cervical Plexus Block for awake carotid endarterectomy- Pain Mechanisms and Pathways
    Opioid Receptors
    Social, Vocational and Psychological Influences on Pain Perception-Gender and Age Differences in Pain Perception-Pathophysiology of acute and chronic pain; somatic vs visceral pain-Myofascial Pain syndrome-Fibromyalgia-Headache and Botulinum Neurotoxins-supraorbital, infraorbital, auriculotemporal nerve block-Trigeminal Neuralgia-Occipital Neuralgia and Nerve Block-Stellate ganglion block-Celiac plexus nerve block and neurolysis-Lumbar Sympathetic block-Genitofemoral nerve block
    Pudendal nerve block-Neuroablation Techniques for Pain Management-Spinal Cord Stimulation and intrathecal drug delivery system-Transcutaneous Electrical Nerve Stimulation
    World Health Organization Analgesic Ladder-NSAIDs and Acetaminophen for Acute and Chronic Pain-Antidepressants and Anticonvulsants for Neuropathic pain-Opioid Analgesics, Tolerance, Dependence and Addiction-Equianalgesic doses of opioids-NMDA blocker: Methadone and Ketamine-Non-pharmacological approaches to chronic pain management.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Claire Sampankanpanich Soria, Daniel E. Lee, Gerard R. Manecke.
    Summary: This book describes in concise yet detailed step-by-step instructions on how to perform common procedures, including complex airway management, vascular access, neuraxial blocks, and nuanced anesthetic techniques; it not only covers this breadth of procedures, but presents them in an accessible manner. Chapters follow the format of the indications for a particular procedure, a list of equipment required, step-by-step instructions for performing the procedure, common complications, and troubleshooting techniques. The book is designed intentionally for the busy physician to be able to easily read the essential information, including lists of equipment necessary, numbered steps to perform the procedure, tables of common errors and methods to troubleshoot, indications and contraindications for procedures, detailed photos of equipment setup, and handmade diagrams and images. Anesthesiology Resident Manual of Procedures is comprehensive and written with the physician-in-training in mind, as well as those who are completing their residency or fellowship in the fields of anesthesiology, critical care medicine, and emergency medicine.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Airway Anatomy and Tracheobronchial Tree
    Chapter 2. Optimizing Intubation Positioning
    Chapter 3. How To Assemble and Use The Fiberoptic Scope and Tower
    Chapter 4. Asleep Fiberoptic Intubations
    Chapter 5. Awake Fiberoptic Intubation
    Chapter 6. Nasotracheal Intubation
    Chapter 7. Codes / Out of Or Emergency Airway Management
    Chapter 8. Airway Exchanges
    Chapter 9. Deep Extubations
    Chapter 10. Aspiration On Induction
    Chapter 11. Intubating Without Muscle Relaxant
    Chapter 12. Jet Ventilation For ENT Surgery
    Chapter 13. Intubating With A Bougie
    Chapter 14. Intubating With C-Spine Precautions
    Chapter 15. Intubating With Video Laryngoscope
    Chapter 16. Intubating On The Ground
    Chapter 17. Double Lumen Endotracheal Tubes
    Chapter 18. Emergency Cricothyroidotomy
    Chapter 19. Laryngeal Mask Airways (lmas)
    Chapter 20. Troubleshooting Tracheostomies
    Chapter 21. Ultrasound-Guided Peripheral IV's
    Chapter 22. Where To Look For PIV's
    Chapter 23. Subclavian Central Lines Without Ultrasound
    Chapter 24. Internal Jugular Central Line Without Ultrasound
    Chapter 25. Femoral Lines Without Ultrasound
    Chapter 26. How To Assemble An Arterial Line Transducer
    Chapter 27. Radial Arterial Lines
    Chapter 28. Dorsal Pedal Arterial Lines
    Chapter 29. Belmont Infuser
    Chapter 30. Single Shot Spinal
    Chapter 31. Lumbar Epidurals
    Chapter 32. Continuous Spinal
    Chapter 33. Combined Spinal-Epidurals
    Chapter 34. Thoracic Epidurals
    Chapter 35. Wet Taps and Epidural Blood Patches
    Chapter 36. Total Intravenous Anesthetics (TIVA)
    Chapter 37. Monitored Anesthesia Care/MAC
    Chapter 38. Emergence Without Nitrous Oxide
    Chapter 39. Craniotomies
    Chapter 40. Liver Transplants.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Diego Preciado, Susan Verghese, editors.
    Summary: The advancement of tactics used in managing pediatric airway disorders can be attributed to an overall growth of collective knowledge among medical health professionals. This book is designed to sustain that growth of knowledge, with 18 chapters of insight and information by distinguished medical experts in both pediatric anesthesia and pediatric otolaryngology. It concisely and thoroughly covers topics such as subglottic stenosis, pharyngeal airway obstruction, laryngeal airway obstruction, obesity and sleep apnea and thoracic airway obstruction, among others. Chapters include scenarios where the skills and expertise of both anesthesiologists and otolaryngologists are being continually tested; the use of newer drugs and repurposing of older drugs; the combination of smaller amounts of different types of sedatives while avoiding intra-op narcotics and maintaining spontaneous ventilation are described in detail; Finally, a comprehensive review of new research emerging about ultra-rapid narcotics metabolizers among patients, making them more susceptible to medications, such as codeine, along with the latest information on the purported potential neurodevelopmental toxicity of some anesthetic agents are also included. Working as both an educational tool and a practical resource, medical practitioners, students and educators will find this text to be a valuable tool for the safely managing the pediatric patient undergoing anesthesia for difficult airway scenarios.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Susan T. Verghese, Timothy D. Kane, editors.
    Summary: This book highlights remarkable new endoscopic, laparoscopic, and thoracoscopic approaches to the removal of surgical lesions for different pathologic conditions under general endotracheal anesthesia in infants and children. It details how newer techniques in airway management, monitoring, regional nerve blocks for these innovative minimally invasive approaches have resulted in a decrease in intraoperative and postoperative morbidity and early recovery process after pediatric anesthesia. This unique book contains features that provide the audience with several clinical scenarios where exceptional surgical outcomes are achieved with optimum pre-op preparation via collaborative team efforts. To date there is no other textbook emphasizing the anesthetic and surgical management during the most innovative advances in endoscopic surgery in children. Per oral endoscopic myotomy (POEM) for the definitive treatment of achalasia in children is probably the most advanced endoscopic surgery done successfully in children. POEM is the best example of endoscopic surgery performed via natural orifices known as the Natural orifice transluminal endoscopic surgery (NOTES). Another new laparoscopic surgical intervention -Median Arcuate Ligament surgical release for Median Arcuate Ligament Syndrome (MALS) for patients with Postural Orthostatic Tachycardia Syndrome (POTS) is described with established perioperative protocols emphasizing the need for early admission, intravenous hydration, and premedication. Novel approaches in the anesthetic management in children with short bowel syndrome for bowel lengthening techniques like the serial transverse enteroplasty (STEP) and in teenagers for laparoscopic bariatric surgery with adjustable gastric banding (AGB) and vertical sleeve gastrectomy (VSG) for morbid obesity are new areas that would enlighten the readers. Anesthetic Management in Pediatric General Surgery is an invaluable resource for pediatric anesthesiologists, surgeons, and their trainees specializing in the care of pediatric patients.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Vascular Access in Children. (a) Peripheral venous access (b) Central Venous Access
    Chapter 2. Anesthesia in Neonates - Airway and Physiology
    Chapter 3. Peri-operative Care of Infants with Congenital Heart disease (CHD) scheduled for non-cardiac surgery
    Chapter 4. Anesthetic Considerations in children with Pulmonary Hypertension
    Chapter 5. Non-Operating Room Anesthesia for minor surgical procedures
    Chapter 6. Surgical Site Infections (SSI) -Prophylaxis and management
    Chapter 7. Minimally Invasive Vs. Open Surgical Approaches
    Chapter 8. Anesthesia for infants with Pyloric Stenosis
    Chapter 9. Anesthetic Concerns in Open vs Closed repair TEF in neonates
    Chapter 10. Congenital Diaphragmatic Hernia-NICU management
    Chapter 11. Minimally Invasive Pectus Repair (NUSS) Pain management strategies
    Chapter 12. Per Oral Endoscopic Myotomy (POEM) A Novel technique for children with Achalasia
    Chapter 13. Median Arcuate Ligament Ligament Release (MALS) in patients with POTS (Persistent Orthostatic Tachycardia Syndrome)-
    Chapter 14. Abdominal Wall Defects - Gastroschisis/ Omphalocele Repair in Newborns - Anesthetic and Surgical dilemmas
    Chapter 15. Anesthetic management of Necrotizing Enterocolitis (NEC) and Short Bowel Syndrome (SBS). Perioperative and anesthetic challenges
    Chapter 16. Wilms tumor, Pheochromocytoma, Paraganglionomas in children Perioperative preparation, and anesthetic and surgical approach
    Chapter 17. Regional anesthesia in children the acute surgical setting
    Chapter 18. Thyroid Goiters in children- Peri-op Optimization/ Intra-op monitoring
    Chapter 19. Current Anesthetic Management for Laparoscopic Bariatric Surgery in Adolescents with Obesity
    Chapter 20. Pediatric Pain management in the Acute surgical setting - Assessment and treatment modalities
    Chapter 21. Neurotoxic effects of anesthetics on the developing brain.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Hans Henkes, Pedro Lylyk, Oliver Ganslandt, editors.
    Springer Nature eReference.
    Summary: This encyclopedic reference book on the treatment of intracranial aneurysms offers a case-based approach to the subject that has the benefit of fully reflecting the highly individual technical and clinical challenges encountered in aneurysm patients. The book is structured by aneurysm location, ensuring ease of use. Readers will find solutions for most clinical situations that they may encounter. Different treatment strategies are described, highlighting their respective pros and cons in particular circumstances. The coverage encompasses both basic techniques, such as coil occlusion and parent vessel occlusion, and the latest developments, including extra- and intrasaccular flow diversion, intrasaccular flow disruption, bifurcation stenting, and hybrid procedures combining microsurgical and endovascular elements. Potential procedural complications are identified, and bail-out strategies to anticipate, avoid, and solve major issues are described. The authors are all respected experts in the field, and the book will be of value to vascular and endovascular neurosurgeons, interventional neuroradiologists and neurologists, stroke neurologists, and other practitioners at all levels of experience.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    About the Editors
    Contributors
    Part I: Cervical Internal Carotid Artery
    1 Cervical Internal Carotid Artery Aneurysm: Spontaneous Dissection of the Cervical Internal Carotid Artery Resulting in Elong...
    Patient
    Diagnostic Imaging
    Treatment Strategy
    Treatment
    Follow-Up Examinations
    Treatment Strategy
    Treatment
    Follow-Up Examinations
    Clinical Outcome
    Discussion
    Therapeutic Alternatives
    References
    Part II: Petrous Internal Carotid Artery 2 Petrous Internal Carotid Artery Aneurysm: A Giant Fusiform Aneurysm, Flow Diversion, Several Treatment Sessions, Metamizole ...
    Patient
    Diagnostic Imaging
    Treatment Strategy
    Treatment
    Clinical Outcome
    Follow-Up and Subsequent Treatments
    Clinical Outcome
    Discussion
    Therapeutic Alternatives
    References
    3 Petrous Internal Carotid Artery Aneurysm: Endovascular Treatment with Coils and Flow Diverter Stents of a Large Petrous Inte...
    Patient
    Diagnostic Imaging
    Treatment Strategy
    Treatment
    Clinical Outcome
    Follow-Up Examination
    Treatment Strategy Treatment
    Clinical Outcome
    Follow-Up Examinations
    Treatment Strategy
    Treatment
    Follow-Up Examinations
    Treatment Strategy
    Treatment
    Follow-Up Examination
    Treatment Strategy
    Treatment
    Follow-Up Examinations
    Clinical Outcome
    Discussion
    Therapeutic Alternatives
    References
    Part III: Cavernous Internal Carotid Artery
    4 Cavernous Internal Carotid Artery Aneurysm: Visual Disturbance Due to a Large Cavernous Aneurysm Presumably Causing Recurren...
    Patient
    Diagnostic Imaging
    Treatment Strategy
    Treatment
    Clinical Outcome Follow-Up Examinations
    Discussion
    Therapeutic Alternatives
    References
    5 Cavernous Internal Carotid Artery Aneurysm: Diplopia due to a Large Cavernous Aneurysm Causing Oculomotor Nerve Palsy
    Parti...
    Patient
    Diagnostic Imaging
    Treatment Strategy
    Treatment
    Clinical Outcome
    Follow-Up Examinations
    Discussion
    Therapeutic Alternatives
    References
    6 Cavernous Internal Carotid Artery Aneurysm: Rupture of a Presumably Traumatic Cavernous Internal Carotid Artery Pseudoaneury...
    Patient
    Diagnostic Imaging
    Treatment Strategy
    Treatment Clinical Outcome
    Discussion
    Therapeutic Alternatives
    References
    7 Cavernous Internal Carotid Artery Aneurysm: Exsanguinating Iatrogenic Internal Carotid Artery Injury During Transsphenoidal ...
    Patient
    Diagnostic Imaging
    Treatment Strategy
    Treatment
    Clinical Outcome
    Follow-Up Examinations
    Discussion
    Therapeutic Alternatives
    References
    8 Cavernous Internal Carotid Artery Aneurysm: Large Cavernous Carotid Artery Aneurysm Causing Compression of the Internal Caro...
    Patient
    Diagnostic Imaging
    Treatment Strategy
    Treatment
    Clinical Outcome
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Antonino Cavallaro.
    Summary: Popliteal aneurysms are still controversial in terms of their pathogenesis, and challenging in terms of their treatment. This book offers a detailed overview of the latest advances in our understanding of the disease, and highlights the latest theories. Divided into eght sections, it focuses on: the historical background, embryology and anatomy of the popliteal artery, clinical presentation and diagnosis, pros and cons of traditional surgical techniques, pros and cons of advanced endovascuar techniques. The last section focuses on non-atherosclerotic popliteal aneurysme, i.e. on diseases in which popliteal aneurysms may specifically appear, rendering more challenging the diagnosis and the treatment As stressed in the foreword by the Chief Editor of the Journal of Vascuar Surgery, this book, given its scope, offers a valuable guide for all health professionals - experts and in training -.involved in vascular pathology and surgery.

    Contents:
    Part-1: History. A surgeon's journey through history up to the end of the XIX century
    Modern historical background
    Part-2: The Popliteal Artery: Embryology and Anatomy. The popliteal artery: embryology
    The popliteal artery: reminding normal and variant anatomy
    Persistence of the ischiadic artery
    Popliteal artery entrapment
    Part-3: Popliteal Aneurysms: Pathology. Surgical pathology
    Part-4: Atherosclerotic Popliteal Aneurysms: Clinical Aspects. Definition, prevalence, etiopathogenesis
    The "problem" of arteriomegaly
    Outline of patients with atherosclerotic popliteal aneurysm
    Clinical presentation. Part-5: Popliteal Aneurysms: Diagnosis. Diagnostic procedures. Part-6: Atherosclerotic Popliteal Aneurysms: Surgical Treatment. (with an appendix on sex and popliteal aneurysms). Operative indication, surgical approach and tactics
    Primary amputation. Endoaneurysmorrhaphy. Lumbar sympathectomy. The use of tourniquet
    Treatment with reestablishment of circulation
    Late sequelae of surgical treatment. Part-7: Atherosclerotic Popliteal Aneurysms: Endovascular Treatment. An up-to-date of popliteal artery anatomy, static and dynamic
    Home-made and early stent grafts
    The Hemobahn-Viabahn stent grafts
    Other stent grafts and hybrid procedures
    The current role of endografting
    Part-8: Non-Atherosclerotic Popliteal Aneurysms.. Behçet's disease
    Kawasaki's disease
    Neurofibromatosis
    Fibromuscular dysplasia
    Disorders of the connective tissue
    Klippel-Trénaunay syndrome, Parkes Weber syndrome
    HIV/AIDS
    Mycotic aneurysms
    Miscellaneous.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    volume editors: Gianni Marone, Francescopaolo Granata.
    Contents:
    History of research on angiogenesis
    Immune cells as a source and target of angiogenic and lymphangiogenic factors
    Neuropilins: role in signalling, angiogenesis and disease
    Class 3 semaphorin in angiogenesis and lymphangiogenesis
    Angiogenic and antiangiogenic chemokines
    Role of uPA/uPAR in the modulation of angiogenesis
    Neutrophil-derived cytokines involved in physiological and pathological angiogenesis
    Roles of eosinophils in the modulation of angiogenesis
    Regulatory T cells, leptin and angiogenesis
    Angiogenesis as a therapeutic target for obesity and metabolic diseases
    Angiogenesis in multiple myeloma
    Angiogenesis inhibitors in the treatment of prostate cancer
    Therapeutic perspectives in vascular remodeling in asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease.
    Digital Access Karger 2014
  • Digital
    Jack L. Arbiser, editor.
    Contents:
    Angiogenesis: General Concepts
    Infantile Hemangioma: New Insights on Pathogenesis and Beta Blockers Mechanisms of Action
    The Role of Angiogenesis in the Development of Psoriasis
    Angiogenesis and Nonmelanoma Skin Cancer
    Melanoma
    Potential Role of Angiogenesis and Lymphangiogenesis in Atopic Dermatitis: Evidence from Human Studies and Lessons from an Animal Model of Human Disease
    Chemoprevention and Angiogenesis
    Angiogenesis and Pathogenesis of Port Wine Stain and Infantile Hemangiomas.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    authors, G. Ian Taylor, Wei-Ren Pan ; associate editor, Prudence Dodwell.
    Contents:
    The anatomic renaissance
    The angiosome concept
    Clinical applications
    The angiosomes of the head and neck
    The angiosomes of the torso
    The angiosomes of the upper limb
    The angiosomes of the lower limb.
  • Digital
    edited by Robson Augusto Souza Santos.
    Summary: This is the first book addressing in full the most important aspects of the angiotensin-(1-7), the key peptide of the protective axis and the main component in the new modulatory concept of the renin-angiotensin system. It features a detailed review of angiotensin-(1-7) and its receptor Mas, comprising the historical background, enzymatic pathways for generation, functions, integrative aspects of its protective profile, and its therapeutic potential. It also encompasses a comprehensive presentation of current knowledge about its widespread biological actions on several tissues, as well as the most recent scientific achievements, emerging from preclinical and clinical trials. Dr. Santos is a renowned researcher on the Renin-Angiontensin system, with remarkable achievements regarding the role of peptides such as alamandine and angiontensin-(1-7). He has also worked on the potential clinical applicability of angiotensin-(1-7)-related drugs for cardiovascular diseases. He has an extensive publication record in the field, including the publication of the book The Protective Arm of the Renin Angiotensin System (Academic Press, 2015). Angiotensin-(1-7) will make a unique contribution to the literature and will be an important resource for biomedical students and researchers, medical practitioners and any other professional interested in this peptide and its role in the renin-angiotensin system.

    Contents:
    INTRODUCTION
    1.ANGIOTENSIN-(1-7) FORMATION AND METABOLISM
    Part I. TOOLS FOR STUDYING ANG-(1-7)
    2. Pharmacological Tools-RAS
    3. Genetic Models (ACE2 Models, MAS Models, Ang-(1-7) Models)
    Part II. ACTIONS OF ANGIOTENSIN-(1-7)
    4. Brain (Ang-(1-7) Metabolism in the Brain, Ang-(1-7) Location in the Brain, MAS Location in the Brain, Ang-(1-7) Actions in the Brain, Cardiovascular Effects of Angiotensin-(1-7) at Specific Medullary Sites, Cardiovascular Effects of Angiotensin-(1-7) at Specific Hypothalamic Sites, Other Angiotensin-(1-7) Effects in the Brain, Neurotransmitter / Neuromodulator Effects of Ang-(1-7)
    5. Heart (B1 Coronary vessels & Cardiomyocytes)
    6. Ang-(1-7) and Cardioprotection
    7. Blood Vessels
    8. Kidney
    9. Lung
    10. Endocrine System
    11. Skeletal Muscle System
    12. Liver
    13. Angiotensin-(1-7) and inflammation
    14. J. Angiotensin-(-1-7) and Cancer
    15. CONCLUDING REMARKS
    ACKNOWLEDGMENTS.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    edited by Robert R. Ruffolo, Jr.
    Contents:
    v. 1. Molecular biology, biochemistry, pharmacology, and clinical perspectives
    v. 2. Medi cinal chemistry.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QP572.A54 A53
    2
  • Digital
    edited by Michael Ritsner.
    Contents:
    Conceptual Issues
    The Different Facets of Anhedonia and Their Associations with Different Psychopathologies
    Understanding Anhedonia: The Role of Perceived Control
    Circadian Fluctuation of Reward Response and Synchronization to Reward
    Anhedonia in Children and Adolescents
    Musical Anhedonia and Visual Hypoemotionality: Selective Loss of Emotional Experience in Music and Vision
    Projecting Oneself into the Future, an Intervention for Improving Pleasure in Patients with Anhedonia
    Neurobiological Advances
    Translational Models of Dopaminergic Mechanisms for Motivational Deficits in Anhedonic Patients
    Brain Systems for the Pleasure of Food and Other Primary Rewards
    Neurogenetics and Neurobiology of Dopamine in Anhedonia
    The Neuroendocrinology of Anhedonia
    Electrophysiological Signatures of Reward Processing in Anhedonia
    Anhedonia in Mouse Models of Methamphetamine-Induced Drug Seeking Behavior
    Neural Basis of Anhedonia Associated with Stress-Induced Eating Disorders
    Brain Imaging Correlates of Anhedonia.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Michael Ritsner.
    Contents:
    Anhedonia in Psychotic Disorders
    Anhedonia in Schizophrenia: A Brief History and Overview of the Construct
    Measuring Anhedonia in Schizophrenia-Spectrum Disorders: A Selective Update
    Hedonic Capacity and Related Factors in Schizophrenia and Schizoaffective Disorder
    Anhedonia as an Indicator of Genetic Vulnerability to Schizophrenia
    Anhedonia in Schizophrenia: A Deficit in Translating Reward Information into Motivated Behavior
    Anhedonia in Mood and Personality Disorders
    Neural Correlates of Anhedonia as a Trait Marker for Depression
    Anhedonia in Trauma Related Disorders: The Good, the Bad, and the Shut-Down
    Anhedonia and Anorexia Nervosa: A Neurocognitive Perspective
    Anhedonia and Negative Symptom Schizotypy
    Anticipatory and Consummatory Anhedonia in Individuals with Schizotypal Traits
    Anhedonia and Risk of Suicide: An Overview
    Anhedonia in Neurological and Physical Disorders
    Anhedonia and Epilepsy
    Anhedonia in Parkinson's Disease and Other Movement Disorders
    Anhedonia in Heart Disease
    Cerebrovascular Diseases: Post-stroke Depression and Anhedonia.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Lewis I. Held, Jr.
    Summary: Among the offspring of humans and other animals are occasional individuals that are malformed in whole or in part. The most grossly abnormal of these have been referred to from ancient times as monsters, because their birth was thought to foretell doom; the less severely affected are usually known as anomalies. This volume digs deeply into the cellular and molecular processes of embryonic development that go awry in such exceptional situations. It focuses on the physical mechanisms of how genes instruct cells to build anatomy, as well as the underlying forces of evolution that shaped these mechanisms over eons of geologic time. The narrative is framed in a historical perspective that should help students trying to make sense of these complex subjects. Each chapter is written in the style of a Sherlock Holmes story, starting with the clues and ending with a solution to the mystery.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Ashish S. Verma, Anchal Singh.
    Summary: Animal Biotechnology introduces applications of animal biotechnology and implications for human health and welfare. It begins with an introduction to animal cell cultures and genome sequencing analysis and provides readers with a review of available cell and molecular tools. Topics here include the use of transgenic animal models, tissue engineering, nanobiotechnology, and proteomics. The book then delivers in-depth examples of applications in human health and prospects for the future, including cytogenetics and molecular genetics, xenografts, and treatment of HIV and cancers. All this is complemented by a discussion of the ethical and safety considerations in the field. Animal biotechnology is a broad field encompassing the polarities of fundamental and applied research, including molecular modeling, gene manipulation, development of diagnostics and vaccines, and manipulation of tissue. Given the tools that are currently available and the translational potential for these studies, animal biotechnology has become one of the most essential subjects for those studying life sciences. Highlights the latest biomedical applications of genetically modified and cloned animals with a focus on cancer and infectious diseases. Provides firsthand accounts of the use of biotechnology tools, including molecular markers, stem cells, and tissue engineering.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Heiner Niemann, Christine Wrenzycki, editors.
    Summary: This two-volume textbook provides a comprehensive overview on the broad field of Animal Biotechnology with a special focus on livestock reproduction and breeding. The reader will be introduced to a variety of state-of-the-art technologies and emerging genetic tools and their applications in animal production. Also, ethics and legal aspects of animal biotechnology will be discussed and new trends and developments in the field will be critically assessed. The two-volume work is a must-have for graduate students, advanced undergraduates and researchers in the field of veterinary medicine, genetics and animal biotechnology. This first volume mainly focuses on artificial insemination, embryo transfer technologies in diverse animal species and cryopreservation of oocytes and embryos.

    Contents:
    1. Evolution of Animal Breeding and Animal Biotechnology
    2. Future Agricultural Animals: The Need for Biotechnology
    3. Artificial Insemination in Domestic and Wild Animal Species
    4. Technique and Application of Sex Sorted Sperm in Domestic Farm Animals
    5. ET-Technologies in Domestic Cattle
    6. ET-Technology in Small Ruminants
    7. ET-Technology in Domestic Pigs
    8. ET-Technologies in Horses
    9. Endoscopy in Cattle Reproduction
    10. Transvaginal Ultrasound-Guided Oocyte Retrieval (OPU: Ovum Pick-Up) in Cows and Mares
    11. Preservation of Gametes and Embryos
    12. In vitro Production of Farm Animal Embryos.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Heiner Niemann, Christine Wrenzycki, editors.
    Summary: This two-volume textbook provides a comprehensive overview on the broad field of Animal Biotechnology with a special focus on livestock reproduction and breeding. The reader will be introduced to a variety of state-of-the-art technologies and emerging genetic tools and their applications in animal production. Also, ethics and legal aspects of animal biotechnology will be discussed and new trends and developments in the field will be critically assessed. The two-volume work is a must-have for graduate students, advanced undergraduates and researchers in the field of veterinary medicine, genetics and animal biotechnology. This second volume is dedicated to genetic tools in animal biotechnology such as somatic cloning, transgenic technologies and the application of stem cells in livestock breeding. Also, ethics and legal aspects are discussed.

    Contents:
    1. Somatic Cloning of Livestock by Somatic Cell Nuclear Transfer
    2. Commercial Applications of SCNT in Livestock
    3. Epigenetic Features of Animal Biotechnologies
    4. Current Status of Genomic Maps, Genomic Selection/GBV in Livestock
    5. Embryo Biopsies for Genomic Selection
    6. Production of Transgenic Livestock: Overview of Transgenic Technologies
    7. DNA-Nucleases and Their Use in Livestock Production
    8. Regulatory Dysfunction Inhibits the Development and Application of Transgenic Livestock for use in Agriculture
    9. Genetically Engineered Large Animals in Biomedicine
    10. Stem Cells and Cell Conversion in Livestock
    11. The Legal Governance of Animal Biotechnologies
    12. Ethical Aspects of Animal Biotechnology
    13. Public Perception of Animal Biotechnology.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Mohamed Al-Rubeai.
    Summary: Animal cells are the preferred "cell factories" for the production of complex molecules and antibodies for use as prophylactics, therapeutics or diagnostics. Animal cells are required for the correct post-translational processing (including glycosylation) of biopharmaceutical protein products. They are used for the production of viral vectors for gene therapy. Major targets for this therapy include cancer, HIV, arthritis, cardiovascular and CNS diseases and cystic fibrosis. Animal cells are used as in vitro substrates in pharmacological and toxicological studies. This book is designed to serve as a comprehensive review of animal cell culture, covering the current status of both research and applications. For the student or R&D scientist or new researcher the protocols are central to the performance of cell culture work, yet a broad understanding is essential for translation of laboratory findings into the industrial production. Within the broad scope of the book, each topic is reviewed authoritatively by experts in the field to produce state-of-the-art collection of current research. A major reference volume on cell culture research and how it impacts on production of biopharmaceutical proteins worldwide, the book is essential reading for everyone working in cell culture and is a℗ℓrecommended volume for all biotechnology libraries.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Fernando Álvarez, Margarita Ojeda, editors.
    Summary: This volume investigates the contemporary fauna that inhabit the Cuatro Ciénegas Basin. Divided into 15 chapters, it addresses and describes their diversity, taxonomic and biogeogaphic affinities, and ecological characteristics. The Cuatro Ciénegas Valley is a unique oasis in the south-central region of the State of Coahuila, part of the Sonoran Desert, in Mexico. Several clues, specially derived from the study of the microbiota, suggest a very ancient origin of the valley and its permanence through time. This condition had promoted a high level of endemism and led to unique interactions between the resident species.

    Contents:
    The fauna of the Cuatro Ciénegas Basin, a unique assemblage of species, habitats and evolutionary histories
    Helminth community structure of some freshwater fishes of the Cuatro Ciénegas Basin: patterns and processes
    Abundance and diversity of the soil microarthropod fauna from the Cuatro Ciénegas Basin
    Scorpion (Arachnida: Scorpiones) from the Cuatro Ciénegas Basin
    The spiders of the Churince region, Cuatro Ciénegas Basin: A comparison with other desert areas of North America
    Crustaceans from the Cuatro Ciénegas Basin: diversity, origin and endemism
    Spatial and temporal patterns of diversity of the Lepidopter (Papilionoidea sensu lato) in the Cuatro Ciénegas Basin
    Diversity and resource use patterns of bees and flies that visit flowers in the Cuatro Ciénegas Basin
    Odonata of the Cuatro Ciénegas Basin
    Diversity and community structure of ants in the Cuatro Ciénegas Basin, Coahuila, Mexico
    Prostigmatid mites (Arachnida: Acariformes: Prostigmata) parasitic on amphibians and reptiles in the Cuatro Ciénegas Basin
    Systematics of the fish from the Cuatro Ciénegas Basin
    Diversity of amphibians and reptiles in the Cuatro Ciénegas Basin
    The birds of the Cuatro Ciénegas Basin, a wetland within the Chihuahuan Desert
    Evaluating the hypothesis of Plesitocene refugia for mammals in the Cuatro Ciénegas Basin
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Andreas Werner.
    Contents:
    Targeted small noncoding rna-directed gene activation in human cells
    Isolation of chromatoid bodies from mouse testis as a rich source of short RNAs
    Generation of endo-siRNAs in xenopus laevis oocytes
    Analysis of endo-siRNAs in drosophila
    Methods for studying the biological consequences of endo-siRNA deficiency in drosophila melanogaster
    Small RNA library cloning procedure for deep sequencing of specific endogenous siRNA classes in caenorhabditis elegans
    Assays for direct and indirect effects of c. Elegans endo-siRNAs
    Extraction and nonradioactive detection of small RNA molecules
    P19-mediated enrichment and detection of siRNAs
    Detection of small noncoding RNAs by in situ hybridization using probes of 2'-o-methyl RNA + LNA
    Enhanced detection of small RNAs using a nonradioactive approach
    Computing siRNA and piRNA overlap signatures
    Isolation of small interfering RNAs using viral suppressors of RNA interference
    Computational analysis, biochemical purification, and detection of tRNA-derived small RNA fragments
    Differential DNA methylation patterns in endo-siRNAs mediated silencing of LINE-1 retrotransposons.
    Digital Access Springer [2014]
  • Digital
    [edited by] David E. Swayne.
    Contents:
    Influenza A virus / David L. Suarez
    Diagnostics and surveillance methods / Erica Spackman, David L. Suarez and Giovanni Cattoli
    The economics of animal influenza / Anni McLeod and Jan Hinrichs
    Trade and food safety aspects for animal influenza viruses / David E. Swayne
    Public health implications of animal influenza viruses / Nancy Cox, Sue Trock and Tim Uyeki
    The innate and adaptive immune response to avian influenza virus / Lonneke Vervelde and Darrell R. Kapczynski
    Wild bird infections and the ecology of avian influenza viruses / David Stallknecht and Justin Brown
    The global nature of avian influenza / David E. Swayne
    Multi-continental panzootic of H5 highly pathogenic avian influenza (1996-2015) / Les Sims and Ian Brown
    High pathogenicity avian influenza outbreaks since 2008 except multi-continental panzootic of H5 goose/guangdong-lineage viruses / Ian Brown, Celia Abolnik, Juan Garcia-Garcia, Sam McCullough, David E. Swayne and Giovanni Cattoli
    Low pathogenicity avian influenza / Daniel Perez and J.J. (Sjaak) deWit
    Epidemiology of avian influenza in agricultural and other man-made systems / Les Sims, John Weaver and David E. Swayne
    Pathobiology of avian influenza in domestic ducks / Mary Pantin-Jackwood
    Avian influenza control strategies / Les Sims and David E. Swayne
    Vaccines and vaccination for avian influenza in poultry / David E. Swayne and Darrell R. Kapczynski
    The disease, pathobiology and epidemiology of influenza infections in pigs / Susan E. Detmer
    Immunity, diagnosis and intervention strategies of influenza infections in pigs / Montserrat Torremorell
    Global evolution of influenza A viruses in swine / Amy Vincent, Nicola Lewis and Richard Webby
    Vaccines and vaccination for swine influenza : differing situations in Europe and the USA / Kristine van Reeth, Amy L. Vincent and Kelly Lager
    The disease, pathobiology and epidemiology of influenza infections in horses / Gabrielle A, Landolt and Thomas M. Chambers
    Vaccines and vaccination to control equine influenza / Thomas M. Chambers
    Canine influenza / Colin R. Parrish and Edward J. Dubovi
    Sporadic influenza A virus infections of miscellaneous mammal species / Edwin J.B. Veldhuis Kroeze and Thijs Kuiken
    Mammalian experimental models and implications in understanding zoonotic potential / Jessica A. Belser and Terrence M. Tumpey.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Heide Schatten, Department of Veterinary Pathobiology, University of Missouri-Columbia, USA and Gheorghe M. Constantinescu, Department of Biomedical Sciences, College of Veterinary Medicine, University of Missouri-Columbia, Columbia, USA.
    Contents:
    Anatomy of the reproductive system / Gheorghe M. Constantinescu
    Anatomy of mammalian (endocrine) glands controlling the reproduction / Gheorghe M. Constantinescu
    Models for investigating placental biology / Laramie Pence and Bhanu P. Telugu
    Early developmental programming of the ovarian reserve, ovarian function and fertility / F. Mossa, S.W. Walsh, A.C.O. Evans, J.J. Ireland
    Small non-coding RNAs in gametogenesis / Lukasz Smorag and D.V. Krishna Pantakani
    The ovarian follicle of cows as a model for human / Marc-Andre Sirard
    Production of energy and determination of competence : past knowledge, present research and future opportunities in oocyte and embryo metabolism / Jason R. Herrick, Elena Silva, Rebecca L. Krisher
    Signal transduction pathways in oocyte maturation / Francois J Richard, Nicolas Santiquet, Annick Bergeron and Daulat Raheem Khan
    Pig models of reproduction / B.R. Mordhorst and R.S. Prather
    The mare as an animal model for reproductive aging in the woman / Elaine M. Carnevale
    Spotlight on reproduction in domestic dogs / Shirley J Wright
    Animal models of inflammation during pregnancy / Karen E. Racicot and Keith E. Latham
    Practical approaches, achievements, and perspectives in the study on signal transduction in oocyte maturation and fertilization : focusing on the African clawed frog xenopus laevis as an animal model / Ken-ichi Sato
    Prezygotic chromosomal examination of mouse spermatozoa / Hiroyuki Watanabe and Hiroyuki Tateno
    Molecular and cellular aspects of mammalian sperm acrosomal exocytosis / Florenza A. La Spina, Cintia Stival, Dario Krapf, Mariano G. Buffone
    Sperm chromatin dynamics associated with male fertility in mammals / Naseer A. Kutchy, Sule Dogan, Abdullah Kaya, Arlindo Moura, Erdogan Memili
    Epigenome modification and ubiquitin-dependent proteolysis during pronuclear development of the mammalian zygote (animal models to study pronuclear development) / Jan Nevoral and Peter Sutovsky
    Alterations of epignome induced by environment in reproduction / Zhao-Jia Ge, Shen Yin, Heide Schatten
    Towards development of pluripotent porcine stem cells by road-mapping early embryonic development / Stoyan Petkov, Kristine Freude, Kaveh Mashayekhi, Poul Hyttel and Vanessa Hall
    Applications of metabolomics in reproductive biology / Ana Luiza Cazaux Velho, Rodrigo Oliveira, Arlindo Moura, Abdullah Kaya, Erdogan Memili
    Cryopreservation of mammalian oocytes / Muhammad Anzar.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Marianne I. Martic-Kehl and P. August Schubiger.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Chapter 2. Ethical aspects of the use of animals in translational research
    Chapter 3. Study design
    Chapter 4. Improving external validity of experimental animal data
    Chapter 5. How to end selective reporting in animal research
    Chapter 6. A comprehensive overview of mouse models in oncology
    Chapter 7. Mouse models of advanced spontaneous metastasis for experiemental therapeutics
    Chapter 8. Spontaneous animal tumor models
    Chapter 9. Dog models of naturally occurring cancer
    Chapter 10. Improving preclincal cancer models: lessons from human and canine clinical trials of metronomic chemotherapy .
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    Aimin Liu, editor.
    Summary: This book focuses on the use of animal models to study various human defects. It summarizes our current understanding of a variety of common human birth defects and the essential role of animal models in shedding light on the underlying mechanisms of these disorders. Birth defects are the leading cause of infant deaths, and cost billions of dollars in care for those affected. Unfortunately, the lack of a clear understanding of the mechanisms leading to many of these developmental disorders has hindered effective prevention and early intervention strategies. Studies using animal models have provided essential insights into several human birth defects. This book serves as a valuable reference resource for researchers and graduate students who are interested in learning the basic principles as well as the latest advances in the study of the mechanisms of human birth defects.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    1: A History of Mouse Genetics: From Fancy Mice to Mutations in Every Gene
    1.1 Overview
    1.2 Establishing the Mouse as a Mammalian Model for Research
    1.2.1 Mendelian Genetics in Mice
    1.2.2 Inbred Mouse Strains
    1.3 Getting to Know the Mouse Genome: From Inbred Lines to Genetic Maps
    1.3.1 Inbred and Congenic Strains
    1.3.2 The Origins of Developmental Genetics
    1.3.3 Linkage Analysis, Complementation Tests, and Recombination Maps
    1.3.4 Cytogenetics: Chromosomal Maps and Rearrangements 1.3.5 Improving Linkage Maps: New Markers, Recombinant Inbred Lines, and Interspecific Backcrosses
    1.3.6 From Linkage Maps to Physical Maps
    1.4 The Molecular Biology Revolution and Mouse Genetics
    1.5 Manipulating the Mouse Genome: Making Mutants
    1.5.1 The Power of Mutagens
    1.5.2 Transgenesis: Introducing Exogenous DNA in the Mouse Genome
    1.5.3 Targeted Mutagenesis Through Homologous Recombination
    1.5.4 Genome Engineering with Endonucleases: CRISPR/Cas9 Engineering
    1.6 The Mouse Genome Sequence 1.7 A Mutant in Every Gene: Large-Scale Approaches to Study Gene Function
    1.7.1 Forward Mutagenesis Screens and Positional Cloning
    1.7.2 Gene-Trap Mutagenesis Screens
    1.7.3 The International Knockout and Phenotyping Consortia
    1.8 Future Perspectives
    References
    2: Mouse Models of Neural Tube Defects
    2.1 Overview
    2.2 Types of NTDs
    2.3 Diagnosis and Treatment of NTDs
    2.4 The Etiology of NTDs
    2.5 NTDs Result from Failure of Neural Tube Closure
    2.6 Mouse Models Have Been Instrumental in Elucidating the Mechanics of Neural Tube Closure 2.7 Convergent Extension Movements and the Planar Cell Polarity Pathway
    2.8 Hinge Point Formation
    2.9 Apical Constriction Is Coordinated with PCP Activation in the Neural Plate
    2.10 Formation of Hinge Points Is Regulated by Shh and BMPs
    2.11 PCP, Ciliogenesis, and Shh Signaling
    2.12 Role of the Nonneural Ectoderm in Neural Fold Elevation and Fusion
    2.13 Prevention of NTDs by Micronutrient Supplementation
    2.14 Mechanisms by Which Folic Acid Prevents NTDs
    2.15 Folate is a Cofactor Required for Synthesis of DNA, Amino Acid and Methyl Donors 2.16 Folate and Homocysteine
    2.17 Studies in Mice Suggest Supplementation with Inositol or Formate May Prevent Folate-Resistant NTDs
    2.18 Future Directions
    References
    3: Animal Models of Pancreas Development, Developmental Disorders, and Disease
    3.1 Overview
    3.2 Introduction
    3.2.1 Overview of Pancreas Development
    3.2.2 Molecular Regulation of Pancreas Development
    3.2.3 Developmental Defects and Their Impact on Pancreatic Function and Disease
    3.3 Juvenile and Adult Diseases of the Pancreas
    3.3.1 Type 1 Diabetes Mellitus (T1DM) 3.3.2 Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus (T2DM)
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Jerome Y. Yager.
    Contents:
    1. Unilateral common carotid artery ligation as a model of perinatal asphyxia: the original Rice-Vannucci model
    2. Bilateral uterine artery ligation (BUAL): placental insufficiency causing fetal growth restriction and cerebral palsy
    3. Perinatal intracerebral hemorrhage model and developmental disability
    4. Preterm rabbit model of glycerol-induced intraventricular hemorrhage
    5. Models of perinatal brain injury in premature and term newborns resulting from gestational inflammation due to inactivated group B streptococcus (GBS), or lipopolysaccharide (LPS) from E. coli and/or immediately postnatal hypoxia-ischemia (HI)
    6. Fetal brain activity in the sheep model with intrauterine hypoxia
    7. Studies of perinatal asphyxial brain injury in the fetal sheep
    8, The sheep as a model of brain injury in the premature infant
    9. The rabbit as a model of cerebral palsy
    10. A newborn piglet survival model of post-hemorrhagic ventricular dilatation (PHVD)
    11. Physiologic aspects of the piglet as a model of neonatal hypoxia and reoxygenation
    12. The newborn pig global hypoxic-ischemic model of preinatal brain and organ injury
    13. Animal models of fetal alcohol spectrum disorder
    14. Modeling intellectual disability in drosophila
    15. Animal models of cerebral dysgenesis: excitotoxic brain injury
    16. The effect of age on brain plasticity in animal models of developmental disability
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Chi-Chao Chan, editor.
    Contents:
    1. Animal models of herpes keratitis
    2. Animal models of cataracts
    3. Animla models of glaucoma
    4. Animal models of age-related macular degeneration: subretinal inflammation
    5. Animal models of diabetic retinopathy
    6. Animal models of autoimmune uveitis
    7. Animal models of retinitis pigmentosa (RP)
    8. An animla model of Graves' orbitopathy
    9. Animal models of ocular tumors
    10. Epilogue
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Steven D. Waldman.
    Contents:
    1. Ryan Rostov: A 52-year-old Male with Right Ankle Pain
    2. Shirley McCain: A 62-year-old Dance Instructor with Right Foot Pain
    3. Anna Coyle: A 24-year-old Dental Hygienist with Severe Medial Ankle Pain
    4. Scott English: A 32-year-old Truck Mechanic with Pain and Electric Shock-Like Sensation Radiating into the Dorsum of the Foot
    5. Chip Anderson: A 36-year-old Maintenance Man with Numbness and Paresthesias in the Sole of the Foot
    6. Paul Reckinger: A 32-year-old Real Estate Agent with Severe Right Ankle Pain with an Associated Catching Sensation
    7. DeShawn Freely: A 29-year-old Basketball Player with the Feeling He Had Been Shot in the Ankle
    8. Irina Antipova: A 72-year-old Violinist with Right Great Toe Pain
    9. Bobby Moltisanti: A 48-year-old Meat Cutter with a Painful Bump on His Big Toe
    10. Miranda Halliday: A 24-year-old Fashion Designer with Pain in Her Little Toe
    11. Sarah Davidow: A 64-year-old Homemaker with Foot Pain
    12. Ross Marquette: A 68-year-old Retired Executive with Severe Posterior Foot Pain
    13. Ada Hunt: A 31-year-old Customer Service Representative with Pain in the Arch of the Left Foot
    14. Betty Bartholomew: A 32-year-old Pharmacist with Persistent Foot Pain
    15. Chuck North: A 32-year-old Veteran with Pain in the Ball of His Foot.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    C. Niek van Dijk.
    Summary: Ankle injuries are often sport related and pose a diagnostic and therapeutic challenge. Over the past 25 years, Niek van Dijk, founder of the Amsterdam Foot and Ankle School and author of this book, has developed a new philosophy of ankle arthroscopy. It entails a comprehensive approach which includes various diagnostic strategies and the application of a number of minimally invasive endoscopic techniques. The procedures are based on research programs and long-term outcome studies performed at the Orthopaedic Research Center Amsterdam. Use of these techniques has spread throughout the world; they are now recognized as the state of the art and have been used to treat many leading professional athletes. This diagnostic and operating manual presents the Amsterdam Foot and Ankle School approach for a wide variety of ankle and hindfoot problems. Clear step-by-step instructions are provided with the help of numerous high-quality illustrations, most of which are in color. Access to a web-based educational site is also available to readers.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Pieter P.R.N. d'Hooghe, Gino M.M.J. Kerhoffs, editors.
    Summary: This book creates a unique platform that covers main ankle pathologies specifically related with football. Experiences from professional players have been combined with evidence-based medical content from renowned experts in the field to present a comprehensive picture on ankle injuries in football. Worldwide, ankle injuries present a high burden for sports medicine physicians, physiotherapists, players, and coaches in and around the football pitch. This book contains updated content for both medical and nonmedical individuals involved with football.

    Contents:
    1. Anatomy of the Ankle / Pau Golanó, Miquel Dalmau-Pastor, Jordi Vega, and Jorge Pablo Batista
    2. Interview - Raul / Pieter P.R.N. d'Hooghe and Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs
    3. Epidemiology and Mechanisms of Ankle Pathology in Football / Ryan L. Anderson, Lars Engebretsen, Nicholas Kennedy, Robert LaPrade, Adam M. Wegner, and Eric Giza
    4. Interview - Ricardo Pruna / Pieter P.R.N. d'Hooghe and Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs
    5. Prevention of Ankle Injuries / Miriam van Reijen and Evert Verhagen
    6. Interview - Frank de Bleeckere / Pieter P.R.N. d'Hooghe and Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs
    7. Ankle Ligament Lesions / Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs, Peter A.J. de Leeuw, Joshua N. Tennant, and Annunziato Amendola
    8. Interview - Jan Wouters / Pieter P.R.N. d'Hooghe and Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs
    9. Osteochondral Defects in the Ankle Joint / Rogier Gerards, Maartje Zengerink, and C. Niek van Dijk
    10. Interview - Velibor "Bora" Milutinović / Pieter P.R.N. d'Hooghe and Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs
    11. Anterior Ankle Impingement / Johannes L. Tol, Pieter P.R.N. d'Hooghe, Peter A.J. de Leeuw, Mario Maas, and Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs
    12. Interview - Eva Blewanus / Pieter P.R.N. d'Hooghe and Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs
    13. Posterior Ankle Impingement / Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs, Peter A.J. de Leeuw, and Pieter P.R.N. d'Hooghe
    14. Interview - Ron Spelbos / Pieter P.R.N. d'Hooghe and Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs
    15. Ankle Fractures, Including Avulsion Fractures / Kyriacos I. Eleftheriou, James D.F. Calder, Peter Kloen, and Pieter P.R.N. d'Hooghe
    16. Interview - Leonne Stentler / Pieter P.R.N. d'Hooghe and Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs
    17. Fifth Metatarsal Stress Fractures in Football / Hanneke Weel, Simon Goedegebuure, Pieter P.R.N. d'Hooghe, and Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs
    18. Acute Achilles Tendon Rupture / Jon Karlsson, Nicklas Olsson, and Katarina Nilsson Helander
    19. Achilles Tendinopathy / Robert Jan de Vos, Pieter P.R.N. d'Hooghe, Peter de Leeuw, and Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs
    20. Peroneal and Posterior Tibial Tendon Pathology / Hélder Pereira, Pedro Luís Ripoll, Joaquim M. Oliveira, Rui L. Reis, João Espregueira-Mendes, and C. Niek van Dijk
    21. The Footballer's Inlay Sole: An Individualised Approach / D.P. Francisco Escobar Ruiz and Pieter P.R.N. d'Hooghe
    22. Rehabilitation After Ankle Football Injuries / Mark Feger and Jay Hertel
    23. Taping Techniques and Braces in Football / Ruben Zwiers, Leendert Blankevoort, Chris W.A. Swier, A. Claire M. Verheul, and Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs
    24. Ankle Osteoarthritis in Former Elite Football Players: What Do We Know? / Vincent Gouttebarge and Monique H.W. Frings-Dresen.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Allegra, Francesco; Cortese, Fabrizio; Lijoi, Francesco.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Mohammad Hossein Nicknam, editor.
    Summary: Ankylosing Spondylitis is a chronic autoimmune disease that affects about 1-3% of the world population. This debilitating disease affecting primarily young males exerts considerable socio-economic consequences. The exact pathogenesis of AS has not yet been fully understood; therefore, novel, detailed information sources are required. This book offers cutting-edge knowledge about the molecular basic and immunological mechanisms involved in the pathogenesis of Ankylosing Spondylitis. It is one of the scarce scientific resources discussing the environmental factors triggering the disease, along with the clinical manifestations, diagnostic methods, and treatments. This book covers the most recent and reliable researches and developments about spondyloarthropathies in order to provide elaborated, integrated guidance on the molecular mechanisms of Spondyloarthropathies. It will prove helpful for rheumatologists, immunologists, biologists, geneticists, and medical science students who wish to learn more about SpAs.

    Contents:
    Part 1 Introduction
    1 An overview to Ankylosing spondylitis and Spondyloarthropathies
    Part 2 Cells and cytokines
    2 Innate Immune-Related Cells and Cytokines in Spondyloarthropathies
    3 Adaptive Immune-Related Cells and Cytokines in Spondyloarthropathies
    Part 3
    4 Association of HLA and HLA Related Genes with Ankylosing Spondylitis
    5 Association of non-HLA genes with ankylosing spondylitis
    Part 4
    Environmental factors
    6 Spondyloarthropathies and Gut microbiota
    7 Spondyloarthropathies and Food Intake
    8 Spondyloarthropathies and Environmental Stresses.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital/Print
    Hagen, Ernst Richard.
    Digital Access Google Books [1872]-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L71 .H14 1877
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Neubauer, C.; Ellinger, Alexander; Huppert, Hugo; Vogel, Julius; Neubauer, C.
    Digital Access Google Books 1854-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    J53 .N46 1858
    1
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    v. 192-215, 1976-2001.
    Vol. 192-196 BOUND WITH: Annales chirurgiae et gynaecologiae.
    4
  • Digital/Print
    Casey, Thomas Lincoln; Hovey, Edmund Otis; Poor, Charles Lane; Tower, Ralph W.; Van Ingen, Gilbert.
    Summary: Records of meetings 1808-1916 in v. 11-27.
    Digital Access Wiley v. 1-, 1879-
  • Print
    compiled by Anne-Laure Bourre.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    R854.S7 S71
    3
  • Print
    Santa Clara County Health Systems Agency.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RA393.S234
    1
  • Print
    Chess, Stella; Thomas, Alexander.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    33
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    QM600.C280
    2
  • Print
    Medicines Commission, Committee on Safety of Medicines, Veterinary Products Committee, British Pharmacopoeia Commission, Committee on the Review of Medicines, Committee on Dental and Surgical Materials, and with a report prepared by the Medicines Division of the Department of Health and Social Security.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RS100 .G786
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Google Books
    Google Books
    Google Books
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RA410.8.C1 C14
    3
  • Digital/Print
    Fathman, C. Garrison; Glimcher, Laurie H.; Metzger, Henry; Paul, William E.
    Digital Access Ann Rev v. 1-, 1983-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    25
  • Digital
    Jean-Louis Vincent, editor.
    Summary: The Annual Update compiles reviews of the most recent developments in experimental and clinical intensive care and emergency medicine research and practice in one comprehensive book. The chapters are written by well recognized experts in these fields. The book is addressed to everyone involved in internal medicine, anesthesia, surgery, pediatrics, intensive care and emergency medicine.

    Contents:
    PROVISIONAL Part I. Respiratory Issues
    Part II. ARDS
    Part III. Biomarkers
    Part IV. Fluids
    Part V. Hemodynamic Management
    Part VI. An unknown pandemics
    Part VII. Covid-19 associated coagulopathy
    Part VIII. Sepsis
    Part IX. Bleeding & Transfusion
    Part X. Prehospital Intervention
    Part XI. Neurological Aspects
    Part XII. Organ Donation
    Part XIII. Oncology
    Part XIV. Severe Complications
    Part XV. Prolonged Critical Illness
    Part XVI. Organizational and Ethical Aspects
    Part XVII. Artificial intelligence in the ICU
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Jean-Louis Vincent, editor.
    Summary: The Annual Update compiles reviews of the most recent developments in clinical intensive care and emergency medicine research and practice in one comprehensive book. The chapters are written by well recognized experts in these fields. The book is addressed to everyone involved in intensive care and emergency medicine, anesthesia, surgery, internal medicine, and pediatrics.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    Abbreviations
    Part I: Sepsis and the Immune Response
    1: The Role of Mitochondria in the Immune Response in Critical Illness
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Mitochondrial Machinery That Mediates and Regulates Immune Responses in Critical Illness
    1.2.1 Metabolic Reprogramming
    1.2.2 Mitochondrial ROS and mtDNA
    1.2.3 Succinate and Itaconate
    1.2.4 Mitochondrial Dynamics
    1.3 Immunometabolism: The Perfect World Scenario vs. the Critical Illness Scenario
    1.4 Potential of Mitochondria-Targeting Therapy in Critical Care 1.5 Challenges of Applying Mitochondria-Targeting Therapy in Critical Care
    1.6 Conclusion
    References
    2: Immunomodulation by Tetracyclines in the Critically Ill: An Emerging Treatment Option?
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Immunopathogenesis of Sepsis
    2.3 Immunopathogenesis of ARDS
    2.4 Mechanisms of Action of Tetracyclines in ARDS
    2.4.1 In Vivo Models
    2.4.1.1 Effects on Inflammatory Cytokines and NLRP3 Inflammasome Caspase-1 Signaling
    2.4.1.2 Effects on MMPs
    2.4.1.3 Effects on Neutrophil Transmigration
    2.4.2 Human Data 2.5 Mechanisms of Action of Tetracyclines in Sepsis
    2.5.1 In Vitro Models
    2.5.1.1 Effects on Cytokine and Chemokine Production
    2.5.1.2 Effects on Arachidonic Acid Metabolites and NO Production
    2.5.2 In Vivo Models
    2.5.2.1 Effects on MAPK Signaling Pathways and Inflammatory Mediators
    2.5.2.2 Effects on Organ Dysfunction
    2.5.3 Human Data
    2.6 Future Research Perspectives
    2.7 Conclusion
    References
    3: Hit Early: Blocking Interleukin-1 in the Treatment of COVID-19 Pneumonia
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Cytokines and Disease Progression in COVID-19 3.3 Contribution of Monocytes and Macrophages in Early Cytokine Response
    3.4 How Can Early Activation of IL-1 Be Identified?
    3.5 SAVE Strategy: Early Blockade of IL-1 Guided by Biomarkers
    3.6 Conclusion
    References
    4: Hemoadsorption Therapy During ECMO: Emerging Evidence
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Devices and Implementation
    4.3 Hemoadsorption in Combination with ECMO
    4.4 Hemoadsorption in Severe COVID-19 Supported with ECMO
    4.5 Discussion and Outlook
    4.6 Conclusion
    References
    Part II: Respiratory Issues 5: The Forgotten Circulation and Transpulmonary Pressure Gradients
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Pulmonary Vessel Anatomy
    5.3 Pulmonary Vascular Dysfunction
    5.4 Pulmonary Circulation and Its Components
    5.4.1 The Transpulmonary Driving Pressure: A Small Gradient with Big Importance
    5.4.2 Pulmonary Vascular Resistance and 'Closing Pressures'
    5.5 Measuring the Transpulmonary Pressure Gradient
    5.6 The Evolving Role of Pulmonary Arterial Compliance
    5.7 Relevant Clinical Scenarios in Critical Illness
    5.7.1 Pulmonary Hypertension
    5.7.2 Right Ventricular Dysfunction
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Mario Lima, Giovanni Ruggeri, editors.
    Summary: This book brings together lessons learned in the clinical use of anorectal endosonography and manometry in paediatrics. In contrast to adult medicine, where they are virtually indispensable for specialists dealing with colo-proctology, in paediatrics endoanal ultrasound and anorectal manometry are still the prerogative of very few international centres. This book collects the results of a Workshop organised at the Paediatric Surgery Unit of Bologna, entitled "International Seminar on Endosonography and Anorectal Manometry in Paediatrics", and presents contributions from leading European experts. Focusing on the paediatric age group, this volume fills a gap in the paediatric gastroenterology literature, and will benefit all specialists wishing to use these methods in the management and treatment of common clinical problems, e.g. chronic constipation.

    Contents:
    1 History of Endocavitary Ultrasound
    Basics of Endoanal Ultrasounds
    3 Principles of Ano-Rectal Manometry
    4 Surgical and Functional Anatomy of The Pelvic Floor and the Ano-Rectum
    5 Physiology of the Pelvic Floor and the Ano-Rectum
    6 Normal Endosonographric Features of the Anal Canal
    7 Ano-Rectal Manometry, Conventional and High Resolution
    8 Ano-Rectal Malformations: Ano-Rectal Manometric and Endosonographic Combined Approach
    9 Suppurative Processes of the Ano-Rectal Region: Endoanal Ultrasonographic Assistence
    10 Chronic Constipation in Paediatrics: Pathophysiology and Diagnosis
    11 Treatment of Chronic Constipation in Paediatrics
    12 Echo-Assisted Botulinum Injection
    13 Ano-Rectal Manometry and Endoanal Ultrasonography in Paediatric Incontinence
    14 Echo-Assisted Ano-Lipofilling
    15 Endoanal Ultrasonography in Male and Female Genitalia Malformations
    16 Endoanal Ultrasonography: Use on Adults.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Jane Ann Soxman, Patrice Barsamian Wunsch and Christel M. Haberland.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Thomas E. Johnson, editor.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: Clinical Foundations
    Chapter 1: Introduction and Historical Perspectives
    Introduction
    Early Historical Perspectives
    Extirpation
    Enucleation
    Evisceration
    Exenteration
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 2: Clinical Decision-Making
    Introduction
    Indications for Eye Removal
    Infectious
    Neoplastic
    Traumatic
    Palliative
    Choice of Surgical Technique
    Further Reading
    Chapter 3: Sympathetic Ophthalmia
    Introduction
    Background: Epidemiology and Risk Factors
    Reduction of Risk of SO Presentation and Diagnosis
    Management
    References
    Chapter 4: Psychological and Cognitive Adjustment to Vision Loss
    References
    Chapter 5: History of Ocular Implants
    Prehistory/Before Ocular Implants
    The First Ocular Implant
    The Emergence of Acrylics
    In Search of Increased Motility
    The Advent of Porous Orbital Implants
    Looking to the Future
    References
    Part II: Surgical Techniques
    Chapter 6: Enucleation and Techniques of Orbital Implant Placement
    Background
    Indications
    Surgical Procedure
    Types of Implants
    Implant Placement Preparation of Implant
    Placement of Implant
    Peg Placement
    Complications
    References
    Chapter 7: Evisceration
    Introduction
    Preoperative Considerations
    Surgical Technique
    Implant Placement
    Sympathetic Ophthalmia
    References
    Chapter 8: Exenteration and Multidisciplinary Approaches
    Indications
    Preoperative Evaluation
    Operative Technique
    Healing by Second Intention
    Split-Thickness Skin Graft
    Dermal Substitute
    Myocutaneous Advancement Flap or Free Flap
    Potential Complications
    Postoperative Care
    References Chapter 9: Orbital Implants and Wrapping Materials
    Introduction
    Implant Size
    Special Considerations
    Implant Material
    Nonporous Implants
    Silicone
    Polymethyl Methacrylate
    Porous Implants
    Porous Hydroxyapatite
    Porous Polyethylene
    Aluminum Oxide
    Special Considerations
    Wrapping Materials
    Pegging
    References
    Chapter 10: Osseous Integration After Exenteration
    Historical Perspective
    Definition and Biology of Osseointegration
    Factors Influencing Success of Osseointegration
    Implant Material
    Implant Design and Surface Characteristics Bone Quality
    Surgical Technique
    Preoperative Evaluation
    Procedure Description
    Primary Stability
    Post-op Care
    Success of Orbital Implant Osseointegration
    Radiotherapy and Osseointegration
    Effect of Radiation on Bone
    Dose of Radiotherapy
    Success of Osseointegration in Irradiated Bone
    Hyperbaric Oxygen Therapy
    Advantages of Osseointegration [7, 20, 23]
    Disadvantages of Osseointegration [7, 20, 23]
    Management of Possible Complications
    Soft Tissue Reaction and Infection
    Soft Tissue Growth Up Against the Bar the Bar
    Osseointegration Failure
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Lucia Camara Castro Oliveira, editor.
    Summary: This is the first comprehensive book exclusively dedicated to anorectal physiology and the importance of diagnostic tools in guiding the evaluation and treatment of anorectal dysfunction. Functional disorders, and specifically fecal incontinence and evacuatory disorders, are prevalent in the general population, affecting up to 20% of individuals. As many of these conditions have extremely complex mechanisms, a thorough understanding of anorectal physiology is a crucial element in the surgeon's "arsenal" to ensure accurate evaluation and to inform treatment. At this time, there is no other title that specifically addresses all aspects of anorectal physiology, as well as anorectal and pelvic floor disorders, including fecal incontinence and defecation disorders. Specifically, the book provides detailed descriptions of diagnostic methods and treatment algorithms for a range of anorectal conditions, including modern treatment modalities such as sacral neuromodulation. A unique and comprehensive reference covering all aspects of the evaluation and treatment of anorectal disorders, Anorectal Physiology - A Clinical and Surgical Perspective will be of significant interest to proctologists and coloproctologists, gastroenterologists, colorectal surgeons, gynecologists and all other professionals interested in anorectal physiology.

    Contents:
    Anatomy of the anorectal region and pelvic floor
    Physiology of Continence and Defecation
    New concepts of anorectal anatomy, physiology and surgery according to the Integral System
    Clinical Evaluation of Continence and Defecation
    Introduction to Methods of Anorectal Physiology Evaluation
    Particulars of anal Manometry
    Endoanal, endovaginal and transperineal ultrasound
    Echodefecography: Technique and Clinical Application
    Cinedefecography
    MRI Defecography
    Neurophysiology of the Pelvic Floor
    Electromyography and Pudendal Nerve Terminal Motor Latency
    Anal Incontinence: Etiology and Clinical Treatment
    Anal incontinence: Minimally Invasive Options
    Stem cells: the state of cellular therapy in treatment of fecal incontinence
    Surgical Treatment of Fecal Incontinence
    Complex Procedures for Fecal Incontinence
    Constipation
    Obstructed Defecation Syndrome
    Defecation disorders in children and adolescents
    Anal Manometry and Chagasic colopathy
    New Functional Concepts of Chagas Disease
    Functional Aspects of Diabetes and Collagenosis
    Solitary Rectal Ulcer Syndrome.-Multiple Approaches for the Treatment of Rectoceles
    Rectal Prolapse
    Enterocele: Diagnosis and treatment
    Ventral Rectopexy: Indications, Surgical Considerations and Outcomes
    Pudendal neuropathy and pudendal canal decompression
    Anorectal and pelvic floor pain syndromes
    Neurogenic Bowel and Bladder Dysfunction
    Anorectal Physiology in Low Rectal Resection Syndrome
    Treatment of the low anterior resection syndrome
    Pelvic Floor Rehabilitation
    Biofeedback
    Sacral neuromodulation
    Sacral Neuromodulation for Anorectal Dysfunction
    Technical Aspects of Sacral Neuromodulation
    Posterior Tibial Nerve Stimulation
    Pelvic Floor Dysfunction.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Matthew Smith.
    Summary: "To some, food allergies seem like fabricated cries for attention. For others, they pose a dangerous health threat. Food allergies are bound up with so many personal and ideological concerns that it is difficult to determine what is medical and what is myth. This book parses the political, economic, cultural, and genuine health factors of a phenomenon that now dominates our interactions with others and our understanding of ourselves. Surveying the history of food allergy from ancient times to the present, Another Person's Poison also gives readers a clear grasp of new medical findings on allergies and what they say about our environment, our immune system, and the nature of the food we consume. For most of the twentieth century, food allergies were considered a fad or junk science. While many physicians and clinicians argued that certain foods could cause a range of chronic problems, from asthma and eczema to migraines and hyperactivity, others believed that allergies were psychosomatic. Another Person's Poison traces the trajectory of this debate and its effect on public-health policy and the production, manufacture, and consumption of food. Are rising allergy rates purely the result of effective lobbying and a booming industry built on self-diagnosis and expensive remedies? Or should physicians become more flexible in their approach to food allergies and more careful in their diagnoses? Exploring the issue from scientific, political, economic, social, and patient-centered perspectives, this book is the first to engage fully with the history of what is now a major modern affliction, illuminating society's troubled relationship with food, disease, and the creation of medical knowledge."--Book jacket.

    Contents:
    Introduction: "Witchcraft, a fad, or a racket?"
    Food allergy before allergy
    Anaphylaxis, allergy, and the food factor in disease
    Strangest of all maladies
    Panic? or the pantry?
    An immunological explosion?
    The problem with peanuts.
    Digital Access eBook Comp Acad 2015
  • Print
    American National Standard.
    Contents:
    Comprehensive guide to steam sterilization and sterility assurance in health care facilities
    ANSI/AAMI ST79:2017, Comprehensive guide to steam sterilization and sterility assurance in health care facilities, Amendment 1: Environmental services/fans/food and drink
    ANSI/AAMI ST79:2017, Comprehensive guide to steam sterilization and sterility assurance in health care facilities, Amendment 2: Inspection of insulated instruments
    ANSI/AAMI ST79:2017, Comprehensive guide to steam sterilization and sterility assurance in health care facilities, Amendment 3: Modification of content pertaining to frequency of cleaning for routine care of sterilizers for sterile processing areas in health care facilities
    ANSI/AAMI ST79:2017, Comprehensive guide to steam sterilization and sterility assurance in health care facilities, Amendment 4: Content addressing recording BI lot numbers in sterilizer records for sterile processing in health care facilities.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA766.S8 A57 2017
    1
  • Print
    Catrice M. Jackson.
    Summary: "Dear White women... In the lives of Black women, women of color, you are an Antagonist, Advocate, or Ally. This is your wake up call; a dramatically sobering reality check to wake you up from the detrimental denial of your White Privilege. Antagonists, Advocates and Allies delivers uncomfortable truths and painful realities about the conscious and unintentional pain you have inflicted on Black women, women of color and shares how you must use your power to eliminate racism and stop the hypocrisy within the feminine movement."--Page 4 of cover.

    Contents:
    Awakened to difference
    The mysterious Western woman
    The antagonist
    The advocate
    The white privileged woman
    Intersectionality: the crossroad between race and gender
    Misappropriation of culture
    Becoming a white ally
    Cliques, catfights and colorblindness
    So now what?
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    HT1575 .J23 2019
    1
  • Digital
    Iván Gómez, Pirjo Huovinen, editors.
    Summary: Seaweeds (macroalgae) represent the most striking living components in the Antarctic's near-shore ecosystems, especially across the West Antarctic Peninsula and adjacent islands. Due to their abundance, their central roles as primary producers and foundation organisms, and as sources of diverse metabolically active products, seaweed assemblages are fundamental to biogeochemical cycles in Antarctic coastal systems. In recent years, the imminence of climate change and the direct impacts of human beings, which are affecting vast regions of the Antarctic, have highlighted the importance of seaweed processes in connection with biodiversity, adaptation and interactions in the benthic network. Various research groups have been actively involved in the investigation of these topics. Many of these research efforts have a long tradition, while some "newcomers" have also recently contributed important new approaches to the study of these organisms, benefiting polar science as a whole. This book provides an overview of recent advances and insights gleaned over the past several years. Focusing on a timely topic and extremely valuable resource, it assesses the challenges and outlines future directions in the study of Antarctic seaweeds.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Foreword
    Contents
    Part I: Introduction
    Chapter 1: Antarctic Seaweeds: Biogeography, Adaptation, and Ecosystem Services
    1.1 Introduction: The Historical Context
    1.2 Antarctic Seaweeds in the Wake of Climate Change
    1.3 The Book
    1.3.1 Diversity and Biogeography
    1.3.2 Environment and Ecophysiology
    1.3.3 Ecological Functions
    1.3.4 Chemical Ecology
    1.4 Gaps, Emerging Challenges, and Future Directions
    References
    Part II: Diversity and Biogeography
    Chapter 2: Diversity of Antarctic Seaweeds
    2.1 The Antarctic Environment 2.2 Seaweeds in Antarctica: Definition and Importance
    2.3 Seaweed Taxonomic Studies in Antarctica: Toward a New Species Compilation
    2.4 Molecular Taxonomy for the Study of Antarctic Seaweed Diversity
    2.5 Seaweed Distribution in Antarctica
    2.6 Concluding Remarks: Gaps and Prospects for the Future
    References
    Chapter 3: Biogeographic Processes Influencing Antarctic and sub-Antarctic Seaweeds
    3.1 Antarctica's Place in the World: An Isolated Continent?
    3.1.1 Adaptations of Terrestrial Organisms to Antarctic Conditions 3.1.2 Adaptations of Marine Organisms to Antarctic Conditions
    3.1.3 Evidence for Dispersal of Organisms into the Antarctic
    3.2 Physical Oceanographic Processes Influencing Movement of Seaweeds into or out of the Antarctic
    3.2.1 Ekman Transport
    3.2.2 Eddies
    3.2.3 Wave-Driven Stokes Drift
    3.2.4 Surface Currents
    3.3 Hitch-Hiking to the Antarctic: Passengers on Seaweed Rafts
    3.3.1 Characteristics of Rafting Species
    3.3.2 Processes Affecting Establishment of New Taxa in the Antarctic
    3.4 Concluding Remarks
    References 5.3 Seaweed Assemblages: Are Antarctic Seaweed Diversity and Richness Changing?
    5.4 The Physiological Bases of Macroalgal Shifts
    5.5 Deception Island: A Case Study of Opportunistic, Alien, Cryptic and Cryptogenic Species
    5.6 Reevaluating Eco-Regions, Isolation, and Endemism in the Southern Ocean
    5.7 Concluding Remarks: Prospects for the Future Marine Flora of the Southern Ocean
    References
    Chapter 6: Comparative Phylogeography of Antarctic Seaweeds: Genetic Consequences of Historical Climatic Variations
    6.1 Historical Isolation of Antarctic Marine Macroalgae Chapter 4: Detached Seaweeds as Important Dispersal Agents Across the Southern Ocean
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Detached Seaweeds in Antarctica
    4.3 Abiotic Factors Influencing Floating Seaweeds
    4.4 Biotic Factors Affecting Floating Seaweeds
    4.5 Physiology of Floating and Drifting Seaweeds: Traspassing Thermal Barriers
    4.5.1 Out of Antarctic: Is it Physiologically Feasible?
    References
    Chapter 5: Biogeography of Antarctic Seaweeds Facing Climate Changes
    5.1 The Abiotic Setting of the Southern Ocean
    5.2 Biogeographic Patterns
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Jeffrey A. Geller, Brian J. McGrory, editors.
    Summary: The minimally invasive, anterior-based muscle-sparing (ABMS) approach to total hip arthroplasty (THA) is utilized worldwide in select locations as an effective surgical technique. As the name suggests, it is completely muscle-sparing and touts the benefits of anterior-based surgery, including a lower dislocation rate, quicker return to baseline function, and lower narcotic use than many other surgical approaches. However, there is a paucity of collected information on the technique and research associated with this technique. This text serves as a compendium of information for those surgeons interested in utilizing this surgical approach as an all-inclusive reference. As an alternative anterior-based approach to the direct anterior surgical approach, some surgeons may find the technique an improved alternative for anterior hip-based surgery. Opening chapters present the history of the anterolateral approach and how to transition to the ABMS approach, including surgical anatomy. ABMS technique with the patient positioned in both the lateral and supine positions are then presented, including associated video segments. Considerations such as implant selection, fixation, and other tips and tricks are shared, along with comparisons to other approaches, patient-reported outcomes, complications and revision surgery techniques, and rehabilitation strategies. For hip surgeons looking to expand their armamentarium of surgical approaches, The Anterior-Based Muscle-Sparing Approach to Total Hip Arthroplasty is a terrific resource.

    Contents:
    The idea of "Minimally Invasive Solution" total hip arthroplasty: History and perspective behind the modernization of surgery through the Watson-Jones muscle interval
    Transitioning to the ABMS Approach
    Surgical anatomy and approach
    The ABMS Total Hip Replacement, performed in the Lateral Position
    The ABMS Approach to Total Hip Replacement in the Supine Position
    Outpatient Total Hip Arthroplasty using an ABMS Approach
    Cementless ABMS Total hip replacement
    Cemented ABMS Total hip replacement
    Implant Selection in ABMS Total Hip Replacement surgery
    Tips & Tricks to Overcome the Learning Curve of the ABMS Approach to the Hip
    Surgical Navigation in the ABMS Approach to Total Hip Replacement
    Comparison of the ABMS Approach to Other Surgical Approaches for Total Hip Replacement
    Periprosthetic Joint Infection treatment through the ABMS
    How to Avoid Complication in the ABMS Total hip replacement
    Acetabular Revision THR using the ABMS approach
    Femoral Revision THR using the ABMS approach
    Total Hip Replacement for Fragility Fractures Using the ABMS in the Older Adult
    Outcomes of ABMS THA
    Rehabilitation after THR using the ABMS approach.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Rainer Siebold, David Dejour, Stefano Zaffagnini, editors.
    Summary: This practical and instructional guidebook, written by international experts in anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) reconstruction, covers all challenging aspects of ACL rupture in the acute and chronic setting. It covers the latest, spectacular anatomical findings, treatment of partial ACL tears, various techniques for single- and double-bundle ACL reconstruction, and complex ACL revision surgery. Important surgical steps are clearly described with the help of instructive, high-quality photographs. Important tips, tricks, and pitfalls are highlighted and intra- and postoperative complications, rehabilitation, and prevention of re-rupture are discussed. All authors are prominent and experienced ACL surgeons.

    Contents:
    Part I. Anatomy
    1. Ribbonlike Anatomy of the Anterior Cruciate Ligament from Its Femoral Insertion to the Midsubstance / Robert Śmigielski, Urszula Zdanowicz, Michał Drwięga, Bogdan Ciszek, and Rainer Siebold
    2. Anatomic and Histological Analysis of the Midsubstance and Fanlike Extension Fibers of the ACL / Tomoyuki Mochizuki, Akimoto Nimura, Kazunori Yasuda, Takeshi Muneta, and Keiichi Akita
    3. Tibial C-Shaped Insertion of the Anterior Cruciate Ligament Without Posterolateral Bundle / Rainer Siebold, Peter Schuhmacher, Axel Brehmer, Francis Fernadez, Robert Śmigielski, and Joachim Kirsch
    4. Variations of the Tibial Insertion of the Anterior Cruciate Ligament: An Anatomical Study / Robert Śmigielski, Urszula Zdanowicz, Michał Drwięga, Bogdan Ciszek, Christian Fink, and Rainer Siebold
    5. Arthroscopic Appearance of the “C”-Shaped Insertion of the Anterior Cruciate Ligament / Rainer Siebold and Robert Śmigielski
    Part II. Biomechanics
    6. Biomechanics of the Knee with Intact Anterior Cruciate Ligament / Milos Dordevic and Michael T. Hirschmann
    7. Injury Mechanisms of ACL Tear / Milos Dordevic and Michael T. Hirschmann
    8. Biomechanics of the Knee After Complete and Partial ACL Tear / Milos Dordevic and Michael T. Hirschmann
    Part III. ACL Augmentation
    9. History, Physical Examination and Imaging / Mark Bergin, Marcus Hofbauer, Bruno Ohashi, and Volker Musahl
    10. Arthroscopic Assessment of Partial ACL Tears / Rainer Siebold
    11. Conservative versus Operative Treatment / Jürgen Höher and Christoph Offerhaus
    12. Reasons for ACL Augmentation / Philippe Colombet and Rainer Siebold
    13. Surgical Technique / Bertrand Sonnery-Cottet, Philippe Colombet, Rainer Siebold, Pooler Archbold, Pierre Chambat, Jacopo Conteduca, and Mathieu Thaunat
    14. Literature Results / Bertrand Sonnery-Cottet, Jacopo Conteduca, Pooler Archbold, and Mathieu Thaunat
    Part IV. Single Bundle ACL Reconstruction
    15. Diagnostics / Rainer Siebold, Volker Musahl, Yuichi Hoshino, Christopher D. Murawski, and Georgios Karidakis
    16. Timing of ACL Surgery: Any Evidence? / Michael E. Hantes and Alexander Tsarouhas
    17. Graft Harvest and Preparation / Juan Carlos Monllau, Wolf Petersen, Christian Fink, Sven U. Scheffler, Pablo Eduardo Gelber, and Christian Hoser
    18. Tibial Bone Tunnel Placement (Arthroscopically and with Fluoroscopy) / Christophe Hulet, Goulven Rochcongar, and Valentin Chapus
    19. Femoral Bone Tunnel Placement (Arthroscopically and with Fluoroscopy) / Tim Spalding, Curtis Robb, and Charles H. Brown Jr.
    20. Fluoroscopy for Bone Tunnel Placement / Rainer Siebold and Hans H. Pässler
    21. Bone Tunnel Drilling / Wolf Petersen, Rainer Siebold, Bertrand Sonnery-Cottet, Jacopo Conteduca, Pooler Archbold, Mathieu Thaunat, and Pierre Chambat
    22. ACL-Footprint Reconstruction with Insertion Site Table / Rainer Siebold and Peter Schuhmacher
    23. Tensioning of Grafts: Any Evidence? / Sven U. Scheffler
    24. Fixation / Giuseppe Milano, Wolf Petersen, Juergen Hoeher, Hans H. Paessler, Ralph Akoto, Vincenzo Campana, Maristella F. Saccomanno, and Rainer Siebold
    25. Remodeling of Hamstring Tendon Grafts After ACL Reconstruction / Rob P.A. Janssen and Sven U. Scheffler
    26. Semitendinosus and Gracilis Tendon Regeneration Following Harvest / Martina Åhlén, Mattias Lidén, and Jüri Kartus
    27. Long-Term Outcome of ACL Reconstruction / Steven Claes, Rene Verdonk, Johan Bellemans, and Peter C. Verdonk
    Part V. Double Bundle ACL Reconstruction
    28. Double-Bundle ACL Reconstruction with Hamstrings / Timo Järvelä and Rainer Siebold
    29. "Ribbonlike" Double-Bundle ACL Reconstruction with Restoration of "C"-Shaped Tibial Insertion Site / Rainer Siebold
    Part VI. ACL Reconstruction with Extra-articular Stabilisation
    30. ACL Reconstruction with Extra-articular Plasty / David Dejour, Stefano Zaffagnini, Panagiotis G. Ntagiopoulos, Alberto Grassi, Giulio Maria Marcheggiani Muccioli, and Maurilio Marcacci
    31. Extra-articular Augmentation of Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction: The Monoloop Procedure / Cathal J. Moran, Peter C. Verdonk, Koen Lagae, and Geert DeClercq
    Part VII. ACL and Open Physis
    32. ACL Rupture with Open Physis / Karl-Heinz Frosch, Romain Seil, Rainer Siebold, Franck Chotel, Shinya Oka, and Achim Preiss
    33. Bony Avulsion with Open Physis / Elisabeth Abermann, Peter Gföller, Christian Hoser, and Christian Fink
    Part VIII. One-Stage Revision
    34. Systematic Approach from Porto School / Hélder Pereira, Nuno Sevivas, Rogério Pereira, Alberto Monteiro, Ricardo Sampaio, Joaquim Miguel Oliveira, Rui Luís Reis, and João Espregueira-Mendes
    35. One-Stage Revision: Danish Approach / Martin Lind
    Part IX. Spongiosaplasty and Two-Stage Revision
    36. ACL Two-Stage Revision Surgery: Practical Guide / João Espregueira-Mendes, Hélder Pereira, Alberto Monteiro, Joaquim Miguel Oliveira, Rui Luís Reis, Pedro Luís Ripóll, and Neil Thomas
    37. Bone Harvest from Iliac Crest and Bone Tunnel Filling / Rainer Siebold and Hans H. Pässler
    Part X. ACL + Osteotomy
    38. Surgical Technique / Pedro Pessoa
    39. Results of Combined High Tibial Osteotomy (HTO) and ACL Reconstruction / Christophe Hulet, Aude Sebilo, and Sylvie Collon
    Part XI. Intraoperative Complications
    40. Intraoperative Complications: Solutions? / Mohsen Hussein
    Part XII. Postoperative Complications
    41. Postoperative Complications: Solutions? / Jüri Kartus, Francis Fernandez, and Rainer Siebold
    Part XIII. Rehabilitation and Prevention
    42. Rehabilitation and Return to Sports / Amelie Stoehr, Hermann Mayr, Barbara Wondrasch, and Christian Fink
    43. Prevention of ACL Tear and Rerupture / Amelie Stoehr, Barbara Wondrasch, and Hermann Mayr.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Joel M. Matta, Alexander P. Sah, editors.
    Summary: Anterior hip replacement is a surgical approach that has dramatically changed the landscape of modern hip replacement. The approach is common to orthopedic trauma surgery, but it has been rapidly adopted in recent years for hip replacement as well. Its proposed benefits as a muscle-sparing surgery include less tissue trauma, faster recovery, and fewer hip precautions. While the technique can be challenging during initial learning and early adoption, the approach continues to increase in utilization in the U.S. every year because of these benefits. Understanding the initial development of the anterior surgical approach for hip replacement creates the foundation to better understand its modern clinical benefits and possibilities with advanced techniques. Furthermore, a detailed description of the reasoning behind the continued developments of the anterior approach helps in understanding the key elements needed to obtain the most successful outcomes. With the continued adoption of this technically challenging technique, there is a need for a comprehensive resource for newly adopting surgeons and surgeons in training, but also for experienced surgeons looking to enhance their skill sets. Written by experts in the field, this book presents the tips and tricks learned after years of experience by a wide spectrum of surgeons. Parts 1 and 2 describe the origin and background of the anterior approach for hip replacement, with early lessons learned, important tips when training others, and how to master the operating table and c-arm. Parts 3 and 4 cover hip biomechanics and variations on techniques and technologies, respectively, while part 5 is a unique compilation of surgeons' perspectives on managing common aspects of the approach. Revision surgery is described in part 6, and future directions for the technique are discussed in part 7, along with emerging navigation and technologies. Every year, there is an increasing number of orthopedic surgeons learning and adopting the anterior hip approach who would benefit from the resources in this book, which will serve as a critical learning tool for training surgeons and also as the go-to reference for optimizing current use and advancing future possibilities of the approach.

    Contents:
    Part 1. The Origins of the Anterior Hip Surgical Approach
    1. The French Beginning and Judet School of the Anterior Approach
    2. My French and American Beginning and Evolution of the Anterior Approach
    Part II. The Anterior Approach: An Established and Repeatable Technique
    3. The Anterior Approach Surgical Technique for Total Hip Arthroplasty: The "Matta Method" of 2020
    4. Understanding the Modern Surgeon's Transition to Anterior Hip Replacement
    5. The Learning Curve for the Anterior Approach: Early, Middle, and How It Continues
    6. Introducing the Direct Anterior Approach (DAA) at a Swiss University Hospital
    7. Challenges in Anterior Approach Education
    8. Why I Favor a Standard Incision and Keys to Exposure for the Anterior Approach
    9. Anterior Approach to the Hip Through the Oblique "Bikini" Incision
    10. My Keys to Getting the Acetabulum Right with the Anterior Approach: Exposure, Preparation, Sizing, Position, Stability
    11. My Keys to Getting the Femur Right with the Anterior Approach: Exposure, Preparation, Sizing, Depth of Insertion of Stem, Ball Head, Stability
    12. Diagnosing and Managing Complications from the Anterior Approach
    13. Tips and Tricks for Your First Anterior Hip Replacement
    14. OR Efficiency: Radical Time Transparency and Operational Excellence
    15. Results of the Direct Anterior Approach for Total Hip Arthroplasty
    16. Difficult Cases in Primary Anterior Total Hip Arthroplasty
    17. Direct Anterior Approach THA for Treatment of Femoral Neck and Acetabular Fractures
    18. Anterior Approach Total Hip Arthroplasty Following Previous Femoral and Acetabular Fractures
    Part III. Hip Biomechanics: What Are We Trying to Achieve?
    19. Normal Hip Biomechanics
    20. Key Concepts and Methods for Acetabular Positioning
    21. Understanding Leg Length and Offset
    Part IV. The Anterior Approach: The Variation of Techniques and Technologies
    22. The Anterior Approach: From Robert Judet’s Work to AMISª (Anterior Minimally Invasive Surgery)
    23. The History of the Direct Anterior Approach in Innsburck
    24. The Direct Anterior Approach on a Standard Table in Zurich
    25. A Hybrid Technique with a Standard Table and Mechanical Leg Holder
    26. My Continued Evolution of the Anterior Approach
    Part V. Controversies in the Anterior Approach: Surgeon Perspectives
    27. The Orthopedic Table versus the Standard OR Bed for the Anterior Approach
    28. Handling the Hip Capsule with the Anterior Approach: Repair versus Capsulectomy
    29. Judging Leg Length and Offset with the Anterior Approach: Clinical Evaluation versus Fluoroscopy
    30. Does Pelvic Tilt Change Anything with the Anterior Approach?
    31. Getting Correct Cup Position with the Anterior Approach: Bony Landmarks versus X-ray versus Computer Guidance
    32. Stem Choice for Anterior Approach Total Hip Arthroplasty: Surgeon Perspectives
    33. Hip Resurfacing Arthroplasty Using the Hueter-Anterior Approach
    Part VI. Revision Surgery Using the Anterior Hip Approach
    34. Revision Surgery Exposure Techniques for the Anterior Hip Approach, Including Osteotomies
    35. Complex Femoral Revision Using the Direct Anterior Hip Approach
    36. Femoral Revision Total Hip Arthroplasty Using the Direct Anterior (Hueter) Approach
    37. Complex Acetabular Reconstruction Using the Direct Anterior Approach
    38. Treatment of Acute and Late Infections Using the Direct Anterior Approach
    Part VII. Future Directions in Techniques and Technology for the Anterior Approach
    39. Navigation Technologies for the Anterior Approach in Total Hip Arthroplasty
    40. Robotic Total Hip Replacement with Direct Anterior Approach
    41. Problems to Solve and Potential Future Directions for Anterior Approach Total Hip Arthroplasty.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    volume editors, Piero Nicolai, Patrick J. Bradley.
    Summary: "This book covers recent substantial improvements in diagnosis and treatment of anterior skull base tumors. This has been fostered by the introduction and rapid expansion of transnasal endoscopic techniques, in parallel with extraordinary progress made in all the other disciplines (pathology, radiology, neurosurgery, radiation oncology, medical oncology) which are involved in the complex process of managing these tumors. Chapters address nuances of treatment in relation to histology, as well as present views on selection criteria for surgical techniques"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Macroscopic and Endoscopic Anatomy of the Anterior Skull Base and Adjacent Structures / Ferrari M., Mattavelli D., Schreiber A., Nicolai P.
    Pathology and Differential Diagnosis of Anterior Skull Base Tumours / Williams M.D., El-Naggar A.K.
    The Role of Morphologic and Functional Imaging in Pretreatment Assessment / Maroldi R., Borghesi A., Ravanelli M., Golemi S., Farina D.
    Transnasal Endoscopic Surgery : Surgical Techniques and Complications / Battaglia P., Lambertoni A., Castelnuovo P.
    Anterior Skull Base Surgery in the 21st Century : The Role of Open Approaches / Abu-Ghanem S., Shilo S., Yehuda M., Abergel A., Safadi A., Fliss D.M.
    Update of Radiation Techniques Using Photons for Anterior Skull Base Tumors / Foster C.C., Kim J.K., Melotek J.M., Lee N.Y.
    The Evolving Role of Systemic Therapy in the Primary Treatment of Sinonasal Cancer / Licitra L., Resteghini C., Bossi P.
    Particle Therapy : Protons and Heavy Ions / Jensen A.D.
    Benign Tumors of the Anterior Cranial Base / Snyderman C.H., Lavigne J.P.
    Endoscopic Endonasal Approaches for Anterior Skull Base Meningiomas / Todeschini A.B., Beer-Furlan A., Otto B., Prevedello D.M., Carrau R.L.
    Squamous Cell Carcinoma and Its Variants / Mani N., Shah J.P.
    A Comprehensive Update on Intestinal- and Non-Intestinal-Type Adenocarcinomas / Vander Poorten V., Jorissen M.
    Olfactory Neuroblastoma / Veyrat M., Vérillaud B., Fiaux-Camous D., Froelich S., Bresson D., Nicolai P., Herman P.
    Neuroendocrine Carcinoma and Sinonasal Undifferentiated Carcinoma / Abdelmeguid A.S., Bell D., Hanna E.Y.
    Sinonasal Malignant Melanoma / Lund V.J.
    Adenoid Cystic Carcinoma Involving Paranasal Sinuses and the Skull Base / Castelnuovo P., Turri-Zanoni M.
    Other Rare Sinonasal Malignant Tumours Involving the Anterior Skull Base / Naga R., Pai P.S.
    Post treatment Imaging Surveillance / Farina D., Zorra I., Golemi S., Lombardi D., Borghesi A., Maroldi R., Ravanelli M.
    Treatment Options for Recurrent Anterior Skull Base Tumors / Orlandi E., Iacovelli N.A., Ingargiola R., Resteghini C., Bossi P., Licitra L., Ferrari M., Nicolai P.
    Future Perspectives in the Management of Tumors of the Anterior Skull Base / Nicolai P., Bradley P.J., Bossi P., Ferrari M.
    Digital Access Karger 2020
  • Digital
    Andrea Ferretti, editor.
    Summary: This book comprehensively discusses anterolateral rotatory instability in the ACL deficient knee, exploring anatomy, biomechanics, diagnostics, clinics, surgical techniques as well as short and long term outcomes. The author also offers an historical perspective ranging from the birth of modern anterior cruciate ligament surgery to the renewed global interest towards the role of secondary restraints and extra-articular reconstructions. Step-by-step guidance throughout each surgical technique further equips the reader to handle this complex condition. Covering all theoretical and practical aspects, as well as future perspectives, this book is a must-read for all orthopedic surgeons and sports physicians wanting to gain insights into this promising field.

    Contents:
    History of Modern ACL Surgery
    Anatomy of Secondary Restraints of ACL
    Biomechanics of Anterolateral Instability and Pivot Shift
    Surgical Anatomy in ACL Tears
    The Segond's Fracture
    The Unhappy Triad Revisited
    Mechanism of Injury of ACL Tears
    Diagnostics in ACL-Deficient Knee
    Why the Semitendinosus?
    Extra-Articular Reconstructions in ACL-Deficient Knee
    Revision ACL Reconstructions
    Anterolateral Instability and Osteoarthrosis
    Clinical Results in ACL Surgery
    Future Directions: ACL Repair vs Reconstruction.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Lauren J. Wallace, Margaret E. MacDonald, Katerini T. Storeng, editors.
    Summary: This open access edited book brings together new research on the mechanisms by which maternal and reproductive health policies are formed and implemented in diverse locales around the world, from global policy spaces to sites of practice. The authors -- both internationally respected anthropologists and new voices -- demonstrate the value of ethnography and the utility of reproduction as a lens through which to generate rich insights into professionals' and lay people’s intimate encounters with policy. Authors look closely at core policy debates in the history of global maternal health across six different continents, including: Women's use of misoprostol for abortion in Burkina Faso The place of traditional birth attendants in global maternal health Donor-driven maternal health programs in Tanzania Efforts to integrate qualitative evidence in WHO maternal and child health policy-making Anthropologies of Global Maternal and Reproductive Health will engage readers interested in critical conversations about global health policy today. The broad range of foci makes it a valuable resource for teaching in medical anthropology, anthropology of reproduction, and interdisciplinary global health programs. The book will also find readership amongst critical public health scholars, health policy and systems researchers, and global public health practitioners.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction Lauren J. Wallace, Margaret E. MacDonald & Katerini T. Storeng
    Part I. Implementation Disconnects and Policy Rhetoric
    Chapter 2. Baby (not so) Friendly: Implementation of the Baby-Friendly Hospital Initiative in Serbia Ljiljana Pantović
    Chapter 3. The Promise and Neglect of Follow-up Care in Obstetric Fistula Treatment in Uganda Bonnie Ruder & Alice Emasu
    Chapter 4. The Domestication of Misoprostol for Abortion in Burkina Faso: Interactions Between Caregivers, Drug Vendors and Women Seydou Drabo
    Chapter 5. The 'Sustainability Doctrine' in Donor-Driven Maternal Health Programs in Tanzania Meredith G. Marten
    Part II. Policy Ambivalence
    Chapter 6. The Place of Traditional Birth Attendants in Global Maternal Health: Policy Retreat, Ambivalence, and Return Margaret E. MacDonald
    Chapter 7. Conflicted Reproductive Governance: The Co-existence of Rights-Based Approaches and Coercion in India’s Family Planning Policies Maya Unnithan
    Part III. Contesting Authoritative Knowledge and Practice
    Chapter 8. Regulating Midwives: Foreclosing Alternatives in the Policy-making Process in West Java, Indonesia Priscilla Magrath
    Part IV. The Rise of Evidence and Its Uses
    Chapter 9. Making Space for Qualitative Evidence in Global Maternal and Child Health Policy-making Christopher J. Colvin
    Chapter 10. The International Childbirth Initiative: An Applied Anthropologist's Account of Developing Global Guidelines Robbie Davis-Floyd
    Chapter 11. Selling Beautiful Births: The Use of Evidence by Brazil's Humanised Birth Movement Lucy C. Irvine.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    G. Richard Scott, University of Nevada, Reno ; Christy G. Turner II, Arizona State University ; Grant C. Townsend, University of Adelaide ; María Martinón-Torres, National Research Center on Human Evolution (CENIEH) and University College London
    Summary: All humans share certain components of tooth structure, but show variation in size and morphology around this shared pattern. This book presents a worldwide synthesis of the global variation in tooth morphology in recent populations. Research has advanced on many fronts since the publication of the first edition, which has become a seminal work on the subject. This revised and updated edition introduces new ideas in dental genetics and ontogeny and summarizes major historical problems addressed by dental morphology. The detailed descriptions of 29 dental variables are fully updated with current data and include details of a new web-based application for using crown and root morphology to evaluate ancestry in forensic cases. A new chapter describes what constitutes a modern human dentition in the context of the hominin fossil record

    Contents:
    Dental anthropology and morphology
    Description and classification of permanent crown and root traits
    Biological considerations : ontogeny, asymmetry, sex dimorphism, and inter-trait association
    Genetics of morphological trait expression
    Geographic variation in tooth crown and root morphology
    Establishing method and theory for using dental morphology in reconstructions of human population history
    Dental morphology and population history
    Fossil hominin dental morphology with a focus on Homo sapiens
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Delminda Neves.
    Contents:
    Human ageing, a biological view / Henrique de Almeida and Liliana Matos
    To eat or not to eat : anti-ageing effects of energy restriction / Delminda Neves, Maria Joao Martins, Emanuel dos Passos and Ines Tomada
    Nutrition, epigenetics and ageing / Jill McKay and Luisa A. Wakeling
    Nutritional intervention in age-related genetic and epigenetic instability and cancer / Thomas Ong and Ana Paula de Melo Loureiro
    Nutraceuticals in immunosenescence / Thea Magrone and Emilio Jirillo
    Cardiovascular ageing / Carmen Bras Silva and Delminda Neves
    Bone and muscle ageing / Joana Carvalho, Elisa Marques and Pedro Moreira
    Nutrition and the ageing eye / Angela Carneiro
    Nutrition modulation of skin ageing / Alessandra Marini and Jean Krutmann
    Retarding brain ageing and cognitive decline / Jose Paulo Andrade
    Science-based anti-ageing nutritional recommendations / Ines Tomada and Jose Paulo Andrade.
    Digital Access Wiley 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Atta-ur-Rahman, FRS, and Muhammad Iqbal Choudhary.
    Summary: The inhibition of angiogenesis is an effective mechanism of slowing down tumor growth and malignancies. The process of induction or pro-angiogenesis is highly desirable for the treatment of cardiovascular diseases, wound healing disorders, and more. Efforts to understand the molecular basis, both for inhibition and induction, have yielded fascinating results. Originally published by Bentham and now distributed by Elsevier, Anti-Angiogenesis Drug Discovery and Development, Volume 2 is an compilation of well-written reviews on various aspects of the anti-angiogenesis process. These reviews have been contributed by leading practitioners in drug discovery science and highlight the major developments in this exciting field in the last two decades. These reader-friendly chapters cover topics of great scientific importance, many of which are considered significant medical breakthroughs, making this book excellent reading both for the novice as well as for expert medicinal chemists and clinicians.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Andreas Stahl, editor.
    Contents:
    Retinal Vascular Development
    Retinopathy of Prematurity
    Anti-Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor (VEGF) Treatment in Neovascular Age-Related Macular Degeneration: Outcomes and Outcome Predictors
    AREDS Supplementation and the Progression Towards Neovascular Exudative AMD
    VEGF-Inhibition in Macular Telangiectasia Type 2
    Diabetic Retinopathy
    Retinal Vein Occlusion
    Pharmacokinetics of Intravitreally Applied VEGF Inhibitors
    Neovascular Glaucoma
    Corneal Neovascular Diseases
    Anti-Angiogenic Gene Therapy
    Basic Science and Challenges for Translation into the Clinic.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital/Print
    Subash Chandra Gupta, Sahdeo Prasad, Bharat B. Aggarwal, editors.
    Contents:
    Curcumin and its role in chronic diseases / A. Kunwar, K. I. Priyadarsini
    Berberine and its role in chronic disease / Arrigo F. G. Cicero, Alessandra Baggioni
    Emodin and its role in chronic diseases / B. Anu Monisha, Niraj Kumar, Ashu Bhan Tiku
    Ursolic acid and chronic disease: an overview of UA's effects on prevention and treatment of obesity and cancer / Anna M. Mancha-Ramirez, Thomas J. Slaga
    Tocotrienol and its role in chronic diseases / Kok-Yong Chin, Kok-Lun Pang, Ima-Nirwana Soelaiman
    Indole-3-carbinol and its role in chronic diseases / Barbara Licznerska, Wanda Baer-Dubowska
    Sanguinarine and its role in chronic diseases / Pritha Basu, Gopinatha Suresh Kumar
    Piperine and its role in chronic diseases / Giuseppe Derosa, Pamela Maffioli, Amirhossein Sahebkar
    Therapeutic potential and molecular targets of piceatannol in chronic diseases / Young-Joon Surh, Hye-Kyung Na
    Fisetin and its role in chronic diseases / Harish C. Pal, Ross L. Pearlman, Farrukh Afaq
    Honokiol, an active compound of magnolia plant, inhibits growth, and progression of cancers of different organs / Ram Prasad, Santosh K. Katiyar
    Celastrol and its role in controlling chronic diseases / Shivaprasad H. Venkatesha, Kamal D. Moudgil
    Boswellic acids and their role in chronic inflammatory diseases / H. P. T. Ammon
    Natural withanolides in the treatment of chronic diseases / Peter T. White, Chitra Subramanian, Hashim F. Motiwala, Mark S. Cohen
    Gambogic acid and its role in chronic diseases / Manoj K. Pandey, Deepkamal Karelia, Shantu G. Amin
    Embelin and its role in chronic diseases / Hong Lu, Jun Wang, Youxue Wang, Liang Qiao, Yongning Zhou
    Butein and its role in chronic diseases / Ziwei Song, Muthu K. Shanmugam, Hanry Yu, Gautam Sethi
    Garcinol and its role in chronic diseases / Amit K. Behera, Mahadeva M. Swamy, Nagashayana Natesh, Tapas K. Kundu
    Morin and its role in chronic diseases / Krishnendu Sinha, Jyotirmoy Ghosh, Parames C. Sil
    Ellagic acid and its role in chronic diseases / Giuseppe Derosa, Pamela Maffioli, Amirhossein Sahebkar.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Renato Alberto Sinico, Loïc Guillevin, editors.
    Summary: This volume, written by well-known experts in the field, covers all aspects of Anti-Neutrophil Cytoplasmic Antibody (ANCA) Associated Vasculitis (AAV). The expression refers to a group of diseases, characterized by destruction and inflammation of small vessels. The clinical signs vary and affect several organs, such as the kidney, lung, skin, nervous system and others. The opening chapters give some historical hints, explain the genetic basis of the disease and provide insights into the pathogenesis derived from recent experimental studies and guides the reader through classification and nomenclature. A large part of the book is then devoted to a detailed description of the specific related diseases and their clinical presentations, the disease course, and potential complications. The advice regarding treatment is based on the best currently available evidence in this constantly evolving area. The book is part of Springer's series Rare Diseases of the Immune System, which presents recently acquired knowledge on pathogenesis, diagnosis, and therapy with the aim of promoting a more holistic approach to these conditions. AAVs are systemic autoimmune diseases of unknown cause that affect small (to medium) sized blood vessels. They include granulomatosis with polyangiitis (formerly Wegener's granulomatosis), microscopic polyangiitis, and eosinophilic granulomatosis with polyangiitis (formerly Churg-Strauss syndrome). This volume will be an invaluable source of up-to-date information for all practitioners involved in the care of patients with these diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by H. Steven Moffic, John R. Peteet, Ahmed Hankir, Mary V. Seeman.
    Summary: This book is a high-quality, innovative resource that examines the cross-cultural, psychiatric interaction between anti-Seminitism and clinical mental health, thereby filling the gap in the psychiatry literature on this particular stigma. Written by experts in this area with a variety of cultural and religious backgrounds, the text focuses on what psychiatrists need to know to combat the negative mental health impact that increasingly rise out of this particular phenomenon. This approach has never been taken in a clinical text. The book begins by introducing the history of the problem before examining the intra- and interpersonal, psycho-, and social aspects of anti-Semitism in psychiatry. Chapters cover the key indicators for recognition, treatment of patients who struggle with the stigma, shock, and trauma created by hate toward this community, as well as tactics for prevention and intervention. Anti-Semitism and Psychiatry is the only non-political, clinical resource on this particular stigma and its negative impact on mental health for psychiatrists, psychologists, primary care physicians, pediatricians, geriatricians, hospital administrators, public health officials, counselors, social workers, and all others.

    Contents:
    A Short History of the Jewish People
    A Short History of Anti-Semitism
    Prejudice: Intra and Interpersonal Aspects
    Biological Determinants of Bigotry and Its Role in the Resurgence of Severe Anti-Semitism
    An Artistic View of Anti-Semitism
    Anti-Semitism and the Jewish Identity
    A Personal Psychiatric History of Anti-Semitism
    Anti-Semitism: Social, Religious, and Clinical Considerations from a Jewish Psychiatrist
    Anti-Semitism: Social, Religious, and Clinical Considerations from a Christian Psychiatrist
    Anti-Semitism: Social, Religious, and Clinical Considerations from a Muslim Psychiatrist
    Anti-Semitism: Social, Religious, and Clinical Considerations from a Hindu Psychiatrist
    The Psychological Effects of Anti-Semitism on the Perpetrators and Victims
    Anti-Semitism: The Jungian Approach
    Anti-Semitism: The Psychoanalytic Approach
    Jewish Stereotypes in Diagnosis and Treatment
    The Treatment of Anti-Semitic Patients
    Anti-Semitism, the Holocaust, and Intergenerational Transmission of Trauma
    Community Resilience and the Tree of Life Shootings
    Judaism and Rural Psychiatry
    Anti-Semitism and Anti-Zionism in the Middle East
    A Psychiatric Approach to the Prevention and Treatment of Hate Crimes
    Harnessing the Power of Film to Challenge Anti-Semitism
    The Role of Jewish Agencies in Reducing Anti-Semitism
    Leadership for Reducing Anti-Semitism
    Can Anti-Semitism be Cured?.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    volume editors, Gerhard Rogler, Toshifumi Hibi, Hans Herfarth, Ole Haagen Nielsen.
    Digital Access Karger 2015
  • Digital
    editors, Bristi Basu, Swethajit Biswas, Simon Pacey.
    Contents:
    Antiangiogenesis in cancer therapy / Bristi Basu, Swethajit Biswas & Simon Pacey
    Mechanism of action of approved antiangiogenesis agents : overview for clinicians / Sarah J. Welsh, Tobias Janowitz & Pippa Corrie
    Imaging angiogenesis : role in measuring response to treatment / James P.B. O'Connor
    Antiangiogensis : focus on renal cancer / Sarah J. Welsh, Tobias Janowitz & Tim Eisen
    Antiangiogenesis : focus on colorectal cancer / Sarah Briggs & Rachel Midgley
    Angiogenesis inhibitors and vascular disrupting agents for non-small-cell lung cancer / Adam McGeoch
    Antiangiogenesis in cancer therapy : focus on ovarian cancer / Muhammad Adnan Khattak, Hilary Laura Martin & Susana Banerjee
    Angiogenesis inhibitors in brain cancer treatment / Soma Sengupta & David A Reardon
    Ask the experts : learning from failures and successes, and identifying patients that may benefit from antiangiogenesis therapy / Bristi Basu, Swethajit Biswas & Simon Pacey
    Multiple choice questions : answers.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Antoni Martínez-Rubio, Juan Tamargo, Gheorghe- Andrei Dan.
    Summary: This volume reviews current and potential future therapies for arrhythmias. It is a highly practical guide for the use of pharmaceuticals in the management of the discipline, and has been written in a simple quick-access format. Antiarrhythmic Drugs builds on the current understanding of pathophysiological mechanisms and insights gained from previous studies of therapeutic interventions. It is designed to establish the baseline level of knowledge that a cardiovascular professional needs to know on a day-to-day basis.

    Contents:
    Introduction: Cardiac arrhythmias a clinical problem
    Electrophysiological basis of the arrhythmias
    Class I antiarrhythmic drugs (Na+ channel blockers)
    Potassium-channel blockers
    Betablockers
    Modulation of calcium handling/Calcium-channel modulators
    Other antiarrhythmic drugs: Novel targets for AADs
    Non-antiarrhythmic drugs with antiarrhythmic effects
    Clinical management of the arrhythmias.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Iqbal Ahmad, Shamim Ahmad, Kendra P. Rumbaugh, editors.
    Summary: This book compiles the latest information in the field of antibacterial discovery, especially with regard to the looming threat of multi-drug resistance. The respective chapters highlight the discovery of new antibacterial and anti-infective compounds derived from microbes, plants, and other natural sources. The potential applications of nanotechnology to the fields of antibacterial discovery and drug delivery are also discussed, and one section of the book is dedicated to the use of computational tools and metagenomics in antibiotic drug discovery. Techniques for efficient drug delivery are also covered. The book provides a comprehensive overview of the progress made in both antibacterial discovery and delivery, making it a valuable resource for academic researchers, as well as those working in the pharmaceutical industry.

    Contents:
    Antibacterial drug discovery: perspective insights
    Section A: The Challenge of Antibiotic Resistance and Tolerance
    Problematic Groups of Multidrug Resistant Bacteria and their Resistance Mechanisms
    Emergence and spread of multi-drug resistance in ocular bacterial pathogens: A current update
    Antibiotic resistance in Campylobacter jejuni: mechanism, status and public health significance
    Mechanisms of biofilm development, antibiotic resistance & tolerance and their role in persistent infections
    Developing in vivo infection models with MDR pathogens for evaluating compound efficacy
    Section B. New antibiotic drug discovery approaches and progress
    Endophytes: a hidden treasure of novel antimicrobial metabolites
    Alternative therapies to antibiotics to combat drug-resistant bacterial pathogens
    In silico molecular modeling: key technologies in the drug discovery process to combat multidrug resistance
    Computational approaches for antibacterial drug discovery
    Efflux pump inhibitors and their role in the reversal of drug resistance
    Medicinal plants as a reservoir of new structures for anti-infective compounds
    Essential oils: Potential application in disease management
    Exploration of soil resistome through a metagenomic approach
    Actinomycetes as a continued source of new antibacterial leads
    Are Ancient Remedies the New Answer to Fighting Infections?
    Section C. Alternative antibiotic resistance treatment strategies
    Pre and probiotics: Using functional foods in the fight against microbial resistance to antibiotics
    Combination of drugs: an effective approach for enhancing the efficacy of antibiotics to combat drug resistance
    Targeted delivery of antibiotics using microparticles to combat multi-drug-resistant tuberculosis
    Practical applications of bacteriophage therapy: biofilms to bedside
    Inhibition of Quorum sensing; prospects in disease control
    Approaches for disrupting tissue-associated biofilms
    Nanomedic ine and nanoemulsion in increasing the availability of antibiotics
    Nanoparticles as new emerging antibacterials: potential and limitation
    Nanomaterials as a novel class of anti-infective agents that attenuate bacterial quorum sensing
    Nanoparticle-based drug delivery systems: promising approaches against bacterial infections
    Green synthesis of metal nanoparticles: characterization and their antibacterial efficacy.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Jón Hjaltalín Ólafsson, Roderick James Hay.
    Summary: This book is an up-to-date practical guide to the treatment of both common and unusual bacterial, fungal, and protozoal skin infections. Antibiotics and other treatment options for common skin diseases such as acne, rosacea, erysipelas, and impetigo are extensively discussed, and a thorough update is provided on therapies for fungal infections in the nails, hair, and skin. Current treatments for skin symptoms associated with sexually transmitted diseases are also explored in detail. As the sulfonamides and tetracyclines have long held a special status in dermatology and venereology, an individual chapter focuses on these drugs and their potential side-effects. A range of mycobacterial infections are discussed, and a further chapter considers the treatment of protozoal infections, including leishmaniasis, which are often unfamiliar to practitioners in the Western world. This handy book, with its helpful graphics and clear lists of symptoms, treatments, and practical tips, will be an ideal quick reference for the busy practitioner.

    Contents:
    Fungal Infections in Skin
    Fungal Infections in Hair
    Fungal Infections in Nails
    Antibiotics in the Management of Acne
    Rosacea
    Venereal Diseases I: (Chlamydia, Gonorrhea, Syphilis)
    Venereal Diseases II: (Chlamydia, Gonorrhea, Syphilis)
    Common Bacterial Skin Infections (Erysipelas, Impetigo...)
    Tuberculosis, Leprosy, Buruli Ulcer and "Atypical" Mycobacteria
    Treatment of Protozoan Parasites of the Skin (Leishmaniasis)
    The Use of Sulfonamides, Dapsone and Tetracyclines in Dermatology.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Alan Hauser (Departments of Microbiology/Immunology and Medicine, Northwestern University, Chicago, Illinois).
    Summary: "Popular as a classroom text, for review, and as a clinical quick-reference, this time-saving resource helps medical students master the rationale behind antibiotic selection for common bacterial pathogens and infectious diseases. Updated content reflects the latest antibiotic medications available on the market, and new full-color illustrations strengthen users' understanding of the application of antibiotic drug treatment.New full-color illustrations reinforce comprehension with greater clarity. Updated content familiarizes users with the most relevant antibacterial agents and treatment guidelines. Succinct, practical guidelines simplify challenging content for easier understanding. Additional pearls emphasize mnemonics and enhance retention of critical information. Remember boxes, History boxes, and drug tables save time with fast access to key information for selecting anti-infection agents. Extensive review cases and questions reinforce learning and clinical application."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Part I:
    Bacterial basics
    Part II:
    Antibacterial agents
    Part III:
    Definitive therapy
    Part IV:
    Empiric therapy
    Part V:
    Clinical cases
    Part VI:
    Review questions and answers.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library (PA Rotations)
  • Digital
    [edited by] Kateryna Kon, MD, PhD, Department of Microbiology, Virology, and Immunology, Kharkiv National Medical University, Kharkiv, Ukraine and Mahendra Rai, PhD, Biotechnology Department, SGB Amravati University, Maharashtra, India.
    Contents:
    Antimicrobial Stewardship: Hospital Strategies to Curb Antibiotic Resistance / L. Hsieh and A. Amin
    Mechanisms of Antibacterial Resistance: Shedding Some Light on These Obscure Processes? / K. de Sousa Oliveira, L.A. de Lima, N.B. Cobacho, S.C. Dias and O.L. Franco
    Signaling Pathways Sustaining Antibiotic Resistance: Lessons From Methicillin-Resistant Staphylococcus auareus / P.F. Seke Etet, A.H. Nwabo Kamdje, L. Vecchio, M. Farahna, and M.F. Mahomoodally
    Trends in Antimicrobial Resistance Among Enteric Pathogens: a Global Concern / M. Ballal
    Carbapenem-Resistant, Gram-Negative Bacilli: The State of the Art / D.H.Halat, D.K. Sarkis and C.A. Moubareck
    Antibiotic Resistance: Can Nanoparticles Tackle the Problem? / M. Rai, K. Kon, A. Gade, A. Ingle, D. Nagaonkar, P. Paralikar and S.S. da Silva
    Nanoarchitectonics Used in Antiinfective Therapy / V. Grumezescu, A.M. Holban, I. Barbu, R.C. Popescu, A.E. Oprea, V. Lazar, A.M. Grumezescu and M.C.Chifiriuc
    Nanobiocomposites of Metals as Antimicrobial Agents / I.A. Shurygina, M.G. Shurygin and B.G. Sukhov
    Can Nitric Oxide Overcome Bacterial Resistance to Antibiotics? / A.B. Seabra, M.T. Pelegrino and P.S. Haddad
    Controlling Bacterial Antibiotic Resistance Using Plant-Derived Antimicrobials / A. Upadhyay, D.P. Karumathil, I. Upadhyaya, V. Bhattaram and K. Venkitanarayanan
    Essential Oils: A Natural Alternative to Combat Antibiotics Resistance / M.L. Chávez-González, R. Rodríguez-Herrera and C.N. Aguilar
    Sensitivity of ESBL-Producing Gram-Negative Bacteria to Essential Oils, Plant Extracts, and Their Isolated Compounds / Gy. Horváth, T. Bencsik, K. Ács and B. Kocsis
    Antimicrobial and Antibiotic Potentiating Activity of Essential Oils From Tropical Medicinal Herbs and Spices / Z. Aumeeruddy-Elalfi, A. Gurib-Fakim and M.F. Mahomoodally
    Antimicrobial Natural Products Against Bacterial Biofilms / V.G. Beoletto, M. de las Mercedes Oliva, J.M. Marioli, M.E. Carezzano and M.S. Demo
    The Potential Use of Bacteriophage Therapy as a Treatment Option in a Post-antibiotic Era / R.R. Bragg, C.E. Boucher, W.A. van der Westhuizen, J.-Y. Lee, E. Coetsee, C. Theron and L. Meyburgh
    Bacteriocins and Its Use for Multidrug-Resistant Bacteria Control / G.M. Preciado, M.M. Michel, S.L. Villarreal-Morales, A.C. Flores-Gallegos, J. Aguirre-Joya, J. Morlett-Chávez, C.N. Aguilar and R. Rodríguez-Herrera
    Marine Natural Products in Fighting Microbial Infections / G.D. Mogoşanu, A.M. Grumezescu, L.E. Bejenaru and C. Bejenaru
    Algae as a Novel Source of Antimicrobial Compounds: Current and Future Perspectives / A. Parsaeimehr and G.A. Lutzu.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016
  • Digital
    Sadhana Sagar, Shilpa Kaistha, Amar Jyoti Das, Rajesh Kumar.
    Summary: This book summarizes the emerging trends in the field of antibiotic resistance of various gram-negative and gram-positive bacterial species. The ability of different species of bacteria to resist the antimicrobial agent has become a global problem. As such, the book provides a comprehensive overview of the advances in our understanding of the origin and mechanism of resistance, discusses the modern concept of the biochemical and genetic basis of antibacterial resistance and highlights the clinical and economic implications of the increased prevalence of antimicrobial resistant pathogens and their ecotoxic effects. It also reviews various strategies to curtail the emergence and examines a number of innovative therapeutic approaches, such as CRISPR, phage therapy, nanoparticles and natural antimicrobials, to combat the spread of resistance.

    Contents:
    Module 1_Emergence of antibiotic resistant bacteria
    Module 2_Impact of antibiotic resistant bacteria on different field
    Module 3_Antibiotic resistance: Pattern and Mechanisms
    Module 4_Novel strategies for overcoming of antibiotic resistant mechanisms
    Module 5_Future Prospects.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    volume editor, E. Tomlinson ; co-editor, A. Regosz.
    Contents:

    v. 1. [Beta]-lactam antibiotics.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RS431.A6 A58 1985
    1
  • Print
    by H.W. Florey ... [et al.].
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    V161 .F63 1949
    2
  • Digital
    Daniel Amsterdam, Phd, ABMM, FAAAS, FIDSA, Professor, Department of Microbiology & Immunology, Medicine, and Pathology, School of Medicine and Biomedical Sciences, State University of New York at Buffalo, Chief of Service, Department of Laboratory Medicine, Erie County MEdical Center, Buffalo, New York.
    Contents:
    The breakpoint / Matthew A. Wikler, Franklin R. Cockerill III, and Paul G. Ambrose
    Antimicrobial susceptibility on solid media / John D. Turnidge and Jan M. Bell
    Susceptibility testing of antimicrobials in liquid media / Daniel Amsterdam
    Antimicrobial susceptibility testing of anaerobic bacteria / Anilrudh A. Venugopal and David W. Hecht
    Antimycobacterial agents : in vitro susceptibility testing and mechanisms of action and resistance / Clark B. Inderlied and Edward Desmond
    Antifungal drugs : mechanisms of action, drug resistance, susceptibility testing, and assays of activity in biologic fluids / George R. Thompson III and Thomas F. Patterson
    Antimicrobial susceptibility testing for some atypical microorganisms (Chlamydia, Mycoplasma, Rickettsia, Ehrlichia, Coxiella, and Spirochetes) / Jean-Marc Rolain
    Applications, significance of, and methods for the measurement of antimicrobial concentrations in human body fluids / Shelly Latte, Emilia Mia Sordillo, and Stephen C. Edberg
    Molecular methods for the detection of antibacterial resistance genes : rationale and application / Kristin Hegstad, Törjan Samuelsen, Joachim Hegstad, and Arnfinn Sundsfjord
    Molecular mechanisms of action for antimicrobial agents : general principles and mechanisms for selected classes of antibiotics / Charles William Stratton
    Antiviral agents for HIV, hepatitis, cytomegalovirus, and influenza : susceptibility testing methods, modes of action, and resistance / Daniel Amsterdam
    Disinfectants and antiseptics : modes of action, mechanisms of resistance, and testing regimens / Daniel Amsterdam and Barbara E. Ostrov
    Evaluation of antimicrobials in experimental animal infections / D.A. Andes, Alexander J. Lepak, Niels Frimodt-Möller
    Extravascular antimicrobial distribution and the respective blood and urine concentrations in humans / David M. Bamberger, John W. Foxworth, Michael Alan Kallenberger, Brian S. Pepito, and Dale N. Gerding
    Appendix : antiinfective resistance resource guide / Daniel Amsterdam.
    Digital Access Ovid 2015
  • Digital
    by David Schlossberg, Rafik Samuel.
    Summary: A comprehensive compendium of all commonly used antibiotics, including indications, side effects, dosage information, and drug/food interactions Antibiotics Manual: A Guide to Commonly Used Antimicrobials, Second Edition is a unique, user-friendly guide made for all who prescribe antibiotics. It's the only book available that takes a 100% drug-listed approach to 200 of the most common antibiotics prescribed to patients each day. Presented in full color, it's also a convenient reference for every clinician to consult once the decision to use a particular antibiotic has been reached. This edition of Antibiotics Manual includes newer antibiotics that have been released since the publication of the First Edition and updates prescribing information for the older antibiotics. This all-new Second Edition: -Has a color-coded interior design which provides quick and easy point of care access for the user -Includes 200 of the most commonly prescribed antibiotics, listed by both brand and generic names -Features important recently-released antibiotics such as ceftaroline, tedizolid, and bedaquiline Antibiotics Manual: A Guide to Commonly Used Antimicrobials, Second Edition is a welcome book for physicians in all specialties of medicine who prescribe antibiotics. It is also a handy tool for pharmacists, nurses, nurse practitioners, and physician assistants who want more information on the drugs they administer.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Jason C. Gallagher, Conan MacDougall ; senior acquisitions editor, Katey Birtcher ; cover design, Michael O'Donnell.
    Contents:
    Part 1. Considerations with antibiotic therapy
    Part 2. Antibacterial drugs
    Part 3. Antimycobacterial drugs
    Part 4. Antifungal drugs
    Part 5. Antiviral drugs
    Part 6. Antiparasitic Drugs
    Appendix 1. Selected normal human flora
    Appendix 2. Spectrum of activity
    Appendix 3. Empiric regimens for common infections
    Index.
    Limited to 2 simultaneous users
  • Print
    edited by Maurizio Zanetti, J. Donald Capra.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QR186.7 .A573
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Kenneth J. Olivier Jr., Sara A. Hurvitz.
    Contents:
    Typical antibody-drug conjugates / John Lambert
    Selecting optimal ADC targets using indication-dependent or indication-independent approaches / Robert Hollingsworth and Jay Harper
    Antibody drug conjugates : an overview of the CMC and characterization process / Janet Wolfe and Phillip Ross
    Linker and conjugation technology and improvements / Riley Ennis and Sourav Sinha
    Formulation and stability / Kouhei Tsumoto, Anthony Young, and Satoshi Ohtake
    QC assay development / Xiao-Hong Chen and Mate Tolnay
    Occupational health and safety aspects of ADCs and their toxic payloads / Robert Sussman and John Farris
    Bioanalytical strategies enabling successful ADC translation / Xiaogang Han, Lindsay King, and Steve Hansel
    Nonclinical pharmacology and mechanistic modeling of antibody drug conjugates in support of human clinical trials / Brian J. Schmidt, Chin Pan, Heather E. Vezina, Huadong Sun, Douglas D. Leipold, and Manish Gupta
    Pharmacokinetics of antibody-drug conjugates / Amrita Kamath
    Path to market approval : regulatory perspective of ADC nonclinical safety assessments / Stacey Ricci and Natalie Simpson
    Antibody drug conjugates : clinical strategies and applications / Heather E. Vezina, Lucy Lee, Brian J. Schmidt, Manish Gupta
    Antibody-drug conjugates (ADCs) in clinical development / Patricia LoRusso and Joseph McLaughlin
    ADCs approved for use : Trastuzumab emtansine (Kadcyla, T-DM1) in patients with previously treated HER2-positive metastatic breast cancer / Gail Lewis Phillips, Sanne de Hass, Sandhya Girish, and Ellie Guardino
    ADCs approved for use : Brentuximab Vedotin / Sven DeVos and Monica Mead
    Radioimmunotherapy / Jeffrey Wong and Savita Dandapani
    Radiolabeled antibody-based imaging in clinical oncology / Bart Hendriks and Daniel Gaddy
    Antibody-drug conjugates : the next evolution in the cure for cancer
    William C. Olson and Amy Q. Han.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Jeffrey Wang, Wei-Chiang Shen, Jennica L. Zaro, editors.
    Summary: This authoritative volume provides a holistic picture of antibody-drug conjugates (ADCs). Fourteen comprehensive chapters are divided into six sections including an introduction to ADCs, the ADC construct, development issues, landscape, IP and pharmacoeconomics, case studies, and the future of the field. The book examines everything from the selection of the antibody, the drug, and the linker to a discussion of developmental issues such as formulations, bio-analysis, pharmacokinetic-pharmacodynamic relationships, and toxicological and regulatory challenges. It also explores pharmacoecomonics and intellectual properties, including recently issued patents and the cost analysis of drug therapy. Case studies are presented for the three ADCs that have received FDA approval: gemtuzumab ozogamicin (Mylotarg®), Brentuximab vedotin (Adcetris®), and ado-trastuzumab emtansine (Kadcyla®), as well as an ADC in late-stage clinical trials, glembatumumab vedotin (CDX-011). Finally, the volume presents a perspective by the editors on the future directions of ADC development and clinical applications. Antibody-Drug Conjugates is a practical and systematic resource for scientists, professors, and students interested in expanding their knowledge of cutting-edge research in this exciting field.

    Contents:
    1 Antibody-Drug Conjugates: A Historical Review
    2 Payloads of Antibody-Drug Conjugates
    3 Selecting an Optimal Antibody for Antibody-Drug Conjugate Therapy
    4 Linker Design for Antibody-Drug Conjugates
    5 Formulation Development for Antibody-Drug Conjugates
    6 Bioanalytical Assay for Characterization of Antibody Drug Conjugates
    7 Pharmacokinetics/Pharmacodynamics and Disposition of Antibody-Drug Conjugates
    8 Regulatory Considerations
    9 Major ADC Companies, Current Clinical Trials, Recent Patents Issued and Patent Applications, and Cost Analysis of Drug Therapy
    10 Mylotarg: Revisiting its Clinical Potential Post-Withdrawal
    11 ADCETRIS: A Regulatory Case Study of a New Generation Antibody Drug Conjugate
    12 Ado-Trastuzumab Emtansine
    13 The Antibody-Drug Conjugate Glembatumumab Vedotin (CDX-011) and its Use in Treatment of Breast Cancer
    14 Summary and Future Directions.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital/Print
    Stefan Grimm, editor.
    Summary: "This book discusses the emergence of a new class of genes with a specific anticancer activity. These genes, recently defined as "Anticancer Genes", are reviewed in individual chapters on their mode of action, the specific cell death signals they induce, and the status of attempts to translate them into clinical application. Anticancer Genes provides an overview of this nascent field, its genesis, current state, and prospect. It discusses how Anticancer Genes might lead to the identification of a repertoire of signaling pathways directed against cellular alterations that are specific for tumor cells."--Publisher's website.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction / Stefan Grimm
    Part I. Viral Anticancer Genes
    2. Signalling of Apoptin / Jessica Bullenkamp and Mahvash Tavassoli
    3. Apoptin Towards Safe and Efficient Anticancer Therapies / Claude Backendorf and Mathieu H.M. Noteborn
    4. Induction of Cancer-Specific Cell Death by the Adenovirus E4orf4 Protein / Tamar Kleinberger
    5. Tumor Suppressing Properties of Rodent Parvovirus NS1 Proteins and Their Derivatives / Jürg P.F. Nüesch and Jean Rommelaere
    Part II. Cellular Anticancer Genes
    6. MDA-7/IL-24: Multifunctional Cancer Killing Cytokine / Mitchell E. Menezes, Shilpa Bhatia, Praveen Bhoopathi, Swadesh K. Das, Luni Emdad, Santanu Dasgupta, Paul Dent, Xiang-Yang Wang, Devanand Sarkar, and Paul B. Fisher
    7. Cancer-Selective Apoptosis by Tumor Suppressor Par-4 / Nikhil Hebbar, Tripti Shrestha-Bhattarai, and Vivek M. Rangnekar
    8. Tumor-Necrosis-Factor-Related Apoptosis-Inducing Ligand (TRAIL) / Simone Fulda
    9. SIRT6: A Promising Target for Cancer Prevention and Therapy / Michael Van Meter, Vera Gorbunova, and Andrei Seluanov
    10. An Overview of Brevinin Superfamily: Structure, Function and Clinical Perspectives / Anna Savelyeva, Saeid Ghavami, Padideh Davoodpour, Ahmad Asoodeh, and Marek J. Łos
    11. Isolation and Characterization of the Anticancer Gene Organic Cation Transporter Like-3 (ORCTL3) / Ghada AbuAli and Stefan Grimm
    Part III. Anticancer Gene Therapy
    12. Introduction of Genes via Sonoporation and Electroporation / Christina Kalli, Wey Chyi Teoh, and Edward Leen
    13. Anticancer Gene Transfer for Cancer Gene Therapy / Evangelos Pazarentzos and Nicholas D. Mazarakis.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Mohd Sayeed Akhtar, Mallappa Kumara Swamy, editors.
    Summary: This book summarizes the application of plant derived anticancer compounds as chemopreventives to treat several cancer types, focusing on the molecular mechanisms of action of phytocompounds and providing an overview of the basic processes at the cellular and molecular level that are involved in the progression of the cancer and can be employed in targeted preventive therapies. In addition, it highlights the development of novel anticancer drugs from plant sources using bioinformatics approaches. The compiled chapter data aids readers understanding of issues related to bioavailability, toxic effects and mechanisms of action of phytocompounds, and helps them identify the leads and utilize them against various cancer types effectively. Furthermore, it promotes the use of bioinformatics tools in medicinal plants to expedite their use in plant breeding programs to develop molecular markers to distinguish disease subtypes and predicting mutation, which in turn improves cancer diagnosis and prognosis, and to develop new lead compounds computationally. Thebook provides scientific verifications of plant compounds mechanisms of action against various cancers and offers useful information for students, teachers, and healthcare professionals involved in drug discovery, and clinical and therapeutic research.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Omics- a holistic approach in cancer treatment
    Chapter 2. Plant miRNAs and phytomolecules as anticancer therapeutics
    Chapter 3. Potential of herbal medicines in colorectal carcinoma and their mechanism of action
    Chapter 4. Elucidation of mechanisms of anticancer plant compounds against the tumor cells
    Chapter 5. Computational approach towards exploring interaction of target protein-phytocompounds in drug development for breast cancer
    Chapter 6. Anticancer Potential of Andrographolide, a diterpenoid lactone from Andrographis paniculata: A nature's treasure for chemoprevention and therapeutics
    Chapter 7. Anticancer activity of herbal medicine: Mechanism of action
    Chapter 8. Metabolomic study of chemo-preventive phytochemicals and their therapeutic prospects
    Chapter 9. CADD studies applied to secondary metabolites in the anticancer drug research
    Chapter 10. Anticancerous plant compounds affecting the power house of cancerous cells: A possible herbal mitocan
    Chapter 11. Phytoestrogens as a natural source for the possible colon cancer treatment
    Chapter 12. Bioinformatics approaches for genomics and post genomics applications of anticancer plants
    Chapter 13. Fruits of Rosaceae family as a source of anticancer compounds and molecular innovations
    Chapter 14. Mechanism of action of anticancer herbal medicines.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Mohd Sayeed Akhtar, Mallappa Kumara Swamy, editors.
    Summary: This volume provides summarized scientific evidence of the different classes of plant-derived phytocompounds, their sources, chemical structures, anticancer properties, mechanisms of action, methods of extraction, and their applications in cancer therapy. It also discusses endophyte-derived compounds as chemopreventives to treat various cancer types. In addition, it provides detailed information on the enhanced production of therapeutically valuable anticancer metabolites using biotechnological interventions such as plant cell and tissue culture approaches, including in vitro-, hairy root- and cell-suspension culture; and metabolic engineering of biosynthetic pathways. Anticancer Plants: Natural Products and Biotechnological Implements - Volume 2 explores the natural bioactive compounds isolated from plants as well as fungal endophytes, their chemistry, and preventive effects to reduce the risk of cancer. Moreover, it highlights the genomics/proteomics approaches and biotechnological implementations. Providing solutions to deal with the challenges involved in cancer therapy, the book benefits a wide range of readers including academics, students, and industrial experts working in the area of natural products, medicinal plant chemistry, pharmacology, and biotechnology.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Fungal Endophytes as Novel Sources of Anticancer Compounds
    Chapter 2. Gastrointestinal Bezoar Stones: Current Knowledge and Future Pperspective on the Potential of Plant-derived Phytobezoar in Cancer Treatment
    Chapter 3. Potential of Natural Products for Prevention of Oral Cancer
    Chapter 4. Therapeutic Potential of Cardiac Glycosides Against Cancer
    Chapter 5. Conserving Biodiversity of a Potent Anticancer Plant, Catharanthus roseus Through In vitro Biotechnological Intercessions: Substantial Progress and Imminent Prospects
    Chapter 6. Medicinal Plants as a Potential Source of Chemopreventive Agents
    Chapter 7. Plant Metabolites as New Leads to Anticancer Drug Discovery: Approaches and Challenges
    Chapter 8. Terpenes of Genus Salvia: Cytotoxicity and Antitumoral Effects
    Chapter 9. Essential Oil with Anticancer Activity: An Overview
    Chapter 10. Fungal Endophytes from Anticancer Plants as Producers of the Anti-tumour Agent L-Asparaginase: A Look at Diversity, Ubiquity and Enzyme Production
    Chapter 11. Xylooligosaccharides and their Anticancer Potential: An Update
    Chapter 12. Phytochemicals Targeting Endoplasmic Reticulum Stress to Inhibit Cancer Cell Proliferation
    Chapter 13. Remedy of Targeting Cancer and Cancer Stem Cells with Botanicals
    Chapter 14. Therapeutic Strategies of Natural Agents and its Components on Triple-Negative Breast Cancer
    Chapter 15. Endophytic Microbes as a Novel Source for Producing Anticancer Compounds as Multidrug Resistance Modulators. Chapter 16. Traditional Medicinal Plants and their Therapeutic Potential Against Major Cancer Types
    Chapter 17. Platelet Derived Growth Factor Receptor (PDGF-R) as the Target for Herbal Based Anticancer Agents
    Chapter 18. Plant Cell and Organ Culture as an Alternative for the Production of Anticancer Compounds
    Chapter 19. Plant Derived Extracts and Compounds: An Alternative Therapy Against Breast Cancer
    Chapter 20. Micropropagation and Conservation of Selected Endangered Anticancer Medicinal Plants from the Western Ghats of India
    Chapter 21. Biotechnological Approaches for the Propagation of Anticancer Plants and the Production of Vital Compounds
    Chapter 22. An Alternative Approach for Anticancer Compounds Production Through Plant Tissue Culture Techniques
    Chapter 23. Biotechnological Intervention Through Tissue Culture in Hedychium coronarium: A Potential Anticancer Plant.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Mohd Sayeed Akhtar, Mallappa Kumara Swamy, editors.
    Summary: Cancer is one of the leading death cause of human population increasingly seen in recent times. Plants have been used for medicinal purposes since immemorial times. Though, several synthetic medicines are useful in treating cancer, they are inefficient and unsafe. However, plants have proved to be useful in cancer cure. Moreover, natural compounds from plants and their derivatives are safe and effective in treatment and management of several cancer types. The anticancer plants such as Catharanthus roseus, Podophyllum peltatum, Taxus brevifolia, Camptotheca acuminate, Andrographis paniculata, Crateva nurvala, Croton tonkinensis, Oplopanax horridus etc., are important source of chemotherapeutic compounds. These plants have proven their significance in the treatment of cancer and various other infectious diseases. Nowadays, several well-known anticancer compounds such as taxol, podophyllotoxins, camptothecin, vinblastine, vincristine, homoharringtonine etc. have been isolated and purified from these medicinal plants. Many of them are used effectively to combat cancer and other related diseases. The herbal medicine and their products are the most suitable and safe to be used as an alternative medicine. Based on their traditional uses and experimental evidences, the anticancer products or compounds are isolated or extracted from the medicinally important plants. Many of these anticancer plants have become endangered due to ruthless harvesting in nature. Hence, there is a need to conserve these species and to propagate them in large scale using plant tissue culture. Alternatively, plant cell tissue and organ culture biotechnology can be adopted to produce these anticancer compounds without cultivation. The proper knowledge and exploration of these isolated molecules or products could provide an alternative source to reduce cancer risk, anti-tumorigenic properties, and suppression of carcinogen activities. Anticancer plants: Volume 1, Properties and Application is a very timely effort in this direction. Discussing the various types of anticancer plants as a source of curative agent, their pharmacological and neutraceutical properties, cryo-preservations and recent trends to understand the basic cause and consequences involved in the diseases diagnosis. We acknowledge the publisher, Springer for their continuous inspiration and valuable suggestions to improvise the content of this book. We further extend our heartfelt gratitude to all our book contributors for their support, and assistance to complete this assignment. I am sure that these books will benefit the scientific communities including academics, pharmaceuticals, nutraceuticals and medical practitioners.

    Contents:
    Current practices and awareness of anticancer plants in the traditional healthcare system
    Phytochemical and biological properties of Lippia gracilis
    Use of Indian indigenous fruits in cancer prevention and treatment
    Potentiality of anticancer plant derived compounds of North-East India
    Plant-derived compounds in cancer therapy: Traditions of past and drugs of future
    Anticancer plant molecules for Improvement of immune system
    Fermented food derived bioactives compounds with anti-carcinogenic properties: Fermented Royal jelly as a novel source for compounds with health benefits
    Mass spectrometry based techniques for assessment of pharmacological responses of ayurvedic drugs
    Assessment of anticancer properties of betelvine
    Analysis of patents filed for the herbal therapeutics against cancer
    Appraisal of medicinal plants with anticancer properties in South America
    Scientific validation of the usefulness of Withania somnifera Dunal in the prevention and treatment of cancer
    Anticancer potential of mangrove plants: Neglected plant species of the marine ecosystem
    Piper betel Linn. in cancer: Past, Present and Future
    Anticancer properties of curcumin and its efficacy for treating central nervous system neoplasms
    Vitamin E: The Nature's Gift to Fight Cancer
    Use of plant secondary metabolites as nutraceuticals for treatment and management of cancer: Approaches and challenges
    Usefulness of Ocimum sanctum Linn. in cancer prevention: An Update
    Phytochemicals with anticancer potential: Methods of extraction, basic structure and chemotherapeutic action
    Anticancer plants and their conservation strategies
    Anticancer plants: Chemistry, pharmacology and potential applications
    Botany, chemistry and pharmaceutical significance of Sida cordifolia- A Traditional medicinal plant
    Anticancer properties of natural compounds on prostate cancer
    Phytochemicals against cancer stem cells.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Christopher M. Loftus, editor.
    Contents:
    Part 1. General Principles
    Physiology of Hemostasis
    Laboratory Assessment of Physiologic and Pathologic Hemostasis
    Current Anticoagulation Drugs and Mechanisms of Action
    Reversal of Target-Specific Oral Anticoagulants
    Overview, Treatment, Measurement, and Modification of Platelet Function
    Role of Antiplatelet Therapy in Neurosurgery: Efficacy and Safety Profiles
    Part 2. Coagulation Issues Across all Patient Spectrums
    Congenital Coagulation Disorders
    Acquired Coagulation Disorders
    Regulation and Dysregulation of Fibrinolysis
    Risks Associated with Administration of Allogeneic Blood Components
    Common Coagulation Disorders That May Arise Intraoperatively
    Evaluation and Management of Untoward Intraoperative Bleeding
    Treatment of Disseminated Intravascular Coagulation (DIC)
    Heparin-Induced Thrombocytopenia (HIT)
    Anticoagulation in Cardiovascular Diseases
    Workup and Treatment of Pulmonary Embolus
    Part 3. Coagulation Issues Specific to Neurosurgery
    Classes of Drugs and Blood Products for Acute Reversal of Anticoagulant Effect
    Rescue Strategies to Facilitate Emergency Neurosurgery in Patients on Antiplatelet or Anticoagulant Agents
    Considerations for Coagulation in the Multi-Trauma Patient
    Cerebral Venous Sinus Thrombosis
    Coagulation Studies in Preoperative Neurosurgery Patients
    Safe Strategies for Gradual Suspension and Re-institution of Anticoagulation to Permit Elective Surgery
    Spontaneous Intracerebral Hemorrhage due to Coagulation Disorders
    Prophylactic Screening for Venous Thromboembolism in Neurosurgical Patients
    Venous Thromboembolism Prophylaxis in Neurosurgery
    Can Patients with Known Intracranial and Intraspinal Vascular Lesions be Anticoagulated?
    Intrathecal Access and Devices in Patients on Antiplatelet or Anticoagulant Therapy
    Is it Safe to Shunt Anti-coagulated NPH Patients?
    Surgical Hemostasis in the Era of Anticoagulation: Guidelines and Recommendations Summary.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Joe F. Lau, Geoffrey D. Barnes, Michael B. Streiff, editors.
    Summary: This book presents the latest evidence and guidelines supporting the use of anticoagulant therapy for various clinical scenarios. The field of anticoagulation therapy is evolving rapidly, particularly since the arrival and widespread adoption of direct oral anticoagulants. Organized in two parts, this book reviews the pharmacologic properties of various anticoagulants and details the clinical applications of anticoagulant therapy. Drugs such as warfarin and unfractionated heparin, as well as parenteral and direct oral anticoagulants are discussed in terms of their pharmacokinetics, drug-disease interactions, dosing strategies, and risk considerations. Clinical applications of anticoagulant therapy in disorders such as acute coronary syndromes, atrial fibrillation, and thrombophilia and in special populations such as pregnant women, the elderly, and in the patient with cancer are highlighted. Clinical vignettes, algorithms, clinical pearls, and self-assessment questions are integrated throughout the book. Featuring contributions from authorities in the field, Anticoagulation Therapy is an essential resource for cardiologists, vascular medicine specialists, hematologists, internists, and all other healthcare professionals who prescribe anticoagulants.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Contributors: A. Benakis [and others.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    U322 .A62 1973
    2
  • Digital
    Matthew Macaluso, Sheldon H. Preskorn, editors.
    Summary: This volume reviews the known neurobiology of depression and combines classic data on antidepressant treatments with modern theory on the physiology of depression. It also discusses novel mechanism of action drugs.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Impact, Diagnosis, Phenomenology, and Biology; 1
    Section 1: Prevalence; 2 Impact; 2.1 Disability and Economic Impact; 2.2 Suicide; 3 Diagnosis; 3.1 History; 3.2 Operational Definitions; 3.3 Subtypes; 4 Measurement; 4.1 Self-Rated Scales; 4.2 Clinician-Rated Scales; 5 Phenomenology; 6 Diagnostic Boundaries; 7 Biology; References; Tricyclic Antidepressants and Monoamine Oxidase Inhibitors: Are They Too Old for a New Look?; 1 Historical Background 2 Studies Comparing MAOI and TCA Antidepressants: Do Certain Subtypes of Depression Respond Selectively to One Class of Antide ... 3 More Recent Studies of Tricyclic Antidepressants and Monoamine Oxidase Inhibitors; 4 The Under-Prescribing of Monoamine Oxidase Inhibitors and Tricyclic Antidepressants: A Justifiable Phenomenon?; References; Clinical Implications of the STAR*D Trial; 1 Introduction and Overview of STAR*D; 1.1 Participants; 1.2 Treatment Outcomes; 1.3 Treatment Steps; 1.4 Treatment Delivery; 1.5 Continuation Phase Treatment; 2 Who Is Being Treated for Depression in Practice? 2.1 How Comparable Are Depressed Patients in Primary and Psychiatric Care Settings?2.2 Are FDA Registration Trial Participants Representative of Depressed Patients Treated in Practice?; 2.3 Clinical Implications; 3 Treatment Outcomes with the Initial Medication Treatment Step with a Selective Serotonin Reuptake Inhibitor (SSRI); 3.1 When and How Often Does Response and Remission Occur with an SSRI; 3.2 Can Baseline Features Tell Us Who Will Respond or Remit with the Initial SSRI?; 3.3 What Are the Long-Term Outcomes Following a Successful First-Step SSRI? 3.4 Does the Prior Course of MDD Predict Acute or Longer-Term Treatment Outcomes with Citalopram?3.5 Clinical Implications; 4 Treatment Outcomes with the Second Medication Treatment Step; 4.1 Which Second-Step Treatment Options Are Preferred by Which Patients?; 4.2 When the Initial SSRI Fails and a Medication Switch Is Provided, Do Pharmacological Differences Matter?; 4.3 Which Augmentation Strategy Is More Effective, Bupropion-SR or Buspirone?; 4.4 How Did Augmentation with Cognitive Behavior Therapy Compare with Medication Augmentation? 4.5 How Did Switch to Cognitive Therapy Compare with Switch to Medication?; 4.6 Follow-Up After the Second Treatment Step; 4.7 Clinical Implications; 5 Selecting Among Switch Treatments at the Second Medication Treatment Step; 5.1 What Are the Overall and Differential Predictors of Remission (Baseline Sociodemographic, Clinical, and First-Step Treatme ... ; 5.2 What Are the Overall and Differential Predictors (Baseline Sociodemographic, Clinical, and First-Step Treatment Features) ... ; 5.3 Clinical Implications; 6 Treatment Outcomes with the Third Medication Treatment Step
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Mary L. Forsling.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QP572.V3 F67
    1
  • Digital
    MJ Eadie, FJE Vajda.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Antipileptic drugs and becoming pregnant
    3. Antiepileptic drug disposition in pregnancy
    4. The older antiepileptic drugs
    5. Commonly used newer antiepileptic drugs
    6. Antiepileptic drugs sometimes used in pregnancy
    7. Antiepileptic drugs, epileptic seizures and the foetus
    8. Antiepileptic drugs and foetal malformations: a possible class effect
    9. Particular antiepileptic drugs and foetal malformations
    10. Antiepileptic drugs, cognition and neurodevelopment
    11. Antiepileptic drug therapy: management issues and pregnancy
    12. Antiepileptic drugs and pregnancy: the future
    Appendix
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Hans Ramløv, Dennis Steven Friis, editors.
    Summary: This first volume provides a comprehensive overview on evolutionary, environmental and systematic aspects of antifreeze proteins. It shortly explains the physical properties of ice and further intelligibly describes the biology of the antifreeze proteins in different organisms. It offers a detailed insight into their history of evolution. In addition the book discusses the status of the current knowledge and ongoing research and highlights also those parts, where further investigation needs to be done. Together with the second volume on the biochemistry and molecular biology of antifreeze proteins, this book represents a unique, comprehensive work and a must-have for students and scientists in biochemistry, evolution, physiology and physical chemistry.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Ice and its formation
    Ice formation in living organisms
    Fish antifreeze proteins
    Insect antifreeze proteins
    Plant antifreeze proteins
    Antifreeze proteins in other species
    Molecular origins and mechanisms of fish antifreeze evolution.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Hans Ramløv, Dennis Steven Friis, editors.
    Summary: This second volume, written in four parts, offers the reader a thorough review on molecular, structural and applied aspects of antifreeze proteins. The first part treats the structure-function relationship and the physicochemical properties of antifreeze proteins; the second part provides insight into molecular mechanisms affected by antifreeze proteins; the third part presents some of the potential applications in various professional sectors and in the last part the book content is summarized and future research directions and ideas are discussed. Together with the first volume on the environment, systematic and evolution of antifreeze proteins, this book represents a unique, comprehensive work and a must-have for students and scientists in biochemistry, molecular biology, biotechnology and physical chemistry.

    Contents:
    Of volume 2 Antifreeze proteins: Biochemistry, molecular biology and applications
    Characteristics of antifreeze proteins
    Physicochemical properties of antifreeze proteins
    Structure-function of IBPs and their interactions with ice
    Interaction of antifreeze protein with water
    Thermal hysteresis
    Inhibition of recrystallization
    Other protective measures of antifreeze proteins
    Measuring antifreeze protein activity
    Antifreeze proteins in foods
    Cell, tissue and organ preservation with insect-derived antifreeze peptides
    Antifreeze proteins and gas hydrate inhibition
    Antifreeze protein-covered surfaces
    Mutational studies on antifreeze proteins
    Summary and future directions.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Summary: Includes information on antimicrobial therapy and alternative therapy when the drug of choice cannot be given. The resource delivers information via review articles, capsule summaries, mini-reviews, and a guided PubMed search to pick up post-publication research.
    Digital Access Database
    Canceled with 2015
  • Digital
    Peter Davey, Mark Wilcox, William Irving, Guy Thwaites.
    Summary: "A valuable resource for undergraduates and graduates providing a thorough grounding in the scientific basis and clinical application of antimicrobial drugs. The new edition has been thoroughly updated to include the most recently licensed agents, including the treatment of HIV and contains guidance on prescribing and infection control practices." -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Part 1. General properties of antimicrobial agents. 1. Mechanisms of action and resistance to modern antibacterial with a history of their development ; 2. Inhibitors of bacterial cell wall synthesis ; 3. Inhibitors of bacterial protein synthesis ; 4. Synthetic antibacterial agents and miscellaneous antibiotics ; 5. Antiviral agents ; 6. Antiretroviral agents ; 7. Drugs used in the treatment of viral hepatitis ; 8. Antifungal agents ; 9. Antiprotozoal and anthelminthic agents
    Part 2. Resistance to antimicrobial agents. 10. The problem of resistance ; 11. The genetics and mechanisms of acquired resistance
    Part 3. General principles of usage of antimicrobial agents. 12. Laboratory investigations and the treatment of infection ; 13. General principles of the treatment of infection ; 14. Pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamics principles ; 15. Prescribing in special groups : effects of age, pregnancy, body weight, hepatic and renal impairment 16: Outpatient parenteral antimicrobial therapy ; 17. Adverse drug reactions and patient safety ; 18. Chemoprophylaxis and immunisation ; 19. Guidelines, formularies, and antimicrobial policies ; 20. Antimicrobial stewardship, surveillance of antimicrobial consumption and its consequences
    Part 4. Therapeutic use of antimicrobial agents. 21. Respiratory tract infections ; 22. Topical use of antimicrobial agents ; 23. Urinary tract infections ; 24. Sexually transmitted infections ; 25. Gastrointestinal infections ; 26. Serious bacterial bloodstream infections ; 27. Bone and joint infections ; 28. Infections of the central nervous system ; 29. Skin and soft tissue infections ; 30. Tuberculosis and other mycobacterial diseases ; 31. Infections in immunocompromised patients including HIV/AIDs ; 32. Viral infections ; 33. Management of HIV infection ; 34. Treatment of chronic viral hepatitis ; 35. Parasitic disease ; 36. The development and marketing of antimicrobial drugs.
    Digital Access Ovid 2015
  • Digital
    Tomás G. Villa, Patricia Veiga-Crespo, editors.
    Summary: Since penicillin and salvarsan were discovered, a number of new drugs to combat infectious diseases have been developed, but at the same time, the number of multi-resistant microorganism strains is increasing. Thus, the design of new and effective antibacterial, antiviral and antifungal agents will be a major challenge in the next years. This book reviews the current state-of-the-art in antimicrobial research and discusses new strategies for the design and discovery of novel therapies. Topics covered include the use of genetic engineering, genome mining, manipulation of gene clusters, X-ray and neutron scattering as well as the antimicrobial effects of essential oils, antimicrobial agents of plant origin, beta-lactam antibiotics, antimicrobial peptides, and cell-wall-affecting antifungal antibiotics.

    Contents:
    Strategies for the design and discovery of novel antibiotics using genetic engineering and genome mining
    X-ray and Neutron Scattering Foundations for the Research in Antimicrobials
    Antibacterial, Antiviral and Antifungal Activity of Essential Oils: Mechanisms and Applications
    New antimicrobial agents of plant origin
    Advances in beta-lactam antibiotics
    The Cornerstone of Nucleic Acid-affecting Antibiotics in Bacteria
    Genetic analysis and manipulation of polyene antibiotic gene clusters as a way to produce more effective antifungal compounds
    Enzybiotics: The rush towards prevention and control of multi-resistant bacteria (MRB)
    New cell wall-affecting antifungal antibiotics
    Perspectives in the research on Antimicrobial peptides
    Glycopeptides and bacterial cell walls.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Jürgen Harder, Jens-M. Schröder, editors.
    Contents:
    Antimicrobial peptides in cutaneous wound healing
    Antimicrobial peptides as endogenous antibacterials and antivirals at the ocular surface
    Function of antimicrobial peptides in lung innate immunity
    Role of antimicrobial peptides to prevent infections in the kidney and urinary tract
    Antimicrobial peptides in the gut
    Metal sequestration: An important contribution of antimicrobial peptides to nutritional immunity
    Regulation of antimicrobial peptide gene expression by vitamin D
    Dichotomous roles of cationic polypeptides targeting HIV
    Antimicrobial peptides in host-defense: functions beyond antimicrobial activity.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    editor: Sabu Thomas.
    Summary: Antimicrobial resistance is a major global public health problem. This book focuses on the clinical implications of multi-drug resistant pathogens; tracking AMR and its evolutionary significance; antifungal resistance; and current and alternative treatment strategies for AMR, including antivirulent, antibiofilm and antimicrobial resistance breakers, repurposing of drugs, and probiotic therapy. Advances in antimicrobial stewardship, antibiotic policies from a global perspective and their impacts are also discussed. The book also explores the use of omics approaches to gain insights into antibacterial resistance, and includes chapters on the potential benefits of a 'One Health approach describing the environmental and zoonotic sources of resistant genes and their effects on the global resistance pool.

    Contents:
    ntro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    About the Editor
    The Evolution of Microbial Defence Systems Against Antimicrobial Agents
    1 Introduction
    2 Bacteria
    2.1 The Non-specific Bacterial Defence System
    2.1.1 Intrinsic
    Outer Membrane of Gram-Negative Bacteria
    Porin Channels
    Capsular Defences
    Bacterial Innate Immunity to Bacteriophages
    Defences During Phage Attachment and Entry
    Defences During Replication
    Defences During Host Cell Lysis
    2.1.2 Acquired
    Multidrug-Resistant (MDR) Efflux Pumps
    Horizontal Gene Transfer; Transformation
    Conjugation
    2.2 The Specific Bacterial Defence System
    2.2.1 Intrinsic Active
    Quorum Sensing
    Indole
    CRISPR/Cas9
    Biofilm Formation and Persister Cells
    2.2.2 Intrinsic Passive
    Horizontal Gene Transfer
    Transduction
    2.2.3 Acquired Active
    Enzymatic Degradation/Destruction
    Target Protection by Obstruction/Alteration/Mutation
    2.2.4 Acquired Passive
    Co-pathogens Conferring Resistance
    3 Fungi
    3.1 Azoles
    3.2 Echinocandins
    3.3 Other Mechanisms of Resistance
    4 Viruses
    4.1 Hepatitis C
    4.2 Influenza; 5 Discussion and Therapeutic Strategies for the Future
    References
    Carbapenem Resistance in Gram-Negative Bacilli: Mechanisms and Challenges
    1 Introduction
    2 Structure of Carbapenems
    3 Mechanism and Epidemiology of Carbapenem Resistance
    3.1 Carbapenem-Resistant Enterobacteriaceae (CRE)
    3.2 Carbapenemase-Producing CRE (CP-CRE)
    3.2.1 Class A Carbapenemases
    3.2.2 Class B Carbapenemases
    3.2.3 Class D Carbapenemases
    4 Noncarbapenemase-Producing CRE (Non-CP-CRE)
    4.1 Carbapenem-Resistant Pseudomonas (CRP)
    4.2 Carbapenem-Resistant Acinetobacter baumannii (CRAB); 5 Current Resistance Status
    6 Antibiotic Resistance Drivers
    7 Usage and Side Effects of Carbapenems
    8 Laboratory Detection of Carbapenem-Resistant Organism
    8.1 Detection of Carbapenemase Activity Directly from the Clinical Specimen
    8.1.1 CDC Screening Criteria
    8.1.2 Chromogenic Plates
    8.2 Detection of Carbapenemase Activity in the Isolated Bacteria
    8.2.1 Phenotypic Tests
    8.2.2 Molecular Tests
    8.2.3 Molecular Test
    9 Treatment
    10 Role of Infection Control and Antibiotic Stewardship
    11 Conclusion
    References; Influence of Antimicrobials on the Gut Microbiota
    1 Introduction
    2 Human Gut Microbiota and Its Ecosystem
    3 Role of Gut Microbiota in Human Health
    4 Metagenomic Analysis of Gut Microbiota
    5 Influence of Antibiotics on Normal Gut Microbiota
    6 Human Gut Resistome
    7 Infant Gut Microbiota and Antibiotics
    8 Therapeutic Interventions of Post-antibiotic Gut Microbiome Reconstitution
    9 Conclusion
    References
    Influence of Abiotic Factors in the Emergence of Antibiotic Resistance
    1 Introduction
    2 Environmental Factors
    2.1 Heavy Metals
    2.2 Pesticides.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital/Print
    World Health Organization.
    Summary: This report examines, for the first time, the current status of surveillance and information on antimicrobial resistance (AMR) at country level worldwide, with particularly attention to antibacterial resistance.
    Digital Access WHO 2014
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QR177 .W67 2014
    1
  • Digital
    editors, Chin-Yi Chen, Xianghe Yan, Charlene R. Jackson.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction to antimicrobial-resistant foodborne pathogens / Patrick Butaye, Maria Angeles Argudín and John Threlfall
    2. Antimicrobial resistance of Shiga toxin-producing Escherichia coli / Jinru Chen
    3. Antibiotic resistance in pathogenic Salmonella / Steven C. Ricke and Juliany Rivera Calo
    4. Antimicrobial resistance and Campylobacter jejuni and C. coli / Mirko Rossi, Satu Olkkola, Mati Roasto, Rauni Kivistö and Marja-Liisa-Hänninen
    5. Antimicrobial resistance in Yersinia enterocolitica / Anna Fabrega, Clara Ballesté-Delpierre and Jordi Vila
    6. Antimicrobial resistance in Vibrio species / Craig Baker-Austin
    7. Antimicrobial resistance in Shigella species / Keith A. Lampel
    8. Antimicrobial resistance in Listeria spp. / Nathan A. Jarvis, Philip G. Crandall, Corliss A. O'Bryan and Steven C. Ricke
    9. Antibiotic resistance in Enterococci : a food safety perspective / Anuradha Ghosh and Ludek Zurek
    10. Clostridium difficile: a food safety concern? / Jane W. Marsh and Lee H. Harrison
    11. Methods for the detection of antimicrobial resistance and the characterization of Staphylococcus aureus isolates from food-producing animals and food of animal origin / Kristina Kadlec, Sarah Wendlandt, Andrea T. Fessler and Stefan Schwarz
    12. Non-phenotypic tests to detect and characterize antibiotic resistance mechanisms in Enterobacteriaceae / Agnese Lupo, Krisztina M. Papp-Wallace, Robert A. Bonomo and Andrea Endimiani
    13. Monitoring and surveillance : the national antimicrobial resistance monitoring system / Emily Crarey, Claudine Kabera and Heather Tate
    14. Risk assessment of antimicrobial resistance / H. Gregg Claycamp
    15. Food microbial safety and animal antibiotics / Louis Anthony (Tony) Cox
    16. Antibiotic-resistant bacteria and resistance genes in the water-food nexus of the agricultural environment / Pei-Ying Hong
    17. Development and application of novel antimicrobials in food and food processing / Yangjin Jung and Karl R. Matthews
    18. Database resources dedicated to antimicrobial peptides / Guangshun Wang
    19. Metabolic network analysis-based identification of antimicrobial drug target in pathogenic bacteria / Vinayak Kapatral
    20. Application of metagenomic technologies for antimicrobial resistance and food safety research and beyond / Chin-Yi Chen, Xianghe Yan, Siyun Wang and Charlene R. Jackson.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    I.W. Fong, Karl Drlica, editors.
    Summary: Antimicrobial resistance is now a general problem. Many of us have elderly relatives who died from a drug-resistant infection, and some of us have suffered from a resistant urinary infection that likely came from intestinal bacteria following antibiotic consumption. Antimicrobial Resistance in the 21st Century provides a broad introduction to the subject in which the situation with problematic pathogens is detailed, the biology of resistance is described, and gaining approval for new antibiotics is discussed. Some topics are immediately practical, such as watching for resistant pathogen sub-populations in cultures taken from patients; other topics point to future research efforts that may lead to new antimicrobials and ways to stimulate the action of existing ones. Overall, Antimicrobial Resistance in the 21st Century provides an update for physicians, serves as a starting point for graduate students interested in solving the resistance problem, and may serve as a text for a course on resistance. Lay readers familiar with microbiology will gain an appreciation for a medical issue that promises to be one of the most important of our time. Ignatius Fong, Department of Medicine, University of Toronto Series Editor - Emerging Infectious Diseases of the 21st Century David Shlaes, Founder, Anti-Infectives Consulting Editor - Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy Karl Drlica, The Public Health Research Institute, New Jersey Medical School, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    [edited] by Patricia L. Keen, Raphaël Fugère.
    Contents:
    Antimicrobial resistance genes and wastewater treatment / Mehrnoush Mohammadali and Julian Davies
    When pathogens and environmental organisms meet : consequences for antibiotic resistance / Jose Luis Martinez and Fernando Baquero
    One health : the role wastewater treatment plants play as reservoirs, amplifiers, and transmitters of antibiotic resistance genes and antibiotic resistant bacteria / Marilyn C. Roberts
    Assessing the impact of wastewater treatment plants on environmental levels of antibiotic resistance / Jessica Williams-Nguyen, Irene Bueno, and Randall S. Singer
    Navigating through the challenges associated with the analysis of antimicrobials and their transformation products in wastewater / Randolph R. Singh, Rachel A Mullen and Diana S. Aga
    Metagenomic approaches for antibiotic resistance gene detection in wastewater treatment plants / Ying Yang and Tong Zhang
    Antimicrobials and antimicrobial resistant bacteria in Australia / Andrew J. Watkinson and Simon D. Costanzo
    The mobile resistome in wastewater treatment facilities and downstream environments / Roberto B.M. Marano and Eddie Cytryn
    Bacterial diversity and antibiotic resistance genes in wastewater treatment plant influents and effluents / Veiko Voolaid, Erica Donner, Sotirios Vasileiadis, and Thomas U. Berendonk
    The effect of advanced treatment technologies on the removal of antibiotic resistance
    Popi karaolia, Stella Michael, and Despo Fatta-Kassinos
    Antimicrobial resistance spread mediated by wastewater irrigation: the Mezquital Valley case study / Melanie Broszat and Elisabeth Grohmann
    Antimicrobial resistance related to agricultural wastewater and biosolids / Lisa M. Durso and Amy Millmier Schmidt
    Environmental antibiotic resistance associated with land application of biosolids / Jean E. Mclain, Channah M. Rock, and Charles P. Gerba
    High throughput method for analyzing antibiotic resistance genes in wastewater treatment plants / Johanna Muurinen, Antti Karkman, and Marko Virta
    Antibiotic resistance and wastewater treatment process / Thi Thuy Do, Sinéad Murphy, and Fiona Walsh
    Antibiotic pollution and occurrence of bacterial antibiotic resistance genes in Latin American developing countries : case study of the Katari watershed in the Bolivian highlands / Denisse Archundia, Celine Duwig, Jean M.F. Martins, Frederic Lehembre, Marie-Christine Morel, and Gabriela Flores
    Antimicrobial resistance in hospital wastewaters / Judith Isaac-Renton and Patricia L. Keen
    Curbing the resistance movement : examining public perception of the spread of antibiotic resistant organisms / Agnes V. Macdonald and Patricia L. keen
    Public health consequences of antimicrobial resistance in the wastewater treatment process / Patricia L. Keen, Raphaël Fugère, and David M. Patrick.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Matthew Laundy, Mark Gilchrist, Laura Whitney.
    Contents:
    Section 1. Setting the scene and starting up
    Section 2. Components of an antimicrobial stewardship programme
    Section 3. Special areas in antimicrobial stewardship.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Céline Pulcini, Onder Ergonul, Füsun Can, Bojana Beović.
    Contents:
    Section 1: The global picture of antimicrobial use and resistance
    Section 2: AMS Strategies
    Section 3: AMS in specific clinical settings
    Section 4: AMS experience around the world
    Section 5: Research and perspectives.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Flavia Marinelli, Olga Genilloud, editors.
    Summary: Reports on the emergence and prevalence of resistant bacterial infections in hospitals and communities raise concerns that we may soon no longer be able to rely on antibiotics as a way to control infectious diseases. Effective medical care would require the constant introduction of novel antibiotics to keep up in the "arms race" with resistant pathogens. This book closely examines the latest developments in the field of antibacterial research and development. It starts with an overview of the growing prevalence of resistant Gram-positive and Gram-negative pathogens, including their various resistance mechanisms, prevalence, risk factors and therapeutic options. The focus then shifts to a comprehensive description of all major chemical classes with antibacterial properties, their chemistry, mode of action, and the generation of analogs; information that provides the basis for the design of improved molecules to defeat microbial infections and combat the emerging resistances. In closing, recently developed compounds already in clinical use, those in preclinical or first clinical studies, and a number of promising targets to be exploited in the discovery stage are discussed.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Daniel Lednicer.
    Summary: "Antineoplastic Drugs: Organic Syntheses is written to appeal to organic and medicinal chemists in industry and academia. It is beneficial to those composing grant proposals for NCI and related organizations"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2015
  • Digital
    Dharmendra K. Gupta, José M. Palma, Francisco J. Corpas, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an overview of antioxidants and antioxidant enzymes and their role in the mechanisms of signaling and cellular tolerance under stress in plant systems. Major reactive oxygen species (ROS)-scavenging/modulating enzymes include the superoxide dismutase (SOD) that dismutates O2 into H2O2, which is followed by the coordinated action of a set of enzymes including catalase (CAT), ascorbate peroxidase (APX), glutathione peroxidase (GPX) and peroxiredoxins (Prx) that remove H2O2. In addition to the ROS scavenging enzymes, a number of other enzymes are found in various subcellular compartments, which are involved in maintaining such redox homeostasis either by directly scavenging particular ROS and ROS-byproducts or by replenishing antioxidants. In that respect, these enzymes can be also considered antioxidants. Such enzymes include monodehydroascorbate reductase (MDAR), dehydroascorbate reductase (DHAR), glutathione reductase (GR), alternative oxidases (AOXs), peroxidases (PODs) and glutathione S-transferases (GSTs). Some non-enzymatic antioxidants, such as ascorbic acid (vitamin C), carotenes (provitamin A), tocopherols (vitamin E), and glutathione (GSH), work in concert with antioxidant enzymes to sustain an intracellular steady-state level of ROS that promotes plant growth, development, cell cycles and hormone signaling, and reinforces the responses to abiotic and biotic environmental stressors. Offering a unique compilation of information on antioxidants and antioxidant enzymes, this is a valuable resource for advanced students and researchers working on plant biochemistry, physiology, biotechnology, and signaling in cell organelles, and those specializing in plant enzyme technology.

    Contents:
    Plant superoxide dismutases: Function under abiotic stress conditions
    Studies of catalase in plants under abiotic stress
    Ascorbate peroxidase functions in higher plants: The control of the balance between oxidative damage and signaling
    Glutathione reductase: Safeguarding plant cells against oxidant damage
    Function of the various MDAR isoforms in higher plants
    Peroxiredoxins: Types, characteristics and functions in higher plants
    Redox protein thioredoxins: Function under salinity, drought and extreme temperature conditions
    Biosynthesis and regulation of ascorbic acid in plants
    Glutathione metabolism and its function in higher plants adapting to stress
    Revisiting carotenoids and their role in plant stress responses: From biosynthesis to plant signaling mechanisms during stress. Abiotic stress response in plants
    the relevance of tocopherols
    Role of flavonoids in plant stress. Class III peroxidases: isoenzymes functions, localization and redox regulation.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Hordur G. Kristinsson and Sivakumar Raghavan.
    Contents:
    1. Oxidation in aquatic foods and analysis methods / Magnea G. Karlsdottir, Holly T. Petty, and Hordur G. Kristinsson
    2. Protein oxidation in aquatic foods / Caroline P. Baron
    3. Influence of processing on lipids and lipid oxidation in aquatic foods / Sivakumar Raghavan and Hordur G. Kristinsson
    4. Strategies to minimize lipid oxidation of aquatic food products post harvest / Huynh Nguyen Duy Bao and Toshiaki Ohshima
    5. Antioxidative strategies to minimize oxidation in formulated food systems containing fish oils and omega-3 fatty acids / Charlotte Jacobsen, Anna Frisenfeldt Horn, Ann-Dorit Moltke Sorensen, K.H. Sabeena Farvin, and Nina Skall Nielsen
    6. Methods for assessing the antioxidative activity of aquatic food compounds / Holmfridur Sveinsdottir, Patricia Y. Hamaguchi, Hilma Eidsdottir Bakken, and Hordur G. Kristinsson --7. Influence of fish consumption and some of its individual constituents on oxidative stress in cells, animals, and humans / Britt Gabrielsson, Niklas Andersson, and Ingrid Undeland
    8. Marine antioxidants: polyphenols and carotenoids from algae / Kazuo Miyashita
    9. Fish protein hydrolysates: production, bioactivities, and applications / Soottawat Benjakul, Suthasinee Yarnpakdee, Theeraphol Senphan, Sigrun M. Halldorsdottir, and Hordur G. Kristinsson
    10. Antioxidant properties of marine macroalgae / Tao Wang, Rosa Jonsdottir, Gudrun Olafsdottir, and Hordur G. Kristinsson.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Giancarlo Balercia, Loredana Gandini, Andrea Lenzi, Francesco Lombardo, editors.
    Summary: This book focuses on the use of various molecules with antioxidant properties in the treatment of major male genital tract disorders, especially male infertility, erectile dysfunction, and accessory gland infection. The coverage also includes discussion of pathophysiology, the molecular basis of male infertility, and the rationale for use of antioxidants, with particular attention to coenzyme Q10 and carnitine. Oxidative stress occurs when the production of reactive oxygen species, including free radicals, exceeds the body's natural antioxidant defences, leading to cellular damage. Oxidative stress is present in about half of all infertile men, and reactive oxygen species can produce infertility both by damaging the sperm membrane, with consequences for sperm motility, and by altering the sperm DNA. There is consequently a clear rationale for the use of antioxidant treatments within andrology, and various in vitro and in vivo studies have indicated that many antioxidants indeed have beneficial impacts. In providing a detailed and up-to-date overview of the subject, this book will be of interest to both practitioners and researchers in andrology, endocrinology, and urology.

    Contents:
    Biochemistry of coenzyme Q10
    Coenzyme Q10 in male infertility
    Carnitine in male infertility
    Free radicals in andrology
    Antioxidants in male sexual disorders
    Antioxidants in major accessory gland infections.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Pier Luigi Meroni, editor.
    Summary: This book, part of the series Rare Diseases of the Immune System, offers comprehensive, up-to-date coverage of the pathophysiology and management of the antiphospholipid syndrome (APS). Immunologic and genetic aspects are discussed and the pathogenic mechanisms responsible for such phenomena as APS-mediated thrombosis and pregnancy loss or complications are explained. The main clinical manifestations and classification criteria are described and diagnostic tools, identified. Close attention is paid to the nature of the involvement of other organs or organ systems in APS, including the nervous, endocrine, hematologic, cardiovascular, and gastrointestinal systems, the kidney, the skin, and the eye. Specific chapters describe the treatment of the different symptoms, the preventive therapies of value in avoiding recurrences, and innovative treatment approaches. The authors are senior experts in the field who are aided by younger fellows, ensuring that the book is also educationally oriented. This handy volume will be a valuable tool for postgraduates in training and professionals wishing to extend their knowledge of this specific syndrome

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Preface
    1 APS: Introductory notes
    2 Immunology and Genetics of APS
    3 The paradox of the lupus anticoagulant
    4 The pathogenic mechanism(s) for APS-mediated thrombosis
    5 The pathogenic mechanism(s) for APS-mediated pregnancy loss
    6 Classification criteria
    7 Non-classification criteria
    8 Obstetric APS
    9 APS and the nervous system
    10 APS and renal involvement
    11 Non-thrombotic hematologic manifestations in APS
    12 Heart and APS
    13 Skin and APS
    14 Additional organs involved in APS (eye, ENT, GI, endocrine)
    15 Treatment of thrombosis
    16 Treatment of pregnancy complications
    17 Asymptomatic carries of APS
    18 New treatments
    19 Secondary APS
    20 Catastrophic APS.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Doruk Erkan, Michael D. Lockshin, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. Historical aspects of antiphospholipid syndrome
    1. History of antiphospholipid antibody
    Part II. Basic Science Aspects of Antiphospholipid Syndrome
    2. Natural proteins involved in antiphospholipid syndrome
    3. Origin of antiphospholipid antibodies
    4. Recent advances in understanding of the genetics of antiphospholipid syndrome
    5. Mechanisms of antiphospholipid antibody-mediated thrombosis
    6. Mechanisms of antiphospholipid antibody-mediated prenancy morbidity
    Part III. Clinical and diagnostic aspects of antiphospholipid syndrome
    7. Definition and epidemiology of antiphospholipid syndrome
    8. Clinical and prognostic significance of non-criteria antiphospholipid antibody tests
    9. Disease and risk measurement criteria in antiphospholipid syndrome
    10. Neurophyschiatric manifestations of antiphospholipid syndrome
    Part IV. Therapeutic aspects of antiphospholipid syndrome
    11. Prevention and treatemnt of obstetric antiphospholipid syndrome
    13. Treatment of non-criteria manifestations in antiphospholipid syndrome
    14. Antiphospholipid syndrome alliance for clinical trials and international networking (APS ACTION)
    Part V. 15th International Congress on Antiphospholipiid Antibodies Task Force reports
    15. 15th International Congress on Antiphospholipid Antibodies Task Force on Antiphospholipid Syndreome Classification Report
    16. 15th International Congress on Antiphospholipid Antibodies Task Force on Pediatric Antiphospholipid Syndrome Report
    17. 15th International Congress on Antiphospholipid Antibodies Task Force on Catastrophic Antiphospholipid Syndrome Report
    18. 15th International Congress on Antiphospholipid Antibodies Task Force on Antiphospholipid Syndrome Treatment Trends Report
    Part VI. Antiphospholipid syndrome for patients
    19. Antiphospholipid syndrome: what should patients know?
    20. Obstetric antiphospholipid syndrome: what should patients know?
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Ron Waksman, Paul A. Gurbel, Michael A. Gaglia, Jr.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Peter Haddad, Tim Lambert, and John Lauriello.
    Summary: Antipsychotic Long-acting Injections (LAIs) were introduced in the 1960s to improve treatment adherence in schizophrenia. This work brings together clinical and research findings on second generation LAIs in a comprehensive volume with chapters written by international experts.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital/Print
    Thema Bryant, PhD, Edith G. Arrington, PhD.
    Summary: "An antiracist society starts with you. That's the message in this powerful-yet practical-handbook. Using evidence-based interventions and exercises, two psychologists and experts in race, identity, equity, and inclusion empower readers to make their own personal contribution to creating an antiracist society. By shifting thought patterns and behaviors to cultivate an antiracist mindset, readers can actively change their community-and the world-by changing themselves"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Laying the foundation for antiracism
    Chapter 1. Reflecting on race and racism as the first steps to antiracism
    Chapter 2. Educating yourself-taking responsibility
    Chapter 3. What's power (and privilege) got to do with it?
    Part 2. Addressing barriers, shifting perspectives, and liberating our minds
    Chapter 4. "I just can't think about it": overcoming avoidance
    Chapter 5. Freeing our minds from being stuck in guilt
    Chapter 6. Challenging victim-blaming and respectability politics: moving past stereotypes and biases
    Chapter 7. Confronting fear: just do it
    Part 3. Taking action to cultivate an antiracist life
    Chapter 8. Navigating people, places, and spaces from an antiracist perspective
    Chapter 9. Changing our communities through antiracist practices and policies
    Chapter 10. Antiracism parenting: cultivating courage and a love for justice
    Chapter 11. Faith works: cultivating antiracism in sacred spaces
    Part 4. Refilling your well: being antiracist is a long-term commitment
    Chapter 12. Sustainability: the marathon continues.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    HT1563 .B79 2022
    1
  • Digital
    Lee L. Swanstrom, Christy M. Dunst, editors.
    Summary: This volume provides a comprehensive, state-of-the-art overview of the major issues specific to the field of antireflux surgery. It provides exceptional instructional detail regarding performance of antireflux surgery from leading esophageal surgeons around the world. This volume represents the only resource of its kind dedicated specifically to the issues unique to antireflux surgery. It is rich in detail and helpful illustrations that instruct surgeons in proper technique as well as presenting the reasoning behind various techniques. Written by experts in the field, Antireflux Surgery is of great value to practicing surgeons who perform gastrointestinal surgery, medical students, surgical residents, and fellows.

    Contents:
    1. Surgical Anatomy of the Esophageal Hiatus
    2. Effects of Reflux on the Esophageal Mucosa.- 3. Epidemiology and Socioeconomics of Reflux Disease
    4. Medical Therapy for GERD.- 5. Indications for Antireflux Surgery. 6. The Relation of Hiatal Hernia to Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease.- 7. The Lower Esophageal Sphincter
    8. Preoperative Evaluation and Testing for GERD.- 9. Complete Fundoplications: Indications and Technique
    10. Posterior Partial Fundoplications: Indications and Technique
    11. Anterior Partial Fundoplications: Indications and Technique
    12. Paraesophageal Hernia: indications and technique
    13. The Hill Antireflux Operations Repair and its Variants
    4. Endoscopic Therapies for Reflux Disease
    15. Magnetic LES Augmentation: The LINX Procedure
    16. GERD Treatment in the Bariatric Population
    17. Perioperative Complications and their Management.- 18. The Use of Mesh in Hiatal Hernia Repair.- 19. The Short Esophagus
    20. Poor Esophageal Motility: A Tailored Approach?
    21. Delayed Gastric Emptying and Reflux Disease.- 22. Reoperative Antireflux Surgery
    23. Side Effects of Fundoplication and How to Deal with Them.- 24. Outcomes of Antireflux Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Philip N. Patsalos.
    Summary: This significantly revised fourth edition provides a practically orientated guide to interactions associated with antiseizure medications. It describes pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic antiseizure medication (ASM) interactions, including details of the magnitude and mechanism of interactions, and also of drug combinations that are not associated with interactions and therefore can be co-prescribed without undue concern. Presented in alphabetical order and by drug class, drug interactions that occur between ASMs and also between ASMs and non- ASMs are described in three sections: Drug interactions between ASMs; Drug interactions between ASMs and non- ASM Drugs: Interactions affecting ASMs; Drug interactions between ASMs and non ASM Drugs: Interactions affected by ASMs. The latest data on all drug interactions is presented. New agents discussed include cannabidiol, cenobamate, everolimus and fenfluramine,. Antiseizure Medication Interactions: A Clinical Guide, 4th Edition concisely presents the most recent developments and data available on the topic. Therefore, enabling physicians and allied health professionals to make more rational choices when ASM polytherapy regimens are required. It will be of interest to medical professionals in disciplines including neurology, psychiatry and pediatrics.

    Contents:
    Section 1. Introduction
    Section 2. Drug Interactions Between AEDs
    Acetazolamide
    Cannabidiol
    Carbamazepine
    Clobazam
    Clonazepam
    Ethosuximide
    Eslicarbazepine acetate
    Felbamate
    Fenfluramine
    Gabapentin
    Lacosamide
    Lamotrigine
    Levetiraceta
    Methsuximide
    Oxcarbazepine
    Perampanel
    Phenobarbital
    Phenytoin
    Piracetam
    Pregabalin
    Primidone
    Rufinamide
    Stiripentol
    Tiagabine
    Topiramate
    Valproic Acid
    Vigabatrin
    Zonisamide
    Section 3. Drug Interactions between AEDs and non-AED drugs: Interactions Affecting AEDs
    Acetazolamide
    Cannabidiol
    Carbamazepine
    Clobazam
    Clonazepam
    Ethosuximide
    Eslicarbazepine acetate
    Felbamate
    Fenfluramine
    Gabapentin
    Lacosamide
    Lamotrigine
    Levetiracetam
    Methsuximide
    Oxcarbazepine
    Perampanel
    Phenobarbital
    Phenytoin
    Piracetam
    Pregabalin
    Primidone
    Rufinamide
    Stiripentol
    Tiagabine
    Topiramate
    Valproic Acid
    Vigabatrin
    Zonisamide
    Section 4. Drug Interactions between AEDs and non-AED drugs: Interactions Affected by AEDS
    Analgesics
    Antimicrobials
    Antineoplastic agents
    Antiulcer drugs
    Cardiovascular drugs
    Immunosuppressants
    Neuromuscular Blocking Agents
    Psychotropic Drugs
    Steroids
    Miscellanea.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Gerald E. McDonnell.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Physical Disinfection
    Chemical Disinfection
    Antiseptics and antisepsis
    Physical sterilization
    Chemical sterilization
    Mechanisms of action
    Mechanisms of microbial resistance
    Digital Access Wiley [2017]
  • Digital
    Günter Kampf.
    Summary: "Various antiseptic agents, such as chlorhexidine, are used for different applications, e.g. in healthcare, veterinary medicine, animal production and household products, including cosmetics. However, not all antiseptic agents provide significant health benefits, especially in some products used in human medicine (alcohol-based hand rubs, antimicrobial soaps). While some products (antimicrobial soaps, surface disinfectants, instrument disinfectants, wound antiseptics) may contain one or more biocidal agents with a comparable antimicrobial efficacy but large differences in their potential for microbial adaptation and tolerance. An increased bacterial resistance has been described for various antimicrobial agents, sometimes including a cross-resistance to antibiotics. The book is the first comprehensive reference resource on antiseptic agents, including their efficacy, natural and acquired resistance, adaptation, and cross-resistance. It also discusses their and appropriate use in terms of a balance between their efficacy and the risk of acquired bacterial resistance / tolerance. Focusing on human and veterinary medicine and household products, it helps readers make informed decisions concerning against antiseptic products based on their composition. The book contributes to reduce any unnecessary selection pressure towards emerging pathogens and to keep the powerful antiseptic agents for all those applications that have a clear benefit (e.g. reduction of healthcare-associated infection)."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Ethanol
    Propan-1-ol
    Propan-2-ol
    Peracetic acid
    Hydrogen peroxide
    Glutaraldehyde
    Sodium hypochlorite
    Triclosan
    Benzalkonium chloride
    Didecyldimethylammonium chloride
    Polihexanide
    Chlorhexidine digluconate
    Octenidine dihydrochloride
    Silver
    povidone iodine
    Antiseptic stewardship for alcohol-based hand rubs
    Antiseptic stewardship for skin antiseptics
    Antiseptic stewardship for surface disinfectants
    Antiseptic stewardship for instrument disinfectants
    Antiseptic stewardship for antimicrobial soaps
    Antiseptic stewardship for wound and mucous membrane antiseptics.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Xinyong Liu, Peng Zhan, Luis Menéndez-Arias, Vasanthanathan Poongavanam, editors.
    Summary: This book summarizes state-of-the-art antiviral drug design and discovery approaches starting from natural products to de novo design, and provides a timely update on recently approved antiviral drugs and compounds in advanced clinical development. Special attention is paid to viral infections with a high impact on the world population or highly relevant from the public health perspective (HIV, hepatitis C, influenza virus, etc.). In these chapters, limitations associated with adverse effects and emergence of drug resistance are discussed in detail. In addition to classical antiviral strategies, chapters will be dedicated to discuss the non-classical drug development strategies to block viral infection, for instance, allosteric inhibitors, covalent antiviral agents, or antiviral compounds targeting proteinprotein interactions. Finally, current prospects for producing broad-spectrum antiviral inhibitors will be also addressed. The book is distinctive in providing the most recent update in the rapidly evolving field of antiviral therapeutics. Authoritative reviews are written by international scientists well known for their contributions in their topics of research, which makes this book suitable for researchers not only within the antiviral research community but also attractive to a broad audience in the drug discovery field. This book covers molecular structures and biochemical mechanisms mediating the antiviral effects, while discussing various ligand design strategies, which include traditional medicinal chemistry, computational chemistry, and chemical biology approaches. The book provides a comprehensive review of antiviral drug discovery and development approaches, particularly focusing on current innovations and future trends.

    Contents:
    1 Antiviral Drugs Against Herpesviruses
    2 An Update on Antiretroviral Therapy
    3 Structural Insights to Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV-1) Targets and their Inhibition
    4 LEDGINs, Inhibitors of the Interaction between HIV-1 Integrase and LEDGF/p75, are Potent Antivirals with a Potential to Cure HIV Infection
    5 Moving Fast Towards Hepatitis B Virus Elimination
    6 Discovery and Development of Antiviral Therapies for Chronic Hepatitis C Virus Infection
    7 Phytoconstituents as Lead Compounds for Anti-dengue Drug Discovery
    8 Anti-influenza Drug Discovery and Development: Targeting the Virus and its Host by all
    9 Search, Identification and Design of Effective Antiviral Drugs against Pandemic Human Coronaviruses
    10 Peptide Based Antiviral Drugs
    11 Covalent Antiviral Agents
    12 Safe-in-Man Broad Spectrum Antiviral Agents
    13 Exploiting Ubiquitin ligases for Induced Target Degradation as an Antiviral Strategy. .
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Yong-Ku Kim, editor.
    Summary: This book reviews all important aspects of anxiety disorders with the aim of shedding new light on these disorders through combined understanding of traditional and novel paradigms. The book is divided into five sections, the first of which reinterprets anxiety from a network science perspective, examining the altered topological properties of brain networks in anxiety disorders. The second section discusses recent advances in understanding of the neurobiology of anxiety disorders, covering, for example, gene-environmental interactions and the roles of neurotransmitter systems and the oxytocin system. A wide range of diagnostic and clinical issues in anxiety disorders are then addressed, before turning attention to contemporary treatment approaches in the context of novel bio-psychosocial-behavioral models, including bio- and neurofeedback, cognitive behavioral therapy, neurostimulation, virtual reality exposure therapy, pharmacological interventions, psychodynamic therapy, and CAM options. The final section is devoted to precision psychiatry in anxiety disorders, an increasingly important area as we move toward personalized treatment. Anxiety Disorders will be of interest for all researchers and clinicians in the field.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Brain network concepts
    Chapter 1. Task MRI-based functional brain network of anxiety
    Chapter 2. Phenotype network and brain structural covariance network of anxiety
    Chapter 3. linear/nonlinear micro-and-macro state EEG-based functional networks for anxiety
    Chapter 4. White matter-based structural brain network of anxiety
    Chapter 5. Resting state abnormalities in anxiety disorders and spatiotemporal psychopathology
    Part 2. Neurobiological Aspects
    Chapter 6. Gene-environmental interactions and role of epigenetics in anxiety disorders
    Chapter 7. The role of the oxytocin system in anxiety disorders
    Chapter 8. Translational studies in the complex roles of neurotransmitter systems in anxiety and anxiety disorders
    Chapter 9. The role of early life stress in HPA axis dysfunction in anxiety disorders
    Chapter 10. Immune-kynurenine pathways and the gut-microbiota-brain axis in anxiety disorders
    Chapter 11. Experimental anxiety model for anxiety disorders: relevance to drug discovery
    Part 3. Diagnostic and clinical Issues
    Chapter 12. Anxiety disorders in DSM-5: changes, controversies, and future directions
    Chapter 13. Biological markers to differentiate the type of anxiety disorders
    Chapter 14. Comorbid anxiety and depression: clinical and conceptual consideration, transdiagnostic treatment
    Chapter 15. Anxiety disorders and medical comorbidity: treatment implications
    Part 4. Therapeutic Issues
    Chapter 16. Biofeedback and Neurofeedback for Anxiety Disorders: A Quantitative and Qualitative Systematic Review
    Chapter 17. Cognitive Behavioral Therapy, Mindfulness-Based Cognitive Therapy and Acceptance Commitment Therapy for Anxiety Disorders: Integrating Traditional with Digital Treatment Approaches
    Chapter 18. Neurostimulation in anxiety disorders, post-traumatic stress disorder and obsessive-compulsive disorder
    Chapter 19. Current and novel psychopharmacological drugs for anxiety disorders
    Chapter 20. Role of benzodiazepines in anxiety disorders
    Chapter 21. Virtual Reality for Anxiety Disorders: Rethinking a Field in Expansion
    Chapter 22. Current research on complementary and alternative medicine (CAM) in the treatments of anxiety disorders: evidence based review
    Chapter 23. Contemporary Psychodynamic Approaches to Treating Anxiety: Theory, Research, and Practice
    Chapter 24. Well-being therapy in anxiety disorders
    Part 5. Anxiety and precision psychiatry
    Chapter 25. Personalized clinical approaches to anxiety disorders
    Chapter 26. The role of hormonal and reproductive status in the treatment of anxiety disorders in women
    Chapter 27. Risk factors and prevention strategies for anxiety disorders in childhood and adolescence
    Chapter 28. Anxiety disorders in the elderly.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Dan J. Stein, Bavi Vythilingum, editors.
    Contents:
    Foreword by Donna Stewart (Toronto) and Helen Herman (Australia)
    Introduction
    Generalised Anxiety Disorder
    Panic Disorder
    Social Anxiety Disorder
    Obsessive-compulsive and Related Disorders
    Trauma and Stressor-Related Disorders
    Anxiety disorders during pregnancy and lactation
    Anxiety and related disorders in women
    Anxiety and related disorders in men.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Richard E. Buckley, Christopher G. Moran, Theerachai Apivatthakakul
    Contents:
    Vol. 1. Principles
    v. 2. Specific fractures.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2017
  • Digital
    Frank W. Sellke, editor-in-chief ; Joseph S. Coselli, Thoralf M. Sundt. Joseph E. Bavaria, Neel R. Sodha, editors.
    Summary: This book comprehensively covers aortic dissection and acute aortic syndromes. Topics covered include the pathology, genetics, diagnosis, medical treatment and surgical management of uncomplicated and complicated aortic dissection, including endovascular stenting. In addition, imaging and follow-up procedures after initial surgical treatment are reviewed along with acute and chronic type A and type B dissection. Potential complications that can be encountered at various treatment stages and management strategies are also detailed. Aortic Dissection and Acute Aortic Syndromes comprehensively reviews aortic dissection in an easy to read, illustration-rich book. It is therefore an essential resource for both trainee and experienced cardiologist, cardiac surgeon and any other medical professionals involved in the management of these patients. .

    Contents:
    Overview and History of Aortic Dissection and other Acute Aortic Syndromes
    Aortic anatomy and the pathophysiology of acute aortic syndromes
    Histopathology of Acute Aortic Syndromes
    Genetically-Triggered Aortic Dissections
    Presentation of Acute Aortic Syndromes
    Classification Systems of Acute Aortic Syndromes
    Medical conditions predisposing to aortic dissection and preventive strategies
    What do the Guidelines say for the Treatment of Acute Aortic Syndromes?
    Initial Medical Management of Acute Aortic Syndromes
    Imaging of Aortic Dissection: CT, MRI, and Angiography
    Imaging of Intramural Hematoma and Penetrating Atherosclerotic Ulcer by CT and MRI
    Echocardiography for the Diagnosis and Management of Acute Aortic Syndromes
    Long-term imaging of the aorta - considerations and comparison of modalities
    Blunt Traumatic Aortic Injury: Etiology, Diagnosis, and Management
    Catheter-Induced Aortic Dissection
    Aortic Intramural Hematoma
    Penetrating Atherosclerotic Ulcer: Presentation and Management
    Endovascular treatment of type A aortic dissections
    Valve Sparing Aortic Root Replacement for Aortic Valve Insufficiency in type A Aortic Dissection
    Basic Approaches for the Surgical Management of Acute Type A Aortic Dissection - Safe Management Strategies for the General Cardiac Surgeon
    Valve Repair for Aortic Valve Insufficiency in the Setting of Acute Aortic Dissection
    Management of the Aortic Arch in Acute Aortic Dissection Type A
    Frozen Elephant Trunk for Aortic Dissection
    One-stage Repair of Extensive Chronic Thoracic Aortic Dissection
    Management of Complicated Type A Aortic Dissection
    Management of Complicated Acute Type A Aortic Dissection
    Management of Type B Aortic Dissection
    Subacute and Chronic Type A Aortic Dissection
    Management of chronic descending thoracic and thoracoabdominal dissection and aneurysm-stent grafting, debranching
    Management of Chronic Dissection of the Descending Thoracic and Thoracoabdominal Aorta
    Diagnosis and Management of Ruptured Thoracic Aortic Aneurysms
    Monitoring and medical treatment of chronic thoracic, abdominal, and thoracoabdominal aortic aneurysms
    External Aortic Support and Other Alternative Strategies in the Management of Aortic Pathology of Patients with Connective Tissue Disorders
    Management of Operative Complications after Type A aortic dissection repair
    Neuroprotection during dissection repair
    Acute Type A Aortic Dissection: When Not to Operate
    Delayed Surgery for Acute Aortic Dissection
    Anesthetic Management of Acute Aortic Dissection
    Coagulopathy and bleeding management for aortic dissection surgery
    Monitoring After Surgery for Acute Aortic Syndromes
    Medical Management of Uncomplicated Type B Acute Aortic Syndromes
    Symptomatic Thoracic Aortic Aneurysms
    Future Considerations for Acute Aortic Syndromes.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Jan Vojacek, Pavel Zacek, Jan Dominik, editor.
    Summary: This title is a comprehensive resource of aortic regurgitation suitable for both the novice and experienced practitioner. Detailed attention is given to the recently growing field of aortic valve-sparing surgery and aortic valve repair. Guidelines are also provided for general practitioners on how to treat patients after various aortic procedures. Also included are many operative photos, original medical illustrations and schematics. Aortic Regurgitation synthesizes current knowledge of aortic valve repair into an easy-to-follow, illustration-rich text. It is therefore an indispensable guide suitable for use by cardiologists and trainees in cardiology, cardiac surgeons, echocardiographers, general practitioners and radiologists.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Terminology and list of abbreviations
    Intermezzo I: Leonardo
    Clinical and surgical anatomy of the aortic root
    Living anatomy of the aortic root
    Intermezzo II: Eponyms related to aortic regurgitation
    Functional anatomy of the aortic valve and dynamics of the aortic root
    Congenital anomalies of the aortic valve
    Intermezzo III: Dominic John Corrigan (1802-1880)
    Aortic regurgitation: from diagnosis towards indication
    Connective tissue disorders
    Echocardiography of the aortic valve
    Intermezzo IV: Alfred de Musset (1810-1857)
    Computed tomography and magnetic resonance of the aortic valve and ascending aorta
    Therapy
    Intermezzo V: Lincoln sign
    Longterm results of aortic valve replacement and repair
    Intermezzo VI: Taliesin Golesworthy, the inventor of treatment of his own disease
    Recommendations for out-patient care after aortic valve surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Amr E. Abbas, editor.
    Contents:
    1. General considerations and etiologies of aortic stenosis
    2. Clinical assessment of the severity of aortic stenosis
    3. Physiological basis for area and gradient assessment: hemodynamic principles of aortic stenosis
    4. Different classifications of aortic stenosis
    5. Invasive evaluation of aortic stenosis
    6. Echocardiographic evaluation of aortic valve stenosis
    7. Complimentary role of CT/MRI in the assessment of aortic stenosis
    8. Area and gradient mismatch: the discordance of a small valve area and low gradients
    9. Reverse area and gradient mismatch: the discordance of a large valve area and high gradients
    10. Prosthetic aortic valves and diagnostic challenges
    11. Risk prediction models, guidelines, special populations, outcomes
    12. Surgical management of aortic valve stenosis
    13. Balloon aortic valvuloplasty
    14. Imaging for transcatheter aortic valve replacement
    15. Transcatheter aortic valve replacement
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Takashi Kunihara, Shuichiro Takanashi, editors.
    Summary: This book provides comprehensive, state-of-the art insights into aortic valvuloplasty. Aortic valve repair is a relatively new procedure. Since first being successfully performed in the 1990s was objectively assessed in the 2000s, this procedure has now become standardized, reproducible, and popular around the globe. Written by experts in surgery and cardiology and richly illustrated, it discusses the aspects of anatomy, pathophysiology, diagnosis and surgical procedure that are essential for successful repair. Contributing to the popularization and development of aortic repair, it is a valuable resource for surgeons, cardiologists, cardio-anesthetists and paramedical staff interested in the field and will be good resource for popularizing and developing aortic valve repair.

    Contents:
    Part I. Introduction
    1. Anatomy of the Aortic Valve and its Morphological Characteristics
    2. Pathophysiology and Natural History of Aortic Regurgitation
    3. Ultrasound Measurement of Aortic Valves
    4. Computed Tomographic Measurements of Aortic Valves
    5. Optimizing Aortic Valve Repair Techniques with Computational Models
    6. Aortoscopy to Evaluate Cusp Configuration after Aortic Valvuloplasty
    7. Indications and Contraindications for Aortic Valve Repair
    8. ONE-POINT ADVICE: Significance of Aortic Valvuloplasty in the Valve-in-Valve Era
    9. Trends in Aortic Valve-sparing Surgery
    Part II. Concepts and Approaches
    10. Bicuspid Aortic Valve
    11. ONE-POINT ADVICE: Tricuspidization of a Bicuspid Valve
    12. Tricuspid Aortic Valve
    13. Others ? Unicuspid valve and Quadricuspid valve
    14. ONE-POINT ADVICE: The Limitations and Potential of MICS during Aortic Valvuloplasty
    15. Aortic Valve Reconstruction to Treat Aortic Stenosis Using Autologous Pericardium ? Ozaki Procedure
    16. ONE-POINT ADVICE: Creating a Morphological Template for Autologous Pericardial Cusps
    17. ONE-POINT ADVICE : Experimental Comparison Between the Reimplantation Method and Remodeling Method
    18. History, Techniques, and Outcomes of the Reimplantation Method
    19. History, Techniques, and Outcomes of the Remodeling Method
    20. Variations and Outcomes of Annuloplasty
    21. ONE-POINT ADVICE : Other Valve-sparing Aortic Root Replacement Techniques
    22. ONE-POINT ADVICE : The Advantages and Disadvantages of Valsalva Grafts
    23. Valve Surgery to Treat Connective Tissue Disease ? Comparison Between Valve Replacement and Aortic Root Replacement
    24. Significance of Aortic Valvuloplasty in the Elderly
    25. Valve-sparing Aortic Root Replacement to Treat Acute Type A Aortic Dissection
    26. Pediatric Valvuloplasty
    27. The Significance of Performing Aortic Valvuloplasty in Young Patients
    Part III. Case Study ? What to Do in Each Particular Case?
    28. How to Manage Patients with Low Geometric Cusp Height
    29. How to Manage a Stenosed Bicuspid Valve
    30. How do I Manage a Case with Borderline Dilatation of the Sinus of Valsalva?
    31. How do I Manage Perforation and Fenestration?
    32. How to Manage Moderate Aortic Regurgitation in the Context of Combined Valvular Disease
    33. When is Partial Rremodeling Possible?
    34. Aortic Valvuloplasty to Treat Aortic Regurgitation Accompanied by a Ruptured Sinus of Valsalva Aneurysm
    35. Valvuloplasty to Treat Aortic Regurgitation Associated with a Ventricular Septal Defect
    36. Valvuloplasty for Aortic Regurgitation Associated with Infective Endocarditis
    37. Valvuloplasty to Treat Traumatic Aortic Regurgitation
    38. How to Manage Aortic Regurgitation from an Allograft
    Part IV. Aortic Valve Repair: Specialists in the World
    39. Leaders in Valvuloplasty around the World
    Part V. Closing Remarks
    40. Cardiologists? Expectations of Aortic Valvuloplasty.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Marco Zimarino, Ron Waksman, Ignacio J. Amat-Santos, Corrado Tamburino.
    Contents:
    Cover
    Title Page
    Copyright Page
    Contents
    List of Contributors
    Foreword
    Chapter 1 Introduction
    References
    Part I General Complications
    Chapter 2 Vascular Complications
    Introduction
    Preventing and Managing Vascular Complications
    Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 3 Annular Rupture
    Introduction
    Anatomy of the Aortic Valvar Complex
    Pathophysiology of Annular Rupture
    Sites and Classification of Annular Rupture
    MDCT Assessment of the Aortic Annulus
    Management of Annular Rupture
    Prevention of Aortic Rupture
    Conclusions
    References Chapter 4 Coronary Obstruction
    Introduction
    Risk Factors and Mechanism
    Clinical Presentation
    Preventive Measures and Treatment
    Take Home Message
    References
    Chapter 5 Cerebrovascular Events
    Introduction
    Definition of Stroke and Epidemiology
    Silent Stroke
    Postprocedural Stroke Predictors
    Predictors of Stroke in the Acute Phase
    Predictors of Tardive Stroke
    Postprocedural Stroke Prevention
    Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 6 Ventricular Perforation
    Introduction
    General Mechanisms and Clinical Presentation of VP Risk Factors for Ventricular Perforation
    Clinical Factors
    Anatomical Factors
    Procedural Factors
    Aortic Valve Crossing
    Wire Exchange
    THV Pre-deployment and Deployment
    Right Ventricular Perforation
    Management of Ventricular Perforation
    LV Perforation and Surgical Repairing Techniques
    Outcomes of Ventricular Perforations
    Prevention of Ventricular Perforations
    Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 7 Valve Migration
    Introduction
    Clinical Relevance
    Monitoring
    Treatment
    Conclusion
    Acknowledgements
    References
    Chapter 8 Paravalvular Leaks Clinical Relevance
    Prevention
    Monitoring
    Treatment
    Valve-In-Valve Implantation (ViV)
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 9 Conduction Disturbances
    Introduction
    Mechanism
    Incidence
    Predictors
    Predictors of New-Onset LBBB
    Role of Electrophysiology Studies and Management of Conduction Disturbances After TAVI
    Summary
    References
    Chapter 10 Leaflet Thrombosis
    Background
    Diagnosis
    Incidence
    Predictors
    Clinical Consequences
    Management
    Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 11 Bleeding
    Introduction
    Clinical Relevance
    Prevention Treatment
    References
    Chapter 12 Renal Dysfunction
    Clinical Relevance
    Prevention
    Monitoring
    Treatment
    References
    Part II Specific Complications
    Chapter 13 Bicuspid Valve
    Clinical Relevance
    Prevention
    Monitoring
    Treatment
    References
    Chapter 14 Degenerated Aortic Bioprosthesis
    Introduction
    Definition of Structural Valve Degeneration
    Diagnosis of SVD
    Durability of Bioprosthesis
    Transcatheter Bioprosthesis
    Management of SVD
    References
    Chapter 15 Low-Flow Low-Gradient Aortic Stenosis
    Introduction
    References
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    Koichiro Niwa, Harald Kaemmerer, editors.
    Summary: This is the first textbook to focus on Aortopathy, a new clinical concept for a form of vasculopathy. The first section of the book starts from discussing general concept and history of Aortopathy, and then deals with its pathophysiology, manifestation, intrinsic factor, clinical implication, management and prevention. The second part closely looks at various disorders of the Aortopathy such as bicuspid aortic valve and coarctation of aorta. The book editors have published a lot of works on the topic and have been collecting relating data in the field of congenital heart disease for the past 20 years, thus present the book with confidence. The topic - an association of aortic pathophysiological abnormality, aortic dilation and aorto-left ventricular interaction - is getting more and more attention among cardiovascular physicians. This is the first book to refer for cardiologists, pediatric cardiologists, surgeons, ACHD specialists, etc. to acquire thorough knowledge on Aortopathy.

    Contents:
    Part I Overview
    1 History of Aortopathy
    2 Pathological Background
    3 Physiological Background
    4 Aortopathies: Clinical Manifestation
    5 Genetics of Marfan Syndrome, Related Disorders and Bicuspid Aortic Valve
    Part II Diagnosis and Management
    6 Imaging in Aortopathy: Echo, CT and MRI
    7 Pulse Wave Velocity and Augmentation Index
    8 Comprehensive Assessment of Aortopathy Using Catheterization
    9 Aortopathy in Pregnancy and Delivery
    10 Medications
    11 Clinical Diagnosis and Surgical Therapy of the Ascending Aorta and the Aortic Arch
    12 Surgery (Bentall, Valve Sparing, Ross Procedure etc.)
    13 Stenting
    Part III Various Disorders That Represent Aortopathy
    14 The Marfan Syndrome.-15 Bicuspid aortic valve
    16 Aortic Coarctation.-17 Tetralogy of Fallot and pulmonary atresia with ventricular septal defect
    18 Hypoplastic Left Heart Syndrome
    19 Aortopathy in Transposition of the Great Arteries after Arterial Switch Operation
    20 Aortopathy in Patients after the Fontan Operation
    21 Future Research Project in Aortopathy.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    guest editors, Ziya Gokaslan, Charles Fisher, Stefano Boriani.
    Contents:
    Evaluation and decision making for metastatic spine tumors / Yan Michael Li, Michael S. Dirks, Claudio E. Tatsui, and Laurence D. Rhines
    Neoplastic spinal instability / Daryl R. Fourney and Charles G. Fisher
    Major complications associated with stereotactic ablative radiotherapy (SABR) for spinal metastasis / Simon S. Lo, Arjun Sahgal, and Eric L. Chang
    En bloc resection in the treatment of spinal metastases : technique and indications / Ilya Laufer, Jean-Paul Wolinksy, and Mark H. Bilsky
    Region specific approaches / Daniel Sciubba
    Spinal reconstruction and fixation/fusion / Rajiv Saigal and Dean Chou
    Minimally invasive surgery for metastatic spine disease / Meic H. Schmidt
    Vertebral augmentation for metastatic disease / Ehud Mendel, Eric Bourekas, and Paul Porensky
    Surgical complications and avoidance / Michelle J. Clarke.
  • Digital
    guest editors, Ziya Gokaslan, Charles Fisher, Stefano Boriani.
    Contents:
    Evaluation and decision making / Stefano Boriani and Charles Fisher
    Safety and efficacy of surgery for primary tumors of the spine / Daryl R. Fourney, Charles Fisher, and Stefano Boriani
    Interventional options for primary tumors / Sudhir Kathuria
    Radiation therapy for primary bone tumors / Brent Y. Kimball and Yoshiya Yamada
    Medical oncology principles for the spine oncology surgeon / Scott H. Okuno, Steven Robinson and Shreyaskumar Patel
    Spinal osteoid osteoma and osteoblastoma / Melissa Nadeau and Christian DiPaola
    ABC, giant cell / Stefano Boriani, Stefano Bandiera, Riccardo Ghermandi, Simone Colangeli, Luca Amendola, and Alessandro Gasbarrini
    Chordoma / Jackson Sui, Patricia L. Zadnik, Mari L. Groves, and Ziya L. Gokaslan
    Chondrosarcoma / Stefano Boriani, Stefano Bandiera, Riccardo Ghermandi, Simone Colangeli, Luca Amendola, and Alessandro Gasbarrini
    Osteogenic and ewing sarcomas of the spine / Derek G. Ju, Patricia L. Zadnik, and Daniel M. Sciubba
    Margins in spine tumor resection : how much is enough? is planned
    Transgression okay? / Ilya Laufer, Mari Groves, and Jean-Paul Wolinsky
    Principles behind determining the right approach / Nicolas Dea and Rowan Schouten
    Spino-pelvic reconstruction/fixation and fusion / Peter Paul Varga
    Structural graft selection and wound closure techniques
    Complications and avoidance: how to plan primary tumor resection to minimize complications and maximize outcome / Michael C. Oh, Vedat Deviren, and Christopher P. Ames.
  • Digital
    guest editors: Shanmuganathan Rajasekaran, Rishi M. Kanna, Giuseppe Barbagallo.
    Contents:
    Epidemiology, microbiology, and pathology of spinal infections / Abdulrazzaq Alobaid and Abdulaziz Al-Mutair
    Risk stratification and prevention of postoperative spinal infections / Hideyuki Arima, Leah Y. Carreon, and Steven D. Glassman
    Imaging in spinal infections / Anupama Maheswaran and Alberto Zerbi
    Instrumentation and spinal infections / Hisam Muhamad Ariffin, Yoshiharu Kawaguchi and ChungChek Wong
    Pyogenic spondylodiskitis : pathogenesis and clinical features / Mauro Antonio Fernandes, Luiz Roberto Vialle, and Phelipe de Souza Menegaz
    Pyogenic spondylodiskitis : diagnosis and management / Joost P.H.J. Rutges, Diederik Hendrik Ruth Kempen, and F. Cumhur Oner
    Spinal epidural abscess / Frank Kandziora, Klaus John Schnake, and Christoph-H. Hoffmann
    Spinal tuberculosis : pathogenesis, clinical features, and investigations / Rishi M. Kanna, Ajoy Prasad Shetty, and S. Rajasekaran
    Drug therapy for spinal tuberculosis / Mathew Varghese
    Surgical management of spinal tuberculosis / Ajoy Prasad Shetty, Rishi M. Kanna, and S. Rajasekaran
    Pediatric spinal infections / S. Rajasekaran, Rishi M. Kanna, and Ajoy Prasad Shetty
    Infectious lesions in the craniovertebral junction (suboccipital region) / Alexsander Yu Mushkin and Alexander V. Gubin
    Minimally invasive surgery in spinal infections / Moritz Perrech and Roger Hartl
    Human immunodeficiency virus and spinal infections / Robert Dunn
    Postoperative spondylodiskitis / Mayan Lendner, Jeffrey Green, Kris E. Radcliff, Joseph S. Butler, Hamadi Murphy, and Alexander R. Vaccaro
    Postoperative peri-implant infections / Claudio Lamartina, Alex Vesnaver, and Carlotta Martini
    Spinal infections in geriatric patients / Yoshiharu Kawaguchi
    Spinal infections and pseudoarthrosis / Sigurd Berven.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
  • Digital
    editors: Luiz Roberto Vialle, K. Daniel Riew, and Manabu Ito.
    Contents:
    Laminoplasty for multilevel myelopathy and radiculomyelopathy / Kazuhiro Chiba
    Anterior cervical decompression and fusion techniques : anterior cervical decompression and fusion, corpectomy, and foraminotomy / Han Jo Kim, John M. Rhee, and K. Daniel Riew
    Indications and techniques of cervical pedicle screws c3-7 for degenerative conditions / Kuniyoshi Abumi and Manabu Ito
    Laminectomy and fusion for cervical spondylotic myelopathy / Kristian Dalzell, Aria Nouri, and Michael G. Fehlings
    Posterior cervical minimally invasive microendoscopic foraminotomy / Albert P. Wong, Tarek Y. El Ahmadieh, Zachary A. Smith, Nader S. Dahdaleh, and Richard G. Fessler
    Navigation for cervical reconstruction surgery / Shanmuganathan Rajasekaran and Ajoy Prasad Shetty
    Cervical disk arthroplasty / Justin W. Miller and Rick C. Sasso
    Cervical sagittal balance : what is normal and what is the effect on reconstruction outcomes / Peter L. Cohn, William Ryan Spiker, Kris E. Radcliff, and Alexander R. Vaccaro
    Complications of anterior surgery : vertebral artery injury, esophageal perforation, dysphagia / Luiz Roberto Vialle, Samuel Conrad, and Emiliano Vialle
    Adjacent segment pathology of the cervical spine / Babak Khamsi, Sandeep N. Gidvani, and Jeffrey C. Wang
    Upper cervical screw-fixation techniques : how to avoid complications / Han Jo Kim and Jin Sup Yeom.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    guest editors, Lawrence G. Lenke, Kenneth M.C. Cheung.
    Contents:
    Preoperative evaluation and optimization for surgery / Scott C. Wagner, Daniel G. Kang, Ronald A. Lehman, Jr., and Lawrence G. Lenke
    Decision making in adult deformity surgery : decompression versus short or long fusion / Kenneth M.C. Cheung and Jason P.Y. Cheung
    The use of osteotomies for rigid spinal deformities / Stephen J. Lewis and Simon A. Harris
    Indications and techniques for sacral-pelvic fixation in adult spinal deformity / Kristen E. Jones, Robert A. Morgan, and David W. Polly, Jr.
    Instrumentation strategies in osteoporotic spine : how to prevent failure? / Ahmet Alanay and Caglar Yilgor
    The incidence and management of acute neurologic complications following complex adult spinal deformity surgery / Joseph S. Butler and Lawrence G. Lenke
    Postoperative coronal decompensation in adult deformity / Yong Qiu
    Measuring outcome and value in adult deformity surgery / Robert Waldrop and Sigurd Berven
    Junctional issues following adult deformity surgery / Han Jo Kim, Sravisht Iyer, and Christopher I. Shaffrey, Sr.
    Biomechanics and material science for deformity correction / Manubu Ito, Yuichiro Abe, and Remel Alingalan Salmingo
    Pseudarthrosis and infection / Michael P. Kelly and Sigurd Berven.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    series editor, Luiz Roberto Vialle ; guest editors, F. Cumhur Oner, Alexander R. Vaccaro.
    Contents:
    Anatomy of the cervical spine / Ronald L.A.W. Bleys
    Biomechanics of the cervical spine : from the normal state to the injury state / Ahmer K. Ghori, Dana Leonard, and Thomas Cha
    Evaluation of an injured cervical spine / Richard Assaker, Fahed Zairi, and Xavier Demondion
    Nonoperative management of cervical spine trauma / Melvin D. Helgeson and Peter Formby
    Occipital condyle fractures and occipitocervical dissociation / Philipp Schleicher, Matti Scholz, and Frank Kandziora
    Atlas injuries / Matti Scholz, Philipp Schleicher, and Frank Kandziora
    Odontoid fractures, hangman's fractures, and C2 body fractures / Wilco C. Peul and Carmen L.A. Vleggeert-Lankamp
    Compression (AO type-A injuries) / Nuno Neves
    Subaxial cervical spine injuries : distraction (AO type-B injuries) / William A. Robinson, Kevin P. McCarthy, Alexander R. Vaccaro, and C. Chambliss Harrod
    Facet and lateral mass fractures / Maximo-Alberto Diez-Ulloa
    Cervical dislocations (AO type-C injuries) / William Munoz, Michael J. Vives, and Saad B. Chaudhary
    Cervicothoracic junction injuries / Ripul Rajen Panchal
    Cervical trauma in combination with ankylosing spondylitis or diffuse idiopathic skeletal hyperostosis / Jorrit-Jan Verlaan and F. Cumhur Oner
    Rheumatoid arthritis and osteoporosis / David T. Anderson
    Pediatric cervical spine / Ahmet Alanay and Caglar Yilgor.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    editors, Luiz Roberto Vialle, Carlo Bellabarba, Frank Kandziora.
    Contents:
    The AO spine thoracolumbar injury classification / Adam J. Bevevino, Alexander R. Vaccaro, and Robyn Rubenstein
    Radiographic assessment of thoracolumbar fractures / S. Rajasekaran, Rishi Mugesh Kanna, Anupama Maheswaran, and Ajoy P. Shetty
    Posterior minimally invasive surgery in thoracolumbar fractures / Matti Scholz, Philipp Schleicher, and Frank Kandziora
    Anterior minimally invasive surgery in thoracolumbar fractures / Phillipp Schleicher and Frank Kandziora
    Cervicothoracic spine fractures / Rod J. Oskouian and Jens R. Chapman
    Transpedicular and costotransversectomy approaches for trauma : indications and techniques / Richard Jackson Bransford, Alireza K. Anissipour, Zachary A. Child and Carlo Bellabarba
    Short or long posterior fusion : determining the extent of fixation / Luiz Roberto Vialle, Emiliano Vialle, Joana B.C .R. Guasque and Luiz Gustavo Dal Oglio Rocha
    Burst fracture treatment / F. Cumhur Oner and J.J. Verlaan
    Differentiating lumbar fractures from thoracolumbar fractures / Jonathan Belding, Darrel S. Brodke, and Brandon D. Lawrence
    Thoracolumbar fracture fixation in the osteoporotic patient / Theodore J. Choma
    Correction of posttraumatic deformity / Klaus John Schnake and Robert Morrison
    Fractures in ankylosing conditions / Zachary A. Child and Richard Jackson Bransford
    Spinopelvic fixation / Carlo Bellabarba and Richard Jackson Bransford.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    editors, Luiz Roberto Vialle, Michael G. Fehlings, Norbert Weidner.
    Contents:
    Pathobiology of spinal cord injury / Hiroaki Nakashima, Narihito Nagoshi, and Michael G. Fehlings
    Assessment of functional status and outcomes of individuals with traumatic spinal cord injury / Christian Schuld and Norbert Weidner
    Serum and CSF biomarkers to predict functional recovery after spinal cord injury / Seth S. Tigchelaar and Brian K. Kwon
    Magnetic resonance imaging of the injured spinal cord : the present and the future / Allan R. Martin, Julien Cohen-Adad, and Michael G. Fehlings
    Acute nonoperative management of traumatic spinal cord injury : state of the art / Joshua S. Catapano, Gregory W.J. Hawryluk, and Michael G. Fehlings
    Role and timing of surgery for traumatic spinal cord injury : what do we know and what should we do? / Christopher D. Witiw and Michael G. Fehlings
    Methylprednisolone as a valid option for acute spinal cord injury : a reassessment of the literature / Michael G. Fehlings and Newton Cho
    Neuroprotection of the injured spinal cord : what does the future hold? / Michael G. Fehlings and Christopher S. Ahuja
    Hydrogel biomaterials in spinal cord repair and regeneration / Manuel Ingo Gunther, Thomas Schackel, Norbert Weidner, and Armin Blesch
    Neural stem cell transplantation for spinal cord repair / Ina Simeonova, Beatrice Sandner, and Norbert Weidner
    Strategies to overcome the inhibitory environment of the spinal cord / Elizabeth J. Bradbury and Emily R. Burnside
    Functional electrical stimulation and neuromodulation approaches to enhance recovery after spinal cord injury / Cesar Marquez-Chin, Emilie Sagripanti, and Milos R. Popovic
    Advanced rehabilitation strategies for individuals with traumatic spinal cord injury / William Z. Rymer, Sheila Burt, and Arun Jayaraman
    Brain-computer interfaces to enhance function after spinal cord injury / Rudiger Rupp.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    guest editors, Jeffrey C. Wang, Claudio Lamartina.
    Contents:
    Economic issues, risk factors, and litigation / Marco Brayda-Bruno
    Decision making and flag systems / Gustavo Zanoli
    The supremacy of the clinical evaluation / Roberto Chapa Sosa and Neil N. Patel
    Imaging in back pain / Alberto Zerbi
    Myth and reality of sacroiliac joint pathology / Kristen E. Jones and David W. Polly, Jr.
    State of the art of biology, genetics, and mechanics of the disk / Mauro Alini, Sibylle Grad, Hans-Joachim Wilke, Fabio Galbusera, and Alessandra Colombini
    Neurologic back pain : myopathies, neuromuscular disease, Parkinson, and dystonia / Asdrubal Falavigna and Carlo Domenico Marrone
    Back pain in children and adolescents / Katherine M. Schroeder, Erica E. Gonzalez, and John P. Dormans
    Back pain in adults / Max Aebi
    Back pain in spinal infections / Rishi Mugesh Kanna, Ajoy Prasad Shetty, Emiliano Vialle, and Shanmuganathan Rajasekaran
    Conservative treatment : drugs, physiotherapy, and alternative medicine / Christopher C. Ornelas and Mona Zall
    Outcome evaluation in back pain patients / Martin H. Pham, Andre M. Jakoi, Neil N. Patel, and Jeffrey C. Wang
    Role of minimally invasive surgery in back pain for degenerative spine / Roberto Bassani and Elena Serchi
    Back pain and sagittal alignment / Pedro Berjano
    Patients with multiple surgeries / Claudio Lamartina and Carlotta Martini
    Chronic back pain, failed surgery, and what to do when all options are exhausted / Lawrence G. Lenke.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
  • Digital
    edited by Argye Elizabeth Hillis, Julius Fridriksson.
    Summary: Aphasia, Volume 185 covers important advances in our understanding of how language is processed in the brain and how lesions or degeneration in the left hemisphere affect language processing. This new release reviews research regarding how language recovers from brain injury, along with new interventions developed to enhance recovery, including language rehabilitation, noninvasive brain stimulation and medications. Sections cover neuroanatomy and neurophysiology of language networks, focus on mechanisms of recovery (and decline) of language, and include chapters on intervention, including recently developed behavioral therapies, brain stimulation, medications, and a review of studies of treatment for both post-stroke aphasia and primary progressive aphasia.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2022
  • Print
    [edited by] Leonard L. LaPointe, Julie A.G. Stierwalt.
    Contents:
    Brain basics
    Humanistic basics : accommodation, adjustment, and aristos
    Aphasia theory, models, and classification
    Neuroimaging and brain-based communication disorders
    Care for people with aphasia and related neurogenic communication disorders in acute hospital settings
    Multicultural and multilinguistic issues
    General principles of assessment
    Naming and word retrieval impairments
    Comprehension
    Acquired impairments of reading and writing
    Syntax and linguistic-based approaches
    pragmatics and discourse
    Social and life participation approaches to aphasia intervention
    Assistive technology
    Treatment effectiveness and evidence-based practice
    Telepractice
    Digital and electronic advances in the management of aphasia and related neurogenic language disorders
    Resources for families and clinicians
    Funding and reimbursement of speech-language services
    Primary progressive aphasia
    Communication disorders associated with right hemisphere brain damage
    Dementia
    Traumatic brain injury, blast injuries, and multisystem injuries
    Communication and cognition.
  • Digital
    J. de Graaf, P. Couture and A.D. Sniderman.
    Contents:
    1. The life history of ApoB lipoprotein particles
    2. Diagnosis of the ApoB dyslipoproteinemias: the ApoB algorithm
    3. The primary ApoB dyslipoproteinemias
    4. Secondary ApoB dyslipoproteinemias
    5. ApoB in cardiovascular risk prediction
    6. ApoB lipoprotein particles: the preferred treatment target in primary and secondary prevention
    7. The future of ApoB: moving from the risk prediction paradigm to the casual exposure paradigm.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital/Print
    Christopher D. Gregory, editor.
    Contents:
    Foreword
    Preface
    1. Molecular Cell Biology of Apoptosis and Necroptosis in Cancer
    2. Clearance of Dying Cells by Phagocytes: Mechanisms and Implications for Disease Pathogenesis
    3. Micro-environmental Effects of Cell Death in Malignant Disease
    4. Apoptotic Caspases in Promoting Cancer: Implications from Their Roles in Development and Tissue Homeostasis
    5. Axl and Mer Receptor Tyrosine Kinases: Distinct and Non-overlapping Roles in Inflammation and Cancer?
    6. Immunogenic Apoptotic Cell Death and Anti-cancer Immunity
    7. Cancer Cell Death-inducing Radiotherapy
    Impact on Local Tumour Control, Tumour Cell Proliferation and Induction of Systemic Anti-tumour Immunity
    8. Novel Approaches to Apoptosis-inducing Therapies
    9. Killing Is Not Enough: How Apoptosis Hijacks Tumor-associated Macrophages to Promote Cancer Progression
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Print
    Shigekazu Nagata, Hiroyasu Nakano, editors.
    Summary: This volume focuses on apoptotic and non-apoptotic programmed cell death, including necroptosis, pyroptosis, and ferroptosis, and presents recent findings in the field. It discusses the crucial role that apoptotic and non-apoptotic cell death play in various pathological conditions, such as skin diseases, inflammatory bowel diseases, and virus infections. Further, it highlights the mechanisms underlying the recognition and clearance of dead cells, and the subsequent biological responses triggered by phagocytosed macrophages and factors released from dying cells. Offering insights into cell death, it is a valuable resource for researchers and clinicians developing novel strategies to treat various diseases that are closely associated with cell death.

    Contents:
    Prix fixe: Efferocytosis as a four-course meal
    Emerging roles for RIPKs in pathogen-induced cell death and host immunity
    Epithelial cell death and inflammation in skin
    IAPs and cell death
    Cellular FLICE-inhibitory protein regulates tissue homeostasis
    Lipid peroxidation dependent cell death regulated by GPx4 and ferroptosis
    Immune regulation by dead cell clearance.
  • Digital
    Nicola Brew-Sam.
    Summary: Patient empowerment is examined as a multi-dimensional factor influencing the use of diabetes self-management apps. The research design includes three studies conducted in Singapore. Study 1 examines how features of diabetes self-management apps correspond with theoretical indicators of empowerment, as well as app quality. Study 2 uses semi-structured face-to-face interviews with diabetes patients to draw first conclusions about the relevance of empowerment for diabetes app use. Study 3 includes an online patient survey, and uses cluster analytical methods to test the preliminary Study 2 results (typology of app use), as well as binary logistic regression to compare the strength of influence of various anteceding factors on the likelihood of diabetes app use. The studies show that especially the support by private social patient networks and the medical specialties of supervising physicians play a crucial role for technology-supported self-management. Contents Defining and Categorizing Diabetes Apps for Self-Management Anteceding Factors of Diabetes App Use Empowerment and its Relevance for Diabetes Management Target Groups Researchers, students and practitioners in the fields of Public Health, Medicine, Health Communication, Endocrinology, Diabetes Care, Epidemiology, Health Management The Author Dr. Nicola Brew-Sam holds an MA in health communication (UZH Zurich) and a Ph.D. from University of Erfurt (Germany) in cooperation with Nanyang Technological University (Singapore).

    Contents:
    Intro
    Acknowledgements
    Table of Contents
    Table of Contents
    List of Figures
    List of Tables
    List of Abbreviations
    Abstract
    1 Introduction
    1.1 The Urgency of Self-Management in Diabetes Care
    1.2 Research Interest: Empowerment as an Anteceding Factor of Diabetes App Use for Self-Management
    1.3 Chapter Overview
    2 Background on Diabetes Self-Management
    2.1 What is Diabetes?
    Types of Diabetes Mellitus
    2.2 Diabetes Self-Management
    Definition and Development
    2.3 Factors Influencing Diabetes Self-Management 3 Defining and Categorizing Diabetes Apps for Self-Management
    3.1 Diabetes Apps for Self-Management as Second Generation mHealth Tools
    3.2 Purpose, Types and Features of Diabetes Apps for Self-Management
    3.3 Shortcomings of Diabetes Apps and Diabetes App Quality
    4 Diabetes App Use
    Previous mHealth Research
    4.1 Defining Diabetes App "Use"
    4.2 Categorizing Studies on Diabetes App Use: The Inputs-Mechanisms-Outputs Pathway
    4.2.1 Input: Feasibility and Accessibility Studies
    4.2.2 Output: Diabetes App Usage Effect Studies 4.2.3 Mechanisms: Lacking Research on Antecedents of Health App Use
    5 Anteceding Factors of Diabetes App Use
    5.1 Defining "Antecedents" of mHealth Use
    5.2 The Relevance of Studies Looking into Antecedents of mHealth Use
    5.3 Previous Studies Looking into Antecedents of mHealth Use
    5.4 Antecedents of the Unified Theory of Acceptance and Use of Technology
    5.5 Shortcomings of the Unified Theory of Acceptance and Use
    6 Summarizing mHealth Research Gaps I: Alternative Theory is Needed
    7 Empowerment as an Antecedent of Diabetes App Use 7.1 The Empowerment Approach in Psychology and Management Research
    7.1.1 Psychological Empowerment
    7.1.2 Behavioral Empowerment
    7.1.3 Empowerment as a Motivational Approach
    7.1.4 Empowerment and Self-Determination
    7.2 Empowerment and its Relevance for Diabetes Self-Management
    7.3 Empowerment and Diabetes App Use
    7.3.1 Research on Empowerment and Diabetes App Use: Outcome Perspectives
    7.3.2 Understanding the Overall Process of Empowerment and Diabetes App Use
    7.3.3 Empowerment as an Antecedent of Diabetes App Use 8 Summarizing mHealth Research Gaps II: Empowerment and Diabetes App Use
    8.1 Empowerment as a Multi-Dimensional Antecedent of Diabetes App Use
    8.2 Two Research Perspectives on Empowerment as an Antecedent of Diabetes App Use
    9 Summarizing Model on Empowerment and Diabetes App Use
    10 Research Questions and Hypotheses
    11 Overview of the Research Design
    11.1 mHealth Research on Diabetes App Use in Singapore
    11.2 Research Procedure
    12 Study 1
    Diabetes App Features Corresponding to Indicators of Empowerment: An App Feature and Quality Analysis
    12.1 Method
    12.1.1 Operationalization
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Carl E. Zipper, Jeff Skousen, editors.
    Summary: This book collects and summarizes current scientific knowledge concerning coal-mined landscapes of the Appalachian region in eastern United States. Containing contributions from authors across disciplines, the book addresses topics relevant to the region's coal-mining history and its future; its human communities; and the soils, waters, plants, wildlife, and human-use potentials of Appalachia's coal-mined landscapes. The book provides a comprehensive overview of coal mining's legacy in Appalachia, USA. The book describes the resources of the Appalachian coalfield, its lands and waters, and its human communities - as they have been left in the aftermath of intensive mining, drawing upon peer-reviewed science and other regional data to provide clear and objective descriptions. By understanding the Appalachian experience, officials and planners in other resource extraction- affected world regions can gain knowledge and perspectives that will aid their own efforts to plan and manage for environmental quality and for human welfare. Appalachia's Coal-Mined Landscapes: Resources and Communities in a New Energy Era will be of use to natural resource managers and scientists within Appalachia and in other world regions experiencing widespread mining, researchers with interest in the region's disturbance legacy, and economic and community planners concerned with Appalachia's future.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Introduction to Appalachian Coalfield Landscape and Resources
    Appalachian coalfield landscapes, ecosystems, and economy
    Geology and mineral resources
    Coal Mining and Reclamation in Appalachia
    Part 2: Land
    Landscape Alteration
    Mine soils
    Hydrology
    Terrestrial plant communities
    Terrestrial wildlife
    Management options for mining-affected landscapes
    Underground mining
    Part 3: Water
    Acid drainage: Origins, effects, and treatment
    Other water contaminants
    Aquatic biota and response to mining
    Part 4: Human Ecology of Appalachian Mined Landscapes
    Cultural & Economic issues
    Human Health
    Concluding Chapter: Synthesis.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Google Books
    Google Books
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    V165.H3 U52 1972
    2
  • Digital
    Sudip Paul, editor.
    Summary: This book focuses on interdisciplinary research in the field of biomedical engineering and neuroscience. Biomedical engineering is a vast field, ranging from bioengineering to brain-computer interfaces. The book explores the system-level function and dysfunction of the nervous system from scientific and engineering perspectives. The initial sections introduce readers to the physiology of the brain, and to the biomedical tools needed for diagnostics and effective therapies for various neurodegenerative and regenerative disorders. In turn, the book summarizes the biomedical interventions that are used to understand the neural mechanisms underlying empathy disorders, and reviews recent advances in biomedical engineering for rehabilitation in connection with neurodevelopmental disorders and brain injuries. Lastly, the book discusses innovations in machine learning and artificial intelligence for computer-aided disease diagnosis and treatment, as well as applications of nanotechnology in therapeutic neurology.

    Contents:
    Module 1_ Introduction to Human Physiology
    Module 2_ Neural engineering
    Module 3_ Introduction to Neurodegenerative and regenerative Disorders
    Module 4_ Brain images and it`s classifications
    Module 5_ EEG, EOG and their significance
    Module 6_ Artificial Intelligence and Computer Aided diagnosis
    Module 7_ Nanomaterials involved in therapeutic strategy
    Module 8_ Emotion, Stress and other Neurological dysfunctions
    Module 9_ Emotion, Stress and other Neurological dysfunctions.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Xiangdong Wang, Christian Baumgartner, Denis C. Shields, Hong-Wen Deng, Jacques S Beckmann.
    Contents:
    The Era of Big Data: From Data-driven Research to Data-driven Clinical Care
    Biostatistics, data mining and computational modeling
    Gene expression and profiling
    The next generation sequencing and applications in clinical research
    Clinical epigenetics and epigenomics
    Proteomic profiling: Data mining and analyses
    Targeted metabolomics: the next generation of clinical chemistry!?
    Clinical bioinformatics for biomarker discovery in targeted metabolomics
    Metagenomic Profiling, Interaction of Genomics with Meta-genomics
    Clinical Epigenetics and Epigenomics
    Integrative Biological Databases
    Standards and Regulations for (Bio)Medical Software
    Clinical applications and systems biomedicine
    Key Law and Policy Considerations for Clinical Bioinformaticians
    Challenges and Opportunities in Clinical Bioinformatics
    Heterogeneity of Hepatocellular Carcinoma.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Helvi Kyngäs, Kristina Mikkonen, Maria Kääriäinen, editors.
    Summary: This book provides principles on content analysis and its application into development of nursing theory. It offers clear guidance to students, lecturers and researchers to gain a deeper understanding of the method of content analysis, its implementation into their own research and criteria of trustworthiness evaluation. The book is written in user-friendly language with provided research examples and cases, and the content is illustrated by figures and tables. The authors offer their expertise in providing a well thought through explanation of content analysis in didactical style, which will enhance university education. The book includes highly experienced researchers who have published articles on content analysis and the trustworthiness of the method with more than 10 000 citations. Divided into two parts, this book explores the application of content analysis into nursing science. The first part presents the philosophical position of content analysis, inductive and deductive methods of using content analysis, trustworthiness of the method, and ethical consideration of using content analysis. The second part informs on the theory development based on content analysis, conceptualization of the concepts of content analysis into generation of items and instrument development, and statistical testing of a hypothetical model. The last chapter shows a new approach to using content analysis in systematic reviews and quality evaluation of methodology within systematic review process. The book is an essential tool for nursing science, providing instruction on key methodological elements in order to provide rigorously conducted empirical research for clinical practice and nursing education.

    Contents:
    PART I. CONTENT ANALYSIS
    1. Qualitative research and content analysis
    2. Inductive content analysis
    3. Deductive content analysis
    4. Content analysis in mixed methods research
    5. The trustworthiness of content analysis
    6. Qualitative research
    ethical considerations
    PART II. INTEGRATING CONTENT ANALYSIS INTO THEORY DEVELOPMENT
    7. Theory development from the results of content analysis
    8. Instrument development based on content analysis
    9. Statistical testing of a theory
    10. Content analysis in systematic review.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Carolyn Sipes.
    Summary: Designed to provide a foundation for nursing informatics knowledge and skills required in today's data-driven healthcare environment, this text examines the impact and implementation of technology in nursing practice. "Application of Nursing Informatics" addresses the foundations of nursing informatics competencies, streamlined for the unique experience of practicing nurses. This text features numerous case scenarios of real-life applications to engage the reader and reinforce content. Chapters cover informatics competencies, knowledge, and skills in a concise manner that recognizes the value of prior nursing experience and builds upon the reader's existing knowledge base. -- From publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Informatics defined, evolution, guiding principles, expectations / Carolyn Sipes
    Roles, professional organizations, and theories / Carolyn Sipes
    First things first
    hardware / Carolyn Sipes
    First things first -software / James Sipes, Carolyn Sipes
    Project management / Carolyn Sipes
    Application and integration of research into practice / Carolyn Sipes
    Applications to support educational initiatives / Taryn Hill, Karen West
    Data standardization applications
    capturing data / Lisa Blair, Lynda Hardy
    Big data applications to inform practice / Lynda Hardy, Lisa Blair
    Maintaining quality of data and information, data and data quality / Toni Hebda, Kathleen (Kathy) Hunter
    Assessment and evaluating outcomes / Cheryl D. Parker, Melinda Hermanns, and Christy Gibson
    Ethics, privacy, security, other technology challenges / Cheryl D. Parker, Christine S. Gipson
    Life-long learning : advancing own education / Carolyn Sipes.
    Digital Access R2Library 2019
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Michele Battle-Fisher.
    Summary: This book looks at health policy through the lens of public versus private: population health versus the somatic, social, or emotional experiences of a patient. Rather than presenting policy/ethics as overly technical, this book takes a novel approach of framing public and private health in terms of political philosophy, ethics, and popular examples. Each chapter ties back to the general ethics or political literature as applicable, which are not customarily parts of the current public health curriculum. The author's work on the Orgcomplexity blog has touched on this subject by systemically exploring public policy issues, and the tone of this book mimics the blog with an extension of the arguments.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    The Justice League of Health: Flexing Policy's Muscle
    Health Systems and Policy as the "Price is Right"
    Public versus Private: Stop Stepping on My Toes
    The Sting of Public Health
    Is it Yours, Mine and Ours?
    Building on What We've Started
    Conclusion. .
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Monica M. Taylor.
    Contents:
    Rural health disparities: the political economy
    Rural health disparities: the economic argument
    Social disorganization in rural communities
    Political economy in the era of Trump politics
    Conclusion : Political economy: an era of institutional cynicism?
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Neeta Raj Sharma, Karupppasamy Subburaj, Kamalpreet Sandhu, Vivek Sharma, editors.
    Summary: This book focuses on applications of three-dimensional (3D) printing in healthcare. It first describes a range of biomaterials, including their physicochemical and biological properties. It then reviews the current state of the art in bioprinting techniques and the potential application of bioprinting, computer-aided additive manufacturing of cells, tissues, and scaffolds to create organs in regenerative medicine. Further, it discusses the orthopedic applications of 3D printing in the design and fabrication of dental implants, and the use of 3D bioprinting in oral and maxillofacial surgery and in tissue and organ engineering. Lastly, the book examines the 3D printing technologies that are used for the fabrication of the drug delivery system. It also explores the current challenges and the future of 3D bioprinting in medical sciences, as well as the market demand.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction to Biomaterials
    Chapter 2. Different approaches used for conversion of biomaterials to feedstock
    Chapter 3. Bioprinting
    Chapter 4. 3D Printed Implants for Joint Replacement
    Chapter 5. Design of Patient-Specific Maxillofacial Implants and Guides
    Chapter 6. Design and Development of surgical guide for dental implant surgery
    Chapter 7. Three Dimensional printed drugs and related technology : a potential review
    Chapter 8. Product Sustainability Assessment
    Chapter 9. Successful Stories of 3D Printing in Healthcare Applications: A Brief Review.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Kewal K. Jain.
    Summary: Applications of Biotechnology in Oncology collects key writings by Kewal K. Jain on the most important contributions of biotechnology to cancer research, particularly to the molecular diagnosis of cancer and drug delivery in cancer for personalized management of patients. Basics of various -omics technologies and their application in oncology are described as oncogenomics and oncoproteomics. This detailed volume also explores molecular diagnostics, nanobiotechnology, cell and gene therapies, as well as personalized oncology. With approximately one thousand selected references from recent literature on this topic and numerous tables and figures, Applications of Biotechnology in Oncology serves as an ideal reference for oncologists, scientists involved in research on cancer biology, and physicians in various specialties who deal with cancer.

    Contents:
    1. Molecular biology of cancer
    2. Oncogenomics
    3. Sequencing in cancer
    4. Oncoproteomics
    5. Biomarkers of cancer
    6. Molecular diagnosis of cancer
    7. Cancer immunotherapy : vaccines
    8. Monoclonal antibodies and cancer
    9. Nanooncology
    10. Cell therapy of cancer
    11. Gene therapy of cancer
    12. Role of RNAi in cancer
    13. Role of microRNAs in cancer
    14. Biotechnology in drug discovery and development for cancer
    15. Role of biotechnology in drug delivery for cancer
    16. Personalized cancer therapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Hirofumi Fujii, Hiroyuki Nakamura, Seiei Yasuda, editors.
    Summary: This book provides up-to-date guidance on the use of FDG PET to assess the biological activity and treatment response of a wide range of malignancies, including, for example, lung cancer, breast cancer, head and neck cancer, gastrointestinal cancer, and malignant lymphoma. In the era of precision medicine, numerous new anticancer agents, such as molecular targeted agents and immune checkpoint inhibitors, have been developed to improve outcomes in cancer patients. FDG PET plays a key role in evaluating the effects of these novel treatments because it can detect changes in the metabolic activity of tumors before any reduction in their size is visible on other imaging modalities. Accordingly, FDG PET is of prognostic as well as diagnostic value, and allows prompt changes in patient management. The book is written by expert clinicians from Japan, where the universal public health insurance system ensures that FDG PET is widely used in routine oncological practice and cancer screening. It represents an unrivaled and comprehensive resource that will be of value for all healthcare professionals in the field of clinical oncology.

    Contents:
    1 Overview.-2 Lung cancer.-3 Breast cancer
    4 Head and neck cancer.-5 Gastrointestinal cancer including GIST
    6 Pancreatic cancer
    7 Urological cancer
    8 Malignant bone and soft tissue tumors
    9 Skin cancer including malignant melanoma
    10 Malignant lymphoma.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Inamuddin, editor.
    Summary: This book presents the applications of ion-exchange materials in the biomedical industries. It includes topics related to the application of ion exchange chromatography in determination, extraction and separation of various compounds such as amino acids, morphine, antibiotics, nucleotides, penicillin and many more. This title is a highly valuable source of knowledge on ion-exchange materials and their applications suitable for postgraduate students and researchers but also to industrial R & D specialists in chemistry, chemical, and biochemical technology. Additionally, this book will provide an in-depth knowledge of ion-exchange column and operations suitable for engineers and industrialists.

    Contents:
    Separation and Purification of Amino acids
    Ion exchange chromatography for enzyme immobilization
    Determination of morphine in urine
    Chromatographic Separation of Amino Acids
    Applications of ion exchange chromatography in pharmaceutical analysis
    Thermodynamic Kinetics and Sorption of Bovine Serum Albumin with Different Clay materials
    Sorbitol demineralization by ion exchange
    Separation and purification of nucleotides, nucleosides, purine and pyrimidine bases by ion exchange
    Separation and purification of vitamins: vitamin B1, B2, B6, C, and K1
    Colour removal from sugar syrups.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Richard R. Drake and Liam A. McDonnell.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Inamuddin, Abdullah M. Asiri, editors.
    Summary: Traditional methods in synthetic chemistry produce chemical waste and byproducts, yield smaller desired products, and generate toxic chemical substances, but the past two centuries have seen consistent, greener improvements in organic synthesis and transformations. These improvements have contributed to substance handling efficiency by using green-engineered forerunners like sustainable techniques, green processes, eco-friendly catalysis, and have minimized energy consumption, reduced potential waste, improved desired product yields, and avoided toxic organic precursors or solvents in organic synthesis. Green synthesis has the potential to have a major ecological and monetary impact on modern pharmaceutical R&D and organic chemistry fields. This book presents a broad scope of green techniques for medicinal, analytical, environmental, and organic chemistry applications. It presents an accessible overview of new innovations in the field, dissecting the highlights and green chemistry attributes of approaches to green synthesis, and provides cases to exhibit applications to pharmaceutical and organic chemistry. Although daily chemical processes are a major part of the sustainable development of pharmaceuticals and industrial products, the resulting environmental pollution of these processes is of worldwide concern. This edition discusses green chemistry techniques and sustainable processes involved in synthetic organic chemistry, natural products, drug syntheses, as well various useful industrial applications.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Sustainable Organic Synthesis in Ionic Liquids
    Industrial Applications of Green Solvents in Organic and Drug Synthesis for Sustainable Development of Chemical Process and Technologies
    Applications of Ionic Liquids in Organic Synthesis
    Water-Mediated Catalyst-Free Organic Transformations
    Modifications on Polymeric Membranes for Isopropanol Dehydration Using Pervaporation: A Review
    Environmentally Benign Organic Synthesis
    Green Aspects of Scale-Up Synthesis of some APIs, Drug Candidates Under Development, or Their Critical Intermediates
    Green Approaches to Synthesize Organic Compounds and Drugs
    Selective Conversion of Glycerol to Lactic Acid Using Porous Multi-Functional Mixed Oxide Catalysts Under Alkaline Environment
    Green Biological Synthesis of Nanoparticles and their Biomedical Applications
    Silver Nanostructures, Chemical Synthesis Methods, and Biomedical Applications
    The Role of Heterogenous Catalysts in Converting Cellulose to Platform Chemicals
    Production of Reduced Graphene Oxide (rGO) from Battery Waste: Green and Sustainable Synthesis and Reduction
    Bio-Catalysis as a Green Approach for Industrial Waste Treatment
    Green Synthesis of Biodiesel Using Microbial Lipases
    Industrial Applications of Green Solvents for Sustainable Development of Technologies in Organic Synthesis
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Erick Suárez, Cynthia M. Pérez, Roberto Rivera, and Melissa N. Martínez.
    Contents:
    Basic Concepts for Statistical Modeling
    Introduction to Simple Linear Regression Models
    Matrix Representation of the Linear Regression Model
    Evaluation of Partial Tests of Hypotheses in a MLRM
    Selection of Variables in a Multiple Linear Regression Model
    Correlation Analysis
    Strategies for Assessing the Adequacy of the Linear Regression Model
    Weighted Least-Squares Linear Regression
    Generalized Linear Models
    Poisson Regression Models for Cohort Studies
    Logistic Regression in Case-Control Studies
    Regression Models in a Cross-Sectional Study
    Solutions to Practice Exercises.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    edited by David H. Barlow and Todd Farchione.
    Contents:
    The unified protocol for transdiagnostic treatment of emotional disorders : an introduction / Katherine A. Kennedy and David H. Barlow
    Transdiagnostic assessment and case formulation : rationale and application with the unified protocol / Hannah Boettcher and Laren R. Conklin
    The unified protocol for anxiety disorders / Laren R. Conklin, Todd J Farchione, and Steven Dufour
    The unified protocol for obsessive-compulsive and related disorders / Johanna Thompson-Hollands
    The unified protocol for major depressive disorder / James F. Boswell, Laren R. Conklin, Jennifer M. Oswald, and Matteo Bugatti
    The unified protocol for bipolar and comorbid disorders / Kristen K. Ellard, Emily Bernstein, Andrew A. Nierenberg, and Thilo Deckersbac
    The unified protocol for posttraumatic stress disorder / Matthew W. Gallagher
    The unified protocol for comorbid alcohol use and anxiety disorders / Todd J Farchione, Tracie M. Goodness, and Katelyn M.E. Williams
    The unified protocol for eating disorders / Christina L. Boisseau and James F. Boswell
    The unified protocol for insomnia disorder / Jacqueline R. Bullis and Shannon Sauer-Zavala
    The unified protocol for nonsuicidal and suicidal self-injury / Kate H. Bentley, Shannon Sauer-Zavala, Clair Cassiello-Robbins, and Stephanie Vento
    The unified protocol for borderline personality disorder / Shannon Sauer-Zavala, Kate H. Bentley and Julianne G. Wilner
    The unified protocol for chronic pain / Laura A. Payne
    The unified protocol for complex, highly comorbid cases / Heather Murray Latin and Clair Cassiello-Robbins
    Group treatment applications of the unified protocol / Jacqueline R. Bullis, Kate H. Bentley and Katherine A. Kennedy
    Cross-cultural applications of the unified protocol : examples from japan and colombia / Amantia Ametaj, Nina Wong Sarver, Obianujunwa Anakwenze, Masaya Ito, Michel Ratner and Ramya Potluri
    The unified protocol : future directions / Clair Cassiello-Robbins, Heather Murray Latin, and Shannon Sauer-Zavala.
    Digital Access Oxford [2018]
  • Digital
    W.Y. Lau.
    Summary: This book has 20 chapters which cover a full range of knowledge about liver anatomy before one embarks on carrying out a liver operation on a patient. The knowledge ranges from external to internal anatomy of the liver, from pure anatomy to its application in liver operations, from vascular infiow/outflow of the liver to techniques used in reducing intraoperative blood loss, from Couinaud's liver segments to segment- based liver resection, and from the different approaches to liver resectional techniques to the different types of liver transplantation. The particular feature of this book is the heavy use of diagrams which makes reading easier. Surgeons in liver resection and liver transplantation in will find this book of value as a reference book. Editor W.Y. Lau is a surgeon and professor of surgery at the Chinese University of Hong Kong, and an Academician of Chinese Academy of Sciences, China. Professor Lau was President of the International Hepato-Pancreato-Biliary Association from 2002 to 2004. He is also the book editor of Hilar Cholangiocarcinoma, Springer 2013, ISBN 978-94-007-6472-9.

    Contents:
    Applied Anatomy of the Liver
    Hemi-livers, Sections (Sectors), Segments
    Caudate Lobe
    Hepatic Hilar Plate System
    Anatomy of the Hepatic Hilar Region
    Intrahepatic Glissonian Triad: Anatomy Relevant to Liver Resection and Liver Transplantation
    Anatomy of the Abdominal Inferior Vena Cava and Its Suprarenal Branches
    Five Important Anatomical Structures in Right or Left Hepatectomy
    Anatomy Relevant to Liver -Transplantation
    Defining the Couinaud's Liver Segments Clinically
    The 3-Dimensional Body Visible System in Liver Surgery
    Low Central Venous Pressure in Liver Resection Surgery
    Hepatic Vascular Inflow and Outflow Occlusions
    Liver Transection Techniques and Haemostasis on the Raw Surface of the Remnant Liver
    Different Approaches to Liver Resection
    Laparoscopic Liver Surgery
    Laparoscopic Liver Resection Using the Lowering of Hilar Plate Approach
    Robotic Liver Surgery
    Liver Transplantation
    Associating Liver Partition and Portal Vein Ligation for Staged Hepatectomy (ALPPS).
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by James K. Luiselli.
    Contents:
    Section I: Supervision, Training, and Service Delivery
    1. Behavior Analytic Supervision
    2. Competency-Based Staff Training
    3. Functional Behavior Assessment (FBA)
    4. Social Validity Assessment
    5. Behavoral Risk Assessment
    6. Incentive-Based Performance Improvement
    7. Technology and Telehealth Applications
    Section II: Consultation Practices
    8. Consultation Practices: School-Based Instructional Support
    9. Consultation Practices: School-Based Behavior Support
    10. Consultation Practices: Training to Parents and Families
    11. Consultaton Practices: Organizations
    12. Consultation Practices: Multidisciplinary Settings
    Section III: Professional Development
    13. Continuing Education: Accessing the Peer-Reviewed Literature
    14. Practice Dissemination: Writing for Publication
    15. Practice Dissemination: Public Speaking
    16. Licensure and Certification
    17. Ethical and Competent Practices in Applied Behavior Analysis: Perspective, Requirements, and Dilemmas.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    by Paul M. Selzer, Richard J. Marhöfer, Oliver Koch.
    Summary: This book introduces readers to the basic principles of bioinformatics and the practical application and utilization of computational tools, without assuming any prior background in programming or informatics. It provides a coherent overview of the complex field and focuses on the implementation of online tools, genome databases and software that can benefit scientists and students in the life sciences. Training tutorials with practical bioinformatics exercises and solutions facilitate the understanding and application of such tools and interpretation of results. In addition, a glossary explains terminology that is widely used in the field. This straightforward introduction to applied bioinformatics offers an essential resource for students, as well as scientists seeking to understand the basis of sequencing analysis, functional genomics and protein structure predictions.

    Contents:
    The Biological Foundations of Bioinformatics
    Biological databases
    Sequence Comparisons and Sequence-Based Database Searches
    The decoding of eukaryotic genomes
    Protein Structures and Structure-Based Rational Drug Design
    The Functional Analysis of Genomes
    Comparative genome analyses.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    editors, Leon Shargel, Andrew B.C. Yu.
    Summary: The landmark textbook on the theoretical and practical applications of biopharmaceutics and pharmacokinetics-now fully updated.

    Contents:
    Introduction to biopharmaceutics and pharmacokinetics
    Mathematical fundamentals in pharmacokinetics
    Biostatistics
    One-compartment open model : intravenous bolus administration
    Multicompartment models : intravenous bolus administration
    Intravenous infusion
    Drug elimination, clearance, and renal clearance
    Pharmacokinetics of oral absorption
    Multiple-dosage regimens
    Nonlinear pharmacokinetics
    Physiologic drug distribution and protein binding
    Drug elimination and hepatic clearance
    Pharmacogenetics and drug metabolism
    Physiologic factors related to drug absorption
    Biopharmaceutic considerations in drug product design and in vitro drug product performance
    Drug product performance, in vivo : bioavailability and bioequivalence
    Biopharmaceutical aspects of the active pharmaceutical ingredient and pharmaceutical equivalence
    Impact of biopharmaceutics on drug product quality and clinical efficacy
    Modified-release drug products and drug devices
    Targeted drug delivery systems and biotechnological products
    Relationship between pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics
    Application of pharmacokinetics to clinical situations
    Application of pharmacokinetics to specific populations : geriatric, obese, and pediatric patients
    Dose adjustment in renal and hepatic disease
    Empirical models, mechanistic models, statistical moments, and noncompartmental analysis.
    Digital Access AccessPharmacy 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Donald Huddler, Edward R. Zartler.
    Summary: "This book is a guide to new techniques and approaches to identifying and characterizing small molecules in early drug discovery. Biophysical methods are reasserting their utility in drug discovery and through a combination of the rise of fragment-based drug discovery and an increased focus on more nuanced characterisation of small molecule binding, these methods are playing an increasing role in discovery campaigns"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Thermodynamics in drug discovery
    Tailoring hit identification and qualification methods for targeting protein-protein interactions
    Hydrogen-deuterium exchange mass spectrometry in drug discovery - theory, practice and future
    Microscale thermophoresis in drug discovery
    SPR screening: applying the new generation of SPR hardware
    Weak affinity chromatography (WAC)
    1D NMR methods for hit identification
    Protein-based NMR methods applied to drug discovery
    Applications of ligand and protein-observed NMR in ligand discovery
    Using biophysical methods to optimize compound residence time
    Applying biophysical and biochemical methods to the discovery of allosteric modulators of the AAA ATPase p97
    Driving drug discovery with biophysical information: application to Staphylococcus aureus Dihydrofolate reductase (DHFR)
    Assembly of fragment screening libraries: property and diversity analysis.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Larry A. Bauer, Professor, Department of Pharmacy School of Pharmacy, Adjunct Professor, Department of Laboratory Medicine School of Medicine, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington.
    Contents:
    Clinical pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic concepts
    Clinical pharmacokinetic calculations and equations
    Drug dosing in special populations : renal and hepatic disease, dialysis, heart failure, obesity, and drug interactions
    Aminoglycoside antibiotics
    Vancomycin
    Digoxin
    Lidocaine
    Procainamide/N-acetyl procainamide (NAPA)
    Quinidine
    Phenytoin/fosphenytoin
    Carbamazepine
    Valproic acid
    Phenobarbital/primidone
    Ethosuximide
    Lamotrigine
    Levetiracetam
    Oxcarbazepine/eslicarbazepine
    Cyclosporine
    Tacrolimus
    Sirolimus
    Lithium
    Theophylline.
    Digital Access AccessPharmacy 2014
  • Digital
    Michael W. Jann, Scott R. Penzak, Lawrence J. Cohen, editors.
    Contents:
    Section 1. General Pharmacokinetic and Pharmacodynamic Principles of Psychopharmacological Agents
    1. Pharmacokinetic Properties
    2. Pharmacodynamic Properties
    3. PET Scan and Other Biomarkers
    4. Population Pharmacokinetics
    5. Drug Transporters (esp. Blood Brain Barrier)
    6. Pharmacogenomics
    Section 2. Clinical Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics of Psychopharmacological Drug Classes
    7. Antipsychotics
    oral typical agents, oral atypical agents, and long-acting injectable (LAI) antipsychotics
    8. Mood Stabilizers
    9. Antidepressants
    tricyclics, selective serotonergic reuptake inhibitors, serotonergic noradrenergic reuptake inhibitors, monoamine oxidase inhibitors, and other antidepressants
    10. Benzodiazepines and Other Sedative Hypnotics/Anxiolytics
    11. Opioid Analgesics
    12. Stimulants and Other Non-Stimulants for ADHD
    13. Cholinesterase Inhibitors and Other Antidementa Agents
    14. Anti-Addiction Agents
    15. Anesthetics
    Section 3. Clinically Significant Drug Interactions With Psychopharmacological Agents
    16. Antipsychotics
    17. Mood Stabilizers
    18. Antidepressants
    19. Benzodiazepines and Other Sedative Hypnotics/Anxiolytics
    20. Opioid Analgesics
    21. Stimulants and Other Non-Stimulants for ADHD
    22. Cholinesterase Inhibitors and Other Antidementa Agents
    23. Anti-Addiction Agents
    24. Anesthetics.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Guilherme Carvalhal Ribas.
    Summary: This book is the first to offer a comprehensive guide to understanding the brain's architecture from a topographical viewpoint. Authored by a leading expert in surgical neuroanatomy, this practical text provides tri-dimensional understanding of the cerebral hemispheres, and the relationships between cerebral surfaces and the skull's outer surfaces through detailed brain dissections and actual clinical cases with operative photographs and correlative neuroimaging. For neurosurgeons, neuroradiologists and neurologists at all levels, this book emphasises the anatomy of the sulci and gyri of the cerebral surface. It is an essential resource for the general neurosurgery practice, and more particularly for planning surgical access routes for intracranial tumors.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    Elie M. Ferneini, Michael T. Goupil, Margaret A. McNulty, Christine E. Niekrash, editors.
    Summary: In an era of high demand for aesthetic procedures, this text provides a practical and comprehensive look at facial cosmetic surgery to ensure practitioners have the best information available for treating their patients. The editors have extensive academic experience and have authored multiple scientific publications, while the contributions included in the text have been written by experts and leaders in the field. Applied Head and Neck Anatomy for the Facial Cosmetic Surgeon is for a multi-disciplinary audience including oral & maxillofacial surgeons, plastic surgeons, otolaryngologists, cosmetic surgeons, and dentists. Divided into three distinct sections for ease of use, the first section focuses exclusively on localized anesthesia for each region of the head and neck. Chapters focus on the techniques that best affect these regions with a chapter closing the first section, on managing potential anesthetic complications. The second section covers the regional anatomy of the face by offering high definition photos of cadaver dissections and anatomic illustrations to highlight pertinent muscle and bone structures. The third and final section combines the skills detailed in the first two sections and applies them to a variety of surgical, cosmetic procedures.

    Contents:
    Section One: Local Anesthesia for Cosmetic Procedures
    Chapter 1: Overview of Local Anesthesia
    Chapter 2: Intraoral Maxillary Local Anesthetic Techniques
    Chapter 3: Intraoral Mandibular Techniques
    Chapter 4: Extraoral Facial Techniques
    Chapter 5: Cervical Techniques
    Chapter 6: Management of Local Anesthetic Complications
    Section Two: Regional Anatomy
    Chapter 7: Anatomy of the Integumentary System
    Chapter 8: Anatomy of the Periorbit
    Chapter 9: Anatomy of the Nose and Paranasal Sinuses
    Chapter 10: Anatomy of the Auricle
    Chapter 11: Anatomy of the Neck
    Chapter 12: Anatomy of the Chin and Neck
    Chapter 13: Anatomy of the Superficial Face: Muscles of Face and Scalp, Superficial Vessels and Nerves, Major Salivary Glands
    Chapter 14: Muscles of Mastication and the Temporomandibular Joint
    Section Three: Surgical Anatomy
    Chapter 15: Neuromodulators
    Chapter 16: Facial Fillers
    Chapter 17: Facial Resurfacing
    Chapter 18: Forehead and Eyebrow Lift Techniques
    Chapter 19: Facelift
    Chapter 20: Applied Anatomy in Blepharoplasty
    Chapter 21: Otoplasty
    Chapter 22: Chin Augmentation
    Chapter 23: Neck Lift
    Chapter 24: Hair Restoration.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Martin Hewitt and Roshan Adappa.
    Summary: Closely aligned to the Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health (RCPCH) theory examination syllabus and also reflective of current UK practice. Applied Knowledge in Paediatrics will leave the reader with a sound knowledge of all the core topics relevant to paediatrics and child health. It will also provide a useful study aid for those undertaking the MRCPCH Applied Knowledge in Practice examination. The book covers how and why illnesses develop in children and young people, the appropriate investigations and treatment required, the urgency of implementation and the impact of the disease process on the child and their family.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Victor G. Carrión, and John Rettger.
    Summary: Applied Mindfulness: Approaches in Mental Health for Children and Adolescents starts from the premise that mental health clinicians must have their own mindfulness practice before teaching the tenets and techniques of mindfulness to others, including young people. To that end, the book offers readers clear instructions on how to first practice mindfulness in their own lives and then extend their personal practice outward to others. Once this knowledge is internalized, the clinician can focus on mindfulness in terms of its application to specific clinical diagnoses, such as anxiety and depression, attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder, and substance abuse. Because many mental health professionals work in multiple settings, such as in schools, in clinics, and online, the contributors, representing a wide range of creative and authoritative voices, explain how to skillfully tailor mindfulness interventions for effective application across diverse contexts. Drs. Carrion and Rettger, as Director of the Stanford Early Life Stress and Pediatric Anxiety Program (SELSPAP) and Director of SELSPAP's Mindfulness Program, respectively, have been engaged in ongoing community-based work delivering mindfulness and yoga programming to underserved youth and their helpers.

    Contents:
    Developing a personal mindfulness practice / John P. Rettger
    Mindful self-compassion / Karen Bluth, Christine Lathren, Lorraine Hobbs
    State of the research on youth mindfulness / Sarah Zoogman, Eleni Vousoouram, Mari Janikian
    Measuring mindfulness / Matthew S. Goodman, Laila A. Madni, Randye J. Semple
    Anxiety and depression / Laila A. Madni, Matthew S. Goodman, Randye J. Semple
    Attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder / Mari Kurahashi
    Grief and loss / Susan Delaney
    Substance abuse / Sam Himelstein, Alejandro Nunez
    Autism spectrum disorders / Allison Morgan, Erik Jacobson
    Immigrant youth / Kristina C. Mendez, Celeste H. Poe, Sita G. Patel
    Mindfulness with incarcerated youth / Sharon Simpson, Stewart Mercer, Sally Wyke, Michael Bready
    Trauma-informed yoga with incarcerated youth / Pamela Lozoff
    Mindfulness at home / Amy Saltzman, Celeste H. Poe
    Mindfulness in schools / Lisa Flook, Meena Srinivasan
    Mindful nature practices / Nicole Ward
    Mindful movement in schools / Catherine Cook-Cottone
    Mindfulness online / Tara Cousineau, Bridget Key, Zev Schuman-Olivier
    Mindfulness and creativity / Sayyed Mohsen Fatemi, Ellen J. Langer.
  • Digital
    edited by Kewal K. Jain.
    Contents:
    An Overview of Methods Used in Neurogenomics and Their Applications
    Gene Expression-Based Approaches to Understanding Huntington{u2019}s Disease and New Tools for the Interpretation of Expression Datasets
    Location Analysis and Expression Profiling Using Next Generation Sequencing for Research in Neurodegenerative Diseases
    RNA Sequencing from Laser Capture Microdissected Brain Tissue to Study Normal Aging and Alzheimer{u2019}s Disease
    Targeted Re-Sequencing in Psychiatric Disorders
    Role of Neurogenomics in the Development of Personalized Neurology.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Robin Wilding.
    Summary: "Applied Oral Physiology: The Integration of Sciences in Clinical Dentistry by prosthodontist, biologist, and educator Robin Wilding integrates basic science topics traditionally taught separately, enabling readers to understand the interconnected relationship between the scientific and clinical aspects of dentistry. On the broadest level, this well-researched, readable, and easy-to-study book brings together related elements of anatomy, physiology, microbiology, and biochemistry. Integration of these areas helps students comprehend the different elements of dental science, thereby improving their ability to understand and treat patient problems. For example, understanding how saliva influences oral health is vital information every dentist needs to know"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The Origins of Teeth
    Dental Hard Tissues
    Oral Mucosa and Periodontium
    The Ecology of the Oral Cavity
    Cell Differentiation in Embryology and Repair
    The Extracellular Matrix
    The Physiology of Bone
    Eruption, Occlusion, and Wear
    The Temporomandibular Joint
    Oral Sensations and Functions
    Aging.
  • Digital
    Anjay Rastogi, Edgar V. Lerma, Joanne M. Bargman, editors.
    Summary: This book offers a comprehensive guide to peritoneal dialysis (PD). Home dialysis, and more specifically PD, is growing in popularity in the US. By conservative estimates, experts suggest that 45 percent of dialysis patients in the US can be on home dialysis. However, the current penetration rate is only 10 percent. This is changing with an expected major increase in the next 5 years. One of the reasons for the low uptake is that many nephrologists lack comfort and confidence in using PD as a dialysis modality. This book addresses those concerns by covering all aspects of PD. Chapters include its history, patient selection, implementation options, comorbidities, quality of life concerns, and developing approaches to treatment. This comprehensive resource fills the unmet need for a practical, hands-on book that is both detailed and can work as a quick reference. This is an ideal guide for academic nephrologists, private practice nephrologists, NPs, PAs, nurses, fellows, and residents.

    Contents:
    History of peritoneal dialysis
    Physiology of peritoneal dialysis
    Patient selection and training for PD
    Peritoneal dialysis solutions
    Peritoneal dialysis equipment/machines
    PD catheters
    Adequacy of peritoneal dialysis
    Techniques of peritoneal dialysis
    Peritoneal dialysis in acute kidney injury: prescribing acute peritoneal dialysis therapy
    Prescribing chronic peritoneal dialysis therapy
    Urgent Start PD
    Infectious complications related to peritoneal dialysis
    Non- infectious complications during peritoneal dialysis
    Common ESRD complication in PD, and the differences with HD
    Peritoneal dialysis in the diabetic patients
    Peritoneal dialysis in special situations
    Survival in peritoneal dialysis population
    Quality of life in PD patients
    Continuous ambulatory peritoneal dialysis vs. automated dialysis: are there differences in the outcome?
    Peritoneal dialysis in children
    Intraperitoneal chemotherapy
    Commonly asked questions
    How to build a successful PD program
    Peritoneal dialysis in developing countries.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Stephan Schmidt, Hartmut Derendorf, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive volume provides an update on the current state of pharmacometrics in drug development. It consists of nineteen chapters all written by leading scientists from the pharmaceutical industry, regulatory agencies and academia. After an introduction of the basic pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic concepts of pharmacometrics in drug development, the book presents numerous examples of specific applications that utilize pharmacometrics with modeling and simulations over a variety of therapeutic areas, including pediatrics, diabetes, obesity, infections, psychiatrics, Alzheimer?s disease, and dermatology, among others. The examples illustrate how results from all phases of drug development can be integrated in a more timely and cost-effective process. Applying pharmacometric decision tools during drug development can allow objective, data-based decision making. At the same time, the process can identify redundant or unnecessary experiments as well as some costly clinical trials that can be avoided. In addition to cost saving by expedited development of successful drug candidates, pharmacometrics has an important economic impact in drug product selection. Unsuccessful drug candidates can be identified early and discontinued without expending efforts required for additional studies and allocating limited resources. Hence, pharmacometric modeling and simulation has become a powerful tool to bring new and better medications to the patient at a faster pace and with greater probability of success.

    Contents:
    1 Introduction to Pharmacometrics and Quantitative Pharmacology with an Emphasis on Physiologically Based Pharmacokinetics
    2 Personalized Medicine ? Integrating Individual Exposure and Response Information at the Bedside
    3 Pharmacometrics in Pediatrics
    4 Pharmacometrics in Chronic Kidney Disease
    5 Drug-Disease Model-Based Development of Therapeutic Agents for Treatment of Diabetes
    6 Applied Pharmacometrics in the Obese Population
    7 Pharmacometrics in Cardiovascular Safety
    8 Pharmacometrics in Bacterial Infections
    9 Pharmacometrics in Viral Infections
    10 Applied Antifungal Pharmacometrics: Fluconazole and Echinocandins in the Treatment of Candidemia and Invasive Candidiasis
    11 Pharmacometrics and Tuberculosis
    12 Pharmacometrics in Pulmonary Diseases
    13 State-of-the-Art Pharmacometric Models in Osteoporosis
    14 Pharmacometrics in Psychiatric Diseases
    15 Clinical Trial Simulation in Alzheimer?s Disease
    16 Pharmacometric Applications in Inflammation
    17 Pharmacometrics in Dermatology
    18 Pharmacometrics in Pain Management
    19 Pharmacometrics of Hyperlipidemia.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    editors, Mansoor M. Amiji, PhD, RPh, Distinguished Professor and Chairman, Department of Pharmaceutical Sciences, Director, Laboratory of Biomaterials and Advanced Nano-Delivery Systems (BANDS), School of Pharmacy, Bouve College of Health Sciences, Northeastern University, Boston, Massachusetts, Thomas J. Cook, PhD, RPh, Director of Program Assessment, Associate Professor, Department of Pharmaceutical and Biomedical Sciences Touro College of Pharmacy, New York, New York, W. Cary Mobley, PhD, RPh, Clinical Associate Professor, Department of Pharmaceuticals, University of Florida, College of Pharmacy, Gainesville, Florida.
    Summary: This book explores the fundamental physicochemical properties and processes important for understanding how drugs are transformed into usable and stable drug products that release their drug upon administration, and for understanding the different processes that the released drug may encounter on its way to its pharmacological target prior to being eliminated by the body.... The book concludes with an overview of the principles of kinetics that are essential to understanding the rates at which many of the processes discussed in previous chapters occur.

    Contents:
    States of matter related to pharmacuetical formulations / Beverly J. Sandmann, Ann Newman, and Gregory T. Knipp
    Physical properties of solutions / Beverly Sandmann, Antoine Al-Achi, Robert Greenwood
    Ionic equilibria and buffers / Beverly Sandmann, Alekha K. Dash, Antoine Al-Achi, Robert Greenwood
    Solubility, dissolution, and partitioning/ Beverly J. Sandmann and Mansoor M. Amiji
    Mass transport / Mansoor M. Amiji
    Complexation and protein binding / Mansoor M. Amiji
    Dispersed systems / W. Cary Mobley
    Interfacial phenomena / Maria Polikandritou Lambros and Shihong Li Nocolaou
    Rheology / Maria Polikandritou Lambros
    Chemical kinetics of pharmaceuticals / Thomas J. Cook.
    Digital Access AccessPharmacy 2014
  • Print
    editors, W. Cary Mobley, PhD, RPh, Clinical Associate Professor, Department of Pharmaceutics, College of Pharmacy, University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida, Mansoor M. Amiji, PhD, RPh, Distinguished Professor and Chairman, Department of Pharmaceutical Sciences, School of Pharmacy, Bouve College of Health Sciences, Northeastern University, Boston, Massachusetts, Thomas J. Cook, PhD, RPh, Freelance Medical and Scientific Writer, New York, New York.
    Summary: "Designed as the core textbook for the required physical pharmacy or pharmaceutics course within the pharmacy school curriculum. With a focus on examples from pharmacy practice, this book presents the chemical and physical chemical principles fundamental to the development of medication dosage forms. Numerous case studies present relevant examples of physical chemical principles in current pharmacy practice.

    Contents:
    Introduction to biopharmaceutics
    States of matter related to pharmaceutical formulations
    Physical properties of solutions
    Ionic equilibria and buffers
    Solubility, dissolution, and partitioning
    Mass transport
    Complexation and protein binding
    Dispersed systems
    Interfacial phenomena
    Rheology
    Chemical kinetics of pharmaceuticals
    Appendix : basic mathematical concepts.
    Digital Access AccessPharmacy 2019
  • Digital
    Seiji Masuda, Shingo Izawa, editors.
    Summary: The focus of this book is to introduce up-to-date information on applications and practical use of RNA for agriculture, biotechnology and medicine. It provides unique ideas, tools, and methods in detail from a variety of scientific and technical disciplines. RNA science has progressed enormously in recent decades, and vast amounts of information on RNA functions and their regulatory mechanisms are becoming available. Such a progress opened the door to an age of practical application of RNA in many fields including agriculture, plant science, medical science, brewing and fermentation technology, and material production. This book inspires its readership and contributes to not only expansion in application of RNA but also to basic research.

    Contents:
    Intro; Contents;
    Chapter 1: Improvement of Yeast Fermentation Efficiency Utilizing mRNAs Preferentially Translated Under Translational Repression; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Translational Repression and Formation of Cytoplasmic mRNP Granules; 1.3 HSP26 Is Preferentially Translated Under Glucose Depletion; 1.4 Translational Repression and Induction of mRNP Granule Formation Due to Ethanol Stress; 1.5 BTN2 Is Preferentially Translated Under Translation Repression Due to High Concentrations of Ethanol; 1.6 Improve Ethanol Tolerance and Fermentability by BTN2 Promoter. 1.7 ADH7 and BDH2 Are Preferentially Translated Under Translational Repression Due to Vanillin1.8 Improvement of Tolerance Against Biomass Conversion Inhibitors Using ADH7 Promoter; 1.9 Characteristics of the Promoters that Enable the Preferential Translation Under the Repression of Overall Protein Synthesis; 1.10 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 2: Constructing Mutant Ribosomes Containing Mutant Ribosomal RNAs; 2.1 Function and Structure of the Ribosome; 2.2 Constructing Mutant Ribosomes Containing Modified rRNAs; 2.2.1 The Use of Non-model Microorganisms. 5.2.5 In Vitro Selection for Structure-Switching Signaling Aptamers5.2.6 Other Types of Modified SELEX; 5.2.6.1 Modified SELEX Using Improved Libraries; 5.2.6.2 Modified SELEX with Improved Aptamer Separation Process; 5.2.6.3 Modified SELEX for Cell Surface or Whole-Cell Targets; 5.3 Biosensor Application of Aptamers for Natural Toxins; 5.3.1 Sensor Types; 5.3.2 Aptasensors for Natural Toxins; 5.4 Conclusions and Future Prospects; References;
    Chapter 6: Rational Design of Artificial Riboswitches; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Research Initiation; 6.3 Bacterial ON-Riboswitches Modulating mRNA Cleavage.
    Chapter 4: Reprogramming of Cells by Lactic Acid Bacteria4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Microbial Communities; 4.3 Modulation of Cellular Homeostasis, Cell Lineage Fate, and Stem Cell Development by Endosymbiotic Microbial Community; 4.4 Cell Reprogramming by Lactic Acid Bacteria (LAB); 4.5 Cell Reprogramming by Members of Mycobacteriaceae; 4.6 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 5: Generation of Aptamers Against Natural Toxins and Their Application as Biosensors; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Strategies for Aptamer Generation; 5.2.1 Classic SELEX; 5.2.2 Allosteric Selection; 5.2.3 CE-SELEX; 5.2.4 GO-SELEX.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    David Culliford.
    Summary: This essential book details intermediate-level statistical methods and frameworks for the clinician and medical researcher with an elementary grasp of health statistics and focuses on selecting the appropriate statistical method for many scenarios. Detailed evaluation of various methodologies familiarizes readers with the available techniques and equips them with the tools to select the best from a range of options. The inclusion of a hypothetical case study between a clinician and statistician charting the conception of the research idea through to results dissemination enables the reader to understand how to apply the concepts covered into their day-to-day clinical practice. Applied Statistical Considerations for Clinical Researchers focuses on how clinicians can approach statistical issues when confronted with a medical research problem by considering the data structure, how this relates to their study's aims and any potential knock-on effects relating to the evidence required to make correct clinical decisions. It covers the application of intermediate-level techniques in health statistics making it an ideal resource for the clinician seeking an up-to-date resource on the topic.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Preliminaries
    Design
    Planning
    Data Acquisition
    Data Manipulation Analysis
    Inferencesty
    Dissemination
    A Case Study
    Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Ariel Alonso, Theophile Bigirumurame, Tomasz Burzykowski, Marc Buyse, Geert Molenberghs, Leacky Muchene, Nolen Joy Perualila, Ziv Shkedy, Wim Van der Elst.
    Contents:
    I. Introductory material
    II. Contemporary surrogate endpoint evaluation methods : multiple-trial methods
    III. Software tools
    IV. Additional considerations and further topics.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Applied virology research to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    Carl V. Asche, editor.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction to Comparative Effectiveness Research
    2. Randomized Controlled Trials
    3. Observational Studies
    4. Evaluating Published CER Evidence
    5. Epidemiological Principles Applied to CER
    6. The Question of Value
    7. Medical Decision Making: When Evidence and Medical Culture Clash
    8. The Value of Prevention.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by David Hui, Alexander A. Leung, Raj Padwal ; with assistance from Christopher Ma.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by David Hui, Alexander A. Leung, Christopher Ma ; assisted by Anwar Saifal, Caitlyn Collins.
    Summary: The fully updated fifth edition of this highly successful textbook provides an integrated symptom- and issue-based approach to internal medicine with easily accessible, high-yield clinical information. For each topic, carefully organized sections on different diagnoses, investigations, and treatments are designed to facilitate patient care and examination preparation. Numerous clinical pearls and comparison tables are provided to help enhance learning, and international units (US and metric) are used to facilitate application in everyday clinical practice. In addition to the central tenets of internal medicine, the book covers many highly important, rarely discussed topics in medicine, including: palliative care, obstetrical medicine, transfusion reactions, needle stick injuries, interpretation of gram stain, depression and code status discussion. This fifth edition additionally includes new coverage of the coronavirus-19 and cancer survivorship while being fully updated throughout. Authors present this information in a streamlined fashion, preserving the books pocket-sized, quick reference format. Approach to Internal Medicine continues to serve as an essential reference primarily for medical students, residents, and fellows -- with practicing physicians, nurses, and advanced practice providers also finding the text of value as a point of care reference. .

    Contents:
    Pulmonary Medicine
    Cardiology
    Nephrology
    Critical Care
    Gastroenterology
    Hematology
    Oncology
    Infectious Diseases
    Rheumatology
    Neurology
    Endocrinology
    Dermatology
    Geriatrics
    Palliative Care
    Nutrition
    Toxicology and Addiction
    Obstetric Medicine
    General Internal Medicine
    Common Drug Classes
    Appendix I. Advanced Cardiac Life Support
    Appendix II. List of Common Abbreviations
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Satyendra K. Tiwary, editor.
    Summary: The book covers all aspects of lower limb oedema including aetiology, pathophysiology, clinical approach, investigations, differential diagnosis and management. It presents all the medical and surgical aspects of lower limb oedema in a well-illustrated manner for better understanding. It covers the lower limb oedema of different origins separately to highlight the different spectrums in their presentation and management. Separate chapters include special conditions like pregnancy, trauma and vascular malformations. The book augments the learning and knowledge for lower limb oedema management by illustrating all aspects of it. It suggests proceeding with every possible aetiology with a better understanding of pathophysiology and adequate designated investigations. It also includes clinical guidelines that help to solve the diagnostic dilemma in lower limb oedema management with infused points to reach a consensus in each and every possible cause. The book includes recent scientific literature and accepted guidelines adopted from the publications during the last ten years to provide latest knowledge in the field. The approaches discussed in the book with specific importance to clinical workup and meticulous investigation protocols will help the surgeons, physicians, primary care workers as well as surgical resident trainees to reach the correct diagnosis and proper management.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Foreword
    Preface
    Contents
    1: Introduction of Lower Limb Edema
    1.1 Background
    1.2 Introduction
    1.3 Etiology and Classification
    1.4 Pathophysiology
    1.5 Diagnosis
    1.6 Management and Outcome
    1.7 Deep Vein Thrombosis
    1.8 Lymphedema
    1.9 Conclusion
    References
    2: Anatomy of Lower Limb
    2.1 Anatomy of Venous System of the Lower Extremity
    2.2 Embryological Development of Veins of the Lower Extremity: Clinical Aspects of Atypical Anatomy
    2.3 Anatomical Routes Connecting Pelvic Veins with Those of the Lower Extremity 2.4 Anatomy of Lymphatic System of Lower Extremity
    References
    3: Physiological Basis of Lower Limb Edema
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Architecture of Microcirculation Unit
    3.3 Myogenic Autoregulation of Capillary Microcirculation
    3.4 Capillary Endothelium as Regulator of Microcirculation
    3.5 Transcapillary Exchange Across Endothelium
    3.6 Diffusion Across Capillary Endothelium
    3.7 Capillary Filtration as Regulated by Pressure Gradients
    3.8 Lymphatic Circulation
    3.9 Pathophysiology of Edema
    3.10 Thermodynamical Considerations in Edema Therapeutics 3.11 Various Physiological Conditions Affecting Edema Formation
    3.11.1 Effect of Gravity
    3.11.2 Effect of Diet and Nutrition
    3.11.3 Effect of Physical Activity and Posture
    3.11.4 Edema in Pregnancy
    3.11.5 Effect of Altitude Changes
    3.12 Pathological Conditions Presenting with Edema
    3.12.1 Heart Failure
    3.12.2 Hepatic Cirrhosis
    3.12.3 Constrictive Pericarditis and Restrictive Cardiomyopathy
    3.12.4 Renal Diseases
    3.12.5 Medications
    3.12.6 Thyroid Disease
    3.12.7 Lymphatic Obstruction
    3.12.8 Venous Incompetence or Deep Vein Thrombosis 3.12.9 Dermatitis and Lipedema
    3.13 Conclusion
    References
    4: Aetiopathogenesis in Lower Limb Oedema
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Pathogenesis
    4.3 Starling Forces
    4.4 Etiology
    4.5 Heart Diseases
    4.6 Liver Diseases
    4.7 Renal Diseases
    4.8 Venous (or Lymphatic) Drainage Obstruction
    4.9 Deep Vein Thrombosis
    4.10 Chronic Vein Insufficiency
    4.11 Reflex Sympathetic Dystrophy
    4.12 Lymphedema
    4.13 Inflammatory Edema
    4.14 Summary and Conclusion
    References
    5: Clinical Examination in Lower Limb Edema
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Clinical History 5.3 Physical Examination
    5.3.1 Distribution
    5.3.2 Tenderness
    5.3.3 Pitting
    5.3.4 Skin changes
    5.4 Diagnostic Studies
    5.4.1 Laboratory Tests
    5.4.2 Noninvasive Quantitative Methods to Assess Lower Limb Edema
    5.4.3 Water Displacement (Volume Measurements) [16]
    5.4.4 Perometer [17]
    5.4.5 Circumferential Method (with a Tape Measure) [18]
    5.4.6 Bioimpedance (BIA)
    References
    6: Investigations of Lower Limb Edema
    6.1 Introduction
    6.2 Static Leg Circumference Measurements
    6.3 Static Leg Volume Measurements
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Jerry McCauley, Seyed Mehrdad Hamrahian, Omar H. Maarouf, editors.
    Summary: Chronic kidney disease (CKD) is a major global public health problem, affecting nearly one in seven adults in the United States alone. It is a disease that integrates chronic illness at several levels, and the progressive condition is associated with high rates of co-morbidity. This text provides a comprehensive, current state-of-the art review of this field, serving as a valuable resource for primary care providers and non-nephrology clinicians that treat patients with CKD. It is comprised of 24 chapters focused on specific aspects of the disease. The first 2 chapters provide a bit of background on the disease, describing the anatomy and physiology of the kidney as well as the definition and epidemiology of the disease. The following 3 chapters discuss the detection, prevention and progression of the disease. The next 6 chapters describe the relationship of the disease with other conditions and most common co-morbidities such as diabetes and hypertension. The chapters, that follow focus on the CKD associated complications and the CKD within special populations such as the elderly and minorities as well as dietary restrictions and drug dosing. The book concludes with discussion on preparation for renal replacement therapy and preemptive organ transplantation as an alternative to dialysis in the management of the advanced CKD. Written by experts in the field, Approach to Chronic Kidney Disease is a comprehensive guide for clinicians, especially primary care providers including residents and fellows in training, who take care of chronic kidney disease patients. It is also a useful tool for researchers dealing with this challenging field. .

    Contents:
    Renal Physiology for Primary Care Clinicians
    State of the Care Definition and Epidemiology of CKD
    Screening Tests for CKD Detection
    Prevention of CKD and Retarding the Progression of CKD
    Progression of CKD and Uremic Symptoms
    Diabetic Kidney Disease
    Hypertensive Kidney Disease
    Infection Related Kidney Disease
    Hepatorenal Syndrome
    Lupus Nephritis
    Onco-Nephrology
    Complications of Chronic Kidney Disease: Electrolyte and Acid Base Disorders
    Anemia in chronic kidney disease
    CKD Mineral and Bone Disorder
    Hypertension and Cardiovascular Disease in Patients with Chronic Kidney Disease
    CKD in Elderly: Do old kidneys behave differently
    CKD in Non-Renal Solid Organ Transplantation
    CKD and Pregnancy
    CKD in Minorities: Non-Hispanic blacks, Hispanics Asians Indian Americans
    Nutrition in CKD
    Drug Dosing in CKD: Polypharmacy and Nephrotoxicity
    Use of Iodinated and Gadolinium Containing Contrast Media in CKD
    Preparation for Renal Replacement Therapy
    Pre-emptive Kidney Transplant: An Alternative to Dialysis.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    editors, Manish Srivastava, Neha Srivastava, Pramod W. Ramteke and Pradeep Kumar Mishra.
    Summary: Cellulase is a key enzyme of industrial interest and plays a crucial role in the hydrolysis of cellulose, a prime component of plant cell walls. Cellulase covers a broad area in the global market of industrially important enzymes and it is considered as the third largest industrial enzyme globally. Additionally, cellulase contributes about 20% of the total enzyme market globally because of its massive demand in various industries such as in biofuel production, pulp, paper, textile, food, and beverages, as well as in detergent industries. Among these, the demand of cellulase may become frequently selected in the commercial production of biofuels in the future and thus will further increase demand of cellulase in the biofuel industry. Because biofuel production is still not realized in a cost-effective, practical implementation due to its high cost (the higher cost of biofuels is due to higher production costs of enzymes), there is a need to introduce these types of approaches, which will help to lower the cost of enzyme production for developing overall economic biofuel production.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; About the Editors;
    Chapter 1: Fungal Cellulases: New Avenues in Biofuel Production; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Classification, Production, and Mode of Action; 1.3 Cellulase as Biofuels; 1.3.1 Bioethanol; 1.3.1.1 Stages/Processing Route; Pretreatment; Hydrolysis; Fermentation; 1.3.1.2 Factors Affecting Bioethanol Manufacturing; Temperature; Inoculum; Agitation Rate; Fermentation Time; 1.3.1.3 Bioethanol-Based Economy; 1.3.1.4 Recent Status of Bioethanol Production; 1.4 Advantages of Fungal Cellulase; 1.5 Industrial Application 1.5.1 Function of Cellulase in Several Industries1.5.1.1 Biofuels; 1.5.1.2 Textile Industry; 1.5.1.3 Pulp and Paper Industry; 1.5.1.4 Agriculture Industries; 1.5.1.5 Animal Feed Industries; 1.5.1.6 Other Applications; 1.6 Current Status; 1.7 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 2: An Insight into Fungal Cellulases and Their Industrial Applications; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Fungal Cellulases; 2.2.1 Cellulases from Aspergillus; 2.2.2 Cellulases from Trichoderma; 2.2.3 Cellulases from Penicillium; 2.2.4 Cellulases from Other Genera; 2.3 Conclusion; References 4.3.2 Optimization Process for Enhanced Cellulose Production4.4 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 5: Role of Solid-State Fermentation to Improve Cost Economy of Cellulase Production; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 SSF Mode of Cellulase Production; 5.3 SmF Versus SSF; 5.4 Microbes and Other Conditions in SSF; 5.5 Role of Inducer/Accessory Proteins in Cellulase Production; 5.6 Cellulase Optimization Strategies; 5.7 Microbial Consortia Applications; 5.8 Process Economy of Production and Extraction in SSF Mode; 5.9 Pilot-Scale Production Strategies; 5.10 Conclusion; References
    Chapter 3: Comparative Study of Cellulase Production Using Submerged and Solid-State Fermentation3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Cellulase Production by Submerged Fermentation; 3.3 Cellulase Production by Solid-State Fermentation; 3.4 Summary; 3.5 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 4: Microorganisms for Cellulase Production: Availability, Diversity, and Efficiency; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Identification of New Strains with Potential for Cellulose Production; 4.3 Microorganisms as Tools for Efficient Cellulase Production; 4.3.1 Fermentative Process Parameters
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Robin Canuel and Chad Crichton.
    Summary: "Liaison librarianship is a well-established system for framing the work and organizational structures of an academic library to effectively meet the needs of faculty and students. But despite its rich history, the precise meaning of liaison librarianship remains somewhat fluid--the size and nature of an academic institution, the library's financial and human resources, and the diversity and size of local programs are only some of the variables that librarians must take into consideration when evaluating a specific liaison model for their library, how to implement it, and how its success will be assessed. Approaches to Liaison Librarianship showcases a number of different implementations of the liaison model, across a range of institutions, and describes in detail many of the tailored programs and services that liaison librarians are so well-positioned to provide"-- Publisher's description

    Contents:
    The establishment and evolution of a liaison librarian program / Angela D. Hamilton
    Creating and managing a new liaison organizational model: strategies for success / Gary W. White and Yelena Luckert
    Getting on the change train: facilitating a reframing of the liaison model / Jeannie Bail and Marc Bragdon
    Cultivating liaison leadership: pathways to management / Kerry M. Creelman, Andrea R. Malone, Lisa Martin, and Veronica Arellano Douglas
    A delicate balance: fostering a collaborative work environment in the life of a merged library / Natalie Waters
    Building bridges beyond the library: outreach activities for liaison librarians / Lisa M. Woznicki
    Move out and move in: an embedded approach to liaison roles / Helen Power and Sharon Munro
    The embedded instruction liaison librarian: creating a workshop series for future professionals / Lindsay McNiff
    Better together: collaboratively designing and teaching a problem-based public health course / Lana Mariko Wood
    Research in the studio, artists in the stacks: mapping information literacy and the library in a studio arts program / Larissa Garcia and Jessica Labatte
    Telling a compelling story: using the guidelines for primary source literacy to teach students how to critically use original library documents / Sandy Hervieux
    The more we work together: supporting student research through librarian-faculty collaboration in an online graduate course / Jenny Harris and Catherine Gatewood-Keim
    Extending our reach: collaborating and creating an e-learning resource for social science graduate students / Christena A. McKillop
    Best of both worlds: transitioning roles for a liaison librarian to an embedded librarian by becoming an adjunct instructor / Melissa E. Johnson
    Working with faculty development groups: building mutually beneficial relationships to deepen liaison librarian-faculty collaborations / Theresa McDevitt, Stephanie Taylor-Davis, and Carrie Bishop
    Uncovering indigenous knowledge at the cultural interface: liaison-led initiatives to decolonize academic library collections / Michael Dudley and April Blackbird
    Speaking across silos: understanding the commonalities between subject and functional roles / Pamella R. Lach, Amanda Lanthorne, and Laurel Bliss
    Liaison and scholarly communication librarians collaborating to support faculty and students / Sarah A. Norris, Sandra Avila, and Buenaventura Basco
    Entrepreneurship unbound: liaison librarians supporting entrepreneurship in the university environment / Jordan M. Nielsen
    Beyond the looking glass: applying a futures thinking perspective for managing liaison roles / Cinthya Ippoliti.
  • Digital
    Mirza Hasanuzzaman, editor.
    Summary: In this comprehensive book, plant biologists and environmental scientists present the latest information on different approaches to the remediation of inorganic pollutants. Highlighting remediation techniques for a broad range of pollutants, the book offers a timely compilation to help readers understand injury and tolerance mechanisms, and the subsequent improvements that can be achieved by plant-based remediation. Gathering contributions by respected experts in the field, the book represents a valuable asset for students and researchers, particularly plant physiologists, environmental scientists, biotechnologists, botanists, soil chemists and agronomists.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Ion homeostasis and its role in salt remediation by halophytes
    Chapter 2. Role of Transporters in Accumulating Salt Ions by Halophytes
    Chapter 3. Dual Role of Nitrogen: Essential Plant Mineral Element and Source of Inorganic Pollution
    Chapter 4. Synthesis and regulation of secondary metabolites in plants in conferring tolerance to toxic metals and inorganic pollutants
    Chapter 5. Bicarbonate toxicity and elevated pH in plants: Metabolism, regulation and tolerance
    Chapter 6. Antioxidant defense systems and remediation of metal toxicity in plants
    Chapter 7. Current Research on the Role of Plant Primary and Secondary Metabolites in Response to Cadmium Stress
    Chapter 8. The current scenario and prospects of immobilization remediation technique for the management of heavy metals contaminated soils
    Chapter 9. Inhibition of donor and acceptor side of Photosystem II by cadmium ions
    Chapter 10. Physiological and Molecular Mechanism of Metalloid Tolerance in Plants
    Chapter 11. Heavy metals-induced morphophysiological and biochemical changes in Mentha piperita L.
    Chapter 12. Heavy Metals-induced Physiological and Biochemical changes in Fenugreek (Trigonella foenum-graceum L.)
    Chapter 13. Copper-induced responses in different plant species
    Chapter 14. Concept and types of phytoremediation
    Chapter 15. Bioremediation of Heavy Metals Using the Symbiosis Between Leguminous Plants and Genetically Engineered Rhizobia
    Chapter 16. Metallothionein- and Phytochelatin-assisted mechanism of heavy metal detoxification in microalgae
    Chapter 17. Efficacy of Duckweeds for phytoremediation: Morpho-physiological and biochemical alterations
    Chapter 18. Metals Phytoextraction by Brassica species
    Chapter 19. Molecular Basis of Plant-Microbes Interaction in Remediating Metals and Inorganic Pollutants.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Mariano Bizzarri, editors.
    Summary: This volume - for pharmacologists, systems biologists, philosophers and historians of medicine - points to investigate new avenues in pharmacology research, by providing a full assessment of the premises underlying a radical shift in the pharmacology paradigm. The pharmaceutical industry is currently facing unparalleled challenges in developing innovative drugs. While drug-developing scientists in the 1990s mostly welcomed the transformation into a target-based approach, two decades of experience shows that this model is failing to boost both drug discovery and efficiency. Selected targets were often not druggable and with poor disease linkage, leading to either high toxicity or poor efficacy. Therefore, a profound rethinking of the current paradigm is needed. Advances in systems biology are revealing a phenotypic robustness and a network structure that strongly suggest that exquisitely selective compounds, compared with multitarget drugs, may exhibit lower than desired clinical efficacy. This appreciation of the role of polypharmacology has significant implications for tackling the two major sources of attrition in drug development, efficacy and toxicity. Integrating network biology and polypharmacology holds the promise of expanding the current opportunity space for druggable targets.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Revisiting the concept of human disease (Mariano Bizzarri, Mirko Minini, and Noemi Monti)
    Chapter 2. Dynamical aspects of pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamics and quantitative systems pharmacology models (Ioannis Loisios-Konstantinidis, Panteleimon D. Mavroudis, Panos Macheras)
    Chapter 3. The efficiency of multi-target drugs: a network approach (Lucas N. Alberca, Alan Talevi)
    Chapter 4. Mining Complex Biomedical Literature for Actionable Knowledge on Rare Diseases (Vinicius M. Alvesa, Stephen J. Capuzzia, Nancy Baker, Eugene N. Muratov, Alexander Trospsha, and Anthony J. Hickey)
    Chapter 5. Big Data, Personalized Medicine and Network Pharmacology: beyond the current paradigms (Alessandro Giuliani and Virginia Todde)
    Chapter 6. Epigenetic Control Using Small Molecules in Cancer (Tomohiro Kozako, Yukihiro Itoh, Shinichiro Honda, Takayoshi Suzuki)
    Chapter 7. Multiscale Modelling of Cancer: Micro-, Meso- and Macro-scales of Growth and Spread (Mark AJ Chaplain)
    Chapter 8. Precision Oncology vs Phenotypic approaches in the management of cancer: a case for the postmitotic state (Armando Aranda-Anzaldo and Myrna A.R. Dent)
    Chapter 9. Migrastatics
    anti-metastatic drugs targeting cancer cell invasion (Aneta Gandalovičová , Daniel Rosel , Jan Brábek)
    Chapter 10. Critical steps in Epithelial-Mesenchymal transition as target for cancer treatment (Evgeny V. Denisov, Mohit Kumar Jolly, Vitaly P. Shubin, Alexey S. Tsukanov, Nadezhda V. Cherdyntseva)
    Chapter 11. Targeting the tumor-associated macrophages for 'normalizing' cancer (Julia Kzhyshkowska)
    Chapter 12. Tumor Reversion induced by embryo and oocyte extracts (Sara Proietti, Andrea Pensotti and Alessandra Cucina)
    Chapter 13. Trabectedin, a drug acting on both cancer cells and the tumor microenvironment (Paola Allavena, Manuela Liguori, Cristina Belgiovine)
    Chapter 14. Advances in Characterizing Recently-identified Molecular Actions of Melatonin: Clinical Implications (Russel J. Reiter, Ramaswamy Sharma, Sergio A. Rosales-Corral, Ana Coto-Montes, Jose Antonio Boga, Jerry Vriend)
    Chapter 15. Multitarget activities of Inositol and Inositol Hexakisphosphate (Ivana Vucenik)
    Chapter 16. Integration of Phytochemicals and Phytotherapy into Cancer Precision Medicine (Nadire Özenver and Thomas Efferth)
    Chapter 17. Synergistic Effects of Chinese Herbal Medicine and Biological Networks (Deep Jyoti Bhuyan, Saumya Perera1, Kirandeep Kaur, Muhammad A. Alsherbiny, Mitchell Low, Sai-Wang Seto, Chun-Guang Li, Xian Zhou)
    Chapter 18. Medicinal herbs: its therapeutic use in obstetrics and gynaecology (Irene Orbe, Daniel Paz, Leyre Pejenaute, Andrea Puente, Laura Diaz de Alda, Sandra Yague, Iñaki Lete)
    Chapter 19. Overcoming Antibiotic Resistance: New Perspectives (Matteo Bassetti, Elda Righi).
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Gulab Singh Yadav, Vikas Kumar, Neeraj K. Aggarwal, editors.
    Summary: The book discusses the basics of aptamers and the advent of aptamer-based technology in recent times. The book covers the diverse applications of aptamers, such as in detection of animal and plant pathogens, disease diagnosis and therapeutics, environmental contamination detection etc. Besides these applications, the book also describes the use of these synthetic or modified DNA, as drug delivery vehicles. The different chapters describe how the binding capacity and specificity of aptamers can be exploited in various ways. The book also discusses how these attributes of aptamers can outdo the antibody technology in biomedical and diagnostic solutions. This crisp and concise book gives the readers an insight into the most recent biotechnological applications of aptamers.

    Contents:
    Aptamer: The Science of Synthetic DNA
    Recent updates for isolation of aptamers for various biothreat agents using different strategies and their role in detection applications
    Aptamer: A Futuristic Approach in Diagnosis Rivaling Antibodies
    Aptamer: Apt System for Target-specific Drug Delivery
    Aptamers: Novel therapeutic and diagnostic molecules
    Different approaches for aptamer conjugated drugs preparation
    Nucleic acid guided molecular tool for in-vivo theranostic applications
    Current development and future prospects of aptamer based protein targeting
    Aptasensor- Possible design and strategy for aptamer based sensor
    Aptamer-based biosensors for detection of environmental pollutants
    Role of aptamers in plant defense mechanism against viral diseases
    Aptamer- a next generation tool for application in agricultural industry for food safety.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Simon Goddek, Alyssa Joyce, Benz Kotzen, Gavin M. Burnell, editors.
    OAPEN (Open Access Publishing in European Networks).. OAPEN
    Summary: This open access book, written by world experts in aquaponics and related technologies, provides the authoritative and comprehensive overview of the key aquaculture and hydroponic and other integrated systems, socio-economic and environmental aspects. Aquaponic systems, which combine aquaculture and vegetable food production offer alternative technology solutions for a world that is increasingly under stress through population growth, urbanisation, water shortages, land and soil degradation, environmental pollution, world hunger and climate change.

    Contents:
    PART 1: FRAMEWORK CONDITIONS IN A RESOURCE LIMITED WORLD 1: Aquaponics and Global Food Challenges 2: Aquaponics: closing the cycle on limited water, land and nutrient resources 3: Recirculating Aquaculture Technology 4: Hydroponic Technology PART 2: SPECIFIC AQUAPONIC TECHNOLOGY 5: Aquaponics: The Basics 6: Bacterial Relationships in Aquaponics: New Research Directions 7: Coupled Aquaponic Systems 8: Decoupled Aquaponic Systems 9: Nutrient Cycling 10: Aerobic & Anaerobic Treatments for Aquaponic Sludge Reduction and Mineralisation 11: Systems Modelling 12: Aquaponics: Alternative Types and Approaches PART 3: PERSPECTIVE FOR SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT 13: Fish Diets in Aquaponics 14: Plant Pathogens and Control Strategies in Aquaponics 15: Smarthoods: Aquaponics Integrated Microgrids 16: Aquaponics for the Anthropocene: Towards a 'sustainable first' Agenda PART 4: MANAGEMENT & MARKETING 17: Insight into Risk in Aquatic Animal Health in Aquaponics 18: Commercial Aquaponics
    A Long Road Ahead 19: Aquaponics: The Ugly Duckling in Organic Regulation 20: Regulatory Frameworks for Aquaponics within the EU 21: Aquaponics in the Built Environment PART 5: AQUAPONICS AND EDUCATION 22: Aquaponics as an Educational Tool 23: Opportunities and challenges in using aquaponics among young people at school
    a Danish perspective 24: Aquaponics and Social Enterprise.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    Baoxue Yang, editor.
    Contents:
    Molecular biology of aquaporins / Chunling Li, Weidong Wang
    The evolutionary aspects of aquaporin family / Kenichi Ishibashi, Yoshiyuki Morishita, Yasuko Tanaka
    Transport characteristics of aquaporins / Xiaoqiang Geng, Baoxue Yang
    Aquaporins and gland secretion / Christine Delporte
    Aquaporins in nervous system / Mengmeng Xu, Ming Xiao, Shao Li, Baoxue Yang
    Aquaporins in cardiovascular system / Lu Tie, Di Wang, Yundi Shi, Xuejun Li
    Aquaporins in respiratory system / Yuanlin Song, Linlin Wang, Jian Wang, Chunxue Bai
    Aquaporins in digestive system / Shuai Zhu Bachelor, Jianhua Ran, Baoxue Yang, Zhechuan Mei
    Aquaporins in urinary system / Yingjie Li, Weiling Wang, Tao Jiang, Baoxue Yang
    The physiological role and regulation of aquaporins in teleost germ cells / Joan Cerdà, Fraṅçois Chauvigné, Roderick Nigel Finn
    Aquaporins in the skin / Ravi Patel, L. Kevin Heard, Xunsheng Chen, Wendy B. Bollag
    Aquaporins in the eye / Thuy Linh Tran, Steffen Hamann, Steffen Heegaard
    Aquaporins in fetal development / Nora Martínez, Alicia E. Damiano
    Diabetes insipidus / H.A. Jenny Lu
    Aquaporins in obesity / Inês Vieira da Silva, Graça Soveral
    Aquaporin-targeted therapeutics: state-of-the-field / Lukmanee Tradtrantip, Bjung-Ju Jin, Xiaoming Yao [and others]
    Water transport mediated by other membrane proteins / Boyue Huang, Hongkai Wang, Baoxue Yang
    Methods to measure water permeability / Evgeniy I. Solenov, Galina S. Baturina, Liubov E. Katkova [and others].
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Christian E.W. Steinberg.
    Summary: This book is a unique cross fertilization of aquatic ecology and aquaculture. It shows how diets structure the digestive tract and its microbiota and, in turn, the microbiota influences life history traits of its host, including behavior. Short-term starvation can have beneficial effects on individuals themselves and succeeding generations which may acquire multiple stress resistances - a mechanism strengthening the persistence of populations. From terrestrial, but not yet from aquatic animals, it is understood that circadian the rhythmicity makes toxins or good food. On the long-term, the dietary basis impacts succeeding generations and can trigger a sympatric speciation by (epi)-genetics. This volume defines gaps in nutritional research and practice of farmed fishes and invertebrates by referring to knowledge from marine and freshwater biology. It also points out that dietary benefits and deficiencies have effects on several succeeding generations, indicating that well designed diets may have the potential to successfully improve broodstock and breeding effort.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Abbreviations and Glossary; Chapter 1: Introduction
    'You Are What You Eat'; Appendix; Technical Note; References; Chapter 2: Diets and Digestive Tracts
    'Your Food Determines Your Intestine'; 2.1 Digestive Tract; 2.2 Digestion; 2.2.1 Protein Digestion; 2.2.2 Lipid Digestion; 2.2.3 Carbohydrate Digestion; 2.3 Ontogenesis and the Intestine; 2.3.1 Fishes; 2.3.2 Invertebrates; 2.3.2.1 Echinoderms; 2.3.2.2 Crustaceans; 2.4 Herbivory, a Disadvantageous Acquization Strategy?; 2.4.1 Fishes; 2.4.2 Invertebrates; 2.5 Starvation and Gut Morphology. 2.6 Trophic Positions: An Omnivores' Dilemma?2.7 Concluding Remarks; References; Chapter 3: The Intestinal Microbiota
    'Your Eating Feeds a Plethora of Guests' and 'This Plethora of Guests Determines Who You Are and How Well You Do'; 3.1 Invertebrates; 3.1.1 Hydrozoa; 3.1.2 Mollusks; 3.1.3 Echinoderms; 3.1.4 Crustaceans; 3.2 Fishes; 3.2.1 Microbiome Ontogenesis; 3.2.2 Does a Core Microbiome Exist?; 3.2.2.1 Microbiome and Starvation; 3.2.2.2 Host's Impact on Microbiota; 3.2.2.3 Environmental Impact on Microbiota; 3.2.2.4 Diet; 3.2.3 Zebrafish as Witness of Microbiome Development. 3.2.4 Control Functions by Gut Microbiota3.2.4.1 Circadian Clock; 3.2.4.2 Behavior; 3.2.4.3 Development and Health; 3.3 Concluding Remarks; References; Chapter 4: Dietary Restriction, Starvation, Compensatory Growth
    'Short-Term Fasting Does Not Kill You: It Can Make You Stronger'; 4.1 Indicators of Starvation; 4.2 Starvation Tolerance and Starvation Impact; 4.2.1 Cnidarians; 4.2.2 Rotifers; 4.2.3 Mollusks; 4.2.4 Echinoderms; 4.2.5 Crustaceans; 4.2.5.1 Ostracods; 4.2.5.2 Cladocerans; 4.2.5.3 Copepods; 4.2.5.4 Amphipods and Isopods; 4.2.5.5 Euphausiids; 4.2.5.6 Decapods; 4.2.6 Fishes. 4.2.6.1 Livebearers4.2.6.2 Cavefish; 4.2.6.3 Killifishes; 4.2.7 Summary of Starvation Effects; 4.2.8 Starvation: Point-of-no-Return; 4.3 Compensatory Growth; 4.3.1 Invertebrates; 4.3.1.1 Mollusks; 4.3.1.2 Crustaceans; 4.3.1.3 Insects; 4.3.2 Fishes; 4.3.2.1 Overcompensatory Growth; 4.3.2.2 Costs of Compensatory Growth; 4.4 Compensatory Growth in Populations; 4.5 Regulation of Compensatory Growth; 4.5.1 Appetite-Regulating Hormones; 4.5.2 Neuropeptides; 4.5.3 Transcription of Growth Regulators; 4.5.3.1 Information from Transgenic Animals; 4.6 Concluding remarks; References. Chapter 5: Chrononutrition
    'The Clock Makes Good Food'5.1 How Does a Biological Clock Work?; 5.1.1 Fishes; 5.1.2 Invertebrates; 5.2 Food and Circadian Gene Transcription; 5.2.1 Major Nutrients; 5.2.2 Xenobiotic or Antinutritional Compounds; 5.3 Concluding Remarks; References; Chapter 6: Transgenerational Effects
    'Your Offspring Will Become What You Eat'; 6.1 Parental Effects; 6.1.1 Maternal Effects; 6.1.1.1 Invertebrates; 6.1.1.2 Fishes; Egg and Embryo Quality; Transgenerational Metabolic Programming; Offspring Immunity and Fecundity; 6.1.2 Paternal Effects; 6.1.2.1 Male Pregnancy.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Domenico Bonamonte, Gianni Angelini, editors.
    Contents:
    Preface
    1 Introduction and general principles
    2 The aquatic environment and its biotoxins: Toxic aquatic animals
    3 The aquatic environment and the function of biotoxins
    4 Biochemistry of biotoxins in the aquatic environment
    5 Dermatitis caused by Coelenterates: Coelenterates nematocysts
    6 Dermatitis caused by Coelenterates: Nematocyst poison
    7 Dermatitis caused by Coelenterates: Reactions to jellyfish
    8 Dermatitis caused by Coelenterates: Reactions to sea anemones
    9 Seabather eruption
    10 Dermatitis caused by Coelenterates: Reactions to physaliae (Skin and systemic reactions)
    11 Dermatitis caused by Echinoderms
    12 Dermatitis caused by Molluscs
    13 Lesions caused by Arthropods
    14 Dermatitis caused by sponges
    15 Dermatitis caused by algae and Bryozoans
    16 Dermatitis caused by aquatic worms
    17 Dermatitis caused by fish
    18 Dermatitis caused by aquatic bacteria
    19 Aquatic skin diseases from physical and chemical causes.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Kleber Del-Claro, Rhainer Guillermo, editors.
    Summary: This book presents a broad view of the ecology and behavior of aquatic insects, raising awareness of this conspicuous and yet little known fauna that inhabits inland waterbodies such as rivers, lakes and streams, and is particularly abundant and diverse in tropical ecosystems. The chapters address topics such as distribution, dispersal, territoriality, mating behavior, parental care and the role of sensory systems in the response to external and internal cues. In the context of ecology, it discusses aquatic insects as bio indicators that may be used to assess environmental disturbances, either in protected or urban areas, and provides insights into how genetic connectivity can support the development of novel conservation strategies. It also explores how aquatic insects can inspire solutions for various problems faced by modern society, presenting examples in the fields of material science, optics, sensorics and robotics.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Aquatic Insects
    why it is important to dedicate our time on their study?
    Distribution and Habitats of Aquatic Insects
    Dispersal by Aquatic Insects
    Effects of Abiotic Factors and Ecogeographic Patterns on the Ecology, Distribution and Behavior of Aquatic Insects
    The Biotic Environment: Multiple Interactions in an Aquatic World
    Drumming for Love: Mating Behavior in Stoneflies
    Aquatic Insect Sensilla: Morphology and Function
    Territoriality in Aquatic Insects
    Defenses of Water Insects
    Reproductive Behavior and Sexual Selection
    Sexual Conflict in Water Striders, Dragonflies and Diving Beetles
    Paternal Care in Giant Water Bugs
    The Aquatic Lepidopterans: A Mysterious and Unknown Fauna
    Urban Aquatic Insects
    The Tinbergen Shortfall: Developments on Aquatic Insect Behavior that are Critical for Freshwater Conservation
    Genetic Connectivity in Conservation of Freshwater Insects
    Aquatic Insects as a Source for Biomimetics
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Laith A. Jawad, editor.
    Summary: The Arabian Seas Marine Region encompasses marine areas from Djibouti to Pakistan, including the northern part of Somalia, the Red Sea, the Arabian/Persian Gulf, and parts of the Arabian Sea. Human pressures on the coastal and marine environments are evident throughout the region, and have resulted in harmful environmental effects. Oil and domestic, urban and industrial pollutants in several areas of this part of the world have caused local habitat degradation, eutrophication and algal blooms. Further, coastal landfill, dredging, and sedimentation, as well as nutrient and sediment runoff from phosphate mining, agriculture and grazing, and reduction in freshwater seepage due to groundwater extraction are all contributing to the degradation of coastal environments. This book discusses aspects not covered in other books on the region, which largely focus on marine biodiversity, and examines several environmental challenges that are often ignored, but which have a significant impact on the environment. Evaluating the status quo, it also recommends conservation measures and examines the abiotic factors that play a major main role in the environmental changes. Lastly, the book addresses the biodiversity of the area, providing a general context for the conservation and management measures discussed.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Editor and Contributors
    Introduction
    1 The Name of the Studied Area
    2 The Geographical and Geological Settings
    3 Biodiversity
    4 Faunal Domains
    References
    Part I: Historical Perspectives
    History and Geography of the Arabian Gulf
    1 Introduction
    2 The Arabian Gulf in General
    2.1 Names of the Gulf
    2.2 History of the Arabian Gulf Before Christ
    2.3 History of the Arabian Gulf After Christ
    2.4 The Ottomans and the Desired World Powers
    3 History of Arabian Gulf Countries
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Kuwait 3.1 Tidal Variation off Kuwaiti Territorial Waters
    3.2 Tide-Induced Current in the Kuwaiti Territorial Waters
    3.3 Maximum Significant Wave Heights in the Kuwaiti Territorial Waters
    3.4 Wave Period in Kuwaiti Territorial Waters
    3.5 Water Transparency in Kuwaiti Territorial Waters
    3.6 Seawater Turbidity Around Boubyan Island in Kuwait Based on Field Measurements
    4 Conclusions
    References
    Low Oxygen Zones Predict Future Condition of Fish Under Climate Change
    1 Introduction
    2 Data Resources and Analysis
    3 Results Obtained
    4 Discussion
    Appendix
    References 3.3 Bahrain
    3.4 Qatar
    3.5 The United Arab Emirates
    3.6 Sultanate of Oman
    3.7 Saudi Arabia
    References
    Documents
    Periodicals
    Books
    Map
    The Prehistoric Fishers and Gatherers of the Northern and Western Coasts of the Arabian Sea
    1 Introduction
    2 Environmental Conditions, Natural Resources, and Coastal Constraints
    3 History of the Research
    4 Resources Exploitation
    5 Seafaring
    6 Social Aspects of the Exploitation of Marine Resources
    7 Inferring Fishing Gears and Methods from Material Culture Remains
    8 Discussion
    References Part II: Environmental Aspects
    The Biogeochemical Features of Kuwaiti Water in the Northwestern Arabian Gulf: Current State of Knowledge and Future
    1 Introduction and Background
    2 Hydrography: The Physical Settings
    3 Climatically Important Gases and Their Components
    4 Biogeochemistry of Bio-essential Macronutrients and Trace Elements
    5 Chlorophyll a and Productivity
    6 Impact of Anthropogenic Perturbations and Climate Change in Kuwaiti Waters
    7 Concluding Remarks and Future Recommendations
    References Some Physical Oceanographic Aspects of Kuwait and Arabian Gulf Marine Environment
    1 Introduction
    2 Some Physical Oceanographic Aspects of Arabian Gulf
    2.1 Precipitation, Evaporation, and Flow of Seawater in and out of Arabian Gulf
    2.2 General Topography of the Countries Around Arabian Gulf
    2.3 Bathymetry of Arabian Gulf
    2.4 Tidal Variation in the Arabian Gulf
    2.5 Wind Speed and Direction
    2.6 Maximum Tidal Current in the Arabian Gulf
    2.7 Maximum Wave Heights and Periods Inside the Arabian Gulf
    3 Some Physical Oceanographic Aspects of Kuwaiti Territorial Waters
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Zengxiang Ge.
    Summary: This book summarizes the latest studies on plant reproduction and multiple aspects of signaling in reproductive development. It also presents the most advanced processes in CrRLK1L receptor and RALF peptide studies during plant development. Focusing on signaling in pollen tube integrity and sperm release regulation, it provides significant insights into the BUPS-ANX receptor complex and the corresponding ligands RALF4/19 to promote pollen tube growth with proper cell integrity. It also proposes a working model of female tissue-derived RALF34 competing with RALF4/19 from the BUPS-ANX to trigger pollen tube rupture and sperm release. Offering a detailed overview of the spatiotemporal regulation mechanism underlying the control of pollen tube integrity and sperm release, the book fills a major gap in our understanding of plant reproductive processes, and as such is a valuable resource for those working in the area of plant signaling.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Supervisor's Foreword
    Abstract
    Parts of this book have been published in the following articles:Ge, Z., Bergonci, T., Zhao, Y.L., Zou, Y.J., Du, S., Liu, M.C., Luo, X.J., Ruan, H., Garcia-Valencia, L.E., Zhong, S., et al. (2017). Arabidopsis pollen tube integrity and sperm release are regulated by RALF-mediated signaling. Science 358, 1596-1599.Ge, Z., Cheung, A.Y., and Qu, L-J. (2019). Pollen tube integrity regulation in flowering plants: insights from molecular assemblies on the pollen tube surface. New Phytol. 222, 687-693
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Abbreviations 1 Review of Cell-Cell Communication in Plant Reproduction
    1.1 Overview of Plant Reproduction
    1.1.1 Interaction Between Pollen and the Stigma
    1.1.2 Pollen Tube Growth in the Transmitting Tract
    1.1.3 Pollen Tube Guidance
    1.1.4 Pollen Tube Reception
    1.1.5 Male and Female Gametophyte Fusion
    1.2 Plant Peptides and RLKs-Mediated Signaling in Plant Fertilization
    1.3 Summary and Perspective
    References
    2 Receptor-Like Kinases BUPS1/2 are Involved in Pollen Tubes Integrity Maintenance in Arabidopsis
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Materials and Methods
    2.2.1 Plant Material 2.2.2 Strains and Plasmids
    2.2.3 Chemicals and Reagents
    2.2.4 Methods
    2.3 Results
    2.3.1 Expression Pattern and Subcellular Localization of BUPS1/2
    2.3.2 Using CRISPR/Cas9 Technology to Knock Out BUPS1/2
    2.3.3 bups1 and bups1 bups2 Mutant Show Fertility Defect
    2.3.4 bups1 and bups1 bups2 are Male Sterile
    2.3.5 Pollen Development of bups1 or bups1 bups2 is Normal
    2.3.6 The Pollen Tube of bups1 and bups1 bups2 Rupture Prematurely
    2.3.7 BUPS1/2 Interact with ANX1/2 to Form a Receptor Complex
    2.4 Discussion
    References 3 RALF4/19 are Autocrine Signals to Maintain Pollen Tubes Integrity
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Materials and Methods
    3.2.1 Plant Material
    3.2.2 Strains and Plasmids
    3.2.3 Chemicals and Reagents
    3.2.4 Methods
    3.3 Results
    3.3.1 Expression Pattern and Subcellular Localization of RALF4/19
    3.3.2 Using CRISPR/Cas9 Technology to Knock Out RALF4/19
    3.3.3 ralf4 ralf19 Double Mutants are Male Sterile
    3.3.4 ralf4 ralf19 Exhibits bups1 bups2-like Phenotypes
    3.3.5 RALF4/19 Interact with BUPS1/2 Ectodomains
    3.3.6 RALF4/19 Show High Affinity to ANX1/2
    3.4 Discussion
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Knut Wester.
    Contents:
    1. Intracranial arachnoid cysts and headache
    2. Clinical presentation, symptoms, and complaints: dizziness/vertigo
    3. Intracranial arachnoid cysts and epilepsy
    4. Arachnoid cyst and visual function
    5. Clinical presentation, symptoms, and complaints- what matters: size, location, or intracystic pressure?
    6. Intracranial arachnoid cysts and mental function
    7. Controversies in the management of intracranial arachnoid cysts
    8. Clinical, radiological, and neuropsychological evidence in favor of surgical decompression
    9. Surgical techniques, results, and complications: microsurgical techniques- traditional craniotomy
    10. Microsurgical techniques- the keyhole approach
    11. Endoscopic techniques in arachnoid cyst surgery
    12. Shunt techniques- cystoperitoneal shunt
    13. Surgical techniques, results, and complications: shunt techniques- cystosubdural shunt, cystoventiricular shunt/stent
    14. Overdrainage syndromes in shunted arachnoid cysts
    15. Arachnoid cyst- anesthesia and postoperative management
    16. Pre- and postoperative quality of life in arachnoid cyst patients
    17. Pediatric spinal arachnoid cysts
    18. Pediatric cranial arachnoid cysts
    19. Spinal arachnoid cysts
    20. Arahnoid cysts and risk of sport-related brain injury
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Knut Wester.
    Contents:
    1. Arachnoid cysts- historical perspectives and controversial aspects
    2. Arachnoid cysts- intracranial locations, gender, and sidedness
    3. Molecular biology and genetics: gene expression, twin studies and familial occurrence, and syndromes associated with AC
    4. Arachnoic cysts in glutaric aciduria type I (GA-I)
    5. Ultrastructure of arachnoid cysts
    6. Pathophysiology of intracranial arachnoid cysts: hypoperfusion of adjacent cortex
    7. Biochemistry- composition of and possible mechanisms for production of arachnoid cyst fluid
    8. The "valve mechanism"
    9. The prevalence of intracranial arachnoid cysts
    10. Classification and location of arachnoid cysts
    11. Growth and disapperance of arachnoid cysts
    12. Arachnoid cysts and subdural and intracystic hematomas
    13. Hydrocephalus associated with arachnoid cysts
    14. Radiological workup, CT, MRI
    15. Arachnoid cyst- prenatal detection, management, and perinatal outcome
    16. SPECT studies in patients with arachnoid cysts
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Print
    Bilikiewicz, Tadeusz; Irsay, Stephen d'.
    Contents:
    v. 1: Albrecht von Haller: Eine Studie zur Geistesgeschichte der Aufklärung / Stephen d'Irsay
    v. 2: Die Embyologie im Zeitalterdes Barock und des Rokoko / Tadeusz Bilikiewicz.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    R132 .L53
    2
  • Digital/Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    5
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access Springer v. 20, 2008.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    1
  • Digital
    Yoo Kyung Lee.
    Summary: The Arctic is a special world. The Arctic Ocean is covered by white sea ice, and its margins are surrounded by bare terrestrial regions, known as tundra. Tundra is a cold and dry environment without trees, but even in the absence of trees, tundra plants such as dwarf shrubs, grasses, herbs and moss support the harsh environment by providing sustenance and shelter. This book introduces representative arctic plants and their function in Svalbard, revealing the unique tundra ecosystem, and discussing the direct and indirect effects of climate change in the Arctic.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Arctic Tundra: Where There Are No Trees
    Chapter 2. Arctic Is Not One
    Chapter 3. Arctic Plants in Different Tundras
    Chapter 4. Arctic Plants in Svalbard- Who are they and what do they do?/Svalbard, cold shore
    Chapter 5. The Past Shows the Future.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Nancy Berlinger.
    Summary: How work gets done in complex health care systems is ethically important. When health care professionals and other staff are pressured to improvise, fix structural problems, or comply with competing policies, the uncertainty and distress they experience have potential consequences for patients, families, colleagues, and the system itself. This book presents a new theory of health care ethics that is grounded in the nature of health care work and how it is shaped by the ever-changing conditions of complex systems, in particular, problems of safety and harm. By exploring workarounds and other improvised practices in complex health care systems that are difficult for professionals to talk about openly, yet have unclear effects, including their value or risk to patients, this book offers a realistic look at our changing health care system and how we can improve the way we manage moral problems arising in the care of the sick. Berlinger argues that health care ethics in complex and changing health care systems should reflect the moral complexity of health care work, analyze common ethical challenges with reference to behaviors and pressures driven by the system itself, and support opportunities for health care professionals and staff at all levels to reflect on the problems they face and to take part in social change. The book's chapters include frameworks for looking at ethical challenges in health care as problems of safety and harm with consequences for patients. Are Workarounds Ethical? is designed to support clinician education in medicine, nursing, and interdisciplinary contexts and recommend methods for integrating ethics, safety, and justice in practice. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Should you wash your hands?
    Are workarounds ethical?
    Turfing, bending, and gaming
    Dirty hands and the semiclear conscience
    Problems of humanity
    Ethics without heroics : foreseeing moral problems in complex systems.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    Vsevolod V. Gurevich, editor.
    Summary: This volume describes our current understanding of the biological role of visual and non-visual arrestins in different cells and tissues, focusing on the mechanisms of arrestin-mediated regulation of GPCRs and non-receptor signaling proteins in health and disease. The book covers wide range of arrestin functions, emphasizing therapeutic potential of targeting arrestin interactions with individual partners.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Brian Olshansky, Mina K. Chung, Steven M. Pogwizd, Nora Goldschlager.
    Contents:
    Sinus node : normal and abnormal rhythms
    Bradyarrhythmias : conduction system abnormalities
    Ectopic complexes and rhythms
    Tachycardia
    Supraventricular tachyarrhythmias
    Ventricular tachyarrhythmias
    Cardiac pacing and pacemaker rhythms
    Implantable cardioverter defibrillators
    Drug effects and electrolyte disorders
    Athletes and arrhythmias
    Evaluation of the patient with suspected arrhythmias
    Treatment of arrhythmias
    Management of arrhythmias in pregnancy.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Seshadri Balaji, Ravi Mandapati, Gary D. Webb.
    Contents:
    Sudden death risk in congentially corrected transposition with ventricular dysfunction
    Complex transposition with risk of sudden death while awaiting transplant
    Atrial flutter in a repaired Tetralogy of Fallot patient with unusual venous anatomy
    Unrepaired primum atrial septal defect with atrial fibrillation and broad complex tachycardia
    Ebstein's Anomaly after tricuspid valve replacement needing pacemaker implantation
    Transposition with atrial switch and risk of sudden death
    Ebstein's anomaly with atrial tachycardia
    Resynchronization therapy and sudden death management in congentially corrected transposition
    Post-Maze atrial tachcyardia
    Fontan patient with brady and tachyarrhythmia issues
    Transposition with Mustard operation patient with risk of sudden death
    Complex congenital heart disease with brady-tachy syndrome and anti-tachycardia pacing
    Tetralogy of Fallot and Biventricular Heart Failure
    Transposition patient with Mustard's operation and brady-tachy issues
    A criss-cross heart with brady-tachy issues
    Repaired complete atrio-ventricular septal defect patient with late bradyarrhythmia
    Post Ventricular septal defect repair with bradyarrhythmias and sudden death
    Atrial fibrillation and thrombus in a patient with a Fontan circulation.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Vincent C. Thomas, Seshadri Balaji.
    Summary: Pediatric arrhythmias present numerous challenges to pediatric cardiologists and other practitioners who see pediatric patients, including pediatricians, family physicians, emergency physicians, residents, fellows, and other clinicians. Arrhythmias in Children: A Case-Based Approach features practical methods for diagnosing and treating arrhythmias in these patients across all settings. Nearly three dozen real-world scenarios are presented, followed by a discussion of the diagnosis, clinical thinking process involved, treatment options, expected outcomes, and how to manage anticipated and unanticipated outcomes. These practical, realistic cases provide a unique and engaging way of approaching these challenging patient scenarios. Uses a case-based approach for a full spectrum of pediatric arrythmias in the newborn, child, pre-teen, and teenager. Presents history and physical, differential diagnoses, tests to order, and practical plans of action. Includes a section on arrythmias in special circumstances. Models clinical thinking skills for a wide number of real-world patient situations. Reviews pertinent clinical guidelines, treatment, and follow up.

    Contents:
    Newborn nursery infant that has bradycardia
    NICU infant noted to have extrasystoles on cardiac monitor
    Full-term infant noted to have persistent tachycardia
    2-month-old presenting to the ER with tachycardia, fussy, unable to eat
    4-month-old with extrasystoles on auscultation at pediatrician's office
    9-month-old with recurrent episodes of supraventricular tachycardia despite medical therapy
    2-year-old presents to ER with an episode of “passing out” and “turning blue”
    3-year-old is noted by pediatrician to have a low resting heart rate
    7-year-old presents to ER with recurrent SVT
    6-year-old presents with mildly elevated heart rate that is persistent
    8-year-old presents with ADHD presents to cardiology office with ECG in hand for “cardiac clearance” to start stimulants
    11-year-old whose father recently died at the age of 40
    7-year-old, asymptomatic, with ECG obtained for physical demonstrating WPW
    15-year-old with intentional ingestion of grandparent's heart rhythm medication
    16-Year-old with premature ventricular contractions noted during athletic participation physical
    13-Year-old with syncope while standing in line for lunch
    14-Year-old cross country runner presents with syncope during a race
    16-year-old athlete who has syncope during athletic competition
    17-year-old presents to emergency room with “irregularly irregular” rhythm
    Maternal fetal evaluation reveals fetus with abnormal rhythm
    A 3-month old child with complete heart block after surgery for AV canal defect
    A 4-month-old postoperative ventricular septal defect with junctional ectopic tachycardia
    A 10-year old child with a pacemaker who is dizzy and had a syncope episode
    An 11-year-old child resuscitated from sudden collapse, found to have a long QT on ECG
    A 12-year old with hypertrophic cardiomyopathy presents to the emergency room with syncope
    A 13-year old with repaired tetralogy of Fallot with frequent PVCs
    A 15-year old presents after successful resuscitation with an AED
    A 16-year-old teen with a defibrillator who received a shock
    A 22-year old with history of Fontan palliation presents with mildly elevated heart rate.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Nitish Kumar, editor.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: Arsenic (As) is a widely distributed element in the environment having no known useful physiological function in plants or animals. Historically, this metalloid has been known to be used widely as a poison. Effects of arsenic have come to light in the past few decades due to its increasing contamination in several parts of world, with the worst situation being in Bangladesh and West Bengal in India. This edited volume brings together diverse group of environmental science, sustainability and health researchers to address the challenges posed by global mass poisoning caused by arsenic water contamination. The book covers sources of arsenic contamination, and its impact on human health and on prospective remediation both by bioremediation and phytoremediation. Applications of advance techniques such as genetic engineering and nanotechnology are also discussed to resolve the issue of arsenic contamination in ground water and river basins. The book sheds light on this global environmental issue, and proposes solutions to remove contamination through a multi-disciplinary lens and case studies from Bangladesh and India. The book may serve as a reference to environment and sustainability researchers, students and policy makers. It delivers an outline to graduate, undergraduate students and researchers, as well as academicians who are working on arsenic toxicity with respect to remediation and health issues.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Predicting the outcome of Arsenic Toxicity on exposed juvenile male-humans: a shift to infertility
    Chapter 2. Arsenic and oxidative stress: an overview
    Chapter 3. Arsenic in seafood: current status, analysis and toxicity
    Chapter 4. Dietary Arsenic Exposure: Sources and Risks
    Chapter 5. Effects of arsenic: neurological and cellular perspective
    Chapter 6. Arsenic Toxicity: Source, Distribution and Bioremediation
    Chapter 7. Assessment of Arsenic contamination in groundwater and affected population of Bihar
    Chapter 8. Current scenario of groundwater arsenic contamination in West Bengal and its mitigation approach
    Chapter 9. Low Cost Nanoparticles for Remediation of Arsenic Contaminated Water and Soils
    Chapter 10. Biological Means of Arsenic Minimisation with Special Reference to Siderophore
    Chaper 11. Mechanisms of arsenic transport, accumulation and distribution in rice grains
    Chapter 12. The healing art of arsenic in various malignancies
    Chapter 13. Removal of arsenic from contaminated water using nanoadsorbents
    Chapter 14. Understanding the bioaccumulation and biosorption of arsenic [As(III)] in plants and biotechnological approaches for its bioremediation
    Chapter 15. Genes and Biochemical Pathways involved in Microbial Transformation of Arsenic.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Joe Niamtu, III.
    Contents:
    What is a facelift? history and semantics
    The aging face
    Evaluating the cosmetic facial surgery patient: the art of the consult and the office patient experience
    Facelift instrumenttation and surgery center
    Facelift anatomy
    Facelift Surgery (Cervicofacial rhytidectomy)
    Case presentations
    Modified facelift procedures
    Complications of face and neck lift: recognition, treatment and prevention.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Mary Elaine Southard, Barbara M. Dossey, Linda Bark, Bonney Gulino Schaub.
    Summary: The Art and Science of Nurse Coaching: The Provider's Guide to Coaching Scope and Competencies, Second Edition is an essential resource for nurses seeking to support clients on their healthcare journey to achieve desired goals for health and healing or transition for peaceful dying. Includes competencies for nurse coaches which have been reviewed and approved as part of ANA's Affirmation of Focused Practice Competencies program.*

    Contents:
    Cover
    Title Page
    About the Authors
    Copyright
    Contents
    Authors and Peer Reviewers
    Professional Nurse Coaching Author Workgroup
    Professional Nurse Coaching Review Committee
    Acknowledgments
    Preamble
    Overview of Content
    Essential Documents of Professional Nurse Coaching
    Audience for This Publication
    Function of Professional Nurse Coaching's Scope and Competencies of Practice
    Function of the Scope of Practice Statement of Professional Nurse Coaching
    Function of the ANA Standards of Professional Practice
    Function of the Nurse Coaching Competencies Professional Nurse Coaching Scope of Practice
    Definition of a Professional Nurse Coach
    Definition of Professional Nurse Coaching
    Overview of Professional Nurse Coaching Scope of Practice
    Evolution of Professional Nurse Coaching
    Integrating the Art and Science of Professional Nurse Coaching
    The Who, What, and How of Professional Nurse Coaching
    Who is a Professional Nurse Coach?
    What is Professional Nurse Coaching?
    Tenets Characteristic of Professional Nurse Coaching Practice
    The How of Professional Nurse Coaching
    The Art of Professional Nurse Coaching The Science of Professional Nurse Coaching
    Philosophical Principles of Professional Nurse Coaching
    Professional Nurse Coach Core Values: Integrating the Art and Science
    Core Value 1. Nurse Coach Philosophy, Theories, and Ethics
    Nurse Coach Philosophy
    Nursing Theories
    Conceptual Models and Grand Theories in the Integrative-Interactive Paradigm
    Conceptual Models and Grand Theories in the Unitary-Transformative Paradigm
    Grand Theories About Care or Caring Paradigm
    Middle-Range Theories
    Social Science Theories
    Nurse Coaching Ethics Core Value 2. Nurse Coach Self-Reflection, Self-Development, and Self-Care
    Self-Reflection
    Self-Development
    Self-Care
    Core Value 3. Nurse Coaching Process
    The Nursing Process
    Nurse Coaching Process
    Core Value 4. Nurse Coach Communication, Therapeutic Relationships, Healing Environments, and Cultural Care
    Nurse Coach Communication
    Therapeutic Relationships
    Healing Environments
    Cultural Care
    Core Value 5. Nurse Coach Education and Research
    Nurse Coach Education
    Nurse Coach Research
    The Where of Professional Nurse Coaching: Settings for Practice The Relevance of Nurse Coaching
    Nurse Coaches in Clinical Settings
    Nurse Coaches in Education
    Nurse Coaches in Private Practice
    Nurse Coaches Working in Communities and Groups
    Group Health Coaching
    Faith-Based Communities
    Community Health Programs
    Transforming Unhealthy Work Environments
    Workplace Violence and Incivility
    Using Coaching Principles to Create a Healthy Culture
    Support for Healthy Work Environments
    High-Performing Interprofessional Teams
    Current Landscape of Nurse Coaching Education
    Independent Certificate and Academic Nurse Coach Programs
    Digital Access R2Library 2021
  • Digital
    Trisha Dunning.
    Summary: "This unique book is intended for all health professionals caring for older people with diabetes such as specialist and general nurses, doctors, primary care practioners and dieteticians. Although there is an increasing body of work about personalised care, no publications were identified that encompass the focus and scope of the proposed book. The global population is ageing and increasing age is a key risk factor for diabetes. Older people with diabetes are often vulnerable, have complex care needs and often have cognitive changes, which makes personalising care challenging for health professionals. Thus, this is an internationally relevant book filling a gap in the current literature. This is a practical and updated book that will use an engaging and easy to read narrative style. It challenges readers to reflect in and on their practice. It encompasses people with diabetes' and authors' stories, which are known to have a special interest to readers, make it easier to apply the information to practice, enhance learning, and hence the relevance and value of the book. It is relevant to advocacy organisations as well as managers and service planners. Researchers and scientists may find relevant information on grant and ethics applications, research protocols, plain language statements for potential participants and operationalising research protocols."-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Laura Weiss Roberts, Mickey Trockel, editors.
    Summary: This thoughtful and timely book offers physicians and trainees a wide range of insights and strategies to help ensure not only a healthy lifestyle and sense of wellbeing but the best possible career in medicine as well. With evidence and evidence-informed practices provided by experts, this title affirms the culture of medicine while embracing the fundamental, enduring sense of physicians calling and affirming the importance of physicians as individuals whose health and wellbeing has intrinsic value and value to others. Organized in three parts, the first part focuses on the nature of the health professions and on advancing a culture of wellbeing in medicine. The second part focuses on threats to physician wellbeing, including mistreatment during training and burnout, to name just a few. The third part outlines approaches to strengthening physician resilience, such as the sustenance drawn from healthy relationships, mindfulness approaches, and optimal approaches to exercise, nutrition and sleep. The Handbook of Personal Health and Wellbeing for Physicians and Trainees is an invaluable, handy resource for physicians and trainees. Physician assistants, nurse practitioners, clinical psychologists, and social workers will also find the work of great interest.

    Contents:
    Calling, Compassionate Self, and Cultural Norms in Medicine
    Creating a Culture of Wellness
    Compassion Cultivation
    Mistreatment
    Burnout
    The Electronic Health Record
    Financial Anxiety
    Legal Issues
    Mental Illness
    Substance Use Disorders
    Relationships
    Mindfulness
    Exercise
    Nutrition
    Sleep. .
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editor, Foad Nahai ; section editors, Farzad R. Nahai, Jeffrey M. Kenkel, John G. Hunter, W. Grant Stevens, William P. Adams, Jr.
    Summary: "Today, nonsurgical cosmetic treatments, such as injectables, continue to gain in popularity, whereas the decline we had seen in some surgical approaches to facial rejuvenation seems to be reversing. Nowhere is this change more dramatic than in the area of brow rejuvenation. Another important trend has been the emphasis on volume enhancement in periorbital and facial rejuvenation, as well as surgery of the breast. In keeping with these trends, we have increased coverage of nonsurgical treatments and injectables and have added new sections and chapters dealing with volume and its role in facial rejuvenation and the role of fat grafting in breast surgery"-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    [edited by] Al S. Aly, Fabio X. Nahas.
    Contents:
    Anatomic and physiologic changes of the abdominal wall / Fabio X. Nahas
    Abdominoplasty overview / Fabio X. Nahas, Al S. Aly
    Tensioned reverse abdominoplasty / Mauro Deos, Ricardo Arnt, Eduardo Gus
    Lipoabdominoplasty : the Saldanha technique / Osvaldo Saldanha, Osvaldo Saldanha Filho, Cristianna Saldanha, Sabina Aparecida Alvarez de Paiva, Paulo R. Sanjuan, Andrés Fernando Cánchica Cano
    Lipoabdominoplasty associated with mammaplasty / Carlos Oscar Uebel
    Full abdominoplasty with circumferential truncal SAFELipo and subscarpal fat excision / Simeon Wall, Jr., Michael R. Lee
    High-tension abdominoplasty / Lorne King Rosenfield
    Mini-abdominoplasty : classification and treatment / Antonio Roberto Bozola
    Secondary and atypical cases in abdominoplasty / Fabio X. Nahas
    Traditional approach to brachioplasty / Ricardo Baroudi
    Principles of liposuction / Geo N. Tabbal, Jamil Ahmad, Frank Lista, Rod. J Rohrich
    Risks and limits of liposuction / Fabio X. Nahas, Lydia Masako Ferreira
    Liposuction of the trunk and thighs / Luiz Haroldo Pereira, Beatriz Nicaretta, Aris Sterodimas
    Liposuction of the upper and lower extremities / Onelio Garcia, Jr.
    alternative approach to repeat liposuction / Simeon Wall, Jr.
    Liposculpture : fat injection techniques in the body / Kamran Khoobehi, Jules Walters
    New technology in liposuction / Jason Pozner, Barry E. DiBernardo, Gabriella DiBernardo, Daniel Kushner
    Buttock augmentation with implants / José Horácio Aboudib, Fernando Serra
    Calf implants / Raul Gonzalez
    High-definition liposculpture of the abdomen / Alfredo E. Hoyos, David E. Guarin
    Liposculpture of the chest and arms / Alfredo E. Hoyos, David E. Guarin
    Contouring of the female external genitalia / Gary J. Alter
    Contouring of the male genitalia / Gary J. Alter.
  • Print
    Katy Butler.
    Summary: "An inspiring, informative, and practical guide to navigating end of life issues, by a groundbreaking expert in the field and the New York Times bestselling author of Knocking on Heaven's Door. In the mid-1400s, an unnamed Catholic monk composed a popular self-help book called Ars Moriendi, or The Art of Dying. Written in Latin, this medieval death manual taught people how to navigate the trials of the deathbed, using simple rituals of repentance, reassurance, and letting go. Bestselling author and award-winning journalist Katy Butler argues that we have lost touch with the "art of dying" as practiced by our ancestors, yet we still hunger for rites of passage, and a sense of the sacred, especially in the important life transitions of aging and dying. Butler has lectured at medical schools, and spoken with community and caregiving organizations across the country. Here she reveals what she has learned about dying in America today--and how to have a better end of life. We are coping with a medical system in disarray, in its approach to people who are aging, dying, or chronically ill. Butler argues that it's not about living as long as possible, it's about living as well as possible. Not only does our current system poorly serve our medical needs, it also crowds out any sense of the sacred. It's time to restore a sense of honor, and through exploring the stages of later life, sharing "good death" stories, as well as offering practical takeaways, The Art of Dying Well illuminates a path to a better end of life"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The lost art of dying
    RESILIENCE: The wake-up call ; Building reserves ; Finding allies in preventive medicine ; Weighing medical risks ; Getting to know the neighbors ; Knowing your medical rights ; Caring for the soul
    SLOWING DOWN: When less is more ; Simplifying daily life ; Finding allies in slow medicine, geriatrics, and a good HMO ; Reviewing medications ; Reducing screenings ; Making peace with loss
    ADAPTATION: A moment of truth ; Mapping the future and making plans ; Finding allies in occupational and physical therapy ; Disaster-proofing daily life ; Making a move ; Practicing interdependence ; Being an example
    AWARENESS OF MORTALITY: The art of honest hope ; Talking to your doctor ; Understanding the trajectory of your illness ; Preparing the family ; Finding allies in palliative care ; Reflecting on what gives your life meaning ; Staying in charge ; Thinking creatively ; Redefining hope
    HOUSE OF CARDS: If only someone had warned us ; Recognizing frailty ; Avoiding the hospital ; Finding allies in House call programs ; Upgrading advance directives ; Coping with dementia ; Shifting to comfort care ; Enjoying your red velvet cake
    PREPARING FOR A GOOD DEATH: Making good use of the time you have left ; Finding allies in hospice ; Next steps ; Settling your affairs ; Choosing the time of death ; Loving, thanking, and forgiving
    Getting help from your tribe
    ACTIVE DYING: The tree needs to come down ; This is what dying looks like ; Preparing for a home death ; Preparing in a nursing home ; Giving care ; The final hours ; Humanizing a hospital death ; Improvising rites of passage ; Welcoming mystery ; Saying goodbye
    Conclusion: Toward a new art of dying.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    R726.8 .B882 2019
    1
  • Digital
    Ivan Izquierdo.
    Summary: How do we forget? Why do we need to forget? This book intends to answer to these and other questions. It aims to demonstrate that each one is who it is due to their own memories. Thus, distinguish between the information we should keep from those we should forget is an difficult art. In this book, the author discusses about the different types of memory, the main types of forgetting (avoidance, extinction and repression), their brain areas and their mechanisms. In this sense, the art of forgetting, or the art of do not saturate our memory mechanisms, is something innate, that benefits us anonymously, keeping us from sinking amidst our own memories. The essays that compose this book go through several aspects, since individuals to societies' memory. By the end of the book, the reader will be able to understand that we forget to be able to think, to live and to survive.

    Contents:
    1 Introduction
    2. The art of forgetting
    2.1. The formation and retrieval of memories
    2.2. Forms of forgetting; first steps of the art (Extinction, repression, discrimination)
    2.3. Conditioned reflexes
    2.4. The rapid forgetting of working memory is intrinsic to its nature
    2.5. Brain areas and systems involved in the different types of memory; some basic notions of neuronal function
    2.6. Executive functions
    2.7. More on the connections between nerve cells
    2.8. The forgetting of short- and long-term memory
    2.9. Memory and emotions
    2.10. More on memory and emotions: endogenous state dependency
    2.11. The use and disuse of synapses
    2.12. Failure of memory persistence as a form of forgetting?
    2.13. Reconsolidation
    2.14. Practicing memory
    2.15. Reading, knowledge, physical exercise, social life, memory and illness
    2.16. The art of forgetting: a second approach
    2.17. Denial and memory falsification
    2.18. Forgetting by large populations
    2.19. Surviving through neuronal death
    2.20. The famous case of patient H.M.
    2.21. When forgetting is not an art: amnesic patients
    2.22. Anterograde amnesia by an interference with consolidation
    2.23. Neuronal branching and the suppression of branching, neurogenesis and neuronal death as adaptive phenomena
    2.24. The acquisition of new memories
    2.25. Repression
    2.26. A therapeutic use of the art of forgetting
    2.27. Accessory memory devices: an adjunct to the art of remembering and to the art of forgetting
    3. Summing up
    3.1. Final comments.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Giampiero Campanelli, editor.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive guide to the surgical repair of inguinal and abdominal wall hernias that not only describes all potential approaches, but also places them in the context of the anatomy of the region, the pathology, and the advances in scientific knowledge over the past decade. It documents in detail the individual techniques applicable in each region (inguinal, femoral, and ventral), highlighting tips and tricks and focusing on indications, potential complications, and outcomes. In addition it presents cases of incisional hernia and examines less frequent and rare cases and complex situations. Written for surgeons from around the globe, it includes procedures used in wealthy, developed countries and those without mesh more commonly employed in developing countries. With a format designed to facilitate use in daily practice, it is invaluable for residents seeking step-by-step guidance on procedures ranging from repair of simple inguinal hernias to complex reconstruction; for general surgeons who frequently perform hernia repairs; and for hernia specialists aiming to achieve optimal results. It also appeals to researchers with an interest in the scientific background to hernia surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Kyu Hyun Yang.
    Summary: This book offers precise points in intramedullary nailing for the treatment of the femoral fracture. The author's aim is to explain how to find a correct entry point, especially in the case of subtrochanteric fracture with excessive external rotation of the proximal fragment, method of reduction in a severely comminuted fracture which is challenging in the restoration of rotational alignment as well as angulation, and mode of interlocking. This book is based on the authors personal experiences of 30 years in trauma, who dedicates himself to developing intramedullary nailing for femoral shaft fracture. It also covers cephalomedullary nailing for reverse obliquity trochanteric fracture because the incidence of hip fractures increases due to prolonged life expectancy. This book will be an ideal resource with many fluoroscopic and radiographic pictures to descript the real situations that the surgeons encounter in the operating room and techniques to solve those problems.

    Contents:
    1. History of IM nailing
    2. Prerequisites for femoral nailing
    3. Analysis of fracture configuration and entry point
    4. Reduction technique
    5. Mode of fixation
    6. Postop. Rehabilitation
    7. Trochanteric fracture
    8. Analysis of fracture configuration
    9. Stable reduction
    10. Ideal implant for unstable fracture.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Fuxiang Zhang, Alan Sugar, Lisa Brothers Arbisser
    Summary: "This the first book specifically written for students, with uniquely focused chapters based on residents' and junior colleagues' questions and refined by their real feedback. Featuring contributions from a carefully curated team of distinguished refractive cataract surgeons, this reader-friendly book provides expert insights on essential principles and how-to surgical guidance for diverse types of premium IOLs. Clearly-defined basic and fundamental knowledge and applications provide ample inspiration for trainees and early-career refractive cataract surgeons to ford the challenging river of learning curves. Each premium IOL chapter includes candidate selection criteria, contraindications, and evidence-based pearls to inform surgical decision-making, prevent complications, and improve patient outcomes"-- Provided by publisher
  • Digital
    [edited by] Sudarshan Khokhar, MD(AIIMS), FRCS(Ed), Chirakshi Dhull, MD(AIIMS), DNB, FICO, Yogita Gupta MD(AIIMS), DNB, FICO.
    Summary: The Art of Refractive Surgery aims at providing a simplified and step-wise approach to ophthalmologists for planning and performing various refractive surgeries including corneal, lenticular, or combined approaches. Refractive surgery is extremely challenging as suboptimal outcomes are unacceptable. This field has seen huge developments in the recent years with advancements in investigative modalities, better laser delivery systems, wider range of options of refractive surgeries, and improved eye-tracking devices. However, the selection of ideal surgery for every patient remains a challenge and a thorough understanding of basic concepts can aid in decision-making. The Art of Refractive Surgery deals with these basic concepts, and provides certain surgical and planning tips, which have been derived through years of experience.

    Contents:
    1. Evolution of Refractive Surgery
    2. Classification of Refractive Surgeries
    3. Preopertive Evaluation and Investigations for Refractive Surgery
    4. Decision-making in Refractive Surgery
    5. Surface Ablation Procedures
    6. Laser in Situ Keratomileusis Surgery
    7. Small Incision Lenticular Extraction
    8. Comparison amongst Corneal Refractive Surgery
    9. Enhancements after Refractive Errors
    10. Phakic Intraocular lenses
    11. Refractive Lens Exchange
    Hyperopic Refractive Surgery
    13. Corneal Incision Surgery
    14. Presbyopia Correction
    15. Bioptics
    Appendix: Patient Information and Consent
    Index.
  • Digital
    Franziska Matthäus, Sebastian Matthäus, Sarah Harris, Thomas Hillen, editors.
    Summary: This beautifully crafted book collects images, which were created during the process of research in all fields of theoretical biology. Data analysis, numerical treatment of a model, or simulation results yield stunning images, which represent pieces of art just by themselves. The approach of the book is to present for each piece of visualization a lucid synopsis of the scientific background as well as an outline of the artistic vision.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Content
    The Deadly Beauty of Cancer
    The research story
    The image
    References
    Cellular Connections
    The research story
    The image
    References
    Annealing Party
    The research story
    The image
    References
    Cells on the Ferris Wheel
    The research story
    The image
    The Magic Pants that Always Fit
    The research story
    The image
    Racing Triangles
    The research story
    The image
    Reference
    Rising Dragons
    The research story
    The image
    Henri in Wonderland
    The research story
    The image
    Reference
    Peak of the Iceberg Spectral Forms and Cosmic Storms
    The research story
    The image
    Reference
    Antigenic Explosion
    The research story
    The image
    Crop Circles of Cancer
    The research story
    The image
    References
    Scalp
    The research story
    The image
    References
    Coupled Invasion
    The research story
    The image
    Lost in the Cells
    The research story
    The image
    Becoming Important
    The research story
    The image
    References
    Community Matters
    The research story
    The image
    Reference
    Acidic Dance
    The research story
    The image
    Reference The research story
    The image
    Reference
    One Step at a Time
    The research story
    The image
    Reference
    How a Tumor Gets its Spots
    The research story
    The image
    Reference
    Patchwork Patterns
    The research story
    The image
    Cancer Warfare
    The research story
    The image
    References
    Collective Decision Making
    The research story
    The image
    Reference
    Cell Simulation in Blossom
    The research story
    The image
    Semblance of Heterogeneity
    The research story
    The image
    Reference
    Can we Crack Cancer?
    The research story
    The image The research story
    The image
    References
    Guiding Spiral
    The research story
    The image
    Reference
    The Hidden Beauty of Roots
    The research story
    The image
    The Beauty of a Beast
    The research story
    The image
    References
    The Ghost
    The research story
    The image
    References
    Lymph Node Landscapes
    The research story
    The image
    Reference
    Breezing Drops
    The research story
    The image
    References
    Labyrinths: Exotic Patterns of Cortical Activity
    The research story
    The image
    References
    Mammalian Lipidomic Network
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Guoqiao Li, Ying Li, Zelin Li, Meiyi Zeng.
    Contents: <br/
    >1. Discovery of Artemisinin and History of Research and Discovery of Artemisinin Antimalarials;
    2. Biological Research of Artemisia annua L;
    3. Chemical Research on Artemisinin;
    4. Artemisinin Derivatives and Analogues;
    5. Pharmacological Study on Artemisinin and Its Derivatives;
    6. Clinical Studies of Artemisinin and its Derivatives;
    7. Artemether and Lumefantrine Combination;
    8. Artemisinin and Naphthoquine Phosphate Combination;
    9. The Combination of Artemisinin Drugs and Pyronaridine;
    10. Artemisinins and piperaquine phosphate combinations
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Anil Mane.
    Summary: This book is clearly structured into easy ascending steps. It starts with basic principles of physiology and then goes on to discuss topics such as hypoxia, the A-a gradient, respiratory failure, types of respiratory acidoses and their compensation. Concise and easy to follow chapters examine complex disorders of metabolic acidosis and alkalosis with examples and case reports to stimulate thoughts of the readers. Pearls of clinical wisdom are spread throughout each chapter of the book. Arterial Blood Gas Interpretation in Clinical Practice is intended for all trainees and clinicians in emergency medicine, acute medicine, intensivism, respiratory medicine, nephrology, cardiology, anaesthesia, paediatrics, internal medicine, general medicine and endocrinology. It is particularly useful to medical students and nurses working in the specialties above. Physiologists and physiotherapists working in ventilator support, will also be highly benefitted with this title.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Normal Values and Conversion Factors
    Electrolytes
    Disclaimer
    Contents
    Abbreviations
    Chapter 1: Practical Aspects of ABG
    1.1 When Is Arterial Blood Gas Analysis (ABGA) Performed?
    1.2 Patient Consent
    1.3 How to Collect a Sample
    1.4 Inadvertent Sampling
    1.5 Allen Test
    1.6 Complications of Arterial Puncture
    Chapter 2: Oxygen Parameters
    2.1 Normal Values of ABG
    2.2 What Is Oxygen Saturation?
    2.2.1 Saturation Can Be Measured in Many Ways
    2.2.2 Advantages of Measuring Saturation
    2.3 Problems with SpO2
    2.3.1 Some Facts 2.4 What Is Oxygen Capacity and Content? (CaO2)
    2.4.1 Oxygen Capacity
    2.4.2 Oxygen Content (CaO2)
    2.4.3 Misconceptions
    2.5 What Is Oxygen Delivery?
    2.5.1 The Difference in Oxygen Content of Arterial and Venous Blood
    2.6 Hypoxia
    2.6.1 Causes of Hypoxia
    2.7 Who Is more Hypoxic?
    2.8 What Is FiO2?
    2.9 What Is PiO2?
    2.10 What Is PAO2?
    2.11 Point to Be Noted
    2.12 A Special Situation
    Chapter 3: Type 2 Respiratory Failure/Hypercarbia/Hypercapnia (Hypercarbia)
    3.1 Hypercarbia/Hypercapnia
    3.2 What Is Respiratory Failure?
    3.3 Acidemia/Acidosis 3.4 Causes of Type 2 Respiratory Failure or Hypoventilation (CO2 Retention)
    3.5 Clinical Features of CO2 Retention
    3.6 Management of Acute Respiratory Acidosis
    3.7 Management of Chronic Respiratory Acidosis
    3.8 How much Oxygen Is Needed for Patients with COAD?
    3.9 What Is NIPPV or NIV?
    3.10 What Are the Indications for Intubation and Mechanical Ventilation?
    3.10.1 What Is Dead space?
    Chapter 4: Respiratory Alkalosis
    4.1 Alkalosis
    4.1.1 Respiratory Alkalosis
    4.2 Causes of Respiratory Alkalosis
    4.3 Clinical Features of Respiratory Alkalosis 4.3.1 Cardiovascular Features
    4.3.2 Neurological Features
    4.4 Management of Respiratory Alkalosis
    Chapter 5: Pearls of Wisdom and Examples
    5.1 Pearls of Wisdom
    5.1.1 Let Us See Some Example Questions
    Chapter 6: Metabolic Disorders: 1
    6.1 Metabolic Disorders
    6.1.1 Metabolic Acidosis
    6.1.2 Compensation of Metabolic Acidosis
    6.1.3 Anion Gap (AG)
    6.2 Raised Anion Gap Acidosis
    6.2.1 MUDPILES
    6.2.2 GOLDMARK
    6.3 Lactic Acidosis
    6.4 Management of Lactic Acidosis
    6.5 What Is the Osmolar (Osmolal) Gap?
    6.6 Normal Anion Gap Metabolic Acidosis (NAGMA) 6.6.1 FUSEDCARS
    6.6.2 ACCRUED
    6.7 Type 1 Renal Tubular Acidosis, RTA
    6.8 Type 2 RTA
    6.9 Type 3 RTA
    6.10 Type 4 RTA
    6.11 What Is the Urinary Anion Gap (UAG)?
    6.12 What Is the Delta Gap or Delta Factor?
    6.13 Let Us Look at Two Examples
    References
    Chapter 7: Metabolic Disorders: 2
    7.1 Compensation for Metabolic Acidosis
    7.2 An Approach to Acidosis
    7.3 How an Anion Gap Can Mislead the Interpreter?
    7.3.1 Principles of Treating Metabolic Acidosis
    7.3.2 Use of Alkali Such as, Sodium Bicarbonate (NaHCO3)
    7.3.3 NaHCO3 Has Other Problems 7.3.4 Sodium Bicarbonates in Chronic Conditions.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Estelle B. Gauda, Maria Emilia Monteiro, Nanduri Prabhakar, Christopher Wyatt, Harold D. Schultz, editors.
    Summary: "This volume contains reviews and brief research articles from participants attending the International Society for Arterial Chemoreception meeting, to be held in the USA (July 2017). Each article contains original data and represents up-to-date information concerning the carotid body and oxygen sensing in health and disease. This volume is a required text for all researchers in the field of arterial chemoreception and will provide a valuable reference source for years to come."--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    O2/CO2: biological detection to homeostatic control / Robert S. Fitzgerald
    What is the point of the peak? Assessing steady-state respiratory chemoreflex drive in high altitude field studies / Christina D. Bruce, Gary Saran, Jamie R. Pfoh, Jack K. Leacy, Shaelynn M. Zouboules, Carli R. Mann [and others]
    Hypoxia regulates MicroRNA expression in the human carotid body / Souren Mkrtchian, Kian Leong Lee, Jessica Kåhlin, Anette Ebberyd, Lorenz Poellinger, Malin Jonsson Fagerlund [and others]
    TASK-1 (K2P3) and TASK-3 (K2P9) in rabbit carotid body glomus cells / Dawon Kang, Jiaju Wang, James O. Hogan, Donghee Kim
    Molecular characterization of equilibrative nucleoside transporters in the rat carotid body and their regulation by chronic hypoxia / Shaima Salman, Colin A. Nurse
    Mitochondrial complex I dysfunction and peripheral chemoreflex sensitivity in a FASTK-deficient mice model / Angela Gomez-Niño, Inmaculada Docio, Jesus Prieto-Lloret, Maria Simarro, Miguel A. de la Fuente, Asuncion Rocher
    Topical application of connexin43 hemichannel blocker reduces carotid body-mediated chemoreflex drive in rats / David C. Andrade, Rodrigo Iturriaga, Camilo Toledo, Claudia M. Lucero, Hugo S. Díaz, Alexis Arce-Álvarez [and others]
    Proinflammatory cytokines in the nucleus of the solitary tract of hypertensive rats exposed to chronic intermittent hypoxia / María Paz Oyarce, Rodrigo Iturriaga
    Central hypoxia elicits long-term expression of the lung motor pattern in pre-metamorphic Lithobates catesbeianus / Tara A. Janes, Richard Kinkead
    Cysteine oxidative dynamics underlies hypertension and kidney dysfunction induced by chronic intermittent hypoxia / Nuno R. Coelho, Clara G. Dias, M. João Correia, Patrícia Grácio, Jacinta Serpa, Emília C. Monteiro [and others]
    Adenosine mediates hypercapnic response in the rat carotid body via A2A and A2B receptors / Joana F. Sacramento, Bernardete F. Melo, Sílvia V. Conde
    Acute effects of systemic erythropoietin injections on carotid body chemosensory activity following hypoxic and hypercapnic stimulation / David C. Andrade, Rodrigo Iturriaga, Florine Jeton, Julio Alcayaga, Nicolas Voituron, Rodrigo Del Rio
    Carotid body dysfunction in diet-induced insulin resistance is associated with alterations in its morphology / Eliano Dos Santos, Joana F. Sacramento, Bernardete F. Melo, Sílvia V. Conde
    Therapeutic targeting of the carotid body for treating sleep apnea in a pre-clinical mouse model / Ying-Jie Peng, Xiuli Zhang, Jayasri Nanduri, Nanduri R. Prabhakar
    Role of estradiol receptor beta (ER[beta]) on arterial pressure, respiratory chemoreflex and mitochondrial function in young and aged female mice / Sofien Laouafa, Damien Roussel, François Marcouiller, Jorge Soliz, Aida Bairam, Vincent Joseph
    Chronic heart failure abolishes circadian rhythms in resting and chemoreflex breathing / Robert Lewis, Bryan T. Hackfort, Harold D. Schultz
    High fat feeding in rats alters respiratory parameters by a mechanism that is unlikely to be mediated by carotid body type I cells / Ryan J. Rakoczy, Richard L. Pye, Tariq H. Fayyad, Joseph M. Santin, Barbara L. Barr, Christopher N. Wyatt
    Leptin in the commissural nucleus tractus solitarii increases the glucose responses to carotid chemoreceptors activation by cyanide / Mónica Lemus, Cynthia Mojarro, Sergio Montero, Valery Melnikov, Mario Ramírez-Flores, Elena Roces de Álvarez-Buylla
    Chronic intermittent hypoxia in premature infants: the link between low fat stores, adiponectin receptor signaling and lung injury / Na-Young Kang, Julijana Ivanovska, Liran Tamir-Hostovsky, Jaques Belik, Estelle B. Gauda
    Myo-inositol effects on the developing respiratory neural control system / Peter M. MacFarlane, Juliann M. Di Fiore
    Adrenal medulla chemo sensitivity does not compensate the lack of hypoxia driven carotid body chemo reflex in guinea pigs / Elena Olea, Elvira Gonzalez-Obeso, Teresa Agapito, Ana Obeso, Ricardo Rigual, Asuncion Rocher [and others].
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Chris Peers, Prem Kumar, Christopher Wyatt, Estelle Gauda, Colin A. Nurse, Nanduri Prabhakar, editors.
    Summary: Every three years, the International Society for Arterial Chemoreception (ISAC) arranges a Meeting to bring together all of the major International research groups investigating the general topic of oxygen sensing in health and disease, with a prime focus upon systemic level hypoxia and carotid body function. This volume summarises the proceedings of the XIXth meeting of the Society, held in Leeds, UK during the summer of 2014. As such this volume represents a unique collection of state of the art reviews and original, brief research articles covering all aspects of oxygen sensing, ranging from the molecular mechanisms of chemotransduction in oxygen sensing cells such as the carotid body type I cells, to the adverse, reflex cardiovascular outcomes arising from carotid body dysfunction as seen, for example, in heart failure or obstructive sleep apnoea. This volume will be of tremendous interest to basic scientists with an interest in the cellular and molecular biology of oxygen sensing and integrative, whole organism physiologists as well as physicians studying or treating the clinical cardiovascular consequences of carotid body dysfunction.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Adel Berbari, Giuseppe Mancia, editors.
    Summary: As our knowledge about arterial disease is greatly expanding, the aim of this book is to explore all aspects of arterial pathology, including classification, clinical manifestations, pathogenesis, and therapeutic options. The discussion of pathophysiologic mechanisms of arterial disease is wide ranging, encompassing hemodynamic, metabolic, humoral, inflammatory, genetic and environmental factors. Particular emphasis is placed on recent concepts, such as: the role of age-associated arterial alterations in the initiation and progression of cardiovascular diseases in older persons, the importance of mineral metabolism-bone vascular interactions, the clinical and prognostic significance of the renal resistive index, retinal circulation, toxemia of pregnancy as an arterial disease, and the role of pulmonary/vascular interaction in pulmonary hypertension and cross-talk of macrocirculation and microcirculation in target organ involvement. Evaluation procedures are carefully explained, and the full range of currently available therapeutic options, including lifestyle modifications and pharmacologic approaches, are described and appraised.

    Contents:
    PART I Introduction: Definition/Epidemiology of arterial disease
    PART II Normal structure and physiology of the arterial system
    PART III Classification of arterial pathology and clinical manifestations: Atherosclerosis
    Arteriosclerosis
    Disease of Precapillary resistance vessels
    PART IV Pathogenetic mechanisms in arterial disease: Hemodynamic and mechanical factors
    Metabolic factors
    Inflammatory markers
    Neurohormonal interactions
    Mineral-bone/ arterial interactions
    Endothelial function and impairment
    Miscellaneous: Pharmacologic/factors/environmental factors
    PART V Systemic arterial disorders: Arterial aging
    Diabetes mellitus
    Metabolic Syndrome/obesity
    Chronic kidney disease/Renovascular interactions
    Pulmonary Hypertension/Pulmonary vascular interactions
    Systemic vasculitides
    Genetic/ degenerative disorders
    Hypertension
    Toxemia of pregnancy
    Kidney transplants, both donors and recipients
    PART VI Evaluation procedures: Arterial function
    Renal resistive index
    Retinal microcirculation
    PART VII Therapeutic options: Lifestyle modifications
    Pharmacologic approaches.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Frank Wacker, Herbert Lippert, Reinhard Pabst.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Radiology
  • Digital
    Hans Scholz ; in collaboration with U. Krüger, K. Petzold, and W. Munsch ; with extra chapters by J. Janzen and U. Krüger.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Robert F. Spetzler, Karam Moon and Rami O. Almefty.
    Contents:
    Epidemiology, genetics, pathophysiology, and prognostic classifications of cerebral arteriovenous malformations / Alp Ozpinar, Gustavo Mendez, Adib A. Abla
    The natural history of cerebral arteriovenous malformations / Anil Can, Bradley A. Gross, Rose Du
    Arteriovenous malformations: epidemiology, clinical presentation, and diagnostic evaluation / Joshua W. Osbun, Matthew R. Reynolds, Daniel L. Barrow
    Seizures associated with cerebral arteriovenous malformations / Johannes Schramm
    Surgical management / Michael K. Morgan
    Endovascular management of arteriovenous malformations / Bradley A. Gross, Karam Moon, Cameron G. Mcdougall
    Radiosurgery for the management of cerebral arteriovenous malformations / Dale Ding, Robert M. Starke, Jason P. Sheehan
    Multimodality management of cerebral arteriovenous malformations / Mohan Narayanan, Gursant S. Atwal, Peter Nakaji
    Epidemiology, clinical presentation, diagnostic evaluation, and prognosis of cerebral dural arteriovenous fistulas / Mohamed Samy Elhammady, Sudheer Ambekar, Roberto C. Heros
    Surgical management of cerebral dural arteriovenous fistulae / Martin J. Rutkowski, Brian Jian, Michael T. Lawton
    Endovascular management of intracranial dural arteriovenous fistulas / Celene B. Mulholland, M. Yashar S. Kalani, Felipe C. Albuquerque
    Radiosurgery for dural arteriovenous malformations / Conor Grady, Carolina Gesteira Benjamin, Douglas Kondziolka
    Classification and pathophysiology of spinal vascular malformations / Isaac Josh Abecassis, Joshua W. Osbun, Louis Kim
    Epidemiology, clinical presentation, diagnostic evaluation, and prognosis of spinal arteriovenous malformations / Alp Ozpinar, Gregory M. Weiner, Andrew F. Ducruet
    Spinal arteriovenous malformations: surgical management / David S. Xu, Hai Sun, Robert F. Spetzler
    Endovascular treatment of spinal arteriovenous malformations / Waleed Brinjikji, Giuseppe Lanzino
    Radiosurgical ablation of spinal cord arteriovenous malformations / Eric S. Sussman, John R. Adler, Robert L. Dodd
    Spinal arteriovenous fistulae: surgical management / Arthur L. Day, Ali Hassoun Turkmani, P. Roc Chen
    Endovascular management of spinal dural arteriovenous fistulas / Patrick A. Brown, Ali R. Zomorodi, L. Fernando Gonzalez
    Spinal subarachnoid hemorrhage and aneurysms / Tanmoy K. Maiti, Shyamal C. Bir, Anil Nanda
    Natural history of cerebral cavernous malformations / Chibawanye Ene, Anand Kaul, Louis Kim
    Natural history of spinal cavernous malformations / Marc Otten, Paul Mccormick
    Epidemiology of cavernous malformations / Hannah E. Goldstein, Robert A. Solomon
    Radiology and imaging for cavernous malformations / Kevin Y. Wang, Oluwatoyin R. Idowu, Doris D.M. Lin
    Pathology of cavernous malformations / Efrem M. Cox, Nicholas C. Bambakidis, Mark L. Cohen
    Developmental venous anomalies / Michael A. Mooney, Joseph M. Zabramski
    Supratentorial cavernous malformations / Jason A. Ellis, Daniel L. Barrow
    Brainstem and cerebellar cavernous malformations / Gursant S. Atwal, Christina E. Sarris, Robert F. Spetzler
    Thalamic cavernous malformations / Christina E. Sarris, Gursant S. Atwal, Peter Nakaji
    Spinal cavernous malformations / Aaron J. Clark, Doris D. Wang, Michael T. Lawton
    Pharmacotherapy for cavernous malformations / Robert F. Rudy, Rose Du
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Hans Henkes, Pedro Lylyk, Oliver Ganslandt.
    Springer Nature Living Reference.
    Summary: This encyclopedic reference book presents the diagnosis and treatment of arteriovenous malformations (AVM) and fistulas (AVF) in a case-based, educative, and practical manner. The book is structured by AVM and AVF location, ensuring ease of use. Different treatment strategies are described, highlighting their respective pros and cons in particular circumstances. The diagnosis and treatment of the huge variety of vascular lesions are presented on the basis of individual cases, structured by the anatomic localization and the nature of the arteriovenous connection. The diagnostic process comprises a correlation of clinical signs and symptoms with imaging findings from computed tomography, magnetic resonance imaging, and digital subtraction angiography. The diagnostic section of each presented case outlines the typical findings and, if present, unusual manifestations. The treatment strategy is developed on the basis of these findings, with consideration of potential chances and risks of competing treatment options. The procedures are explained and illustrated in detail in order to allow for an understanding of what is done, why, and how. Endovascular procedures, microsurgical operations, radiosurgery, and combinations thereof, are used in an integrative fashion. The follow-up examinations and the clinical outcome description show if the goal of the treatment has been achieved. The description of procedural complications might help to avoid them in future patients. The discussion of the presented case in light of the published literature illustrates what is common sense and what is a matter of controversy. This highly interdisciplinary book will be of great value to Neuroradiologists, Neurosurgeons, Neurologists, and Radiotherapists.
    Digital Access Springer Live 2020-
    Continuously updated edition
  • Digital
    Joseph Borrelli, Jr., Jeffrey O. Anglen, editors.
    Summary: Focusing exclusively on the older patient with poor bone quality, this unique book presents the indications, contraindications and common techniques -- as well as the risks, benefits and outcomes -- for utilizing arthroplasty for the treatment of fractures in this population, sensibly divided into four thematic sections. The incidence and burden of fragility fractures is presented in part one, with considerations of the influences of osteoporosis on both treatment and healing. The subsequent three sections cover upper extremity fractures, lower extremity fractures, and peri-articular nonunions, respectively. However, far from providing a simple “how-to” for the techniques discussed, the relevant current literature is presented as well as the common techniques employed in fracture management, allowing the reader to select the best approach for the specific patient presentation. In addition, chapters are included here that cover degenerative joint conditions not typically treated with total joint replacement. The treatment of fragility fractures is constantly evolving, and the aging population is consistently expanding, creating a strong need for clinicians who have experience with and exposure to the use of arthroplasty techniques as an option in their successful treatment. Written and edited by leaders in the field, Arthroplasty for the Treatment of Fractures in the Older Patient is an invaluable resource for orthopedic surgeons, residents and support staff who see and treat these increasingly common injuries.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Stephan F. Schindele, Grey Giddins, Philippe Bellemère.
    Summary: "Recent research suggests the lifetime risk of hand arthritis may be greater than 40%. Concurrently, advances in small joint arthroplasty have greatly improved the treatment and outcomes in patients following trauma or suffering from arthritis, joint stiffness, and instability of joints in the hand and wrist. Arthroplasty in Hand Surgery: FESSH Instructional Course Book 2020 provides in-depth coverage of the surgical reconstruction or replacement of these joints. Edited by renowned hand surgeons Stephan Schindele, Grey Giddins, and Philippe Bellemère, this unique resource features contributions from an international who's who of experts. Organized in five sections and 35 chapters, the generously illustrated book encompasses the full spectrum of modern arthroplasty techniques. In section one, the anatomy, biomechanics, and mode of action of the finger and thumb joints are discussed. It concludes with an intriguing history of hand arthroplasty. Sections two to four cover the latest arthroplasty procedures to treat impaired joints of the fingers (including proximal interphalangeal and distal interphalangeal), thumb, and wrist, respectively. The last section discusses arthroplasty of the distal radioulnar joint. This highly practical resource is essential reading for surgeons in training and practicing orthopaedic surgeons and hand specialists"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2022
  • Digital
    Graham J.W. King, Marco Rizzo, editors.
    Summary: Arthroplasty of the upper extremity is an established surgical intervention in the management of arthritis of the elbow, wrist and hand. The anatomy, kinematics and demands of the elbow, wrist, thumb CMC, and finger MCP and PIP joints pose unique surgical challenges. Implant design considerations are important in providing a joint that mimics the native joints and maximizes survivorship. However, outcomes are less predictable in these upper extremity joints when compared to the hips and knees. Each joint also carries its own set of potential complications and salvage options for revision and failed arthroplasty. This unique text helps the orthopedic and hand surgeon understand the surgical approaches, unique anatomic considerations, and both the historical and current designs related to each respective joint, enabling the surgeon to better appreciate the benefits and limitations of each arthroplasty. Presenting the current state of the art, the seven sections proceed anatomically from the elbow to the fingers, with each section comprised of three thematic chapters discussing implant design considerations, primary arthroscopy techniques and revision arthroscopy techniques, including non-surgical options for treating these often difficult problems. This consistent approach, accompanied by plentiful figures, radiographs and intraoperative photos, ensures that this will be a user-friendly resource for orthopedic and hand surgeons, residents and trainees.

    Contents:
    Part I. Total Elbow Arthroplasty
    Design Considerations for Total Elbow Arthroplasty
    Design Considerations for Total Elbow Arthroplasty
    Revision/Failed Total Elbow Arthroplasty
    Part II. Radial Head Arthroplasty
    Design Considerations for Radial Head Arthroplasty
    Primary Radial Head Arthroplasty
    Revision/Failed Radial Head Arthroplasty
    Part III. Total Wrist Arthroplasty
    Design Considerations for Total Wrist Arthroplasty
    Primary Total Wrist Arthroplasty
    Revision/Failed Total Wrist Arthroplasty
    Part IV. Distal Radioulnar Joint Arthroplasty
    Design Considerations for Distal Radioulnar Joint Arthroplasty
    Primary Distal Radioulnar Joint Arthroplasty
    Revision/Failed Distal Radioulnar Joint Arthroplasty
    Part V
    Carpometacarpophalangeal Joint Arthroplasty
    Design Considerations for Carpometacarpophalangeal Joint Arthroplasty
    Primary Carpometacarpophalangeal Joint Arthroplasty
    Revision/Failed Carpometacarpophalangeal Joint Arthroplasty
    Part VI
    Metacarpophalangeal Joint Arthroplasty
    Design Considerations for Metacarpophalangeal Joint Arthroplasty
    Primary Metacarpophalangeal Joint Arthroplasty
    Revision/Failed Metacarpophalangeal Joint Arthroplasty
    Part VII
    Proximal Interphalangeal Joint Arthroplasty
    Design Considerations for Proximal Interphalangeal Joint Arthroplasty
    Primary Proximal Interphalangeal Joint Arthroplasty
    Revision/Failed Proximal Interphalangeal Joint Arthroplasty.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Carlos Brisola Marcondes, editor.
    Contents:
    1. General comments and importance of arthropod-related diseases
    2. Epidemiology of vector-borne diseases
    3. Blood sucking insects and history
    4. Blood sucking, vector-parasite relationship and transmission of diseases
    5. Generalities on arboviruses
    6. Yellow fever
    7. Dengue
    8. Other flaviviruses
    9. Togaviridae
    10. Bunyaviruses
    11. Plague and tularemia
    12. Rickettsial infections, Bartonella infections and coxiellosis
    13. Borreliosis: Lyme disease and relapsing fever
    14. Ehrlichiosis
    15. Anaplasmosis
    16. Leishmaniasis
    17. American trypanosomiasis (Chagas disease)
    18. Sleeping sickness, nagana
    19. Other trypanosomiasis
    20. Malaria
    21. Babesiosis
    22. Theileriosis
    23. Hepatozoonosis
    24. Lymphatic filariasis
    25. Onchocerciasis
    26. Mansonelliasis
    27. Dirofilariasis
    28. Loiasis
    29. Thelaziosis (canine eye-worm)
    30. Habronemosis
    31. Flies
    32. Sucking and biting lice
    33. Fleas
    34. Diseases caused by Acari (ticks and mites)
    35. Other irritating Arthropods (beetles, bugs, centipedes etc.)
    36. Allergy to bites of hematophagous arthropods
    37. Geoprocessing and expected distribution of diseases (including deforestation, global warming and other changes)
    38. Wolbachia: influence on pathogeny, treatment and control of arthropod borne diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Baofu Wei, Alan Y. Yan, Annunziato Amendola.
    Summary: This expansive, full-color atlas presents the detailed surgical anatomy and approaches for the most commonly performed arthroscopic procedures for the foot and ankle, including detailed descriptions of the equipment and operative set-up for successful arthroscopic procedures. Opening chapters discuss the relevant gross anatomy and instrumentation utilizing both cadaver and intraoperative photos, before proceeding into step-by-step presentations of nearly two dozen surgical procedures, from managing ankle instability and fractures and osteochondral lesions to peroneal tendon repair, plantar fascia release and joint arthrodesis. For each surgical procedure, indications and contraindications are provided, along with appropriate approaches and portals and possible complications. Each chapter is generously illustrated with relevant radiology and intraoperative and arthroscopic photos for maximum visual impact and ease of use, and includes a curated selection of suggested readings for further investigation. An excellent reference for foot and ankle surgeons at every skill level, Arthroscopic Techniques and Anatomy of the Foot and Ankle will be the go-to guide for years to come.

    Contents:
    Gross Anatomy of the Ankle Joint for Arthroscopy
    Arthroscopy Instruments and Applications
    Anterior Arthroscopy of the Ankle Joint: General Principles and Arthroscopic Examination
    Posterior Arthroscopy of the Ankle and Subtalar Joint: General Principles and Arthroscopic Examination
    Osteochondral Lesions of Talus
    Osteochondral Lesions of the Tibial Plafond
    Anterior Ankle Impingement
    Chronic Ankle Instability
    High Ankle Sprain (Syndesmotic Injury)
    Arthroscopic-Assisted Treatment of Ankle Fracture
    Arthroscopic Ankle Arthrodesis
    Posterior Approach for Osteochondral Lesions of the Talus
    Posterior Ankle Impingement: Os Trigonum Syndrome
    Posterior Impingement: FHL Tendinopathy
    Arthroscopic Subtalar Joint Arthrodesis: Posterior Approach
    Arthroscopic Subtalar Joint: Lateral Approach
    Haglund’s Deformity and Retrocalcaneal Bursitis
    Peroneal Tendon Disorders
    Endoscopic Gastrocnemius Recession
    Endoscopic Plantar Fascia Release
    Hallux Metatarsophalangeal (MTP) Joint Arthroscopy.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Claudio Chillemi, Alessandro Castagna, Marcello Osimani.
    Summary: The book offers a comprehensive and up-to-date guide to the cutting edge arthroscopic transosseous techniques for the treatment of rotator cuff tears, which are gradually taking over from the common open surgical approach, defined as the gold standard for RCR. With the help of numerous figures, it presents step by step a novel all-arthroscopic anchorless transosseous suture technique that is less invasive and easier to perform. After discussing the etiopathogenesis, histopathology and radiological classification of rotator cuff tears, the book reviews all possible arthroscopic procedures and explores in detail suture management, describing single and double tunnel options. It also examines the complications and post-operative rehabilitation and imaging, while the closing chapter addresses the economic aspects of daily use. Intended primarily for arthroscopic surgeons interested in the field of shoulder joint repair, this exhaustive guide is also a valuable resource for residents and shoulder specialists.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Pietro Randelli, David Dejour, C. Niek van Dijk, Matteo Denti, Romain Seil, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Deepak N. Bhatia, Gregory I. Bain, Gary G. Poehling, Benjamin R. Graves, editors.
    Summary: This book explores the numerous recent advances in arthroscopic and endoscopic surgery of the smaller joints of the upper extremity elbow, wrist, and hand. Providing readers with all necessary information, i.e. relevant surgical anatomy and a clear description of technical steps, it uniquely and comprehensively presents arthroscopic and endoscopic techniques of small joints in one publication. The procedures are subdivided according to the pathology (instability, fractures, etc.) or grouped by the region within the anatomical area and include the relevant anatomy, extensive cadaveric dissections, devices and instrumentation, surgical procedures, pearls and pitfalls. High-quality colour illustrations further simplify and complement the description of surgical techniques. Written by pioneers of these techniques, the book is designed to be an up-to-date reference resource for both new and advanced orthopaedic surgeons wanting to become familiar with these techniques.

    Contents:
    Elbow Arthroscopy
    Basic Portals: Front, Sides, And Back
    Advanced Portals: Under, Over, And In Between
    Diagnostic Grand Round: Getting Started And Staying Safe
    Radiocapitellar Procedures
    Ulnotrochlear Procedures
    Tendinopathy
    Stiff Elbow
    Elbow Endoscopy
    Portals And Paths
    Distal Biceps Endoscopy
    Distal Triceps Endoscopy
    Cubital Tunnel Endoscopy
    Supracondylar Endoscopy: Ligament Of Struthers (Bain)
    Miscelleneous And Future Trends
    Wrist Arthroscopy And Endoscopy
    Basic Portals
    Advance Portals: The "Box" Concept
    Diagnostic Grand Round
    Radiocarpal Procedures
    Scapholunate Arthroscopy
    Tfcc Procedures
    Druj Procedures
    Fractures And Dislocations
    Wrist Endoscopy
    Hand Arthroscopy
    Portals And Overview
    1s T Cmc Arthroscopy And Procedures
    Mcp Arthroscopy And Procedures
    Pip And Dip Arthroscopy And Procedures.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Tun Hing Lui, editor.
    Summary: This book provides detailed information in foot and ankle arthroscopy and endoscopy. It explores and introduces these surgical techniques for the treatment of foot and ankle diseases, which have better surgical outcome, lesser surgical morbidity over conventional open surgery. In each chapter, it includes extensive cases and techniques’ illustration about arthroscopy, tendoscopy and endoscopy. Case demonstration with well-illustrated arthroscopic and endoscopic photos for common clinical conditions was provided. It is also written in the same structure and style for each techniques. Step-by-step procedures are complied with pictures and illustrations for easy reference, particularly for surgeons in their clinical practice.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Tun Hing Lui, editor.
    Summary: This book provides detailed advancement on arthroscopy and endoscopy of hand, wrist and elbow. It covers basic knowledge of procedures and dedicated introduction of surgical techniques for disease management. Endoscopic procedures with their advantage in surgical exposure and post-operative rehabilitation have been extensively performed in upper limb diseases. Cases presentation with well-illustrated arthroscopic and endoscopic photos for common clinical conditions was provided. The format is a step-by-step procedure for easy reference, particularly for surgeons in their training.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Tun Hing Lui, editor.
    Summary: This book provides detailed advancement endoscopy and arthroscopy procedures of shoulder. It covers basic knowledge of procedures and dedicated introduction of surgical techniques for treatment of shoulder diseases with better surgical outcome and less surgical morbidity. Endoscopic and arthroscopic procedures with their advantage in surgical exposure and post-operative rehabilitation have been extensively performed in orthopedic diseases. Cases presentation with well-illustrated arthroscopic and endoscopic photos for common clinical conditions was provided. The format is a step-by-step procedure for easy reference, particularly for surgeons in their training.

    Contents:
    Arthroscopic anatomy of shoulder
    Role of radiological investigations in diagnosis of shoulder disorders and surgical planning of arthroscopic and endoscopic shoulder surgery
    Set up, equipments and surgical instruments
    Complications of shoulder arthroscopy
    Arthroscopic management of acute traumatic shoulder instability
    Arthroscopic management of recurrent anterior shoulder instability
    Management of Bony Bankart Lesions / glenoid bone loss. Arthroscopic Latarjet procedure
    Management of Bony Bankart Lesions / glenoid bone loss. Arthroscopic bone grafting
    Management of Bony Bankart Lesions / glenoid bone loss. Arthroscopic distal clavicle osteochondral autograft transfer
    Endoscopic Latarjet revision with Eden-Hybinette bone block endoscopic procedure
    Arthroscopic management of Hill Sachs lesion. Remplissage technique
    Arthroscopic management of HAGL (humeral avulsion of glenoid ligament) and Reverse HAGL Lesions
    Dynamic Anterior Stabilization Using the Long Head of the Biceps for Anteroinferior Glenohumeral Instability
    Arthroscopic Trillat Procedure
    Arthroscopic management of posterior shoulder instability
    Arthroscopic management of multidirectional shoulder instability
    Subacromial impingement and endoscopic acromioplasty
    Arthroscopic Repair of Anterosuperior Rotator Cuff Tears
    Subcoracoid impingement and Endoscopic coracoplasty
    Endoscopic repair of subscapularis tendon tear
    Arthroscopic management of massive rotator cuff tear
    Arthroscopic Subacromial Spacer Implantation
    All-arthroscopic latissimus dorsi transfer
    Combined fully arthroscopic transfer of latissimus dorsi and teres major for treatment of irreparable posterosuperior rotator cuff tears
    Arthroscopic-assisted pectoralis minor transfer for irreparable tears of the upper two-thirds of the subscapularis tendon
    Arthroscopic Transfer of the Pectoralis Major for Irreparable Tear of the Subscapularis
    Arthroscopic Treatment of Calcific Tendonitis of supraspinatus tendon
    Arthroscopic Treatment of Subscapularis Calcific Tendonitis
    Arthroscopic management of SLAP lesion
    Tenoscopy of long head of biceps tendon
    Tenoscopic suprapectoral biceps tenodesis
    Tenoscopic subpectoral biceps tenodesis
    Arthroscopic Coracohumeral Ligament Release for Patients with Frozen Shoulder
    Arthroscopic Circumferential Capsulotomy and Axillary Nerve Release for Patients with Frozen Shoulder
    Arthroscopic Treatment of Glenohumeral Osteoarthritis
    Arthroscopic glenohumeral arthrodesis
    Arthroscopic management of Periarticular Cysts
    arthroscopic management of synovial chondromatosis of the glenohumeral joint
    Arthroscopic management of septic arthritis of the glenohumeral joint
    Endoscopic Treatment of Acute Acromioclavicular Joint Dislocation
    Endoscopic Coracoclavicular Ligament Reconstruction using TightRope device
    Endoscopic Coracoclavicular Ligament Reconstruction using tendon graft
    Endoscopically assisted Coracoclavicular and Acromioclavicular Ligament Reconstruction for chronic acromioclavicular joint dislocation
    Bipolar Endoscopic Acromioclavicular Joint Resection for symptomatic acromioclavicular joint osteoarthritis
    arthroscopic excision of symptomatic meso-acromiale
    Scapulothoracic Endoscopy for Snapping Scapula Syndrome
    Endoscopic Removal of a Scapular Osteophyte Using Scapulothoracic Arthroscopy
    Endoscopically assisted resection of a scapular osteochondroma causing snapping scapula syndrome
    Arthroscopic Pectoralis Minor Release
    Endoscopic management of scapular winging
    Sternoclavicular arthroscopy
    Arthroscopic resection of intra-articular disc of the sternoclavicular joint
    Arthroscopic excision of the sternoclavicular joint
    Endoscopic release of Brachial plexus
    Endoscopic Suprascapular Nerve Decompression at the Spinoglenoid and Suprascapular Notches
    Endoscopic treatment of comminuted distal clavicular fracture
    Arthroscopic treatment of greater tuberosity avulsion fracture
    Arthroscopic management of subcapital humeral fractures. arthroscopic nailing)
    Arthroscopic management of glenoid fractures
    Endoscopic proximal humeral plate removal.
    Digital Access Springer 2023
  • Digital
    Piero Volpi, editor.
    Summary: This book describes the current applications of arthroscopy in a very wide range of sports injuries involving, among other sites, the hip, knee, ankle, shoulder, elbow, and wrist. For each condition, mechanisms of injury are explained and the role of arthroscopy in diagnosis and treatment is described. Relevant information is also provided on the epidemiology and mechanisms of injury in specific sports and on indications for treatment and rehabilitation. The book fully reflects the recent advances that have taken place in arthroscopy, permitting more accurate assessment and more successful management of post-traumatic pathologies. Furthermore, it acknowledges that as a result of the increasing use of new technologies and biomaterials, there is now particular interest in techniques that promote biological healing of articular lesions and permit complete functional recovery. The authors are leading specialists in the field who have aimed to provide practitioners with the clear guidance that they require on the evaluation and treatment of injuries incurred during sporting activity.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Harpal K. Gahunia, Allan E. Gross, Kenneth P. H. Pritzker, Paul S. Babyn, Lucas Murnaghan, editors.
    Summary: Covering both pediatric and adult populations, this comprehensive text covers the diverse topics related to the health, disease and therapy of articular cartilage of the knee, from basic principles to future directions for research. This vast array of information is arranged into eight sections, encompassing a number of relevant disciplines and covering, in turn, normal articular cartilage, aging and degeneration, evaluation and assessment, non-surgical approaches, surgical approaches, qualitative and quantitative assessment of repair, research into cartilage repair and engineering, and future prospects for therapy. Each chapter is amply referenced and self-contained for independent study and reference. Scoring systems for knee cartilage assessment are included in four appendices as well, rounding out the presentation. A multidisciplinary collection of basic, translational and clinical material, Articular Cartilage of the Knee is a singular resource for orthopedic surgeons, rheumatologists, pathologists, scientists, tissue engineers and the broad spectrum of clinical professionals working with articular cartilage and its disorders.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Contributors
    Abbreviations
    Part I: Normal Articular Cartilage
    1: Structure and Function of Articular Cartilage
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Articular Cartilage Structure and Composition
    1.2.1 Chondrocytes and Chondrons
    1.2.2 Extracellular Matrix
    1.2.2.1 Proteoglycans
    1.2.2.2 Collagens
    1.2.2.3 Non-Collagenous Proteins and Glycoproteins
    1.2.3 Articular Cartilage Fluorescent Molecules
    1.3 Articular Cartilage Heterogeneity and Compartmentalization 1.3.1 Immature Articular-Epiphyseal Cartilage Complex
    1.3.1.1 Articular Cartilage Component
    1.3.1.2 Epiphyseal Cartilage Component
    1.3.2 Skeletally Mature Articular Cartilage Zones
    1.3.2.1 Zone 1: Superficial Zone
    1.3.2.2 Zone 2: Middle Zone
    1.3.2.3 Zone 3: Deep Zone
    1.3.2.4 Tidemark
    1.3.2.5 Zone 4: Zone of Calcified Cartilage
    1.3.3 Macromolecular Variation of Uncalcified Articular Cartilage Zones
    1.3.4 Articular Cartilage Extracellular Matrix and Chondrocyte Microenvironment
    1.3.4.1 Pericellular Matrix
    1.3.4.2 Territorial Matrix 1.3.4.3 Interterritorial Matrix
    1.4 Function of Knee Articular Cartilage
    1.4.1 Function Related to Structure of Articular Cartilage Components
    1.4.2 Function of Articular Cartilage Zones
    1.4.3 Function of Chondrocytes and Chondrons
    1.4.4 Concept of Knee Loading During Walking
    1.4.5 Role of Articular Cartilage Macromolecules in Joint Biomechanics
    1.4.6 Osmotic Stress and Articular Cartilage Matrix Composition
    1.5 Knee Lubrication
    1.5.1 Endogenous Lubricants On Articular Cartilage Surface
    1.5.1.1 Proteins
    1.5.1.2 Phospholipids 1.5.1.3 Glycosaminoglycans
    1.5.2 Synergy of Molecular Lubricants
    1.5.3 Deficiency of Molecular Lubricants
    1.5.4 Lubrication Mechanisms (Applicable to Human Knee)
    1.5.4.1 Boundary and Contact Lubrication Mechanism
    1.5.4.2 Fluid-Film Lubrication
    Squeeze-Film Lubrication
    Hydrodynamic Lubrication
    1.5.4.3 Elastohydrodynamic Lubrication
    1.5.4.4 Application of Lubrication Mechanisms During "Walk Cycle" Phases
    1.5.4.5 Failure of Lubrication Mechanism (Injury, Aging, Disease and Post-Cartilage Repair)
    1.6 Conclusions
    References
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Parul Ichhpujani, Sahil Thakur, editors.
    Summary: The book helps to explore the vast expanse of artificial intelligence-based scientific content that has been published in the last few years. Ophthalmology has recently undergone a silent digital revolution, with machine learning and deep learning algorithms consistently outperforming human graders in studies published across the globe. It is high time that a resource that breaks this information behemoth into easily digestible bits comes to the fore. This book simplifies the complex mechanics of algorithms used in ophthalmology and vision science applications. It also tries to address potential ethical issues with machines entering our clinics and patients' lives. Overall it is essential reading for ophthalmologists/eye care professionals interested in artificial intelligence and everyone who is looking for a deep dive into the exciting world of digital medicine.

    Contents:
    1 A Clinician's Introduction to Artificial Intelligence
    2 What you need to know about Artificial Intelligence: Technical Introduction
    3 Artificial Intelligence and Ophthalmology: An Overview
    4 Artificial Intelligence in cornea and refractive surgery
    5 Artificial Intelligence and Cataract
    6 Artificial Intelligence and Glaucoma
    7 Artificial Intelligence in Retinal Diseases
    8 Artificial intelligence in neuro-ophthalmology
    9 Artificial Intelligence and Other Applications in Ophthalmology and Beyond
    10 The Economics of Big Data
    11 Ethics and Artificial Intelligence: The Pandora's Box.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    Daniel W. Byrne.
    Summary: "Artificial Intelligence for Improved Patient Outcomes provides new, relevant, and practical information on what AI can do in healthcare and how to assess whether AI is improving health outcomes. With clear insights and a balanced approach, this innovative book offers a one-stop guide on how to design and lead pragmatic real-world AI studies that yield rigorous scientific evidence-all in a manner that is safe and ethical. Daniel Byrne, Director of Artificial Intelligence Research at AVAIL (the Advanced Vanderbilt Artificial Intelligence Laboratory), and author of landmark pragmatic studies published in leading medical journals, shares four decades of experience as a biostatistician and AI researcher. Building on his first book, Publishing Your Medical Research, the author gives the reader the competitive advantage in creating reproducible AI research that will be accepted in prestigious high-impact medical journals. Provides easy-to-understand explanations of the key concepts in using and evaluating AI in medicine. Offers practical, actionable guidance on the mechanics and implementation of AI applications in medicine. Shares career guidance on a successful future in AI in medicine. Teaches the skills to evaluate AI tools and avoid being misled by the hype. For a wide audience of healthcare professionals impacted by Artificial Intelligence in medicine, including physician-scientists, AI developers, entrepreneurs, and healthcare leaders who need to evaluate AI applications designed to improve safety, quality, and value for their institutions. Enrich Your eBook Reading Experience Read directly on your preferred device(s), such as computer, tablet, or smartphone. Easily convert to audiobook, powering your content with natural language text-to-speech. "-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Overview : How Artificial Intelligence Will Improve Health
    Randomization : The "Secret Sauce"
    Evaluation : The Facts Matter. Pseudo-Innovation vs Real Innovation
    Synergy : Building a Successful Clinician-Computer Collaboration
    Fairness : Addressing the Ethical, Regulatory, and Privacy Issues
    Modeling : An Overview of Predictive Modeling, Neural Networks, and Deep Learning
    EHRs : Exporting, Cleaning, Managing Datasets, and Integrating Models into the Electronic Health Record
    Resistance : Understanding and Overcoming the Resistance to AI, Randomization, and Change
    Execution : Increasing the Odds of Future Success
    Integration : Building a Learning Health Care System With Pragmatic AI Trials
    Streamlining : Reducing Waste and Lowering Costs in Health Care
    Complications : Predicting and Preventing Hospital Complications
    Prevention : Identifying Diseases With Predictive Models
    Precision Medicine : AI to Improve Health Screenings and Treatments
    Drugs and Devices : Using AI to Improve Pharmaceutical and Medical Device Development and Applications
    Medical Literature : AI and Information Overload
    Imaging : Medical Imaging and Strategies for Assessing Patient Impact
    Pandemics : Using AI Tools to Improve Health Outcomes in a Pandemic
    Careers : How to Build a Career Around AI in Medicine by Turning This Playbook Into a Reality.
  • Digital
    Fabrice Jotterand, Marcello Ienca, editors.
    Summary: This volume provides an interdisciplinary collection of essays from leaders in various fields addressing the current and future challenges arising from the implementation of AI in brain and mental health. Artificial Intelligence (AI) has the potential to transform health care and improve biomedical research. While the potential of AI in brain and mental health is tremendous, its ethical, regulatory and social impacts have not been assessed in a comprehensive and systemic way. The volume is structured according to three main sections, each of them focusing on different types of AI technologies. Part 1, Big Data and Automated Learning: Scientific and Ethical Considerations, specifically addresses issues arising from the use of AI software, especially machine learning, in the clinical context or for therapeutic applications. Part 2, AI for Digital Mental Health and Assistive Robotics: Philosophical and Regulatory Challenges, examines philosophical, ethical and regulatory issues arising from the use of an array of technologies beyond the clinical context. In the final section of the volume, Part 3 entitled AI in Neuroscience and Neurotechnology: Ethical, Social and Policy Issues, contributions examine some of the implications of AI in neuroscience and neurotechnology and the regulatory gaps or ambiguities that could potentially hamper the responsible development and implementation of AI solutions in brain and mental health. In light of its comprehensiveness and multi-disciplinary character, this book marks an important milestone in the public understanding of the ethics of AI in brain and mental health and provides a useful resource for any future investigation in this crucial and rapidly evolving area of AI application. The book is of interest to a wide audience in neuroethics, robotics, computer science, neuroscience, psychiatry and mental health.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Part I Scientific Considerations and Challenges: AI-augmented neuroimaging
    AI analytics in brain cancer screening
    AI analytics to detect pre-symptomatic dementia
    AI analytics in schizophrenia
    Wearables, mHealth and mental health monitoring
    Prevention of mental disorders through social media
    The brain health modeling initiative and the promise of AI
    Assistive robotics for dementia and mild cognitive impairment
    Telehealth and robotherapy in psychiatry
    Robot-assisted neurorehabilitation
    Brain-computer interfaces and AI-mediated neuromodulation
    Part III . Ethical Legal and Social Implications: Mental Privacy
    Algorithmic transparency Measurement bias and ethical bias
    Discrimination and stigma
    Informed Consent
    Minimal risk
    Fairness and Research Allocation
    The black-box problem of medical AI
    The transformation of therapeutic relationships
    The role of IRBs
    The ethics of automated medical decision-making
    Accountability and Responsibility
    Designing moral technologies for brain and mental health
    AI and Human Beings: Philosophical and Ethical Perspectives
    Part III Policy Perspectives: Current regulatory frameworks in North America
    Gaps in existing regulations
    Policy and law of AI in China
    Deontology and best practices
    Regulation of AI industry
    AI in the developing world: a global justice perspective
    Regulation of AI in Europe
    Conclusion - Towards an ethical framework for AI in brain and mental health.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Carlo N. De Cecco, Marly van Assen, Tim Leiner.
    Summary: This book provides an overview of current and potential applications of artificial intelligence (AI) for cardiothoracic imaging. Most AI systems used in medical imaging are data-driven and based on supervised machine learning. Clinicians and AI specialists can contribute to the development of an AI system in different ways, focusing on their respective strengths. Unfortunately, communication between these two sides is far from fluent and, from time to time, they speak completely different languages. Mutual understanding and collaboration are imperative because the medical system is based on physicians' ability to take well-informed decisions and convey their reasoning to colleagues and patients. This book offers unique insights and informative chapters on the use of AI for cardiothoracic imaging from both the technical and clinical perspective. It is also a single comprehensive source that provides a complete overview of the entire process of the development and use of AI in clinical practice for cardiothoracic imaging. The book contains chapters focused on cardiac and thoracic applications as well more general topics on the potentials and pitfalls of AI in medical imaging. Separate chapters will discuss the valorization, regulations surrounding AI, cost-effectiveness, and future perspective for different countries and continents. This book is an ideal guide for clinicians (radiologists, cardiologists etc.) interested in working with AI, whether in a research setting developing new AI applications or in a clinical setting using AI algorithms in clinical practice. The book also provides clinical insights and overviews for AI specialists who want to develop clinically relevant AI applications.

    Contents:
    PART I: Artificial Intelligence: Technical Considerations and Fundamentals
    Artificial Intelligence: A Century-Old Story
    Demystifying Artificial Intelligence Technology in Cardiothoracic Imaging: The Essentials
    Artificial Intelligence Algorithm Development for Biomedical Imaging
    Data Preparation for Artificial Intelligence
    Data Storage, Cloud Usage and Artificial Intelligence Pipeline
    How to Build Artificial Intelligence Algorithms for Imaging Applications
    Radiomics: Technical Background
    Biobanks and Artificial Intelligence
    Biostatistics and Artificial Intelligence
    PART II: Artificial Intelligence: General Approaches and Applications
    Structured Reporting in Medical Imaging: the Role of Artificial Intelligence
    Artificial Intelligence: Clinical Relevance and Workflow
    Patient Selection and Scan Preparation Optimization: the Role of Artificial Intelligence
    Artificial Intelligence for Image Enhancement and Reconstruction in Magnetic Resonance Imaging
    Artificial Intelligence Based Image Reconstruction in Cardiac Magnetic Resonance
    Artificial Intelligence Based Image Reconstruction in Computed Tomography Imaging
    Artificial Intelligence Based Contrast Medium Optimization
    Radiation Dose Optimization: the Role of Artificial Intelligence
    Artificial Intelligence Integration into the Computed Tomography System
    Artificial Intelligence Integration into the Magnetic Resonance System
    Magnetic Resonance Fingerprinting: the Role of Artificial Intelligence
    Currently Available Artificial Intelligence Software for Cardiothoracic Imaging
    PART III: Artificial Intelligence: Cardiac Applications
    Cardiac CT Guidelines and Clinical Applications: Where does Artificial Intelligence fit in?
    Natural Language Processing for Cardiovascular Applications
    Artificial Intelligence Based Evaluation of Coronary Calcium
    Artificial Intelligence Based Evaluation of Coronary Atherosclerotic Plaques
    Artificial Intelligence Based Coronary Artery Disease Reporting & Data System (CAD-RADS)
    Artificial Intelligence Based CT Derived Fractional Flow Reserve (CT-FFR)
    Artificial Intelligence Based Evaluation of Cardiac Valves
    Artificial Intelligence Based Diagnosis and Procedural Planning for Aortic Valve Disease
    Artificial Intelligence Based Quantification of Cardiac Fat
    Radiomics in Cardiac CT
    Cardiac MR Guidelines and Clinical Applications: Where does Artificial Intelligence fit in?
    Artificial Intelligence Based Evaluation of Functional Cardiac Magnetic Resonance Imaging
    Magnetic Resonance Imaging based 4D Cardiac Flow: the Role of Artificial Intelligence
    Magnetic Resonance Imaging based Coronary Flow: the Role of Artificial Intelligence
    Artificial Intelligence Based Evaluation of Cardiac Congenital Disease
    Cardiac Nuclear Medicine: the Role of Artificial Intelligence
    Cardiac Ultrasound Imaging: the Role of Artificial Intelligence
    Artificial Intelligence Based Cardiovascular Risk Stratification
    PART IV: Artificial Intelligence: Thoracic Applications
    Artificial Intelligence Based Evaluation of Patients with Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
    Artificial Intelligence Based Evaluation of Patients with Interstitial Lung Disease
    Artificial Intelligence Based Evaluation of Infectious Disease Imaging: A COVID-19 Perspective
    Artificial Intelligence for Lung Cancer Screening and Nodule Detection
    Artificial Intelligence for Lung Cancer Characterization and Prognosis
    Artificial Intelligence for Opportunistic Chest CT Screening and Prognostication
    Artificial Intelligence Based Detection of Pulmonary Vascular Disease
    Artificial Intelligence Based Evaluation of the Aorta
    Artificial Intelligence and Radiomics Based Evaluation of Carotid Artery Disease
    PART V: Artificial Intelligence: General Considerations
    Artificial Intelligence in Medicine: Laws, Regulations and Privacy
    Health Economics, Economic Evaluation and Artificial Intelligence Technology
    Commercialization & Intellectual Property of Artificial Intelligence Applications in Cardiovascular Imaging
    Ethical Considerations of Artificial Intelligence Applications in Healthcare
    How to Write and Review an Artificial Intelligence Paper
    Cybersecurity in the Era of Artificial Intelligence
    How Artificial Intelligence Will Reshape Healthcare and Medical Imaging: A Global Perspective.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Niklas Lidströmer, Yonina C. Eldar, editors.
    Summary: This book deals with the advantages of using artificial intelligence (AI) in the fight against the COVID-19 and against future pandemics that could threat humanity and our environment. This book is a practical, scientific and clinically relevant example of how medicine and mathematics will fuse in the 2020s, out of external pandemic pressure and out of scientific evolutionary necessity. This book contains a unique blend of the world's leading researchers, both in medicine, mathematics, computer science, clinical and preclinical medicine, and presents the research front of the usage of AI against pandemics. Equipped with this book the reader will learn about the latest AI advances against COVID-19, and how mathematics and algorithms can aid in preventing its spreading course, treatments, diagnostics, vaccines, clinical management and future evolution.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Contents
    About the Editors
    Chapter 1: Introduction to Artificial Intelligence in COVID-19
    Pandemics
    History of Pandemics
    The COVID-19 Pandemic
    Origins of the COVID-19 Pandemic
    Continuous Fight for Science and Reason
    Modern Tools for Pandemic Control
    A Brief Chronology of the Chapters of This Book
    Power of Science
    References
    Chapter 2: AI for Pooled Testing of COVID-19 Samples
    Introduction
    System Model
    The PCR Process
    Mathematical Model
    Pooled COVID-19 Tests
    Recovery from Pooled Tests Group Testing Methods for COVID-19
    Adaptive GT Methods
    Non-Adaptive GT Methods
    Pooling Matrix
    Noiseless Linear Non-Adaptive Recovery
    Noisy Non-Linear Non-Adaptive Recovery
    Summary
    Compressed Sensing for Pooled Testing for COVID-19
    Compressed Sensing Forward Model for Pooled RT-PCR
    CS Algorithms for Recovery
    Details of Algorithms
    Assessment of Algorithm Performance and Experimental Protocols
    Choice of Pooling Matrices
    Choice of Number of Pools
    Use of Side Information in Pooled Inference
    Comparative Discussion and Summary
    References Chapter 3: AI for Drug Repurposing in the Pandemic Response
    Introduction
    Desirable Features of AI for Drug Repurposing in Pandemic Response
    Technical Flexibility and Efficiency
    Clinical Applicability and Acceptability
    Major AI Applications for Drug Repurposing in Response to COVID-19
    Knowledge Mining
    Network-Based Analysis
    In Silico Modelling
    IDentif.AI Platform for Rapid Identification of Drug Combinations
    Project IDentif.AI
    IDentif.AI for Drug Optimization Against SARS-CoV-2
    IDentif.AI 2.0 Platform in an Evolving Pandemic IDentif.AI as a Pandemic Preparedness Platform
    Use of Real-World Data to Identify Potential Targets for Drug Repurposing
    Future Directions
    References
    Chapter 4: AI and Point of Care Image Analysis for COVID-19
    Introduction
    Motivation for Using Imaging
    Motivation for Using AI with Imaging
    Integration of Imaging with Other Modalities
    Literature Overview
    Chest X-Ray Imaging
    Diagnosis Models
    Prognosis Models
    Use of Longitudinal Imaging
    Fusion with Other Data Modalities
    Common Issues with AI and Chest X-Ray Imaging
    Duplication and Quality Issues Source Issues
    Frankenstein Datasets
    Implicit Biases in the Source Data
    Artificial Limitations Due to Transfer Learning
    Computed Tomography Imaging
    Diagnosis Models
    Prognosis Models
    Applications to Regions Away from the Lungs
    Use of Longitudinal Imaging
    Fusion with Other Data Modalities
    Common Issues with AI and Computed Tomography Imaging
    Ultrasound Imaging
    What Can be Observed in LUS
    Models Assisting in Interpreting LUS
    Diagnosis Models
    Prognosis Models
    Use of Longitudinal Imaging
    Common Issues with AI and Ultrasound Imaging
    Conclusions
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Erik R. Ranschaert, Sergey Morozov, Paul R. Algra, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a thorough overview of the ongoing evolution in the application of artificial intelligence (AI) within healthcare and radiology, enabling readers to gain a deeper insight into the technological background of AI and the impacts of new and emerging technologies on medical imaging. After an introduction on game changers in radiology, such as deep learning technology, the technological evolution of AI in computing science and medical image computing is described, with explanation of basic principles and the types and subtypes of AI. Subsequent sections address the use of imaging biomarkers, the development and validation of AI applications, and various aspects and issues relating to the growing role of big data in radiology. Diverse real-life clinical applications of AI are then outlined for different body parts, demonstrating their ability to add value to daily radiology practices. The concluding section focuses on the impact of AI on radiology and the implications for radiologists, for example with respect to training. Written by radiologists and IT professionals, the book will be of high value for radiologists, medical/clinical physicists, IT specialists, and imaging informatics professionals.

    Contents:
    Intro; I've Seen the Future ...; Preface; Contents; Part I Introduction; 1 Introduction: Game Changers in Radiology; 1.1 Era of Changes; 1.2 Perspectives; 1.3 Opportunities for the Future; 1.4 Conclusion; Reference; Part II Technology: Getting Started; 2 The Role of Medical Image Computing and Machine Learning in Healthcare; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Medical Image Analysis; 2.2.1 Image Segmentation; 2.2.2 Image Registration; 2.2.3 Image Visualization; 2.3 Challenges; 2.3.1 Complexity of the Data; 2.3.2 Complexity of the Objects of Interest; 2.3.3 Complexity of the Validation 2.4 Medical Image Computing2.5 Model-Based Image Analysis; 2.5.1 Energy Minimization; 2.5.2 Classification/Regression; 2.6 Computational Strategies; 2.6.1 Flexible Shape Fitting; 2.6.2 Pixel Classification; 2.7 Fundamental Issues; 2.7.1 Explicit Versus Implicit Representation of Geometry; 2.7.2 Global Versus Local Representations of Appearance; 2.7.3 Deterministic Versus Statistical Models; 2.7.4 Data Congruency Versus Model Fidelity; 2.8 Conclusion; References; 3 A Deeper Understanding of Deep Learning; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Computer-Aided Diagnosis, the Classical Approaches 3.3 Artificial Intelligence3.4 Neural Networks; 3.5 Convolutional Neural Networks; 3.6 Why Now?; 3.7 Example: Screening for Diabetic Retinopathy; 3.8 Pointers on the Web; 3.9 A Comparison with Brain Research; 3.9.1 Brain Efficiency; 3.9.2 Visual Learning; 3.9.3 Foveated Vision; 3.10 Conclusions and Recommendations; 3.11 Take Home Messages; References; 4 Deep Learning and Machine Learning in Imaging: Basic Principles; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Features and Classes; 4.3 Neural Networks; 4.4 Support Vector Machines; 4.5 Decision Trees; 4.6 Bayes Network; 4.7 Deep Learning; 4.7.1 Deep Learning Layers 4.7.2 Deep Learning Architectures4.8 Conclusion; References; Part III Technology: Developing A.I. Applications; 5 How to Develop Artificial Intelligence Applications; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Applications of AI in Radiology; 5.3 Development of AI Applications in Radiology; 5.4 Resources Framework; 5.5 Conclusion; 5.6 Summary/Take-Home Points; References; 6 A Standardised Approach for Preparing Imaging Data for Machine Learning Tasks in Radiology; 6.1 Data, Data Everywhere?; 6.2 Not All Data Is Created Equal; 6.3 The MIDaR Scale; 6.3.1 MIDaR Level D; 6.3.2 MIDaR Level C; 6.3.3 MIDaR Level B 6.3.4 MIDaR Level A6.4 Summary; 6.5 Take Home Points; References; 7 The Value of Structured Reporting for AI; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 Conventional Radiological Reporting Versus Structured Reporting; 7.3 Technical Implementations of Structured Reporting and IHE MRRT; 7.4 Information Extraction Using Natural Language Processing; 7.5 Information Extraction from Structured Reports; 7.6 Integration of External Data into Structured Reports; 7.7 Analytics and Clinical Decision Support; 7.8 Outlook; References; 8 Artificial Intelligence in Medicine: Validation and Study Design
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Niklas Lidstr̲mer, Hutan Ashrafian, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a structured and analytical guide to the use of artificial intelligence in medicine. Covering all areas within medicine, the chapters give a systemic review of the history, scientific foundations, present advances, potential trends, and future challenges of artificial intelligence within a healthcare setting. Artificial Intelligence in Medicine aims to give readers the required knowledge to apply artificial intelligence to clinical practice. The book is relevant to medical students, specialist doctors, and researchers whose work will be affected by artificial intelligence.

    Contents:
    Scientific fundamental of artificial intelligence
    Specimen in AI in medicine
    AI in medicine historical to present projects
    Lessons for all doctors
    AIM and the emergence of Deep Medicine
    AIM in Medical Decisions
    AIM in Medical Diagnostics
    AIM in Medical Education
    AIM in Medical Guidelines
    AIM in Medical Informatics
    AIM and the emergence of Deep Medicine, part 2
    Introductory & Overview Studies on AIM
    Basic Principles Studies on AIM
    Alphabetical list of AIM in Medical Specialities
    Introduction to the systematic review
    Explanation of the structure, methods, online material
    AIM and the Patient's Perspective
    AIM Impact on Modern Medicine
    AIM and the Scientific background to medicine
    AIM and Medical Science in General
    AIM and the Evolution
    AIM in Medical Ethics
    AIM in Evidence-based medicine
    AIM and the EBM Application
    AIM and the Personalisation of EBM
    AIM in Medical Imaging and Radiology
    AIM in Electronic Health Records
    AIM in Large-Scale randomized evidence trials and meta-analyses of trials
    AIM in Future Medical Trials
    AIM in Clinic Planning and Management
    AIM in Medical Economics
    AIM in Health Economics and The Funding of Health Care
    AIM and Health Care Effectivity
    AIM in Public Health
    AIM and Health Care Priorities
    AIM and Medical Innovation
    AIM in Alternative Medicine
    AIM in Global Medicine
    AIM in Global Disease Prevention and Control
    AIM and Populations Growth vs Health
    AIM in Disease Prevention and Health Promotion
    AIM in Preventive medicine
    AIM in Medical Portables
    AIM in Medical Robotics
    AIM in Medical Screenings
    AIM and the importance of mass communication and positive health promotion
    AIM and the influence of wealth to health
    AIM and the costs of Western Health Care
    AIM in the African demographic entrapment
    AIM usage in human disasters
    AIM in preclinical specialities
    AIM in cell biology
    AIM and the cell
    AIM in molecular biology
    AIM and the human genome sequencing
    AIM in the genomic basis of medicine
    AIM and cytokines
    AIM and ion channels
    AIM and intracellular signalling
    AIM and apotoptosis
    AIM and embryonic stem cells & regenerative medicine
    AIM and stem cells
    AIM in Clinical Immunology
    AIM and immunological mechanisms
    AIM and the immunological structure and function
    AIM and the innate immune system
    AIM and the complement system
    AIM and adaptive immunity
    AIM in immunodeficiency
    AIM in allergy
    AIM in autoimmunity
    AIM and transplantation medicine
    AIM in Telemedicin
    AIM in Oncology
    AIM and the principles of clinical oncology
    AIM in epidemiology of cancer
    AIM in Epidemiology
    AIM and cancer development
    AIM and the genetics of inherited cancers
    AIM in cancer immunity and clinical oncology
    AIM in the management of cancer and clinical feature
    AIM in cancer chemotherapy and radiation therapy
    AIM in Infectious Medicine
    AIM and pathogenitc organisms in general
    AIM and the biology of pathogenic microorganisms
    AIM and the management of infected patients
    AIM and early suspicion of infection
    AIM and the clinical approach in infectious medicine
    AIM and fever of unknown origin
    AIM and the avoidance of nosocomial infections
    AIM and infections in immunocompromised patients
    AIM in Antimicrobial chemotherapy
    AIM in Immunization
    AIM in Travel and expedition medicine
    AIM and viruses
    AIM and Respiratory tract viruses
    Herpes
    EBV
    Proxi
    Mumps
    Measles
    Nipah and Hendra virus encephalitides
    Enterovirus infections
    AIM and HIV
    AIM and cancerous viruses
    AIM and bacterial infections
    AIM and sexual health
    AIM and epidemiology of STDs
    AIM and Sexual Behaviour
    AIM in Sexual History and Examination
    AIM and contraception
    AIM and Chemical and physical injuries and environmental factors and disease
    AIM in Clinical Toxicology
    AIM and Poisoning by Drugs and Chemicals
    AIM in Occupational health and safety
    AIM in Occupational and environmental health
    AIM in Aerospace medicine
    AIM in Diving Medicine
    AIM in Radiation
    AIM in bioterrorism
    AIM in Pharmacology
    AIM in Clinical pharmacology
    AIM and Principles of clinical pharmacology and drug therapy
    AIM in nutrition
    AIM and macronutrient metabolism
    AIM and Vitamins and trace elements
    AIM in Severe malnutrition
    AIM and overnutrition
    AIM and obesity
    AIM in Artificial nutrition support
    AIM in Metabolic disorders
    AIM and The inborn errors of metabolism
    AIM in Breast Cancer
    AIM and Diabetes
    AIM and Hypoglycaemia avoidance
    AIM in Medical Disorders in Pregnancy
    AIM in Paediatrics
    AIM in Pathology
    AIM in Gastroenterology
    AIM in Endoscopy Procedures
    AIM in Colonoscopy and Flexible Sigmoidoscopy
    AIM in ERCP
    AIM in Gastroscopy
    AIM in Advanced Endoscopy procedures and Ultrasound
    AIM in Capsule Endoscopy
    AIM and the acute abdomen
    AIM in Cardiovascular disorders
    AIM in Surgery
    AIM in Urology
    AIM in Anaesthesiology
    AIM in Critical Care
    AIM in Cardiac Arrest
    AIM in Anaphylaxis
    AIM in Rehabilitation Medicine
    AIM in Respiratory Disorders
    AIM In Rheumatological Disorders
    AIM in Disorders of the skeleton
    AIM in Disorders of the kidney and urinary tract
    AIM in Haematology
    AIM In Anemia
    AIM in Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia
    AIM in Acute Myeloid Leukemia
    AIM in Clinical Physiology
    AIM in Clinical Skills
    AIM in Dermatology
    AIM in Clinical Physiology
    AIM in Clinical Neurophysiology
    AIM in Neurology
    AIM in Parkinson
    AIM in Multiple Sclerosis
    AIM in Motor Neuron Disorders
    AIM in Epilepsy
    AIM in Sleep Medicine
    AIM in Ataxic disorders
    AIM and Brainstem syndromes
    AIM in Stroke: cerebrovascular disease
    AIM in Ear-Nose-Throat Medicine
    AIM in General Medicine
    AIM in Ophthalmology
    AIM and eye diseases in general practice
    AIM in Psychiatry and Drug Related Problems
    AIM in Addictive Medicine
    AIM and the takig of psychiatric history
    AIM in acute behavioural emergencies
    AIM in Neuropsychiatric disorders
    AIM in psychiatry of practical medicine
    AIM and PTSD
    AIM in suicide prevention
    AIM and unexplained symptoms
    AIM and chronic fatigue syndrome
    AIM in Anxiety and depression
    AIM in eating disorders
    AIM in schizophrenia
    AIM in psychiatric treatments
    AIM in psychopharmacology
    AIM in the psychological treatment in medical practice
    AIM in psychological therapy
    AIM in alcohol and drug dependence
    AIM in Forensic Medicine
    AIM in Forensic medicine for the practising doctor
    AIM in sports medicine
    AIM in Sports and exercise medicine
    AIM in Gynaecology
    AIM in Gerontology
    AIM and medicine in old age
    AIM and Mental disorders of old age
    AIM in Pain Management
    AIM and pain
    AIM and the dealing with pain
    AIM in palliative medicine
    AIM in palliative care
    AIM in the biochemistry of medicine
    AIM and biochemical decision support
    AIM in acute medicine
    AIM and acute medical presentations
    AIM and the practical procedure of medicine
    AIM and the Climate Impact of Health Care
    AIM in Nanomedicine
    AIM and the 5G Impact on Medicine
    AIM and mHealth, Smartphones and Apps
    AIM and Philosphical Aspects
    AIM and Political and Gender Aspects.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Manda Raz, Tam C. Nguyen, Erwin Loh, editors.
    Summary: This book identifies Artificial Intelligence (AI) as a growing field that is being incorporated into many aspects of human life, including healthcare practice and delivery. The precision, automation, and potential of AI brings multiple benefits to the way disease is diagnosed, investigated and treated. Currently, there is a lack of any appreciable understanding of AI and this book provides detailed understandings, which include; foundational concepts, current applications, future challenges amongst most healthcare practitioners. The book is divided into four sections: basic concepts, current applications, limitations and future directions. Each section is comprised of chapters written by expert academics, researchers and practitioners at the intersection between AI and medicine. The purpose of the book is to promote AI literacy as an important component of modern medical practice. This book is suited for all readers as it requires no previous knowledge, it walks non-technical clinicians through the complex ideas and concepts in an easy to understand manner.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Chapter 1 Untangling the concept of Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning, and Deep Learning
    Chapter 2 Overview of Artificial Intelligence in Medicine
    Chapter 3 Machine learning, deep learning and neural networks
    Chapter 4 Machine Learning in Medical Imaging Clinical Applications and Challenges in Computer Vision
    Chapter 5 Artificial Intelligence in Medicine: Applications, Limitations and Future Directions
    Chapter 6 Current Applications of Machine Learning in Medicine: ART
    Chapter 7 Artificial Intelligence in Ophthalmology
    Chapter 8 Machine learning in laparoscopic surgery
    Section 3 Limitations & Ethics
    Chapter 9 Limitations
    Chapter 10 Privacy and Data Security Issues
    Chapter 11 Explainable AI.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Andrzej Grzybowski, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a wide-ranging overview of artificial intelligence (AI), machine learning (ML) and deep learning (DL) algorithms in ophthalmology. Expertly written chapters examine AI in age-related macular degeneration, glaucoma, retinopathy of prematurity and diabetic retinopathy screening. AI perspectives, systems and limitations are all carefully assessed throughout the book as well as the technical aspects of DL systems for retinal diseases including the application of Google DeepMind, the Singapore algorithm, and the Johns Hopkins algorithm. Artificial Intelligence in Ophthalmology meets the need for a resource that reviews the benefits and pitfalls of AI, ML and DL in ophthalmology. Ophthalmologists, optometrists, eye-care workers, neurologists, cardiologists, internal medicine specialists, AI engineers and IT specialists with an interest in how AI can help with early diagnosis and monitoring treatment in ophthalmic patients will find this book to be an indispensable guide to an evolving area of healthcare technology.

    Contents:
    Artificial intelligence in Medicine
    Artificial intelligence in AMD
    Artificial intelligence in Glaucoma
    Artificial intelligence in Retinopathy of Prematurity
    Artificial intelligence in Diabetic Retinopathy Screening
    The overview of available artificial intelligence systems in Ophthalmology
    The overview of experimental artificial intelligence systems in Ophthalmology
    Technical aspects of deep learning in Ophthalmology
    Deep learning systems for retinal diseases
    Google DeepMind
    Singapore algorithm
    Johns Hopkins algorithm
    Perspectives of artificial intelligence in Ophthalmology
    Limitations of artificial intelligence in Ophthalmology
    Artificial intelligence in calculating the IOL power.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    John A. Andreou, Paris A. Kosmidis, Athanasios D. Gouliamos, editors.
    Summary: This book presents artificial intelligence applications that may help in detecting disease, defining tissue characterization (benign vs malignant), staging and correlation with molecular biomarkers. Originally positioned as a means for noninvasive molecular phenotyping and quantification in the 1970s, PET's technological improvements in the 2000s generated renewed interest in quantification, which has grown over the last five years. This progress is parallel with the development of Artificial intelligence (AI) systems for Oncology which aim at providing the best possible treatment to patients suffering from lung, breast, brain, prostate, liver and other types of cancer. The chapters provide an overview of the use of AI in PET/CT imaging for various types of cancer, and it will be an invaluable tool especially for nuclear medicine physicians and oncologists.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction : Artificial intelligence (AI) systems for Oncology
    2. PET in Bone and Soft tissue tumors
    3. (CNS) PET/CT: current AI applications
    4. PET/CT findings in Head and Neck Cancer, current AI applications
    5. PET/CT in Lung cancer, current AI applications
    6. Breast cancer: PET/CT imaging, AI applications
    7. PET/CT in Gynecologic cancer, current AI applications
    8. PET/CT in Rectal cancer, current AI applications
    9. PET/CT in Neuroendocrine tumors, current AI applications
    10. PET/CT in the evaluation of Adrenal gland mass
    11. PET/CT in Renal cancer
    12. PET/CT in Testicular cancer
    13. PET/CT in Prostate cancer
    14. PET/CT in Malignant Lymphomas.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Patrick Veit-Haibach, Ken Herrmann, editors.
    Summary: This book includes detailed explanations of the underlying technologies and concepts used in Artificial Intelligence (AI) and Machine Learning (ML) in the context of nuclear medicine and hybrid imaging. A diverse team of authors, including pioneers in the field and respected experts from leading international institutions, share their insights, opinions and outlooks on this exciting topic. A wide range of clinical applications are discussed, from brain applications to body indications, as well as the applicability of AI and ML for cardio-vascular conditions. The book also considers the potential impact of theranostics. To balance the technology-heavy and disease-specific applications, it also discusses ethical / legal issues, economic realities and the human factor, the physician. Though this discussion is not based on research and outcomes, it provides important insights into the ramifications of how AI and ML could transform Nuclear Medicine and Hybrid Imaging practice. As the first work highlighting the role of these concepts specifically in this field, rather than for medical imaging in general, this book offers a valuable resource for Nuclear Medicine Physicians, Radiologists, Physicists, Medical Imaging Administrators and Nuclear Medicine Technologists alike.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    by Peter S. Walker.
    Summary: Spanning both the history and future of knee replacement, this unique book recounts how artificial knees have reached the stage they are today, and whether their performance can be further improved. The author, who has been designing artificial knees for 50 years, starts the story in the late 1960's with the early pioneers; during the 1970's, the principles for successful artificial knees were established. While many different types were designed, a small number have become by far the most widely utilized. Yet other types of designs, so far little used, along with new materials and the application of computer-assisted surgery, could result in significant advancements in the treatment of knee arthritis. Each chapter provides a detailed description of the origins of the ideas and principles and their rationale, followed by the latest information and evidence. The book begins with an overview of the history and background of the artificial knee, in terms of design and implementation and the thought leaders involved. Fixation, biomechanics, and the types of designs are discussed in detail, both what has worked and what has not, and why. Instrumentation, testing and tribology, and functional evaluation methods are also covered. The book concludes with a look toward the future possibilities for the field of artificial knees. An illustrated glossary of terms, is included for quick reference. The Artificial Knee: An Ongoing Evolution will appeal to orthopedic surgeons and researchers, medical academics and orthopedic companies, and to those with a general interest in artificial knees.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Early Biomechanical Knowledge
    The Design Process
    Laxity and Stability
    Fixation Using Acrylic Cement
    Uncemented Fixation
    Femoral Components and Patella
    Tibial Components
    Condylar Replacements
    Posterior Stabilized
    Guided Motion Knees
    Instrumentation and Technique
    Testing and Tribology
    Comparisons of Function between Designs and Techniques
    Discussion and Future Possibilities
    Glossary of Terms.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Lanjuan Li, editor.
    Summary: This book introduces the clinical application of artificial liver system (ALS) in hepatic failure. It has been widely used in clinics aiming to provide temporary support of liver function while maintaining extra-hepatic function in patients with liver failure. This work comprehensively summarizes the progress of livers and artificial liver, for example, the principle and implementation of Li-ALS, cell transplantation and the combined application of artificial liver and liver transplantation. It will be helpful for clinicians to implement artificial liver treatment to save the lives of patients with hepatic failure.

    Contents:
    Introduction of artificial liver
    Liver Structure
    Liver Function
    Liver regeneration and tissue engineering
    Causes of liver injury
    Pathogenesis of liver injury and hepatic failure
    Liver pathology
    Laboratory evaluation of hepatic failure
    Imaging examination of hepatic failure
    Diagnosis of hepatic failure
    Internal medical treatment of hepatic failure
    Function mechanism of artificial liver
    Non-biological artificial liver
    Practice standards and management of artificial liver treatment
    Indications and contraindications of artificial liver treatment
    Complications and their prevention of artificial liver treatment
    Efficacy and its evaluation of non-biological artificial liver
    Biological artificial liver
    Hybrid artificial liver
    Cell transplantation therapy of hepatic failure
    Artificial liver and liver transplantation
    Future development of artificial liver.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    by Emanuel J. Mickel, Jr.
    Contents: <br/
    >1. The Influence of opium and hashish on the literature of French Romanticism and Les fleurs du mal.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    RC566 .M61 1969
    1
  • Digital
    David J. Baker.
    Contents:
    A Brief History of Artificial Ventilation
    The Structure of the Airways and Lungs
    How the Lungs Work: Mechanics and Gas Exchange with the Blood
    Respiratory Failure
    The Management of Respiratory Failure: Airway Management and Manual Methods of Artificial Ventilation
    Basic principles of mechanical ventilation
    Portable mechanical ventilators
    Managing ventilation during transport
    Paediatric Artificial Ventilation for the Non-Specialist
    Artificial ventilation in difficult and extreme environments
    Mass ventilation
    Conclusions: key messages.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    David J. Baker.
    Summary: This book provides a concise, clinical guide to the basics of airway and ventilation management for non-specialists working in pre-hospital and emergency medicine. It fulfills the need for a resource that simply and clearly explains the fundamentals of respiratory physiology, the pathophysiology behind respiratory failure and the practical aspects of artificial ventilation. Artificial Ventilation: A Basic Clinical Guide, 2nd edition has been expanded to include guidance on mass ventilation during a viral pandemic with lessons learnt from the COVID-19 outbreak. It has been fully revised to support non-specialist medical and nursing personnel to understand the basics of artificial ventilation and to be able to improvise mass ventilation outside the ICU. Professionals seeking clear guidance on currently available devices and new approaches to mechanical ventilation will find this book to be an essential resource for all types of emergency situations where artificial ventilation is required. .

    Contents:
    A Brief History of Artificial Ventilation
    The Structure of the Airways and Lungs
    How the Lungs Work: Mechanics and Gas Exchange with the Blood
    Respiratory Failure
    The Management of Respiratory Failure: Airway Management and Manual Methods of Artificial Ventilation
    Basic principles of mechanical ventilation
    Portable mechanical ventilators
    Managing ventilation during transport
    Ventilation in the intensive care unit: the essentials for non - specialists
    Artificial ventilation in difficult and extreme environments
    Mass ventilation during a viral pandemic: lessons from the COVID 19 outbreak. .
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Veit Peter Gabel, editor.
    Summary: This book presents and analyses the most recent research dedicated to restoring vision in individuals who are severely impaired or blind from retinal disease or injury. It is written by the leading groups worldwide who are at the forefront of developing artificial vision. The book begins by discussing the difficulties in comparing and interpreting functional results in the area of very low vision and the principal prospects and limitations of spatial resolution with artificial tools. Further on, chapters are included by researchers who stimulate the surface or the pigment epithelial side of the retina and by experts who work on stimulating the optic nerve, the lateral geniculate body and the superficial layers of the visual cortex. Artificial Vision: A Clinical Guide collates the most recent work of key artificial vision research groups to explain in a comparable and stringent order their varying approaches, the clinical or preclinical outcomes and their achievements during the last years. Senior ophthalmic fellows and academic practitioners will find this guide to be an indispensable resource for understanding the current status of artificial vision. .
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Julia F. Christensen, Antoni Gomila.
    Summary: "The Arts and the Brain: Psychology and Physiology beyond Pleasure, Volume 237, combines the work of an excellent group of experts who explain evidence on the neural and biobehavioral science of the arts. Topics covered include the emergence of early art and the evolution of human culture, the interaction between cultural and biological evolutionary processes in generating artistic creation, the nature of the aesthetic experience of art, the arts as a multisensory experience, new insights from the neuroscience of dance, a systematic review of the biological impact of music, and more"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    The arts, brain and evolution. Art, symbolism and the evolution of the brain
    Emergence of early art and the evolution of human culture
    On the interaction between cultural and biological evolutionary processes in generating artistic creativity
    The arts and psychology. The nature of aesthetic experience of art
    Art appreciation as an emotional process - beyond aesthetic experience
    The singular experience: characterizing the emotional response to art beyond pleasure
    An empirical paper on audience responses to film
    The arts and physiology. Why we like what we like? Tracking the neurophysiological responses linked to aesthetic appreciation
    The arts as a multisensory experience
    Interceptive predictions and aesthetic relatedness to images
    How artists represent visual processes
    The arts and the brain. Art and brain, and integrative overview
    Seeking salience in engaging art: a short story about attention, artistic value, and affective neuroscience
    New insights from the neuroscience of dance
    Embodied aesthetics in the visual and the performing arts
    The arts and biology. Music, dance and other art forms: new insights into the links between hedonia (pleasure) and eudaimonia (well-being)
    A systematic review of the biological impact of music
    Biology and aesthetics in music and the visual arts
    Alexithymia, arts and health
    Arts expertise and learning. Developmental perspectives on the social and emotional role of music and dance
    Music education and the brain
    Dance learning among adolescents and young adults: Insights from brain imaging and behaviour
    Is there a moral bettering through the arts?
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Kathryn Hinsliff-Smith, Julie McGarry, Parveen Ali, editors.
    Summary: This book, written by academics across a range of disciplines, including healthcare and social sciences discusses the increasing use of the arts in healthcare research, which often stems from the recognition that for some topics of investigation, or when dealing with sensitive issues, the usual qualitative or quantitative paradigms are not appropriate. While there is undoubtedly a place for such approaches, arts-based research paradigms (ABR) offers, not only additional study and data-collection tools, but also provides a new and enjoyable experience for those involved. The use of the arts as a medium to improve health and wellbeing was well documented by the World Health Organisation (WHO) in 2019, with over 3,000 studies conducted around the globe on the value of the arts in the prevention of ill health and promotion of health across the life span. This book examines how the arts, in a variety of forms, can be used by those working directly in healthcare settings as well as those involved in research across all health or patient settings. Covering a range of ABR genres, including literature (such as narrative and poetic inquiry); performance (music, dance, play building); visual arts (drawing and painting, collage, installation art, comics); and audio-visual and multimethod approaches, this user- friendly book will appeal to nurses, researchers in nursing and allied healthcare professions, as well professionals in the social sciences, psychosociology, psychology, literature and arts.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Chapter 2. Arts use within healthcare and what is the evidence across health care disciplines and professions
    Chapter 3. "It is, it stands for, it shows" : arts-based representations in data generation and analysis
    Chapter 4. Proximity, accessibility, sensitivity, voice: the possibilities for arts based approaches in healthcare
    Chapter 5. Use of Personas and participative methods when researching with hard to reach groups
    Chapter 6. Photo-elicitation: unleashing imagery in healthcare research
    Chapter 7. At the Interface of Life Writing and Life Sciences: Eating Disorders Narratives of Lived Experience in English, German and French Literature
    Chapter 8. How can Arts be used within the context of dementia care?
    Chapter 9. Hand-drawn infographics: a tool for reflection and creativity in healthcare research and beyond
    Chapter 10. Use of writing letters and other literature forms to capture experiences of research participants
    Chapter 11. Collage, an often neglected Art form for use in research, using Canadian examples
    Chapter 12.Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Umberto Volpe, editor.
    Summary: This book explores possible approaches to and uses of art therapy in mental health settings. Reflecting the latest scientific evidence, it represents a major step toward the harmonization of practices in the field, filling the gap between the theory and practice of art therapy. The book is divided into four major sections, corresponding to the main artistic domains: visual art therapy, music therapy, dance movement therapy, and drama therapy. Gathering the research and insights of leading professionals from around the globe, the book offers a diverse and balanced mix of perspectives. Accordingly, it will appeal to a broad readership including psychiatrists, psychologists, social workers, occupational therapists, psychiatric rehabilitation technicians, nurses, educators, art therapists, and students.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Visual Art therapy
    Chapter 1. Visual art-therapy in psychiatry rehabilitation. - Chapter 2. Between subjectivity and objectivity: art therapys challenge
    Chapter 3. Commentary on the Conceptual Roots in Art Therapy: Rethinking Sublimation
    Chapter 4. Art therapy in mental health recovery towards an expanded lens
    Part 2: Music Therapy
    Chapter 5. Music Therapy in Psychiatry
    Chapter 6. From an empirical approach to scientific evidence: reflections on music therapy and psychiatry
    Chapter 7. Professional flexibility towards the clients` needs in music therapy and music medicine in psychiatry
    Chapter 8. Music as central mechanism for music therapy in mental health
    Chapter 9. Recurring sound aspects in group work with psychiatric patients
    Chapter 10. A perspective in approaching mechanisms of music therapy for dementia clients
    Part 3: Dance Movement therapy
    Chapter 11. Integration in Motion: Dance Movement Therapy
    Chapter 12. Training standard of Dance Movement Therapy in E.U. and Italian contribution to research on recovery
    Chapter 13. Dance Movement Therapy as an alternative for rehabilitating people with mental disorders
    Chapter 14. Neurophysiological aspects of dance-movement therapy for psychiatric rehabilitation
    Chapter 15. The Psychiatry-related European DMT Experience
    Chapter 16. Listening to the voice of the person with psychiatric problems
    Part 4: Drama Theatre therapy
    Chapter 17. Drama therapy in the context of psychiatric care
    Chapter 18. Drama/theatre Practice in psychiatric care
    Chapter 19. Drama therapy and psychiatric care in India: practice and potential
    Chapter 20. Facilitating empathy through drama therapy for clients and clinicians across the spectrum of psychiatric care
    Chapter 21. Empirical Research Consideration in Drama Therapy: A Brief Essay
    Chapter 22. Healing aspects of drama and theatre and perspectives in dramatherapy
    Chapter 23. Challenges of research in drama therapy
    Chapter 24. Dramatherapy: A Culturally Responsive Practice.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    Leanne Betasamosake Simpson.
    Summary: "Across North America, Indigenous acts of resistance have in recent years opposed the removal of federal protections for forests and waterways in Indigenous lands, halted the expansion of tar sands extraction and the pipeline construction at Standing Rock, and demanded justice for murdered and missing Indigenous women. In As We Have Always Done, Leanne Betasamosake Simpson locates Indigenous political resurgence as a practice rooted in uniquely Indigenous theorizing, writing, organizing, and thinking. Indigenous resistance is a radical rejection of contemporary colonialism focused around refusing the dispossession of Indigenous bodies and land. Simpson makes clear that the resistance's goal can no longer be cultural resurgence as a mechanism for inclusion in a multicultural mosaic. Instead, she calls for unapologetic, place-based Indigenous alternatives to the destructive logics of the settler colonial state, including heteropatriarchy, white supremacy, and capitalist exploitation"--Jacket.

    Contents:
    Introduction: My radical resurgent present
    Nishnaabeg brilliance as radical resurgence theory
    Kwe as resurgent method
    The attempted dispossession of kwe
    Nishnaabeg internationalism
    Nishnaabeg anticapitalism
    Endlessly creating our indigenous selves
    The sovereignty of indigenous peoples' bodies
    Indigenous queer normativity
    Land as pedagogy
    "I see your light" : reciprocal recognition and generative refusal
    Embodied resurgent practice and coded disruption
    Constellations of coresistance
    Conclusion: Toward radical resurgent struggle.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    E99.C6 S659 2017
    1
  • Digital
    [edited by] Abigail J. Herron, Tim K. Brennan.
    Summary: "This book is a companion guide to ASAM's Principles of Addiction Medicine, a comprehensive reference text that reflects the state-ofthe- art science and practice of addiction medicine. It was created with the goal of providing a more concise source of up-to-date and clinically relevant information"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
    LWW Health Library (PA Rotations)
  • Print
    senior editor, Richard K. Ries ; associate editors, David A. Fiellin, Shannon C. Miller, Richard Saitz
    Contents:
    Section 1. Basic Science and Core Concepts :
    1. Drug Addiction: The Neurobiology of Behavior Gone Awry
    2. The Epidemiology of Substance Use Disorders
    3. The Anatomy of Addiction
    4. From Neurobiology to Treatment: Progress Against Addiction
    5. Understanding "Behavioral Addictions": Insights from Research
    -- Section 2. Pharmacology :
    6. Pharmacokinetic and Pharmacodynamic Principles
    7. The Pharmacology of Alcohol
    8. The Pharmacology of Nonalcohol Sedative Hypnotics
    9. The Pharmacology of Opioids
    10. The Pharmacology of Cocaine, Amphetamines, and Other Stimulants
    11. The Pharmacology of Caffeine
    12. The Pharmacology of Nicotine and Tobacco
    13. The Pharmacology of Marijuana
    14. The Pharmacology of Hallucinogens
    15. The Pharmacology of Dissociatives
    16. The Pharmacology of Inhalants
    17. The Pharmacology of Anabolic-Androgenic Steroids
    -- Section 3. Diagnosis, Assessment, and Early Intervention :
    18. Screening and Brief Intervention
    19. Laboratory Diagnosis
    20. Assessment
    21. Environmental Approaches to Prevention: A Community-Based Perspective
    -- Section 4. Overview of Addiction Treatment :
    22. Addiction Medicine in America: Its Birth and Early History (1750-1935) with a Modern Postscript
    23. Treatment of Heavy Drinking and Alcohol Use Disorder
    24. The Treatment of Drug Addiction: An Overview
    25. Moving Toward Integrated Care for Substance Use Disorders: Lessons from History and the Rest of Health Care
    26. Effects of Treatment Setting, Duration, and Amount on Patient Outcomes
    27. The ASAM Criteria and Matching Patients to Treatment
    28. Linking Addiction Treatment with Other Medical and Psychiatric Treatment Systems
    29. Alternative Therapies for Alcohol and Drug Addiction
    30. The Harm Reduction Approach to Prevention and Treatment
    31. Quality Improvement for Addiction Treatment
    32. Nursing Roles in Addressing Addiction
    33. International Perspectives on Addiction Management
    -- Section 5. Special Issues in Addiction :
    34. Nonmedical Use, Misuse, and Abuse of Prescription Medications
    35. Special Issues in Treatment: Women
    36. Treatment of Older Adults
    37. Cultural Issues in Addiction Medicine
    38. College Student Drinking
    39. Pathologic Gambling: Clinical
    40. Sexual Addiction
    41. Physician Health Programs and Addiction among Physicians
    -- Section 6. Management of Intoxication and Withdrawal :
    42. Management of Intoxication and
    43. Management of Alcohol Intoxication and Withdrawal
    44. Management of Sedative-Hypnotic Intoxication and Withdrawal
    45. Management of Opioid Intoxication and Withdrawal
    46. Management of Stimulant, Hallucinogen, Marijuana, Phencyclidine, and Club Drug Intoxication and Withdrawal
    -- Section 7. Pharmacologic Interventions :
    47. Medications for Use in Alcohol
    48. Pharmacologic Intervention for Sedative-Hypnotic Addiction
    49. Pharmacologic Interventions for Opioid Dependence
    50. Opioid Maintenance Treatment
    51. Special Issues in Office-Based Opioid Treatment
    52. Pharmacologic Interventions for Cocaine, Methamphetamine, and Other Stimulant Addiction
    53. Pharmacologic Interventions for Tobacco Dependence
    54. Pharmacologic Interventions for Other Drug and Multiple Drug Addictions
    -- Section 8. Behavioral Interventions :
    55. Enhancing Motivation to Change
    56. Group Therapies
    57. Individual Treatment
    58. Contingency Management and the Community Reinforcement Approach
    59. Behavioral Interventions in Smoking Cessation
    60. Network Therapy
    61. Therapeutic Communities
    62. Aversion Therapies
    63. Family Involvement in Addiction, Treatment, and Recovery
    64. Twelve-Step Facilitation Approaches
    65. Microprocessor Abuse and Internet Addiction
    66. Relapse Prevention: Clinical Models and Intervention Strategies
    67. Medical Management Techniques and Collaborative Care: Integrating Behavioral with Pharmacologic Interventions in Addiction Treatment
    68. Conceptual and Treatment Issues in "Behavioral Addictions"
    -- Section 9. Mutual Help, Twelve Step, and Other Recovery Programs :
    69. Twelve-Step Programs in Addiction Recovery
    70. Recent Research into Twelve-Step Programs
    71. Spirituality in the Recovery Process
    -- Section 10. Medical Disorders and Complications of Addiction :
    72. Medical and Surgical Complications of Addiction
    73. Cardiovascular Consequences of Alcohol and Other Drug Use
    74. Liver Disorders Related to Alcohol and Other Drug Use
    75. Renal and Metabolic Disorders Related to Alcohol and Other Drug Use
    76. Gastrointestinal Disorders Related to Alcohol and Other Drug Use
    77. Respiratory Tract Disorders Related to Alcohol and Other Drug Use
    78. Neurologic Disorders Related to Alcohol and Other Drug Use
    79. Human Immunodeficiency Virus, Tuberculosis, and Other Infectious Diseases Related to Alcohol and Other Drug Use
    80. Sleep Disorders Related to Alcohol and Other Drug Use
    81. Traumatic Injuries Related to Alcohol and Other Drug Use: Epidemiology, Screening, and Prevention
    82. Endocrine and Reproductive Disorders Related to Alcohol and Other Drug Use
    83. Alcohol and Other Drug Use during Pregnancy: Management of the Mother and Child
    84. Surgical Interventions in the Alcohol- or Drug-Using Patient
    -- Section 11. Co-Occurring Addiction and Psychiatric Disorders :
    85. Substance-Induced Mental Disorders
    86. Co-Occurring Addictive and Mood Disorders
    87. Co-Occurring Addiction and Anxiety Disorders
    88. Co-Occurring Addiction and Psychotic Disorders
    89. Co-Occurring Addictive Disorder and Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder
    90. Co-Occurring Personality Disorders and Addiction
    91. Posttraumatic Stress Disorder and Substance Use Disorder Comorbidity
    92. Co-Occurring Addiction and Eating Disorders
    -- Section 12. Pain and Addiction :
    93. The Pathophysiology of Chronic Pain and Clinical Interfaces with Addiction
    94. Psychological Issues in the Management of Pain
    95. Rehabilitation Approaches to Pain Management
    96. Nonopioid Pharmacotherapy of Pain
    97. Opioid Therapy of Pain
    98. Comorbid Pain and Addiction
    99. Legal and Regulatory Considerations in Opioid Prescribing
    -- Section 13. Children and Adolescents :
    100. Epidemiology of Adolescent Substance Use
    101. Preventing Substance Use among Children and Adolescents
    102. Neurobiology of Addiction from a Developmental Perspective
    103. Screening and Brief Intervention for Adolescents
    104. Assessing Adolescent Substance Use
    105. Placement Criteria and Strategies for Adolescent Treatment Matching
    106. Adolescent Treatment and Relapse Prevention
    107. Pharmacotherapy for Adolescents with Substance Use Disorders
    108. Co-Occurring Psychiatric Disorders in Adolescents
    -- Section 14. Ethical, Legal, and Liability Issues in Addiction Practice :
    109. Ethical Issues in Addiction Practice
    110. Consent and Confidentiality Issues in Addiction Practice
    111. Clinical, Ethical, and Legal Considerations in Prescribing Drugs with Abuse Potential
    112. The Science and Clinical Uses of Drug Testing
    113. Drug Treatment Courts and the Treatment of Persons in the Criminal Justice System
    114. Preventing and Treating Substance Use Disorders in Military Personnel.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC564.I5 P75 2014
    1
  • Digital
    senior editor, Shannon C. Miller ; associate editors, David A. Fiellin, Richard N. Rosenthal, and Richard Saitz.
    Summary: "The ASAM Principles of Addiction Medicine is the go-to textbook in the specialty field of addiction medicine. Clinicians, doctors, and researchers rely on The ASAM Principles of Addiction Medicine to define the terminology of addiction and provide a comprehensive overview of the diagnosis and treatment"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2019
  • Digital
    Joseph R. Testa, editor.
    Summary: This volume is comprised of a multidisciplinary assessment of the interplay between asbestos and cancer as well as new research about the biology and treatment of malignant mesothelioma. Chapters on the various types of asbestos and other mineral fibers, epidemiology, history and future of asbestos-related diseases are included. Other reviews present new information about the role of asbestos-related inflammation and genetic factors, including the role of inherited mutations of BAP1, in mesothelioma causation, as well as recent research about gene signatures, cell signaling, and epigenetic mechanisms in asbestos-related diseases. Other chapters provide updates of novel disease biomarkers and prevention, mechanistic lesson from genetically engineered mouse and 3-D models of mesothelioma tumorigenesis and therapeutic resistance. Also included are up-to-date reviews of surgical, molecularly targeted chemotherapeutic, and immunotherapeutic approaches for mesothelioma as well as an overview of legal issues.

    Contents:
    1. Malignant Mesothelioma
    An Asbestos Legacy
    2. Asbestos and Fibrous Erionite
    3. Epidemiology of Mesothelioma
    4. Malignant Pleural Mesothelioma: History, Controversy and Future of a Man-Made Epidemic
    5. Communities at High Risk in the Third Wave of Mesothelioma
    6. Mesothelioma Pathology
    7. Asbestos-Induced Inflammation in Malignant Mesothelioma and Other Lung Diseases
    8. Germline and Somatic Mutations in Human Mesothelioma and Lessons from Asbestos-Exposed Genetically Engineered Mouse Models
    9. Gene Signature of Malignant Pleural Mesothelioma
    10. Cell Signaling and Epigenetic Mechanisms in Mesothelioma
    11. 3D Models of Mesothelioma in the Study of Mechanisms of Cell Survival
    12. Biomarkers of Response to Asbestos Exposure
    13. Surgery Approaches in Mesothelioma
    14. Radiotherapy and Photodynamic Therapy for Malignant Pleural Mesothelioma
    15. Standard Chemotherapy Options and Clinical Trials of Novel Agents for Mesothelioma
    16. Immunotherapeutic Approaches to Mesothelioma
    17. Challenges Facing Mesothelioma Patients and Their Families: Medical/Legal Intersections
    18. The Patient's Experience of Malignant Mesothelioma.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    authors Alex A. Adjei [and others] ; editor Martee L. Hensley.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    RC266.5 .A836 2018
    1
  • Print
    authors Anthony J. Alberg [and others] ; editor Benjamin P. Levy.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    David E. Beck... [and others], editors.
    Summary: The ASCRS Manual of Colon and Rectal Surgery, Second Edition is designed to provide a rapid access pocket reference for residents, fellows, private clinicians, and allied health professionals caring for patients with colorectal surgical diseases. The Manual, abstracted from the ASCRS Textbook of Colon and Rectal Surgery, Second Edition, is intended to impart succinct, clinically relevant information for daily patient care. The chapters take an evidence-based approach and many provide ASCRS practice parameters. The contents are presented consistently, with concise overviews of the most clinically relevant topics. The disease chapters discuss etiology, anatomic considerations, patient evaluation, lab results, imaging, diagnosis and treatment. The surgical chapters address these same issues, in addition to discussion of minimally invasive versus open techniques, possible complications, and perioperative care. The Manual also includes anatomical and technique drawings, operative photos and algorithms. Concise yet comprehensive, The ASCRS Manual of Colon and Rectal Surgery, Second Edition is very useful for physicians and researchers dealing with diseases of the colon and rectum.

    Contents:
    Anatomy and Embryology of the Colon, Rectum, and Anus
    Colonic Physiology
    Anorectal Physiology
    Physiologic Testing
    Endoscopy
    Radiology
    Endoluminal Ultrasound
    Preoperative Management
    Postoperative Management
    Postoperative Complications
    Hemorrhoids
    Anal Fissure
    Anorectal Abscess and Fistula
    Benign Anovaginal and Rectovaginal Fistulas
    Pilonidal Disease and Hidradenitis Suppurativa
    Dermatology and Pruritus Ani
    Sexually Transmitted Diseases
    Fecal Incontinence
    Pelvic Floor Disorders
    Anal Cancer
    Presacral Tumors
    Diverticular Disease
    Colonic Volvulus
    Lower Gastrointestinal Hemorrhage
    Endometriosis
    Trauma of the Colon and Rectum
    IBD: Diagnosis and Evaluation
    IBD: Medical Management
    Ulcerative Colitis: Surgical Management
    Crohns Disease: Surgical Management
    Intestinal Stomas
    Constipation and Functional Bowel Disorders
    Rectal Prolapse
    Other Benign Colorectal Disorders
    Advanced Laparoscopic Colorectal Surgery
    Polyps
    Hereditary Colorectal Cancer
    Colorectal Cancer: Epidemiology, Etiology, and Molecular Basis
    Colorectal Cancer Screening
    Colon Cancer Evaluation and Staging
    Surgical Management of Colon Cancer
    The Preoperative Staging of Rectal Cancer
    Local Excision of Rectal Cancer
    Surgical Treatment of Rectal Cancer
    Rectal Cancer: Locally Advanced and Recurrent
    Colorectal Cancer: Adjuvant Therapy
    Colorectal Cancer: Metastatic (Palliation)
    Colorectal Cancer: Surveillance
    Miscellaneous Neoplasms
    Pediatric Colorectal Disorders
    Health Care Economics
    Ethical and Legal Considerations
    Medical Legal Considerations
    Surgical Education
    Continuing Medical Education
    Quality.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    editors: Scott R. Steele, Tracy L. Hull, Thomas E. Read, Theodore J. Saclarides, Anthony J. Senagore, Charles B. Whitlow.
    Contents:
    Anatomy and Embryology of the Colon, Rectum & Anus
    Colonic Physiology
    Anal Physiology: The physiology of continence and defecation
    Endoscopy
    Endoscopic management of polyps, polypectomy and combined endoscopic and laparoscopic surgery
    Preoperative assessment of colorectal patients
    Optimizing Outcomes with Enhanced Recovery
    Postoperative Complications
    Anastomotic Construction
    Anastomotic complications
    Approach to Anal Pain
    Hemorrhoids
    Anal Fissure
    Anorectal Abscess and Fistula
    Complex Anorectal Fistulas
    Rectovaginal Fistula
    Pilonidal Disease and Hidradenitis Suppurativa
    Dermatology and Pruritus Ani
    Sexually Transmitted Infections
    Anal Intraepithelial Neoplasia
    Anal Cancer
    Presacral Tumors
    Molecular Basis of Colorectal Cancer and Overview of Inherited Colorectal Cancer Syndromes
    Colorectal Neoplasms: Screening and Surveillance after Polypectomy
    Colon Cancer: Preoperative Evaluation and Staging
    The Surgical Management of Colon Cancer
    Rectal Cancer: Preoperative Evaluation and Staging
    Rectal Cancer: Neoadjuvant Therapy
    Local excision of rectal neoplasia
    Rectal Cancer: Watch and Wait
    Proctectomy
    Rectal Cancer Decision Making
    Colorectal Cancer: Postoperative Adjuvant Therapy
    Colorectal Cancer: Surveillance after Curative-Intent Therapy
    Colorectal Cancer: Management of Local Recurrence
    Colorectal Cancer: Management of Stage IV Disease
    Appendiceal Neoplasms
    Carcinoids, GISTs and Lymphomas of Colon and Rectum
    Diverticular Disease
    Large Bowel Obstruction
    Lower Gastrointestinal Hemorrhage
    Endometriosis
    Trauma of the Colon, Rectum, and Anus
    Inflammatory Bowel Disease: Pathobiology
    IBD Diagnosis and Evaluation
    Medical Management of Chronic Ulcerative Colitis
    Medical Management of Crohn's Disease
    Anorectal Crohn's disease
    Crohn's Disease: Surgical Management
    Ulcerative Colitis
    Surgical Management
    Complications of the Ileal Pouch
    Infectious Colitides
    Clostridium difficile Infection
    Radiation, microscopic, ischemic colitis
    Intestinal Stomas
    Functional complications after colon and rectal surgery
    Common Tests for the Pelvic Floor
    Evaluation of Constipation and Treatment of Abdominal Constipation
    Obstructed Defecation
    Rectal Prolapse
    Evaluation and Treatment of FI
    Functional Bowel Disorders for the Colorectal Surgeon
    Middle and Anterior Compartment: Issues for the Colorectal Surgeon
    Pediatric Colorectal Disorders
    Considerations for Geriatric Patients Undergoing Colorectal Surgery
    Health Care Economics
    Ethical Issues in Colorectal Surgery
    Welcome to Litigation
    Surgical Education
    Maintenance of Certification: Current Status and Future Considerations
    Quality & Safety in Colon & Rectal Surgery
    Practice Management.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Scott R. Steele, Tracy L. Hull, Neil Hyman, Justin A. Maykel, Thomas E. Read, Charles B. Whitlow, editors.
    Summary: This book serves as a valuable resource for surgeons and health care providers at all stages of their career caring for patients with colorectal disease. This edition provides all newly written chapters, organized around the "pillars" of colorectal disease: perioperative (including endoscopy); anorectal disease; benign disease (including inflammatory bowel disease); malignancy; pelvic floor disorders; and a "miscellaneous" section that covers aspects both inside and beyond the operating room. Chapters are formatted to follow that of a "how to" manual as well as an algorithm-based guide to allow the reader to understand the thought process behind a proposed treatment strategy. By making use of evidence-based recommendations, each chapter includes not only background information and diagnostic/therapeutic guidelines, but also provides operative technical details and perioperative "tips and tricks" that are utilized in the management of these complex surgical challenges. Chapters also include the assessment of risk and methods utilized to minimize perioperative complications. In addition, the book incorporates sections covering the medical and surgical therapies for abdominal, pelvic and anorectal disease. Written by experts in the field from around the world, The ASCRS Textbook of Colon and Rectal Surgery 4th Edition exposes the many critical gaps in our knowledge base and inspires the next generation to answer them through thoughtful and high level scientific inquiry.

    Contents:
    Anatomy and Embryology of the Colon, Rectum and Anus
    Colonic Physiology
    Anorectal Physiology
    Endoscopy
    Endoscopic management of polyps and endolumenal surgery
    Pre-operative evaluation in the colorectal patient
    Optimizing Outcomes with Enhanced Recovery
    General Postoperative Complications
    Anastomotic Construction
    Anastomotic Complications
    Hemorrhoids
    Anal Fissure and Anal Stenosis
    Cryptoglandular Abscess and Fistula
    Rectourethral and complex fistulas: evaluation and management
    Rectovaginal Fistula
    Pilonidal Disease and Hidradenitis Suppurativa
    Dermatology and Pruritus Ani
    Sexually transmitted infections of the Colon and Rectum
    Anal intraepithelial neoplasia
    Anal Cancer
    Presacral Tumors
    Sporadic and Inherited Colorectal Cancer: How Epidemiology and Molecular Biology Guide Screening and Treatment
    Management of Malignant Polyps
    Colorectal cancer: Preoperative evaluation and staging
    Colon Cancer Surgical Treatment: Principles of Colectomy
    Rectal Cancer: Neoadjuvant Therapy
    Rectal Cancer: Local Excision
    Rectal Cancer: Non-operative management
    Proctectomy for Rectal Cancer
    Colorectal Cancer: Postoperative Adjuvant Therapy and Surveillance
    Colorectal Cancer: Management of Distant Metastases
    Locally Recurrent Rectal Cancer
    Appendiceal Neoplasms
    Gastrointestinal Stromal Tumors, Neuroendocrine Tumors, and Lymphoma
    Cytoreductive Surgery (CRS) and Hyperthermic Intraperitoneal Chemotherapy (HIPEC)
    Colorectal cancer: minimally invasive surgery
    Minimally Invasive Complete Mesocolic Excision with Extended Lymphadenectomy for Colon Cancer
    Colonic Diverticular Disease
    Large Bowel Obstruction
    Lower GI Hemorrhage
    Endometriosis
    Benign Colorectal Disease Trauma of the Colon and Rectum
    Inflammatory Bowel Disease: Pathobiology
    IBD Diagnosis and Evaluation
    Medical Management of Ulcerative Colitis
    Medical Therapy for Crohn’s Disease
    Anorectal Crohn’s Disease
    Crohn's Disease: Surgical Management
    Ulcerative Colitis – Surgical Management
    Complications of the Pelvic Pouch
    Infectious Colitis
    Clostridium difficile Infection
    Radiation, Microscopic, and Ischemic Colitis
    Intestinal Stomas
    Abdominal Wall Reconstruction and Parastomal Hernia Repair
    Functional Disorders after Colorectal Surgery/ IBS
    Common Tests for the Pelvic Floor
    Evaluation of Constipation and Treatment of Abdominal Component
    Treatment of Difficult/Obstructive Defecation
    Rectal Prolapse
    Fecal Incontinence: Evaluation and Treatment
    Low Anterior Resection Syndrome (LARS)
    Sexual Function After Colorectal Surgery in Women
    Male Genitourinary Dysfunction as a Consequence of Colorectal Surgery
    Middle and Anterior Pelvic Compartment: Issues for the Colorectal Surgeon
    Pediatric Colorectal Disorders
    Considerations for Geriatric Patients Undergoing Colorectal Surgery
    Healthcare Economics
    Ethical Considerations (Conflict of Interest, Surgical Innovation, End of Life)
    Welcome to Litigation
    Quality
    Practice Management.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Roberto M. Lang, Steven A. Goldstein, Itzhak Kronzon, Bijoy K. Khandheria, Victor Mor-Avi.
    Summary: Written and endorsed by world experts from the American Society of Echocardiography (ASE), this unique multimedia resource uses text, case studies, and online components to cover the latest uses of echocardiography, including the most recent 2D and 3D advances. Unlike other existing textbooks in echocardiography, including the predecessor of this volume, entitled Dynamic Echocardiography, this 2nd edition, with its new title, covers a full range of topics, reflected in its 200 chapters that include essential material in a succinct format. Dr. Roberto M. Lang and his expert colleagues provide everything you need to assess cardiac anatomy and function and obtain clinically useful, noninvasive information for more accurate diagnosis and evaluation of heart disease.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] Roberto M. Lang, Steven A. Goldstein, Itzhak Kronzon, Bijoy K. Khandheria, Muhamed Saric, and Victor Mor-Avi.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    lead editor, Thomas H. Marwick ; associate editor, Theodore P. Abraham.
    Summary: "Strain imaging (also known as speckle-tracking echocardiography or STE) is a rapidly growing, affordable, and versatile cardiac imaging technology of great interest to clinicians in both inpatient and outpatient settings. ASE's Comprehensive Strain Imaging is the first reference designed to help you master a wide range of strain imaging/STE applications, including screening, diagnosis, treatment, and follow up"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Strain imaging applications and techniques
    Detection of subclinical heart failure
    Evaluation of patients with heart failure
    Evaluation and monitoring of patients with cardiomyopathies (including myocardial infiltration)
    Temporal dispersion of contraction, arrhythmias, and dyssynchrony and role in resynchronization therapy
    Detection and characterization of diastolic dysfunction
    Strain in valvular diseases
    Ischemic heart disease
    Evaluation of right ventricular function and pulmonary hypertension
    Future applications of strain imaging.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    8
  • Digital
    American Society of Health-System Pharmacists.
    Summary: Our new ASHP® Injectable Drug Information(tm) remains the gold standard for information on compatibility, stability, storage, and preparation of parenteral drugs. For the first time ever, ASHP® Injectable Drug Information(tm) is available as an eBook with new and expanded information. The 2021 edition features 18 new monographs, and nearly 200 new references for a total of over 24,000 total compatibility pairs. -- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access STAT!Ref Current year
    Limited to 2 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    Panuwan Chantawannakul, Geoffrey Williams, Peter Neumann, editors.
    Summary: This book provides insights to readers by local researchers on current bee diversity, bee flora, history of beekeeping, development of modern beekeeping and drawbacks especially bee diseases and parasite in different geographical areas in Asia. Asia is home to at least nine honey bee species, including the introduced European honey bee, Apis mellifera. Although the introduced European honey bee and the native Asian honey bee, Apis cerana, are the most commonly employed species for commercial beekeeping, the remaining non-managed native species have important ecological and economic roles on the continent. Species distributions of most honey bee species overlap in Southeast Asia, promoting the potential for interspecies transmission of pests and parasites, as well as their spread to other parts of the world by human translocation. The decline of honey bee populations is of great concern around the world, including Asia. Global colony losses of European honey bees are believed to be caused, in part, by pests and parasites originating from Asia such as the mite Varroa destructor, the microsporidian Nosema ceranae, and several bee viruses. Using the experiences of leading Asian bee researchers, this book provides insight to readers about bee diversity, flora, management, and stressors in Asia, with a special focus on honey bees. Bee scientists, researchers, government officer and general audience who have interests in beekeeping especially in Asia will find this an important account.

    Contents:
    1. The overview of honey bee diversity and health status in Asia / Panuwan Chantawannakul and Samuel Ramsey
    2. Beekeeping in Turkey : bridging Asia and Europe / Aslı Özkırım
    3. Beekeeping in parts of the Levant region / Nizar Haddad and Lisa Horth
    4. Apiculture in Israel / Victoria Soroker, Slabezki Yossi, and Nor Chejanovsky
    5. Beekeeping and honey hunting in Nepal : current status and future perspectives / Ratna Thapa, Sunil Aryal, and Chuleui Jung
    6. Current status of the beekeeping industry in China / Huoqing Zheng, Lianfei Cao, Shaokang Huang, Peter Neumann, and Fuliang Hu
    7. Beekeeping on Taiwan Island / Mei-Chun Lu
    8. Beekeeping in Korea : past, present, and future challenges / Chuleui Jung and Myeong-lyeol Lee
    9. Beekeeping in Mongolia / Khaliunaa Tsevegmid, Selenge Dooshin, Samuel Ramsey, and Panuwan Chantawannakul
    10. Bee diversity and current status of beekeeping in Japan / Mikio Yoshiyama and Kiyoshi Kimura
    11. Beekeeping in Vietnam / Pham Hong Thai and Tran Van Toan
    12. Bee diversity and current status of beekeeping in Thailand / Panuwan Chantawannakul
    13. Social bees and the current status of beekeeping in Indonesia / Sih Kahono, Panuwan Chantawannakul, and Michael S. Engel
    14. Management and conservation of Philippine bees / Cleofas R. Cervancia
    15. Conclusions and future perspectives / Panuwan Chantawannakul, Samuel Ramsey, Geoffrey Williams, and Peter Neumann.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    William Pai-Dei Chen.
    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: 1.What Is an Upper Lid Crease?
    2.Historical Considerations
    3.Comparative Anatomy of the Eyelids
    4.The Eyelid Crease: Goals and Benchmarks
    5.Consultation and Counseling
    6.Suture Ligation Methods
    7.External Incision Methods
    8.Asian Blepharoplasty I: The First Vector
    9.Asian Blepharoplasty II: The Second Vector
    10.Asian Blepharoplasty III: Factors that Influence Outcome
    11.Concept of Triangular, Trapezoidal and Rectangular Debulkting
    Application in Upper Blepharoplasty
    12.Optimal Closure and Management of Wound Healing
    13.Primary Asian Blepharoplasty Results (Before and After)
    14.Suboptimal Factors
    15.Revision Parameters
    16.Revisions in Suboptimal Cases
    17.Advanced Concept of a Glide Zone as It Relates to Upper Lid Crease, Lid Fold and Application in Asian Blepharoplasty
    18.Advanced: Beveled Approach and Mid-Lamellar Clearance in Revisional Asian Blepharoplasty
    19.Advanced: Angle of Observation, Crease Height and Its Effects on Clinical Outcome of Upper Blepharoplasty
    20.Advanced: The Concept of Tarsal Tilt
    Its Effects in Normal and Abnormal Clinical Conditions
    21.Advanced: Effect of High Anchoring of the Crease, Faden-like Effect and Use of Buried Sutures
    22.Advanced: Summary of Eyelid Crease Factors
    23.Advanced Concept of the Eyelid Crease as a Stringed Series of Unipoints
    24.Asian Eyelid Surgery: My Thoughts / Khoo Boo-Chai
    25.Treatment of Medial Upper Lid Fold and the Fog Surrounding Epicanthoplasty
    26.Novel Technique, Challenges and Outlook for the Future in Aesthetic Surgery of the Asian Eyelid.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016
  • Digital
    AKM Ahsan Ullah, Ahmed Shafiqul Huque.
    Summary: This book explores a number of issues related to the stigma arising from HIV/AIDS infection, perceived or actual discrimination from the community and society, and the extent of vulnerabilities for infected Asian refugees and immigrants. It assesses the health care and treatment regimen for HIV/AIDS accessed by immigrants and refugee claimants in North America, including treatments offered by the health-care system and ethnic communities, and their perceptions and biases relating to HIV/AIDS issues. On another level, the book identifies the ways in which HIV-sufferer immigrants and refugees/refugee claimants from Asia are vulnerable to discrimination due to 1) lack of information about HIV/AIDS incidence in the community; 2) inability of the health system to respond appropriately; and 3) the community{u2019}s need for introspection on their own health issues. This book reveals the dynamics that influence choice, behavior, and lifestyle of HIV sufferer immigrants, adds to the existing knowledge about refugees and migrants, and proposes a unified theory of discrimination and stigmatization within the context of human rights. In addition, the book presents a number of policy recommendations based on empirical findings with a view to helping reshape polices regarding refugee HIV sufferers and their social ramifications. This book will be of interest to researchers and students in any field from social sciences, health and psychology, as well as practitioners in the field of development and public policy. The book will be beneficial to policy formulators and implementers engaged in addressing the serious threat emanating from the HIV/AIDS pandemic.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Acknowledgements
    Chapter 1: Refugees, Immigrants and HIV/AIDS
    Chapter 2: Understanding and Exploring HIV/AIDS and Discrimination
    Chapter 3: Poverty, Migrants and HIV/AIDS in Canada
    Chapter 4: Discrimination, Xenophobia and Stigmatization
    Chapter 5: Vulnerability and Resilience in Living with HIV/AIDS
    Chapter 6: Managing the Crisis and Policy Directions
    References
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Eun-Sang Dhong, Min-Wha Na.
    Summary: This book explains the challenging problems often encountered by surgeons when performing septorhinoplasty and secondary rhinoplasty in Asian patients and identifies solutions based on the best available evidence. The opening chapter discusses issues relating to the longevity of alloplastic implants. Various dilemmas in Asian septorhinoplasty are then addressed, including in relation to resorption of autogenous grafts and various aspects of technique. The aim here is to enable surgeons to achieve consistent high-end results. In the case of secondary rhinoplasty, the coverage includes conundrums relating to the distinction between infection and delayed inflammation, the choice of graft materials, correction of the contracted nose, and key decisions, including in patients in whom the septum has been previously resected. A separate chapter provides guidance on the approach to specific difficult cases encountered in Asian populations, including tip deformity, columellar necrosis, nostril asymmetry, and recurrent nasal deviation. Finally, advice is given on best practice in the use of alloplastic materials.

    Contents:
    1 The longevity of alloplastic implants
    2 Surgical site infection (SSI) vs. Late-onset inflammation (LOI)
    3 Nasal Swab culture: the preparation for the safe surgery
    4 Medpor: the hurdle of secondary rhinoplasty
    5 Nasal obstruction in Asian rhinoplasty
    6 The various preparations of autologous materials
    7 The resorption: the hurdle for autogenous based Asian rhinoplasty
    8 Controlling Asian Tip: Tip defining point & supratip break
    9 Controlling Asian Tip: Facet & supra-alar groove
    10 Controlling Asian Tip: infra-tip lobule & ACR
    11 Correction of the short secondary nose: Dissection & the framework reconstruction. 12 Secondary septal surgery
    13 Think inside the box: Absorbable plate, IHCC and the stem cells
    14 Pus draining status after complicated septorhinoplasty: when to do the secondary rhinoplasty?
    15 Nasal tip necrosis: the midline forehead flap should be the last choice
    16 When you encounter very small septal cartilage
    17 Hypoplastic lower 2/3 nose: camouflage vs. reconstruct the framework.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Ninh T. Nguyen, Stacy A. Brethauer, John M. Morton, Jaime Ponce, Raul J. Rosenthal, editors.
    Summary: The fully updated second edition of this textbook continues to serve as a comprehensive guide for information dealing with the ever-evolving field of bariatric surgery. The chapters are written by experts in the field and include the most up-to-date information, including new sections on quality in bariatric surgery, endoscopic surgery, and management of bariatric complications. This new edition continues to cover the basic considerations for bariatric surgery, the currently accepted procedures, outcomes of bariatric surgery including long-term weight loss, improvement and resolution of comorbidities, and improvement in quality of life. Other special emphasis is given to the topics of metabolic surgery and surgery for patients with lower BMI. In addition, new endoscopic bariatric procedures including the gastric balloons, endoscopic revisional procedures, and newer pharmacotherapy for obesity are reviewed. The ASMBS Textbook of Bariatric Surgery Second Edition will continue to be a leading source of scientific information for surgeons, physicians, residents, students, and integrated health members today and for years to come.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Ninh T. Nguyen, Robin P. Blackstone, John M. Morton, Jaime Ponce, Raul J. Rosenthal, editors.
    Summary: Developed by the American Society for Metabolic and Bariatric Surgery (ASMBS), The ASMBS Textbook of Bariatric Surgery provides a comprehensive guide of information dealing with the ever evolving field of bariatric surgery. Volume 1: Bariatric Surgery covers the basic considerations for bariatric surgery, the currently accepted procedures, outcomes of bariatric surgery including longterm weight loss, improvement and resolution of comorbidities, and improvement in quality of life. A section focuses on revisional bariatric surgery and new innovative endoscopic bariatric procedures. Special emphasis is also given to the topics of metabolic surgery and surgery for patients with lower BMI (30-35). The ASMBS Textbook of Bariatric Surgery, Volume 1: Bariatric Surgery is of great value to surgeons, residents and fellows, bariatric physicians, psychologists, psychiatrists, and integrated health members that manage the morbidly obese.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology and Discrimination in Obesity
    The Pathophysiology of Obesity and Obesity-related Diseases
    History of the Development of Metabolic/Bariatric Surgery
    The History of the American Society for Metabolic and Bariatric Surgery
    Mechanisms of Action of the Bariatric Procedures
    Indications and Contraindications for Bariatric Surgery
    Preoperative Care of the Bariatric Patient
    Anesthetic Considerations
    Components of a Metabolic and Bariatric Surgery Center
    Evaluation of Preoperative Weight Loss
    Patient Safety
    Understanding Bariatric Research
    ASMBS Position Statements
    Quality in Bariatric Surgery
    Laparoscopic Gastric Bypass: Techniques and Outcomes
    Laparoscopic Adjustable Gastric Banding: Technique and Outcomes
    Laparoscopic Sleeve Gastrectomy: Technique and Outcomes
    Duodenal Switch: Technique and Outcomes
    Management of Gastrointestinal Leaks and Fistula
    Gastrointestinal Obstruction after Bariatric Surgery
    Postoperative Bleeding in the Bariatric Surgery Patient
    Gastric Banding Complications: Management
    Management of Nutritional Complications
    Reoperative Bariatric Surgery
    Reoperative Options after Gastric Banding
    Reoperative Options after Sleeve Gastrectomy
    Revisional Procedures after Roux-en-Y Gastric Bypass
    The Rationale for Metabolic Surgery
    Operation of Choice for Metabolic Surgery
    Operative Outcomes of Bariatric Surgery in Patients with a Low Body Mass Index
    Outcomes of Metabolic Surgery
    Management of the Gallbladder Before and After Bariatric Surgery
    Effects of Bariatric Surgery on Non-metabolic Disease
    Cardiac Risk Factor Improvement Following Bariatric Surgery
    The Role of Endoscopy in Bariatric Surgery
    LABS Project
    Adolescent Bariatric Surgery
    Impact of Bariatric Surgery on Infertility
    Body Contouring After Massive Weight Loss
    Experimental Alternatives in Bariatric Surgery
    Liability Reduction, Patient Safety, and Economic Success in Bariatric Surgery
    Robotics in Bariatric Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Christopher Still, David B. Sarwer, Jeanne Blankenship, editors.
    Summary: Developed by the American Society for Metabolic and Bariatric Surgery (ASMBS), The ASMBS Textbook of Bariatric Surgery provides a comprehensive guide of information dealing with the ever evolving field of bariatric surgery. Volume II: Integrated Health is divided into 3 sections: bariatric medicine, psychosocial, and nutritional aspects of bariatric surgery. The first section deals with the psychosocial issues associated with severe obesity. The second section deals with the role of obesity medicine physicians in preoperative and postoperative support of the bariatric patients. The nutritional section discusses the preoperative and postoperative nutritional support for the bariatric patient. The ASMBS Textbook of Bariatric Surgery, Volume II: Integrated Health is of great value to surgeons, residents and fellows, obesity medicine physicians, psychologists, psychiatrists, and integrated health members that manage patient affected by the disease of obesity.

    Contents:
    Psychosocial Characteristics of Bariatric Surgery Candidates
    Psychopathology and Bariatric Surgery
    Quality of Life
    Eating Disorders and Eating Behavior Pre- and Post-Bariatric Surgery
    Introduction to Psychological Consultations for Bariatric Surgery Patients
    Psychosocial Issues after Bariatric Surgery
    Technology to Assess and Intervene on Weight-Related Behaviors with Bariatric Surgery Patients
    Psychosocial Issues in Adolescent Bariatric Surgery
    Perioperative Nutrition Assessment of the Bariatric Surgery Patient
    Nutrition Education and Counseling of the Bariatric Surgery Patient
    Macronutrient Recommendations: Protein, Carbohydrates, and Fat
    Identification, Assessment and Treatment of Vitamin and Mineral Deficiencies after Bariatric Surgery
    Managing Common Nutrition Problems after Bariatric Surgery
    Nutrition Care Across the Weight Loss Surgery Process
    Lifestyle Modification for the Treatment of Obesity
    Pharmacotherapy Management of Obesity
    Medical Preparation for Bariatric Surgery
    The Perioperative and Postoperative Medical Management of the Bariatric Surgery Patient
    The Importance of a Multidisciplinary Team Approach
    Genomic and Clinical Predictors Associated with Long-Term Success After Bariatric Surgery
    Medical Approach to a Patient with Postoperative Weight Regain
    The Role of Physical Activity in Optimizing Bariatric Surgery Outcomes.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Nathan D. Wong, Ezra A. Amsterdam, Peter P. Toth, editors.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    References
    Preface
    Acknowledgements
    Contents
    Contributors
    Focus on Cardiovascular Health Promotion and Disease Prevention: Opportunities for Improvement
    1 Introduction
    2 Defining Cardiovascular Health
    3 Bucket 1: Traditional Clinical Prevention
    3.1 Improvement in Utilization and Adherence to Guideline-Recommended Therapies
    3.2 Improving Utilization of Cardiac Rehabilitation
    3.3 Improving Identification and Treatment of Familial Hypercholesterolemia
    4 Bucket 2: Innovative Clinical Prevention
    4.1 New Care Models 4.2 Improving Risk Assessment and Treatment of Cardiovascular Disease
    4.3 Improving Partnerships and the Use of Registries
    5 Bucket 3: Community-Wide Prevention
    5.1 Public Policy
    5.2 Public Health Initiatives
    5.3 Mass Media Campaigns
    5.4 Environmental Interventions
    5.5 School-Based Interventions
    5.6 Workplace Interventions
    6 Conclusion
    References
    National and Global Trends of Cardiovascular Disease Mortality, Morbidity, and Risk
    1 Introduction
    2 Overall Cardiovascular Disease Mortality and Morbidity
    2.1 Cardiovascular Disease Mortality 2.2 Cardiovascular Disease Morbidity
    3 Mortality and Morbidity Attributable to CVD Subtypes in the USA
    3.1 Coronary Heart Disease
    3.2 Stroke and Transient Ischemic Attack
    3.3 Heart Failure
    3.4 Hypertension
    3.5 Other Cardiovascular Disease
    4 Prevalence of Ideal Cardiovascular Health Factor Levels
    5 Global Burden of Cardiovascular Disease
    6 Conclusion
    References
    Cardiovascular Risk Assessment: From Global Risk Scoring to Risk Enhancing Factors
    1 Introduction
    2 The High-Risk Approach and Shifting Toward Risk Assessment Equations 2.1 Shifting from Risk Factors to Multivariable Risk Assessment Models
    3 Using the Pooled Cohort Equations to Assess Cardiovascular Risk
    4 Limitations of the Pooled Cohort Equation
    4.1 Populations with Lower or Higher CVD Incidence Rates
    4.2 Young Populations and When to Assess Long-Term or Lifetime Risk
    4.3 Risk Assessment in Elderly Populations
    5 Using Risk Enhancing Factors to Calibrate Risk Assessment
    6 Alternative Tools for Risk Assessment
    7 Risk Factors Not Represented in Risk Assessment Tools
    8 Summary of the ACC/AHA and ESC Guidelines 8.1 ACC/AHA 2019 Primary Prevention Guidelines
    8.2 ESC 2016 Cardiovascular Disease Prevention Guidelines
    9 Conclusion
    References
    Assessment and Management of Psychosocial Risk Factors Within Preventive Cardiology Practice
    1 Introduction
    2 Psychosocial Risk Factors
    2.1 Depression
    2.2 Anxiety Syndromes
    2.3 Lack of Social Connectivity
    2.4 Pessimism
    2.5 Hostility
    2.6 Other Negative Cognitive States
    2.7 Lack of Life Purpose
    2.8 Vitality Exhaustion
    2.9 Chronic Stress
    3 Positive Psychosocial Functioning
    4 Pathophysiological Mechanisms 5 Management of Psychosocial Risk Factors in Preventive Cardiology.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    editor-in-chief, Charles M. Mueller.
    Summary: This comprehensive book addresses the principles of nutrition support and nutrition support recommendations for selected medical and surgical conditions. Professional and management issues, including home nutrition support, ethics, quality improvement, evidence-based practice, and guideline development, also are discussed. Since the last edition, new practice guidelines and research have advanced nutrition support and created greater awareness of the importance of nutrition care across the continuum of care. For example, ASPEN has updated recommendations for safe practices in enteral nutrition and the appropriate use of parenteral nutrition, and new research has demonstrated the association of malnutrition with high rates of readmission, longer hospital stays, and increased healthcare costs. This edition includes this information, among many other topics, and is a valuable resource for clinicians at all levels who aim to advance and apply this knowledge to their nutrition practice and/ or prepare for recertification in nutrition support.

    Contents:
    Part I. Basics of Nutrition and Metabolism
    1. Nutrient Intake, Digestion, Absorption, and Excretion / Tina Colaizzo-Anas
    2. Energy / David Frankenfield
    3. Carbohydrates / Karen C. McCowen and Pei-Ra Ling
    4. Gut microbiota / Gail A.M. Cresci and Kristin M. Izzo
    5. Lipids / Mary Hise and John C. Brown
    6. Protein / Lorraine S. Young and Dong Wook Kim
    7. Fluids, Electrolytes, and Acid-Base Disorders / Todd W. Canada and Linda M. Lord
    8. Vitamins and Trace Elements / Liam McKeever
    Part II. Clinical Foundations of Nutrition Support
    9. Malnutrition Screening and Assessment / Andrea JeVenn, Marianne Galang, Peggy Hipskind, and Christan Bury
    10. Overview of Enteral Nutrition / Jennifer Doley and Wendy Phillips
    11. Enteral Nutrition Formulations / Susan Roberts and Rachelle Kirsch
    12. Enteral Access Devices / John C. Fang and Merin Kinikini
    13. Complications of Enteral Nutrition / Ainsley Malone, David Seres, and Linda M. Lord
    14. Overview of Parenteral Nutrition / Jay M. Mirtallo
    15. Parenteral Nutrition Formulations / Rina Patel
    16. Parenteral Access Devices / Antoinette M. Neal and Kathryn Drogan
    17. Complications of Parenteral Nutrition / Vanessa J. Kumpf and Jane Gervasio
    18. Drug-Nutrient Interactions / Amber Verdell and Carol J. Rollins
    19. Dietary Supplements / Gerard Mullin
    Part III. Nutrition Support of Specific States
    20. Pregnancy and Lactation / Kris M. Mogensen and Miriam Erick
    21. Wound Healing / Mary Ellen Posthauer and Mary Marian
    22. Neurologic Impairment / Barbara Magnuson, Douglas R. Oyler, Kathryn Ruf, Natalia Bailey, and Jimmi Hatton Kolpek
    23. Critical Care Sepsis / Robert G. Martindale, Jayshil J. Patel, Thomas Herron, and Panna Codner
    24. Trauma, Surgery, and Burns / David C Evans and Bryan R. Collier
    25. Pulmonary Disease / Karen Allen, Leah Hoffman, Kellie Jones, Michelle Kozeniecki, Jayshil J. Patel, and Joseph West
    26. Gastrointestinal Disease / Lena B. Palmer, Rachael Janas, and Michael Sprang
    27. Liver Disease / Valentina Medici, Mardeli Saire Mendoza, and Matthew R. Kappus
    28. Pancreatitis / Kristine Krueger, Stephen A. McClave, and Robert G. Martindale
    29. Renal Disease / Menaka Sarav, and Csaba P. Kovesdy
    30. Short Bowel Syndrome / Berkeley N. Limketkai, Ryan T. Hurt, and Lena B. Palmer
    31. Solid Organ Transplantation / Jeanette M. Hasse, and Laura E. Matarese
    32. Human Immunodeficiency Virus Infection / Peter Wasserman David S. Rubin and Sorana Segal-Maurer
    33. Cancer / Mary Marian, Todd Mattox, and Valaree Williams
    34. Diabetes Mellitus / Renee Walker, Anne M. Tucker, and Kim K. Birtcher
    35. Obesity / Jayshil J. Patel, Manpreet S. Mundi, Robert G. Martindale, and Ryan T. Hurt
    36. Nutrition Support for Older Adults / Rena Zelig, Phyllis J. Famularo, and Maria Szeto
    37. Surgical Alteration of the Gastrointestinal Tract / Neal Bhutiani, Matthew V. Benns, Sam Pappas, Lena B. Palmer, and Keith R. Miller
    Part IV. Management and Professional Issues
    38. Home Nutrition Support / Denise Konrad, Ronelle Mitchell, and Eileen Hendrickson
    39. Ethics and Law / Denise Baird Schwartz, and Albert Barrocas
    40. Quality Improvement in Clinical Practice / Kristen Mathieson and E. Annelie M. Vogt
    41. Evidence-Based Medicine and Derivation of Clinical Guidelines / Stephen A. McClave and Jayshil J. Patel.
    Digital Access EBSCOhost 2017
  • Digital
    editors, Ainsley Malone, Liesje Nieman Carney, Amy Long Carrera, Andrew Mays.
    Summary: A comprehensive resource on how to safely, effectively, and confidently care for patients receiving enteral nutrition. Everything needed for positive patient outcomes, including step-by-step techniques based on current research and practical tools to save time and boost quality of care.

    Contents:
    Nutrition screening, assessment, and care plan development
    Overview of enteral nutrition
    Enteral formulas
    Enteral access devices: selection, insertion, maintenance, and complications
    How to write enteral nutrition orders
    Administration and monitoring enteral nutrition
    Complications of enteral nutrition
    Medication administration with enteral nutrition
    Home enteral nutrition issues.
    Digital Access EBSCO 2019
  • Digital
    editors, Phil Ayers, Elizabeth S. Bobo, Ryan T. Hurt, Andrew A. Mays, Patricia H. Worthington.
    Digital Access EBSCO 2020
  • Digital
    editor, M. Petrea Cober ; contributors, Allison Blackmer, Karrie Derenski, Ainsley Malone, Jessica Monczka.
    Digital Access EBSCO 2022
  • Print
    Edith Sheffer.
    Summary: Presents an exploration of the sobering history behind Asperger's Syndrome that reveals child psychiatrist Hans Asperger's influence by Nazi psychiatry and his use of one of the Reich's deadliest killing centers to experiment on disabled children. "Hans Asperger, the pioneer of autism and Asperger syndrome in Nazi Vienna, has been celebrated for his compassionate defense of children with disabilities. But in this groundbreaking book, prize-winning historian Edith Sheffer exposes that Asperger was not only involved in the racial policies of Hitler's Third Reich, he was complicit in the murder of children. As the Nazi regime slaughtered millions across Europe during World War Two, it sorted people according to race, religion, behavior, and physical condition for either treatment or elimination. Nazi psychiatrists targeted children with different kinds of minds--especially those thought to lack social skills--claiming the Reich had no place for them. Asperger and his colleagues endeavored to mold certain "autistic" children into productive citizens, while transferring others they deemed untreatable to Spiegelgrund, one of the Reich's deadliest child-killing centers. In the first comprehensive history of the links between autism and Nazism, Sheffer uncovers how a diagnosis common today emerged from the atrocities of the Third Reich. With vivid storytelling and wide-ranging research, Asperger's Children will move readers to rethink how societies assess, label, and treat those diagnosed with disabilities."--Dust jacket.

    Contents:
    Enter the experts
    The clinic's diagnosis
    Nazi psychiatry and social spirit
    Indexing lives
    Fatal theories
    Asperger and the killing system
    Girls and boys
    The daily life of death
    In service to the Volk
    Reckoning.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    RJ506.A9 S5257 2018
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Margaret J. Foster, Sarah T. Jewell.
    Summary: This book guides librarians in defining and marketing their services, covering topics such as co-authorship, stakeholders, developing documentation and conducting the reference interview, systematic reviews standards, search strategy techniques, and best practices for reporting the findings.
    Limited to 1 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    Michael W. Hoffmann.
    Summary: Over 90% of the brain is concerned with higher cortical functions, yet understanding of syndromes, functions, and measurements remains unchartered. This valuable handbook illuminates brain function, natural environment and human function, by delving into the interdisciplinary study. Multifaceted in its perspective, this book demonstrates bi-directionality of information exchange between disciplines. This book weaves around key case reports, series, control studies and cohort studies from cognitive neurology registries, to present the most current, practical research. Gaining appreciation for the fundamental formation and assembly of the supervisory area of the brain will inform an understanding of conditions and behavior for neuroscience professionals, clinical brain scientists and medical students in neuroscience, worldwide. Authored by a leading expert in cognitive neurology, this book guides the reader through the evolutionary, or neuro-archeological, aspects of how the frontal lobes and their circuitry were assembled, drawing key insights into form, function and treatment.

    Contents:
    The evolution of larger brains since the vertebrate-invertebrate divide
    The profound increase in primate gray matter growth
    Exponential white matter growth and major fiber tract systems assembly
    Cellular and molecular changes
    The core frontal systems
    Enhanced working memory
    Unraveling of brain networks in neurological conditions: nature's reductionism
    Neurological diseases as networktopathies with disconnection phenomena
    The sensitivity and vulnerability of the prefrontal cortex to changes in daily rhythms
    Implications for treatment and management: a network based approach
    Sense of self disorders
    Implications for you and society.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Dana P. Turner.
    Summary: This book synthesizes the current research on headache triggers and details how improving the measurement properties of trigger assessments can benefit clinical and research efforts. The book begins with a detailed exploration of the history of triggers and their use in attempts to assign causes to headache attacks. Subsequent chapters then expound on the existing schools of thought on headache triggers with discussions of understudied influences on the causal assignment process, such as the role of individual trigger beliefs and perceptions. After laying this groundwork, the practical application of trigger assessment is thoroughly detailed, including assessment design types and methods of analysis. Chapters then outline the applications of trigger assessment in research and clinical practice. To conclude, the book relays descriptions of future directions and evolving theories in the area. Concise and comprehensive, Assessing Headache Triggers is an invaluable resource for clinicians who treat patients and investigators who aim to improve the lives of individuals with headache through their research. .

    Contents:
    Part I. Overview and Introduction
    1. Brief Introduction to Primary Headaches and Overview of the Book
    2. Introduction to Triggers and Causes
    Part II. Elements of Headache Triggers
    3. Existing Schools of Thought on Triggers
    4. Trigger Beliefs and Perception
    Part III. Assessment of Headache Triggers
    5. Measurement of Triggers
    6. Study Design and Measurement Methods for Data Collection
    7. Statistical Aspects of Trigger Assessment
    Part IV. Applications of Headache Trigger Measurement and Research
    8. Goals and Applications of Trigger Assessment in Clinical Practice and Research
    9. Future Directions and Evolving Theories.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Lionel Mabit, William Blake, editors.
    Summary: This open access book is the first comprehensive guideline for the beryllium-7 (Be-7) technique that can be applied to evaluate short-term patterns and budgets of soil redistribution in agricultural landscapes. While covering the fundamental and basic concepts of the approach, this book distinguishes itself from other publications by offering step-by-step instructions on how to use this isotopic technique effectively. It covers experimental design considerations and clear instruction is given on data processing. As accurate laboratory measurement is crucial to ensure successful use of Be-7 to investigate soil erosion, a full chapter is devoted to its specific determination by gamma spectrometry. This open access contribution further describes new developments in the Be-7 technique and includes a concluding chapter highlighting its potential benefits to support the implementation of area-wide soil conservation policy.

    Contents:
    Foreword Chapter 1. The use of beryllium-7 as a soil and sediment tracer; A. Taylor, W.H. Blake, A. Iurian, G. Millward, L. Mabit Chapter 2. How to design a beryllium-7 based soil distribution study at the field scale: a step-by-step approach; W.H. Blake, A. Taylor, A. Toloza, L. Mabit Chapter 3. Measurement of 7Be in environmental materials; A. Iurian, G. Millward Chapter 4. Conversion of 7Be activity concentrations into soil and sediments redistribution amounts; W.H. Blake, A. Taylor, A. Iurian, G. Millward, L. Mabit Chapter5. Research into practice
    linking 7Be evidence to land management policy change for improved food security; M. Benmansour, W.H. Blake, L. Mabit.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Contents:
    Introduction. Purpose statement
    Patient population
    Settings
    Providers
    Evidence-based guideline development process
    Literature evaluation and scoring
    Significance of late preterm birth. Risk factors
    Neurodevelopmental issues
    Notes
    Evidence-based clinical practice guideline. Gestational age assessment
    Respiratory assessment
    Thermoregulation issues
    Hypoglycemia
    Sepsis
    Jaundice and hyperbilirubinemia
    Feeding challenges
    Parent education and support
    Discharge planning and followup
    Notes
    References
    Appendices. Risk factors for development of severe hyperbilirubinemia in infants of 35 or more weeks of gestation
    Bilirubin nomograms
    Screening and management of postnatal glucose homeostasis in late preterm and term SGA, IDM/LGA infants
    Quick care guide.
    Digital Access R2Library 2017
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Alice M. Teall, Kate Sustersic Gawlik, Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk.
    Contents:
    Cover
    Title
    Copyright
    Contents
    Preface
    Part I: Evidence-Based Strategies for Success
    Chapter 1: Evidence-Based Strategies for Successful Test Performance
    The Importance of Practice
    Visualize and Believe in Your Success
    Take Care of Your Mind and Body
    Practice Daily Stress-Reduction Tactics
    Test-Day Strategies
    Celebrate Your Success
    References
    Chapter 2: Evidence-Based Approach to History and Physical Exam
    Evidence-Based Assessment
    History Taking
    Therapeutic Communication
    Population Health and Life-Span Considerations Physical Examination
    Knowledge Check: Evidence-Based History and Physical Exam
    Part II: Evidence-Based Assessment and Diagnosis
    Chapter 3: Integumentary System
    Key History Considerations
    Physical Examination: Inspection and Palpation
    Red Flags in History and Physical Exam
    Population Health and Life-Span Considerations
    Key Differentials for Skin
    Key Differentials for Nails
    Key Differentials for Hair
    Knowledge Check: Integumentary System
    Chapter 4: Head, Neck, and Lymphatics
    Key History Considerations
    Physical Examination: Inspection and Palpation Red Flags in History and Physical Exam
    Population Health and Life-Span Considerations
    Key Differentials for the Head and Neck
    Key Differentials for the Lymphatic System
    Knowledge Check: Head, Neck, and Lymphatics
    Chapter 5: Eyes, Ears, Nose, and Throat
    Key History Considerations
    Physical Examination: Inspection, Palpation, and Special Tests
    Red Flags in History and Physical Exam
    Population Health and Life-Span Considerations
    Key Differentials
    Knowledge Check: Eyes, Ears, Nose, and Throat
    Chapter 6: Cardiovascular System
    Key History Considerations Physical Examination: Inspection, Palpation, and Auscultation
    Red Flags in History and Physical Exam
    Population Health and Life-Span Considerations
    Key Differentials
    Knowledge Check: Cardiovascular System
    Chapter 7: Respiratory System
    Key History Considerations
    Physical Examination: Inspection, Palpation, Percussion, and Auscultation
    Red Flags in History and Physical Exam (Box 7.1)
    Population Health and Life-Span Considerations
    Key Differentials
    Reference
    Knowledge Check: Respiratory System
    Chapter8: Nervous System
    Key History Considerations Physical Examination
    Red Flags in History and Physical Exam
    Population Health and Life-Span Considerations
    Key Differentials
    Knowledge Check: Nervous System
    Chapter 9: Musculoskeletal System
    Key History Considerations
    Physical Examination: Inspection, Palpation, Range of Motion, Muscle Strength, Special Tests, and Neurologic Tests
    Red Flags in History and Physical Exam
    Population Health and Life-Span Considerations
    Key Differentials
    Reference
    Knowledge Check: Musculoskeletal System
    Chapter 10: Gastrointestinal and Renal Systems
    Key History Considerations
    Digital Access R2Library 2022
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    edited by Itai Danovitch, Larissa J. Mooney.
    Contents:
    Neurochemical imaging in addiction: how science informs practice / Jonathan M. Wai, MD, Frances R. Levin, MD, and Diana Martinez, MD
    The role of nutrition in addiction recovery: what we know and what we don't / David A. Wiss, MS RDN
    E-cigarettes / Darby Lowe, BSC, Alexandria S. Coles, BA, Tony P. George, MD, FRCPC, and Karolina Kozak, MSC
    The neuropsychoendocrinology of substance use disorders / Elie G. Aoun, MD and Kristen Schmidt, MD, MAPH
    Technological innovations in addiction treatment / Alan J. Budney, PhD, Jacob T. Borodovsky, PhD, Lisa A. Marsch, PhD, and Sarah E. Lord, PhD
    State-of-the-art treatment of opioid use disorder / Larissa J. Mooney, MD and Andrew Saxon, MD
    The treatment use of cannabis use disorder / Itai Danovitch, MD, MBA, DFASAM, FAPA and David A. Gorelick, MD, PhD, DLFAPA
    State-of-the-art treatment of alcohol use disorder / Lara A. Ray, PhD, Emily Hartwell, MA, ReJoyce Green, BA, and Alexandra Venegras, BS
    Applying best practices guidelines on chronic pain in clinical practice-treating patients who suffer from pain and addiction / Keith G. Heinzerling, MD, MPH
    Substance use in adolescents chapter / Seth Ammerman, MD, FAAP, FSAHM, DABAM
    How healers became dealers / Anna Lembke, MD
    Trauma and addiction - how to treat co-occurring PTSD and substance use disorders / Dolores Vojvoda, MD and Ismene Petrakis, MD
    When food is an addiction A. Benjamin Srivastava, MD and Mark S. Gold, MD
    Quality, accountability, and effectiveness in addiction treatment: the measurement-based practice model / John F. Kelly, PhD and David Mee-Lee, MD
    Functional assessment and treatment of alcohol use disorders / Jeffrey Becker, MD, ABIHM and Itai Danovitch, MD, MBA, DFASAM, FAPA.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Kenneth Shapiro, Mary Lou Randour, Susan Krinsk, Joann L. Wolf.
    Summary: Empirical research has clearly demonstrated that animal abuse in childhood is associated with family violence and violent behavior towards humans in general. Such abuse is accordingly of increasing interest within human services and the criminal justice system. This handbook will serve as an ideal resource for therapists in social work, psychology, psychiatry, and allied fields who work with children who have abused animals. It provides step-by-step guidance on how to assess, develop appropriate treatment plans for, and treat children who commit animal abuse, based on the AniCare model developed by the Animals and Society Institute. Exercises cover the identification and expression of feelings, the development of empathy, self-management skills, and working with parents. Careful consideration is also paid to the effects of witnessing animal abuse. The theoretical framework is eclectic, encompassing cognitive behavioral, psychodynamic, and attachment theories. A number of illustrative case studies are included, along with excerpts from treatment sessions. Accompanying electronic supplementary material demonstrates role-played assessment and treatment and includes workshop presentations of pedagogic material.

    Contents:
    Context: Animal Abuse and Family Violence
    The Prevalence of Juvenile Animal Abuse
    Changing Attitudes Toward Animal Abuse. Theory: Attachment Theory
    Cognitive Behaviorism and Trauma-informed Narrative
    Psychodynamic Theory
    Assessment
    Diagnostic Categories Associated with Children Who Commit Animal Abuse
    Attention-Deficit and Disruptive Behavior Disorders
    Attachment Difficulties. Treatment
    Processing Therapist Reactions
    Joining the Client
    Framing the Therapy
    Animal-assisted Therapy
    Empathy
    Clinical Cases
    Empathy Development: Psychosocial Emotional Exercises
    Puppet Role-play
    Self-Management
    Working with Parents Behavior-Based Parent Training Tools
    Behavioral Techniques Used for
    Treating Aggressive Youth
    Relationships and Family Processes
    Building the Therapeutic Alliance.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Pamela M. Marcus.
    Summary: Cancer screening is a prominent strategy in cancer control in the United States, yet the ability to correctly interpret cancer screening data eludes many researchers, clinicians, and policy makers. This open access primer rectifies that situation by teaching readers, in simple language and with straightforward examples, why and how the population-level cancer burden changes when screening is implemented, and how we assess whether that change is of benefit. This book provides an in-depth look at the many aspects of cancer screening and its assessment, including screening phenomena, performance measures, population-level outcomes, research designs, and other important and timely topics. Concise, accessible, and focused, Assessment of Cancer Screening: A Primer is best suited to those with education or experience in clinical research or public health in the United States - no previous knowledge of cancer screening assessment is necessary. This is the first text dedicated to cancer screening theory and methodology to be published in 20 years.

    Contents:
    Foundations
    Behind the scenes
    Performance measures
    Population measures: definitions
    Population measures: cancer screening’s impact
    Experimental research designs
    Observational research designs
    Cancer prevention screening
    Additional considerations
    Closing thoughts.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Print
    Hippius, Hanns.
    Contents:
    pt.
    1. Psychopharmacological screening tests. pt.
    2. Non-invasive methods in cardiovascular human pharmacology.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RM301 .A83
    2
  • Digital
    Gabriel Guliš, Odile Mekel, Balázs Ádám, Liliana Cori, editors.
    Summary: Public health continues to evolve as professionals work not only to prevent disease and promote well-being but also to reduce health disparities and protect the environment. To a greater extent, policy is intimately linked to this process, a reality that is gaining traction in the public health sector.

    Contents:
    Public Health, Policy Analysis, Risk Assessment, and Impact Assessment
    Risk Assessment, Impact Assessment, and Evaluation
    Top-Down Policy Risk Assessment
    Bottom-Up Policy Risk Assessment
    Quantification of Health Risks
    Application of RAPID Guidance on an International Policy
    Use of Policy Risk Assessment Results in Political Decision Making.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Enrico Agabiti Rosei, Giuseppe Mancia, editors.
    Summary: This book presents up-to-date information on how to assess early preclinical alterations in the heart, the small and large arteries and the kidney in the general and the hypertensive population, using the most sensitive, specific and cost-effective techniques. A wide variety of techniques are discussed, with careful attention to the latest developments. For each organ, evidence is documented regarding the prevalence of organ damage. Information is provided on the potential induction of regression of organ damage by treatment, the criteria for establishing significant changes and the clinical prognostic significance of regression. The manual will be invaluable for all practitioners responsible for the clinical management of hypertensive patients, given that the assessment of early preclinical cardiovascular and renal damage permits more accurate risk stratification at baseline and facilitates evaluation of cardiovascular protection when regression of structural changes is achieved during treatment.

    Contents:
    PART I: HEART 1 Electrocardiography
    2 Echocardiography
    3 New techniques: 3D, CT, MRI
    PART II: LARGE ARTERIES 4 Ultrasound of Carotid IMT and plaque.- 5 Ultrasound of the Aorta/coronary arteries.- 6 Pulse wave velocity and central BP.- 7 Ankle-brachial index
    8 Atherosclerosis and general principles of arterial imaging
    9 Imaging and ageing of the aorta and large arteries in the lower extremities
    PART III: SMALL ARTERIES 10 Micro myography
    11 Damage of the retinal arterioles
    12 Capillaroscopy
    13 Other techniques for assessment
    PART IV: KIDNEY 14 Proteinuria
    15 Glomerular Filtration Rate
    16 Other techniques
    PART V: BRAIN 17 RMN/TC: Evaluation of Brain damage
    18 Questionnaires for cognitive function
    19 Other techniques for neurological damage.- 20 Relation between blood pressure and markers of organ damage.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Kevin Browne, Anthony R. Beech, Leam A. Craig and Shihning Chou.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Khaldoun Sharif, Arri Coomarasamy.
    Summary: Assisted reproduction techniques (ART), in particular in-vitro fertilization and intra-cytoplasmic sperm injection, are the most advanced forms of infertility treatment. They involve numerous counseling, medical, surgical and laboratory-based steps. At each step various problems and complications could be encountered that challenge even the most experienced ART practitioners. Moreover, patients with complex medical disorders may require ART, presenting further challenges. Assisted Reproduction Techniques will stimulate resourceful thinking in the ART practitioner when faced with these challenges. It outlines various management options, the reasoning behind them, and the evidence on which they are based to enable the practitioner to choose the most suitable solution for the needs of each patient.

    Contents:
    Section One : Counseling and preparation
    Section Two : Pituitary suppression and ovarian stimulation phase
    Section Three : Oocyte retrieval
    Section Four : Embryo transfer
    Section Five : The luteal phase
    Section Six : The ART laboratory
    Section Seven : The male patient.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Print
    edited by Laura Roberts.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    BioSciences Career Center Collection (Duck Room)
    Ed & Academ 103
    1
  • Digital
    Jin-Hui Wang.
    Summary: This book focuses on associative memory cells and their working principles, which can be applied to associative memories and memory-relevant cognitions. Providing comprehensive diagrams, it presents the author's personal perspectives on pathology and therapeutic strategies for memory deficits in patients suffering from neurological diseases and psychiatric disorders. Associative learning is a common approach to acquire multiple associated signals, including knowledge, experiences and skills from natural environments or social interaction. The identification of the cellular and molecular mechanisms underlying associative memory is important in furthering our understanding of the principles of memory formation and memory-relevant behaviors as well as in developing therapeutic strategies that enhance memory capacity in healthy individuals and improve memory deficit in patients suffering from neurological disease and psychiatric disorders. Although a series of hypotheses about neural substrates for associative memory has been proposed, numerous questions still need to be addressed, especially the basic units and their working principle in engrams and circuits specific for various memory patterns. This book summarizes the developments concerning associative memory cells reported in current and past literature, providing a valuable overview of the field for neuroscientists, psychologists and students.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Acknowledgement; Contents; About the Author;
    Chapter 1: History in the Study of Learning and Memory; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Memory Traces; 1.3 Engrams; 1.4 The Location and Distribution of Memory Traces or Engrams; 1.5 The Identification of Basic Units in Engrams: Memory-Relevant Cells; 1.6 Biophysical Changes in Memory-Relevant Cells: Neuronal and Synaptic Plasticity; 1.7 Memory-Specific Activity Patterns as Basic Units of Memory Traces; 1.8 The Recruitment of Memory-Relevant Neurons by Their Coactivation: Associative Memory Cells 1.9 Major Milestones in the Study of Mechanisms Underlying Learning and Memory1.9.1 Theoretical Modeling; 1.9.2 Animal Model; 1.9.3 Location and Distributions; 1.9.4 Cellular Architectures in Engram Circuits; 1.9.5 Molecular Mechanisms; References;
    Chapter 2: Patterns of Learning and Memory; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Associative Learning and Nonassociative Learning; 2.3 Declarative (Explicit) Memory Versus Nondeclarative (Implicit) Memory; 2.3.1 Declarative Memory; 2.3.2 Nondeclarative Memory; 2.4 Episodic Memory Versus Semantic Memory; 2.4.1 Episodic Memory; 2.4.2 Semantic Memory 2.5 Working Memory and Perceptual Memory2.5.1 Working Memory; 2.5.2 Perceptual Memory; 2.6 Eidetic Memory and False Memory; 2.6.1 Eidetic Memory; 2.6.2 False Memory; 2.7 Other Types of Memory; 2.8 Learning and Memory in Relevance to Ages; References;
    Chapter 3: Experimental Models and Strategies for Studying Associative Learning and Memory; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Experimental Models Used to Track Engrams; 3.2.1 Classical Conditioning; 3.2.2 Operant Conditioning; 3.2.3 Spatial Learning and Memory; 3.2.4 Associative Learning and Memory in Reciprocal Manner 3.3 Strategies Used to Track Memory Cells in Engrams3.3.1 Theoretical Modeling from Memory Traces to Cell Assemblies; 3.3.2 Parallel Changes Between Engrams and Memory-Relevant Behaviors; 3.3.3 Downregulation of Neural Substrates; 3.3.4 Upregulation of Neural Substrates; References;
    Chapter 4: Cellular and Molecular Changes in Associative Memory; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Synapses, Neurons, and Their Functional Changes; 4.3 Synaptic Plasticity; 4.3.1 Synaptic Facilitation; 4.3.2 Long-Term Potentiation of Synaptic Transmission; 4.4 Neuronal Plasticity; References
    Chapter 5: Associative Memory Cells in Memory Trace5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Associative Memory Cells in Theory and Experiments; 5.3 Associative Memory Cells in Sensory Cortices; 5.4 Associative Memory Cells in Cognition- and Emotion-Related Brain Areas; 5.5 Memory Output Cells in Behavior-Related Brain Areas; References;
    Chapter 6: Plasticity of Associative Memory Cells; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Plasticity at Primary Associative Memory Cells Linked with Their Recruitment; 6.3 Plasticity at Secondary Associative Memory Cells; 6.4 Plasticity at Memory Output Cells
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Sheikh Rayees, Inshah Din.
    Summary: Asthma is a chronic airway disease affecting over 300 million people worldwide with an expected increase of an additional 100 million by 2025. Past decade has observed a notable increase in asthma prevalence on both national and global levels with highest rates observed in western countries (about 30%). Over the past 40 years, a drastic increase in global prevalence, morbidity, mortality, and economic burden have been observed due to asthma especially in children. The rising numbers of hospital admissions for asthma, especially young children, reflect an increase in severe asthma, poverty and lack of proper disease management. Worldwide, approximately 180,000 deaths annually are caused due to this condition. The financial burden on a single asthma patient per year in different western countries ranges from US 00-1,300. Asthma is an intricate respiratory disorder with differences in its severity, natural history and hence treatment response. These differences in intensities of various presentations such as bronchial hyper-responsiveness, airway inflammation, mucus production, airflow obstruction make asthma a heterogeneous disease. The mainstay of current therapies for asthma includes inhaled corticosteroids, phosphodiesterase inhibitors, leukotriene modifiers and β2-adrenoceptor agonists. Some of the currently available drugs are efficient in one or more aspects. However the associated side effects or heterogeneity of the disease limit their usefulness and efficacy, thereby putting a demand on development of new drugs and therapies. On the other hand, asthma has also been treated/managed via herbal medications. These approaches have been described in Unani, Ayurvedic or Chinese system of medicine since antiquity. In fact, several anti-asthmatic drugs were developed from herbs commonly utilized in the non-Western system of medicine. This book focuses on the pathophysiology of asthma, its medication (both herbal and modern), limitations and their future prospects.

    Contents:
    Asthma
    Pathophysiology asthma
    Airway inflammation and airway hyperresponsiveness
    Effects of inflammation
    Inflammatory cells involved in asthma
    Transcription factors involved in Th2 cell differentiation
    Current asthma treatments
    Cytokine-based therapies
    Transcription factor modulators
    Preclinical mouse models of asthma used to evaluate drug efficacy and properties and associated drawbacks
    Herbal treatments of asthma
    Traditional plants with anti-asthmatic potential
    Asthma Chinese Herbal Remedies
    Future potential of herbal-based medicinal treatment for management of asthma.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Girolamo Pelaia, Alessandro Vatrella, Rosario Maselli.
    Summary: This book focuses on the fundamentals of the use of biologics in asthma, describing the rationale, principles, mechanisms of action, and indications. It offers an excellent balance between basic science and the analysis of clinical trials, updating readers with new developments that are changing the global scenario for targeted biological anti-asthma therapies, especially with regard to more severe disease. A range of therapies are considered, from the humanized monoclonal anti-IgE antibody omalizumab, widely approved as add-on treatment for inadequately controlled disease, through to emerging biologics for which evidence supportive of efficacy is accumulating, including anti-IL-5, anti-IL-4, and anti-IL-13 therapies. One aspect to emerge is the variability in individual response, which suggests a need for characterization of different asthma subtypes to permit the effective implementation of phenotype-targeted treatments. This book will be of interest for pulmonologists, clinical immunologists, and physicians seeking sound information on these therapies, but also for scientists and pharmacologists wishing to enhance their knowledge of the therapeutic implications of the cellular and molecular mechanisms that underlie severe, uncontrolled asthma.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Inflammatory cellular patterns in asthma
    Airway remodelling in asthma
    Anti-IgE antibodies
    IL-5-targeted antibodies
    IL-4-specific biologics
    Anti-IL-13 therapies
    Anti-TNFalpha-antibodies
    Biologic treatments targeted to innate cytokines
    Other biologic drugs
    Conclusions and future perspectives.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Jennifer A. Namazy, Michael Schatz, editors.
    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Reference; Contents; Contributors;
    Chapter 1: Non-pharmacologic Aspects of Management: "Asthma and Allergic and Immunologic Diseases During Pregnancy - A Guide to Management"; Introduction; Allergic Rhinitis; Asthma; Atopic Dermatitis; Allergen Avoidance Measures (Table 1.1); Pet Dander Allergens; Mouse and Cockroach Allergens; Other Animal Allergens; Mold; House Dust Mites; High-Efficiency Particulate Air Filters; Allergen Immunotherapy; Irritant Exposures; Other Non-pharmacologic Approaches in Asthma and Allergic Rhinitis; Conclusion; References
    Chapter 2: Safety of Asthma and Allergy Medications During PregnancyIntroduction; Approaches to Studying Medication Safety in Pregnancy; Summary of Safety Data for Selected Asthma and Allergy Medications; Pregnancy and Lactation Labeling Rule (PLLR); Resources for Clinicians and Patients; Summary; References;
    Chapter 3: Asthma: Interrelationships with Pregnancy; Prevalence of Asthma During Pregnancy; Changes in Asthma Symptoms, Lung Function and Asthma Control During Pregnancy; Exacerbations of Asthma During Pregnancy; Asthma and Other Co-morbidities in Pregnancy Gastro-oesophageal Reflux Disease (GERD)Tobacco Exposure; Psychosocial Factors; Nutrition, Obesity and Weight Gain; Association of Asthma with Infertility; Association of Asthma with Adverse Perinatal Outcomes; Association of Maternal Asthma with Adverse Outcomes in Childhood; Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 4: Asthma: Management; Introduction; Clinical Scenario; Review of Risks; Diagnosis and Monitoring; Non-pharmacological Management; Barriers to Control; Medication Management; Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 5: Rhinitis and Sinusitis; Normal Anatomy of the Nose and Sinuses Effects of Nasal and Sinus Disease on Asthma and General HealthPathophysiology of Atopic Diseases; Rhinitis or Rhinosinusitis During Pregnancy; Rhinitis; Allergic Rhinitis; Etiology; Diagnosis; Treatment; Hormonal Rhinitis; Etiology; Diagnosis; Treatment; Infectious Rhinitis; Etiology; Diagnosis; Treatment; Nonallergic Rhinitis; Etiology; Diagnosis; Treatment; Nonallergic Rhinitis with Eosinophilia Syndrome (NARES); Etiology; Diagnosis; Treatment; Occupational Rhinitis; Etiology; Diagnosis; Treatment; Drug-Induced Rhinitis and Rhinitis Medicamentosa; Etiology; Diagnosis; Treatment Atrophic Rhinitis; Etiology; Diagnosis; Treatment; Rhinosinusitis; Acute and Subacute Rhinosinusitis; Etiology; Diagnosis; Treatment; Risk of Disease Versus Treatment; Recurrent Acute Rhinosinusitis; Etiology; Diagnosis; Treatment; Chronic Rhinosinusitis; Etiology; Diagnosis; Treatment; Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 6: Anaphylaxis in Pregnancy; Introduction; Etiologies; Clinical Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis; Physiologic Considerations; Differential Diagnosis of Anaphylaxis and Hypotension in Pregnancy; Risk Factors for Severe/Fatal Anaphylaxis and Cofactors that Amplify Anaphylaxis
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Ian Mitchell, Gaynor Govias.
    Summary: This book comprehensively presents all the necessary information health professionals need to become Certified Asthma Educators. Competent asthma educators must possess a number of skills: they must have appropriate and sound medical and pharmaceutical knowledge; be proficient and effective educators who can influence their patients behaviors for the better; and, finally, they need the administrative and organizational skills needed to set up and run efficient clinics at their places of work. The book is divided into three sections to meet those needs: Asthma: The Fundamentals; The Role of Education; and, The Effective Asthma Educator. The first section covers clinical knowledge of asthma, with chapters including lung structure and function, clinical presentation of asthma, and environmental issues in asthma management. The second section delves into the role of educating patients and teaches readers how to best do that with an integrated approach between physician, educator, and patient. The third section looks further into educating techniques with a view of the learning process, considerations for instruction locations, and the role the educator plays overall. The final chapter in the book presents example cases for readers to assess the knowledge they have learned throughout. This second edition serves as both textbook and study guide for certification as well as a long-term reference publication. It has been fully updated from the previous edition with the latest treatment guidelines, medications, and disease monitoring methods. This is an ideal guide for asthma educators, those seeking NAECB certification, and any health professional involved with individuals who have asthma.

    Contents:
    Section I: Asthma: The Fundamentals
    Asthma: An Overview
    Lung Structure and Function
    Measurements of Lung Function
    Measurements of Lung Function
    Clinical Presentation of Asthma
    Environmental Issues in Asthma Management
    Asthma Management and Use of Medication
    Special Situations in Asthma
    Section II: The Role of Education
    An Integrated Approach to Asthma Management
    Adherence
    Complementary and Alternate Medicine and Asthma
    Frequently Asked Questions
    Section III: The Effective Asthma Educator
    Learning: Theories and Principles
    Teaching the Patient with Asthma
    Clinical Management and Evaluation
    Practice Case Studies.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    editors, Akihiko Yamagishi, Takeshi Kakegawa and Tomohiro Usui.
    Summary: This book provides concise and cutting-edge reviews in astrobiology, a young and still emerging multidisciplinary field of science that addresses the fundamental questions of how life originated and diversified on Earth, whether life exists beyond Earth, and what is the future for life on Earth. Readers will find coverage of the latest understanding of a wide range of fascinating topics, including, for example, solar system formation, the origins of life, the history of Earth as revealed by geology, the evolution of intelligence on Earth, the implications of genome data, insights from extremophile research, and the possible existence of life on other planets within and beyond the solar system. Each chapter contains a brief summary of the current status of the topic under discussion, sufficient references to enable more detailed study, and descriptions of recent findings and forthcoming missions or anticipated research. Written by leading experts in astronomy, planetary science, geoscience, chemistry, biology, and physics, this insightful and thought-provoking book will appeal to all students and scientists who are interested in life and space.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Part I: Introduction to Astrobiology;
    Chapter 1: What Is Astrobiology?; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Why Astrobiology Now?; 1.3 Why Astrobiology Is Needed; 1.4 Textbook Overview; 1.5 Conclusion; References; Part II: Physics and Chemistry from Space to Life;
    Chapter 2: Prebiotic Complex Organic Molecules in Space; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Molecules in Space; 2.2.1 Molecules Observed in Space; 2.2.2 Classification of Molecules in Space; 2.3 Prebiotic Organic Molecules in Space; 2.3.1 Why Prebiotic Organic Molecules Are Made of H, C, N, and O? 2.3.2 Prebiotic Organic Molecules of the Greatest Importance in Space2.4 Challenges in Searching for Amino Acids and Nucleobases in Space; 2.4.1 Amino Acids; 2.4.2 Nucleobases; 2.5 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 3: Chemical Interactions Among Organics, Water, and Minerals in the Early Solar System; 3.1 Introduction: Enigma on Origin of Organic Molecules in the Carbonaceous Chondrites; 3.2 A Missing Link in the Early Solar System: Chemical Evolution of Organic Molecules from Solar Nebula to Planetesimals 3.3 Different Stages of Parent Body Aqueous Alteration Recorded in Antarctic Micrometeorites3.4 Ultracarbonaceous Antarctic Micrometeorites: New Type of Cometary Material?; 3.5 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 4: Prebiotic Synthesis of Bioorganic Compounds by Simulation Experiments; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Dawn of Experimental Prebiotic Chemistry; 4.2.1 One-Pot Reactions; 4.2.2 Energetics and Formation Mechanisms; 4.2.3 Step-by-Step Reaction Models; 4.3 Formation and Delivery of Extraterrestrial Organic Compounds; 4.3.1 Abiotic Syntheses of Amino Acids in Simulated Space Environments 4.3.2 Abiotic Syntheses of Amino Acids and Insoluble Organic Matter in Simulated Meteorite Parent-Body Environments4.3.3 Formation of Enantiomeric Excesses of Amino Acids in Extraterrestrial Environments; 4.3.4 Delivery of Extraterrestrial Organic Compounds; 4.4 Abiotic Synthesis and Alteration of Organic Compounds in Simulated Primitive Earth Environments; 4.4.1 Prebiotic Synthesis in Simulated Submarine Hydrothermal Conditions; 4.4.2 Reconsideration of the Stepwise Scenario of Chemical Evolution; 4.5 Future Prospects; 4.5.1 Nobel Insights from Planetary Exploration; 4.5.2 Space Experiments
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Charles S. Bryan.
    Summary: Dr. James Woods Babcock, superintendent of the South Carolina State Hospital for the Insane from 1891 to 1914, led the American response to pellagra, producing the first English-language treatise on the disease and organizing the meetings of the National Association for the Study of Pellagra.

    Contents:
    Jimmie
    Superintendent
    Founder of the movement
    How bad it was
    Sambon's obsession
    So near, so far
    A plain farmer's daughter
    The blind men of Hindustan
    Perspective: asylum doctor
    Appendix I. Mortality and full recoveries (as percentages of patients treated) by race, South Carolina State Hospital for the Insane, 1891-1914
    Appendix 2. Parallels in the histories of beriberi and pellagra
    Appendix 3. A chronology of pellagra and niacin
    Appendix 4. Summary of the four major pellagra conferences held at the South Carolina State Hospital for the Insane, 1908-1915.
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Katherine C. McKenzie, editor.
    Summary: Asylum medicine, a field encompassing medical forensic evaluations of asylum seekers, is an emerging discipline in healthcare. In a time of record global displacement due to human rights violations, conflict and persecution, interest in the medical and psychological evaluation of individuals subjected to torture and other ill-treatment is high. Health professionals are uniquely qualified to use their skills to make contributions to a group of vulnerable individuals fleeing danger and death in their home countries. Health professionals involved in asylum medicine perform medical and psychological forensic evaluations of asylum seekers. Their educational background prepares them to examine and describe physical and emotional scars related to trauma, and further training allows them to assess these scars in the context of persecution, describe them in a medical-legal affidavit and support these findings with testimony. Providers of asylum medicine are often involved in advocacy, as many governments become increasingly hostile to asylum seekers. Books on human rights exist, but there is no authoritative text of asylum medicine. This book presents a comprehensive overview of asylum medicine, with emphasis on the historical and legal background of asylum law, best practices for performing asylum examinations, challenges of examining detained asylum seekers, education of trainees and advocacy. Written by experts in the field, Asylum Medicine: A Clinician's Guide is a first of its kind resource for health care providers who practice asylum medicine.

    Contents:
    Historical Background and Asylum Law
    Preparing for the Evaluation
    Physical Evaluation of Asylum Seekers
    Forensic Psychological Evaluation of Asylum Seekers
    Evaluating Pediatric Asylum Seekers
    Evaluation of Detainees
    Evaluating Survivors of Sexual and Gender-Based Violence
    Evaluating LGBTQ Asylum Seekers
    Performing Remote Evaluations
    Best Practices for Writing Affidavits and Preparing for Testimony
    Teaching and Learning Asylum Medicine
    Advocacy
    Finding Internal Balance: An Introduction to Secondary Trauma and Resilience for Asylum Evaluators
    Appendix 1 Scars of Torture and Ill-Treatment
    Appendix 2 Body Diagrams
    Appendix 3 Resources.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Print
    Jean-Pierre Tassan, Jacek Z. Kubiak, editors.
    Contents:
    Modeling asymmetric cell division in Caulobacter crescentus using a boolean logic approach / Ismael Sánchez-Osorio, Carlos A. Hernández-Martínez, and Agustino Martínez-Antonio
    Spatiotemporal models of the asymmetric division cycle of Caulobacter crescentus / Kartik Subramanian and John J. Tyson
    Intrinsic and extrinsic determinants linking spindle pole fate, spindle polarity, and asymmetric cell division in the budding yeast S. cerevisiae / Marco Geymonat and Marisa Segal
    Wnt signaling polarizes C. elegans asymmetric cell divisions during development / Arielle Koonyee Lam and Bryan T. Phillips
    Asymmetric cell division in the one-cell C. elegans embryo: multiple steps to generate cell size asymmetry / Anne Pacquelet
    Size matters: how C. elegans asymmetric divisions regulate apoptosis / Jerome Teuliere and Gian Garriga
    The midbody and its remnant in cell polarization and asymmetric cell division / Christian Pohl
    Drosophila melanogaster neuroblasts: a model for asymmetric stem cell divisions / Emmanuel Gallaud, Tri Pham, and Clemens Cabernard
    Asymmetric divisions in oogenesis / Szczepan M. Bilinski, Jacek Z. Kubiak, and Malgorzata Kloc
    Asymmetric localization and distribution of factors determining cell fate during early development of Xenopus laevis / Radek Sindelka, Monika Sidova, Pavel Abaffy, and Mikael Kubista
    Asymmetries in cell division, cell size, and furrowing in the Xenopus laevis embryo / Jean-Pierre Tassan, Martin Wühr, Guillaume Hatte, and Jacek Kubiak
    Asymmetric and unequal cell divisions in ascidian embryos / Takefumi Negishi and Hiroki Nishida
    Asymmetries and symmetries in the mouse oocyte and zygote / Agathe Chaigne, Marie-Emilie Terret, and Marie-Hélène Verlhac
    Symmetry does not come for free: cellular mechanisms to achieve a symmetric cell division / Damian Dudka and Patrick Meraldi
    A comparative perspective on Wnt/[beta]-catenin signalling in cell fate determination / Clare L. Garcin and Shukry J. Habib
    Extracellular regulation of the mitotic spindle and fate determinants driving asymmetric cell division / Prestina Smith, Mark Azzam, and Lindsay Hinck
    Regulation of asymmetric cell division in mammalian neural stem and cancer precursor cells / Mathieu Daynac and Claudia K. Petritsch
    Molecular programs underlying asymmetric stem cell division and their disruption in malignancy / Subhas Mukherjee and Daniel J. Brat.
  • Digital
    W. Brad Johnson, PhD, and David Smith, PhD.
    Summary: Increasingly, new employees and junior members of any profession are encouraged-sometimes stridently-to "find a mentor!" Four decades of research reveals that the effects of mentorship can be profound and enduring; strong mentoring relationships have the capacity to transform individuals and entire organizations. Organizations that retain and promote top talent-both female and male-are more likely to thrive. But the mentoring landscape is unequal. Evidence consistently shows that women face more barriers in securing mentorships than men, and when they do find a mentor, they may reap a narrower range of both career and psychological benefits. Athena Rising is a book for men about how to mentor women deliberately and effectively. It is a straightforward, no-nonsense manual for helping men of all institutions, organizations, and businesses to become excellent mentors to women. Co-authors W. Brad Johnson, PhD and David Smith, PhD draw from extensive research and years of experience as experts in mentoring relationships and gender workplace issues. When a man mentors a woman, they explain, the relationship is often complicated by conventional gender roles and at times hostile external perceptions. Traditional notions of mentoring are often modeled on male-to-male relationships-the sort that begin on the golf course, involve a nearly exclusive focus on career achievement, and include more than a few slaps on the back over drinks after work. But women often report a desire for mentoring that integrates career and family aspects of life. Women want a mentor who not only "gets" this, but truly honors it. Men need to fully appreciate just how crucial their support of promising junior women can be in helping them to persist, promote, and thrive in their vocations and organizations. As women succeed, lean in, and assume leading roles in any organization or work context, that culture will become more egalitarian, effective, and prone to retaining top talent.

    Contents:
    The everyday Athena
    How women struggle at work: let us count the ways
    The reluctant male: why men avoid mentoring women
    The biology and psychology of men and women in relationships: becoming a thoughtful caveman
    A few good men: why men should mentor women well
    Preliminaries
    Matters of relationship
    Matters of professional growth
    Matters of personal growth
    What not to do.
  • Digital
    edited by Hong Wang and Cam Patterson.
    Digital Access Wiley 2015
  • Digital
    Axel Haverich, Erin Colleen Boyle.
    Summary: This book provides new perspectives on the pathogenesis of atherosclerosis. Chapters cover atherosclerosis risk factors, the effect of growth and aging on vascular architecture, and the crucial role the microvasculature plays in atherosclerosis development. Microvascular dysfunction would explain why the well-known risk factors actually put individuals at higher risk. This pathomechanism would also hold true not only for obstructive atheroma formation but also for aneurysmal dilatation as well as for aortic and peripheral artery dissection. When seen through this lens, novel preventive and therapeutic opportunities can be envisioned. Atherosclerosis Pathogenesis and Microvascular Dysfunction proposes a single unifying mechanism of atherosclerosis development and describes potential preventative and therapeutic avenues based on this concept. It therefore represents a timely and valuable resource for internal medicine, cardiology, angiology cardiovascular surgeons, pathology clinicians, researchers, trainees, and students.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Atherosclerosis Risk Factors
    The Effect Of Growth And Aging On Vascular Architecture
    Incriminating Evidence For The Role Of The Microvasculature In Atherosclerosis
    Risk Factors And Prevention In Light Of Atherosclerosis Being A Microvascular Disease
    New Ways To Target Vasa Vasorum For The Prevention And Treatment Of Atherosclerosis
    Outstanding Questions and Future Directions.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Matthew B. Werd, E. Leslie Knight, Paul R. Langer, editors.
    Summary: Now in a revised and expanded second edition, including an expanded section on running footwear and additional sports-specific recommendations, this updated, practical resource provides a concise and logical approach to prescribing footwear that will maximize performance and minimize injury in athletes. From fundamentals -- including athletic foot types, basic biomechanics and gait evaluation -- to step-by-step guidance through assessment and prescription of shoes, socks, lacing, inserts, and orthoses, this book is both comprehensive and easily accessible. A new section has been added to cover the array of different considerations for running footwear (barefoot, minimalist, maximalist), as well as new sport-specific recommendations. As in the previous edition, referral, coding and billing are also addressed. Photographs and drawings clearly illustrate key concepts, and wherever relevant, the authors have incorporated evidence-based medicine. By presenting new and updated essential information in a user-friendly format, Athletic Footwear and Orthoses in Sports Medicine, Second Edition will prove to be invaluable for sports medicine physicians, podiatrists, orthopedists, physical therapists, and athletic trainers.

    Contents:
    Pt. I. Fundamentals of athletic footwear and orthoses
    1. Evolution of athletic footwear / Steven I. Subotnick
    2. Evolution of foot orthoses in sports / Kevin A. Kirby
    3.Athletic foot types and deformities / Mark Razzante
    4. Clinical use of gait analysis for the athlete / Michael Chin
    5. Athletic shoe evaluation / David Levine
    6. Athletic shoe fit, modifications, and prescriptions / Amie Davis
    7. Athletic socks / Doug H. Richie Jr.
    8. Athletic shoe lacing in sports medicine / Matthew B. Werd
    9. Prefabricated insoles and modifications / David M. Davidson
    10. Orthodigital devices in sports medicine / Matthew B. Werd
    11. Evidence-based orthotic therapy in sports medicine / Paul R. Scherer
    12. Custom foot orthoses prescription for the athlete / Paul R. Scherer
    13. Ankle foot orthoses for the athlete / Douglas H. Richie Jr.
    14. Insights on prescribing athletic footwear and orthoses: the game plan / E. Leslie Knight
    pt. II. Running footwear
    15. Barefoot, minimalist, maximalist, and performance / David W. Jenkins
    16. Triathlon and duathlon / Kirk Herring
    17. Footwear and cross-training / Amol Saxena
    18. Racing track and cross-country / Brian W. Fullem
    19. Specialty running stores and the sports Medicine Professional: A Natural Partnership / Rich Wills
    pt. III Sport-Specific Athletic Footwear and Orthoses
    20.Golf / Jonathan Blum
    21.Tennis / Alex Kor
    22.Cycling / Paul R. Langer
    23. Court shoes and orthoses for racquet sports: tennis, pickleball, badminton, squash, racquetball, and American handball / Richard T. Bouche
    24. Football / Lowell Weil Jr.
    25. Skating / R. Neil Humble
    26. Skiing and snowboarding / Jeffrey A. Ross
    27. Cross-country skiing / Paul R. Langer
    28. Basketball and volleyball / James M. Losito
    29. Aerobic dance and cheerleading / Jeffrey A. Ross
    30. Dance and ballet / Lisa M. Schoene
    31. Baseball and softball / Mark Razzante
    32. Soccer / Robert M. Conenello
    pt. IV. Special populations and athletic footwear
    33. Pediatric footwear / Mark Cucuzzella
    34. Special olympics: custom foot orthoses for athletes with genetic disorders / Shawn Walls
    pt. V. 35. Durable medical equipment and coding in sports medicine / Tony Poggio.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Marcia C.M. Marques, Carlos E.V. Grelle, editors.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: The Atlantic Forest is one of the 36 hotspots for biodiversity conservation worldwide. It is a unique, large biome (more than 3000 km in latitude; 2500 in longitude), marked by high biodiversity, high degree of endemic species and, at the same time, extremely threatened. Approximately 70% of the Brazilian population lives in the area of this biome, which makes the conflict between biodiversity conservation and the sustainability of the human population a relevant issue. This book aims to cover: 1) the historical characterization and geographic variation of the biome; 2) the distribution of the diversity of some relevant taxa; 3) the main threats to biodiversity, and 4) possible opportunities to ensure the biodiversity conservation, and the economic and social sustainability. Also, it is hoped that this book can be useful for those involved in the development of public policies aimed at the conservation of this important global biome.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Historical and biogeographical aspects
    The Atlantic Forest: an introduction to the megadiverse forest of Southern America
    The Atlantic Forest Ecological History: from pre-history to the Anthropocene
    The North-eastern Atlantic Forest: biogeographical, historical and current aspects in the Sugarcane Zone
    The Hileia Baiana
    an assessment of natural and historical aspects of the land use and degradation of the central corridor of the Brazilian Atlantic Forest
    The southern Atlantic Forest: Use, degradation, and perspectives for conservation
    Part II - Biodiversity
    Tree diversity in the Brazilian Atlantic Forest: biases and general patterns using different sources of information
    Vascular Epiphytes of the Atlantic Forest: diversity and community ecology
    Social Insects of the Atlantic Forest
    Tetrapod diversity in the Atlantic Forest: maps and gaps
    Freshwater Studies in Atlantic Forest: general overview and prospects
    Part III - Threats
    Land-cover changes and an uncertain future: will the Brazilian Atlantic Forest lose the chance to become a hopespot?
    Climate change and biodiversity in the Atlantic Forest: best climatic models, predicted changes and impacts, and adaptation options
    Non-native species introductions, invasions, and biotic homogenization in the Atlantic Forest
    Causes and consequences of large-scale defaunation in the Atlantic forest
    Pollination systems in the Atlantic Forest: characterization, threats, and opportunities
    IV
    Opportunities
    Atlantic Forest: ecosystem services linking people and biodiversity
    Changing the agriculture paradigm in the Brazilian Atlantic Forest: the importance of agroforestry
    Engaging people for large-scale forest restoration: Governance lessons from the Atlantic Forest of Brazil
    The Atlantic Forest Trail: connecting people, biodiversity and protected areas
    Conservation initiatives in the Brazilian Atlantic forest
    Financing conservation in the Brazilian Atlantic Forest
    Integrating researchers for understanding the biodiversity in Atlantic Forest
    The future of the Atlantic Forest.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access WHO 2017
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA645.N48 A85 2017
    1
  • Digital
    E. Edmund Kim, Hyung-Jun Im, Dong Soo Lee, Keon Wook Kang.
    Summary: This atlas showcases cross-sectional anatomy for the proper interpretation of images generated from PET/MRI, PET/CT, and SPECT/CT applications. Hybrid imaging is at the forefront of nuclear and molecular imaging and enhances data acquisition for the purposes of diagnosis and treatment. Simultaneous evaluation of anatomic and metabolic information about normal and abnormal processes addresses complex clinical questions and raises the level of confidence of the scan interpretation. Extensively illustrated with high-resolution PET/MRI, PET/CT and SPECT/CT images, this atlas provides precise morphologic information for the whole body as well as for specific regions such as the head and neck, abdomen, and musculoskeletal system. Atlas and Anatomy of PET/MRI, PET/CT, AND SPECT/CT is a unique resource for physicians and residents in nuclear medicine, radiology, oncology, neurology, and cardiology. .

    Contents:
    Atlas and Anatomy of PET/MR
    Atlas and Anatomy of PET/CT
    Atlas and Anatomy of SPECT/CT. .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    E. Edmund Kim, Hyung-Jun Im, Dong Soo Lee, Keon Wook Kang.
    Summary: This atlas showcases cross-sectional anatomy for the proper interpretation of images generated from PET/MRI, PET/CT, and SPECT/CT applications. Hybrid imaging is at the forefront of nuclear and molecular imaging and enhances data acquisition for the purposes of diagnosis and treatment. Simultaneous evaluation of anatomic and metabolic information about normal and abnormal processes addresses complex clinical questions and raises the level of confidence of the scan interpretation. Extensively illustrated with high-resolution PET/MRI, PET/CT and SPECT/CT images, this atlas provides precise morphologic information for the whole body as well as for specific regions such as the head and neck, abdomen, and musculoskeletal system. Atlas and Anatomy of PET/MRI, PET/CT, AND SPECT/CT is a unique resource for physicians and residents in nuclear medicine, radiology, oncology, neurology, and cardiology.

    Contents:
    Atlas and Anatomy of PET/MR
    Atlas and Anatomy of PET/CT
    Atlas and Anatomy of SPECT/CT.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Print
    Wolf-Heidegger, Gerhard.
    Contents:
    Bd.
    1. Systema sceleti. Iuncturae ossium. Systema musculorum.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    E557 .W85
    4
  • Digital
    Ming-Chon Hsiung, Wei-Hsian Yin, Fang-Chieh Lee, Wei-Hsuan Chiang.
    Summary: This book introduces classic and unique cases in 3D TEE in structural heart disease interventions. In each all the 40 cases, background information, clinical presentations, and diagnostic findings are present and followed by step-by-step approaches of interventional therapies and outcomes after the procedures. The highlight of the book is to utilize extensive illustrations, over 500, to demonstrate various cardiovascular pathologies. Most of the figures are 3D transesophageal echocardiograms, they are cooperated with 2D transesophageal echocardiograms, X rays, fluoroscopies, computed tomograms, etc. Since the echo images obtained in clinic practice are moving images, it also includes over 300 videos, which serve as a supplement to the static illustrations in this book. The atlas is organized into five chapters. In Chapters one, cases received closure of congenital and acquired cardiac defects are described. Transcatheter aortic valve implantation and its complications are discussed in Chapter two and three. Chapter four details the valve-in-valve therapy. Chapter five covers MitraClip therapy. It offers readers an insider's view of 3D transesophageal echocardiography in structural heart disease interventions and to refresh their clinical work.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Michael J. Rosen.
    Contents:
    Abdominal wall anatomy and vascular supply / Harvey Chim, Karen Kim Evans, Christopher J. Salgado, Samir Mardini
    Laparoscopic repair of ventral hernias : standard / Sean B. Orenstein, William S. Cobb IV
    Laparoscopic repair of atypical hernias : suprapubic, subxiphoid, and lumbar / William W. Hope
    Laparoscopic repair of parastomal hernias / Cory N. Criss, David M. Krpata, Ajita S. Prabhu
    Posterior component separation with transversus abdominus muscle release / Michael J. Rosen
    Open flank hernia repair / Melissa Phillips LaPinska, Michael J. Rosen
    Open parastomal hernia repair / Joshua S. Winder, Eric M. Pauli
    Open ventral hernia repair with onlay mesh / David L. Webb, Nathaniel Stoikes, Guy R. Voeller
    Perforator preservation and force distribution : two key elements of the open components release hernia repair / Gregory A. Dumanian
    Endoscopic component separation / Jorge Daes
    Tissue and fascial expansion of the abdominal wall / Michelle Coriddi, Jeffrey E. Janis
    Chemical component separation with Botox / Martin D. Zielinski, Donald H. Jenkins
    Panniculectomy and abdominal wall reconstruction / Maurice Y. Nahabedian
    Perineal hernia repair / Carley Schroering, J. Scott Roth
    Robotic transabdominal preperitoneal hernia repair for ventral hernias / Conrad Ballecer, Eduardo Parra Davila
    Progressive preoperative pneumoperitoneum for hernias with loss of abdominal domain / Alfredo M. Carbonell II
    Rotational and free flap closure of the abdominal wall / Gregory A. Lamaris, Brian Gastman
    Management of the open abdomen / Matthew L. Moorman, Jay Mittal, Jeff Ustin
    Surgical approach to the rectus diastasis / Andrea Moreira
    Umbilical hernia repair / Laurel J. Blair, Kent W. Kercher
    Repair of the post-TRAM bulge/hernia / George DeNoto, Ron Israeli
    Transabdominal preperitoneal inguinal hernia repair / Michael J. Rosen
    Laparoscopic totally extraperitoneal inguinal hernia repair / A. Daniel Guerron, Steven Rosenblatt
    Preoperative optimization of the hernia patient / Clayton C. Petro, Michael Rosen.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    Randy Ray Richardson.
    Summary: This atlas is a concise visual guide to the imaging of acquired heart disease in infants, children, and adolescents. Imaging plays an ever-increasing vital role in diagnosis, preoperative planning, and postoperative management for children with these disorders. The book reviews techniques for lowering radiation, discusses protocols for imaging in children, and provides recommendations for the most appropriate studies that decrease the time and cost of imaging these patients. Focusing on functional and anatomic imaging with an emphasis on three-dimensional color-coded models derived from CT and MR scans, this book promotes understanding of cardiovascular disorders in children, including infectious, neoplastic, and metabolic diseases. Atlas of Acquired Cardiovascular Disease Imaging in Children is a valuable resource through which cardiologists, radiologists, pediatric cardiothoracic surgeons, and residents can improve the quality and treatment of pediatric and adolescent patients with acquired heart disease. .
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Patricia Treadwell, Michael Lee Smith, Julie Prendiville editors.
    Summary: Valuable to dermatologists, adolescent medicine specialists, family medicine practitioners, and primary care physicians, the Atlas of Adolescent Dermatology presents a concise and practical guide to the diagnosis and management of adolescent skin diseases. Each chapter follows a similar format, to assist in ease of reference, and contains information on diagnosis and management. The various chapters include conditions such as Acne, Seborrheic Dermatitis, Eczema, Scabies, Contact Dermatitis, and selected Genodermatoses.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Introduction
    Alopecia and Other Hair Disorders
    Body Art and Infections
    Cutaneous Findings Associated with Eating Disorders
    Cutaneous Infections and Infestations
    Cutaneous Malignancies
    Cutaneous Signs of Connective Tissue Disease
    Dermatoses in Adolescents of Color
    Papulosquamous Disorders
    Pediatric Dermatology Look-Alikes
    Skin Findings in Obesity
    Sun Exposure and Tanning Beds.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Alexander Shifrin, editor.
    Summary: This book is designed to illustrate different techniques on how to perform successful adrenalectomies by using different approaches. It is written by renowned endocrine surgeons and includes techniques of adrenalectomy by using laparoscopic transperitoneal, posterior retroperitoneal, and robotic approaches. Each procedure includes right and left adrenalectomy. Chapters begin with a case description that defines the main aspect of surgery. Each picture, which is taken intraoperatively, is accompanied by corresponding drawings for easier understanding of the anatomical structures and steps of the procedure. In addition, annotated videos of procedures are available to supplement the material. The book also provides common pitfalls of the procedure in order to avoid complications and improve patient outcomes. The Atlas of Adrenal Surgery offers an indispensable source of knowledge to all surgeons, those who just started their career and those who are in the more advanced stages of their practice and are learning new techniques of adrenalectomy.

    Contents:
    Transabdominal laparoscopic left adrenalectomy
    Laparoscopic right adrenalectomy (transperitoneal approach)
    Laparoscopic transabdominal right adrenalectomy
    Laparoscopic transabdominal left adrenalectomy
    Right posterior retroperitoneoscopic adrenalectomy
    Left partial posterior retroperitoneoscopic adrenalectomy
    Posterior retroperitoneoscopic right cortical-sparing adrenalectomy
    Left robotic transperitoneal adrenalectomy
    Right robotic transperitoneal adrenalectomy
    Right transabdominal robotic adrenalectomy.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    S. Kim Suvarna, editor.
    Summary: This atlas leads the reader through the adult autopsy process, and its common variations, with a large number of high-quality macroscopic photographs and concise accompanying text. It provides a manual of current practice and is an easy-to-use resource for case examination for consent, medico-legal and radiological autopsies. External realities and checks are discussed at the beginning of the book, which goes on to cover specific body cavities and organ systems in detail. The book ends with chapters on topics including forensic autopsies, specialist sampling, toxicology analyses and the radiological autopsy. Atlas of Adult Autopsy is aimed at practicing pathologists, particularly those in training grades. It may also be of interest to anatomical technicians in autopsy suites, as well as parties with a legal interest in autopsy practice.

    Contents:
    General Considerations and Safety
    External Examination
    Evisceration
    Thorax: Heart, Lungs, Mediastinum, and Pleura
    Gastrointestinal and Hepatobiliary System
    Genitourinary and Breast Tissues, Including Pregnancy
    Lymphoreticular Tissues: Lymph Node, Spleen and Thymus, Bone and Marrow
    Endocrine Glands: Thyroid, Parathyroid, Adrenal, and Pituitary
    The Central Nervous System, with Eye and Ear
    Standard and Special Tests
    Devices: Foreign Items Encountered During the Autopsy
    The Forensic Autopsy
    The Radiological Autopsy
    Toxicology
    Appendix.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Constantine Mavroudis, Joseph A. Dearani, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Angelo Ghidini, Francesco Mattiolo, Sergio Bottero, Livio Presutti, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Anatomy of Animal Model and Comparison to Human
    2. How to Prepare an Animal Model
    3. Tracheotomy
    4. Laryngotracheoplasty (anterior and posterior cricoid split)
    5. Slide Tracheoplasty
    6. Step-by-Step Trachea Resection with End-to-End Anastomosis
    7. Step-by-Step Partial Cricotracheal Resection (PCTR)
    8. Larynx Box
    9 .Endoscopic Procedures.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Anne M. Gilroy, Brian R. MacPherson, Jamie C. Wikenheiser ; based on the work of Michael Schuenke, Erik Schulte, Udo Schumacher ; illustrations by Markus Voll, Karl Wesker.
    Summary: "An updated atlas that provides a clear, accurate, and fully illustrated guide to human anatomy"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Back. 1. Surface anatomy
    2. Bones, ligaments & joints
    3. Muscles
    4. Neurovasculature
    5. Sectional & radiographic anatomy
    Thorax. 6. Surface anatomy
    7. Thoracic wall
    8. Thoracic cavity
    9. Mediastinum
    10. Pulmonary cavities
    11. Sectional & radiographic anatomy
    Abdomen. 12. Surface anatomy
    13. Abdominal wall
    14. Abdominal cavity & spaces
    15. Internal organs
    16. Neurovasculature
    17. Sectional & radiographic anatomy
    Pelvis & perineum. 18. Surface anatomy
    19. Bones, ligaments & muscles
    20. Spaces
    21. Internal organs
    22. Neurovasculature
    23. Sectional & radiographic anatomy
    Upper limb. 24. Surface anatomy
    25. Shoulder & arm
    26. Elbow & forearm
    27. Wrist & hand
    28. Neurovasculature
    29. Sectional & radiographic anatomy
    Lower limb. 30. Surface anatomy
    31. Hip & thigh
    32. Knee & leg
    33. Ankle & foot
    34. Neurovasculature
    35. Sectional & radiographic anatomy
    Head & neck. 36. Surface anatomy
    37. Neck
    38. Bones of the head
    39. Muscles of the skull & face
    40. Cranial nerves
    41. Neurovasculature of the skull & face
    42. Orbit & eye
    43. Nasal cavity & nose
    44. Temporal bone & ear
    45. Oral cavity & pharynx
    46. Sectional & radiographic anatomy
    Brain and nervous system. 47. Brain
    48. Blood vessels of the brain
    49. Functional systems
    50. Autonomic nervous system
    51. Sectional & radiographic anatomy
    Index.
  • Digital
    Amr Abdelhamid Zaki AbouZeid, Shaimaa Abdelsattar Mohammad.
    Summary: This volume provides an in-depth analysis of abnormal pelvic anatomy in various forms of anorectal anomalies, often with multiple associations. The anatomy of the pelvis is one of the most complex in the body, and anatomists have provided detailed descriptions of normal anatomy based on cadaver dissections. However, congenital abnormalities present a spectrum of deviations from normal, which can be difficult to perceive with surgical practice alone. The advent of cross-sectional imaging has fortunately provided a powerful tool, allowing clinicians to study these anomalies in depth and on multiple planes. This volume will be an essential tool to better understand this spectrum of alterations in a critical region of the body, thus helping pediatric surgeons make the correct planning for a solid reconstruction of the abnormality.

    Contents:
    1. Normal pelvic anatomy in the male and female
    Common anorectal anomalies in the male
    Common anorectal anomalies in the female
    Rectal atresia
    Cloacal anomalies (classic cloaca; incomplete cloaca; posterior cloaca; cloaca in the male)
    Y-type urethral duplication (congenital ano-urinary fistula)
    Duplication anomalies and cloacal exstrophy
    Anorectal anomalies in conjoined twins
    Anorectal anomalies in Currarino triad
    Associated anomalies (urinary, Mullerian, spinal, and skeletal)
    Pelvic anatomical distortion after surgical reconstruction of anorectal anomalies.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Jorge L. Alió, Jorge L. Alió del Barrio, editors.
    Summary: Part of the Essentials in Ophthalmology series, this atlas is designed to comprehensively cover optical coherence tomography of the anterior segment of the eye. The aim is to improve knowledge of the fundamentals of OCT technology for anterior segment, clarify the differences with posterior segment OCT and emphasize the immense relevance and usefulness that anterior segment OCT study has for diagnosis, therapeutic orientation, surgical guidance, and improvement in patient management. Atlas of Anterior Segment Optical Coherence Tomography is organized into comprehensive chapters on the following topics: fundamentals, technologies and technological differences among platforms, application of OCT, corneal OCT angiography, as well as case-based chapters. Numerous highly-detailed figures, illustrations and photographs make this an ideal resource for the corneal specialist seeking further instruction on this cutting-edge technology. The case-based chapters include such conditions as bowman dystrophies, trauma, cataract, glaucoma, sclera, refractive surgery, ocular infections, and are structured to facilitate the consultant surgeon by providing practical information applicable to practical cases in their practice.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Anterior Segment OCT: An Overview
    Chapter 2. Anterior Segment OCT: Fundamentals and Technological Basis
    Chapter 3. Anterior Segment OCT: How to Choose for Your Practice
    Chapter 4. Anterior Segment OCT: Clinical Applications
    Chapter 5. Anterior Segment OCT: Angiography
    Chapter 6. Anterior Segment OCT: High-Resolution Tomography of Corneal and Conjunctival Lesions
    Chapter 7. Anterior Segment OCT: Real-time Intraoperative OCT in Corneal Surgery
    Chapter 8. Anterior Segment OCT: Real-time Intraoperative OCT in Cataract Surgery
    Chapter 9. Anterior Segment OCT: Observations in Corneal Stroma Regeneration
    Chapter 10. Anterior Segment OCT: Application in Stromal Lenticule Addition Keratoplasty (SLAK)
    Chapter 11. Anterior Segment OCT: Application to Improve Graft Selection for Corneal Transplantation
    Chapter 12. Anterior Segment OCT: Polarization-Sensitive OCT.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Cristian Blanco Moreno.
    Contents:
    Shoulder
    Elbow
    Wrist
    Hip
    Knee
    Ankle.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2016
  • Digital
    Man Koon Suh ; English translator, Aram Harijan ; medical illustrator, Kim Sung Tae.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Tracy I. George, Daniel A. Arber, editors.
    Contents:
    Intro; Dedication; Series Preface; Preface; Contents; Contributors;
    1: Normal Bone Marrow; Suggested Reading;
    2: Reactive Changes; References;
    3: Post-therapy Marrow Changes; References;
    4: Constitutional, Metabolic, and Related Disorders; Suggested Reading;
    5: Bone Marrow Infections; References;
    6: Bone Marrow Lymphoma; References;
    7: Plasma Cell Neoplasms; Suggested Reading;
    8: Immunodeficiency-Associated Lymphoproliferative Disorder; Lymphoproliferative Disorders in HIV Patients; Posttransplant Lymphoproliferative Disorders; Iatrogenic Immunodeficiency-Related Disorders; References
    9: Lymphoblastic Leukemia/LymphomaReferences;
    10: Myelodysplastic Syndrome; References;
    11: Acute Myeloid Leukemia; References;
    12: Myeloid Proliferations of Down Syndrome; References;
    13: Acute Leukemias of Ambiguous Lineage; References;
    14: Histiocytic Disorders; References;
    15: Myeloproliferative Neoplasms and Mastocytosis; References; Suggested Reading;
    16: Myeloid and Lymphoid Neoplasms with Eosinophilia; References;
    17: Myelodysplastic/Myeloproliferative Neoplasms (MDS/MPN); Suggested Reading;
    18: Metastatic Tumors in the Bone Marrow; Suggested Reading; Index
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Jae Hong Kim.
    Summary: This atlas is the first book on the use of high-resolution ultrasound to assess breast implants and identify the various potential breast implant-related complications, which are frequently asymptomatic. The aim is to provide radiologists, breast surgeons, plastic surgeons, and other medical staff with a comprehensive guide of high clinical value during not only the diagnostic but also the treatment process. To this end, a wealth of ultrasound images and videos are presented, along with surgical photos and videos and pathological findings. The coverage includes the role of ultrasound in the management of breast implant-associated anaplastic large cell carcinoma, with explanation of its value in distinguishing the type of implant shell, which is highly relevant in this disease. A concluding chapter presents a large series of instructive cases. The author has extensive experience in breast surgery and has been collecting implant-related data using high-resolution ultrasound, including data on the diagnosis of side effects, for more than a decade. .

    Contents:
    1 Current status and future implications of ultrasound in the context of implant-based breast aesthetic and reconstructive surgery
    2 An evidence-based approach to an implant-based mammoplasty
    3 Role of ultrasound in the implant-based aesthetic and reconstructive mammoplasty
    4 Distinguishing various type of breast implant using high resolution ultrasonography
    5 Usefulness of high-resolution ultrasound in detecting complications of an implant-based mammoplasty
    6 Breast implant-associated anaplastic large cell lymphoma
    7 Usefulness of high-resolution ultrasound (HRUS) in planning revision or reoperation for patients receiving an implant-based augmentation mammoplasty
    8 Clinical presentations
    9 Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Mario Rietjens, Mario Casales Schorr, Visnu Lohsiriwat ; forewords by Umberto Veronesi and Jean Yves Petit.
    Summary: Back Cover Text Breast reconstructive and oncoplastic surgery can reduce the sense of mutilation resulting from oncologic surgery and meets the need to provide breast cancer treatment that will not only eradicate the cancer but also re-establish the patient?s quality of life. However, the difficulties inherent in preoperative planning and the intraoperative complexity of breast reconstruction and oncoplastic techniques represent major challenges for the breast surgeon. This atlas, intended for surgeons at every level, is an all-inclusive guide that documents surgical techniques step by step by means of a wealth of more than 1000 color photos, additional high-quality drawings and illustrations, and succinct accompanying text. Both common, established procedures and the most recently introduced techniques are covered, ensuring that readers will have at their disposal multiple approaches for breast repair, remodeling, and reconstruction. In addition to the comprehensive descriptions of techniques, preoperative planning is explained, indications and contraindications are identified, and the management of surgical complications is discussed. Tips, pitfalls, and key points are highlighted. The Atlas of Breast Reconstruction is an unprecedented tool that will increase and refine the arsenal at the oncoplastic surgeon's disposal in order to ensure that the best treatment can be offered to each individual patient.

    Contents:
    1 Reconstruction technique for total mastectomy
    2 Reconstruction technique for partial mastectomy and other partial breast deformities.- 3 Reconstruction and correction techniques for Nipple-Areola Complex
    4 Lipofilling.- 6 Surgical correction of complications.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Diethelm Wallwiener [and eight others].
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
  • Digital
    Ismail Jatoi, John Benson, Hani Sbitany.
    Summary: This atlas describes various surgical techniques and incorporates both science and art into a unique transatlantic perspective for treatment of breast disease. The management of both benign and malignant disease is outlined with a detailed account of the diagnostic pathway and methods for obtaining definitive pre-operative diagnosis. All sections contain illustrations to demonstrate and clarify surgical and other practical procedures. Particular emphasis is placed on those techniques that consistently provide good cosmetic outcomes. This 2nd edition of the Atlas of Breast Surgery includes many new illustrations with important updates on innovations in surgical techniques. Many of the illustrations from the previous atlas have been preserved, with new illustrations to highlight important advances in surgical techniques since publication of the first edition. This atlas is intended as a guide for surgeons throughout the world who treat diseases of the breast, both benign and malignant. Atlas of Breast Surgery 2nd Edition serves as a valuable resource for qualified surgeons and trainees from general, plastic and gynecology backgrounds in the management of patients with all types of breast disease.

    Contents:
    Historical Overview of Breast Surgery
    Anatomy
    Diagnostic Pathways
    Surgery for benign breast disorders
    Surgery for Breast Cancer
    Plastic and Reconstructive Breast Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Martin Sonnenschein, Christian Waldherr.
    Contents:
    Basic Principles of Breast Tomosynthesis
    Diagnostic Criteria (Form, Margins, Pattern)
    BI-RADS and ACR
    Indications for Breast-Tomosynthesis (Densitiy, Risk factors, Localisation, Tumor Size, Margins, Multifocality)
    Screening tool and early detection
    Benigne Changes (Cysts, Fibroadenomas, Papillomas, Infection)
    BI-RADS
    Malignant Changes (MV, DCIS, LCIS)
    BI-RADS
    Postsurgical Changes (scar, fatnecrosis, radiation)
    Tomo-guided Interventions (VABB, Loc., Galactography).
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Theresa E. Rizzi, Amy Valenciano, Mary Bowles, Rick Cowell, Ronald Tyler,
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Mauro Moscucci ; associate editors, Mauricio G. Cohen, Stanley J. Chetcuti.
    Contents:
    Integrated imaging modalities in the cardiac catheterization laboratory / Michael S. Kim and Robert A. Quaife
    Complications of percutaneous coronary intervention / Mauro Moscucci
    Percutaneous vascular access : transfemoral, transseptal, apical, and transcaval approach / Michael David Dyal and Claudia A. Martinez
    Radial artery approach / Carlos Enrique Alfonso, Tejas Patel, and Mauricio G Cohen
    Cutdown approach : femoral, axillary, direct aortic, and transapical / Ross Michael Reul, Philip L. Auyang, and Michael Joseph Reardon
    Catheterization in childhood and adult congenital heart disease / Ada C. Stefanescu Schmidt, Samuel L. Casella, Michael J. Landzberg, and Diego Porras
    Pressure measurements / Mauro Moscucci and Calin V. Maniu
    Hemodynamics of tamponade, constrictive, and restrictive physiology / Yogesh N.V. Reddy, Mauro Moscucci, and Barry A Borlaug
    Pitfalls in the evaluation of hemodynamic data / Mauro Moscucci
    Coronary angiography and cardiac ventriculography / Robert N. Piana, Aaron Kugelmass, and Mauro Moscucci
    Coronary anomalies / Mauro Moscucci
    Pulmonary angiography / Kyung J. Cho
    Angiography of the aorta and peripheral arteries / Hector Tamez, Thomas M. Tu, Ruby Lo, and Duane S. Pinto
    Myocardial and coronary blood flow and metabolism / Mathew Liakos, Kiran V. Reddy, and Allen Jeremias
    Intravascular imaging / Masayasu Ikutomi, Yasuhiro Honda, Peter J. Fitzgerald, and Paul G. Yock
    Endomyocardial biopsy / Mauro Moscucci
    Percutaneous circulatory support : intra-aortic balloon counterpulsation : impella, tandem heart, and extracorporeal bypass / Carlos D. Davila, Michele Esposito, and Navin K. Kapur
    Percutaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty / Mauro Moscucci
    Atherectomy, thrombectomy, and distal protection devices / Karim M. Al-azizi and Aaron Kugelmass
    Coronary stenting / Mauro Moscucci
    Percutaneous interventions for valvular heart disease / Hong Jun (Francisco) Yun, and Stanley J. Chetcuti
    Interventions for adult structural heart disease / Hong Jun (Francisco) Yun, and Stanley J. Chetcuti
    Peripheral interventions / Jayendrakumar S. Patel, Samir R. Kapadia and Mehdi H. Shishehbor
    Thoracic aortic endovascular repair / Arnoud Kamman, Karen M. Kim, David M. Williams, and Himanshu J. Patel
    Percutaneous epicardial techniques / Juan F. Viles-Gonzalez and Andre D'Avila.
    Digital Access Ovid 2019
  • Digital
    Gianfranco Butera, Massimo Chessa, Andreas Eicken, John D. Thomson, editors.
    Summary: This atlas depicts and describes catheter-based interventions across the entire pediatric age range, from fetal life through to early adulthood, with the aim of providing an illustrated step-by-step guide that will help the reader to master these techniques and apply them in everyday practice. Clear instruction is offered on a wide range of procedures, including vascular access, fetal interventions, valve dilatation, angioplasty, stent implantation, defect closure, defect creation, valve implantation, hybrid approaches, and miscellaneous other procedures. The atlas complements the previously published handbook, Cardiac Catheterization for Congenital Heart Disease, by presenting a wealth of photographs, images, and drawings selected or designed to facilitate the planning, performance, and evaluation of diagnostic and interventional procedures in the field of congenital heart disease. It will assist in the safe, efficient performance of these procedures, in decision making, andin the recognition and treatment of complications.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Vasken Dilsizian, Jagat Narula, editors.
    Contents:
    Autonomic Innervation System in the Heart: Anatomy and Molecular Biology
    Neural Control of Cardiac Function in Health and Disease
    Chemistry and Biology of Radiotracers Designed to Target Changes in the Myocardial Sympathetic and Parasympathetic Nervous Systems as a Function of Disease or Treatment
    Neuronal Imaging in Heart Failure
    PET Imaging and Quantitation of Cardiac Innervation
    Neuronal Imaging and Reverse Remodeling
    Neuronal Imaging, Ventricular Arrhythmias, and Device Therapy in Heart Failure
    Cardiac Sympathetic Innervation and Ablation of Ventricular Tachycardia
    Dysautonomia: From the Brain Disorders to Neuropathies (including Diabetes)
    Cardiac Transplantation: Denervation, Reinnervation, and Myocardial Blood Flow.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    editors, Frank W. Sellke, Marc Ruel.
    Summary: "Get expert, step-by-step guidance on a wide variety of both open and interventional cardiac surgical techniques. Atlas of Cardiac Surgical Techniques, 2nd Edition, helps you expand your surgical repertoire and hone your skills with a vividly illustrated, easy-to-navigate text, procedural videos online, and pearls and pitfalls throughout. This revised atlas covers the surgical procedures you need to master, including minimally invasive techniques, robotic surgery, aortic dissection, and much more"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Section 1: Basic techniques. Incisions for cardiac surgery
    Cannulation techniques for cardiopulmonary bypass
    Section 2: operations for coronary artery disease. On-pump coronary artery bypass grafting
    Off-pump coronary artery bypass grafting
    Minimally invasive coronary artery bypass grafting
    Hybrid coronary revascularization
    Robotic coronary artery bypass grafting
    Postinfarction ventricular septal defect
    Section 3: Operations for valvular heart disease. Surgical aortic valve replacement
    Minimally invasive aortic valve replacement
    Aortic root enlargement techniques
    Aortic valve repair techniques
    Aortic valve sparing operations
    Bentall procedure
    Surgery of the left heart valve endocarditis
    Transcatheter aortic valve replacement
    Ross procedure
    Repair of myxomatous degenerative mitral valve
    Mitral valve replacement
    Minimally invasive mitral valve surgery
    Robotic mitral valve surgery
    Percutaneous mitral valve repair techniques
    Tricuspid valve operations
    Section 4: Operations for aortic disease. Acute type A aortic dissection
    Aortic arch aneurysms
    Thoracoabdominal aneurysms
    Thoracic endovascular aortic repair for descending thoracic aortic and aortic arch disease
    Section 5: Miscellaneous operations. Surgery for atrial fibrillation
    Surgery for hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    Surgery for left ventricular aneurysm and remodeling
    Approaches and techniques to extra-corporeal membrane oxygenation
    Ventricular assistance and support
    Heart transplantation
    Pulmonary endarterectomy.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Matthew J. Budoff, Stephan S. Achenbach, Harvey S. Hecht, Jagat Narula, editors.
    Contents:
    Historical Perspective
    Preparation, Image Acquisition and Reconstruction, and Post-Processing
    Normal Coronary Anatomy
    Coronary Artery Calcium in Primary Prevention
    Assessment of Native Coronary Artery Disease
    Imaging of High-Risk Atherosclerotic Plaques
    Coronary Stents: Evaluation and Follow-up
    Cardiac CT Before and After Bypass Graft Surgery
    Functional Significance of Coronary Stenoses Identified by CT
    The Role of Cardiac CT in the Emergency Department
    Imaging Diseases of the Aorta
    Imaging Peripheral Vasculature, Including Carotids
    Valvular Diseases and Interventions
    Role of Computed Tomography in the Management of Cardiac Arrhythmias
    Myocardial Function and Viability
    Coronary Artery Anomalies Congenital Heart Disease
    Devices and Implants
    Appropriateness Use Criteria and Guidelines for CT Use.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    editors, Cedric Lefebvre, James C. O'Neill, David M. Cline.
    Contents:
    Anatomy
    Electrocardiogarphy: normal heart, acute ischemia, and chronic disease
    Principles of cardiovascular imaging
    Devices
    Arrhythmias
    Vascular disease
    Cardiomyopathies
    Pediatric cardiology
    Procedures.
  • Digital
    Jinxin Liu, Xiaoping Tang, Chunliang Lei, editors.
    Summary: This book presents X-ray and CT findings of patients with 2019 Novel Coronavirus (2019-nCoV) pneumonia in early, progressive, critical, and recover stage. It starts with a general review of CT features of new coronavirus pneumonia. In the following chapters, imaging manifestations in different groups and stages are presented, especially CT findings of asymptomatic COVID-19 patients and those first nucleic tests for the novel coronavirus are negative, but turn positive in one day or two. In addition, imaging and pathological analysis of COVID-19 death are summarized in the last chapter. The book provides a valuable reference source for radiologists and doctors working in the area of coronavirus pneumonia.

    Contents:
    Overview of COVID-19 Pneumonia
    Common CT Features of COVID-19 Pneumonia
    CT Features of Early COVID-19 Pneumonia (PCR-positive)
    CT features of intermediate stage of COVID-19 Pneumonia
    CT Features of late stage of COVID-19 Pneumonia
    Chest Features of Severe and Critical Patients with COVID-19 Pneumonia
    Role of CT and CT features of Suspected COVID-19 Patients (PCR negative)
    Follow-up CT of Patients with First Negative CT but Positive PCR for COVID-19
    Imaging Analysis of Family Clustering
    Residual CT Features in Recovery stage of COVID-19 Pneumonia.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Junzo Kigawa, Tsunehisa Kaku, Toru Sugiyama, Steven G Silverberg.
    Summary: Clear cell carcinoma (CCC) of the ovary with its unique clinical and biological features has attracted great attention, and calls for the publication of a specialized book on the subject. This is the first atlas that has narrowed its focus to CCC. Revealed here are the typical and variable histological features of CCC and related tumors. Hundreds of high-quality photographs help the reader to recognize the pathological features and clinical manifestations of CCC and to formulate diagnoses confidently and accurately. Data are based on the international central pathological review of the JGOG/GCIG3017 clinical trial in which experts around the world participated. Using a virtual slide system, interesting and significant features of CCC were discovered in the review of 652 cases. This book provides the newest information on the categorization and classification of CCC: growth patterns (papillary, tubocystic, solid, and adenofibromatous), cell types (classical hobnail and clear cell, eosinophilic, oxyphilic, and oncocytic), stromal changes (hyalinized, necrotic, hemorrhagic, lymphocytic infiltrative, luteinized, and psammomatous calcification), presence of endometriosis and atypical endometriosis, and borderline/atypical proliferative tumors. The Atlas of Clear Cell Carcinoma of the Ovary is an invaluable diagnostic resource for pathologists and gynecologic oncologists.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Chapter 2. Gross Pathology and Intraoperative Consultation
    Chapter 3. Typical Histopathology
    Chapter 4. Histopathologic Variations Chapter
    Chapter 5. Histopathologic Grading
    Chapter 6. Immunohistochemistry
    Chapter 7. Differential Diagnosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Jian-min Yao, Jing-hong Xu, editors.
    Summary: This book consists the basic theories and comprehensive skills of surgery, plastic surgery and chin surgery. The book contains more than 1900 color surgical photos, which mainly from lip and palate surgery in "Operation Smile" and the accumulation in decades of clinical practice. It briefly introduces various surgical methods of cleft lip and palate and alternative methods, procedures and steps of recommended repair surgeries by the way of pictures and graphic. It also emphasizes on describing common and practical cleft lip and palate surgery, and explores innovative surgical methods, operative techniques and key points. By means of schematic diagrams and surgical photos, various surgical procedures for cleft lip and palate are introduced. It is a useful reference book for surgeons in plastic surgery, oral surgery, cosmetic surgery and otolaryngology.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Editorial Board of Atlas of Cleft Lip and Palate & Facial Deformity Surgery
    Compilers (Surnames Arranged in Number of Strokes)
    Preface
    Introduction
    Contents
    About the Editor
    Part I: Classification and Operation of Cleft Lip and Palate
    1: Classification of Cleft Lip and Palate
    1.1 Classification of Cleft Lip
    1.1.1 Unilateral Cleft Lip
    1.1.1.1 Minimal Cleft Lip (First-Degree Cleft Lip)
    1.1.1.2 Unilateral Incomplete Cleft Lip (Second-Degree Cleft Lip)
    1.1.1.3 Unilateral Complete Cleft Lip (Third-Degree Cleft Lip) 1.1.2 Bilateral Cleft Lip
    1.1.2.1 Type One Bilateral Cleft Lip
    1.1.2.2 Type Two Bilateral Cleft Lip
    1.1.2.3 Type Three Bilateral Cleft Lip
    1.1.3 Median Cleft Lip
    1.2 Classification of Cleft Palate
    1.2.1 Unilateral Cleft Palate
    1.2.1.1 Unilateral First-Degree Cleft Palate
    1.2.1.2 Unilateral Second-Degree Cleft Palate
    1.2.1.3 Unilateral Third-Degree Cleft Palate
    1.2.2 Bilateral Cleft Palate
    1.2.2.1 Bilateral First-Degree Cleft Palate
    1.2.2.2 Bilateral Second-Degree Cleft Palate
    1.2.2.3 Bilateral Third-Degree Cleft Palate
    Reference 2: Repair Methods for Cleft Lip and Palate
    2.1 Repair Methods for Cleft Lip
    2.1.1 Seven Surgical Method of Red Lip Reparation
    2.1.1.1 Z-Plasty
    2.1.1.2 Continuous Z-Plasty
    2.1.1.3 Triangular Flap
    2.1.1.4 Y-V Plasty
    2.1.1.5 Double-V Plasty
    2.1.1.6 Tongue-Shaped Flap
    2.1.1.7 Deepithelialized Flap
    2.1.2 Surgical Method of Unilateral Cleft Lip
    2.1.2.1 Straight Line Suture
    2.1.2.2 Triangular Flap
    2.1.2.3 Rectangular Flap
    2.1.2.4 Rotary Propulsion Flap
    2.1.3 Surgical Method of Bilateral Cleft Lip
    2.1.3.1 Triangular Flap 2.1.3.2 Rectangular Flap
    2.1.3.3 Rotary Propulsion Flap
    2.1.4 Surgical Method of Median Cleft Lip
    2.1.5 Other Surgical Methods of Cleft Lip
    2.1.5.1 Surgical Principles
    2.1.5.2 Surgical Method of Unilateral Cleft Lip
    2.1.5.3 Surgical Method of Bilateral Cleft Lip
    2.1.5.4 Surgical Method of Median Cleft Lip
    2.1.5.5 Surgical Method of Cleft Lip Secondary Deformation
    2.2 Repair Methods for Cleft Palate
    2.2.1 Surgical Principles and Surgical Target
    2.2.1.1 Surgical Principles
    2.2.1.2 Design Principles
    2.2.1.3 Target 2.2.2 Surgical Method of Cleft Palate
    2.2.3 Selection of Surgical Method
    2.2.3.1 Cleft Uvula (First-Degree Cleft Palate)
    2.2.3.2 Second-Degree Cleft Palate
    2.2.3.3 Third -Degree Cleft Palate
    2.2.3.4 Secondary Malformation of Cleft Palate
    References
    3: Surgical Instruments of Cleft Lip and Palate
    3.1 Surgical Instruments for Cleft Lip
    3.1.1 Cleft Lip Surgical Kit
    3.2 Surgical Instruments for Cleft Palate
    3.2.1 Cleft Palate Surgical Kit
    3.2.2 Cleft Palate Mouth Gag
    3.3 Placement and Removal of the Mouth Gag
    4: Special Suture Technique
    4.1 Suture Technique for Cleft Lip
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Yelda Özsunar, Utku Șenol, editors.
    Summary: This book presents and analyzes clinical cases of brain tumors and follows the classification provided by the WHO in 2016. After introductory chapters reviewing the international literature on the topic, the advances made in all imaging modalities (especially Magnetic Resonance and Computed Tomography) are examined. All radiological findings are supplemented with a wealth of images and brief explanations. The clinical information is given as part of the case discussion, as are the characteristics and differential diagnosis of the tumors. Radiologic-pathologic correlations round out the description of each clinical case. Intended as a quick and illustrative reference guide for radiology residents and medical students, this atlas represents the most up-to-date, practice-oriented reference book in the field of Brain Tumor Imaging.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Part I: General Considerations in Brain Tumors
    1: Pathology, Epidemiology, and WHO Classification of Brain Tumors
    1.1 Epidemiology and Pathology of the Central Nervous System Tumors
    1.2 An Overview of the WHO Classifications of Tumors of the Central Nervous System
    1.3 Major Differences of WHO 2016 Classification
    1.4 Diagnostic Algorithm Based on the 2016 CNS Tumor Classification
    1.4.1 Diffuse Astrocytic and Oligodendroglial Tumors
    1.4.2 Medulloblastomas
    1.5 Advantages and Challenges of the 2016 CNS Tumor Classification References
    2: When and How to Use Imaging in Brain Tumors, Protocols
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 When to Use Imaging
    2.2.1 Diagnosis
    2.2.2 Preoperative Planning
    2.2.3 Intraoperative Imaging
    2.2.4 Postoperative Imaging
    2.2.5 Follow-Up Imaging
    2.2.5.1 Pseudoprogression
    2.2.5.2 Radiation Necrosis
    2.2.5.3 Pseudoresponse
    2.3 Evaluating Treatment Response
    2.3.1 Response Assessment in Neuro-Oncology: High-Grade Glioma (RANO-HGG)
    2.3.2 Other RANO Criteria
    2.4 Imaging Protocol
    2.4.1 Contrast Use
    2.5 Conclusion
    References 3: Pearls in Conventional Imaging Methods for Brain Tumors
    3.1 Pearl #1: As You Work to Practice and Improve Your Diagnostic and Interpretative Skills (the "What"), Seek Also to Learn About the Underlying Physics (the "How") and History of Our Specialty (the "Why")
    3.2 Pearl #2: The Process of Image Interpretation to Generate Differential Diagnoses Is Largely an Exercise in Pattern Recognition, Which in the Case of Brain Tumors, Begins with Accurate Anatomic Localization 3.3 Pearl #3: Don't Mistake Edema for Tumor-Or Tumor for Edema-On CT or T2-Weighted Images and Be Wary of Interpreting Vasogenic Edema ("Leaky BBB") Without Pathologic Enhancement ("Intact BBB")
    3.4 Pearl #4: Remember Not to Overestimate the Significance of Post-contrast Images, Which Inform Us About Blood-Brain Barrier Integrity, But Are Often Less Dispositive Than Structural Findings on CT/T2 3.5 Pearl #5: The Truest Measure of the Value of Your Radiology Report Is Whether It Guides Patient Care in the Correct Direction, Not Whether It Includes the Final Pathological Diagnosis Somewhere in the Text
    References
    4: Diffusion, Perfusion, and PET Imaging of Brain Tumors
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Diffusion
    4.3 Perfusion
    4.4 PET Imaging
    4.4.1 Tissue Signatures Through Nosologic Imaging
    4.5 Conclusion
    References
    5: Role of Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy in Clinical Management of Brain Tumors
    5.1 Introduction
    5.1.1 Basic Principles
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    editor-in-chief Günter Burg ; associate editors, Heinz Kutzner, Werner Kempf, Josef Feit, Omar Sangueza.
    Contents:
    Bacterial Infections
    Fungal Infections
    Viral Infections
    Parasitoses
    Helminthic Infections (Parasitic Worms)
    Sepsis.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    [lead editor] Scott C. Sherman, MD, Associate Residency Director, Cook County Emergency Medicine Residency, Associate Professor of Emergency Medicine, Rush Medical College ; editors, Stephen John Cico, MD, MEd, Associate Professor of Clinical Emergency Medicine and Pediatrics, Fellowship Director, Pediatric Emergency Medicine Fellowship Program, Division of Emergency Pediatrics, Department of Emergency Medicine, Indiana University School of Medicine, Attending Physician, Pediatric Emergency Medicine, Department of Emergency Medicine, Emergency Medicine and Trauma Center, Riley Hospital for Children, Indianapolis, Indiana, Erik Nordquist, MD, Assistant Program Director, Cook County Emergency Medicine Residency, Assistant Professor of Emergency Medicine, Rush Medical College, Chicago, Illinois, Christopher Ross, MD, FRCPC, FACEP, FAAEM, Associate Professor of Emergency Medicine, Associate Chair of Professional Education, Department of Emergency Medicine, John H. Stroger, Jr. Hospital of Cook County, Chicago, Illinois, Ernest Wang, MD, FAACEP, Alvin H. Baum Family Fund Chair of Simulation and Innovation, NorthShore University HealthSystem, Evanston, Illinois, Assistant Dean for Medical Education, Clinical Professor, Emergency Medicine, University of Chicago Pritzker School of Medicine, Chicago, Illinois.
    Contents:
    Section A. Trauma
    Section B. Neurologic
    Section C. Ophthalmologic
    Section D. Ear, nose, throat
    Section E. Dental
    Section F. Cardiovascular
    Section G. Respiratory
    Section H. Gastrointestinal
    Section I. Genitourinary
    Section J. Obstetrics/gynecologic
    Section K. Dermatologic
    Section L. Orthopedic
    Section M. Pediatrics
    Section N. Toxicologic
    Section O. Environmental.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    Roger N. Rosenberg, editor.
    Summary: Like its preceding editions, this atlas is an indispensable guide to the field of neurology, featuring the most clinically essential images and figures. Chapters offer insight and research written by deeply practiced, knowledgeable neurologists that is supplemented with detailed imagery, tables, algorithms, and delineative drawings. Topics covered include developmental and genetic diseases, neuroendocrine disorders, critical care neurology, cerebrovascular disease, dementias, behavioral neurology, neuro-oncology, movement disorders, epilepsy, neuromuscular diseases, infectious diseases, neuroimmunology, neurotoxic disorders, and headache. The authors also delve into specific issues currently prevalent in neuroscientific research, including Alzheimer's disease, dementia, Machado-Joseph disease, Huntington's disease, and brain scanning with PET and fMRI. The Atlas of Clinical Neurology, 4th Edition serves as a comprehensive and premier visual resource for neurologists.

    Contents:
    Developmental disorders
    Genetic diseases of the nervous system
    Neuroendocrine disorders
    Critical care neurology
    Cerebrovascular disease
    Dementias
    Behavioral neurology
    Neuro-oncology
    Movement disorders
    The epilepsies
    Neuromuscular disease
    Infectious diseases of the nervous system
    Neuroimmunology
    Headache.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Stefano Fanti, Gopinath Gnanasegaran, Ignasi Carrió, editors.
    Summary: This text atlas is a superb guide to the use of PET-CT for the evaluation of treatment response in oncology patients based on its ability to assess tumor metabolic status. The first part of the book explains the role of PET-CT in response evaluation in different treatment settings. For comparison, overviews of the value and limitations of CT alone, PET alone, and anatomical and functional MRI are included. Guidance is also provided on the reporting of PET-CT scans in post-therapy scenarios. The second part of the book describes and illustrates the use of PET-CT with FDG and other tracers to assess the treatment response of malignancies at different anatomic sites. Featuring a wealth of images, informative case-based discussion, and evidence-based teaching points, these disease-specific chapters clearly demonstrate the key role that PET-CT can play in distinguishing early responders from patients who are non-responders or are resistant to treatment. Prompt and accurate evaluation of treatment response is vital as we enter the era of individualized medicine, and this atlas will persuade readers of the considerable advantages of PET-CT over conventional radiological and clinical methods.

    Contents:
    PART I General Chapters: Introduction to Treatment response evaluation: Science and Practice
    CT in Treatment response evaluation Overview
    MRI & Diffusion weighted MRI in Treatment response evaluation- Overview
    PET & PET-CT in Treatment response evaluation-Overview
    Conventional Radiological Techniques and PET-CT in Treatment response evaluation in post-surgical setting
    Conventional Radiological Techniques and PET-CT in Treatment response evaluation in chemotherapy setting
    Conventional Radiological Techniques and PET-CT in Treatment response evaluation in radiation oncology
    Conventional Radiological Techniques and PET-CT in Treatment response evaluation in Immunotherapy settings
    Treatment response evaluation of bone metastases using 18F-NaF
    How to report PET-CT scans in post therapy scenarios: Do's and don'ts
    PART II Atlas Articles: 18F-FDG & Non FDG PET-CT in Treatment response evaluation in Head and neck cancer
    18F-FDG & Non FDG PET-CT in Treatment response evaluation in lung cancer
    18F-FDG & Non FDG PET-CT in Treatment response evaluation in neuro-oncology
    18F-FDG & Non FDG PET-CT in Treatment response evaluation in hepatobiliary cancer
    18F-FDG & Non FDG PET-CT in Treatment response evaluation in gastroesophageal cancer
    18F-FDG & Non FDG PET-CT in Treatment response evaluation in Lymphoma and Non-hodgkins lymphoma
    18F-FDG & Non FDG PET-CT in Treatment response evaluation in breast cancer
    18F-FDG, 18F-Choline & 68Ga-PSMA PET-CT in Treatment response evaluation in prostate cancer
    18F-FDG & Non FDG PET-CT in Treatment response evaluation in gynaecological cancers
    18F-FDG & Non FDG PET-CT in Treatment response evaluation in colorectal cancer
    18F-FDG & Non FDG PET-CT in Treatment response evaluation in soft tissue sarcomas
    FDG & Non FDG PET-CT in Treatment response evaluation in malignant melanoma
    18F-FDG & Non FDG PET-CT in Treatment response evaluation in myeloma
    FDG PET-CT & 18F-NaF in Treatment response evaluation in bone metastases and bone tumours
    18F-FDG & Non FDG PET-CT in Assessment of treatment response in paediatric oncology
    68Ga-DOTA PET-CT in Treatment response evaluation in NETs
    18F-DOPA PET-CT in Treatment response evaluation
    18F-FLT PET-CT in Treatment response evaluation
    Brain PET-CT in Treatment response evaluation.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Meir H. Kryger.
    Summary: Easy to read and richly illustrated, Atlas of Clinical Sleep Medicine, 3rd Edition, provides the tools you need to accurately diagnose and treat the full range of adult and pediatric sleep disorders. Dr. Meir H. Kryger and a team of expert contributing authors detail the physiologic, clinical, morphologic, and investigational aspects of the sleep disorders you encounter in everyday practice-enhanced by high-quality images throughout. This highly regarded, award-winning atlas is an ideal resource for sleep practitioners and technicians in the lab, as well as an effective review for certification and recertification. Features a thoroughly illustrated, reader-friendly format that highlights key details, helping you interpret the visual manifestations of your patients' sleep disorders so you can manage them most effectively. Contains the most up-to-date drug therapy with information about the latest drugs available as well as those in clinical trials. Provides greater coverage of pediatric and adolescent disorders, including behavioral insomnia, new medication options, and multiple sleep latency testing (MSLT) specific to children. Includes current AASM scoring guidelines and diagnostic criteria. Presents correlations between normal and abnormal sleep relative to other health issues such as stroke and heart failure. Illustrates the physiology of sleep with full-color images (many are new!) and correlates the physiology with the relevant findings. Provides numerous resources online, including more than 80 patient interview and sleep lab videos and 200+ polysomnogram fragments. An eBook version is included with purchase. The eBook allows you to access all of the text, figures and references, with the ability to search, customize your content, make notes and highlights, and have content read aloud.

    Contents:
    Sleep in visual arts and literature
    History of sleep medicine and physiology
    The biology of sleep
    Normal sleep and its variants
    Pharmacology
    Impact, presentation, and diagnosis
    Circadian system disorders
    Insomnia
    Neurologic disorders
    Parasomnias
    Sleep breathing disorders
    Other medical and psychiatric disorders
    Women's health
    Diagnostic assessment methods in adults
    Media galleries.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024
  • Digital
    Carmen V. Sciortino, Jr.
    Contents:
    Divisions of the fungi
    Morphological growth index
    Division of fungi by type of sporulation
    Division of fungi, yeast, and bacteria by morphologic group
    Descriptions and photographs of microorganisms
    Actinomycetes, yeast (thermally monomorphic), and yeast-like organisms
    Yeast (thermally dimorphic)
    Zygomycetes (aseptate)
    Dermatophytes
    Hyaline molds (septate)
    Dematiaceous fungi (septate).
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Ira Hanan.
    Summary: "This atlas serves to instruct medical students, and medical and surgical housestaff on commonly encountered colonoscopic findings and disorders, by providing typical colonoscopic photographs of these conditions, along with a brief narrative description of the findings."--Preface.

    Contents:
    Normal and Post-Operative
    Polyps
    Malignant Lesions of Colon
    Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Vascular Lesions of Colon
    Miscellaneous Colon Findings
    Digital Access AccessSurgery 2014
  • Digital
    Steven D. Waldman.
    Contents:
    Section I: Headache pain syndromes.
    Acute herpes zoster of the first division of the trigeminal nerve
    Migraine headache
    Tension-type headache
    Cluster headache
    Swimmer's headache
    Analgesic rebound headache
    Occipital neuralgia
    Pseudotumor cerebri
    Intracranial subarachnoid hemorrhage
    Section II: Facial pain syndromes. Trigeminal neuralgia
    Temporomandibular joint dysfunction
    Atypical facial pain
    Hyoid syndrome
    Reflex sympathetic dystrophy of the face
    Section III: Neck and brachial plexus pain syndromes. Cervical facet syndrome
    Cervical radiculopathy
    Fibromyalgia of the cervical musculature
    Cervical strain
    Longus colli tendinitis
    Retropharyngeal abscess
    Cervicothoracic interspinous bursitis
    Brachial plexopathy
    Pancoast's tumor syndrome
    Thoracic outlet syndrome
    Section IV: Shoulder pain syndromes. Degenerative arthritis of the shoulder
    Acromioclavicular joint pain
    Subdeltoid bursitis
    Bicipital tendinitis
    Avascular necrosis of the glenohumeral joint
    Adhesive capsulitis of the shoulder
    Biceps tendon tear
    Supraspinatus syndrome
    Rotator cuff tear
    Deltoid syndrome
    Teres major syndrome
    Scapulocostal syndrome
    Section V: Elbow pain syndromes. Arthritis pain of the elbow
    Tennis elbow
    Golfer's elbow
    Distal biceps tendon tear
    Thrower's elbow
    Anconeus syndrome
    Supinator syndrome
    Brachioradialis syndrome
    Ulnar nerve entrapment at the elbow
    Lateral antebrachial cutaneous nerve entrapment at the elbow
    Osteochondritis dissecans of the elbow
    Olecranon bursitis
    Section VI: Wrist pain syndromes. Arthritis pain of the wrist
    Carpal tunnel syndrome
    Flexor carpi ulnaris tendinitis
    De Quervain's tenosynovitis
    Arthritis pain at the carpometacarpal joints
    Ganglion cysts of the wrist
    Section VII: Hand pain syndromes. Trigger thumb
    Trigger finger
    Sesamoiditis of the hand
    Plastic bag palsy
    Carpal boss syndrome
    Dupuytren's contracture
    Section VIII: Chest wall pain syndromes. Costosternal syndrome
    Manubriosternal syndrome
    Intercostal neuralgia
    Diabetic truncal neuropathy
    Tietze's syndrome
    Precordial catch syndrome
    Fractured ribs
    Post-thoracotomy pain
    Section IX: Thoracic spine pain syndromes. Acute herpes zoster of the thoracic dermatome
    Costovertebral joint syndrome
    Postherpetic neuralgia
    Nephrolithiasis
    Thoracic vertebral compression fracture
    Section X: Abdominal and groin pain syndromes. Acute pancreatitis
    Chronic pancreatitis
    Irritable bowel syndrome
    Rectus nerve entrapment syndrome
    Diverticulitis
    Acute appendicitis
    Ilioinguinal neuralgia
    Genitofemoral neuralgia
    Section XI: Lumbar spine and sacroiliac joint pain syndromes. Lumbar radiculopathy
    Latissimus dorsi syndrome
    Spinal stenosis
    Arachnoiditis
    Discitis
    Sacroiliac joint pain
    Section XII: Pelvic pain syndromes. Osteitis pubis
    Gluteus maximus syndrome
    Piriformis syndrome
    Ischiogluteal bursitis
    Endometriosis
    Pelvic inflammatory disease
    Interstitial cystitis
    Testicular torsion
    Levator ani syndrome
    Coccydynia
    Section XIII: Hip and lower extremity pain syndromes. Arthritis pain of the hip
    Snapping hip syndrome
    Iliopectineal bursitis
    Ischial bursitis
    Meralgia paresthetica
    Phantom limb pain
    Trochanteric bursitis
    Section XIV: Knee and distal lower extremity pain syndromes. Arthritis pain of the knee
    Avascular necrosis of the knee
    Medial collateral ligament syndrome
    Medial meniscal tear
    Anterior cruciate ligament syndrome
    Jumper's knee
    Runner's knee
    Suprapatellar bursitis
    Prepatellar bursitis
    Superficial infrapatellar bursitis
    Deep infrapatellar bursitis
    Osgood-Schlatter disease
    Baker's cyst of the knee
    Pes anserine bursitis
    Common peroneal nerve entrapment
    Tennis leg
    Section XV: Ankle pain syndromes. Arthritis pain of the ankle
    Arthritis of the midtarsal joints
    Deltoid ligament strain
    Anterior tarsal tunnel syndrome
    Posterior tarsal tunnel syndrome
    Achilles tendinitis
    Achilles tendon rupture
    Section XVI: Foot pain syndromes. Arthritis pain of the toes
    Bunion pain
    Morton's neuroma
    Interdigital burstis
    Freiberg disease
    Plantar fasciitis
    Sesamoiditis
    Calcaneal spur syndrome
    Mallet toe
    Hammer toe.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Donald B. McMillan, Richard J. Harris.
    Summary: Atlas of Comparative Vertebrate Histology looks at the histology of a wide range of vertebrates, representative of all the major classes and families, with examples ranging from amphioxus to primates. The authors focus their microscope on commonly seen vertebrates as well as 'non-standard' species, such as lamprey, hagfish, dogfish, skate, rock bass, cod, river catfish, toad, amphiuma, leopard and bull frog, garter and brown snake, Coturnix quail and cowbird. The study of comparative histology in the vertebrates helps students and researchers alike understand how various groups have addressed similar problems, opening doors to interesting research possibilities. Not all vertebrates follow the mammalian model of tissue and organ structure. When dealing with unique species, we see some structures taken beyond their 'normal' function. Comparative histology allows us to understand the structural responses underlying the physiology unique to each vertebrate group.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Lee L.Q. Pu, Mark L. Jewell.
    Contents:
    Breast augmentation with implants: inframammary approach
    Breast augmentation with implant: periareolar approach
    Breast augmentation with implant: transaxillary approach
    Breast augmentation with implant: subfascial placement
    Breast augmentation in the asian patient
    Breast augmentation with primary fat grafting
    Composite breast augmentation
    Revision breast augmentation -exchange with a different type of implant
    Revision breast augmentation: correction of implant malposition
    Revision breast augmentation: correction of implant malposition and rippling
    Revision breast augmentation: capsular contracture
    Revision breast augmentation with posterior capsular flap techniques
    Mastopexy: periareolar approach
    Mastopexy: vertical approach
    Mastopexy: inverted t approach
    Breast augmentation and mastopexy
    Breast reduction: superior pedicle technique
    Breast reduction: medial pedicle technique
    Breast reduction: inferior pedicle technique
    Breast reduction: no vertical scar
    Breast reshaping after massive weight loss
    Breast reshaping with an inferior parenchymal flap
    Correction of gynecomastia
    Correction of congenital breast asymmetry
    Transgender breast surgery (male-to-female and female-to-male).
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Digital
    Jacopo Nori, Maninderpal Kaur, Anat Kornecki, J. Devi Meenal, Martin J. Yaffe.
    Summary: This superbly illustrated atlas serves as a basic introduction to contrast-enhanced mammography (CEM), a breakthrough functional breast imaging modality, which is rapidly growing. This book is an essential guide for the latest developments with correlative findings, practical interpretation tips, physics, and information on how contrast mammography differs from conventional 2D and 3D Full Field of View digital mammography (FFDM). It includes: · over 1000 high-quality 2D, 3D and recombined contrast mammography images representing the spectrum of breast imaging · findings obtained in the full range of benign, pre-malignant and malignant conditions, including artefacts and postoperative changes, presented with high-quality illustrations from case examples · image interpretation tips using mammographic and DCE-MRI descriptors of the BI-RADS lexicon to effectively read and interpret this advanced imaging modality · practical tips to interpret this new modality and how it is used as an adjunct to 2D mammography · details on how integration of contrast-enhanced mammography drastically changes lesion work-up and overall workflow in the department · "imaging pearls" boxes offering interpretation tips for expert clinical guidance · a case on the recently introduced CEM guided biopsy procedure The book's target audience consists of diagnostic radiologists, residents, fellows, technologists and clinicians involved in the care of breast cancer patients, including surgeons and oncologists. The goal is to provide a concise introduction to CEM and to lead to enhanced interpretation and better patient staging prior to surgery.

    Contents:
    1. Breast CEDM Basics
    2. Benign Lesions
    3.High Risk Lesions
    4. Malignant Lesions
    5. Microcalcifications and Architectural distortions
    6. Artefacts and Pitfalls of CEDM
    7. Findings Following Intervention
    8. Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Tommaso Vincenzo Bartolotta, Adele Taibbi, Massimo Midiri.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Benign Focal Liver Lesions
    Malignant Focal Liver Lesions
    Fatty Liver, Pseudolesions
    Other Rare Lesions
    Assessment of Therapy Response
    Impact of European Guidelines on CEUS.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Stefano Boriani, Livio Presutti, Alessandro Gasbarrini, Francesco Mattioli, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Songtao Qi, editor.
    Summary: This book aims to facilitate readers to understand the origin, growth pattern and relationship between tumor and adherent structure of craniopharyngioma, so as to improve the cure rate and safety of surgery. It's contributed by Neurosurgery Department of Nanfang Hospital, Southern Medical University, China, which focuses on the management of craniopharyngioma. This book covers histoembryology of craniopharyngioma, together with anatomical morphology and abundant clinical data, systematically showing an innovative classification method, i.e. QST classification. This classification method can better reflect the different origin and growth pattern of craniopharyngioma,the relationship between tumors and surrounding structure of the tumor growth pattern, and clinical significance in surgery. The 70 clinical cases with different classification and treatment history are discussed as an important reference for surgical treatment of craniopharyngioma. The anatomy, morphology and pathology of sellar region also have great reference value for researchers in the field of neural science. The underlying intention of this book is to help bring a change in the concept that "craniopharyngioma is an incurable benign tumor only due to its anatomical location".

    Contents:
    1. Histology and embryology related to craniopharyngiomas
    2. Surgical Anatomy
    3. QST classification for craniopharyngioma and hispathological aspect
    4. Comparison between the QST scheme and other schemes for craniopharyngiomas
    5. Endoscopic transsphenoidal surgery for craniopharyngioma
    6. Surgical treatment of craniopharyngioma: transcranial approach
    7. Treatment of recurrent craniopharyngioma
    8. Retreatment of craniopharyngioma after external radiotherapy and intracapsular radiochemotherapy
    9. Basic research in craniopharyngioma.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Alexis Salerno, Daniel J. Haase, Sarah B. Murthi, editors.
    Summary: This atlas covers the basics of ultrasound physics, provides the necessary background to successfully perform TEE and TTE procedures, and provides tips and tricks that will prove invaluable in the critical care environment. It also features an abundance of high quality photographs, illustrations and videos as well as numerous case studies to test the reader's ability to apply knowledge to real-life clinical situations. Written by experts in the field, The Atlas of Critical Care Echocardiography is a concise, visual guide designed for use by all physicians who see cardiac patients in the ICU.

    Contents:
    I. ESSENTIALS
    Cardiac Physiology in the ICU
    Sepsis
    Mechanical Ventilation
    Ultrasound Physics
    Improving Image Acquisition
    Essentials of Transthoracic Echocardiography
    Essentials of Transesophageal Echocardiography
    Measurements for the ICU Patient
    II. TRANSTHORACIC ECHO ATLAS
    Overview of the Windows
    Parasternal Long Axis
    Parasternal Short Axis
    Apical
    Sub-xyphoid
    Neck
    Focused Rapid Echo Evaluation for Shock
    III. TRANSESOPHAGEAL ECHO ATLAS
    Overview of the Windows
    Basal Short Axis
    Four Chamber
    Transgastric Short Axis
    Focused Rapid Echo Evaluation for Shock
    IV. CASE STUDIES
    V. SPECIAL TOPICS
    The Cardiac Surgical Patient
    The Trauma Patient
    Future of Echocardiography in the ICU.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    editors, Demetrios Demetriades, Kenji Inaba and Philip D. Lumb.
    Contents:
    I AIRWAY
    1. Endotracheal intubation, oral and nasal
    2 Percutaneous Tracheostomy
    3 Open Tracheostomy
    4 Cricothyroidotomy
    5 Bronchoscopy
    II CHEST
    6 Chest tube placement
    7 Thoracentesis with U/S guidance
    8 Heimlich valve catheter placement
    9 ECMO cannulation and management
    III CARDIOVASCULAR
    10 Central line placement subclavian
    11 Internal jugular vein catheter, with and without ultrasound guidance
    12 Swan Ganz catheter placement
    13 Arterial line placement with and without ultrasound guidance
    14 Bedside IVC Filter placement
    17 Pericardiocentesis with ultrasound guidance
    18 Resuscitative Thoracotomy
    19 Intra-aortic Balloon Placement
    20 REBOA (Resuscitative Endovascular Balloon Occlusion of the Aorta) Placement
    IV DIAGNOSTIC ECHOCARDIOGRAPHY
    21 Bedside focused echocardiography (including TEE and TTE)
    22 Vascath/Dialysis catheter placement
    V CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM
    23 ICP monitor placement
    24 Spinal Paracentesis
    25 Epidural Catheter Analgesia
    VI COMPARTMENT SYNDROMES
    26 Upper and Lower Extremity Compartment pressure measurement
    27 Abdominal Compartment pressure measurement (Bladder Pressures)
    28 Bedside Laparotomy/Decompression of abdominal compartment syndrome
    29 Escharotomy for Burns
    VII ABDOMEN, GASTROINTESTINAL TRACT
    30 Diagnostic Peritoneal Lavage
    31 Percutaneous Gastrostomy
    32 Blakemore tube placement for esophageal varices.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Ryota Hokari, Tadakazu Hisamatsu, editors.
    Summary: This manual treats both conceptual and practical aspects of the gastrointestinal polyposis syndrome characterized by dermatologic manifestations. The book offers both detailed and comprehensive analysis of the endoscopic findings achieved from 88 cases, which led to novel concepts and classification of the dermatologic manifestations according to distribution pattern, the thickness of mucosa, and intervening inflamed mucosa between polyps. The book also offers comparisons of the endoscopic features to pathological features. Abundant illustrations show the observations of the malignant lesions using special lights, such as NBI and BLI, to provide a thorough view of the Cronkhite-Canada syndrome (CCS) polyp. Atlas of Cronkhite-Canada Syndrome simplifies a complicated picture of the rare disease. It is essential guidance for gastroenterologists and pathologists who pursue the new diagnostic approach and treatment for CCS. It also attracts clinicians who are interested in the latest updates on this field and those who encountered the CCS patients with refractory to corticosteroid treatment. Owing to difficulties in detecting premalignant adenomas in the face of multiple inflammatory pseudopolyps, the risk of colon cancer in CCS patients may be elevated. Additionally, it is important to have a broader understanding of the disease and understanding of the treatment strategy, as endoscopy for GI disease becomes widespread in developing countries, and the number of patients will likely increase.

    Contents:
    1 Cronkhite-Canada Syndrome Disease
    2 Endoscopic Images Per Organ
    3 Endoscopic Images of Small Bowel Capsule Endoscopy, Balloon-Assisted Enteroscopy and Image-Enhanced Endoscopy
    4 Endoscopic Images of Coincident Carcinoma and Adenoma to Differentiate from Non-Neoplastic Polyps
    5 Comparison of Pathological and Endoscopic Images (per Organ)
    6 Case-Based Images: First Attack Case
    7 Case-based images: Relapse - Remitting Cases/Chronic Continuous Cases
    8 Case-based images: Steroid-Resistant/Refractory/Intolerant Cases
    9 Case-based images: Cases Treated with Other Than Corticosteroids
    10 Case-Based Images: Cases with Atypical Clinical Symptoms/Possible Cases
    11 Case-based images: Cases with Coincident Esophageal Lesions/Coincident.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Gratian Dragoslav Miclaus, Horia Ples.
    Summary: This atlas presents normal and pathologic findings observed on CT angiography with 3D reconstruction in a diverse range of clinical applications, including the imaging of cerebral, carotid, thoracic, coronary, abdominal, and peripheral vessels. The superb illustrations display the excellent anatomic detail obtained with CT angiography and depict the precise location of affected structures and lesion severity. Careful comparisons between normal imaging features and pathologic appearances will assist the reader in image interpretation and treatment planning, and the described cases include some very rare pathologies. In addition, the technical principles of the modality are clearly explained and guidance provided on imaging protocols. This atlas will be of value both to those in training and to more experienced practitioners within not only radiology but also cardiovascular surgery, neurosurgery, cardiology, and neurology.

    Contents:
    Cerebral Angiography
    Carotid Angiography
    Thoracic Angiography
    Coronary Angiography
    Abdominal Angiography
    Peripheral Angiography.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Gratian Dragoslav Miclaus, Horia Ples.
    Summary: The second edition of this atlas presents a wealth of normal and pathologic findings observed on CT angiography with 3D reconstruction in diverse clinical applications, including the imaging of cerebral, carotid, thoracic, coronary, abdominal, and peripheral vessels. The superb illustrations display the excellent anatomic detail obtained with CT angiography and depict the precise location of affected structures and lesion severity. Careful comparisons between normal imaging features and pathologic appearances will assist the reader in image interpretation and treatment planning, and the described cases include some very rare pathologies. In addition, the technical principles of the modality are clearly explained and guidance provided on imaging protocols. This edition is the outcome of 18 years of work by a renowned radiological team whose research focuses specifically on vascular pathology of the whole body and the role of CT angiography in its assessment. Numerous new images are presented and three additional chapters address cerebral arteriovenous malformations, congenital cardiac malformations in children and CT venography. The atlas will be invaluable for radiologists, neurologists, neurosurgeons, cardiologists, cardiovascular surgeons, and medical students..

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Cerebral Angiography
    Chapter 2: Cerebral Arteriovenous Malformation
    Chapter 3: Carotid Angiography
    Chapter 4: Thoracic Angiography
    Chapter 5: Coronary Angiography
    Chapter 6: Abdominal Angiography
    Chapter 7: Peripheral Angiography
    Chapter 8: Congenital Cardiac Malformations in Children
    Chapter 9: CT Phlebology.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Claude J. Spicher, Tara L. Packham, Nadège Buchet, Isabelle Quintal, Pierre Sprumont.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: This atlas is the result of research involving over 3,000 patients consecutively recruited since 2004. Clinical practice gives the opportunity to observe many more Aβ axonal lesions (axonotmesis) than transections (neurotmesis), consequently the mapped hypo aesthetic territories are partial. Therefore, the authors define for each cutaneous nerve branch, the autonomous territory and the boundary markers of the largest territory of cutaneous origin. Each anatomical chart of a cutaneous branch is the superposition of tens, even hundreds of observations seen in clinical practice - based on 3,133 maps of observed cutaneous hypoaesthetic territories. The data collected has also been cross-referenced with that published in nearly 100 other anatomy books. This 1st English edition - based on the 3rd French edition published by Sauramps Medical - illustrates the usefulness of anatomical knowledge for clinical practice. More precisely, it seeks to demonstrate how these topographic elements can offer valuable support, both for the clinical anamnesis, and for the clinical examination of neuropathic pain patients. This atlas is at the crossroads between the medical and rehabilitation disciplines. Accordingly, it addresses the needs of medical doctors, from GPs to specialists, and of pain therapists, and offers a valuable asset for all health professionals who are dedicated to the management of pain and associated problems.

    Contents:
    Foreword.-Foreword (1st ed.).-Glossary.-Acknowledgment.-Part I. Introduction
    Introduction.-Patients and methods.-Tutorial.-Part II. Domains.-Trigeminal domain.-Occipital domain.-Cervical domain.-Brachial domain
    Posterior-intercostal domain.-Lumbo-abdominal domain.-Lumbo-femoral domain.-Femoral domain.-Sciatic domain.-Sacral domain
    Part III. Conclusion.-References
    Part IV. Index of anatomical plates.-Index of Tables.-Appendix I. Aesthesiography
    Appendix II. Dermatomes
    Appendix III. Fingers Collateral nerves.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Joi B. Carter, Amrita Goyal, Lyn McDivitt Duncan, editors.
    Summary: The integration of clinical findings, laboratory results, and disease progression is critical for the diagnosis and treatment of patients with skin lymphoma. This atlas includes numerous clinical and histological images with diagrams, tables, and text describing each type of lymphoma in the current cutaneous classification scheme, which includes information on the recent classification scheme for cutaneous lymphoma published by the World Health Organization and the European Organization for Research and Treatment of Cancer Cutaneous Lymphoma Group. Atlas of Cutaneous Lymphomas: Classification and Differential Diagnosis includes chapters on synonyms, clinical features (presentation, prognosis, and treatment), laboratory findings (histopathology, immunophenotype, and molecular), differential diagnosis, and presentation of clinical cases for each diagnostic entity. In addition, chapters are included on T-cell lymphomas, B-cell lymphomas, ancillary techniques including immunohistochemistry and molecular tests, and a glossary of terms. This book will help clarify the classification of cutaneous lymphoma and will serve as a useful tool for physicians involved in the diagnosis and treatment of patients with cutaneous lymphoma.

    Contents:
    History and Genesis of the EORTC/WHO Lymphoma classification
    Beyond the routine processing: immunohistochemistry, in situ hybridization and genetic analysis
    Mycosis fungoides
    MF variants and subtypes
    Folliculotropic MF
    Pagetoid reticulosis
    Granulomatous slack skin
    Sézary syndrome
    Adult T-cell leukemia/lymphoma
    Primary cutaneous CD30+ lymphoproliferative disorders
    Primary cutaneous anaplastic large cell lymphoma
    Lymphomatoid papulosis
    Subcutaneous panniculitis-like T-cell lymphoma
    Extranodal NK/T-cell lymphoma, nasal type
    Primary cutaneous peripheral T-cell lymphoma, rare subtypes
    Primary cutaneous CD8-positive aggressive epidermotropic cytotoxic T-cell lymphoma
    Primary cutaneous gamma-delta T-cell lymphoma
    Primary cutaneous CD4-positive small/medium T-cell lymphoma
    Extranodal marginal zone lymphoma of mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue (MALT)
    Primary cutaneous follicle centre lymphoma
    Primary cutaneous diffuse large B-cell lymphoma, leg type
    Intravascular large B-cell lymphoma
    Blastic Plasmacytoid Dendritic Cell Neoplasm
    Clinical mimics of T cell lymphomas
    Clinical mimics of B cell lymphomas
    Histopathologic mimics of cutaneous T cell lymphoma
    Histopathologic mimics of cutaneous B cell lymphoma
    Glossary.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    authors, Christopher J. VandenBussche, Erika F. Rodriguez, Derek B. Allison, M. Lisa Zhang
    Summary: "The challenges of cytopathology are difficult to capture in a textbook; in reality, most melanoma cells do not contain pigment, air-drying artifacts alter cytomorphology, and benign respiratory cells may obscure lung carcinoma cells. Specimens of borderline adequacy leave one to question whether a definitive diagnosis can be made. Most cytopathology textbooks present us with ideal cells-the best cells photographed from the best specimens. In reality, these ideal cells may not be seen, nor are they required for a proper diagnosis. In many instances, ideal cells may even be insufficient for a diagnosis if not seen in a particular pattern or context. This atlas presents more than 1500 representative high-quality images. Rather than focus on obscure diagnoses, numerous images from frequently seen diagnoses are included to cover the different preparations, artifacts, and limitations seen during a cytopathology sign out. The most commonly encountered pitfalls are also provided, as well as advice on when and how to hedge"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Fine-needle aspiration of the thyroid
    Salivary gland and cervical lymph nodes
    Pulmonary
    Hepatopancreatobiliary
    Serous effusion cytopathology
    Urinary tract
    Gynecologic tract cytopathology
    Specimen preparation and adequacy
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Digital
    Ritu Nayar, Xiaoqi Lin, Ajit S. Paintal, Ramona Gupta, Albert A. Nemcek Jr., editors.
    Summary: The diagnostic services, pathology and radiology, are the cornerstone for supporting the delivery of high-quality healthcare by providing timely and accurate diagnosis. In this era of precision medicine, it has become increasingly important for these two services to work collaboratively in supporting patients and clinical colleagues by informing and communicating the selection and interpretation of appropriate diagnostic tests, as well as obtaining adequate tissue for diagnosis, prognostication, and therapy at initial presentation and, if required, during disease progression/relapse. This book is aimed at practicing cytopathologists and interventional radiologists as well as trainees in these areas. An essential requirement in the accurate diagnosis of these mass lesion biopsies is the correlation of cytomorphology with the radiological findings and adequate triage of acquired material during the biopsy procedure. The cytologic findings, gross surgically resected specimens, and imaging findings are illustrated to provide a complete pathologic-radiologic correlation of the entities discussed. This Atlas of Cytopathology and Radiology serves as a useful guide for pathologists and radiologists in the appropriate triage and diagnosis of deep seated mass lesions biopsied under ultrasound, CT Scan or fluoroscopic guidance.

    Contents:
    An Introduction to Radiology and Cytopathology Considerations in a Collaborative Biopsy Service
    Liver
    Lungs, Mediastinum, and Pleura
    Lymph Nodes and Spleen
    Kidney, Adrenal Gland, and Paraganglia
    Pelvis, Peritoneum, and Omentum
    Esophagus, Gastrointestinal Tract, and Pancreas
    Thyroid, Parathyroid, Head, and Neck
    Salivary Glands
    Bone and Soft Tissue Tumors
    The Breast.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Alice Brandão, Claudio Peixoto Crispi, Marco Aurelio Pinho Oliveira.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Antigoni Delantoni, Kaan Orhan, editors.
    Summary: This atlas is a detailed and complete guide on imaging of the dentomaxillofacial region, a region of high interest to a wide range of specialists. A large number of injuries and patient's treatment involve the facial skeleton. Enriched by radiographic images and illustrations, this book explores the anatomy of this region presenting its imaging characteristics through the most commonly available techniques (MDCT, CBCT, MRI and US). In addition, two special chapters on angiography and micro-CT expand the limits of dentomaxillofacial imaging. This comprehensive book will be an invaluable tool for radiologists, dentists, surgeons and ENT specialists in their training and daily practice.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1) Introduction to Dentomaxillofacial Imaging
    Chapter 2) Basic Principles of Intraoral Radiography
    Chapter 3) Intraoral Radiographic Anatomy
    Chapter 4Basic Principles of Panoramic Radiography
    Chapter 5) Panoramic Radiographic Anatomy
    Chapter 6) Cephalometric Radiography
    Chapter 7) Basic Principles of Computer Tomography (MDCT/CBCT). The Use of MDCT and CBCT in Dentomaxillofacial Imaging
    Chapter 8) CBCT Anatomical Imaging
    Chapter 9) MDCT Soft Tissue Anatomy
    Chapter 10) Dentomaxillofacial Ultrasonography: Basic Principles and Radiographic Anatomy
    Chapter 11) Basics of Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI)
    Chapter 12) MRI Anatomy
    Chapter 13) Principles of Maxillofacial Angiography
    Chapter 14) Imaging of the Most Common Dental Pathologies
    Chapter 15) Micro CT.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Jane Tomimori, Walmar Roncalli Pereira de Oliveira, Carla Ferrándiz-Pulido, Marilia Marufuji Ogawa, editors.
    Summary: The number of solid organ transplant recipients is increasing worldwide every year, which has meant a significant improvement of recipients survival and quality of life. To prevent graft rejection, patients require long-term immunosuppression, which is responsible for their increased risk of neoplastic and infectious diseases. This practical and concise atlas presents the most important dermatoses in solid organ transplant recipients. Providing a guide to diagnosis and appropriate therapy, it helps dermatologists, general practitioners and physicians manage the dermatoses found in organ transplant recipients. The first three chapters discuss immunosuppressive regimens and the prevalence of dermatoses, while the other chapters approach the main diseases didactically, providing a large number of illustrations.

    Contents:
    1. Immunosuppression and solid organ transplantation
    2. Overview of dermatological diseases after transplantation
    3. Cutaneous side effects of immunosuppressive drugs other than neoplasms
    4. Viral Diseases
    5. Bacterial diseases
    6. Mycobacterial diseases
    7. Superficial fungal diseases
    8. Deep Fungal diseases
    9. Parasitic diseases
    10. Sexually transmitted infections
    11. Precancerous manifestations
    12. Squamous cell carcinoma
    13. Basal cell carcinoma
    14. Melanoma
    15. Kaposi sarcoma
    16. Lymphoproliferative diseases
    17. Other rare cancers.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Ximena Wortsman.
    Summary: This atlas presents a practical and systematic approach for performing dermatologic ultrasound. In recent years, the use of this imaging modality for diagnosing pathologic conditions of the skin, hair, nails, scalp, and soft tissues has grown dramatically and there is a demonstrated need for quick access to this information. For common dermatologic entities, richly-illustrated figures and drawings describe the ultrasound normal anatomy, technical guidelines, common findings, variants, key points, and tips and pitfalls. The extensive collection includes clinical and ultrasonographic correlations with 3D color Doppler ultrasound images and high-definition videos produced with state-of-the-art technology and relevant topics such as benign cutaneous and nail tumors and pseudotumors, skin cancer, vascular anomalies, facial ultrasound anatomy for cosmetic purposes, aesthetic complications, inflammatory diseases, etc. The Atlas of Dermatologic Ultrasound is a valuable resource and a must-have book for radiologists, dermatologists, plastic surgeons, sonographers, residents, and medical professionals who wish to strengthen their knowledge of the wide spectrum of sonographic presentations of dermatologic conditions and successfully integrate this field of ultrasound into their clinical practice.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Claudia M.Y.A. Donkor, Jeannette Aryee-Boi, Itohan Roseline Osazuwa, Francis Kwame Afflu, Andrew F. Alexis.
    Summary: This book presents the nuances of dermatology from the African diaspora and the tropics. It not only addresses the dark pigmentation of the patient's skin and the occurrence of tropical infections, but also the socioeconomic conditions which lead to unique features and the development of skin diseases. Chapters present numerous dermatological cases, with clear/relevant pictures, to serve as illustration of how skin conditions present in African/dark skin. Of these specific conditions, the book includes chapters on eczema, bullous diseases, hair disorders, acne, and papulosquamous disorders. Additionally, chapters address emotionally sensitive and socioeconomic-related issues such as skin bleaching and dermatological manifestations of HIV/AIDS, an infectious condition that disproportionately affects those residing in sub-Saharan Africa. Expertly written text is supplemented by hundreds of high-quality, real patient photos. Written by doctors living and treating patients in the tropical environment of Africa, Atlas of Dermatological Conditions in Populations of African Ancestry is an essential tool in broadening the scope of care for professionals and residents in dermatology alike.

    Contents:
    1. Eczema.-2. Allergies
    3. Cutaneous Lupus Erythematosus and Scleroderma
    4. Bullous Diseases
    5. Acne
    6. Disorders of Pigmentation: Hyperpigmentation
    7. Disorders of Pigmentation: Hypopigmentation
    8. Skin Bleaching
    9. Hair Disorders
    10. Papulosquamous Disorders
    11. Infections
    12. Infestations
    13. STI
    14. HIV/AIDS and Related Dermatoses
    15. Benign Tumors
    16. Hypertrophic Scars and Keloids
    17. Nevi
    18. Malignancies
    19. Other interesting Conditions.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Adriana Motta, Luis Fernando González, Gonzalo García, Jennifer Guzmán, Lorena Prada, Hugo Herrera, Mariam Rolon.
    Summary: Dermatology is the science responsible for the study of the skin, mucous membranes (oral and genital) and cutaneous appendages, while dermatopathology focuses on its microscopic study. Although the two fields are closely related, in many cases the identification of dermatological diseases is mainly clinical and depends on the physicians ability and experience. The purpose of this atlas, which collects over 900 clinical and histological photographs in high resolution, is to illustrate and describe the most frequent skin diseases on the basis of clinical cases. Offering a complete guide to the etiology, epidemiology, clinical features, histologic findings and diagnosis of the main skin diseases divided into three subgroups (inflammatory, infectious, or tumoral), it represents an invaluable resource for all medical students, residents, clinicians, and investigators learning dermatology.

    Contents:
    I. Inflammatory Skin Diseases
    Chapter 1. Papulosquamous and eczematous dermatoses
    Chapter 2. Other papular, erythematous and scaly diseases
    Chapter 3. Inflammatory diseases of pilose follicle
    Chapter 4. Inflammatory diseases of the sebaceous and apocrine glands
    Chapter 5. Inflammatory skin diseases induced by drugs
    Chapter 6. Inflammatory diseases of the blood vessels with cutaneous involvement
    Chapter 7. Inflammatory diseases affecting melanocytes
    Chapter 8. Bullous vesicular inflammatory diseases
    Chapter 9. Inflammatory skin diseases presented as erythema, urticaria and purpura
    Chapter 10. Inflammatory connective tissue diseases
    Chapter 11. Granulomatous inflammatory diseases
    Chapter 12. Inflammatory diseases induced by ultraviolet radiation. Chapter 13. Neutrophilic and eosinophilic inflammatory diseases
    Chapter 14. Inflammatory diseases of subcutaneous cell tissue
    II. Infectious Skin Diseases
    Chapter 15. Bacterial infections
    Chapter 16. Mycobacterial Infections
    Chapter 17. Fungal infections
    Chapter 18. Virus infections
    Chapter 19. Sexually transmitted diseases
    Chapter 20. Infections by parasites
    III. Neoplastic Skin Diseases
    Chapter 21. Benign neoplasms
    Chapter 22. Skin adnexal neoplasms
    Chapter 23. Muscle, adipose tissue and cartilaginous neoplasms
    Chapter 24. Vascular malformations
    Chapter 25. Fibrous and fibrohystiocytic proliferations of skin and tendons
    Chapter 26. Congenital melanocytic nevus and acquired
    Chapter 27. Neural and neuroendocrine neoplasms
    Chapter 28. Disorders of cells of langerhans and macrophages
    Chapter 29. Malignant neoplasms
    Chapter 30. Other lymphoproliferative disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Bruce Smoller, Nooshin Bagherani.
    Springer Nature Living Reference.
    Summary: Bringing together thousands of the best dermatologic clinical and pathological photographs and figures from researchers and scientists around the world, this volume focuses on the most prevalent dermatologic disorders as they relate to cutaneous anatomy, general dermatologic concepts, and biology and inherited disorders. It includes atypical presentations of various disorders, giving insight into differential diagnoses, helping to familiarize the reader with some of the rarest dermatologic disorders. Global Atlas of Dermatology, Dermatopathology and Venereology Volume 1 is written for dermatologists, dermatopathologists, and residents and summarizes data regarding any dermatologic disorder and syndrome. Each entry includes an introduction, clinical and pathological manifestations, diagnosis, differential diagnosis, and treatment and prognosis.
    Digital Access Springer Live 2020-
    Continuously updated edition
  • Digital
    Bruce Smoller, Nooshin Bagherani, editors.
    Summary: Bringing together thousands of the best dermatologic clinical and pathological photographs and figures from researchers and scientists around the world, this volume focuses on the most prevalent dermatologic disorders as they relate to cutaneous anatomy, general dermatologic concepts, and biology and inherited disorders. It includes atypical presentations of various disorders, giving insight into differential diagnoses, helping to familiarize the reader with some of the rarest dermatologic disorders. Atlas of Dermatology, Dermatopathology and Venereology Volume 1 is written for dermatologists, dermatopathologists, and residents and summarizes data regarding any dermatologic disorder and syndrome. Each entry includes an introduction, clinical and pathological manifestations, diagnosis, differential diagnosis, and treatment and prognosis.

    Contents:
    Cutaneous Anatomy, Biology and Inherited Disorders and General Dermatologic Concepts
    1. Introduction and Historical Bibliography
    2. Comparative Dermatology
    3. Anatomy and Organization of Human Skin
    4. Functions of the skin
    5. Molecular Biology
    6. Histopathology of the Skin: General Principles
    7. Inflammation
    8. Clinical Immunology, Allergy and Photoimmunology
    9. Cutaneous Reactions
    10. Wound healing
    11. Diagnosis of Skin Disease
    12. Dermoscopy
    13. Trichoscopy
    14. Reflectance Confocal Microscopy in Dermatology
    15. Prenatal Diagnosis of Genetic Skin Disease
    16. Evidence-Based Dermatology
    17. Skin and Skin Disease throughout Life
    18. Epidemiology of Skin Disease
    19. Racial Influences on Skin Disease
    20. Education in Dermatology
    21. Genetics in Dermatology
    22. Genodermatoses
    23. Genetic Blistering Diseases
    24. Naevi and other Developmental Defects
    25. Disorders of Keratinization
    26. Metabolic and Nutritional Disorders
    27. The Neonate.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Bruce Smoller, Nooshin Bagherani, editors.
    Summary: Bringing together thousands of the best dermatologic clinical and pathological photographs and figures from researchers and scientists around the world, this volume focuses on the most prevalent dermatologic disorders as they relate to inflammatory dermatoses. This volume includes atypical presentations of various disorders, giving insight into differential diagnoses, helping to familiarize the reader with some of the rarest dermatologic disorders. Atlas of Dermatology, Dermatopathology and Venereology Volume 2 is written for dermatologists, dermatopathologists, and residents and summarizes data regarding any dermatologic disorder and syndrome. Each entry includes an introduction, clinical and pathological manifestations, diagnosis, differential diagnosis, and treatment and prognosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Bruce Smoller, Nooshin Bagherani, editors.
    Summary: Bringing together thousands of the best dermatologic clinical and pathological photographs and figures from researchers and scientists around the world, this volume focuses on the most prevalent dermatologic disorders as they relate to cutaneous infectious and neoplastic conditions and procedural dermatology. It includes atypical presentations of various disorders, giving insight into differential diagnoses, helping to familiarize the reader with some of the rarest dermatologic disorders. Atlas of Dermatology, Dermatopathology and Venereology Volume 3 is written for dermatologists, dermatopathologists, and residents and summarizes data regarding any dermatologic disorder and syndrome. Each entry includes an introduction, clinical and pathological manifestations, diagnosis, differential diagnosis, and treatment and prognosis. div>.

    Contents:
    Cutaneous Infectious and Neoplastic Conditions and Procedural Dermatology
    Virus Infections
    Syphilis and Bacterial Sexually Transmitted Infections
    Viral Sexually Transmitted Infections
    HIV and the Skin
    Bacterial Infections
    Mycobacterial Infection
    Leprosy
    Mycology
    Parasitic Worms and Protozoa
    Diseases Caused by Arthropods and Other Noxious Animals
    Tropical Diseases of the Skin
    Non-melanoma Skin Cancer and Other Epidermal Tumors
    Tumors of the Skin Appendages
    Lentigos, Melanocytic Naevi and Melanoma
    Soft-Tissue Tumors and Tumor-like Conditions
    Cutaneous Lymphomas and Lymphocytic Infiltrates
    Histiocytoses
    Radiotherapy and Reactions to ionizing Radiation
    Dermatological Surgery
    Hair Transplantation
    Lasers and Flashlamps in the Treatment of Skin Disorders
    Minimally Invasive Treatments and Procedures for Aging Skin.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] David E. Elder, Rosalie Elenitsas, Adam I. Rubin, Michael Ioffreda, Jeffrey Miller, O. Fred Miller III, Sook Jung Yun.
    Summary: "In this new edition, as in its predecessors, we have extensively updated the text, based on review of the recent literature, and also on material from the latest (11th) edition of Lever's Histopathology of the Skin. We have added more extensive discussion of several diseases that were either not covered or only briefly mentioned with little or no elaboration in the earlier editions, and have added current references to the literature. We have added multiple new images including clinical images of conditions that were not formerly illustrated. These are original digital images of high quality. As in the last edition, the histopathologic images have been prepared from digital slides and the quality is state of the art, especially noticeable in the low-power images. These images are to be provided online for the reader's convenience. We have continued the use of arrows and labels on the photomicrographs, adapted from the style used in Sara Edward's excellent book Essential Dermatopathology. In addition, we have continued the practice of using tables to summarize the most salient diagnostic features of potential "look-alike" diseases"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Disorders Mostly Limited to the Epidermis and Stratum Corneum
    Localized Superficial Epidermal or Melanocytic Proliferations
    Disorders of the Superficial Cutaneous Reactive Unit
    Acantholytic, Vesicular, and Pustular Disorders
    Perivascular, Diffuse, and Granulomatous Infiltrates of the Reticular Dermis
    Tumors and Cysts of the Dermis & Subcutis
    Inflammatory and Other Benign Disorders of Skin Appendages
    Disorders of the Subcutis
    Digital Access Ovid 2021
  • Digital
    Horacio Cabo, Aimilios Lallas, editors.
    Summary: This practical atlas describes the use of dermatoscopy in the clinic, a technique that is increasingly used by the clinical dermatologist. It revolves around the use of clinical cases, simulating what happens in the clinic when the dermatologist is presented with a patient who has pigmented and non-pigmented lesions. Dermatologists perform diagnoses based on what they see on the skin and with these images recognize different diseases. This whole spectrum of forms and shapes is reflected in color. Dermatoscopy opens a new and very wide field of structures and colors that cannot be seen with the naked eye and, with appropriate training and the use of this book, improves clinical diagnosis. Atlas of Dermatoscopy Cases: Challenging and Complex Clinical Scenarios adds significantly to the analysis of cases from the Editors previous volume Comprehensive Atlas of Dermatoscopy Cases by teaching the technique through specially selected, complex, and interesting clinical cases and providing the reader a thorough understanding of the techniques and methodologies associated with diagnosis using dermatoscopy. It is of great use to the trainee dermatologist and any practicing dermatologist seeking to expand their skills with this important diagnostic tool.ool.

    Contents:
    Ten Basic Rules: How Not to Miss a Melanoma
    Flat Pigmented Lesions on the Scalp
    Palpable Pigmented Lesions on the Scalp
    Nodular Pigmented Lesions on the Scalp
    Flat Non-pigmented Lesions on the Scalp
    Palpable Non- pigmented Lesions on the Scalp
    Nodular Non-pigmented Lesions on the Scalp
    Flat Pigmented Lesions on the Face
    Palpable Pigmented Lesions on the Face
    Nodular Pigmented Lesions on the Face
    Flat Non-pigmented Lesions on the Face
    Palpable Non-pigmented Lesions on the Face
    Nodular Non-pigmented Lesions on the Face
    Flat Pigmented Lesions on the Trunk
    Palpable Pigmented Lesions on the Trunk
    Nodular Pigmented Lesions on the Trunk
    Flat Non-pigmented Lesions on the Trunk
    Palpable Non-pigmented Lesions on the Trunk
    Nodular Non-pigmented Lesions on the Trunk
    Flat Pigmented Lesions on the Upper Limb
    Palpable Pigmented Lesions on the Upper Limb
    Nodular Pigmented Lesions on the Upper Limb
    Flat Non-pigmented Lesions on the Upper Limb
    Palpable Non-pigmented Lesions on the Upper Limb
    Nodular Non-pigmented Lesions on the Upper Limb
    Flat Pigmented Lesions on the Lower Limb
    Palpable Pigmented Lesions on the Lower Limb
    Nodular Pigmented Lesions on the Lower Limb
    Flat Non-pigmented Lesions on the Lower Limb
    Palpable Non-pigmented Lesions on the Lower Limb
    Nodular Non-pigmented Lesions on the Lower Limb
    Acral Lesions
    Nail Lesions
    Lesions in Genital Areas
    Hair and Scalp Disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Ranthilaka R. Ranawaka, Ajith P. Kannangara, Ajith Karawita, editors.
    Summary: This book focuses on the representation of dermatological diseases in pigmented skin, fills an important gap in the literature, and facilitates better dermatological diagnosis when dealing with patients of various ethnicities. It discusses over 400 diseases and their representations with the help of over 2000 high-quality images and illustrations. This book elaborates on each single disease using easy-to-follow schematics and a focused approach to facilitate reader learning. Pursuing a comprehensive, the book covers not only common skin diseases such as psoriasis, lichen planus, eczema, erythrasma, cutaneous tuberculosis, leprosy, leishmaniasis and oral submucous fibrosis, but also rare tropical diseases such as sporotrichosis, mycetoma, rhinosporodiosis, lobomycosis, mucormycosis and subcutaneous zygomycosis. It also addresses aesthetic concerns by covering hypopigmented and hyperpigmented disorders in pigmented skin such as guttate hypomelanosis, vitiligo, progressive macular hypomelanosis, chemical or physical induced depigmentation, melasma, sebo-melanosis, lichen and macular amyloidosis. Offering comprehensive coverage of dermatological disorders and diseases in pigmented skin, the book is a must-have resource for dermatology trainees and practitioners who treat or care for pigmented skin patients.

    Contents:
    Part I: Neonatal and Paediatric Dermatoses
    Dermatoses of the Neonate and Infancy
    Congenital Naevi and Melanocytic Naevi
    Vascular Tumours and Malformations
    Neurocutaneous Syndromes
    Part II: Inflammatory Dermatoses
    Psoriasis
    Eczematous Disorders
    Disorders of Keratinisation
    Allergic and Irritant Contact Dermatitis
    Occupational dermAtoses
    Photodermatosis
    Cutaneous Reactions
    Neutrophilic Dermatoses
    Part III: Infections And Infestations. Cutaneous Tuberculosis
    Mycobacterial Infections in Sri Lanka
    Leprosy
    Virus Infections
    Superficial Fungal Infections
    Subcutaneous and Systemic Mycoses
    Onychomycosis
    Diseases Caused by Arthropods and Parasites
    Leishmaniasis in Sri Lanka
    Sexually Transmitted Infections
    Part IV: Systemic Dermatoses
    Sarcoidosis
    Autoimmune Blistering Diseases
    Lichen Planus and Lichenoid Disorder.-Acne
    Rosacea
    Disorders of Connective Tissue
    Leg Ulcers
    Cutaneous Vasculitis
    Autoimmune Connective Tissue Diseases
    Part V: The Skin and the Organs
    Benign Lesions in the Oral Cavity
    The External Ear and Skin
    Psychocutaneous Disorders
    Disorders of Hair
    Trichoscopy
    Dermoscopy Hair
    Disorders of nails
    Genital Dermatoses. Part VI: Pigmentary and Cosmetic Dermatoses.-Cultural Dermatoses
    Facial Melanosis
    Vitiligo
    Hypopigmentary Disorders.-Hyperpigmentary Disorders
    Part VII: Benign and Malignant Skin Tumours
    Oral Potentially Malignant Disorders (OPMDs)
    Oral Cancer
    Hypopigmented Mycosis Fungoides
    Tumours of the Skin Appendages
    Benign Skin Proliferations
    Precursors of Skin Carcinoma
    Skin carcinomas
    Part VIII:Therapy and Complications
    Cutaneous Adverse Reactions to Drugs
    Part IX: Invited Chapters
    Dermatoses from Brazil
    History of Dermatology in Ancient Sri Lanka (Before Western Medicine).
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Shahid Pervez, editor.
    Contents:
    Basic and ancillary techniques
    Bone and soft tissue
    Breast
    Cardiovascular
    Endocrine
    Female genital tract
    Gastrointestinal tract
    Head and neck including salivary gland
    Hematolymphoid
    Liver, pancreas and gall bladder
    Male genital tract and urinary system
    Neuropathology and muscle
    Predictive pathology
    Renal
    Respiratory and mediastinum
    Skin.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Mohamed Salama, Julie Teruya-Feldstein, Marina Kremyanskaya.
    Summary: "Ideal as a quick, easy-to-use reference in the laboratory or clinical setting, Atlas of Diagnostic Hematology is an abundantly illustrated guide to the vast range of malignant and non-malignant disorders of the blood. More than 1,200 vibrant, full-color images enable you to identify and compare the unique clinical and histologic features of various blood disorders and confidently reach a diagnosis. Coverage includes photos of actual cases that span the entire range of this complex field, including rare conditions and difficult diagnoses"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Normal hematopoiesis and blood cell maturation
    Growth factors
    Hypochromic and hemolytic anemias
    Megaloblastic anemia
    Myeloproliferative neoplasms
    Mast cell and non-myeloproliferative myeloid neoplasms
    Myelodysplastic syndromes
    Acute myeloid leukemia
    Precursor lymphoid neoplasms
    B-cell chronic lymphoid leukemias
    Hodgkin lymphoma
    Indolent and aggressive B-cell lymphoma
    Indolent and aggressive mature T-cell and natural killer-cell lymphomas
    Myeloma and related conditions
    Childhood hematopoietic disorders
    Posttransplant lymphoproliferative disorders and immunodeficiency
    Infectious processes in blood and bone marrow
    Hemophilia
    Transfusion medicine and cellular therapy.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Digital
    Robert A. Soslow, Kay J. Park, Simona Stolnicu, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Guoguang Fan.
    Summary: Aiming to equip readers with the knowledge required for accurate and timely diagnosis, this book presents illustrative cases that address a broad spectrum of clinical problems, including frequent, uncommon and rare diseases of brain, head and neck, spine, musculoskeletal system, chest and abdomen. To make readers understand easily, tips in differential diagnosis are summarized in the table, accompanying with typical images and key teaching points. It will be a valuable resource for diagnostic radiologists, residents, fellows, and related clinical doctors.

    Contents:
    Characteristic of Brain MRI
    Brain Diseases
    Cerebrovascular and Infectious Diseases
    Ventricular and Cerebral Cistern Diseases
    Meningeal and Skull Diseases
    Skull Base Disease
    Eyelid and Eye Diseases
    Ear Diseases
    Paranasal Sinus and Nasal Cavity Disease
    Laryngeal Disease
    Spine Diseases
    Spinal Cord Diseases
    Bone and Bone Marrow Disease
    Joint and Soft Tissue Disease
    Respiratory Diseases
    Cardiac Vascular Diseases
    Benign and Malignant Breast Tumor
    Digestive Diseases
    Urinary System Diseases
    Reproductive System Diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Guoguang Fan.
    Summary: Aiming to equip readers with the knowledge required for accurate and timely diagnosis, this book presents illustrative cases that address a broad spectrum of clinical problems, including frequent, uncommon and rare diseases of brain, head and neck, spine, musculoskeletal system, chest and abdomen. To make readers understand easily, tips in differential diagnosis are summarized in the table, accompanying with typical images and key teaching points. It will be a valuable resource for diagnostic radiologists, residents, fellows, and related clinical doctors.

    Contents:
    Characteristic of Brain CT
    Brain Diseases
    Cerebrovascular and Infectious Diseases
    Ventricular and Cerebral Cistern Diseases
    Meningeal and Skull Diseases
    Skull Base Disease
    Eyelid and Eye Diseases
    Ear Diseases
    Paranasal Sinus and Nasal Cavity Disease
    Laryngeal Disease
    Spine Diseases
    Spinal Cord Diseases
    Bone and Bone Marrow Disease
    Joint and Soft Tissue Disease
    Respiratory Diseases
    Cardiac Vascular Diseases
    Benign and Malignant Breast Tumor
    Digestive Diseases
    Urinary System Diseases
    Reproductive System Diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Puay Hoon Tan, Aysegul A. Sahin.
    Summary: This atlas illustrates the range of breast lesions and their differential diagnoses, with pictorial correlation of gross and microscopic features. Where relevant, radiological images are incorporated. A description of normal, developmental and physiological breast morphology will serves as introduction to the main content of this atlas. Classification of tumors is based on the latest World Health Organisation Classification of Tumors of the Breast, 4th edition, 2012. As immunohistochemistry is a key adjunctive platform in the workup of breast lesions as well as used in prognostic evaluation of breast cancers, appropriate examples are interspersed. Molecular tools used in corroborating diagnoses and a discussion of therapy related changes are included.

    Contents:
    Normal Breast and Physiological Changes
    Developmental, Reactive, and Inflammatory Conditions
    Fibroepithelial Lesions
    Papillary Lesions
    Benign Sclerosing Lesions
    Mucinous Lesions
    Apocrine Lesions
    Vascular Lesions
    Intraductal Proliferative Lesions
    Lobular Lesions (Lobular Neoplasia, Invasive Lobular Carcinoma)
    Spindle Cell Lesions
    Invasive Carcinoma
    Nipple Lesions
    Male Breast Lesions
    Treatment-Related Changes.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Anirudha Rohit Podder, Jyothi G. Seshadri.
    Summary: Covering various difficult surgeries encountered in daily gynecological practice and providing unique insights into operative gynecology, this atlas offers an essential learning guide for gynecologists. Standard gynecological surgeries may turn out to be extremely complex on the operating table; this atlas demonstrates how the operating gynecologist can manage such procedures successfully without causing any injuries. For each surgery, it includes a series of color photographs accompanied by descriptive step by step notes, explaining to the readers the surgical steps and the problems that might occur if the dissection is not performed correctly. Helping readers understand and visualize the textbook descriptions of gynecological surgeries, the atlas offers a valuable resource for postgraduate students and fellows of obstetrics and gynecology, as well as senior practicing gynecologists, urologists and surgeons.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    editors: Giorgia Dalpiaz & Alessandra Cancellieri.
    Contents:
    Anatomy
    Secondary Lobule
    Thinking through Pathology
    Elementary Lesions
    How to approach the Diseases
    Key HRCT Patterns
    Septal Pattern
    Fibrosing Pattern
    Nodular Pattern
    Alveolar Pattern
    Cystic Pattern
    Dark Lung Pattern
    Septal Diseases
    Fibrosing Diseases
    Nodular Diseases
    Alveolar Diseases
    Cystic Diseases
    Dark Lung Diseases
    Case-Based Glossary with Tips & Tricks.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Pinghong Zhou, Liqing Yao, Xinyu Qin, editors.
    Contents:
    Diagnostic Techniques in Gastrointestinal Disease
    Device and Equipment for Endoscopic Therapy
    Endoscopic Mucosal Resection (EMR)
    Endoscopic Submucosal Dissection (ESD)
    Endoscopic Resection for Submucosal Tumors
    Tunnel Endoscopic Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Francisco del Piñal ; illustrated by Max Crespi.
    Contents:
    Prolegomena : some initial thoughts and facts
    Some dos and don'ts relating to approach and management
    Arthroscopy : some dos and don'ts
    The die-punch
    Management of an anterior sunken fragment
    Management of small fragments
    Volar shear fractures
    Free osteochondral fragment
    Rim fractures
    Ligamentous injuries
    Comminuted metaphyseal-diaphyseal fractures
    Ulnar fractures
    Management of explosion-type fractures : case one
    Management of explosion-type fractures : case two
    Management of explosion-type fractures : case three
    Extra-articular distal radius fracture malunions : arthroscopic tips and tricks
    Intra-articular malunion : basic concepts
    Intra-articular malunion : jammed fragments in the metaphysis
    Intra-articular malunion : complex intra-articular malunion
    Intra-and extra-articular malunion
    Intra-articular malunion : a (painful) case
    Corollary : plates are not the panacea.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
  • Digital
    Frieder Berr, Tsuneo Oyama, Thierry Ponchon, Naohisa Yahagi, editors.
    Summary: This volume defines procedural requirements and strategies for the detection and endoscopic assessment of small and minute early cancers as well as endoscopic and high-resolution endosonographic criteria for submucosal invasiveness.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Maryam Moradian, Azin Alizadehasl, editors.
    Summary: This atlas provides a practical guide to the diagnosis of congenital heart disease using echocardiography in both adults and children. A plethora of high-quality echocardiography images provide practical examples of how to diagnose a range of conditions correctly, including aortic stenosis, tricuspid atresia, coronary artery fistula and hypoplastic left heart syndrome. Atlas of Echocardiography in Pediatrics and Congenital Heart Diseases describes the diagnostic management of a range of congenital heart diseases successfully in both adults and children. Therefore it provides a valuable resource for both practicing cardiologists who regularly treat these patients and for trainees looking to develop their diagnostic skills using echocardiography.

    Contents:
    Atrial septal defect
    Atrioventricular septal defect
    Ventricular septal defect
    Patent ductus arteriosus(PDA)
    Aortopulmonary Window.-Anomalous left coronary artery from pulmonary artery
    Coronary Artery Fistula
    Aortic-left ventricle defect (tunnel)
    Cranial arteriovenous malformation (cranial AV malformation)
    Malposition of Septum Primum
    Anomalous pulmonary venous connection (total and partial)
    Cortriatriatum sinister
    Scimitar syndrome
    Persistent left superior vena cava
    Interrupted Inferior vena cava
    Tetralogy of Fallot
    Tetralogy of Fallot, absent pulmonary valve
    Ebstein's malformation of tricuspid valve
    Tricuspid Atresia
    Congenital dysplasia of the tricuspid valve
    Uhl anomaly
    Pulmonary valve stenosis
    Critical pulmonary stenosis
    Double-Chambered Right Ventricle
    Supravalvar Pulmonary stenosis & peripheral pulmonary stenosis
    Pulmonary valve atresia/intact ventricular septum
    Pulmonary valve atresia /ventricular septal defect (or Tetralogy of Fallot and pulmonary valve atresia)
    Double outlet right ventricle
    Persistent truncus arteriosus
    Congenital Mitral valve anomalies
    Congenitally corrected transposition of great arteries (CCTGA)
    Transposition of great arteries (d-TGA/DTGA)
    Aortic Stenosis
    Coarctation of Aorta
    Hypoplastic Left Heart Syndrome
    Kawasaki disease
    Cardiomyopathies
    Pericardial diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Dirk-André Clevert, Mirko D'Onofrio, Emilio Quaia, editors.
    Summary: With the aid of an extensive series of high-quality images, this atlas describes all the potential applications of elastosonography in routine clinical practice. After a brief introduction on technical and physical aspects, the diagnostic benefits of elastosonography in a range of settings are illustrated with the aid of numerous representative cases. The coverage encompasses pathologies of the liver, spleen, pancreas, kidney, breast, thyroid, testis, musculoskeletal system, and vascular system. In addition, helpful correlations with imaging appearances on ultrasound and computed tomography are included. Elastosonography is a powerful, relatively new diagnostic technique that assesses the elasticity of tissues as an indicator of malignancy. Readers will find this book to be an excellent aid to use and interpretation of the technique.

    Contents:
    Introduction: Technical and Physical Aspects; Method, References
    Clinical applications
    Liver and spleen
    Pancreas
    Kidney
    Breast
    Musculoskeletal
    Thyroid
    Vascular
    Testis.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Andrea Celli, Luigi Celli.
    Summary: This richly illustrated atlas is entirely devoted to the most modern surgical techniques of the elbow, offering a comprehensive, step-by-step and detailed examination of all the technical aspects of the surgical exposure of this joint. With the help of over 100 original drawings and photographs, it offers readers a unique understanding of elbow anatomy and surgical approaches, providing precise indications and surgical timing for clinical practice. An entire section focuses on the surgical management of the most common diseases of the elbow: the surgical exposures are related to pathologies affecting the lateral medial, anterior and posterior compartments of the elbow. This atlas will be of great value both to trainees and to specialists who manage disorders of the elbow, including orthopedic surgeons, traumatologists, and sports physicians, as well as anatomists.

    Contents:
    1. THE ELBOW JOINT
    2. THE MUSCLE AND TENDON SYSTEM
    3. CUTANEOUS AND MUSCULAR NERVES
    4. UPPER ARM BLOOD SUPPLY
    5. EXTENSILE LATERAL AND POSTEROLATERAL EXPOSURES
    6. EXTENSILE MEDIAL AND POSTEROMEDIAL EXPOSURES
    7. EXTENSILE POSTERIOR EXPOSURES
    8. EXTENSILE ANTERIOR EXPOSURES
    9. SELECTED LATERAL EXPOSURES: Posterior interosseous nerve entrapment and compression neuropathy
    10. SELECTED LATERAL EXPOSURES: Lateral epicondylitis (tennis elbow)
    11. SELECTED LATERAL EXPOSURES: Radial head fractures
    12. SELECTED LATERAL EXPOSURES: Lateral ulnar collateral ligament lesion
    13. SELECTED LATERAL EXPOSURES: Extrinsic post-traumatic stiff elbow: lateral limited approach (column approach)
    14. SELECTED MEDIAL EXPOSURES: Medial collateral ligament reconstruction
    15. SELECTED MEDIAL EXPOSURES: Extrinsic post-traumatic stiff elbow: limited medial approach
    16. SELECTED MEDIAL EXPOSURES: Medial epicondylitis
    17. SELECTED MEDIAL EXPOSURES: Ulnar nerve entrapment
    18. SELECTED MEDIAL EXPOSURES: Coronoid fracture in complex elbow instability
    19. SELECTED POSTERIOR EXPOSURES: Primary osteoarthritis
    20. SELECTED POSTERIOR EXPOSURES: Snapping of the medial head of the triceps tendon
    21. SELECTED POSTERIOR EXPOSURES: Monteggia lesions
    22. SELECTED POSTERIOR EXPOSURES: Longitudinal instability of the forearm
    23. SELECTED POSTERIOR EXPOSURES: post-traumatic proximal radioulnar synostosis
    24. SELECTED POSTERIOR EXPOSURES: Distal triceps tendon rupture
    25. SELECTED ANTERIOR EXPOSURES: Distal biceps tendon ruptures
    26. SELECTED ANTERIOR EXPOSURES: Neurological disorders: elbow and forearm contractures
    27. SELECTED ANTERIOR EXPOSURES: Compression of the lateral cutaneous nerve of the forearm
    28. SELECTED ANTERIOR EXPOSURES: median nerve entrapment.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Michael N. Patlas, Douglas S. Katz, Mariano Scaglione, editors.
    Summary: This reference work provides a comprehensive and modern approach to the imaging of numerous non-traumatic and traumatic emergency conditions affecting the human body. It reviews the latest imaging techniques, related clinical literature, and appropriateness criteria/guidelines, while also discussing current controversies in the imaging of acutely ill patients. The first chapters outline an evidence-based approach to imaging interpretation for patients with acute non-traumatic and traumatic conditions, explain the role of Artificial Intelligence in emergency radiology, and offer guidance on when to consult an interventional radiologist in vascular as well as non-vascular emergencies. The next chapters describe specific applications of Ultrasound, Magnetic Resonance Imaging, radiography, Multi-Detector Computed Tomography (MDCT), and Dual-Energy Computed Tomography for the imaging of common and less common acute brain, spine, thoracic, abdominal, pelvic and musculoskeletal conditions, including the unique challenges of imaging pregnant, bariatric and pediatric patients. Written by a group of leading North American and European Emergency and Trauma Radiology experts, this book will be of value to emergency and general radiologists, to emergency department physicians and related personnel, to obstetricians and gynecologists, to general and trauma surgeons, as well as trainees in all of these specialties.

    Contents:
    Emergency and Trauma Imaging
    Role of Artificial Intelligence in Emergency Radiology
    Vascular Emergencies
    Non-vascular Emergencies
    Imaging of Traumatic Brain Injury
    Imaging of Skull Base Fractures and Complications
    Imaging of Midfacial and Orbital Trauma
    Stroke Imaging
    Imaging of Intracranial Hemorrhage
    Imaging of Brain Infections.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    editors, Kevin J. Knoop, Lawrence B. Stack, Alan B. Storrow, R. Jason Thurman.
    Contents:
    Head and facial trauma / David W. Munter
    Ophthalmic conditions / Frank Birinyi, Thomas F. Mauger, and Andrew Hendershot
    Funduscopic findings / David Effron, Beverly C. Forcier, and Richard E. Wyszynski
    Ophthalmic conditions / Christopher S. Weaver and Kevin J. Knoop
    Ear, nose, and throat conditions / Edward C. Jauch, David R. White, and Kevin J. Knoop
    Oral conditions / Edward C. Jauch and James W. Howell
    Chest and abdomen / Stephen W. Corbett, Lawrence B. Stack, and Kevin J. Knoop
    Urologic conditions / Jeffery D. Bondesson
    Sexually transmitted infections and anorectal conditions / Suzanne Dooley-Hash and Brian R. Sharp
    Gynecologic and obstetric conditions / Suzanne Dooley-Hash, Sean A. Lisse, and Kevin J. Knoop
    Extremity trauma / Neha P. Raukar, George J. Raukar, and Daniel L. Savitt
    Extremity conditions / Robert J. Tubbs, Daniel L. Savitt, and Selim Suner
    Cutaneous conditions / J. Matthew Hardin
    Pediatric conditions / Brad Sobolewski, Matthew R. Mittiga, Javier A. Gonzalez del Rey.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessEmergency Medicine
    AccessMedicine
  • Digital
    editors, Kevin J. Knoop, Lawrence B. Stack, Alan B. Storrow, R. Jason Thurman.
    Summary: "Emergency care is defined by time and the emergency department is the most diverse melting pot of acute conditions in the hospital. Diagnostic accuracy, prognostic prediction, and the treatment pathways rely heavily on visual clues. We desire to maximize this skill for the benefit of our patients. We also strongly believe the visual experience, while sometimes downplayed within the hectic and time-pressured environment of modern medicine, is critical to ideal education. Images can teach faster and with greater impact than many pages of text or hours of lecture. We continue our pursuit of these goals with a substantially updated, expanded, and improved fifth edition of The Atlas of Emergency Medicine. Nearly all of our changes and additions come from reader suggestions and criticisms, all received with sincere gratitude. The audience for this text is all who provide emergency medical care, including clinicians, educators, residents, nurses, prehospital caregivers, and medical students. Many have also found it extremely useful as a review for written board examinations containing pictorial questions. Other healthcare workers, such as internists, family physicians, pediatricians, nurse practitioners, and physician assistants will find the Atlas a useful guide in identifying and treating many acute conditions, where visual clues significantly guide, improve, and expedite diagnosis as well as treatment"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Head and facial trauma
    Ophthalmic conditions
    Funduscopic findings
    Ophthalmic trauma
    Ear, nose, and throat conditions
    Oral conditions
    Chest and abdomen
    Urologic conditions
    Sexually transmitted infections and anorectal conditions
    Gynecologic and obstetric conditions
    Extremity trauma
    Extremity conditions
    Cutaneous conditions
    Pediatric conditions
    Child abuse
    Environmental conditions
    Toxicological conditions
    Wounds and soft-tissue injuries
    Clinical forensic medicine
    HIV conditions
    Tropical medicine
    Airway
    ECG abnormalities
    Emergency ultrasound
    Microscopic findings and bodily fluids
    Rheumatologic conditions
    Mental health conditions.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessEmergency Medicine
    AccessMedicine
  • Digital
    Latha Ganti, editor.
    Contents:
    Arterial Cannulation (Radial and Femoral)
    Ultrasound-Guided Peripheral Intravenous Access
    Central Venous Line Placement: Internal Jugular Vein, Subclavian Vein, and Femoral Vein
    Pulmonary Artery Catheter
    Noninvasive Cardiac Monitoring: The Edwards Vigileo System
    Peripheral Venous Cutdown
    Bag-Valve-Mask Ventilation
    Awake Orotracheal Intubation
    Rapid-Sequence Intubation
    Direct Laryngoscopy
    Laryngeal Mask Airway
    Combitube
    Assessment of the Difficult Airway
    GlideScope
    Endotracheal Tube Introducer (Bougie)
    Lighted Stylet Intubation
    Fiberoptic Stylet Intubation (Rigid and Semirigid)
    Storz Video Laryngoscope
    Cricothyroidotomy
    Tracheostomy Tube Malfunction
    Percutaneous Transtracheal Jet Ventilation
    Needle Thoracostomy
    Chest Tube Thoracostomy
    Thoracentesis
    Open Chest Wounds and Flail Chest
    Emergent Resuscitative Thoracotomy, Open Cardiac Massage, and Aortic Occlusion
    Lung Ultrasonography
    Repair of Cardiac Injuries
    Synchronized Electrical Cardioversion
    Unsynchronized Cardioversion (Defibrillation)
    Transcutaneous Pacing
    Transvenous Cardiac Pacing
    Pericardiocentesis (Optional: Ultrasound Guidance)
    Ultrasound Evaluation of Pulmonary Embolism and Heart Strain
    Pacemaker Evaluation in the Emergency Department
    Cervical Collar Placement
    Cervical Spine Clearance
    Log Roll
    Burr Hole Craniotomy
    External Ventricular Drain Placement
    Lumbar Puncture in Adults
    Reflex Eye Movements (Doll's Eyes and Caloric Testing)
    Dix-Hallpike Maneuver
    Epley Maneuver for Vertigo (Particle Repositioning or Canalith Repositioning Procedure)
    Clinical Brain Death Examination in Adults
    Slit Lamp Examination
    Eye Irrigation
    Corneal Foreign Body Removal
    Ultrasound Evaluation of Retinal Detachment
    Ultrasonography in the Evaluation of Intraocular Pathology
    Tonometry
    Lateral Canthotomy
    Epistaxis Control
    Treatment of Septal Hematoma
    Nasal Foreign Body Removal
    Cerumen Removal
    Ear Foreign Body Removal
    Treatment of Auricular Hematoma
    Incision and Drainage of Peritonsillar Abscess
    Incision and Drainage of Sublingual Abscess
    Incision and Drainage of Parotid Duct Abscess.- Techniques of Mandibular Anesthesia
    Reduction of Dislocated Temporomandibular Joint
    Dry Socket (Alveolar Osteitis, Fibrinolytic Osteitis)
    Postextraction Hemorrhage
    Fractured Tooth
    Dental Avulsion Management
    Excision of Thrombosed External Hemorrhoid
    Diagnostic Peritoneal Lavage
    Manual Reduction of Abdominal Hernia
    Extended Focused Assessment With Sonography for Trauma
    Nasogastric Tube Placement
    Esophageal Foreign Body Removal
    Activated Charcoal
    Gastric Lavage
    Whole Bowel Irrigation
    Sengstaken-Blakemore Tube
    Gastrostomy Tube Placement
    Paracentesis
    Anal Fissure Management
    Bladder Catheterization
    Pelvic Examination and Wet Preparation
    Bartholin Gland Abscess/Cysts Drainage
    Sexual Assault Forensic Examination
    Treatment of Priapism
    Reduction of Phimosis/Paraphimosis
    Manual Testicular Detorsion.- Local Anesthesia
    Regional Anesthesia (Nerve Blocks)
    Burn Care
    Wound Closure
    Wound Closure With Tissue Adhesive
    Fishhook Removal
    Tick Removal
    Subungal Hematoma Drainage
    Incision and Drainage of Abscess
    Splinting
    Ulnar Gutter Splint
    Shoulder Dislocation Reduction Techniques
    Elbow Dislocation Reduction
    Distal Interphalangeal Joint Reduction
    Hip Dislocation Reduction
    Knee Dislocation Reduction
    Ankle Dislocation Reduction
    Arthrocentesis
    Intra-articular Injection
    Sugar-Tong Splint
    Fetal Heart Rate Monitoring
    Ultrasonography for Ectopic Pregnancy
    Ultrasonography for Hydatidiform Mole
    Ultrasonography for Blighted Ovum (Anembryonic Gestation)
    Ultrasonography for Threatened, Incomplete, or Compete Abortion
    Ultrasonography for Placenta Previa
    Vaginal Delivery
    Shoulder Dystocia Management
    Breech Delivery in the Emergency Department
    Management of Primary Postpartum Hemorrhage
    Perimortem Cesarean Section
    Peripheral Venous Catheterization
    Umbilical Venous Catheters (Insertion and Removal)
    Intraosseous Access
    Lumbar Puncture in Pediatrics
    Suprapubic Bladder Aspiration
    Removal of Hair/Thread Tourniquet
    Use of the Broselow Tape
    Nursemaid's Elbow.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Latha Ganti, editor.
    Summary: The significantly expanded second edition of this full-color atlas provides a step-by-step, visual guide to the most common procedures in emergency medicine. Completely revised, it also includes new procedures such as REBOA, the HINTS test, sphenopalatine ganglion block, occipital nerve block, and lung ultrasonography. Procedures are described on a single page, or two-page spreads, so that the physician can quickly access and review the procedure at hand. The atlas contains more than 700 diagnostic algorithms, schematic diagrams, and photographic illustrations to highlight the breadth and depth of emergency medicine. Topics are logically arranged by anatomic location or by type of procedure, and all procedures are based on the most current and evidence-based practices. Atlas of Emergency Medicine Procedures, Second Edition is an essential resource for physicians and advanced practice professionals, residents, medical students, and nurses in emergency medicine, urgent care, and pediatrics.

    Contents:
    1. Airway Management
    2. Vascular Access
    3. Resuscitation Algorithms (ACLS, ATLS, PALS, NALS)
    4. Neurologic and Neurosurgical Management
    5. Ophthalmic Procedures
    6. ENT Procedures
    7. Dental Procedures
    8. Cardiothoracic Procedures
    9. Genitourinary Procedures
    10. Obstetric Procedures
    11. Musculoskeletal Procedures
    12. Dermatologic Procedures
    13. Miscellaneous.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Jamie Ullman, P.B. Raksin ; medical illustrator, Jennifer Pryll.
    Contents:
    Surgery for epidural and subdural hematomas / Shelly D. Timmons
    Chronic subdural hematomas / Branko Skorvlj, Jonathan Rasouli, A. Stewart Levy, P.B. Raksin, and Jamie S. Ullman
    Surgery for cerebral contusions of the frontal and temporal lobes, including lobar resections / Pal S. Randhawa and Craig Rabb
    Decompressive craniectomy for intracranial hypertension and stroke, including bone flap storage in abdominal fat layer / Roberto Rey-Dios and Domenic P. Esposito
    Surgery for cerebellar stroke and suboccipital trauma / Faiz U. Ahmad and Ross Bullock
    Elevation of depressed skull fractures / Anand Veeravagu, Bowen Jiang, and Odette A. Harris
    Invasive neuromonitoring techniques / Mathieu Laroche, Michael C. Huang, and Geoffrey T. Manley
    Surgical debridement of penetrating injuries / Roland A. Torres and P.B. Raksin
    Management of traumatic neurovascular injuries / Boyd F. Richards and Mark R. Harrigan
    Management of venous sinus injuries / Laurence Davidson and Rocco A. Armonda
    Application of closed spinal traction / Nirit Weiss
    Emergency management of odontoid fractures / Sanjay Yadla, Benjamin M. Zussman, and James S. Harrop
    Cervical burst fractures / Teresa S. Purzner, Games G. Purzner, and Michael G. Fehlings
    Cervical facet dislocation / Daniel Resnick and Casey Madura
    Classification and treatment of thoracic fractures / Joseph Hsieh, Doniel Drazin, Michael Turner, Ali Shirzadi, Kee Kim, and J. Patrick Johnson
    Thoracolumbar fractures / Michael Y. Wang and Brian Hood
    Spinal epidural compression / Asha Iyer and Arthur Jenkins
    Treatment of acute cauda equina syndrome / Harel Deutsch
    Removal of spontaneous intracerebral hemorrhages / Justin Mascitelli, Yakov Gologorsky, and Joshua Bederson
    Surgery for acute intracranial infection / P.B. Raksin
    Ventricular shunt malfunction / Sergey Abeshaus, Samuel R. Browd, and Richard G. Ellenbogen
    Pituitary apoplexy / Kalmon D. Post and Soriaya Motivala
    Combat cranial operations / Leon E. Moores
    Combat-associated penetrating spine injury / Corey M. Mossop, Christopher J. Neal, Michael K. Rosner, and Paul Klimo Jr
    Replacement of cranial bone flap / Jamie S. Ullman
    Techniques of alloplastic cranioplasty / Erin N. Kiehna and John A. Jane Jr
    Surgery for frontal sinus injuries / Abilash Haridas and Peter J. Taub
    Special considerations in the surgical management of pediatric traumatic brain injury / Anthony Figaji and P. David Adelson
    Special considerations in pediatric cervical spine injury / Paul Klimo Jr., Nelson Astur Neto, William C. Warner Jr., and Michael S. Muhlbauer.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
  • Digital
    Yang Tang.
    Summary: Ischemic and hemorrhagic strokes are common neurological emergencies. In recent years, endovascular intervention has become a standard of care in treating acute ischemic stroke, aneurysms, and vascular malformations. As a result, noninvasive CT- and MRI-based techniques have been increasingly used in emergency settings. In this context, neurovascular imaging has become an essential part of the curriculum for training emergency radiologists, stroke neurologists, and vascular neurosurgeons. This book provides a comprehensive review of the entire spectrum of emergent neurovascular imaging, with the emphasis on noninvasive CT angiography (CTA), MR angiography (MRA), and perfusion techniques. It is organized into 11 chapters. The first three chapters address the topics of acute stroke imaging, including algorithms based on recent clinical trials and updated American Heart Association stroke guideline, vascular territories, and stroke mimics. These are followed by discussions of cerebrovenous thrombosis, vasculopathies, aneurysms, and vascular malformations. Remaining chapters are devoted to the traumatic neurovascular injury, as well as the relatively rare albeit important topics of head and neck vascular emergencies and spinal vascular diseases. The book has an image-rich format, including more than 300 selected CT, MRI, or digital subtraction angiography (DSA) images. Atlas of Emergency Neurovascular Imaging is an essential resource for physicians and related professionals, residents, and fellows in emergency medicine, neuroradiology, emergency imaging, neurology, and vascular neurosurgery and can successfully serve as a primary learning tool or a quick reference guide.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    1: Acute Stroke Imaging
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Core, Penumbra, and Oligemia
    1.3 Goal of Acute Stroke Imaging
    1.4 CT-Based Imaging
    1.4.1 NCCT
    1.4.2 CT Angiography
    1.4.3 Collateral Assessment
    1.4.4 CT Perfusion
    1.4.5 Limitation of CT Perfusion
    1.5 MRI-Based Imaging
    1.5.1 Strengths and Weaknesses of MRI in Acute Stroke Imaging
    1.5.2 MRI Protocol
    References
    2: Ischemic Stroke Vascular Territory
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Anterior Circulation
    2.2.1 Internal Carotid Artery (ICA) 2.2.2 Middle Cerebral Artery (MCA)
    2.2.3 Anterior Cerebral Artery (ACA)
    2.3 Posterior Circulation
    2.3.1 Vertebral Artery
    2.3.2 Basilar Artery
    2.3.3 Anterior Inferior Cerebellar Artery (AICA) and Superior Cerebellar Artery (SCA)
    2.3.4 Posterior Cerebral Artery (PCA)
    2.4 Border Zone Infarction
    References
    3: Imaging of Stroke Mimics
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Seizure
    3.3 Migraine
    3.4 Tumor
    3.5 Infection and Inflammation
    3.6 MELAS (Mitochondrial Myopathy, Encephalopathy with Lactic Acidosis, and Stroke-Like Episodes) 3.7 Creutzfeldt-Jakob Disease (CJD)
    3.8 Hypoxic-Ischemic Encephalopathy (HIE)
    3.9 Hypoglycemic Encephalopathy
    3.10 Hyperammonemic Encephalopathy
    3.11 Wernicke's Encephalopathy
    3.12 Osmotic Demyelination Syndrome (ODS)
    3.13 Drug Toxicity
    3.14 Cerebral Fat Embolism (CFE)
    References
    4: Cerebrovenous Thrombosis
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Parenchymal Changes Associated with CVT
    4.3 Identification of Venous Thrombosis
    4.3.1 Non-contrast CT (NCCT)
    4.3.2 CT Venogram
    4.3.3 MRI
    4.3.4 MR Venogram
    4.4 Treatment
    References 5: Cerebral Vasculopathy: CNS Vasculitis, RCVS, and PRES
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 CNS Vasculitis
    5.2.1 Secondary CNS Vasculitis
    5.2.2 Imaging Modality of CNS Vasculitis
    5.2.3 Primary Angiitis of CNS (PACNS)
    5.3 RCVS
    5.3.1 Definition of RCVS
    5.3.2 Clinical Presentation
    5.3.3 Conventional Imaging
    5.3.4 MRI Vessel Wall Imaging of Cerebral Vasculopathy
    5.3.5 Treatment
    5.4 PRES
    References
    6: Miscellaneous Cerebral Vasculopathy
    6.1 Moyamoya Vasculopathy
    6.2 Radiation-Induced Vasculopathy
    6.3 Drug-Induced Cerebral Vasculopathy 6.4 Childhood Stroke and Arteriopathy
    6.5 CADASIL
    6.6 Cerebral Amyloid Angiopathy
    References
    7: Traumatic Neurovascular Injury
    7.1 Mechanism and Pathophysiology
    7.2 Screening Criteria
    7.3 Screening Modality
    7.4 BCVI Grading
    7.5 Differential Diagnosis
    7.6 Treatment and Follow-Up Imaging
    7.7 Spontaneous Dissection
    7.8 Traumatic Dural Sinus Injury
    References
    8: Cerebral Aneurysm
    8.1 Pathophysiology
    8.2 Classification
    8.2.1 Saccular Aneurysms
    8.2.2 Fusiform and Dissecting Aneurysms
    8.2.3 Dolichoectasia
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Rita Agarwala.
    Summary: "This book presents a vast collection of radiologic images of cases seen in a very busy emergency room. It encompasses common and very unusual pathology and every imaging modality. The book is divided into four parts on pathology of the vascular system, chest, abdomen and pelvis and reproductive organs. Images obtained with the modalities that best depict the abnormality in question are presented, with marking of the salient pathology and explanation of the abnormal imaging features in concise captions. Whenever possible, differential diagnosis is covered using further images and guidance is also provided on selection of additional modalities to confirm the diagnosis. The book will help residents to analyze different diseases and relate pathophysiology to imaging and assist students in appreciating what is abnormal. It will be a useful guide for the busy practicing radiologist and aid clinicians in understanding the complexity of these cases and delivering better focused treatment."--Publisher's website.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Lori A. Erickson.
    Summary: "Atlas of Endocrine Pathology provides a comprehensive compendium of photomicrographs of common and uncommon entities in endocrine pathology. The volume includes histologic features of normal features, reactive conditions, hyperplasia, and tumors. The most helpful diagnostic features are illustrated to provide direction and clues to the diagnosis of endocrine tumors. Furthermore, photomicrographs highlight the most pertinent diagnostic features in problematic diagnoses in endocrine pathology. Authored by a nationally and internationally recognized pathologist, Atlas of Endocrine Pathology is an important learning tool for those becoming familiar with the diverse entities encountered in endocrine pathology and a valuable reference for practicing pathologists faced with challenging diagnoses in endocrine pathology."--Publisher's website.

    Contents:
    1. Thyroid Histology
    2. Thyroiditis
    3. Graves Disease (Diffuse Hyperplasia)
    4. Thyroid Goiter
    5. Papillary Thyroid Carcinoma
    6. Hyalinizing Trabecular Tumor
    7. Follicular Thyroid Neoplasms
    8. Hurthle Cell Thyroid Neoplasms
    9. Poorly Differentiated Thyroid Carcinoma
    10. Anaplastic Thyroid Carcinoma
    11. Tumors of C Cells
    12. Unusual Thyroid Tumors
    13. Metastases to Thyroid
    14. Parathyroid Histology
    15. Parathyroid Hyperplasia
    16. Parathyroid Adenoma
    17. Parathyroid Carcinoma
    18. Parathyromatosis
    19. Metastases to Parathyroid
    20. Adrenal Gland Histology
    21. Adrenal Cysts
    22. Adrenal Cortical Hyperplasia
    23. Adrenal Cortical Adenoma
    24. Adrenal Cortical Carcinoma
    25. Adrenal Myelolipoma
    26. Pheochromocytoma and Adrenal Medullary Hyperplasia
    27. Ganglioneuroma and Neuroblastoma
    28. Unusual Adrenal Tumors
    29. Metastases to the Adrenal Gland
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Dominique Gossot.
    Summary: This third edition Atlas of Endoscopic Major Pulmonary Resections describes in detail the totally thoracoscopic approach to major pulmonary resections, in which only endoscopic instruments and monitor control are used. Pulmonary lobectomies and segmentectomies are presented step by step, using brief technical notes and high-quality, clearly labeled still images. Each chapter begins with information on the anatomical background, which is illustrated in three-dimensional reconstructions. In turn, technical tricks and specific pitfalls are explained in pictograms. The technical descriptions presented here are based on the authors own technique, which in some cases differs from other video-assisted approaches. The goal is for surgeons embarking on video-assisted major pulmonary resections regardless of which approach they use to find helpful hints and guidance on this totally new vision of pulmonary and mediastinal anatomy. The first edition of this atlas was released at a time when video-assisted major pulmonary resections were just emerging as a valid alternative to conventional techniques. In the second edition, chapters on sublobar resections, as a new alternative to lobectomy in selected patients, were added. In this third edition, as the interest in sublobar resections is growing, and because they are challenging, the technique is dealt with in depth. In particular, readers will be introduced to new imaging technologies to support these techniques.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Roberto Alexandre Dezena.
    Summary: This book describes in practical terms the endoscopic neurosurgery of the third ventricle and surrounding structures, emphasizing aspects of intraoperative endoscopic anatomy and ventricular approaches for main diseases, complemented by CT / MRI images. It is divided in two parts: Part I describes the evolution of the description of the ventricular system and traditional ventricular anatomy, besides the endoscopic neurosurgery evolution and current concepts, with images and schematic drawings, while Part II presents a collection of intraoperative images of endoscopic procedures, focusing in anatomy and main pathologies, complemented by schemes of the surgical approaches and CT / MRI images. The Atlas of Endoscopic Neurosurgery of the Third Ventricle offers a revealing guide to the subject, addressing the needs of medical students, neuroscientists, neurologists and especially neurosurgeons. .

    Contents:
    Part I
    Chapter 1 The ventricular system
    Chapter 2 General principles of the endoscopic neurosurgery
    Part II
    Chapter 3 Entering in the third ventricle -The lateral ventricle
    Chapter 4 Inside the third ventricle
    Chapter 5 Beyond the third ventricle - Inside interpeduncular and prepontine cisterns
    Chapter 6 Beyond the third ventricle-Suprasellar arachnoid cyst
    Chapter 7 Beyond the third ventricle-Hydranencephaly.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    editors, Alexander G. Chiu, James N. Palmer, Nithin D. Adappa.
    Summary: "Gain a clear understanding of the entire spectrum of today's rhinology and anterior skull base surgery with Atlas of Endoscopic Sinus and Skull Base Surgery, 2nd Edition. This thoroughly updated title increases your knowledge and skill regarding both basic or advanced procedures, taking you step by step through endoscopic approaches to chronic sinus disease, nasal polyps, pituitary tumors, cerebrospinal fluid leaks, sinonasal tumors, and more. All-new videos provide real-time guidance for procedures such as endoscopic anterior craniofacial resection, endoscopic approach and removal of orbital tumors, sphenoidotomy, and many more"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Nasal surgery. Septoplasty / Marcelo Antunes, Sam Becker, Michael Lupa and Dan Becker
    Middle and inferior turbinates / Richard Orlandi, Peter Hwang and Reza Vaezeafshar
    Sphenopalatine/internal maxillary artery ligation / Amber Luong, Martin Citardi, Li-Xing Man and Samer Fakhri
    Endoscopic and open anterior/posterior ethmoid artery ligation / PJ Wormald and Yuresh Naidoo
    Endoscopic repair of choanal atresia / Shirley Shizue Nagata Pignatari, Aldo Cassol Stamm and Leonardo Lopes Balsalobre Filho
    Part 2: Basics of primary endoscopic sinus surgery. Maxillary antrostomy / Alexander Chiu and James N. Palmer
    Partial and complete ethmoidectomy / Alexander Chiu, James N. Palmer and Nithin D. Adappa
    Sphenoidotomy / Alexander Chiu and Nithin D. Adappa
    Frontal sinusotomy Draf I and IIa / Alexander Chiu, Nithin D. Adappa and James N. Palmer
    Frontal sinusotomy: Draf llb / James N. Palmer, Vijay R. Ramakrishnan and Henry Pipes Barham
    Frontal sinusotomy: Draf lll / Richard Harvey, Eugene Ritter Sansoni and Raymond Sacks
    Postoperative debridement / Arjun Parasher, Robert T. Adelson, Calvin Wei, Noam Cohen and Nithin D. Adappa
    Balloon dilatation of the maxillary, frontal, and sphenoid sinuses / David B. Conley and Aaron N. Pearlman
    Part 3: Revision endoscopic sinus surgery for inflammatory disease. Revision functional endoscopic sinus surgery: completion sphenoethmoidectomy / Rakesh K. Chandra and Randy Leung
    Modified medial maxillectomy for recalcitrant maxillary sinusitis / Bradford Woodworth and Jessica Grayson
    Extended sphenoid sinus antrostomy and radical sphenoidectomy / John Lee and Jonathan Yip
    Part 4: Orbital surgery. Endoscopic dacryocystorhinostomy / Raymond Sacks and Yuresh Naidoo
    Endoscopic orbital decompression / Raj Sindwani and Brian C. Lobo
    Optic nerve decompression / Vijay R. Ramakrishnan, Todd Kingdom and Henry Pipes Barham
    Endoscopic approach and removal of orbital tumors / Benjamin Bleier and Marcel Menon Miyake
    Part 5: Sinonasal tumors. Endoscopic medial maxillectomy for inverted papilloma / Kevin Welch and Elisabeth Ference
    Endoscopic Denkers approach for anterior maxilla tumors / Alexander Chiu and Jivianne T. Lee
    Endoscopic vidian neurectomy / Raymond Sacks and Rahuram Sivasubramaniam
    Approach to pterygopalatine fossa and JNA / Edward Kuan, Rakesh K. Chandra, Nithin D. Adappa and Bert W. O'Mally
    Endoscopic craniofacial resection for esthesioneuroblastoma / Vijay R. Ramakrishnan, Jeffrey D. Suh, Alexander Chiu, James N. Palmer and Nithin D. Adappa
    Part 6: Skull base reconstruction. Repair of cerebrospinal fluid leak and encephalocele of the cribriform plate / Avinash V. Mantravadi and Kevin Welch
    Sphenoid sinus cerebrospinal fluid leak and encephalocele repair / Benjamin Bleier and Rod Schlosser
    Part 7: Anterior and central skull base approaches. Endoscopic resection of pituitary tumors / Stephanie A. Joe, Alexander Chiu, James N. Palmer and Nithin D. Adappa
    Endoscopic transplanum and sellar approach . Eric W. Wang, Rod Schlosser, Arjun Parasher, William A. Vandergrift III and Jose Mattos
    Endoscopic resection of clival chordomas/chondrosarcoma / Peter Hwang, Alexander Chiu, James N. Palmer, Nithin D. Adappa and Jayakar V. Nayak
    Large skull base defect reconstruction with and without pedicled flaps / Richard Harvey, Arjun Parasher and Eugene Ritter Sansoni
    Part 8: Combined endoscopic and open approaches--frontal sinus. Frontal sinus trephine / Alfred Marc C. Iloreta, Nithin D. Adappa and Satish Govindaraj
    Osteoplastic flap with and without obliteration / Kevin Welch
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Manabu Muto, Kenshi Yao, Yasushi Sano.
    Contents:
    Part I Basics of NBI
    Chapter 1 Principles and history of NBI
    Chapter 2 Tips for obtaining optimum viewing conditions using NBI
    Part II Atlas of NBI: Pharynx to esophagus
    Chapter 3 Overview
    Chapter 4 Atlas of Normal appearance
    Chapter 5 Atlas of Non-neoplastic lesions
    Chapter 6 Atlas of Neoplastic lesions
    Part III Atlas of NBI: Stomach and duodenum
    Chapter 7 Diagnostic system
    Chapter 8 Atlas of normal appearance
    Chapter 9 Atlas of non-neoplastic lesions in the stomach
    Chapter 10 Atlas of Neoplastic lesions in the stomach
    Chapter 11 Atlas of n on-neoplastic lesions in the duodenum
    Chapter 12 Atlas of neoplastic lesions in the duodenum
    Part IV Atlas of NBI: Colon to rectum
    Chapter 13 Overview
    Chapter 14 Atlas of normal appearance
    Chapter 15 Atlas of non-neoplastic lesions
    Chapter 16 Atlas of neoplastic.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Jose I. Almeida.
    Summary: "Highly visual and packed with useful, practical information, Atlas of Endovascular Venous Surgery, 2nd Edition, provides real-world instruction on the evaluation, diagnostic imaging, and medical and endovascular surgical management of acute and chronic venous diseases. Dr. Jose Almeida, pioneering expert in the field and host of the annual International Vein Congress, along with other highly regarded practitioners, offers an authoritative understanding of what causes increased venous pressure and solutions for reducing venous hypertension. Detailed, full-color intraoperative illustrations capture key teaching moments, helping you better understand the nuances of surgery and improve your ability to perform cutting-edge procedures"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Venous anatomy
    Venous hemodynamics
    Venous pathophysiology
    Venous diagnostic tools
    Endovenous thermal ablation of saphenous reflux
    Radiofrequency thermal ablation: current data
    Laser thermal ablation: current data
    Nonthermal ablation of saphenous reflux
    Treatment of perforating veins
    Treatment of varicosed tributary veins
    Endovenous approach to recurrent varicose veins
    Thromboembolic disease
    Endovenous placement of inferior vena cava filters
    Pharmacological thrombolysis
    New concepts in the management of pulmonary embolism
    Endothermal heat-induced thrombosis
    Postthrombotic syndrome
    Iliocaval and femoral venous occlusive disease
    Deep venous incompetence and valve repair
    Venous ulcers
    Pelvic venous disorders
    Nutcracker syndrome
    Treatment of spider telangiectasias
    Endovenous management of central and upper extremity veins
    Venous malformations
    Severity scoring and outcomes measurement
    Evidence-based summary of guidelines from the American Venous Forum and the Society for Vascular Surgery.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Shanda H. Blackmon, Karen J. Dickinson, editor.
    Summary: This atlas provides a comprehensive, state-of-the-art review of all interventions that pertain to the esophagus. It includes a review of the current staging modalities, ablation technologies, resection and reconstruction techniques, and disease classification. Evidence-based guidelines regarding how each intervention is chosen are also included. With color illustrations and photographs for each surgery, the atlas details specific anatomic topics such as micro-anatomy of Barrett's and Dysplasia, EMR pathology, endoscopic ultrasound, and conventional surgical anatomy. Each intervention is presented in task format as a task list to be checked-off as each step is completed. Written by experts in the field, Atlas of Esophageal Disease and Intervention: A Multidisciplinary Approach serves as a valuable resource for any practitioner who performs esophageal intervention and will guide new surgeons and gastroenterologists into the hybrid multidisciplinary approach to this disease.

    Contents:
    Gross Anatomy
    Histologic Anatomy
    Esophageal Anatomy As Seen During Endoscopy and Basic Endoscopic Orientation
    Radiographic Anatomy
    Mapping Esophageal Disease With Endoscopic Ultrasound
    Endoluminal Interventions
    Surgical Techniques
    Management of Esophageal Leaks and Fistulas
    Esophagostomy Management
    Esophageal Reconstruction.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    P. Marco Fisichella, Marco G. Patti, editors.
    Contents:
    1. History of Esophageal Surgery
    2. Radiologic Evaluation of Esophageal Diseases
    3. Diagnostic and Interventional Endoscopy
    4. Esophageal Function Testing
    5. Patient Positioning
    6. Operations for Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease
    7. Laparoscopic Pyloroplasty
    8. Paraesophageal Hernia Repair and Collis Gastroplasty
    9. Operations for Achalasia
    10. Peroral Endoscopic Myotomy (POEM)
    11. Operations for Zenker's Diverticulum
    12. Laparoscopic Treatment of Epiphrenic Diverticula
    13. Operations for Leiomyoma
    14. Roux-en-Y Gastric Bypass for GERD and Morbid Obesity
    15. Transhiatal Esophagectomy
    16. Ivor Lewis Esophagectomy
    17. Minimally Invasive Esophagectomy
    18. Hybrid Transthoracic Esophagectomy.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Fernando A.M. Herbella, Marco G. Patti, editors.
    Summary: This Atlas focuses on surgical techniques used to treat the entire spectrum of esophageal diseases. Surgical "pearls" and tips on how to select and perform the correct operation are included and based both on evidence-based data and the experience of the Editors. Step-by-step descriptions of operative and endoscopic procedures in esophageal surgery are provided. Each chapter describes the current indications, perioperative management strategies, and a detailed operative approach with relevant technical considerations. The description of approaches and surgical techniques used in esophageal surgery are outlined in an easily understandable manner for the specific target audience. This book is written by world-class internationally renowned esophageal surgeons and gastroenterologists.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface to the Second Edition
    Preface to the First Edition
    Contents
    Contributors
    1 History of Esophageal Surgery
    Abstract
    1.1 Benign Diseases
    1.1.1 Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease
    1.1.2 Achalasia
    1.2 Malignant Diseases
    1.2.1 Esophageal Cancer
    Acknowledgements
    Suggestion Reading
    2 Radiologic Evaluation of Esophageal Diseases
    Abstract
    Suggested Reading
    3 Diagnostic and Interventional Endoscopy
    Abstract
    3.1 Indications for Endoscopic Therapy
    3.2 Preoperative Workup
    3.3 Endoscopic Mucosal Resection 3.4 Endoscopic Submucosal Dissection
    3.5 Radiofrequency Ablation
    3.6 Peroral Endoscopic Myotomy
    3.7 Care After Endoscopic Procedures
    3.8 Pitfalls of Endoscopic Procedures
    References
    4 Esophageal Function Tests
    Abstract
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Manometry
    4.2.1 Indications
    4.2.2 Classifications of Esophageal Motility Disorders
    4.2.2.1 Achalasia
    4.2.2.2 Esophagogastric Junction Outflow Obstruction
    4.2.2.3 Absent Contractility
    4.2.2.4 Distal Esophageal Spasm
    4.2.2.5 Hypercontractile Esophagus
    4.2.2.6 Ineffective Esophageal Motility 4.3 Esophageal Motility and GERD
    4.4 Ambulatory pH Monitoring
    4.4.1 Indications
    4.4.2 Interpretation
    4.4.3 Symptom-Reflux Association
    4.5 Conclusions
    References
    5 Patient Positioning
    Abstract
    5.1 Patient Positioning for Laparoscopic Antireflux Surgery, Laparoscopic Heller Myotomy, and the Laparoscopic Part of Ivor Lewis Hybrid Esophagectomy
    5.2 Trocar Positions for Laparoscopic Antireflux Surgery and Laparoscopic Heller Myotomy
    5.3 Trocar Positions for the Laparoscopic Part of Ivor Lewis Hybrid Esophagectomy 5.4 Patient Positioning for the Thoracic Part of Ivor Lewis Hybrid Esophagectomy
    Acknowledgements
    Suggested Reading
    6 Operations for Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease
    Abstract
    6.1 Clinical History
    6.2 Laparoscopic Total Fundoplication (360°)
    6.2.1 Positioning of the Patient and Placement of Trocars
    6.2.2 Operative Procedure
    6.2.2.1 Step 1
    6.2.2.2 Step 2
    6.2.2.3 Step 3
    6.2.2.4 Step 4
    6.2.2.5 Step 5
    6.2.2.6 Step 6
    6.2.2.7 Step 7
    6.3 Laparoscopic Partial Posterior Fundoplication (220-280°)
    6.3.1 Step 7 6.4 Laparoscopic Partial Anterior Fundoplication (180°)
    6.4.1 Step 8
    6.5 Postoperative Course
    Acknowledgements
    Suggested Reading
    7 Paraesophageal Hernia
    Abstract
    7.1 Clinical History
    7.2 Operation
    7.2.1 Patient Position
    7.2.2 Surgical Procedure
    Bibliography
    8 Laparoscopic Heller Myotomy and Dor Fundoplication
    Abstract
    8.1 Clinical History
    8.2 Operation
    8.2.1 Patient Position and Placement of Trocars
    8.2.2 Operative Procedure: Heller Myotomy and Dor Fundoplication
    8.2.2.1 Step 1: Division of the Gastrohepatic Ligament
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Scott R. Owens, Henry D. Appelman.
    Summary: Atlas of Esophagus and Stomach Pathology provides an image-based resource for those studying normal histology of the upper gastrointestinal tract, as well as the microscopic manifestations of developmental abnormalities, toxic insults, infectious diseases, inflammatory and autoimmune conditions, and neoplasia in the esophagus and stomach. Because modern gastrointestinal pathology practice centers on specimens obtained during endoscopic examination, the atlas focuses on biopsy pathology, providing real-world microscopic images and ancillary diagnostic studies for most commonly-encountered abnormalities and diseases affecting these two organs. The book is supplemented with endoscopic and special study images. Authored by nationally and internationally recognized pathologists, Atlas of Esophagus and Stomach Pathology is a valuable tool for both pathologists-in-training seeking to make new acquaintances, and practicing surgical pathologists in need of a quick visual reference in recalling old friends in the world of diagnostic gastrointestinal pathology.

    Contents:
    Normal Histologic Anatomy and Common Variations
    General Microscopic Changes
    Noninfectious Inflammatory Conditions
    Infectious Esophagitis and Organisms
    Benign Squamous Proliferations
    Squamous Intraepithelial Neoplasia
    Invasive Squamous Cell Carcinoma
    Unusual Carcinomas, Including Squamous Variants
    Nonneoplastic Barrett's Mucosa
    Dysplasia and Dysplasia Mimics in Barrett's Mucosa
    Invasive Adenocarcinoma in Barrett's Mucosa
    Mesenchymal and Melanocytic Proliferations
    Esophageal Odds and Ends
    Gastric Cardiac Mucosa
    Normal Biopsy Anatomy/Histology and General Changes
    General Microscopic Changes and Findings to Ignore
    Structural Abnormalities/Heterotopias
    Vascular Abnormalities
    Toxic and Medication-Induced Conditions
    Noninfectious Inflammatory and Systemic Diseases Affecting the Stomach
    Infectious Diseases and Organisms
    Hyperplastic/Metaplastic Conditions
    Benign Tumors and Polyps
    Epithelial Dysplasia and Adenomas
    Carcinoma of the Stomach
    Carcinoid Tumor of the Stomach
    Mesenchymal Neoplasms
    Hematolymphoid Neoplasms
    Gastric Metastases.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Alexis Chiang Colvin, Evan Flatow
    Summary: "The Atlas of Essential Orthopaedic Procedures is a concise, visual textbook that offers a unique approach for reviewing and solidifying the foundation for over 100 essential surgical procedures across the orthopaedic specialties. Chapters are heavily illustrated with radiographs, intraoperative photographs, and line drawings to help visualize the procedures. The management of each condition is detailed in an easy-to-follow format that begins with patient selection, walks through a detailed step-by-step description of the procedure, and concludes with surgical pearls. From rotator cuff repair and fixation of distal radius fractures to tibiotalar arthrodesis and pediatric ACL reconstruction, the 70 surgical videos that complement these chapters bring the learning experience to life. This technique-focused reference is a one-stop resource for practicing orthopaedic surgeons and orthopaedic residents"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Section 1: Sports Medicine
    Section 2: Shoulder and Elbow
    Section 3: Hand and Wrist
    Section 4: Adult Reconstruction
    Section 5: Trauma
    Section 6: Foot and Ankle
    Section 7: Spine
    Section 8: Pediatrics
    Index
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Print
    David D. Donaldson.
    Contents:
    --
    v. 3. Cornea and sclera.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RE71 .D59 1980
    1
  • Print
    David D. Donaldson.
    Contents:
    v. 1. Congenital anomalies and systemic diseases
    v. 2. Orbit, lacrimal apparatus, eyelids, and conjunctiva
    v. 3. Cornea and sclera.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RE71 .D59
    5
  • Digital
    Ian Burton, Michael F. Klaassen, editors.
    Summary: This book shares an expert experience in managing difficult facial skin cancer and presents rare cases from the authors's own practice. The content follows an anatomical approach based on the complex and often staged reconstruction of extreme facial skin cancer. Written in a clear and logical format, it is intended as a guideline atlas and surgical handbook, defining the principles of CLEAR (Complete Local Excision of the cancer + Aesthetic Reconstruction) and DRAPE (Delayed Reconstruction After Pathological Examination) for reconstructing the face. The book incorporates a wealth of multi-disciplinary knowledge from surgeons, anaesthetists, research scientists, speech / swallowing therapists, pathologists, radiologists and prosthetic rehabilitation specialists. The surgical techniques presented here require a high degree of expertise. Accordingly, the book will be of interest to professionals in the fields of Plastic and Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery, as well as Dermatology.

    Contents:
    1. The Skin Cancer Epidemic
    2. Cancer Stem Cells in Head and Neck
    3. Head and Neck Pathology: Practical Points to Ponder
    4. Applied Facial Anatomy
    5. The Team Approach in Cancer Care.-6. The Burden of Facial Deformity
    7. Pedicled Versus Free Flaps
    8. The Novel Expanded Forehead Flap
    9. Keystone Flap Concepts
    10. Basal Cell Carcinoma: A Surgical Enigma
    11. Scalp and Forehead Cancer
    12. Extreme Cancer of the Periorbital Region
    13. Nose and Ear Cancer
    14. Cheek and Perioral Cancer
    15. Palliative Surgery
    16. Metastatic Cancer to the Parotid Region
    17. Modern Maxillofacial Rehabilitation
    18. Perioperative and Anaesthetic Care in Head and Neck Cancer Surgery
    19. Assessment of Function Post-Cancer
    20. Modern Morphing Technology in Facial Reconstruction.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    lead editor, Michael J. Yaremchuk ; associate editors, Catherine S. Chang, Erez Dayan, Mohamed Amir Mrad, Alan Yan.
    Contents:
    Indications for facial implants
    Evaluation and planning for facial implant surgery
    Implant materials
    Principles and operative technique for facial skeletal augmentation
    Cranioplasty
    Temporal augmentation
    Internal orbit
    Infraorbital rim
    Malar
    Pyriform aperture
    Chin
    Mandible
    Rejuvenation of the aging face and skeleton with implants
    Designer faces: CAD/CAM facial implants
    Implant refinement of postorthognathic surgery facial contour.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    Henryk A. Domanski, editor.
    Summary: This book covers all of the diagnostic areas where FNAC is used today. This includes palpable lesions and lesions sampled using various radiological methods, and correlations with ancillary examinations detailed on an entity-by-entity basis. As well as being a complete atlas of the facts and findings important to FNAC, this atlas is a guide to diagnostic methods that optimize health care. The interaction of the cytologist or cytopathologist with other specialists (radiologists, oncologists and surgeons) involved in the diagnosis and treatment of patients with suspicious mass lesions is emphasized and illustrated throughout. ? With contributions from experts in the field internationally and abundant colour images Atlas of Fine Needle Aspiration Cytology provides a comprehensive and up-to-date guide to FNAC for pathologists, cytopathologists, radiologists, oncologists, surgeons and others involved in the diagnosis and treatment of patients with suspicious mass lesions.

    Contents:
    Image-Guided Fine Needle Aspiration Cytology
    Breast
    Head and Neck: Salivary Glands
    Thyroid
    Lung
    Mediastinum and Endobronchial Ultrasound-Guided Transbronchial Needle Aspiration
    Lymph Nodes
    Spleen
    Liver
    Pancreas
    Kidney and Adrenal Gland
    Soft Tissue
    Skin and Subcutis
    Bone
    Pediatric Tumours
    Orbit and Ocular Adnexa.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    David R. Lobo, Jaime Viera Artiles, Javier A. Ospina, editors.
    Summary: The atlas offers a comprehensive and up-to-date overview of frontal sinus surgery. In recent years there have been great advances in endoscopic nasosinusal surgery but they have been particularly prominent in frontal sinus surgery. The book provides complete instructions for a gradual learning of the different surgical techniques and includes surgical pearls. It is enriched with videos presenting real-time guidance for frontal sinus endoscopic procedures. The book will meet the needs of both trainees and more experienced practitioners, and will enable them to make steady progress in endoscopic surgery and to adopt a more complete and safe approach to the frontal sinus. It will be of interest also for ophthalmologists, maxillofacial surgeons and neurosurgeons.

    Contents:
    Part !) Preparations
    Chapter 1) An Overview of Frontal Sinus Surgery: Past, Present and Future
    Chapter 2) Training in Frontal Sinus Surgery
    Chapter 3) Frontal Sinus Classical and Endoscopic Anatomy
    Chapter 4) Indications of Frontal Sinus Surgery
    Chapter 5) Preoperative Medical Management
    Chapter 6) Classification of the Frontal Sinus Anatomy, the Extent and Complexity of the Frontal Sinus Endoscopic Surgery
    Chapter 7) Surgical Planning: Three-dimensional Imaging, Stereolithography and Virtual Surgery
    Chapter 8) Ergonomic Aspects and Instrumentation in Frontal Sinus Surgery
    Part II) Step by Step Procedures
    Chapter 9) Frontal Balloon Sinuplasty: Frontal Sinus Surgery Without Tissue Removal
    Chapter 10) Cells Removal - Draf Type I and IIa
    Chapter 11) The Vertical Bar Concept in Frontal Recess and Frontal Sinus Surgery
    Chapter 12) Bone Removal. Grade 4-5: Partial Removal of Frontal Sinus Floor. Draf IIb
    Chapter 13) Bone Removal Grade 5 (Complete Removal of Unilateral Frontal Sinus Floor) Including Eloy IIC, IID, IIE, IIF
    Chapter 14) Bone Removal. Grade 6: Draf III
    Chapter 15) Frontal Sinus Surgery (Draf III) as a Previous Step to a More Complex Technique Chapter 16) Frontal Sinus Surgery (Draf III) as a Previous Step to More Complex Techniques Part 2
    Chapter 17) External Approaches to the Frontal Sinus. Osteoplastic Flaps With or Without Frontal Sinus Obliteration
    Chapter 18) Indication for Frontal Sinus Trephination Procedure
    Chapter 19) The Place of Riedel-Mosher's Procedure in Contemporary Sinus Surgery
    Chapter 20) The Importance of Frontal Sinus Surgery in Craniofacial Resection. Endoscopic, Open and Combined Approaches
    Chapter 21) Frontal Sinus Tumors
    Chapter 22) Transorbital Approach to the Frontal Sinus
    Chapter 23) Revision Surgery of the Frontal Sinus
    Chapter 24) Treatment of Frontal Sinus Trauma and CSF Leaks
    Chapter 25) Treatment of Frontal Sinus Mucoceles
    Chapter 26) Treatment of Frontal Sinus Osteomas
    Chapter 27) Treatment of Frontal Sinus Inverted Papilloma
    Chapter 28) Mucosal Flaps in Frontal Sinus Surgery
    Part III) Complications, Postoperative Management, and Open Issues
    Chapter 29) Complications of Frontal Sinus Surgery
    Chapter 30) Management of Orbital and CNS Complications of Frontal Sinusitis
    Chapter 31) Postoperative Management
    Chapter 32) Debates and Controversies in Frontal Sinus Surgery
    Chapter 33) Future of Frontal Sinus Surgery. Beyond Surgical Treatment.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Christoph P. Hofstetter, Sebastian Reutten, Yue Zhou, Michael Y. Wang.
    Summary: "Pocket-sized resource presents endoscopic spine surgery essentials from expert spine surgeons Atlas of Full-Endoscopic Spine Surgery by internationally renowned spine surgeons Christoph P. Hofstetter, Sebastian Ruetten, Yue Zhou, and Michael Y. Wang provides concise, step-by-step guidance on the latest full endoscopic spine procedures. The book is targeted at practicing spine surgeons, fellows, and residents currently not trained in endoscopic spine surgery who have the desire to learn and incorporate these techniques into clinical practice. It is also an excellent curriculum resource for cadaveric training courses taught at the national and international level. The book lays a solid foundation with opening chapters on anesthesia, OR setup and endoscopic tools, applied anatomy, basic endoscopic surgical tasks, and preoperative diagnostics. Additional sections include step-by-step descriptions of the full spectrum of cervical, thoracic, and lumbar endoscopic approaches. The last section provides invaluable pearls on overcoming challenges, avoiding pitfalls, and optimizing postoperative care. Key Features Transforaminal endoscopic lumbar and thoracic discectomy approaches Trans-SAP endoscopic approach for foraminal and lateral recess decompression Interlaminar endoscopic lumbar discectomy Cervical/thoracic and lumbar unilateral laminotomy for bilateral decompression Special topics including endoscopic management of challenging cases, endoscopic revision surgery, and management of complications. Neurosurgery residents, fellows, young practicing neurosurgeons, and all healthcare practitioners involved in the care of endoscopic spine surgery patients will gain invaluable insights from this book. Christoph P. Hofstetter, MD, PhD, is Associate Professor, Department of Neurological Surgery, University of Washington Medical Center, Seattle, Washington. Sebastian Ruetten, MD, is Attending Spine Surgeon, Center for Spine Surgery and Pain Therapy, Center for Orthopaedics and Traumatology of the St. Elisabeth Group, St. Anna Hospital Herne, University of Witten/Herdecke, Herne, Germany. Yue Zhou, MD, PhD, is Professor, Department of Orthopedics, Xinqiao Hospital, Army Medical University, Chongqing, China. Michael Y. Wang, MD, FACS, is Professor, Departments of Neurosurgery and Rehab Medicine, University of Miami School of Medicine, Miami, Florida"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Anesthesia and rapid recovery / G. Gamian Brusko and Michael Y. Wang
    Radiation safety in full-endoscopic spine surgery / Lynn McGrath and Christoph P. Hofstetter
    Essential imaging in full-endoscopic spine surgery / Daniel Carr and Christoph P. Hofstetter
    Intraoperative navigation for full-endoscopic spine surgery / Yue Zhou
    Endoscopic instruments / Saqib Hasan and Christoph P. Hofstetter
    Operating room setup : the basics / Saqib Hasan and Christoph P. Hofstetter
    Applied anatomy for full-endoscopic spine surgery / Daniel Carr and Christoph P. Hofstetter
    Principles of full-endoscopic surgical technique / Christoph P. Hofstetter
    Essential tasks of full-endoscopic spine surgery / Christoph P. Hofstetter
    Preoperative diagnostic workup / Daniel Carr and Christoph P. Hofstetter
    Interlaminar endoscopic lateral recess decompression / Christoph P. Hofstetter
    Interlaminar endoscopic lumbar diskectomy / Lynn McGrath and Christoph P. Hofstetter
    Interlaminar contralateral endoscopic lumbar foraminotomy / Christoph P. Hofstetter
    Lumbar endoscopic unilateral laminotomy for bilateral decompression / Saqib Hasan and Christoph P. Hofstetter
    Endoscopic extraforaminal lumbar diskectomy / Christoph P. Hofstetter
    Transforaminal endoscopic lumbar diskectomy / Christoph P. Hofstetter
    Trans-superior articular process endoscopic lumbar approach / Christoph P. Hofstetter
    Transforaminal endoscopic lumbar interbody fusion / Michael Y. Wang
    Transforaminal endoscopic thoracic diskectomy / Christoph P. Hofstetter
    Anterior endoscopic cervical diskectomy / J. N. Alastair Gibson
    Posterior endoscopic cervical foraminotomy / Christoph P. Hofstetter
    Cervical endoscopic unilateral laminotomy for bilateral decompression / Daniel Carr and Christoph P. Hofstetter
    Adapting full-endoscopic technique for challenging cases / Christoph P. Hofstetter
    Endoscopic revision surgery / Ralf Wagner and Christoph P. Hofstetter
    Complications associated with full-endoscopic spine surgery / Jun Ho Lee and Christoph P. Hofstetter
    Perioperative care in full-endoscopic spine surgery / Lynn McGrath and Christoph P. Hofstetter.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
  • Digital
    edited by Miguel Angel Reina, José Antonio De Andrés, Admir Hadzic, Alberto Prats-Galino, Xavier Sala-Blanch, André A.J. van Zundert.
    Summary: This is the first atlas to depict in high-resolution images the fine structure of the spinal canal, the nervous plexuses, and the peripheral nerves in relation to clinical practice. The Atlas of Functional Anatomy for Regional Anesthesia and Pain Medicine contains more than 1500 images of unsurpassed quality, most of which have never been published, including scanning electron microscopy images of neuronal ultrastructures, macroscopic sectional anatomy, and three-dimensional images reconstructed from patient imaging studies. Each chapter begins with a short introduction on the covered subject but then allows the images to embody the rest of the work; detailed text accompanies figures to guide readers through anatomy, providing evidence-based, clinically relevant information. Beyond clinically relevant anatomy, the book features regional anesthesia equipment (needles, catheters, surgical gloves) and overview of some cutting edge research instruments ℗ℓ(e.g. scanning electron microscopy and transmission electron microscopy).
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Dora M. Lam-Himlin, Elizabeth A. Montgomery, Christina A. Arnold.
    Summary: "This will be a new series for the Pathology program based on the popularity of Arnold/Atlas of Gastrointestinal Pathology: A Pattern Based Approach to Neoplastic Biopsies. This proposed series strives to teach pathology in a format that more closely mirrors daily sign-out. Each title will feature the true spectrum of pathology and how to navigate efficiently to the correct diagnosis. Disease processes are grouped by their histologic pattern of injury, an approach which closely approximates the method by which experienced pathologists mentally approach daily sign-out. These titles will be atlas-based and contain over 1000 images to fully illustrate the diagnostic process. This series is not intended to be an exhaustive description of each entity, but rather a scope-side sign-out tool that aids pathologists in achieving the correct diagnosis, finding the pertinent information, and assembling a thorough and streamlined pathology report. As a compliment to the current Arnold title, this new volume will focus on neoplastic biopsies. It will feature over 1500 photomicrographs capturing the subtle morphologic spectrum of pathologic processes of the tubular GI tract. Each image will be narrated with key diagnostic considerations and will feature call-outs showing subtle features and diagnostic clues. Check-lists for key elements of the diagnostic approach and sample notes for inclusion in pathology reports will be integrated into the text. To supplement the spectrum of microscopic images, relevant endoscopic images, photographs of select gross specimens, and medical figures will be provided. Practical tables emphasizing salient clinicopathologic features, management implications, and therapeutic options will be included when relevant"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2019
  • Digital
    Harold Chen.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Springer
    Springer Live
    2016- Continuously updated edition
  • Digital
    Wobker, Sara E.; Williamson, Sean R.
    Summary: "Closely mirroring the daily sign-out process, Atlas of Genitourinary Pathology: A Pattern Based Approach is a highly illustrated, efficient guide to accurate diagnosis. This practical reference uses a proven, pattern-based approach to clearly explain how to interpret challenging cases by highlighting red flags in the clinical presentation and locating hidden clues in the slides. Useful as a daily "scope-side guide," it features numerous clinical and educational features that help you find pertinent information, reach a correct diagnosis, and assemble a thorough and streamlined pathology report. More than 1,200 high-quality photomicrographs capture the subtle morphologic spectrum of both biopsy and resection specimens of the prostate, bladder, kidney, testis, and the male genital tract. Each image is captioned with key diagnostic considerations and includes call-outs showing subtle features and diagnostic clues. Practical tools throughout the text include: Tables that emphasize salient clinicopathologic features, management implications, and therapeutic optionsDiscussions of how and when to incorporate immunohistochemical, and if necessary, molecular tools. Checklists for key elements of the diagnostic approach and sample notes for inclusion in pathology reports. Photographs of select gross specimens, and numerous histologic correlates. Brief reviews of normal histology that provide contrast to succeeding patterns. "Pearls and Pitfalls" and "Near Misses" sections with lessons from real life sign-out experience . "Frequently Asked Questions" sections that discuss common diagnostic dilemmas. "Sample Note" sections that offer a template of how to synthesize complicated or especially challenging topics. Comprehensive quiz provides experience with high-yield, board-style teaching topics"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Prostate
    Bladder
    Kidney
    Testis
    Paratestis and external genitalia.
    Digital Access Ovid 2021
  • Digital
    Robert A. Norman and Ed Young.
    Summary: This is a comprehensive, practical, densely illustrated diagnostic and therapeutic guide for all geriatric dermatology providers. The book comprises 50 chapters and over 600 color photographs on topics ranging from common conditions such as basal cell carcinoma, rosacea, and seborrheic dermatitis to unusual conditions such as angiosarcoma, dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans, and porphyria cutanea tarda. Sections include:- Inflammatory conditions (including contact dermatitis, alopecia, erythema multiforme, pemphigus, bullous pemphigoid, porphyria, pruritus, psoriasis, rosacea, seborrhea, urticaria.

    Contents:
    Part I: Introduction to Geriatric Dermatology
    Geriatric Dermatology: Overview
    Part II: Inflammatory Conditions
    Contact Dermatitis
    Androgenetic Alopecia
    Bullous Pemphigoid
    Dermatitis Herpetiformis
    Erythema Multiforme
    Grover's Disease
    Pemphigus
    Perioral Dermatitis
    Porphyria Cutanea Tarda
    Pruritus
    Psoriasis
    Psychocutaneous Disorders
    Rosacea
    Rhinophyma
    Seborrheic Dermatitis
    Solar Elastotic Syndromes
    Urticaria
    Xerosis
    Part III: Infections
    Superfi cial Fungal Infections
    Herpes Simplex
    Herpes Zoster
    Scabies and Lice
    Warts
    Part IV: Skin Signs in Systemic Disease
    Acrochordons
    Cutaneous Metastases
    Xanthomas and Xanthelasma
    Part V: Regional Dermatoses
    Intertrigo
    Leg Ulcers
    Pressure Ulcers
    Part VI: Benign Tumors
    Chondrodermatitis
    Cysts
    Digital Myxoid Cyst and Ganglion
    Fibrous Papule
    Seborrheic Keratoses
    Lentigines
    Benign Vascular Lesions
    Part VII: Premalignant and Malignant Tumors
    Actinic Keratoses
    Angiosarcoma
    Basal Cell Carcinoma
    Dermatofi broma and Dermatofi brosarcoma Protuberans
    Intraepidermal Neoplasia
    Kaposi's Sarcoma
    Keratoacanthoma
    Lentigo Maligna
    Cutaneous Lymphoma (Excluding Mycosis Fungoides) and Pseudolymphoma
    Mycosis Fungoides (Cutaneous T-Cell Lymphoma)
    Melanoma
    Nevi
    Squamous Cell Carcinoma.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Jonathan A. Cotliar, editor.
    Summary: This atlas provides valuable guidance for medical students, residents, fellows, nurses, attending physicians, and other allied health professionals taking care of patients with graft-versus-host disease (GVHD). Our understanding about the intricacies of GVHD diagnosis and treatment are constantly developing as basic and translational science in the field evolves. As such, this text reflects the best current evidence we have to date for clinicians treating patients with GVHD. The Atlas of Graft-versus-Host Disease is a concise and useful graphical resource providing comprehensive guidance required for a disease entity that has a heterogeneous and complicated clinical presentation. It has been written with input of both oncologists and dermatologists, which has enabled the capture of perspectives and nuances of GVHD diagnosis and management that can influence readers with varied training backgrounds and current clinical practice, thus creating a powerful and useful resource for readers.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Oguz Akin, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive visual review of pathologic disease variations of the five main types of gynecologic cancers: ovarian, endometrial, cervical, vaginal, and vulvar. Through the use of cross-sectional imaging modalities, including computed tomography, magnetic resonance imaging, ultrasound, and positron emission tomography, it depicts normal anatomy as well as common gynecological tumors. For each type of cancer, aspects such as primary staging, recurrence patterns, and findings from different yet complementary imaging modalities are explored. Atlas of Gynecologic Oncology Imaging presents a coherent perspective of the roles of standard and cutting-edge imaging techniques in gynecologic oncology via a multidisciplinary approach to cancer care. Featuring over 600 images, this book is a valuable resource for diagnostic radiologists, radiation oncologists, and gynecologists.

    Contents:
    Ovarian Cancer / Herbet Alberto Vargas [and 3 more]
    Endometrial Cancer / Herbet Alberto Vargas [and 3 more]
    Cervical Cancer / Irene A. Burger, Yulia Lakhman
    Vaginal Cancer / Harpreet K. Pannu
    Vulvar Cancer / Weining Ma
    PET-CT Imaging in Gynecologic Oncology /Neeta Pandit-Taskar, Irene A. Burger
    Image-Guided Intervention in Gynecologic Oncology / Duan Li.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Philip B. Clement, Jennifer N. Stall, Robert H. Young.
    Contents:
    Non-neoplastic lesions and benign tumors of the vulva
    Malignant tumors of the vulva
    The vagina
    Tumor-like lesions and benign tumors of the uterine cervix
    Invasive squamous cell carcinoma of the cervix and its precursors
    Adenocarcinomas of the cervix, related tumors, and their precursors
    Non-neoplastic lesions of the uterine corpus
    Endometrial hyperplasia and carcinoma
    Mesenchymal and mixed epithelial-mesenchymal tumors of the uterine corpus and cervix
    Trophoblastic lesions, miscellaneous primary uterine neoplasms, hematopoietic neoplasms, and metastatic neoplasms to the uterus
    The fallopian tube and broad ligament
    Tumor-like lesions of the ovary
    Surface epithelial-stromal tumors: general features, serous tumors, and mucinous tumors
    Surface epithelial-stromal tumors: endometrioid, clear cell, transitional, squamous, rare, undifferentiated, and mixed cell types
    Germ cell tumors of the ovary
    Sex cord-stromal and steroid cell tumors of the ovary
    Miscellaneous primary ovarian tumors
    Metastatic tumors of the ovary (including pseudomyxoma peritonei, hematolymphoid neoplasms, and tumors with functioning stroma)
    Endometriosis and lesions of the secondary müllerian system
    Tumor-like lesions and tumors of the peritoneum (non-müllerian lesions)
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    Bret P. Nelson, Eric Topol, Anjali Bhagra, Sharon L. Mulvagh, Jagat Narula, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Nirav Trivedi.
    Summary: Surgery for head neck cancer has evolved greatly in the recent years. Appropriate surgical resection with negative margins still remain corner-stone in achieving good oncological outcome. This atlas proposes a new concept of " The Compartment Surgery " to achieve negative margins in third dimensions which is the problem area in majority of cases. Reconstructive techniques have evolved vastly in the recent years with use of microvascular free flaps and this has significantly improved the functional outcome. Performing each step in appropriate manner cumulatively enables us to perform more complex procedures. Theme of this atlas revolves around this fact. This atlas on head and neck cancers takes a fresh stylistic approach where each surgical procedure is described in a step-wise manner through labeled high-resolution images with minimal incorporation of text. This allows the surgeons to rapidly revise the operative steps of a procedure within minutes just before they start a surgery. Head and neck has multidimensional anatomy and surgical treatment requires specific approach for each subsite. This operative atlas covers the entire spectrum of common, uncommon and rare cancers of the head and neck area. Each subsite is addressed in a separate chapter with further subdivisions for surgery of tumors with varying extent. Each procedure is demonstrated with photographs of each surgical step and line diagrams. Commonly used flaps (regional and free flaps) are demonstrated in separate chapter for reconstruction. With over 1000 images, and coverage of both the ablative and reconstructive surgical procedures, this is a technique-focused atlas in comparison to the available comprehensive texts. There are two chapters on very advanced cancers, and surgery in resource constrained surgical units making the book relevant to a wide range of cancer surgeons and fellows-in-training in varied clinical settings.

    Contents:
    Concepts for compartment resection
    General Head and Neck surgical procedures
    Tumors of Parotid
    Disease of Neck
    Tumors of Parapharynx space.
    Tumors of Buccal mucosa and Alveolus
    Tumors of Tongue and Floor of Mouth.
    Tumors of Oropharynx
    Tumors of Larynx and Hypopharynx.
    Tumors of Nose and Paranasal sinus
    Skull base tumors
    Tumors of Infratemporal Fossa
    Treatment of very advanced head and neck cancers
    Head and Neck cancer surgery in resource constrained setup
    Flaps.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Luca Giovanella, Giorgio Treglia, Roberto Valcavi, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I: Basic Characteristics of Imaging Methods and Other Techniques for Evaluation of Neck Endocrine Diseases
    Ultrasonography
    Nuclear Medicine Techniques
    Computed Tomography and Magnetic Resonance Imaging
    Interventional Techniques
    Pathology
    Part II: Thyroid Diseases
    Graves' Disease
    Thyroid Autonomy
    Thyroiditis
    Non-Toxic Uninodular Goiter
    Non-Toxic Multinodular Goiter
    Well-Differentiated Thyroid Carcinoma
    Medullary Thyroid Carcinoma
    Anaplastic Carcinoma and Other Tumors
    Part III: Parathyroid Diseases
    Primary Hyperparathyroidism
    Part IV: Other Endocrine Diseases of the Neck
    Head and Neck Paragangliomas
    Other Neuroendocrine Tumors of Head and Neck Region.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Ziv Gil, Moran Amit, Michael E. Kupferman, editors.
    Summary: This atlas offers precise, step-by-step descriptions of robotic surgical techniques in the fields of otolaryngology and head and neck surgery, with the aim of providing surgeons with a comprehensive guide. The coverage encompasses all current indications and the full range of robotic surgical approaches, including transoral, transaxillary, transmaxillary, and transcervical. Key clinical and technical issues and important aspects of surgical anatomy are highlighted, and advice is provided on ancillary topics such as postoperative care and robotic reconstructive surgery. Robotic surgery has proved a significant addition to the armamentarium of tools in otolaryngology and head and neck surgery. It is now used in many centers as the workhorse for resection of oropharyngeal and laryngeal tumors, thyroid surgery, and base of tongue resection in patients with obstructive sleep apnea. The da Vinci robotic system, with its three-dimensional vision system, is also excellent for parapharyngeal, nasopharyngeal, and skull base resections. This superbly illustrated book, with accompanying online videos, will be ideal for residents in otolaryngology-head and neck surgery and skull base surgery who are working in a robotic cadaver lab and for specialists seeking to further improve their dissection techniques.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    edited by Michael E. Johns, John C. Price, Douglas E. Mattox ; illustrations by Mark M. Miller.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD521 .A881
    1
  • Print
    Eugene Braunwald.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: Oversize (Downstairs)
    RC682 .A8181
    1
  • Digital
    Haeryoung Kim, Wei-Qiang Leow, Regina Lo, Paulo Giovanni L. Mendoza, Anthony Wing-Hung Chan.
    Summary: This atlas is designed to be a user-friendly bench-side reference for pathology trainees and general pathologists in handling and interpreting specimens of hepatocellular carcinoma. It provides over 550 high-quality gross and microscopic photos focusing on hepatocellular carcinoma and its mimickers, and demonstrating a full range of various histological variants of hepatocellular carcinoma. Introductory text in each chapter summarises salient clinical associations, pathological features, and molecular alterations of different variants of hepatocellular carcinoma. Differentiation between hepatocellular carcinoma and its mimickers is illustrated through various case studies. The authors are nationally and internationally recognized hepatopathologists in the Asian-Pacific regions (Hong Kong, Korea, the Philippines, and Singapore), in which the incidence of hepatocellular carcinoma is high.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Precursor lesions of hepatocellular carcinoma
    Gross morphology of hepatocellular carcinoma
    Conventional hepatocellular carcinoma
    Fibrolamellar carcinoma
    Steatohepatitic hepatocellular carcinoma
    Clear cell hepatocellular carcinoma
    Macrotrabecular hepatocellular carcinoma
    Scirrhous hepatocellular carcinoma
    Lymphocyte-rich hepatocellular carcinoma
    Hepatocellular carcinoma with stemness features
    Other uncommon histological variants of hepatocellular carcinoma
    Combined hepatocellular-cholangiocarcinoma
    Post-treatment changes of hepatocellular carcinoma
    Ancillary tests for hepatocellular carcinoma
    Tumor staging
    Differential diagnoses of hepatocellular carcinoma
    Practical tips in biopsy specimens
    Challenging cases.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Sarvee Moosavi, Ali Rezaie, Mark Pimentel, Nipaporn Pichetshote.
    Summary: This atlas provides a concise yet comprehensive overview of high-resolution manometry, impedance and pH monitoring. Through instructive text and over 130 high-yield images, the atlas describes the basic principles of esophageal, antroduodenal and anorectal high-resolution manometry, reviews both normal and pathologic findings on manometry, covers technical aspects of pH monitoring and impedance, and outlines advances in equipment, software, and diagnostic guidelines. Written by experts in the field, Atlas of High-Resolution Manometry, Impedance, and pH Monitoring is a valuable resource for gastroenterologists and other clinicians and practitioners who work or are interested in the GI motility field.

    Contents:
    Introduction to High-Resolution Manometry and Impedance
    Esophageal Manometry
    Antroduodenal Manometry
    Anorectal Manometry
    Basic Principles of Ambulatory pH monitoring and Impedance.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Victor P. Eroschenko, Professor Emeritus of Anatomy, WWAMI Medical Program University of Idaho, Moscow, Idaho.
    Summary: Atlas of histology with functional correlations, thirteenth edition, provides a rich understanding of the basic histology concepts that medical and allied health students need to know. Realistic, full-color illustrations as well as actual photomicrographs of histologic structures are complemented by concise discussions of their most important functional correlations.

    Contents:
    Histologic methods
    Light and transmission electron microscopy
    Cells and the cell cycle
    Epithelial tissue
    Connective tissue
    Hematopoietic tissue
    Skeletal tissue : cartilage and bone
    Muscle tissue
    Nervous tissue
    Circulatory system
    Immune system
    Integumentary system
    Digestive system part I : oral cavity and major salivary glands
    Digestive system part II : esophagus and stomach
    Digestive system part III : small intestine and large intestine
    Digestive system part IV : accessory digestive organs (liver, pancreas, and gallbladder)
    Respiratory system
    Urinary system
    Endocrine system
    Male reproductive system
    Female reproductive system
    Organs of special senses : visual and auditory systems.
  • Digital
    Mei Zhang, editor.
    Summary: This atlas describes the diagnosis practice and cases of human body ultrasound. It includes anatomic section, standard scan ultrasonogram of every organ, scanning methods and key points, measurement methods, normal value ranges, and clinical significances of every sections. Providing basic information and fundamental principles of ultrasonic diagnosis, it discusses ultrasound scanning of 14 organs in individual chapters. Each section sonography is accompanied by the scanning method, section structure, measuring method and clinical application. The uniform structure and detailed instructions make this atlas an easy-to-use resource for residents to refer to when they encounter specific ultrasound diagnostic problems. Editor Mei Zhang is an associate chief physician and professor at the ultrasonic department, PLA Army General Hospital, Beijing, China.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Donatella Paoli, Francesco Lombardo, Andrea Lenzi
    Summary: This atlas provides valuable information on crucial aspects of sperm examination as well numerous meaningful color illustrations. It discusses successful evaluation of the sperm morphology and the cellular elements other than spermatozoa, enabling readers to unambiguously interpret seminal cytologic images and compare reports for diagnostic, therapeutic and prognostic purposes. With its extensive collection of colored images, the book is intended as a reference resource for students and technicians in the field of andrology as well as practitioners and clinicians in andrology, urology, pathology, IVF and other ART programs.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Notes on human spermatogenesis
    Morphological structure of the spermatozoon
    Non-sperm cellular components of the seminal fluid
    Morphological study of the seminal fluid
    Chromatin structure of the spermatozoon.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    edited by Andrea Tinelli, Luis Alonso Pacheco, Sergio Haimovich.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editor, Michael B. Furman ; associate editors, Leland Berkwits [and 5 others].
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    Lucio Olivetti, editor.
    Summary: This book is designed to meet the needs of radiologists and radiographers by clearly depicting the anatomy that is generally visible on imaging studies. It presents the normal appearances on the most frequently used imaging techniques, including conventional radiology, ultrasound, computed tomography, and magnetic resonance imaging. Similarly, all relevant body regions are covered: brain, spine, head and neck, chest, mediastinum and heart, abdomen, gastrointestinal tract, liver, biliary tract, pancreas, urinary tract, and musculoskeletal system. The text accompanying the images describes the normal anatomy in a straightforward way and provides the medical information required in order to understand why we see what we see on diagnostic images. Helpful correlative anatomic illustrations in color have been created by a team of medical illustrators to further facilitate understanding.

    Contents:
    Brain
    Spine
    Head and neck
    Breast
    Chest
    Mediastinum and heart
    Abdominal cavity, peritoneum, and retroperitoneum
    Gastrointestinal tract
    Liver, biliary tract, and pancreas
    Urinary tract
    Male pelvis
    Female pelvis
    Joints. .
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Richard M. Steingart, Jennifer E. Liu, editors.
    Summary: This atlas provides a practically applicable didatic case-based guide to the use of cardiac imaging in patient care during and after cancer therapy. It features detailed information on a variety of imaging modalities, including transesophageal echocardiography, magnetic resonance angiography and positron emission tomography. A range of actual patient presentations are included covering both diagnosis and management during curative and palliative surgery, as well as cancer pharmacotherapy with the use of drugs including Trastuzumab, Anthracycline, Cisplatin and Carboplatin. Topics relevant to survivorship are also described. Atlas of Imaging in Cardio-Oncology enables the reader to develop a deep understanding of how to utilise a variety of imaging modalities used in cardio-oncology in a range of scenarios. It provides a critical and timely resource for the trainee and experienced cardiologist, oncologist and radiologist.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Luis Ronan Marquez Ferreira de Souza, Ana Luisa Alencar De Nicola, Harley De Nicola, editors.
    Summary: This atlas gathers the most frequent imaging findings concerning alterations that cause infertility in both males and in females. Also, it discusses how the images should be analyzed and described, to serve as a guide for the physicians who request and perform these imaging tests. Infertility is a highly prevalent condition - about 10% of couples are infertile with males and females equally affected. This book offers professionals dealing with infertility, including endocrinologists, gynecologists and urologists, a useful guide to the diagnostic imaging tests that are essential in treating these patients. The Atlas of Imaging in Infertility is a valuable resource for physicians from different specialties managing cases of infertility.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Miguel Peñarrocha-Diago, Ugo Covani, Luis Cuadrado, editors.
    Summary: This atlas, in which a wealth of illustrations are supported by clear explanatory text, offers an up-to-date and comprehensive overview of the immediate restoration of teeth and immediate functional loading when using different implant systems and surfaces in patients with single tooth loss or partial or complete edentulism. It provides guidance on all aspects of technique, including procedures for impression and measurement taking, and describes the surgical and prosthetic protocols applicable in various settings. The coverage encompasses the more advanced techniques used for immediate loading of implants placed in conjunction with grafting/augmentation procedures or in fresh extraction sockets, as well as immediate implant loading for mandibular and maxillary full-arch rehabilitation. This atlas will help dental students and practitioners to gain a sound understanding of immediate loading techniques, including their indications and limitations, and to apply them optimally in their practice. The atlas also shows and explains how to integrate a full digital workflow from the intraoral scanner to solve complex cases in a simple way.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Immediate Loading in Implantology
    Basic bone biology healing during osseointegration of titanium dental implants
    Histological evaluation of early and immediately loaded implants retrieved from human jaws
    Biomechanics and occlusion in immediate loading
    General diagnosis and medical evaluation
    Diagnosis and planning in immediate loading: Implant selection
    Diagnosis and planning in immediate loading: Prosthetic diagnosis
    Diagnosis and planning in immediate loading: Surgical diagnosis
    Single and partial multiple unit provisional restorations in the esthetic area
    Immediate loading with fixed full-arch prosthesis in the edentulous patient: treatment protocol
    Immediate loading in atrophic jaws. Zygomatic implants
    Immediate loading in All-on-Four
    IMMEDIATE LOADING OF MANDIBULAR OVERDENTURES
    Guided surgery and immediate loading
    THE I2 PROTOCOL FOR DIGITAL IMMEDIATE LOADING IN TOTALLY EDENTULOUS PATIENTS.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Ali Akhaddar.
    Contents:
    Classification and Sources of Infections
    Laboratory Collections and Sample Processing
    Scalp Abscesses
    Cranial Osteomyelitis
    Cranial Epidural Abscesses
    Cranial Subdural Empyemas
    Post-Traumatic Meningitis
    Brain Abscesses
    Infectious Encephalitis
    Pyogenic Ventriculitis
    Pituitary Abscesses
    Orbital Abscesses
    Mucopyoceles
    Pott's Puffy Tumors
    Intracranial Infectious Aneurysms
    Paraspinal Pyomyositis
    Vertebral Body and Discal Infections
    Spinal Epidural Abscesses
    Spinal Subdural Abscesses
    Spinal Cord Abscesses
    Surgical Site Infections in Cranial Surgery
    Surgical Site Infections in Spinal Surgery
    Brain Tuberculomas
    Spinal Tuberculosis
    Neurocysticercosis
    Brain Hydatid Disease
    Spinal Hydatid Disease
    Other Parasitic Infections of the Central Nervous System
    Fungal Infections of the Central Nervous System
    Central Nervous System Infections in HIV Patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Bryan H. Schmitt, editor.
    Summary: Infectious diseases may be encountered in nearly every aspect of pathology. This atlas provides an informative reference for the identification of the common and esoteric pathogens, presenting in a wide array of specimen types. The focus of the presented images is on the hematoxylin and eosin-stained appearances of these infections and highlight common special stains that can be used to aid in the diagnosis of the infectious agent. Where appropriate, commentary regarding additional testing such as immunohistochemistry and molecular-based methods is supplied. The Atlas of Infectious Disease Pathology is organized primarily by pathogen type followed by discussion of the various manifestations that may occur in individual organ systems. The reader will be provided with a comprehensive overview of the histopathology of the majority of infectious diseases encountered in general and subspecialty practice alike.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: Oversize (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Atlas of infectious diseases to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    Toshiyuki Matsui, Akinori Iwashita, Takayuki Matsumoto, Takashi Hisabe, Kitaro Futami, Hiroshi Tanabe, editors.
    Summary: This book is structured in three major parts and the first part is a comprehensive overview of IBD-related intestinal cancer. The second and third parts provide rare and important cases on ulcerative colitis (UD) and Crohn's disease (CD) presenting the macroscopic image of the resected specimen and analyzing the endoscopic and the pathological image to explain how to find the IBD cancer. It also delivers a detailed analysis of the histological structure of cancers. This book tries to clarify the critical but yet to be answered questions such as "Why is it so difficult to find out?" "Why so flat?" and "How to name superficial lesion with invisible margin?" and so on. Atlas of Inflammatory Bowel Disease-Associated Intestinal Cancer is designed to serve all endoscopists and gastroenterologists managing IBD patients. It also is valuable reading for pathologists who are diagnosing gastrointestinal lesions. This book is designed to assist these medical professionals to find cancers in the early stage and stay up-to-date on image-enhanced endoscopy techniques. This book is a translation of an original Japanese edition. This has been facilitated using machine translation (by the service DeepL.com) followed by editors and authors revising, editing and verifying the translated manuscript.

    Contents:
    Part 1 Bowel cancer associated with IBD - Overview
    1 Intestinal cancer associated with IBD; aim and structure of this book
    2 Endoscopic diagnosis of neoplastic lesions in inflammatory bowel disease
    3 Crohn's disease-associated lower gastrointestinal cancer
    4 Clinicopathological features and pathological diagnosis of inflammatory bowel disease- associated cancer
    5 Development and course of inflammatory bowel disease-associated intestinal cancer
    Part 2 Cases of UC associated cancers
    6 Early cancer: 9 cases with various features
    7 Advanced cancers: 12 cases with various features
    Part 3 Cases of CD associated cancers
    8 Small intestinal cancer: 5 cases
    9 Colorectal cancer with various features: 15 cases.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Won Ho Kim, Jae Hee Cheon, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive atlas, containing a wealth of high-quality images, illustrates the complete spectrum of presentations of inflammatory bowel diseases (IBD). It focuses especially on the most recent developments in the use of endoscopy in IBD, providing detailed guidance on endoscopic indices of disease activity, diagnosis, and differential diagnosis. In addition to ileocolonoscopy, small bowel endoscopy, and esophagogastroduodenoscopy, chapters are included on the role of both established radiological techniques, such as CT, MRI, and abdominal ultrasonography, and the newest approaches, including high-resolution endoscopy, narrow band imaging, and confocal laser endomicroscopy. Extraintestinal manifestations and complications are addressed in separate chapters, and the book concludes by presenting surgical findings. The authors are international authorities with diverse expert knowledge who have collaborated to create an ideal tool for all who wish to master endoscopic evaluation in IBD.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Ileocolonoscopy
    UC
    CD
    Endoscopic Indices
    Differential diagnosis
    Intestinal BD
    Intestinal tuberculosis
    Infectious colitis
    Ischemic colitis
    Microscopic colitis
    Radiation proctitis
    Vasculitis
    Lymphoma
    Drug-induced colitis
    Miscellaneous conditions
    3. Small bowel endoscopy
    Small bowel enteroscopy
    CE
    4. EGD
    5. Radiology
    CT
    MRI
    USG
    SBS, BE
    6. New modalities
    HRE
    NBI, AFI
    Confocal endomicroscopy
    OCT
    7. Extraintestinal manifestations
    Skin
    Oral mucosa
    Eye
    Joints
    8. Complications
    Fistulae
    Perianal lesions
    Abscess
    Stenosis
    Colorectal cancer, DALM
    Small bowel cancer
    9. Surgery
    Surgical findings
    Types of surgery
    Stomy.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Stephen H. Tsang, Taurn Sharma [editors].
    Summary: "This Atlas of Inherited Retinal Disorders provides a thorough overview of various inherited retinal dystrophies with emphasis on phenotype characteristics and how they are related to the most frequently encountered genes. It will also meet the hitherto unmet need of PhD students who would benefit from seeing the phenotypes of the genes they work on and study. Further, because it would help geneticists use and familiarize themselves with the candidate gene approach to test patients' genomes, enabling them to test more efficiently and cost-efficiently (as the cost of genetic testing is quite high and spiralling higher). This invaluable atlas is organized into eight sections starting with the basic knowledge on retinal imaging as an introduction to the subject matter, then diseases are listed according to their inheritance pattern while disorders with extraocular manifestations are grouped by their defining features. This structure will be intuitive to clinicians and students studying IRDs"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Basic knowledge. Retinal histology and anatomical landmarks
    Fluorescein angiography
    Optical coherence tomography
    Fundus autofluorescence
    Electroretinography
    Electrooculography
    Glossary of relevant genetic and molecular/cell biology
    X-linked forms. X-linked retinitis pigmentosa
    X-linked choroideremia
    X-linked juvenile retinoschisis
    X-linked ocular albinism
    Progressive cone dystrophy and cone-rod dystrophy (XL, AD, and AR)
    Congenital stationary night blindness
    Blue cone monochromatism
    Autosomal dominant forms. Autosomal dominant retinitis pigmentosa
    Best vitelliform macular dystrophy
    Pattern dystrophy
    Doyne honeycomb retinal dystrophy (malattia leventinese, autosomal dominant drusen)
    Occult macular dystrophy
    Sorsby pseudoinflammatory fundus dystrophy
    North Carolina macular dystrophy
    Pigmented paravenous chorioretinal atrophy (PPCRA)
    Late-Onset Retinal Degeneration
    Autosomal Recessive Form. Rod Monochromatism (Achromatopsia)
    Retinitis pigmentosa (non-syndromic)
    Leber congenital amaurosis
    Stargardt disease
    Enhanced S-cone syndrome (Goldmann-Favre syndrome)
    Best vitelliform macular dystrophy
    Systemic disorders. Mitochondrial disorder: Kearns-Sayre syndrome
    Mitochondrial disorder: maternally inherited diabetes and deafness
    Ciliopathy: Usher syndrome
    Ciliopathy: Bardet-Biedl syndrome
    Ciliopathy: Senior-Løken syndrome
    Ciliopathy: Alström syndrome
    Ciliopathy: Sjögren-Larsson syndrome
    Inborn errors of metabolism: Gyrate atrophy
    Inborn errors of metabolism: pseudoxanthoma elasticum
    Inborn errors of metabolism: Refsum disease
    Inborn errors of metabolism: Bietti Crystalline dystrophy
    Extracellular matrix: Alport syndrome
    Phakomatoses. Von Hippel-Lindau disease
    Tuberous sclerosis
    Neurofibromatosis
    Phenocopies. Rubella retinopathy
    Syphilis
    Autoimmune retinopathy
    Drug-induced retinal toxicity
    Acute zonal occult outer retinopathy (AZOOR) and related diseases
    Diffuse unilateral subacute neuroretinitis (DUSN)
    Managing IRDs in clinics. A practical approach to retinal dystrophies
    Genetic testing for inherited retinal dystrophy: basic understanding.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Andrew Churg, Nestor L. Muller.
    Summary: "Providing pathologists with the extensive array of illustrations necessary to understand the morphologic spectrum of interstitial lung disease (ILD), Atlas of Interstitial Lung Disease Pathology provides a clear guide to this often confusing and difficult topic. Each chapter touches on the important radiology, clinical, mechanistic, and prognostic features along with numerous illustrations of pathologic findings in a concise, easy-to-follow format. Interstitial lung disease is an increasing complicated topic, and with the advent in 2014 of the first specific therapies for idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis (vs other types of therapy for other fibrotic interstitial lung disease), interest in accurate classification of interstitial lung disease, particularly fibrotic lung disease has expanded at a rapid rate. The literature in this area is increasing exponentially. The use of multidisciplinary discussion (clinician, radiologist, pathologist) for diagnosing interstitial lung disease has become widespread. In addition, for some diseases molecular pathways are beginning to be elucidated. These changes mandate accurate diagnosis by pathologists and some understanding of the corresponding radiology and clinical features. The new edition will cover advances in the field in the last 5 years, including new entities, new classifications, new molecular pathways, new pathologic findings and differentials, and new therapies"-- provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    General approach to interstitial lung disease: clinical, radiologic, and pathologic considerations
    Imaging in interstitial lung disease
    Biopsy choices and handling in interstitial lung disease
    Acute interstitial pneumonia
    Organizing pneumonia
    Usual interstitial pneumonia
    Nonspecific interstitial pneumonia
    Respiratory bronchiolitis with interstitial lung disease, respiratory bronchiolitis with fibrosis, and desquamative interstitial pneumonia
    Combined pulmonary fibrosis with emphysema
    Langerhans cell histiocytosis (Eosinophilic granuloma of lung)
    Introduction to granulomatous forms of interstitial lung disease
    Hypersensitivity pneumonitis
    Sarcoid
    Miscellaneous granulomatous interstitial lung diseases
    Eosinophillic pneumonias
    Pulmonary alveolar proteinosis
    Lymphangioleiomyomatosis
    Drug reactions producing interstitial lung disease
    Lymhoid and hematopoietic processes producing a pattern of interstitial lung disease
    Bronchiolitis
    Interstitial lung disease in patients with collagen vascular diseases and interstitial pneumonias with autoimmune features
    Pneumoconioses producing a pattern of interstitial lung disease
    Miscellaneous forms of interstitial lung disease
    Mimics of interstitial lung disease
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Digital
    Anthony Y.B. Teoh, Marc Giovaninni, Mouen A. Khashab, Takao Itoi, editors.
    Summary: This atlas aims to systematically provide a case-by-case discussion on selected interventional endoscopic ultrasonography (EUS) procedures and how to approach such procedures on different patients. The atlas offers illustrations of the interventional procedures and several cases of the procedures are included. Within each case, a standardized report is provided including a brief history, imaging findings, a detailed discussion on treatment options, considerations in the EUS intervention, how to perform the procedures and final outcomes. EUS-guided drainages of the bile duct, pancreatic duct, gallbladder and abscesses are summarized. Ablative procedures including celiac plexus, pancreatic cyst and radiofrequency ablations are also covered. Other procedures guided by EUS, including gastroenterostomy, injected therapy, iodine beads insertion and fiducial marker insertion and endovascular interventions are further demonstrated. Gastroenterologists and surgeons can benefit from this atlas on learning strategies and preparing for these procedures.

    Contents:
    EUS-guided drainage of pancreatic fluid collections
    EUS-guided biliary drainage
    EUS-guided pancreatic drainage
    EUS-guided celiac plexus ablation
    EUS-guided gallbladder drainage
    EUS-guided gastroenterostomy
    EUS-guided radiofrequency ablation
    EUS-guide pancreatic cyst ablation
    EUS-guided injection therapy
    EUS-guided radioactive beads insertion
    EUS-guided drainage of abscesses
    EUS-guided fiducial marker insertion for oesophageal, pancreatic and rectal cancer
    EUS-guided portal vein pressure gradient measurement
    EUS-guided portal vein aspiration
    EUS-guided drainage of liver abscess
    EUS-guided variceal obliteration
    EUS-guided arterial embolization
    Management of adverse events after EUS-guided interventions.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Hector H. Li-Chang, Richard Kirsch, James Conner, Aysegul Sari, Aaron Pollett, Hala El-Zimaity, Dhanpat Jain, Romulo Celli, Stephanie L. Reid and Robert H. Riddell.
    Summary: Intestinal neoplasia comprises a large part of a surgical pathologists workload. Pathologists play a key role not only in the classification of malignancies but also in assisting screening programs, identifying incidental neoplasms, and guiding treatment by providing essential prognostic features for individual entities. A large variety of neoplasms affect the intestines, and there is ongoing discovery of new entities and prognostic features for known diseases. Pathologists and trainees should have a solid understanding of key morphologic features, pitfalls, and differential diagnoses. Importantly, pathologists should recognize and communicate features that help their clinical colleagues in making treatment decisions, with the ultimate goal of benefiting the patient first and foremost. The first volume of the Atlas of Intestinal Pathology provides a comprehensive yet concise, primarily visual review of intestinal neoplasms. It also serves as a useful resource primarily for pathologists and trainees in pathology by providing a concise yet comprehensive summary of morphology of intestinal neoplasia. Clinical practitioners and trainees also benefit from an understanding of the pathologic correlates to the diseases they manage.

    Contents:
    Epithelial Polyps
    Colorectal Carcinoma
    Mesenchymal Neoplasms
    Appendiceal Tumors
    Neuroendocrine Tumors of the Gastrointestinal Tract
    Lymphoproliferative Disorders of the Small and Large Intestine
    Anal Neoplasms.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Pei Hui, Natalia Buza.
    Summary: This atlas is dedicated specifically to gynecologic frozen section diagnosis and addresses professional practice gaps such as high diagnostic error rate, slow turnaround time, and inefficient communication between surgeons and pathologists at the time of intraoperative frozen section consultation of gynecologic specimens. The format of the volume is a combination of concise text and high quality gross and frozen section microscopic images, meticulously selected from the superb collection of pathology specimens of gynecologic tumors provided at Yale-New Haven Hospital in the past decades. Frequent entities with diagnostic pitfalls are balanced with less common lesions. Strategies to recognize their diagnostic features are emphasized, in addition to the impact on optimal surgical treatment of patients with gynecologic cancer. The indications, limitations, morphologic diagnostic criteria and pitfalls of frozen section consultation in gynecologic pathology are thoroughly reviewed with an ultimate goal of avoiding patient mismanagement in real-time. High quality frozen section microscopic illustrations aid the recognition of morphologic patterns and serve as quick reference during intraoperative consultation. Written by experts in the field, Atlas of Intraoperative Frozen Section Diagnosis in Gynecologic Pathology is a valuable resource for pathologists at all career/expertise levels who are involved in intraoperative consultation in their daily clinical practice.

    Contents:
    Intraoperative Consultation in Gynecologic Pathology?Introduction
    Vulva and Vagina
    Uterine Cervix
    Endometrial Epithelial Lesions
    Uterine Mesenchymal Tumors
    Intrauterine Pregnancy and Gestational Trophoblastic Disease
    Fallopian Tube
    Ovarian Epithelial Tumors
    Ovarian Germ Cell Tumors
    Ovarian Sex Cord-Stromal Tumors
    Non-Neoplastic Lesions of the Ovary and Miscellaneous Primary Ovarian Tumors
    Metastatic Tumors of Ovary
    Peritoneum.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Radu Prejbeanu, editor.
    Summary: This atlas comes at a time when arthroscopy is becoming increasingly more popular than traditional approaches due to the rapid postoperative recovery, reduced pain and accelerated return to physical activity making it the ideal treatment in sports medicine. After performing thousands of knee arthroscopy and anterior cruciate ligament reconstructions over the last ten years, the authors have drawn upon their extensive experience to provide a practical start up guide for residents and young orthopedic surgeons alike. The Atlas of Knee Arthroscopy contains detailed explanations on performing anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction, as well as potential pitfalls. The expert opinions are supported with many photographs and case examples and the book is structured in a simple yet comprehensive manner. This approach to the topic is intended for anyone interested in knee arthroscopy and ACL reconstruction wishing to access a wealth of current data in one concise resource.

    Contents:
    Part 1
    Getting started
    Operating setup
    Normal anatomy
    Part 2 - The Menisci
    Meniscal ruptures
    Meniscectomy
    Meniscal preservation
    The osteoarthritic knee
    Part 3- Anterior Cruciate Ligament
    Injury patterns
    Diagnosis and indication for surgery
    Skeletal immaturity
    Graft healing and stump preservation
    The transtibial technique
    The anatomic single bundle reconstruction
    The Double Bundle technique
    The individualized ACL reconstruction
    ACL fixation systems
    ACL Graft Choices
    Part 4 -Revision ACL Surgery
    Incidence and importance
    What is a failure of the reconstruction?
    Modes of failure
    Assessment of bone tunnels
    Graft choices
    Previous non anatomic placement
    nitial anatomic reconstruction
    Outcomes after revision ACL
    Part 5. Multiligamentary knee injury
    Part 6
    Arthroscopic treatment of intraarticular fractures around the knee
    Part 7- Chondral pathology
    Part 8
    Patellar instability
    Part 9 -Synovial pathology.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Jihad H. Kaouk, editor ; Robert J. Stein, Georges-Pascal Haber, associate editors.
    Contents:
    History and evolution of LESS
    Consent and IRB requirements
    Laboratory and experimental foundation for LESS
    Instruments for LESS
    Ports and instruments for LESS
    Multichannel vs Multiports access
    Home-made ports
    Curved vs articulating vs flexible instruments
    Needlescopic instruments
    Surgical Scopes
    Angulated vs steerable
    Internal retractors and miscellaneous instruments for LESS
    Robotic systems in LESS
    Laparoscopic surgery
    Upper tract applications
    LESS Adrenal Surgery
    LESS Radical Nephrectomy
    LESS Partial Nephrectomy
    LESS Pyeloplasty
    LESS Ileal Ureter
    Lower urinary tract applications
    LESS radical prostatectomy
    LESS radical cystectomy
    Transvesicle LESS applications
    Robotic Surgery
    Robotic LESS Adrenal Surgery
    Robotic LESS Radical and Partial Nephrectomy
    Robotic LESS Pyeloplasty
    Robotic LESS Radical Prostatectomy
    Robotic Less Radical cystectomy
    LESS in the pediatric Population
    Complications of LESS
    Future Directions for LESS.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    editors, Jay T. Bishoff, Louis R. Kavoussi ; associate editors, Nicholas Kavoussi, Tanner Bishoff.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    Chang-Ming Huang, Chao-Hui Zheng, Ping Li and Jian-Wei Xie.
    Summary: Due to recent advances in laparoscopic gastrectomy for gastric cancer, a high-resolution atlas in this field was felt necessary. This book describes the laparoscopic surgical procedure and precautions of lymph node (LN) dissection, comprehensively. The details of preoperative preparation, regional LN dissection, and digestive tract reconstruction are introduced based on a large numbers of clinical cases. Modified intracorporeal anastomosis procedure and clinical application of indo cyanine green (ICG) in LN dissection are included. This atlas will be of benefit to gastrointestinal surgeons, surgical oncologists, and minimally invasive surgeons.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    by Giovanni Cannarozzo, Steven Paul Nisticò, Keyvan Nouri, Mario Sannino.
    Summary: This richly illustrated atlas written by a team of experts guides the reader to the applications of lasers and light technologies in dermatology. It is divided in two parts: the first reviews the physical and optical concepts related to lasers and light sources, and provides a detailed description of surgical (ablative and non-ablative), vascular and pigmentary laser devices. It also discusses difficult-to-treat conditions, such as melasma and scars. The second part of the atlas is more clinically-oriented, presenting reproducible parameters and high-resolution images of pre and post-treatment, and desired end points in order to achieve an optimal result. Enabling readers to gain an understanding of the various topics concerning lasers, it explores conventional, non-conventional and combined laser treatments in a wide range of indications, as well as practical aspects such as medicolegal issues, informed consent and management of complications. The increasing knowledge and growing expertise in lasers and light devices make it necessary for physicians to be aware of the latest developments in this quickly evolving field. As such, this book is of interest to all physicians working in dermatology, cosmetology and aesthetic medicine, as well as to physician assistants and nurses using lasers in their daily practice.

    Contents:
    Preface
    1 Physical Principles
    2 Surgical ablative lasers and fractional microablative lasers (far infrared) Organ tissue
    3 Non ablative lasers and fractional non ablative lasers (near and middle infrared) Organ tissue
    4 Lasers for the treatment of vascular lesions (visible-near-infrared) Vascular tissue
    5 Lasers for benign pigmentary lesions and tattoos (visible and near infrared) Pigmentary tissue
    6 Lasers for hair removal (visible and near infrared)
    7 Intense Pulsed Light
    8 Lasers and Excimer Light Sources (Ultraviolet)
    9 Melasma
    10 Laser and Scars
    11 Summary Table
    12 Appendix: Organization and safety in the laser therapy clinic
    13 Clinical photography and non-invasive optics
    14 Wound dressing
    15 Anesthesia
    16 Addendum: Actinic Keratosis
    17 Addendum: Blue Light Therapy
    18 Addendum: The role of laser in the genital district
    19 Atlas: case reports
    20 References.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Jianhua Liu, Bing Shi, editors.
    Summary: This Atlas covers various types of lip and nose deformities and introduces individualized surgical plan for patients. The surgical techniques are classified according to the various types of deformities. Schematic diagrams, pre-operative and post-operative photographs are supplemented by detailed explanations. It consists of four parts: anatomical structure of lips and nose; cosmetic surgery of lips and nose; plastic surgery of nasolabial congenital deformity; plastic surgery of acquired nasolabial defect and deformities. The management of nasolabial deformities and defects crosses many surgical disciplines, and therefore, this book recommended to be read by surgeons of different backgrounds i.e. oral and maxillofacial surgery, plastic surgery, cosmetic surgery, otorhinolaryngology, etc. It can also be used as a reference for anatomy, developmental biology, physiology, linguistics, aesthetics and other basic medical sciences.

    Contents:
    Applied anatomy of lips and nose
    Embryo development of lips and nose
    Aesthetic features of lips and nose
    Cosmetic surgery of lips
    Cosmetic surgery of nose
    Plastic surgery of unilateral cleft lip
    Plastic surgery of bilateral cleft lip
    Plastic surgery of postoperative deformity of unilateral cleft lip
    Plastic surgery of secondary deformity of bilateral cleft lip
    Correction of secondary nasal deformity of unilateral cleft lip
    Correction of secondary nasal deformity of bilateral cleft lip
    Plastic surgery of facial cleft
    Essentials of surgical design for acquired lip defect
    Surgical methods of simple lip defect
    Modified Bernard's sliding flaps for larger lower lip defect
    Reconstructive surgery after total lower lip resection
    Reconstruction of upper lip defect after tumor resection
    Reconstruction of irregular lip defects
    Reconstruction of lip defects with composite tissue flaps
    Reconstruction of total nasal defect.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Anthony W.H. Chan, Alberto Quaglia, Beate Haugk, Alastair Burt.
    Summary: The liver is a complex organ due to its unique microscopic structure, intricate metabolic functions and susceptibility to a wide variety of insults, manifesting in countless histological patterns. Atlas of Liver Pathology considers both changes seen in medical liver biopsies as well as lesional biopsies when the specimen has been taken from a mass. The book starts by reviewing normal structure and its variants and the optimal approaches for the preparation of histological sections for diagnostic liver pathology. The following chapters are dedicated to developmental, metabolic, infectious, drug related, autoimmune, biliary, vascular and neoplastic disorders. Two sections on liver pathology in pregnancy and transplantation conclude the work. Macroscopic illustrations are included where appropriate. All photographs are complemented by legends describing the picture and providing relevant related information. Authored by nationally and internationally recognized pathologists, Atlas of Liver Pathology is a valuable resource that serves as a quick reference guide for the diagnosis of usual and unusual diseases.

    Contents:
    Normal, Variants, and Methods
    General Processes
    Developmental Abnormality
    Metabolic Liver Disease
    Fatty Liver Disease
    Viral Liver Disease
    Nonviral Infectious Liver Disease
    Drug-Induced Liver Injury
    Autoimmune Hepatitis
    Biliary Disease
    Vascular Disorders
    Premalignant Lesion
    Neoplasm-like Liver Lesion
    Epithelial Liver Neoplasm
    Nonepithelial Liver Neoplasm
    Obstetric Liver Disease
    Transplantation Pathology.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Michael Torbenson.
    Summary: "The Pattern-Based Approach series is dedicated to providing pathology textbooks that more closely reflect the challenges of daily sign-out than conventional texts do. In other words, the focus is on practical clinical and histological findings that you actually need to know. This stands in contrast to books dedicated to comprehensive coverage, for which the goal is to provide all information about an entity, much of which is interesting, much of which is not, and most of which is not that important in getting your case signed out properly. That is not to mean that this book covers only common entities because it does not neglect the rare entities either. Instead, the focus is always on practical findings that are good to know, including clinical, histological, and molecular findings, but with an emphasis on histology. For this reason, there are lots of images (790), succinct text, and organizational tools as outlined below that make the book even easier to navigate. Liver pathology can be very challenging and a pattern-based approach is the perfect starting point for providing excellent patient care. This book is not perfect, as few books are, but I hope you like it and find it useful, especially when you are working on actual clinical material. In the end, I believe that there is no greater calling for a textbook than to be considered practical and useful by those who have it in their offices. "--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Basic patterns in liver pathology
    Acute and chronic viral hepatitis
    Nonviral infections of the liver
    Granulomas and granulomatous disease
    Drug-induced liver injury
    Fatty liver disease
    Autoimmune hepatitis
    Cholestatic and biliary tract disease
    Vascular disease
    Systemic diseases involving the liver
    Transplant pathology
    Genetic diseases
    Pediatric benign and malignant tumors
    Hepatocellular tumors
    Malignant hepatocellular tumors and precusors
    Biliary tumors
    Adult benign and malignant mesenchymal tumors
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Digital
    Tracey C. Vlahovic, Stephen M. Schleicher.
    Summary: Lower extremity skin disorders are often overlooked by clinicians. Ailments such as eczema, psoriasis and tinea at times prove difficult to distinguish clinically, and misdiagnosis can lead to inappropriate therapy. Many practitioners are mystified when confronted with an abnormal appearing nail. Delay in recognizing skin cancer may adversely impact morbidity and mortality. This full-color atlas is a concise guide for medical professionals who deal with the lower extremities and will aid in both diagnosis and treatment. Topics featured in the Atlas include nail pathology, fungal and bacterial infections, xerotic and hyperkeratotic disorders, autoimmune diseases and vasculopathies, benign and malignant lesions, systemic diseases, and ulcerations. Each chapter contains vibrant photographic representative examples. Concluding chapters present a review of biopsy techniques as well as an overview of current dermatological therapies. The Atlas of Lower Extremity Skin Disease is a unique resource for podiatrists, dermatologists, and primary care physicians as well as nurse practitioners and physician assistants.

    Contents:
    Nail Disorders of the Lower Extremity
    Superficial Fungal Infections of the Lower Extremity
    Infections and Infestations of the Lower Extremity
    Xerotic and Hyperkeratotic Disorders of the Lower Extremity
    Papulosquamous Disorders of the Lower Extremity
    Contact, Irritant, Atopic, and Stasis Dermatitis of the Lower Extremity
    Concerns of the Lower Extremity in Skin of Color
    Autoimmune Diseases and Vasculopathies of the Lower Extremity
    Benign and Malignant Lesions of the Lower Extremity
    Blistering Eruptions of the Lower Extremity
    Blistering Eruptions of the Lower Extremity
    Self-Induced and Psychogenic Skin Conditions of the Lower Extremity
    Skin Signs of Systemic Disease and Reactive Disorders of the Lower Extremity
    Ulcerations of the Lower Extremity
    Drug Eruptions of the Lower Extremity
    Biopsy Techniques of the Lower Extremity
    Dermatologic Therapies of the Lower Extremity: Topical and Systemic.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Chen Zhang, Jeffrey L. Myers, editors.
    Summary: This book provides pathologists-in-training as well as experienced practitioners an easy-to-use practical diagnostic guide for lesions involving the lung and pleura. It also serves as a reliable resource for clinicians interested in the histopathologic features that define the entities that afflict their patients. This text covers a breadth of common problems likely to cross your microscope but without a level of detail likely to satisfy a desire for deep knowledge of their biology. The fourteen chapters begin with a brief overview of normal histology before moving on to incidental findings, followed by non-neoplastic and finally neoplastic diseases. Individual diseases include a brief introduction followed by gross photographs for selected entities and multiple photomicrographs at different magnifications with detailed legends describing the findings. The introductory narratives are intentionally concise, including only essential clinical and radiological information and key pathologic features. The emphasis in this book is on the histologic diagnosis of diseases using routinely stained slides as the foundation with a focus on high-quality hematoxylin-eosin-stained sections. Gross illustrations are included for those entities in which gross examination may play an important role in diagnosis. Illustrations of immunohistochemical stains are limited to those that are diagnostically relevant and/or necessary for certain tumor categories.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Mukesh G. Harisinghani, editor ; Aileen O'Shea, associate editor.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive atlas on lymph node anatomy and drainage to aid in cancer staging and therapy. Nodal drainage is pertinent to all aspects of cancer staging and therapy and is used by radiation oncologists, surgeons, and medical oncologists to increase accuracy. The first edition of this text was the first comprehensive monograph on this topic, allowing physicians across various specialties to utilize this information and easily share that knowledge with residents, fellows, and junior faculty. Detailed anatomic drawings and state-of-the-art radiologic images combine to produce this essential Atlas of Lymph Node Anatomy. Utilizing the most recent advances in medical imaging, this book illustrates the nodal drainage stations in the head and neck, chest, abdomen, and pelvis. Also featured are clinical cases depicting drainage pathways for common malignancies. 2-D and 3-D maps offer color-coordinated representations of the lymph nodes in correlation with the anatomic illustrations. This simple, straightforward approach makes this book a perfect daily resource for a wide spectrum of specialties and physicians at all levels who are looking to gain a better understanding of lymph node anatomy and drainage. This new edition enables physicians to educate themselves on the location of various nodal stations, especially in the context of common primary tumors, so that they are able to detect, localize, and characterize nodes seen with novel new imaging methods and with an increased level of accuracy. Chapters now cover the significant strides made in the imaging realm, such as PET CT, conventional MRI, MRI with novel imaging agents, and multidetector CT, which allows visualization of lymph nodes in various anatomic compartments.

    Contents:
    Head and Neck Lymph Node Anatomy
    Chest Lymph Node Anatomy
    Abdominal Lymph Node Anatomy
    Pelvic Lymph Nodes
    Pitfalls and Mimics of Lymph Node on Imaging.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Amy S. Duffield, Joo Y. Song, Girish Venkataraman.
    Summary: "Closely mirroring the daily sign-out process, Atlas of Lymph Node Pathology: A Pattern Based Approach is a highly illustrated, efficient guide to accurate diagnosis. This practical reference uses a proven, pattern-based approach to clearly explain how to interpret challenging cases by highlighting red flags in the clinical chart and locating hidden clues in the slides. Useful as a daily "scope-side guide," it features numerous clinical and educational features that help you find pertinent information, reach a correct diagnosis, and assemble a thorough and streamlined pathology report. More than 1,500 high-quality photomicrographs depict reactive and neoplastic processes involving lymph nodes, capturing the full spectrum of morphologic changes associated with common abnormalities, including relatively rare conditions. Captions include a morphologic description, highlighting subtle features and key diagnostic considerations. Practical tools throughout the text include: Tables that emphasize salient clinicopathologic features, management implications, and therapeutic options. Discussions of how and when to incorporate immunohistochemical and special stains, as well as the utilization of flow cytometry and molecular tools. Checklists for key elements of the diagnostic approach and sample notes for inclusion in pathology reports. Relevant endoscopic images, photographs of select gross specimens, and medical figures. Brief reviews of normal histology that provide contrast to succeeding patterns. "Pearls and Pitfalls" and "Near Misses" sections with lessons from real-life sign-out experience . "Frequently Asked Questions" sections that discuss common diagnostic dilemmas. "Sample Note" sections that offer a template of how to synthesize complicated or especially challenging topicsQuizzes in every chapter that provide experience with high-yield, board-style teaching topics"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2021
  • Digital
    Wei-Ren Pan.
    Summary: This atlas provides detailed information on the human lymphatic system in the head, neck and chest regions as well as the extremities, with more than 400 photographs and radiographs, including micro and macro views of the morphology. Much of the content is presented for the first time, such as the individual differences in lymphatic distribution, especially in the head neck region; characteristics of the indirect precollecting lymph vessel in the scalp; the lymphatic ampulla and diverticulum; and the transparent lymph node. Providing insights into the lymphatic anatomy, the book is an essential resource for medical and science students as well as therapists, clinicians and researchers working in this field.

    Contents:
    Components of lymphatic system
    Components and morphology of the lymphatic system
    Distribution of lymphatics
    Lymphatic anatomy and clinical applications
    Materials and methods.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    by Shamil Gantsev, Kamil Gantsev, Shamil Kzyrgalin.
    Summary: This atlas contains a large number of original photographs illustrating the anatomy, research methods, and structural features of the structure of the lymphatic apparatus in oncological diseases. The tissue complexes of the axillary region have been studied in detail. The lymphatic maps of the axillary region in cancer are presented, including those with manifestations of lymphangiogenesis; newly formed lymph nodes formed as a result of neolymphogenesis are also considered. Atlas of Lymphatic System in Cancer: Sentinel Lymph Node, Lymphangiogenesis and Neolymphogenesis is intended for oncologists, anatomists, morphologists and doctors of other specialties. The book is the result of ten years of research. The applied technology of ultrasonic isolation of anatomical structures made it possible to take a fresh look at the lymphatic apparatus in cancer and describe the phenomenon of neolymphogenesis.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Methods of Lymphatic Dissection
    Lymph Nodes in Cancer
    Sentinel Lymph Node
    Lymphatic Mapping in Cancer
    Lymphatic Drainage
    Lymphangiogenesis in Cancer
    Neolymphogenesis. Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Giuliano Mariani, Sergi Vidal-Sicart, Renato A. Valdés Olmos, editors.
    Summary: The main goal of the second edition of this book is to update the content on the rapidly growing field of lymphoscintigraphy, a radionuclide-based imaging procedure that provides information on the functional status of the lymphatic system. Although the technique was originally introduced to identify the cause of peripheral edema (i.e., blockage of the venous or lymphatic circulation), more recent and widespread applications include radioguided biopsy of the sentinel lymph node in patients with solid cancers. This procedure is crucial for the adequate planning of oncologic surgery in a growing number of cancers, most notably breast cancer, cutaneous melanoma, head and neck cancers, penile cancer, and cervical cancer. The book focuses on the latest advances in lymphoscintigraphy techniques, including both novel tracers recently approved for clinical use (especially in the field of sentinel lymph node mapping) and the expanding role of hybrid imaging with SPECT/CT - and in sentinel node detection using hybrid tracers (radiolabeled and fluorescent) for dual-signature guidance. Each chapter addresses the clinical application of lymphoscintigraphy in different anatomic areas or disease conditions. After an introductory section concerning the pathophysiology of the specific site/disease, the clinical relevance and impact of lymphoscintigraphy is demonstrated by a collection of richly illustrated teaching cases describing the lymphoscintigraphic patterns most commonly observed, as well as anatomic variants and technical pitfalls. Emphasis is placed on tomographic multimodality imaging. The book gathers contributions by experts in nuclear oncology, who have revised their chapters by updating the didactic material and adding clinical cases. Regarding sentinel lymph node biopsy in particular, a major distinction of this text is the incorporation of the staging guidelines of the American Joint Committee on Cancer (8th edition) into the didactic material.

    Contents:
    Anatomy and physiology of lymphatic circulation
    Pathophysiology of lymphatic circulation in different disease conditions
    Methodological aspects of lymphoscintigraphy: radiopharmaceuticals and instrumentation
    Methodological aspects of lymphoscintigraphy: bicompartmental versus monocompartmental
    Lymphoscintigraphy for the differential diagnosis of peripheral edema and intracavitary lymph effusion
    The sentinel lymph node concept in oncologic surgery
    General concepts on radioguided sentinel lymph node biopsy: preoperative imaging, intraoperative gamma-probe guidance, intraoperative imaging, multimodality imaging
    SPECT/CT image generation and criteria of interpretation for sentinel lymph node mapping
    Preoperative and intraoperative lymphatic mapping for radioguided sentinel node biopsy in breast cancer
    Preoperative and intraoperative lymphatic mapping for radioguided sentinel node biopsy in cutaneous melanoma
    Preoperative and intraoperative lymphatic mapping for radioguided sentinel node biopsy in head and neck cancers
    Preoperative and intraoperative lymphatic mapping for radioguided sentinel node biopsy in non-small-cell lung cancer
    Preoperative and intraoperative lymphatic mapping for radioguided sentinel node biopsy in cancers of the gastrointestinal tract
    Preoperative and intraoperative lymphatic mapping for radioguided sentinel node biopsy in cancers of the female reproductive system
    Preoperative and intraoperative lymphatic mapping for radioguided sentinel node biopsy in cancers of the male reproductive system
    Preoperative and intraoperative lymphatic mapping for radioguided sentinel node biopsy in kidney and bladder cancers.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Flavio Ruffinatto, Alan Crivellaro.
    Summary: This atlas presents macroscopic descriptions, macro cross section pictures, general characteristics and identification keys of 335 wood species currently introduced in the European timber market from all over the world. Overall 292 different genera are represented and CITES-listed timbers are also included. Macroscopic descriptions are based on a recently proposed list of macroscopic features for wood identification. Macroscopic features and their codes are defined and illustrated in the atlas. Wood descriptions also include information about natural durability, physical and mechanical properties, end uses, environmental sustainability and possible related misleading commercial names. Furthermore, each genus is described in terms of number of species, geographical distribution and main commercial timbers, and details are given about to what extent timbers within the genus can be typically identified through macroscopic and microscopic analysis, if any. The atlas will be a valuable guide for all agents in charge for timber verification, those involved in the European Timber Regulation enforcement and CITES inspections, as well as wood scientists, foresters, wood sellers, wood restorers, and any wood worker and wood passionate interested in a fast and reliable tool for wood identification.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Introduction
    Part I: Basics of Wood Structure, Materials and Methods, Identification Key
    1: Plans of Observation and Wood Structure
    Plans of Observation
    Wood Structure
    2: Specimen Preparation and Observation
    Cutting Tools
    Specimen Preparation
    Hand Lens Observation
    3: Materials and Methods
    Species Selection
    Specimen Preparation and Imaging
    Specimen Description
    References
    4: Definition of Macroscopic Characters
    Anatomical Characters, Wood with and Without Vessels (Hardwoods and Softwoods)
    Growth Rings Alstonia macrophylla Wall. ex G.Don
    Alstonia scholaris (L.) R. Br.
    Amburana
    Amburana cearensis (Allemao) A.C.Sm.
    Amphimas
    Amphimas pterocarpoides Harms
    Andira
    Andira coriacea Pulle
    Androstachys
    Androstachys johnsonii Prain
    Aniba
    Aniba canelilla (Kunth) Mez
    Aniba rosodora Ducke
    Anisoptera
    Anisoptera costata Korth.
    Anopyxis
    Anopyxis klaineana (Pierre) Engl.
    Antiaris
    Antiaris toxicaria (J.F.Gmel.) Lesch.
    Antrocaryon
    Antrocaryon klaineanum Pierre
    Apuleia
    Apuleia leiocarpa (Vogel) J.F.Macbr.
    Aquilaria
    Aquilaria malaccensis Lam. Anatomical Characters, Wood with Vessels (Hardwoods)
    Porosity
    Vessel Arrangement
    General Comments
    Vessel Groupings
    General Comments
    Vessel Frequency
    General Comments
    Vessel Diameter/Pore Visibility
    General Comments
    Latewood Pore Visibility
    Vesselless Bands
    Tyloses
    Vessel Deposits
    Axial Parenchyma Distribution
    Ray Width
    General Comments
    Ray Storying
    Ray Height
    Rays per Millimetre
    Wood Rayless
    Fibres
    Intercellular Canals
    Included Phloem
    Anatomical Characters, Wood Without Vessels (Softwoods)
    Earlywood/Latewood Transition Axial Canals
    Axial Parenchyma
    Non-structural Characters, Wood with and Without Vessels (Hardwoods and Softwoods)
    Heartwood Colour
    General Comments
    Heartwood Density
    Heartwood Odour
    Heartwood Oily Surface
    Habit (According to IAWA 1989)
    Geographical Distribution (According to IAWA 1989) (Fig. 4.27)
    Non-structural Characters, Wood with Vessels (Hardwoods)
    Heartwood Fluorescence
    General Comments
    Heartwood Extractives
    Heartwood Froth Test
    Heartwood Burning Splinter Test
    Chrome Azurol-S test
    Grain
    Surface Marks
    References
    5: Identification Key Softwoods
    Hardwoods
    Part II: Wood Specifications
    6: Wood Specifications A-B
    Abies
    Abies alba Mill.
    Acacia
    Acacia mangium Willd.
    Acer
    Acer pseudoplatanus L.
    Adina
    Adina cordifolia (Roxb.) Brandis
    Aesculus
    Aesculus hippocastanum L.
    Afzelia
    Afzelia bipindensis Harms.
    Agathis
    Agathis australis (D.Don) Lindl.
    Ailanthus
    Ailanthus altissima (Mill.) Swingle
    Albizia
    Albizia ferruginea (Guill. & Perr.) Benth.
    Alexa
    Alexa imperatricis (R.H.Schomb.) Baill.
    Alnus
    Alnus glutinosa (L.) Gaertn.
    Alstonia
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Arnaud Bonnard.
    Summary: This atlas offers a step-by-step approach to Thoracoscopic surgery for Congenital Pulmonary Malformation (CPAM) in each major lung resection. This technique is still a matter of debate and is used approxmately by 50% of the surgeons in Europe. The apprehension of the thoracoscopic approach is complicated firstly by the small size of the child to whom it is proposed and secondly by the risks of perioperative or postoperative complications. Furthermore, the pulmonary malformations object of this investigation are rare, thus making this technique difficult to learn and reproduce. The volume - the result of a surgical experience acquired since 2007 in this field - offers a step-by-step approach to the procedure in each major lung resection and is illustrated by numerous intraoperative photos, short video clips and even complete resection videos; tips and tricks are presented to facilitate surgery, to make it reproducible and accessible by all surgeons, whether they are young surgeons in training or experienced surgeons. This atlas aims to complement and not to replace the direct observation in the operating room, or the procedure learning by the reader. It offers essential guide for practitioners, trainees and thoracoscopic surgeons interested in CPAM.

    Contents:
    1 Introduction
    2 The timing of the surgery
    3 Technical considerations - "tips and tricks" and postoperative analgesia
    4 patient position
    5 the instrumentation
    6 position of the trocars
    7 vascular control-bleeding management
    8 bronchial control - management of air leaks
    9 Post-operative management-management of complications
    10 Follow-up
    11 Upper right lobectomy
    12 Average lobectomy
    13 Lower right lobectomy
    14 Upper left lobectomy
    15 Lower left lobectomy
    16 segment definition
    17 antegrade dissection and identification of vascular and bronchial structures
    18 extra lobar sequestrectomy
    19 intralobar sequestrectomy.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Giorgio De Santis, Peter G. Cordeiro, Luigi Chiarini, editors.
    Summary: This atlas deals with the standard technique used for reconstructing the mandible and the maxilla - the fibula flap. The reader will find useful information on all issues that are important in the surgical procedure, including the use of CAD-CAM technology (Computer Assisted Technology), bone synthesis and flap modelling. The editors draw on their 30 years of experience to provide a step-by-step description of this surgical procedure. With the help of numerous illustrations, the reader will learn the technical, functional and aesthetic developments since 1989 when this technique was first described. Plastic surgeons, otorhinolaryngologists and oral- and maxillofacial surgeons will find this book a valuable guide to the sophisticated principles of jaw reconstruction and how to apply them in their everyday practice.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Part I: Classification System; Classification System for Mandibulectomy Defects; Mandibulectomy Defect Classification System; Further Reading; Classification System for Maxillectomy Defects; Maxillectomy Defect Classification System; Type I: Limited Maxillectomy Defects; Type II: Subtotal Maxillectomy Defects; Type III: Total Maxillectomy Defects; Type IV: Orbitomaxillectomy Defects; Further Reading; Part II: Technique and Examples; The Fibula Osteocutaneous Free Flap: Surgical Approach; Operative Technique: Surface Markings and Skin Island Design Anterior Dissection of the Skin, the Lateral Septum, and the Lateral/Anterior Muscle CompartmentsPosterior Dissection of the Skin Island; Proximal and Distal Osteotomies of the Fibula; Division of the Distal Peroneal Vessels and the Tibialis Posterior Muscle; Dissection of the Main Pedicle; Further Reading; Part III: Mandibular and Maxilla Reconstruction; Use of Templates to Perform Osteotomies of the Fibula and to Shape the Neo-mandible or Neomaxilla; Virtual Surgical Planning; Further Reading; Mandible: Lateral, Hemimandibular, Anterior; Type I Defects; Type II Defects; Type III Defects Proposed Interpretations of RFA MeasurementsRFA Measurements and Free Revascularized Bone Flaps; References; Part VI: Adjunct Procedures; Second Vascularized Fibula Flap and Osteotomy to Correct Malocclusion; Second Vascularized Fibula Flap; Secondary Osteotomies to Correct Malocclusion; References; Secondary Procedures and Refinements; References
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Saul Suster.
    Summary: The mediastinum is a virtual compartment in the chest cavity that is the seat of several vital organs and structures that can be involved in a variety of pathologic processes, including congenital and developmental abnormalities, inflammatory conditions, and benign and malignant neoplasms. The Atlas of Mediastinal Pathology provides a pictorial survey of the major disease processes that can affect this anatomic compartment, including congenital and acquired cysts, benign hamartomatous processes, inflammatory processes involving the mediastinum, and benign and malignant neoplasms. The latter includes tumors of the thymus (thymoma and thymic carcinoma), neuroendocrine neoplasms, germ cell tumors, mesenchymal neoplasms, and hematolymphoid malignancies. The use of ancillary diagnostic methods is illustrated, where appropriate, providing assistance for pathologists in arriving at the correct diagnosis.

    Contents:
    Reactive, Developmental, Inflammatory, and Tumor-like Conditions
    Thymic Epithelial Neoplasms
    Neuroendocrine Neoplasms of the Thymus
    Neurogenic Tumors
    Soft Tissue Tumors of the Mediastinum
    Germ Cell Tumors
    Lymphoproliferative Disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Min P. Kim.
    Summary: The book demonstrates the step-by-step method of performing minimally invasive esophagectomy and robot-assisted esophagectomy. Chapters cover the techniques of performing minimally invasive and robot-assisted Ivor Lewis esophagectomy and McKeown esophagectomy as well as variation in methods of chest and neck anastomosis and a method to perform jejunostomy tube placement. Each author provides a narrative on their technique in performing the esophagectomy with pearls for different parts of the operation. As with any other surgical procedure, there are controversies about how to handle different parts of the operation. The goal of the book is not to debate the best method, but to provide a method to perform the complex operation in a minimally invasive way. Atlas of Minimally Invasive and Robotic Esophagectomy incorporates robot-assisted esophagectomy techniques and aims to benefit specialists and trainees that treat patients with esophageal cancer.

    Contents:
    Minimally Invasive and Robotic Esophagectomy
    Minimally Invasive Ivor Lewis Esophagectomy
    Minimally Invasive McKeown Esophagectomy
    Robot-assisted Ivor Lewis Esophagectomy
    Robot-assisted McKeown Esophagectomy
    Techniques of Chest Anastomosis
    Techniques of the Neck Anastomosis
    Robot-assisted Jejunostomy Tube Placement.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Jun Wang, Mark K. Ferguson, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    Part I. Minimally Invasive Surgery for Lung Cancer
    2. General consideration
    3. Wedge resection
    4. Lobectomy
    5. Segmentectomy
    6. Sleeve lobectomy
    7. Pneumonectomy
    8. Robotic lung resection
    9. Inraoperative staging and node dissection
    10. Minimally invasive approaches to chest wall and superior sulcus tumors
    11. Technical notes
    Part II. Minimally Invasive Surgery for Esophageal Cancer
    12. General considerations
    13. Thoracoscopic and laparoscopic esophagectomy with cervical anastomosis
    14. Thoracoscopic and laparoscopic esophagectomy with intrathoracic anastomosis
    15. Laparoscopic transhiatal esophagectomy
    16. The prone position for esophagectomy
    17. Robotic esophagectomy
    18. Technical notes
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    editors, John Hunter, MD, Donn Spight, MD, Corinne Sandone, Jennifer Fairman.
    Summary: "Introducing the most essential all-in-one MIS tutorial and atlas for 21st-century practice If you are a laparoscopic surgeon who strives to be at the vanguard of clinical practice, your atlas has arrived. Overflowing with nearly 1,000 beautifully rendered, medically accurate illustrations, The Atlas of Minimally Invasive Surgical Operations is the definitive laparoscopic surgery procedural primer and visual roadmap. This indispensable, one-stop resource delivers easy-to-follow procedural guidance that builds on the vital work of laparoscopic surgery pioneers at OHSU and other leading academic centers in the United States who have adapted common open operations to an MIS environment. Accompanying this skill-sharpening content are detailed illustrations that take you through each step to consider while performing current minimally invasive techniques. Features state-of-the-art illustrations all created by esteemed professors of medical illustration at Johns Hopkins University are designed to help surgeons visualize the procedure as they step to the operating table. Comprehensive coverage encompassing 62 must-know procedures, each of which is fully explained with high-yield text and accompanying illustrations. Consistent format includes Indications, Preoperative Preparation, Anesthesia, Position, Incision and Exposure, Closure, and Postoperative Care Section on minimally invasive pediatric surgery examines the latest procedural approaches to this critical surgical area. The Atlas of Minimally Invasive Surgical Operations begins with a review of general surgical considerations and principles of access, while subsequent sections survey the full scope of surgical interventions. Mirroring the latest clinical perspectives, research, and technologies that drive procedure evolution, this is the one atlas that should be part of your surgical protocol"-- Provided by publisher. "Using the Zollinger format, Hunters' Atlas of Minimally Invasive Surgery will show the step-by-step procedures on how to perform minimally invasive surgery. The bonus DVD will show in real time how to perform these surgeries"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access AccessSurgery 2018
  • Digital
    M. Asunción Acosta, Miguel A. Cuesta, Marcos Bruna, editors.
    Contents:
    Contents
    Surgical Anatomy of the Esophagus
    A Concentric-Structured Model for the Understanding of the Surgical Anatomy in the Upper Mediastinum Required for Esophagectomy with Radical Mediastinal Lymph Node Dissection
    A Surgical Concept for the Subcarinal Anatomy of the Esophagus and Mediastinum
    270 Degrees Fundoplication for Gastroesophageal Reflux Esophagitis
    Laparoscopic Nissen Fundoplication
    Minimally Invasive Surgery of Paraesophageal Hernias
    Minimally Invasive Treatment of Esophageal Leiomyoma
    Peroral Endoscopic Myotomy (POEM) for Achalasia
    Endoscopic Treatment of Early Esophageal Cancer
    Transmediastinal Approach for Esophageal Cancer: Upper and Middle Mediastinal Dissection with Single Port Technique
    Laparoscopic Transhiatal Resection for Distal Esophageal and Gastro-Esophageal Junction Cancer
    Robot Assisted-Minimally Invasive Transhiatal Esophagectomy
    Minimally Invasive Esophagectomy: Ivor-Lewis
    Thoracoscopic Radical Esophagectomy for Cancer
    Three-Stage McKeown Minimally Invasive Esophagectomy Procedure in Prone Position
    Robot-assisted Minimally Invasive Esophagectomy (RAMIE)
    Cervical Esophagogastric Anastomosis
    Intrathoracic Esophago-gastrostomy After MIE Ivor Lewis Resection: End-to-side Anastomosis by Means of Circular Stapler (The Flap and Wrap Technique)
    Intrathoracic Esophago-gastrostomy After MIE Ivor Lewis Resection: Side-to-side Anastomosis by Means of a Linear Stapler
    Intrathoracic esophago-gastrostomy After MIE Ivor Lewis Resection: End-to-side Anastomosis by Means of a Circular Stapler and Endoloop
    Intrathoracic Esophago-gastrostomy After MIE Ivor Lewis Resection: End-to-side Anastomosis Using a Double Endoloop System
    Intrathoracic Esophago-gastrostomy After MIE Ivor Lewis Resection: End-to-side Handsewn Anastomosis
    Intrathoracic Robot-Assisted Minimally Invasive Esophagectomy (RAMIE) Ivor Lewis End-to-side Anastomosis
    Surgical Anatomy of the Stomach and the Omental Bursa
    Minimally Invasive Treatment of Gastric GIST
    Minimally Invasive Surgery for Treatment of Complications of Gastroduodenal Ulcer
    Laparoscopic Adjustable Gastric Band
    Laparoscopic Roux en Y Gastric Bypass
    Laparoscopic Sleeve Gastrectomy
    Laparoscopic Duodenal Switch
    Single Anastomosis Duodenoileal Bypass with Sleeve Gastrectomy
    Endoscopic and Minimally Invasive Surgical Treatment of Early Gastric Cancer
    Laparoscopic Partial Gastrectomy for Gastric Cancer
    Modified Billroth-I Delta-shaped Anastomosis After Distal Gastrectomy
    Robotic Distal Gastrectomy for Gastric Cancer
    Laparoscopic Total Gastrectomy for Gastric Cancer
    Spleen-preserving Splenic Hilar Dissection for Proximal Gastric Cancer
    End-to-side Esophago-jejunal Anastomosis Using the Circular Orvil Device
    Handsewn Anastomosis After 95% Gastrectomy, Total Gastrectomy and Total Gastrectomy Extended to the Distal Esophagus for Gastric Cancer
    Robot-assisted Total Gastrectomy for Gastric Cancer
    Laparoscopic Immunofluorescence-guided Lymphadenectomy in Gastric Cancer Surgery
    Final Considerations.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Milind Desai, Christine Jellis, Teerapat Yingchoncharoen, editors.
    Contents:
    Normal
    Stenosis
    Regurgitation
    Ischemic
    functional
    Infectious
    Perforations
    Role of stress
    Per procedural planning
    Interoperable findings
    Percutaneous repair
    Postoperative repair
    Postoperative follow-up.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Michael B. Morgan, James M. Spencer, John R. Hamill, Jr., Rebecca Thornhill.
    Summary: Of all the techniques used to treat non melanoma skin cancer, the highest cure rates belong to the Mohs surgical procedure. Critical to this technique is optimal preparation and interpretation of frozen sections. The second edition of this highly successful atlas details both common and uncommon cutaneous neoplasms that can serve as a source of reference for established practitioners and a review for those in training. It includes new frozen section specimens, the most current diagnostic guidelines, and discussion of the advancements in tissue staining. There is also an additional chapter with self-study tools, where readers can test their knowledge using various images with a multiple choice answer format, followed by a discussion of the correct answer. With high resolution figures, the Atlas of Mohs and Frozen Section Cutaneous Pathology, Second Edition is the premier text on the topic, serving as a highly practical guide to microscopic analysis, diagnosis, and discrimination of common and problematic cutaneous neoplasms. Highlights of the Atlas include diagnosis of basic and routine dermatologic entities, diagnosis and distinction of rare and/or deadly neoplasms such as dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans and merkel cell carcinoma, a troubleshooting guide dealing with quality control of the frozen section technique, and discussion of techniques including immunohistochemistry. Comprehensive and presented in full color, the Atlas of Mohs and Frozen Section Cutaneous Pathology, Second Edition is an indispensable reference for anyone involved with the Mohs procedure, including dermatologic surgeons, Mohs cutaneous surgeons, as well as pathologists and dermatopathologists who perform frozen section analysis of cutaneous specimens.

    Contents:
    Section I: Introduction
    1. Mohs and Frozen Section Overview
    2. Quality Assurance
    Section II: Tumors of the Epidermis/Adnexae
    3. Histology with Regional and Ethnic Variation
    4. Benign Epidermal Tumors
    5. Pseudotumors
    6. Squamous Cell Carcinoma: Variants and Challenges
    7. Basal Cell Carcinoma: Variants and Challenges
    8. Adnexal Neoplasms
    9. Malignant Adnexal Neoplasms
    10. Merkel Cell Carcinoma
    11. Sebaceous Tumors
    12. Paget's Disease
    13. Melanocyte Pathology
    Section III: Tumors of the Dermis
    14. Benign Mesenchymal Tumors
    15. The Sarcomas
    16. Lymphoid Pathology
    Section IV: Special Topics
    17. Perineural Pathology
    18. Cytopathology of Cutaneous Tumors
    19. Immunohistochemistry Applications
    20. Histotechnique and Staining Troubleshooting
    Section V: Mohs Clinicopathologic Self-Test Series
    21. A Painful Perineural Infiltrate
    22. A Painful Subcutaneous Nodule
    23. Basaloid Lesion
    24. Rapidly Growing Hemorrhagic Papule
    25. Aggressive Spindle Cell Neoplasm
    26. Eyelid Tumor
    27. Non-melanoma Skin Cancer with Anemia
    28. Follicular Neoplasm
    29. Hemorrhagic Papule in a Patient with Lip Carcinoma
    30. Blue Ball in the Dermis.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Joan C. Vilanova, Violeta Catalá, Ferran Algaba, Oscar Laucirica, editors.
    Summary: This atlas provides a comprehensive, state of the art review of the use of multiparametric MRI (mpMRI) for the imaging of prostate cancer, covering aspects from diagnosis and loco-regional staging through to the role of the technique after treatment and follow-up. The book contains a wealth of high-resolution images, many of them in color, and displays the anatomical-MRI-pathological correlation whenever appropriate. Readers will find a helpful overview on the current standardized method for reading and reporting on mpMRI, the Prostate Imaging Reporting and Data System (PI-RADS), version 2. Dedicated chapters focus on differential diagnosis and imaging pitfalls, and the inclusion of helpful diagrams and algorithms will further assist in image interpretation, enabling readers to ease and improve their use of mpMRI. Edited and written by very experienced radiologists, pathologists, and urologists; the Atlas of Multiparametric Prostate MRI will serve as a unique source of clinically relevant information and an aid to disease management for radiologists, urologists, pathologists, radiotherapists, and oncologists.

    Contents:
    1. Prostate MRI technique
    2. Anatomy of the prostate
    3. Pathology of prostate cancer
    4. PI-RADS v2: reading model
    5. Multiparametric MRI and prostate cancer: pitfalls and tricks
    6. Prostate cancer and MRI: local staging
    7. Tumor recurrence and follow-up.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Springer
    ProQuest Ebook Central
    2018 Limited to 1 simultaneous users
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC280.P7 A85 2018
    1
  • Digital
    Piero Picci, Marco Manfrini, Nicola Fabbri, Marco Gambarotti, Daniel Vanel, editors.
    Summary: This book reflects the experience of the Rizzoli Orthopedic Institute during more than 100 years of treatment of musculoskeletal tumor and tumorlike lesions. It presents a wide range of lesions from a multidisciplinary perspective, highlighting pertinent clinical, radiological, and histological correlations. Treatment is briefly reported for each entity. In addition, the more recent biomolecular findings of use for diagnosis, prognosis, and treatment are carefully analyzed. The Rizzoli case archive spans more than a century, the first treated case dating back to 28 September 1900, and contains the original material, clinical charts, imaging, paraffin blocks, and histological slides of more than 40,000 cases, including about 29,000 bone lesions and 11,000 soft tissue lesions. This book reports the most relevant entities and reflects the improvements in knowledge of musculoskeletal tumors as presented during the yearly international course held at the Rizzoli Institute.

    Contents:
    Staging. Bone Tumors: Histiocytic Fibroma
    Multiple Histiocytic Fibromas with Extraskeletal Abnormalitie
    Fibrous Dysplasia
    Osteofibrous Dysplasia of Long Bones
    Simple Bone Cyst
    Histiocytosis X
    Chondroma
    Periosteal Chondroma
    Multiple Chondromas
    Osteoid Osteoma
    Osteoblastoma
    Aneurysmal Bone Cyst
    Giant Cell Tumor
    Chondroblastoma
    Chondromyxoid Fibroma
    Chondromyxoid Fibroma
    Desmoid Fibroma
    Chondrosarcomas
    Osteosarcomas
    Malignant Fibrous Histiocytoma
    Fibrosarcoma
    Ewing's Family Tumors
    Adamantinoma
    Vascular Tumors
    Chordoma
    Primary Lymphoma of Bone
    Multiple Myeloma
    Metastatic Carcinoma : Soft Tissue Tumors: Myositis Ossificans
    Pigmented Villo-Nodular Synovitis and Giant Cell Tumor of Tendon Sheath
    Synovial Chondromatosis
    Fibromatosis
    Lipomas
    Liposarcomas
    Dermatofibrosarcoma Protuberans
    Fibrosarcoma
    Leiomyosarcoma
    Rhabdomyosarcoma
    Vascular Tumors
    Solitary Fibrous Tumor
    Neurofibromas
    Schwannoma
    Malignant Schwannoma
    Myofibroblastic Sarcoma
    Undifferentiated Pleomorphic Sarcoma
    Myxofibrosarcoma
    Synovial Sarcoma
    Alveolar Soft Part Sarcoma
    Epithelioid Sarcoma
    Clear Cell Sarcoma
    Extraskeletal Myxoid Chondrosarcoma
    Extraskeletal Osteosarcoma
    Extraskeletal Ewing's Sarcoma.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    edited by Leonard L. LaPointe ; based on the work of Michael Schuenke, Erik Schulte, Udo Schumacher ; illustrations by Markus Voll, Karl Wesker.
    Summary: "Atlas of Neuroanatomy for Communication Science and Disorders, Second Edition, is based on the award-winning textbook Atlas of Anatomy and the work of Michael Schuenke, Erik Schulte, and Udo Schumacher. The updated text reflects advances in neuroscience and invaluable insights from Leonard L. LaPointe, one of the foremost teachers and practitioners in the field of brain-based communication disorders today. The book features beautiful illustrations from the recently published second edition of the Schuenke atlases and new content on cognition, higher cortical function, the spinal cord, structural damage, and clinic-pathological effects."--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Introduction and brain basics
    General anatomical concepts
    Head, skull, neck anatomy
    Anatomy of the brain and nervous systems
    Cranial nerves
    Blood vessels, vascular system
    Functional and dysfunctional systems.
  • Digital
    Eva L. Feldman, Wolfgang Grisold, James W. Russell, Wolfgang Löscher.
    Contents:
    1. Tools
    2. Principles of Peripheral Nerve Surgery
    3. Principles of Nerve and Muscle Rehabilitation
    4. Chronic Pain in Neuromuscular Disease
    5. Cranial Nerve
    6. Radiculopathies
    7. Plexopathies
    8. Mononeuropathies
    9. Polyneuropathies
    10. Neuromuscular Transmission: Endplate Disorders
    11. Muscle and Myotonic Diseases
    12. Motor Neuron Diseases
    13. Autonomic Nervous System
    General Disease Finder.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Eva L. Feldman, James W. Russell, Wolfgang N. Löscher, Wolfgang Grisold, Stefan Meng.
    Summary: This atlas offers a comprehensive overview of neuromuscular diseases. It discusses all aspects of neuromuscular disorders, including general tools, the cranial and spinal nerves, the nerve plexus, peripheral nerves, mono- and polyneuropathies, entrapment syndromes, the neuromuscular junction, motor neuron diseases, muscle disease, and autonomic involvement. Each chapter is structured into the following sections: anatomy, symptoms, signs, pathogenesis, diagnosis and differential diagnosis, therapy, and prognosis. The diagnostic tools used for neuromuscular disease are explained, and the therapeutic options for each disease are described. This updated third edition includes new chapters addressing a range of topics: from histology to molecular mechanisms, genetic aspects, the mechanisms of emerging new therapies, neuroimaging, neuromuscular disease, and new pathogenic mechanisms. The book aims to be a useful companion for neuromuscular disease. The homogenous structure, illustrations with figures, and representative images makes the atlas easy to read and helpful in understanding neuromuscular problems.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Tools
    Chapter 2. Imaging
    Chapter 3. Genetic Testing in Neuromuscular Diseases
    Chapter 4. New Neuromuscular Therapies
    Chapter 5. Principles of Peripheral Nerve Surgery
    Chapter 6. Principles of Nerve and Muscle Rehabilitation
    Chapter 7. Chronic Pain in Peripheral Neuropathy
    Chapter 8. Cranial Nerves
    Chapter 9. Radiculopathies
    Chapter 10. Plexopathies
    Chapter 11. Mononeuropathies
    Chapter 12. Polyneuropathies
    Chapter 13. Neuromuscular Transmission: Endplate Disorders
    Chapter 14. Muscle and Myotonic Diseases
    Chapter 15. Motor Neuron Diseases
    Chapter 16. Autonomic Neuropathies.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Laligam N. Sekhar, Richard Fessler.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
  • Digital
    [edited by] Richard G. Fessler, Laligam N. Sekhar.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    John S. Oghalai, Colin L.W. Driscoll ; illustrations by Scott A. Weldon.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Percy Rossell-Perry, editor.
    Summary: This book encompasses diagnostic, treatment and prevention of bad results and complications associated with cleft lip and palate surgery. Illustrated by more than 200 images and based on a 25 years experience of the editor, the work includes the whole spectrum of complications based on case studies, as well as management and prevention protocols. Divided in nine didactic parts, the chapters present complications related to anesthesia, lip asymmetry, scar disorders, postoperative dehiscence, secondary nose deformities besides dentoeskeletal sequels. Atlas of Non-Desirable Outcomes in Cleft Lip and Palate Surgery will benefit plastic surgeons, pediatric surgeons, otolaryngologists, maxillofacial surgeons, head and neck surgeons, dentists and anesthesiologists. .

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Generalities
    Chapter 2. Anesthetic Complications
    Chapter 3. Cleft Lip Surgery Complications
    Chapter 4. Cleft Palate Surgery Complications
    Chapter 5. Other Complications
    Chapter 6. Bad Results in Unilateral Cleft Lip Surgery
    Chapter 7. Bad Results in Bilateral Cleft Lip Surgery
    Chapter 8. Bad Results in Cleft Palate Surgery. - Chapter 9. Dental Skeletal Bad Results in Cleft Lip and Palate Surgery. .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Xin Jing, Momin T. Siddiqui, Qing Kay Li, editors.
    Contents:
    Salivary Gland Fine Needle Aspiration,
    Thyroid Fine Needle Aspiration Cytology
    Breast Cytology
    Pulmonary Cytology
    Gastrointestinal Cytology
    Pancreaticobiliary Tract Cytology
    Liver Cytology
    Kidney and Adrenal Gland Cytology
    Urine Cytology
    Serous Effusion Cytology
    Lymph Node Cytology.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Francesco F. Faletra, Jagat Narula, Siew Yen Ho.
    Summary: This atlas provides a detailed visual resource of how sophisticated non-invasive imaging relates to the anatomy observed in a variety of cardiovascular pathologies. It includes investigation of a wide range of defects in numerous cardiac structures. Mitral valve commissures, atrioventricular septal junction and right ventricular outflow tract plus a wealth of other structures are covered, offering readers a comprehensive integrative experience to understand how anatomic subtleties are revealed by modern imaging modalities. Atlas of Non-Invasive Imaging in Cardiac Anatomy provides a detailed set of visual instructions that is of use to any cardiovascular professional needing to understand the orientation of a patient's imaging. Therefore this is an essential guide for all trainee and practicing cardiologists, cardiac imagers, cardiac surgeons and interventionists.

    Contents:
    The Mitral Valve
    The Aortic Root
    The Tricuspid Valve
    The Interatrial Septum and the Septal Atrio-ventricular Junction
    The Right and the Left Atrium
    The Left and Right Ventricles
    The Coronary Arteries and Veins.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    Vasken Dilsizian, Jagat Narula, editors.
    Contents:
    History of Nuclear Cardiology
    Principles of Nuclear Cardiology Imaging
    Handling Radionuclides and Radiation Safety
    SPECT and PET Myocardial Perfusion Imaging: Tracers and Techniques
    Physiologic and Pharmacologic Stressors
    Coronary Physiology and Quantitative Myocardial Perfusion
    Assessment of Cardiac Function: First-Pass, Equilibrium Blood Pool, and Gated Myocardial SPECT
    Prognostic Performance of Myocardial Perfusion and Function
    Imaging Cardiac Metabolism
    Myocardial Viability
    Myocardial Innervation
    Diagnosis and Risk Stratification in Acute Coronary Syndromes
    Imaging Cardiac Sarcoidosis, Amyloidosis, and Cardiovascular Prosthetic Infections
    Clinical Molecular Imaging of Inflammation and Calcification in Atherosclerosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Seoung-Oh Yang, So Won Oh, Yun Young Choi, Jin-Sook Ryu, editors.
    Summary: Nuclear medicine imaging in the musculoskeletal system with its ability to assess disease activities has contributed to accurate diagnosis and improved medical and surgical treatment. Several nuclear medicine textbooks and case studies in forms of atlases have been published so far, but there seems to be no in-depth nuclear medicine imaging atlas focused on diseases of the musculoskeletal system. Therefore, the authors have written about common cases as well as rare musculoskeletal disorders for which various imaging techniques of nuclear medicine (bone scan, SPECT, SPECT/CT, PET/CT, PET/MR, etc.) are useful based on their clinical experience in many different hospitals. This book intends to share the experiences of the authors with nuclear medicine and radiology residents and board specialists, and to help other clinicians who manage musculoskeletal disorders, such as orthopedic and rheumatology, through various cases of musculoskeletal disorders by providing algorithmic imaging utilization to support their patient care. .

    Contents:
    Part I Inflammatory and Infectious Disorders
    1 Musculoskeletal infections
    2 Septic Arthritis
    3 Inflammatory arthritis
    4 Non-inflammatory arthritis: Osteoarthritis
    5 Hypertrophic Osteoarthropathy
    Part II Traumatic and Circulatory Disorders
    6 Fracture, non-union and bone graft
    7 Stress Fractures and Sports Injury
    8 Osteonecrosis
    9 Complex regional pain syndrome
    Part III Spine and Joint Disorders
    10 Spine
    11 Hip
    12 Knee prostheses
    13 Ankle and shoulder
    Part IV Metabolic and Endocrine Osseous Disorders
    14 Metabolic Bone Disease
    15 Osteoporosis
    16 Fibrous Dysplasia
    Part V Musculoskeletal Neoplastic Disorders
    17 Primary Bone and Soft Tissue Tumors
    18 Metastatic musculoskeletal tumors
    19 Marrow Replacement Disorders
    Part VI Miscellaneous Features in Musculoskeletal Nuclear Imaging
    20 Soft Tissue Uptake of Bone Scan Agents
    21 Musculoskeletal Nuclear Imaging Pitfalls.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Mohammad Wakeel Ansari, Ahmed Nadeem.
    Contents:
    1. Anatomy of the orbit
    2. The eyeball: some basic concepts
    3. The blood supply to the eyeball
    4. Extraocular and intraocular muscles
    5. Anatomy of the eylids
    6. Transparent structures of the eyeball cornea, lens, and vitreous
    7. The lacrimal apparatus
    8. Neuro-ophthalmology: neuromuscular control of the eyeball
    9. Congenital anomalies of eye
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Fedra Hajizadeh, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a collection of optical coherence tomographic (OCT) images of various diseases of posterior and anterior segments. It covers the details and issues of diagnostic tests based on OCT findings which are crucial for ophthalmologists to understand in their clinical practice. Throughout the chapters all aspects of this non-invasive, popular imaging technique, known for ingenuity and accuracy, is clearly illustrated. Atlas of Ocular Optical Coherence Tomography, 2nd Edition has been fully revised to include updates optic disc disease and advancements in OCT for the diagnosis and monitoring of glaucoma. In addition, many other recent developments in CSCR, ARMD and OCT-A are highlighted throughout the book with new image modalities featured throughout. This book is an essential guide for general ophthalmologists and ophthalmology residences seeking an easy to use resource with numerous images and detailed descriptions of diseases.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Optical Coherence Tomography
    Age Related Macular Degeneration
    Diabetic Retinopathy and Retinal Vascular Diseases
    Central Serous Chorioretinopathy
    Epiretinal Membrane, Macular Hole and Vitreomacular Traction
    (VMT) Syndrome
    Optic Disc Anomaly, Glaucoma and other neuropathies
    Ocular Tumors
    Pathologic Myopia
    Hereditary Disease
    Uveitis and Intraocular Inflammation
    Anterior Segment Optical Coherence Tomography (AS-OCT).
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Jonathan J. Dutton ; Thomas G. Waldrop, illustrator.
    Summary: "The Atlas of Oculoplastic and Orbital Surgery offers detailed, step-by-step instructions from initial skin marking and cut to final closure for more the most commonly performed oculoplastic, lacrimal, and orbital surgeries. Each step also includes a matching illustration inverted to accommodate the surgeon's actual position during the surgery. For the updated 2nd edition author Jonathan Dutton will be adding 12 new, highly-illustrated procedures. These include: Malar Mounds and Festoons Double-Bridges Flap Upper Eyelid Reconstruction to Z Plasty Full-Thickness Blepharotomy for Eyelid Retraction Hard Palate Mucous Membrane Graft for LL Entropion Upper Full-Thickness resection with Wing-Tip Reconstruction Dermis-Fat Graft for Superior Sulcus Deformity External Brow Pexy Limited Orbicularis Myectomy Gold Weight Implantation for Lagophthalmos Four-Petal Flap Evisceration Endonasal Endoscopic DCR Cheek Rotation Flap to Z-Plasty"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Part I: Eyelid surgery
    A. Anesthesia
    B. Surgical anatomy of the eyelids
    C. Hordeolum and chalazzion
    D. Trichiasis and distichiasis
    E. Cosmetic blepharoplasty
    F. Brow ptosis
    G. Blepharoptosis
    H. Ectropion
    I. Entropion
    J. Correction of eyelid retraction
    K. Repair superficial non-marginal eyelid
    L. Upper eyelid reconstruction
    M. Lower eyelid reconstruction
    N. Medical and lateral canthal reconstruction
    Part II: Lacrimal drainage system surgery
    A. Surgical anatomy of the lacrimal draninage system
    B. Surgery on the lacrimal puncta and canaliculi
    C. Surgery on the lacrimal sac and duct
    Part III: Orbital surgery
    A. Orbital anatomy
    B. Orbitotomy procedures
    C. Surgery on the orbital walls
    D. Enucleation, evisceration, and exenteration.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2019
  • Digital
    John P. Mulhall, Lawwrence C. Jenkins, editors.
    Contents:
    Focused Genital Exam
    Biothesiometry
    Nocturnal Penile Tumescence
    Penile Block
    Spermatic Cord Block
    Penile Duplex Doppler Ultrasonography
    Penile Deformity Assessment
    No-Scalpel Vasectomy
    Non-surgical Sperm Retrieval
    Subcutaneous Testosterone Pellet Insertion
    Intralesional Collagenase Injection
    Intralesional Verapamil
    Intramuscular Testosterone Training
    Vacuum Erection Device Training
    Penile Traction Device Training
    Intraurethral Alprostadil Training
    Intracavernosal Injection Training
    Office Management of Prolonged Erection/Priapism.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] John Mesa, Steven R. Buchman, Donald R. Mackay, Joseph E. Losee, Robert J. Havlik ; with illustrations by Graeme Chambers.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
  • Digital
    Michael Perry, Simon Holmes, editors.
    Summary: This book offers a comprehensive, illustrated "how to" manual, outlining relative anatomy, indications and contraindications, advantages and disadvantages and complications. Demonstrates surgical procedures step by step using mostly color operative photos.

    Contents:
    Psychological Aspects of Posttraumatic Deformity
    Complications in Craniofacial Trauma: An Overview of Some Common Problems
    Hardware Removal in Craniomaxillofacial Trauma
    Gustatory Dysfunction
    Chronic Pain: An Overview of Causes and Management
    The Early Zygomatic Malunion
    Principles of Correction: An Overview of Secondary Correction of Posttraumatic Bony Deformities
    Three-Dimensional Facial Imaging for the Diagnosis of Complex Soft Tissue Secondary to Craniofacial Deformity
    Computer-assisted Treatment Planning in Complex Cases: Digital Technology
    Photography for Revision Surgery
    The Role of Computer-Aided Design and Three-Dimensional Printing in Posttraumatic Correction
    Orthoptic Assessment and Intervention Post-orbital Fracture Repair
    Maxillofacial Surgical Materials in Secondary Reconstruction
    Topical Negative Wound Pressure Therapy: Its Uses in Plastic and Maxillofacial Surgery
    An Overview of Augmentation of Soft Tissue Deformities Using Injectable Techniques (Fillers Versus Fat)
    Tissue Expansion for Craniofacial Defects
    Fat Grafting in Soft Tissue Augmentation
    Augmenting Soft Tissues with Fat, Dermis and Dermal Fat Grafts
    Cranioplasty, Cranial Defect, and Skull
    Hair Loss and Transplantation
    Eyebrow Reconstruction
    Secondary Management of the Orbit
    The Anophthalmic Orbit
    The Role of the Ocularist in Reconstructing the Posttraumatic Anophthalmic Orbit
    Eyelid Deformities
    Repositioning the Corners of the Eye
    The Twisted/Crooked Nose
    Nasal Augmentation
    Augmentation of the Nasal Pyramid: 'Saddle-Shaped' and Lateral Deformities
    Deformities of the Nasal Septum
    Nasal Tip Deformities
    Total and Near-Total Nasal Reconstruction
    Posttraumatic Rhinoplasty: Is There a Role for Internal Fixation?
    Nasomaxillary Osteotomy
    Zygomatic Osteotomy
    Reconstruction of Zygomatic and Periorbital Deformity with Alloplastic Material
    Contemporary Management of Traumatic Parotid-Cutaneous Communications and Fistulae
    Surgical Reconstruction of the Ear (Pinna)
    Ear Reconstruction with Temporoparietal Fascia Flaps and Porous Polyethylene
    Hearing Impairment and Tinnitus: Cochlear Implantation and Other Rehabilitative Solutions
    Management of Posttraumatic Facial Palsy
    The Management of Posttraumatic Facial Skeletal Deformity Affecting the Occlusion: The Early Malunited Mandible
    Temporomandibular Joint Disorders
    Replacing Missing Teeth: Dental Implants
    Injuries to the Teeth: Long-term Effects and Their Management
    Scar Revision and Camouflage: An Overview
    Scar Revision
    Nonsurgical Management of Traumatic Scars
    Initial Scar Management and Camouflage Techniques
    Missile Injuries: An Overview of Correction
    Vascularised Composite Allotransplantation (Face Transplantation)
    Facial Prostheses.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Michael Perry, Simon Holmes, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Initial Considerations: High- vs. Low-Energy Injuries and the Implications of Coexisting Multiple Injuries
    2. Timing Repair and Airway Considerations
    3. Useful "First Aid" Measures and A Few Basic Techniques
    4. Principles of Fracture Management
    5. Injuries to Teeth and Supporting Structures
    6. Mandibular Fractures
    7. Fractures of the Middle Third of the Facial Skeleton
    8. Fractures of the Cheek: Zygomaticomaxillary Complex
    9. Orbital Fractures
    10. Nasal Fractures
    11. Nasoethmoid (Naso-Orbital-Ethmoid): NOE Fractures
    12. Panfacial Fractures
    13. The Coronal Flap
    14. Soft Tissue Injuries
    15. Ballistic Injuries
    16. Craniofacial Fractures and the Frontal Sinus
    17. Is this Right? On-Table Assessment of Our Repair
    18. Some Useful Adjuncts in Repair
    19. Aftercare and Follow-up.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Christopher J. Haggerty, Robert M. Laughlin.
    Contents:
    1. Anatomical considerations in dentoalveolar surgery
    2. Exposure and bonding of an impacted tooth
    3. Pre-prosthetic surgery
    4. Extraction site (socket) preservation
    5. Onlay bone grafting
    6. Sinus lift grafting
    7. Immediate implant-supported restoration of the edentulous arch
    8. Zygomatic implants
    9. Cone beam CT-guided dental implant surgery
    10. Review of spaces
    11. Osteomyelitis
    12. Surgical managment of the airway
    13. Mandibular fractures
    14. Le fort fractures
    15. Isolated zygoma and zygomaticomaxillary complex (ZMC fractures)
    16. Orbital fractures
    17. Nasal fractures
    18. Frontal sinus fractures
    19. Panfacial and naso-orbito-ethmoid (NOE) fractures
    20. Soft tissue injuries
    21. Maxillary surgery
    22. Mandibular osteotomies
    23. Genioplasty (anterior sliding osteotomy)
    24. Maxillary distraction using le fort I osteotomy and a red 2 external fixator
    25. Dentoalveolar cleft repair
    26. Cleft palate repair
    27. Cleft lip repair
    28. Orthognathic surgery in the cleft patient: le fort I osteotomy
    29. Temporomandibular joint imagaing
    30. Arthrocentesis of the temporomandibular joint
    31. Arthroscopic arthroplasty of the temporomandibular joint
    32. Alloplastic reconstruction (TMJ concepts) of the temporomandibular joint and associated structures
    33. Autogenous reconstruction of the temporomandibular joint
    34. Eminectomy
    35. Botulimu toxin type A (botox)
    36. Soft tissue augmentation
    37. Chemical peels
    38. Facial CO₂ laser resurfacing
    39. Brow lift
    40. Rhytidectomy
    41. Upper and lower lid blepharoplasty and tear trough implants
    42. Rhinoplasty
    43. Otoplasty
    44. Benign cysts of the jaw
    45. Benign tumors of the jaws
    46. Malignant tumors of the jaws
    47. Surgical managmenet of the neck
    48. Surgical managment of lip cancer
    49. Salivary gland pathology
    50. Neck pathology
    51. Pectoralis major myocutaneous flap
    52. Closure of oral-antral communications
    53. Anterior iliac crest bone graft
    54. Posterior iliac crest bone graft
    55. Proximal tibial bone graft
    56. Parietal bone graft
    57. Costochondral graft
    58. Microvascular principles
    59. Free vascularized fibula graft harvest
    60. Radial forearm free flap
    61. Anterolateral thigh perforator free flap
    62. Nerve repair
    Appendix 1. Antibiotic chart
    Appendix 2. Craniofacial surgery timing chart
    Appendix 3. Pathology chart
    Index.
    Digital Access Wiley 2015
  • Digital
    Constantine P. Karakousis.
    Contents:
    Surgical Technique in Cancer Surgery
    Intraoperative Lymphatic Mapping/Sentinel Lymphadenectomy
    Tumor in the Hand
    Tumor in the Wrist
    Tumor in the Ventral Aspect of the Forearm
    Tumor in the Dorsal Aspect of the Forearm
    Tumor in the Anterior Compartment of the Arm
    Tumor in the Dorsal Aspect of the Arm
    Tumor in the Medial Arm
    Axillary Node Dissection
    In Continuity Axillary and Supraclavicular Node Dissection
    Neck Dissection
    Tumor at the Shoulder Point
    Tumor in the Neck
    Scapulectomy
    Shoulder Disarticulation
    Forequarter Amputation
    Tumor in the Back
    Chest Wall Tumors
    Tumor in the Lower Chest Wall and Upper Abdomen
    Involvement of the Abdominal Wall by Tumor
    One-Layer Closure of the Abdominal Wall
    Midline Abdominal Wall Gaps and Incisional Hernia
    Regional Chemotherapy Infusion Via the Hepatic Artery
    Peritoneolysis in the Reconstruction of a Roux-en-Y Loop
    Hilar Hepatojejunostomy
    Hepatic Resection
    Pancreaticoduodenectomy
    Distal Pancreatectomy
    Colonic Interposition for Esophageal Replacement
    Ileal Loop Bladder-Interposition Conduit
    Resection of Mesenteric Tumors
    Dissection in the Bowel Mesentery and Its Clinical Applications
    Retroperitoneal Node Dissection
    Retroperitoneal Sarcomas
    Tumor in the Lesser Sac
    Tumor in the Right Abdomen
    Tumor in the Left Abdomen
    The T or L Incision in Resection of Tumors of the Pelvis
    Groin Dissection
    Abdominoinguinal Incision in the Resection of Pelvic Tumors and Limb Salvage
    Resection of Pelvic Tumors with Visceral Involvement
    Internal Hemipelvectomy
    The Surgical Importance of the Inferior Epigastric Vessels
    Sacral Resection
    Tumor in the Buttock Area
    Tumor in the Anterior Thigh
    Tumor in the Medial Thigh
    Tumor in the Posterior Thigh
    Popliteal Node Dissection
    Tumor in the Leg
    Tumor in the Foot
    Hip Disarticulation
    Hemipelvectomy (Hindquarter Amputation)
    Variants of Hemipelvectomy
    Central Venous Access
    Resection of Tumors of the Ischiorectal Fossa.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Donald L. Budenz, editor.
    Summary: Atlas of Optical Coherence Tomography for Glaucoma is a case-based atlas intended to teach the reader how to interpret the results of OCT in glaucoma patients and glaucoma suspects. After a brief description of how OCT is used in particular situations, chapters depict actual case presentations from authors practices with legends that describe the case and how OCT is used to make the diagnosis of glaucoma or glaucoma progression. Emphasis is placed on where OCT can lead the clinician astray by providing false positive or false negative results resulting in misdiagnosis. The intention of the format is to make it easily digestible in a weekend read and make the practitioner comfortable with OCT interpretation. Examples are presented from all of the available OCT manufacturers.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    Chapter 1: Fundamentals of OCT for Glaucoma
    Introduction
    Raster Cube Scan: ONH
    Multiline Raster Scan: Macula
    Circular Scan: ONH
    Radial and Radial-Concentric Scan: ONH
    Wide-Field Scan: ONH and Macula
    References
    Chapter 2: What Makes for a Good OCT for Glaucoma?
    Types of OCT Artifacts
    Low Signal Strength
    Out-of-Range Scan
    Mirror Artifact
    Blinking Artifact
    Motion Artifact
    Segmentation Error
    Decentration Error
    Takeaway Message
    References Chapter 3: Retinal Nerve Fiber Layer Analysis in Glaucoma
    Myopia
    References
    Chapter 4: Optical Coherence Tomography Optic Disc Parameters for Glaucoma
    OCT Optic Disc Parameters
    Choice of OCT Optic Disc Parameters for Glaucoma Diagnosis
    Optic Disc Size as an Important Covariable in Diagnosing Glaucoma
    Diagnosing Preperimetric Glaucoma Using OCT Optic Disc Parameters
    Diagnosing Early Perimetric Glaucoma
    Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 5: Macular Parameters for Glaucoma
    References
    Chapter 6: Anterior Segment OCT in Glaucoma AS-OCT Instrumentation and Measurements
    Application in Primary Angle Closure Spectrum Disease
    Anterior Segment Applications
    Glaucoma Surgical Applications
    References
    Chapter 7: OCT Progression Analysis
    Assessment of Progressive RNFL Thinning
    Assessment of Progressive GCIPL Thinning
    Assessment of Progressive Rim Narrowing
    References
    Chapter 8: Red and Green Disease in Glaucoma
    Red and Green Disease Caused by Common OCT Artifacts
    Red and Green Disease Caused by Ocular Diseases Unrelated to Glaucoma Red and Green Disease Caused by Differences Among SD-OCT Instruments
    References
    Chapter 9: Challenging Case Studies Using OCT
    Case 1
    Case 2
    Case 3
    Case 4
    Case 5
    Case 6
    Case 7
    Case 8
    Case 9
    Suggested Reading
    Chapter 10: Emerging OCT Technologies for Glaucoma
    Introduction
    Spectral Domain-Optical Coherence Tomography Angiography (SD-OCTA)
    Optic Disc Imaging
    Swept Source-Optical Coherence Tomography (SS-OCT)
    Adaptive Optics-Optical Coherence Tomography
    References
    Index
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Joe Iwanaga, R. Shane Tubbs.
    Summary: This comprehensive atlas, featuring a wealth of top quality photographs of fresh cadaveric dissections, is a superb guide to anatomic structures in the oral and maxillofacial region that will be an ideal aid in clinical practice. It has the important benefit of enabling readers to observe the anatomy from the same view as seen during invasive clinical procedures. This is critical for a better understanding of these procedures, and surgical annotations are included as necessary. Atlas of Oral and Maxillofacial Anatomy is the first book of its kind to be devoted to the clinical anatomy of the region for dentists and oral and maxillofacial surgeons. It will satisfy the demand for such a comprehensive atlas in this field of surgery and will be welcome and timely for clinicians and trainees. Beyond specialists and residents in oral and maxillofacial surgery and general dentists, the book will be of value for craniofacial surgeons, anatomists, plastic surgeons, ENT surgeons, head and neck surgeons, neurosurgeons, dental students, medical students, dental hygienists, and nurses working with dentists and oral and maxillofacial surgeons.

    Contents:
    Anatomy of the Superficial Face
    Bones of the Head and Neck
    Cranial Fossae and Related Structures
    Venous Drainage of the Oral and Maxillofacial Area
    Cranial Nerves and Spinal Nerves
    Anatomy of the Oral Cavity
    Maxillofacial Anatomy
    Spaces and Fossa in the Oral and Maxillofacial Area.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Isaäc van der Waal.
    Summary: This atlas is designed to assist all who are involved in diagnosing and treating oral diseases. Individual chapters focus on lesions and disorders of the oral mucosa, soft tissues (including the minor salivary glands), lips, tongue, gingiva, palate, and jaw bones (odontogenic and non-odontogenic lesions). In addition to the more common diseases, less frequent disorders are also covered, some of which have been recognized only in recent years. Throughout, the approach is practice oriented, with concise text and an abundance of high-quality clinical, radiographic, and, where appropriate, histopathologic images. The combined training of the author in oral surgery and oral pathology means that he has exceptional expertise in both the diagnosis and the treatment of oral diseases. His detailed knowledge and experience are fully reflected in the Atlas of Oral Diseases, which will be very helpful for dental and medical professionals in their daily practice.

    Contents:
    Intra-Oral Examination, Referral and Biops.- Oral Mucosa and Soft Tissues
    The Lips
    The Tongue
    The Gingiva and the Alveolar Mucosa
    The Palate
    The Jaw Bones.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Guy Ben Simon, Gahl Greenberg, Daphna Landau Prat, editors.
    Summary: This book features in-depth descriptions of imaging modalities (MRI, CT, US, PET) for all orbital pathologies, including tumors, vascular anomalies, congenital anomalies, trauma, inflammations and infections. It describes all the imaging features of the pathologies, and includes guidance for differential diagnosis and relevant clinical data. Atlas of Orbital Imaging serves as a clinical and educational resource for ophthalmologists/orbital surgeon residents, as well as a source of reference for consultants and neuroradiologists at all levels. The illustrations are both highly detailed and depict the orbit in vivid colour, adding to the attractiveness of the chapters. This reference work is a worldwide collaborative effort of all leading orbital surgeons and neuro-radiologists (in Europe, America, Australia and Asia) and provides an indispensable resource for developing skills and knowledge of orbital imaging.

    Contents:
    Part 1 - Orbital anatomy
    Part 2 - Congenital malformations / anomalies
    Part 3 - Lacrimal gland tumors
    Part 4 - Lacrimal pathways pathologies
    Part 5 - Malignant orbital tumors
    Part 6 - Eye and Ocular adnexa tumors with orbital extension
    Part 7 - Mesenchymal tumors
    Part 8 - Osseous and meninges lesions
    Part 9 - Optic nerve tumors
    Part 10 - Vascular malformations
    Part 11 - Orbital inflammation
    Part 12 - Orbital infection
    Part 13 - Orbital trauma
    Part 14 - PET scan
    Part 15 - 7T MRI
    Part 16 - Dynamic imaging
    Part 17 - Future imaging modalities.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Abhinav Humar, Mark L. Sturdevant, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Standard Multiorgan Procurement from the Deceased Donor
    2. Donation After Cardiac Death Organ Procurement
    3. Dialysis Access Procedures
    4. Nephrectomy from a Living Donor
    5. Kidney Transplantation
    6. Pancreas Transplantation
    7. Liver Transplantation
    8. Intestinal and Multivisceral Transplantation
    9. Total Pancreatectomy and Islet Autotransplantation
    10. Pediatric Liver Transplantation.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    edited by Carroll A. Laurin, Lee H. Riley, Jr., Raymond Roy-Camille ; co-ordinator, J.-P. Bénazet.
    Contents:
    v. 1. General principles, Spine
    v. 2. Upper extremity
    v. 3. Lower extremity.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD733.2 .A85
    1
  • Digital
    Rosa Ballis, Bujar H. Shabani, Dafina Bytyqi.
    Summary: Enriched by original anatomical artworks this atlas comprehensively presents the diverse orthopaedic approaches to lower limb surgery. Combining clear visual information with a consistent and concise structure, including tips, tricks and pitfalls, this manual presents all the most used approaches in orthopaedic prosthetic surgery and traumatology. Ranging from the hip to the ankle each chapter includes a clear presentation of the joint s anatomy, with particular emphasis on vessels, nerves and other relevant anatomic structures. Beautiful water-colour illustrations realized by one of the authors accompany the reader step-by-step through each of the approaches described. This atlas offers a timely and up-to-date resource for both practicing and fellow orthopaedic surgeons with an interest in lower limb surgery.

    Contents:
    Part-1: Hip, Anatomy
    Posterolateral approach
    Lateral Approach
    Anterolateral approach
    Anterior approach. Part-2: Femur. Lateral approach
    Lateral Distal Approach. Part-3: Knee. Anatomy
    Posterior approach
    Parapatellar medial approach
    Parapatellar lateral approach
    Hamstrings harvest
    Proximal tibia postero-medial approach
    Proximal tibia anterolateral approach. Part-4: Leg. Anatomy (muscles-nerves-arteries)
    Anteromedial approach
    Anterolateral distal approach
    Posterolateral distal approach
    Part-5: Ankle. Anatomy
    Lateral approach
    Medial approach
    Posterolateral approach
    Achilles tendon approach.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Nigel Arden [and 9 more].
    Summary: This Atlas provides an up-to-date and comprehensive overview of the historical and current perspectives on osteoarthritis, including the pathophysiology and epidemiology of the disease. Written by leading authors in the field of osteoarthritis, the book discusses classification, etiology and risk factors for osteoarthritis, the disease course and determinants of osteoarthritis progression, clinical features and diagnosis as well as imaging methods to assess joint damage. The Atlas of Osteoarthritis concludes with the latest treatment updates including both nonpharmacological and pharmacological treatments, as well as surgical recommendations for patients with the disease. Osteoarthritis is the most common form of joint disease causing joint pain, stiffness, and physical disability among adults. It is an important issue for both the individual and society with its impact on public health continuing to grow as a result of the aging population, the rising prevalence of obesity, and the lack of definitive treatments to prevent or halt the progress of the disease.

    Contents:
    Introduction: historical and current perspectives on osteoarthritis
    Epidemiology of osteoarthritis
    Pathophysiology of osteoarthritis
    Clinical features and diagnosis of osteoarthritis
    Assessing joint damage in osteoarthritis
    Treatment of osteoarthritis.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Robert Carachi, editor.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive compendium of paediatric conditions, and covers clinical and diagnostic imaging for most diseases affecting neonates and children. Detailed descriptions of radiological signs aim to aid the diagnosis and identification of clinical symptoms. The book contains a large number of images taken from a collection of current and archival photos obtained from three generations of paediatric surgeons and radiologists which further illustrate the points made in the text. This book will act as a reference manual for any person in training who has to care for neonates and children in a hospital setting.

    Contents:
    1. Head and neck
    2. Chest
    3. Abdomen
    4. Genito-Urinary
    5. Back and spine
    6. Musculo skeletal
    7. Syndromes/Associations.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Steven D. Waldman.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Sudhir Diwan, Peter S. Staats.
    Contents:
    Section I: Basic Applications
    Section II: Head and Neck Injections
    Section III: Spinal Interventions
    Section IV: Sympathetic Blocks
    Section V: Musculoskeletal Injections
    Section VI: Peripheral Nerve Blocks
    Section VII: Intrathecal Drug Delivery
    Section VIII: Neuroaugmentation Techniques
    Section IX: Neurolytic Procedures.
  • Digital
    edited by Alexander L. Shifrin, L. Daniel Neistadt, Pritinder K. Thind.
    Summary: This book provides a visual demonstration of normal and ectopic locations of parathyroid adenomas using different modalities in patients with PHPT and to describe parathyroid gland-related pathology. It includes several modern imaging modalities for localization of parathyroid glands and parathyroid adenomas, such as Sestamibi scan, SPECT/CT Sestamibi scan, neck ultrasound, MRI, thin-cut CT, and 4D CT scans. Written by experts in the field, chapters include pathology images corresponding to radiology imaging for some presented cases (gross and high-power view). Authors have also collected radiological images of difficult-to-localize parathyroid adenomas in ectopic (abnormal) locations. The atlas is organized by location of the adenomas in upper and lower eutopic locations followed by ectopic locations. Each case demonstrates dual or triple modalities such as US, Sestamibi scan, or SPECT/CT Sestamibi scan, thin-cut CT scan, or 4D CT performed on the same patient. A chapter on parathyroid pathology is also included to help the reader understand challenges in pathological interpretation. Atlas of Parathyroid Imaging and Pathology serves as a valuable reference for radiologists, endocrine surgeons, head and neck surgeons, ENT surgeons, surgical oncologists, endocrinologists, pathologists, nephrologists, students, and all physicians and allayed health practitioners involved in the treatment of patients with primary, secondary, and tertiary hyperparathyroidism.

    Contents:
    Parathyroid Ultrasound
    Scintigraphic Parathyroid Imaging
    Pathology of the Parathyroid Glands
    Right Superior Parathyroid Adenoma
    Right Inferior Parathyroid Adenoma
    Left Superior Parathyroid Adenoma
    Left Inferior Parathyroid Adenoma
    Ultrasonography, Sestamibi Scan, and SPECT/CT Sestamibi Scan of an Intrathyroidal Parathyroid Adenoma and Cystic Parathyroid Adenoma
    Imaging of the Parathyroid Carcinoma
    Motivation for Imaging Studies
    Contrast CT Approach
    The CT Technique
    Individual CT Phases
    Sources of False Positive and False Negative Enlarged Parathyroid Glands
    Correlative Ultrasound
    Shape, Number, and Size of Parathyroids
    Location of Parathyroid Glands
    Multigland Disease
    Rare Parathyroid Presentations
    Illustrative Cases
    Summary: CT Scan of the Neck in the Evaluation of Parathyroid Glands
    Invasive Techniques for Parathyroid Localization
    MRI of the Parathyroid Glands.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Alexander Shifrin, editor.
    Summary: This Atlas is designed to illustrate different techniques on how to perform successful parathyroidectomy by using traditional four gland exploration approach and minimally invasive approaches, such as the open minimally invasive approach, video-assisted approach, back-door approach, transoral endoscopic parathyroidectomy approach (TOEPVA), and endoscopic lateral parathyroidectomy approach. It illustrates removal of a right and left, and superior and inferior parathyroid glands. Written by renowned endocrine surgeons and experts in the field, each chapter begins with a case description that defines the main aspect of surgery. Each picture, which is taken intraoperatively, is accompanied by corresponding drawings for easier understanding of the anatomical structures and steps of the procedure. In addition, most of the authors provided a video of the same case as it is depicted in the chapter. The Atlas also gives some common pitfalls of the procedure in an effort to avoid complications and improve patient outcomes. Atlas of Parathyroid Surgery provides an indispensable source of knowledge to all surgeons, those who just started their career, and those who are in the more advanced stages of their practice and are learning new techniques of parathyroidectomy.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Contributors
    1: Bilateral Exploration for Hyperparathyroidism
    Introduction
    Preoperative Considerations for Confirmed Hyperparathyroidism
    Indications
    Advantages of Bilateral Approach
    Disadvantages of Bilateral Approach
    Preoperative Assessment
    Confirmation of Diagnosis
    Assessment of Symptoms and End-Organ Effects
    Preoperative Imaging
    Informed Consent
    Instruments Required
    Patient Positioning and Theater Setup
    Operative Steps and Technique
    Incision and Exposure
    Mobilization of Strap Muscles Lateral Mobilization of Thyroid Gland and Identification and Ligation of Middle Thyroid Vein
    Identification of Parathyroid Glands
    Pearls for Identification of Parathyroid Glands
    Identification of Superior Parathyroid Gland
    Exposure of the Prevertebral Fascia
    Visual
    Digital
    Identification of Inferior Parathyroid Gland
    Visual
    Additional Maneuvers
    Identification of the Recurrent Laryngeal Nerve
    Extent of Parathyroidectomy
    Single Adenoma (1 Abnormal Gland/3 Normal Glands)
    Double Adenoma (2 Abnormal Glands/2 Normal Glands) Four-Gland Hyperplasia (4 Abnormal Glands)
    Removal of Morphologically Abnormal Gland(s)
    Auto-transplantation
    Management of Intra-operative Complications
    Bleeding
    Nerve Injury
    Closure
    Special Scenarios
    Familial/Genetic Hyperparathyroidism
    Concomitant Thyroid Pathology
    Postoperative Management
    Postoperative Investigations
    Postoperative Complications
    Hematoma
    Hypocalcemia
    Follow-Up
    References
    2: Four-Gland Parathyroid Exploration: Subtotal Parathyroidectomy
    Introduction
    Procedure Steps
    Augusta Renal Protocol
    References 3: Bilateral Neck Exploration and Subtotal Parathyroidectomy for Primary Hyperparathyroidism Due to Asymmetric Multiglandular Hyperplasia
    Introduction
    Surgical Procedure
    Suggested Reading
    4: Parathyroidectomy
    Introduction
    Procedure
    References
    5: Minimally Invasive Right Inferior Parathyroidectomy
    Introduction
    Case Description
    References
    6: Minimally Invasive Video-Assisted Parathyroidectomy: How to Correctly Approach the Adenoma
    Introduction
    Indications
    Operative Technique
    Patients and Surgical Team Position
    Anesthesia
    Surgical Technique The Importance of the Surgeon's Knowledge of Embryology and Anatomy
    The Importance of Surgeon's Performed Ultrasound (US) Before Parathyroidectomy
    Results of MIVAP
    References
    7: Minimally Invasive Left Superior Parathyroidectomy: Anterior Approach
    Introduction
    Case Description
    References
    8: Minimally Invasive Parathyroidectomy: Targeted Left Inferior Parathyroidectomy
    Introduction
    Case Description
    References
    9: Video-Assisted Left Superior Parathyroidectomy
    Introduction
    Procedure
    Patient position
    Instruments set:
    References
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Kyoko Ohno-Matsui, editor.
    Summary: This Atlas provides many beautiful images obtained with state-of-the-art technologies, including optical coherence tomography (OCT), OCT angiography, fundus autofluorescence, and wide-field fundus imaging, as well as traditional images and fluorescein/ICG angiograms. Gathered at the world's largest High Myopia Clinic, the images are based on the long-term follow-up data of more than 6,000 patients from Japan and abroad. Recent advances in imaging technologies have yielded many new observations and allowed us to detect new lesions, e.g. myopic traction maculopathy (or macular retinoschisis) and dome-shaped macula. An especially interesting aspect: the images obtained by '3D MRI of the eye' and 'ultra wide-field OCT' to visualize staphylomas. These techniques were established by the editor's group and make it possible to record the entire shapes of the eye, offering a scan width of up to 23 mm and scan depth of 5 mm. They have since been used to visualize posterior staphyloma, which was previously impossible to view because it spanned such a wide range of the eye. In addition, readers will learn what types of eye deformity occur in pathologic myopia and how they damage the macula/optic nerve. With this Atlas, readers will learn how to accurately diagnose each lesion of pathologic myopia, how eye deformity causes blinding complications, and how to identify patients with a poor prognosis. In short, it provides essential information that can't be found elsewhere. .

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Definition of pathologic myopia (PM)
    Chapter 2. Overview of fundus lesions of PM, including staphyloma, myopic maculopathy, traction maculopathy, optic neuropathy, dome-shaped macula
    Chapter 3. Posterior staphyloma
    Chapter 4. Myopic maculopathy
    Chapter 5. Myopic traction maculopathy
    Chapter 6. Dome-shaped macula
    Chapter 7. Optic disc changes (megalodisc, optic disc pits, conus pits, ICC, extreme tilting of disc, large gamma zone)
    Chapter 8. Long-term progression of fundus changes; summary and flow charts.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Manuel Nistal, Pilar González-Peramato.
    Summary: This book, conceived as an atlas with emphasis in diagnostic images, presents some tumors displaying expected clinical, histological or biological behavior but in most of them that differs from that usual morphology or clinical behaviour. About 132 tumors of the testicles and paratesticular structures have been selected, representing all the testicular and paratesticular tumor groups, including germinal, gonadal stromal, non-gonadal stromal, rete testis tumors, ovarian-type epithelial tumors, and epididymis, spermatic cord and testicular covers as well as metastatic tumors. The format with large number of images allows pathologists to identify the entities included at a glance. Each section corresponds to one case including a brief clinical history, a concise histological description with immunohistochemical techniques necessary to confirm the diagnosis. In addition, each section provides several sample images, with histological details of the appropriate morphological or characteristic immunoexpression of diagnostic markers and in the majority of cases gross or radiologic figures. Finally, each section ends with a comment on the problems of differential diagnosis that could arise. The book is intended for pathologists, urologists and oncologists.

    Contents:
    Germ cell tumours derived from germinal cell neoplasia in situ
    GCNIS.- Germ cell tumours unrelated to GCNIS.- Sex cord-stromal tumours (pure tumours).- Tumour containing both germ cell and sex cord-stromal elements.- Miscellaneous tumors of the testis.- Haematolymphoid tumors.- Tumours of the collecting duct and rete testis.- Tumours of paratesticular structures.- Mesenchmal tumours of the spermatic cord and testicular adnexa.- Metastatic tumours.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    editors: Arnold J. Sansevere, Dana B. Harrar.
    Contents:
    Cover
    Title
    Copyright
    Contents
    Contributors
    Foreword
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Video List
    Chapter 1: Basics of EEG Monitoring in Pediatric Critical Care
    Learning Objectives
    Introduction
    Basic Principles of EEG Relevant to the ICU
    Choice of Montage
    Principles of EEG Localization
    Visual Analysis of the EEG
    EEG in Encephalopathy and Coma
    EEG Review and Reporting in the ICU
    Conclusion
    Figures
    References
    Chapter 2: Encephalopathy, Coma Patterns, and Other Abnormalities of the EEG Background in Critically III Children Learning Objectives
    Introduction
    Encephalopathy
    Coma Patterns
    EEG Monitoring in the Detection of Cerebral Ischemia, Increased Intracranial Pressure, and Hepatic Encephalopathy
    Brain Death
    Commonly Observed Medication Effects
    Conclusion
    Figures
    References
    Chapter 3: Periodic and Rhythmic Patterns in the Pediatric ICU
    Learning Objectives
    Introduction
    American Clinical Neurophysiology Society Standardized Critical Care EEG Nomenclature
    Interrater Reliability
    Significance of Periodic and Rhythmic Patterns in Children Introduction to the Ictal-Interictal Continuum
    Conclusion
    Figures
    References
    Chapter 4: Seizures in Critically III Children
    Learning Objectives
    Introduction
    Definition of Electrographic Seizure and Electrographic Status Epilepticus
    Guidelines and Consensus Statements
    Seizure Prevalence in Critically III Children
    Recommended Duration of EEG Monitoring in Critically III Children
    Impact of Seizures on Outcome
    Electrographic Seizure Patterns in the Intensive Care Unit
    Conclusion
    Figures
    References Chapter 5: Convulsive and Nonconvulsive Status Epilepticus in Critically III Children
    Learning Objectives
    Introduction
    Population Impact of Status Epilepticus
    Pathophysiology
    Pre-ICU Management of Status Epilepticus
    Intensive Care Unit Management
    Etiologic Evaluation
    Towards an Evidence-Based Treatment of Convulsive Status Epilepticus
    Onset of Convulsive and Nonconvulsive Status Epilepticus in the Critically III Child
    EEG Findings in Status Epilepticus
    Conclusion
    Figures
    References
    Chapter 6: Neonatal EEG
    Learning Objectives
    Introduction Neonatal EEG Recording Techniques
    Visual Analysis of the Neonatal EEG
    Abnormal Patterns
    Effects of Medications on the Neonatal EEG Background
    Effects of Therapeutic Hypothermia on the Neonatal EEG Background
    Neonatal EEG Reporting
    Conclusion
    Figures
    References
    Chapter 7: Brief Rhythmic Discharges, Seizures, and Mimics in Critically III Neonates
    Learning Objectives
    Introduction
    Sharp Waves and Brief Rhythmic Discharges
    Neonatal Seizures
    Neonatal Status Epilepticus
    Rhythmic and Periodic Patterns of Uncertain Significance
    Artifacts That Mimic Seizure
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    Gabriele Bronzetti.
    Summary: This book describes in detail the specific aspects of ECG during childhood and adolescence, pursuing an accessible, didactic and easy-to-read approach. Instructive, self-contained and intelligently written, it succeeds in making this diagnostic tool, the interpretation of which is especially complex in younger patients, more comprehensible, while also offering a sound and extensive reference guide for all those who diagnose young patients with electrocardiography. Though ECG produces a relatively simple set of readings, its interpretation and diagnosis are complex. If misinterpreted, a "butterfly effect" of hidden, often neglected heart signals can lead to important and sometimes devastating consequences. Featuring an exceptionally wide range of ECG recordings and examples, the volume sheds new light on the importance of electrophysiological examinations for patients still in their developmental years and provides advice on the use of ECG in connection with recent regulations on the participation of children, adolescents and young athletes in sports.

    Contents:
    1 Introduction
    2 Basic concepts of electrocardiography
    3 The waves during the evolutive age
    4 Magic numbers in cardiology- mathematics of the heart
    5 ECG metamorphosis, from newborn to adult
    6 Normal and variants
    7 Supraventricular arrhythmias
    8 Ventricular arrhythmias
    9 Athlete's heart
    10 Congenital heart disease
    11 Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Adekunle M. Adesina, Tarik Tihan, Christine E. Fuller, Tina Young Poussaint, editors.
    Contents:
    Introduction and Overview of Brain Tumors
    Pilocytic Astrocytoma and Pilomyxoid Astrocytoma
    Pleomorphic Xanthoastrocytoma
    Infiltrative Astrocytomas (Diffuse Astrocytoma, Anaplastic Astrocytoma, Glioblastoma)
    Oligodendroglial Tumors
    Ependymal Tumors
    Central Nervous System Primitive Neuroectodermal Tumors (PNETs) and Medulloepithelioma
    Medulloblastoma
    Atypical Teratoid/Rhabdoid Tumor
    Meningioma
    Hemangiopericytoma and Other Mesenchymal Tumors
    Melanocytic Lesions
    Hemangioblastoma
    Schwannoma
    Neurofibroma
    Malignant Peripheral Nerve Sheath Tumors
    Desmoplastic Infantile Astrocytoma and Ganglioglioma
    Dysembryoplastic Neuroepithelial Tumor
    Gangliocytoma and Ganglioglioma
    Central Neurocytoma and Extraventricular Neurocytoma
    Papillary Glioneuronal Tumor
    Rosette-Forming Glioneuronal Tumor of the Fourth Ventricle
    Malignant Epithelioid Glioneuronal Tumor
    Paraganglioma
    Neurofibromatosis 1
    Neurofibromatosis 2
    Von Hippel-Lindau Disease
    Tuberous Sclerosis Complex
    Lhermitte-Duclos Disease and Cowden Disease
    Pituitary Adenomas
    Rare Pituitary Tumors Other Than Adenomas
    Adamantinomatous Craniopharyngioma
    Choroid Plexus Neoplasms
    Pineal Parenchymal Tumors
    Germ Cell Tumors
    Paraneoplastic Disorders of the Central Nervous System
    Malignant Lymphomas
    Histiocytic Tumors.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Constantine Mavroudis, Carl Lewis Backer, editors ; illustrations by Rachid F. Idriss.
    Contents:
    Cannulation Techniques
    Palliation Techniques
    Patent Ductus Arteriosus
    Vascular Rings, Tracheoplasty and Pulmonary Artery Sling
    Coarctation of the Aorta/ Interrupted Aortic Arch
    Interrupted Aortic Arch Repair, Type B
    Atrial Septal Defect, PAPVR, and Scimitar
    Ventricular Septal
    Atrioventricular Canal Defect
    Truncus Arteriosus
    Aortopulmonary Window
    Tetralogy of Fallot
    Pulmonary Atresia with VSD
    Double Outlet Ventricles
    Transposition of the Great Arteries
    Congenitally Corrected Transposition of the Great Arteries
    Bidirectional Glenn and Fontan Operations
    Fontan Revision and Arrhythmia Surgery
    Arrhythmia Surgery
    Ebstein?s Anomaly
    Left Ventricular Outflow Tract Obstruction
    Norwood Operation
    Aortic-Left Ventricular Tunnel
    Mitral Valve Repairs
    Total Anomalous Pulmonary Venous Repair
    Cor Triatriatum
    Sinus of Valsalva Aneurysm
    Coronary Artery Anomalies
    Cardiac Transplantation
    Selected Complications.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    editors, Sudarshan Kumar Khokhar and Chirakshi Dhull.
    Summary: This book highlights various pediatric cataracts and their clinical presentations, along with a wealth of high-quality images collected over two decades. Offering a precise guide to illustrative interventions, it contains images collected pre-operatively, intra-operatively and post-operatively using slit lamp or microscope integrated cameras. The book covers congenital, developmental and traumatic cataracts, along with other rare morphologies. It presents selected challenging clinical situations, along with surgical management steps that draw on high-quality images. Separate chapters address recent advances in the field of pediatric cataracts, e.g. ultrasound biomicroscopy, lenticular abnormalities, intraoperative rhexis assistant, plasma blade/ diathermy, vascular cautery in cases of persistent fetal vasculature, operative room aberrometry, and optiwave refractive analysis. Given its scope, the book offers a valuable resource for practicing general and pediatric ophthalmologists, researchers and students alike.

    Contents:
    Morphology of pediatric cataract
    Visually insignificant cataract
    Hereditary cataract
    Metabolic cataract
    Persistent fetal vasculature
    Pre-existing posterior capsular defect
    Subluxated lens
    Spherophakia
    Traumatic cataract
    Uveitic and complicated cataract
    TORCH/ rubella cataract
    Anterior segment dysgenesis
    Cataract in buphthalmic eye
    Cataract associated with retinopathy of prematurity (ROP)
    Miscellaneous conditions with cataract (drug induced, radiation induced, albinism, aniridia)
    Role of investigative modalities in planning surgery
    Stepwise surgical treatment of pediatric cataract
    Visual axis opacification.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Randy Ray Richardson.
    Summary: While most current texts on the coronary artery include only a single chapter on anomalies, this is the first of its kind to focus on the challenges involved with imaging coronary artery anomalies in infants. Since the appearance of coronary artery anomalies is dramatically different in infants with commonly associated congenital heart disease, unique techniques and careful timing are required for imaging these 1-2 mm blood vessels. Additionally, many coronary anomalies are not commonly seen because the infants don't survive past childhood. Comprised of hundreds of anomalies in infants collected over a number of years, this atlas includes 3d color-coded images, surgical reports, angiograms, CTs and MRIs, as well as detailed instructions for performing coronary CTAs in infants. The 3d models also show the relation of coronary anomalies with congenital heart disease. Atlas of Pediatric CTA of Coronary Artery Anomalies is a timely resource for pediatric cardiologists, pediatric radiologists, fellows and residents who wish to improve their skill set when faced the dual challenges of the size of the patient and the associated complex congenital heart disease seen with the coronary anomalies. This atlas is also a valuable resource for medical students, physician assistants and nurse practitioners in pediatric cardiology and pediatric radiology.

    Contents:
    Scanning Technique for Cardiac CTA in Infants and Small Children
    Coronary Normal Variants
    Anomalous Origins of Coronary Arteries
    Congenital Heart Disease Patterns
    Anomalous Course of Coronary Arteries
    Coronary Artery Anomalous Origins in Patients With Congenital Heart Disease
    Anomalous Termination of Coronary Arteries
    Coronary Artery Abnormalities in Patients with Kawasaki Disease and Williams Syndrome.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Giuseppe Micali, Francesco Lacarrubba, Giuseppe Stinco, Giuseppe Argenziano, Iria Neri, editors.
    Summary: This atlas, containing a wealth of clinical and dermoscopic images, describes and illustrates the applications of dermoscopy in a wide variety of skin disorders that may be encountered in the pediatric population. Key features and other salient aspects are highlighted with the aim of enabling the clinician to reach a fast and reliable diagnosis in all cases. Dermoscopy is a non-invasive technique that allows rapid and magnified in vivo observation of the skin, with visualization of morphologic features imperceptible to the naked eye. Dermoscopy has revolutionized the approach to pigmented skin lesions, greatly improving diagnostic accuracy. Furthermore, over the past few years it has been demonstrated to be very useful in the diagnosis, follow-up, and therapeutic monitoring of a range of other skin disorders, including cutaneous/mucosal infections, ectoparasitoses, inflammatory diseases, and hair and nail abnormalities. Being non-invasive, dermoscopy is particularly suitable for use in the pediatric population, in which invasive diagnostic procedures may be problematic.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Filip Kucera.
    Summary: "Written by Dr. Filip Kucera, a pediatric cardiology consultant at Great Ormond Street Hospital, Atlas of Pediatric Echocardiography provides "next level" guidance for clinicians who want to improve their echocardiographic skills. It covers a wide range of levels, from a beginner to an advanced level. This highly illustrated atlas is an excellent resource not only for pediatric cardiologists and trainees in pediatric cardiology, but also neonatologists, pediatric intensivists, and pediatricians with an interest in echocardiography"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Normal transthoracic echocardiogram in a child
    Segmental approach to congenital heart disease
    Atrial septal defects (ASDs)
    Ventricular septal defects (VSDs)
    Atrio-ventricular septal defects (AVSDs)
    Diseases of the mitral valve
    Diseases of the tricuspid valve
    Diseases of the left ventricular outflow tract
    Diseases of the right ventricular outflow tract (RVOT)
    Double outlet right ventricle (DORV)
    Tetralogy of Fallot
    Transposition of the great arteries (TGA)
    Congenitally corrected transposition of the great arteries (CCTGA)
    Persistent truncus arteriosus
    Functionally single ventricle
    Patent ductus arteriosus (PDA) and aorto-pulmonary window
    Coarctation of the aorta and interrupted aortic arch
    Vascular rings
    Pulmonary and systemic venous anomalies
    Congenital coronary artery abnormalities
    Myocarditis
    Cardiomyopathies
    Kawasaki disease
    Rheumatic fever
    Infective endocarditis (IE)
    Pericardial disease
    Cardiac tumors
    Pulmonary hypertension
    Common genetic disorders associated with heart disease
    Mechanical circulatory support and heart transplantation.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Digital
    editor, editor-in-chief, Binita R. Shah ; associate editors, Prashant Mahajan, John Amodio, Michael Lucchesi.
    Contents:
    Conditions mistaken for child abuse and sexual abuse / Allison M. Jackson and Tanya S. Hinds
    Infectious diseases / Michelle Parker and Samir S. Shah
    Sexual abuse, gynecology, and sexually transmitted infections / Tanya S. Hinds and Angela Lumba-Brown
    Cardiology / Shyam Sathanandam and Sushitha Surendran
    Respiratory disorders / Todd A. Florin and Andrea T. Cruz
    Dermatology / Sharon A. Glick, Jeannette Jakus, Julie Cantatore-Francis, and Kunal M. Shah
    Ophthalmology / Suzanne M. Schmidt and Steve E. Krug
    Otolaryngology / Sydney C. Butts, Nira Goldstein, Richard Rosenfeld, Aaron L. Thatcher, avid J. Brown, Christopher Discolo, and Jennifer H. Chao
    Surgery and genitourinary / Vincent Wang and Neil Uspal
    Hematology and oncology / Scott T. Miller and Kusum Viswanathan
    Rheumatology / Julie Cherian, Farzana Nuruzzaman, and Sarah Taber
    Neurology / Geetha Chari and Vikas S. Shah
    Endocrinology / Glenn D. Harris, Irma Fiordalisi, and Scott M. Thomas
    Gastrointestinal disorders / Sandra Herr and Cole Condra
    Nephrology / Anil K. Mongia and Manju Chandra
    Toxicology / Mark K Su and Madeline H. Renny
    Environmental emergencies / Jeanine E. Hall and Christine S. Cho
    Orthopedics / Konstantinos Agoritsas, Ameer Hassoun, Jennifer Chao, Subramaniam Sathyaseelan, Andrea Cruz, Ryan Logan Webb, and Josh Greenstein
    Trauma / Joshua Nagler, Caitlin Farrell, Mark Auerbach, Sydney C. Butts, Roman Shinder, Ilaaf Darrat, and Lamont Jones
    Emergency ultrasound / Jay Pershad and John Gullett.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessPediatrics
    AccessEmergency Medicine
  • Digital
    [edited by] Dan M. Fliss, Ari DeRowe.
    Summary: "Pediatric otolaryngology is a rapidly expanding field with remarkable technological advances that have improved the quality of life for young patients. Many highly complex pediatric head and neck procedures are not commonly performed, resulting in a paucity of resources. Atlas of Pediatric Head and Neck and Skull Base Surgery by renowned surgeons Dan M. Fliss and Ari DeRowe and an impressive group of interdisciplinary innovators fills a gap in the literature. This richly illustrated atlas features detailed discussions and guidance on groundbreaking surgeries developed and currently performed by top academic surgeons in the field, many of whom contributed to this book. The introductory section lays a solid foundation of knowledge, covering pediatric anatomy, the distinctive topography of the skull base, anesthesia and pain control considerations, and imaging modalities. Fifty-four subsequent chapters encompass a rich spectrum of approaches and pediatric pathologies, organized by head and neck; skull base and craniofacial; airway, voice, and swallowing; trauma; and reconstruction sections. Surgical chapters include an introduction; evidence-based guidelines; preoperative, anesthetic, intraoperative, and postoperative considerations; techniques and positioning; extensive references; and more"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
  • Digital
    Deirdre Kelly, Khalid Sharif, Jane Hartley, editors.
    Summary: This atlas is a problem-based practical book presenting clinical scenarios for children with liver disease. Each chapter demonstrates the clinical presentation, diagnostic pathway, therapy and outcome. Rich in illustrations of clinical pictures, tables and graphs of data, each chapter also contains pictures of radiology, histopathology and other important diagnostic information. This book outlines a multidisciplinary approach to diagnosis and management of pediatric liver disease and covers diseases encountered in South Asia, the Far East and the Middle East. This work will appeal to a wide readership, from trainees in hepatology and Paediatric Gastroenterology to General Paediatricians and Allied Health Professionals including Dieticians, Nurses, Transplant Co-Ordinators.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    editors, Jonathan M. Spector, MD, MPH, FAAP, Timothy E. Gibson, MD, FAAP. ; associate editors, Mark E. Engel, MPH, PhD, [and eleven others].
    Digital Access eBook Comp Acad 2016
  • Digital
    by Wei-Hsian Yin, Ming-Chon Hsiung.
    Contents:
    Disease of Mitral Valve
    Disease of Aortic Valve
    Disease of Tricuspid and Pulmonary Valves
    Prosthetic Valves
    Disease of Aorta
    Coronary Artery Disease
    Congenital Heart Disease
    Cardiomyopathies
    Infective Endocarditis
    Tumor and Mass Lesion
    Others.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Gisela Meier, Johannes Buettner.
    Contents:
    General principles of ultrasound-guided peripheral nerve blocks
    General overview
    Interscalene techniques of brachial plexus block
    Supraclavicular and infraclavicular techniques of brachial plexus block
    Suprascapular nerve block
    Axillary block
    Selective blocks of individual nerves in the upper arm, at the elbow, and wrist
    General overview
    Psoas block
    Inguinal paravascular lumbar plexus anesthesia (femoral nerve block)
    Proximal sciatic nerve block
    Blocks at the knee
    Peripheral block (conduction block) of individual nerves of the lower limb
    Peripheral nerve blocks at the ankle
    General overview
    Upper limb
    Lower limb
    Abdominal wall
    Special features of peripheral nerve blocks
    Complications and general contraindications of peripheral blocks
    General principles for performing peripheral blocks
    Continuous peripheral nerve blocks.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2016
  • Digital
    Stefano Fanti, Mohsen Farsad, Luigi Mansi, Paolo Castellucci.
    Summary: This new atlas, the fourth of a successful series, is a completely revised and updated edition of a previously published FDG PET-CT atlas. In the past few years, considerable progress has been made in the field of PET-CT imaging, and this new edition takes full account of these recent developments. Furthermore, its educational mission has been broadened: beyond serving as a straightforward guide to FDG PET-CT imaging it now encompasses the integrative use of contrast-enhanced CT and MRI. The new edition also includes non-oncological indications for FDG PET-CT. The atlas aims to help imaging practitioners to recognize physiological and benign pathological FDG uptake and illustrates in a case-based, practical manner the PET-CT appearances of all the major tumors and infectious, inflammatory, and neurodegenerative disorders. The main clinical applications are covered, and learning points and pitfalls are clearly articulated. The consistent, user-friendly format facilitates image interpretation and allows rapid review of key information needed for FDG PET-CT imaging.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Normal Distribution, Variants and Artefacts of FDG
    PET-CT in Oncology
    PET-CT in Inflammation and Infection
    PET-CT in Neurodegenerative Diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Angelina Cistaro, editor.
    Summary: This richly illustrated book presents the pediatric applications of PET/CT in the full range of scenarios frequently encountered in a professional setting. It opens with a thorough introduction covering the fundamental science and the clinical basis for use of PET/CT in this age group. Pitfalls and artifacts are examined, and normal variations and benign findings are carefully described. Each subsequent chapter addresses the role of PET/CT with different radiopharmaceuticals in the evaluation and management of a specific disease. The full range of oncological diseases is covered, including the rare ones. Succinct descriptions of clinical cases are included and, when appropriate, comparisons are made with other modalities. In addition, the role of PET/CT in biopsy guidance and in radiation therapy planning is explained. This book will be invaluable for residents and practitioners in nuclear medicine, radiology, oncology, radiation oncology, and nuclear medicine technology

    Contents:
    Basic Science and Practical Issues
    Oncology
    Other tumors
    Neurology
    Infection and inflammation
    Other applications.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Cheng Tan, Wen-Yuan Zhu, editors.
    Summary: This atlas is written to provide readers with the clinical and pathological presentation of the broad spectrum of pigmentary skin disorders (PSD). This book is divided into six parts and covers diseases of hypopigmentation, disorders of hyperpigmentation, hyperpigmentation coexisting with hypopigmentation, pigmentary disorders of the hair, nails, and mucous membranes, and neoplasms with dyschromatosis encountered in clinical practice. Written by experts with rich experience in the field, it will be an invaluable reference not only for dermatologists, cosmetologists, and geneticists but also for anyone interested in the exciting area of PSDs.

    Contents:
    Genetic and Gentically-Susceptible Hypomelanoses
    Syndromes with Hypomelanosis
    Hypomelanoses Related to Inflammation and Immunological Reaction
    Hypochromic Hairs
    Miscellaneous Hypomelanoses and hypochromia
    Generalized and Localized Genetic Hyperpigmentation
    Hyperpigmentation with Cafe-au-lait Spots or Lentigines
    Syndromes with Hypermelanosis
    Linear and Blaschoid Hyperpigmentation
    Reticulated Hyperpigmentation
    Acquired Hypermelanoses
    Acquired Hyperchromia with Lichenoid Changes
    Acquired Hyperpigmentation with Keratotic Abnormalities
    Acquired Hyperpigmentation with Dermal Alterations
    Acquired and Congenital Dermal Hypermelanosis
    Miscellaneous Hyperpigmentation or Hypermelanosis
    Hyperpigmentation coexists with Hypopigmentation
    Disorders of Pigmentation of the Nails, Hair and Mucous Membrane
    Neoplasms with Dyschromatosis
    Non-melanotic Pigmentary Disorders with Abnormal Deposits. .
    Digital Access Springer 2023
  • Digital
    editors, James D. Geyer, Paul R. Carney.
    Contents:
    Sleep and polysomnography
    Staging
    MSLT/MWT
    Breathing disorders
    Limb movement disorders
    Parasomnias
    EEG abnormalities
    Artifacts
    EKG
    Calibrations
    Actigraphy
    Home sleep apnea monitoring
    Technical background
    Recording artifacts and solving technical problems with polysomnography technology.
    Digital Access Ovid 2018
  • Digital
    Daniel Thomas Ginat, Per-Lennart A. Westesson, editors.
    Summary: Here is a comprehensive yet concise reference guide to postsurgical neuroradiology. It will enable the reader to identify the type of surgery performed and the hardware implanted and to differentiate expected sequelae from complications.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    editor, Margaret O. Dayhoff.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    QD431.A1 A85
    7
  • Digital
    Yasmeen M. Butt, MD, Assistant Professor, Department of Laboratory Medicine and Pathology, Mayo Clinic Alix School of Medicine, Mayo Clinic, Arizona Scottsdale, Arizona, Henry D. Tazelaar, MD, Geraldine Zeiler Colby Professor of Cytopathology, Department of Laboratory Medicine and Pathology Mayo Clinic Alix School of Medicine, Mayo Clinic Arizona, Scottsdale, Arizona.
    Summary: "Closely mirroring the daily sign-out process, Atlas of Pulmonary Pathology: A Pattern Based Approach is a highly illustrated, efficient guide to accurate diagnosis. This practical reference uses a proven, pattern-based approach to clearly explain how to interpret challenging cases by highlighting red flags in the clinical chart and locating hidden clues in the slides. Useful as a daily "scope-side guide," it features numerous clinical and educational features that help you find pertinent information, reach a correct diagnosis, and assemble a thorough and streamlined pathology report. More than 1,600 high-quality photomicrographs capture the subtle morphologic spectrum of both neoplastic and non-neoplastic lung biopsies. Each image is captioned with key diagnostic considerations and includes callouts showing subtle features and diagnostic clues. Practical tools throughout the text include:Tables that emphasize salient clinicopathologic features, management implications, and therapeutic optionsDiscussions of how and when to incorporate molecular toolsChecklists for key elements of the diagnostic approach and sample notes for inclusion in pathology reportsRelevant endoscopic images, photographs of select gross specimens, and medical figuresBrief reviews of normal histology that provide contrast to succeeding patterns"Pearls and Pitfalls" and "Near Misses" sections with lessons from real life sign-out experience "Frequently Asked Questions" sections that discuss common diagnostic dilemmas "Sample Note" sections that offer a template of how to sign out cases from the simple to the complexComprehensive quiz provides experience with high-yield, board-style teaching topics Enrich Your eBook Reading ExperienceRead directly on your preferred device(s), such as computer, tablet, or smartphone.Easily convert to audiobook, powering your content with natural language text-to-speech"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2022
  • Digital
    Lee L.Q. Pu and Nolan S. Karp.
    Contents:
    Breast reconstruction with the pedicled transverse rectus abdominis musculocutaneous (tram) flap
    Free or free muscle-sparing tram flap breast reconstruction
    Free DIEP flap breast reconstruction
    Free SIEA flap breast reconstruction
    Free gluteal perforator flap breast reconstruction
    Free profunda artery perforator flap breast reconstruction
    Free transverse upper gracilis flap breast reconstruction
    Latissimus dorsi flap breast reconstruction
    Immediate implant breast reconstruction: one-stage
    Immediate two-stage implant-based breast reconstruction with acellular dermal matrix
    Immediate implant breast reconstruction with total muscle coverage: two-stage
    Immediate prepectoral implant breast reconstruction
    Delayed two-stage implant-based breast reconstruction
    Implant breast reconstruction: revision
    Partial breast reconstruction with flaps
    Partial breast reconstruction with local tissue rearrangements
    Partial breast reconstruction with oncoplastic techniques
    Symmetry procedures in breast reconstruction
    Fat grafting for total breast reconstruction
    Fat grafting as an adjunct procedure in breast reconstruction - Nipple-areola complex reconstruction
    Nipple-sparing mastectomy
    Correction of Poland syndrome breast deformity
    Correction of tuberous breast deformity.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    Lee L. Q. Pu.
    Summary: "Written by the world's leading authority in the field, Atlas of Reconstructive Surgery: A Case-Based Approach offers a case-based, highly illustrated approach to optimizing care for the reconstructive surgery patient. Dr. Lee L.Q. Pu invites you to learn from real cases that he has worked on throughout his years of surgical practice, providing detailed content on each case in an easy-to-follow, templated format. Superb illustrations, before and after case photos, and operative videos help you visualize exactly how Dr. Pu achieves improved outcomes for each patient"-- provided by publisher.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024
  • Digital
    Egesta Lopci, Stefano Fanti, editors.
    Summary: This atlas is a concise but comprehensive guide to the diverse patterns of response to immunotherapy as observed on Positron Emission Tomography/Computed Tomography (PET/CT) and other conventional imaging modalities, including CT and Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI). The purpose for this publication is to fill the gap between the growing clinical relevance and utilization of immunotherapy in medical oncology, mainly based on checkpoint inhibitors, and the need for experienced imagers with reliable tools assessing response to treatment. A series of disease-oriented chapters will present the imaging findings during immunotherapy in the major oncological settings, with helpful comparison of functional (PET/CT) and morphological (CT/MRI) patterns of response in individual cases. To complete the atlas, a dedicated chapter will focus on major pitfalls and immune-related adverse events (irAEs) affecting image interpretation during the course of immunotherapy. The concluding chapter will lastly examine the available data and potential developments of immuno-PET, which is considered as the novel frontier of research in this oncological scenario. The atlas will be of high value for radiologists and nuclear medicine specialists at all levels of experience.

    Contents:
    PART I BRIEF INTRODUCTION: Immunotherapy in oncology
    Evolution of response criteria
    Part II DIESEASE-ORIENTED APPLICATIONS: CNS
    Thorax
    Melanoma
    Gastrointestinal
    Genitourinary
    Hematologic
    Other tumor types
    PART III PITFALLS AND IMMUNE-RELATED ADVERSE EVENTS (IrAEs) PART IV IMMUNO-PET.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Wenbin Wei, editor.
    Summary: This atlas and textbook aims to provide diverse pictures, facilitating the readers to learn fundus diseases. Retinal detachment is a common group of vitreo-retinal diseases that causes blindness. The diagnosis and differential diagnosis are dependent mostly on ophthalmolscopy and fundus imaging technology. With the development of imaging technology, it is getting easier for ophthalmologist to make quick and accurate decision on the diagnosis. The book includes both common types of retinal detachment and some rare diseases. Moreover, some diseases without but related to retinal detachment are included in the book. In addition to traditional color fundus photos, fundus fluorescent angiography, ultrasound and traditional OCT images, OCT angiography and ultrasound angiography images are included too. This book also contains brief introductions to each disease. Differentiated from detailed review of pathogenesis or treatment, the readers will discover concise yet direct concept. This atlas and textbook is yours to read and enjoy, but also to use as a valuable tool in your management of the patient with retinal detachment. Keep it handy. We hope doctors in training and those who have had certain clinical experiences interested in vitro-retinal diseases can benefit from this book.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Introduction of Retinal Detachment (Ma Kai)
    Chapter 2: Rhegmatogenous Retinal Detachment (Zhu Ruilin)
    Chapter 3: Special Types of Rhegmatogenous Retinal Detachment (Ma Kai)
    Chapter 4: Exudative Retinal Detachment (Zhou Haiying)
    Chapter 5: Fundus Congenital Abnormalities and Retinal Detachment (Huang Yao)
    Chapter 6: Tractional retinal detachment (Shao Lei)
    Chapter 7: Traumatic Retinal Detachment (Zhou Jinqiong)
    Chapter 8: Pathologic Myopia and Retina Detachment (Gao Liqin)
    Chapter 9: Infectious Uveitis and Retinal Detachment (Gao Liqin)
    Chapter 10: Uveitis and retinal detachment (Huang Yao)
    Chapter 11: Ocular Tumor and Retinal Detachment
    Chapter 12: Surgical Techniques of Rhegmatogenous Retinal Detachment and Complications After Surgeries (She Haicheng).
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Darin R. Goldman, Nadia K. Waheed, Jay S. Duker.
    Summary: Optical Coherence Tomography has revolutionized today's eye care. This remarkable non-invasive scanning technology is unparalleled for aiding diagnosis of retinal disease and recording disease progression. Atlas of Retinal OCT: Optical Coherence Tomography provides expert guidance in this rapidly evolving area with high-quality, oversized images that show precise detail and assist with rapid, accurate clinical decision making.

    Contents:
    Normal optic nerve
    Time-domain OCT
    Spectral domain OCT
    Swept-source OCT
    Normal choroid
    Normal vitreous
    OCT : artifacts and errors
    OCT angiography artifacts
    Drusen
    Geographic atrophy
    Isolated pigment epithelial detachment
    Type 1 choroidal neovascular membrane
    Type 2 choroidal neovascular membrane
    Type 3 choroidal neovascular membrane
    Subretinal hemorrhage
    Disciform scar
    Retinal pigment epithelial tear
    Polypoidal choroidal vasculopathy
    Vitreomacular adhesion
    Vitreomacular traction
    Full-thickness macular hole
    Lamellar macular hole
    Epiretinal membrane
    Central serous chorioretinopathy
    Myopic choroidal neovascular membrane
    Myopic macular schisis
    Dome-shaped macula
    Posterior staphyloma
    Hydroxychloroquine toxicity
    Vitelliform dystrophy
    Macular telangiectasia
    Isolated cystoid macular edema
    Angioid streaks
    X-linked juvenile retinoschisis
    Oculocutaneous albinism
    Subretinal perfluorocarbon
    Diabetic macular edema
    Nonproliferative diabetic retinopathy
    Proliferative diabetic retinopathy
    Branch retinal vein occlusion
    Central retinal vein occlusion
    Branch retinal artery occlusion
    Central retinal arterial occlusion
    Birdshot retinochoroidopathy
    Acute posterior multifocal placoid pigment epitheliopathy
    Multiple evanescent white dot syndrome
    Serpiginous choroiditis
    Multifocal choroiditis and panuveitis and punctate inner choroidopathy
    Vogt-Koyanagi-Harada disease
    Sympathetic ophthalmia
    Toxoplasmic chorioretinitis
    Acute syphilitic posterior placoid chorioretinitis
    Tuberculosis
    Posterior scleritis
    Candida chorioretinitis
    Acute retinal necrosis syndrome
    Choroidal nevus
    Choroidal melanoma
    Solitary choroidal hemangioma
    Retinal capillary hemangioma
    Simple hamartoma of the RPE
    Combined hamartoma of the retina and RPE
    Choroidal metastases
    Valsalva retinopathy
    Laser maculopathy
    Solar maculopathy
    Retinitis pigmentosa
    Stargardt disease
    Best disease
    Cone dystrophy
    Malattia leventinese (Doyne's honeycomb retinal dystrophy)
    Central areolar choroidal dystrophy
    Stages of posterior vitreous detachment
    Asteroid hyalosis
    Vitreous hemorrhage
    Vitreous inflammation
    Tractional retinal detachment
    Rhegmatogenous retinal detachment
    Bullous retinoschisis
    Lattice degeneration
    Myelinated nerve fiber layer
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    Paul Emery, editor.
    Summary: Atlas of Rheumatoid Arthritis is a high-quality educational initiative, written by leaders in the field of rheumatology, containing a collection of approximately 150 relevant images, with extended descriptive captions and a comprehensive bibliography. The Atlas of Rheumatoid Arthritis will provide clinicians with a visual guide to rheumatoid arthritis, focusing on assessment, diagnosis and treatment, including newer research into the signalling pathways involved in the pathogenesis of RA, before focusing on the treatment of RA. Rheumatoid arthritis (RA) is the most common and most serious of the inflammatory arthritic disorders, and it dominates clinical rheumatological practice. Effective, early treatment is vital as this can slow the course of the disease and reduce joint damage. RA is usually treated using disease-modifying anti-rheumatic drugs (DMARDs), most commonly methotrexate. The newest treatments target the disease-causing immune elements specifically and directly.

    Contents:
    Classification of rheumatoid arthritis
    Pre-rheumatoid arthritis
    Early rheumatoid arthritis
    Established rheumatoid arthritis
    Remission and rheumatoid arthritis
    Magnetic resonance imaging in rheumatoid arthritis
    Ultrasound imaging in rheumatoid arthritis
    Dual energy X-ray absorptiometry in rheumatoid arthritis
    Methotrexate
    Immunotherapy
    Rituximab.- Novel therapies in rheumatoid arthritis: small molecules.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Pedro F. Escobar, Tommaso Falcone, editors.
    Summary: Minimally invasive surgery has emerged as the standard treatment for many gynecologic diseases and conditions. In the past decade, numerous studies have demonstrated the superiority of laparoscopic approaches over standard open procedures in terms of improved quality of life for patients. Innovations in minimally invasive surgical technologysuch as multichannel ports, articulating instruments, and flexible high-definition endoscopeshave made it possible for laparoscopic surgeons to perform increasingly complicated gynecologic surgeries through smaller incisions. As such, since the first edition of the atlas published in 2014, technologies and techniques once considered novel have become standard. This second edition of the Atlas of Robotic, Conventional, and Single-Port Laparoscopy: A Practical Approach in Gynecology, with five new chapters and content updated throughout to reflect the latest evolutions in the field, serves as a guide in robotic, conventional, and single-port laparoscopic surgery, presenting invaluable, up-to-date information about instrumentation, surgical technique, port systems, and the current research and development in robotics. Chapters address unique challenges associated with each technique, such as lack of haptic feedback or articulation and instrument crowding, and describe the advanced laparoscopic skills required to safely and efficiently perform procedures, such as how to move and control a flexible camera or use the robot. Specific topics include conventional laparoscopic myomectomy, adnexal surgery, total and supracervical hysterectomy, and excision of endometriosis excision, as well as related techniques in gynecologic oncology, urogynecology and pelvic reconstructive surgery, tubal surgery and ectopic pregnancy, isthmocele repair, and trachelectomy for early cervical cancer. For single-port laparoscopic techniques, chapters are presented on adnexal surgery, hysterectomy, and gynecologic oncology, while the section on robotic surgery offers guidance on instrumentation, platforms, and basic principles; robotic-assisted laparoscopic myomectomy, total hysterectomy for benign disease, endometriosis management, and total hysterectomy for cancer; as well as techniques for robotic adnexal surgery, urogynecology/pelvic reconstructive surgery, tubal surgery, and complication management, concluding with a review of new and emerging technologies. For students, residents, fellows, operating room personnel, and practicing gynecologic surgeons, the editors share experience amassed while developing novel surgical instrumentation and collaborating on presentations for numerous worldwide events. Internationally renowned experts contribute as well to this practical, illustrated resource on current minimally invasive techniques in gynecologic surgery.

    Contents:
    Section I. Conventional and Reduced-port Laparoscopy
    Chapter 1. Basic Principles and Anatomy for the Laparoscopic Surgeon
    Chapter 2. Laparoscopic Myomectomy
    Chapter 3. Laparoscopic Adnexal Surgery
    Chapter 4. Laparoscopic Total and Supracervical Hysterectomy
    Chapter 5. Laparoscopic Excision of Endometriosis
    Chapter 6. Techniques in Gynecologic Oncology
    Chapter 7. Laparoscopic Hysterectomy for Oncologic Patients
    Chapter 8. Techniques in Urogynecology and Pelvic Reconstructive Surgery
    Chapter 9. Techniques in Reproductive Surgery
    Chapter 10. Surgical Repair of the Symptomatic Isthmocele
    Chapter 11. Laparoscopic Trachelectomy
    Chapter 12. Single-Port Laparoscopic Adnexal Surgery
    Chapter 13. Single-Port Laparoscopic Hysterectomy
    Section II. Robotic Surgery
    Chapter 14. RoboticAssisted Total Laparoscopic Hysterectomy
    Chapter 15. Principles of Robotic Myomectomy
    Chapter 16. Robotic-Assisted Surgical Management of Endometriosis
    Chapter 17. Techniques for Robotic Urogynecology and Pelvic Reconstructive Surgery
    Chapter 18. Techniques for Robotic Tubal Reanastamosis
    Chapter 19. Techniques for Robotic Adnexal Surgery
    Chapter 20. Management of Laparoscopy-related Complications
    Chapter 21. Novel Technology in Robotic Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    W. Randolph Chitwood, Jr., editor ; illustrated by Rebekah Dodson.
    Summary: This comprehensive atlas defines the role of robotic surgery in cardiac surgical practice and provides a wealth of practical didactic advice. The Editor has assembled a group of experts in the field to define the complete operative pathway of each procedure for surgeons who desire to become a complete robotic cardiac surgeon. To reduce the learning curve, the atlas includes hints and procedure pitfalls that are derived from the experiences of the chapter contributors. The most important cardiac operations, including valve repair and replacement as well as coronary surgery, are detailed but using the latest robotic methods. Atlas of Robotic Cardiac Surgery is richly illustrated with the highest quality illustrations. Anaesthesia and cardiopulmonary support preparation for each operation is featured, and selected references have been provided to emphasize evidence-based outcomes from previously published data. As such, this book will influence and be essential reading for both practicing and trainee surgeons in minimally invasive and robotic cardiac surgery.

    Contents:
    Robotics in Cardiac Surgery-Basic Principles
    Building a Cardiac Surgical Robotic Program
    Anesthesia for Robotic Cardiac Surgery
    Three Dimensional Transesophageal Echocardiographic Planning
    Cardiopulmonary Perfusion During Robotic Cardiac Surgery
    Clinical Outcomes in Robotic Cardiac Surgery
    Robotic On-Pump Totally Endoscopic Coronary Bypass Surgery (TECAB)
    Robotic Off-Pump Totally Endoscopic Coronary Bypass Surgery
    Beating Heart-Totally Endoscopic Coronary Artery Bypass Surgery; Robotic Endoscopic Multi-vessel Anastomotic Connectors
    The Hybrid Operating Room: A Multidisciplinary Team Approach
    Hybrid Robotic Coronary Surgery
    Principles of Carpentier's Reconstructive Mitral Valve Surgery
    Simplifying Mitral Valve Repair: Leaflet Imbrication
    Simplifying Mitral Valve Repair: Limited Leaflet Resections and Neo-Chord Replacements
    'Haircut' Mitral Valve Repair: Posterior Leaflet-Plasty
    Leaflet Folding Plasty
    Neochord Replacement for Mitral Valve Repair
    Leaflet Edge-to-Edge Mitral Valve Repair
    Robotic Mitral Repair: Isolated Annular and Leaflet Calcium
    Endoscopic Mitral Repair: Evolution to Robotics -Endo-balloon Aortic Occlusion Technique
    Robotic Endoscopic Mitral Valve Repair: Trans-thoracic Clamp Technique
    Robotic Mitral Repair: 'Running Suture' Annuloplasty
    Robotic Mitral Valve Repair: Thru-port (IntraClude(Tm)) Intra-Aortic Balloon Occlusion Technique
    Robotic Mitral Valve Repair: Techniques and Results
    Robotic Mitral Valve Replacement: Techniques and Results
    Robotic Aortic Valve Replacement
    Treatment of Atrial Fibrillation: The Robotic Cryo-Maze
    Robotic Left Ventricular Lead Placement
    Robot-Assisted Atrial Septal Defect Closure
    Cardiac Tumor Excision
    Robotic Trans-Mitral Septal Myectomy with Mitral Repair for Asymmetric Ventricular Septal Hypertrophy with Systolic Mitral Anterior Leaflet Motion
    Simulation and Education in Cardiac Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Kemp Kernstine.
    Summary: This book represents the definitive robotic surgery atlas, containing didactic material necessary to facilitate effective practice in thoracic surgery and to provide learning tools in these methods both to practicing surgeons and to those in training. It defines the complete operative pathway for each procedure for surgeons who wish to be a complete robotic cardiothoracic surgeon and include hints and procedural pitfalls derived from the experiences of chapter contributors. The Atlas of Robotic Thoracic Surgery is illustrated with high quality illustrations and color photographs from surgical operations and contains expert analysis from leading surgeons who provide the key visual features of their chosen topics. Anesthetic and cardiopulmonary support preparation for each operation are included and selected references will be provided to emphasize evidence-based outcomes.This book has been designed to augment Atlas of Robotic Cardiac Surgery edited by Ranny Chitwood, both being developed from these same concepts of simplicity and practical instruction. It will therefore be an important resource for all involved in thoracic robotic surgery or interested in learning more about the techniques involved.

    Contents:
    Principles of Robotic Thoracic Surgery, Program Development and Equipment
    Anesthesia for Robotic Thoracic Surgery
    Robotic Lobectomy
    Robotic Lobectomy: Hilum First Technique
    Robotic Pancoast and Chest Wall Resection
    Robotic Anterior Mediastinal Mass/Cyst and Thymectomy
    Robotic Anterior Mediastinal Mass Resection: Belgium
    Robotic Thymectomy: China
    Robotic Applications to the Mediastinum
    Difficult Mediastinal Mass Resections: Robotic Approach and Solutions: Austria
    Robotic Transhiatal Esophagectomy
    Robot-Assisted Thoracolaparoscopic Esophagectomy: The Netherlands
    Robot-Assisted Thoracoscopic Esophagectomy in the Semi-Prone Position
    Robotic Esophagectomy
    Laparoscopic Robotic Diaphragmatic Plication
    Robotic Diaphragmatic Mass Removal
    Robotic Phrenic Nerve Pacemaker Implantation
    Robotic Pericardial Cyst/Mass Resection
    The Surgical Treatment of Pericardial Disease: The Robotic Approach
    Robotic Transthoracic Thoracic Duct Ligation
    Robotic Diaphragm Plication
    Robotic Laparoscopic Modified Belsey Procedure (Gastroesophageal Valvuloplasty) for Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease
    Robotic Fundoplication: Nissen-Rossetti
    Robotic Paraesophageal "Giant" Hiatal Hernia Repair
    Robotic Heller Myotomy
    Robotic Assisted Laparoscopic Cardiomyotomy (Heller Myotomy) in Achalasia: Austria
    Robotic-Assisted Esophageal Epiphrenic Diverticulectomy
    Esophageal Leiomyoma
    Robotic Transthoracic Esophageal Leiomyoma Resection
    Robotic First Rib Resection: Paget-Schroetter's Syndrome.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Omar Yusef Kudsi, Peter P. Grimminger, editors.
    Summary: Deep knowledge of anatomy and surgical technique will continue to remain the foundation of surgery despite advancement in surgical technology. Robotic surgery usage has increased drastically in the last decade. More than ever before, surgical community in great need for an updated atlas in the various upper GI surgical procedures and techniques available. This atlas demonstrates how to perform the most common Upper GI robotic procedure via a set of high-quality state-of-the-art annotated images showing step-by-step guidance providing pertinent and concise procedure descriptions spanning benign and malignant upper GI problems. Robotic upper GI procedures are considered technically demanding with attention to details thus are considered great teaching procedures especially with dual robotic consoles, simulation, and teleproctoring. Preoperative, intraoperative, and postoperative figures are integrated to highlight the importance of these step-by-step procedures, enhance skill and efficiency, and avoid surgical pitfalls. Detailed descriptive figures accompany step-by-step instructions and include specific anatomical annotations that describe the anatomy during upper GI procedures. Atlas of Robotic Upper Gastrointestinal Surgery will provide a comprehensive, insightful and state-of-art review of this field, and will serve as a valuable visual resource for surgeons, surgeons in training, and students with an interest in robotic upper GI surgery. All chapters are written by an international group of experts in their field, to provide a comprehensive atlas for specialists and trainees, this illustrated book will give a current and concise summary of all key topics and recent developments in upper GI surgery.

    Contents:
    Robotic Median Arcuate Ligament Release
    Robotic Esophageal Diverticulectomy
    Robotic Esophagus Leiomyomectomy
    Robotic Heller Myotomy with Dor Fundoplication
    Robotic Gastric Neurostimulator Placement
    Robotic Paraconduit Hernia
    Robotic Hiatal Hernia Repair of a Large Paraesophageal Hernia
    Robotic Toupet Fundoplication
    Robotic Giant Paraesophageal Hernia Repair
    Robotic Truncal Vagotomy and Antrectomy
    Robotic Pyloroplasty
    Robotic Duodenectomy
    Robotic Esophagectomy: Ivor Lewis
    Robotic McKeown Esophagectomy
    Robotic Transcervical and Transhiatal Esophagectomy (RACE Procedure)
    Robotic-assisted Proximal Gastrectomy with Double Tract Reconstruction
    Robot-assisted Total Gastrectomy and Roux-en-Y Reconstruction
    Robot-assisted Gastrectomy
    Robot-assisted Distal Gastrectomy
    Robotic Partial Gastrectomy for GIST Tumors
    Robotic Vertical Sleeve Gastrectomy
    Robotic Gastric Bypass
    Robotic Duodenal Switch (rDS) and Robotic Single Anastomosis Duodenal-ileal Bypass with Sleeve Gastrectomy (rSADI-S)
    Robotic Revisional Bariatric Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Li-Ming Su, editor.
    Summary: As a consequence of rapid changes in surgical technique and incorporation of new robotic technology and advanced intraoperative imaging, the second edition of this important textbook reflects these rapid changes in the field of robotic urologic surgery. The goals of this textbook are three-fold. First, it provides a comprehensive update on surgical techniques pertinent to each robotic urologic procedure being performed worldwide, spanning procedures performed for both upper urinary tract (e.g. adrenal, kidney, ureter) and lower urinary tract (e.g. bladder, prostate, seminal vesicle, vagina) as well as adult and pediatric conditions. Second, advances in new robotic instruments and technology as well as advanced intraoperative imaging modalities used for surgical navigation are incorporated. Third, to further improve upon the first edition, this textbook is highly illustrated with schematic drawings to aid an understanding of the surgical techniques. Links to online video content is presented throughout. Atlas of Robotic Urologic Surgery will serve as a vital step-by-step, highly illustrated comprehensive yet concise resource to urologic surgeons, trainees and robotic surgical assistants embarking on robotic surgery as part of their surgical armamentarium for treatment of urologic diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    by Joaquín J. García.
    Summary: Surgical pathologists play a central role in the management of salivary gland disease by surgeons, radiation oncologists, and medical oncologists. Although salivary gland neoplasms are uncommon overall, their histopathologic diversity and overlap command the attention of practicing surgical pathologists. The Atlas of Salivary Gland Pathology provides a systematic approach to diagnostic classification of common and uncommon salivary gland neoplasms. Emphasis is placed on histomorphology and cost-effective use of histochemistry, immunohistochemistry, and cytogenetics in challenging cases. The Atlas of Salivary Gland Pathology represents a gross and microscopic visual tour of salivary gland neoplasms for aspiring and practicing diagnosticians.

    Contents:
    Gross Anatomy
    Microscopic Anatomy
    Intraoperative Examination
    Gross Examination
    Microscopic Examination
    Acinic Cell Carcinoma
    Adenoid Cystic Carcinoma
    Basal Cell Adenoma
    Basal Cell Adenocarcinoma
    Canalicular Adenoma
    Carcinosarcoma
    Clear Cell Carcinoma
    Epithelial-Myoepithelial Carcinoma
    Intraductal Carcinoma
    Lymphadenoma
    Lymphoepithelial Carcinoma
    Mucoepidermoid Carcinoma
    Myoepithelioma
    Myoepithelial Carcinoma
    Oncocytoma
    Oncocytic Carcinoma
    Pleomorphic Adenoma
    Pleomorphic Adenoma, Carcinoma Ex
    Polymorphous Adenocarcinoma
    Salivary Duct Carcinoma
    Secretory Carcinoma
    Small Cell Neuroendocrine Carcinoma
    Warthin's Tumor.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Luciano Alves Favorito, Natasha T. Logsdon, editors.
    Summary: Sectional anatomy is a valuable resource for understanding and interpreting imaging exams, specially computed tomography (CT) and magnetic resonance imaging (MRI). Thus, health professionals should have a solid anatomical knowledge to properly evaluate such exams during clinical assessments of cardiac, thoracic, abdominal, proctologic, gynecological and urological diseases. The chapters in this book describe the thoracic anatomy, the abdominal wall, retroperitoneal space, and the male and female pelvis. Sectional images of cadaveric material illustrate the thoracic and the abdominal cavities, kidney, ureter, prostate, penis and other male and female organs. The images and descriptions build familiarity with the anatomical traits and can be applied in the fields of urology, gynecology, proctology, radiology and surgery. This work appeals to a wide range of readers, from health professionals to residents and students of different medical specialties.

    Contents:
    Sectional Anatomy of the Thorax
    Sectional Anatomy of the Abdomen
    Sectional Anatomy of the Retroperitoneum
    Sectional Anatomy of the Male Pelvis
    Sectional Anatomy of the Female Pelvis.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Gabriel Zada, M. Beatriz S. Lopes, Srinivasan Mukundan Jr, Edward R. Laws Jr, editors.
    Contents:
    Anatomy of the Sellar and Parasellar Region
    Imaging of the Sellar Region
    Pituitary Physiology and Endocrinology
    Pathology and Molecular Biology of the Pituitary Region
    The Direct Endoscopic Endonasal Transsphenoidal Approach to the Pituitary Gland
    Transcranial and Skull Base Surgical Approaches to the Sellar and Parasellar Region
    Radiosurgery of the Sellar and Parasellar Region
    The Normal Pituitary Gland
    Pituitary Hyperplasia
    Nonfunctioning Pituitary Adenomas
    Prolactinomas
    Somatotroph (GH) Adenomas
    Corticotroph (ACTH) Adenomas
    Silent Corticotroph (ACTH) Adenomas
    Thyrotroph (TSH) Adenomas
    Gonadotroph Adenomas
    Pituitary Apoplexy
    Atypical Pituitary Adenomas
    Pituitary Carcinoma
    Ectopic Pituitary Adenomas
    Craniopharyngioma
    Rathke Cleft Cyst
    Xanthogranuloma of the Sellar Region
    Petrous Apex Cholesterol Granuloma
    Sellar Region Arachnoid Cyst
    Sellar Region Epidermoid and Dermoid Cysts
    Colloid Cyst of the Sellar Region.- Meningioma.- Hemangiopericytoma
    Schwannomas of the Sellar and Parasellar Region
    Chordoma and Chondrosarcoma
    Hemangioblastoma
    Cavernous Sinus Cavernous Hemangioma
    Optic Pathway (Opticochiasmatic) and Hypothalamic Gliomas
    Pituicytomas and Sellar Ependymomas
    Granular Cell Tumor
    Germ Cell Tumor
    Olfactory Neuroblastoma and Sellar Neuroblastoma
    Hypothalamic Hamartoma
    Plasmacytoma
    Lymphoma
    Gangliocytoma and Ganglioglioma
    Spindle Cell Oncocytoma
    Nasopharyngeal Carcinoma and Squamous Cell Carcinoma of the Paranasal Sinuses
    Sinonasal Melanoma
    Sinonasal Adenocarcinoma
    Sinonasal Undifferentiated Carcinoma (SNUC)
    Fibrosarcoma of the Sellar Region
    Juvenile Nasopharyngeal Angiofibroma (JNA)
    Metastatic Tumors to the Pituitary Gland
    Spontaneous Abscess of the Sellar Region
    Invasive Fungal Sinusitis and Fungal Abscess of the Sella
    Mucocele and Mucopyocele
    Sellar Tuberculosis
    Neurocysticercosis of the Sellar Region
    Granulomatous Conditions
    Inflammatory Hypophysitis
    Demyelinating Diseases: Multiple Sclerosis and Neuromyelitis Optica
    Cerebral Aneurysms with Intrasellar Extension
    Arteriovenous Malformations
    Cavernous Malformations (Angiomas) of the Sellar and Suprasellar Region
    Vascular Fistulas of the Sellar and Parasellar Region
    Carotid Artery Dolichoectasia and Kissing Internal Carotid Arteries
    Sheehan's Pituitary Infarction
    Persistent Trigeminal Artery of the Sellar Region
    Meningoceles and Encephaloceles
    Empty Sella Syndrome
    Pituitary Hypoplasia and Other Midline Developmental Anomalies
    Duplication of the Pituitary Gland
    Fibrous Dysplasia
    Basilar Impression and Invagination
    Traumatic Injury, Pituitary Stalk Disruption, and Posttraumatic Anosmia
    Spontaneous, Traumatic, and Postoperative CSF Rhinorrhea
    Pseudoaneurysms of the Internal Carotid Artery in the Sellar Region
    Iatrogenic Pituitary Abscess.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Pedro F. Escobar, Tommaso Falcone, editors.
    Summary: Minimally invasive surgery has become the standard treatment for many diseases and conditions. In the last decade, numerous studies have demonstrated that laparoscopic approaches have improved patients quality of life if compared with standard open procedures. Atlas of Single-Port, Laparoscopic, and Robotic Surgery serves as a guide in single-port, standard laparoscopy, and robotic surgery and shows how novel techniques, such as single-port laparoscopy and robotics, have recently evolved. The atlas illustrates the unique challenges that the new single-port surgery modality presents, including instruments crowding and articulation, and the advanced laparoscopic skills required to perform these procedures, such as the ability to move and control a flexible camera. It also illustrates how to efficiently and safely utilize the robot to perform most gynecologic procedures. This exceptional resource provides students, residents, fellows, operating room personnel, and practicing gynecologic surgeons with invaluable information about instrumentation, surgical technique, port systems, and the current research and development in robotics.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Wen-Yuan Zhu, Cheng Tan, Ru-Zhi Zhang, editors.
    Summary: This book was written to assist the dermatologists and practitioners in the management of rare and challenging skin disorders. It is the most valuable collection of such skin disorders from more than 274 outstanding contributors over 4 decades in China. In this book, a comprehensive coverage of about 387 conditions are illustrated by 1215 superb images, and each is introduced with an initial summary of clinical characters. This atlas incorporates a wide range of skin disorders from the mildest and common conditions to the most severe conditions. The objective of this book is to provide readers with a clinical reference, which can be easily approachable and possesses the necessary expertise to sharpen a dermatologist's diagnostic and clinical acumen.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Manoj K. Karmakar, Edmund Soh, Victor Chee, Kenneth Sheah.
    Contents:
    Basics of musculoskeletal and doppler ultrasound imaging for regional anesthesia and pain medicine
    Sonoanatomy relevant for ultrasound
    Sonoanatomy relevant for ultrasound guided lower extremity nerve blocks
    Sonoanatomy relevant for guided abdominal wall nerve blocks
    Ultrasound imaging of the spine : basic considerations
    Sonoanatomy relevant for ultrasound guided injections of the cervical spine
    Ultrasound imaging of the thoracic spine for thoracic epidural injections
    Ultrasound imaging of the lumbar spine for central neuraxial blocks
    Sonoanatomy relevant for ultrasound guided injections at the lumbosacral junction and the sacral spine
    Sonoanatomy relevant for ultrasound guided thoracic interfascial blocks
    Sonoanatomy relevant for ultrasound guided thoracic paravertebral block.
  • Digital
    edited by Philip K. Louie, Howard S. An, Dino Samartzis.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Print
    edited by William L. Duax and Dorita A. Norton.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    QD426 .A8 1975
    1
  • Digital
    Wen Xu.
    Summary: Specializing in viewing of vocal fold vibration, strobolaryngoscopy is a valuable tool for laryngologists and speech-language pathologists in diagnosis of pharyngolaryngeal diseases. This book presents 300 high-quality images and 18 videos from selected representative cases, which help practitioners to grasp the key diagnostic points of srobolaryngoscopy quickly. By watching the videos, readers can observe the vibratory characteristics of vocal folds in details. The book is presented in two parts: The first part is the overview of the strobolaryngoscopy, and the second part focuses on the strobolaryngoscopic signs of common pharngolaryngeal diseases. With the illustrative figures and videos, this book is a practicable reference to laryngologists and speech pathologists. -- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Dan M. Fliss, Ziv Gil.
    Contents:
    The Cranial Base
    Anterior Skull Base: Imaging
    Operating Room Setup in Skull Base Surgery
    Open Surgical Approaches to the Paranasal Sinuses
    The Subcranial Approach to the Anterior Skull Base
    Surgical Approaches to the Lateral Skull Base
    Approaches to the Parapharyngeal Space
    The Translabryinthine Approach to the Internal Auditory Canal and Cerebellopontine Angle
    Cancer of the Temporal Bone
    Endoscopic Approaches in Skull Base Surgery and Their Indications
    Combined Approaches to Complex Skull Base Tumors
    Microsurgical Reconstruction of Skull Base Defects
    Complications After Skull Base Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Lan Zhu, Felix Wong, Jinghe Lang, editors.
    Contents:
    Abnormal development of female genital tract
    The diagnosis of female reproductive tract anomalies
    Abnormal development of external genitalia
    Abnormal Development of Vagina
    Abnormal uterine development.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Monica B. Lemos, Ekene Okoye, editors.
    Summary: This book is a unique surgical pathology grossing atlas, comprised of a collection of photos of various anatomic specimens frequently encountered in routine and frozen surgical pathology practice, including various organ systems. The photos in this atlas have been collected over many years of practicing surgical pathology in one of the largest medical centers in the world, and include emphasis on important anatomic landmarks and explanations on how to properly orient, section and sample anatomic specimens. The use of actual gross images allows readers to more readily apply the grossing tips to actual specimens that they encounter at the grossing bench. Each chapter is arranged by organ system and includes essential tips for grossing each specimen and sample dictations with all the essential elements that must be addressed for proper assessment of each organ specimen. Written by expert pathologists, Atlas of Surgical Pathology Grossing is an excellent resource for pathologists, medical and pathology assistant students, residents, both in surgery and pathology, and pathology assistants.

    Contents:
    Skin
    Breast
    Head and Neck
    Gastrointestinal Tract
    Hepatobiliary and Pancreas
    Genitourinary
    Female Reproductive Tract
    Lung
    Bone and Soft Tissue.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editors, James W. Fleshman [and others] ; series editors, Courtney M. Townsend, B. Mark Evers.
    Contents:
    Open Right Colectomy
    Laparoscopic Right Colectomy
    Extended Right Colectomy with Ileosigmoid Anastomosis
    Extended Left Colectomy with Right Colon-to-Rectal Anastomosis
    Open Left and Sigmoid Colectomy
    Laparoscopic Left Colectomy
    Open Total Abdominal Colectomy with Ileorectal Anastomosis
    Laparoscopic Total Abdominal Colectomy and Ileorectal Anastomosis
    Open Total Proctocolectomy and Ileal Pouch
    Open Low Anterior Resection of Rectum
    Laparoscopic Low Anterior Resection
    Open Abdominal Perineal Resection
    Laparoscopic Abdominal Perineal Resection
    Perineal Proctectomy for Prolapse (Altmeier/Prassad Technique)
    Open Resection Rectopexy for Rectal Prolapse
    Laparoscopic Rectopexy
    Completion Proctectomy for Crohn's Disease
    Transanal Excision of Rectal Lesions
    Transanal Endoscopic Microsurgery
    Anal Stricturoplasty and Skin Flaps
    Excisional Hemorrhoidectomy
    Stapled Hemorrhoidectomy
    Open Lateral Internal Sphincterotomy
    Sliding Flap Repair of Rectovaginal Fistula
    Excision of Anal Bowen's or Paget's Disease with a V-Y Advancement Flap
    Hanley Procedure for Fistula and Abscess
    Anal Sphincter Reconstruction
    End Ileostomy and Loop Ileostomy
    Colostomy: End and Divided Loop
    Local Parastomal Hernia Repair
    Small Bowel Strictureplasty
    Resection of Rectorectal Tumor with Sacrectomy
    Debulking and Peritoneal Stripping with Placement of Intraperitoneal Catheters for Carcinomatosis.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Demetrios Demetriades, Kenji Inaba, George C. Velmahos.
    Summary: As surgical specialization becomes more focused, there is a growing lack of expertise amongst surgeons in life-preserving management of severely injured patients. This comprehensively updated second edition provides an in-depth, visual guide to both commonly and uncommonly performed trauma procedures. It includes over 900 high-quality color photographs and illustrations of step-by-step procedures on fresh, perfused and ventilated cadavers. Practical surgical anatomy, procedural sequencing, and common technical pitfalls are all clearly outlined. A number of new techniques have been introduced since the first edition, from REBOA (resuscitative endovascular balloon occlusion of the aortic), to ribplating for flail chest and skin grafting. Informed by the editors' experience in some of the busiest trauma centres in the world, the text has been updated throughout and includes additional photographs. This Atlas is an essential resource for trainee and operating trauma surgeons, and general surgeons distant from academic centres, as well as emergency medicine and critical care personnel.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    Edoardo Raposio, editor.
    Summary: The approaches to the complex field of chronic headache are rapidly evolving; accordingly, this timely and well-illustrated volume offers an in-depth description of all currently available surgical options for the treatment of migraine and headache (MH). With more than 300 high-quality figures, and written by an international panel of experts, this first edition of the Atlas of Surgical Therapy for Migraine and Tension-Type Headache, provides detailed, step-by-step instructions on how to perform state-of-the-art MH surgical techniques, while reviewing relevant anatomical issues and their implications for treatment. In light of the interdisciplinary nature of migraine treatment, this book will prove an invaluable resource for MH practitioners from the resident plastic surgeon to the neurosurgeon and neurologist, and health care professionals across various fields of clinical medicine. .

    Contents:
    Preface
    1 General Concepts and Historical Notes
    2 Surgical Anatomy of the Vascularization and Innervation of the Human Scalp
    3 Surgical Anatomy of Craniofacial Nerves Regarding to Migraine Surgery
    4 Anatomy of the Supraorbital Region
    5 Anatomy of the Greater Occipital Nerve Compression Site in Migraine Surgery
    6 Dimensional Ct Angiograms in the Planning of Vascular Surgery for Migraine and Cluster Headache
    7 Botulinum Neurotoxin: Basic Facts, Physiology & Pharmacology
    8 Anatomical, Regional, Targeted (Art) Botulinum Toxin Injection for Migraine and Chronic Headaches
    9 Deactivation of Frontal Trigger Sites
    10 Decompression Endoscopic Surgery for Frontal Secondary Headache Attributed to Supraorbital and Supratrochlear Nerve Entrapment: The Utrecht Experience
    11 D-Knife Decompression Technique (DDT), Amirlak Modification of Endoscopic Son Decompression
    12 Surgery for Rhinosinusitis and Rhinogenic Headache
    13 Deactivation of Temporal Trigger Sites
    14 Auriculotemporal Nerve (Atn) Traction Neurectomy and Lysis of the Temporal Artery (Amirlak Modification)
    15 The Use of Fat Grafting for the Treatment of Chronic Headache of Cervical Origin
    16 Deactivation of Occipital Trigger Sites
    17 Amirlak Modification of Site 4 Decompression: Endoscopic Assisted Decompression of the Greater Occipital Nerve (GON) With Radical Excision of the Occipital Artery.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Jonathan Kantor, MD, MA, MSt, MSc, MSCE, Department of Dermatology Center for Global health Center for Clinical Epidemilolgy and Biostatistics University of Pennsylvania Perelman School of Medicine, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania ; Florida Center for Dermatology, PA, St. Augustine, Florida.
    Summary: "Everything you need to know about the fundamental principles of suturing and wound repair in an accessible, meticulously illustrated atlas"-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    Zofia Michalewska, Jerzy Nawrocki, editors.
    Summary: This atlas presents an overview of Swept Source Optical Coherence Tomography (OCT) and its implications on diagnostics of vitreous, retina and choroid. As the sensitivity of OCT imaging devices has increased, updated technologies have become available for engineers, scientists and medical specialists to adopt, and recent developments have led to the creation of a new generation of devices. The aim of this resource is to explain this new technology and its advantages over previous imaging devices and to illustrate how it may be used in to define eye diseases, aid in their treatment and facilitate treatment options.

    Contents:
    Introduction to SS-OCT, OCT Equipment, Technique of Acquiring SS-OCT, Selection of Scan Protocols
    The normal retina and Choroid
    B-Scan En Face OCT
    Vitreomacular Interface Diseases
    Vitreomacular Adhesion
    Epiretinal Membrane
    Traction Syndrome
    Full-Thickness Macular Hole
    Non-Full Thickness Macular Hole
    Macula Edema
    Diabetic Macular Edema
    Cystoid Macular Edema
    Vascular Occlusion
    Dry AMD
    Wet AMD
    PED
    RPE RIP
    PCV
    CSCR
    Inflammatory Diseases
    Myopia
    Benign Tumor
    Malignant Tumor
    Rare Diseases
    SS-OCT in Glaucoma
    SS-OCT Angiography without Dye
    SS-OCT Angiography without dye in Age Related Macular Degeneration
    SS-OCT Angiography without dye in Vitreomacular interface diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    editors, Peter D. Quinn, Eric J. Granquist.
    Contents:
    Surgical decision making for temporomandibular joint surgery
    Diagnostic imaging of the temporomandibular joint
    Surgical approaches to the temporomandibular joint
    Surgery for internal derangement
    Osseous surgery of the temporomandibular joint
    Trauma
    Autogenous reconstruction of the temporomandibular joint
    Stock alloplastic reconstruction of the temporomandibular joint
    Custom alloplastic reconstruction of the temporomandibular joint
    Pathology of the temporomandibular joint
    Complications.
    Digital Access Wiley 2015
  • Digital
    Nobutaka Yoshioka, MD, PhD (Director, Department of Craniofacial Surgery and Plastic Surgery, Tominaga Hospital, Osaka, Japan), Albert Rhoton, Jr., MD (R.D. Keene Fmaily Professor and Chairman Emeritus, Department of Neurosurgery, College of Medicine, University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida).
    Contents:
    Intracranial region
    Skull, external and internal view
    Orbit and facial bone
    Upper facial and midfacial region overview
    Forehead and orbital region
    Temporal region
    Superficial structures in the midfacial region
    Maxillary region
    Masseteric region
    Deep structures in the midfacial region
    Lower facial region
    Oral floor and upper neck region
    Posterior neck and occipital region
    Lateral neck region.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
  • Digital
    Brené Brown, PhD, LMSW.
    Summary: "In Atlas of the Heart, Brown takes us on a journey through 85 of the emotions and experiences that define what it means to be human. As she maps the necessary skills and lays out an actionable framework for meaningful connection, she gives us the language and tools to access a universe of new choices and second chances - a universe where we can share and steward the stories of our bravest and most heartbreaking moments with one another in a way that builds connection. Over the past two decades, Brown's extensive research into the experiences that make us who we are has shaped the cultural conversation and helped define what it means to be courageous with our lives. Atlas of the Heart draws on this research, as well as Brown's singular skills as a researcher/storyteller, to lay out an invaluable, research-based framework that shows us that naming an experience doesn't give the experience more power, it gives us the power of understanding, meaning, and choice. Brown shares, "I want this to be an atlas for all of us, because I believe that, with an adventurous heart and the right maps, we can travel anywhere and never fear losing ourselves. Even when we have no idea where we are.""-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Places we go when things are uncertain or too much
    Places we go when we compare
    Places we go when things don't go as planned
    Places we go when it's beyond us
    Places we go when things aren't what they seem
    Places we go when we're hurting
    Places we go with others
    Places we go when we fall short
    Places we go when we search for connection
    Places we go when the heart is open
    Places we go when life is good
    Places we go when we feel wronged
    Places we go to self-assess
    [Appendix:] Cultivating meaningful connection.
    Digital Access 2021
    Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required
  • Digital
    Branislav Vidić, Milan Milisavljević, Aleksandar Maliković.
    Contents:
    Upper limb and vascularization
    Lower limb and vascularization
    Thorax and vascularization
    Abdomen and vascularization
    Pelvis and perineum with 5-6 - month-old fetal specimens
    Head and neck regions and vascularization
    Cranial central nervous system and spinal cord
    Vascualrization of head and neck and the cranial central nervous system.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Akira Uchino.
    Summary: This book presents numerous figures of various variations of the supraaortic arteries detected by MR and CT angiography. Improved both MR and CT angiographic image quality permits incidental detection of even small anomalous arterial branches. Although the cerebral arterial variations may have limited clinical significance, their correct diagnosis during MR and CT angiographic image interpretation is important to interventional neuroradiologists as well as both neurosurgeons and otorhinolaryngologists, who must be familiar with arterial variations to prevent complications during surgery. Readers can easily identify arterial variations and make correct diagnosis during image interpretation using this textbook.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1 Branching variations from the aortic arch and aortic arch anomaly
    Chapter 2 Variations of the common carotid artery (CCA) and carotid bifurcation
    Chapter 3 Variations of the internal carotid artery (ICA)
    Chapter 4 External carotid artery (ECA) branches arising from the internal carotid artery (ICA)
    Chapter 5 Carotid-vertebrobasilar anastomoses
    Chapter 6 Variations of the origin of the ophthalmic artery (OphA)
    Chapter 7 Variations of the posterior communicating artery (PCoA), proximal posterior cerebral artery (PCA) and anterior choroidal artery (AChA)
    Chapter 8 Variations of the proximal middle cerebral artery (MCA)
    Chapter 9 Variations of the proximal anterior cerebral artery (ACA) including anterior communicating artery (ACoA)
    Chapter 10 Variations of the vertebral artery (VA) and vertebrobasilar junction (VBJ)
    Chapter 11 Variations of the basilar artery (BA)
    Chapter 12 Variations of the cerebellar arteries.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Yi Zhang, Tiecheng Pan, Xiang Wei, editors.
    Summary: This Atlas provides an easy-to-follow operational guide to laparoscopic techniques. It features a wealth of photos to illustrate esophageal carcinoma surgery. Through step-by-step anatomical photographs, it clearly depicts the Ivor-Lewis operative and Ivor-Lewis-Mckeown operative techniques. Using a consistent format, it addresses the clinical anatomy, pre-operative considerations, operative steps, post-operative care, and pearls and pitfalls to make it easy-to-read. The authors emphasize the similarities of the principles and steps between open and laparoscopic surgery, which significantly simplifies the transition from one practice to the other. This Atlas also includes a description of anesthesia techniques, a guide to the use of staplers in laparoscopic surgery, and a comparison of the energy sources available for laparoscopic surgery, while also outlining future developments, e.g. the increasing prevalence of robotic surgery for these procedures. The Atlas offers an essential guide for practitioners and trainees, laparoscopic and thoracoscopic surgeons, and experienced esophageal surgeons who are preparing to change to minimal invasive techniques for the management of esophageal carcinoma. It will also benefit all surgeons who are seeking clear photos detailing how to perform these esophageal carcinoma operations.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Deepali Jain, Justin A. Bishop, Mark R. Wick, editors.
    Summary: This book reviews normal thymic structure and covers the histomorphology of benign and malignant tumors and rare lesions of the thymus, with detailed descriptions of over 300 full color photomicrographs accompanied by relevant clinical and radiology photographs and anatomical drawings. It includes chapters on the surgical pathology and cytology of thymic lesions (which is rarely described in the available literature), and all grades and stages of the most common thymic lesions. Written and edited by leading experts on pathology, the book highlights the expanded role of pathologists in patient care for thymic lesions. It will help students to understand thymic cytology and surgical pathology in detail and enable them to answer questions on thymic surgical resections and cytology cases in their pathology post-graduation examination. In addition, the book offers a comprehensive, richly illustrated guide to thymic pathology for clinicians, practicing pathologists, post-graduate residents and students alike.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    About the Editors
    1: The Normal Thymus
    1.1 Embryology
    1.2 Normal and Ectopic Location of the Thymus
    1.3 Macroscopy
    1.4 Histology
    1.5 Thymic Function
    1.6 Thymic Involution
    References
    2: Immunohistochemistry of Normal Thymus
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Markers of the Epithelial Component
    2.2.1 Cytoplasmic Markers
    2.2.1.1 Cytokeratins
    2.2.2 Nuclear Markers
    2.2.2.1 p63 and p40
    2.2.2.2 PAX8
    2.2.3 Other Markers
    2.2.3.1 Glut-1
    2.2.4 Immune Checkpoint Inhibitors 2.2.5 Compartment-Specific Antibodies
    2.2.6 FoxN1 and CD205
    2.2.6.1 FoxN1
    2.2.6.2 CD205
    2.3 Markers of the Lymphoid Component
    2.3.1 CD3
    2.3.2 CD4 and CD8
    2.3.3 CD5
    2.3.4 CD10
    2.3.5 CD1a
    2.3.6 Terminal Deoxynucleotidyl Transferase
    2.3.7 LMO2
    2.3.8 CD20
    2.3.9 CD23
    2.3.10 Notch1
    2.4 Conclusions
    References
    3: Radiology of Normal Thymus, Thymic Lesions, and Tumors
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Imaging Modalities
    3.3 Normal Thymus on Imaging
    3.4 Thymic Lesions
    3.5 Imaging Features of Specific Entities 3.5.1 Thymic Hyperplasia (Fig. 3.5)
    3.5.2 Thymic Cyst (Fig. 3.6)
    3.5.3 Thymic Lymphatic Malformation
    3.5.4 Dermoid Cyst/Teratoma (Figs. 3.7 and 3.8)
    3.5.5 Thymic Carcinoid
    3.5.6 Thymolipoma (Fig. 3.9)
    3.5.7 Thymoma (Figs. 3.10 and 3.11)
    3.5.8 Thymic Carcinoma (Figs. 3.12 and 3.13)
    3.5.9 Lymphoma (Fig. 3.14)
    3.6 Conclusion
    References
    4: Surgical Approach to Thymic Lesions
    4.1 History
    4.2 Indications for Thymectomy
    4.3 Surgical Anatomy of Thymus
    4.4 Principle of Surgery
    4.5 Surgical Approaches
    4.6 VATS Thymectomy 4.7 Surgeon and Pathologist in Thymic Tumors/Malignancies
    4.8 Conclusion
    References
    5: Pathology of Nonneoplastic Thymic Lesions
    5.1 Thymic Cysts
    5.2 Primary (Congenital) Thymic Cysts
    5.3 Secondary (Acquired, Multilocular) Thymic Cysts
    5.4 Thymic Follicular Hyperplasia (TFH)
    5.5 Thymic Hyperplasia with Lymphoepithelial Sialadenitis (LESA)-Like Features
    5.6 True Thymic Hyperplasia
    5.7 Rebound Hyperplasia of the Thymus
    5.8 Fibrosing Mediastinitis Including IgG4-Related Disease
    5.9 Tumoral Cholesterol Granulomas ("Cholesteroloma") of the Thymus
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Luca Giovanella, editor.
    Summary: This book highlights the increase in thyroid tumors and NET and demonstrates the growing importance of circulating markers in diagnosis as well as treatment and follow-up. Dramatic technical improvements have heightened the clinical impact of well-established, conventional biochemical markers. In addition, more recent genetic and molecular approaches have provided innovative molecular markers. In this context, effective communication between clinicians and laboratory physicians/scientists is essential in allowing all those involved to fully profit from these exciting advances. In this comprehensive, up-to-date book, authors from different laboratory and clinical areas link laboratory and clinical topics. Analytical problems such as interferences, false-negative and false-positive results are discussed in depth, and flow-charts offer insights into identifying and avoiding them. Illustrated clinical cases detail the clinical role and limitations of different tumor markers. Lastly, it explores health technology assessment and economic issues. This is a valuable resource for endocrinologists, oncologists, nuclear medicine physicians, scientists and technologists who want to keep abreast of the latest developments.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Rana S. Hoda, Rema Rao, Theresa Scognamiglio, editors.
    Summary: This illustrated volume serves as a handy guide to diagnostic fine needle aspiration (FNA) cytology of thyroid on liquid-based preparations (LBP). It is intended to be a ready resource to accurately diagnose thyroid lesions on LBP using key cytomorphologic features. Key cytologic differential diagnosis, gross, and histopathological correlations accompany the cytological findings. The Atlas of Thyroid Cytopathology on Liquid-Based Preparations is lavishly illustrated with color images of various thyroid diseases that should familiarize pathologists with the differences between conventional smears and LBP, and between the two commonly used LBPs. Authored by leaders in the field, this atlas provides clear, concise, and practical guidance pertaining to cytomorphology and the implications of thyroid FNA diagnoses for patient care in this era of precision medicine.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Alexander Shifrin, editor.
    Summary: This surgical atlas illustrates the various successful thyroid surgery techniques of world-renowned surgeons. Some approaches presented include total thyroidectomy, right thyroid lobectomy, left thyroid lobectomy, minimally invasive approach to thyroidectomy, video-assisted approach to thyroidectomy, and endoscopic approaches, such as the transaxillary approach, bilateral axillo-breast approach (BABA), and trans-oral thyroid surgery (TOEVA). The Atlas is intended for a broader audience than publications for other procedures since thyroidectomy is among the most common neck procedures. The Atlas of Thyroid Surgery will help all surgeons caring for patients with thyroid disease minimize complications and perform successful thyroidectomy.

    Contents:
    1, Right Thyroid Lobectomy
    2, Open Right Thyroid Lobectomy
    3, Thyroid Lobectomy
    4, Left Thyroid Lobectomy
    5, Total Thyroidectomy
    6, Total thyroidectomy for Substernal Goiter
    7, Left Thyroid Lobectomy as Completion of Total Thyroidectomy with Central Neck Lymph Nodes Dissection on the Left
    8, Total Thyroidectomy
    9, Left Thyroid Lobectomy and Isthmusectomy
    10, Total Thyroidectomy and Ipsilateral Central Lymph Node Dissection for the Management of Papillary Thyroid Carcinoma
    11, Hemithyroidectomy with En Bloc Ipsilateral Central Node Dissection for Low-risk Papillary and Medullary Thyroid Cancer
    12, Video-assisted Thyroidectomy
    13, Endoscopic Total Thyroidectomy Via Bilateral Axillo-Breast Approach (BABA)
    14, Transoral Endoscopic Total Thyroidectomy Vestibular Approach (TOETVA)
    15, Transoral Endoscopic Thyroidectomy via Vestibular Approach (TOETVA)
    16, Safe Thyroidectomy in Low- and Middle-Income Countries
    17, Total Thyroidectomy with Comprehensive Central and Lateral Neck Dissection for Differentiated Thyroid Carcinoma
    18, Thyroidectomy for Substernal Goiter.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Milan Halenka, Zdeněk Fryšák.
    Summary: Combining high-quality ultrasound scans with clear and concise explanatory text, this atlas includes side-by-side depictions of various conditions of the thyroid both with and without indicative marking. Each ultrasound finding is displayed twice, six figures per page: The left-hand image is a native figure without marks; the right-hand image depicts marked findings. In this way, readers have the opportunity to see the native picture to assess it by themselves and then correct their opinion, if necessary. Five sections comprise this atlas, including the normal thyroid, diffuse thyroid lesions, both benign and malicious lesions (including various carcinomas), and rare findings. Including nearly 1500 ultrasound scans and covering the range of thyroid conditions, Atlas of Thyroid Ultrasonography will be a key reference for endocrinologists, radiologists, and primary care physicians, residents and fellows treating patients with thyroid problems.

    Contents:
    Section I: Normal Thyroid Gland
    Ultrasound of Normal Thyroid Gland and Lymph Nodes
    Section II: Diffuse Thyroid Diseases
    Diffuse Goiter
    Hashimoto's Thyroiditis: Chronic Lymphocytic Thyroiditis
    Hashimoto's Thyroiditis: Goiter
    Hashimoto's Thyroiditis: Atrophic Gland
    Hashimoto's Thyroiditis: Hashitoxicosis
    Graves' Disease
    Subacute Granulomatous Thyroiditis: de Quervain's Diseases
    Amiodarone-induced Thyrotoxicosis
    Section III: Nodular Goiter: Benign Lesions
    Thyroid Cysts
    Solid Nodule
    Complex Nodule with Cystic Degeneration
    Complex Nodule with Calcifications
    Multinodular Goiter
    Substernal Goiter
    Toxic Multinodular Goiter and Solitary Toxic Adenoma
    Section IV: Nodular Goiter: Suspicious and Malignant Lesions
    Lesions with Intermediate Suspicion of Malignancy
    Follicular Thyroid Carcinoma
    Papillary Thyroid Microcarcinoma
    Papillary Thyroid Carcinoma: A Small Solitary Nodule d"2 cm
    Papillary Thyroid Carcinoma: Medium-sized and Large Nodules> 4 cm
    Multifocal Papillary Thyroid Carcinoma
    Papillary Thyroid Carcinoma and Hashimoto's Thyroiditis
    Papillary Thyroid Carcinoma and Graves' Disease or Amiodarone-induced Thyrotoxicosis
    Synchronous Papillary Thyroid Carcinoma and Parathyroid Adenoma
    Differentiated Thyroid Carcinoma and Extrathyroidal Extension
    Papillary Thyroid Carcinoma in Children and Adolescents
    Medullary Thyroid Carcinoma
    Anaplastic Thyroid Carcinoma
    Other Malignancies in Thyroid Gland and Cervical Lymph Nodes: Primary Thyroid Lymphoma
    Other Malignancies in Thyroid Gland and Cervical Lymph Nodes: Extramedullary Plasmacytoma of the Thyroid Gland
    Other Malignancies in Thyroid Gland and Cervical Lymph Nodes: Malignant Cervical Lymph Nodes, Primary Outside the Thyroid Gland
    Metastatic Cervical Lymph Nodes Post Total Thyroidectomy for Thyroid Carcinoma
    Section V: Miscellanea
    Thyroid Tissue Remnants Post Thyroidectomy
    Rare Ultrasound Findings of the Thyroid Gland and Lesions Imitating Goiter
    Parathyroid Adenoma and Parathyroid Carcinoma
    Percutaneous Ethanol Injection Therapy
    Ultrasound-guided Fine-Needle Aspiration Biopsy (US-FNAB)
    Thyroid Abscess as a Complication of Fine-Needle Aspiration Biopsy: A Case Report.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    Liron Pantanowitz, Juan Xing, Sara E. Monaco.
    Contents:
    Preparation techniques
    Intraoperative cytology
    Gynecologic system
    Respiratory system
    Hematopathology
    Genitourinary system
    Pancreatobiliary, liver, and gastrointestinal tract
    Head and neck (includes thyroid)
    Bone and soft tissue
    Central nervous system
    Mediastinum, retroperitoneum, and adrenal glands
    Ancillary testing.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RB43 .P36 2018
    1
  • Digital
    Chirukandath Gopinath, Vasanthi Mowat.
    Summary: "This atlas contains more than 700 illustrations that the authors have collected over the years as well as references and information pertaining to recently developed drug classes, including biologics. It is a useful bench reference for practicing pathologists and may also be used as a reference text by other experts from related fields. The atlas is organised into different chapters based on systemic pathology. Each chapter has illustrations with legends, and the atlas includes some rare examples of unique lesions found during toxicity studies over many years."--Publisher's website.

    Contents:
    1. The cardiovascular system
    2. The respiratory system
    3. The liver
    4. The alimentary system and pancreas
    5. The urinary system
    6. The male reproductive system
    7. The female reproductive system
    8. The endocrine system
    9. The lymphoid system
    10. The nervous system
    11. The musculoskeletal system and skin
    12. The eye and ear
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Paula Ferrada, Ricardo Ferrada.
    Summary: This atlas is the collaborative work of surgeons from Latin America and North America and describes techniques that can aid in the treatment of trauma patients. Trauma surgeons need to perform procedures efficiently and expeditiously for patients that are crashing. The surgeries and exposures are narrated by experts in the field, and include pitfalls and complications, as well as ways to avoid and treat them. Detailed illustrations add clarity to each procedure and help surgeons improve their technique when treating trauma patients. Atlas of Trauma provides a visual aid to the trauma surgeon and acts as a great asset for the training of these specialists.

    Contents:
    Neck Exploration
    Operative Exposures for Chest Trauma: The Median Sternotomy and Left Anterolateral Thoracotomy
    Cardiac Penetrating Trauma
    Open Repair of Traumatic Thoracic Aortic Injury without Shunt, and Using a Woven Dacron Graft
    Surgical Stabilization of Rib Fractures: Indications and Technique
    Abdominal Exposures and Bowel Anastomosis for Trauma
    Liver and Spleen
    Vena Cava Injury
    Genitourinary Operations in Trauma
    Vascular Exposures in the Upper Extremities
    Vascular Exposures in the Lower Extremities
    Lower Extremity Fasciotomy: Indications and Technique
    Resuscitative Endovascular Balloon Occlusion of the Aorta (REBOA) and Other Endovascular Techniques.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Pasquale Martino, Andrea B. Galosi, editors.
    Summary: This book provides the latest recommendations for ultrasound examination of the entire urogenital system, particularly in the male. The coverage encompasses the role of ultrasound in imaging of disorders of the kidneys, urinary tract, prostate, seminal vesicles, bladder, testes, and penis, including male infertility disorders. In addition, detailed consideration is given to intraoperative and interventional ultrasound and recently developed ultrasound techniques. Each chapter defines the purpose of and indications for ultrasound, identifies its benefits and limitations, specifies the technological standards for devices, outlines performance of the investigation, establishes the expected accuracy for differential diagnosis, and indicates the reporting method. Most of the recommendations are based on review of the literature, on previous recommendations, and on the opinions of the experts of the Imaging Working Group of the Italian Society of Urology (SIU) and the Italian Society of Ultrasound in Urology, Andrology, and Nephrology (SIEUN). The book will be of value for all physicians involved in the first-line evaluation of diseases of the renal/urinary system and male genital disorders.

    Contents:
    The Kidney: Kidney: Ultrasound anatomy and scanning methods
    Acute and Chronic Nephropathy
    Ischemic Nephropathy
    Cystic Disease
    Kidney Stones
    Renal Masses
    Renal Trauma
    The Transplanted Kidney
    Children's Kidney and Urinary Tract Congenital Anomalies
    Normal and Pathological Adrenal Glands
    The Use of Intraoperative Ultrasound in Renal Surgery.-Interventional Ultrasound of the Kidney
    The Male Pelvis, Ureters and Urethra: Ultrasound Study of the Ureters and Intrarenal Excretory Tract
    Functional Ultrasound Study of the Upper Excretory Tract
    Ultrasound Study of the Urethra
    US-guided Intervention in Urinary Incontinence
    Prostate and Seminal Vesicles: Ultrasound Anatomy and Scanning Methods
    Inflammation
    Prostatic Cysts
    Benign Prostatic Hypertrophy
    Prostatic Carcinoma
    The Seminal Vesicles: Normal and Pathological Pictures
    Interventional Ultrasound of the Prostate and Seminal Vesicles
    US-Guided Treatment of Prostatic Cancer.-The Bladder and the Pelvic Floor: Ultrasound Anatomy
    Neoplastic and Non Neoplastic Disease
    Functional Ultrasound
    The Scrotum: Ultrasound Anatomy and Scanning Methods
    The Testicles: Cystic and Solid Lesions
    The Testicles: Trauma, Inflammation, Testicular Torsion
    Varicocele
    The Role of Intraoperative Ultrasound for Testicular Masses
    The Penis: Ultrasound Anatomy and Scanning Methods
    Dynamic Penile Echo-Color Doppler in Erectile Dysfunction
    Penile Ultrasound in Induratio Penis Plastica (IPP)
    Penile Trauma and Priapism
    New Technologies: Recent Technological Evolutions and Ultrasound Imaging Techniques
    US Contrast Media
    New Technologies Applied to MRI or CT: Fusion Techniques.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    David A. Spinner, Jonathan S. Kirschner, Joseph E. Herrera, editors.
    Summary: The use of ultrasound guidance to perform diagnostic and therapeutic injections is growing at a rapid rate, as is the evidence to support its use. Even with the increased popularity of ultrasound, there remains a lack of formal training or a standard reference book. Atlas of Ultrasound Guided Musculoskeletal Injections fills this void in the literature and will be useful to physiatrists, orthopedists, rheumatologists, pain medicine and sports medicine specialists alike. Broken down by anatomic structure and heavily illustrated, this book is both comprehensive and instructive. The Editors and their contributors break down the basics (both the fundamentals of ultrasound to needle visibility and the role of injections) and explore ultrasound-guided injection for structures in the shoulder, elbow, wrist and hand, hip and groin, knee, ankle and foot, and spine. Using a clear, heavily illustrated format, this book describes the relevant clinical scenarios and indications for injection, the evidence to support ultrasound use, relevant local anatomy, injection methods, and pearls and safety considerations. It will be a valuable reference for trainees and experienced clinicians alike, for experienced sonographers or those just starting out.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Shoulder
    Elbow
    Wrist and Hand
    Hip and Groin
    Knee
    Foot and Ankle
    Trigger Point
    Neuromuscular/Chemodenervation
    Spine.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Andrew T. Gray.
    Summary: "Step-by-step videos and images, board-style review questions, and coverage of new blocks make this highly respected title a must-have reference for clinical practice. Written by Andrew T. Gray, MD, PhD, one of the pioneers of the use of ultrasound to guide needle placement, Atlas of Ultrasound-Guided Regional Anesthesia, 3rd Edition, shows you how to safely and effectively use the latest methods and applications of this technique"--Publisher's description.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Steven D. Waldman.
    Summary: Obtain optimal diagnostic results from the field's foremost pain expert! Noted authority Steven D. Waldman, MD, JD, offers complete, concise, and highly visual guidance on the diagnosis of more than 100 uncommon pain syndromes less frequently encountered in daily practice. Vivid illustrations depict the physical symptoms and anatomy of each pain site as well as key imaging findings involving techniques such as MRI, CT, and conventional radiograph. It's the effective, easy-access resource you need to evaluate uncommon pain syndromes and sharpen your diagnostic skills. Uses a consistent format to explore each pain syndrome, progressing through diagnostic codes . signs and Accurately diagnose and treat uncommon pain syndromes by following a step-by-step approach that progresses from signs and symptoms through physical findings, laboratory and radiographic testing, treatment options, and clinical pearls. Recognize the visual manifestations of pain with help from nearly 400 vivid illustrations-more than 100 new to this edition, many in color-depicting the physical symptoms and anatomy of each pain site, and diagnostic images demonstrating key findings from MRI, CT, and conventional radiography. Effectively apply the latest techniques and approaches with complete updates throughout including new chapters on SUNCT Headache, Primary Thunderclap Headache, Hypnic Headache, Nummular Headache, Atypical Odontalgia, Burning Mouth Syndrome, Nervus Intermedius Neuralgia, Red Ear Syndrome, Clival Chordoma Syndrome, Glomus Tumor of the Shoulder, Osteonecrosis of the Elbow Joint, Driver's Elbow, Boxer's Knuckle, Trigger Wrist, Superior Cluneal Nerve Entrapment Syndrome, Clitoral Priapism, Breaststroker's Knee, Glomus Tumor of the Knee, and Fabella Syndrome. Quickly and easily find the information you need thanks to highly templated chapters. Confidently overcome the clinical challenges you're likely to face with well-rounded guidance from this companion volume to Dr. Waldman's Atlas of Common Pain Syndromes, 3rd Edition. Access the complete text and illustrations online at expertconsult.com, fully searchable.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Steven D. Waldman.
    Summary: "Covering the many relatively uncommon pain conditions that are often misdiagnosed, this one-of-a-kind visual resource clearly presents the extensive knowledge and experience of world-renowned pain expert Steven D. Waldman, MD, JD. Atlas of Uncommon Pain Syndromes, 4th Edition, first and foremost helps you make a correct diagnosis - a critical step in managing patients in chronic pain. Hundreds of high-quality illustrations, as well as x-rays, ultrasound, CTs, and MRIs, help you confirm your diagnoses with confidence."--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Headache and facial pain syndromes
    Neck and brachial plexus pain syndromes
    Shoulder pain syndromes
    Elbow pain syndromes
    Wrist and hand pain syndromes
    Thoraic pain syndromes
    Abdominal and groin pain syndromes
    Lumber spine and sacroiliac joint pain syndromes
    Pelvic pain syndromes
    Hip and lower extremity pain syndromes
    Knee pain syndromes
    Ankle and foot pain syndromes.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    Diego Gonzalez-Rivas, Calvin Sze Hang Ng, Gaetano Rocco, Thomas A. D'Amico, editors.
    Summary: This introduces the history, development and current status of uniportal VATS by pioneers and authorities of this technique. The highly illustrated content in the chapters enhances readers to rapidly understand the techniques of uniportal VAT. The use of video clips adds value to the learning experience and applicability of the techniques. The contents will be of great interest to thoracic surgeons who are already practicing video-assisted thoracic surgery, as well as those who are starting training. It will also serve as authoritative reference text for doctors, students and allied health professionals who would like to learn more about the new technique of uniportal VATS.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Pierre-Alian Clavien, Michael G. Sarr, Yuman Fong, Masaru Miyazaki editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Oluwole Fadare, Andres A. Roma.
    Summary: This book presents the broad morphologic spectrum of the most commonly encountered diseases of the uterine corpus and cervix in an easy-to-use, practically relevant format. It emphasizes the morphologic and immunophenotypic features of disease entities, with some additional coverage of normal histology, but is not meant to be a comprehensive treatise on all aspects of uterine surgical pathology. The book is divided into 12 chapters that reflect broad clinicopathologic categorizations and presumed lines of differentiation, with 6 chapters each on uterine corpus and uterine cervix diseases. Short clinicopathologic summary descriptions are presented as figure legends for each entity, emphasizing the most salient information. The image selection focuses on classical appearances as well as less common morphologic variations. Selected images that depict classical immunophenotypes are also presented and discussed. The Atlas of Uterine Pathology serves as a very useful resource to practitioners and trainees of uterine surgical pathology, as well as to clinicians and investigators interested in the morphology of uterine diseases.

    Contents:
    Normal Histology of the Uterine Corpus
    Selected Non-neoplastic and Benign Diseases of the Endometrium and Myometrium
    Precancerous and Putative Precursor Lesions of Endometrial Carcinoma
    Epithelial and Mixed Epithelial/Mesenchymal Malignancies of the Uterine Corpus
    Mesenchymal and Miscellaneous Neoplasms of the Uterine Corpus
    Gestational Trophoblastic Tumors of the Uterus
    Functional Disorders, Pregnancy, and Hormone-Related Changes of the Endometrium
    Normal Anatomy of the Uterine Cervix
    Pseudoneoplastic and Benign Diseases of the Cervix
    Precancerous Lesions of the Cervix
    Epithelial and Mixed Epithelial/Mesenchymal Malignancies of the Cervix
    Mesenchymal and Other Miscellaneous Tumors of the Cervix.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Peizeng Yang.
    Summary: This Atlas provides cutting-edge information on uveitis, which represents a major achievement in clinical studies on uveitis. It includes more than three thousand imaging photos of uveitis patients, showing the disease's complete profile and the spectrum of variations commonly encountered. Numerous therapeutic regimens are also presented, each of which is designed for a specific form of uveitis. The Atlas also incorporates the latest advances in uveitis studies, making it a unique and valuable resource for a broad readership, including ophthalmologists, postgraduate students, medical students and doctors in ophthalmology.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Elliot L. Chaikof, Richard P. Cambria.
    Summary: Featuring an easy-to-access, highly visual approach, Atlas of Vascular Surgery and Endovascular Therapy offers the comprehensive, step-by-step guidance you need to achieve optimal outcomes in the treatment of venous disorders. Covering the full range of diseases/disorders most important to vascular surgeons, this full-color, one-volume, atlas presents over 100 common and complex procedures, including open and endovascular techniques, with an emphasis on anatomy and imaging studies as they apply to each technique. Know what to do and expect with comprehensive coverage of almost every procedure you might need to perform. Find answers fast thanks to a consistent and logical chapter structure. (Indications, Surgical Anatomy, Preoperative Considerations, Operative Steps, Postoperative Considerations, Pearls & Pitfalls, and References) Review key techniques prior to performing surgery. Clinical images and 37 real-time video clips capture key moments in procedures including: surgical repair of a suprarenal aortic aneurysm; surgical repair of thoracoabdominal aortic aneurysm; endovascular treatment of aneurysms of the juxtarenal and pararenal aorta; surgical exposure and harvest of the femoropopliteal vein; and endovascular treatment of aortic arch vessels, subclavian and axillary artery. Visualize every procedure hanks to more than 1,000 full-color illustrations; including procedural photos and beautifully illustrated drawings that highlight the relevant anatomy and techniques in specific treatments. Prevent and plan for complications prior to a procedure thanks to a step-by-step approach to each procedure accompanied by relevant imaging studies. Glean all essential, up-to-date, need-to-know information about hot topics including: management of peripheral arterial disease; aortic aneurysms/aortic dissection; lower extremities/critical limb ischemia; and infra-inguinal occlusive disease. Access the fully searchable contents of the book and procedural videos online at Expert Consult.

    Contents:
    General Principles of Vascular Surgery
    General Principles of Sedation, Angiography, and Intravascular Ultrasound
    General Principles of Endovascular Therapy: Access Site Management
    General Principles of Endovascular Therapy: Guidewire and Catheter Manipulation
    General Principles of Endovascular Therapy: Angioplasty, Stenting, Recanalization, and Embolization
    Carotid Endarterectomy
    Eversion Endarterectomy and Special Problems in Carotid Surgery
    Carotid Angioplasty and Stenting
    Carotid Body Tumor
    Surgical Treatment of the Vertebral Artery
    Direct Surgical Repair of Aortic Arch Vessels
    Extraanatomic Repair of Aortic Arch Vessels
    Endovascular Treatment of Aortic Arch Vessels-Innominate, Carotid, and Subclavian Arteries
    Surgical Treatment of the Subclavian and Axillary Artery
    Supraclavicular Approach for Surgical Treatment of Thoracic Outlet Syndrome
    Transaxillary Rib Resection for Thoracic Outlet Syndrome
    Endovascular Therapy for Subclavian-Axillary Vein Thrombosis
    Direct Surgical Repair of Aneurysms of the Thoracic and Thoracoabdominal Aorta
    Endovascular Repair of the Aortic Arch and Thoracoabdominal Aorta
    Endovascular Treatment of Thoracic Aneurysms
    Endovascular Treatment of Aortic Dissection
    Endovascular Treatment of Traumatic Thoracic Aortic Disruption
    Direct Surgical Repair of Aneurysms of the Infrarenal Abdominal Aorta and Iliac Arteries
    Direct Surgical Repair of Juxtarenal and Suprarenal Aneurysms of the Abdominal Aorta
    Endovascular Treatment of Aneurysms of the Infrarenal Aorta
    Special Problems in the Endovascular Treatment of the Infrarenal Aorta
    Endovascular Treatment of Aneurysms of the Juxtarenal and Pararenal Aorta
    Direct Surgical Repair of Aortoiliac Occlusive Disease
    Extraanatomic Repair of Aortoiliac Occlusive Disease
    Endovascular Treatment of Aortoiliac Occlusive Disease
    Special Problems in the Endovascular Treatment of Aortoiliac Occlusive Disease
    Spine Exposure
    Total Graft Excision and Extraanatomic Repair for Aortic Graft Infection
    Neoaortoiliac System Procedure for Treatment of an Aortic Graft Infection
    Surgical Treatment of Pseudoaneurysm of the Femoral Artery
    Direct Surgical Repair of Renovascular Disease
    Extraanatomic Repair for Renovascular Disease
    Endovascular Treatment of Renal Artery Stenosis
    Endovascular Treatment of Renal Artery Aneurysms
    Direct Surgical Repair for Celiac Axis and Superior Mesenteric Artery Occlusive Disease
    Endovascular Treatment of Occlusive Superior Mesenteric Artery Disease
    Direct Surgical Repair of Visceral Artery Aneurysms
    Endovascular Treatment of Hepatic, Gastroduodenal, Pancreaticoduodenal, and Splenic Artery Aneurysms
    Open Surgical Bypass of Femoral-Popliteal Arterial Occlusive Disease
    Direct Surgical Repair of Tibial-Peroneal Arterial Occlusive Disease
    Direct Surgical Repair of Popliteal Artery Aneurysm
    Direct Surgical Repair of Popliteal Entrapment
    Endovascular Treatment of Femoral-Popliteal Arterial Occlusive Disease
    Endovascular Treatment of Tibial-Peroneal Arterial Occlusive Disease
    Endovascular Treatment of Popliteal Aneurysm
    Above- and Below-Knee Amputation
    Amputations of the Forefoot
    Upper and Lower Extremity Fasciotomy
    Placement of Vena Cava Filter
    Surgical Reconstruction for Superior Vena Cava Syndrome
    Surgical Reconstruction of the Inferior Vena Cava and Iliofemoral Venous System
    Transjugular Intrahepatic Portosystemic Shunt Procedure
    Endovascular Treatment of Iliofemoral and Femoral-Popliteal Deep Vein Thrombosis
    Varicose Vein Stripping and Ambulatory Phlebectomy
    Endovenous Thermal Ablation of Saphenous and Perforating Veins
    Surgical Treatment of Lower Extremity Deep and Perforator Vein Incompetence
    Sclerotherapy
    Radial Artery-Cephalic Vein and Brachial Artery-Cephalic Vein Arteriovenous Fistula
    Forearm Loop Graft and Brachial Artery-Axillary Vein Interposition Graft
    Unconventional Venous Access Procedures for Chronic Hemodialysis
    Distal Revascularization Interval Ligation Procedure
    Surgical and Endovascular Intervention for Arteriovenous Graft Thrombosis.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2014
  • Digital
    Richard J. Zienowicz, Ercan Karacaoglu, editors.
    Summary: This atlas presents current and proven strategies and techniques for body contouring in plastic and reconstructive surgery. In the majority of plastic surgeries, and likewise in body contouring surgeries, surgeons don't have the luxury of long learning curves. The book's simple, descriptive, and didactic structure addresses this issue. The topics have been carefully selected to avoid redundancies and, where there is more than one surgical option to choose from, expert contributors present the technique that has been broadly accepted as "the procedure of choice". The easily accessible information will guide surgeons in their daily practice, helping them minimize complications and achieve consistent results. The book also presents a number of complicated cases, supported by descriptive figures and high-quality illustrations, offering a unique resource for plastic surgeons around the globe.

    Contents:
    Part-1: Introduction to Whole Body Contouring. The Art and Science of Whole Body Contouring
    Safety in Whole Body Contouring: Deep Vein Thrombosis and Its Prophylaxis. Part-2: Breast Contouring. Implants and Safety
    Breast Augmentation
    Periareolar Mastopexy
    Circumvertical Mastopexy
    Wise Pattern Mastopexy
    Augmentation Mastopexy
    Vertical Scar Breast Reduction
    Inverted T Pattern Breast Reduction. Part-3: Tummy Contouring. Lipoabdominoplasty: The Superior Pull-down Abdominal Flap, Mini-Abdominoplasty and TULUA technique. Part-4: Combined Body Contouring. Breast Contouring and Augmentation via Reverse Abdominoplasty
    Abdominoplasty and Breast Augmentation via Single Incision
    The Lipo-Bodylift
    Circumferential Lower Body Lift. Part-5: Body Fat Contouring. Ultrasonic-Assisted Lipoplasty
    Helium Plasma Driven Radiofrequency for Contouring and Soft Tissue Tightening
    Noninvasive or Minimal Invasive Fat Contouring. Part-6: Arm Contouring. Short Scar Brachioplasty
    Brachioplasty. Part-7: Back Contouring
    Upper Body Lift.Part-8: Buttock Contouring. Buttocks Contouring With Implants
    Buttock Contouring with Fat Grafting
    Split Gluteal Muscle Flap (SGMF) for Autoprosthesis Buttock Augmentation Revisited. Part-9: Thigh Contouring. Short Scar Inner Thigh Contouring: Oblique Technique
    Oblique Flankplasty with Lipoabdominoplasty: Prelude to Vertical Thighplasty
    Vertical Medial Thighplasty. Part-10: Lower Leg Contouring. Calf Contouring with Endoscopic Calf Implanting and Structural Fat Grafting.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    editor Dapeng Lu.
    Summary: This atlas as a guidebook with twenty chapters covers the latest surgical techniques and clinical cases based on procedure-based approach. Each chapter consists of two to five sections providing detailed descriptions of the basic techniques of evaluation, diagnosis and treatment to allow immediate clinical application. Impacted wisdom teeth are divided into 5 major categories in three-dimensional structure detected by CBCT on the position and growth status of impacted teeth, which helps the classification of 6 degree of difficulty determination for the treatment and the time and surgery procedure needed for each degree. About 1800 colour clinical photos and line drawings with case reports provided by dental expert surgeons and educators in this atlas offer detailed, procedure-based instructions, illustrations and approach that demonstrate how to plan for and perform wisdom teeth surgical procedures safely and efficiently for dentists and students to manage the patients with wisdom teeth disorders.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; Editor Introduction; 1: Normally Erupted and Impacted Wisdom Teeth; 1.1
    Section 1: Normal Position of Wisdom Teeth; 1.1.1 Wisdom Tooth Locates Within the Dental Arch Curve; 1.1.2 The Occlusal Plane of a Wisdom Tooth Is Consistent with that of the Other Molar; 1.1.3 Wisdom Tooth Not Malpositioned nor Tilted; 1.1.4 Normal Occlusal Relationship of the Upper and Lower Wisdom Teeth; 1.1.5 Normal Dental Alveolar Septum Between Wisdom Tooth and Second Molar; 1.1.6 Gingival Margin Is Attached to the Neck of Wisdom Tooth 1.1.7 Appendix: Routine Examination List for Wisdom Tooth1.2
    Section 2: Concepts of Impacted Wisdom Teeth; 1.2.1 Mesial; 1.2.2 Spacing and Distal; 1.2.3 Inclination; 1.2.4 Embedded; 1.2.5 Vertical; 1.2.6 Horizontal; 1.2.7 Reverse; 1.2.8 Underneath (Mandibular Subapical); 1.2.9 Upper (Maxillary Subapical); 1.2.10 Front and Rear; 1.2.11 Inverse; 1.2.12 High, Middle, and Low Level; 1.2.13 Malposition; 1.2.14 Buccal, Lingual, and Palatal; 2: Factors Affecting Impaction of Wisdom Teeth and Their Mechanisms; 2.1
    Section 1: Three Factors Affecting Wisdom Tooth Impaction 2.1.1 Space Available Behind Second Molar Space2.1.2 Inclination Angle of Wisdom Tooth; 2.1.3 Space Available in Front of the Wisdom Tooth; 2.2
    Section 2: Mechanism of Forming Wisdom Tooth Impaction; 2.2.1 The Overbite of Maxillary Anterior Restricts the Forward Growth of the Mandible; 2.2.2 Influence of Angle Classification on Posterior Space of Second Molar; 2.2.3 Effect of Mandibular Ramus Angle on Retromolar Space; 3: Adjacent Relationship of Wisdom Teeth; 3.1
    Section 1: Adjacent Relationship of Maxillary Wisdom Teeth; 3.1.1 Relation to Maxillary Second Molar 3.1.2 Relation to Mandibular Teeth3.1.3 Relation to Alveolar Bone; 3.1.4 Relation to Maxillary Sinus; 3.1.5 Relation to the Gingiva; 3.1.6 Relation to the Nerve; 3.2
    Section 2: Adjacent Relationship of Mandibular Wisdom Teeth; 3.2.1 Relation Between Wisdom Teeth and Second Molar or First Molar in the Mandible; 3.2.2 Relation to Opposing Teeth; 3.2.3 Relation to Mandible; 3.2.4 Relation to Inferior Alveolar Nerve Canal; 3.2.5 Relation to Mandibular Ramus; 3.2.6 Relation to Blood Vessel; 3.2.7 Relation to Nerve; 3.2.8 Relation to Gingival 4: Resistance Classification of Wisdom Teeth4.1
    Section 1: Resistance from Soft Tissue; 4.1.1 Resistance Partially from Gingival Flap; 4.1.1.1 Case One: Vertically Impacted Wisdom Tooth with the Resistance Partially from Gingival Flap; 4.1.1.2 Case Two: Mesioangular Impacted Wisdom Tooth with the Resistance Partially from Gingival Flap; 4.1.1.3 Case Three: Mesioangular Embedded Impacted Wisdom Tooth with the Resistance Partially from Gingival Flap; 4.1.2 Resistance Wholly from Gingival Flap
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Rakesh Srivastava.
    Summary: This book covers all aspects of narrow band imaging (NBI), including research, general principles and diagnostic features in various ENT pathologies. In addition to highlighting the advantages of NBI over white light endoscopy for the detection of early cancers and lesions that are less than 1 cm in diameter, the book offers a step-by-step approach to help readers easily grasp various pathologies of the upper aerodigestive tract. It discusses both malignant and non-malignant aspects of NBI and provides extensive information on inflammatory lesions of the upper aerodigestive tract, including various clinical features of laryngopharyngeal reflux. Subsequent chapters cover the most difficult aspects of NBI in treated mucosa (post-chemo radiated), in which the potential recurrence of disease is a key question. It also addresses the limitations of NBI, including false positive and false negative cases. Given its scope, the book will benefit otolaryngologists, oncosurgeons, radiation oncologists and oral medicine practitioners, as well as graduate students of ENT, radiotherapy, oral medicine and oncosurgery.

    Contents:
    Introduction to narrow band imaging
    History and research in narrow band imaging
    Optical image enhancement technology in narrow band imaging
    Tips and tricks of narrow band imaging
    Narrow band imaging of normal mucosa (oral cavity/oropharynx/laryngopharynx)
    Narrow band imaging and other similar technology
    Narrow band imaging in benign disease (oral cavity/oropharynx/laryngopharynx)
    Narrow band imaging in malignant disease (oral cavity/oropharynx/laryngopharynx)
    Narrow band imaging in treated cases (post-surgery and chemoradiation therapy)
    Limitations of narrow band imaging
    Narrow band imaging with 4K technology.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    von K.B. Lehmann und Rudolf Neumann.
    Digital Access Google Books 1896-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    G41 .L52
    1
  • Digital
    Jiye Cai, editor.
    Summary: The book addresses new achievements in AFM instruments - e.g. higher speed and higher resolution - and how AFM is being combined with other new methods like NSOM, STED, STORM, PALM, and Raman. This book explores the latest advances in atomic force microscopy and related techniques in molecular and cell biology. Atomic force microscopy (AFM) can be used to detect the superstructures of the cell membrane, cell morphology, cell skeletons and their mechanical properties. Opening up new fields of in-situ dynamic study for living cells, enzymatic reactions, fibril growth and biomedical research, these combined techniques will yield valuable new insights into molecule and cell biology. This book offers a valuable resource for students and researchers in the fields of biochemistry, cell research and chemistry etc.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; List of Contributors; About the Editor; Chapter 1: Principles of Atomic Force Microscopy; 1 AFM Working Principles; 2 Contact Mode; 3 Tapping Mode; 4 PID Feedback Loop; 5 Force Mode; 6 Peak Force Tapping; 7 Molecular Recognition; 8 Frequency Modulation Mode; Reference; Chapter 2: Atomic Force Microscopy-Based Single Molecule Force Spectroscopy for Biological Application; 1 Introduction; 1.1 AFM (Atomic Force Microscopy); 1.2 The Importance of Biomolecular Interactions; 2 Force Spectroscopy of Proteins on Cell Surface 3 Protein AFM-SMFS with DNA Aptamer Tips4 AFM-SMFS of Cell Surface Glycans; 5 Perspective; References; Chapter 3: In Situ Single Molecule Detection on Cell Membrane and Label Molecule Distributions Using AFM/NSOM; 1 Introduction; 2 Functionalization of AFM Tips; 3 Basic Principle for AFM-SMFS; 4 Basic Principle for AFM-TREC; 5 Basic Principle of NSOM for In Situ Single Molecule Detection on Cell Membrane; 6 Mapping Cell Membrane Biomolecules by AFM-SMFS; 7 Probing Cell Membrane Biomolecules by AFM-TREC; 8 Application of NSOM for In Situ Single Molecule Detection on Cell Membrane 3.2 High Speed AFM with dSTORM3.3 High Speed AFM with PALM; 4 Hyphenated High Speed AFM and Super-Resolution Optical Techniques for Manipulation; 4.1 AFM Nanomanipulation; 4.2 Force Spectroscopy; 4.3 Fast Force Mapping; 4.4 AFM Manipulation
    STED; 4.5 AFM Nano-Manipulation
    Optical Spectroscopy; 4.6 AFM Manipulation
    TIRF Microscopy; 5 Prospect and Outlook; 6 Conclusion; References; Chapter 7: AFM and NSOM/QD Based Direct Molecular Visualization at the Single-Cell Level; 1 AFM and NSOM/QD Based Nanoscale Imaging System 4.1 Real-Time Imaging of Living Cells4.2 Imaging of Organelles and Proteins; 4.3 Multiparametric Force Probing and Molecular Recognition; 5 Combining Advanced Optical Microscopy with AFM; 5.1 Combining CLSM with AFM; 5.2 Combining NSOM with AFM; 6 Conclusions; References; Chapter 6: The Hyphenated Technique of High Speed Atomic Force Microscopy and Super Resolution Optical Detection System; 1 Introduction; 2 High Speed AFM; 2.1 A High Bandwidth Z-Scanner; 2.2 A Small Cantilever; 3 Combination of High Speed AFM with Super-Resolution Optical Techniques for Imaging; 3.1 High Speed AFM with STED 9 Combining AFM and NSOM for In Situ Single Molecule Imaging on Cell Membrane10 Conclusions and Future Perspectives; References; Chapter 4: AFM Imaging-Force Spectroscopy Combination for Molecular Recognition at the Single-Cell Level; 1 Adhesion Force Mapping Using Force Spectroscopy; 2 Topographic and Recognition (TREC) Imaging; 3 Conclusions; References; Chapter 5: Atomic Force Microscopy: A Nanoscopic Application in Molecular and Cell Biology; 1 Introduction; 2 Basic Principles of AFM; 3 Submolecular Imaging of Cell Membranes; 4 Nanoscale Functional Imaging of Cells
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Johannes Ring ; foreword by Jon M. Hanifin.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Andrea Rubboli, Gregory Y.H. Lip, editors.
    Summary: This book considers paradigmatic clinical cases in order to cast light on key issues relating to elective or emergency stent implantation and the use of oral anticoagulation (OAC) in patients with atrial fibrillation. The topics addressed include the optimal periprocedural antithrombotic treatment (uninterrupted vs interrupted OAC, intraprocedural use of heparin and glycoprotein IIb/IIIa inhibitors, etc.), the most appropriate type of stent (bare metal vs drug eluting vs "bioactive"), the optimal regimen (e.g., triple therapy of OAC, aspirin, and clopidogrel vs the combination of OAC and a single antiplatelet agent), and the most suitable duration of the antithrombotic treatment prescribed at discharge (1 vs 6-12 months). The case-based management recommendations will be of wide practical value in the current health care context, where percutaneous coronary intervention is available even to patients with relevant co-morbidities, such as those warranting long-term OAC, and the indications for OAC are much broader than in the past. The book will appeal especially to clinical and interventional cardiologists, internal medicine specialists, hematologists, and family physicians and will also be of interest to cardiology and internal medicine residents and fellows.

    Contents:
    Atrial fibrillation on vitamin K-antagonists undergoing elective coronary artery stenting for stable effort angina
    Atrial fibrillation on NOAC (dabigatran) undergoing elective coronary artery stenting for stable effort angina
    Atrial fibrillation on vitamin K-antagonist undergoing urgent coronary stenting for non ST-elevation acute coronary syndrome
    Atrial fibrillation on NOAC (rivaroxaban) undergoing urgent coronary stenting for non ST-elevation acute coronary syndrome
    Atrial fibrillation on vitamin K-antagonist undergoing emergency primary coronary stenting for ST-elevation acute myocardial infarction
    Atrial fibrillation on NOAC (apixaban) undergoing emergency primary coronary stenting for ST-elevation acute myocardial infarction
    Atrial fibrillation early complicating acute coronary syndrome treated with coronary artery stenting
    New-onset atrial fibrillation in a stable patient with remote coronary artery stenting
    Urgent surgery early after coronary stenting in a patient with atrial fibrillation on triple therapy of warfarin, aspirin and clopidogrel
    Urgent surgery early after coronary stenting in a patjent with atrial fibrillation on triple therapy of NOAC (a factor Xa-inhibitor), aspirin and clopidogrel
    Major bleeding early after coronary stenting in a patient with atrial fibrillation on triple therapy of warfarin, aspirin and clopidogrel
    Major bleeding early after coronary stenting in a patient with atrial fibrillation on triple therapy of NOAC (dabigatran), aspirin and clopidogrel.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Gheorghe Andrei Dan, Antoni Bayés de Luna, John Camm, editors.
    Summary: The paradigm for atrial fibrillation (AF) management has changed significantly in recent years. A new era has begun for the prevention of one of the most tremendous complication of AF, stroke. Prevention of ischemic stroke in AF patients with oral anticoagulants represents a huge challenge because of the narrow therapeutic change of these drugs, interindividual and intraindividual variability, and the unsatisfactory time in therapeutically range (TTR) with this type of medication.

    Contents:
    1. Epidemiology, Burden and Unmet Needs in Atrial Fibrillation / Antoni Martínez-Rubio, Josep Guindo Soldevila, and Antoni Bayés de Luna
    2. Inside Molecular Mechanisms and Pharmacological Targets of Atrial Fibrillation / Alina Scridon and Dan Dobreanu
    3. Novel Oral Anticoagulants for Stroke Prevention in Patients with Non-valvular Atrial Fibrillation / Yoseph Rozenman and Yuri Gluzman
    4. Upstream Therapy in the Treatment of Atrial Fibrillation / Cristian Baicus
    5. Drug Therapy for Rhythm and Rate Control in Atrial Fibrillation / Josep Guindo Soldevila and Antoni Martinez-Rubio
    6. Changing the Paradigm to Understand and Manage Atrial Fibrillation / Gheorghe-Andrei Dan
    7. Guidelines and Current Recommendations in Atrial Fibrillation / Antoni Martínez-Rubio and Gheorghe-Andrei Dan.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Stefano Di Girolamo, editor.
    Summary: This book presents the state of the art in atrophic rhinitis and analyses its specific characteristics in non-allergic rhinitis. Little has been written on this condition, which represents a topical issue in modern clinical practice, and as such many clinicians tend to underestimate its impact on patients quality of life. This book covers the definition, aetiology, clinical presentation, diagnosis and management, providing specialists with a better understanding of this condition and of the treatment options. It describes in detail the latest diagnostic tools, such as the innovative computational fluid-dynamics studies, nasal cytology, trigeminal stimulation tests, olfactometry, subjective questionnaires, with a focus on the psychological aspects, which have not yet been systematically investigated. Further, it discusses therapeutic strategies, both medical and surgical, reviewing the literature, from the first historical procedures to recent conservative techniques, such as lateral nasal wall reconstruction with various materials, and septal perforation repair. Illustrating all the options currently available, the book is an invaluable resource, not only for otolaryngologists, but also for plastic surgeons, clinical allergists and rheumatologists.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Contents
    Introduction
    Part I: Primary Atrophic Rhinitis
    1: Primary Atrophic Rhinitis: Ozaena and Other Infective Forms
    1.1 Etiology of Primary Atrophic Rhinitis
    1.1.1 Bacteriology
    1.1.2 Virology
    1.1.3 Mycology
    1.2 Clinical Presentation
    1.2.1 Signs
    1.2.2 Symptoms
    1.3 Histopathology
    1.4 Diagnosis
    1.5 Management
    1.5.1 Medical Therapy
    1.5.2 Surgical Therapy
    References
    Part II: Secondary Atrophic Rhinitis
    2: Secondary Atrophic Rhinitis: Autoimmune and Granulomatous Forms
    2.1 Granulomatosis with Polyangiitis 2.1.1 Epidemiology and Pathogenesis
    2.1.2 Clinical Features
    2.1.2.1 ENT Involvement
    2.1.2.2 Other-Than-ENT Involvement
    2.1.3 Diagnosis
    2.1.4 Management
    2.2 Sarcoidosis
    2.2.1 Epidemiology and Pathogenesis
    2.2.2 Clinical Features
    2.2.2.1 ENT Involvement
    2.2.2.2 Other-Than-ENT Involvement
    2.2.3 Diagnosis
    2.2.4 Management
    2.3 Mucous Membrane Pemphigoid
    2.3.1 Epidemiology and Pathogenesis
    2.3.2 Clinical Features
    2.3.2.1 ENT Involvement
    2.3.3 Diagnosis
    2.3.4 Management
    2.4 Tuberculosis
    2.4.1 Natural History of Disease 2.4.2 Epidemiology
    2.4.2.1 ENT Involvement
    2.4.3 Diagnosis
    2.4.4 Management
    2.5 Syphilis
    2.5.1 Epidemiology
    2.5.2 Clinical Presentation and Natural History
    2.5.2.1 ENT Involvement
    2.5.3 Diagnosis
    2.5.4 Management
    2.6 Other Autoimmune and Granulomatous Causes of Atrophic Rhinitis
    References
    3: Iatrogenic Atrophic Rhinitis: Post-Nasal Surgery or Empty Nose Syndrome (ENS)
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Epidemiology
    3.3 Pathophysiology
    3.4 Clinical Manifestations
    3.5 Evaluation and Diagnosis
    3.6 Differential Diagnosis
    3.7 Treatment 3.7.1 Prevention
    3.7.2 Medical Therapy
    3.7.3 Surgical Repair
    3.7.3.1 Temporary Fillers
    3.7.3.2 Acellular Dermis Allografts and Xenografts
    3.7.3.3 Autologous Cartilage
    3.7.3.4 Synthetic Implants
    3.8 Conclusions
    References
    4: Drug-Induced Atrophic Rhinitis
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Rhinitis Medicamentosa
    4.2.1 Physiopathology of Rebound Nasal Congestion
    4.2.2 Clinical Evaluation
    4.2.3 Management
    4.3 Cocaine-Induced Midline Destructive Lesions
    4.3.1 Clinical Presentation
    4.3.2 Pathogenesis
    4.3.3 Diagnosis 4.3.4 Differential Diagnosis
    4.3.5 Management
    References
    Part III: Diagnosis of Atrophic Rhinitis
    5: Empty Nose Syndrome: Clinical Evaluation with Subjective Questionnaires and Psychological Evaluation
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Clinical Evaluation with Subjective Questionnaire
    5.2.1 SNOT-25 (ENS Modification)
    5.2.2 ENS6Q
    5.2.3 Other Questionnaires That Were Applied for Empty Nose Syndrome Assessment
    5.3 Psychological Evaluation (Mental Health Questionnaires)
    5.4 Conclusion
    References
    6: The Role of Nasal Cytology in the Diagnosis of Atrophic Rhinitis
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Helen K. Fletcher, Andrea Flood and Dougal Julian Hare.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. An overview of attachment theory: Bowlby and beyond
    3. Attachment relationships between parents and their children: The impact of 'the loss of the healthy child'
    4. Assessing attachment relationships in people with intellectual disabilities
    5. Autism Spectrum Disorder and attachment: A clinician's perspective
    6. Maintaining the bond: Working with people who are described as showing challenging behaviour using a framework based on attachment theory
    7. Psychotherapy and attachment dynamics in people with intellectual disabilities: A personal view
    8. Adult attachment and care staff functioning
    9. Have a heart: Helping services to provide emotionally aware support
    10. Attachment trauma and pathological mourning in adults with intellectual disabilities
    11. Attachment, personality disorder and offending: Clinical implications
    12. Getting Intimate: Using attachment theory to understand intimate relationships in our work with people with intellectual disabilities
    Index.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    Sally Goddard Blythe ; with contributions from Lawrence J. Beuret, Peter Blythe.
    Contents:
    Windows on the Brain
    The Significance of Primitive and Postural Reflexes
    Primitive Reflexes of Position
    Primitive Tactile Reflexes
    Postural Reflexes
    Use of the INPP Screening Questionnaire
    Postnatal Factors Using the INPP Questionnaire
    The Development of the Vestibular-Cerebellar Theory
    The Effects of Neuromotor Immaturity in Adults and in Adolescents
    Development of the INPP Method-from Theory to Fact / Peter Blythe
    Other Factors in Specific Learning Difficulties
    Missed and Misdiagnosis
    Appendix 1: Screening for Neurological Dysfunction in the Specific Learning Difficulty Child
    Appendix 2: Frequency Range of Vocals and Musical Instruments.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Lily Hechtman.
    Summary: The book provides a comprehensive summary of the best known and most highly respected well-controlled long-term prospective follow-up studies in ADHD. These studies followed children with ADHD and matched controls into young adulthood (mean age 20-25 years) and middle-age (mean age 41 years). They explore a wide variety of outcome areas, e.g. education, occupation, emotional and psychiatric functioning, substance use and abuse, sexual behavior, as well as legal problems. One chapter focuses particularly on the outcome of girls with ADHD. Outcome areas explored are thus comprehensive and clinically very relevant. The book also explores the possible predictors of adult outcome. A whole chapter is devoted to treatment (medication and psychosocial) as a predictor of outcome. In addition to treatment, predictors explored include characteristics of the child (e.g., IQ, severity of initial ADHD symptoms, initial comorbidity characteristics of the family, e.g., socioeconomic status, single parenthood, parental pathology, and family functioning. In a summary chapter, the impact and importance of these various predictors in different outcome areas, e.g. education, occupation, emotional/social functioning, antisocial behavior, substance use and abuse and risky sexual and driving behaviors are explored. In summary, the book provides a comprehensive view of the prognosis, e.g., long-term outcome of ADHD and key factors which can influence this outcome. Professionals and the general public will thus get a clear view of what can happen to children with ADHD as they proceed through adolescence and adulthood and address important prognostic and predictive factors in their treatment approaches to ensure better long-term outcome in patients with ADHD.

    Contents:
    The Montreal study / Mariya V. Cherkasova, Gabrielle Weiss, Lily Hechtman
    The New York study / Sylvaine Houssais, Lily Hechtman, Rachel G. Klein
    The Milwaukee study / Russell A. Barkley, Mariellen Fischer
    The Pittsburgh study / Brooke S.G. Molina, Margaret H. Sibley, Sarah L. Pedersen, William E. Pelham Jr
    The Massachusetts General Hospital study (Boston) / Mai Uchida, Joseph Biederman
    The Berkeley girls study / Elizabeth B. Owens, Christine A. Zalecki, Stephen P. Hinshaw
    The multisite multimodal treatment of ADHD study (MTA) / Arunima Roy, Lily Hechtman
    Influence of treatment on outcome / Lily Hechtman
    Summary chapter / Lily Hechtman.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    Paolo Bartolomeo.
    Summary: This book provides an overview of attentional impairments in brain-damaged patients from both clinical and neuroscientific perspectives, and aims to offer a comprehensive, succinct treatment of these topics useful to both clinicians and scholars. A main focus of the book concerns left visual neglect, a dramatic but often overlooked consequence of right hemisphere damage, usually of vascular origin, but also resulting from other causes such as neurodegenerative conditions. The study of neglect offers a key to understand the brain's functioning at the level of large-scale networks, and not only based on discrete anatomical structures. Patients are often unaware of their deficits (anosognosia), and often obstinately deny being hemiplegic. Diagnosis is important because neglect predicts poor functional outcome in stroke. Moreover, effective rehabilitation strategies are available, and there are promising possibilities for pharmacological treatments. Attention Disorders After Right Brain Damage is aimed at clinical neurologists, medics in physical medicine and rehabilitation, clinical psychologists and neuropsychologists. It will also be useful for graduate students and medical students who wish to understand the topic of attention systems and improve their knowledge of the neurocognitive mechanisms of attentional deficits. In addition, clinical researchers in neuropsychology and cognitive neuroscience will find in this book an up to date overview of current research dealing with the attention systems of the human brain.

    Contents:
    The attention systems of the human brain
    Sensory-motor deficits after right brain damage
    Consequences of right hemisphere lesions on bodily awareness and control
    Unilateral spatial neglect: clinical aspects
    Experimental variants of neglect tests
    Component deficits of neglect
    The anatomy of neglect
    Attention disorders in neurodegenerative conditions
    Treatment of attention disorders
    Conclusion and perspectives.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital/Print
    edited by Nils Hansson, Thorsten Halling, Heiner Fangerau.
    Summary: "Attributing Excellence in Medicine discusses the aura around the prestigious Nobel Prize in Physiology or Medicine. It analyzes the social processes and contingent factors leading to recognition and reputation in science and medicine. This volume will help the reader to better understand the dynamics of the attribution of excellence throughout the 20th century. Contributors are Massimiano Bucchi, Fabio De Sio, Jacalyn Duffin, Heiner Fangerau, Thorsten Halling, Nils Hansson, David S. Jones, Gustav Källstrand, Ulrich Koppitz, Pauline Mattsson, Katarina Nordqvist, Scott H. Podolsky, Thomas Schlich, and Sven Widmalm"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Commemorating Excellence: The Nobel Prize and the Secular Religion of Science / Jacalyn Duffin
    More Than a Prize: The Creation of the Nobel System / Gustav Källstrand
    Hitler's Boycott: Cultural Politics and the Rhetoric of Neutrality / Sven Widmalm
    From Global Recognition to Global Health: Antimicrobials and the Nobel Prize, 1901-2015 / Scott H. Podolsky
    Discovery or Reputation? Jacques Loeb and the Role of Nomination
    Networks / Heiner Fangerau, Thorsten Halling and Nils Hansson
    Defining 'cutting-edge' Excellence: Awarding Nobel Prizes (or not) to Surgeons / Nils Hansson, David S. Jones and Thomas Schlich
    John C. Eccles' Conversion and the Meaning of 'Authority' / Fabio De Sio, Nils Hansson and Ulrich Koppitz
    The Laureate in the Spotlight: Renato Dulbecco and the Public Image of Science / Massimiano Bucchi
    Nobel Prize Awarded Discoveries and Commercialization: The Role of the Laureates / Katarina Nordqvist and Pauline Mattsson
    Digital Access 2019
  • Digital
    Farin Amersi and Kristine Calhoun, editors.
    Summary: The days of surgical excision for any atypical lesion have been replaced by more nuanced decision making and individualized patient management. Current management of many of these lesions continues to be controversial in regard to observation with close surveillance versus the need for surgical excision of these lesions based on future risk or whether these lesions are precursor lesion. The goal of this book is to provide a concise but comprehensive review of atypical breast proliferative lesions and their management complexities. New data about breast cancer, risk factors for breast cancer, pathological features unique to each entity, the characteristic findings on imaging, risk stratification for genetic testing, as well as the current evidence-based management of each of these breast lesions are discussed in full detail. Assessment tools for risk prediction of breast cancer are also highlighted as chapters run the gamut of current imaging modalities, as well as advanced screening options available for diagnosis and following these patients. Atypical Breast Proliferative Lesions and Benign Breast Disease will undoubtedly become a valuable resource for nurse practitioners, physician assistants, breast and surgical oncology fellows, genetic counselors, geneticists, as well as other clinicians and surgeons who are referred and manage these complex breast patients. All chapters in this text are written by experts in the field who have research and clinical interest in each of these disease entities, and include the most up-to-date research and clinical information to enhance our understanding and treatment of patients.

    Contents:
    The Spectrum of Risk Lesions in Breast Pathology: Risk Factors or Cancer Precursors?
    Lobular Carcinoma In Situ: Risk Factor or Cancer Precursor?
    Ductal Carcinoma In Situ: Risk Factor or Cancer
    Diagnostic Management of Papillomas, Radial Scars, and Flat Epithelial Atypia: Core Biopsy Alone Versus Core Biopsy Plus Excision
    Diagnostic Management of Fibroepithelial Lesions: When Is Excision Indicated?
    Diagnostic Management of the Atypical Hyperplasias: Core Biopsy Alone vs Excisional Biopsy
    Diagnostic management of LCIS: Core biopsy alone versus core biopsy plus excision for classic versus pleomorphic LCIS
    Breast Cancer Risk Prediction in Women with Atypical Breast Lesions
    Advanced Screening Options and Surveillance in Women with Atypical Breast Lesions
    The Role of Chemoprevention in the Prevention of Breast Cancer
    Prophylactic Mastectomy in Patients with Atypical Breast Lesions
    The Non-surgical Management of Ductal Carcinoma in Situ (DCIS)
    Surgical Treatment of Ductal Carcinoma in Situ. .
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Kristi Oeding, Jennifer Listenberger, Steven Smith.
    Contents:
    Audiological interpretation cheat sheet
    Common audiological abbreviations
    Normal-hearing cases
    Sensorineural hearing loss cases
    Conductive hearing loss cases
    Mixed hearing loss cases
    Nonorganic hearing loss cases
    Practice cases.
  • Digital
    Michael Valente, Elizabeth Fernandez, Heather Monroe, L. Maureen Valente, Jamie Cadieux.
    Contents:
    Psychoacoustics
    Audiometric testing
    Vestibular evaluation
    Amplification
    Pediatric audiology
    Doctoral education in audiology.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme MedOne ComSci
    Thieme-Connect
  • Print
    [edited by] Brian J. Taylor, AuD, Director of Clinical Audiology, Fuel Medical Group, LLC, Camas, Washington ; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Audiology, A.T. Still University, Arizona School of Health Sciences, Mesa, Arizona.
    Summary: Audiology Practice Management, Third Edition by Brian Taylor, provides new and established audiologists with everything they need to know about running a practice in the 21st century. This new edition offers expert approaches to starting and maintaining a practice in audiology - from technical, legal, and financial daily operations - to new issues like HIPAA compliance, social media considerations, and marketing strategies in the digital age. Readers will benefit from the collective knowledge and expertise of audiologists and assorted industry experts who share pearls, controversies, and tips on a wide range of topics, including areas of practice not commonly seen in textbooks. Six new chapters cover key topics including basic management principles, clinical education, pricing strategies, entrepreneurial skills, changes in healthcare documentation, and valuation and exit strategy.
  • Print
    [edited by] Jason A. Galster.
    Contents:
    Introduction : on the treatment of hearing loss / Jason Galster
    Fundamentals of hearing aid acoustics and hardware / Andrew Johnson
    Standards for assessing hearing aid performance / David A. Preves
    Hearing aid coupling : theory and application / James R. Curran, Dennis van Vliet
    Hearing aid coupling : techniques and technologies / James R. Curran, Dennis van Vliet
    Audio signal processing for hearing aids / Ayasakanta Rout
    Fundamentals of real-ear measurement / John Pumford, David Smriga
    Techniques for probe microphone measurement / David Smriga, John Pumford
    Hearing aid prescriptive fitting methods / Erin M. Picou
    Outcome measures in the prescription of hearing aids for adults / Harvey B. Abrams
    Hearing aid selection and prescription for children / Ryan W. McCreery
    Cochlear implants in adults / Sarah A. Sydlowski
    Cochlear implants in children / Sarah A. Sydlowski
    Bone conduction hearing solutions / William Hodgetts
    Hearing assistive and related technology / Samuel R. Atcherson
    Hearing protection devices / Brian J. Fligor
    Tinnitus and sound sensitivity / Christopher Spankovich.
  • Print
    by Lyle L. Lloyd and Harriet Kaplan.
    Contents:

    v. 2. Site of lesion testing / by Harriet Kaplan, Vic S. Gladstone, Jack Katz.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RF294 .A825
    1
  • Digital
    [edited by] Eric P. Wilkinson, Marc S. Schwartz.
    Summary: "Research on the auditory brainstem implant (ABI) has evolved from a highly specialized, narrow field to one involving a wide spectrum of disciplines. Neurotologists, audiologists, otolaryngologists, and neurosurgeons are on the front lines of treatment, while many other specialists play active roles. Auditory Brainstem Implants by renowned ABI experts Eric P. Wilkinson and Marc S. Schwartz is the first dedicated book on ABIs published to date. The state-of-the-art monograph brings together a rich array of materials and resources from an impressive group of pioneering clinicians and researchers from around the world. The text starts with introductory chapters encompassing the history and development of ABIs; relevant neuroanatomy and physiology; imaging of the cochlea, cochlear nerve, brainstem, and auditory system; and clinical indications for ABIs. Surgical chapters detail translabyrinthine, retrosigmoid, and retrolabyrinthine approaches, pediatric applications, auditory midbrain implants, device-specific engineering, and intraoperative monitoring. Auditory testing, performance variables, and results are also reviewed. The final chapters focus on innovative future directions, such as penetrating multisite microelectrodes and the use of optogenetics"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Harunori Ohmori.
    Summary: This book explains neural function at the level of ion channels and membrane excitability in neurons along the ascending auditory pathway. Airborne sound information is captured by the ears, transformed to neural electrical signals, and then processed in the brain. Readers will find full descriptions of these processes of signal transduction and transformation. First, it is described how, at the level of hair cells, the receptor cells in the cochlea, the sound-evoked vibration is transduced to electrical signals and transmitted to the auditory nerve fibers. In the second section it is explained how the electrical activity of these fibers is processed at the cochlear nucleus in order to extract the temporal and level information of sound separately and then transmitted to the third nucleus for processing of the interaural differences, such as the interaural time difference and the interaural level difference. The third section summarizes the transformation of auditory temporal information to the rate of neural firing activity in the midbrain and the higher nuclei, including the cortex, based on in vivo results. Finally, emerging new technologies to investigate auditory signal processing are reviewed and discussed.

    Contents:
    Preface
    1. Hair cell mechano-electrical transduction and synapse transmission
    2. Signal processing in the brainstem auditory nuclei
    3. Central Auditory Processing.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Vishakha Rawool.
    Contents:
    Maturation and plasticity of the neural auditory system
    Assessing and documenting peripheral auditory status
    Screening and diagnostic procedures and considerations
    Auditory temporal processing assessment
    Binaural processing assessment
    Assessment of the processing of monaural low redundancy speech
    Intervention for auditory processing deficits
    Training to improve auditory temporal processing
    Training to improve binaural processing
    Training to improve speech recognition
    Evidence based practice and effectiveness of intervention
    Attention deficit hyperactivity disorders and auditory processing deficits
    Language related impairments and auditory processing deficits
    Auditory neuropathy spectrum disorder including auditory synaptopathy
    Auditory processing deficits due to exposure to ototoxins
    Age related deficits in auditory processing.
  • Digital
    Brian C J Moore.
    Contents:
    Ch. 1. Processing of sound in the auditory system and neural representation of temporal fine structure. 1.1. Introduction and overview. 1.2. The representation of signals in terms of ENV and TFS. 1.3. Analysis of sound in the cochlea. 1.4. The hair cells and transduction in the cochlea. 1.5. Responses of single neurons in the auditory nerve. 1.6. Effects of hearing loss on the processing of sounds. 1.7. Possible ways in which hearing loss and ageing might affect the neural coding of TFS
    ch. 2. The role of TFS in masking. 2.1. Introduction. 2.2. Detection cues in masking. 2.3. The detection of signals in fluctuating maskers. 2.4. The role of TFS in the ability to hear out partials in complex sounds. 2.5. The role of TFS in masking for hearing-impaired listeners. 2.6. Conclusions
    ch. 3. The role of TFS in pitch perception. 3.1. Introduction. 3.2. The perception of pitch for sinusoids. 3.3. The role of TFS for perception of pitch for complex sounds. 3.4. Conclusions
    ch. 4. The role of TFS in speech perception. 4.1 Introduction. 4.2. Types of vocoder processing and their pitfalls. 4.3 The role of ENV and TFS for speech perception. 4.4. Conclusions
    ch. 5. The influence of hearing loss and age on the binaural processing of TFS. 5.1. Introduction: Binaural cues for localisation and signal detection. 5.2. Effects of hearing loss and age on localisation and lateralisation. 5.3. The effects of hearing loss and age on the perception of binaural pitches. 5.4. The Effects of Hearing Loss and Age on MLDs. 5.5. Impact of impaired binaural TFS processing on spatial hearing for speech. 5.6. Conclusions
    ch. 6. Overview, conclusions and practical implications. 6.1. Overview of chapters 1-5. 6.2. Relevance of impaired TFS processing for hearing aids. 6.3. Acoustical requirements of places where hearing-impaired and older people meet and dine. 6.4. The use of background sounds in broadcasting and films. 6.5. Conclusions.
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital/Print
    [contributions] by H.W. Ades ... [et al.] ; edited by Wolf D. Keidel and William D. Neff.
    Contents:
    v. 1. Anatomy, physiology (ear)
    v. 2. Physiology (CNS), Behavioral studies, psychoacoustics
    v. 3. Clinical and special topics.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
  • Digital
    Ricardo A. Velluti.
    Contents:
    Brief analysis of the auditory ssystem organization and its physiologic basis
    The physiological bases of sleep
    Notes on information processing
    Auditory information processing during sleep
    Auditory unit activity in sleep
    Auditory influences on sleep
    Tinnitus treatment during sleep
    Other sensory modalities in sleep
    Brain networks and sleep generation: a hypothesis on neuronal cell and assembly shifts, a new short approach
    Final conclusions
    Insert's index
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    editor, Paul S. Auerbach ; associate editors Tracy A. Cushing, N. Stuart Harris.
    Contents:
    High-altitude physiology
    High-altitude medicine and pathophysiology
    High altitude and preexisting medical conditions
    Avalanches
    Lightning-related injuries and safety
    Thermoregulation
    Accidental hypothermia
    Immersion into cold water
    Frostbite
    Nonfreezing cold-induced injuries
    Polar medicine
    Pathophysiology of heat-related illnesses
    Clinical management of heat-related illnesses
    Wildland fires : dangers and survival
    Emergency care of the burned patient
    Exposure to radiation from the sun
    Volcanic eruptions, hazards, and mitigation
    Wilderness trauma and surgical emergencies
    Emergency airway management
    Management of facial injuries
    Wound management
    Wilderness orthopedics
    Splints and slings
    Taping and bandaging
    Foot problems and care
    Hunting and fishing injuries
    Tactical medicine
    Combat and casualty care
    Injury prevention : decision making, safety, and accident avoidance
    Bites and injuries inflicted by wild and domestic animals
    Rabies
    Bear behavior and attacks
    Alligator and crocodile attacks
    Wilderness-acquired zoonoses
    Bites by venomous reptiles in Canada, the United States, and Mexico
    Bites by venomous and nonvenomous reptiles worldwide
    Ranch and rodeo medicine
    Emergency veterinary medicine
    Mosquitoes and mosquito-borne diseases
    Malaria
    Arthropod envenomation and parasitism
    Tick-borne diseases
    Spider bites
    Scorpion envenomation
    Protection from blood-feeding arthropods
    Improvised medicine in the wilderness
    Principles of pain management
    The eye in the wilderness
    Wilderness dentistry
    Wilderness cardiology
    Wilderness neurology
    Mental health in the wilderness
    Chronic diseases and wilderness activities
    Wilderness emergency medical services and response systems
    Search and rescue
    Technical rescue, self-rescue, and evacuation
    Litters and carries
    Helicopter rescue and air medical transport
    Essentials of wilderness survival
    Jungle travel and survival
    Desert travel and survival
    Whitewater medicine and rescue
    Caving and cave rescue
    Plant-induced dermatitis
    Toxic plant ingestions
    Toxic mushroom ingestions
    Seasonal and acute allergic reactions
    Ethnobotany : plant-derived medical therapy
    Drowning and submersion injuries
    Safety and survival at sea
    Diving medicine
    Hyperbaric medicine
    Injuries from nonvenomous aquatic animals
    Envenomation by aquatic invertebrates
    Envenomation by aquatic vertebrates
    Aquatic skin disorders
    Seafood toxidromes
    Seafood allergies
    Travel medicine
    Expedition medicine
    Non&North American travel and exotic diseases
    Infectious diarrhea from wilderness and foreign travel
    Natural disaster management
    Global humanitarian medicine and disaster relief
    Natural and human-made hazards : disaster risk management issues
    Global crimes, incarceration, and quarantine
    Nutrition, malnutrition, and starvation
    Field water disinfection
    Dehydration and rehydration
    Living off the land
    Children in the wilderness
    Women in the wilderness
    Older adults in the wilderness
    Persons with disabilities in the wilderness
    Physiology of exercise, conditioning, and performance training for wilderness adventure
    Exercise, conditioning, and performance training
    Wilderness and endurance events
    Canyoneering and canyon medicine
    Cycles, snowmobiles, and other wilderness conveyances
    Medical liability and wilderness emergencies
    Ethics of wilderness medicine
    Wilderness preparation, equipment, and medical supplies
    Emergency oxygen administration
    Telemedicine in the wilderness
    Wilderness and global communications and techniques
    Wilderness navigation techniques
    Principles of meteorology and weather prediction
    Ropes and knot tying
    Ultrasound in the wilderness
    Outdoor clothing for the wilderness professional
    Nonmedical backcountry equipment for wilderness professionals
    Native American healing
    Wilderness medicine education
    MedWAR : medical wilderness adventure race
    Evidence-based wilderness medicine
    National park service medicine
    Genomics in wilderness medicine
    Wilderness management and preservation
    The changing environment
    Biodiversity and human health
    Health implications of environmental change
    Sustainability : leave no trace
    Brief introduction to oceanography
    Brief introduction to forestry
    Brief introduction to earth sciences
    Space medicine : the next frontier.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    M. Bradley Calobrace, Bill G. Kortesis, Gaurav Bharti, Chet Mays, editors.
    Summary: Breast augmentation paired with mastopexy is often regarded as a challenging procedure since it is essentially two surgeries in one. Because of the complexity of the dual procedure, as well as the careful planning required, many doctors avoid performing these surgeries together, instead preferring their patient to undergo two separate surgeries.These two procedures can be safely performed with methodical planning and intra operative execution. This book provides not only insight and instruction on a variety of mastopexy procedures and accompanying types of breast augmentation, but it will also help the clinician determine the optimal surgery for each individual patient. Primarily meant for practicing aesthetic plastic surgeons, Augmentation Mastopexy -- Mastering the Art in the Management of the Ptotic Breast will also find use among plastic surgery fellows and plastic surgery residents. Unlike some of the competitive literature that briefly touches on the topic or simply provides an overview, the information provided is methodical and comprehensive, providing a wealth of color images to accompany the techniques described. Case studies with long-term follow up are also included, offering not only an understanding of potential pitfalls but a veritable how-to for handling complications when they do arise.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Chapter 1: Anatomy of the Breast
    Chapter 2: Principles of Breast Augmentation--The Process of Augmentation Mastopexy and Criteria for Staging
    Chapter 3: Principles of Mastopexy
    Chapter 4: Breast Augmentation for Early Ptosis
    Chapter 5: Preoperative Assessment in Augmentation Mastopexy
    Chapter 6: Technique in Simultaneous Augmentation Mastopexy
    Chapter 7: Two-Stage Augmentation Mastopexy
    Chapter 8: Secondary Augmentation Mastopexy
    Chapter 9: Simultaneous Short-Scar Mastopexy Augmentation
    Chapter 10: Circumareolar Mastopexy
    Chapter 11: Tuberous Breast Correction
    Chapter 12: Asymmetric Augmentation Mastopexy
    Chapter 13: Maintaining Upper Pole Fullness: Autoaugmentation Mastopexy with Prosthetic Matrix and Lipofilling
    Chapter 14: An Algorithm for the Management of Explantation Surgery
    Chapter 15: Mastopexy with Fat Augmentation
    Chapter 16: Mastopexy with Auto-augmentation
    Chapter 17: Use of Soft Tissue Support in Augmentation Mastopexy
    Chapter 18: Augmentation Mastopexy in the Massive Weight Loss Patient
    Chapter 19: Pitfalls in Augmentation Mastopexy
    Chapter 20: Managing Complications in Augmentation Mastopexy.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Irfan Hussain, Domenico Prattichizzo.
    Summary: This book offers a timely report on an emerging topic in the field of wearable assistive technology: the design and development of robotic extra fingers. After a concise review of the state of the art and a description of earlier prototypes, it discusses the authors efforts to address issues such as portability and wearability of the devices, including strategies to reduce fatigue and to integrate the motion of the extra fingers with that of the human hand. The book also explores optimized control algorithms and the design of wearable sensorimotor interfaces, and presents a set of tests carried out on healthy subjects and chronic stroke patients. Merging concepts from robotics, biomechanics, human factors and control theory and offering an overview of supernumerary robotic fingers, including the challenges, this book will inspire researchers involved in the development of wearable robotic devices and interfaces based on the principles of wearability, safety, ergonomics and user comfort.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    About the Authors
    1 Introduction
    2 Enhancing Human Hand Manipulation Abilities Through Supernumerary Robotic Fingers
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 The Task-Based Mapping Algorithm
    2.2.1 The Whole-Hand Mapping Algorithm
    2.2.2 The Partial-Hand Mapping Algorithms
    2.3 Numerical Simulation
    2.4 Design Guidelines for Robotic Extra-Fingers
    2.4.1 Fully Actuated Finger
    2.4.2 Underactuated Compliant Finger
    2.5 Experiments
    2.6 Conclusion
    3 Compensating Hand Function in Chronic Stroke Patients Through the Supernumerary Robotic Finger 3.1 Introduction
    3.2 The Supernumerary Robotic Finger
    3.2.1 Device Structure and Low-Level Control
    3.2.2 EMG User Interface
    3.2.3 Device Positioning in the Patient Paretic Limb
    3.3 Pilot Experiment
    3.4 Discussion
    3.5 Conclusion and Perspectives
    4 Design and Development of Soft Supernumerary Robotic Fingers for Grasp Compensation in Chronic Stroke Patients
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 The Soft Sixth Finger and the Double Soft Sixth Finger
    4.2.1 The Soft Sixth Finger
    4.3 Fingertip Trajectory Definition Through Joint Stiffness Design
    4.3.1 Problem Definition 4.3.2 Modular Element Modeling
    4.3.3 Passive Joint Design
    4.3.4 Actuator Force Evaluation
    4.3.5 Finger Module Stiffness Evaluation
    4.3.6 Simulations
    4.3.7 Experiments
    4.3.8 The Double Soft Sixth Finger
    4.3.9 Wearability and Device Positioning at Forearm
    4.4 Tests with Chronic Stroke Patients
    4.4.1 Kitchen Scenario
    4.4.2 Tools Activities
    4.4.3 Active Hook
    4.4.4 Questionnaires
    4.5 Results and Discussion
    4.6 Conclusion
    5 Wearable Sensory Motor Interfaces for Supernumerary Robotic Fingers
    5.1 Introduction 5.2 Vibrotactile Haptic Feedback for Intuitive Control of Supernumerary Robotic Fingers
    5.2.1 Sensorized Supernumerary Robotic Finger
    5.2.2 Grasping Procedure and Compliance Regulation
    5.2.3 Absolute and Differential Thresholds
    5.2.4 Experimental Evaluation
    5.2.5 Conclusion
    5.3 The hRing as a Wearable Haptic Interface for Supernumerary Robotic Fingers
    5.3.1 The hRing Structure
    5.3.2 Differential Thresholds
    5.3.3 Normal Stimuli
    5.3.4 Conclusions
    6 Wearable EMG Interfaces for Motion Control of Supernumerary Robotic Fingers
    6.1 Introduction 6.2 The Frontalis Muscle Cap: A Wireless EMG System ...
    6.2.1 Tests with Chronic Patients
    6.3 An EMG Interface for the Control of Motion and Compliance ...
    6.3.1 The Fully Actuated Supernumerary Robotic Finger
    6.3.2 One Channel EMG Electrodes Interface and Robotic Device Compliance Regulation
    6.4 Experiments
    6.4.1 Compensation of Paretic Hand Functions
    6.4.2 Augmenting Healthy Hand Function Through the Proposed System
    6.5 Results and Discussion
    6.5.1 Conclusion
    7 From Grasp Compensation Towards Hemiparetic Upper Limb Rehabilitation
    7.1 Introduction
    7.2 The Proposed System.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Franco̧ise Firmin, Joseph Dusseldorp, Alexandre Marchac ; illustrations by: Tiffany Slaybaugh Davanzo.
    Contents:
    Principles of two-stage autologous ear reconstruction
    Stage I : reproduction of the missing contours
    Stage II : creation of the retroauricular sulcus
    Congenital malformations
    Particular cases of microtia
    Acquired posttraumatic defects
    Acquired defects
    Secondary cases
    Complications
    Auricular prosthesis
    Analysis and principles of management
    Reconstruction with conchal and costal cartilage
    Particular cases
    Anomalies of the upper part of the ear
    Other anomalies
    Prominent ears
    Complications after otoplasty.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
  • Digital
    Terry Oleson ; foreword by Richard C. Niemtzow ; illustrations by Justin Schaid and Andrew Dickinson.
    Contents:
    Overview and history of auriculotherapy
    Theoretical perspectives of auriculotherapy
    Overview of the anatomy of the auricle
    Overview of the auricular zone system
    Overview of auricular diagnosis procedures
    Overview of auriculotherapy treatment procedures
    Somatotopic representations on the external ear
    Clinical case studies of auriculotherapy
    Auriculotherapy treatment protocols.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Yasmina Sultanbawa, Fazal Sultanbawa.
    Contents:
    Overview of Australian native plants / Amanda Garner and La Vergne Lehmann
    Part I : Cultivation and production. Cultivation of anise myrtle (Syzygium anisatum) / Gary Mazzorana and Melissa Mazzorana
    Cultivation of bush tomato (Solanum centrale) : desert raisin / L. Slade Lee
    Cultivation of Davidson's plum (Davidsonia spp.) / Tony Page and Margo Watkins
    The reproductive systems of Davidson's plum (Davidsonia jerseyana, Davidsonia pruriens and Davidsonia johnsonii) and the potential for domestication / Frances Eliott [and 3 others]
    Cultivation of desert limes (Citrus glauca) / Jock Douglas
    Cultivation of Australian finger lime (Citrus australasica) / Sheryl Rennie
    Production of Terminalia ferdinandiana Excell. ('Kakadu plum') / Julian Gorman, Kim Courtenay and Chris Brady
    Cultivation of lemon aspen (Acronychia acidula) / Rus Glover
    Cultivation of lemon myrtle (Backhousia citriodora) / Gary Mazzorana and Melissa Mazzorana
    Cultivation of muntries (Kunzea pomifera F. Muell) / Fazal Sultanbawa
    Cultivation of native pepper (Tasmannia lanceolata) / Christopher D. Read
    Cultivation of quandong (Santalum acuminatum) / Ben Lethbridge
    Cultivation of riberry (Syzygium luehmannii) / Rus Glover
    Production of wattle seed (Acacia victoriae) / Lyle Dudley
    Part II : Food and health applications. Alternative medicines based on aboriginal traditional knowledge and culture / Donna Savigni
    Nutritional characteristics and bioactive compounds in Australian native plants : a review / David J. Williams and Mridusmita Chaliha
    Australian native plants : anti-obestiy and anti-inflammatory properties / David J. Williams, Mridusmita Chaliha and Yasmina Sultanbawa
    Food preservation and the antimicrobial activity of Australian native plants / Yasmina Sultanbawa
    Unique flavours from Australian native plants / Heather Smyth and Yasmina Sultanbawa
    Part III : Commercial applications. Native Australian plant extracts : cosmetic applications / Hazel MacTavish-West
    Processing of native plant foods and ingredients / Yasmina Sultanbawa
    Quality changes during packaging and storage of Australian native herbs / Mridusmita Chaliha
    Value chains : making the connections between producers and consumers of native plant foods / Anoma Ariyawardana, Ray Collins and Lilly Lim-Camacho
    New market opportunities for Australian indigenous food plants / Vic Cherikoff
    Appendix : Australian native food recipes / Jude Mayall.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2016
  • Digital
    Omar Bagasra, Cherilyn Heggen ; illustrations by Muhammad Hossain.
    Summary: "Explores environmental factors during fetal development that may contribute to autism It is well documented that in the majority of the cases, an autistic child's brain has acquired the genetic and organismal abnormalities that were initiated during the first trimester of their gestational period. Yet, scientists still don't know what is causing these abnormalities; this book explains how the human brain develops and what the critical stages are in which a fetal brain may acquire genetic and developmental abnormalities. It presents scientific data supporting previous anecdotal observations to attempt to understand the complex puzzle that is autism. From chemical fragrances to herbicides, synthetic chemicals are abundant in everyday life and this book examines the evidence surrounding these chemicals and their effects, including on the developing human brain and how that might explain certain characteristics observed in autism. Discussing various aspects of potential ASD causing factors, Autism and Environmental Factors brings together as many pieces of the autism puzzle as possible in one place to begin to clarify the picture and spark discussion to ensure a safe environment for everyone, especially our developing children. Discusses the genetic and environmental factors that may contribute to autism Covers how the human brain develops and the critical stages in which a fetal brain may acquire genetic and developmental abnormalities Describes the rapid proliferation of synthetic chemicals in our modern world and the effects on the developing human brain--endocrine-disturbing chemicals that alter DNA, epigenetics, and hormones Written in a clear and accessible style Autism and Environmental Factors is an important book for researchers and students in neuroscience, neuroanatomy, developmental neurobiology and anyone focusing on autism research"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction to autism spectrum disorders
    What is autism?
    Oflaction and autism
    Oxytocin, arginine vasopressin and autism spectrum disorder
    Male gender bias and levels of male hormones during fetal development
    Maternal twins and male gender bias in austism spectrum disorders
    Autism and exposure to environmental chemicals
    Maternal antibodies to fetal brain neurons and autism
    Vaccines and autism.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Fred R. Volkmar.
    Summary: Interest in autism and related disorders has exploded. Established as an essential book on this complex syndrome, the new edition has been extensively revised to reflect significant advances in research. Featuring contributions from leading international authorities in the clinical and social sciences, the book covers recent progress in our understanding of the field and offers a perspective on the present state of the discipline. With new material on topics such as evidence-based treatment and practice, the book covers changes in diagnosis resulting from the publication of DSM-V, and developments in how autism is understood, including the removal of language delay as a necessary diagnostic criterion. Far-reaching, the book considers aspects from epidemiology, genetics, and neurobiology, to core symptoms, early interventions, and pharmacology. One section critically surveys the history of autism as a diagnostic concept, and issues such as an ageing population and the impact of research on national policy are considered.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Christopher J. McDougle.
    Contents:
    Section 1: Background and diagnostic assessment. From infantile autism to autism spectrum: evolution of the diagnostic concept / Fred R. Volkmar
    Social, cognitive, and behavioral development of children and adolescents with autism spectrum disorder / Kirstin Brown Birtwell, Brian Willoughby, and Lisa Nowinski
    Social, cognitive, and affective development of adults with autism spectrum disorder / Patricia Howlin and Iliana Magiati
    Differential diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder across the lifespan / Isobel W. Green, Christen L. Kidd, and Robert E. Accordino
    Medical evaluation of patients with autism spectrum disorder / Yamini J. Howe, Michelle L. Palumbo, and Ann Neumeyer
    Psychiatric comorbidity in autism spectrum disorder / Susan E. Folstein and Luis M. Carcache
    Neurological comorbidities in autism spectrum disorder / Fiona Baumer and Mustafa Sahin
    Genetic disorders associated with the autism spectrum disorder phenotype / Lawrence K. Fung and Allan L. Reiss
    Autism spectrum disorder in the elderly / Peter V. Rabins
    Section 2: Etiology. Neuroimaging of autism spectrum disorder / Nicole R. Zürcher and Jacob M. Hooker
    Genetics of autism spectrum disorder / Yamini J. Howe, Harrison Brand,and Michael E. Talkowski
    Epidemiology of autism spectrum disorder / Allison Presmanes Hill, Katharine Zuckerman, and Eric Fombonne
    Neuropathology of autism spectrum disorder / Matthew P. Anderson
    Immunological aspects of autism spectrum disorder / Thayne L. Sweeten and Christopher J. McDougle
    Section 3: Treatment. Behavioral treatment of autism spectrum disorder / Suzannah Iadarola and Tristram Smith
    Psychopharmacology of autism spectrum disorder / James T. McCracken and Michael Gandal
    Complementary and alternative (biomedical) treatments for autism spectrum disorder / Robert L. Hendren
    Speech and language assessment and treatment for autism spectrum disorder / Katelyn A. Bruno, Kristina L. Gulati, and Maria Mody
    Occupational therapy for autism spectrum disorder / Jennifer L. Stornelli
    Social skills training for autism spectrum disorder / D. Scott McLeod, Kristin W. Malatino, and Dorothy Lucci
    Section 4: Other care delivery services and perspectives. Educational issues in autism spectrum disorder / Samuel L. Odom, Veronica P. Fleury, Leslie C. Fox, Susan H. Hedges, Nigel P. Pierce, and Melissa A. Sreckovic
    Vocational rehabilitation and training for adults with autism spectrum disorder: history, practices, and new directions / Marji Erickson Warfield
    Adults with autism spectrum disorder: transition issues / Edward S. Brodkin
    Effective communication and management with the family and in the community / Naomi B. Swiezy, Tiffany J. Neal, Danielle Warner, and Kimberly Lo
    Autism spectrum disorder from a family perspective / Nancy Lurie Marks, Cathy Lurie, and Clarence E. Schutt
    From the perspective of a person with autism spectrum disorder / John M. Williams.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    Alan I. Rosenblatt, Paul S. Carbone.
    Summary: "This guide helps parents understand how ASDs are defined and diagnosed and offers an overview of the most current behavioral and developmental therapies. Topics include: symptoms and types of ASDs, accessing care, services in the community, and the role of complementary and alternative medicine. Parents will also find inspirational and relatable stories from other caretakers."--Amazon.com.

    Contents:
    What is Autism spectrum disorder?
    What causes Autism spectrum disorder?
    How do I know if my child has Autism spectrum disorder?
    Behavioral and developmental interventions to support children with Autism
    Tapping educational services
    When other therapies aren't enough: the role of medication
    The role of integrative, complementary, and alternative medicine
    Partnering with your pediatrician
    Services in your community
    Accessing care
    Adolescence and beyond
    Putting it all together: Everyday strategies for helping your child
    Autism spectrum disorder and your family
    The future of Autism spectrum disorder
    Advocating for children with Autism spectrum disorder
    Afterword: Shana's special wish
    Appendices.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Eric Hollander, Randi Hagerman, Deborah Fein.
    Summary: The book's emphasis on types of assessment, genetic testing and counseling, and medical and psychological treatment will be exceedingly useful to health care providers navigating the new diagnostic criteria introduced in DSM-5.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology / Julianne Myers, Alison Presmanes Hill, Katharine Zuckerman, and Eric Fombonne
    Genomics and epigenomics / Fereydoun Hormozdiari, Megan Y. Dennis, and Janine M. LaSalle
    Environmental toxicity and immune dysregulation / Judy van der Water, Isaac N. Pessah
    Psychiatric assessment and treatment / Casara Jean Ferretti M.S., Bonnie P. Taylor, Jacqueline Shinall, Eric Hollander
    Pediatric and neurological assessment and targeted treatments / Andrew Ligsay, Jennifer M Bain, Jeremy Veenstra-Vanderweele, Randi Hagerman
    Cognitive assessment / Marianne Barton, Julia Chen, Cara Cordeaux, and Deborah Fein
    Behavioral treatment / MacDonald, R.F., Parry-Cruwys, D., & Peterson, P.
    The developmental, individual difference, relationship based model for assessment and intervention (the DIR model) / Serena Wieder and Gilbert Foley
    Autism interventions in schools / Christina Kang Toolan and Connie Kasari
    Language, communication and occupational therapy interventions / Leonard Abbeduto, Laura Greiss Hess, Julia Wilbarger, Andrea McDuffie
    Complementary and integrative approaches / Robert L Hendren, Felicia Widjaja, Brittany Lawton
    Transcranial magnetic stimulation and non-invasive brain stimulation / Peter G. Enticott, Stefano Pallanti, Eric Hollander.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2018
  • Digital
    volume editors, Marion Leboyer, Pauline Chaste.
    Contents:
    From autism to autism spectrum disorders in the DSM-V / Gillberg, C.
    Autism spectrum disorders and coexisting mental health problems / Ståhlberg, O., Nilsson, T., Lundström, S., Anckarsäter, H.
    Autism and medical comorbidities / Schiff, M., Asato, M.R.
    The cognitive profile in autism spectrum disorders / Mandy, W., Murin, M., Skuse, D.
    Social functioning in autism / Merhoum, N.; Mengarelli, F.; Mottolese, R.; Andari, E.; Sirigu, A.
    Sensory processing in autism / Behrmann, M.; Minshew, N.J.
    On the neuroimaging of autism in the context of human brain diversity / Houenou, J., Chaste, P.
    Architecture of the genetic risk for autism / Chaste, P., Devlin, B.
    Molecular pathways in autistic spectrum disorders / Gallagher, L., Shen, S., Anney, R.
    Environmental factors and autism spectrum disorder / Persico, A.M., Merelli, S.
    Early signs and early intervention / Freitag, C.M.
    Psychotropic treatment of autism / Pallanti, S., Bencini, L., Cantisani, A., Hollander, E.
    Digital Access Karger 2015
  • Digital
    Bernardo Barahona Corrêa, Rutger-Jan van der Gaag, editors.
    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: 1. Autism Spectrum Disorders: Developmental History of a Concept / Rutger-Jan van der Gaag
    2. Neurobiology of Autism Spectrum Disorders / Gabriela J. Martins
    3. The Clinical Neuropsychology of ASD / Anne Geeke Lever
    4. Outcomes for Adults with Autism Spectrum Disorder and Intellectual Disability / Eddie Chaplin
    5. The High-Functioning Group: High-Functioning Autism and Asperger Syndrome in Adults / Bernardo Barahona-Correa
    6. Ageing with Autistic-Spectrum Disorder (ASD) / Barbara Maier
    7. Autism in Girls and Women / Patricia van Wijngaarden-Cremers
    8. Psychiatric and Neurological Problems in Adults with Autism Spectrum Disorders / Carlos Nunes Filipe
    9. Adult Outcomes and Supported Employment Strategies / Sandra Pinho
    10. The Institutional and Community Care for Adults with Autistic Spectrum Disorders / Jan-Pieter Teunisse
    11. Sense and Sensibility: Forensic Issues with Autism Spectrum Disorders / David Murphy.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    editor, Petros Efthimiou.
    Summary: References; Chapter 5: Blau Syndrome; Introduction; Clinical Features; Dermatitis; Arthritis; Uveitis; Other Manifestations; Pathophysiology; Genetic Mutations; Histology and Morphology; Diagnosis; Management; Prognosis; Summary; References; Chapter 6: Deficiency of the Interleukin-1 Receptor Antagonist (DIRA); Clinical Manifestations; Laboratory; Genetics; Functional Implications; Animal Models; Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis; Prognosis; Treatment; References; Chapter 7: Deficiency of the Interleukin-36 Receptor Antagonist (DITRA) and Generalized Pustular Psoriasis; Epidemiology
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Edmond I. "Ted" Eger, II, MD ; editors, Steven L. Shafer, MD, Lynn Spitler, MD.
    Summary: "Written both for family and friends as well as for anesthesiologists and anesthesia researchers, Autobiography of a Persistent Anesthesiologist is the fascinating story of the life and accomplishments of Dr. Edmond I. "Ted" Eger II in his own words. Both conversational and educational, this unique volume covers the family history, training, and storied career of a remarkable man and esteemed anesthesiologist and researcher. Family stories, a love of mountain climbing, and personal life events are conveyed in an informal style as if the reader is having a conversation with the author; scientific topics such as MAC, pharmacokinetics, and mechanisms of anesthetic action are covered in a precise, detailed manner intended to deepen readers' understanding of the clinical concepts that govern inhaled anesthetic pharmacology, making them easier to understand an incorporate into practice. In this autobiography, the science of anesthetic pharmacology is inseparable from other aspects of Dr. Eger's story-just as it was in his life. Edmond I "Ted" Eger II, MD (1930-2017) was the world's leading expert on anesthetic uptake and distribution. His research at the University of California, San Francisco is the basis for the safe use of modern inhaled anesthetics administered to more than 300 million patients every year. He was the author of seven books and dozens of book chapters as well as more than 500 peer-reviewed publications; recipient of nine of the 100 most highly cited anesthesia-related publications; and recipient of numerous other awards including the American Society of Anesthesiologists Distinguished Service Award and the ASA Excellence in Research Award. Steven L. Shafer, MD was personally chosen by Dr. Eger to edit his autobiography. Dr. Shafer is a leader in anesthesiology, edited Anesthesia & Analgesia from 2006 through 2016, and is the current editor of ASA's newsletter Monitor"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2022
  • Digital/Print
    Ben Barres [foreword by Nancy Hopkins].
    Summary: Ben Barres was known for his groundbreaking scientific work and for his groundbreaking advocacy for gender equality in science. In this book, completed shortly before his death from pancreatic cancer in December 2017, Barres (born Barbara Barres in 1954) describes a life full of remarkable accomplishments-from his childhood as a precocious math and science whiz to his experiences as a female student at MIT in the 1970s to his female-to-male transition in his forties, to his scientific work and role as teacher and mentor at Stanford. Barres recounts his early life-his interest in science, first manifested as a fascination with the mad scientist in Superman; his academic successes; and his gender confusion. Barres felt even as a very young child that he was assigned the wrong gender. After years of being acutely uncomfortable in his own skin, Barres transitioned from female to male. He reports he felt nothing but relief on becoming his true self. He was proud to be a role model for transgender scientists. As an undergraduate at MIT, Barres experienced discrimination, but it was after transitioning that he realized how differently male and female scientists are treated. He became an advocate for gender equality in science, and later in life responded pointedly to Larry Summers's speculation that women were innately unsuited to be scientists. Privileged white men, Barres writes, "miss the basic point that in the face of negative stereotyping, talented women will not be recognized." At Stanford, Barres made important discoveries about glia, the most numerous cells in the brain, and he describes some of his work. "The most rewarding part of his job," however, was mentoring young scientists. That, and his advocacy for women and transgender scientists, ensures his legacy.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QP353.4.B37 A3 2018
    1
  • Digital
    Naveed Sami, editor.
    Contents:
    Bullous pemphigoid
    Epidermolysis Bullosa Acquisita
    Linear IgA Bullous Disease
    Dermatitis Herpetiformis
    Bullous pemphigoid
    Epidermolysis Bullosa Acquisita
    Linear IgA Bullous Disease
    Dermatitis Herpetiformis
    Pemphigoid Gestationis
    Pediatric Bullous Diseases
    Pemphigus Vulgaris
    Pemphigus Foliaceus
    Ocular Cicatricial Pemphigoid
    Mucous Membrane Pemphigoid (extra ocular)
    Local therapy
    Systemic Steroids
    Pemphigoid Gestationis.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Marcel F. Jonkman, editor.
    Contents:
    Part I: Immunology and diagnostic tests-B-cells, autoantibodies and isotypes
    Dermatological examination of bullous diseases
    How to take a biopsy
    Direct immunofluorescence
    Indirect immunofluorescence
    Immunoblot
    ELISA testing
    Part II: Pemphigus-Structure of desmosomes
    Pemphigus foliaceus
    Pemphigus vulgaris
    Paraneoplastic pemphigus
    IgA pemphigus
    Part III: Pemphigoids-Structure of hemidesmosomes and basement membrane zone
    Cutaneous pemphigoid
    Mucous membrane pemphigoid
    Epidermolysis bullosa acquisita
    Bullous systemic lupus erythematosus
    Linear IgA Disease
    Part IV: Other inflammatory bullous diseases-Dermatitis herpetiformis
    Erythema multiforme
    Porphyria and pseudoporphyria
    Bullous dermatitis artefacta
    Part V: Resources-Patient support groups
    International centres for AIBD.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Barbara Horváth, editor.
    Summary: This extensively revised new edition provides a quick study and reference guide for physicians who treat patients with autoimmune bullous diseases (AIBDs), the most life-threatening inflammatory diseases of the skin. AIBDs are rare, comprising less than 1% of the dermatological patients and as such, they are often given little focus in general dermatology literature, despite being complicated and demanding diseases to manage. Chapters cover the latest developments in diagnostic assays and the use of pemphigoids. New contributions include how AIBD affects children and the care of wounds in instances of blistering disease from the perspective of a nurse practitioner. Autoimmune Bullous Diseases: Text and Review is written in a direct and simple style with tables and figures to illustrate this difficult field practically. At the end of each chapter the reader is challenged to check the learned matter with multiple-choice questions, while it contains protocols and follows international guidelines, making it suitable study material for courses on autoimmune bullous diseases. Residents and researchers in dermatology and adjacent disciplines will find this book useful as a quick guide when dealing with these patients.

    Contents:
    Basic Principles of the Immune System and Autoimmunity
    Dermatological examination of bullous diseases
    How to take a biopsy
    Direct Immunofluorescence Microscopy
    Indirect Immunofluorescence Microscopy
    Immuno-assays
    Structure of Desmosomes
    Pemphigus vulgaris
    Pemphigus foliaceus
    Paraneoplastic pemphigus
    IgA Pemphigus
    Drug-induced pemphigus
    Structure of hemidesmosomes and the epidermal basement membrane zone
    Pemphigoid Diseases Affecting the Skin
    Mucous membrane pemphigoid
    Epidermolysis bullosa acquisita
    Bullous systemic lupus erythematosus
    Linear IgA bullous dermatosis
    Drug-induced Pemphigoid and Linear IgA Disease
    Dermatitis herpetiformis
    Stevens Johnson syndrome / toxic epidermal necrolysis and erythema exsudativum multiforme
    Porphyria Cutanea Tarda and Pseudoporphyria
    Bullous dermatitis artefacta
    Autoimmune bullous diseases in childhood
    Wound care in autoimmune bullous diseases
    Appendix: Patient support groups and international centers for AIBD.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Noel Richard Rose, Ian R. MacKay.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    edited by Noel R. Rose, Ian R. Mackay.
    Contents:
    Autoimmune disease: reflections and projections
    Autoimmunity: a history of the early struggle for recognition
    General features of autoimmune disease
    Innate and adaptive systems of immunity
    Immunological tolerance: T cells
    T cells and their subsets in autoimmunity
    The role of invariant natural killer T cells in autoimmune diseases
    B-cell development: how to become one of the chosen ones
    B cell activation and b cell tolerance
    Macrophages and autoimmunity
    Dendritic cells in autoimmune disease
    Natural killer cells
    Granulocytes: neutrophils, basophils, eosinophils
    The roles and contributions of the complement system in the pathophysiology of autoimmune diseases
    Cytokines, their receptors and signals
    Cell death and autoimmune disease
    Autophagy in autoimmunity
    Effector mechanisms in autoimmunity
    Diet, the gut microbiome, and autoimmune diseases
    Noninfectious environmental agents and autoimmunity
    Microbial infection as a trigger of T-cell autoimmunity
    Autoimmune diseases: the role for vaccines
    Genetic predisposition, humans
    Sexual dimorphism in the immune system
    Epigenetics of autoimmune diseases
    Genetic predisposition to autoimmune diseases conferred by the major histocompatibility complex: utility of animal models
    Animal models of organ-specific autoimmune disease
    Autoimmunity in primary immunodeficiency disorders
    Animal models: systemic autoimmune diseases
    Systemic lupus erythematosus
    Systemic sclerosis (scleroderma)
    Antiphospholipid syndrome
    Sjogren’s syndrome
    Rheumatoid arthritis
    Juvenile idiopathic arthritis
    Spondyloarthritides
    The autoimmune myopathies
    Immunoglobulin g4-related disease
    Polyendocrine syndromes
    Thyroid disease
    Autoimmune (type 1) diabetes
    Adrenalitis
    Autoimmune hypophysitis
    Autoimmune gastritis and pernicious anemia
    Celiac disease
    Inflammatory bowel disease
    Autoimmune hemolytic anemia
    Immune thrombocytopenia: a complex autoimmune disease
    Acquired aplastic anemia
    Autoimmune clotting dysfunction
    Multiple sclerosis
    Peripheral neuropathies
    Myasthenia gravis and related disorders
    Ocular disease
    Immune-mediated inner ear disease
    Autoimmune and autoantibody-associated encephalomyelopathies
    Hepatitis
    Primary biliary cholangitis
    Autoimmune pancreatitis and immunoglobulin g4–related disease
    Autoimmune bullous skin diseases: pemphigus and pemphigoid
    Nonbullous skin diseases: alopecia areata, vitiligo, psoriasis, and urticaria
    Autoimmune orchitis and autoimmune oophoritis
    Rheumatic fever and rheumatic heart disease
    Myocarditis and dilated cardiomyopathy
    Necrotizing arteritis and small-vessel vasculitis
    Large and medium-vessel vasculitides
    Idiopathic and autoimmune interstitial lung disease
    Autoimmune diseases in the kidney
    Autoantibody assays: performance, interpretation, and standardization
    Prevention of autoimmune disease: the type diabetes paradigm
    Treatment of autoimmune disease: established therapies
    Emerging biological and molecular therapies in autoimmune disease
    Cameos: candidates and curiosities.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    Hiromasa Ohira, editor.
    Summary: Autoimmune Liver Diseases summarizes the recent high-impact research and clinical findings obtained in Japan in the study and treatment of autoimmune liver diseases. Although these disorders are relatively rare, they are recognized as an important group of refractory liver diseases, the most common of which are autoimmune hepatitis (AIH) and primary biliary cirrhosis (PBC). The book therefore comprises two major sections, one dealing with AIH, the other with PBC. AIH in Japanese patients creates a unique disease population, as its clinical features are different from those of Western patients resulting from the different genetic background of the two patient populations. Also, mouse models of neonatal thymectomy-PD-1 knockout mice, clinical analyses of acute hepatitis-like manifestations, and research findings on IgG4-related autoimmune hepatitis have been reported in Japan and are included in this book. A disease-susceptibility gene specific to Japanese PBC patients has also recently been discovered. Because of the relatively homogeneous population of Japan, analyses conducted with Japanese PBC patients have yielded findings that are highly relevant to the pathogenesis of the disease. Furthermore, new pathological staging criteria, anti-gp210 antibodies and the basis they provide for improved accuracy of prognosis, treatment with bezafibrate, and the outcomes of living-donor liver transplantation are also presented here. This volume therefore serves as a useful resource not only for hepatologists, but also for researchers, clinical residents, and medical students both in Japan and in other countries.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    volume editors, Sean J. Pittock and Angela Vincent.
    Summary: Autoimmune Neurology presents the latest information on autoimmune neurologic disease, the immune response to the body where organs run wild, causing the immune system to attack itself. Autoimmunity is a main element in numerous nervous system diseases and can target any structure within the central or peripheral nervous system. Over the past 20 years, significant advances in our understanding of the pathophysiology of autoimmune disorders, including the use of biomarkers has led to new diagnosis and treatment options. Neurologic conditions associated with autoimmune reactions include dementia, neuromuscular disease, epilepsy, sleep disorders, diabetes, and other common neurologic disorders and disease. This current tutorial-reference will be a must-have title for clinical neurologists, research neurologists, neuroscientists, and any medical professional working with autoimmune disease and disorders.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2016
  • Digital
    Terumi Kamisawa, Jae Bock Chung, editors.
    Summary: This book provides up-to-date information on all aspects of autoimmune pancreatitis, a unique form of pancreatitis characterized clinically by frequent presentation with obstructive jaundice and dramatic response to steroids, histologically by a lymphoplasmacytic infiltrate with fibrosis, and radiologically by pancreatic enlargement. Current concepts regarding the disease and its classification into subtypes 1 and 2 are explained, and clinical, serological, and histopathological findings are carefully described. Imaging features on all the relevant modalities are illustrated, covering both the pancreas and other involved organs. Current and emerging therapeutic strategies, including steroids, immunomodulatory drugs, and rituximab, are then discussed. The reader will find the book to be an excellent aid to the diagnosis of autoimmune pancreatitis and its differentiation from pancreatobiliary malignancies, as well as a clear guide to treatment.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Yoji Ishida, Yoshiaki Tomiyama, editors.
    Contents:
    Part 1 Introduction
    1 Megakaryocytopoiesis and thrombocytopoisis
    Part 2 History
    2 History
    Part 3 Epidemiology
    3 Epidemiology
    Part 4 Pathophysiology
    4 Platelet membrane glycoproteins
    5 Autoantigens in ITP
    6 T cell abnormalities
    Part 5 Clinical manifestation
    7 ITP in adults
    8 ITP in childhood
    Part 6 Diagnosis
    9 Diagnosis in general
    10 Differential Diagnosis: Secondary ITP
    11 Differential Diagnosis: Hereditary thrombocytopenia
    12 Differential Diagnosis: Aplastic thrombocytopenia
    Part 7 Treatment of Adults
    13 Helicobacter pylori (H. pylori) eradication
    14 Steroid
    15 High dose Immunnoglobulin
    16 Splenectomy
    17 Rituximab
    18 TPO-R agonist
    19 Others (Syk inhibitor and Other medications)
    20 Transfusion
    21 Therapy in pregnancy
    Part 8 Treatment of Children
    22 Treatment of Children.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Klaus Ueberreiter, editor.
    Summary: This book describes the latest autologous fat transfer techniques used in connection with wrinkles, breast augmentation, breast reconstruction after ablation, middle face augmentation, scars, chronic wounds, gluteal augmentation and rejuvenation of the hand. All autologous fat transfer techniques, such as BEAULI, Coleman, Shippert, and Khouri, are explained with regard to successful transplantation and reinjection. Further, the book includes chapters on patient prerequisites, patient education, treatment documentation, and objective post-treatment assessment of the outcome using volumetric documentation. The practical presentation of the information, together with a wealth of illustrations, makes this book a valuable guide for plastic and aesthetic surgeons, dermatologists, oral and maxillofacial surgeons, gynecologists and all other specialists in aesthetic surgery who offer reconstructive or aesthetic autologous treatments.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Brief History of Autologous Fat Transfer
    Basic knowledge
    Principles of Transfer
    Patient precondition
    Current Techniques
    Patient information
    Documentation
    Face
    Breast
    Gluteal Augmentation
    Rejunevation of the Hand
    Volume defects in extremities
    Chronic wounds
    Burn Scars
    Arthrosis
    Follow-up Treatment
    Volumetric Documentation- Future developments.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Riemer H.J.A. Slart, René A. Tio, Philip H. Elsinga, Markus Schwaiger, editors.
    Summary: This book explains in detail the potential value of the hybrid modalities, SPECT-CT and PET-CT, in the imaging of cardiac innervation in a wide range of conditions and diseases, including ischemic heart disease, diabetes mellitus, heart failure, amyloidosis, heart transplantation, and ventricular arrhythmias. Imaging of the brain-heart axis in neurodegenerative disease and stress and of cardiotoxicity is also discussed. The roles of the various available tracers are fully considered, and individual chapters address radiopharmaceutical development under GMP, imaging physics, and kinetic modeling software. Highly relevant background information is included on the autonomic nervous system of the heart and its pathophysiology, and in addition future perspectives are discussed. Awareness of the importance of autonomic innervation of the heart for the optimal management of cardiac patients is growing, and there is an evident need for objective measurement techniques or imaging modalities. In this context, Autonomic Innervation of the Heart will be of wide interest to clinicians, researchers, and industry.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Autonomic nervous system of the heart
    Pathophysiology of the autonomic nervous system of the heart
    Tracers for Presynaptic Cardiac Innervation
    Tracers of Adrenergic Receptors
    Tracers of the Parasympathetic System
    Radiopharmaceuticals production under GMP
    Physics of PET-CT and SPECT-CT
    Kinetics & software PET
    SPECT-CT imaging of autonomic innervation in heart diseases
    PET-CT imaging of autonomic innervation in heart diseases
    Imaging ischemic heart disease
    Imaging diabetes mellitus
    Imaging heart failure
    Imaging amyloidosis
    Imaging heart transplantation
    Imaging ventricular arrhythmias
    Guided therapy & imaging
    Imaging the functional brain-heart axis: neurodegenerative diseases
    Imaging the functional brain-heart axis: mental stress & anxiety
    Imaging cardiotoxicity: the effects of chemo- and mono-clonal antibody therapy on autonomic innervation
    Imaging cardiotoxicity: the effect of radiotherapy on autonomic innervation
    Summary and Future Perspectives: PET-MRI Imaging of cardiac Innervation, fluorescence imaging of cardiac innervation
    Epilog
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Sudhansu Chokroverty, Pietro Cortelli, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive book addresses all elements of the autonomic nervous system (ANS) and sleep interaction, as well as ANS alterations in sleep and how these impact primary and comorbid sleep dysfunction. It meets the market need for a comprehensive text that deals with ANS changes in sleep and how these impact various neurological, medical, and primary sleep disorders. Organized into three parts, the book begins with a review of the foundational bodily systems that participate in coordination of ANS activity with other homeostatic responses such as respiration, cardiovascular reflexes, and responses to stress. Part two then examines methods of laboratory evaluation and the why, when, how of interpreting heart rate variability in sleep. To conclude, the final section of the book broadly covers the many clinical aspects of ANS, including insomnia, restless leg syndrome, sleep apnea, sleep related epilepsy, and acute autonomic neuropathy. Autonomic Nervous System and Sleep enhances the reader's understanding of the pathophysiology of various disorders, and explains how to apply this profound understanding is important to new lines of therapy to improve morbidity.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Part I: BASICS.-Chapter 2. Central Autonomic Network
    Chapter 3. Functional Neuroanatomy of the Peripheral Autonomic Nervous System
    Chapter 4. Functional Neuroanatomy and Mechanism of Sleep.-Chapter 5. Physiological Changes in the Autonomic Nervous System during Sleep
    Chapter 6. Brain-Heart Interaction: Cardiovascular Reflexes
    Chapter 7. Sleep and Circadian Regulation of the Autonomic Nervous System
    Chapter 8. Nocturnal Arousal Phenomenon and the Autonomic Nervous System
    PART II LABORATORY EVALUATION
    Chapter 9. Methods of Laboratory Evaluation of the Autonomic Nervous System in Wakefulness and Sleep
    Chapter 10. Interpreting Heart Rate Variability in Sleep: Why, When, How?
    Chapter 11. Laboratory Evaluation of Sleep Disorders: PSG, MSLT, MWT, and Actigraphy
    PART III CLINICAL ASPECTS.-Chapter 12. An Approach to a Patient with Suspected Autonomic Failure and Sleep Dysfunction
    Chapter 13. Obstructive Sleep Apnea in Adults and the Autonomic Nervous System
    Chapter 14. Primary Insomnia and Dysautonomia
    Chapter 15. Restless Leg Syndrome, Periodic Limb Movements, ad Dysautonomia
    Chapter 16. NREM-Related Parasomnias and Dysautonomia
    Chapter 17. Narcolepsy, Idiopathic Hypersomnia, and Dysautonomia
    Chapter 18. Fatal Familial Insomnia
    Chapter 19.Sleep-Related Epilepsy, Dysautonomia, and Sudden Nocturnal Death
    Chapter 20. The Postural Tachycardia Syndrome (PoTS)
    Chapter 21. Congenital Central Hypoventilation Syndrome
    Chapter 22. Autonomic Dysfunction in Parasomnias of REM Sleep
    Chapter 23. Multiple System Atrophy
    Chapter 24. Pure Autonomic Failure
    Chapter 25. Acute Autonomic Neuropathy
    Chapter 26. Familial Dysautonomia
    Chapter 27. Diabetic Autonomic Neuropathy
    Chapter 28. Spinal Cord Lesion and Dysautonomia
    Chapter 29. Dysautonomia and Sleep Dysfunction in Pediatric Practice
    Chapter 30. Autonomic Regulation of Sleep-Related Gastrointestinal Function.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    Eduardo E. Benarroch.
    Contents:
    Central autonomic network
    Anatomy and function of the peripheral autonomic system
    Autonomic neurotransmission
    Autonomic pharmacology
    Evaluation of autonomic disorders
    Neurogenic orthostatic hypotension
    Postural tachycardia syndrome
    Baroreflex failure
    Syncope and other causes of transient loss of consciousness
    Disorders of sweating
    Neurogenic bladder and sexual dysfunction
    Gastrointestinal dysmotility
    Autonomic hyperactivity
    Neurodegenerative autonomic disorders
    Autonomic neuropathies
    Neuropathic pain disorders with autonomic component
    Autoimmune autonomic disorders
    Focal disorders of the cerebral hemispheres and brainstem
    Focal disorders of the spinal cord
    Chronic pain disorders with autonomic features.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC346 .B46 2014
    1
  • Digital
    Zheng-Hong Qin, editor.
    Summary: This book series consists of 3 volumes covering the basic science (Volume 1), clinical science (Volume 2) and the technology and methodology (Volume 3) of autophagy. Volume 1 focuses on the biology of autophagy, including the signaling pathways, regulating processes and biological functions. Autophagy is a fundamental physiological process in eukaryotic cells. It not only regulates normal cellular homeostasis, and organ development and function, but also plays an important role in the pathogenesis of a wide range of human diseases. Thanks to the rapid development of molecular biology and omic technologies, research on autophagy has boomed in recent decades, and more and more cellular and animal models and state-of the-art technologies are being used to shed light on the complexity of signaling networks involved in the autophagic process. Further, its involvement in biological functions and the pathogenesis of various diseases has attracted increased attention around the globe. Presenting cutting-edge knowledge, this book series is a useful reference resource for researchers and clinicians who are working on or interested in autophagy.

    Contents:
    History and current status of autophagy research
    Regulation of ATG and autophagy initiation
    Regulation of autophagy by mTOR signaling pathway
    AMPK and autophagy
    Beclin 1, Bcl-2 and autophagy
    TP53, TP53 target genes (DRAM, TIGAR) and autophagy
    Ca(2+) ion and autophagy
    Endoplasmic reticulum stress and autophagy
    Oxidative stress and autophagy
    Noncoding RNAs and atophagy
    Epigenetic regulation of autophagy
    Protein modification and autophagy activation
    Other molecular mechanisms regulating Autophagy
    The role of nanomaterials in autophagy
    Structural basis of autophagy regulatory proteins
    Autophagy and energy metabolism
    Autophagy and lipid metabolism
    Autophagy and the metabolism of misfolding protein
    Autophagy in mitochondrial quality control
    Chaperone-mediated autophagy
    Autophagy in reproduction
    Autophagy in development and differentiation
    Autophagy in normal stem cells and specialized cells
    Autophagy, aging and longevity
    Autophagy and the ubiquitin-proteasome system
    Immuno-signal and autophagy regulation
    Autophagy and the immune response
    Autophagy and immune tolerance
    Autophagy and cell survival and death
    Coordination of autophagy and other cellular activities.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Weidong Le, editor.
    Contents:
    1.3.4 Prion Disease and Autophagy
    1.4 Conclusion
    References
    2 Autophagy and Parkinson's Disease
    2.1 The Pathogenesis of Parkinson's Disease
    2.1.1 Pathogenesis of Parkinson's Disease
    2.1.2 Molecular Pathogenesis
    2.2 The Roles of Autophagy in the Pathogenesis of PD
    2.2.1 PD-Related Genes and Autophagy
    2.2.2 Oxidative Damage, Mitochondrial Dysfunction and Autophagy
    2.2.3 Selective Autophagy
    2.2.4 Lysosome Function and Autophagy
    2.2.5 Synaptic Vesicle Trafficking and Autophagy
    2.2.6 Neurotoxic Parkinson's Disease Model and Autophagy 2.3 Autophagy Regulation in PD Treatment
    2.3.1 Small Molecular Autophagy Regulators in PD Models
    2.3.2 Autophagy-Related Genes Regulation in PD Models
    2.4 Conclusion
    References
    3 Autophagy and Motor Neuron Diseases
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 SOD1 and Autophagy
    3.2.1 Degradation of mSOD1 Protein
    3.2.2 SOD1 and Autophagic Flux
    3.3 TDP-43 and Autophagy
    3.3.1 Degradation of TDP-43 Protein
    3.3.2 Loss-of-Function
    3.4 C9orf72 and Autophagy
    3.4.1 Loss-of-Function of the C9orf72 Protein
    3.4.2 RNA-Mediated Toxicity 3.4.3 Dipeptide Repeat Proteins Gain-of-Function Mechanism
    3.4.4 C9orf72 and Autophagy
    3.5 Other ALS-Related Genes and Autophagy
    3.5.1 Ubiquilin-2
    3.5.2 VCP
    3.5.3 Sequestosome 1/P62
    3.5.4 Optineurin (OPTN)
    3.5.5 CHMP2B
    3.5.6 TANK-binding enzyme 1 (TBK1)
    3.5.7 Factor-Induced Gene 4 (FIG4)
    3.6 Dysfunction of Autophagy in ALS
    3.6.1 Altered Autophagy in SOD1-G93A Mice
    3.6.2 Defects at Different Stages of Autophagy in ALS
    3.6.3 Initiation Stage: Substrates Sequestration
    3.6.4 Maturation Stage: Autophagosome-Lysosome Fusion 3.7 Therapeutic Effects of Autophagic Inducers on ALS
    3.7.1 Lithium
    3.7.2 Other Autophagic Inducers
    3.8 Conclusion
    References
    4 Autophagy and Prion Disease
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Prion Diseases
    4.2.1 The History of Prion Diseases
    4.2.2 Prion and Related Disease
    4.3 The Mechanism of Prion Disease
    4.3.1 The Function of PrP
    4.3.2 Prion-Like Protein
    4.3.3 The Mechanism of Prion Protein Toxicity
    4.4 The Function of Autophagy in Prion Diseases
    4.4.1 The Discovery of Autophagy in Prion Diseases
    4.4.2 Mechanisms of Autophagic Activation in Prion Diseases
    4.4.3 The Intervention of Autophagy in Prion Diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Zhiping Xie, editor.
    Summary: This book series consists of 3 volumes covering the basic science (Volume 1), clinical science (Volume 2) and the technology and methodology (Volume 3) of autophagy. Volume 3 focuses on the technical aspects of autophagy research. It is comprised of two parts. The first part discusses the basic process of autophagy, including its overall classification and individual stages in the life cycle of autophagosomes. The second part discusses the tools, strategies, and model systems in current autophagy research, including cell and animal models, detection and manipulation methods, as well as screening, genomic, proteomic and bioinformatic approaches. The book is written and edited by a team of active scientists. It is intended as a practical reference resource for interested researchers to get started on autophagy studies.

    Contents:
    Morphology Study Optical Microscopy Imaging, Electron Microscopy Imaging, Confocal Microscopy Imaging, Live Cell Imaging
    Methods to Detect Autophagic Flux
    Biomarkers in Autophagy
    Drugs and Molecular Biology Technology in Autophagy Study
    Animal Models in Autophagy Study.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by M.A. Hayat.
    Contents:
    Volume 1. Molecular mechanisms
    Volume 2. Role in general diseases
    Volume 3. Role in specific diseases
    Volume 4. Mitophagy
    Volume 5. Role in human diseases
    Volume 6. Regulation of autophagy and selective autophagy
    Volume 7. Role of autophagy in therapeutic applications
    Volume 8
    Volume 9. Human diseases and autophagosome
    Volume 10
    Volume 11
    Volume 12.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
  • Digital
    edited by William T. Jackson and Michele S. Swanson.
    Contents:
    Autophagy and immunity / Xu Liu and Daniel J. Klionsky
    Techniques for studying autophagy / Isei Tanida and Masato Koike
    Role of autophagy in DNA virus infections in vivo / Xionan Dong and Beth Levine
    Studying RNA viruses and autophagy in vivo / Mehrdad Alirezaei and J. Lindsay Whitton
    Autophagy and picornavirus infection / Tom Wileman, Zhigang Zhou, Matthew Whelband, Eleanor Cottam, Stephen Berryman, Terry Jackson, and Rebecca Roberts
    Flaviviruses and autophagy / Tristan X. Jordan and Glenn Randall
    Autophagy : a home remodeler for Hepatitis C virus / Marine L.B. Hillaire, Elodie Decembre, and Marlene Dreux
    Modulating autophagy to cure Human Immunodeficiency Virus type-1 / Stephen A. Spector and Grant R. Campbell
    Autophagy in the infected cell : insights from pathogenic bacteria / Andrea Sirianni and Serge Mostowy
    Rab proteins in autophagy: streptococcus model / Ichiro Nakagawa
    Helicobacter pylori infection control by autophagy / Laura K. Greenfield, Frances Dang, and Nicola L. Jones
    Interactions between salmonella and the autophagy system / Teresa L.M. Thurston and David W. Holden
    Host factors that recruit autophagy as defense against toxoplasma gondii / Carlos S. Subauste
    Mycobacterium tuberculosis and the autophagic pathway / Gabriela María Recalde and María Isabel Colombo
    Autophagy enhances the efficacy of BCG vaccine / Arshad Khan, Christopher R. Singh, Emily Soudani, Pearl Bakhru, Sankaralingam Saikolappan, Jeffrey D. Cirillo, N. Tony Eissa, Subramanian Dhandayuthapani, and Chinnaswamy Jagannath
    Autophagy's contribution to innate and adaptive immunity : an overview / Christina Bell, Michel Desjardins, Pierre Thibault, and Kerstin Radtke
    Autophagy in immune responses to viruses / Christophe Viret and Mathias Faure
    Processing and MHC presentation of antigens after autophagy-assisted endocytosis, exocytosis and cytoplasm degradation / Christian Münz.
    Digital Access Wiley 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Jun Ren, James R. Sowers, Yingmei Zhang.
    Summary: Autophagy and Cardiometabolic Diseases: From Moleculer Mechanisms to Translational Medicine covers the science of autophagy in relation to cardiometabolic diseases and the future therapeutic potentials of autophagy regulation in these processes. Processes are not described in isolation, but in concert with other cellular and/or metabolic processes, such as lipogenesis, glucose, energy metabolism and apoptosis. This approach recognizes the multifactorial nature of cardiometabolic diseases, including obesity, diabetes, insulin resistance, hypertension and dyslipidemia. The book provides explanations, while also distinguishing the delicate role for autophagy in pathogenesis and exploring complications for cardiometabolic diseases. By targeting autophagy, it offers new avenues for drug discovery and treatment for cardiometabolic anomalies. It is a perfect resource for cardiology researchers, scientists and medical practitioners.

    Contents:
    Section I. Cell biology of cardiometabolic syndrome and autophagy
    Section II. Autophagy and pathogenesis of cardiometabolic disease
    Section III. Autophagy and complications of cadiometabolic disease
    Section IV. Translational approach of autophagy
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    edited by David A. Gewirtz, Paul B. Fisher.
    Summary: Advances in Cancer Research, Volume 150, the latest release in this ongoing series, covers the relationship(s) between autophagy and senescence, how they are defined, and the influence of these cellular responses on tumor dormancy and disease recurrence. Specific sections in this new release include Autophagy and senescence, converging roles in pathophysiology, Cellular senescence and tumor promotion: role of the unfolded protein response, autophagy and senescence in cancer stem cells, Targeting the stress support network regulated by autophagy and senescence for cancer treatment, Autophagy and PTEN in DNA damage-induced senescence, mTOR as a senescence manipulation target: A forked road, and more.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2021
  • Digital/Print
    Maria Chiara Maiuri, Daniela De Stefano, editors.
    Contents:
    Autophagy in direct pathogen elimination (Xenophagy)
    Autophagy and pattern recognition receptors
    Autophagy and inflammasomes
    Autophagy and Antigen presentation
    Autophagy and regulation of T and B cell function
    Autophagy in chronic inflammation
    The complex crosstalk between autophagy and ROS
    Lipophagy
    Autophagy, phagocytosis and entosis: who eats whom?- Which is the cell fate of inflammatory cells ? Autophagic cell death, pyroptosis, netosis, apoptosis, necrosis
    Host defence (virus/bacteria)
    Neurological diseases
    Pulmonary diseases (emphysema, COPD, etc.)
    Inflammatory bowel disease
    Target autophagy as a novel therapeutic strategy in autoimmune diseases
    Liver and pancreatic diseases
    Obesity
    Aging
    Overview on clinical trials.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QH603.L9 A98 2016
    1
  • Digital
    Jun Cui, editor.
    Summary: This book discusses novel concepts and discoveries concerning the regulation of innate immunity by autophagy and autophagy-related proteins. In the past decade, there have been major advances in our understanding of the molecular mechanisms of autophagy and its physiological functions. This book highlights emerging studies on the underlying mechanisms of autophagy regulation of innate immunity, including inflammation, antiviral immunity and anti-bacterial responses and the signaling pathways that prompt or inhibit the initiation and progression of related diseases. It also offers new ideas and strategies for future drugs based on manipulating autophagy, especially selective autophagy mediated by cargo receptors. Providing a comprehensive overview of the autophagy regulation of innate immunity, it is a valuable resource for graduate students and researchers in the fields of immunology, cell biology and translational medicine.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Autophagy Regulation of Mammalian Immune Cells
    Autophagy in Plant Immunity
    Autophagy Regulation of Bacterial Pathogen Invasion
    Autophagy and viral infection
    The Interplay between Pattern Recognition Receptors and Autophagy in Inflammation
    Regulation of Inflammasome by Autophagy
    The Cross-regulation between Autophagy and Type I Interferon Signaling in Host Defense
    Selective Autophagy Regulates Innate Immunity through Cargo Receptor Network
    Autophagy and Immune-related Diseases
    Targeting Autophagy with Small-molecule Modulators in Immune-related diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    Andrew J. Connolly, Walter E. Finkbeiner, Philip C. Ursell, Richard L. Davis.
    Summary: A mainstay for pathology residents, Autopsy Pathology is designed with a uniquely combined manual and atlas format that presents today's most complete coverage of performing, interpreting, and reporting post-mortem examinations. This lasting and useful medical reference book offers a practical, step-by-step approach to discussing not only the basics of the specialty, but the performance of specialized autopsy procedures as well.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA1063.4 .F566 2016
    1
  • Digital
    edited by James Boardman, Alan Groves, Jayashree Ramasethu.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    [edited by] Christine A. Gleason, Sandra E. Juul.
    Summary: "Covering the evaluation and management of every key disease and condition affecting newborns, Avery's Diseases of the Newborn, by Drs. Christine A. Gleason and Sandra E. Juul, remains your #1 source for practical, clinically relevant information in this fast-changing field. You'll find the specific strategies you need to confidently diagnose and treat this unique patient population, in a full-color, easy-to-use single volume that focuses on key areas of practice. Now in a thoroughly revised 10th Edition, this highly respected reference is an authoritative clinical resource for neonatal practitioners"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Part I: Overview. Neonatal and perinatal epidemiology
    Biomedical informatics in neonatology
    Ethics, data, and policy in newborn intensive care
    Global neonatal health
    Part II: Fetal growth and development. The placenta
    Abnormalities of fetal growth
    Multiple gestations and assisted reproductive technology (ART)
    Prematurity and stillbirth
    Nonimmune hydrops
    Part III: Maternal health. Maternal diabetes
    Maternal medical disorders of fetal significance
    Hypertensive complications of pregnancy
    Prenatal drug exposure
    Part IV: Labor and delivery. Antepartum fetal assessment
    Complicated deliveries
    Obstetric analgesia and anesthesia
    Part V: Genetics. The human genome and neonatal care
    Prenatal diagnosis
    The dysmorphic infant
    Chromosome disorders
    Part VI: Metabolic disorders of the newborn. Introduction to metabolic and biochemical genetic diseases
    Inborn errors of carbohydrate, ammonia, amino acid, and organic acid metabolism
    Lysosomal storage, peroxisomal, and glycosylation disorders and Smith-Lemli-Opitz syndrome presenting in the neonate
    Part VII: Basic newborn care. Newborn resuscitation
    Newborn evaluation
    Newborn nursery care
    Newborn screening
    Part VIII: High-risk newborn care. Infant transport
    Temperature regulation
    Fluid, electrolyte and acid-base balance
    Extremely low-birth-weight infants
    Late preterm infants
    Neonatal pharmacology
    Neonatal pain and stress
    Palliative care
    Part IX: Immunology and infections. Immunology of the fetus and newborn
    Viral infections of the fetus and newborn
    Toxoplasmosis, syphilis, malaria, and tuberculosis
    Newborn sepsis and meningitis
    Nosocomial infections
    Fungal infections
    Part X: Respiratory system. Lung development
    Control of breathing
    Neonatal pulmonary physiology
    Neonatal respiratory therapy
    Respiratory disorders in the preterm infant
    Respiratory disorders in the term infant
    Bronchopulmonary dysplasia
    Surgical disorders of the chest and airways
    Part XI: Cardiovascular system. Developmental biology of the heart
    Cardiovascular compromise in the newborn
    Persistent pulmonary hypertension
    Fetal and neonatal echocardiography
    Patent ductus arteriosus in the preterm infant
    Congenital heart disease
    Perinatal arrhythmias
    Long-term neurologic outcomes in children with congenital heart disease
    Part XII: Neurologic system. Central nervous system development
    Congenital malformations of the central nervous system
    Brain injury in the preterm infant
    Brain injury in the term infant
    Neuroprotection strategies for the newborn
    Neonatal neuroimaging
    Neonatal neuromuscular disorders
    Neonatal seizures
    Risk assessment and neurodevelopmental outcomes
    Part XIII: Nutrition. Breastfeeding
    Enteral nutrition for the high-risk neonate
    Parenteral nutrition for the high-risk neonate
    Part XIV: Gastrointestinal system. Gastrointestinal tract development
    Structural anomalies of the gastrointestinal tract
    Innate and mucosal immunity in the developing gi tract
    Abdominal wall defects
    Neonatal gastroesopheageal reflux
    The intestinal microbiome
    Necrotizing enterocolitis and short bowel syndrome
    Disorders of the liver
    Part XV: Hematologic system and disorders of bilirubin metabolism. Developmental hematology
    Neonatal thrombotic disorders
    Neonatal platelet disorders
    Neonatal erythrocyte disorders
    Neonatal transfusion
    Neonatal leukocyte disorders
    Neonatal indirect hyperbilirubinemia and kernicterus
    Part XVI: Neoplasia. Congenital malignant disorders
    Part XVII: Renal and genitourinary systems. Renal development
    Developmental abnormalities of the kidneys
    Developmental abnormalities of the genitourinary system
    Clinical evaluation of renal and urinary tract disease
    Acute kidney injury and chronic kidney disease
    Glomerulonephropathies and disorders of tubular function
    Urinary tract infections
    Neonatal hypertension
    Part XVIII: Endocrine disorders. Developmental endocrinology
    Disorders of calcium and phosphorus metabolism
    Disorders of the adrenal gland
    Disorders of sexual differentiation
    Disorders of the thyroid gland
    Disorders of carbohydrate metabolism
    Part XIX: Craniofacial and orthopedic conditions. Craniofacial malformations
    Common neonatal orthopedic conditions
    Skeletal dysplasias and connective tissue disorders
    Part XX: Dermatologic conditions. Newborn skin: development and basic concepts
    Congenital and hereditary disorders of the skin
    Infections of the skin
    Common newborn dermatoses
    Cutaneous congenital defects
    Part XXI: The eye and ear. The eye and vision disorders
    The ear and hearing disorders.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Mhairi G. MacDonald, Mary M.K. Seshia.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    editor, Robert H.S. Kraus.
    Summary: Birds catch the public imagination like no other group of animals; in addition, birders are perhaps the largest non-professional naturalist community. Genomics and associated bioinformatics have revolutionised daily life in just a few decades. At the same time, this development has facilitated the application of genomics technology to ecological and evolutionary studies, including biodiversity and conservation at all levels. This book reveals how the exciting toolbox of genomics offers new opportunities in all areas of avian biology. It presents contributions from prominent experts at the intersection of avian biology and genomics, and offers an ideal introduction to the world of genomics for students, biologists and bird enthusiasts alike. The book begins with a historical perspective on how genomic technology was adopted by bird ecology and evolution research groups. This led, as the book explains, to a revised understanding of avian evolution, with exciting consequences for biodiversity research as a whole. Lastly, these impacts are illustrated using seminal examples and the latest discoveries from avian biology laboratories around the world.

    Contents:
    An introduction to "Avian genomics in ecology and evolution : from the lab into the wild" / Robert H.S. Kraus
    A historical perspective of avian genomics / Michael Wink
    Avian genomics in animal breeding and the end of the model organism / Alain Vignal and Lel Eory
    Avian chromosomal evolution / Joana Damas, Rebecca E. O'Connor, Darren K. Griffin, and Denis M. Larkin
    Repetitive DNA : the dark matter of avian genomics / Matthias H. Weissensteiner and Alexander Suh
    Resolving the avian tree of life from top to bottom : the promise and potential boundaries of the phylogenomic era / Edward L. Braun, Joel Cracraft, and Peter Houde
    Avian species concepts in the light of genomics / Jente Ottenburghs
    Population genomics and phylogeography / Jente Ottenburghs, Philip Lavretsky, Jeffrey L. Peters, Takeshi Kawakami, and Robert H.S. Kraus
    Avian population studies in the genomic era / Arild Husby, S. Eryn McFarlane, and Anna Qvarnström
    The contribution of genomics to bird conservation / Loren Cassin-Sackett, Andreanna J. Welch, Madhvi X. Venkatraman, Taylor E. Callicrate, and Robert C. Fleischer
    Jurassic Park : what did the genomes of dinosaurs look like? / Darren K. Griffin, Denis M. Larkin, and Rebecca E. O'Connor.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Karel Schat, Bernd Kaspers, Pete Kaiser.
    Summary: Provides an up-to-date overview of the current knowledge of avian immunology. From the ontogeny of the avian immune system to practical application in vaccinology, this book encompasses all aspects of innate and adaptive immunity in chickens.

    Contents:
    1. The importance of the avian immune system and its unique features / Fred Davison
    2. Structure of the avian lymphoid system / Imre Olah, Nandor Nagy and Lonneke Vervelde
    3. Development of the avian immune system / Julien S. Fellah [and three others]
    4. B cells, the Bursa of Fabricius and the generation of antibody repertoires / Michael J.H. Ratcliffe and Sonja Hartle
    5. Avian T cells : antigen recognition and lineages / Adrian L. Smith and Thomas W. Gobel
    6. Structure and evolution of avian immunoglobulins / Sonja Hartle [and four others]
    7. Innate immune responses / Helle R. Juul-Madsen [and four others]
    8. The avian MHC / Jim Kaufman
    9. Avian antigen-presenting cells / Bernd Kaspers and Pete Kaiser
    10. Avian cytokines and chemokines / Pete Kaiser and Peter Staheli
    11. Immunogenetics and the mapping of immunological functions / Susan J. Lamont, Jack C.M. Dekkers and Huaijun Zhou
    12. The mucosal immune system / Bernd Kaspers, Karel A. Schat and Pete Kaiser
    13. The avian enteric immune system in health and disease / Adrian L. Smith, Claire Powers and Richard K. Beal
    14. The avian respiratory immune system / Sonja Hartle and Bernd Kaspers
    15. The avian reproductive immune system / Paul Wigley, Paul Barrow and Karel A. Schat
    16. Avian immunosuppressive diseases and immunoevasion / Karel A. Schat and Michael A. Skinner
    17. Factors modulating the avian immune system / Elizabeth A. Koutsos and Kirk C. Klasing
    18. Autoimmune diseases of poultry / Gisela F. Erf
    19. Tumors of the avian immune system / Venugopal Nair
    20. Practical aspects of poultry vaccination / Virgil E.J.C. Schijns [and three others]
    21. Comparative immunology of agricultural birds / Ursula Schultz and Katharine E Magor
    22. Ecoimmunology / James S. Adelman, Daniel R. Ardia and Karel A. Schat.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Chen Qiu, Yu-xin Shi, Pu-xuan Lu, editors.
    Summary: Some avian influenza viruses can infect humans, cause disease, and even result in deaths. This book comprehensively and systematically presents the theory, diagnosis and clinical treatment of typical avian influenza viruses in human. The first chapters introduce the ethiology, epidemiology, clinical diagnosis and treatment of human avian influenza and complications. The following chapters include overview, extensive images, differential diagnosis and clinical cases of H7N9, H5N1, H5N6, H10N8, H9N2 and H7N4 avian influenza. Written by practitioners directly involved in the prevention and clinical treatment of human avian influenza, it will be an invaluable aid for practitioners in centers for infectious disease control and prevention, hospitals, and academic institutions to improve prevention, diagnosis and treatment of avian influenza in human.

    Contents:
    1 Outline of Human Avian Influenza
    2 Epidemiology
    3 Etiology
    4 Pathogenesis and Pathological Changes of Avian Influenza in Human
    5 Laboratory Examination
    6 Clinical Diagnosis and Differentiation Diagnosis
    7 Treatment of avian influenza in human
    8 Complications and image findings
    9 H7N9 Avian Influenza in Human
    10 H5N1 Avian Influenza in Human
    11 H5N6 avian influenza in human
    12 H10N8 Avian Influenza in Human
    13 H9N2 Avian Influenza in Human
    14 H7N4 Avian Influenza in Human
    15 Prevention of Avian influenza in Human
    16 Prognosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Tomohiro Sasanami, editor.
    Contents:
    1. Avian primordial germ cells
    2. Sex-determingin mechanism in avians
    3. Female reproductive system and immunology
    4. Development and preservation of avian sperm
    5. Avian egg and egg coat
    6. Fertilization 1: sperm-egg interaction
    7. Fertilization 2: polyspermic fertilizations
    8. Molecular and neuroendocrine mechanisms of avian seasonal reproduction
    9. Hormonal responses to a potential mate in male birds
    10. Neuroendocrine control of broodiness
    11. Sperm storage in the female reproductive tract: a conserved reproductive strategy for better fertilization success
    12. Avian biotechnology.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Morris E. Hartstein, Cat Nguyen Burkat, Sathyadeepak Ramesh, John B. Holds, editors.
    Summary: This unique book focuses solely on educating aesthetic practitioners on how to best avoid complications. Should complications occur, the text, alongside high quality images and supplementary video, details how best to deal with them in terms of the patient's findings, individual anatomy, and emotional state. Avoiding and Managing Complications in Cosmetic Oculofacial Surgery is divided into four sections for ease of use: meticulous preoperative planning, including proper patient selection; potential intraoperative complications and their management; postoperative complication-specific management such as lower eyelid retraction; and special topics including scar management, crease asymmetry, and complications of other periocular surgery and non-surgical procedures. Drawing on the vast experiences of the volume editors as oculofacial surgeons as well as the varied experiences of the contributors from facial plastics and dermatology this book provides a useful and vital tool for aesthetic practitioners in any specialty.

    Contents:
    Section 1: Preoperative Considerations in Periocular Cosmetic Surgery
    1 .Considerations in the Cost Impact of Complications and Revisional Surgery in Cosmetic Oculofacial Surgery
    2. Systemic Risk Factors
    3. Periocular Risk Factors
    4. Psychological Risk Factors
    Section 2: Intraoperative
    5. Anesthesia-Related Complications
    6. Surgeon-Related Complications
    Section 3: Postoperative
    7. Post-blepharoplasty Dry Eye
    8. Chemosis
    9. Eyelid Crease Asymmetry
    10. Periorbital Volume Loss
    11. Lower Eyelid Retraction: Middle/Posterior Lamellar Correction using Autologous Grafts
    12. Lower Eyelid Retraction: Middle/Posterior Lamellar Correction using Xenografts
    13. Lower Eyelid Retraction: Middle/Posterior Lamellar Correction using Fillers and Fat
    14. Lower Eyelid Retraction: Anterior Lamellar Correction using Midface Lifting
    15. Lower Eyelid Retraction: Anterior Lamellar Correction using Onlay Implants.-16 . Lower Eyelid Retraction: Anterior Lamellar Correction using Skin Grafting.-17. Lower Eyelid Retraction: Correction using Orbital Decompression
    18. Lateral Canthal Complications.-19. Asian Eyelids Complications
    Section 4: Special Topics
    20
    Facial Liposculpture Complications.-21
    Brow Lifting Complications
    22. Midface Lifting Complications
    Allan E. Wulc23. Periocular Scarring
    24. Miscellaneous Complications
    25. Botulinum Toxin Complications
    26. Filler Complications
    27. Complications Related to Lasers and Energy-Based Devices
    28. Psychological Management of the Unhappy Post-Blepharoplasty Patient
    29. Psychological Management of the Unhappy Post-Blepharoplasty Patient: Perspective 2.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    editors, Catherine Marcucci, Brian T. Gierl , Jeffrey R. Kirsch.
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Dale page Woolridge ; section editors, Sean M. Fox, James (Jim) L. Homme, Aaron N. Leetch, Timothy K. Ruttan ; associate editors Maybelle Kou [and 25 others].
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    LWW Health Library (Emergency Medicine)
    LWW Health Library (Pediatrics)
  • Digital
    editors Amal Mattu, Arjun Chanmugam, Stuart Swadron, Dale P. Woolridge, Michael E. Winters ; series editor Lisa Marcucci.
    Summary: "In a conversational, easy-to-read style, Avoiding Common Errors in the Emergency Department, 2nd Edition, discusses 365 errors commonly made in the practice of emergency medicine and gives practical, easy-to-remember tips for avoiding these pitfalls. Chapters are brief, approachable, and evidence-based, suitable for reading immediately before the start of a rotation, used for quick reference on call, or read daily over the course of one year for personal assessment and review. Key Features: Coverage includes psychiatry, pediatrics, poisonings, cardiology, obstetrics and gynecology, trauma, general surgery, orthopedics, infectious diseases, gastroenterology, renal, anesthesia and airway management, urology, ENT, and oral and maxillofacial surgery. Completely revised and rewritten by many new authors, as well as returning authors who bring a fresh perspective to new subjects. New key points at the end of each chapter present must-know information in an easy-access, bulleted format. Ideal for emergency medicine physicians, residents, and attendings; emergency nurse practitioners, PAs who practice in the ED, and primary care physicians in urgent care centers. Your book purchase includes a complimentary download of the enhanced eBook for iOS, Android, PC & Mac. Take advantage of these practical features that will improve your eBook experience: the ability to download the eBook on multiple devices at one time -- providing a seamless reading experience online or offline. Powerful search tools and smart navigation cross-links allow you to search within this book, or across your entire library of VitalSource eBooks Multiple viewing options offer the ability to scale images and text to any size without losing page clarity as well as responsive design. The ability to highlight text and add notes with one click"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Section I: Crashing patient
    Don't lose that airway! Imminent airway loss: Who needs endotracheal intubation? / Nicholas Sauber, Dena Reiter
    Preoxygenation / Michael R. Ehmann
    Airway adjuncts: Know your backup plans / Nicholas Sauber
    Know your RSI meds / Daniel Swedien
    Did you maximize your laryngeal view? / Devin M. Keefe
    Don't fear the blade: Surgical airway / Ernest Mavunga
    Do not rely on clinical examination alone for confirmation of endotracheal tube placement / Robert B. Takla, Ashwin Sabbani
    The art of bagging / Devin M. Keefe
    BP still low? Postintubation hypotension / Alison Traver
    Finding the site: Site selection and minimizing complications for central line placement / Dilnaz Panjwani, Richard Paul
    Managing cardiac arrest / E. Timpano
    Medications in cardiac arrest: Time for a requiem? / Bachar Hamade
    What are your vent settings, Bud? / Kelley Crane
    After the cardiac arrest : Postarrest care / Chidubem Iloabachie
    Cooling, how low do you go? Therapeutic hypothermia in the postarrest patient / Bachar Hamade
    Activate the cardiac Cath team following sudden cardiac arrest--don't be afraid to call / Matthew J. Levy
    Rush to resuscitation / Daniel Sheets, Randall T. Rhyne
    Do not delay the administration of epinephrine for patients with anaphylaxis / Nour Al Jalbout
    Putting on the squeeze ... vasopressors / Zachary E. Smith
    How much is enough? Transfusions in the bleeding patient: Don't forget the rest of the blood / Emily Streyer Carlisle
    Fluid therapy: Beware of (AB)normal saline ---saline choose your resuscitation fluids carefully / Nicole Alexander
    ECMO / Casey Carr
    Needle this: Do not assume that needle decompression of a tension pneumothorax is reliable and effective / Bahrenegash Getachew
    Resuscitative thoracotomy / Michael R. Ehmann, Nathan Woltman
    Increased ICP in resuscitation / Nicole Heidenreich
    Massive pulmonary thromboembolism and thrombolytics / Nour Al Jalbout
    Fluid in the sac? Cardiac tamponade / Ngozi Nweze
    Is it wide or is it narrow? PEA: A simplified approach to pulseless electrical activity / Nicholas Risko
    Undifferentiated shock / Daniel Sheets, Randall T. Rhyne
    Know how to identify abdominal compartment syndrome / Ruben Troncoso Jr., Debjeet Sarkar
    Cardiogenic shock / Kevin K. Chung
    Know when to administer sodium bicarbonate in the critically ill poisoned patient / Harry E. Heverling, Tiffany C. Fong
    Think big vessels: Vascular catastrophes / Kevin K. Chung
    Stop the bleeding! Novel therapies: REBOA / Casey Lee Wilson
    Avoid the tube! Noninvasive ventilation strategies / Rodica Retezar
    Be wary of intubation in the asthma patient / Daniel B. Savage
    Section II: Critical care
    Stop using benzodiazepines to sedate your critically ill intubated patient / Krystle Shafer, Lillian L. Emlet
    Monitor the plateau pressure in intubated ED patients / Brian J. Wright
    Forget CVP! Use dynamic markers of volume responsiveness to guide fluid resuscitation in the critically ill patient / Michael Allison
    Consider abdominal compartment syndrome in patients with refractory hypotension / Cindy H. Hsu
    Know the thresholds for red blood cell transfusion in the critically ill / Michael C. Scott
    Perform these simple interventions that make a big difference in preventing ventilator-associated pneumonia / Nicholas Johnson
    Know how to care for the ICU boarder in your ED / Joshua D. Farkas
    Know how to evaluate and manage the intubated patient with refractory hypoxemia / Thomas H. Rozen, Christopher P. Nickson
    Ready for prime time? Extracorporeal life support in the ED / Zachary Shinar
    Rapidly reverse life-threatening hemorrhage in the patient taking on oral anticoagulant medications / Rory Spiegel
    Be ready to discuss and deliver end-of-life care in the emergency department / Ashley Shreves
    Section III: Cardiology
    Recognize atypical presentations of acute coronary syndrome / Amita Sudhir
    Type A behavior: Consider aortic dissection in patients with chest pain and ischemic electrocardiograms / Jessica Balderston, Jeffrey D. Ferguson
    Contents under pressure: Aggressive hemodynamic management in patients with acute aortic dissection / Jeffrey D. Ferguson, Jessica Balderston
    Do not confuse multifocal atrial tachycardia with atrial fibrillation / Christopher Greene
    Do not confuse Mobitz Type I and Mobitz Type II atrioventricular block / C. Blayke Gibson, J. Jeremy Thomas
    Be able to recognize electrocardiographic artifact from dysrhythmia / George Glass
    Management of atrial fibrillation: Rate control versus rhythm conversion / Charles Khoury, J. Jeremy Thomas
    Management of atrial fibrillation with rapid ventricular response / Brian L. Bauerband, J. Jeremy Thomas
    Atrial fibrillation in the Wolff-Parkinson-White syndrome / William J. Brady, Heather T. Streich
    Never mistake ventricular tachycardia for supraventricular tachycardia with aberrant conduction / Heather Groth
    Know the mimics of ventricular tachycardia / William C. Ferguson, J. Jeremy Thomas
    Do not exclude cardiac causes of chest pain because the patient does not have traditional risk factors for acute coronary syndrome / Christopher N. White, J. Jeremy Thomas
    Do not forget to consider nontraditional risk factors for coronary artery disease in patients with chest pain / Thomas Hartka
    Do not forget about the non-ACS causes of chest pain / Patrick Siler, J. Jeremy Thomas
    Be cautious diagnosing "anxiety" or "panic disorder" in patients with chest pain and anxiety / Adam E. Nevel
    One and done: Rapid rule-out protocols / Maite Anna Huis in 't Veld, Semhar Z. Tewelde
    Beware of the "highly sensitive" troponin / Maite Anna Huis in 't Veld, Semhar
    When good VADs go bad / Christina Lynn Tupe
    Don't stress the stress test in suspected ACS / Christina Lynn Tupe
    Remember to obtain a right-sided electrocardiogram in a patient with an inferior myocardial infarction / Carmen Avendano, Semhar Z. Tewelde
    Pitfalls in hypertensive emergencies / Stephen D. Lee
    Know the differential for ST-segment elevation: It's more than just acute coronary syndrome / Kathleen Stephanos, Semhar Z. Tewelde
    Know how to diagnose acute MI in patients with an LBBB or pacemaker / Anthony Roggio
    Getting ahead of cardiogenic pulmonary edema: Aggressive nitroglycerin usage / Semhar Z. Tewelde
    Beyond diuresis: Treatment adjunctions in cardiogenic pulmonary edema / Nicholas Goodmanson
    Know how to differentiate cardiac versus noncardiac causes of syncope / Omoyemi Abebayo
    Pearls in syncope ECG interpretation / Omoyemi Adebayo
    Pearls in syncope ECG interpretation / Carmen Avendano, Semhar Z. Tewelde
    Section IV: Gastroenterology
    When an apply doesn't follow the rules / Caroline Brandon
    Analgesia for the patient with acute abdominal pain: Don't delay! / Adrian Flores
    Get to it early: Sigmoid volvulus / Jorge Ontiveros
    Cecal volvulus: Don't miss it! / Jan Marie Shoenberger
    Altered mental status in a child: Don't forget about intussusception! / Aaron K. Kornblith, Jeffrey Bullard-Berent
    Don't miss aortoenteric fistula: A rare but life-threatening case of gastrointestinal bleeding! / Kristin Berona
    Acute mesenteric ischemia: A true abdominal catastophe / Talib Omer
    Not all epigastric pain is benign / Alessandra Conforto
    Don't underestimate an acute variceal hemorrhage! / Lee Plantmason
    Don't be fooled by a subtle presentation---SBP can be deadly! / Alessandro Conforto
    Ascending cholangitis aka Biliary Sepsis aka "That other pus under pressure" / Prathap Sooriyakumaran
    Acalculous cholecystitis: No stones, no problems? / Christopher Martin, Lauren Longyear
    Anticipate bleeding and reverse coagulopathies in patients with live failure / Derek K. Richardson, Barry Schlansky
    Boerhave Syndrome: No all life-threatening chest pain involves the heart and lungs / Christopher J. Coyne
    Caustic indigestions: Don't make it worse / Erika Flores Uribe, Christopher R. Peabody. Ingested foreign bodies: When to intervene? / Brian Doane
    Severe acute pancreatitis can be sneaky / Dennis Hsieh
    Use restraint when imagining patients with acute pancreatitis / Derek K. Richardson, Barry Schlansky
    The "pain" in chronic pancreatitis / Delphine J. Huang
    Abdominal pain in inflammatory bowel disease: A flare or emergent complication? / Margaret Huang
    Not every pregnant patients with vomiting has hyperemesis gravidarum / Rolando G. Valenzuela, William K. Mallon
    Beward of the patients with painless jaundice / Andrés Guzmán, Rolando G. Valenzuela
    ERCP can cause a lot of complications! / Abraham Flinders
    Don't be afraid to order a CT on a pregnant patient if she really needs it / Marita M. Harris-Naddell, Michelle D. Lall
    How how to deal with displaced PEG tube / Julie V. Valenzuela, Rolando G. Valenzuela
    Common pitfalls in point of care ultrasound of the gallbladder! / Kristin Berona
    Section V: Cutaneous
    Don't miss necrotizing fasciitis! / Shaughn Keating
    SJS and TEN: Are they different? / Arun Nair
    The spectrum of TEN / Alexander Jenson
    Mimics in cellulitis / Shabana Walia
    Chickenpox and shingles: More than just a rash / Aaryn K. Hammond
    Do not rely on orthostatic vital signs to diagnose volume depletion / Anand K. Swaminathan, Gordon Wu
    HHS: When high sugars have got you down! / Stephanie Lareau
    Do not over treat hypo- or hypernatremia / Nicole Cimino-Fiallos, Wan-Tsu Wendy Chang
    A 3-pronged approach to the treatment of hyperkalemia / Erica B. Shaver, Christopher S. Keifer
    Know hot to recognize and treat thyroid storm / Henderson D. McGinnis
    Understand the role of magnesium in the treatment of hypolakemia / Erica B. Shaver, Christopher S. Keifer
    How to recognize and treat thyroid storm / Henderson D. McGinnis
    Understand the role of magnesium in the treatment of hypokalemia / Farhad Aziz, Justin Boone Rose
    How to interpret the venous blood gas / Joshua (Josh) Nichols, Corey Heitz
    Know the indications for bicarbonate therapy / Kimberly Boswell
    Section VII: Environment
    Not so fast! Rewarming the cold patient / Kubwimana Moses Mhayamaguru, Christopher G. Williams
    Acclimatize or die of descend / Clinton G. Keilman
    Aggressive cooling is (almost) always the correct approach to the critical, environmentally hyperthermic patient / Christopher G. Williams
    Smoke inhalation: Commonly overtreated and undertreated aspects / Dennis Allin
    CO poisoning: It takes more than O2 / Bryan Wilson, Christopher G. Williams
    A rash that is more than "just a rash" / Nash Whitaker
    Diving inhuries: Don't miss these serious injuries because you failed to get the history! / Michael Iacono, Tracy Leigh LeGros
    Section VIII: HEENT
    Giant cell arteries / Who the heck is Horton and why should I worry about his headache? / Aisha Parker, James Aiken
    Sight-threatening ZOSTER ophthalmicus: How to recognize and treat / Suh H. Lee, John Villani
    And the eyes have it / Summer Stears-Ellis
    "Your patient has a retrobulbar hematoma. I think he's going to need a canthotomy." / Jonathan Dangers
    Beware the sore throat that kills / Diane Rimple
    Consider a deep space neck infection in a child with a fever and neck pain or torticollis / Joanna Schwartz
    Lemierre Syndrome: Lemierre syndrome: A royal pain in the neck / Frank J. Edwards
    Peritonsillar abscess / Ben Leeson, Kimberly Leeson
    Peritonsillar abscess / Ben Leeson, Kimberly Leeson
    Don't misdiagnose, overtreat, or cause perforation of the tympanic membrane / John Herrick
    If it ain't cancer, why do I call this malignant otitis externa? / Allison D. Lane
    Approach to the red eye / Lindsey Retterath, Hans Bradshaw
    Eyeing the causes of acute vision loss / Benjamin Karfunkle, Anna McFarlin
    Face-eating fungus: Rhinocerebral mucormycosis / Eric C. Funk, Casey M. Clements
    Digging for gold: Some nuggets about epistaxis / Josh Mugele
    Ludwig Angina---"The German Stranglehold" / Dustin Leigh
    Dental exams are not just for dentists; Remember to identify and treat oral infections / Ashley Sievers
    The infection behind the infection: Distinguishing periorbital from orbital cellulitis / Samuel J. Tate, John S. Rose
    Section IX: HEME ONC
    When kidneys explode; Everything is wrong with tumor lysis syndrome / Daniel Cabrera
    Immune thrombocytopenia: Oh the platelets, you'll go / Nicole Muhlbauer, Neha Bhasin
    Thrombotic thrombocytopenic Purpura and hemolytic uremic syndrome: Bloody zebras with a bad bite / Stephen A. Manganaro
    High temps and low counts: Treat febrile neutropenic patients with early and appropriate antibiotics / Matthew W. Connelly, Steven Roumpf
    My chest! My back! My sickle cell attack! / Cullen Clark, Anna McMarlin
    Warfarin reversal: Factor it in / William B. Stubblefield, Daren M. Beam
    Emergent anticoagulant reversal: Be appropriately aggressive / Keith Azevedo, Isaac Tawil
    Recognize leukostasis and know when to consult for emergent treatment / Cameron Hypes
    Section X: Immune
    Don't get stung by anaphylaxis / Vincent Devlin, Jerussa Aita-Levy
    Angioedema and anaphylaxis are not the same, they just happen to present similarly / Lui Caleon, Pierre Detiege
    Treacherous transplant toxicities / Christopher J. Edwards, Tsz Yee (Janice) Tsui
    Think outside the "graft box" when evaluating the transplant patient / Timothy S. Davie
    Do's and don'ts for managing heart transplant patients in the ED / Lawrence DeLuca Jr.,
    Anaphylaxis and epinephrine--Can you have one without the other? / Ronna L. Campbell
    Section XI: Infectious disease
    Avoid relying on the presence of SIRS to diagnose sepsis / Kami M. Hu, Joseph P. Martinez
    Prevent catheter-associated urinary tract infections (CAUTIs) in the emergency room / Stephen Y. Liang
    Know the embolic complications of infective endocarditis / Brian Edwards
    The don't miss diagnosis: Acute retroviral syndrome / Adeolu Ogunbodede, Joseph P. Martinez
    Understand when and how to initiate HIV postexposure prophylaxis in the emergency department / Stephen Y. Liang, Ed Casabar
    Recognize the presentation of bioterrorism agents / Stephen P. Shaheen, Jon Mark Hirshon
    Staphylococcal toxic shock syndrome: Do not hesitate--resuscitate / Sarah B. Dubbs
    Do not be misled by the traditional myths of diarrhea / Michael Nitzberg, Kevin Reed
    Meningitis doesn't have to be a pain in the neck! / Nick Tsipis, Liesl. A. Curtis
    Know emerging infections / Travis Thompson, Lindsey White
    TB and syphilis: Infections you can't forget about / Kayla Dewey, Ghofrane Benghanem
    Avoiding common pitfalls in influenza treatment / Eric Stephen Kiechle, Maryann Mazer-Amirshahi
    Appropriate antibiotic choices for resistant organisms / Jessica E. Shackman, Kathryn M. Kellogg
    Know infection prevention / Lindsey DeGeorge, Lauren Wiesner
    Treating pneumonia in COPD / Diana Ladkany, Jeffrey Dubin
    Diagnose and treat necrotizing soft tissue infections quickly! / Tabitha Gargano, Korin Hudson
    What is the best way to measure core temperature? / Matthew Morrison
    Section XII: MS Nontrauma
    Ugh! Another repeat visit for back pain?! Keep epidural abscesses on the differential! / Courtney K. Soley, Heather Miller Fleming
    Section XII: MS Nontrauma
    Ugh! Another rapid repeat visit?! / Courtney L. Solely, Heather Miller Flemming
    Under pressure : Rapidly diagnosing and treating and treating acute compartment syndrome of the extremities / Anna L. Waterbrook
    Physical exam and bloodwork do not adequately differentiate infections from inflammatory arthritis / Derick D. Jones, Casey M. Clements
    Don't get broken up about muscle breakdown / H. Shae Sauncy
    When back pain is an emergency / James Bohan
    Rheumatoid arthritis and spondyloarthropathies / J. Stephan Stapeczynski. Section XIII: Neuro
    An update on ideiopathic intracranial hypertension / Evelyn Lee, Ramin Tabatabai
    Normal diagnosis studies do not rule out shunt malfunction / Amy Buckowski
    Don't be fooled into erroneously diagnosing peripheral vertigo / Daniel Mindlin
    Diagnosing cervical artery dissection in the ED: A real pain in the neck! / Erik R. Hofmann, Ramin Tabatabai
    Posterior circulation ischemic stroke: If you don't think about it, you'll miss it / Craig Torres-Ness
    Understand the utility and limitations of diagnostic imaging in nontraumatic subarachnoid hemorrhage / Manuel R. Montano
    Don't forgot atypical causes of status epilepiticus! / R. James Salway
    Leave it alone: Blood pressure measurement in ischemic stroke / Amir A. Rouhani
    Cerebral venous sinus thrombosis: A rare diagnosis with a common chief complaint / Margarita Santiago-Martinez, Stuart Swadron
    Great imitators of acute stroke / Aarti Fain
    Blood pressure in the patient with intracranial hemorrhage--Bring it down! / Daniel R. Ruiz, Edward Stettner
    How to disposition the patient with suspected TIA / Allen Chiou, Mindi Guptill
    The elusive brain abscess / Shikha Kapil, Jeffrey N. Siegelman
    Bulbar symptoms in the ED: Watch the airway / Ariel Bowman
    Multiple sclerosis in the ED: Rule out other diagnoses first / Christopher Bodle, Melissa White
    Section XIV: OB/GYN
    Early pregnancy: Sifting out the potential catastrophes from the worried well / Jared T. Marx
    Pitfalls in the pursuit of ovarian torsion / Matthew C. DeLaney
    Anti-D in the ED / Brent Lorenzen
    Seizing young woman? Think eclampsia. Thinking eclampsia? Think again. / Kenneth D. Marshall
    Vaginal bleeding in late pregnancy / Heather A. Heaton
    Predict the unpredictable: Preterm labor / Priya Kuppusamy
    A bump on the bump: Minor abdominal trauma in pregnancy / Elias J. Jaffa, Sreeja Natesan
    Stable is the new abnormal: Beware the normal vital signs in pregnancy / Priya Kuppusamy
    Don't fear the cord! / Erika Hoenke McMahon, Kristina Colbenson
    Timas a wastin': Perimortem Cesarean section/ Vivienne Ng
    Clotted lungs: Not all shortness of breath in pregnancy is from Lamaze class / Jeremy Lux
    Postpartum complications / Heather A. Heaton
    There is no single test to rule out PID: Just treat it! / Theresa Q. Tran, Casey M. Clements
    Don't dismiss the young, female patient with shortness of breathe without considering peripartum cardiomyopathy / Kathi Glauner
    Section XV: Psych
    Delirium / Casey Carr
    Restraint with restraints: Patient restraint / Grant Nelson, Robert B. Dunne
    Mental status concern? Consider psychosis / Sarika Walia, Shabana Walia
    Ask about suicide risk / Trent R. Malcolm, Donald W. Alves
    Strange behavior? Personality disorders in the ED / Kerri N. Booker
    Don't ignore affective disorders! / Trent R. Malcolm
    Drug-seeking behavior in the emergency department / Michael Wolfe Pierce
    Anxiety in the emergency department / Sachin Moonat
    Address it in the ED, substance abuse in the emergency department / Sachin Moonat
    Section XVI: Genitourinary
    Don't let dialysis disequilibrium syndrome catch you off-balance / Carmen Wolfe
    Fournier Gangrene: A lethal infection you can't sit on! / Shoma Desai
    Testicular torsion trickery / Solomon Behar
    Hemodialysis: Who needs it now? / Michael Levine
    To thrill or not to thrill: When dialysis access sites go wrong / Caroline Brandon
    Wrap your head around this: Avoiding the pitfalls of phimosis and paraphimosis management / Kelly A. Painter
    Pyelonephritis: When it's complicated urine trouble / Molly Hartrich, Sophie Terp
    What goes up must come down / Jessica Lange Osterman
    Streamlining urethritis: Don't let an STD escape your ED / Clare Roepke
    I don't think my urine is supposed to look like this! / Landon A. Jones
    Section XVII: Thoracic
    Do not forget to administer steroids in patients with acute asthma exacerbations / Michele Callahan
    Do not withhold oxygen in a hypoxic patient with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease / Brian J. Lin, Anand K. Swaminathan
    Know acute illnesses that lead to rapid deterioration in the patient with pulmonary hypertension / Dhaval Thakkar, James Mathew Dargin
    Know the critical issues in resuscitation of the decompensated patient with pulmonary hypertension / Jacob C. Jentzer, James Mathew
    Know the evaluation and management of the patient with sarcoidosis / Harman S. Gill
    Properly risk stratify the patient with suspected pulmonary embolism / Kelly Williamson
    Know how to diagnose and treat pulmonary embolism / Ryan Dick-Perez, Nicholas M. Mohr
    Know which patients with submassive pulmonary embolism may benefit from thrombolytic therapy / Sangeeth Dubbireddi, Lillian L. Emlet
    Know which patients with submassive pulmonary embolism may benefit from thrombolytic therapy / Sangeeth Dubbireddi, Lilliam L. Emlet
    Understand proper ventilator management in patients with acute asthma exacerbations / Salim Rezaie, Anand K. Swaminathan
    Know the causes, evaluation, and management of hemoptysis / Matthew P. Borloz
    Use high-flow nasal cannula in patients with mild to moderate respiratory distress from hypoxemia / Ross McCormack, Jonathan Elmer
    Section XVIII: Tox
    Alcohol intoxication and withdrawal / Candice Jordan
    Acetaminophen toxicity: Getting reacquanted with Matthew and Rumack / David Rose
    Mixed disturbance: Think salicylate poisoning / Harry E. Heverling, Tiffany C. Fong
    Toxic alcohols / Candice Jordan
    The five stages iron toxicity: Beware of the latent period / Christina Clark
    Don't miss anticholinergic syndromes! / Theodore Fagrelius
    Cholinergic poisoning / Theodore Fagrelius
    An old favorite heart medication: Digoxin / Daniel B. Savage
    Did you consider intravenous lipid emulsion therapy? / Aaryn K. Hammond, Donald W. Alves
    Managing the hot and bothered: Sympathomimetic overdoses / Arun Nair
    Engaging drugs of abuse / Chelsea Williamson
    Cyanide poisoning: A tale of two antidotes / Scott E. Sutherland
    Methemoglobinemia: Blue pearls / Dilnaz Panjwani, Mitchell Louis Judge Li
    Should I take that? Nutritional supplements / Edmund Timpano, Sarika Walia
    Section XIX: Trauma/Ortho
    Electrical injuries: Shocking or subtle? / Tim Horeczko
    "Don't tase me bro!" The TASERed patient in the ED / Peter Milano
    Managing penetrating neck injuries: Hard or soft, superficial or deep? / Melissa Joseph
    To crack or not to crack: Indications for an ED thoracotomy / Sanjay Blatt
    Save a limb! Vascular injury in penetrating extremity trauma / Taylor McCormick
    Judicious abdominal imaging in trauma / Erick A. Eiting
    Severe traumatic brain injury: Avoid making it worse! / Ashkon Ansari
    Fluid resuscitation in trauma: Five pitfalls / Erick A. Eiting
    How do you fill a tank with holes in it? Optimal vascular access in trauma resuscitation / Benjamin D. Musser
    Don't be afraid to place a chest tube / Dhara P. Amin
    Massive transfusion in trauma: A changing landscape / Tarlan Hedayati
    Reversal of warfarin in trauma / Joseph S. Palter
    Reversal of novel anticoagulants and antiplatelet agents / Dhara P. Amin
    When to suspect cervical vascular injury / Tarlan Hedayati, Stuart Swadron
    Alternatives to packed red blood cells: The latest / Tarla Hedayati
    Tough break: Assessing and treating rib fractures / Michael Gottlieb
    Not so FAST: Perils and pitfalls with the FAST exam / Michael Gottlieb
    Closing the book: Using a bedsheet to stabilize pelvic fractures / Michael Gottlieb, Stuard Swadron
    Is spinal immobilization still necessary? / Joseph Palter
    Are vital signs reliable at assessing degree of hemorrhage? / Michael K. Safa
    The ABCs of major burns / Mary L. Cheffers, Stuart Swadron
    When can interventional radiology (IR) be your friend in trauma? / Lee Plantmason, Eric Wei
    Don't miss the gamekeeper thumb? / Brian R. Sharp
    Admit displaced supracondylar fractures for neurovascular checks / Allison S. Luu, Eric Wei. Know the radiographic signs of scapholunate dislocation / Nicholas Abraham, Stuart Swadron
    Know the difference between Jones and Pseudo-Jones fractures / Brian R. Sharp
    Search for other injuries in patients with scapular fracture / John W. Martel
    Do you know how to do ABIs? / John C. Ray
    Don't miss the proximal fibula fracture in patients with ankle fracture / Shawn K. Kaku, Stuart Swadron
    Boxer's fracture? Check for rotational deformity! / Jennifer Marvil
    Think of Achilles tendon rupture in patients with sprained ankle / Jennifer Farah
    Reduce hip dislocations in a timely manner / Erik A. Berg
    Check for snuffbox tenderness and don't miss a scaphoid fracture / Benjamin D. Musser
    Calcaneal fracture? Don't miss a spinal injury! / Sara Khaghani
    Beward of benign-appearing high-pressure injection injuries / Jennifer Farah
    Lisfranc injury: Danger in the midfoot / Lee Plantmason
    The dorsal chip: Is it a trequetral fracture? / Caroline Brandon
    Lunate and perilunate dislocations: Pick these up on initial presentation! / Todd Schneberk
    Red flags for intimate partner violence and human trafficking / Kristi Stanley
    Section XX: Procedures/Skills/Anesth
    Sedation pearls and pitfalls: Procedural sedation in the emergency department / Chidubem Ilobachie, Dena Reiter
    Capnography in the ED: Qualitative or quantitative monitoring? For CPR and a whole lot more / Arun Nair
    To transfuse or not to transfuse / Debra Ravert
    Transfusion confusion: Types and management of transfusion reactions / Scott E. Sutherland
    Arthrocentesis tips / Christine Mlynarek, Ashley Sullivan
    Lumbar puncture and the Champagne tap / Chelsea Williamson
    Tapping the belly: Paracentesis in the emergency department / Thaer Ahmad, Leonard Bunting
    Careful with that tap: Accessing the VP shunt / Derrick Ashong
    No IV, consider the IO / Daniel B. Savage
    What nerve! Ultrasound-guided regional nerve blocks / Casey Lee Wilson
    A needling issue: Decompressing tension pneumothorax / Arun Nair
    Which line is it? Central line placement / Dilmaz Panjwani, Richard Paul
    Size matters: Spontaneous pneumothorax: Chest tube versus pigtail / Derrick Ashong
    Section XXI
    Recognize child abuse early / Clifford C. Ellingson
    Tips for managing all that is pediatric resuscitation / Jason Saunders, Heather Saavedra
    Keep the baby warm! And other steps in neonatal resuscitation / Ashley Grigsby, Jessica Kanis
    The pediatric airway: Learn it, live it, control it! / Garrett S. Pacheco
    All that barks is not croup / Sheryl Yanger
    Don't get in hot water by not knowing how to treat pediatric burns / Megan Litzau, Sheryl E. Allen
    My baby won't stop crying! / J. Adam Hawkins, Timothy Ruttan
    Pediatric procedural sedation in the ED: Easier than you may think / Jordan Alexander Justice
    The ins and outs of intussusception / Geoffrey P. Hays, Debra S. Rusk
    Do not rely on urinalysis to exclude urinary tract infections in children younger than two years / Arturo S. Gastañaduy
    A bundle of joy! The sick neonate / Robert Vezzetti
    Beware pediatric appendicitis / Julia Schweizer
    Diagnoses not to miss in the acutely limping child / Guyon J. Hill
    Don't diagnose sepsis in an alkalotic infant / Lisa D. Mills, Julianne Awrey
    BRUE: The diagnosis formerly known as ALTE / Julia N. Magana, Taylor Stayton
    "Kid ECGs are not just little adult ECGs" / Krista Young
    Not all pediatric head injuries require a head CT / Heather Miller Fleming, Kara Kowalczyk
    Easy does it: Be cautious with the cyanotic postoperative pediatric cardiac patient / Timothy Ruttan
    Not too sweet: Getting it just right in initial pediatric DKA management / Dariush Garber, Nathan Kupperman
    Pediatric concussion: A levelheaded approach / Kendra Grether-Jones, Erin Osiecki
    Section XXII: Geriatrics
    Do not underestimate the potential morbidity of abdominal pain in older adults / Christina L. Shenvi
    Think about ACS in older adults--Even without chest pain / Christina L. Shenvi
    ACS the geriatric patient: Atypical is typical treatment differences in ACS in the geriatric patient / Terrence Mulligan
    Follow your elders' footsteps, they may be ataxic / Jennifer L. Plitt, Michelle Rhodes
    Hip and vertebral compression fractures / Sang Keun, "Sam" Yi, Paul Blackburn
    Be sure to build a safety net around the weak geriatric patient you send home / Eric M. LeFebvre
    Grandma is loopy: Special considerations for altered mental status in the older adult / Christine R. Stehman
    The geriatric trauma patient is sicker than you realize / Rebecca Milligan, Michelle Rhodes
    A normal physical exam does not exclude infections in the geriatric patient / Danya Khoujah
    Respecting they elders: Defining, detecting, and reporting elder abuse / Patricia Bayless
    How to avoid snowing seniors: Pain medications and procedural sedation in older adults / Lisa C. Goldberg, Michelle Rhodes
    The consequences of grandpa's loaded medicine cabinet / Ryan Gallagher, Stephen Thornton
    Communicating and understanding the elder patient / Collyn T. Murray, Kevin Biese
    Section XXIII: Wound care
    Deep sutures: When, why, and why not? / Hollynn Larrabee, R. Alissa Mussell
    Pitfalls in emergency department abscess incision and drainage / David Wein, Jesse Dubey
    Keep it clean: Pitfalls in traumatic wound irrigation / Anand K. Swaminathan, Elicia Skelton
    Plantar puncture wound pearls and pitfalls / R. Gentry Wilkerson
    Do not believe the adage that epinephrine cannot be used for digital blocks / Feras Khan
    When are prophylactic antibiotics indicated for wounds? / Dale Cotton
    Do not miss a foreign body in a wound / Jason W. Wilson, Constantino Diaz
    Know how to treat mammalian bites / Christopher I. Doty
    Is that skin lesion an infection or an envenomation? / Spencer Greene, Veronica Tucci
    Know how to treat snake bites / Frederick C. Blum, Shabnam Nourparvar
    Eyelid lacerations: When to repair and when to refer / Erin Setzer
    Ear injuries and lacerations / Anas Sawas, Eric J. Morley
    Know which wounds to close ... and which ones to leave open / Raymond Beyda, Mark Silverberg
    Section XXIV: Clinical practice and legal issues
    Consult communications: Optimal communications with consultants / Hugh F. Hill
    Treating the patient and not the disease: Tips for patient satisfaction / Dylan Sean Kellogg
    Your patient has died, now focus on the family: How to deliver bad news to family members / Dylan Sean Kellogg
    Don't be afraid to discuss end-of-life decisions with the patient and family / Emily Streyer Carlisle
    Too many at one time? Emergency department overcrowding / Ryan Brooks, Arjun Chanmugam
    Discharge documentation: Keep it clear, concise, yet complete / David Rose
    Resident and advanced practice provider supervision / Patricia Petrella Nouhan
    What to do with so many? Strategies for reducing emergency department overcrowding / Ryan Brooks, Arjun Chanmugam
    What to do when the registered letter arrives / Kevin M. Klauer
    Your deposition / Kevin M. Klauer
    Surviving a lawsuit / Hugh F. Hill III.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital
    A. Sahib El-Radhi.
    Summary: This book discusses the most common symptoms in pediatrics. It is based on best available scientific evidence and up-to-date information. The book also discusses a range of common conditions associated with bacterial and viral infections of the oro-nasal, eye, chest, abdominal and genito-urinary regions. The book helps the clinician to distinguish symptoms and signs of pediatric diseases to avoid diagnostic errors. Each chapter starts with a list of core messages, and includes tables and figures to focus on the subjects under discussion. The whole text is written in reader-friendly manner. The book is of interest to general pediatricians and doctors in primary care. It is also of interest to students, nurses and other professionals who look after children.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    1: Diseases of the Upper Airways
    2: Diseases of the Chest
    3: Diseases of the Ear
    4: Diseases of the Eye
    5: Diseases of the Neck
    6: Diseases of the Abdomen
    7: Cerebral Diseases
    8: Bones and joints
    9: Urinary
    10: Genitalia
    11: General Systemic.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Andrew J. Murray.
    Contents:
    Axon Regeneration: What Needs to Be Overcome?
    Analysis of Calcium Signals in Steering Neuronal Growth Cones In Vitro
    The Use of Fluorescence Resonance Energy Transfer (FRET) to Measure Axon Growth and Guidance Related Intracellular Signaling in Live Dorsal Root Ganglia Neuronal Growth Cones
    Neurite Outgrowth and Growth Cone Collapse Assays to Assess Neuronal Responses to Extracellular Cues
    Quantitative Assessment of Neurite Outgrowth in Mouse Retinal Explants
    Growth Cone Collapse Assay
    Axon Length Quantification Microfluidic Culture Platform for Growth and Regeneration Study
    Organotypic Slice Co-Culture Systems to Study Axon Regeneration in the Dopaminergic System Ex Vivo
    Monitoring Neuron and Astrocyte Interactions with a 3D Cell Culture System
    Targeting Inhibitory Chondroitin Sulphate Proteoglycans to Promote Plasticity After Injury
    Polymeric Biomaterials for Nerve Regeneration: Fabrication and Implantation of a Biodegradable Nerve Guide
    A Highly Reproducible Mouse Model of Compression Spinal Cord Injury
    Using Templated Agarose Scaffolds to Promote Axon Regeneration Through Sites of Spinal Cord Injury
    In Vivo Electroporation of Adult Mouse Sensory Neurons for Studying Peripheral Axon Regeneration
    Assessing Motor Outcome and Functional Recovery Following Nerve Injury
    The Use of an Adeno-Associated Viral Vector for Efficient Bicistronic Expression of Two Genes in the Central Nervous System
    Application of Tissue Clearing and Light Sheet Fluorescence Microscopy to Assess Optic Nerve Regeneration in Unsectioned Tissues
    Time-Lapse In Vivo Imaging of Dorsal Root Nerve Regeneration in Mice
    Using Manganese-Enhanced MRI to Assess Optic Nerve Regeneration.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Beatriz Caiuby Labate, Clancy Cavnar, editors.
    Summary: This book offers a series of perspectives on the therapeutic potential of the ritual and clinical use of the Amazonian hallucinogenic brew ayahuasca in the treatment and management of various disorders. This book presents biomedical and anthropological data on the use of ayahuasca and provides critiques on how it is used for treating depression, PTSD, anxiety, substance dependence, and eating disorders. The volume also explores ayahuasca's role in the psychological well-being and quality of life of humans, and discusses possibilities of it enhancing cognition and coping with grief. The book examines ayahuasca's association with psychotherapy and also highlights the challenges of integrating plant medicines into psychiatry. Further, the book expands on some preliminary research with animals, suggesting that ayahuasca acts at multiple levels of neural complexity. The study on the neurogenic effects of ayahuasca alkaloids opens a new avenue of research with potential applications ranging from psychiatric disorders to brain damage and dementia. Psychologists, psychiatrists, and other mental health professionals will find this book relevant to their work regarding substance abuse and alternative medicine.

    Contents:
    1. Ayahuasca as an Unusually Versatile Therapeutic Agent: From Molecules to Meta-cognition and Back
    2. New Evidence of the Antidepressant Effects of Ayahuasca
    3. Psychedelic Medicines and Their Role in Shifting the Paradigm from Pharmacological Substitution Towards Transformation-Based Psychiatry
    4. Ayahuasca and its Potential Role in Psychotherapy
    5. A Qualitative Assessment of Risks and Benefits of Ayahuasca for Trauma Survivors
    6. Ayahuasca and Childhood Trauma: Potential Therapeutic Applications and Risks
    7. Ayahuasca and Cognition
    8. Healing with the Brew: Ayahuasca's Reconfiguration of Addiction
    9. Ayahuasca Ritual Healing as an Addiction Treatment in Catalonia: Combining Cognitive and Cultural Perspectives
    10. Perspectives on Healing and Recovery from Addiction with Ayahuasca-Assisted Therapy Among Members of an Indigenous Community in Canada
    11. Ayahuasca as a Healing Tool Along the Continuum of Recovery from Eating Disorders
    12. The Therapeutic Use of Ayahuasca in Grief
    13. Depression, Anxiety and Sorcery: An Interview with Shipibo Healer Jose Lopez.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
all 1503 "A" titles

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Lane Library Bookmarklet

To install, drag this button to your browser bookmarks or tools bar.

What is it?

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Bookmark on Other Websites

Bookmark on Lane

  • To Install, Right Click this Button.
  • Select "Add to Favorites" (click “Continue” if you see a security alert)
  • From the "Create in" menu, select “Favorites Bar” (IE8, IE9) to install
  • Once installed it will look like this
  • Click "Bookmark on Lane" to bookmark any webpage
  • Your saved bookmark will appear on this page
To Install, Right Click this Button.

What is it?

Beyond Stanford

Derived from Current Medical Diagnosis & Treatment, AccessMedicine's Quick Medical Diagnosis & Treatment provides topic reviews with key diagnostic and treatment features for more than 500 diseases.

A repository of medical knowledge from internal medicine, cardiology, genetics, pharmacy, diagnosis and management, basic sciences, patient care, and more.

Continuously expanding, all databases in the repository contain the latest editions of selected medical titles.

MicroMedex: Premier pharmaceutical information source containing multiple databases and drug reference tools. Of particular value is DRUGDEX Evaluations, one of the most comprehensive drug sources available. DynaMed is a clinical information resource used to answer questions quickly at the point-of-care. Easy-to-interpret Levels of Evidence help clinicians rapidly determine the quality of the available evidence.

Biomedical and pharmacological abstracting and indexing database of published literature, by Elsevier. Embase® contains over 32 million records from over 8,500 currently published journals (1947-present) and is noteworthy for its extensive coverage of the international pharmaceutical and alternative/complementary medicine literature.

Scopus is the largest abstract and citation database of peer-reviewed literature: scientific journals, books and conference proceedings. A drug information resource containing: American Hospital Formulary System (AHFS), drug formulary for Lucile Packard Children's Hospital (LPCH) and Stanford Hospital & Clinics (SHC), Lexi-Drugs (adverse reactions, dosage and administration, mechanism of action, storage, use, and administration information), Lexi-Calc, Lexi-ID, Lexi-I.V. Compatibility (King Guide), Lexi-Interact, and Lexi-PALS. Cumulative Index to Nursing and Allied Health Literature (CINAHL) contains coverage of nursing and allied health literature. A knowledge database that provides access to topic reviews based on over 6000 clinically relevant articles. The evidence-based content, updated regularly, provides the latest practice guidelines in 59 medical specialties. Provides critical assessments of systematic reviews compiled from a variety of medical journals. Selects from the biomedical literature original studies and systematic reviews that are immediately clinically relevant and then summarizes these articles in an enhanced abstract with expert commentary.

Multidisciplinary coverage of over 10,000 high-impact journals in the sciences, social sciences, and arts and humanities, as well as international proceedings coverage for over 120,000 conferences.

Includes cited reference searching, citation maps, and an analyze tool.

Features systematic reviews that summarize the effects of interventions and makes a determination whether the intervention is efficacious or not.

Cochrane reviews are created through a strict process of compiling and analyzing data from multiple randomized control trials to ensure comprehensiveness and reliability.

Provides systematic coverage of the psychological literature from the 1800s to the present through articles, book chapters and dissertations. PIER (Physicians' Information and Education Resource) is a Web-based decision-support tool designed for rapid point-of-care delivery of up-to-date, evidence-based guidance for primary care physicians. Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials (CENTRAL) provides access to 300,000 controlled trials that have been identified the Cochrane Collaboration. Provides drug information targeted for patients. A continually updating drug monograph. ECRI Guidelines Trust: A comprehensive database of evidence-based clinical practice guidelines and related documents. MedlinePlus: A repository of health information from the National Library of Medicine. Links are from trusted sites. No advertising, no endorsement of commercial companies or products LPCH CareNotes via MicroMedex: Patient education handouts customized by LPCH clinical staff Micromedex Lab Advisor: Evidence based laboratory test information Provides patient handouts from the American Academy of Family Physician.

Largest, broadest eBook package; covers all sciences, as well as technology (including software), medicine, and humanities.

In addition to covering Wiley and Springer, MyiLibrary is also the only provider for Oxford and Cambridge University Press titles. No seat restrictions.

A collection of biomedical books that can be searched directly by concept, and linked to terms in PubMed abstracts.

A web-based, decision support system for infectious diseases, epidemiology, microbiology and antimicrobial chemotherapy. The database, updated weekly, currently includes 337 diseases, 224 countries, 1,147 microbial taxa and 306 antibacterial (-fungal, -parasitic, -viral) agents and vaccines.

Over 10,000 notes outline the status of specific infections within each country.

Large number of high quality software and database programming titles from O'Reilly. Other software titles are also available from Sams and Prentice Hall. Limited to 7 concurrent users. Includes peer-reviewed life science and biomedical research protocols compiled from Methods in Molecular Biology, Methods in Molecular Medicine, Methods in Biotechnology, Methods in Pharmacology and Toxicology, Neuromethods, the Biomethods Handbook, the Proteomics Handbook, and Springer Laboratory Manuals. Contains full text access to selected biomedical and nursing books.

Provides online, full-text access to Springer's journal titles as well as journals from other publishers.

Subjects include: life sciences, chemical sciences, environmental sciences, geosciences, computer science, mathematics, medicine, physics and astronomy, engineering and economics. Also includes eBooks.

Collection of over 8 thousand fulltext titles in engineering, math, and basic and applied biomedical research. Coverage is from 1967 to the present. A library of ebooks on a wide array of topics, digitized and made available online in conjunction with the original publishers.